Skip to main content

Full text of "Handbook of zoology;"

See other formats 


This  is  a  digital  copy  of  a  book  that  was  preserved  for  generations  on  library  shelves  before  it  was  carefully  scanned  by  Google  as  part  of  a  project 
to  make  the  world's  books  discoverable  online. 

It  has  survived  long  enough  for  the  copyright  to  expire  and  the  book  to  enter  the  public  domain.  A  public  domain  book  is  one  that  was  never  subject 
to  copyright  or  whose  legal  copyright  term  has  expired.  Whether  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  may  vary  country  to  country.  Public  domain  books 
are  our  gateways  to  the  past,  representing  a  wealth  of  history,  culture  and  knowledge  that's  often  difficult  to  discover. 

Marks,  notations  and  other  marginalia  present  in  the  original  volume  will  appear  in  this  file  -  a  reminder  of  this  book's  long  journey  from  the 
publisher  to  a  library  and  finally  to  you. 

Usage  guidelines 

Google  is  proud  to  partner  with  libraries  to  digitize  public  domain  materials  and  make  them  widely  accessible.  Public  domain  books  belong  to  the 
public  and  we  are  merely  their  custodians.  Nevertheless,  this  work  is  expensive,  so  in  order  to  keep  providing  this  resource,  we  have  taken  steps  to 
prevent  abuse  by  commercial  parties,  including  placing  technical  restrictions  on  automated  querying. 

We  also  ask  that  you: 

+  Make  non-commercial  use  of  the  files  We  designed  Google  Book  Search  for  use  by  individuals,  and  we  request  that  you  use  these  files  for 
personal,  non-commercial  purposes. 

+  Refrain  from  automated  querying  Do  not  send  automated  queries  of  any  sort  to  Google's  system:  If  you  are  conducting  research  on  machine 
translation,  optical  character  recognition  or  other  areas  where  access  to  a  large  amount  of  text  is  helpful,  please  contact  us.  We  encourage  the 
use  of  public  domain  materials  for  these  purposes  and  may  be  able  to  help. 

+  Maintain  attribution  The  Google  "watermark"  you  see  on  each  file  is  essential  for  informing  people  about  this  project  and  helping  them  find 
additional  materials  through  Google  Book  Search.  Please  do  not  remove  it. 

+  Keep  it  legal  Whatever  your  use,  remember  that  you  are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  what  you  are  doing  is  legal.  Do  not  assume  that  just 
because  we  believe  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  the  United  States,  that  the  work  is  also  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  other 
countries.  Whether  a  book  is  still  in  copyright  varies  from  country  to  country,  and  we  can't  offer  guidance  on  whether  any  specific  use  of 
any  specific  book  is  allowed.  Please  do  not  assume  that  a  book's  appearance  in  Google  Book  Search  means  it  can  be  used  in  any  manner 
anywhere  in  the  world.  Copyright  infringement  liability  can  be  quite  severe. 

About  Google  Book  Search 

Google's  mission  is  to  organize  the  world's  information  and  to  make  it  universally  accessible  and  useful.  Google  Book  Search  helps  readers 
discover  the  world's  books  while  helping  authors  and  publishers  reach  new  audiences.  You  can  search  through  the  full  text  of  this  book  on  the  web 


at|http  :  //books  .  google  .  com/ 


IE  CRAOUATEO  SEBtCS   OF  ftEAOINC-BOOKS. 


.^^i.-ii'"'/' 


Digitized  by 


Google 


HANDBOOK 


OF 


ZOOLOGY. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


o 


HANDBOOK 


ZOOLOGY 


BY 

X  VAN  DER  HOEVEN, 

FHIL.  ITAT.  BT  M.D.  PS0FBS80R  OF  ZOOUMY  IN  THK  ITKITBBSriT  OF  LBTDKN.  CriGHT  OF  THB  OEDBK 
OF  THB  DUTCH  UON  AND  OF  THE  SWEDISH  ORDER  OF  THB  POLAR  STAR.  MEMBER  OF  THB  ROYAL 
AGADMMT  OF  SCIEKCBB,  OF  THE  DUTCH  SOCIErT  OF  BdENCBB  AT  HAARLEM.  OF  THB  IMPERIAL 
UBOPOLDO-CAROUNE  ACADEMY.  OF  THB  IMPERIAL  80CIBTT  OF  NATURAUSTS  AT  MOSCOW.  OOR- 
BMBPOITDINO  MEMKER  OF  THB  BUTISH  ASSOCIATION.  OF  THB  ROYAL  ACADEMY  OF  SCIBNCBB  AT 
TUKIK.  OF  THB  ROYAL  ACADEMY  AT  PARIS.  BTO. 


Trsdo  qiue  pofcni. 


IN  TWO  VOLUMES. 
VOLUME    THB    FIRST. 

( INVgETBBRATM  ANIMALS. ) 


TRANSLATED  FROM  THE  SECOND  DUTCH  EDITION 


THE    REV.    WILLIAM    CLARK,    M.D.    F.R.S.    Ac. 

LATB  m.LOW  or  TBiiriTT  ooLUox,  Am  rsoraaoB  or  axatomt 
IK  THC  oirrrsiiaiTT  or  OAVBRriHix. 


CDambtflige: 

PRINTED   AT   THE   UNIVERSITY   PRESS, 

roK 

LONGMAN,  BROWN,  GREEN,  LONGMANS,  AND  ROBERTS, 
LONDON. 

1856. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Ki  ;iT^(o'^o  (^^) 


/ 


Digitized  by 


Google 


PREFACE. 


Ths  first  Edition  of  Professor  Van  dxr  Hoeykn's  manual 
was  published  in  parts  between  the  years  1827  and  1835. 
He  undertook  the  labour,  as  he  informs  us,  not  with  any 
desire  to  add  one  more  to  the  numerous  works  with  a 
similar  title  already  in  existence,  which  should  be  neither 
better  nor  worse  than  these.  On  the  contrary,  if  he  had 
found  any  one  of  them  to  be  a  sufficient  guide  for  his 
public  teaching,  without  great  alterations,  he  would  have 
abstained  from  his  contemplated  task.  Accordingly,  the 
plan  of  his  work  differed  from  that  of  most  other  manuals 
in  beginning  with  the  simpler  forms  of  animals,  and  pro- 
ceeding upwards  to  the  highest :  and  from  that  of  all  of 
ihem,  in  embodying  a  much  larger  amount  of  anatomical 
information.  His  work  was  received  with  marked  appro- 
bation not  confined  to  the  limits  of  his  own  coimtry. 
During  the  lapse  of  nineteen  years,  which  intervened 
between  the  first  and  second  editions,  the  acquisitions 
both  of  Zoology  and  Zootomy  had  been  greatly  enlarged, 
so  that  in  many  departments  the  former  science  had 
assumed  an  entirely  new  aspect.    Consequently  the  second 


Digitized  by 


Google 


VI  PKEFACE. 


edition,  similar  in  plan  to  the  first  but  greatly  different  in 
its  contents,  was  almost  entirely  re-written.  This  edition 
has,  like  the  first,  been  published  in  parts  between  the 
years  1846  and  1855,  inclusive.  From  the  high  terms  in 
which  it  has  already  been  alluded  to  firom  time  to  time, 
in  the  writings  of  various  active  cultivators  of  different 
departments  of  Zoology  on  the  continent,  it  is  obvious 
that  the  general  estimation  of  his  work  will  still  be  such 
as  might  be  expected  in  the  case  of  an  author  of  vast 
erudition,  of  appropriate  tastes^  talents  and  genius,  and 
whose  office  it  has  been  for  nearly  thirty  years,  as  Pro- 
fessor of  Zoology  in  the  University  of  Leyden,  to  bring 
the  value  and  import  of  the  new  acquisitions  of  Ana- 
tomy and  Zoology  (many  of  them  the  result  of  his  own 
labours)  from  time  to  time  before  his  auditors. 

The  University  of  Cambridge,  a  few  years  ago,  directed 
in  a  more  marked  manner  the  attention  of  our  students  to 
the  Moral  and  Natural  Sciences,  by  proposing  honorary 
distinctions  to  those  who  might  excel  in  certain  depart- 
ments of  those  sciences  respectively;  and  by  requiring 
proof  of  satisfactory  attention  to  some  one  at  least  of  such 
departments  on  the  part  of  all  candidates  for  the  degree 
of  Bachelor  of  Arts,  who  were  not  aspirants  for  Mathe- 
matical honours.  Amongst  the  departments  of  Natural 
Science,  Comparative  Anatomy  and  Physiology  were 
indicated,  with  special  regard  (as  is  presumed)  to  Zoology. 
It  thus  became  a  part  of  my  office  to  place  within  reach 


Digitized  by 


Google 


PREFACE.  Vll 

of  our  students  the  best  assistance  I  could  recommend  for 
their  studies  in  this  direction.  In  fulfilment  of  it  I  ap- 
plied to  Professor  Van  der  Hoeven  for  his  permission 
to  translate  his  Work,  in  which  I  found  all  that  could 
be  required^  He  had  the  kindness  not  only  to  grant  this 
permission,  but  also  to  enrich  the  English  translation  with 
numerous  references  to  works  too  recent  for  notice  in  his 
own  second  edition.  It  is  to  be  much  regretted  that  his 
other  engagements  did  not  allow  him,  as  I  requested, 
to  weave  the  new  matter  in  his  own  terse  and  pleasing 
style  into  his  introductions  to  the  classes  and  elsewhere. 
Consequently  such  additions,  in  this  respect,  as  are  in- 
cluded within  square  brackets  are  mine. 

The  study  of  Zoology  is  now  in  such  general  favour 
with  cultivated  persons  in  this  country,  that  I  believe  the 
present  work,  from  its  scientific  value  and  the  interest  of 
its  historical  and  other  notices,  as  well  as  from  the  con- 
tinuous references  to  the  works  of  the  original  discoverers, 
will  secure  for  itself,  beyond  the  walls  of  Universities,  a 
reception  not  unworthy  of  its  Author's  great  name. 

W.  C. 

Cambbidox,  July  i,   1856. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CONTENTS 

OF 

VOLUME   THE   FIRST. 


»4«B 

iHTBODUCnOV 1^36 

Organic  and  Inorganic  Bodies 3 —  4 

Flaots  and  Animals 4-*  7 

Zoology 7—8 

The  1188068  of  Ammals 9—19 

The  Vital  FanctionB  of  Animals 19 — 34 

Derdopment  of  Animals 94 — 26 

On  the  Alt  of  dasBifying  (ITaKifMMMfa) 36 — 36 

Glass  I.— Infusobhs.  {Infd99na).               .        .  37—59 

Spermaiogoii,  Bo-caBed  seminal  animalcules 43 — 47 

Systematic  Arrangement  of  Inlnsories 45 — ^59 

Older  L  Inftuoria  nmplieisnma 4j 

7am.       I.     Vibrionida A. 

Order  II.    Hkkopoda 45— 50 

Fam.     II.    Amctbaa 46 

„        m.    Aredlina 4^—6^ 

Order  m.    Airidia 50—51 

Fam.    lY.    Manadina 50 

„         ▼.    (kypiamonadina A. 

„        Yl.    Vohocina t&. 

„       Tn.    Attatia 53 

„      Yin.    Peripkryffoma f6. 

Order  IV.    EpUricka 53—59 

Fam.    IX.    Peridinaa 53 

„         X.    Triekodina 53—55 

„        XI.    Oxiftrickina 55 

„      xn.   EupUfUk 55— 5<5 

„      xm.    Voriicdlina *fi — 59 


Digitized  by 


Google 


X  CONTENTS. 

rxoK 
ClaBB  II.— POLTPB.   {Pdl^i.)     ....     60—97 

Systematic  Amngement  of  Polyps «  73~-^ 

Section  I.    Anihozoa 73 — 84 

Order  L    Mydtifonma 73—77 

Fam.       I.    Hydrina 73 — 74 

„         n.    Seiivlcmna 75 — 77 

Order  II.    OcUuAinia 77—84 

Fam.  m.  Xenina 77 — 78 

„  IV.  Haleyonina 78 — 80 

,y  ▼.  PennatfUina 80—81 

„  Ti.  Tubiparina 8s 

„  VII.  Cortieata 83 — 84 

Order  III.    PUyckdinia 84 — 93 

Fam.  vni.  Madrtporina 85 

IX.  OcelUfia 86 

X.  CfyroM 86—87 

XI.  Funffina 87 — 89 

xn.  ZoafUhina 89 — 90 

xm.  AcHfUna 90—91 

Section  n.    Brywtoa 93—97 

Order  rV.    Bryotoa 93—97 

Fam.  xrv.    SUhntUopoda 93 — 96 

„       XV.    Zophopoda 96 — 97 

ClasbIII. — Sba-Nbttlbb.  (Acalephce.)  .        98 — 136 

Systematic  Arrangement  of  Sea-netUes 108 — 136 

Order  I.    Siphonoph4)r<B 108 — 119 

Fam.  I.    VeUUidm 108—111 

„  II.    PhyttopkoridcB iii — 116 

,,  ni.    ffippopodida 116 

,,  IV.    IHpkyidm 116 — 119 

Order  IL    Ctenopkora 119 — i3i 

Fam.      V.    Btr<iKdea no — i3i 

Order  III.    DiicophonB 133 

Fam.     VI.    Qtryonida 133—133 

„       VII.    JZAtzoitomtcZes 133 

„      vui.    Medusidea 133 — 134 

„        IX.    OcMnida 134 — 135 

„         X.    jEquoridcB 135 — 136 


Digitized  by 


Google 


OONTBim.  XI 

tAUB 

Class  IV.— Eohxhodhiib,  (Sekinodtrmaia).  .  197—163 

SyBtemuitic  Amngement  of  Echinodenns. 143 — 16a 

Older  I.    Eekmodu  iwufa  pedieUlaia  {PedkulaU  Sekm,) 143—159 

Fam.       I.    OnmeSdm 143—146 

„         n.    Atteridea 146 — 149 

„        lu.    Sehinidea 150—156 

„        IV.    HoUthuridea 156 — 159 

Order  n.    Apoda 159 — 161 

Fam.      ▼.    SynaptintB 159 — x6o 

„        Ti.    SipuHculaeea 160—163 

Glass  Y.— IifTisnirAL  Wobmb.  {EnUaoa).  .  163 — 193 

Sjsiematio  Arrangement  of  the  Intestinal  Worms 178 — 193 

Older  I.     Sterdminiha 178—188 

Fam.       I.    Cettwdea 178—184 

„         n.    Aeanihocephala 184 

„        m.    TrenuUoda 184—188 

Order  II.     Oodelmintka 18S— 193 

Fam.    IT.    NematoUUa 188—193 

Appendix  to  the  Class  of  Intestinal  Worms 193 — 194 

Class  VI. — ^Whskl-Ahdcalculbs.  {Rotatoria).  194—306 

Systematic  Arrangement  of  Wheel-animalcmlBS 199 — 3o6 

Order  sing^le.    MUatoria 199—306 

Fam.  I.  Flotetdarke  . 199 — 300 

„  n.  Mdicertina 300—301 

„  IIL  Braehioncea 30i — 303 

„  lY.  Hydaiinoea 303 — 305 

„  ▼.  PkUodinan 305 — 306 

Class  VIL—RiXGiD  Worms.  (Annidata).     .  307—346 

Systematic  Arrangement  of  Binged- worms 319 — 346 

Order  I.     TurbeUaria 319 — 334 

Fam.       I.    Planariea 319 — 333 

„         II.    Nemerttni 333 — 334 

Order  IL     SueUma 335—338 

Fam.    m.    Birudinea 335 — 338 

Order  HI.    SeUgera 338 

Fam.    IT.    LumMeini 338 — 333 

„         T.    Maldama 333 — 334 

„        TI.    AmphiirUa «34— «37 

„       Tu.    ArmieoUg 337 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Xll 


CONTENTS. 


Fam.  vin.  Ch£Btoptenna 437 — 438 

IX.  Peripatina 938 

X.  Aricia «38— «39 

XI.  Nemda 139— 14a 

xn.  EumceiB 34^ — ^43 

xm.  AmphinomaeecB '243 — ^44 

XIV.  ApkrodUaeeiB 344 — M^ 

Class  Vm.—lK8B0T8.  {Inteda),  .  «47— 555 

Systematic  Anrangement  of  Insects 988 — ^555 

Order  I.    Myriapoda a88— 296 

Fam.       I.    Jidida «89— 193 

„         11.    Seolopendriiks 993 — 996 

Order  II.    Thysanwra 196—300 

Fam.    m.    Zepitmena ^97 — *9^ 

„        IV.    PodurOla 198—300 

Order  m.    ParatiHea 300—303 

Fam.     V.    ffcemaiopina 300 — 301 

„        VI.    MaUopkaga 301—303 

Order  rV.    Sudoria 303 — 305 

Fam.  vn.    PuUHcUb 303—305 

Order  V.    Shreptiptera 305—308 

Fam.  vni.    Sirepnplera  307 — 308 

Order  VI.    JHptera 308—346 

Fam.     IX.  Pupiparce Z^^—ZH 

„         X.  Athericera 314— 3«8 

„        XI.  TanysUmata 3^8—335 

„      xn.  Notaeaniha 335—339 

„     xjn.  Nemoeera 339 — 346 

Order  VII.    ffymenopiera 346—389 

Fam.    XIV.  Mdlifera  350— 359 

XV.  DiplopUryga  359— 36« 

XVI.  Ederogyna 363 — 367 

xvn.  Fouora  367 — 371 

XVIII.  ChrysidideB 37i— 37« 

XIX.  (hyura  373—375 

XX.  Cfhalcidia  375—378 

XXI.  Ichneumontdes 378 — 383 

xxn.  Cynip^ea  383—385 

xxm.  Urocerata 385—386 

XXIV.  TetUhredinda 387—389 

Order  VIII.    Lqddoptera 389—4" 

Fam.  XXV.    Noctuma  393— 404 

„      XXVI.    Creptuctdaria 404 — 406 

,,    XXVII.    JHuma 407—411 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CONTENTS.  XIU 

WABM 

Order  IX«    NetsropUra 413 — ^497 

Fam.  zxnn.   Pkrffffanidea 413—415 

99  xzix.    PanarpaUB 415 — 416 

„  XXX.    ffemerobmi 416 — ^410 

„  XXXI.    LibeUmlimai 490—433 

„  xxxn.   Bphewterina 433 — 435 

„  xxxm.    Perlaria 435 

„  xxxiY.    TerwMfUB 436—437 

Order  X.    JlewiipUra 437 — 448 

Fam.      xxxv.    Coccma 430 — 433 

„       XXXYI.    Aphidii 439^435 

„      xxxvn.    CieadainKB 435—439 

9,     XXXVIII.    Hydncorim         ......      439 — 441 

9,       XXTTT.    Oeoeoriw 443 — ^448 

Order  XL     Orthopiera 448—464 

Fam.  XL.    ChryiUdei 451—458 

„  xu.    ManHdet 458—461 

„  xui.    JBhUtaria 461—463 

„         xuii.   Fot:fieultm€B 463 — ^464 

Appendix  to  the  Orikoptera,    Tkiftcmopfera,    Qtrnxm  Thript       ...  464 

Order  XII.     CoitopUra ^^—553 

Fam.      xuv.    CoeemeUida 467—468 

,9  XLV.    Fvmgkfi^ 468—469 

99         XLVi.    CUvripdlpi 469—470 

„         XLvn.    Oydica 471—474 

,y       XLTiii.    Eupoda 474 — 476 

,,  xux.    Maeroeerata         ......      476—480 

,9  ^ .  Seo^fkuria 480—483 

„  u.    Bhynckopkora 483—489 

„  m.    Stendfira 49^—493 

„  un.    Taaieomei 493—495 

9,  uv.    MeUuamata 495 — ^499 

„  LV.    (kmiharidia 499—504 

„  LVL    JkmdUeorma 504 — ^519 

y,  LYiL    XyUphaga 530—533 

9,  Lvm.   SerricofnUa 533 — ^537 

f>  ux.    Braehdytra 538—533 

,9  LX.    Clavicomia 533 — 540 

„  LXL    PalpicortUa 540 — 543 

„  LXn.    Bjfdroeainiharma 543 — ^544 

„         Lxm.    CarabicifM 545—555 

CLiJSS  IX.— Abachnids.  (AraehnoHdea).    .  .  556—597 

Systematic  Arrangement  of  Aradmids 571 — 597 

Order  I.    Polysfonapoda 57i__573 

Fam.  I.    Pfcnoffonida 571 — ^573 


Digitized  by 


Google 


XIV  CONTENTS. 

rAox 

Order  II.     Cdopoda 574—575 

Fam.  11.    Arctiaca 574—575 

Ord^rlll.    Acarina 575— 58^ 

Fam.          in.    Acarea 575— 57<5 

„              IV.    Nolaapidea 57^5—577 

„               V.    Ixodea 577 

VI.    Ganuuea 577—579 

„             VII.    ffydramchnidia 579 — 581 

„           vin.    BdeUea   .        .        .     ' 581 

„             IX.    TrombidifM 581 — 582 

Orderly.     PhalanffUa 58a— 584 

Fam.  X.    PheUoMffita 582—584 

Order  V,    Pseudoacorpiones 584 

Fam.  XI.    Pteudoaeorpiones 584 

Older  VI.    Solifugm 584—585 

Fam.        XII.    CfaUodea 584 — 585 

Order  VII.  Pedipalpi 585—586 

Fam.        xni.    Phrynide* 585 — 586 

„  XIV.    Scorpiona 586—587 

Order  Vm.    Aramddea .  588—597 

Fam.         XV.    ArcmMea 588 — 597 

Class  X.-— Crustaobahs.  {Orwitacea)     .  .  598 — 679 

Systematic  Arrangement  of  Crustaceans 622 — 679 

Order  I.    Pcecihpoda 622—^24 

Fam.       I.    Xiphotwra 622 — 624 

Order  II.    lehihyopJUhira 624 — 631 

Fam.      II.    Lemaouxa  624 — 625 

„        III.    Lemaopoda 625 — 627 

„         IV.    JSrgatUina 627 — 629 

„  V.    CaUffina 629 — 631 

„         VI.    Argfdina 631 

Order  III.    Lophyropoda 631—^33 

Fam.    vn.    Copepoda 632—^33 

„      Vin.    OOracoda 633 

Order  IV.     (Hrripedia 633 — 640 

Fam.     IX.    Bcdanoidea 636 — 637 

„  X.    Ltpadicea 638—^40 

Order  V.     Cladoeera 640 — 641 

Fam.     XI.    Daphnidea 640^641 

Order  VI.    PhyUcpoda 641--646 

Fam.    XII.    JSranckiopoda 641 — 642 

„      xm.   Atpidephora 642 — 644 

Trilobitee  r.  Paladades 644—646 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CONTENTS.  XV 

TkOU 

Order  VII.     Iwpoda 646—655 

Fam.  xiT.  Bpieandm 646 — 647 

„  XT.  CymMkoadea 647 — 649 

,»  XTi.  Sphwnmiida 649 

„  XYn.  Praniddea 649 — 650 

„  XYin.  Onitdda 650—659 

,y  XIX.  AadUfUk 65a — 654 

„  XX.  Idoteidea 654—655 

Order  VIII.     Ampkijpoda 655—660 

Fam.   XXI.    Lomodipoda 655—657 

,,      xxn.    ffyperinaa,  Uropiera 657 — 658 

„    xxin.    Qatntnarina 658 — 660 

Order  IX.    SUmatopoda 660—664 

Fain.xxnr.    UnipdkOa 660—661 

„      xxv.    BipeUaia 661—661 

„     XXVI.    Oariduadea «.  SMupoda 662— 66$ 

Oumaeea  (Funily  of  uncertMB  pomiioD)  663 

Order  X.    Jkcapoda 664 — 679 

Fam.  xxvn.  Caridina 664 — 666 

„  xxvni.  Aataeina 667 — 669 

,,      XXIX.  Iiorieala 669 — 670 

„       XXX.  Anomwn 670—671 

„      XXXI.  Noiapoda 679—673 

„    xxxn.  Oxyttonusta 673—674 

y,   xxxm.  Majacea 674—^76 

„    xxxiy.  Canerina 676—679 

On  MoHubcs  in  general 680—690 

Clasb  XI.— TuiriCATXS.  (Tunieak^  .  691—696 

Systematic  Anangemeot  of  Tanicatee 697 — 707 

Order  I.     ThaUaoea 697 — 700 

Fam.       I.    StJpma 697 — 700 

Order  n.     TdhfoMUa 701—707 

Fam.     n.   Lueia 709 

„        m.    A$ciduB 709 — 707 


Class  XII.— CknroHinats  or  Bivalvss.  {Omckifera)  .        .  708—757 

Systematic  Arrangement  of  Conchiferi 719 — 757 

Order  I.    Pattiobranekiata 719 — 793 

Fam.       I.    BraekUtpoda ,      715^793 


Digitized  by 


Google 


XVI 


CONTENTS. 


Order  II.    LamdlibranMUa 7^3^757 

Fam.      II.    Ottracea 7«5— 7^7 

in.    PeeUnidea 7^7—718 

IV.    MaUeacea 729 — 731 

V.    Mytilaeea 731—733 

VI.    Arcaeea 733—734 

vn.    Trigwiiaeea 734 

VIII.    NaXadea 734 — 737 

iz.    CardUaeea 737 

X.    Chamaoea 737—738 

Rudida 738—739 

ZI.    Tridacnacea 739 — 740 

XII.    Cardkicea 740—741 

xin.    Veneraoea 741 — 743 

xnr.    Oydadea 743—744 

XV,    Lueinaoea 744 — 745 

XVI.    Saxicavina 745 — 746 

xvn.    TelUnacea 746 — 748 

xviu.    Macfiraoea 748 — 750 

XIX.    Myacea 750 — 751 

XX.    PholadMiiyacta 753 — 753 

XXI.    SoUnacea 753—754 

xxn.    Phoiadacea 754— 75^ 

xxm.    Tvbicola 75^—757 


Clabs  XIII.— Molluscs.  {MolluMa) 


758-831 


SyBtematio  Arrftngement  of  Molluscs 774 — 831 

Ordar  I.    Ptoropoda 77«— 77^ 

Fam.       I.    HyoiUacea 773—775 

„         II.    CUo/idea 775— 77<> 

Order  II.     Oatiaropoda 776—817 

Fam.    m.    Meteropoda 776—778 

„        IV.    Ikrmatobranchiata 778 — 784 

,,         V.    ffypobranehiaia 784 — 785 

„         VI.    Pleurobranchiata 785—788 

„        vn.    Oydobranckiala 788 — 791 

f,      vin.    Aipiddltranckiata 791 — 793 

„         IX.    AuldbranchicUa 793 

„          X.    Cten6hr€mchiaia 793 — 811 

„        XI.    Pneumonioa 81  r — 817 

Order  III.     Cephaiopoda 817— 83T 

Fam.    xn.    NtnUilacea 835 — 828 

„      xin.    Sepiacea 828 — 830 

„       XIV.    OOopoda 830—831 

Explanation  of  Plates 833—844 

Index  of  Generic  Names .  845 — 853 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ERRATA   AND    00RRBCTI0N8. 


VAOI 

LJKS 

vom 

aBA9 

5 

»5 

SOHWAMMKBDAX 

SwAmasDAX. 

i6 

arterial 

TenotiB. 

«3 

Soemmering 

ScenmieiTing. 

^7 

13 

called  yariettet. 

constitute  varieties. 

3« 

19 

worse 

now  more  usual. 

67 

4  uToin  Dottom 

oonseqnenoe  of 

after  the. 

79 

5  from  bottom 

yniHiip, 

metre. 

87 

'9 

Fungina  Lam. 

FungiaJuAM. 

«9 

'3,  14 

might  periiaps,  fte. 

seems  to  require  new  observations 
propriety. 

9I« 

6 

rMkjnm^im 

vertebrates. 

«57 

lafinm  bottom 

take  Bcaroely  any 

^63, 

note  9. 

Yauouvltv 

VAUQITILIir. 

«99 

10 

aaUfUhMrus. 

SmyiUhurtu. 

4i« 

8  from  bottom 

pupa 

larva. 

4^ 

13  from  bottom 

494 

7 

J7eZetif 

ffeUsui. 

672 

JO  from  bottom 

Drxwia 

Dromia. 

Hie  following,  not  considered  distinct  genera^  but  divisions  of  the  genus  imme- 
diately above  each  respectively,  ought  to  have  been  printed  in  the  smaller  type  used : 


CMwmia  Ehbbhb.    . 

58 

ChraUivm  TjAU. 

83 

ifetitea  Lax.     . 

83 

/mLam.        .... 

83 

FuMgiaJiAU.      . 

87 

«38 

OphdiaSKy.      . 

138 

«44 

«44 

CfhloeiaQjLY 

«44 

CmioeeraMAOQ. 

3^3 

Awophda  MxiG.     . 

346 

rAes 

Apii  Latb. 

.     35« 

MeUUwrgaloLrB.    . 

.        356 

PofiltetLATB.     . 

.     363 

Labidui  JuBori     . 

.         366 

Bethyhu  Latb.  . 

.    375 

BUopia  TsBsrecBKB, 

397 

£%elidia  Ochbbkh.    . 

•    399 

Phuia  OOHSEMU.     . 

•        399 

ffdceut  JjAXR.    . 

.    494 

.        651 

Trichonueut  BRAinn 

.    651 

Orouwtu  Rathu  . 

654 

The  following  distinct  genus  ought  to  have  been  printed  in  the  laiger  type : 
Sipkonaria  Sow.  p.  795. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INTRODUCTION. 


We  often  hear  the  word  Nature  used  in  such  a  way  that  it  is 
diffictdt  to  know  what  meaning  is  attached  to  it.  Some  denote 
thereby  the  system  of  all  the  forces  to  which  matter  is  subjected, 
and  thus  distinguish  between  Nature  and  the  Universe;  under- 
standing by  the  last  the  entire  complex  of  created  bodie."*. 
But  such  a  distinction  is  quite  arbitrary.  The  word  Nature, 
introduced  into  modem  languages  from  the  Latin,  is  derived  from 
nasciy  to  be  born,  to  come  into  being^.  In  this  sense  we  call  the 
aggregate  of  all  that  comes,  or  has  come,  into  being,  and  is  for  us 
an  object  of  observation  either  by  external  sense  or  internal  percep- 
tion, Nature — the  material  world  and  the  spiritual  world — ^Nature 
in  space  and  Nature  in  thought.  Finally  we  oppose  Nature  to  Art, 
understanding  by  the  last  whatever  change  the  intellect  of  man  has 
induced  upon  the  products  of  Creation,  in  order  to  satisfy  his  wants, 
or  to  enhance  his  enjoyments. 

However  different  these  and  other  meanings  may  be,  we  may 
admit  that  to  be  the  most  general  which  defines  nature  as  the 
material  world,  the  world  of  matter,  all  that  is  created  or  has  being, 
together  with  the  forces  inherent  in  the  matter,  and  the  laws 
according  to  which  they  act.  The  knowledge  of  this  whole,  so 
stupendously  vast,  the  ancients  named  jghysica :  and  considered  to 
he  a  part  of  the  philosophy  which  they  termed  a  science  of  divine 
and  himian  things  and  of  their  causes.  But  though  this  science,  like 
nature  its  object,  be  one,  yet  its  great  extent  on  the  one  hand  and 
the  narrowness  of  the  human  intellect  on  the  other,  has  rendered 
the  subdivision  of  it  necessary.  Yet  the  limits  of  the  different 
natural  sciences  can  scarcely,  on  account  of  their  mutual  relations, 


^  So  the  Greek  ^(nnt  from  4>^' 
VOL.  I. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


2  INTRODUCTION. 

be  defined  with  precision:  and  into  whatever  path  we  chance  to 
strike,  difficulties  from  the  very  nature  of  the  case  are  unavoidable. 

The  Natural  Sciences  relate  either  to  Nature  and  her  several 
products  considered  by  themselves :  or  they  teach  us  so  to  apply 
those  products  as  to  contribute  to  our  service,  or  to  satisfy  our 
wants.  The  latter  are  called  practical  natural  sciences,  the  former 
iheorettcaL  To  the  practical  natural  sciences  belong  especially 
Agriculture  and  Technology:  and  they  are  founded  upon  the 
theoretical;  of  which  the  truths  are  applied  only  in  a  degree  propor- 
tioned to  the  particular  object  that  is  had  in  view.  They  may 
therefore  be  called  Applied  Natural  Sciences.  Of  the  pure,  or 
theoretical  Natural  Sciences  there  are  several.  To  them  belong^ 
Phaenomenal  Doctrine,  Chemistry,  and  Natural  History.  What 
characterises  such  sciences  and  distinguishes  them  from  each  other 
lies  less  in  the  objects  which  belong  to  the  province  of  each,  than 
in  the  manner  of  considering  them,  and  in  the  different  direction 
of  the  enquiry.  Metals,  salts,  earths  belong  as  much  to  the  province 
of  Chemistry  as  to  that  of  Natural  History :  but  the  chemist,  in 
all  these  things,  investigates  only  the  matter  and  its  properties,  its 
affinities  and  combinations :  the  mineralogist  is  busied  with  their 
form,  their  natural  occurrence,  their  classification.  The  chemist, 
moreover,  investigates  those  elements  which  occur  in  nature  only 
in  combination  with  other  matters :  such  elementary  substances  are 
excluded  from  the  province  of  Natural  History. 

Whilst  Physics  investigate  the  common  properties  of  bodies,  and 
the  motions  by  which  a  temporary  change  is  effected  in  their 
condition.  Chemistry  enquires  into  their  component  parts,  the 
special  properties  of  each  elementary  substance,  and  its  various 
combinations  with  other  elementary  substances.  Natural  History, 
finally,  arranges  the  bodies  occurring  in  Nature  according  to  form. 
In  a  certain  sense,  therefore,  it  may  be  termed  a  special  Phenomenal 
Doctrine :  but  its  essence  lies  in  describing  and  classifying.  It  is 
ordinarily  limited  to  the  bodies  which  occur  upon  the  surface  of 
our  earth,  or  at  small  depths  below  and  accessible  by  mining :  but 
it  is  by  no  means  necessary  thus  to  limit  it.     It  depends  upon  the 


*  [Natur-lehre,  The  VMt  body  of  observed  facts  throughout  nature  "  bound  together 
under  the  form  of  laws  and  principles."  Vid.  Whewkll'b  History  of  the  Inductive 
Science*,  and  his  PkUoeophy  ^  ike  Inductive  Seiencee,  passim.]    TV. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


PRIMARY   DIVISION   OF   BODIES.  3 

manner  of  treating  it  alone,  to  include  within  its  province  not  only 
the  planet  which  we  inhabit,  but  even  the  whole  visible  universe  ^ 
The  certainty  to  which  we  can  attain  in  this  science  is  grounded 
upon  the  testimony  of  our  own  senses,  on  that  of  other  observers, 
and  upon  conclusions,  drawn  from  the  combination  of  particular 
observations  (Induction) :  of  which  conclusions  the  security  is 
increased  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  observed  phaBnomena 
which  tend  to  their  establishment ;  for  observation  is  the  principal 
foundation  upon  which  this  science  is  raised. 


Organic  and  Inorganic  Bodies. 

A  primary  division  of  the  bodies  of  our  earth  is  that  according 
to  which  they  are  separated  into  organic  {organtca),  and  inorganic 
{anorganica).  Inorganic  bodies  can  grow,  or  increase  in  bulk,  only 
by  external  addition  of  homogeneous  parts ;  they  possess  no  hetero- 
geneous parts,  though  they  may  be  composed  of  several  chemical 
elements.  In  their  perfect  condition  they  ordinarily  present  regular 
forms,  which  are  bounded  by  planes  and  straight  lines.  The 
knowledge  of  them  is  the  object  of  Mineralogy. 

The  remaining  bodies  are  called  organic,  because  they  consist 
of  different  parts,  of  fibres,  vessels,  cells,  &c.,  the  combination  of 
which  is  called  organisation.  In  these  bodies  there  prevails  that 
mutual  dependence  between  all  the  parts,  of  which,  in  the  inorganic, 
we  recognise  no  trace.  In  these  last,  each  of  the  parts  exists  for 
itself,  and  when  separated  from  the  whole  does  not  cease  to  be  the 
same  that  the  whole  was  before.  As  to  form,  the  boundaries  which 
drcumscribe  plants  and  animals  are  very  generally  round  surfaces 
and  carved  lines,  very  rarely  straight  lines  and  planes. 

Organic  beings  present  phaenomena  which  are  called  'Vital 
Phenomena,'  of  which  the  most  general  consist  in  an  incessant 
susception  of  new  matters,  in  the  formation  of  new  parts  and 
organs  (Growth,  Development,  Reproduction),  and  in  the  production 
of  similar  beings  (Propagation).  The  separation  of  those  constitu- 
ents of  food  that  are  unfit  for  nutriment,  and  of  matters  that  have 
been  changed  through  the  action  of  life,  and  are  no  longer  fitted  for 


Cotmograiphia,  HiM/oria  Mvndi. 

1—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


4  INTRODUCTION. 

its  support,  supplies  the  means  hj  which  the  peculiar  chemical 
composition,  characteristic  of  each  individual  being,  is  preserved; 
at  death,  on  the  cessation  of  this  interchange  of  matter,  the  organic 
substance  passes  into  solution  or  putrefaction.  Instead  of  those 
complex  combinations  of  elements,  which  form  the  proximate  con- 
stituents of  organic  bodies,  simpler  combinations  arise,  which  being 
taken  up  by  the  air  or  the  earth,  become  anew  the  vital  stimulants 
and  the  nutriment  of  that  vegetable  world,  on  whose  existence  the 
life  of  animals  is  dependent.  Thus  we  perceive  here  an  interchange 
of  matter  on  a  large  scale,  as  we  do  in  every  organic  being  on  a 
small  one :  and  perishableness  becomes  the  means  whereby  new  life 
and  fresh  youth  are  efiFdsed  over  the  whole  of  nature  ^ 


Plants  and  Animals, 


The  above  may  suffice  to  give  a  general  notion  of  organised 
bodies.  It  scarcely  requires  notice  that  the  term  includes  plants 
and  animala. 

At  first  sight  it  seems  easy  to  distinguish  an  animal  from  a 
plant:  and  even  the  most  unskilled  person  thinks  he  has  a  clear 
notion  of  the  difference.  Yet  it  is  just  his  want  of  knowledge  that 
causes  the  difference  to  appear  so  prominent :  whilst  he  overlooks 
the  intermediate  links,  and  thinks,  for  instance,  of  a  dog  and  a 
peax-tree.  There  are  two  sorts  of  judgment  with  conviction.  Such 
a  judgment  may  arise  either  from  want  of  knowledge,  or  from  pro- 
found insight,  the  result  of  long  and  accurate  investigation.  Who- 
ever seeks  after  truth  must  learn  to  sacrifice  the  first,  even  though 
he  may  never  attain  to  the  second. 

Animals  are  usually  considered  as  more  composite  and  more 
perfect  than  plants.  Yet  when  we  compare  the  simple  substance  of 
which  Inftisory  Animals  and  Polypi  are  composed  with  the  orderly 
and  beautifril  structure  of  the  higher  plants,  we  become  satisfied 
that  this  proposition  is  far  from  having  a  general  value. 

It  is  said,  plants  are  rooted  in  the  ground,  and  by  this  token 
are  sufficiently  distinguished  from  animals.  But  it  is  here  over- 
looked, that  there  are  free-swimming  water-plants,  just  as  there  are 


*  "  Ut  opui  naturof  perenni  Jlore  rideat.*'    LiKNiiUS. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


PLANTS  AND  ANIMALS.  5 

animals  that  live  in  water  &st  fixed  to  a  given  spot.  Again,  it  was 
imagined  that  plants  might  be  distinguished  from  animals  by  their 
possessing  only  at  certain  times  the  parts  which  serve  for  the  main* 
tenance  of  the  species.  But  all  animals  have  not  organs  of  propa- 
gation during  the  whole  of  their  existence :  insects  acquire  them 
only  in  the  latest  period  of  their  lives,  like  plants  that  only  flower 
once.  It  is  true  that  Anatomy  points  out  the  rudiments  of  these 
future  organs  in  the  Larvae  of  Insects :  but  tliis  does  not  prevent 
the  Larv»  of  Insects  from  being  termed,  in  a  certain  sense,  sex-less. 
Moreover  many  plants  and  animals  are  propagated  only  by  spon- 
taneous fission,  or  by  buds,  without  possessing  proper  parts  sub- 
servient to  propagation.  To  me  the  difference  of  Nutrition  appears 
of  more  importance.  It  has  been  observed  that  Plants  live  on  inor- 
ganic matters,  Animals,  on  the  other  hand,  on  organic.  Some 
animals,  it  is  true,  seem  to  live  on  earth.  Schwammebdam  believes 
mud  to  be  the  nutrient  matter  of  the  worm  or  larva  of  the  Ephemera^ 
and  never  found  any  other  food  in  its  intestinal  canal.  Pallas  could 
find  nothing  but  fine  sand  in  the  intestine  of  Uialassema  echiurus. 
I  might  allege  several  other  examples,  but  will  only  add  that  man 
himself  sometimes  lives  upon  earth.  At  least  the  celebrated  Hum- 
boldt tells  of  a  people  on  the  banks  of  the  Oronoco  and  Meia  that, 
when  the  waters  are  low,  live  upon  fish  and  turtle:  but  as  soon 
as  the  streams  begin  to  swell  and  fishing  to  become  laborious, 
devour,  during  a  season  which  lasts  for  two  or  three  months,  enor- 
mous quantities  of  earth.  The  earth  which  these  people  eat  is  a 
&t  soft  clay,  which  they  knead  into  lumps  and  bum  on  the  outside 
at  a  slow  fire,  and  again  moisten  when  required  for  use.  This 
observation  however,  now  that  microscopic  investigation  has  dis- 
covered in  different  deposits  and  kinds  of  earth  entire  strata  of 
living  or  fossil  organic  beings,  admits  of  another  explanation  ^ 
That  earth  may  have  contained  organic  constituents,  as  was  the 
case  with  the  earth  that,  mixed  with  meal  and  leaves  of  trees,  was 
baked  for  bread  on  the  failure  of  the  crops  in  the  year  1832  in  the 
north  of  Skandinavia,  and  in  which  Ketzius  discovered  nineteen 
different  forms  of  Infusories,  or  rather  of  the  fossil  remains  of  these 
animals.    In  the  same  way,  the  mud  and  sand,  found  in  the  intes- 


^  Gomp.  Ehbevbero,  Dm  umiehtbar  wrhende  orgamische  Leben.    Leipzig,  1843. 
pp.  41,  42. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


6  INTBODUCJTION. 

tinal  canal  of  insects  and  worms,  can  scarcely  be  devoid  of  organic 
components.  In  general  it  cannot  be  contested  that  the  vegetable 
kingdom  prepares  from  inorganic  nature  those  substances  which 
serve  for  nutriment  to  the  animal  kingdom.  Albumen  and  Fibrin, 
the  principal  constituents  of  the  blood  of  animals,  are  already 
present  in  the  parts  of  plants  which  they  consume.  But  still,  on  the 
other  hand,  there  are  plants  which  grow  on  other  plants,  and  thus 
apply  to  their  own  development  the  matters  which  have  been  pre- 
pared by  those  organic  bodies. 

Scruples  arising  from  such  considerations  must  not  mislead  us 
to  consider  plants  and  animals  as  belonging  to  one  and  the  same 
kingdom.  Perhaps  the  following  remarks  may  help  to  distinguish 
them  from  each  other. 

If  we  consider  the  nutrition,  we  perceive  that  animals  convey 
their  food  by  one  or  more  apertures  into  a  common  cavity,  the 
stomach  or  intestinal  canal,  from  which  the  prepared  matters  are 
absorbed  and  applied  to  the  nutrition  of  the  whole  body.  Thus  the 
intestinal  canal  is  for  animals  what  the  soil  and  air  are  for  plants. 
The  plant  is  consequently  so  constructed  that  its  surface  has  the 
greatest  possible  extension :  in  the  animal  all  is  contrived  for  union 
round  a  center.  Moreover  the  plant,  which  receives  nutriment  by 
means  of  its  surface  and  the  parts  there  situated,  (pores,  hairs,  &c.) 
has  no  need  to  seek  for  food :  it  lives  in  the  midst  of  its  food :  when 
this  is  deficient  it  cannot  move  and  must  consequently  die.  The 
animal,  on  the  contrary,  is  destined  to  seek  its  food,  which  it  must 
conduct  into  its  intestinal  canal :  it  moves  therefore  when  nutriment 
is  deficient.  Let  it  not  be  here  objected  that  plants  move  towards 
the  light,  and  send  larger  roots  towards  the  side  where  moisture  is 
more  abundant — ^for  this  would  be  to  confound  growth  with  motion. 
The  stimulants  (light,  moisture,  &c.)  act  upon  the  plant,  and  there- 
fore its  growth  is  more  vigorous  in  that  direction.  The  animal  has 
independent  motion  which  is  excited  by  internal  stimuli.  Hence 
sensation  is  ascribed  to  animals.  In  the  higher  animals  it  is  known 
that  the  contraction  of  the  muscles  is  under  the  influence  of  the 
nervous  system :  that  the  stimuli,  of  whatever  kind,  if  they  pro- 
duce motion,  act  upon  the  nerves  and  through  these  upon  the 
muscles.  Comparative  Anatomy,  it  is  true,  has,  in  some  animals, 
hitherto  failed  to  demonstrate  a  nervous  system ;  but  it  does  not 
therefore  follow  that  these  animals  do  not  possess  sensation,  any 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ZOOLOGY.  7 

more  than  it  followa  that  their  want  of  muflcular  fibre  juBtifies  us 
in  denying  to  them  yolnntaty  motion,  which  the  unprejudiced 
obseiver  may  recogniae  even  in  the  most  simple  animals. 

As  to  chemicid  composition — ^Nitrogen,  it  is  trae,  is  not  ex- 
clusively an  animal  principle:  but  still  it  occurs  as  an  ultimate 
constituent  of  animal  organisation  in  much  greater  quantify  than 
in  plants.    In  plants,  on  the  other  hand,  Carbon  is  predominant 

Not  long  ago,  it  was  believed  that  a  transition  from  Plant-Life 
to  Animal-Life  had  been  observed  ^  L.  G.  Treyiranus  had 
remarked  that  the  spores  of  Confervas  move  like  Lifusories^  A 
few  years  since  Unger  described  this  phenomenon  in  Vaucheria 
clavaiaj  and  thought  that  he  had  surprised  plants  at  the  very 
moment  of  their  becoming  animals'.  These  aporidia  move  1^ 
means  of  dlia,  but  cannot  on  that  account  be  considered  animali'^. 
Rather  ought  we,  from  such  instances,  to  conclude  that  cilia  are  no 
exclusive  character  of  the  animal  kingdom.  The  same  may  be  said 
of  a  similar  motion  which  Grant  observed  in  sponges,  which,  as 
little,  on  that  accoimt,  are  animals. 

As  we  have  already  remarked  above,  the  difference  between 
plants  and  animals  will  always  be  more  apparent  as  the  organisa- 
tion  becomes  more  perfect  and  more  complicated:  the  difficulty 
occurs  in  the  case  of  the  most  simple  vegetable  and  animal  forms; 
and  here  may  be  applied  what  Ovid  says  of  the  change  of  colour  in 
the  rainbow. 

Usque  adeo  quod  tangit  idem  est,  taraen  ultima  distant — 

Ma.  vi.  67. 


Zoology. 

There  are  three  parts  of  Natural  History,  as  there  are  three 
great  divisions  of  the  bodies  which  occur  on  our  Earth.  We  sepa- 
rate Natural  History  into  Mineralogy,  Botany  and  Zoology,  as  we 


1  See  the  eadier  obeervatioiis  on  this  point  in  G.  B.  Tsxvibanub*  Bidogie,  oder 
PkOotopkie  der  Ubendm  Natur.  8to.  II.  p.  344. 

»  BeUrd^  mr  PJUinMnphj^nologie,   Gottingen,  181 1.  Svo.  pp.  78,  79. 
'  Die  JPJUmze  im  Mamente  der  Thierwerdung.    Wien.  1843.  Svo. 
*  C.  Bi  SiEBOLD,  Dies,  de  jMm  nUer  regMtm  atUmaU  ti  vegeUMe  conttkuendii, 
1844.  4to. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


8  INTRODUCTION. 

divide  nature  into  three  kingdoms,  that  of  minerals,  of  plants,  and 
of  animals. 

As  the  history  of  mankind  does  not  result  from  a  collection  of 
biographies,  so  Natural  History  is  not  formed  by  the  description  of 
animal  species.  Therefore  Zoology  describes  not  merely  the  sepa- 
rate animals  {m(mograph%cally)  according  to  external  parts  and 
internal  structure,  but  it  comprises  the  entire  kingdom  of  animals, 
denotes  their  mutual  relations,  and  assigns  to  each  animal  its  rank 
and  position. 

Zoology  falls  into  different  parts.  First,  it  is  divided  into 
Description  and  History,  Description  of  animals  {zoographid)  sup- 
plies precise  descriptions  of  the  separate  internal  and  external  parts 
of  the  animal  body,  and  thus  of  the  entire  animal.  In  a  narrower 
sense,  it  makes  us  acquainted  with  the  external  parts  and  the  ex- 
ternal form  of  the  animal,  and  with  the  distribution  into  classes 
and  orders.  When  it  makes  us  acquainted  with  the  internal  struc- 
ture of  animals,  as  well  in  respect  of  form  and  position  [structura) 
as  of  tissue  {textura)^  it  is  called  the  Anatomy  of  Animals  {Zootomia), 
which  has  been  especially  cultivated  of  late  years,  and  is  generally 
named  Comparative  Anatomy  {Anatomia  Comparata).  But  this  ap- 
pellation has  not  exactly  the  same  meaning  as  the  first:  it  denotes, 
rather,  a  philosophical  science,  which,  not  content  with  the  simple 
knowledge  of  the  different  forms,  investigates,  by  comparison  of  the 
anatomy  of  all  animals  and  also  of  the  human  body,  the  general 
laws  of  animal  organisation  and  its  unity. 

The  History  of  Animals  {Ristoria  Animalium)  comprehends  a 
comparative  history  of  the  nature  and  intellect  of  animals :  it  illus- 
trates the  phasnomena  of  life,  and  their  obedience  to  law  in  the 
animal  economy.  It  may  be  also  termed  General  Physiology 
(Biology).  The  knowledge  of  the  geographical  and  physical  dis- 
tribution of  animals  over  the  surface  of  the  earth,  the  knowledge 
of  the  series  of  forms  which  in  earlier  periods  inhabited  our  planet, 
and  of  which  the  remains  have  been  found  in  beds  and  strata  of 
rocks  deposited  from  water,  also  belong  to  the  History  of  the  Ani- 
mal Kingdom. 

These  subdivisions  cannot  dispense  with  mutual  assistance. 
Conjointly  they  form  only  one  science  which  we  term  Zoology. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ANIMAL  TI88UES.  9 

The  TiMues  of  Animals. 

Nature,  in  the  structme  of  animalB,  has  exhibited  inconceivable 
resources  of  art.  Not  only  is  the  body  as  a  whole,  not  only  are  its 
grosser  parts,  but  even  tlie  smallest  parts  of  the  organs  are  ma- 
chinery; and  the  knife  of  the  anatomist  exhibits  to  us,  even  to  the 
simplest  fibre,  nothing  but  parts  constructed  for  a  purpose.  The 
whole  body  consists  of  many  members :  the  members  themselves 
consist  of  muscles,  vessels,  and  nerves;  the  muscles  again  of 
tissues,  vessels,  fibres,  &c.  Such  a  body  may  well  be  called 
organised. 

In  order  to  form  an  idea  of  the  texture  of  animals,  we  must  go 
to  work  as  the  chemist  does.  He  divides  the  parts  which  compose 
bodies  into  proximate  and  ultimate  constituents,  and  terms  those 
constituents  ultimate,  or  elements  (elementa),  which  by  his  art  he 
can  separate  no  farther  into  heterogeneous  parts.  In  the  same  way 
we  find  in  the  textures  of  animals  proximate  and  ultimate  con- 
stituents. Of  the  last,  or  the  organic  elements  {elementa  organica)^ 
we  shall  speak  hereafter :  the  first  question  is — ^what  are  the  proxi- 
mate constituents?  {partes  constituentes  proxim^je).  They  are  called 
Tissues  {Teloe). 

BiCHAT  was  the  foimder  of  the  science  of  the  organic  tissues  in 
man,  and  named  it  General  Anatomy.  In  the  investigation  of  the 
tissues  he  had  recourse  to  chemical  reagents,  to  maceration  and 
partial  decomposition  in  water.  He  described  each  tissue  according 
to  its  physical  and  chemical  properties,  its  physiological  phseno- 
mena  and  its  morbid  changes.  After  him  this  science  was  ad- 
vanced by  Meckel,  Heusinqer,  and  BicLARD^  in  the  same  spirit. 
Within  the  last  ten  years  it  has  received  a  totally  different  direction 
through  microscopic  research.  By  means  of  it  General  Anatomy 
has  become,  for  the  most  part,  Microscopic  Anatomy.  Our  immortal 
Leeuwenhoegk,  about  a  century  and  a  half  ago,  had  collected 
much  material  which  remained  almost  unused;  until,  in  our  day, 
with  the  improvement  of  the  compound  microscope,  a  more  general 
interest  in  such  enquiries  has  been  excited,  and  the  importance  of 
the  knowledge  of  the  minutest  organic  constituents  to  accurate 


^  Here  it  may  suffice  to  refer  to  the  well-written  aod  suocinct  manual  of  the  last 
named  author :  EUmtM  (TAnatomde  giniraU  (!■«  Mit.  Paris,  1827.  8vo.) 


Digitized  by 


Google 


10  INTRODUCTION. 

Physiology  been  gradually  recognised.  We  cannot  omit  mention- 
ing the  names  of  Erause,  Valentin,  Schwann,  Henle  in  pre- 
ference to  many  others  whom  we  could  willingly  refer  to  in  this 
field  of  enquiry*.  We  must  limit  ourselves  to  a  short  survey, 
and  will  rather  enumerate  than  describe  the  different  Tissues.  A 
complete  description,  however  compressed,  would  demand  more 
space  than  is  consistent  with  the  nature  of  this  manual. 

I.  Conjunctive  Tissue  {tela  conjunctiva)^  ordinarily  Cellular 
Membrane  or  Areolar  Tissue^  called  also  by  others  Formative 
Tissue,  occupies-  almost  everywhere  the  space  between  the 
different  parts,  and  forms,  according  to  Cuvier's  well-selected 
comparison,  a  kind  of  sponge,  which  has  the  same  shape  as 
the  whole  body  which  it  contributes  to  form.  By  long 
boiling  it  is  dissolved  into  glue.  It  consists  of  bundles  of 
threads,  and  has  no  resemblance  to  the  cellular  tissue  of 
plants  which  consists  of  hexagonal  cells.  The  threads  are 
long,  have  a  somewhat  tortuous  course  and  an  extreme 
tenuity  (about  ^^3  millim.)*. 

II.  Adipose  Tissue  {tela  adiposa).  Formerly  this  constituent 
was  not  distinguished  from  the  former;  it  was  considered 
to  be  cellular  tissue  containing  fat.  But  it  is  quite  neces- 
sary to  distinguish  between  them.  This  tissue  consists  of 
vesicles  or  cells,  which,  compared  with  other  elementary 
parts  of  the  animal  body,  are  pretty  large  (about  S'-^n  i^il" 
lim.).  Fat  is,  with  the  exception  of  some  constituents  of 
milk  in  the  class  mammalia,  the  only  non-azotized  substance 
of  the  animal  body  and,  like  most  vegetable  constituents, 
rich  in  Carbon.  Fat,  except  in  situations  where  it  occurs 
as  a  distinct  membrane,  forms  in  the  combined  state  a  con- 
stituent of  different  tissues  and  of  many  animal  fluids. 

III.  Vascular  Tissue  {tela  vascularis).  Vessels  are  hollow  cylin- 
ders, which  contain  nutrient  fluids  that  circulate  through 
the  body.  To  these  belong  the  Lymphatics  as  well  as  the 
blood-vessels.    The  larger  blood-vessels  are  composed  of 


^  Here  too  it  mAy  suffice  to  refer  to  a  single  work  of  eminence.  J.  Hsrlb,  Alff^- 
meine  Anatomk,  Lehre  von  der  Miickun^s-und  Formbettandtheilen  des  memcldichen 
K9rpen.    Leipzig,  1841.  Bvo. 

[>  A  millimeter  is  about  half  an  English  line,  or  the  i4ih  part  of  an  inch.] 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ANIMAL  TIS8U£S.  11 

different  layers :  the  finest  vessels  (called  Capillaries)  of  a 
single  uniform  membrane,  without  fibres  or  other  tissue, 
but  in  which  lie  round  or  oblong  microscopic  corpuscles 
(cell-nuclei).  In  the  larger  blood-vessels,  and  also  in  the 
lymphatics,  the  innermost  coat  is  formed  of  cells,  which, 
as  in  the  Cuticle,  lie  side  hj  side,  pavement-fashion.  This 
coat  is  covered  by  others  which  present  fibres  partly  longi- 
tudinal, partly  circular.  Then  comes  the  most  external 
layer  of  conjunctive  tissue,  which  connects  the  vessels  with 
the  neighbouring  parts. 

lY.  Nervous  Tissue  (tela  nervea).  To  this  belongs  in  the  higher 
animals,  the  brain,  the  spinal  cord,  the  ganglia  and  the 
nerves:  inferior  animals  have  only  nerves  and  ganglia, 
which  last  take  the  place  of  the  central  parts  of  the  nervous 
system.  The  chemical  constituents  of  this  tissue  are 
Albumen  and  a  species  of  Fat  containing  Phosphorus. 
The  nerve-stems  and  the  bundles  of  which  they  consist, 
are  suiroonded  with  coats  of  conjunctive  tissue,  called 
Neurilema:  dilute  muriatic  acid  dissolves  the  neurilema: 
alkaline  solutions,  on  the  contrary,  cause  the  nervous 
medulla  to  disappear,  the  neurilema  remaining  alone.  The 
nerves  consist  of  fine  threads,  which  neither  subdivide,  nor 
anastomose  with  each  other.  They  are  of  very  unequal 
thickness,  ^...to  ^  millim.  and  less,  especially  in  the 
nerves  of  sense.  Besides  these  threads  there  are  found 
corpuscles  with  nuclei:  these  present  themselves  in  the 
ganglia  and  in  the  grey  substance  of  the  brain  and  spinal 
cord.  These  ganglion-corpuscles  are  very  dissimilar  in 
form  and  size,  mostly  ^...^  millim. 

V.  Homy  Tissue  {tela  cornea).  The  parts  consisting  of  this 
tissue  have  neither  blood-vessels  nor  nerves.  Cuticle,  nails, 
hair,  feathers,  horns  and  scales  belong  hereto.  They  lie  on 
the  surface  of  the  body,  whilst  a  covering  {epithelium),  resem- 
bling Cuticle,  lines  the  inner  surface  of  the  mucous  membranes 
(as  of  the  stomach)  and  also  of  the  internal  closed  cavities 
and  sacs,  as  well  as  of  the  vessels  (see  above,  lU.  Vase. 
Tis,).  The  Cuticle,  or  Epidermis,  consists  of  microscopic  flat 
cells  joimng  on  to  each  other  like  a  pavement,  and  of  which 
each  contains  a  nucleus.    Water  swells  up  the  epidermis. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


12  INTRODUCTION. 

boiling  leaves  it  unchanged,  by  concentrated  sulphuric  acid 
it  is  dissolved  gradually,  by  alkalis  readily.  Scales,  nails, 
&c.,  which  consist  of  this  tissue,  are  secreted  by  a  highly 
vascular  bed  {mainix)  in  layers.  The  Epithelium  is  formed 
in  part,  like  the  Epidermis,  of  flat  cells :  in  other  situations 
these  cells  are  cylindrical,  or  conical,  and  stand  perpen- 
dicularly, side  by  side,  like  fibres.  In  many  situations  (as 
the  nasal  cavities,  the  respiratory  organs  of  mammalia,  birds 
and  reptiles,  the  gills  of  bivalve  molluscs)  these  conical  cells 
carry  cilia,  whose  motions  had  been  seen  on  the  surface  of 
the  body  of  many  of  the  lower  animals  by  the  earlier 
observers,  but  were  distinctly  recognised  by  Purkinje  and 
Valentin  as  a  very  general  phaenomenon  of  the  animal 
kingdom  only  a  few  years  ago. 
VI,  Cartilaginous  Tissu/e  [tela  cartilaginea)  is  semi-transparent, 
elastic,  and  mostly  of  a  bluish-white  colour.  On  section  it 
presents  a  very  smooth  surface  and  looks  like  a  substance  of 
uniform  density.  But  under  the  microscope,  small,  granular, 
round  or  oblong  corpuscles  are  seen  in  the  clearer  trans- 
parent principal  mass.  The  glue  which  is  obtained  fi:om 
cartilage  by  boiling  differs  in  many  lespects  from  the  glue 
of  bone,  and  was  called  by  Mueller,  who  first  called  atten- 
tion to  the  difference,  Chandrine  {cartilage-glue).  This  glue 
is  also  obtained  from  the  cornea  of  the  eye,  which  is  com- 
posed of  many  thin  layers  or  plates  formed  of  fibres  that 
cross  one  another  in  all  directions.  Certain  yellow  highly 
flexible  and  elastic  cartilages  contain  numerous  fibres  {carti- 
laginea fibro80B)i  to  this  division  belongs  ex,  gr.  the  cartilage 
of  the  external  ear  in  man  and  mammalia.  Cartilage  con- 
tains two-thirds  of  its  weight  of  water.  In  the  ash  are 
found  carb.  soda,  sulph.  soda,  and  carb.  lime  as  the  chief 
constituents.    Here  belongs : 

Osseous  Tissue  {tela  ossea).  The  tissue  of  bone  is  hard 
and  opaque,  and  of  a  laminated  structure.  The  chief  con- 
stituents are  cartilage,  which  on  boiling  passes  entirely  into 
gelatin  or  common  glue:  and  bone-earth,  of  which  the 
quantity  increases  with  the  age.  The  last  consists  princi- 
pally of  phosphate  of  lime,  which  has  a  great  affinity  with 
the  colouring  matter  of  madder,  so  that  the  bones  of  animals 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ANIMAL  TISSUES.  13 

fed  on  it  acquire  a  red  colour.  Bone  may  be  freed  of  its 
lime  by  acids  (ex.  gr.  dilute  muriatic  acid).  The  cartilage 
which  remains  has  in  general  the  structare  of  permanent 
cartilage :  the  bones  also,  in  the  first  period  of  life,  corre- 
spond to  cartilage,  and  previous  to  ossification  (t. «.  before 
the  bone  is  hardened  by  the  phosphate  of  lime)  the  glue 
which  they  contain  is  also  Chondrine,  which  is  precipitated 
by  alum,  acetic  acid  and  the  sulphate  of  alumina.  In  the 
bones  are  found  small  medullary  canals  communicating 
with  one  another  (^...A  millim.)  which  are  connected  with 
the  medullary  cavities,  or  the  cellular  spaces  in  the  middle 
of  the  bone,  and  give  to  the  bone  a  streaky  or  fibrous 
appearance  visible  to  the  naked  eye.  These  canals  are 
surrounded  by  several  layers,  which  lie  included  between 
the  other  layers  or  plates  that,  in  the  flat  bones,  are  arranged 
in  the  direction  of  their  surface,  and  in  the  long  bones  in  a 
circular  form  round  their  internal  medullary  cavity.  These 
medullary  canals  contain  fat  and  minute  blood-vessels. 
Between  the  layers  are  found  microscopically  small  oval 
corpuscles,  resembling  cartilage-corpuscles,  and  from  which 
extremely  fine  tubules,  partly  branching,  proceed.  These 
parts,  when  treated  with  acids,  become  quite  transparent, 
and  their  granular  content  is  consequently  bone-earth. 
Vll.  MuscuhiT  Tissue  {tela  muscularis).  Muscles  consist  of 
bimdles  of  fibres :  the  primitive  bundles,  which  consist  of 
some  hundreds  of  fibres,  are  by  means  of  conjunctive  tissue 
(cellular  tissue)  collected  into  larger  bundles,  and  these  again 
into  still  larger.  Muscular  tissue  belongs  to  the  albuminous 
substances.  Flesh  becomes  harder  by  boiling :  on  cooling 
the  decoction  becomes  gelatinous  from  the  glue  into  which 
the  cellular  tissue  has  been  changed.  If  finely-divided 
flesh  be  pressed,  a  red  acid  fluid  is  obtained,  which  contains 
albumen,  the  colouring  matter  of  blood,  lactic  acid,  salts, 
and  ozmazom.  The  red  colour  of  muscles  (in  animals  that 
breathe  by  lungs)  is  heightened  by  exposure  to  light ;  some 
ascribe  this  solely  to  the  blood.  It  is  not  a  common 
character  of  this  tissue:  in  fishes  the  flesh  is  white:  the 
muscles  of  many  articulata  are  brownish,  yellow,  or  light 
red.     Muscles  are  distinguished  into  two  kinds.    There  are 


Digitized  by 


Google 


14  INTRODUCTION. 

muscles  with  varioose  stmctore  of  the  primitive  fibres,  and 
fine  transverse  stripes  of  the  primitive  bnndles.  This  is 
the  structure  of  the  muscles  of  voluntary  motion  amongst 
vertebrate  and  articulate  animals,  and  of  the  muscles  of  the 
heart.  These  fibres  are  very  fine,  ^o  millim.  and  less,  and 
are  amongst  the  finest  parts  of  the  animal  organism.  Other 
muscles  consist  of  coarser  fibres  !55...95o  millim.  which  are 
not  jointed  or  varicose,  and  which  correspond  to  the  primi- 
tive bundles  of  the  former.  In  these  therefore  no  transverse 
stripes  are  seen.  To  these  belong  the  muscular  fibres  of  the 
intestinal  canal,  also  the  red  fibres  of  the  muscular  stomach 
of  birds.  Usually  these  muscles  of  organic  life  have  a 
pale  and  somewhat  yellow  colour.  Muscular  tissue  has  the 
property  of  contracting,  upon  the  application  of  a  stimulus, 
in  the  direction  of  its  fibres.  This  irritability  [irrttabilitcLs) 
is  a  vital  property,  and  is  distinct  from  the  elastic  contrac- 
tility, which  other  parts  of  the  body  retain  even  after  death. 

VIII.  Elastic  Tissue  [tela  elastica).  This  tissue  has  much  resem- 
blance to  conjunctive  tissue,  and  holds,  as  it  were,  an  inter- 
mediate position  between  it  and  muscular  tissue.  The  fibres 
are  of  unequal  size  (ro'-sSo  millim.)  and  have  a  serpentine 
course :  they  divide  frequently  and  unite  at  many  points  with 
branches  from  other  fibres,  whence  a  reticulate  distribution 
arises.  The  colour  of  this  tissue  is  yellow:  it  retains  its 
elasticity  imaltered  by  keeping  in  spirit  of  wine,  or  by 
boiling  for  several  days.  After  long  boiling  it  gives  a  small 
quantity  of  a  peculiar  glue  which  in  some  points  agrees  with 
cartilage-glue.  The  cervical  ligament  of  mammals  is  com- 
posed of  this  tissue :  also  in  arteries  a  layer  of  elastic  fibres 
lies  between  the  circular  fibrous  coat  and  the  external  coat 
of  cellular  tissue :  in  large  trunks  this  layer  may  be  clearly 
distinguished  as  a  continuous  membrane.  The  yellow 
ligaments  on  the  arches  of  the  vertebrae,  and  the  ligaments 
of  the  trachea,  also  consist  of  elastic  tissue.  But  not  merely 
as  separate  ligaments  or  membranes,  but  also  mingled  with 
other  tissues,  elastic  fibres  are  met  with  in  different  situa- 
tions, as  for  instance,  in  serous  membranes  and  in  skin. 
We  have  here  spoken  only  of  those  tissues  which  occur  most 

generally.    We  have  not  noticed  Dental  Tissue  because,  whilst  we 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ANIMAL  TISSUES.  15 

treat  of  the  entire  animal  kingdom,  it  occurs  only  partially.  Other 
tissaes,  which  ordinanlj  leceiTe  special  notification,  may  be  re- 
duced to  one  or  other  of  the  foregoing.  Tendinous  Tissue  belongs 
to  Conjunctive  Tissue,  as  does  that  of  Skin  proper  (cortum):  to  this 
also  belongs  in  part  Mucous  Tissue  (in  the  intestinal  canal,  &c.) 
The  Serous  Membranes  merit  a  special  mention.  They  serve  to 
line  cavities  in  the  interior  of  the  body,  and  ordinarily  form  sacs 
which  are  closed  on  every  side.  They,  too,  belong  to  Conjunctive 
Tissue,  and  are  smooth  only  on  their  free  surface,  which  is  covered 
with  an  epithelium.  This  smooth  surfEuse  secretes  a  serous  fluid. 
We  cannot  admit  a  proper  Glandular  Tissue  {tda  glandulasa),  as 
most  authors  do.  Under  the  term  Gland  Anatomists  arrange  very 
different  parts,  of  which  the  consideration  belongs  to  special  and 
descriptive  Anatomy.  Lymph-glands  {glanduhB  fymphatica  s.  con^ 
globaice)  which  are  found  only  in  higher  animals,  are  round  or 
oblong  bodies  of  different  size,  in  which  one  or  more  lymphatics  are 
distributed;  these  tortuous  branches  are  again  collected  into  larger 
vessels,  which  pass  out  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  gland,  to  pursue 
their  course  onward:  numerous  blood-vessels,  whose  fineness  ex- 
ceeds that  of  the  lymphatics,  surround  all  these  branches.  Conse- 
quently lymph-glands  are  only  vascular  networks,  and  may  be  put 
on  a  level  with  the  so-called  Retia  Mirabilia  of  the  blood-vessels. 
In  the  dass  of  Glands,  moreover,  are  reckoned  different  parts  of 
the  animal  body  which,  apart  fix>m  their  coverings,  consist  of  con- 
junctive tissue,  blood-vessels  and  nerves,  and  for  the  most  part  have 
an  internal  closed  cavity  which  is  filled  with  a  granular  fluid. 
Such  are  the  Supra-renal  Capsules,  the  Thyroid  gland,  the  Spleen, 
the  Thymus  gland.  These  ate  the  parts  which  Heusinger  com- 
prises under  the  name  of  parenchymatous  tissue — under  which, 
however,  he  also  classes  other  parts,  as  the  Lymphatics  and  the 
Ovaries.  Other  authors  style  these  parts  Blood-glands  (ganglia 
sanguineo-va&culosa),  comparing  them  with  the  lymph-glands  {gan-- 
glia  IgmphaHco-vasculosa) ;  but  since  these  parts  are  not  distin- 
guished fix>m  others  by  their  blood-vessels,  the  comparison  is  arbi- 
trary. Finally,  in  a  more  special  manner,  the  term  gland  is  applied 
to  those  parts  of  the  animal  body  which  secrete  a  fluid  that  does  not 
return  into  the  current  of  the  blood.  These,  in  addition  to  lym- 
phatics blood-vessels  nerves  and  conjunctive  tissue,  have  an  efferent 
canal  {dttctus  excretaritui)  formed  of  mucous  membrane,  for  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


16  IXTRODUCTION. 

passage  of  the  secreted  fluid,  which  is  conveyed  into  the  intestinal 
canal  or  to  the  surface  of  the  body.  This  efferent  canal  receives, 
like  an  arterial  trunk,  the  finer  canals  which  effect  the  secretion, 
and  which  are  covered  with  epithelium.  To  such  belong  the 
kidneys,  the  liver,  the  salivary  glands,  &c. 

From  what  has  been  said,  it  is  obvious  that  we  cannot  adopt 
that  division  of  the  Tissues  which  an  esteemed  writer^  has  pro- 
posed: into  simple,  constituent,  and  compound  tissues.  Doubtless 
eveiy  muscle  contains  nerves  and  blood-vessels,  but  nerves  and 
blood-vessels  are  not  on  that  account  constituents  of  muscular 
tissue.  According  to  our  view,  every  tissue  is  simple,  but  it  may, 
either  by  itself,  form  special  parts,  or  only  in  combination  with 
other  parts.  The  corneous  tissue  is  the  only  one  which  comes 
under  the  first  head :  all  other  tissues  form  this  or  that  part,  only 
in  combination  with  one  another :  nervous  tissue,  for  instance,  does 
not  by  itself  form  a  nerve,  but  only  in  combination  with  conjunc- 
tive tissue  and  blood-vessels.  Some  of  these  compound  tissues  are 
distributed  generally  throughout  the  whole  body,  others  are  limited 
to  certain  parts.  To  the  generally  distributed  belong  conjunctive 
tissue,  vascular  tissue,  and  nervous  tissue:  the  other  tissues  are 
appropriated  to  determinate  parts  of  the  body  and  have  a  greater 
self-subsistence,  as  cartilage  tissue,  muscular  tissue,  elastic  tissue. 
This  was  the  division  formerly  adopted  by  Bichat.  Other  di- 
visions of  the  tissues,  founded  on  chemical  research,  as  into  gelati- 
nous and  albuminous  tissues,  may  have  their  use  in  Physiology,  but 
are  not  to  be  considered  as  anatomical  divisions. 

The  above  tissues,  then,  build  up  the  proximate  organic  con- 
stituents of  the  animal  body.  Formerly,  when  less  weight  was 
allowed  to  microscopic  enquiry  in  general  anatomy,  the  ultimate 
organic  constituents  in  these  tissues  were  neglected :  but  now  their 
description  forms  a  part  of  the  description  of  the  tissues  themselves. 
In  this  way  we  have  learnt  to  recognise  in  conjunctive  tissue,  in 
nerves,  in  muscles,  &c.  fibres  as  the  ultimate  elements  of  microscopic 
analysis :  in  cartilage,  round  or  oblong  corpuscles :  in  corneous  and 
adipose  tissues,  cells.  It  maybe  asked,  whether  these  organic  elements 
can  be  deduced  firom  one  another ;  or,  in  other  words,  whether  all  the 


^  £.  H.  Wbbeb  in  the  4tli  edition  of  F.  Hildbbbandt'b  ffandbuch  der  Anatomie 
des  Mensckm  revised  by  him.     Braunschweig,  1830.  8.  s.  169 — 178. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ANIMAL   TISSUES.  17 

tissues  proceed  originally  from  homogeneous  elements.  Fontana, 
and  afterwards  Tkeyiranus,  busied  themselves  with  this  enquiry ; 
Trevikanus  belieTed  that  he  was  borne  out  in  adopting  a  sameness 
of  organic  elements  in  all  parts  of  the  animal  body,  viz.  globules 
and  thin  cylinders  (elementary  or  primitive  cylinders)  ^.  According 
to  others,  these  cylinders  were  by  no  means  primitive,  but  consisted 
of  globules  arranged  in  a  row:  so  that  only  globules,  or  round 
vesicles,  remained  for  the  elementary  particles  out  of  which,  in  fine, 
all  the  animal  tissues  were  composed  and  formed.  Subsequent 
enquiries  proved,  as  indeed  had  been  already  surmised,  that  these 
vesicles  were  due  merely  to  optical  illusion'.  Every  one,  who  in- 
vestigates the  tissues  with  the  excellent  microscopes  of  the  present 
time,  will  easily  convince  himself,  that  such  parts  no  where  exist 
as  ultimate  elements  of  organic  animal  matter. 

Within  the  last  few  years,  since  regard  has  been  paid  in  the 
investigation  of  the  tissues  to  their  origin  and  to  their  development, 
the  problem  has  received  quite  a  different  treatment.  That  the 
tissues  consist  of  different  elementary  parts,  fibres,  granules,  cells, 
is  plain  from  what  has  been  said  above ;  but  it  is  another  question 
whether  these  parts  did  not  originally  proceed  from  some  common 
ftmdamental  form,  of  which  they  are  subsequent  developments  and 
modifications.  Much  had  been  already  effected  by  scattered  obser- 
vations, but  to  Schwann  is  the  distinction  due  of  having  esta- 
blished the  original  cellular  structure  of  the  different  tissues,  and,  at 
the  same  time,  the  great  similarity  between  the  microscopic  struc- 
ture of  Plants  and  Animals,  of  which  Dutkochet  and  Baspail 
had  already  a  general  notion':  our  limits  do  not  allow  us  to  pro- 
pound his  views,  to  which  the  name  of  CelJr  Theory  has  been  given, 
in  detail.  We  will  give  an  outline  of  them,  in  a  few  words,  with 
a  notice  of  the  modifications  which,  from  later  researches,  they 
would  seem  to  require. 

The  first  elements  of  organic  beings  are  cells.    They  have  theit 


^  See  Vermiachie  Schrifien  cmcUomi9ehen  und  phjftiologiachen  InkaUs  von  G.  R.  und 
L.  G. T&EVISAKUS.  4to.  I.  Gotfemgen,  1816.  8. 1x7 — 144.  Ueber  die  organiacU  Elenunie 
der  tkiaretcken  Kdrper, 

>  MiLMB  Edwabiml  Stdkerchei  nUeroBcopiqua  iur  la  Mruetwre  iiUime  de9  tiaut 
orffoniqua  de»  Animavx,     Annak$  dea  Sc.  natur.  IX.  1826,  p.  362 — 394.  PL  50. 

>  Mtkroakopiache  Uhtertwhungm  iiber  die  Uebereinstimmung  in  der  StnUstur  und 
<frm  WackMkum  der  Thiere  und  Pjktmen  wn  Db  Th.  Sohwavn.     Berlin,  1839.  8vo. 

VOL.  I.  2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


18  INTRODUCTION. 

origin  in  a  formless  matter  {Cytoblastema,  germ-substance  of  cells); 
what  afterwards  remains  of  this  substance  may  be  distinguished  as 
Intercellular  substance  (suistantia  intercellularis).  The  cells  are 
vesicles,  and  consist  of  a  fine  membrane  which  encloses  a  fluid  often 
containing  granules.  For  the  most  part  these  cells  have  a  so-called 
nucleus,  a  small  dark-coloured  corpuscle,  lying  on  the  wall  of  the 
cell.  In  this  nucleus  a  round  spot  has  been  distinguished  and 
termed  nucleolus.  The  formation  of  these  cells  seems  to  proceed  not 
always  in  the  same  manner.  According  to  Schwann  a  nucleolus 
arises  first,  round  this  a  nucleus  is  formed  as  its  enyelope,  by  the 
aggregation  of  granules  in  the  fluid  germ-substanoe :  at  a  slight 
distance  firom  this  nucleus  there  coagulates,  as  it  were,  a  thin  mem- 
brane, the  Cell-wall,  which  at  first  is  raised,  like  a  watch-glass,  on 
one  side  of  the  nucleus,  and  afterwards  encloses  it  all  round.  On 
this  account  the  nucleus  is  considered  to  be  the  germ  of  the  cell 
{Gtftohlastus) ;  when  the  cell  is  formed,  the  nucleus,  according  to 
Schwann,  has  discharged  its  office :  it  is  detached  and  disappears. 
The  researches  of  Henle*  have  shewn  that  such  is  not  universally 
the  case,  but  that  in  fibrous  tissues  formed  from  cells,  the  cell-- 
nucleus  is  changed  into  peculiar  fibres. 

Cells  when  once  formed  are  multiplied  by  fission,  or  by  the 
formation  of  new  cells  within  those  already  formed.  The  parts 
then  of  those  tissues,  with  which  we  have  become  acquainted 
above,  are  either  cells  or  fibres  which  have  been  formed  fix>m  cells. 
(1)  In  some  tissues  the  cells,  which  have  been  plainly  isolated,  are 
present  as  elements  at  a  later  period,  as  in  adipose  tissue  and 
cuticle ;  (2)  in  other  tissues  the  walls  of  the  cells  become  thick- 
ened, and  coalesce  with  one  another  and  with  the  intercellular  sub- 
stance, whilst  the  cavities  remain  separate,  as  in  cartilage ;  (3)  in 
others,  again,  the  cavities  coalesce,  whilst  the  walls  of  the  cells 
that  mutually  touch,  are  destroyed  or  absorbed.  Finally,  other 
tissues,  still,  exhibit  as  elementary  parts  little  plates  without 
cavities,  which  may  probably  have  existed  at  an  earlier  period. 
These  either  join  one  another  in  a  plane,  or  range  themselves 
lengthwise  in  a  row,  as  in  the  fibres  of  organic  muscles  and  of 
Conjunctive  Tissue.  Other  fibres  may,  according  to  Henle,  be  con- 
sidered as  compound  cells,  i.e.  those  whose  nucleus  was  originally 


^  Hbxlv,  AUgemeine  AnaUnnie^  s.  188—9. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


THE   VITAL   FUNCTIONS  OF   ANIMATE.  19 

a  cell  that  has  become  enclosed  by  a  wall  or  envelope  of  later  forma- 
tion. Muscles,  according  to  Schwann,  consist  at  first  of  nucleated 
cells  which  range  themselves  in  a  row ;  the  nuclei  adhere  to  the  wall,  - 
and  within  the  tube  (of  the  primitive  bundle)  are  formed  the  proper 
primitive  fibres.  According  to  Valentin  and  Henle,  on  the  other 
hand,  the  primitive  fibres  are  arranged  around  the  row  of  cells 
which  occupies  the  middle  of  the  primitive  bundle,  and  the  external 
covering  of  this  bundle  is  a  sheath  formed  afterwards.  But  these 
and  other  diverging  views  we  cannot  here  develope  more  minutely. 

If  once  the  fundamental  truth  of  Schwann's  doctrine  be  ac- 
cepted, that  cells  are  the  original  form  of  animal  and  vegetable 
tissues,  then  is  it  of  subordinate  importance  whether  this  or  that 
Wew  in  the  case  of  particular  tissues  be  adopted,  and  we  may  sup- 
pose, as,  for  example,  in  parts  which  are  formed  of  plates  in  which 
there  is  no  distinction  of  wall  and  cavity,  that  the  cells  have  not 
been  perfectly  formed  firom  the  amorphous  blastema,  but  were 
joined  together  before  they  possessed  a  cavity  ^ 

We  must  here  add  a-word  concerning  the  blood-corpuscles«  They 
are  flat  vesicles,  filled  with  the  colouring  matter  of  the  blood: 
having  in  mammalia  a  round,  in  birds,  reptiles,  and  most  fishes,  an 
oval  outline.  In  man,  the  mean  diamet<sr  is  about  ^  millim.  In 
reptiles,  especially  in  those  without  scales,  they  are  larger.  In  the 
firog,  for  instance,  they  have  the  length  of  three  and  the  breadth  of 
two  human  blood-corpuscles.  Here  a  nucleus  is  present,  of  wliich  the 
existence  in  mammalia  is  doubted  by  some  writers.  The  blood- 
corpuscles,  therefore,  are  cells :  and  we  may  consider  the  fluid,  so 
rich  in  albumen  and  fibrin,  in  which  they  swim  and  with  which, 
during  life,  they  circulate  {liquor  sangmnts)^  as  a  liquid  intercellular 
substance  of  the  blood-cells. 


The   Vital  Functions  of  Animals. 

In  order  to  complete  the  general  idea  which  we  ought  to  form 
of  the  animal  body^  we  must  not  stop  at  the  membranes,  but  must 
also  look  at  the  structure  of  the  principal  organs.    We  unite  organs 


Henls,  AUg,  An4Mt.  s.  i88,  189. 

2—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


20  INTRODUCTION. 

and  functions  in  our  rapid  sketch :  and  hasten  to  place  before  our 
readers  a  view  of  the  whole. 

The  functions  performed  by  animals  may  be  brought  into  two 
chief  classes.  One  class  comprises  the  yegetative,  the  other  the 
animal  functions.  The  first  are  so  called  because  they  occur 
equally  in  plants,  and  are  also,  on  that  account,  called  organic 
fanctions.  The  last  are  peculiar  to  animals,  and  therefore  are 
called  animal  ftmctions. 

To  the  organic  Actions  belong  Nutrition  in  the  widest  sense, 
and  Propagation.  To  nutrition  belong  three  systems :  namely,  that 
of  Circulation,  that  of  Assimilation,  and  that  of  Secretion.  Respi- 
ration is  a  part  of  the  system  of  secretion :  for  the  object  of  respi- 
ration, like  that  of  secretion,  is  the  elimination  of  effete  matter,  its 
volatilization,  or  its  separation  in  a  more  fixed  form :  and  both,  in 
this  way,  support  that  unceasing  interchange  of  matter  by  which 
the  circle  of  vital  phsenomena  is  characterised. 

By  means  of  these  fdnctions,  which  together  are  comprehended 
by  the  name  of  Nutrition,  the  life  of  the  individual  is  secured  and 
provided  for.  Other  fimctions  have  reference  to  the  life  of  the 
species,  and  ensure  its  existence  after  the  death  of  the  individual. 
These  functions  constitute  Propagation,  of  which  a  part  are  dis- 
charged by  the  male  individual,  viz.  the  secretion  of  the  impreg^ 
nating  fluid  {semen)  ^  and  its  conveyance  to  germs  capable  ot 
development.  These  germs  are  prepared  and  protected  by  the 
female  individual,  and  on  the  union  of  these  fdnctions  depends  the 
being  of  the  Embryo,  the  development  of  which  is  the  final  purpose 
of  propagation. 

To  the  animal  functions  also  belong  three  systems:  viz.  the 
nervous  system,  that  of  the  organs  of  sense,  and  that  of  the  organs 
of  motion. 

The  food,  when  solid,  is  comminuted  by  means  of  the  jaws  and 
teeth,  or,  when  fluid,  is  imbibed.  It  is  then  conveyed  into  the  in- 
testinal canal,  which  ordinarily  has  an  expansion  called  the  stomach. 
Here  and  at  other  parts  of  the  intestinal  canal  different  solvent 
fluids  are  secreted  for  assisting  the  conversion  of  the  food.  The 
nutrient  part  of  the  food  is  thus  separated  firom  the  rest  and  taken 
up  by  the  surface  of  the  inner  wall  of  the  canal  consisting  of 
formative  tissue :  the  remainder  is  rejected  afl  unfit  for  the  support 
of  the  creature. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


THE   VITAL  FUNCTIONS  OF  ANIMALS.  21 

The  tube  in  which  this  first  process  of  nutrition  is  effected,  is  a 
continuation  of  the  skin.  In  some  very  simple  animals,  where  the 
whole  bodj  is  composed  of  a  homogeneous  mass  (ex.  gr.  in  Polyps) 
there  is  properly  no  special  intestinal  canal.  The  body  is  simply 
excavated,  and  the  internal  surface  has  the  same  structure  as  the 
external.  Such  creatures  may  be  turned  inside  out,  like  the  finger 
of  a  glove,  without  dying  in  consequence :  nutrition  can  proceed 
undisturbed.  Such  animals  are  entirely  intestinal  canal,  independ- 
ently vital  stomachs.  The  external  skin  also  corresponds  in  func- 
tion with  the  surface  of  the  canal.  The  skin  has  the  function  of 
Imbibition,  which  may  be  compared  with  absorption  by  the  intesti- 
nal tube :  and  on  the  entire  internal  surface  of  the  intestinal  canal 
there  is  evaporation,  which  corresponds  to  that  of  the  skin,  and 
with  the  diminution  of  this  increases. 

In  some  very  simple  kinds  of  animal  there  is  in  the  intestinal 
canal  only  a  single  opening,  which  allows  the  food  to  enter  and 
the  refuse  to  escape.    In  the  rest  the  two  openings  are  separate. 

The  Chyle,  or  nutrient  juice  which  has  been  produced  by 
digestion,  is  in  many  animals  immediately  poured  into  the  forma- 
tive tissue  of  the  entire  body,  and  so  serves  for  the  nutrition  of  the 
different  parts.  In  others  it  is  mixed  with  a  nutrient  fluid  of  higher 
rank,  the  blood,  which  circulates  in  a  system  of  vessels;  this 
motion. is  called  Circulation.  The  vessels  which  carry  the  blood 
towards  the  parts  are  called  Arteries :  those  which  carry  back  the 
blood  firom  the  parts  towards  the  center  of  the  circulation  are  called 
Veins.  This  motion  is  ordinarily  assisted  and  regulated  by  one  or 
more  muscular  organs,  called  Heart.  But  the  chyle  is  not  suflicient 
to  renew  the  venous  blood  and  render  it  fit  for  the  nutrition  of  the 
parts.  It  must  be  brought  in  contact  with  atmospheric  air,  and  so 
be  submitted  to  change  before  passing  into  the  arterial  stream* 
This  fimction  is  called  Bespiration,  and  the  mechanism  for  it  is  in 
different  creatures  so  variously  contrived,  that  it  is  oftien  difficult  to 
harmonise  such  variety  with  the  poverty  of  our  language,  accus- 
tomed to  include  every  form  under  GfiUs  and  Lungs.  In  the  case 
of  Lungs,  the  medium  that  serves  for  respiration,  mostly  air,  pene- 
trates the  cavities  whose  external  surface  is  bathed  with  blood.  In 
the  case  of  GUIs,  the  medium,  here  mostly  water,  does  not  pene- 
trate within  the  tissue,  but  only  bathes  the  surface  on  which  the 
blood-vessels  are  spread  out.    Gills  have  very  different  forms,  as  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


22  INTRODUCTIOX. 

Plates,  Leaves,  Threads,  Twigs,  &e.  Many  simple  and  imperfect 
animals  breathe  by  means  of  the  skin.  Others,  which  have  either 
no  circulation,  or  none  that  is  perceptible,  have  Air-Canals,  i.e. 
such  respiratory  organs  as  convey  the  air  through  the  entire  body 
to  the  nutrient  fluid. 

The  nutrient  fluid  which  has  thus  been  separated  from  the  food 
and  changed  by  means  of  respiration,  is  now  fit  for  the  nutrition 
of  the  parts.  How  that  nutrition  is  effected,  so  that  every  part 
receives  from  the  common  fluid  that  which  is  requisite  for  its 
support,  is  not  known.  Here  we  can  only  conjecture :  and  if  any 
one  chooses  to  call  it  a  chemical  affinity  he  is  at  liberty  to  do  so, 
if  he  merely  means  that  he  is  contemplating  living  creatures  whose 
organism  has  a  determinate  chemical  composition,  and  so  does  not 
forget  that  he  has  given  a  name  to  the  process,  but  has  not  ex- 
plained it. 

Besides  the  glands  which  separate  from  the  blood  fluids  for  the 
internal  economy,  as  the  Liver,  &c.,  there  are  others  which  separate 
constituents  that  must  quit  the  blood  in  order  that  it  may  become 
more  pure,  or  in  order  that  the  due  proportion  of  its  constituents 
may  be  preserved.  Thus  the  kidneys  secrete  urine,  the  skin  watery 
vapour,  &c.  Sometimes  a  secretion  is  a  means  of  defence,  as  is  the 
case  with  the  Ink  of  the  Cuttle-fish,  and  with  the  offensive  exhala- 
tions of  many  animals,  which  thus  repel  their  enemies  or  are  avoided 
by  them.  Bightly  to  estimate  all  these  secretions  we  must  never 
forget  that  an  animal  is  a  whole,  and  that  the  secretion  of  this  or 
that  fluid,  though  it  may  be  performed  by  an  individual  organ,  is 
still  under  the  control  of  all  the  other  organs,  and  of  life,  which 
combines  them  all. 

Propagation,  which  also  belongs  to  the  vegetative  life,  has  the 
following  organs  for  its  instruments :  the  ovary  {ovarium),  by  which 
we  imderstand  the  site  and  the  coverings  ^of  the  eggs  and  the  eggs 
themselves,  conjointly ;  the  oviduct  (oviducfvs)  or  the  tube,  through 
which  the  eggs,  that  have  been  detached  from  the  ovary,  pass 
onwards :  the  tUerus,  a  residence  for  the  eggs  during  their  develop- 
ment, and  the  vagina  along  which  they  pass  to  leave  the  body  of 
the  mother.  Li  the  case  of  two  sexes,  the  male  (by  means  of 
glands  named  teaticult)  secretes  the  seed  {sperma)  which  fertilizes 
the  germs,  and  effdcts  their  development.  Penis  is  the  name  of  the 
part,  which,  in  some  animals,  conducts  the  seed  into  the  vagina  of 
the  female. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


THE   VITAL  FUNCTIONS  OF  ANIMALS.  23 

With  respect  to  the  animal  life — a  perfect  sensation  appears  to 
be  possible  only  through  a  Nenxms  8tf9tem.  This  nervous  system, 
in  the  higher,  or  more  perfect  animals,  consists  principally  of  the 
brain  and  the  spinal  cord.  The  larger  the  mass  of  the  brain  is  in 
proportion  to  the  nerves,  the  more  perfect  appears  to  be  the  develop- 
ment of  the  intelligence  and  mental  fecolties  of  the  animal — a  law 
that  was  first  discovered  by*  the  celebrated  Scemmebino.  In  pro- 
portion as  we  descend  to  the  lower  animals,  the  nervons  masses  are 
more  dispersed  and  removed  from  one  another,  and  in  the  lowest 
femiUes  of  the  animal  kingdom  no  traces  of  a  special  nervous 
system  remain. 

The  Head  is  that  part  of  the  body  which  includes  the  brain  and 
the  chief  organs  of  sense.  There  are  five  senses,  of  which  Touch 
{taehut)  appears  to  be  the  most  widely  difiused  through  the  whole 
animal  kingdom.  The  seat  of  touch  is  the  skin,  the  general 
covering  of  the  body,  which  is  everywhere  interwoven  with  nerves. 
The  nerves  of  the  skin  are  lost,  with  their  little  twigs,  in  its 
middlemost  and  very  dense  layer.  The  ends  of  the  cuticular  nerves 
are  covered  and  protected  by  the  cuticle,  and  in  many  places  by 
other  external  insensible  parts,  as  scales,  hair,  &c.  In  the  ijrgan  €f 
Taste,  the  twigs  of  the  nerves  of  taste  pass  into  the  soft  papill»  of 
the  tongue,  and  end  there.  The  twigs  of  the  Olfactory  Nerve  are 
spread  out  upon  a  mucous  membrane  (the  membrana  Schneideriana) : 
the  continuation  of  the  medulla  of  the  Optic  Nerve  forms  the  Betina, 
which  Physiologists  determine  to  be  the  seat  of  vision.  Lastly,  the 
most  simple  form  of  the  Auditory  organ  is  that  of  a  sac  filled  with 
fluid,  in  which  there  float,  as  it  were,  the  soft  and  delicate  termina- 
tions of  the  auditory  nerve.  From  all  this  it  appears,  that  the 
general  form  {fypus)  of  an  organ  of  sense  is  to  be  sought  for  in  a 
nerve  whose  terminations  form  a  delicate  mass  suited  to  the  recep- 
tion of  external  impressions.  But  in  each  particular  organ  of  sense 
the  proper  nerve  of  sense  is  only  capable  of  a  determinate  action* 
The  auditory  nerve  is  only  susceptible  of  sound,  or  rather,  every 
stimulus  which  affects  it  is  perceived  only  as  sound:  the  optic 
nerve  recognises  no  other  impressions  than  those  of  light  Such, 
at  least,  is  the  case  with  man  and  the  higher  animals:  and  one 
o^an  of  sense  can  never  8iq>ply  the  proper  office  of  another.  Im- 
I»essions  are  conveyed,  by  means  of  the  nerves,  to  the  brain  or  any 
other  nervons  center. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


24  iNTRODUcrnoN. 

Thus  nerves  are  the  messengers  by  which  the  mind  receives 
information  of  the  external  world  {nuntii  rerum). 

But  the  nerves  are  equally  the  ministers  of  the  will,  which  by 
their  assistance  is  able  to  act  upon  the  muscles.  By  Muscles  are 
understood  those  active  organs  of  motion  {organa  motua  activa) 
which  are  fixed  to  other  parts,  as  their  point  of  resistance,  and 
these  last  are  called  passive  organs  of  motion  {organa  vnotus  paasiva). 
The  harder  fibres,  which  serve  for  the  insertion  of  muscles,  form 
Tendons,  of  which  the  colour  in  animals  with  red  fiesh,  as  in  man, 
is  white.  In  many  animals  the  muscles  are  inserted  into  the  skin, 
or  into  certain  hard  portions  of  the  skin,  as  in  Insects,  whose  hard 
and  often  homy  coverings  supply  the  place  of  a  skeleton  in  that 
respect.  A  skeleton  is,  properly,  a  connected  whole  of  internal 
passive  organs  of  motion — cartilaginous  or  bony,  and  these  serve 
not  only  for  motion,  but  moreover,  and  indeed  especially,  for  the 
protection  of  the  most  important  parts  of  the  nervous  system,  the 
Brain  and  Spinal  Cord.  The  skull  (for  the  protection  of  the  Brain) 
and  the  Vertebral  Colimm  (which  encloses  the  Spinal  Cord)  must 
therefore  be  considered  as  the  principal  parts  of  the  skeleton,  of 
which  ribs  and  limbs  are  only  appendages:  in  this  simple  condi- 
tion is  the  skeleton  met  with  in  the  Larva,  for  example,  of  the 
Frog. 


Development  of  Animals. 

How  the  expression  imperfect  Animal  is  to  be  understood. 

We  have  attempted  to  give  a  general  idea  of  the  organs  which 
compose  the  animal  body.  But  these  organs  are  by  no  means 
found  in  all  animals.  Only  in  the  more  perfect  animals  is  the 
structure  thus  complicated.  When  from  these  we  descend  in  the 
animal  scale,  we  perceive  in  the  long  series  one  instrument  after 
another  gradually  decrease  in  magnitude  and  development,  and  at 
last  entirely  disappear.  In  Polyps  {hydrce)  nothing  remains  but 
the  Intestinal  Canal.  The  entire  animal  forms  a  blind  sac  com- 
posed of  a  single  tissue,  and  all  the  vital  functions  which  it 
performs  are  effected  through  one  and  the  same  gelatinous  mass. 
Finally,  in  some  Infusories  we  no  longer  perceive  even  an  intestinal 
canal — nothing  remains  but  an  homogeneous  gelatinous  body,  whose 


Digitized  by 


Google 


DEVELOPMENT  OF  ANIMALS.  25 

surface  appears  to  discharge  the  fnnctions  of  absorption  and  nu- 
trition. 

A  gradual  course  of  development,  similar  to  that  observed  in 
the  animal  series,  is  also  pursued  by  the  embiyo  of  the  more 
perfect  animals.  The  whole  Life  is  Metamorphosis ;  and  there  are 
animals  in  which  the  change  of  form  is  so  great  and  so  remarkable, 
that  it  does  not  escape  even  the  eye  of  the  multitude.  Thus,  for 
instance,  a  Caterpillar  is  changed  into  a  Butterfly :  a  creeping,  dull, 
voracious  creature  into  one  that  flies  and  runs,  and  scarcely  takes 
any  food.  In  the  same  way  the  metamorphoses  of  Frogs  are 
notorious.  But  there  are  other  animals  whose  metamorphoses  do 
not  occur  in  so  striking  a^  manner,  but  are  principally  limited  to  the 
earliest  periods  of  life.  Every  animal  is  slowly  developed,  and 
becomes  more  perfect  as  new  organs  are  added  to  those  already 
present.  But  this  idea  must  not  be  so  apprehended  as  if  a  Mam* 
mal,  for  instance,  had  been  at  first  an  Infusoiy,  then  a  Polyp,  a 
Medusa,  afterwards  an  Insect,  a  Fish,  a  Bird,  &c.,  as  some  express 
themselves ^  This  would  be  as  extravagant  as  it  is  unfounded: 
but  properly,  as  we  conceive,  many  modems  assume  that  all  the 
organs  in  different  periods  of  life  do  pass  through  a  development 
and  metamorphosis,  and  that  the  structure  of  a  perfect  animal,  in 
its  foetal  state,  is  more  simple,  and  corresponds  with  that  of  the 
lower  animals  of  the  same  Type  to  which  itself  belongs.  Thus  the 
first  rudiments  of  all  vertebrate  animals  are  similar,  and  the  history 
of  the  development  of  the  Chick  may  illustrate  that  of  Mammals  in 
the  first  periods.  This  is  more  than  a  phrase  without  proof:  rather 
is  it  the  result  of  very  numerous  observations — for  instance,  those 
on  the  Brain  and  the  Heart  in  the  human  embryo — and  we  shall 
find  it  confirmed  by  firequent  instances  in  the  course  of  the  present 
work. 

We  have  already  on  various  occasions  made  use  of  the  terms 
'imperfect'  and  'perfect'  animals,  and  shall  have  to  use  them 
often.      But  since  every  animal  is  perfect  in  its  kind,  the  term 


^  How  this  gradual  progress  of  the  embryo  iliroagh  the  diflforent  gnwiatioiis  of  the 
animal  kingdom  is  to  be  understood  cannot  here  be  further  particolarized.  Compare 
hereon  C.  F.  Knuam,  Ueber  du  VerhHUnUie  der  argamteken  Krdfie  wnter  emander 
in  der  Baht  dor  venehiedenen  Organiaationen.  Tubingen,  1814.  8vo.  s.  38.  The  differ- 
ent works  of  Cabub,  Tisdemahit  and  J.  F.  Msokxl  supply  many  examples  of  the 
apj^cation  of  this  position. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


26  INTRODUCTION. 

requires  some  explanation.  By  perfect  animals  we  understand  those 
that,  in  the  number  and  importance  of  their  functions,  and  in  the 
complicated  structure  of  their  organs,  make  an  approach  to  Man : 
whilst  those  are  called  imperfect'  whose  simple  organisation,  and 
less  numerous  fanctions,  remove  them  from  that  perfection  of  which 
Man  supplies  the  pattern."  In  this  sense,  as  I  conceive,  the  expres- 
sion may  be  well  defended.  Aristotle  says  that  in  all  other  things 
we  must  proceed  just  as  we  do  in  the  investigation  of  coins,  com- 
paring them  individually  with  those  which  are  best  known  to  us : 
but  man  is  necessarily  the  best  known  to  us  of  all  animals^.  Let  it 
be  added,  that  Man  is  in  fact  the  center  of  organisation  to  which 
the  animals,  like  rays,  may  be  considered  to  converge — ^and  so  is  the 
union  of  what  is  most  perfect  and  most  beautiful  in  them  all'. 
Hence  animals  which  have  a  resemblance  to  man  are,  not  without 
reason,  styled  perfect. 


On  the  art  of  Classifyiry  (Taxinomia). 

Such  conceptions  become  still  clearer  by  unfolding  the  art  of 
Classifying.  Classification  and  systematic  division  are  indispensable 
in  Natural  History.  How  innumerable  are  the  species  of  animals 
which  are  scattered  over  the  surface  of  the  earth !  Each  of  these 
species  has  its  country,  its  determinate  form,  its  peculiar  properties. 
How  shall  we  attain  to  all  this  knowledge:  how  shall  we  turn 
to  account  the  observations  of  earlier  writers,  how  learn  to  what 
species  they  refer?  how  can  we,  in  fine,  communicate  our  own 
observations  to  others,  xmless  we  make  use  of  a  classification? 
Classifications  then  are  as  old  as  the  study  of  Natural  History,  and 
their  difference  is  to  be  sought  in  their  more  or  less  scientific  found- 
ation and  plan. — By  means  of  its  systematic  arrangement  the  study 
of  Natural  History  obtains  a  more  extensive  influence  upon  our 
entire  scientific  cultivation,  and  in  this  respect  it  cannot  be  suffi- 
ciently recommended  to  young  persons,  in  order  that  they  may 


*  "Qawtp  yiifi  wofda-futra  irfi6t  t6  oAtois  Hojttw  yviapifuixrarw  ^Ki/Jtdi'oua'tPf  ovrw  Hi 
Kol  A»  Totf  dXXocf.    '0  9*  HarOpiinrot  rtaif  {ibiaif  yinapifiuiyraTw  iffup  i^  d^ymft  ^9rip, 

>  See  J.  G.  Hebdsb'8  Idem  zarPhUonphie  der  OuekichU  der  Mentchen,  Carliruhe, 
1794.  1  Tbl.  B.  100 — 108. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ON  THE  AKT  OP  CLASSIFYING.  27 

accnsliiBi  fimnMolYes  to  strict  order  in  all  their  other  branchea  of 
stady. 

The  foundation  of  all  Zoological  division  is  the  Species.  By  this 
is  understood  the  assemblage  of  all  the  individuals  which  have  more 
conformity  to  each  other,  than  to  other  similar  creatures;  which,  by 
means  of  mutual  impregnation,  can  generate  prolific  individuals  and 
propagate  themselves  by  generation,  so  that  it  can  be  inferred  from 
analogy  that  they  all  sprung  from  a  single  pair.  By  specific  cha^ 
racier  is  understood  the  collection  of  all  the  characteristics  which 
are  shewn  to  be  permanent.  Those  characteristics,  on  the  other 
hand,  by  which  different  individuals  of  a  species  vary  amongst 
themselves,  and  which  are  attributable  to  deviation  from  species,  are 
called  varieiies. 

The  causes  of  varieties  consist  in  the  influence  of  external  cir- 
cumstances, and  in  the  mixture  of  other  similar  species.  Differences 
from  this  last  cause  are  called  Hybrids.  The  form  is  here  a  com- 
bination of  the  two  parents. 

Such  Hybrids  appear  to  be  limited,  £»bulous  stories  apart,  to 
those  species  which  have  great  mutual  resemblance.  They  are  in 
general  not  prolific — not  able  to  continue  their  race.  They  occur 
therefore,  beyond  doubt,  in  a  state  of  nature  extremely  rarely,  and 
are  rather  the  consequence  of  the  constrained  state  of  servitude  in 
which  our  domestic  animals  exist.  This  cause  therefore  is  not  of  a 
kind  to  disturb  the  regular  course  of  nature  and  to  endanger  the  pre- 
servation of  the  species.  On.  the  other  hand,  varieties  produced  by 
the  influence  of  external  circumstances,  by  climate,  difference  of  food 
and  mode  of  life,  are  able  to  engender  young  that  are  prolific.  But 
they  do  not  suggest  any  doubt  that  we  ought,  perchance,  to  receive 
them  for  species.  It  must  moreover  be  remarked,  that  those  varieties 
of  ordinary  species  which  on  account  of  the  pliancy  of  their  organi- 
sation and  their  tenaciousness  of  life  are  able  to  live  in  every  climate, 
and  appear,  for  the  most  part,  to  have  followed  man  over  the  entire 
surface  of  the  earth,  are  the  most  striking  and  the  most  numerous. 

By  Genus  is  understood  a  second  group  formed  by  the  xmion  of 
like  species,  as  the  species  was  formed  by  that  of  like  individuals. 
Species  which  in  general  have  a  striking  resemblance  in  their  orga- 
nisation, form  a  genus.  The  idea  of  genus  is  so  natural  that  we 
meet  with  traces  of  it  even  in  the  language  of  children.  Still  all 
genera  are  not  natural.   Many  of  them  have  been  formed  upon  some 


Digitized  by 


Google 


28  INTEODUCTION. 

resemblances  of  species  in  one  or  anotber  characteristic  arbitrarily 
selected  in  disregard  of  the  general  impression  of  the  external  form, 
and  in  neglect  of  the  precept  of  the  immortal  Linnseus  that '  Charac- 
ter does  not  make  Genus  ^'  When  a  species  deviates  very  much 
from  all  the  others,  even  firom  those  most  resembling  it,  then  a  sepa- 
rate genus  must  be  made  of  it.  Hence  there  are  genera  which  con- 
tain only  a  single  species.  The  characters  of  a  genus  must  be 
common  to  all  the  species  contained  in  it,  and  can  only  be  drawn 
from  a  comparative  study  of  all  those  species. 

This  is  the  place  to  say  a  word  concerning  the  Nomenclature  of 
animals.  LiNN-ffiUS  was  the  first  who  gave  to  every  object  in 
nature  a  double  name :  thus  the  Lion,  for  instance,  is  termed  Felis 
Leo,  the  Dog  Cants  famiUaris.  The  first  of  the  two  names  (Jelis, 
cants)  is  that  of  the  genus,  and  therefore  common  [nomen  genericum) 
to  all  the  species  which  belong  to  that  genus.  It  must  be  a  noun 
substantive.  Different  rules  have  been  laid  down  for  the  formation 
of  names:  but  to  expound  them  would  lead  us  too  far  away.  Of  late 
years,  after  the  example  of  the  Botanists,  the  names  of  persons  have 
been  adopted  for  the  generic  name,  as  BoneUia,  BoUenia,  Dorthesia, 
Desoria  ;  but  this  is  much  more  usual  in  botany.  The  second  name 
is  the  specific  name,  as  Leo,  jumiliaris  ;  it  is  either  a  substantive  or 
an  adjective,  and  in  the  latter  case  must  agree  in  gender  with  the 
generic  name.  By  itself  it  has  no  meaning,  and  indicates  nothing 
until  joined  with  the  generic  name^.  This  double  name  has  thus 
an  intimate  connexion  with  the  Idea  of  G«nus. 

Grenera  again,  after  a  similar  manner,  are  grouped  together  and 
formed  into  Orders,  and  these  again  into  Classes.  We  may 
reverse  the  proposition  and  say  that  the  Animal  Kingdom  is  first 
divided  into  Classes,  then  into  Orders  and  Genera,  which  last 
contain  the  Species. 

We  have  now  been  taught  to  recognise  the  chief  divisions. 
An  arrangement  which  teaches  us  to  find  with  ease  the  names  of 
animals  is  called  a  System :  which,  according  to  Cuvier's  apt  com- 
parison, is  a  dictionary,  but  with  this   difference,  that  here  the 


*  "Character  non  £sMdt  genus.** 

'  It  18  the  same  with  the  family  names  and  the  prsenomens  of  persons.  Hie  first 
indicate  a  family,  the  last  acquaints  us  with  a  particular  suhject  of  the  family ;  only 
their  order  is  reversed :  i.  e.  the  baptismal  name  is  placed  first,  and  after  it  the  family 
name. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ON   THE  ART  OF   CLASSIFYING.  29 

pioperties  serve  us  for  finding  out  the  name,  whereas  in  ordinary 
dictionaries  the  known  name  serves  to  acquaint  us  with  the  pro- 
perties. That  a  system  may  serve  its  purpose,  and  supply  an  easy 
means  of  finding  the  name,  it  must  be  artificial,  i.  e.  it  must  be 
taken  firom  a  single  system  of  organs  and  their  differences.  The 
characters  should  be  easy  to  find  out,  and  be  borrowed  from  ex- 
ternal parts.  An  example  of  such  an  artificial  system  is  the 
sexual  system  of  Linnseas.  In  the  animal  kingdom  we  have  no 
such  artificial  system:  most  of  the  systems  are  mixed;  neither 
entirely  artificial  nor  entirely  natural. 

For  there  is  yet  another  kind  of  systems,  called  NoOural  systems 
(Method):  of  which  the  chief  object  is,  not  so  much  to  find  the 
names  readily,  as  to  unite  in  an  unconstrained  manner  those 
natural  products  which,  in  the  greatest  number  of  respects,  corre- 
spond. They  are  founded,  not  on  a  single  organ  or  system  of 
organs,  but  on  the  whole  structure.  K  an  object  be  seen  only  on 
one  side,  on  the  north  or  south,  east  or  west,  just  so  many  partial 
representations  of  it  will  be  obtained  as  there  are  points  of  view : 
but  he  only  who  observes  it  in  all  directions  is  able  to  form  a 
judgment  of  its  nature  and  being.  This  is  the  advantage  of  a 
natural  method  over  artificial  systems :  it  does  not  forget  the  center 
in  the  circumference,  but  comprising  all  the  parts  and  properties 
of  animals  in  its  estimate,  it  allots  to  them  a  place  in  the  arrange- 
ment according  to  their  structure  and  to  the  importance  which 
belongs  to  them  in  the  economy  of  nature,  and  so  combines  them 
in  a  great  organic  tohole^. 

A  perfectly  natural  classification  has  not  yet  been  discovered: 
but  we  must  continue  to  search  after  it,  and  to  collect  its  scattered 
firagments.  It  is,  according  to  LiNNiEUS,  the  first  object  and  the 
last  of  the  hopes  of  the  Botanist :  it  ought  to  be  no  less  so  of  the 
Zoologist*.  We  please  ourselves  with  the  reflexion  that  we  have 
approached  nearer  to  this  goal,  now  that  men,  especially  in  our 
century,  have  begun  to  investigate  the  internal  structure  of  animals 
with  the  same  curiosity  and  the  same  zeal  with  which,  in  the  last 
century,  after  the  example  of  Linnaeus  chiefly,  they  studied  the 


1  See  J.  Spix,  Oeachiehte  und  BewiJmUmg  aUer  Sffttme  in  derZootoffie.  Nttraberg, 
i8ir.  8vo.  8.  8 — II. 

*  PkiUmophia  hoUmira,  §  77. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


30  INTRODUCTION. 

external  fonn.  Even  Linn^us  himself  has  declared  that  a  natural 
classification  of  animals  is  indicated  by  their  internal  structured 
But  if  this  natural  system  were  quite  perfect,  it  would  not  merely 
be  a  register  of  animals  or  a  large  lexicon,  but  a  true  image  of  the 
animal  kingdom  and  a  short  survey  of  the  entire  science.  The 
more  nearly  the  science  approaches  this  end,  the  greater  will  be  its 
perfection. 

We  must  here,  in  few  words,  mention  some  of  the  systems 
which  have  been  proposed  in  Zoology. 

Animals  may  be  divided  into  Glasses  in  different  ways,  and  the 
differences  amongst  individual  zoological  systems  are  very  remark* 
able.  Aristotle  divided  animals  into  those  that  liave  blood 
(Imufia)  and  those  that  have  not  blood  (jbuifui),  and  distributed  these 
two  chief  divisions  into  lesser  ones.  Pliny  founded  his  division 
upon  the  different  elements  in  which  animals  reside,  and  distin- 
guished these  as  Terrestrialy  Aquatic,  and  Volatile  animals.  It 
would  carry  us  too  far  firom  our  object  to  enter  more  fiilly  into 
these  and  other  early  attempts  at  classification.  But  we  must  not 
omit  to  notice  the  system  of  Linnaeus,  who  threw  a  new  light  on 
every  department  of  Natural  History^. 

In  his  primary  division  of  animals  LiNN-fius  was  a  fol- 
lower of  Aristotle  :  he  named  however  those  animals  which 
Aristotle  called  bloodless,  white-blooded :  whilst  of  the  rest  the 
blood  is  red.  The  basis  of  his  further  division  is  taken  firom  the 
Circulation  of  the  Blood.     Here  follows  a  sketch  of  his  system. 

Heart  with  2  ventricles  and  i  yiviparoiis I.  Mammalia. 

2  auricles  ;  warm,  red  blood  I  oviparous II.  Birds, 

Heart  with  i  ventricle  and  ,  with  lungs III.  Amphibia. 

I  auricle ;  cold,  red  blood    )  with  gills IV.  Fitkes. 

Heart  with  i  ventricle,   no  i  with  antennae ....  V.  Ifuects. 

auricle ;  cold,  white  blood    \  with  tentacula  .  .  .  VI.  Warms. 


1  "Divisio  naturalis  animalium  ab  interna  structura  indicatur.*'  Systtm.  Nalur. 
Tom.  I.  p.  19.  Ed.  XII. 

"  Carolus  Linn^ub,  bom  at  Stenbrohult  in  Southern  Sweden,  1707,  died  1778. 
Comp.  on  his  momentous  life  Riohaed  Pultkney,  A  general  view  of  the  Writings  of 
LinwEus,  2nd  edit.  London,  1781.  D.  H.  Stoyrr^s  Leben  des  Hitters  Cari  von  JAnn£, 
2  Thle.  8.  Hamburg,  1793.  Egenhdndiga  Anteekningar  of  Carl  Link^db  om  ng 
Vdf,  med  anmerkningar  och  tOldg,  Upsala,  1823.  4to.  (this  is  transited  into  German: 
C.  VON  Ltnne  iAer  sick  sfihnt,  &c.)     The  first  edition  of  his  Systema  Naturae  appeaml 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ON  THE  ART  OF  CLASSIFYING.  31 

Thus  LiNN^us  adopts  six  classes,  of  which  the  differences, 
thongh  founded  on  internal  structure,  have  still  reference  to  the 
function  of  a  part  which  is  hj  no  means  common  to  all  animals. 
The  nnmber  of  LiNNJSUs'  Insects  and  Worms  that  have  no  heart 
at  all,  is  in  fact  at  least  as  great  as  the  number  of  those  in  which 
it  is  present.  The  so-called  Zoophytes,  and  the  Intestinal  Worms, 
have  no  heart :  in  many  animals  vessels  are  already  present  before 
a  heart  can  be  found:  insects  which  undergo  metamorphosis  have 
only  a  doubtful  rudiment  of  a  heart  (the  so-called  dorsal  vessel). 
The  physiological  importance  of  the  heart  is  consequently  not  of 
that  kind  that  it  should  be  considered  indispensable  in  the  animal 
economy,  as  appears  to  be  tacitly  assumed  in  this  arrangement. 
Moreover,  in  Amphibia  the  heart  is  provided  not  with  one  auricle 
only,  but  with  two,  and  many  of  the  Worms  have  not  merely  a 
ventricle,  but  also  an  auricle.  Still  the  first  four  classes  are  so 
truly  characterised  and  so  firmly  founded  in  nature,  that  we  may 
well  wonder  that  they  were  not  in  all  times  recognised,  and  not 
earlier  formed.  That  clear  smd  accurate  insight  which  charms 
every  one,  and  that  simplicity  to  which  all  flatter  themselves  they 
can  attain  in  their  own  province,  are  the  true  characteristics  of 
genius.  Linnjsus  was  less  happy  in  his  two  last  classes,  as  we 
will  shew  more  particularly.  Moreover,  it  is  not  commendable 
that  the  division  is  founded  upon  a  single  organ  or  system  of 
organs,  as,  for  instance,  those  of  circulation.  In  this  way,  indeed, 
artificial  divisions  may  be  obtained,  but  not  a  natural  method. 
(See  above,  p.  29.) 

The  arrangement  of  LiNN^us,  in  these  last  times,  has  under- 
gone various  alterations,  when  men  began,  after  the  example  of 
Camper,  Pallas,  Poli,  and  others,  to  investigate  the  internal  struc- 
ture of  animals :  in  which  investigation  Cuvier*,  the  first  anato- 
mist of  our  age,  by  his  incomparable  achievements  was  especially 


at  Leyden  in  large  folio  in  1 735  :  it  consists  of  three  tables,  each  containing  one  of  the 
three  kingdoms  of  nature  with  some  notices  appended.  He  begins  with  the  Mineral 
Kingdom  and  ends  with  the  Animal  Kingdom. 

^  George  Leopold  CHBiTiSK  Fredsbio  Daoobert  Cuyieb,  b.  at  Montb^ard 
14  Ang.  1769,  d.  at  Paris  13  May  1832.  See  my  biography  of  this  celebrated  contem- 
porary in  the  B^dragen  tot  de  Natuurhundige  Wdentchappeny  vitgegeven  door  H.  O. 
VAN  Hall,  W.  Vbolick^  en  G.  J.  Mulder,  vn.  1832.  p.  -298 — 333.  Very  important 
for  the  history  of  CuYiEB's  education  are  the  letters  addressed  by  him  to  C.  H.  Ppaff, 
the  friend  of  his  youth,  lately  published  at  Kiel  by  ProfesRor  Behn. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


32  INTRODUCTION. 

distinguished.  CuviER  and  Lamarck  at  first  divided  animals 
into  two  large  primaiy  classes:  those  which  have  an  internal 
skeleton,  and  those  without  a  skeleton.  They  called  the  first,  in 
as  much  as  the  principal  part  of  the  skeleton  is  the  Tertebral 
column  (see  above,  p.  24),  Vertebrate  animala^  the  last  Invertebrnte 
ammah  {Aninumx  verUhris  et  animaux  sans  vertibres).  Vertebrates 
have  moreover  red  blood,  whilst  the  division  of  Invertebrates  have 
either  no  blood  or  blood  that  is  white.  This  i&ct  was  known  to  Aris- 
totle, who  ascribed  a  spine  to  all  animals  that  have  bloods  Having 
made  these  great  divisions,  they  adopted  four  classes  of  vertebrate 
animals,  the  same  as  those  already  established  by  Linn^us,  except 
that  they  called  his  amphibia  Reptiles^  or  creeping  animals,  a  worse 
appellation.  But  the  number  of  classes  of  invertebrate  animals  has 
so  greatly  increased  that  instead  of  the  two  classes.  Insects  and 
Worms,  first  five*,  and  afterwards  by  Lamarck',  twelve  classes, 
were  adopted. 

It  would  carry  us  too  far  away  to  discuss  particularly  all  these 
divisions,  and  the  modifications  which  were  introduced  into  them. 
It  is  sufficient  for  our  purpose  to  remark,  that  attention  was  now 
no  longer  directed  to  one  organ,  or  one  system  of  organs,  but 
to  the  whole  organisation.  We  propose  to  follow  in  our  work 
Cuvier's  last  arrangement  with  some  modifications,  but  in  a 
reversed  order:  whilst  he  descends  fi-om  man  to  the  less  perfect 
animals,  we,  after  the  example  of  Lamarck  and  others,  will  begin 
with  the  least  perfect  animals,  and  ascending  gradually  to  the 
more  composite,  will  conclude  with  man.  This  course  is  the 
most  advantageous  for  Physiology.  If  we  would  understand  the 
physiological  value  of  an  organ,  we  must  investigate  its  gradual 
development, 

CuviER,  in  his  latest  works,  has  followed  a  general  division  of 
the  animal  kingdom,  which  takes  the  place  of  the  two  great 
primaiy  classes  of  Vertebrate  and  Invertebrate  animals^.     He  per- 


^  Hirra  t&  Jim,  &ra  heufiA  icrw,  Ixci  ^x^'  ^  dorwji;,  i^  ix9M6Coiii,     ffitt.  Anim, 
Lib.  III.  cap.  7. 

*  See  G.  CuvnER,  Tableau  SUvMntaire  de  VHUUnre  naturdle  des  Animanx,  8vo. 
Paris,  an.  6  (1793). 

>  Db  Lamabok,  Hid,  Nat,  de$  Animaux  sant  verUbr9$.  8vo.  vn.  Tom.  Paris,  1815 
—1831. 

*  Sur  un  nouveau  ^rapprochmerU  d  itahUr  Ub  danu  qui  eompotetU  U  R^gne  animal ; 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ON  THE  ART  OP  CLAflSIPTING.  33 

ceived  tiiat  the  invertebrate  division  had  only  negative  charac- 
ters: these  animals  so  greatly  differ  amongst  themselves^  that  in 
order  to  say  any  thing  precise  of  their  organisation,  they  mnst  be 
spoken  of  specially  as  Soft  Animals,  Insects,  or  Zoophytes.  He 
adopted,  therefore,  in  the  place  of  the  division  of  invertebrate  ani- 
mals three  others,  and  thns  divided  the  whole  animal  kingdom  into 
fonr  large  gronps,  whose  characters  we  here  snbjoin. 

I.  Vertebrate  Antmala  {Antmalia  vertebraia).  The  central  parts 
of  the  nervons  system,  the  Spinal  cord  and  the  brain,  in  these 
animals  lie  on  the  dorsal  surface,  in  a  bony  or  cartilaginous 
cavity  formed  by  the  vertebral  column,  of  which  the  more 
developed  anterior  portion  is  called  the  skull.  The  limbs, 
when  present,  are  never  more  than  four  in  number.  The 
muscles  cover  the  bones,  and  are  inserted  into  them.  The 
mouth  has  two  jaws  placed  horizontally. 
n.  MoUuscs  {Animalta  moUusca).  The  central  parts  of  the  ner- 
vous system  consist  of  ganglia,  of  which  usually  one,  that 
from  which  the  nerves  of  sense  arise,  lies  above  the  oeso- 
phagus, whilst  the  rest  are  differently  distributed  on  the 
abdominal  surface.  This  nervous  system  lies  in  the  same 
cavity  with  the  viscera,  enclosed  by  the  soft  skin  into  which 
the  muscles  are  inserted. 

III.  Arttculate8  {Animalia  articulata).  The  central  parts  of  the 
nervous  system  consist  of  ganglia,  of  which  one  lies  in  the 
head  above  the  oesophagus :  the  rest  in  a  row  in  the  middle 
of  the  body,  on  the  abdominal  sur&ce,  and  are  connected  by 
two  nervous  cords.  Tie  covering  of  the  body  is  divided 
into  rings,  and  has  different  degrees  of  hardness :  the  muscles 
are  placed  within  these  rings,  and  are  affbied  to  them. 
When  limbs  or  feet  are  present,  they  are  usually  six,  fre- 
quently more :  when  the  mouth  is  armed  with  jaws,  they  are 
placed  sideways,  and  arranged  in  pairs. 

rV.  Badiatea  {Antmalia  radiata).  A  special  nervous  system  is 
not  always  present :  when  found,  it  appears  as  a  ring,  near 
the  mouth,   surrounding   the  beginning   of  the   intestine, 


Ann.  du  Museum  xiz.  iSis,  p.  73—84.  Afterwards  in  his  classical  work  entitled, 
Le  BigM  animal  ditlribuS  d^aprU  $on  arganitaiion,  iv.  yoL  8yo^  Paris,  181 7,  (and  md 
edition  v.  roL  Paris,  1839,  1830). 

VOL.  I.  3 


Digitized  by 


Google 


34  iNTRODUC?rroN. 

and  from  this  ring  the  nerves  proceed,  like  rays,  to  the 
periphery  of  the  body.  The  entire  body  presents  a  radiant 
form,  for  the  similar  parts  are  not  arranged,  as  in  the  Articu- 
lates, behind  one  another  in  rings,  but  beside  one  another  in 
a  plane.  When  muscles  are  present,  they  are  attached  to 
the  external,  sometimes  calcareous,  covering  of  the  body. 

Let  it  not  be  imagined  that  this  modification  is  insignificant : 
and  that  the  invertebrate  animals  might  very  properly  be  opposed 
to  the  great  division  of  vertebrate  animals,  and  be  afterwards  split 
up  into  three  sub-divisions.  Such  symmetrical  separations  are 
usually  deceptive,  and  can  only  be  of  real  service  when  the  two 
groups  are  of  equal  rank,  and  are  distinguished  by  positive  charac- 
ters. Beyond  doubt,  all  natural  bodies,  for  instance,  are  either 
AnimalB  or  Non-^nimala :  but  who,  on  that  account,  would  think 
of  separating  these  bodies  into  an  Animal  Kingdom,  and  a  Non- 
animal  Kingdom?  and  the  Nonranimals  again  into  Plants  and 
Minerals  ?  Of  like  value  was,  in  my  opinion,  the  separation  of  the 
Animal  Kingdom  into  Vertebrate  Animals  and  Invertebrate  Ani- 
mals :  the  latter  division  meaning  only  "  other  than  vertebrate 
animals;^'  it  is  an  indefinite  appendage  to  a  defined  group,  and 
contains  no  general  idea  that  can  be  contrasted  with  another  general 
idea. 

But  what  is  especially  to  be  attended  to  in  these  four  great 
divisions  of  the  animal  kingdom  is  this :  that  they  are  not  so  much 
distinguished  by  greater  or  less  perfection  of  organisation,  as  by 
general  form,  and  by  the  manner  in  which  the  parts  respectively 
are  related  to  one  another.  A  great  variety  of  tissues,  of  organs 
and  of  subordinate  parts,  makes  the  organisation  more  complicated 
or  perfect ;  but  that  must  be  distinguished  from  the  general  form, 
from  the  plan  of  the  organisation.  CuviER  did  not  overlook  this 
truth :  and  even  the  name  of  Fundamental  Forms  ( Tgpes)^  which  he 
is  careful  to  use  for  these  four  great  divisions,  indicates  the  guiding 
idea  which  led  him  to  adopt  them.  In  each  type  there  is  a  gradual 
rise  and  fall  of  organisation :  we  descend,  says  Cuvier,  in  the  type 
of  the  Molluscs,  from  the  syna  to  the  oyster,  as  in  that  of  the  verte- 
brates, from  man  to  the  fish.  But  it  must  not  be  overlooked,  that 
Cuvier  did  not  always  sufficiently  distinguish  the  two  ideas  (the 
Type  and  the  Perfection  of  organisation),  and  to  this  it  is  to  be 
ascribed  that  his  division  of  radiates  comprises  many  animals  which 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ON  THE  ABT  OF  CLASSIFTINO.  36 

are  not  radiant,  but  are  placed  in  this  tjrpe  on  acoomt  of  the 
imperfection  of  their  organisation  alone. 

It  is  to  Von  Baer  especially  that  we  are  indebted  for  a  clear 
insight  into  this  distinction  ^  He  considers  the  classes  as  sub- 
divisions of  the  fundamental  form  or  type,  which  differ  in  respect  of 
the  higher  or  lower  grade  of  organisation.  We  may  conceive  the 
matter  differently,  thus :  that  every  animal  class  is  determined  by 
two  factors,  of  which  one  is  the  type  of  organisation,  the  other  the 
perfisctness  of  structure.  The  highest  perfectness  is  in  general 
linked  to  the  type  of  the  vertebrates :  yet  how  imperfect,  how  poor 
(if  I  may  use  the  term)  the  organisation  may  be,  even  in  a  verte^ 
brate  animal,  the  anatomical  investigation  of  amphioocua  lanceolatua 
in  recent  times  has  taught  us.  That  this  little  fish  is  in  complexity 
of  organisation  far  surpassed  by  many  insects  and  molluscs,  cannot, 
on  unprejudiced  examination,  be  denied. 

In  the  arrangement,  therefore,  of  classes,  we  shall  lay  down  as 
our  basis  this  idea  of  type  of  organisation,  and  shall  thus  avoid 
separating  that  which  is  connected  by  natural  transitions.  We 
begin  with  the  Badiata,  because  in  this  type  organisation  standis  on 
the  lowest  grade,  and  even  the  most  perfectly  organised  radiates 
are  surpassed  by  a  great,  nay  the  greatest,  number  of  Annulates 
and  Molluscs  in  complexity  of  organisation,  variety  of  functions, 
and  multifarious  enjoyment  of  life.  Whether,  after  these,  we  pro- 
ceed with  the  Annulata  or  the  MoUusca,  is  in  a  certain  sense  indif- 
ferent. Nature  has  not  formed  the  creatures  in  a  single  ascending 
rank.  Were  this  the  case,  then  would  a  single  type  necessarily 
prevail  in  them  all :  yet  even  in  the  divisions  (classes,  orders  and 
families)  belonging  to  a  single  type,  we  are  not  able  to  discover 
such  a  simple  ascent  of  organisation.  The  most  perfect  fish  is  not, 
by  proximate  aflSnity,  joined  on  to  the  least  perfect  of  the  reptiles : 
nor  the  most  composite  bird  to  the  most  imperfect  mammal.  It 
was  a  pleasing  dream  of  the  amiable  Bonnet^,  that  all  creatures 


»  BeUr&ffe  zur  Kentniu  der  niedem  Thiere,  von  Dr.  K.  A,  V.  Ba«b,  Nov.  Act.  Oce$. 
X.  C.  Nai.  OurioB.  Vol.  ini.  P.  n.  1817.  a.  513— J62,  especially  8.  739—759;  ^^^^^ 
JSa^nekdvngsgaeku^ie  der  Thiere.  Beobachiung  und  RefiexUm.  40.  i.  KonigBberg,  i8a8. 
0.  207 — 419.  In  France  also  similar  ideas  were  afterwards  advanced  by  MiLNX 
E^DWABiys.  See  ese.  ^.  his  remarks  in  the  new  edition  of  Lamabok  :  ffiMoire  NaL  des 
Ani.  a.  veH.  L  Paris,  1835,  PP*  335— 337>  revised  by  him  and  Dbshatbs. 

s  OontempUaicn  de  la  Nature,  (Euvm  d^Hiat,  NaturtUe  et  de  PkOotophie  de  Ch. 
BovKET.  Tome  VII.  Neufchatel,  1781,  8vo.  pp.  51—55,  and  other  places. 

3—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


3d  intkoduction. 

form  an  imbroken  chain ;  that  without  anj  sudden  leaps,  all  hang 
together  by  insensible  transitions.  But  the  breaks  in  the  chain 
have  not  been  filled  up  by  later  observation,  rather  have  new  and 
previously  unrecognised  deviations  firom  it  been  discovered.  It  is 
not  a  ladder  with  uniformly  ascending  rounds,  but  rather  a  net 
which  may  afford  us  a  conception  of  the  multifarious  connexions 
and  the  various  affinities  according  to  which  nature  has  arranged 
her  products. 

We  have  already  remarked  that  the  vertebrate  animals  ascend 
to  the  highest  grade  of  perfection  of  organisation :  of  them,  there- 
fore, we  may  properly  consider  the  different  classes  last. 

In  treating  of  the  Animal  Kingdom  we  shall  not  make  use  of 
Cuvieb's  distribution  of  it  into  four  divisions,  fiDu*ther  than  as  a 
guiding  idea.  The  Infiisories  (exclusive  of  the  Rotatories  and 
others,  which  were  joined  to  them  on  account  of  their  minuteness 
alone)  appear  to  form  a  distinct  group,  or  at  least  do  not  indicate 
the  radiating  form  by  which  Polyps  and  others  of  the  lower  animals 
are  distinguished.  We  make,  therefore,  for  these  simplest  animal 
existences  a  distinct  Division,  naming  them,  after  the  example  of 
other  authors.  Protozoa.  Their  form  is  round  or  oblong,  often  not 
rigorously  determined,  but  variable  during  life^. 


^  JFvrt  great  divisionB  of  the  animal  kingdom  might  be  establiflhed,  and  named: 
Pr<i*<m<i,  Aetinotoa,  EeUnoeoa,  Malaeoeoa,  Spondi/loBoa,  We  are  too  indi£Eiarent  to  the 
introduction  of  new  names  to  propose  these  except  in  a  note.  Under  Sctinctoa  (from 
iierebw,  exlendo)  we  understand  those  animals  in  whose  oiganisation  the  elongated  type 
preYails:  they  nearly  agree  with  the  Artietdata.  The  other  names  have  in  part  been 
used  already,  and  require  no  further  explanation. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CLASS  I. 
INFUSORIES  (INFUSORIA).* 

These  animals  are  called  Injusorxea^^  becauae  they  are  to  be 
found  in  infiisions  of  every  kind  of  organic  matter,  as  well  yegetable 
as  animal.  MoreoTer  thej  live  in  all  stagnant  marshy  waters,  and 
even  in  ronning  waters,  salt  and  fresh. 

These  animals,  which  on  acconnt  of  their  minute  size  can  only 
be  discovered,  or  at  all  events  examined,  by  means  of  magnifying 
glasses,  were  unknown  to  the  ancients.  Our  Leeuwenhoeck  iSrst 
saw  them  in  infusions  towards  the  end  of  the  seventeenth  century 
(1675).  After  Leeuwenhoeck,  many  species  of  these  animals 
were  observed  and  described  in  the  last  century  by  Roesel,  Leder- 
MUELLES,  VON  Gleichen  and  others :  but  more  especially  O.  F. 
Mueller,  the  Danish  naturalist,  in  a  work  which  appeared  after 
his  death,  figured  many  species,  and  gave  a  systematic  arrangement 
of  the  class.  In  the  present  century,  Ehrenberg  has  contributed 
most  largely  to  our  knowledge  of  inftisories,  and  since  1828  has 
from  time  to  time  published  his  investigations  in  the  Transactions 
of  the  Berlin  Academy  of  Sciences,  and  more  recently  has  collected 
them  into  a  body  in  a  large  illustrated  work. 

As  the  discoveries  of  astronomers  allow  us  to  cast  a  glance  into 
the  illiinitable  extent  of  space  of  the  universe,  so  the  eye,  artificially 
strengthened,  affords  conviction  of  the  illimitable  distribution  of 


^  The  chief  works  rdatmg  to  this  class  are : 

O.  F.  MuXLLiB,  Ammtdcula  inftuoria  JluviatSia  d  ma/rwa,  H«mife,  1786.  4to. 
nie  Plates  are  copied  in  the  BneydopSdie  mitkodique, 

C.  G.  Ehbsnbibo,  Die  If^udontUUerchmg  als  voQkommene  Organmnen,  NebH  einem 
Adas  von  64  eolorirten  Kupfertafdn,  Leipzig,  1838  folio.  (G.  Yalihtin  gave  in  his 
Beperiorwm  fBr  Anat,  und  Physiol,  iv.  Bd.  Jahrgang,  1839,  '^  detailed  abstract  of 
this  work,  containing  the  characters  of  all  the  genera  and  spedes.  s.  136 — 18  f.) 

JSistoire  naiurdle  des  ZoopkyUs,  Ifrfusoires,  eomprenasd  la  Physiologie  d  la  Class\fi- 
eaUon  de  cea  AnimoMx,  par  F.  Dujabdik,  Paris,  1841.  8yo. 

Die  Inftuumdhiere  auf  ikre  Enitoidediungsgesekdehte  untenuehi  wm  Db  Fbibdbich 
Snnjr,  ndt  6  Kupfertafeln.  Leipzig,  1854.  4to. 

>  First  by  Lkdebhuxllxb,  according  to  Ehbbnbbbo. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


38  CLASS  I. 

life  in  the  direction  of  the  smallest  space.  Tliere  are  infdsories 
(monads)  having  a  mean  diameter  of  iso'-isio  of  a  line,  which  yet 
live  so  closely  together,  that  the  intervening  space  scarcely  exceeds 
their  diameter ;  a  single  drop  of  water  measuring  a  cubic  line,  if 
only  one-fourth  of  its  space  were  filled  with  such  animals,  would 
still  contain  500  millions  of  them. 

This  minuteness  has  misled  some  authors  to  designate  infasories 
as  microscopic  animals.  We  cannot  allow  to  this  appellation  a 
preference  to  that  of  infdsories :  magnitude  ought  not  to  supply  the 
character  of  a  class  of  the  animal  kingdom,  or  a  ground  of  division. 
By  such  an  appellation,  the  union  of  diminutive  species  of  higher 
classes  of  animals  with  infusories,  often  practised  by  older  authors, 
would  be  justified. 

In  determining  what  is  to  be  understood  by  infusories,  we  must 
look  to  the  whole  of  their  organisation :  it  requires  not  many  words 
to  shew  that  the  investigation  of  the  organisation  of  creatures  so 
minute  has  difficulties  to  contend  with,  which  even  the  best  optical 
expedients  of  our  time  have  only  partially  removed.  For,  although 
every  species  of  infusories  be  not  so  small  as  to  escape  the  naked 
eye,  yet  even  these  are  not  bigger  than  two  or  three  millimeters^. 
Of  the  minute  animals  that  are  usually  comprehended  under  the 
term  inAisories,  Ehrenberg's  investigations  led  him  to  distinguish 
two  classes,  which  he  named  Polygastrica  and  Botatoria^.  The 
incontestably  greater  complexity  of  structure  in  the  last,  the  sym- 
metry of  their  form  and  their  resemblance  to  the  type  of  the  Articur 
lata,  suggested  to  us,  as  early  as  1834,  the  propriety  of  separating 
them  entirely  firom  the  others — a  proceeding  now  approved  of  by 
almost  all. zoologists. 

Consequently,  we  comprise  in  the  class  which  now  occupies  us 
only  those  animals  which  Ehrenberg  calls  Polygastrica^.  We 
have  not,  however,  adopted  that  name,  for  it  rests  on  the  opinion 
that  the  cavities  observable  in  the  interior  of  these  animals  are 
stomachs,  which  is  doubted  by  many  writers:  but  even  if  that  were 
admitted,  numbers  remain  in  which  no  such  stomachal  cavities  are 
to  be  seen.    The  class,  thus  limited,  contains  animalsof  very  simple 


1  A  millimeter  is  about  half  a  line,  or  ^  of  an  En^liBh  inch. 
^  For  the  literature  vid.  Sibbold  and  Stahnidb,  Leh/rb.  der  verffldck.  AnaUmie,  I. 
Abtheilung.  Berlin.  1845.  ^^o.  8.  7. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IXFU80SIES.  39 

fltmcture.  Some,  in  which  no  oral^  aperture  can  be  found,  must 
leoeive  nntriment  by  means  of  absorption  through  the  external 
surfiM^  alone.  Others  have  a  mouth,  usually  surrounded  by  alia, 
by  the  motion  of  which  a  current  is  produced  in  the  water,  carrying 
the  food  which  it  may  contain  to  the  mouth.  The  subsequent 
transmission  of  nutriment  throughout  the  body  is  effected  in  spaces 
of  a  vesicular  form — ^which  contract  again  when  their  contents  have 
been  expelled :  they  are  pushed  on  by  others  that  hare  more  lately 
come  into  view,  and  have  motions  that  cannot  be  reconciled  with 
the  notion  that  they  possess  proper  walls.  We  must  rather  suppose 
therefore  that  these  vesicular  spaces  are  excavations  in  the  gelatinous 
tissue  of  the  body.  The  undigested  portion  of  the  food  is,  in  many 
ci  these  creatures,  cast  off  by  another  aperture*  of  the  body :  in 
others  it  escapes  through  the  same  opening  by  which  it  was  received. 

Special  organs  of  Respiration  have  not  been  recognised.  The 
external  surface  of  the  body  appears  to  be  the  seat  of  that  fimction. 
Still  less  are  there  any  blood-vessels :  perhaps  those  spaces,  which 
in  many  species  are  seen  to  contract  and  expand,  and  which  are 
various  in  form  and  number,  may  serve  for  moving  and  transmitting 
the  nutrient  fluid  which  supplies  the  place  of  the  blood'. 

Although  no  muscular  fibres^  are  present,  these  animals  possess 
the  power  of  motion  in  a  great  degree.  Some  move  slowly,  others 
very  nimbly.  As  organs  of  motion  the  greater  number  have  cilia. 
In  some  are  produced  by  contraction  all  sorts  of  changes  in  the 


^  [Stbih  coDfiiden  all  ciliated  infuBories  without  a  mouth  to  be  larval  or  emhryotic 
forms  of  other  creatures.  IHe  Infusitnuth,  s.  i8i.] 

'  [According  to  Stkn  there  is  no  ready-formed  anal  opening  in  any  infusory.  In 
those  families  which  do  not  reject  their  excrement  by  the  mouth,  it  is  forcibly  pressed 
through  the  integument  of  a  determinate  r^on  of  the  body,  more  or  less  extensive,  and 
not  sharply  defined.  After  the  exclusion,  the  rupture  is  completely  dosed  again.  It 
is  allowable,  therefore,  to  speak  of  an  anal  region,  not  of  an  anal  aperture.  Die  J^fu- 
tiontikiere.  p.  34.] 

'  EmtEKBBBa  holds  these  contractile  spaces,  or  vesicles  (?),  to  be  veiicukB  temmaUt, 
The  Uaiadut  is  with  him  a  structure  whose  connexion  with  these  vesicles  he  has  not 
demonstrated,  and  which  y.  Sisbold  regards  as  a  nuofeus,  whilst  he  compares  the 
entire  infusory  to  an  organic  celL 

^  In  the  hollow  pedicle  of  Vorticdla,  and  other  similar  genera,  there  is  a  longitudinal 
musde  which  by  its  contraction  effects  the  npiral  retraction  of  this  part.  Ehsbitb.  Die 
Infiuiontth.  s.  270.  [GzBBMAOK  denies  that  the  contractile  streak  in  the  canal  of  the 
stem  is  a  muscle :  see  Sibbold  and  Kollikbb's  Zeitschrtft  fOr  wieeenecht^Uiche  Zooh- 
gie,  IT.  443.    Also  see  Stun,  op.  cU.  p.  81.] 


Digitized  by 


Google 


40  CLASS  I. 

form  of  the  bodj  and  of  the  short  digitiform  elongations,  by  means 
of  which  thej  move :  others  again  have  filiform,  branching  append- 
ages, that  can  be  drawn  in  and  out.  There  is  no  doubt  that  these 
motions  are  to  be  ascribed  to  an  internal  power :  they  have  alto- 
gether the  character  of  volition,  for  the  creatures  sometimes  retard 
their  motions,  or  suddenly  stop  and  again  as  suddenly  swim  quickly 
away.  Infusories  make  no  distinction  of  day  and  night :  they  are 
incessantly  in  motion,  and  no  indication  of  sleep  can  be  detected^. 

Coloured  (red)  spots  have  been  supposed  to  be  eyes,  without 
any  particular  proof:  but  neither  a  nervous  system  nor  any  distinct 
organ  of  sense  is  to  be  found. 

The  multiplication  of  these  animals  is  by  spontaneous  fission  of 
the  body,  generally  in  the  direction  of  the  length.  In  this  way 
they  can  increase  incredibly  in  a  short  time.  In  a  very  few  multi- 
plication by  buds  has  also  been  observed'. 


^  Ehbbnbbbg,  Dm  Itrfuriontthiereken,  b.  539. 

*  Ez.gr,  ID.  VarUcdla  (early  observed  by  Spallaitzani),  we  Ehbknb.  op.  cU.  Tab, 
ZXV.  fig.  m.  3 ;  in  EpUtylia,  kc. 

[Besides  the  multiplication  of  infusories  by  longitudinal  and  transverse  fission,  and 
that  by  external  gems,  other  modes  have  been  brought  to  light  by  the  labours  of  CoHir 
and  BiBiir.  They  are  forms  of  the  encytttng-procas,  which  SraiK  sees  reason  to  believe 
to  be  common  to  all  true  infusories.  Cdpoda  eucuUut  does  not  undeigo  fission,  but 
becomes  endosed  in  a  cyst,  which  in  all  cases  is  the  secretion  of  the  animal's  surface. 
Within  this  it  multiplies  by  successive  division,  so  that  a  progeny  usually  four  in 
number,  occasionally  eight,  arises.  Each  of  these  is  a  special  cyst,  with  its  own 
external  membrane.  The  original  cyst  bursts,  and  the  special  cysts  repeat  the  same 
process,  often  several  times,  until  at  length  the  content  of  each  special  cyst  escapes 
through  the  ruptured  external  membrane  as  youug  Oolpodas.  Stsut,  op.  cU.  pp.  15 — 
45.  Tab.  m.  fig.  i — ^31. 

In  VorHcdUnei  (besides  the  generation  by  buds  or  germs,  and  by  longitudinal  fission), 
the  animal,  becoming  encysted,  is  changed  into  a  spherical  mass,  in  which  none  of  the 
original  oigans  can  be  perceived  except  the  ribbon-shaped  nucleus,  and  a  clear  space, 
which,  however,  does  not  pulsate.  Processes  are  sent  through  the  thin  covering  at  the 
upper  exremity,  and  the  form  becomes  some  one  of  "EBXRVBVBkQ'BAcineUB,  according  to 
the  different  genera^  as  Podophrya  or  AcHnophrya.  The  nucleus,  or  rather  part  of  it, 
is  then  transformed  into  an  internal  embryo  that  rotates  actively,  and  closely  resembles 
the  germ-progeny  of  a  young  Vorticelline  of  the  same  species.  This  process  is  frequently 
repeated  in  the  same  Acineta.  The  progeny  may  either  encyst  itself  anew,  and  go 
through  the  same  process,  or  may  at  once  secrete  a  pedicle,  and  become  an  oidinaiy 
Vorticelline  of  the  species. 

Such  is  the  process  in  a  young  Vorticelline.  In  a  full-grown  large  one  it  is  different. 
Here  the  encysted  lx)dy  is  transformed  into  a  homogeneous  mass,  the  nucleus  falls  down 
into  a  nimiber  (more  than  thirty)  of  disci-form  bodies,  which  derive  nutriment  from  a 
portion  of  the  liquefied  substance  of  the  mother-cyst :  another  portion  of  the  maternal 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INFUSOttlES.  41 

If  these  animalfl  are  not  propagated  by  means  of  eggs,  then 
neither  can  they  have  come  into  being  firom  eggs,  and  the  general 
law  that  all  that  lives  proceeds  firom  an  egg  {omne  vwum  ex  ovo) 
does  not  apply  in  this  case :  a  wider  meaning,  then,  than  the  ordi- 
nary one,  must  be  given  to  the  word  egg,  which  denotes  ^  part 
that  requires  impregnation  before  it  can  be  developed,  and  contains 
a  yolk  with  a  germ-veside  smronnded  by  an  external  covering. 
To  explain  the  origin  of  these  creatures  in  infusions,  if  equivocal 
generation  be  denied,  nothing  remains  but  to  suppose  that  the  air 
conveys  infnsories  as  it  does  minute  particles  of  duBt,  and  that  the 
organic  matter,  which  served  for  the  infusion,  fitvoured  merely  as  an 
abundant  nutriment  the  multiplication  of  the  creatures^.  The 
advocates  of  equivocal  generation  have  not  been  able  to  deny  the 
possibility  of  this  explanation:  and  that  possibility  destroys  the 
force  of  all  their  proofs  and  argumentations :  especially  when  it  is 
remembered  that  no  space  can  be  so  perfectly  closed  that  air  cannot 
penetrate  it,  and  that  even  boiling  does  not  destroy  every  kind  of 
infusory :  for  their  opponents  themselves  could  not  absolutely  deny 
that  infusories  were  found  in  boiled  infusions  which  were  stopped^ 
Indeed  the  constancy  of  form  in  the  species,  which  had  been  over- 
looked by  earlier  observers  in  their  experiments,  or  not  understood, 
is  irrecondleable  with  the  view  that  these  animal  forms  are  produced 
by  external  forces  as  a  mere  sport  of  chance :  but  it  is  not  by  any 


sabstanoe  MsomeB  &  gelatinoas  fonn  in  which  the  embiyM  swim,  and  by  which  thay 
are  Bomninded  when  the  cyst  ifi  buiBi.  When  this  substMice  has  been  diasolved  in 
the  soTTOunding  water. they  swim  freely  away,  and  change  the  monad  fonn  for  the 
▼ortioeUine.  Snnr,  op.  cU,  pp.  50 — 64  and  p.  146.  Tab.  in.  fig.  $2 — ^41.  AJbo  vid.  GoHir, 
Ztkackrifi  far  Wi»$,  ZooL  m.  b.  360—179.  Tab.  vn.  fig.  i^-ii.] 

^  [It  ifl  well  known  that  Infoaoriee  are  oonveyed  by  the  air :  EHsnrBBBa  fonnd  them 
in  the  dnst  borne  by  the  trade-wind :  Svxur  disooyered  cysts  of  Cfoipoda,  of  Pk3odina 
roaeota^  and  of  MacrMotm  Hufdamdii,  on  the  tenninal  twigs  of  beech-trees  that  grow 
aooo  feet  aboTe  the  level  of  the  sea.  PkUodnui  roseola  is  the  rotifer  which  gives  the  red 
colour  to  snow.  Yid.  Stuh,  op.  cU.  p.  35.  He  quotes  Raohxkhob8T*8  assertion  that 
if  a  slip  of  j^ass  be  moistened  by  the  breath,  and  moved  about  in  the  confined  space  of 
an  i^wrtment,  infusories  may  be  seen  upon  it.  ScHMmr's/aAr-fttie^,  1850,  Bd.  Lxvni. 
B.  383.] 

>  [The  experiments  of  Sohwahn,  PocK}Bin)OBrF*8  Annalm,  Bd.  xu.  s.  184,  and  of 
HxLMHOLTX,  MuBLUB's  ArMv,  1843,  B.  453,  have  satisfiustorily  shown  that  an  infusion 
boiled  so  long  as  to  kill  any  germs  previously  existing  in  it>  is  never  visited  by  infuso- 
ries if  only  such  atmospheric  air  be  allowed  access  as  has  passed  through  a  red-hot  tube, 
or  sulphuric  add,  or  caustic  potass.] 


Digitized  by 


Google 


42  CLASS  I. 

means  neeessaxy  to  coimect  such  a  conception  as  this  with  the  tenn 
equivocal  generation.  As  long  as  it  is  not  pretended  bj  this  term 
to  afford  an  explanation,  but  only  to  indicate  that  there  are  some 
animal  and  vegetable  species  that  arise  not  firom  eggs,  but,  in  a 
way  thai  toe  are  unable  to  explain,  firom  the  decomposition  of  organic 
matter,  so  long  do  we  belieye  that  the  expression  cannot  at  present 
be  dispensed  with  in  Physiology^.  The  formation  of  Infusories  is 
no  primary  production  of  organic  matter*.  Their  immediate  origin 
firom  the  organic  matter  of  Infusions  has  never,  as  we  believe,  been 
observed  at  the  very  instant  of  its  occurrence,  and  probably  never 
will  be.  Even  in  the  development  firom  the  egg  we  never  see  the 
forming,  but  only  the  thing  already  formed.  In  the  case  of  the 
intestinal  worms'  the  same  obscuri^  recurs,  and  the  difficulty  of 
applying  the  proposition  that  all  living  creatures  come  firom  eggs  is 
but  too  obvious  firom  the  very  constrained  and  improbable  explana- 
tions which  have  been  resorted  to.  The  reason  why  organisable 
matter  assumes  those  determinate  forms  that  are  distinguished  as 
genera  and  species,  is  altogether  unknown :  and  Physiology  is,  in 
the  same  degree,  unable  to  explain  how  it  is  that  in  a  complexly 
organised  creature  developed  firom  cells,  in  one  part  muscular  fibre 
should  arise,  in  another  nerves,  and  cartilage  in  another. 

The  knowledge  which  we  possess  of  the  geographical  distribu- 
tion of  Infiisories  is  due  to  the  investigations  of  Ehrenberq.  His 
travels  in  Asia  and  in  Africa  have  taught  us  that  in  different  coun- 
tries different  species,  nay  different  genera  of  these  animals  are 
found.  The  species  which  have  the  widest  geographical  distribu- 
tion in  the  northern  hemisphere  are  Monas  termo,  UveUa  glaucoina. 


^  Vide  note  a,  iiage  40. 

»  "Eagi^^  heine  Erfakrung,  diefiir  eine  EnUlehung  Idtmder  K&rper  out  Stoffa^  der 
kbham  NatiMr  tprdche."  G.  R.  Tbeviranus,  Biologie,  u,  s.  a66.  In  this  work  may  be 
found  a  full  account  of  the  earlier  observations  on  this  subject,  to  which  the  author  has 
added  many  investigations  of  his  own,  s.  264—353.  Although  more  than  forty  yean 
have  since  elapsed,  the  Ubours  of  Tbbvihanub  on  this  point  still  retain  a  great  value. 
Aa  to  the  green  matter  of  Pbiestlbt,  in  which  transformations  of  infusories  are  sup- 
posed to  occur,  this  is  not  exclusively  of  a  vegetable  nature,  but  consists,  according  to 
the  exact  investigations  of  later  enquirers,  of  a  collection  of  dead,  and  in  part  still  living 
IirfvMorie»t  Chlamidomat  pulvUcvltu  (Ehbenb.  L.  i.  p.  64),  Eugkna  viridis  (Ehkknb. 
p.  1 10),  &c. 

'  [The  presence  of  Entogoa  in  situations  where  it  was  thought  impossible  they  could 
be  introduced  from  without  is  now  explained  :  tfid,  notes  on  that  cUss.] 


Digitized  by 
L 


Google 


INFUSORIES.  43 

ParamoBcwm  ehrymJdSy  Colpoda  cucuUm:  &e  last  appean  to  occur 
evetywheie  {Comnopolite).  Ehsenberq  found  Monas  termo  both 
in  stagnant  water  at  the  Bed  Sea,  and  in  spring-water  on  Mount 
Sinai.  Colpoda  cucuUus  is  one  of  the  most  constant  animals  in 
artificial  In&sions,  and  was  formerly  observed  hj  Leeuwenhoeck 
in  Infusions  of  pepper. 


APPENDIX 

TO  THE  CLASS  OF  INFUSORIES. 


ON   (THE  SO-OALLED)  SEMINAL  ANIMALCULEa 

{Spermat'Ozoa.) 

Von  Baeb  first  (1827)  introduced  the  name  Spermatozoa  {Nov. 
Act.  Acad.  CcBs.  Leop.  Gar.  Vol.  ziii) :  earlier  names,  as  animalia 
spermatica,  Ceroaria  seminis^  &c.  hare  merely  an  historical  value. 

The  bodies,  for  the  most  part  filiform,  which  have  been  observed 
in  the  fecundating  fluid  of  animals  of  almost  every  class,  have  as 
microscopic  creatures  been  ranked  with  Infusories:  other  writers 
class  them  with  the  Entozoa,  a  proceeding  which  can  only  be  justi- 
fied in  a  degree  by  the  locality  where  they  occur ;  while,  on  the 
other  hand,  it  has  introduced  several  wrong  views.  An  independ- 
ent organisation,  in  virtue  of  which  they  might  be  considered  as 
real  animals^  has  not  been  discovered.  The  cause  of  their  motion 
is  altogether  enigmatical. 

Leeuwknhobck,  the  discoverer  of  the  Infusoiies,  was  the  first 
also  who  made  obseryations  upon  these  small  corpuscles  that  in 
appearance  perform  voluntary  motion  in  male  spermatic  fluid. 
Tlieir  discovery  is  due  to  a  medical  student,  named  Hajc,  who  an- 
nounced them  to  Leeuwenhokck  in  August,  1677  {Phil.  Trans. 
1678,  Na  142 ;  comp.  Letter  113  in  the  Sevende  Verfolgder  Bri^ 
ven,  1702,  p.  65 . . .,  or  in  the  Latin  edition,  CofUinuaUo  Arccmomm 
NcUura,  Operum  Torno  ui.  p.  60  sqq.).  Leeuwenhoeck  named 
these  bodies  animals,  and  observed  them  consecutively  in  diflerent 


Digitized  by 


Google 


44  SPERMATOZOA. 

species  of  various  classes  of  animala  It  was  his  opinion  that  they 
foimed  the  embryo,  and  that  the  female's  share  in  the  work  of  pro- 
pagation was  simply  the  reception  and  nutrition  of  the  male  pro- 
duct This  view  of  Leeuwenhoeck's  as  to  the  office  of  spermar 
tozoa  in  propagation  was  afterwards  entirely  rejected :  until,  in  our 
own  century,  Dumas  maintained  that  they  form  in  ftTiiTnft3a  the 
foundation  of  the  nervous  system  (the  brain  and  spinal  cord)  :  to 
which  view  he  was  led  by  a  certain  resemblance  of  the  first  rudi- 
ment of  the  embryo  (the  so-called  primitive  streak)  to  a  spermato- 
zoon (picL  Glassique  (THistovre  ruUtM-eUe,  T.  viL  1825.  p.  221, 
article  GSniraiion,  Annalea  des  Sc  not  xii.  1827.  p.  443-454). 
But  it  is  not  founded  on  observation,  and  is  moreover  sufficiently 
refuted  by  th^  fitct  that  some  animab  have  spermatozoa  closely 
resembling  those  of  mammals,  whilst  their  nervous  system  has  a 
totally  different  form  from  theirs. 

According  to  Wagner's  investigations,  these  active  molecules  are 
formed  in  cells,  singly  or  in  bundles :  firom  w^ch,  on  bursting  of 
the  cell-wall,  they  are  set  free.  In  insects  they  are  found  as  fine 
threads  without  a  head,  or  thicker  portion:  but  in  most  other 
creatures  they  consist  of  a  thicker  part,  the  head,  and  a  very  fine 
thread,  or  tail  The  head  is,  in  diffiarent  animals,  of  a  different 
shape. 

[The  spermatozoon  of  the  Batrctchia  has  an  extremely  fine  mem- 
brane attached  to  its  tail  in  the  direction  of  its  axis  and  throughout 
its  whole  length  by  one  of  the  sides,  the  other  being  firee  and  wavy. 
Thus  a  delicate  undulating  border  is  formed.  It  was  discovered  by 
Amigi  and  rightly  described  by  him,  and  afterwards  by  Poulet.  By 
others  it  was  mistaken  for  a  thread  surrounding  the  tail  with  a  loose 
spiral  coiL  Yid.  J.  N.  Czerieak,  ZeUsch.  /,  tmasenach.  zooL  R  ii. 
350-355,  also  von  Siebold,  ifnd.  pp.  356-364.] 

The  different  memoirs  and  treatisee  upon  this  Bubject  with  whose  history,  aa 
Ehbenbbbg  says,  whole  Tolumee  might  be  filled,  are  not  noticed  by  us 
that  we  may  not  incur  a  diffusenees  unsuitable  to  the  limits  of  this  manual. 
B.  Wagnbb's  Lehrbuch  dor  tpeaeUm  Zoohgie,  2^  Auflage,  Leipsig,  1843, 
8vo,  8. 10—30  maybe  consulted  with  advantage.  It  g^vee  a  full  account  of 
the  most  important  discoyeries  of  the  author  and  of  other  contemporary 
observers.  [This  work  has  been  translated  into  English  by  Dr  Willis. 
Comp.  the  later  work  of  B.  Waokeb  and  R  Lsuckabt,  Aride  Semen  in 
Todd's  O^fdop,  o/Anat.  and  PkysioL    YoL  iv.  p.  849.] 


Digitized  by 


Google 


SYSTEMATIC 
ARRANGEMENT    OF    INFUSORIES. 


CLASS  L 
INFUSORIA- 


MiCBOBOOPiC  animalculea,  often  of  mutable  form,  without 
nervous  Efjstem  and  yessels,  mostly  with  internal  globose  cavities, 
moving  hj  means  of  vibratile  cilia,  or  exsertile  processes,  without 
tme  articulated  feet. 

From  a  definition  all  that  is  uncertain  and  hypothetical  must  be 
excluded  as  &r  as  possible^  Hence  we  do  not  call  the  internal  cavities, 
which  are  seen  in  most  Infosoiies,  stomacha  Our  dass,  limited 
as  above,  contains  several  of  the  Pclype9  gdat/moMx  of  Cuvisb, 
and  agrees  with  the  Pclygasirica  of  Ehbenbebo.  Many  genera^  as 
BiJbcXttafrukf  NaniouJUk^  Clogterium,  are  omitted,  because  it  is  highly 
probable  that  th^  belong,  as  many  writers  have  admitted,  to  the 
vegetable  kingdont 

OsDEB  L     Simpltciaaima. 

Naked,  extremelj  minute,  external  organs  none,  form  persistent. 

Family  X     VtbrionidcB.    Body  filiform. 

Vibrio  MuELL.  (exclusive  of  many  species.)  Gknera:  Bcuieriumj 
Vibrio,  Spirillum  Ehrenb. 

Sp.  Vibrio  Uneola  MuxLL.,  Ehbshb.  (and  M<ma$  termo  Muill.  t)  Muxllbb, 
7i^.  Tab.  VI.  fig.  I ;  Ehbsnbkbo,  It^kuunuthierchm.  Tab.  v.  fig.  4 ;  in 
difierent  infamons,  fte. 

Ordeb  II.    Ehizcpoda  DuJARD.   {Pseudopoda  Ehrenb.  in  part). 

Animalcules  with  mutable  form,  moving  by  means  of  multiform 
exsertile  processes,  without  vibratile  cilia  or  other  external  organs. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


46  CLASS   I. 

Family  11.  AmoelxBa.  Animalcules  naked,  emitting  and  retract* 
ing  irregular,  mutable  lobes  by  continuous  motion* 
Amceba  Ehbenb.   {Proteus  MuELL.) 

Sp.  Amaba  cUfiuetu  Ehbsnb.,  Volvox  CkaoM  It,,  Proteut  diffluens  Muell.  ; 
B0B6XL,  Ina.  iiL  Tab.  oi.  fig.  a— T  ;i  Muell.,  Infiu.  Tab.  n.  fig.  i . . .  i«  ; 
Ehbenb.,  Infuaioruih.  Tab.  viii.  fig.  zii.  A  gelatinouB  mass,  of  rounded 
fonn,  if  the  entire  animal  contracts  itself  on  disturbance  of  the  water ; 
when  the  water  becomes  quite  at  rest  the  body  extends  itself  variously 
into  lobes  and  processes,  which  are  drawn  in  again.  Bobsbl  observed 
these  parts  to  be  even  torn  asunder  by  extension,  so  that  there  arose  two 
anJTnalw  (Prop^hgation  by  spontaneous  division).  The  name  Prateua  had 
been  previously  given  (by  Laubenti)  to  a  genus  of  Reptiles,  and  was  on 
that  account  changed  into  AnUba*  by  BoBT,  and  into  Anuj^  by  Ehben- 
BEBQ.  [Perhaps  Afnoeba  is  a  temporary  state  of  other  forms,  as  of  the 
shelled  Bhizopods,  &c.  Yid.  LiEBERKUEHir,  in  Mubllbb's  AriMv.  1854, 
B.  17,  and  Ck)HK  in  Sibbold  and  Eobllikeb's,  ZeU$ckf.  Wiatenaehtrft,  Zool, 
Bd.  IT.  B.  262,] 

Family  HI.  Arcellina.  Animalcules  enclosed  in  a  membranous 
lorica  or  calcareous  test,  partly  exsertile  from  their  coyering,  and 
emitting  processes  sometimes  filiform  and  branched. 

They  are  small  calcareous  forms  (sheila)  divided  into  cells,  found 
in  sea-sand  and  in  a  fossil  state  in  tibe  Chalk-formation,  and  espe- 
cially in  the  coarse  tertiary  limestone.  These  miscroscopic  crea- 
tures occur  in  incredible  numbers,  6000  of  them  having  been 
counted  in  an  ounce  of  sand  from  the  Adriatic  sea,  whilst  an 
ounce  from  the  shore  of  the  Antilles  contains,  by  computation,  near 
four  millions.  They  were  investigated  at  the  end  of  the  last  cen- 
tury by  80LDANI,  and  in  the  present  by  Fichtel  and  Moll,  and 
afterwards  especially  by  D*Obbiont,  who  defined  more  than  1600 
species  of  them.  Until  within  a  few  years  these  bodies  were  refer- 
red to  the  Molluscous  Division,  genus  Na^iUtus  L.  {Cephalopoda, 
vid  the  first  edition  of  this  Manual,  il  pp.  107,  108).  Beoent 
observations,  however,  consign  these  Folf/thalamia  or  Ctllulacea  to 
a  much  lower  position,  near  the  genus  Proteus  of  MueUer,  Although 
D'Obbigky  has  been  satisfied  by  the  investigations  of  Dujabdin 
that  these  animals  do  not  belong  to  the  Molluscs,  he  still  believes 
that  they  ought  to  be  considered  as  a  distinct  class  of  the  animal 
kingdom  (standing  between  the  Polyps  and  Echinoderms),  and 
caUs  them  Fora/mm^feraj  the  same  name  under  which  he  formerly 


^  BoBT  DB  St  Yxkcent  and  Dujakdib  refer  these  figures  to  another  species,  sup- 
posed to  differ  from  Proteus  diffhtens  by  its  greater  size. 
3  DicHonn.  dass,  d^Hitl,  ncctur.  i.  1821.  p.  261. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INFUSORIA.  47 

described  them  as  MoUiisc&  From  the  end  of  the  last  cell  of  the 
shell  by  one  or  more  openings,  or  from  numerous  pores  on  the  sur- 
fiuse  of  the  shell,  thin  contractile  threads  are  extended  which  serve 
for  motion.  [On  dissolving  the  calcareous  matter  from  the  shell  of 
Hving  species,  there  always  remains  an  organic  base  of  the  exact 
fbim  of  the  shell  with  all  its  pores  and  passages.  This  is  a  secre- 
tion effected  by  the  contained  animal  mass.  Sgsultze*.]  Ehben- 
Biaio  thinks  that  these  aniTnals  are  allied  to  the  Bryozoa  (the  so- 
called  Polyps  of  Flustra,  &c) ;  his  principal  reasons  against  their 
arrangement  in  the  class  of  the  Infusories  are,  that  they  have  no 
polygastric  intestinal  canal,  and  that  there  is  no  other  instance  of 
calcareous  shells  amongst  Infiisories. 

On  this  division  compare,  amongst  other  works  ;  D'Orbioitt,  TabUau 
methodiqiie  de  la  Claate  des  Cephalopode»,  Afkn.  det  Sc.  naL  premUre  SSrie, 
Tom.  Vn.  i8a6.  p.  «45— 315.  PL  10—17. 

DuJABDiK,  ObservaHoM  nouveUet  mr  let  CSphalopodet  nUero$eopiquet. 
Ann.  des  Sci.  not,,  ieetmde  S^rie.  Tom.  III.  1835.  ZooUtgU,  p.  xo8,  X09 ;  and 
Beekerekee  aur  les  Organiimee  tj^^rieurs.  1.  Sur  la  Oromia  ovtformit  H  mtr 
let  JRhkopodet  m  gininl.  ibid.  Tom.  IV.  Zoologia,  p.  343 — 35a.  PL  9. 

Ehbsnbbbo,  UAer  die  BUdung  derKreidrfebm  u,  detKreidemerfftit  dmxK 
untichibare  Otyanitmen,  Ahhandl.  der  h&nigUek,  Ahademie  der  Wittentek, 
tu  Berlin,  Aut  dem  Jahre  1838.  s.  59—147.  Also,  Ueber  nock  tekr 
tahlreich  Idtende  Thierarten  der  Kreidebildung  und  den  Organitmnt  der 
Pokfikodamien,  &c.   Aut  dem  Jahre  1839.  s.  81—  1 74,  espedally  s.  xo6— i  la 

A.  D'OsBiGirr,  Article  Fonmimfiret,  Didumnaire  umvertd  tTSiet,  not, 
parCR.  D'OBBiomr,  Tom.V.  1845,  P*  661—671. 

Glabk,  On  recent  PoramMfera,  Ann,  of  Nai.  Sid,  Sec.  Series,  1850. 
VoL  V.  p.  161 — 171. 

Cabfentkb,  Microtcopie  Structure  0/  NummuUna,  &c.  Journal  cf  the 
Qeot,  Soc.  tfLondony  1850. 

WmJAMBON,  On  the  minute  ttruOwre  of  ealoareout  ^eUt,  fto.  Trant, 
Mierotc,  Society  of  Zondon,  YoL  III.  185 1,  and  Quarierlp  Joum.  of 
Mierote.  Science,  1853,  No.  TV.  p.  87. 

Ehbeitbkbo,  I>at  wrhen  det  untiehUKuren  Jddnen  Lebent  anf  der  Brde, 
1854,  Tab.  XIX— xxxn.    Leipsig,  1854. 

Max.  Sigmund  Schultzs,  U^)er  den  Orffonitmut  der  Polpthal.  ftc. 
md  7  UUtminirten  Tctfdn,  foL   Leipag,  1854. 

On  NoctUuca  miUarit,  which  appears  to  belong  to  this  diyision,  though 
it  does  not  emit  expansions  esctemally  but  has  a  moveable  appendage 
attached,  see  QuATBiYAais  Ann,  det  tc.  not,  tit,  Sirie  Zoai.  xre.  p.  ia6 — 
135  PL  5,  Kbohn  in  Archiv  f  Naturgetch,  185a  s.  77 — 81,  Taf.  3,  fig.  «. 
It  is  a  chief  cause  of  the  phosphorescence  in  se»-water. 

To  this  femily  belong  also  some  fresh-water  species. 


^  SCHULTZE;   op.  cU.  p.  7. 

/Google 


Digitized  by  ^ 


48  CLASS  I. 

A.  Body  simple  {Monoategia  D'Orb.) 

*  Loriea  membranoui  ur  homy. 

ArceUa  Ehbenb.  Loriea  scutellate,  globose,  or  hemispherical, 
sometimes  angnlate,  open  beneath:  the  animal  emitting  processes 
variable,  plane,  obtuse,  through  the  aperture. 

These  anhnals  Uve  in  fresh  water.  See  Figores  in  Ehbbitbibo'b  In- 
fimonHkienhen,  Tab.  ix.  fig.  v— Tm ;  Dujard,  Ii^m,  PL  ii.  fig.  3—5. 

Dtffluffia  Leclerc.  Loriea  globose  or  oval  (sometimes  sub- 
spiral  ?),  emitting  from  the  terminal  aperture  processes  of  the  animal 
variable,  multifidous. 

LsoLEBO  first  discovered  these  fonns  (1815) ;  see  Note  aw  la  Diffugie, 
MSm.duMii$6fim,  U.  p.  474—478,  PL  17.  Bp.J>iffi.prote{fortni8,  fig.  3.  3 ; 
Ehbbnb.  If^uticntlh.  Tab.  re  fig.  i.  The  shell,  according  to  Lbclebg, 
is  spiral,  what  later  observers  did  not  perceive ;  it  is  covered  with  minnte 
grains  of  sand. — JHjfl.  gkbulota  Ddja&dik,  Ann.  de$  Se.  not.,  te  Sirie. 
Tom.  VII.  1837.    Zodogie,  p.  310,  313.  PL  ix.  fig.  i. 

Oromia  DujARD.  Loriea  globose,  membranous,  emitting  pro- 
cesses of  the  animal  variable,  slender,  of  great  length,  from  a  round 
aperture. 

8p.  OronUa  omfcrmu  Dujabd.  Ann.  de»  Se.  nai.  2e  Serie,  Tom.  IV.  Zodogk, 
PL  IX.  fig.  I.  1,  in  salt  water,  amongst  marine  plants ; — Oromia  JUma- 
tiUt  Dujabd.  ibid.  Tom.  VIII.  Zoologie  PL  9.  ig.  « ;—Orwn.  omfcrmU 
DuJ.  SoHULTZB,  op.  cU.  Tab.  i.  fig.  i. 

**  Test  calcareous. 
Genera :  Orhulina,  Oclma  and  AmphorioM^  D'Osa* 

B.  Body  composed  of  several  segments.  Test  calcareous,  divided 
hy  sqpta  into  cells. 

*  Odlt  imple,  arranged  on  an  aaie,  etraigM,  or  MghOy  curved. 

{Stichostegid). 

Genera :  Nodosaria  Lam.  (Sp.  Nodosaria  IcmeUosa  D'Obb.)  Anr^ 
des  Se.  not  1826,  Toul  vn.  Tab.  z.  fig.  4-6.— 6%z9u^tna  D'Ob& 
(Sp.  GlanduL  ksvigata  ib.  fig.  1-^),  Orthocerirui,  Bmtalma  D'Ona, 
Frondieularia  Dsfr.,  LrngtUma,  Eimulma,  Vagmtdina,  MwtgvnMr 
Una,  (Jomdma,  Pcbvonma,  Webbina  D*Oim. 


^  Since  tliese  small  bodies  are  separated  by  D'Obbignt  according  to  characters 
especially  derired  fi^m  the  shell,  we  baye  thought  it  sufiBicient,  for  the  sake  of  breyity, 
to  indicate  the  names  of  the  genera. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INFUSORIA.  49 

**  CdU  nmple,  arranged  in  a  apiral 
{Uelicostegia), 

Genera:  CriOeUa/ria  Lax.,  Flabdlina,  Robulina  D'Orr  (Sp. 
RolmUna  orbicularis  D*Obb.  1. 1.  Tab.  xy.  fig.  8,  9),  Fundina  Fis- 
CHEB,  Nonicnina,  Ntimmvlina  D*Orb.  {NummvliUa  and  LenUculitea 
liAM. '),  Assilina,  SidercUna^  Hauerina,  Operctdina  (Sp.  OperciU, 
eamplanata  D'Orr  L  L  Tab.  xiv.  fig.  7-10),  Vertelfralma  D'Orb., 
Polyatamella  Lak.  [Sp.  PolyH,  strigiUata  D*Orbl  Schultze  op.  cit 
Tab.  IV.  fig.  1],  Peneroplis  Lajl,  Lendritina  D'Orb.  (Sp.  Dendr, 
arbtiscula  D'Orr  L  L  Tab.  xv.  fig.  6,  7),  Spirolina  Lam.,  Cydolina 
D'Orr,  Littwla  Lajl,  Orbicidina  Lail  (Sp.  Orbic,  numismcUis 
D'Orb.  1.  1.  Tab.  xvn.  fig.  8-10),  AlveoUna  D'Orb.  (Sp.  Alved. 
Quoit  D'Orr  1.  L  Tab.  xvii.  fig.  11-13),  JRotalina  [Sp.  EotaL  veneta, 
E.  Freyeri  Schultze  op,  cil.  Tab.  ui.  fig.  1-7],  GMngerina,  PUmor- 
bulina,  Truncatulinay  Anomalifia  D'Orb.  (Sp.  AnoTfk  pwnctiulata 
D'Orr  1.  L  PL  xv.  fig.  1),  Rosalhia  D'Orb.  (Sp.  Roaal,  gldfmUmM 
D'Obb.  L  L  PL  xni.  ^.  1-4),  Vahmiinay  Vemeulina,  Btdimina, 
Uvigerina  D'Orb.  (Sp.  Uvig,  pygmaa  D'Orb.  L  L  Tab.  xii.  fig.  8, 
9),  PyruHna,  Faujcuvna,  Ccmdeina,  Chrysalidina,  Clavtdina  D'Orb. 
(Sp.  Clavul.  angtdaris  D'Orb.  L  L  PL  xil  fig.  7),  Gaydryna  D'Orr 

***  CdU  aUemoHng  diipofed  on  two  cuoef,  and  arranged  in  a  tpire 
{JEtUomosteffta), 

Genera:  Eobertinay  Asterigerina,  Amphistegina,  Heterostegina, 
Caasidulina  D'Orb.  (Sp.  CassiduL  Icevigata  D'Ork  L  L  Tab.  xv. 
fig.  4.  5). 

****  CdU  aUemating,  diapoud  in  two  or  three  rotes,  not  forming  a  spire 
(JEnaUostegia), 

Genera :  Dimorphina,  GvUvlina,  PolymorjMnay  Virgulina,  Bige- 
nerina  D'Orr  (Sp.  Bigen,  nodosaria  D'Orr  L  L  Tab.  xi.  fig.  9 — 12), 
Gemmidina  D'Orr,  Textularia  Defrance  (Sp.  Textvl.  acicutata 
D'Orr  L  L  Tab.  xi.  fig.  1 — 4),  Vuhulina  D'Orr  (Sp.  Vuhul.  capre- 
olus  D'Orr  L  L  Tab.  xi.  fig.  5 — 8),  Bolvvinay  Sagria,  Ctmeolina, 
D'Orr 


^  PJutekeSy  ZmtieuHtes  or  LeniH-sUmes.  These  petn&ctionfl  are  found  in  some 
loeaHties  in  such  great  abundance  as  to  form  eztensire  deposits  affording  good 
bnilding-stoneB.  In  Egypt  many  monuments  are  constructed  of  them.  Confer  Blu- 
HBNBAOH,  AhbUdwngen  naturhist.  Oegenstdnde,  Ko.  40.  According  to  Debhatks  there 
is  found  in  most  of  the  stone  of  which  Paris  is  built  as  much  oiMiUola  (vid.  p.  46)  as  of 
sand-grains — and  it  may  be  said,  without  exaggeration,  that  Paris  is  built  of  MUioUe. 
Ehbxkbebg,  Abhandl.  der  Ahad.  zti  Berlin,  1838,  p.  65. 

VOL.  I.  4 


Digitized  by 


Google 


50  CLASS  I. 


'  CklU  HmpUf  dutUred  round  an  aaeu,  each  tnahing  Kaif  a  wpirt 
{Agathistegia). 

Genera:  UwUoculma,  BUaculina  D'Osa  (Sp.  BUoeul,  BvUoidet 
D'Obb.  L  1.  Tab.  xvi.  ^,  1—3),  Fabulaaia  Defbancb  (Sp.  FabuL 
discolithea  D'Orb.  L  L  Tab.  rm.  Fig.  14-17),  JSpiroloculina,  Trilo- 
eulvna  D*Orr  (Sp.  TrUoc  trigomda  D'Orb.  L  L  Tab.  xvi.  fig.  5-9), 
OnicUoculinOy  ArtilociUina,  Sphwroidina,  QuinqvslocvUna  D'ORa 
(Sp.  QmnqwHoc.  aaxorum  D'Orb.  L  1.  Tab.  xyl  ^,  10-14),  Addonna 
D'Orb. 

The  last  division  coincides  for  the  most  part  with  the  genus 
MUiola  Lasc.  Dujabdin  has  described  and  figured  a  living  species 
of  this  genus  with  its  capillaiy  processes  or  extensions  under  the 
name  oiMiliola  wlgaaia;  Infus,  PL  i.  fig.  14. 


Order  III.    Atricha. 

Animalcules  without  a  distinct  mouth,  fiimished  with  one  or 
more  flagelliform  filaments  for  motion,  form  persistent  or  mutable. 

Family  IV.   Monadina,   Body  not  loricated,  gelatinous,  pellucid. 

Monaa  Muell.  (exclusive  of  several  species).  Body  oblong  or 
round,  with  a  single  flagelliform  filament. 

See  figures  in  Ehbenb.  Infia,  Tth.  L  To  ihiB  genus  belong  animalcules 
of  Tooo  ^%  hi  which  the  highest  magnifying  power  shews  no  oiganisation, 
and  which  even  at  the  present  day,  with  the  assistance  of  the  best 
microscopes,  dannot  be  otherwise  characterised  than  as  punctiform  bodies — 
the  character  given  by  MuBLLBB  to  his  genus  Mwuu. 

Uvellu  BoRY,  Ehrenb.  [Monadines  associated  in  clusters  in 
form  of  a  mulberry  or  of  grapes  revolving  in  all  directions.] 

Cercomonas  DuJARD.,  Bodo  Ehrenb.    (in  part).    Body  caudate. 

Family  V.  On/ptomonadina.  Body  loricated,  with  a  mem- 
branous flexible  test. 

Cryptomonas  Ehrenb.  {Cryptoglena  ejusd.,  with  an  eye- 
point). 

Family  VI.  Vohodna.  Several  animalcules  contained  in  a  com- 
mon envelope,  or  furnished  each  with  its  own  envelope,  which  is 
confluent  into  one  mass. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INFUSORIA.  51 

Pandcrina  BoRT  (in  part),  Ehrenb.  Animal  without  eye-point 
and  tail,  famished  with  a  vibrating  fiagellmn,  a  simple  niceolate 
lorica,  bj  spontaneous  internal  division  resembling  a  mulbeny. 

Sp.  Pandorina  morum,  Vcivox  morum  MuxLL.  It^uB.  Tab.  m.  fig.  14 — 16, 
Ehbxnb.,  IfrfkaiontUL  Tab.  IL  fig.  33. 

Oontum  MuELLu  Animals  without  eye-point  and  tail,  by  spon- 
taneous division  conjoined  in  a  common  quadrangular  flat  envelope. 

Sp.  Oomum  peetomU  Muxll.  Infut.  Tab.  xvi.  fig.  9 — 11 ;  Bh&ihb.  Tab, 
ni.  fig.  I. 

[81/nura  Ehrenb.    (Tab.  III.  fig.  9.)  an  imcertain  genus]. 

ChlamidomofMs  Ehrenb.'  Animal  with  eye-point  and  double 
flagellum,  without  tail,  included  in  an  urceolate  envelope,  either 
simple  or  multiple  from  spontaneous  division  within  the  common 
covering. 

Sp.  Chtmidomonat  ptdvUculus,  Mona»  pnMMculus  Mtjxll.  Itrfvi.  Tab.  i.  ^, 
5.  6;  Ehbsnb.  If^furiontth.  Tab.  iii.  fig.  x :  represented  by  authors  as  in 
part  the  green  matter  of  Pbixstlbt.  These  animalcules  were  long  ago 
observed  by  LsxnwxNHOSOK ;  see  Sevende  vervolg  der  Brieven,  1709.  No. 
142,  p.  403. 

Volvox  L.  (exclusive  of  several  species)  Animalcules  with  eye- 
point  and  single  or  double  flagellum,  included  in  the  surCace  of 
a  globular  envelope  which  rolls  on  its  axis :  there  are  often  smaller 
globules  {ffemnue)  within  the  large  one^. 

9p.  Volvox  globator  L.,  Lebuwbnh.  Sevende  vervclg  der  Brieven,  No.  122^ 
p.  156,  fig.  9  ;  BoKBKL,  Int.  in.  Tab.  d.  fig.  1-3 ;  Musll.  Ir^u»,  Tab.  m. 
fig.  11-13;  I^HIUUB.  Infttsunuth.  Tab.  IT.  ^.  i.  DUJABDIK,  I^f.  PI.  iv. 
fig.  30.  OUbe-animalcule ;  a  small  green  globule,  as  much  as  J  line  in 
size,  and  henoe  yisible  to  the  naked  eye  as  a  fine  grain  of  sand ;  in 
marshy  water.  This  form  was  first  disooTered  by  LueuwKHHOlOK.  On  the 
surface  of  the  globule  minute  warty  points  are  seen  ;  these  are  the  individual 
animalcules  or  monads  of  ~  line.  Within  the  globule*  smaller  globules 
are  devdoped,  which  occasionally  rotate  within  the  large  one  until  it 
bursts  and  (ties  away'.. 


>  [See  F.Ck>HN*8  paper  in  Siibold  and  Kobllikeb's  ZeiU^riflfiir  wUtenaehafdiche 
Zcdogie,  Band  lY.  p.  77,  ftc.  for  reasons  why  the  VoU>ocina  ought  perhaps,  as  Von 
SiSBOLD  and  others  believe,  to  be  classed  amongst  Ahjm.'] 

[*  For  an  account  of  the  development  and  encysting  of  individual  monads  of  the 
colony,  of  a  size  nearly  as  large  as  that  of  a  young  colony,  see  Stkik's  I^futionsthiere, 
Ac  pp.  45—46.  When  the  full  size  has  been  attained  the  cyst  thickens  into  regular 
oonical  processes,  giving  the  form  which  Ehrenberg  has  described  as  a  distinct  species, 
Vohox  tttOattu,  These  large  encysted  volvoces  are  for  the  continuation  of  the  species 
after  the  ordinary  individuals  of  the  colony  have  perished.] 

4—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


52  CLASS  I. 

Family  VII.  Astasice.  Body  not  loricated,  caudate  or  ecaudate, 
form  mutable. 

Astasia  Ehrenb.    Animal  free,  caudate,  without  an  eye-point 

Sp.  See  figoree  in  Ehbknbebg's  Infutiondh.  Tab.  YU.  fig.  I.-IV.  DuJABDnr 
Ir^,  Tftb.  ▼.  fig.  II. 

Euglena  Ehrenb.  (and  Amblyophts  ejusd.)  Animal  free,  with 
an  eye-point. 

*  Body  ecaudate. 

AmhlyophU  Ehbbnb. 

••  Body  caudate. 

Sp.  Eugiena  viriditf  Cercaria  viridii  Muell.  Jf\fitM,  l^b.  XIX.  ^.  6-13; 
Ehbbkb.  Infuticndh,  Tab.  vn.  fig.  iz ;  Dujabd.  Infui.  PI  ▼.  ^.  9,  10. 

Thifl  species  also  belongs  to  Prii8TLXT*8  green  matter ;  another  species  can 
occasionally  by  its  red  colour  g^ye  to  water  a  blood-red  appearance. 

Family  VIII.  Periphrygana  (.E^Aa^ta  Ehrenb.  in  part).  Body 
orbicular,  surrounded  with  setaceous  tentacles,  without  vibratile 
cilia. 

Ehbenbebo  ascribes  an  oral  aperture  to  Actinophn/s,  which  Du- 
JARDIN  could  not  perceive  There  are  no  cilia,  but  there  are  appen- 
dages or  cvrrhu 

Actinophrys  Ehrenb.,  Peritricha  BoRT.  Body  rough  with 
tentacles  radiating  in  all  directions. 

Sp.  AitinophryB  iol  Ehbenb.,  Trichoda  sol  MnXLL.  Infia.  Tab.  xxm.  fig. 
43-45*  Ehbenb.  IfrfusUmtih.  Tab.  xxxi.  fig.  vi.  Dujabd.  It\fut,  Tab.  ni. 
fig.  3.  in  fresh  water. 

Subgenus  Podophrya  Ehbenb.  Body  with  a  transparent  appen- 
dage  resembling  a  pedicle. 

Sp.  Podophrya  cotn^ta,  TrichodafioM  MuxLL.  ^ 

Trichodiscus  Ehrenb.  Body  radiating  with  tentacles  at  the  margin 
only. 

17  The  pedicle  of  Podophrya  is  very  variable  in  length.  In  some  of  the  forms  it 
almost  disappears,  so  as  to  render  it  difficult  to  determine  whether  an  adimophryB  or 
podophrya  be  under  examination.  Srsiir  thinks  there  is  no  specific  difierence  between 
the  two,  certainly  no  generic.  From  his  observations  it  appears,  indeed,  that  both 
AdinopihiryB  and  Podophrya  are  Acinda — forms  derived  fnym  encysted  VortieeUa  micro- 
itoma.     Die  Infugiotuihieref  p.  138,  &c.] 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INFUSORIA.  53 


Order  IV,    B^nHcha. 

Animalcales  moying  by  means  of  vibratile  cilia. 
Section  I.     Aatoma^, 

Family  IX.  PeridmoBa.  Loricated,  with  a  coronet,  or  a  trans- 
verse belt  of  cilia. 

Pendinium  Ehrenb.    (Species  of  Ceroarta  Muell.) 

Sp.  Peridintum  tripos  Ehbenb.  {Cerearia  tripot  MuxLL.,  Ifrfui,  Tab.  xix. 
fig.  93 ;  Ehbehb.,  Ii^uiiontth.  Tab.  xxn.  fig.  xyni. ;  the  lorica  termmatea 
in  three  points ;  two  anterior  cfonred  backwards,  and  one  posterior, 
which  is  straight.  The  aiumacule  attauas  a  length  of  ^  line ;  it  is  foond  in 
the  Baltic. 

MiCHAXLis  obsenred  a  phosphoresoenoe  in  this  and  some  other  species  of. 
this  genns,  and  thus  prored,  what  had  been  suspected  before,  tiiat  Infu- 
sories  contribute  to  the  illiunination  of  the  sea.  Ueber  da$  Lewihim  der 
Odaee,  Hamburg,  1830;  oomp.  Ehsznbebo,  Dai  Leuchien  det  Meeres.  Ein 
in  der  K&iUgU  Akademie  der  Wiiaeiuckti^ftem  gehaltener  Vorirag.  Berlin, 
1835,  4to. 

To  this  genus  also  probably  belong  as  fossil  species  some  oiganio 
remains  which  Ehbimbibo  disoorered  in  the  ehalk-fiannatioii  in  fire- 
stones. 

Dinophys%8  Ehrenb.  {Ahhandl.  d.  Konigl.  Akad.  d^  Wiss.  zu 
Berlin,  a.d.  Jahre  1839,  s.  124.) 

Section  II.  Btomatoda.  (Animalcules  with  mouth  and  oeso- 
phagus leading  into  the  parenchjme  of  the  body.  One  or  more 
round,  contractile  cavities,  pulsating  rhythmically,  situated  beneath 
the  integument  at  the  surface  of  the  body.) 

Family  X.  Trtchodina  {Tracheltna  and  Colpodea  Ehrenb.) 
Body  oval,  with  vibratile  dlia,  without  cirri  or  styli,  not  loricated, 

Trichoda  MuELL.  (in  part,  T}ri€hoda  DUJARD.  and  Trachdiua 
ScHRANE,  Ehrenb.,  Dujard.)  An  oblique  row  of  large  cilia  at 
the  mouth. 

Phiodma  BoRT,  Ehrenb. 


^  I  consider  this  desoription  as  merely  provinonal.  As  to  the  presence  of  a  mouth 
in  particular  genera  of  Infusories  much  yarietj  of  opinion  exists,  and  that  the  point 
is  not  easy  to  determine  wiU  be  obvious  to  ereiy  one  who  obserres  for  himselfl  This 
character,  then,  in  the  present  state  of  our  knoiHedge,  scaroelj  deserves  a  promineut 
position*    [Vid.  note  I,  p.  39.] 


Digitized  by 


Google 


54  CLASS  I. 

Efnchdya  MuELL.  (exclusive  of  several  species^),  Aoomia 
DujARD.,  OastrochosUi  ejnsd.,  AlyBcum  ejnsd.,  Unmoma  ejiiscL 

Btirsaria  MuELL.  (in  paxt),  DuJARD,  {BursariaBxA  Spirostomum 
Ehbekb.  in  part.)  Body  everywhere  ciliated,  often  dilated  pos- 
teriorly ;   mouth  oblique  surrounded  by  cilia  arranged  spirally. 

Sp.   BvTdaria  truneatdla  MuXLL.^  Ir^,  Tth,  zvn.  figs.  1—4 ;  EHfiBNB. 

Infusunuth.  Tab.  zxxiY.  fig.  5. 
To  this  division  Ehbxnbsbo  refers  the  Opalina  Manarum  of  Pubkin jb  and 
Valbnttk,  first  discovered  and  figured  by  Lbxuwxnhoxok  :  OtUUdingm 
en  Onidekkingm  1685,  p.  13,  fig.  3,  A.  Dujabdik  and  VOK  Sibbold  [and 
Stbin.]  do  not  admit  the  presence  of  a  mouth  in  this  species,  the  first  two 
retain  the  genus  Opalina.  [Stbht.  suspects  the  Opalina  to  be  larvie  of 
worms.  The  different  species  have  very  different  structure.  Die  It^fit- 
iiontth,  s.  181 — 187.] 

Ophryoglena  Ehbenb.     Body  rough  with  cilia  disposed  in  lon- 
gitudinal rows,  ovate,  with  eye-point  black  or  red. 
See  Fig.  in  Ehbbkb.  Tab.  XL.  figs.  6-8. 

Spirostomum  Eurexb.  in  part,  Dujabd. 
Glaucoma  Ehbenb.     Body  everywhere  ciliated,  mouth  un- 
armed, with  a  tremulous  valve  like  a  longitudinal  lip. 

Sp.  Glaucoma  icintUlam  Ehbbnb.,  If^uiiontth.  l^b.  zxzvi.  £g,  v.,  Dujabd. 
J^fM.  Tab.  VL  fig.  13. 

Chilodon  Ehbenb.  Body  oval,  with  a  lateral  sinus  forwards, 
cilia  all  over  disposed  in  longitudinal  rows,  mouth  inclosing  a  cylin- 
drical fisusciculus  of  little  rods  {teelJi), 

Sp.  CkHodon  cucuUvhu,  Kolpoda  eueuUvku  Mubll.,  Ehbbztb.  If^futioMih, 
Tab.  xzxvi.  ^,  VI.,  Dujabd.  Ifrfui.  Tib.  vi.  ^.  vi.  [Sibih.  Jf^uiioneth, 
Tib.  HL  51.] 

Nassula  Ehbenb. 

Lacrymaria  Ehbenb.  (and  Trachelocerca  ejusd.) 

Sp.  Lacrymaria  dor  Ehbbnb.,  yibrio  dor  MuBLL.,  /t^.  Tab.  z.  figs.  I3-I5, 
Ehbbnb.  Ii^vowmO^  Tab.  xxxvm.  %%.  vn. 

Colpoda  Ehbenb.  (Species  from  the  genus  Colpoda  Muell.) 
Body  laterally  emarginate  or  sinuous,  reniform,  with  cilia  disposed 
in  rows,  mouth  lateral  unarmed. 

Sp.  Colpoda  cucuUut  MuBLL.|  Ii^,  Tib.  ziv.  figs.  7-14^  Ehbbnb.  Tab. 
XXXIX.  figs.  V.  &c. 

Paramecium  Muell.  (exclusive  of  species),  Ehbenb*  (in  part)^ 
Dujabd.  

^  Nothing  can  be  more  ci^ricious  than  the  use  by  modem  writers  of  this  generic 
name  of  Mubllbb.    See  DujabdiVi  Mitt,  not,  det  Infus,  pp.  385,  386* 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INFUSORIA.  55 

Amph%lqp(u8  Ehbenb.  (Amphileptua  and  LoxaphyUum  DuJASD.) 

Sp,  AmfkU^pitu  mdeagrii,  Kolpoda  mdeagru  MuiLL.,  /i0it.  Tab.  ZIV.  figs. 
I-6»  ZV.  figs.  1-5,  EhBXBB.  1^.  ZZZYXU.  fig.  4.. 

Family  XI.  Oxytrichtna.  Body  mostly  plane  or  depressed, 
armed  with  yibratile  cilia  and  set»,  and  hooks  or  styles  not  vibra- 
tile,  not  loricated. 

This  fiunily  agrees  with  the  genus  Kerona  of  Mueller.  Besides 
the  usual  fine  cilia^  the  animals  have  other  organs  for  creeping  and 
for  the  support  of  the  body  in  climbing,  and  which  are  distinguished 
by  Ehbeetbebo  as  bristles  («eto),  styles  {stylC)  and  hooks  (tcnctm)  ; 
Infudcmstk.  &  338. 

Genera :  Kerona  Muell.  in  part^  Dujabb.  {Stylonyehda  and  Kerona 
Ehsknbl,  Ceraiidvum  ejnsd) — Oxf/irieha  Boby  {Oxf^irieha  and 
Urottyla  Ehhenb)  ;  HtUteria  Dujakd. 

Sp.  Kenma  mytOus  (and  Ker.  hoMteOum)  Mvill.,  I^fui.  Tab.  zzxiT.  figs. 
1-4,  Ehrenb.  I^futiontth,  Tab.  XLI.  fig.  ix.^  Dujabd.  Ii^fui,  Tab.  xm. 
figs.  7,  3 ;  very  oomznon  in  fresh  water,  size  ^  to  1  line.  If  this  form  be 
oompared  with  monads,  Vibriot  and  the  animals  of  Volvox  globatar,  it  will 
be  seen  that  in  respect  of  size  there  is  as  great  a  diffiBrence  amongst  Info- 
sories  as  amongst  Mammalia. 

Family  Xn.  .E^2bto(.£^2oto  and  ^^tc2ik»na  Ehrenb.)  Body 
oval,  depressed,  loricated*  Yibratile  cilia  around  the  month ;  besides 
cilia,  often  styles  and  hooks  for  motion. 

Euphtes  Ehrenb.  {Phlascmia  Bobt,  Dujard.)  Lorica  oval  or 
snborbicnlar,  longitudinally  ribbed  or  striated;  body  with  styles 
and  hooks. 

Sp.  Euplota  patdla,  Kerona  patella  Mxjvll,,  I^fue,  Tab.  xxxni.  figs.  14-18, 
Ehbbnb.  IftfuticndK,  Tab.  zin.  fig.  ul,  Dujabd.  Itrfue,  Tab.  vm.  figs. 
1-4. 

Ghlamtdodan  Ehbenb.     Styles  and  hooks  none.    Slender  rigid 

rods  arranged  in  a  cylindrical  fascicnlus  aronnd  the  mouth  (teeth). 

Sp.  ChUmUdodan  mnemoeyne  Ehbihb,,  Irrfuaiontih,  Tab.  XLn.  fig.  Tnx ;  in 
the  Baltic. 

Dtcpkrys  Dujard. 

ffimantophorus  Ehrenb. 

Aspidiaca  Ehrenb.  Lorica  produced  beyond  the  body  forwards, 
hyaline ;  longitudinal  flexible  setss  on  the  ventral  side^  for  stepping 
and  creeping. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


56  CLAfiS  1. 

Sp.  Aipidiica  l^neetu,  Trickoda  fyneeui  Musll.,  /V«t.  Tab.  XXQL  figs,  i,  i, 
Ehbeitb.  Inftuiontth.  Tab.  XTXTX.  ^.  i. 

Loxodes  DuJABD.y  not  Ehbenb.  (jonng  indiyidiials  of  Chilodon 
cucullulus  with  imperfectly  developed  infdndibulum.  Stein.  Iti/us. 
p.  131.] 

Ervilia  DuJABD.     (Species  from  the  genus  Euphtes  Ehrenb.) 

Trochilia  DUJASD. 

Family  Xm.  VorticelUna  ( Vorticellina  and  Ophrydina  Ehbenb.) 
Body  campanulate  or  infimdibuliform,  with  large  vibratile  cilia  at 
the  margin  of  the  aperture.  Mouth  and  anus  approximate,  situated 
in  a  pit  of  the  margin. 

Formerly  these  «-Tiifntt.la  were  classed  amongst  the  Polyps  as  BeU- 
Polypa,  BastardrPclypSy  dw.  (See  the  first  Dutch  edition  of  this 
Hamdbooky  l  p.  Q^,)  It  was  belieyed  that  the  infundibular  or  bell- 
shaped  body  is  the  cecal  stomach,  and  the  large  opening  the 
mouth.  The  true  oral  aperture,  howeTer,  is  placed  on  the  edge  of 
the  hollowed  body.  The  food  describes  a  circle  in  the  parenchyme 
(according  to  Ehbenbkbo  in  a  special  intestinal  canal*  with  several 
lateral  dilatations)  and  is  again  ejected  near  the  oral  aperture  (hence 
the  names  cydoccda  and  cmopisthia  given  by  Ehbenbebg).  The 
analogy  with  the  molluscan  type,  even  if  an  intestinal  canal  be  not 
admitted,  cannot  be  overlooked,  and  probably  these  aniTnals  will  be 
ranked  by  future  writers,  as  imperfect  forms,  with  the  Bryazock 

The  cilia  on  the  edge  of  the  bell-shaped  body  cause  in  the  water 
an  eddy  which  hurries  onwards  minute  oorpucles  whether  dead  or 
alive,  and  conveys  them  towards  the  cavity.  If  some  early  and 
also  later  observers  (amongst  others  even  Aoardh,  Nov.  Act,  Acad, 
CcMo/r.  Leop.  Carol,  Nalwr.  CtMriosor.  x.  1821,  pp.  127 — 137,  Tab.  vn. 
iL)  have  seen  in  this  a  power  of  fiusdnation,  the  &ct  must  be  ascribed 
to  the  circumstance,  that  they  did  not  notice  the  cilia. 

Phalanx  I.    Body  not  pedunculated. 

A.    Naked. 
Stentor   Oken,    Ehrenb.      (Species   of    Varticella   Muell.) 
Body   conical,  from   its    contractility  polymorphous,  everywhere 


^  See  FoKKS's  obserFatioziB  on  Stentor,  wbich  led  him  to  doubt  bo  eariy  the  exist- 
enoe  of  a  special  intestinal  canal.    Okbh's  Int,  1836.  s.  785,  786. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INFUSORIA.  57 

covered  with  small  cilia,  besides  a  coronet  of  larger  cilia,  firee  or 
temporarily  sessile. 

SteiUor  Mudieri  Ehhxkb.,  Hydra  ttenUma  L.,  Bossn  Int.  m.  Supfil,  Tab. 
XdV.  figB.  1,  %,  MUBLL.  InfuM,  Tab.  zuii.  figs.  6-13,  Bhbxnb.  InfvMtmMk. 
Tab.  xxin.  fig.  i,  Dujabd.  Ii^ub,  Tab.  xv.  fig.  i ;  on  the  ander  suHaoe 
of  Lemna.  When  swimmiog  the  animal  has  an  OTal  f<Mnn,  and  moyes  in 
Berpentine  and  differently  carred  Unee ;  when  at  rest  or  attached,  it  has  an 
extended  trumpet-Hke  form. 

Urceolarta  Lam.  (in  part),  DuJARD.  {Trickodina  Ehrenb.) 
Bodj  globose  or  nrceolate,  not  ciliated  throughout 

Urceolariadeaina,  Trichodinapedietdvs'RBXXSB.,  Oydtdium pedieuUuMvELL. 
and  VorticeUa  ttellina  and  discina  ejiud.,  MUKLL.  If^fiu.  Tab.  xxxvm.  figs. 
3-5,  Eebkhb.  I^fui.  Tab.  xxiv.  fig.  iv.  The  ammalcole  creeps  on  finedi- 
water  polyps  and  other  bodies  by  means  of  moveable  hooks  on  the  dofsal 
Bor&oe  (or  on  the  extremity  opposite  to  the  opening)  ^ :  in  swimming  it 
rotates  rapidly. 

Urocentrum  NiTZSCH,  Ehrenb. 

B.   Loricatedy  or  contained  in  a  geUxtinous  envelope. 

Ophrydium  Ehrenb.  {Ophrydia  BoRT  in  part.)  Aggregated 
animalcules,  contained  in  a  common  gelatinous  body  {infusoror 
rium  ?)•. 

8p.  Opkiydimfk  venaOle  Ehbkhb.,  Ittfm.  Tab.  xxz.  fig.  i.  Green  globnlar 
mnssii!  of  i— 5  inch,  in  diameter,  forming  as  it  were  the  infnsory-stock  or 
hiye  of  an  animal  whidi  Mujillbb  first  described  and  figured  as  VorticeUa 
versaiUia.  Earlier  and  later  authors  have  taken  this  Polypaiy  for  a  species 
of  plant,  and  have  described  and  figured  it  under  the  name  of  Ulva  prufU" 
formis,  Fvcu§  tubglobotus,  CoceoeMoris  atagtnna,  &a  The  analogy  of 
the  Yortioellines  with  the  JBryoeoa  and  Molluscs  (compound  Aaeidiof} 
slluded  to  aboTe,  derives  confirmation  from  this  form  also. 

Vagtnicola  Lam.  (in  part)  Ehrenb.  Animal  solitary  with  ur- 
ceolar  lorica,  body  and  lorica  sessile. 

8p.  Vaginieola  cryslaUina  Ehrsnb.,  /^tu.  Tab.  xxx.  fig.  v.,  Dujaed. 
It^,  Tab.  16  bis,  fig.  6 ;  formerly  observed  by  Lexuwskhosox  ;  they 
propagate  by  longitudinal  fission  within  the  transparent  sheath. 


^  [For  an  elaborate  description  see  Stun.  JHe  I^fus.  s.  175.] 

'  [The  geUtinous  infusoiy-stock  or  hive  is  a  product  of  secretion  from  the  base  of 
the  body  of  each  animalottle,  and  so  is  the  homologue  of  the  pediceb  in  V orticelUnes. 
Vide  SniH.  op.  eU»  p.  946.] 


Digitized  by 


Google 


58  CLABS  I. 

Caihimiia  Ehbekb.     Animal  solitary,  Bessile,  with  niceolar 
loiica,  pedimcolate. 

(According  ta  Dujabdht  not  raffioiently  diatinct  from  the  preceding  genns.) 

Phalanx  IL    Body  (in  the  first  period  of  life)  pediculated. 

A.    Naked. 

VorttceUa  Muell.  (exclusiye  of  several  species).    Animal  cam- 
panolate,  with  a  flexible  pedicle  spirally  contractile* 

These  animals  adhere  to  water-plants,  water^insects,  small  Crustacea  (C^dops), 
&0.  At  a  certain  period  they  part  from  the  stem,  and  then,  as  freely 
moving  forms,  are  provided  with  cilia  near  the  posterior  extremity  by 
means  of  which  they  move  forward,  whilst  the  coronet  of  cilia  at  the  edge 
of  the  opening  is  entirely  retracted* 

a)  wkh  rimple  pedioU, 

Vorticdla  Ehbemb.  Sp.  Vorticdla  cowoaUaria  L.,  VcrUeeUa  7iAfd\fera 
Ehbenb.,  Robssl,  /ns.  m.  Suppl,  flgs.  a,  4-7,  Muzll.  Iitftu,  Tab.  xlt. 
fig.  I,  Ehbsitb.  Tab.  zxt.  fig.  i. — A  yeiy  similar  species  occurs  in  artifidal 
infusions,  which  on  contraction  exhibits  transrerse  rings,  and  which 
Khrkntibrq  distinguishes  as  VorUc.  convaOariet, 

h)  vUhbranMngpedick, 

CardMtm  Ehbemb.  Sp.  VoHiceUa  poli/pina  L.,  Mubll.  /i0tf.  Tab. 
XLVi.  figs.  7-9 ;  Ehbekb.  /«^.  Tab.  zxvi.  ^g.  5 ;  polypa  d  hovqwt 
Tbbhblbt  ;  resembles  an  umbeDifBrous  shrub,  of  about  one  line  in  sixe^  in 
fiiesh  and  also  in  sea-water ;  see  Bi.8TBB,  Naiviwrk.  UiUpcoMtingtn  i.  Tab. 
m.  fig.  I,  0 ;  Slabber,  Natunvrk,  VerkuUgingfen  1778.  TM>.  ▼.  fig.  a. 

[ZoothamniuM^  Ehbemb. 
Sp.  ZootkamniwH^  airhueula  Ehbemb.,  Ifrfuiianilh.  Tab.  xxnr.  Bg.  «.] 


P  The  stem  of  spirally  flexible  Vorttcellines  consists  of  a  wall  and  an  internal 
canal  contuning  a  thread,  or  streak,  which  does  not  exactly  fill  it.  "When  a  stem  or 
branch  divides,  the  structure  of  the  divided  parts  is  not  exactly  the  same  in  Carekesium 
and  Zoothamnium,  In  Carckerium  the  canal  and  streak  of  a  branch  have  no  connexion 
with  the  corresponding  parts  of  the  stem  on  which  it  stands.  After  each  fission 
one  only  of  the  fission-progeny  occupies  the  apex  of  the  already  existing  stem,  and 
continues  to  prolong  it  by  secretion  of  new  matter,  the  canal  and  the  thread  suffering 
no  breach  of  continuity.  The  other  individual  secretes  at  first  a  short  portion  of  stem 
which  is  quite  solid,  and  is  in  connexion  with  the  outer  wall  only  of  the  stem  pre- 
viously existing.  It  is  after  this  commencement  that  a  new  canal  and  a  new  streak 
begin  to  be  seen.  The  same  occurs  at  every  subsequent  division :  the  individual  at 
the  apex  has  the  canal  and  streak  of  its  stem  in  continuity  with  the  similar  parts 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IHFUSORIA.  59 

I^fiatylis  Ehbenb.  (and  Opercaloaria  ejnsd.)  The  aniinal  coni- 
cal or  campanulate,  with  rigid  pedicle,  suDple,  or  branched  from 
imperfect  spontaneona  diyision. 

Sp.  Ejpiutiflu JUimeam»'Sbsaxsh.,Vo^^  xsu 

SmppL  Tab.  0. ;— QpemilarHi  ofiteufato  Bbbivb.,  BoniLy  ib.  TU>.  zcnrm. 
figB.  5,  6,  &c. 

B.    LortcatecL 
TmUnmus  Ehbenb. 

Sp.  I^MmMM  Mijtttf mici,  VagmMa  mgpiUma  Lam. 


previooBly  existing,  whilst  tlie  other  has  the  begiimmg  of  its  stem  solid,  and  afterwards 
a  canal  and  streak  not  oontinaoiis  with  thoae  prerionsly  existing. 

In  ZooCAamaifHM  a  continuoos  canal  nms  throng  the  stem  and  all  the  hnnohes  of 
the  colony,  and  the  streak  also  divides  at  every  fork,  so  that  all  the  streaks  and  canals 
are  in  oonneaion,    Sixar*  op.  cd.  pp.  8a — 84.] 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CLASS  n. 

POLYPa   (POLYPI)'. 

Polyps  are  gelatinous,  oblong  or  conical  animals  with  a  con- 
tractile body,  an  intestinal  cavity  and  an  oral  aperture,  which  is 
surrounded  by  a  circlet  of  arms  or  tentacles. 

Besides  these  arms  there  are  no  special  organs  of  sense,  at  least 
in  the  greater  number  of  Polyps,  though  all  appear  to  be  very  sensi- 
ble of  the  stimulus  of  light.  Propagation  is  effected  partly  by  eggs, 
partly  by  germs  or  buds :  in  many  instances  the  last  are  not  de- 
tached firom  the  parent  stem,  and  thus  there  arise  compound  animals^ 
different  individuals  being  connected. 

Our  Polyps  were,  for  the  most  part,  unknown  to  the  ancients : 
and  under  this  name  entirely  unknown.  By  it  they  understood 
naked  molluscs  of  the  form  of  sepia,  especially  that  genus  which 
is  now  called  Octopus^  by  Zoologists.  From  analogy,  and  from 
some  resemblance  of  form,  BiiAUMUR  and  JussiEU  first  gave  the 


1  Of  the  numerovui  woiiu  on  tliiB  dan  we  tan  content  to  qnote  the  following : 

A.  TsEMBLiT,  MinunreBpowr  mvir  d  VHidoire  d^une  genre  de  Pclypet  d^eau  dauee, 
d  hra$  en  forme  de  eomet.  Leide,  1744^  4to. 

J.  Ellis,  An  Eteay  towards  a  Natural  HulUiry  ef  tkt  CbraOtnef  os^d  ffAer  JIfarine 
Produetumi,  &o.  Lond.  1755,  4to,  with  plates. 

J.  Ellis  and  D.  Solahdbb,  7%e  Natwral  HiMory  ef  many  eurunte  and  uneammmi 
Zoophytes,  with  62  plates.    London,  1786,  4to. 

P.  S.  Pallas^  Elenchue  Zoophytontm.    Hag«  Oomitnm,  1766. 

F.  Cavolini,  Memorie  per  eervire  alia  ttoria  cfe*  PoUpi  Marini.  Kapoli,  1785, 4to. 
E.  J.  C.  EsPBB,   Die  Pjlansenthiere  in  Ahlnldungen  naek  der  Natwr.  m.  Thle. 

Nlimberg,  1761 — 1797  (with  two  Bupplements). 

W.  Rapp,  UAer  diePolypen  im AUgem/einen  tmd  dieAeUnien  inebesondere.  Weimar^ 
iSap,  m.  3  color.  Kupfertafeb,  4to. 

0.  G.  Ehbshbkbo,  JDie  CoraUetUhiere  dee  rothen  Meeree,  PhyeQeaUecKe  Ahhand- 
lungen  der  KdnigL  Ahad,  der  Wieeeneek^ften' tu  Berlin  aus  dem  Jahre  1833,  s.  315 
— 380.    (Also  pnbliflhed  separately,  Berlin,  1834,  4to.) 

G.  JoBHBTOV,  Hidcry  of  BrUieA  Zoophytes,  Seeond  edition,  with  numerous  tSttf- 
irations  on  copper  and  vfood.    1  vob.  8to,  1847. 

'  The  French  name  Pouipe  now  giren  to  this  animal  is  merely  a  oorraption  of  the 
ancient  name  Potypms, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


POLYPS.  61 

name  Polyp  to  those  fresh-water  animals  that  had  been  described 
bj  Trembley,  and  which  are  provided  with  a  circlet  of  arms. 

To  this  class  belong  many  marine  animals,  which  at  first  sight 
rather  resemble  plants  than  animals.  Formerly  these  so-called 
SearPlants  were,  on  accomit  of  the  hardness  of  the  calcareous  sub- 
stance of  which  they  consist,  referred  to  the  mineral  kingdom :  and 
Corals  were  compared  to  branching  crystallisations  {Arbor  Dtanoe) 
and  stalactites.  Hence  the  name  {Lithophytay  Lithodendra)  stone- 
plants.  The  ancients  believed  that  Corals  were  soft  whilst  in  the 
sea,  and  only  became  hard  in  air : 

Nunc  ^[uoque  euraUis  eadem  natwra  remantit, 
Duritiem  taeto  capiant  ui  ab  aere,  qiiodque 
Vknen  in  cequore  erat,  pU  tuprs  cejuora  muMim, 

Ovid,  M^,  iv.  750—752. 

Even  amongst  later  authors  traces  may  be  found  of  the  same 
opinion,  founded  on  defective  observation,  or  on  conftision  of  soft 
species  with  similar  hard  ones.  Up  to  the  middle  of  the  last  cen- 
tury, it  was  the  prevailing  view  that  these  Corals  belonged  to  the 
vegetable  kingdom.  Mabsigli,  in  1706,  observed  on* the  shore  of 
the  Mediterranean  some  of  these  products  {Alcyimium^  CoraRxwrn^ 
Aniipathesjy  and  found  in  their  pores  little  bodies  that  contracted 
when  the  stem  was  removed  from  the  water.  Such  bodies  or  buds 
he  took  to  be  flowers,  and  so  believed  that  at  length  the  view  was 
definitively  established  which  consigned  these  marine  products  to 
the  vegetable  kingdom.  But  still  the  animal  odour,  that  was  ob- 
served, opposed  this  view,  as  well  as  the  chemical  investigations 
of  Geoffeoy,  of  Lemery,  and  of  Marsigli  himself,  which  demon- 
strated ammoniacal  constituents  in  these  supposed  sea-plants,  just 
as  in  animal  substances.  Peysonkel,  a  physician  of  Marseilles, 
observed  at  that  place  (1723)  the  Blood-Coral,  and  afterwards  on 
the  coast  of  Nortibem  Africa  examined  different  Madrepores  and 
Millepores :  the  result  was  that  he  found  Mab8IGLI*s  Plants  to  be 
Animals,  and  named  them  Orttes  Corallines.  He  imparted  his  dis- 
covery to  K^UMUR :  to  whom  the  notion  seemed  so  improbable, 
that  in  a  short  notice  of  it  which  he  gave  in  the  MSmoires  of  the 
Academy  of  Sciences  at  Paris  1727,  he  felt  bound  to  suppress  the 
discoverer's  name.  Shortly  afterwards,  when  Peysonnel's  dis- 
covery had  been  forgotten,  Trembley  found  in  our  country  the 
feesh-water  Polyp,  and  communicated  his  observations  to  Keaumur, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


62  GLASS  II. 

In  the  two  following  years  Bernard  de  Jussieu,  the  celebrated 
Botanist,  investigated  AJUyaniwn,  {JLobtdaria)^  Flustra  and  Hdn^ 
laria  on  the  coast  of  Normandy,  and  confirmed  Peysonnel's  dis- 
covery: whilst  B^AUMUR  also  adopted  his  views,  Linn^us, 
accordingly,  transferred  the  Corals  and  stone-plants  to  the  animal 
kingdom:  and  thus  more  than  half  a  century  was  required  to 
effect  the  adoption  by  Science,  as  a  firm  truth,  of  that  view  which 
Ferrante  Imperato  had  announced  at  the  beginning  of  the 
16th  century  ^  Ellis,  Pallas,  Cavolini  and  other  authors, 
in  the  latter  half  of  the  past  century,  extended  and  multiplied  our 
acquaintance  with  these  interesting  marine  animals,  of  which  the 
investigation  still  affords  to  S9avants  of  the  present  day  a  rich 
material  for  new  and  important  discoveries. 

Polyps  are  either  naked,  or  are  provided  with  a  body  more  or 
less  hard,  which  they  surround  like  a  bark,  or  by  which  they  are 
surrounded.  To  the  naked  Polyps  belong  the  well-known  Armed 
Polyp  of  fresh-water  {HydraL.^  Polype  ^eau  dauoe,  h  bras  ^n  forme  de 
cornea).  The  body  of  this  animal  is  hollow  within,  and  terminates 
in  a  little  cylindrical  stalk  that  is  without  any  opening.  There  is 
a  single  row  of  tentacles  round  the  mouth  which  can  be  extended 
like  long  rays,  or  be  contracted  into  little  conical  swellings. 
These  tentacles  are  not  all  formed  at  once,  but  at  different  times : 
their  number  is  therefore  indeterminate,  and  frequently  varies  in  the 
same  species.  Grenerally  there  are  not  more  than  six  tentacles 
present :  rarely  more  than  twelve.  By  their  assistance  the  fi:esh- 
water  Polyp  can  creep  along  upon  water-plants  or  upon  the  bottom, 
overpower  its  prey,  and  convey  it  to  the  mouth.  These  Polyps  are 
very  voracious,  and  feed  upon  minute  Crustaceans  {Cypria^  Bcephnia^ 
Monocuhia,  &c.),  and  upon  worms  {Stylaria  pahidoaa  Lam.  NalSy 
Tuhifsx,  &c.),  which  frequently  surpass  them  in  bulk.   Accordingly 


^  To  complete  this  oompressed  hiBtorical  reyiew,  we  refer  to  B.  Dx  Jusanu,  Examen 
de  qud^uea productiona  marirtea,  &c.  MSm.  de  VAcad,  rcyale  des  Sciencet,  1742.  pp.  290 
— 302  ;  Kbauhub,  Mimaireg  pour  aervir  d  VHistoire  de$  TnaecteSf  Tom.  vi.  1741.  Pre- 
face, pp.  49 — 80 ;  Pallas,  Mench.  Zoophytor.  pp.  13 — 20;  LAVOiaNON  Malbshxrbss, 
ObaervoHont  9wr  VHidtcire  mUur.  de  Buffon  et  de  Daubxbton.  Paris,  1798,  n.  pp.  154 
— 206 ;  Ehrsnbxbo,  IHe  Corallenthiere  dee  rcthen  Meeres,  pp.  4,  5  ;  Milne  Edwabds, 
Ann.  det  Sc.  Nahir.  sec.  S^rie,  Tom.  vi.  Zoohgie,  1836.  pp.  5 — 9;  Flourkns,  Analyse 
<Pun  auvroffe  mantuerU  intUulS,  Tra^  du  CoraU  dx.  par  Ds  Pbtbonnkl,  Ann.  dee  Se. 
Nai.  8ec.  S4r.  Tom.  ix.  Zoaloffie,  1838,  pp.  334 — 351. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


POLYPS.  63 

their  mouth  admits  of  much  expansion :  and  the  body  can  be  dis- 
tended. The  food  is  moved  to  and  firo  in  the  cavity  of  the  bodj, 
and  in  a  short  time  (often  within  a  quarter  of  an  hour)  is  converted 
into  a  pap.  The  undigested  residue  is  rejected  through  the  mouth. 
Propagation  is  effected  usually  by  buds.  A  minute  swelling  rises 
on  the  surface  of  the  Polyp;  it  grows,  loses  its  conical  form,  be- 
comes tubular,  acquires  tentacles,  and  is  then  a  new  Polyp.  The 
yoimg  animal  continues  to  sit  on  the  body  of  the  parent,  and  thus 
receives  the  same  nutrition  in  common.  Upon  this  young  one 
other  young  buds  may  be  developed.  Thus  a  branching  arises. 
At  length  the  young  Polyp  separates  itself  from  the  parent  stem 
(in  summer  frequently  after  four  days,  in  winter  later),  assumes  an 
independent  state,  and  new  buds  are  formed,  or  those  already 
present  are  multiplied. 

Thus  these  Polyps  may  form  compound  animals.  Many  indi- 
viduals of  the  same  species  are  united  so  as  to  make  up  a  single 
body.  All  the  animals  thus  combined  gain  their  nutrition  in  com- 
mon,— ^have  a  common  life.  It  is  not  the  animal  kingdom  only 
that  affords  us  instances  of  compound  living  bodies :  the  vegetable 
kingdom  presents  many  such^.  By  an  individual,  in  the  vegetable 
and  animal  kingdoms,  may  be  understood  a  body  that  cannot  be 
divided  into  two  or  more  similar  portions,  without  the  idea  of  a  whole 
being  lost,  and  whose  vital  fimctions  pass  through  a  determinate 
cycle  of  periods*.  The  development  of  the  fruit  is  the  final  function 
in  vegetable  life:  when  this  is  accomplished  the  plant  may  die. 
Many  plants  bear  fruit  only  once — whether  in  one  year,  or  in  two 
or  more  years ;  such  plants  die  after  fructifying,  and  are  true  indi- 
viduals. There  are  other  plants  again,  which  leave  a  determinate 
portion  after  the  fructification,  that  continues  to  live,  and,  after  a 
time,  bears  firuit  anew.  The  portion  that  thus  remains  may  con- 
sist of  root  alone,  or  of  root  and  stem.  Such  plants  are,  in  reality, 
compotmd. 

A  tree  therefore  is  not  an  individual,  not  a  single  plani.  The 
buds  of  the  tree  are  new  plants :  they  are  developed,  grow,  possess 
an  independent  life,  which  is  passed  in  determinate  stages.    Hence 


>  See  Lamabok,  Ifisi,  Nai,  dn  onm.  mwm  vtrt,  I.  p.  69,  fta  (and  and  edit.  p.  65, 
Ac).  CoimpaniKm  da  Ammawe  eampoaSt  atvec  de$  vigitaux  pttreilUment  C9mpo§i9, 
3  See  SoHLBiDBN  in  Mubllbr'b  Arckiv,  1838.  b.  168. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


64  CLASS  II. 

old  trees  may  afford  an  emblem  of  pereimial  youth :  every  spring 
they  are  covered  again  with  leaves  as  fresh  as  those  they  had  fifty 
years  before.  The  stem  alone  is  old,  the  leaves  are  still  yoimg 
again. 

We  might  be  able,  from  the  branching  of  the  fresh-water  Polyps 
from  their  living  stem,  to  explain  the  plant-like  forms  of  Corals 
and  other  such  marine  products.  When  a  Polyp  does  not  consist 
of  a  single  soft  mass,  but  contains  a  harder  substance,  or  is  sur- 
rounded by  a  calcareous  sheath,  then  from  the  union  of  many  such 
a  body  may  arise  which  resists  decomposition,  and  as  such  after  the 
death  of  the  Polyps,  may  be  preserved  in  our  collections  for  a 
length  of  time,  as  for  ages  they  have  been  preserved  in  the  cal- 
careous strata  of  our  mountains,  formed  at  the  bottom  of  the  sea  in 
a  former  epoch  of  the  world.  This  common  mass  is  named  a  PoZ^- 
pary  or  Polypstock  {Polyparium)  ^.  After  the  Polyps  had  been  dis- 
covered, these  stone-plants,  as  they  had  been  called,  were  supposed 
to  be  the  work  of  the  animals  that  dwelt  in  them,  and  were  com- 
pared to  the  cells  of  bees.  This  view  of  the  matter  does  not  now 
require  confdtation.  That  of  Lamabgk  and  others  agrees  more 
closely  with  the  true  nature  of  the  process;  they  consider  the 
polypary  to  be  a  secretion  upon  the  surface  of  the  Polyps,  and  com- 
pare it  with  the  shells  of  Molluscs  (Snail  or  Mussel-shell).  As 
there  are  Snails  both  naked  and  with  shells,  in  like  manner  there 
are  Polyps  that  are  naked,  and  that  are  shut  up  in  tubes :  and  the 
Polypstock  is  the  union  of  the  shells  caused  by  the  connexion  of 
the  Polyps  that  lived  in  them.  Thus  the  Polypary  would  be,  on 
this  view,  a  dead  substance,  deposited  in  layers  like  a  mussel-shell. 
Though  this  be  nearer  the  truth  than  the  earlier  idea  according 
to  which  the  Polyps  built  their  houses,  still  it  does  not  entirely 
accord  with  the  true  nature  of  the  process.  Observation  proves 
that  this  part,  at  least  in  many  species,  has  a  proper  life,  that  it  is 
nourished,  grows,  and  is  the  seat  of  that  gemmation  whence  new 


^  It  appears  that  Rii&uicuB  first  invented  this  appellation,  now  in  common  use ; 
"AuroU-on  pupr^wir.  ,  .  .  que  cet  carpt  qui  tembloient  avoir  vigiU  dam  la  mer,  itment 
pour  les  poifpet  ce  que  lea  guipier*  9orU  pour  lea  guipea;  qu'on  ne  devoU  plui  leur  lai8$er 
le  nom  depUmtea  et  que  pour  lew  en  imposer  un  qui  exprUndt  exactetaeiU  ee  qu'Ue  soni,  on 
devoU  lee  appeUer  dee  pciffpierst"  Mim.  pour  eervir  d  Pffiet.  dea  Inaectea.  Tom.  vi. 
Preface,  p.  69. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


POLYPS.  66 

Polyps  have  their  heing.  It  is  a  covering  which,  like  a  dermal 
skeleton  ^  may  become  homy  or  calcareous. 

The  hard,  stone-like  Polypstocka  which  form  coral-banks,  are 
particularly  deserving  of  notice.  But  the  part  they  play  in  altering 
the  earth's  surface  has  been  much  exaggerated  by  Forsteb,  Peron, 
and  other  voyagers.  The  numerous  coral  islands  of  the  southern 
Pacific  having  an  annular  form  with  banks  steep  on  the  outside 
and  shelving  gently  down  to  the  trough  or  the  included  water,  are 
clearly  of  volcanic  origin.  They  are  covered  with  Corals,  but  do 
not  consist  of  Corals.  Poljrps  cannot  live  at  great  depths,  but  the 
Corals  rest  on  shallows  or  on  mountain-ridges  in  the  sea,  similar  to 
the  rocks  parallel  to  the  coast  of  the  Bed  Sea.  Hence  Corals  may 
contribute  to  the  formation  of  islands,  or  may  prevent  the  washing 
away  of  the  shores  of  islands  already  formed,  just  as  plants  that 
grow  on  sandy  coasts  protect  the  hillocks  from  being  blown  away'. 

After  these  general  remarks  on  Polyps  and  Polypstocks,  we  must 
dwell  for  a  little  on  the  particulars  of  structure  of  the  different 
animals  that  belong  to  this  class.  It  would  be  a  defective  and 
erroneous  idea,  to  suppose  that  Tkembley's  fiesh-water  Polyps  are 
to  be  considered  as  the  Type  of  the  class.  That  we  drew  the  atten- 
tion of  our  readers,  in  the  first  instance,  to  the  firesh-water  Polyp,  is 
merely  to  be  attributed  to  the  historic  form  which,  in  introducing 
this  class,  we  thought  useful  fur  the  right  understanding  of  it.  The 
animals  which  live  in  Polyparies  have  in  several  respects  a  much 


^  See  MnjTB  EDWABDfly  ObmrvatianM  9wr  la  natwre  H  U  mode  decroittanee  det  Poly- 
pien,  Ann,  des  Sc.  NcOnr.  Seconde  S^e,  Tom.  x.  1838.  Zooloffie,  pp.  321 — 334. 

Lamabck  appears  to  me  in  some  degree  to  contradict  himself,  when  in  one  place  he 
caOa  the  polypary  a  common  hody  possessing  an  independent  life,  and  producing  new 
indiyiduals  upon  its  surfkoe,  which  die  and  are  again  replaced  by  new  ones,  and  con- 
tinuing its  Hfe  afanost  unobserved  as  long  as  it  is  surrounded  by  water  alone  {ITiM.  Nat, 
des  AfUm.  earn  Vert.  i.  p.  63^  new  edition) ;  and  in  another  place  denies  to  the  poly- 
paiy  aU  Ufe,  and  compares  it  with  the  shells  of  molluscs,  ibid,  n.  pp.  86—99.  Before 
this,  liiHHiBtTS,  Pallas  and  others  had  recognised  in  the  polypaiy  a  proper  life,  but  of 
late  yean  this  opinion,  on  the  authority  of  Lakarck,  has  been  almost  generally 
reBnquiehed. 

'  Comp.  J.  B.  F0R8TSB,  Bemerhtngen  avf  eeine  Seiee  um  die  Welt,  Wien.  1787. 
Sto.  b.  ISO,  131 ;  A.  TON  Kotzbbux,  ErUdeekunge-reiee  in  die  SikUee,  iii.  Weimar  182 r, 
B.  187 ;  QuoT  et  Gaimabd,  Mimmre  twr  VaecniaemenJt  dee  Polypee  eoneidM  gSdo- 
^qimemeni,  Ann,  dee  8e.  Nat,  vi,  1815.  pp.  9^3 — 390  ;  Ehbxnbkro,  Ueber  die Natur  und 
Bildmngder  OoraUenbanhe  dee  rotken  Meeree,  Phyeik.  Ahhandlungen  der  Akad,  der  Wie- 
senscA.  ru  JBerUn,  1833.  b.  381 — 438. 

VOL.  I.  5 


Digitized  by 


Google 


66  CLASS  II. 

nearer  alliance  to  SeorAnemonies  {Actinics),  which  Chamisso  and 
EiSENHARDT  had  properly  classed  with  Polyps^,  although  Cuvier 
joined  them  to  the  Medusae  {Acalephw),  Lamarck  and  Schweioger 
to  the  Star-fishes  {Eckinodermata).  These  Actintof  have  a  tubular 
form,  or  resemble  truncated  cones.  By  their  diacoidal  base  they 
adhere  to  rocks,  marine  shells,  and  other  bodies;  but  are  able  to 
loosen  their  hold,  and  to  consign  themselves  to  the  motions  of  the 
water.  They  can  also  creep  by  means  of  that  base,  as  the  belly-- 
footed  molluscs  {Gasteropoda)  do  by  means  of  their  ventral  disc. 
But  ordinarily  the  motions  of  these  animals  are  restricted  to  a 
greater  or  less  expansion  of  the  oral  aperture,  and  to  a  contraction 
of  the  hollow  tentacles  which  surround  the  mouth  in  a  variable 
number,  but  always  greater  than  twelve.  These  Actiniae  are  naked 
Polyps,  rather  of  a  coriaceous  than  a  gelatinous  consistence ;  they 
were  not  imknown  to  the  ancients,  and  are  noticed  by  Aristotle' 
as  Acalephw^  and  by  Pliny*  as  Urticw.  Such  Polyps  with  Polyp- 
stocks  are  the  genera  Fungiay  CaryophyUa^  Astrofa^  Mopandrina. 
The  Polyps  of  other  Polyparies,  as  Ins,  Ahyonvum  {Lobularia), 
Tuiijfora,  &c.  have  eight  tentacles,  which  are  flat  and  notched  on 
the  edges  or  have  lateral  {»*olongations.  In  all  these  the  intestinal 
canal  is  a  blind  sac.  But  there  are  other  Polyps  which,  by  their 
more  perfect  organisation,  approach  the  Molluscs.  Their  intestinal 
canal  is  reflected  upwards,  and  terminates  by  an  opening  close  to 
the  mouth.  AuDOUiN  and  Milne  Edwards  observed  this  struc- 
ture (1828)  in  Polyps  of  the  genus  Flvstra^:  at  the  same  time 
Ehrenberq  published  his  earlier  observations  to  the  same  efiect, 
and  gave  to  Polyps,  with  this  organisation,  the  name  of  Bryozoa; 
which  has  been  received  into  the  systematic  works  of  zoologists*, 


^  Nov.  Act,  Acad,  Ccuar,  Leop,  Carol,  Natur,  Owiosor,  x,  p.  354,  355. 

'  "E^Ti  8^  Kttl  rd  rOif  dxaXi^^cai'  yiifos  (Stor '  irpocTi^M  di  rcut  Tirpats,  iStnrep  hia 
tQv  6arpaKod4pfuav'  dToKAerai  6'  Mart,  O^k  ^ec  8^  6<rTpaK0P,  dXXd  ffapKQ6€s  t8p 
i^Ttp  a^ov,  jc.r.X.  De  Anim,  Hid,  r7.  c.  6.  These  words,  in  my  opinion,  apply  to 
Actiniie  alone. 

'  Hiat.  Nai,  Lib.  ix.  c.  68.  But  that  Medutce  also  (our  Actdephci)  were  by  the 
ancients  designated  under  this  name,  I  will  by  no  means  deny. 

^  Raumi  det  recherehet  nur  lea  Animaux  9an$  VerUbret  faitei  aux  Ue$  Chaiuaey,  Awn, 
dea  Sc,  not,  Tom.  XT.  iSaS.  pp.  X9,  13. 

'  Symhola  phyaioa  $eu  Ieone$  ei  De&eripiionet  AtUmaUum  everUbratorum  ex  itinere 
F.  G.  Hbmpbicfh  et  C.  G.  Ehbsnbkbo,  Dea  I.  Berolini,  1828.  folio.  Polypi,  p.  1.   Also 


Digitized  by 


Google 


POLYPS-  67 

and  is  now  commonly  used*  Milne  Edwabdb  makes  a  separate 
class  of  these  creatures,  and  places  it  amongst  the  Molluscs,  after 
the  naked  Acephala^  or  Tunicata,  Their  arms  are  heset  with  cilia, 
which  however  are  also  remarked  in  some  other  Poljps,  and  conse- 
quently are  not  a  distinctive  character  of  Bryozoa,  as  would  seem 
to  be  implied  by  the  namis  Ciliobrachiata.  To  these  Bryozoa  belong 
the  genera  AlcyaneUa^  Eschara^  and  Flustra.  The  remaining 
Polyps  we  shall  name,  with  Ehrenbeisg,  Antkozoa. 

The  simple  stomach  of  the  Anthozoa  is,  for  the  most  part,  sepa- 
rated from  the  cavity  of  the  body.  In  Actinia  this  space  is  divided 
into  many  prismatic  cells  by  partitions  that  stretch  perpendicularly 
from  the  outer  surface  of  the  stomach  to  the  innermost  surface  of 
the  covering  of  the  body.  Similar  partitions  are  found  in  many 
Anthozoa,  though  in  much  smaller  number.  One  or  more  openings 
conduct  from  the  bottom  of  the  stomach  to  the  cavity  of  the  body, 
or  -to  the  general  common  cavity  of  the  Polypstock^  In  Hydra 
there  is  no  special  cavity  of  the  body,  but  the  cavity  of  the  stomach 
is  in  immediate  connexion  with  the  walls  of  the  body.  It  was 
formerly  erroneously  believed  that  the  stomach  of  this  animal  is 
simply  an  excavation  of  its  body,  and  that  the  structure  of  both 
surfaces  is  the  same.  The  internal  surface  is  coated  with  conical 
cells  whose  points  are  directed  inwards^.  The  external  sur&ce,  on 
the  contrary,  is  formed  of  flat  cells,  and  contains  oval  vesicles,  from 
which  a  long  delicate  thread  can  be  projected,  {AngeUcrgan  of  the 
Grermans').  Tremblet,  amongst  his  many  experiments  on  the 
reproductive  power  of  the  fresh-water  Polyp,  even  turned  the  body 
inside  out,  like  the  reversed  finger  of  a  glove.  Nevertheless,  the 
creature  continued  to  live,  and  took  food.  This  may  be  explained 
by  a  change  of  structure,  the  consequence  of  the  violence  of  the 
experiment.  In  Bryozoa,  the  intestinal  canal  is  freely  suspended  in 
the  cavity  of  the  body:  a  longer  or  shorter  oesophagus  leads  to  a 
muscular  stomach,  lined,  in  some  cases,  with  homy  teeth,  closely 


Graxt,  16  etfly  as  1837,  had  obserFed  the  reverting  inteetiiud  cMial,  and  the  vibrating 
dha  on  the  arms  oiFluaira,    Edmb.  New  PkOoi,  Jawm,  in.  pp.  107 — 337. 

^  LiSTKB,  PkHoi,  Trcmaae,  1834,  p.  371,  PI.  vm.  fig.  3  in  SerUOa/ria,  Milnb 
Edwasdb  in  the  new  illustrated  edition  of  Cutub,  lUgne  Amm,  Zooph.  PL  lxxz.  in 
Jn»nobSi$t  fta 

*  See  CoBDA,  Nov.  Act.  Aead.  OcBsar.  Leap.  Carol,  Natwr.  Curiotor.  Tom.  xym. 
Ann,  daSe,  natur.  Tome  vin.  Zoologie,  p.  363. 

5-2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


68  CLASS   II. 

set  in  rhomboidal  rows :  then  comes  a  second  stomach  ending  below 
in  a  blind  sac  that  is  continued  at  the  upper  part  into  an  intestine, 
which  ascends  by  the  side  of  the  stomach  and  oesophagus,  and 
near  the  mouth,  or  a  little  below  it,  terminates  in  the  antis. 
Brown  follicles  cover  the  external  wall  of  the  stomach,  and  seem  to 
represent  the  liver^.  In  some  Polyps  a  circulating  system  has 
been  observed,  or  at  least  vessels,  which  probably  arise  as  branches 
from  the  intestinal  tube,  anastomose  with  one  another  in  the  Polyp- 
stock,  and  effect  a  communication  between  the  different  individuals'. 
In  many,  moreover,  a  stream  of  water  is  found,  which  penetrates 
by  the  mouth  into  the  canals  of  the  Polypary.  It  has  been  observed 
that  the  flow  is  caused  by  cilia  on  the  walls  of  the  canals.  Probably 
this  motion  is  in  connexion  with  the  fan(;tion  of  Bespiration. 
Lister  saw  in  the  stem  of  Plumularia  pluma  Lam.  the  stream  in 
the  same  canal  moving  alternately  in  opposite  directions'. 

We  have  seen  above  that  propagation  in  Polyps  is  usually 
effected  by  buds.  In  Hydra^  after  being  developed,  they  are  sepa- 
rated: in  others  they  remain  attached  to  the  parent-stem.  But 
besides  this  mode  of  propagation,  a  sexual  generation  has  been 
observed  in  this  class.  In  Hydra^  about  winter-time,  a  periodical 
development  of  eggs  on  the  inferior  part  of  the  body  has  been  ob- 
served. The  thin  membrane,  surrounding  the  egg  as  it  projects 
from  the  body,  bursts,  and  the  egg  attaches  itself  to  some  object  or 
other  in  the  water.  In  some  species  the  yolk-membrane  is  covered 
with  cloven  ramiform  processes,  as  if  with  spines.  After  two  or 
three  months  the  young  one  is  visible.  The  conical  excrescences 
which  arise  higher  up  on  the  body  at  the  base  of  the  arms,  and 
which  are  perforated  at  the  point,  contain  spermatozoa  ;  and  may,  to 
a  certain  extent,  be  considered  to  be  external  testes*.   These  genital 


^  See  A.  Fabbe,  Obtervatioiu  on  the  nUnute  Mruelvre  qf  ike  higher  farmt  of  Polypi, 
PhU,  Trana,  1837,  pp.  387— 4«6.  PI.  xx— xxvn. 

>  MUiNS  Edwabds,  Ann.  dea  Sc,  not,  sec.  S^rie,  iv.  Zool.  p.  338. 

•  PkU.  Trans.  1834,  p.  369. 

^  The  egg  of  Bydra  was  figured  long  ago  by  Bobsbl,  Suppl.  Tab.  lxxxol  fig.  x  a 
and  fig.  9.  See  also  the  figures  of  EHBXiraxBa  and  £bdl  in  Waonbr,  Icon.  Zootom. 
Tab.  xxziY.  figs.  8  and  10,  and  of  Laubbkt,  Rackmikea  9wr  VHydre  et  VEponge  deau 
dowe,  Paris  (1844),  PI.  n.  Here  figs.  9—14  the  exclusion  from  the  egg^  is  figured, 
which  had  also  been  observed  by  Pallas :  "  Ovtda  avtumno  generare  Hydras  6baerwau'm 
etc.. . polypi  compendium  per  kyemem  dv/raturum  conHnentia. — Hone  par  ovula propa- 
gationem  bia  meit  oenlit  petfeckm  observan.**   Mench.  Zoophytor.  p.  iS. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


POLYPS.  69 

organs  may  exist  at  the  same  time,  and  in  variable  number,  in  one 
and  the  same  individual.  And  many  other  Polyps  are  also  henna- 
phrodite.  In  others  again  the  sexes  are  separate:  whether  both  male 
and  female  individuals  occur  on  one  and  the  same  stem  {Monaeciaj 
a^  in  Plants),  or  one  Polypstock  bears  only  males,  another  only 
females  {DicBcid).  The  last  is  the  case  of  VereUllum.  In  the 
Bryozoa^  Mancecia  appears  to  prevail  imiversally,  yet  so  that  (to 
judge  from  the  investigations  of  Nordmann  in  Tendra  zastericola^ 
and  of  Van  Beneden  in  AlcyoneUa)  the  cells  which  contain  Polyps 
with  eggs  are  more  numerous  than  those  with  spermatozoa.  These 
l)eculiar  constituents  of  the  seed  (vid.  above,  p.  43),  of  which  the 
motions  are  so  striking  under  the  microscope,  have,  of  late  years, 
caused  the  important  discovery  of  the  sexual  propagation  of  Polyps ; 
but  for  them,  ovaries  alone  would  now,  as  twenty  years  ago,  be 
ascribed  to  this  class,  especially  as  the  seed-secreting  organs  {(estea) 
are  not  to  be  distinguished  in  it,  as  to  external  appearance,  from 
those  that  prepare  the  germs  (o^?arta)^  In  those  Anthozoa  that 
have,  like  ^e  Actinue,  a  cavily  of  the  body  distinct  from  that  of 
the  stomach,  they  are  situated  between  or  upon  the  partitions  that 
divide  that  cavity  into  cells  (see  above,  p.  67).  In  Sertularia  and 
Campanularia  most  of  the  Polyps  are  without  sex,  whilst  cells  with 
ova  are  developed  in  the  axillae  of  the  branches. 

Propagation  by  spontaneous  division  does  not  occur  in  most 
Polyps.  In  Caryophylla  there  is  a  complete  longitudinal  fission, 
occasioning  the  dichotomous  form  of  the  Polypary,  since  two  Polyps 
come  from  one,  four  from  two,  &c.  K  the  longitudinal  fission  be 
incomplete,  cells  of  irregular  form  arise,  as  in  Mceandrina. 

In  most  Polyps  the  power  of  reproduction  is  very  great.  Trem- 
blet's  exj)eriments  on  the  fresh-water  Polyp  are  well  known :  he 
divided  them  longitudinally  and  transversely,  and  every  piece 
formed  a  new  animal'.     Koesel  found  that  even  the  tentacles  or 


^  Sach  18  the  cue  also  in  MoUutea,  nay  eren  in  some  fishes ;  and  in  general  the 
sexual  oi^gans  in  the  animal  kingdom  possess  a  similarity  in  the  two  sexes,  which  was 
observed  by  the  ancients,  and  occasioned  many  fimciful  appeUatiqns  and  comparisons. 

'  Hence  Livnjbus  borrowed  the  name  Hydra  for  this  animal  genus,  from  a  com- 
parison with  the  ffydra  of  mythology ; 

. .  »ab  ipto 
DucU  opes  animumque  ferro. 

HORAT.  Od,  IV.  6o. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


70  CLASS  II. 

arms,  when  separated,  grew  into  new  Polyps ;  an  experiment  which 
did  not  succeed  with  Trehbley.  The  power  of  reproduction  is 
in  ActmioB  just  as  great ;  they  regenerate  parts  that  have  been  cut 
away,  and  admit  of  propagation  by  artificial  division,  as  Dicquemake 
especially  has  shewn  by  his  experiments.  ^ 

Before  leaving  the  propagation  of  Polyps,  we  must  notice  those 
late  observations  which  indicate  so  close  an  affinity  between  MedtufCB 
and  certain  Polyps,  that  in  time  probably  a  great  revolution  will 
be  made  in  the  systematic  arrangement  of  the  animal  kingdom. 
In  Syncoryrhe,  for  instance,  and  Coryne  {Clava),  and  certain  Cam- 
panularim  bell-shaped  appendages  or  off-shoots  have  been  noticed, 
which  at  length  are  separated  from  the  stem,  and  resemble  minute 
Medusas.  Conversely,  also,  the  observations  of  Sabs  and  of  Yon 
Siebold  have  shewn  that  Medtisce  come  from  the  egg  under  an 
oblong  form  resembling  that  of  infusories  beset  with  cilia :  these 
move  freely,  at  first,  then  fix  themselves,  lose  their  cilia,  become 
clavate,  acquire  arms,  and  perfectly  resemble  Hydra.  These  hydra^ 
like  forms  divide  by  transverse  indentations,  and  separate  into  rings 
from  which  Medvsw  arise. 

It  is  possible,  therefore,  that  all  Aydfra^form  Polyps  maybe  only 
imperfect  forms  of  Medtisce.  And  if  so,  those  animals  which 
K^AUMUB  first  named  Polyps,  would  no  longer  belong  to  this  class. 
But  on  this  supposition  it  is  wonderfdl  that  Spermatozoa  should  be 
observed  in  Hydra  and  Coryne  :  a  fact  that  may  cause  us  to  hesitate 
before  we  conclude,  with  Dujardin,  that  the  eggs,  described  above 
(p.  68),  are  BulbiUu  At  all  events  the  perfect  form  of  ^<2ra  would 
then  be  unknown  ^ 


^  We  cannot  detail  these  obflenratioiu  more  particularly,  without  being  difiVue 
beyond  our  object.  Let  it  suffice  to  refer  the  reader  to  LoTi^K  Stoekk.  Vetentk.  A  had. 
ffcmdl.  1836  ;  Wibomank'b  ArchivfOr  Naiwrpetch,  v.  1837,  s.  219—161,  s.  311—316; 
Ann,  dea  Se»  not.  tec.  SSrie,  Tom.  XV.  Zool.  pp.  157 — 176.  {Obaervationi  mr  le 
diviloppemtni  et  lea  metamorpKotee  dea  ffenrea  Campawulaire  d  Syncoryne,) 

Sabs,  BeakrieveUer  og  JagtUtgdaer  over  nogle  maerhdige  eller  n^je  i  ffavet  ved  der 
Bergenahe  Kyai  levende  Dyr,  Bei^^en,  1835.  * 

C.  Th.  V.  SiKBOLD,  NmtetU  Schrifien  der  natwf,  Geadlaeh.  in  Daiaaig  m.  1  Heft 
1839,  s.  16—35. 

Sabs,  Mim,  aur  le  divfloppement  de  la  Meduaa  auritn  et  de  la  Oyanea  eapiUaia. 
Ann,  dea  Sc.  not.  aec.  Sfrie.  Tom.  XTi.  Zodogie,  pp.  311 — 348. 

Stssnstbup  om  Fortplantninff  og  l/dmkling  gjennem  vexUnde  QeneratUmaraekker, 
Kjobenham,  1841.  40.  (Translated  by  6.  Bubk  for  the  Ray  Soe,  from  the  German 
Translat.  1845,  On  the  Alternation  of  Oeneratuma.) 


Digitized  by 


Google 


POLYPS.  71 

Of  the  nenroiiB  system  of  Poljps  little  is  known ;  it  has  not 
been  described  as  a  conneeted  whole,  but  different  obsenrers  have 
imagined  that  they  had  discovered  ganglia  or  a  neryons  ring  near 
the  mouth.  From  analogy  it  is  probable  that  the  nervous  system, 
where  it  exists,  does  form  a  ring  ronnd  the  month ;  and  that  the 
threads,  which  Spix  described  in  the  pedal  disc  of  Actiniof  as 
nerves,  can  on  this  acconnt  scarcely  be  considered  to  be  such*  As 
organs  of  sense,  four  colonred  spots  at  the  edge  of  the  disc  have 
been  observed  in  the  Medusorform  products  of  Byncoryne  and  Coryns 
frttiHana  of  Steenstrup,  which  entirely  resemble  the  parts  that 
Ehrenbesg  considers  to  be  eyes  in  Medusa.  Still  more  distinct  is 
this  oi^an  in  a  form  described  by  Quatbefaqes,  which  he  names 
EleuAeria  dichotoma*  Here  this  author  found  six  eyes  with  a 
hemispherical  lens,  a  granular  pigment  of  a  red  colour,  and  a 
spherical  projection  of  the  integument  closing  the  eye  like  a  cornea^. 

In  Bryozoa  the  muscular  system  is  most  largely  developed,  and 
serves  principally  to  retract  the  animal  within  its  cell.  It  protrudes 
itself  partly  by  straightening  the  alimentary  canal,  partly  by  means 
of  transverse  muscular  fibres  which  contract  the  diameter  of  the 
visceral  cavity,  and  in  that  way  elongate  it*.  Traces  of  a  muscular 
system  have  also  been  met  with  in  other  Polyps. 

As  to  the  geographic  distribution  of  Polyps,  we  have  only 
imperfect  notices.  Fresh-water  Polyps,  Hydra^  Alcytmellaj  Phi'- 
mateHaj  have,  as  far  as  I  know,  only  been  observed  in  Europe ;  but 
from  this  to  conclude  that  they  do  not  occur  in  tropical  regions, 
would  probably  be  premature.  Still  Ehbenbebq  found  no  Hydrw 
in  Africa  and  Arabia.  AcHnim  are  met  with  in  all  seas.  The 
Polyps  with  polyparies,  which  are  almost  all  inhabitants  of  the  sea, 
are  richest  in  species  in  warm  regions;  Fltutra,  amongst  the 
Bryozoay  is  it  seems  an  exception  to  this :  the  European  species  of 
this  genus  are  about  as  numerous  as  the  foreign :  these  last  come 
principally  from  New  Holland;   Oorgonia  occurs  in  all  seas,  but 


Van  BiKEDkN,  MSm.  mr  le$  Campanulairet  delaeUe  tTOttende,  Mim.  de  VAcad. 
Rofole  de  BrtuDdlet,  xrn.  1845.  ^»*>*  ^  3c,  futtur.,  tee.  Sirie,  Tom.  xx.  Zool,  pp. 

35<^— 375. 

DuJAKDiH,  MhMire  mr  U  dMhppement  dee  Midusee  tt  dee  Polypee  hfdrairee,  Ann, 
dee.  8e,  Nal,  y  SSrie,  Tom.  IV.  1845.  Zooloffie,  pp.  ^57 — 281.  PL  xiv.  XV. 

^  Ann.  dee  Sc.  Naiur.  eee.  Sirie.  Tome  xviii.  p.  180.  PL  vin.  fig.  6. 

•  MiDQtely  detailed  by  Fabbk  in  BowerbafHsia,  Phil,  Traneact,  1837.  pp.  393—39^- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


72  CLASS   II. 

nearly  one-half  of  the  numerous  species  is  found  in  America.  Of 
swimming  polyparies  (Penfiatulai)^  many  species  are  found  in  the 
Mediterranean,  the  Indian  Ocean  and  the  North  Sea,  and  the  large 
UrnheUarta  of  Greenland,  which  attains  a  length  of  six  feet,  is 
remarkable.  Of  the  stony  polyparies,  the  greater  number  occur  in 
the  seas  of  hot  countries,  as  ex.  gr.  Madrepora,  especially  Astrwa, 
Garyophylla,  Fungia^  Mceandrina.  Most  of  the  species  of  the  last 
genus  are  found  in  the  Indian  Ocean  and  South  Pacific.  The  Bed 
Sea  also  has  very  many  species  from  the  division  of  these  stony 
l>olyparies.  More  than  one-fourth  of  the  known  species  of  this 
class  were  found  there  by  Ehrexberg.  Notwithstanding  the 
proximity,  it  seems  that  the  Bed  Sea,  with  the  exception  of  some 
species  oi  Actinia,  has  no  species  in  common  with  the  Mediterranean. 
laia  nobilis  {Gorallium  rvirum)  appears  to  occur  in  the  Mediter- 
ranean alone. 

Of  many  genera  numerous  fossil  species  are  found,  especially  of 
those  whose  species  now  live  in  hot  regions.  Thus  the  genus 
Astrxa  numbers  more  fossil  than  living  species :  and  these  petrified 
remains  belong  principally  to  the  Jura-  and  chalk-formations.  Still 
more  numerous  are  the  fossil  species,  as  compared  with  those  now 
living,  in  the  genus  Turhirwlia.  A  genus  which  appears  to  connect 
Fwngia  and  TurhiTiolia,  CyatAophyUum  of  GoLDFUSS,  has  quite  died 
out,  and  occurs  in' transition  limestone.  In  the  same  way  fossil 
species  alone  are  found  of  the  genera  Cericpora,  Favaaitis,  Ptistu- 
lapora,  Hetercpora,  Catinipora  and  Aulcpora.  The  fossil  Polyparies 
prove,  like  all  other  remains  of  an  earlier  vegetable  and  animal 
world,  that  the  surface  of  our  earth  had  in  earlier  times  a  higher 
mean  temperature  than  it  has  now. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


SYSTEMATIC 
ARRANGEMENT    OF    POLYPS. 


CLASS  11. 
POLYPI. 


AnimaL£I  contractile,  having  an  intestinal  cavity,  with  distinct 
terminal  mouth,  surrounded  bj  tentacles  or  radiating  lobes,  seldom 
free,  oftener  affixed,  aquatic ;  UBuall j  secreting  a  hard  calcareous 
or  homy  body  {j?olypary)y  and  adhering  to  it. 

Propagation  is  by  eggs,  gems,  stolons.  Usually  compound  ani- 
malB  are  formed  of  many  individuals  cohering. 

Section  I.    ^n/Aoisoa  Ehrenb. 

Aperture  of  the  nutrient  canal  single.  Tentacles  contractile, 
mostly  without  vibratile  cilia. 

Order  I.    Hydriformta. 

Tentacles  of  variable  number.  Nutrient  canal  excavated  in  the 
parenchyme  of  the  body,  not  surrounded  by  an  abdominal  cavity. 

Family  I.  Hydrtna.  Naked,  free,  spontaneously  affixed,  with 
deciduous  progeny. 

Hydra  L.  Body  cylindrical,  narrowed  into  a  pedicle,  simple  or 
ramose  from  the  progeny  not  having  been  detached.  Mouth 
crowned  with  tentacles,  round,  contractile,  in  a  single  whorl. 

Armed-Polyp:  Sp  Hydra viridis,  Tbemb.  PI.  i.  fig.j  Robs.  InB,  iii. 
Polyp,  Tab.  88,  89.  This  green  species  was  the  first  which  Tbkkbley 
found ;  it  is  rarer  and  smaller  than  the  others. — H  Gruea,  Trehb. 
PL  I.  fig.  2  ; — H  /tucay  Tremb.  PL  i.  fig.  3,  4,  polype  dt  hngs  bras. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


74  CLASS  II. 

BoES.  InB.  III.  PdyjK  Tab.  84,  85,  87 ;  Tbemblbt  performed  most 
of  his  experiments  on  these  hust  two  species.  Oomp.  what  is  said 
at  pp.  67,  69. 

On  this  genua  compare  the  work  of  Tbkmblet,  noted  in  p.  6o,  and  of 
Laurent,  p.  68.  The  first  discoverer  of  the  genus  was  Lxkuwsnhoick,  who 
probably  observed  Hydra  grUea.  He  announced  this  animal  in  a  letter  to 
the  BoySd  Society  of  London,  of  Dec.  35,  1701,  observed  its  propagation 
by  gemmation,  figuring  it  with  two  young  ones,  and  especially  described 
the  great  contractility  of  the  arms.  PhU,  Trans.  No.  ^83.  VoL  xxm.  for 
the  years  1701,  1703,  pp.  1304 — 1311.  This  description,  however,  had 
been  forgotten  when  Tbemblbt  discovered  the  animal  a  second  time. 

Clava  Gmel.  Coryne  of  authors,  not  of  Gaebtn.  Body  cla- 
vate.     Ten&cles  scattered. 

These  animals  are  marine,  and  adhere  to  different  bodies.  Propa- 
gation is  effected  by  buds  of  a  round  or  bell-shaped  form,  which 
contain  ova  or  spermatozoa,  and  which  occasionally  detach  them- 
selves from  the  stem  on  which  they  were  developed,  swim  freely 
about,  and  resemble  small  Medusse. 

Sp.  Clava  parasitica  Gm.,  Hydra  mtdtieomiSf  FobskIl,  Icon.  Rerum  naiur, 
HawnicBf  1 776.  Tab.  xzvi.  fig.  b,  B.  Cor.  squamata  Mukll.  Zoci.  Dame.  Tab. 
IV.  about  three  lines,  according  to  Ratheb,  }inch  long.  Rathks  dis- 
covered Spermatotoa  in  the  swellings  called  ^Si^iiaiiMe  by  MuBLLUt;  vid. 
Wiiomann'b  and  Erichson'b  Arckiv.  f.  Naturgesck.  1844.  s.  155—165  ; 
Awn.  des  8c,  Nat.  ^^"^SSric  n.  1844.  ^^-  PP>  -^^ — ^'o;  Waonbb  found 
eggs  in  these  swellings,  Icon.  ZooUm.  Tab.  xxxiv.  fig.  16.  Thus  the  sexes 
appear  to  be  distinct. 

Eleutheria  QuATREPAGES.  Body  hemispherical,  hollow.  Ten- 
tacles six,  divided  into  two  retractile  branches,  terminating  in  a 
round  head.     Six  eyes  placed  at  the  base  of  the  tentacles. 

Sp.  SUmkeria  dccAotomo,  Da  Quathstaois,  MiiMre  sur  VSleuAme  dieho- 
tome,  Ann.  des  8c,  not,  see,  Sirie.  Tom.  xvn.  184a.  Zoci.  pp.  373 — 288, 
PI.  VIII.  Discovered  in  the  Atlantic  ocean,  on  the  shore  of  the  Islands 
ChoMsey,  Dep.  La  Mameke,  \  millim.  in  diameter.  There  were  eggs  in  the 
posterior  part  of  the  body.  This  form  is  probably  a  free  bud  for  the  propa- 
gation of  some  species  of  drryne,  Sertidaria  or  Tubtdaria.  See  Y.  Bensdsh, 
Bulletin  de  VAcad.  Roydle  de  BrtoDeUes,  Tom.  xi.  No.  10.  Quatrkfaoks,  ib. 
Tom.  xn.  No.  «. 

[Genus  PedtceHarta  MuELL.  delendum^] 


^  Pediculated  organs  with  three  valves  are  found  between  the  spines  and  tentacles, 
or  suckers,  of  the  sea-urchin,  which  MusLLSB  took  to  be  parasitic  Polyps,  and  of  which 
he  formed  the  genus  PediceUaria. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


FOUTFL  75 

Family  11.  Seriularina.  P0I7P8  affixed  hy  a  membranaceonB 
paUium  secreting  the  PolTpary,  or  loiicated,  induded  in  a  tubnle 
or  cell. 

Hydractinia  Van  Bened.,  Echinochorium  HA8SALL,  Dysmor-- 
phoaa  Phiuppi,  Synhydra  Quatrefages.  Polypfl  of  two  sorts, 
sterile  and  fertile,  set  on  an  incrosting  polyparj.  Tentacles  nnmer- 
ons.     The  fertile  polyps  without  month. 

Sp.  Hydradmea  lactea,  IHanwrphoaa  eonchieolay  Phiuppi,  Sf/nkgdra  paratUm 
QUATRIP.  Ann,  da  8c.  mU.  Me.  SSrie.  Zod,  Tom.  xx.  PL  Tm.  ix.,  Hab- 
SALL^  Ann.  and  Mag.  of  Nat.  ffitk  VoL  TiL  PL  x.  ftg.  $,  PmuFF^ 
Whom.  u.  Ebiohs.  Arekh,  Tm.  1841.  Ttl.  i.  fig.  5.  Tiirbiii«te  sheila  are 
Offten  found  incnufted  with  a  greyish-brown  finn  oovering,  difficult  to  remove: 
this  IB  the  common  body  to  which  the  several  polype,  some  miUimeten  long, 
are  attachedj  which  have  of  late  years  been/described  by  diflerent  observers. 
QuATBSFAOKS  foond  his  specimens  on  the  shells  of  Turbo  and  Buocmumf  in 
which  the  hermit-crab  (Poffurui)  had  taken  up  his  abode ;  so  aJso  BAflTBB 
previously,  natwurk.  UiUp.  I.  Tab.  in.  fig.  5.  According  to  Quatbsfaois, 
it  is  by  no  means  established  that  all  the  above-mentioned  names  refer,  as 
Yak  Behkden  determines,  to  the  same  animaL 

Coryne  Gaertn.,  Stipula  Sars,  Syncoryna  Ehrenb.  Polyps 
with  scattered  tentacles,  nodiferous  or  globose  at  the  tip.  Polypaiy 
papyraceous,  suhramose,  with  polyps  at  the  extremities  of  the 
tubes,  not  retractile  within  the  tubes. 

The  name  Coryne  of  Gaebtneb,  Pallas  Spicileg.  Z06L  Fasc.  x. 
1774,  pp.  36,  40,  41,  has  by  later  writers  been  perversely  given  to 
other  kinds,  and  the  original  typical  species  been  named  Syncoryne. 

Sp.  Coryne  punlla  GtASBTv.,  Coryne  ^nduio»a  Pall.  SpieU.  Zool.  x.  Tab. 
rv.  fig.  8,  &c  Compare  on  this  genus  Lovi^K,  Konff.  Vdauk.  Akad.  Sand- 
ling.  1835;  Wdegm.  Arckw,  m.  1837.  pp.  31 1—316,  Ann.  dea  Se.  Nat. 
a  SMe.  Zool.  XV.  p.  170,  PL  vni.  JoBsmos,  Bid.  of  Brit.  Zoophytes,  pp. 
3^-41,  PL  n. 

Tuhtdaria  L.  (in  part).  Polyps  with  a  double  coronet  or  whorl 
of  tentacles,  the  upper  surrounding  the  mouth.  Polypary  affixed 
by  the  base,  tubular,  gelatinous  or  membranaceous,  with  polyps 
terminal,  not  retractile. 

a)    Simple  TtdndarioL 

Sp.  Tubularia  indwi»a  L.,  Tubvl.  calamaris  Pall.,  Jussdeu,  M4m.  deVAoad. 
Jtoyaie  det  Sc.  174a.  p.  196.  PL  x.  fig.  2.  A,  B;  Ellis,  CoraU.  PL  xvi.  c ; 
LiSTKB,  PhU.  TroMoct.  1834.  p.  166.  PL  vin.  %  i,  &c. ;  Johnston,  Hist. 
Br.  Zooph.  p.  48.  pL  m. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


76  CLASS  II. 

h)    Branched  TubularuB,    [Gemm  ^wiendrium  Kosl] 
Sp.  TmtmL  nmam  L^  Kll  Cbmff .  FL  m.  fig.  a.  PL  xm.  a»  A,  fta 

Corymarpka  Bams. 

Comp.  8aB8»  Sakrimbe  eg  Jm^tLangdatr  oter  tugi^  m/mahdi^  dUr  mije  i 
Htmi  ved  der  Bergentke  KfM  lemmde  Dfr.  60)^01.  1855-  PL  i.  fig.  3. 
FoBsn  and  GooDS^^  Om  ike  Coiymorpkm  mmkm$,  Amm.  mmd  Mag.  nf  NaL 
BiM.  T.  1840.  pp.  909—315 ;  JoEnrov,  B*M.  Br.  Zoapk,  pp.  54— 5^-  Pl- 
Tn.  figa.  3—6. 

Pennaria  GrOLDP.  Polyps  clayate,  the  club  with  scattered  ten* 
tacles  globose  at  the  extremity,  and  with  a  whorl  of  longer  tentacles 
at  the  base.  Polypary  ramose,  with  branches  alternate  polypi- 
ferons  on  one  side  (with  Polyps  second.) 

Sp.   Pemmaria  Cavolmm,  SatmUmia  petmmria  Gatolivi,  pp.  134—159.  Tbb.  v. 

Campamdana  Lah.  {SerhilaruB  species  L.,  Ehr.)  Polyps  fim- 
nel-shaped,  with  month  situated  at  the  extremity  of  a  retractile 
conical  tubercle.  A  whorl  of  tentacles,  numerous,  warty,  with 
dart-cells  at  the  base  of  the  tubercle.  The  Polypaiy  corneous, 
tubular,  branched,  with  cells  campanulated,  pedunculate,  the  pedicle 
long,  continuous  with  the  stem.  The  terminal  cells  sterile,  the 
axillary  oviferous. 

Comp  Lister,  FhiL  Trans.  1834,  p  372  Ac. ;  LovAf,  Kong. 
Vetensk  Akad.  HandL,  Wibgmanh's  Arehiv,  iil  b.  249—262.  Ann. 
des  Sc.  not  2e  sericy  Zod.  xv.  p  151 ;  Yan  Bbnedbn,  Mem.  swr  les 
Campamdaires  de  la  cdfe  d'Ostende.  Bmxelles,  1843,  4^  {Mem.  de 
VAcad.  de  Bruaeelles,  xm.),  Ann,  des  Se,  not.  2e  serUy  Zod.  xx  pp  350 
—369.  PL  13  (Extract). 

Sp.    Cam^aimilima  diekoioma  Lam.,  S&rUdaria  geikiculeOa  L.,  Elub,  CoraU. 
PL  xn.  No.  iS  A,  a.  C,  c.  PL  xxxym.  fig.  5,  fto. 

BerHilaria  L.  (exclusive  of  several  species).  Polyps  funnel- 
shaped;  tentacles  hispid,  numerous,  arranged  in  a  whorl  at  the 
base  of  the  mouth.  Polypary  corneous,  simple  or  ramose,  with 
cup-shaped  cells  sessile,  or  subpedunculate,  with  short  pedicle, 
distinct  from  the  stalk.  Polypiferous  cells  sterile ;  others  fertile, 
oviferous,  scattered  over  the  stalk  and  branches,  situated  usually 
near  the  base. 

The  Polype  of  this  genus  do  not  differ  from  those  of  the  former, 
but  the  cells  are  non-pediculate,  or  the  very  short  pedicle  is  dis- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


POLYPI.  77 

tinctly  inaerted  into  an  indent  of  the  stenL  The  last  fonn  the 
genus  Laomedea  Laxoubouz.  Those  which  have  cells  entirely 
without  pedicle  may  be  thus  divided  : 

a)  with  oeUs  hifiurious  or  scattered  {Serhtlaria  Lax.) 

L.,  Ell.  Corall,  PL  v.  No.  8.  fig.  a,  A,  Liarra,  PkU.  Tntnt.  1834.  PI.  viii. 
fig.  s»  &C.  JoHNBTON,  JBr.  Zoopk.  p.  66,  PL  zi.  figi.  3,  4,  and  p.  75,  PL 
xin.  fig.  I. 

6)  with  cells  yerticillate  {Anlennularia  Lax.) 
Sp.    Sertttlaria  animnina  L.,  Bll.  Corall.  PL  IZ  a. 

c)    with  cells  secund  {Plumularia  Lax.) 

Ftp.  Sertularia  plttma  Ell.  Corall,  PL  vii.  fig.  b,  B,  to,  Jomxtnon,  Br, 
Zoopk,  p.  9«,  PI.  zzni.  figs.  1—3.* 

Order  IL     OctacHnia. 

Tentacles  eight,  pinnate.  Nutrient  canal  contained  in  a  distinct 
abdominal  cavity^  connected  with  it  by  interposed  lamellae. 

Family  III.  Xenina.  Common  body,  fleshy  or  membraneous, 
affixed  by  the  base.    Polyps  not  retractile,  with  pinnate  tentacles. 

Xenta  Sav.  Common  body  growing  upwards  into  stems  divided 
at  the  top,  branches  short.  Polyps  &sciculate,  collected  at  the 
extremities  of  the  branches  into  globose  heads,  or  umbels. 

Sp.  Xenia  umbdlala  Saviont,  D6$eripHon  de  VEgypte,  Polypea,  Tab.  I.  tig. 
3 ;  ScHWSiGOKR*a  Beobaehtungen  a/af  natwrhitt,  Jteisen,  Tab.  y.  fig.  48  ;  in 
the  Bed  Sea. 

Anthelia  Sav.  Common  body,  membraneous,  plane,  spread  over 
marine  bodies,  stoloniferous.  Polyps  standing  out,  erect,  crowded, 
at  the  surface  of  the  membrane. 

Sp.    Anihdia  glauea  SATiaHT,  I>S9cr.  de  VEgypte,  Polypa,  Tab.  i.  fig.  7. 

Note,  C^nus  RM/zooxnia  Ehbenb.  is  founded  on  a  figure  of 
Zoamtha  thalasacmtha  of  Lesson  in  the  zoological  plates  of  Du- 
perbt's  voyage  (Voyage  mUov/r  du  Monde  swr  la  Corvette  la 
Coqttille,  pendant  lee  annees  1822 — 1825).     The  common  body  is 


^  Many  species  which  have  been  refened  to  SerhUaria,  belong  to  the  Bryotoa, 
Anumgat  them  an  thoee  which  Lamabok  has  brought  together  under  the  genus  Serio* 
huria.    See  Yak  dkb  Hoitbn's  ffandb.  der  JHerkunde,  first  edition,  i.  p.  76. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


78  CLASS  II. 

made  up  of  stolons,  connecting  tubes  erect,  ventricose,  striated,  each 
containing  a  Polyp.  Wliether  the  Polyps  ara  retractile  or  not,  does 
not  appear.     Oomp.  genus  Evagora  Phiuppi  (p.  79). 

Family  IV.  Hahyonina.  Polypary  fleshy,  spongy,  perforated 
by  many  canals,  and  crowded  with  microscopic  calcareous  spicula. 
The  Polyps  associated  in  the  polypary,  retractile,  with  tentacles 
pinnate. 

This  fiimily  has  its  name  from  the  genus  Alcyoniwra  L.  called  in 
Holland  Zeeachmm  or  Zeekv/rk  (sea^foam  or  sea-cork).  Under  the 
genus  Ahyonivmh  of  Linn.£US  were  comprised  species  which,  like 
Ahsyonium  Schlosseri,  belong  to  the  Molluscs  (Asddice),  as  Sa- 
VI6NY  has  shewn ;  other  species  are  Bryozoa  {Alcycn.  gdcUinosum), 
The  genus  Alcyonium  of  Lamarck  contains  plant-like  forms  without 
polyps.  To  these  spongy  plants  belongs  also  the  genus  AlcyoneUiMn 
QuoY  (EuplecteUa  Owen).  Consequently  there  remain  for  this 
family  those  species  alone  which  Laicabck  has  united  under  the 
genus  Lobvlarioy  and  probably  it  would  be  well,  according  to  the 
suggestion  of  Schweigoeb,  to  reject  the  name  Alcyonvum  altogether, 
for  the  sake  of  avoiding  confusion. 

On  the  sponges  comp.  SoHWSiaoKB,  ffcmdb,  der  Naturg€8ck,  d&r  skeUttr 
loten  ungegliederUn  Thiere,  s.  370^374,  R.  £.  Obakt,  in  Edinb.  PhUot. 
Joum.  VoL  xin.  p.  333,  H.  F.  Link,  Ueber  PJUtnzenthiere  Uberhavpt  und 
die  dagu  gere(^neten  ChiodcKse  bemmden.  Phynk,  Abhandl,  der  Ahad.  der 
Wiseenech,  eu  Berlin  a.  d.  Jahre  1830.  s.  109 — 123. 

Ahyonidia  Milne  Edw.  Polypary  simple  or  ramose,  with  a 
basal  portion  coriaceous,  a  terminal  polypiferous,  soft,  retractile  by 
invagination  within  the  former.  Polyps  with  tentacles  having 
pinnae,  which  are  hollow,  in  a  single  row  at  the  margin,  retractile 
separately. 

Sp.  Alcyonidda  elegane  Milmb  Edwabds,  Ann,  dee.  8c.  not.  w  Sir,  iv,  1835. 
pp.  333 — 333.  PL  f  a,  13.    la  the  Mediterranean  at  Algiers. 

Nephtoki  Sav.  (according  to  Ehrenb.  to  be  written  Nephthya). 
Polypary  ramulose  or  shrubby,  with  Polyps  retractile  within  warts 
armed  with  spicula. 

Sp.  Nephtaa  inMmUnaia  Blaikv.,  Nephthifa  Savignyii  Ehbknb.,  AmmoihM 
Chabrolii  AuDouiN,  DUcr,  de  VEgypU,  Polypes,  PL  n.  fig.  5.  To  the  flame 
genus  belongs  Spkongodee  cdona  LssBON,  IlltutraHons  de  Zociogie,  PL  xxi. 
which  seems  scaroely  different  from  Alcyonium  pni/dfum  Esfsb,  Alcytm, 
Tab.  xvi. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


POLTPI.  79 

AmmoAea  Say.  Fcdjpmy  ramnloee  or  shmbby,  with  Poljps 
retractile  into  unarmed  warts,  clustered  on  the  last  branchlets. 

Sp.  Ammolhm  viraceM  Satight,  l>^fer.  de  VBgypU^  Polypet,  PL  n.  fig.  6. 

Sympodtum  Ehrenb.  Common  bodj,  membraneous,  efiuse,  with 
Polyps  retractile  into  unarmed  warts  that  project  only  slightly, 
without  stem. 

Sp.  Sifm/pod,  fuUginotum  Ehbinb.,  Anihelia  species  Audouih,  Dfyer.  de 
r^ypte.  Polyp,  PL  L  fig,  6. 

Some  AiUkdia  have  retractile  Polype.  Thej  cover  ytaioxta  marine  bodies 
as  an  incrostatioiL  One  species  of  this  genus  was  described  by  Pallab  as 
the  orost  of  a  Oorffonia:  Oorg.  eoraUoidei,  Blench,  Zoophytor,  p.  199, 
EflFSB  Gorgon.  Tah,  xxzn. 

Evagora  Philippi.  Polypary  incrusting,  formed  of  stolons 
conjoining  the  several  Polyps.  Polyps  with  a  basal  portion  harder, 
coriaceous,  a  terminal  retractile,  soft. 

%p,  Evagora  roeea  Prilipfi,  Wibomanh  n.  Ebichson  Arekw  f,  Natwrgeeck, 
▼m.  1843,  L  s.  36.  Taf.  I,  f.  2,  c. — Zoawtha  ihalastantha  Lbssok  (see  above, 
p.  77)  appears  to  be  another  laiger  species  of  this  genus. 

Alcyonium  Cuv.  Milne  Edw.  {Lobularta  Lam.  Alcyanii 
species  L.)  Body  fleshy,  turgid,  usually  inciso-lobate,  covered  with 
Polyps  scattered. 

The  separate  polyps  are  entirely  retractile  within  tiie  common 
body,  formed  by  the  union  or  concretion  of  the  external  covering 
of  the  polyp&  This  is  thick  and  spongy,  and  contains  a  great 
quantity  of  small  irr^ular  crystals  of  carbonate  of  lime.  PropagSr 
tion  is  by  eggs  and  buds  (^emmce).  The  form  and  size  may  be  very 
different  in  one  and  the  same  species,  so  that  the  distinction  of 
some  of  the  species  proposed  by  authors  is  imcertain. 

Sp.  AlcyoKtum  lobaiwn  Pall.,  Ale,  digUattm  L.,  Juasnu,  Mim.  de  VAcad, 
des  8c.de  Parie,  1742.  PL  IX.  f.  i.  A— J ;  Ell.  Corall.  PL  xxxin.  fig.  a,  A; 
Sfix,  Ann,  du  Mas,  xm.  1809.  PL  xxxiu.  fig.  8  (named  Ale,  exoi);  La- 
MODBOUX,  HieL  dee  Polj/piers  JUxtbUa,  PL  xiz.  fig.  4,  PI.  xm.  PL  xnr. 
^,  I,  Johnston,  ffiet.  Br.  Zooph.  174.  Pll.  zzxnr.  zxxiv*.  This  species, 
called  by  the  Dutch  fishennen,  according  to  Pallas,  dooden  manehand  or 
duimen  (deadman's  hand  or  thumb),  occurs  in  the  North  Sea^  and  attains  a 
size  of  0.14 — 0.1  miUim. ;  the  form  is  very  irregular,  which,  as  it  seems  to  me, 
the  name  given  to  PaUas  well  indicates;  the  colour  is  brown-yellow. — Ale, 
palmaium  Pall.  Ale.  eacoa  L,,  Bohadsch  De  quibued.  anim.  mar.  Tab.  ix. 
f.  6,  7.  EsFBB  Alcgon,  Tab.  n.  &c.  This  species  occurs  in  the  Mediterra- 
nean ;  it  has  the  form  of  a  little  tree  cr  shrub,  and  tbe  branches  are  coloured 


Digitized  by 


Google 


80  CLASS   II. 

red.  It  has  been  specially  inveetigsted  by  Milkb  Edwabdb^  mmI  very 
beaatifbOy  figured  in  his  Obtervatiims  sur  U»  Alcyon*.  Ann,  da  8e.  not.  le 
Sir.  Tom.  iv.  Zool.  pp.  333— J43-  PL  I4»  '5- 

Family  V.  PennatuKna,  Stem  free,  fleshy,  containing  inter- 
nally an  axis  stony  or  homy.  Polyps  naked,  aggregated  on  the 
common  stem,  with  tentacles  pinnate  or  pennatifid. 

Sea-Feathers  (Polypi  naiarUes  &  PenncB  marinm).  The  opinion, 
that  these  polypstocks  swim  about  in  the  sea,  appears  to  be  un- 
fomided.  The  stem  is  fixed  in  the  ooze  at  the  bottom  of  the  sea, 
or  the  polypary  lies  on  the  bottom ;  it  is  only  when  the  waves  or 
the  fishermen's  nets  have  broken  the  Pewnahda  loose,  that  it  swims 
free  in  the  water.  Comp.  W.  Rapp  Ueber  Pclypen  tc  Actinien 
s.  8,  34.  Costa  in  Fbobief^s  neueyoHzeny  Bd.  xxl  Feb.  1842,  s.  154. 
Many  species  are  phosphorescent:  Pennahda  phasj^uyrea,  Pen. 
griaeoy  Pen.  rubra  {P.  granulosa  Lail),  VereHUum  cynomorium  finom 
the  Mediterranean  and  Pen,  argentea  from  the  Indian  sea. 

The  genus  EncrinuSy  placed  by  Lamarck  amongst  the  searfeathers, 
belongs  to  the  Echinoderms,  and  is,  as  Ellis  long  ago  remarked,  a 
species  of  star-fish  with  a  stem.     Nai.  Hist  ofCoraiL 

A.     Shaft  pinnated  in  scales  at  the  upper  part,  pinnae  polypiferous. 

Pennaiula  L.  (exclusive  of  species).  Shaft  fleshy,  at  the  lower 
part  naked,  at  the  upper  pinnate,  axis  stony.  Pinnae  two-ranked, 
patent,  plicate,  dentate  on  the  upper  margin. 

Sp.  Pennatula  ffri$ea  L.,  Pennaiula  apinosa  Lam.,  Albiki  Annot.  Acad,  Lib. 
I.  Tab.  vi.  figs.  I,  a,  Bohadsgh  i>e  quHmtd.  animalib.  mar.  Tab.  ix. 
figs.  I — 3,  EsPBB  PJUmeentk,  Pennat,  Tab.  i.  Pen.  rvbra  L.,  Pen,  granu- 
loma Lam.,  Albih.  L  1.  figs.  3,  4,  Esfkb  PjUvngmOh.  Pennat,  Tab.  n.  both 
firom  the  MediierraQean. 

Virgularia  Lam.  Shaft  elongate,  slender,  naked  below,  pin- 
nated above,  with  sub-stony  axis.     Pinnae  small,  unarmed. 

Sp.  Virgularia  mirahiUt,  Pennat,  mirahiUa  MuiLL.  (not  L.)  Zooil,  Danie. 
Tab.  XI.  Cuv.  M,  Ant,  Mi,  Uludr,,  Zoopkyt,  PL  xoi.  fig.  a. 

B.     Shaft  simple,  with  polypiferous  warts  or  papillae  at  the  upper  part 

Funiculina  Lam.  {Pavonarta  and  Sdrparia  Cuv.)  Shaft  elon- 
gate, filiform,  with  axis  homy  or  sub-stony.  Polyps  arranged  in 
series,  secund  or  alternate. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


POLYPI.  81 

a)   Polyps  secund  {Pawmaria  Cnv.) 

Sp.  Funieu^inaamtemiiHa,PemiatiUaquadrai^^ 
L.,  B0HAD6CH  De  guOnud.  Anim,  mar.  Tab,  IX.  fig.  4 ;  iq  the  Meditem- 
nean,  more  tluin  two  feet  long.    [Found  near  Oban,  Argyleshire,  forty-eight 
inches  in  length,  by  Ptof.  YoKBMB.  Yid.  JoHVBTON,  HiM,  Br,  Zooph.  p.  165, 
PI.  XXZI.] 

5)    Polyps  alternate  {Scirparia  Cur.) 
Sp.    Pennatvia  mirdlnlit  h.^ 

C.     Shaft  simple,  Polyps  scattered,  sessile. 

Veretilhim  Cuv.     Body  cylindrical,  fleshy,  upwards  polypife- 
rous,  with  large  Polyps.     Axis  like  a  ligament  or  osseous,  short. 

^.  VtrMhim  efMmarwm,  PenntUula  Cjfn/omorktm  Pall.  Mi»e,  Zoei.  Tab. 
zm.  t  1—4,  Raff,  Nov.  Act.  Acad.  Camur.  Leop.  Carol.  Mrfur.  Ourioi. 
xiT.  9.  1829.  Tub.  zxxvni.  fig.  i.  Ebdl  in  Waonsb  leon.  ZooUm.  Tab. 
xxziv.  fig.  I.     Mediterranean,  Ac. 

D.     Shaft  simple,  polypiferous  at  the  extremity  only,  polype  grouped  in 

an  umbeL 

UmheUularta  Lam.    Body  elongate,  slender,  with  a  long  osseous 
axis.     Polyps  large,  terminal. 

&p,  UmbeUaria  gnmdandieay  PennahUa  enermui  Pall.  ;  Ell.  CoraU,  Tab. 
xxxvn.  taken  in  very  deep  water  at  79*  N.  L. 

K     Shaft  short,  cylindrical,  dilated  into  a  flattened  reniform  expansion, 
which  is  polypiferous  on  one  side, 

ReniUa  Lam. 

%).  RenMa  americana  Lam.,  Pennatula  renfformis  Pall.,  Schwbioobs  JM. 
auf  naturhut.  Reiten.  Tab.  n.  fig.  10 ; — BeniUa  vkiacea  Quot  et  GADf  abd 
Voyage  de  VUranie,  Zoologie.  PI.  Lxxxvi.  fig.  5—7,  Cuv.  R.  Anim.  4dU. 
iUuMr^e,  Zoophfft.  PI.  xci.  fig.  3. 


1  Scirparia  or  Seirpearia  Ou/v.  is  said  to  be  distinguished  by  Polyps  plaoed  alternate 
on  the  two  sides.  This  genus  is  founded  on  Pcnnaiida  mirdlnlu.  Polypus  mMubili$ 
Limr.  Mui.  Adolph.  Prederici  Regie,  Hohnise,  1754.  FoL  Tab.  xix.  %g.  4.  p.  96.  It 
is  very  possible  that  Limr iEUS  afterwards  mistook  a  foreign  species  (from  China,  see 
AmaenU.  Acad.  iv.  p.  157)  for  one  from  the  North  Sea  {Fowna  Sueciea,  p.  543,  "Aa5t- 
lot  in  oceano  Norvegico**),  and  this  last  may  be  VirgtUaria  mMubUie.  To  me  the  genus 
Seifparia  appears  very  doubtful.  The  type  which  served  for  Linnaub'  description, 
was  not  known  at  Stockholm,  as  my  friend  Prof.  Sundbvall  wrote  to  me  (4  July, 
1846). 

VOL.  I.  6 


Digitized  by 


Google 


82  CLASS  II. 

Family  VI.  Tubiparina.  Polypary  calcareous,  of  parallel 
tabes,  close  set,  conjoined  by  transverse  partitions.  Polyps  tubular, 
the  neck  retractile,  soft,  the  lower  part  indurated,  forming  the  poly- 
pary. Tentacles  in  single  or  double  row  at  the  margin,  retractile  by 
involution. 

Tviipora  L.  (exclusive  of  several  species). 

Sp.  Tubipora  mutica  L.,  Tubularia  TouBNXr.  Inttit.  Bei  het^ricB  Tab.  343 
(the  Polypary)  ;  for  this  animal  and  its  organisation  compare  especially  the 
beaatlAil  plate  in  Fbbtoinbt,  Voyage  de  VUranie^  Zool.  PL  88.  The 
Orffan-Ooral  consiBts  of  cylindrical,  hollow  tubes,  standing  perpendicular 
with  transverse  partitions.  These  last  arise  from  a  horizontal  expansion, 
which  at  the  top  of  the  tube  surrounds  its  droumference  radially.  Hie 
expansions  connect  the  tubes  together,  and  become  partitions  when  the 
tubes  above  them  b^gin  to  grow.  From  this  elongation  of  the  tubes 
their  jointed  form  arises,  and  when  the  growth  ceases,  they  form  a  new 
transverse  expansion  round  the  wall  of  their  aperture.  Ehbekbbbo  has 
distinguished  the  spedes  of  this  genus  more  accurately :  they  are  usually 
comprised  under  the  collective  name  of  Tubipara  fMuica,  The  Polypary  in 
all  the  species  is  purple-red ;  in  the  Indian  species  which  Peboh  {Voyage 
avac  terree  AuatraUe  I.  p.  146),  and  QuoTand  Gaimabd  {Voyage  de  VUranie, 
Zoologie,  pp.  634 — 641  and  PL  88)  observed,  the  Polyps  are  green,  in  others 
they  are  whitish  or  light  red,  as  in  those  which  Chahibso  described  (Nov. 
Ad,  Acad.  Leap.  Carol,  N.  C.  Tom.  x.  p.  370,  Tab.  xxzin.  fig.  2),  and  in 
TMpora  rubeola  Quot  {Voyage  de  FAstrolahe,  Zool.  TV.  pp.  357 — 359), 
GusBiN  Iconographie,  Zooph.  PI.  xzn.  fig.  i,  where  the  fin-like  indents 
at  the  edge  of  the  tetvUieula  stand  in  a  single  row,  as  in  Tubip.  ffempriehii 
Ehbenb.,  whilst  in  Tubipora  musica  Ehbxnb.  to  which  Fbetcihbt's  plate 
quoted  above  refers,  they  form  a  double  row. 

To  Tubipora  fossil  Polyparies  appear  to  belong,  Catenipora  {egcharoidea) 
and  Syringopora  Goldf.  from  the  oldest  limestone  (mountain-lime). 

Family  VII.  Corticata.  Polypary  fixed,  ramose,  its  bark  soft, 
supplied  with  calcareous  spicula  or  granules,  polypiferous,  its  axis 
hardish  stony  or  homy.  Polyps  retractile,  with  tentacles  having 
a  single  row  of  small  conical  appendages  at  the  margin,  gemmi- 
parous  and  oviparous,  conjoined  by  canals  creeping  through  the 
bark. 

The  hofrhed^oraU  (corticiftrei)  of  Lamabck  form  a  division  veiy 
nearly  allied  to  Alct/onvum  and  FenncUulina.  The  polypary  is  here 
in  its  origin  and  mode  of  structure  vety  different  from  that  of  the 
TtMporina,  but  on  the  other  hand  resembles  that  of  the  Fefma- 
tulvna.  The  hard  axis,  which  alone  is  usually  preserved  in  collec- 
tions, may  be  compared  with  that  of  the  FenruUtdina;  they  are,  in 
a  word,  fixed  FenruihUincB. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


POLYPI.  83 

A.     Axis  Hany  {Isidea  Ehbenr) 

litis  L. 

Corallium  Lah.      Shaft  uniform,  rigid,  finely  striated  longi- 

tudinallj. 

Sp.  CcToUium  nidnuii  Lam.,  /#»  nobiUi  L.  Toubkbp.  InatU.  Bei  herbarice. 
Tab.  ooGZXziz.  (Axis),  Espbb,  I^fUnuenth.  Ind.  Tab.  yn,  vm. ;  CAVOLiiri 
PoUpi,  pp.  33^47,  Tab.  n.  Cutub  R,  Anim,  4dU,  iOutirie,  Zoofh,  PL 
80.  Blood-eoral;  in  the  Mediterranean,  espeoiaUy  on  the  African  coast.  It 
is  exported  to  the  East  Indies,  and  is  aJso  much  used  in  Europe  for  neck- 
ornaments.  It  grows  on  all  sorts  of  marine  bodies,  even  on  other  oorab, 
and  not  only  downwards,  but  in  all  direotioDS,  increasing  yery  slowly ;  it  is 
seldom  more  than  a  foot  long.  Hie  streaks  risible  on  the  unpolished  aids 
are  the  impressions  of  vessels  which  run  in  the  bark,  and  form  a  oommuni- 
cation  between  the  different  polype. 

MeKUea  Lam.     Shaft  knotty,  genicula  tumid,  ramiferoos. 

Sp.  MdUoea  oehracea,  Itis  oehraeea  L.,  PaIiL.,  Natuurl.  Hid,  der  plamidieren, 
door  BoDDAXBT,  Tab.  vn.  Mxuiv,  Beite  urn  die  Brde,  m.  Zool,  Tab.  zxxiz. 
in  the  Indian  Ocean. 

Isis  Lam.  Shaft  with  jointed  axis,  nodes  stony,  striated,  rami- 
feroos, intemodia  homy. 

^.  Isi$  kippwris  L. ;  EsPEB  l^merOh,  Ind,  Tab.  I— m. 

Mopsea  Lamour.,  Ehrenb.  Shaft  with  jointed  axis,  nodes 
homy,  ramiferons,  intemodia  stony. 

Sp.   Mopiea  dkhoiama,  Ins  diekokma  L. ;  ESFKB  PJlanun^,  Ind.  Tkb.  v. 

Note.  Here  also  belongs  Ina  donffoia,  Espeb  I^nzenth,  Ind.  Tab.  vi, 
according  to  two  specimens  brought  by  the  noble  V.  Sixbold  firom  Japan, 
which  are  preserved  in  the  Leyden  Museum,  and  agree  with  Espxb'b 
figure.  Is  the  lame  species  also  found  in  the  Mediterranean,  as  Philippi 
supposes,  who  refers  to  it  Moptea  Mediterranea  R188O  ?  See  Wibomann 
u.  Ebichsok'b  Archiv.  Tin.  1843.  s.  38. 

B.     Axis  homy  {Cerato-coraUia  or  Gorgoma  Ehrenb.) 

Gorgonia  L.  (exclusive  of  species  of  Antipathes).  Stem  with 
axis  homy,  distinct:  the  crust  polypiferous,  fibroso-calcareoiis,  per- 
sistent. 

Seorshrvh,  HomrplarU.  These  horn-plants  grow  with  stem  and 
branches  upwards ;  the  latter  are  usually  situated  in  a  plane,  and 
often  coalesca  Many  earlier  and  later  writers  have  believed  the 
stem  to  be  a  plant,  on  which  Polyps  had  fixed  themselves.  (Ds 
naiwra  vegetabiU  Oorgoniofrum,  auctore  G.  L.  C.  Gravenhobst, 
Obxh's  Isis  1823.  &  724.     Beetle  Aoademia  delle  scienze  di  Torino 

6—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


84  CLASS  .II. 

T.  xxvL)  The  species  are  very  numerous,  and  many  might  perhaps 
by  closer  investigation  be  better  defined  Laicoubotjx  and  Ehben- 
BEBG  haye  formed  different  genera,  which  by  the  last  especially  have 
been  distinguished  by  the  arrangement  of  the  Polyps. 

Subgenera:  Prymnoa  Lamour.,  Ehrenb.  Mwricea  Lamour, 
Ehbenb.  Etmicea  Lamoub.,  Ehbenb.  Plexaura  Lahoub.,  Ehrekb., 
Gorgonia  Lahoxtr.,  Ehrenb.,  Fterogorgia  Ehrenb. — ^A  new  genus 
Bebryee  Philippi  appears  to  be  distinguished  by  non-retractile 
Polyps. 

Sp.  ChrgoniaJUibdUim  L.,  Ell.  ChraU.  PL  zxvi.  fig.  A — O.  Sea-fan,  MermauTt 
fan,  in  different  seas. 

AnttpcUhes  Pall.  {Oorgonice  Spec.  L.)  Stem  with  axis  homy, 
distinct,  covered  usually  with  minute  spines,  with  bark  polypiferous, 
gelatinous,  deciduous. 

Sec^shrub,  The  bark  which  is  gelatinous,  not  calcareous  or 
fibrous,  is  missing  in  specimens  taken  from  the  sea :  hence,  when 
preserved  in  collections,  they  resemble  branches  of  dead  wood. 

EHRENBERa  thiuks  AfUipcUhes  ought  not  to  be  joined  to  Gorgonia, 
and  that  it  probably  belongs  to  the  Bryozoa.  He  refers  to  later 
communications,  which  have  not  yet,  as  &r  as  I  know,  been  pub- 
lished {pie  CoroMevUhiere  dea  rothen  Meeres,  s.  113  in  a  note.) 
Milne  Edwards  does  not  hold  this  opinion,  Lamarck  ffisL  naL 
dea  Am.  s,  v,  ii.  p.  684.  According  to  Gray  the  Polyps  of  Anti- 
pathee,  which  he  investigated  in  a  specimen  referred  by  him  to 
ArU,  dichotoma  Pall,  have  six  arms,  but,  with  the  exception  of 
this  strange  anomaly,  agree  with  those  of  Gorgonia,  Proceedings  of 
the  ZooL  Soc.  of  London.  1832.  p.  41,  42. 

Sp.  AnHpatket  spiralU  Pall.,  Esfsb  PJlamenth,  Antip.  Tab.  vni.,  Pallas 
Plantdieren  by  Boddaebt,  Tab.  vi.  fig.  s—Antipath.  myriophyOa  Pall., 
EsPiB  L  L  Tab.  z»  GuimN  Iconogr.  Zoophyl.  PI.  xxin.  fig.  i.  ftc. 

Order  III. 

Polydctinia  {ZoocoraUta  polyactinia,  PhytocoraUia  polyactinta, 
and  PhytocoraUia  dodecactinia  Ehrenberg). 

Polyps  with  twelve  or  more  non-pinnate  tentacles,  simple  or 
aggregate.  Nutrient  canal  suspended  in  the  cavity  of  the  body,  by 
means  of  lamellsB  forming  partitions.  Aperture  of  the  nutrient 
canal  single,  external,  supplying  the  office  of  mouth  and  of  anus. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


POLYPI.  85 

Section  I. 
Tentacles  twelve.     {PhytocoraUia  dodecactinia  Eurenb.) 

Family  VIII.  Madreporina  {Madreporina  and  MiUeporina 
Ehrenb.)  Polypary  secreted  by  the  Polyps,  stony,  supplied  vdth 
polypiferous  cells,  usually  ramose  or  expanded,  lobate.  Tentacles 
short. 

Madreporalt.  (exclusive  of  many  species),  Lam.  (Portia  Ejusd. 
Eeterapora  and  Madrepora  Ehrenb.)  Polypary  stony  with  cells 
circumscribed,  lamellose,  often  prominent,  with  porous  interstices. 

Sp.  Madrepora  palmaUt,  Ifeteropora  palmata  Ehbinb.,  Madrepora  mmieaia, 
w.  EsFKB  PfiameiUh.  Madrtpor,  Tab.  u.  On  the  animal  of  this  ipeciea 
oomp.  Lebubub,  Mim.  du  Mm,  vi.  pp.  190,  191,  PL  ZYn.  fig.  18.  Madre- 
pora ahrotanoidei,  Madrepora  muricata  Pall.,  Quot  and  Gaimabd  Vo^offe 
de  VUran,  PL  zcvi.,  GUBKIK  Iconogr,  Zooph.  PL  xzin.  fig.  io,^Madre- 
pora  podEUfera  Lam.  &c. 

PodUipora  Lam.  Polypary  stony,  ramose,  with  cells  of  slight 
depth  not  lamellose,  contiguous. 

Sp.  PociOipora  damkomdg  Lam.,  Espsb  P/aneenth.,  Madrtp.  Tab.  zlvi. 
and  XLYi  A.  &o. 

Genus  NvJlipwa  Lail  Syst^me  des  Ani.  8,  vert^bres  1801.  p.  374. 
{MiUepores  with  pores  not  evident  Hist  not  des  Anu  s.  verUbres  IL 
p.  31 1)  according  to  Ehsenberg  is  in  port  to  be  brought  here. 

SeriaUypcra  Lam.  (in  part).  Polypary  stony,  ramose,  with  cells 
disposed  in  longitudinal  rows,  with  margin  slightly  prominent. 
Polyps  with  the  structure  of  the  dodecactinia,  destitute  of  tentacles. 

Sp.  Seriatopora  eubulata,  MUUpora  lineata  h,,  Espbb  PJlameiUh,  MiUep, 
Tab.  ziz. 

MiUepara  L.  (exclusive  of  species)  Polypary  stony,  ramose,  with 
cells  deep,  obsoletely  or  not  at  all  lamellose,  separate,  scattered. 

Sp.  MUUpora  alcieomii  L.,  Espbb  I^ntenth,  MiUep.  Tab.  v,  vn,  xxvi,  &a 
(Here  also  the  Polyps  appear  not  always  to  possess  arms).  Many  species 
which  were  formerly  placed  amongst  the  MUUpora  are  now  ranked  in  other 
genera. — MUlepora  truneata,  the  genus  Trunctdaria  Wibomaitn  {ffandb, 
der  ZoU.),  Myriopora  Blaikv.  belongs  to  the  Bryozoa,  Ehbxnb.  Die  Coral- 
lenihiere  des  rothen  Mteree,  ss.  126,  154,  MiuvB  Edwabds  in  and  edition  of 
Lahabck  H'ui,  Nai,  des  Am,  s.  v,  p.  306. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


86  CLASS  II. 

Section  II. 

Tentacles  numerous,  exceeding  twelve. 

A.  Polyps  secreting  a  stony  Polypaiy ,  by  which  they  are 
affixed  {PhytocoraUia  polyacHnea  Ehrenb.) 

Family  IX.  OceUina  Ehrenb.  (and  Dcedalina  ejusd.  in  part). 
Cells  circumscribed. 

Genera:  GcMryophyUia  Lail,  Oculina  Lam.,  ExpUmcvria  Lail, 
Cladocora  Hempb.  and  ^EssESB,,AnthophyUum  Schweiggeb,  Ehbenr, 
AstroMb  Gil  {Astrea  Lam.) 

Sp.  CaryophyUia  ramta  Lak.,  Madrepora  ramea  L.,  OcuUna  ramea  Ehbsnb., 
TouBKBFOBT  Inttit.  BH  kerbaricB,  Tab.  COOXL,  Madrepora,  EsPiB  PJhn- 
zerah,,  Madr^por.  Tab.  ix.  x  a.,  Milne  Edwards  in  Cuvikb  J2.  AtU,  id, 
lUutMe,  ZoopK  PI.  Lxxxm.  fig.  i,  i  a,  i  b  (with  the  animals). — Cwyopk. 
eaUcularis,  Cladocora  calyctda/ria  Ehbknb.,  Cavolihi  Polipi  mairmL  Tab. 
m,  fig.  I — 5,  pp.  48—58,  Milne  Edwabds  in  Cuv.  R,  Ani.  id.  iUtaMe, 
PL  Lxxxin.  fig.  2, 

Hate,  The  too  numerous  genera  in  this  ^mily,  severed  from  the 
genus  Madrepora  Linn.,  might  perhaps  be  properly  referred  to  two 
genera,  Oculina  and  Astrcea,  Add  Monomycea  Ehrenb.  with  a 
solitary  star. 

Family  X.  Oyroea  {DcBdalina  Ehrenb.  in  part).  Cells  con- 
fluent into  sinuous  furrows,  on  both  sides  lamellose. 

t  Stars  oonccbve. 

Moeandrina  Lam.  Mceandra  Oken^  Ehrenb.  Polypary 
stony,  hemispherical,  on  the  convex  surface  stars  winding,  con- 
tiguous, lamellose. 

Sp.  M(Ba/ndrina  eetdtriformM,  ^anglicb  Brain-tUme; — Mceandr,  labyrintkwh 
Mut,  Bederian,  1716.  Tab.  xxvi.  fig.  i,  Madrepore,  SAVioinr  Dieer,  de 
VEgypU,  Zoopkyt,  PI.  y.  fig.  4,  ftc.  In  this  Polypary  the  confluent  stara  or 
cells  {ambulacra),  with  their  transverse  plates,  resemble  the  monntain- 
chains  as  usually  engraved  on  geographical  maps. 

Agaricia  Lam.  Polypary  foliaceo-lobate,  on  one  side  only  fur- 
nished with  furrows  or  stars  in  lamellas. 

Sp.  Agaricia  depkoMahte  Ehbsnb.,  Esfbb  PfioMmJtk,  Madrep.  Tab.  zvm. 
Ac. 

Pavonia  Lam.  Polypary  foliaceo-lobate,  with  leaves  com- 
pressed, on  both  sides  stelliferous. 


*  Lehh,  der  NtAurtftaek,  iii.  i.  s.  70.  18 15. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


POLYPI.  87 

&p.  Pavonia  agturicUe$,  Madttpon  agtmeket  L.,  JSenM  PjUmamik,^  Madrep, 
Tab  xz,  CvY.  Jl.  Afd.  4dU.  iOiutr,,  Zoopk,  PL  LXZXiv.  fig.  i;— Pov. 
lactuca,  Madrep,  laehiea  Tall,,  Ebpkb  lyUuumtk,,  Madrep.  Tab.  xzxni. 
A,  B^  QuoT  et  Gaim.  Voyage  de  tAairolabe,  PL  xviu.  fig,  i,  copied  in  Cur. 
IL  Am,  id.  UlMtir,,  Zoopk.  PL  Luuuv.  ^.  i.  The  aninuJ  figured  and 
deMribed  by  QnOT  and  Gaucasd  has  round  the  moath  tnberolefl  and  no 
arms,  is  veiy  flat^  and  reaemblea  an  Aetima;  Ebbxvbibo  places  this  ipeeiea 
with  Maandrina  pectinaia,  Meeandr,  areotaia,  and  some  others  under  a 
new  genus  Mameina,  The  singularly  flat  and  thin  leayes  of  this  Polypary 
have  given  occasion  to  the  name  of  Bndwe-Oorol  (Zoctwea). 

ft  Stars  convex, 
Monticularia  Lam. 

B.  Polyps  secreting  internally  a  hard  body  (Polypary  stony, 
not  affixed). 

Family  XI.     Fungina  Ehrenb. 

The  stony  polypary  is  here  an  internal  induration  of  the  animal, 
and  is  by  Ehrekbebo  compared  with  the  calcareous  plate  of  Cephalo- 
poda (the  back-bone  of  the  Sepia). 

Fungina  Lam.  Polypary  free,  orbiculate  or  oblong,  hemi- 
spherical or  conical,  above  convex  and  lamellose,  with  an  oblong 
central  lacuna  or  gap,  below  concave  and  ragged.  Star  single, 
occupying  the  upper  surface  with  lameUe  denticulate  or  rough  on 
the  margin. 

SecMnuskroom.  The  numerous  plates,  running  from  the  center  to 
the  drcumferenoe,  give  this  Polypary  some  resemblance  to  a  mush- 
room, in  which  however  the  plates  are  situated  beneath  the  cap. 
Some  have  an  elongated  form,  and  hence,  in  the  names  they  bear,  are 
compared  to  moles  or  slugs. 

The  Fungioe  lie  in  clefts  of  rocks  and  cavities  of  coral-reefis, 
surrounded  by  branched  corals,  so  that  the  force  of  the  current  is 
broken  whilst  the  access  of  eearwater  is  not  precluded.  The  older 
specimens  are  quite  free :  but  younger  ones  are  seated  on  a  stem, 
on  rocks,  or  sometimes  are  fixed  to  the  dead  remains  of  other 
FwnguB ;  in  the  pedunculate  state  they  resemble  the  genus  Caryo- 
phyHia  Laic.  The  stem  is  at  first  hollow,  and  is  afterwards  filled 
with  calcareous  coral-substance;  the  disc  becomes  laiger,  and  at 
last  the  stem  entirely  disappears.  S.  Stutchbubt,  An  Account  of 
the  Mode  of  Growth  of  Yoimg  CorcUs  of  the  genue  Fungia,  Trane-^ 
aH.  of  the  Linnean  Society  of  London,  voL  xvi.  3.  p.  493—498. 
1833. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


88  CLASS  II. 

In  most  the  entire  Poljpary  belongs  to  a  single  Polyp.  In  some 
species  no  tentacles  or  arms  are  distinguishable ;  but  in  others  there 
are  numerous  thick,  conical  arms,  irregularly  scattered;  in  the 
middle  the  large,  transverse  oral  aperture  is  seen.  The  animal 
surrounds  the  Polypary  as  well  beneath  as  above.  See  the  figure 
of  Ftmgia  crassUentactUata  QuoY  and  Gaihabd,  Voyage  de  r Astro- 
labCy  Zooph,  PL  xiv.  £  3,  4,  also  transferred  into  the  illustrated 
edition  of  Cuvieb,  R,  Ani,  ZoophyteSy  PL  lxxxii.  ^g,  1.  Guj^rin, 
Iconogr,  Zoophytes^  PL  xxiii.  fig.  6.  In  other  species,  according  to 
the  observations  of  Eschscholtz,  Quoy  and  Gaimabd  and  others, 
many  animals  are  grown  together ;  the  oral  apertures,  here  without 
tentacles,  lie  partly  in  the  oblong  median  depression  of  the  Polypary, 
partly  between  the  plates.  These  form  the  genus  PclyphyUia  Quoy 
and  Gaimabd,  and  HerpolUha  Esghsch.  {fferpetolUha  Leuck.), 
HaUgloBsa  Hehpb.  and  Ehrenb. 

See  on  this  genus  F.  S.  Leuckabt,  Obwroai,  Zool.  dt  ZoopkytU  Coral- 
liis,  ttpeeioHm  de  genere  Fungia.  Cum  TabuUs  IV.  ofri  incias.  Friboigi 
BiiBigavorum.  184 1.  4to. 

Sp.  Fvngia  agariciformis  Lax.,  Madnpcra  fungitea  L.,  Mm,  Bederum. 
Tab.  XXVI.  fig.  3.  FoasK.  Icon,  Rer.  natural.  Tab.  xlh.,  Esfib  PJUm- 
zenih,  MadATtp,  Tab.  I.  Lbuokabt  1. 1.  Tab.  iv.  fig.  i — 3,  round,  with  fine 
toothed  laminsB ;  the  animal  had  been  observed  before  by  FobbkIl,  and 
varies  in  colour ;  QuoT  and  Gaiicabd  have  figured  it  entirely  red,  if  indeed 
their  figure  refers  (as  Ehbbnbebo  concludes)  to  this  spedee.  Voyage  de  VUror 
niCf  Zool,  PI.  xovi.  fig.  I,  1. — Fungia  limacina  Lax.,  HaUgloua  limebdna 
Ehuhb.,  Ebpsr  PJUmzmtk,  Madrep,  Tab.  Lxm. ;— Fungia  talpa.  Poly- 
phylUa  talpa,  kc, 

G«nus  CydolUhda  {Cydolites  Lail)  Polypary  stony,  orbiculate, 
with  center  sub-lacunose  (monostoma),  above  lamellose,  with  dicho- 
tomous  lamellae,  beneath  with  plane  surface,  with  concentric  rings. 

Fossil  species  from  the  oolitic  and  chalk  formations,  allied  to 
FungicB  with  which  Goldfuss  joins  them. 

Sp.  Cycl,  h^mitphcerica  Lam.,  Bbonn  Unodtliche  PJUtmenihiere  1825,  foL 
Tab.  V.  fig.  11;  Cycl.  cancelUUa  Lax.,  Faujab  db  Sadtt  Fond,  ffiet.  not. 
de  la  mont.  de  Saint  Pierre,  PI.  xxxvni.  fig.  8,  9,  ko, 

TurbmaUa  {Turbtnolta  Lam.)  Ehrenb.  Poljpary  conical,  with 
base  acuininate,  cell  single,  terminal,  lamelloso-stellate.  (Is  this  its 
place?) 

Sp.  Turbin.  rubra  QuoT  and  Gaix.  Voyage  de  VAttrolahe,  ZooL  Tom.  iv. 
p,  188,  PI.  XIV.  fig.  5—9.  GuEBiK,  Iconogr,  Zoophyt,  PI.  xxni.  fig.  7, 
Cuv.  R,  Ani.  id  UluMr.,  Zooph.  PI.  Lxxxii.  fig.  5.  This  species,  drawn  up  at 
New  Zealand  from  a  depth  of  twenty-five  fathoms,  &8tened  to  a  shell,  has 


Digitized  by 


Google 


POLYPI.  89 

an  aniiiuJ  mnch  resembling  an  Actinia,  wiih  a  large  oval  oral-i^)ertare 
BUTTOunded  by  nnmeroufl,  yery  large,  transparent  tuberoolated  rays.  Hie 
other  speciee  upon  which  Lamabok  has  founded  this  genus  are  only  known 
in  the  fossil  state.  It  was  thought  that  they  were  not  affixed,  and  oon- 
sequently  they  were  referred  to  this  fiunily ;  the  discovery,  howeTer,  of  the 
voysgerB  quoted  above,  shews  that  the  species  now  Uving  £u-  rather  belongs 
to  the  family  of  the  OedUna,  and  probably  ought  to  be  joined  to  if ono- 
myeet  Ehsbnb.  It  may  be  suspected,  perhaps,  from  Stutohbubt's 
observations,  that  here  younger  forms  of  Fungia  have  crept  in. 

To  Thtrbinalia  the  genus  JHploctenium  GrOLDFUSS,  FldbeUum  Lbbbov 
may  be  added.  See  Flaibdlum  pavofUiMim  Lxss.  IUutiration$  de  Zool, 
PL  XIV. 

J^ote,  The  genus  Lithactinia  Lesson  related  to  the  Fungue,  might 
perhaps  from  recent  inyestigations  be  established  with  propriety. 
Comp.  Lesson  lUustrcUiona  de  Zodogie,  PL  vi. 

C.     Polyps  with  the  whole  body  sofk  or  subcoriaceons. 

Family  XII.  Zoanthina.  Polyps  affixed,  never  detached 
spontaneously,  rarely  solitary,  more  frequently  gregarious,  gemmi- 
parous  or  oviparous,  never  dividing  spontaneously. 

Zoanihus  Cuv.  Bodies  fleshy,  subcylindrical,  below  slender,  at 
the  top  clavate,  gregarious,  adhering  by  filiform  gemmiferous  stolons 
of  the  base.  Mouth  terminal,  crowned  with  tentacles  filiform  or 
clavate. 

Sp.  Zwadhu  ElUm,  Actinia  mciata  Ellis,  Phil.  Trantad.  57,  Tab.  xix. 
fig.  I,  a.  Encydop.  nUth.  PL  LXX.  fig.  i,  GuEBiw  Iconogr.,  Zoopk,  PL  XX. 
fig.  4.  Zoanih.  Bertkdtdii  Ehbskb.,  Po^eAoa -ScreAotow  Audodih,  Saviovt 
JHter.  de  VEgypU,  Pobfpet,  Tab.  ii.  fig.  3.  Zoa/nthui  CouckU  JomrsTOK, 
BiM,  Br,  Zooph.  p.  101.  PL  xxxv.  fig.  9. 

MamiUtJera  Lesueur,  CavoUnia  ScHWEiGG.  Bodies  cylindrical 
or  clavate,  gregarious,  conjoined  by  a  membranous  base,  not  retrac- 
tile. 

Sp.  MammilHfera  CavoUnii,  Madrepora  denudata  CAYOLiNn,  PoUpimarini, 
Tab.  m.  fig.  6-8,  pp.  57,  58. 

Palythoa  Lamoub.,  Ehrenb.,  Gorticifera  Lesueur.  Bodies 
gregarious,  connate,  dilated  into  a  coriaceous  expansion,  with  the 
little  apertures  slightly  emergent. 

Sp.    Palyth4)a  ocdUUa,  Aleyomum  ocdUUum  Ellis  and  Sol. 

Hughea  Lamour.,  Ehrenb.  Polyps  solitary,  oviparous,  with- 
out any  stolons. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


90  CLASS  II. 

8p.    ffvffkM  Sairignfi,  Pal^tkoa  Sturignyi  AuDOUur,  ZMmt.  de  VEffypU^  PUy- 
pa,  Tab.  n.  ^,  i. 

Family  XIII*  AcHnina.  Polyps  affixing  themselves  by  the 
part  opposite  to  the  mouth,  loosening  spontaneously  and  creeping 
or  swimming,  solitary,  oviparous  or  viviparous,  never  dividing 
spontaneously,  rarely  gemmiparous. 

Actinia  L.  Body  conical  or  cylindrical,  with  mouth  at  the  top 
simple,  surrounded  by  tentacles  numerous,  cylindrical,  radiant  in 
one  or  several  rows,  with  base  discoidal. 

Sea  Anemonies,  Comp.  on  these  ammaLs,  Basteb  Naiuwrhwndige 
uilapanningeThy  L  1762,  bL  138 — 142 ;  Dicqueacase,  Essay  towards 
the  dtusidaUng  of  the  history  of  the  SecnmemonieSy  Fhilos.  Transact, 
1773,  p.  361,  1775,  p.  207,  1777,  p.  56 ;  Rapp,  Ueber  die  Folypen 
im  Algemeinen  Whd  die  Actinien  insbesonckre,  1829  ;  A.  A.  Bebt- 
HOLD,  Zergliederung  der  see-anemonen  tmd  namentlich  der  Actinia 
coriacea  in  BeUrage  zwr  Anatonvie,  Zootomie  und  Physiol,  Gottingen, 
1831.  8vo.  &  1 — 19  ;  J.  F.  Bbandt,  Prodronms  JDeseriptionis  Ani- 
maUttm  ah  H.  Mebteksio  in  orbis  terroflr.  circumnavigatione  observa- 
torum  Fasc.  i.  Petropoli  1835,  4:to.  pp.  9 — 17  Ac 

The  Anemonies  live  on  Crustaoeay  conchifera  &a,  swallow  even 
occasionally  large  mussels,  reject  the  shell,  when  the  fleshy  part  has 
been  extracted  and  consumed,  by  the  mouth,  and  evert  for  this 
purpose  their  body,  which  they  do  Ukewise  whenever  they  feel 
hunger.  Their  reproductive  power  is  almost  as  great  as  that  of 
Hydra ;  if  they  be  divided  transversely,  new  tentacles  after  a  few 
weeks  are  seen  on  the  inferior  portion,  and  each  half  becomes  a 
perfect  creature ;  thus  they  may  be  propagated  by  fission,  but 
propagation  by  spontaneous  fission  does  not  appear  to  occur 
naturally  amongst  Actinice:  usually  it  is  effected  by  ova  which  get 
into  the  stomach  from  the  ovaries  and  are  there  developed ;  when 
the  young  ones  come  out  of  the  egg  they  are  rejected  by  the  mouth. 
That  the  actinice  are  viviparous  was  formerly  observed  by  Basteb. 
The  young  have  at  first  fewer  arms  or  tentacles  than  are  after- 
wards present. 

These  animals,  with  their  coronet  of  tentacles,  resemble  com- 
pound or  double  flowers;  at  the  same  time  many  also  attract  by 
their  lively  colours.  Most  of  them  are  very  sensitive  of  the 
stimulus  of  Hght,  and  the  brighter  the  day  spread  their  tentacles 
the  more.  Of  Actinea  depressa  Bapp  observed  that  it  immediately 
contracted  when  sun-light  fell  upon  it. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


POLYPI*  91 

The  cylindrical  body  is  formed  of  a  thick  skin  of  which  the 
innennoBt  layer  consists  of  longitudinal  and  transverse  mnsclesL 
The  tentacles  are  hollow.  The  stomach  is  a  folded  blind  sac.  The 
space  between  the  stomach  and  the  skin  is  divided  hy  numerous 
partitions ;  the  ovaries^  whose  efferent  canals  open  into  the  base  of 
the  stomachy  lie  in  the  chambers  thus  formed'. 

ActimcB  are  marine  animals;  they  occur  in  the  temperate  and 
torrid  zonea  Some  specieB  are  brought  to  market  by  the  Italians 
and  are  eaten. 

A.     WUh  UUeral  pores  {Cribrina  Hempb.  and  Ehbkkb.) 

8p.  AetkUa  rfata  L.,  Bastkb  L  Tab.  ziv.  fig.  3,  Raff,  L  L  Tab.  n.  fig.  4. — 
AeUmia  coriaeea  Cuv.,  AcUnia  mMis  L.,  Bastib  1.  Tab.  xni.  fig. «.  Bapt, 
L  L  Tsb.  I.  fig.  3,  4,  Lnsov  Ilkutr,  de  Zcologief  PL  uv. 

B.      WUhout  lateral  pores  {Actinia  Ehbenr) 

Sp.  Aetmia  vmdU  OtUSL.,  Priapiu  viridii  Fobsk.  Icon.  Rar,  natural.  Tab. 
xxvn.  fig.  B,  b.  Actinia  Cerem  Bapf,  I  1.  Tab.  n.  fig.  3;  this  species  is 
eaten  ia  the  soath  of  Franoe»  and  is  known  by  the  name  OrCte  or  Ortiffue; — 
Actinia  tapetum  Hxmfb.  and  Ehbhtb.  with  short  and  numerous  Uniaeida; 
this  species  in  the  contracted  state  occasioned  the  establishment  of  a  new 
genus,  supposed  to  be  distinguished  by  the  absence  of  tentadee :  DiMcot(ma 
BuBFPKL  and  Lxucx.,  Neue  wirbdUm  Tkiere  dea  rathen  Meeret,  Frankf.  a* 
Main.  1828,  Tab.  i.  fig.  i.* 

Actinodendron  QuoY  and  Gaimabd.  Tentacles  ramose  (or 
provided  with  vesicles  lateral,  fiEUM^iculate,  Ehrenb.) 

ThalassiaMhus  BuEPP.  and  Leuck.,  Epichdia  EuRENB.  Ten- 
tacles pectinate. 

Minyaa  Cuv.  Actinecta  Less.  Body  free,  globose,  ribbed. 
Mouth  snrronnded  bj  tentacles  in  many  rows,  which  are  sometimes 
lobate.  Disc  opposite  the  month  supplied  with  aeriferous  canals, 
serving  to  suspend  the  animal  in  water. 


1  Besides  the  works  of  Bbrthold  and  Raff  referred  to,  that  of  Btmib  Jokbs, 
General  (hdUne  of  ike  Animal  Kingdom  and  Mamud  of  Oomfarative  Anatomy,  London, 
184 1,  pp.  39 — 44,  also  contains  a  detailed  anatomy  of  Actinia. 

*  Comp.  also  the  descriptions  of  sevenJ  Mediterranean  species  of  Actinia  given  by 
A.  F.  Grubs,  Actinien,  Echinodemien  und  Wilmur  dee  AdrioHschen  und  Mittdmeere, 
Kdnigsbeig,  1840,  4to. ;  amongst  the  new  species  is  one  remarkable  for  its  change  of 
colour.  Act.  Chamaieon  Qbubb. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


92  CLASS  II. 

Sp.  Minyas  cinerea  Cuv.  IL  Ani,  i^  edit.  PI.  zv.  fig.  8,  Lesson  Centurie 
Zocl,  PL  LXli.  fig.  I,  in  the  Atlantic  Ooean.  This  genus  is  referred  by 
CuYiEB  to  the  EMnodermcBta  apoda;  Lbsukub,  who  has  made  known  some 
other  species  of  it,  gives  it  a  place  near  Actinia.  An  accidental,  not  a 
natural  opening  in  the  disc,  opposite  the  mouth,  was  taken  by  Cuyieb  for 
anus.  See  the  md  edition  of  Lamabok,  HUt.  not.  da  Anm,  mhm  veriibres 
ni.  pp.  417—429. 

LiLcemarta  MuELL.  Body  gelatinous,  radiate,  the  rays  tentap- 
culiferous  at  the  tip,  above  flattish,  with  mouth  central,  fiinnel- 
shaped,  protracted,  below  elongated  into  a  pedicle  disciform  at 
the  extremity. 

Sp.  Lueemaria  guadricomis  ZoU.  danic.  Tab.  TXXTX.  Johnston,  ffitt.  Br. 
Zooph.  pp.  244—151.  fig.  3—7. 

Comp.  on  this  genus  Lauoubouz,  M4m.  du  Museum,  u.  pp.  460 — 471. 
PI.  xvi.    Does  it  belong  here  t   Lahabok  refers  this  genus  to  the  AoaUpha. 

Edwardsia  QuATREF.  Body  firee,  cylindrical,  rounded  behind. 
The  middle  portion  of  the  body  with  thicker  epidermis,  opaque ; 
the  anterior  and  posterior  pellucid,  retractile  within  the  middle. 
Mouth  furnished  with  tentacles,  hollow,  arranged  in  single  or 
double  row. 

Sp.  Edwardna  BtauiemptU  Quatbbtaobb,  Ann.  det  8e.  nOt.  i«  Sirk.  Tom. 
xvni.  Zod.  PL  I.  fig.  I,  &». 

These  remarkable  animals,  discovered  by  Quatbbfaobs,  live  on  the  sea- 
shore in  the  sand,  like  Sipunadiu  and  some  Annulata.  The  tentacles  are 
not  perforate  at  the  extremity,  as  little  as  they  are  so  in  Actinia,  in  which 
preceding  authors  (Raff,  Rtxeb  Jonbs  and  others)  admit  a  reception  of 
water  through  the  presumed  apertures. 

Order  IV.    Bryozoa. 

Nutrient  canal  supplied  with  double  aperture  (mouth  and  anus), 
replicate,  the  posterior  portion  ascending  by  the  side  of  the  anterior. 
Tentacles  long,  furnished  with  vibratile  cilia,  surrounding  the 
mouth.  The  anterior  part  of  the  polyp  soft,  retractile  within  the 
posterior  by  inversion. 

Ehrentberg  was  the  first  to  separate  with  precision  these  animals 
from  the  other  forms  of  the  Polyps — see  the  Introduction  to  this 
oiass.  Milne  Edwards  makes  of  them,  in  company  with  the 
AcephcUa  nuda^  a  division  of  the  type  of  the  MoUuaca  under  the 
name  of  Mollvsc&ides.  As  in  onr  first  order  of  Polyps  we  see  a 
resemblance  to  AccUephas  or  Medusee,  in  the  second  recognise  the 
proper  type  of  the  Polyps,  and  in  the  third  perceive  a  transition  to 


Digitized  by 


Google 


POLYPI.  93 

the  BMnodermaici,  so  in  this  last  order  we  cannot  mistake  the 
affinity  to  the  Mdkuoa;  this  affinity  is  even  so  close  that  we  hold 
the  nnion  of  it  with  the  Molluscs  to  be  almost  the  more  natural 
one. 

Family  XIY.  Stelmatapoda  nob.  Tentacles  disposed  in  a  zone 
around  the  month. 

A.)  Cell  (the  posterior  harder  portion  of  the  animal)  covered  by 
a  moveable  operculum.  (Tentacles  numerous,  16  or  more.) 

EBchara  Lam.  (Species  of  genus  Eschara  Pall.,  of  MtUepora 
L.)  Polypary  of  aggregate  cells  substcmy,  foliaceous,  ramose. 
Both  surfaces  of  the  polypary  covered  with  opposed  cells. 

Onui-Ooral.  Sp.  Eteham  foUaeea  Lam.  (not  Pall.)  Ell.  CoraU.  xxz.  fig. 
a,  A,  By  C  i—Eichara  cervieomU  Lax.,  Cuv.  IL  Ani.  idU.  iU.,  Zoopk,  PI. 
96,  kG. 

Gomp.  on  this  genns  Mn.NB  Edwabds,  Beck.  amaUmiquei,  phenol.  H 
zooL  9ur  Us  Biekapet,  Awud,  da  Se,  nalL  7e  Sirie.  VI.  1836,  ZooL  pp.  5 — 
53,  PI.  I— V ;  Obtervatitmi  aur  let  p€hfpier$  fouU/u  du  genre  Bsehairt,  ibid, 
pp.  3«i — 345.  PI.  rx — ^xn.  These  fossils  occur  partly  in  the  chmlk-fomia- 
tion,  partly  in  the  tertiaiy  straU.  M*COT,  Jkecrip.  Brit,  PaUeoe.  Foet.  in  the 
OeoL  Jftcf.  €fthe  Umv,  of  Cambridge.  Gamb.  185 1.  4to.  Pt  n.  pp.  44 — 47. 
H.  fig.  14—17. 

Mdvcerita  Milne-Edwakds.     Fossil  genus.     Comp.  Ann.  des  Sc, 
not.  2e  /SS^.  vl  Zod,  pp.  345—347. 

Seiepora  Lah.    Polypary  reticulato-ramose  or  perforated  reticu- 

lately,  calcareous.     Cells  of  the  Polyps  situated  on  one  side  only  of 

the  polypary. 

Sp.  Bdepora  cdlvlota,  MiOepora  ceUtdoea  L.,  Ell.  CoraU.  Tab.  xzv.  ^g.  d, 
D,  F ;  EsFXB,  PJlanssenth.,  MiOep.  Tab.  I. ;  Gavoliki,  PcUpi  marini.  Tab. 
m.  fig.  12,  13.  This  polypaiy  resembles  a  piece  of  fine  lace,  hence  the 
firench  name  dentdle  de  mer  or  manchette  de  Neptune  (/) 

Adeana  Lamour.,  Lam.  Polypary  frondescent  or  fan-shaped, 
on  l)oth  surfaces  celluliferous,  calcareous,  supported  by  a  stem  sub- 
articulate,  not  polypifeious. 

Sp.  Adema  foUifera  Lam.,  Schwsigoeb  Beob.  auf  naiurh.  BeU.  Tab.  i; 
Cuv.  B.  AnL  idU.  UL  Zooph.  PI.  88,  fig.  i  ;—Adeona  erOmformU  Lam., 
SoHWEiGaxB  L  L  Tab.  n.  fig.  5,  Cuv.  L  1.  ^.  1.  In  this  species  the  stem 
bean  a  flattened  expansion,  perforated  like  a  sieve  or  a  net,  from  coalescence 
of  the  branches,  and  permanence  of  the  intervening  spaces. 

Of  this  genus  the  Polyps,  as  fiu*  as  I  know,  have  not  been  observed,  but 
it  IB  placed  here  from  the  agreement  of  the  Polypary ;  an  idea  may  be 
formed  of  it  by  supposbg  an  Etchaira  to  be  placed  npon  a  jointed  stem. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


94  CLASS  u. 

Flustra  L.  Polypary  of  aggregate  cells,  membranaceous,  firon- 
descent,  lobate  or  expanded  into  a  crust,  celluliferous  on  one  or 
both  sides.  The  cells  are  often  aculeate  on  the  anterior  margin, 
their  opening  transverse,  semicircular,  or  lunate. 

Sea-OrutiL  Sp.  FlttMra  foUaeea  L.,  Eichara  fdiacta  Pall.,  Dk  Jussieu 
Mim,  de  VAoad,  royale  des  Se,  AdH^  1741.  PL  ix.  fig.  3 ;  Ell.  CoraU.  PI. 
XXIX.  fig.  a.  A,  B,  G,  £ ;  Guv.  R,  Ani.  idit.  UL  PI.  lxxviu.  fig.  i ;  John- 
ston, ffitt.  Br.  Zooph,  pp.  343,  343.  PI.  Lxn.  fig.  i,  1 ; — Fhutra  comuta 
Mnjni  Edw.,  Guy.  R  Ani,  idU,  iU,  PL  Lxxvin.  L  L  fig.  i,  kc. 

Eucmtea  Lahoub.,  (in  part).  Milnb  Edw.  Ann.  dea  Sa  nai.,  2e 
SertBy  IX.  Zoolog.  pag.  204,  PL  viii. 

B.)  Cell  (the  posterior  harder  part  of  the  animal)  without  oper- 
culum; a  setose  collar  or  a  crown  of  set»  in  the  anterior  part  of  the 
body  in  manj,  or  a  muscular  ring  in  others,  in  place  of  operculum. 

Tendra  NoRDM. 

Sp.    Tfniira  zotterioola,  CeUepora  potUica  EiOHW. 

TuiuUj>ora.  Polypary  calcareous  made  up  of  crowded  tubular 
cells,  parasitic  or  incrusting.  Aperture  of  the  cells  orbicular.  Ten- 
tacles 12. 

Sp.  TubuUpora  verrueoia  MUiNB  Edw.,  TubuUpora  arbieului  Lah.  (syiio- 
nymee  excluded);  Guv.  R,  AtU,  SdU,  iUfutr.,  Zoophyt,  PL  LXX.  fta 

Gomp.  on  this  genus  MUiNB  Edwasds,  Ann,  des  Sc.  not.  ie  SSrie,  vni. 
Zoologie  1837.  pp.  311—338.  PL  xxn— xxiv.  Johnston,  Hist.  Br.  Zooph, 
pp.  165—174.  PL  XLVI.  fig.  3,  4. 

Subgen.    Diastopora  Lail 

Cellularia  Pall.,  Gellaria  Lam.  Polypary  ramose,  composed 
of  cells  arranged  in  a  single  or  double  row  or  verticillate,  tubular, 
calcareous,  with  orbicular  aperture. 

Sp.  Cdlidairia  e&unMo,  Crisia  ebwmen  Lahoub.,  Seri^daria  ebumea  L.,  Ell. 
Oorail.  XXI.  fig.  a,  A ;  Guy.  R,  Ani,  idU.  HI.  Zoophyt,  PL  Lxxm.  fig.  1 ; 
Van  Bbnsdbn,  Nouv,  Mim.  de  VAcad.  de  Brvx,  xvm.  PL  m.  ^.  11— 
16,  &c. 

Gomp.  MiLNi  Edwards,  Mim,  eur  lea  Orisi«$,  lea  Bomhta  et  pluaieura 
autrea  peljfpea  vivana  <m  foaaUea  dont  rorganiaation  eat  analogtie  d  edle  dea 
Tubfdtporea,  Ann,  dea  8c.  not,  ie  S6rie,  Zoolog,  Tom.  IX.  1838.  pp.  193 — 
138,  PL  VI— XVI ;  Van  Bxnedbn,  Reckerehea  awr  lea  Bryoaoairea,  Now, 
Mim.  de  VAcad.  de  Brux.  Tom.  xvin.  1845.  pp.  11 — 19. 

On  the  Polypary  of  this  and  some  other  genera  shear-like  organs 
are  seen  that  have  some  resemblance  to  a  bird's  head ;  they  have  jomts 


Digitized  by 


Google 


POLYPI.  95 

which  admit  of  motion  like  the  jointed  feet  of  afHeuhta;  their  motions 
persist  even  when  the  animal  has  been  for  some  time  dead.  Their  us?  is 
not  known.  See  figures  in  Ellis  CoraU,  PL  xz.  fig.  2  A.  (of  CeUidaria 
avieularia  Lam.  :  of  Fludra  anguatUoba  Lam.);  oomp.  Yam  Bihkdir 
Beekatkes  mr  lu  Bryoz.  L  I  pp.  14—95,  and  NomDMAirv  and  KxOHN 
died  by  SiSBOLD  LAfrb.  der  ver^^dch,  Anai.  i.  p.  53 :  also  Dabwih  Voyaget 
cf  AdvetUwre  and  BtagU,  voL  m.  pp.  359—61  quoted,  with  figures,  by 
JoHKffiOK,  Hkt,  Br,  Zoopk,  pp.  319 — 331. 

VaUceria  Fleming,  Farre. 

Sp.  Valheria  euietUa,  Sertularia  eu$euta  L. ;  Ell.  CforaU.  PI.  Ziv,  C,  C. 
Fabbb,  PhiL  Trana.  1837.  PI.  zxm. 

Vestcularia  Thompson,  Farre. 

Sp.  Vetieularia  apinota,  Seriidaria  apinata  L. ;  Ell.  CforaU.  PI.  Xi.  fig.  17 
b,  B,  C,  D ;  Fabbk,  L  L  PI.  xxn. 

Serialaria  Lam.     Polypary  homy,  ramose,  composed  of  cells 
cylindrical,  parallel,  cohering  in  rows. 

Sp.  Serialaria  lendigera,  Sertul.  Undigera  L. ;  Ell.  OoraU.  PI.  XV.  No.  34  b, 
B;  Catoliki,  Polipi  mar.  PI.  IX.  fig.  i,  1 ;  the  cells  stand  close  together, 
as  in  a  Pan*8-pipe.  Johkston,  L  1.  p.  369. 

Angumaria  Lam.    Cells  elongate,  subclavate,  perforated  by  a 
lateral  aperture,  set  on  a  creeping  fistulous  stolon,  erect,  distant. 

Sp.  AngtMmwria  spalidata,  Serivl.  anguina  L. ;  Ell.  Corall.  PL  xxii.  fig. 
%  c,  G ;  LiSTXB  PhiL  Trans.  1834.  P^-  ^^»  %•  4  >  Johnston,  Hitt.  Br. 
Zooph.  p.  39a  PL  L.  fig.  8,  9. 

Bawerbankia  Fabre. 

Sp.    BowerbanJna  dema  Fabbb,  1. 1.  Tab.  xxi.  xxn. 

Lttgrmcula  Yak  Beneden,  LageneUa  Farre. 
Sp.    Zaguncula  rtpem  Fabbb,  L  L  Tab.  xxiv. 

Note.  According  to  A.  S.  Hassall  Bowerbcmkia  densa  is  a 
younger  state  of  VcUkeria  vmbricata ;  Annals  and  Magaz.  of  noL 
Hist.  vn.  1841,  p.  363,  364.  But  in  Valkeria  and  Veaicularia 
firom  the  observations  of  Farre  and  Yan  Beneden  there  are 
8  tentacles  not  spinous;  in  Bowerhankia  and  Laguncula  10 — 12 
tentacles,  besides  vibratile  cilia^  supplied  with  inunoveable  setae  or 
spines. — Lusia  Milne  Enw.  (in  a  note  to  Lahaeck  Hiat  not.  dea 
AnL  a.  vert.  2e  ^ii.  n.  p.  72)  is  it  Lagtmcula-f 


Digitized  by 


Google 


96  CLASS   II. 

Halodactylus  Farrb.     Polyparj  fleshj,  gelatinous,   pellucid. 
Polyp  with  tentacles  12 — 16,  often  longer  on  one  side. 

Sp.  HalodaetyUu  dtaphanut  Fabbk,  Alcycn,  ffdaUfumm  L.,  Ell.  OairUl. 
PL  xzzn.  fig.  d,  EaPBB,  J^metUh,  Aleyon,  Tab.  zmi.,  Fabiui  Phil. 
Tran»,  1837.  PL  xxv,  xxvi. ;  Van  BbnedxIt  Beck,  wwr  let  Bryozoairet  1.  1. 
PL  V.  fig.  I,  2 ;  ocean  on  our  coast  (Dutch),  adhering  to  marine  plants 
and  sheik  resembling  a  gelatinons,  transparent,  tabular,  and  irregularly 
branched  sea-weed. 

Family  XV.  Lophopoda  Dumortier  s.  Cristatellina.  Tentacles 
set  pectinately  on  two  arms,  numerous. 

Cristatella  Cuv.    Polypary  free,  disciform,  polypiferous  on  tlie 
margin. 

Sp.  OritUUeUa  muoedo  Guy.,  CriMai,  voffona  Lax.,  Boss.  ni.  SuppL  Tab. 
XOI ;  in  fresh  water ;  three,  four,  or  more  Polyps  are  seated  in  a  freely- 
swimming  Polypary.  Gbbyais  and  Tubptn  have  figured  the  egg,  which  is 
provided  with  tubular  spines  terminating  in  two  or  more  hooks  ;  it  bursts 
into  two  yalves,  when  the  young  animal  is  bom.  See  Ann.  det  Sc.  not.  ze 
SSrie,  VII.  Zool,  pp.  65 — 93.  PL  n.  PL  m.  A.  Johnston,  HiM»  Br,  Zooph. 
p.  389. 

PlumcUella  nob.   Polypary  affixed,  tubular,  with  extremities  of 
tubules  retractile,  polypiferous. 

Flume-Polyps  {Polypes  h  pannaehe  Tremr)  Comp.  Memovre  sur 
rAnatamie  et  la  Phydologie  des  Polypiers  composes  cTeau  douce 
nommes  Lophopodes,  par  B.  C.  Dumobtieb.  Toumay  1836.  8vo. 
(publifihed  in  part  at  an  earlier  date  in  the  BuUetin  de  VAcad  des 
Sc  de  Bruxelles  1835,  p.  422  <&a)  Propagation  occurs  by  eggs  and 
buds.  Tremblet  also  observed  spontaneous  fission  of  the  Polypary 
in  PlumcUella  cristata, 

Plvmatella  Laic.  Naisa  Lahoub.     Stem  branched  or  lobate. 

Sp.  Plumatella  critiakt  Lam.  ;  Trsxb.  Polyp.  Tab.  z.  f.  8,  9 ;  the  body 
transparent,  i'"  long,  the  plume  nearly  of  the  same  length ;  about  rixty 
tentacles  ;  it  lives  in  fresh  water  beneath  Lemna. 

Pltm.  eampanulata  Lam.  Robs.  Int.  T.  m.  Suppl.  Tab.  73—75.  (Lin- 
NJBUS  united  this  species  with  the  former,  under  the  name  of  Ttibularia 
campanulaia.)  Probably  Plumatella  repent  Lam.,  Sohasffes  Armpo- 
lypen  1754  (and  edit.  1763).  Tab.  i.  fig.  i,  a,  Eiohhobn  Watte/iihiere, 
1 78 1.  Tab.  IT.  p.  43  ((2er  Polyp  mU  dem  Federhutch),  is  only  a  yariety 
of  this.  According  to  Norbmann,  the  tube  continues  to  grow  for  some 
time  after  the  death  of  the  Polyp.  When  full-grown  it  has  up  to  sixty  ten* 
tacles,  but  in  young  animals  they  are  less  numerous,  shorter  and  tixicker. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


POLYPI.  97 

FrederidUa  Gebvais. 

Sp.  PlumaieUa  tuliana,  Tnbularia  tultana  BLUnvB.  ffandb.  d,  fMrf.  Hid, 
PL  I.  fig.  9. 

Alcyondta  Lail    Polyparj  incrusting,  irregular,  multiform,  com- 
posed of  tubules  aggr^ate,  cylindrical 

Sp.  PlumateUa  fungoM  nob.,  AUyoneUa  tiagnorum  Lam.,  Encyd.  mMkod, 
Vers,  PL  472.  fig.  3,  a,  b,  c,  d,  Rabpail  HiU,  naiurelU  de  VAlcffomdief/vk- 
viaHle,  M^moirea  de  la  Soe.  dPHiat.  not.  de  Paris,  it.  i8a8.  pp.  75 — 130, 
pL  12 — 16.  To  this  species  probably  Bakxb'b  figure  belongs,  Employ- 
ment  for  the  oUeroteope,  PL  xu.  fig.  13 — 22  {Bdl-Jlower  animal).  See 
Jossssov,  Hi$t.  Br.  Zooph.  pp.  391 — 395. 

Rabpail  is  of  opinion  that  this  animal  is  merely  a  form  of  PlamateUa 
eampanulata  altered  by  age,  from  which  he  does  not  distinguish  PUimat, 
erittata  ;  as  soon  as  the  animal  breaks  the  egg,  it  moves  freely  about,  and 
should  then  be  described  as  CrisUUeUa,  so  that  all  of  them  belong  to  one  and 
the  same  species  at  different  periods  of  Hfe.  But  amongst  other  objections 
to  the  union  with  PlunuUdla  eritUOa  and  eampanuUUa  is  the  number  of 
the  tentacles  which  in  Alcycnella  is,  according  to  R^lbpail,  only  forty-four 
(according  to  Ehbsnbxbo  forty-two),  whilst  here,  if  it  were  an  older  state 
of  PlumaieUa  campanulata,  the  number  might  rather  be  expected  to  be 
greater.  Also  in  CridateUa  there  are  more  tentacles.  However,  it  is 
possible  that  OriaiaieUa  may  be  a  younger  fonn  of  another  spedee  of 
PlumateUa,  and  so  at  some  future  time  to  be  excluded  from  the  list  of 
genera. 

Pallab,  as  it  seems,  first  discovered  the  Alcyondla  in  our  country  in  the 
well-known  lake  of  Rockanje,  in  the  island  Voom,  and  described  it  by  the 
name  of  Ihibularia  fungoea,  Nov.  Oommentar.  Acad.  Seient.  Pelropol.  xii. 
1768.  The  name  AlcyoneUa  should  be  rejected,  for  it  was  borrowed  from 
a  supposed  resemblance  with  Alq/onium,  which  on  further  investigation 
was  found  to  be  totally  unfounded. 

Van  Bkkeden  has  observed  the  sexes  to  be  distinct  in  AlcgondUt,  male 
and  female  individuals  occurring  in  the  same  Polypary.  Bullet,  de  VAcad. 
dee  8c.  de  Brux.  Tom.  vi.  1841.  p.  2^6. 

FalttdiceUa  Gebvais. 

Sp.  AlcyoneUa  aMnUata  Ehbkitb.  Symbol,  f  Comp.  Yak  Bkvidbn  BuUet.  ffe 
VAcad.  deaScde  BnuceUen  vi.  L  1. 


VOL.  I. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CLASS   III. 
SEA-NETTLES  {AGALEPHJS)\ 

Bt  Sea-nettles  are  understood  radiate  animals  of  a  gelatinous, 
transparent  substance,  which  swim  freely,  and  of  which  the  organisa- 
tion in  parts  that  axe  frequently  repeated  usually  indicates  the  number 
four  or  its  double.  They  have  no  intestinal  canal,  but  ordinarily  a 
blind  stomach  from  which  numerous  tubes,  mostly  divided  into 
branches,  run  like  rays  to  the  circumference  of  the  body  (aquiferous 
vessels,  respiratory  organs?).  Li  some  the  sexes  axe  separate: 
others  appear  to  be  bi-sexual.  Traces  of  a  nervous  system  are 
present  at  least  in  some;  yet  organs  of  sense,  except  appendages 
which  serve  for  feeling,  are  absent  in  many,  whilst  some  have  in 
addition  parts  which  by  certain  writers  are  considered  to  be  organs 
of  hearing,  by  others  organs  of  sight. 

Of  the  name  Seornettlea,  AcalephcB^  UrticcB  marinoe^  we  have 
treated  above.  With  Lamarck  they  form  an  order  of  the  class  of 
radiate  animals  {Badiaires),  under  which  this  writer  also  groups 


1  On  this  olaas  may  be  compared  especially : 

F.  EaoHBOHOLTZ,  <^ttem  derAcalephm,  Mit  i6  Kupfertafeln.  Berlin,  1839,  4to. 

C.  O.  Ehbutbibo,  JXe  Acalephen  des  rothm  Mwru  unci  der  Organismtu  der 
Jlfeduaen  der  Ostsee,  Mit  8  colorirte  Kupfertafeln.  (Reprinted  firom  the  Ph^fiihal. 
Abhandi.  der  Kdnigl.  Ahad,  der  WieeenchafUnzu  Berlin  aiue  dem  Jahre  1835). 

Hittoire  natureUe  dea  Zoophytes.  AcaUphee  par  B.  P.  Lbbson,  ay.  pL  Paris, 
1843,  8vo- 

J.  G.  Will,  fforce  TergetHma^  oder  Beschreibung  und  Anatomie  der  m  fferbste  1843 
hei  Trieet  heobachieten  Ahalephen,  Mit  1  Tafeln,  Leipzig,  1844. 

£dw.  Forbbs,  a  Monograph  of  the  BriHeh  Naked-eyed  MedaetB^  miikfiguree  of  all 
the  epeciee.    London,  printed  for  the  Kay  Society,  1848,  fol. 

HnxLBT,  On  the  afiiUHee  of  the  MedMos,  Phil.  Traneact.  London,  1849,  Pt.  il. 
p.  413  Ac. 

On  the  Siphonophora : 

A.  KoELLiKBB,  Die  Sehmmmpdypen,  oder  Sipkonopkoren  von  Meuina,  Mit  12 
Tafeln,  Leipzig,  1853,  ^1- 

B.  LiuoKABT,  Die  Sipkonopkoren,  eme  Zooloyiecke  Untereuehung,  Giessen,  1853,  4to. 
B.  Lbuokabt,  Zur  ndhem  KerwUnite  der  Sipkonopkoren  von  Nima,  Mit  3  Kupfertaf. 

Berlin,  1854,  ^^o* 

0.  YoaT,  Sur  lee  Sipkonopkoree  de  la  Mir  de  Nice.    Gen^e,  1854. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


SEA-NETTLES.  99 

those  with  a  spiny  skin  {E(^tnoderm(Ua)  as  a  second  order  ^  They 
were  first  described  as  a  distinct  class  of  animals  bj  CuviER  in  the 
first  edition  of  the  B^gne  Animal^  under  the  name  of  AcalephcBK 

The  name  of  gelatinous  animals  is  more  appropriate  to  this  class 
than  to  some  others  of  the  Radiates  of  Cuyies.  The  kinds  most 
generally  known  bear  the  name  of  Zeekwallen  in  Holland,  [Quallen 
in  Grermany,  Sqnalders*  or  sea-jelly  or  sea-blubber  in  England.] 
When  thrown  by  the  sea  upon  the  strand,  they  lie  motionless 
during  the  ebb ;  for  they  do  not  creep,  but  can  only  move  in  the 
water  by  contraction  and  expansion. 

The  pungent  and  burning  pain  like  that  caused  by  stinging 
nettles,  which  many  species  inflict  on  being  touched,  was  generally 
considered  in  former  times  to  be  the  effect  of  a  mucus  secreted  by 
the  skin  of  these  creatures.  It  is  only  since  1841,  fix)m  Wagner's 
microscopic  investigations,  that  minute  threads  situated  on  the 
surface  of  the  skin  have  been  recognised  as  connected  with  this 
phsenomenon,  since  in  Acalephes  which  cause  no  such  pain  (as  in 
Camopea)  they  were  not  discovered.  Each  of  these  threads  lies 
rolled  up  in  a  little  oval  vesicle  or  cell,  firom  which,  on  pressure  or 
irritation  of  the  skin,  it  is  forced  out  by  eversion ;  they  are  readily 
detached  with  the  vesicle  to  which  they  are  fixed  by  a  tubercle, 
and  are  always  present  in  the  secreted  mucus  that  produces  a  bum- 
ing  pain.  Yet  the  cause  of  this  ought  not  to  be  considered  as 
entirely  mechanical ;  it  is  probable  that  some  acrid  fluid,  secreted 
by  the  cells,  adheres  to  the  threads  ^    Nevertheless  an  accomplished 


^  RadiaMr»  moUatse$,  Lamabok  SjfU.  denmim.  «.  verUhres,  1801,  pp.  341, 359,  and 
in  his  later  works,  Extrcut  du  C<nirs  de  ZodUgU  sur  let  anim.  8.  v.  18 12,  and  Hiit.  Nat. 
daAnim,  s.  veri.  1815. 

*  CuviEB  in  his  TaUeau  iUmentaire  (179S)  and  in  the  tables  at  the  end  of  the  first 
part  of  his  Lefon»  tFAnat,  eomp,  had  comprised  all  the  animals,  which  he  afterwards 
named  radiated  animals,  in  a  single  cIms,  under  the  name  of  Zoophytes.  Of  this  the 
Ortieg  de  Mer  make  the  second  order,  which  agrees  with  his  later  class  of  the  Aealepho!, 
Here  also  he  placed  the  AcUnicB,  which  however  in  the  second  edition  of  his  lUgne 
Anaaal  he  separated  from  it  again,  in  order  to  unite  them,  as  had  already  been  done 
by  others,  with  the  Polyps. 

*  [Sm  T.  Bbowke's  Works  edited  by  WnKiNS,  Vol.  iv.  p.  333,  quoted  by  F0BBE8 
Brit.  Staff,  p.  87.] 

*  B.  Waonxb  Hber  mvOkmoMcke  NtMehtymne  der  Medu$en,  Wibohann  u.  Ebich- 
SOH  Arekiv.  f.  Naturg.  1841,  I.  s.  38-;-43;  ^efter  den  JBau  der  Pelagia  nodUvca. 
Lexpdg,  1841,  fclL  Jam.  Zoot.  Tab.  xxxin. — Subsequepily  theoe  parts  were  also  inves- 
tigated by  Ehbenbebo,  Philuti,  Will,  Milnb  Edwabd^  kc 

7—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


100  CLASS   III. 

observer,  Dr  F.  Will,  found  these  tlireads  in  Emharia  (amongst 
the  Beroecea)  without  perceiving  any  irritation  on  toucliing  it 

In  many  there  is  only  a  single  oral  aperture,  placed  in  the  center 
on  the  inferior  surface  of  the  body.  In  others  many  suctorial  tentacles 
are  seen,  or  the  arms  have  apertures  conducting  to  tubes,  which, 
like  vessels,  fall  into  larger  stems  and  finally  open  into  a  common 
cavity,  the  stomach  (Rhizoatoma  Cuv.).  From  the  stomach  arise 
water-canals,  which  are  provided  internally  with  cilia.  By  some 
writers  these  have  been  regarded  as  blood-vessels :  but  far  rather 
ought  they  to  be  considered  as  respiratory  organs,  since  in  part  they 
open  freely  on  rtie  surface  of  the  body.  But,  in  addition,  blood- 
vessels have  been  found,  which,  at  least  in  Beroe^y  lie  round  about 
the  water-canals,  surrounding  them  like  a  sheath.  Here  nucleated 
corpuscles  have  been  observed  (blood-corpuscles?)  which  however 
move  only  very  slowly  and  irregularly. 

The  sexual  organs  are  distinct  in  the  disciform  Acalephes,  but 
have  in  both  sexes  the  same  form.  In  jEquorea  they  lie  in  form  of 
folded  plates  on  each  side  of  the  water-canals  which  spring  from  the 
stomach,  towards  the  inferior  surface  of  the  disc.  In  the  eared 
Medusa  (Aurelia  or  Medusa  aurita)  there  are  four  cavities,  opening 
below  at  the  disc  and  which  have  been  taken  for  respiratory  cavi- 
ties, in  which  lies  a  folded  organ,  that  is,  an  ovary  or  a  testis, 
according  as  it  contains  ova  or  spermatozoa ;  in  most  Acalephes  the 
spermatozoa  have  the  ordinary  cercarial  form.  In  other  Acalephes, 
as  Beroiy  ovaries  and  testes  are  united  in  the  same  individual: 
here  they  lie  along  what  are  called  the  ribs,  beneath  the  skin. 

The  metamorphoses,  of  which  we  have  already  spoken  above, 
are  remarkable  in  young  Meduece,  The  eggs,  that  pass  from  the 
ovaries  along  the  canal  of  the  arms  to  their  folds,  are  collected  here 
and  carried  about,  for  a  time,  by  the  mother  in  saccules  which 
afterwards  disappear*.  The  young  animals  quit  these  receptacles 
in  the  form  of  ciliated  Infrisories  resembling  Leucophrys  or  Bursaria. 
These  swim  freely  about,  but  after  a  short  time  (two  or  three  days 
according  to  Siebold)  become  fixed  by  their  thicker  anterior  ex- 
tremity which  has  a  sucker.  Next,  the  body  becomes  cylindrical, 
transparent,  and  at  the  free  end,  which  thickens,  an  oral  aperture  is 


1  [The  blood  veaselB  described  by  Will  could  not  be  seen  by  Fobbss,  Hdzlit, 
Leuckabt,  &C.] 

«  See  the  figures  of  Ehukbebo  Die  AkaUphen  &c.  Tab.  m.  fig.  i .  i.  Tab.  vm.  fig.  i . 


Digitized  by 


Google 


SEA-\ETTLES.  101 

seen,  round  which  at  first  two,  then  other  two  projections  appear 
tliat  become  lengthened  out  into  arms.  Soon  there  grow  out  four 
other  similar  arms,  and  the  animal  has  then  the  form  of  an  eight- 
armed  Polyp.  These  arms  can  shorten  and  lengthen  themselves 
greatly.  In  this  state  the  animal  continues  several  months,  and 
can  multiply  itself  by  buds  and  offsets.  Subsequently  there  come 
into  view  transverse  indentations,  by  which  the  animal  is  divided 
into  several  rings  resting  u|)on  one  another,  round  each  of  which 
eight  rays  arise.  These  rings  are  like  young  medusae  piled  on  one 
another :  they  become  separated  from  each  other,  from  before  back- 
ward ;  and  then  swim  freely  away  as  young  medusae  ^  How  long  a 
period  is  requisite  for  their  full  growth  is  unknown.  The  genital 
organs  could  not  be  distinguished  imtil  they  were  more  than  an 
inch  in  size.  Hence  it  is  clearly  an  error  when  some  ascribe  to 
these  creatures  in  general  a  very  short  duration  of  life  and  a  rapid 
growth — or  even  name  them  annual  animals.  Their  power  of  re- 
production seems  to  be  very  small.  Some  species  are  able  to  bear 
the  loss  of  parts,  but  these  when  removed  do  not  continue  to  grow. 
In  the  genus  Ceatum^  however,  Mertens  was  led  to  believe,  from 
some  observations  which  he  was  unable  to  complete,  that  propaga- 
tion by  spontaneous  division  may  be  admitted.  [And  this  has  been 
lately  confirmed  by  Koelliker*,  in  Stomobrachtum  mtrabile,  which 
he  believes  to  be  a  larval  form  oiMesonema  C€erule8cen8,  a  new  species 
of  Medusa  discovered  by  him  at  Messina.  The  fission  begins  in  the 
stomach — many  individuals  having  been  found  with  their  round 
disc  somewhat  elongated  and  with  two  stomachs  more  or  less  com- 
pletely separate  by  constriction,  but  still  lying  side  by  side.  Next, 
a  meridional  groove  is  seen  on  the  outside  of  the  disc  between  the 
stomachs:  it  deepens  gradually  until  the  acaleph  is  separated  into 
two  distinct  individuals.  The  whole  process  may  be  completed  in 
eight  to  twelve  hours.     The  multiplication  however  is  not  yet 


^  Sabs  BeskriveUer  og  Jagttagdaer  &c.  (extract  from  it  in  Wixomann's  ArcUv, 
1836,  8.  197  &c.) ;  and  in  Wiegm.  Archiv.  1837,  B.  ii.  s.  406 ;  C.  T.  VoN  SiEBOLD 
Bekroffe  tur  NcAurgeach,  der  fpvrbdtosm  Tkiere,  Dantzig,  1839,  4to.  8.  26—35.  Sabs 
in  WixoMAHir  «nd  Ebioh80M*b  Archiv.  1841,  8.  9 — 34.  MSvuoire  9wr  U  d^vdoppement 
de  la  Mediua  aurita  etdela  Oyanaa  eapiUata,  Ann.  dea  »e.  not.  8ec  s^rie  xvi.  Zoclogie, 
pp.  311 — 348,  PI.  15  A— 17.  1 84 1.  J.  Steenstrup  Om  Foriplanining  og  UdvUding 
gjainem  vexlende  GeneraiumtraJl^ker,  Kjbbenhayn,  1841,  4to. 

'  SiEBOLD  and  Koellikeb's  Zeittckriftf.  witsefitehcfi.  Zod.  iv.  pp.  335,  327. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


102  CLASS  III. 

finished:  the  halves  again  divide  in  a  direction  perpendicular  to 
the  former  line  of  division :  but  here  the  fission  does  not  always 
begin  in  the  stomach.  How  often  the  process  may  be  repeated  is 
not  known.  No  trace  of  fission  was  observed  in  Mesonema^  though 
it  was  often  seen  to  occur  in  the  larval  forms,  even  when  ova  were 
already  distinctly  visible  on  the  vessels.] 

[The  SipkancphorcB  have  been  shewn,  by  the  investigations  of 
Huxley,  Leuckart,  Koelliker,  Gegenbaueb  and  Vogt,  to  be 
compound  animals,  or  colonies,  connecting  the  hydroid  polyps  with 
the  acalephs.  They  are  named  by  Koelliker,  in  consequence. 
Swimming  Polyps  {polypi  nechalei).  They  consist  in  general  of  a 
stem,  usually  cylindrical  and  long  {Diphyes)^  sometimes  shortened 
and  sacciform  (Physalia),  sometimes  disciform  {Veldla),  to  which 
appendages  are  attached  which  diflfer  remarkably  in  form  and  func- 
tion. Some  of  these  are  suctorial  tubes  or  stomachs,  others  motive 
organs,  others  feelers  and  prehensile  organs,  others  again  protective 
laminae  (bracts),  and  sexual  capsules.  Great  differences  prevail  with 
respect  to  the  number,  arrangement,  and  development  of  these  parts, 
in  the  different  families :  those  which  are  constant  in  all  siphono- 
phors  are  the  stomachs,  the  prehensile  apparatus,  and  the  sexual 
capsules.  The  stem  is  muscular,  and  hollow — ^the  interior  forming  a 
canal  in  which  the  nutrient  fluid  moves  with  rapidity.  The  swim- 
ming apparatus  is  either  passive  or  active — ^when  passive  it  is  a 
hydrostatic  apparatus  consisting  of  a  bladder  filled  with  air  which  is 
always  placed  at  the  upper  extremity  of  the  common  stem :  when 
active  it  consists  of  swimming-bells,  which  are  also  placed  at  the 
upper  extremity  of  the  stem,  and  are  variously  grouped,  and  in 
variable  number  in  different  genera :  the  swimming-bells  may  exist 
conjointly  with  the  air-sac  or  without  it.  These  bells  are,  in 
general,  formed  on  the  plan  of  a  Medusa,  consisting  of  an  elastic 
bell-shaped  mantle,  very  various  in  form,  with  an  internal  mus- 
cular layer  which  surrounds  the  swimming-sac.  On  the  outer  sur- 
face of  the  latter,  there  is  a  system  of  four  radiating  vessels,  which, 
at  the  circumference  of  the  aperture,  fall  into  a  circular  vessel,  and 
at  the  summit  of  the  bell  arise  fi-om  a  single  vessel,  which  passes 
through  the  pedicle  of  the  bell  and  falls  into  the  cavity  of  the  com- 
mon stem.  All  the  other  appendages  of  the  stem  have  also  a  more 
or  less  perfect  system  of  vessels,  which  communicate  with  the  inter- 
nal cavity  of  the  stem  in  a  similar  way.    The  only  communications 


Digitized  by  VjOOQ IC 


8EA-NETTLE8.  103 

from  without  with  the  cavity  of  the  stem  are  by  the  mouths  of 
the  digestive  tubes,  which  answer  to  the  bodies  of  polyps.  The 
food  digested  by  these  stomachal  polyps  is  conveyed  from  their 
extremity  into  the  cavity  of  the  stem,  fix)m  whence  it  is  carried 
through  the  vessels  of  all  the  appendages,  partly  by  the  contractility 
of  the  walls  of  the  stem,  partly  by  the  action  of  the  cilia  which 
line  the  vessels  of  the  appendages. 

The  polyps,  or  suctorial  tubes,  or  stomachs,  have  no  tentacles 
round  the  mouth.  They  consist  of  three  portions;  the  external, 
very  variable  in  form,  the  proboscis  and  mouth :  the  middle  swollen 
portion,  the  digestive  stomach,  with  dark  streaks  containing  bile- 
cells :  the  terminal  rounded  portion,  with  thick  cellular  walls.  At 
the  base  of  the  stomach,  or  sometimes  immediately  on  the  common 
stem,  is  the  prehensile  apparatus  for  the  capture  of  prey.  This 
usually  consists,  for  each  polyp,  of  a  single  long  and  thin  thread 
with  lateral  subdivisions,  which  do  not  branch ;  more  rarely  of  sim- 
ple threads  or  shorter  cylinders.  This  apparatus  is  always  supplied 
with  midtitudes  of  thread-cells,  which  in  the  case  of  lateral  acces- 
sories are  grouped  in  very  regular  and  constant  forms,  and  are  con- 
spicuouB  from  their  bright  yellow  colour.  The  sexual  appendages 
have  large  swimming  bells  of  the  general  medusan  form.  They 
consist  of  a  bell-shaped  mantle  and  vessels — and  a  nucleus,  more  or 
less  conspicuous,  which  contains  in  its  substance  the  sexual  ele- 
ments, and  is  dependent  from  the  vertex  like  the  clapper  of  a  bell. 
In  some  cases  the  medusan  form  of  the  mantle  is  in  great  measure 
suppressed,  whilst  in  others  it  is  quite  complete,  and  here  the  sexual 
appendage  is  detached  at  an  early  period,  as  in  certain  hydroid 
polyps,  and  the  sexual  elements  are  developed  afterwards;  where 
the  medusan  form  is  not  thus  perfect,  the  contents  of  the  sexual 
capsules,  when  detached,  are  found  to  be  mature.  The  Diphyidm 
are,  according  to  Leuckart,  all  uni-sexual,  but  the  observations 
of  Gegenbauer  [Zeitachr.  f.  toissensch.  Zool,  V.  p.  313)  shew  that 
some  at  least  have  the  organs  of  different  sexes  on  different  groups 
of  the  same  stem:  the  PhyBophoridce  are  all  bi-sexual,  in  some 
{Stephmomia)  the  organs  of  the  two  sexes  being  on  different  pedi- 
cles, in  others  (Fhysalia)  on  the  same  pedicle. 

The  organs  of  less  general  occurrence  are  the  Bracts,  Lamin» 
or  Covers,  and  the  Feelers.  The  Bracts  or  Covers,  more  solid 
than  the  other  organs,  are  for  their  protection :  they  contribute  little 


Digitized  by 


Google 


104  CLASS  in- 

to the  motion  of  the  colony,  but  sway  gently  to  and  fro  with  the 
contractions  of  the  stem.  The  Feelers  are  cylindrical  or  vermiform 
structures  having  much  resemblance  to  the  polyps,  but  without  an 
external  opening.  In  some  cases  they  are  in  constant  motion, 
feeling  about  in  all  directions:  in  others  they  are  more  sluggish 
and  are  loaded  with  the  general  nutrient  fluid.  The  latter  fact 
would  seem  to  suggest  a  respiratory  function.  Some  writers  have 
considered  them  to  be  receptacles  for  the  fluid  forced  from  the 
interior  of  the  prehensile  apparatus  during  its  violent  contractions : 
and  hence  the  name,  sometimes  given  to  them,  of  fluid-holders. 
But  it  has  been  objected  to  this  explanation,  that  the  two  sets  of 
organs  are  often  at  great  distances  from  each  other,  and  that  their 
alternate  action  has  not  been  established. 

The  composition  of  all  the  organs  in  the  Siphonophors  cor- 
responds to  that  of  the  other  acalephs.  As  in  these,  the  specific 
gravity  of  the  mass  diflfers  little  from  that  of  sea-water.  The  shell 
found  in  some  families,  {veleUa,  porptta)  is  the  thickened  and  hard- 
ened wall  of  the  air-sac*.] 

On  the  Nervous  System  of  Acalephs,  the  observations  are 
hitherto  imperfect.  In  the  Medusas  Ehrenbebg  observed,  at  the 
base  of  each  of  the  eight  marginal  corpuscles  which  he  takes  to  be 
eyes,  a  part  which  he  considers  to  be  a  ganglion.  Each  of  these 
ganglia  is  double,  or  consists  of  two  limbs  that  diverge  towards  the 
marginal  corpuscle.  Besides  these  a  row  of  ganglia  lies  near  the 
tentacles  at  the  margin  of  the  disc ;  every  ganglion  divides  into  two 
twigs,  each  of  them  for  one  of  two  adjoining  tentacles:  so  that 
every  tentacle  receives  two  nervous  twigs  coming  from  diflerent 
ganglia.  This  ring  of  ganglia  round  the  margin  is  interrupted  by 
the  larger  double  ganglia  of  the  marginal  corpuscles.  Moreover, 
Ehrenbehg  saw  four  groups  of  ganglia  lying  in  the  cavities  for 
the  four  genital  organs  and  in  connexion  with  the  tentacles  of  these 
cavities.  Ehbenberg  could  not  detect  a  nervous  ring  round  the 
mouth,  the  usual  form  of  the  nervous  system  in  Radials^.  Some 
writers  are  of  opinion  that  it  by  no  means  follows  from  these  obser- 
vations that  the  parts  so  described  are  really  nerves.  Grant  de- 
scribed in  Cydippe  pileus  a  nervous  ring  with  eight  ganglia,  each 

*  CJomp.  ItEVCKAUT  Zooloffiacke  UrUersuchungen,  8.  3 — 41  ;    Koellikkr  in  ZeU.  f. 
Wissenaeh.  Zool.  iv.  8.  306 — 315. 

'  Ehbbnbsbo  DU  Akalephen  &e.  8.  25,  36. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


SEA-NETTLES.  105 

giving  off  three  nerves,  of  which  the  largest  mn  lengthwise  between 
two  bands  of  cilia*  close  to  the  external  surface  of  the  body;  but  a 
later  observer,  F.  Will,  was  not  so  fortunate  as  to  find  this  system 
of  nerves.  On  the  contrary  he  detected  a  conical  ganglion  above 
the  fdnnel-shaped  structure  from  whence  the  water-canals  arise, 
consequently  opposite  to  the  mouth.  From  this  ganglion  many 
fine  threads  arise,  to  be  distributed  to  the  substance  of  the  body 
and  its  different  parts.  In  the  same  situation  Milne  Edwakds  also 
saw  a  ganglion  in  the  genus  Lesueuria,  from  which  numerous 
nerves,  collected  into  four  bundles,  arose*. 

Ehrenbebg  considers  the  eight  prominent  organs,  situated  in 
Medusw  at  the  edge  of  the  disc,  to  be  eyes :  they  contain  a  sandy 
or  stony  concrement,  a  quantity  of  minute  hexagonal  prismatic 
ciystals  composed  of  carbonate  of  lime.  Such  calcareous  concre- 
ments  are  often  found  in  the  animal  organism  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  nerves ;  as  for  instance  in  Frogs  by  the  sides  of  the  vertebral 
column  near  the  exit  of  the  spinal  nerves.  A  red  pigment  which 
moreover  generally  distinguishes  these  marginal  corpuscles,  (it  is 
sometimes  wanting,)  caused  Eurenberg  to  conjecture  that  they 
were  eyes*.  There  is  more  probability  in  Koeluker's  idea,  that 
they  are  to  be  considered  as  auditory  organs*.  Even  in  vertebrates 
little  stones  or  grit  of  carbonate  of  lime  are  found  in  the  auditory 
sac  or  vestibule  of  the  membranous  Labyrinth.  In  Beroe  and  the 
allied  genera  only  a  single  organ  of  the  sort  is  found,  a  pedunculated 
vesicle  with  calcareous  crystals  at  that  end  of  the  body  which  is 
opposite  to  the  mouth*. 

The  apparatus  for  motion  consists  of  transparent  muscular 
fibres,  having  sometimes  a  longitudinal,  sometimes  a  circular 
course :  they  exhibit  the  same  microscopic  transverse  stripes  which 
are  characteristic  of  the  voluntary  muscles  of  higher  creatures*. 

Several  of  the  Animals  belonging  to  this  Class  are  phospho- 
rescent.   According  to  Ehrenberq  the  Arabians  on  the  Red  Sea 


1  Traru.  of  the  Zooloff.  Soc.  London,  i.  1833,  P-  'O. 

*  Attn.  desK.  not.  le  S^rie,  Tom.  xvi.  Zoolog.  p.  206. 

*  Die  Aiaiepken,  b.  14. 

^  Fbobiep'8  Neue  Nctken,  xxv.  Bd.  (Januar.  1843)  s.  81 — 84. 
<  MiLXS  Edwabds,  1.  ].,  Will,  Sone  Tergest.  s.  45,  46. 

*  Wagnkb  Ban  der  Pdagia  nodiluea;  his  Tab.  Zoot.  zxxiil.  fig.  30 ;  Will,  1. 1. 
■•  4^—49- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


106  CLASS  III. 

name  the  entire  family  of  Medusae  Seor  Candles  {Kandil  el  BaJir^). 
Bosc,  and  other  writers  after  him,  went  too  far  when  they  main- 
tained that  all  Med%isw,  nay  all  Acalephes  (Eschscholtz)  are 
phosphorescent.  Still,  not  .Medusae  alone,  but  other  Acalephes  also 
do  possess  this  property:  the  phaenomenon  has  been  observed  in 
species  of  Berde  ( Cydippe  pileus^  Eucharis  multicomis,  '&c.) :  Ste- 
phanomia  also  diffuses  a  lively  light  by  night.  This  phosphorescence 
is  a  vital  phaenomenon,  and  ceases  on  the  death  of  the  animals : 
though  some  of  them,  like  other  organic  substances,  are  luminous 
even  after  death ;  but  that  light  is  of  a  different  nature  from  phos- 
phorescence during  life.  Thus  Will,  for  instance,  saw  Beroe  rw- 
fescens  emit  a  light  after  death,  which  differed  by  its  bluish-green 
colour  from  the  yellowish-red  irradiations  of  the  living  animal. 
Dead  Acahphoe^  or  mucus  arising  from  decomposition  of  animal  sub- 
stances, can  contribute  little  or  nothing  to  the  gorgeous  spectacle 
of  the  illumination  of  the  sea,  of  which  so  many  voyagers  have 
given  striking  descriptions :  the  chief  cause  of  the  brilliant  sparks 
resides  in  minute  marine  animals,  especially  Meduace^  like  the 
species  which  SuRiRAY  named  Noctiluca  miliartSy  and  which,  being 
not  larger  than  a  pin's  head,  looks  like  a  globule  of  mucus  to  the 
naked  eye^. 

Acalephes  are  met  with  in  all  seas.  A  very  large  number  of 
species  occur  in  the  Mediterranean  belonging  to  the  most  different 
forms.  In  the  seas  of  the  cold  and  temperate  zones  scarcely  any 
Siphonophotw  are  found,  at  least  not  in  the  northern  hemisphere ; 
however  the  currents  may  occasionally  bring  with  them  southern 
forms  from  a  distance,  as  is  proved  by  the  fact  that  Owen,  on  the 
south-west  coast  of  England,  observed  Velella  and  Porpita,  and 
Hyndman,  on  the  coast  of  Ireland,  Dtphyes^.  Some  species  are 
widely  diffused,  asAurelia  auriia,  and  Gyancea  capiUata:  the  first  was 


^  Ehbehbebo  das  Leuchten  dea  Meerea,  a.  146.  Comp.  espedally  on  Uus  subject 
Uie  work  already  quoted  p.  53,  so  instructiye  as  well  from  the  author's  own  observa- 
tions as  from  the  extensive  use  he  has  made  of  earlier  works. 

*  [Van  Bbniden  refers  Noctiluca  mUiaria  not  to  the  Acalephes  but  rather  to 
the  Bhizopoda;  see  note  by  Dr  Sohleosl  in  the  german  translation  of  this  work, 
p.  106.] 

'  Owen  Lecturei  on  the  comp,  Anat,  of  the  invert^.  Animals,  tS4^,  p.  101 ;  Htnd- 
KAN  Note  on  the  occurrence  of  ike  Oenus  Diphya  on  the  coast  of  Inland,  Ann,  qf  Nat, 
Hist,  vn.  184 1,  p.  164. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


SEA-NETTLE3.  107 

found  hj  Ehrenberg  in  the  Red  Sea,  and  he  could  not  discover 
any  difference  between  it  and  that  found  in  the  northern  and  the 
Baltic  seas.  Oftentimes  manj  species  of  Medusae  are  collected  in 
such  quantities  at  certain  places,  that  they  form  as  it  were  banks 
in  the  sea,  which  it  requires  days  to  sail  through  \  In  fine  calm 
weather  Mednaas  come  to  the  surface :  during  storms  they  seek  the 
quieter  waters  of  the  depths. 


1  PiBOir  0(  Lbsusub  AnnaXu  Sm.  Mum,  xiv.  p.  221 ;  rooh  a  bank  of  M0du9a  aurita 
m  the  Baltic  at  the  month  of  the  Weichael  was  also  described  by  V.  Sibbold,  Beitr.  z, 
Naturge$eh.  der  wirbeUoten  Thiere,  s.  5. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


SYSTEMATIC 
ARRANGEMENT    OF    ACALEPHiE. 


CLASS  III. 
ACALEPH^ 


Gelatinous  animals,  swimming  freely.  Stomach  included  in 
the  parenchyme  of  the  body,  without  an  abdominal  cavity ;  canals 
arising  from  the  stomach,  filled  with  water.  Ovaries  and  testes  in 
one  and  the  same  individual  or  the  sexes  distinct  without  organs 
of  copulation.  Vestiges  of  a  nervous  system  not  always  distinct. 
Arrangement  of  parts  usually  quatemarian. 

Order  I.     Siphonophorw. 

[Swimming  Polyps  without  tentacles  round  the  mouth,  attached 
to  a  common  stem  of  variable  length,  and  moving  freely  by  means 
of  special  swimming  apparatus,  with  prehensile  filaments,  feelers, 
and  protective  covers  or  bracts,  or  some  only  of  these  organs, 
attached  mediately  or  immediately  to  the  same  common  stem.] 

This  first  order  includes  the  Acdl^phea  hydrostaUqties  of  Cuvier 
and  a  part  of  his  AcaUphes  sirnplea. 

Family  I.  VelelltdcB  or  Chondrophorce.  Common  body,  sup- 
ported by  a  cartilaginous*  lamina,  which  is  cellular  internally. 

The  part  of  the  body  which  faces  upward  is  supported  by  a 
disc,  which  in  Porpita  is  even  in  some  degree  calcareous,  and  con- 


\}  The  disc  contains  horay  substance,  not  cartilage,  according  to  Leuokart.] 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ACALEPHiE.  109 

tarns  cells  which  are  full  of  air.  Above,  this  disc  is  covered  by  the 
integument  alone;  below,  it  sustains  all  the  parts  of  which  the 
[compound]  animal  consists. 

[The  shell  of  Vddla  with  its  horizontal  and  perpendicular  plates 
consists  of  a  single  piece.  The  thicker  horizontal  portion  is  formed 
of  two  laminse  connected  by  perpendicular  concentric  pieces,  so  that 
annular  canals  are  formed  which  are  filled  with  air.  These  canals 
communicate  with  each  other  in  Velella,  but  not  in  Porpita :  in  both 
they  open  externally  by  many  minute  pores  on  the  upper  surfieu^e. 
The  soil  parts  constitute  a  mantle  which  covers  the  sheU  and  projects 
beyond  its  edge  by  a  free  border.  At  the  inferior  excavated  portion 
of  the  shell,  the  mantle  has  on  its  outside  the  attached  polyps  and 
appendages^  on  the  inside  the  large  liver. 

The  polyps  are  of  two  sorts,  a  single  large  and  central  polyp,  and 
many  small  ones  disposed  around  it  in  irregular  rows.  They  have 
been  designated  "  stomachs  "  and  "  suctorial  tubes."  But  observers 
do  not  agree  respecting  their  function.  Lessok  attributes  to  both  sets 
a  digestive  power.  Voyage  de  la  CoquiUe,  pp.  49 — 56^  and  Acalip^iea 
p.  561  :  whilst  Y.  Siebold  Vergl.  AruU.  a  63^  note,  thinks  that  the 
smaller  polyps  alone  discharge  the  office  of  digestion,  and  consigns 
the  large  one  to  the  respiratory  Gfystem  :  and  Hollaed  Ann.  des  Sc. 
NcU,  T.  iiL  1845/  p.  250,  says  that  the  large  central  pouch  is  the 
stomach  and  the  small  ones  canaiix  aquiftres,  Koelukeb  however 
assures  us  "that  he  has  found  small  Crustacea  both  in  the  large  and 
the  small  tubes,  and  has  seen  the  residue  of  digestion  pass  from 
them  all  indifferently.  Consequently  we  conclude  with  him  and 
others,  that  the  VdeUidcB  are  colonies  or  compound  animals. 

The  liver  m  a  large  brownish  mass  placed  above  the  central 
stomach  :  it  fills  the  inferior  cavity  of  the  horizontal  plate.  It  is  a 
collection  of  fine  canals  formed  of  homogeneous  membrane  lined 
with  brown  cells.  A  certain  number  of  the  canals  branch  firom  two 
openings  in  the  base  of  the  central  polyp :  they  frequently  anastomose 
and  form  a  network  on  the  surface  of  the  liver  frx>m  which  fine 
vessels  pass  to  the  perpendicular  plate  and  to  the  margin  of  the 
horizontal  plate  {Velella).  These  vessels,  then^  would  seem  to  have 
received  the  nutriment  which  has  passed  from  the  central  stomach 
into  the  liver^canals,  for  the  purpose  of  redistribution  to  the  soft 
parts  when  it  has  been  modified  by  the  biliary  secretion.  Of  the 
smaller  polype  a  few,  which  hang  beneath  that  part  of  the  liver  which 
projects  beyond  the  large  polyp,  open  into  liver-canals:  but  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


110  CLASS  III. 

greater  part  of  them  have  no  oonnezion  with  these  canals,  or  with 
the  central  polyp,  but  lateral  branches  of  the  Toeeb  open  into  their 
pedicles,  so  that  they  at  once  give  the  product  of  digestioa  to  the 
vascular  system.  In  Porjnta  the  lesser  polyps  open  into  liyer^janala 
and  not  into  vessels. 

The  generative  organs  are  seated,  as  clusters  of  minute  bodies,  on 
the  pedi<des  of  the  smaller  polyps.  They  become  transparent  and 
pyramidal,  and  having  gradually  assumed  the  mediisan  form  are 
detached.  They  were  first  noticed  by  DEiiLE  Chiaje,  Descriz,  iv. 
p.  107,  Tav.  146,  fig.  10,  12.  The  sexual  germs  are  formed  on  the 
wall  of  the  radiating  vessels.   Huxley,  Gegenbauer,  L  L 

Hie  prehensive  organs  are  placed  around  the  lesser  polyps  on  the 
horizontal  margin  of  the  mantle.  They  are  hollow  and  open  into  a 
vessel  like  the  lesser  polyps.  They  have  no  special  nettle-nodes,  but 
numerous  scattered  thread-cells. 

The  air-canals  were  discovered  by  Ksohn  ;  they  are  minute  vessels 
which  pass  firom  the  innermost  air-spaces  of  the  horizontal  cartilage, 
perforate  the  mass  of  the  liver,  and  reach  the  walls  of  the  polyps 
where  they  appear  to  terminate  by  closed  extremities.  They  are 
most  numerous  in  Porpvta.  See  Kokt.t.tkkr  Die  Siphonoph.  pp.  46 — 
64.] 

Velella  Lam.  A  semi-orbicular  crest,  compressed,  containing  a 
cartilage  within,  placed  obliquely  above  the  disc.  Marginal  ten- 
tacles simple. 

Sp.  Vddla  »piran8,  Meduia  vdeUa  L.,  Holoth.  tpirana  Fobsk.  Icon.  Ber, 
nalwr.  Tab.  xxvi.  fig.  k,  ArmeiMtarium  veUUa  Costa  Ann,  da  8c.  not, 
sec.  adrie,  Tom.  xvl  PI.  13,  fig.  3,  (figure  of  the  vessels  from  the  stomachs 
on  the  inferior  surface  of  the  cartilaginous  disc),  in  the  Mediterranean. 
Aooording  to  FobskXl  the  French  sailors  call  the  animal  VaUeUe:  they 
eat  it  fried  with  flour  and  batter.  The  name  VeUUa  appears  to  be  derived 
from  vdvm  and  from  the  crest^  which  like  a  full-spread  sail,  adorns  the 
upper  sur£EU».  The  beautiful  blue  colour  of  the  animal  is  impaited  to  the 
water  in  which  it  is  examined,  but  disappears  in  spirit  of  wine.  During 
life  the  creakure  is  not  unattractive  {**non  tnvemuta  eat  quantum  vemU 
Ueet,"  Fobsk.  Deacr.  Animal,  p.  105)  ;  see  the  coloured  figure  of  Lbsueub 
in  TiBOV,  Voyage  attx  terret  auatr,  PI.  xxx.  fig.  6.  (This  species  is  from  the 
Tropical  Seas,  VeUUa  ecapkidia  PiboN).  For  the  other  species,  not  easily 
to  be  distinguished,  of  this  genus,  consult  chiefly  Esohboholtz  Syat.  der 
AcaUphen,  s.  168 — 175. 

Subgen.  JRcUaria  Ebchsch.  Crest  membranous,  placed  longitudi- 
nally on  the  disa 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ACALEPHiE.  Ill 

NcU.  If  the  figures  in  FobskJU,  Tab.  xxvl  fig.  k3,  k4,  k5,  belong  to 
a  }f(mng  VeleUa,  aa  appears  from  the  explanation  of  the  plate,  this  genus 
must  be  suppressed  ;  which  is  Blaikvillk*b  opinion. 

Porpita  Lam.  The  Lamina  cartilaginous  (?),  circular,  marked 
with  concentric  strias  decussated  radially.  Marginal  tentacles 
appendiculate. 

Sp.  PorpUa  medUerranea  EaOHSOH.,  Porp.  Fonkalii,  Dx  Bjlav,  ffol,  denu- 
data  FoBBL  Icon,  Bar.  waL  Tab.  xxvi.  fig.  L.,  in  the  Mediterranean ; — 
Porp,  umbeUa  Esghsgob.,  Porp.  giffomUa  PiBON,  Voy.  aux  ferret  auttr, 
PL  zxxi.  fig.  6,  in  the  Tropical  Seas ;  Porp.  ckryeocoma  Liaa.,  GUJE&IN 
Iconogr.y  Zoophytet,  PL  xviu.  f.  2. — {Medusa  PorpUa  L.  is  merely  the 
cartilaginous  disc  of  some  species  of  this  genus.) 

Family  II.  PhyasophoridoB  {Hydrostatica  Cuv.)  Body  sus- 
pended in  the  water  by  means  of  a  swim-bladder  or  of  receptacles 
filled  with  air. 

Btadder-bearers.  The  opinion  that  these  animals  are  able  to 
expel  the  air  from  the  air-hladder  at  will  was  rendered  doubtful,  as 
a  general  rule,  by  Olfebs,  who  could  find  no  opening  in  the  large 
bladder  of  Physalia.  [Subsequent  observations  however  have  deter- 
mined that  Physalia  is  the  only  one  of  the  Physsophoridce  whose 
bladder  does  really  communicate  with  the  external  air.  But^  though 
there  be  no  such  communication  in  the  rest,  Leuckart  states  that 
in  many  of  them  (and  he  believes  it  to  be  true  of  all)  the  air  may 
be  readily  caused  to  pass  from  the  cavity  of  the  bladder  into  that  of 
the  common  stem,  by  the  expansion  of  the  upper  extremity  of  which 
the  air-'bladder  is  in  all  cases  surrounded. 

a)  with  short  stem  or  axis  without  swimming  bells. 

Physalia  Lam.  Swimming  bladder  very  large,  crested  above, 
with  an  aperture  at  one  extremity :  the  whole  of  the  common  stem 
expanded  so  as  to  form  a  receptacle  for  it:  from  the  inferior  surface 
of  the  eitpanded  stem  the  polyps  are  suspended  together  with 
feelers  and  prehensile  organs,  of  dififerent  thickness  and  of  great 
length.] 

SeaMadder.  The  colony  swims  constantly  on  the  sur&oe  of  the 
sea^  and  for  that  purpose  makes  use  of  the  crest  on  the  top  of  the 
bladder  as  a  saiL  Hence  its  name,  het  bezaantje,  the  Partuffuese 
man  of  loor,  la  petite  galh'e,  &c  If  in  the  nomenclature  we  ought 
strictly  to  hold  to  priority,  then  this  genus  ought  to  be  named 


Digitized  by 


Google 


112  CLASS   III. 

Salacia,  for  thus  Lu7N.£UB  annoonoed  it  in  the  earlier  editions  of  his 
Syst  N(U,  ;  in  the  tenth  and  following  editions  it  is  no  longer  met 
^  with,  and  Linn.£US  afterwards  arranged  the  species  known  to  him 
under  the  genus  HohthwrioL 

Yon  Olfebs  especially  threw  much  light  upon  the  organisation  of 
this  genus  by  the  investigation  of  Phyacdia  caravella  Eschsch.  {Phys, 
wreikusa  Tiles.)  A  PhyaaUa  has  two  bladders,  the  internal  is 
filled  with  air,  and  was  described  by  Olfebs  as  perfectly  closed;  the 
external  has  an  aperture  situated  at  one  extremity  and  surrounded 
by  a  sphincter. 

[QuATREFAGES  has  desciibed  the  action  of  this  sphincter  muscle, 
and  the  connexion  of  both  bladders  with  the  aperture;  he  also 
caused  the  air  contained  in  the  interior  bladder  to  be  analysed,  and 
found  that  it  contained  less  of  oxygen  than  atmospheric  air  by  about 
3  per  cent. :  the  animal  appeared  to  be  able  to  expel  the  air  volunta- 
rily at  intervals,  and  to  distend  the  bladder  again  after  a  short  time: 
it  would  therefore  seem  to  be  a  respiratory  organ  for  the  colony :  the 
air-bladder  is  surrounded  on  all  sides  by  the  external  bladder  or 
envelope,  which  is  in  fact  the  expanded  stem  of  the  colony :  with  the 
under  surface  of  this  the  various  appendages  are  connected,  and  into 
its  cavity  the  cavities  of  them  all  open  more  or  less  directly :  the 
bladder  in  Phyaalia  did  not  appear  to  Quatrefages^  to  be  merely  a 
passive  organ,  for  besides  the  power  of  emptying  and  distending  it 
the  animal  seemed  to  be  able  to  direct  the  fluid  contained  in  the 
cavity  of  the  appendages  into  this  or  that  bundle  of  them  at  will, 
and  so  to  alter  the  position  of  the  center  of  gravity  of  the  bladder, 
and  by  thus  bringing  different  regions  of  it  to  the  surfiice  to  steer 
its  course.] 

The  larger  and  smaller  tentacles  are  capable  of  extension  and 
contraction,  and  serve  probably  for  feeling  and  seizing.  Small 
clumps  of  red  corpuscles,  which  are  situated  between  the  larger 
tentacles,  are,  according  to  Olfebs,  eggs :  but  the  sexual  organs  of 
the  Pkysaophoridce  require  further  investigation. 

See  V.  Olfbbs  in  Physikal.  Ahhandl,  der  KSnigl.  Akademie  der  Wisaemck, 
zu  BerUna,  d,  Jahre  1831,  Berlin  1832,  8.  155 — aoo. 

Comp.  also  on  iliis  genus  J.  G.  Van  Hasselt  in  Algem.  Kund.  en  LeUer- 
bode  i8«8,  No.  44,  45  ;  F.  W.  Etsbkhardt,  Nov.  Act.  Acad.  Oca.  Leap. 


^  Ann.  det  Sc.  wiL  %e  S^rie,  Tom.  Ii.  p.  115. 

/Google 


Digitized  by  ' 


ACALEPHJE.  113 

Ca/roL  Tom.  x.  a.  410 — 416,  Tab.  xxxv.  fig.  49  ;  Esohboholtz  in  o.  t. 
KoTZKBUB*s  Entdeckwng9^ceiae  m.  1821,  a.  193,  and  Syti.  der  Acalephen,  s. 
157—164.    LsucKART  in  Zeiitchr.  fOr  Wieuentch,  Zooloffie  in.  1 89 — 2 1 3. 

AthoryUa  EsCHSCH.  {Rhodophyaa  Blatnv.)  [The  motor  organ 
of  the  colony  a  coronet  of  solid  bracts,  or  covers,  fixed  to  the  stem 
immediately  beneath  the  air-bladder.  Polyps,  feelers  and  prehen- 
sile filaments  attached  to  the  very  short  remainder  of  the  stem. 

Sp.  AthoT^fia  rotaeea  Esohbch.  Koellikxb  Die  Siphonoph.  Tab.  vn.  The 
Polyps  are  not  nearly  as  numerous  as  the  bracts.  In  large  colonies  Kokl- 
LIKXB  could  not  count  more  than  eight  of  them  whilst  the  bracts  numbered 
10 — 40.  They  are  seated  in  t^e  space  covered  by  the  bracts,  and  with  their 
points  project  somewhat  beyond  them  when  the  coronet  opens,  but  lie  entirely 
concealed  when  it  closes.  The  feelers  are  more  numerous  than  the  polyps 
(11 — ?o),  long  and  nearly  filiform,  and  play  between  the  bracts  when  they 
open.  The  lateral  subdivisions  of  the  prehennle  organs  terminate  by  two 
filaments. 

b)  with  short  axis  or  stem  and  swimming  bells. 

Physsophora  FoBSK.  Several  swimming  bells  disposed  verticil- 
lately  roimd  the  common  stem.  The  polyps  with  feelers  and 
prehensile  organs,  but  without  bracts  (Gegenbauer),  attached  to 
the  remainder  of  the  stem  immediately  below  the  swimming 
column.] 

Phyasophora  (fix)m  (putra  or  ^ua-a-a),  literally  bladder-becMrer,  wa« 
compared  by  Fobskael  to  the  so-called  Cartesian  Imp  {situs  animalts 
hydrostdUictis  mMaJtnis  pulmone  extra  corpus,  ad  formamh  machines 
quami  Diaholwm  GaHesicmwm  appeUamms),   Descr,  Animal,  p.  112. 

Sp.  Pkys8ophora  kydroatatica  F0B8K.  Icon.  Rer,  not..  Tab.  zxxni.  fig.  E,  in 
the  Mediterranean  ;  Physaoph.  muzonema  Pkbon,  Voy.  aux  terret  ausfrtUe*, 
PI  ^9,  fig.  4;  Lesson  AeaJ^phen,  PL  9,  fig.  1,  in  the  Atlantic,  &c. 

The  species  are  not  sufficiently  distinguished ;  Fobskael  figured  an  im- 
perfect  specimen,  which  for  the  most  part  had  lost  the  suctorial  tubes  and 
other  appendages.  The  figure  given  by  Phili^pi  not  long  ago  represents 
the  animal  in  an  uninjured  state ;  this  writer  supposes  that  the  specimen 
found  by  him  in  the  Mediterranean  belongs  to  another  species,  which  he 
names  Phyuophora  tOrtuticha.  There  are  four  rows  of  swimming  bells,  and 
in  each  row  four.  See  his  Memoir  in  Mukllxb's  Archiv.  1843,  <«.  58 — 67, 
Taf.  v.  [KoELLiKEB  statos  that  thia.of  Philifpi  is  identical  with  the  Physto- 
phora  rotacea  of  t)BLLA  Chatja,  */>flj<T.  d^U  anim.  invertehr.  TV.  pag.  119, 
•Tav.  33,  fig.  ^f]'-    '  ^   ^ 

VOL.  T.  8 


Digitized  by 


Google 


114  CLASS   III. 

[See  KOEiiLiKEB'8  description  of  a  new  species  (1. 1  p.  19,  Tab.  t.)  found  by 
him  at  Messina,  and  which  he  calls  Phyn.  PkiUppi.  The  type  of  PhysBophara 
IB  distinguished  by  the  very  small  length  of  the  axis  below  the  swimming 
column.  The  column  is  as  usual  tenninated  by  a  small  bladder  above  the  belln 
filled  with  air.  Beneath  it  the  polyps,  feelers,  prehensile  and  sexual  organs 
are  all  compressed  into  a  small  space.  The  feelers  surround  the  axis  immedi- 
ately beneath  the  bells  in  a  continuous  coronet,  like  the  calyx  of  a  flower. 
They  are  described  by  Kosllikkr  as  exceedingly  sensitive,  in  constant 
motion,  and  even  laying  hold  of  prey.  Within  the  circlet  of  feelers  arise 
the  Polyps,  each  with  its  prehensile  filament  The  nettle-node  has  an 
exceptional  formation.  There  are  no  bracts  or  covers,  their  protective  office 
being  supplied  by  the  near  neighbourhood  of  the  swimming  column.  The 
sexual  organs  are  seated  in  bunches  on  the  stem  dose  to  the  Polype,  a  pair 
of  different  sex  at  the  base  of  every  Polyp. 

c)  with  long  axis  without  swimming  bells. 

Rhizophysa  P^RON.  No  swimming  bells:  the  polyps  with 
their  prehensile  organs  lateral,  usually  secund :  bracts  and  feelers 
wanting. 

Sp.  Jthizophysa  Percnii  Esohsch.  AeaL  Ta£  xm.  fig.  3.  Rhizophysa  JUifor- 
mia  Lax.,  ZdUehriftfQ/r  msaenach.  Zoologie,  v.  s.  324—330.  Taf.  xvin.  fig. 
5—". 

d)    with  long  axis  or  stem  and  swimming  bells  at  the  upper 
part  of  the  common  stem. 

Stephanomia  P^KON,  EsCHSCH.  Swimming  bells  numerous, 
forming  a  conical  column  which  surrounds  the  stem  with  many 
spiral  turns.  Polyps  set  on  the  stem  by  a  long,  slender,  contractile 
pedicle.  Feelers  pediculate  aflSxed  to  the  stem,  usually  in  threes 
between  two  successive  Polyps.  Bracts  or  covers  not  confined  to 
the  stem,  but  also  surrounding  the  base  of  the  Polyps  as  the  calyx 
a  flower.  Prehensile  filaments  very  long  with  lateral  branches 
at  regular  intervals  bearing  a  node  and  terminating  in  a  single 
thread.  Sexual  organs  in  bunches  close  set  on  the  feelers  fi-om 
the  stem. 

The  Stephanomia  uvaria  of  Lesueub  does  not,  according  to 
KoELLiKER,  difiTer  from  Apolemia  Esohsch. 

In  a  specimen  of  Stephanomia  four  feet  in  length  Leuckart 
counted  no  less  than  20  spiral  turns  in  the  swimming  column,  with 
10 — 12  bells  in  each  turn.  The  three  feelers  from  the  stem  are  two 
on  a  common  pedicle  and  one  sessile.     The  male  and  female  organs 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ACALEPHiE.  115 

are  in  dose  proximity  to  each  other  at  the  base  of  the  double  feelers. 
The  male  are  the  least  numerous^  the  form  oval,  slightlj  medusan, 
^the  nucleus  as  it  ripens  passing  from  red  to  yellow  :  there  are  four 
radial  canals  and  a  circular  canal,  the  mantle  lying  close  to  the 
nucleus  and  having  an  opening.  The  female  appendages  are  smaller 
and  round,  but  of  similar  structure,  except  that  the  central  vessel  of 
the  nucleus  is  not  developed,  for  each  appendage  contains  only  a 
single  ^g.  Ck)mpare  the  interesting  observations  and  figures  of 
Milne  Edwabds  Anru  des  Sc.  NcU.  2e  S6rie  Tom.  xvi.  Zool.  pp. 
217—229,  PL  7—10.  Also  R.  Anim.  Cuv.  ^d.  iUustr.  Zooph.  PL 
59.     See  Leuckabt  Zodog.  Untersuch.  Erster  Heft.  s.  38. 

Forskalia  Koelliilbb. 

8p.  FankcUia  Bdwardtii  Koell.  This  new  genus  and  species  differs  little^  if 
at  aD,  from  Stephanomia  according  to  Liuokabt.  See  the  description  and 
beantifal  figures  in  Koelltkkb  Die  Siphcnophoren  v.  Metsina,  s.  i — lo. 
Taf.  I.  II. 

Agalmopsis  Sabs.  Swimming  colimm  formed  of  two  rows  of 
bells  alternating.  Below  it,  the  stem  gives  origin  to  single  Polyps, 
feelers,  prehensile  filaments  and  sexual  organs  with  numerous 
transparent  bracts  or  covers. 

Sp.  Agalmoptis  degofOB  Sabs,  Fauna  litter.  Norvegia  i.  p.  36,  Tab.  v.  fig.  7, 8. 
The  prehensile  filaments  give  off  branches  which  again  subdivide  to  terminate 
in  two  threads :  a  contractile  bladder  is  seated  below  the  point  of  last  divi- 
sion, and  immediately  before  this  is  a  spiral  nettle-node  covered  by  a  beU- 
shaped  duplicature  from  the  filament  on  which  it  is  placed.  AgalmoptU 
puneUUa  Kosll.,  a  new  species,  differs  from  the  last  i|i  the  branches  of  the 
prehensile  organs  having  the  node  without  a  cover,  and  in  terminating 
without  further  division:  also  the  feelers  have  special  prehensile  organs 
which  are  knotted. 

Agalma  EscHSCH.  Swimming  column  with  bells  in  two  rows : 
feelers  scattered.  Polyps  with  bracts  and  prehensile  organs  of 
which  the  lateral  branches  are  provided  with  a  large  nettle-node 
and  subdivide  to  terminate  in  two  threads  having  a  contractile 
vesicle  between  them  at  the  division.] 

Sp.  Agalma  OJceni  Eschsoh.  Itis  xvi.  1825,  Tab.  5,  Sytt.  der  Acaleph.  p.  151, 
Tkb.  xin.  fig.  I. 

[ApolenUa  EscHSCH.  Swimming  column  composed  of  two  rows 
of  bells  of  quadrangular  form  with  rounded  angles.  Feelers  firom 
two  to  four  set  on  the  stem  between  successive  pairs  of  bells. 

8—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


116  CLASS  III. 

Polyps  numerous,  sessile,  prehensile  organs  with  simply  spiral 
nettle-nodes.  Bracts  claviform  with  special  prehensile  organs  small, 
knotted.  At  regular  distances  below  the  swimming  column  a 
collection  of  polyps  with  all  these  appendages  surround  the  stem. 

Note, — ^In  no  other  genus  of  Phyiaophorida  lune  feelers  met  with  on  the 
part  of  the  stem  which  supporta  the  swimming  bells. 

Steplumomia  twaria  LX880N  belongs  to  this  genus :  Kokllikss,  Die 
Schmmmpolypen,  s.  i8.  See  Gboenbaubb's  description  of  a  complete 
specimen  of  it,  and  figure,  ZeUechrift  f&r  vnssensch.  Zool.  v.  s.  319 — 324. 
PL  xvni.  fig.  I. 

Family  III.  HippopodidoB,  Colonies  of  swimming  Polyps, 
without  swimming  bladder,  with  short  common  stem,  the  swim- 
ming column  not  formed  of  bells. 

Hippopodius  QuOY  and  Gaim.  Eschsch.  The  swimming 
column  formed  of  bracts  in  two  rows,  and  covering  one  another 
imbricately,  with  filiform  short  stem,  to  which  the  polyps  with 
their  prehensive  and  sexual  organs  are  attached. 

Sp.  ffippop,  Ivtens,  Ann.  dee  Sc,  not.  x.  1827,  s.  172,  173,  PI.  iv.  A. 
GnxBiK  leonogr.,  Zooph.  PL  xix.  fig.  4. — ffippopod.  neapolitanfie  Kokll. 
Die  Siphon,  pp.  28 — 31.  Tab.  vi.  figs,  i — ^5. 

Vofftia  KOELL. 

Sp.     Vogtia  pentacaniha  Eobll.  Die  Siph,   von  Meesina,  s.   31,  32.  Tab. 


Family  IV.  DiphyidcB.  Locomotive  apparatus  of  the  colony 
two  distinct  cartilagineo-gelatinous  transparent  pieces  aflfixed  to  the 
upper  part  of  a  thin  cylindrical  common  stem.  The  stem  begin- 
ning in  the  substance  of  the  anterior  piece  passes  in  a  groove  of  the 
posterior  between  the  two,  and  then  gives  attachment  to  groups 
consisting  of  a  single  polyp  and  its  appendages.] 

This  fiEumly  includes  certain  marine  animals,  transparent  as  glass, 
which  swim  by  means  of  the  contraction  of  hollow  organs  filled 
with  water ;  it  has  the  genus  Diphyes  for  its  type,  which  was  first 
formed  by  Cuvieb  in  the  first  edition  of  his  R^gne  Animal,  iv.  p.  61. 
This  genus  rested  on  a  species  discovered  by  Bort  be  Sadtt- 
Vincent  at  the  beginning  of  this  century  (1801),  in  the  South 
Atlantic  Ocean,  and  described  mider  the  name  of  Salpa  bipartita; 
see  his  Voycbge  dans  les  qucUre  principaUea  ties  des  Mera  dA/Hquej 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ACALEFHiEl.  117 

I.  1804,  p.  134,  PL  VL  fig.  3,  A,  B,  C.  The  two  pieces  provided  with 
swimming  cavities,  nearly  similar  in  form,  were  afterwards,  by 
CuviEB  {B^gne  Anvm.  sec,  ed,  iii.  p.  288)  and  other  writers, 
erroneously  taken  to  be  two  animals  which  had  become  attached 
to  each  other,  an  opinion  occasioned  by  observing  that  they 
were  readily  separated.  This  separation,  or  spontaneous  detach- 
ment of  different  parts,  has  often  been  remarked  in  the  entire 
order — as  in  Fhyssophora,  Kkiaephyaay  StephanomM.  In  fact, 
JXphyes  is  much  more  nearly  allied  to  these  genera  than  might 
be  suspected  from  many,  and  sometimes  very  confused,  descriptions 
of  it.  I  may  remark,  that  the  part  which,  in  our  description, 
we  have  indicated  as  anterior,  is  called  posterior  by  the  first 
discoverer,  Bory,  and  by  many  others  after  him. 

QuoY  and  Gaimabd,  who  discovered  many  new  species  of  this 
family  and  formed  new  genera  from  them,  {Ann,  dee  Sc  not. 
Tom.  X.  1827,  p.  5 — 21,)  determined  subsequently  to  bring  them 
all  \mder  the  single  genus  Diphyes,  {Voyage  de  dicouvertea  de 
FAstrdahe,  Zoolog.  Tom.  iv.  1833,  p.  81).  [But  more  accurate 
observations  of  late  years  have  shewn  that  this  proceeding  is  not 
advisable.  In  Praya  the  swimming  beUs  are  similar  in  form, 
and  are  placed,  more  or  less,  side  by  side,  and  their  cavities 
open  on  opposite  sides  of  the  stem.  In  Diphyes  the  beUs  are 
placed  behind  one  another  and  open  backwards. 

The  common  stem  b^ins  within  the  substance  of  the  anterior 
bell,  or  piece,  in  a  more  expanded  portion,  which  is  lined  with 
large  epithelial  cells,  and  has  very  different  form  in  different  genera. 
This  expanded  portion  often  contains  a  globule  of  oily  matter. 
Beneath  it  the  stem  gives  origin  to  the  canals  of  the  swimming 
pieces,  and  then  is  prolonged  to  become  the  common  axis  of  the 
colony. 

The  polyps  with  their  different  appendages  are  fixed  to  the  stem 
at  regular  intervals.  Those  nearest  to  the  swimming  pieces  are 
quite  undeveloped  and  without  appendages.  Those  at  the  other 
extremity  of  the  stem  are  the  oldest  and  most  perfect,  and  have 
their  appendages  most  complete.  Each  group  consists  of  a  Polyp, 
a  set  of  prehensile  organs,  and  the  generative  organ,  which  partakes 
more  or  less  of  the  medusan  form — ^the  whole  being  covered  by 
a  protecting  bract.  Such  a  group  either  persists  in  adhering  to  the 
common  stem,  {Diphyes^  Praya),  and  then  only  certain  parts  are 
detached,  as  the  medusiform  capsules  of  the  sexual  organs ;  or  it  is 


Digitized  by 


Google 


118  CLASS  II r. 

capable,  to  a  certain  degree,  of  independent  existence,  and  when 
fully  developed,  separates  itself  from  the  stem  of  the  colony  {Ahf/lay 
In  the  Praytdas,  the  coTers  are  bounded  by  round  sur&ces  above, 
and  have  a  cavity  below,  like  a  helmet,  to  receive  the  other  members 
of  the  group  :  in  Diphyea  they  surround  the  stem  like  a  rolled  leaf, 
(differing,  however,  in  form  in  the  different  species)  and  adhere  to 
it  by  the  narrow  part  In  Ahyla  they  cover  the  members  of  the 
group  imperfectly,  are  almost  solid,  yet  with  a  cavity  in  the  interior 
which  is  in  connexion  with  that  of  the  stem,  and  which  is  lined  by 
large  cells.  In  all  these  groups  the  sexual  buds  are  more  or  less 
medusiform,  and  may  be  developed  into  a  swimming  belL  They 
sprout  from  the  base  of  the  Polyp.] 

Comp.  on  this  family,  besides  the  above  work  of  QuoT  and  Gaikabd, 
especially  Esohsoholtz,  Syst,  der  AhaUphen,  s.  172,  133,  Lbuckart  Zodlo- 
giache  Untersuchungen,  i.  s.  41 — 49,  Koelliksr  Die  Sckwimmpolyp.  s.  36 — 
46  :  also  Will,  nora  TergestincR,  s.  76 — 83,  Gboenbaubb  in  Zeiitchr,  f, 
wi88,  zool,  V.  8.  197 — 300. 

[Diphyes  Cuv.  The  posterior  swimming  piece  received  into  a 
cavity  of  the  anterior :  the  groups  on  the  common  stem  protected  by 
a  bract  or  cover  in  form  of  a  rolled  leaf. 

Sp.  Dipkyes  angustata  EsoHSCH.  Tab.  xn.  fig.  6  (the  species  of  Bobt  seems 
to  belong  here;) — IHph.  campawdifira  Esohsoh.,  Quot  and  Gaihabd 
Ann.  dea  Sc.  not.  x.  1827,  PL  I. ;  IHph.  gracUis  Gbgkkbaueb  ZeiUckr.  far 
wiateMch.  Zoologie,  v.  s.  309—315-  Taf.  xvi.  fig.  5— 7.— />tpA.  Siebddei 
KOELL.  Die  Siphon,  v.  Messina,  s.  36 — ^41.  Taf.  xi.  fig.  i — 8. — Diph.  gra- 
cUis Gegbnb.  Zeitsehr.  /.  w.  Zool.  v.  s.  313 — 315.  Taf.  xvi.  fig.  5 — 7. — 
Diph.  Kochii  Will  Hot,  Tergest.  Tab.  11.  f.  21—16 ;  figured  without  the 
posterior  portion  which  Will  did  not  meet  with  in  any  one  of  the  six  speci- 
mens examined  by  him^. 

Ahyla  EsCHSCH.  QuOY  and  Gaimard  [Calpe  of  the  same). 
The  two  swimming  bells  of  very  diflFerent  size,  the  anterior  mnch 
the  smaller.  The  bracts  cover  the  members  of  the  groups  imper- 
fectly, are  massive,  and  have  a  cavity  communicating  with  the 
stem. 

Sp.   Ahyla,  pentagona  Esohsch.,  Koellikbb  Die  Siph.  v.  Mess.  s.  41 46, 

Tab.  X. ;  here  the  single  polyps  have  no  coTers :  see  a  complete  specimen 
described  and  figured  in  Lecokabt  Zod.  Untersuch.,  i.  s.  56—61,  Taf.  nr. 
fig.  I— 10.    The  bracts,  or  covers,  which  are  not  visible  on  the  polyps  at 


^  Compare  also  on  this  genus  Lesson  Centurie  Zoologiqtte,   1830,  p.  16  t — 183, 
1*1.  55—57. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ACALEPH^.  119 

the  upper  pari  of  ihe  item,  undeiigo  remarkable  metamorphooes  after  Uieir 
first  appearance  aa  buds  until  they  attiun  the  cubical  form,  when  the  group 
of  which  it  fonnB  a  part  exactly  reaembles  a  young  Eudana  cvboidea,  QuOT 
and  Gaim.     See  also  Geoinbaueb  ZeUach.  fur  tns$.  Zool.  v.  s.  191—195. 

Fratfa  Lesson.  The  two  swimming  pieces  of  the  colony  nearly 
similar  and  equal,  the  covers  of  the  developed  groups  bounded  by 
rotmd  surfaces  above  and  concave  beneath. 

Sp.  Praya  diphyea  Lsss.,  Koellikeb  Die  Siphon,  von  Me$».  s.  33— 3<5,  Taf. 

a,—Pngya  maaeUna  Gegekb.  Zeitach.  f,  wiaamich.  ZooL  v.  a.  3o»— 309»  Taf- 

xvn.  fig.  I — 6. 
The  genera  Endoxia,  Ersasa,  Agktisma  Esohsch.,  which  have 
only  a  single  polyp,  have  been  termed  monogastric  diphyida^  by 
Huxley  j  but  it  is  almost  certain  that  they  are  not  independent 
genera.  It  has  been  noted  above,  when  treating  of  Ahyla  petUa- 
gona,  that  a  single  group  of  this  compound  diphyea  exaxstly  resem- 
bles Eudooda  cuhoides;  and  here  the  groups  have  been  seen  to 
detach  themselves  from  the  colony  both  by  Leuckabt  and  by  Geqen- 
BAUEB — as  indeed  the  same  &ct  had  previously  been  observed  by 
Sabs  in  his  Diphyeg  tnmccUa,  Eudoxia  campantUata  is  believed  by 
Leuckabt  to  be  a  group  of  Diph.  acuminata,  a  new  species  observed 
by  him  at  Nice  ;  whilst  he  has  found  that  Aglaisma  pentag<mum  is 
not  a  monogastric  diphyea ,  but  an  imperfectly  developed  Ahyla  pen- 
tagma,  see  Zoologiach,  Unterauch.  s.  54.  Eracea  is  suspected  by 
Leuckabt  to  be  a  detached  group  of  Diphyea  Koch,  Wilu 

Evdoxia  (&c.)  consists  of  a  cover  or  bract,  a  polyp  with  its  pre- 
hensile organs,  a  swimming  bell  (sexual  capsule),  and  usually  a 
smaller  bell  sprouting  firom  the  base  of  the  polyp,  which  is  destined 
to  replace  the  larger  when  this  has  been  detached.  These  ports 
are  all  connected  by  their  canals  to  a  portion  of  common  stem.] 

Sp.    EnoBa  pyramidaUs  Will,  i.  I  fig.  27 >  &c- ;— Comp.  Leuckabt  Zocl, 
Untenuch.  1,  s.  43—61,  Gegbnbaubb  Zeiisch.  f.  mn,  Zool.  v.  185—296. 

Ordeb  II.     CtenophorcB,  or  Beroecea. 

Mouth  simple,  stomach  situated  in  the  axis  of  the  body.  Vibra- 
tile  cilia  disposed  in  rows  on  the  surface  of  the  body.  Swimming 
bladders  none. 

The  Beroecious  animals  are  Acalephs  of  very  different  form, 
which,  however,  are  distinguished  from  the  former  order  by  the 
absence  of  swimming  bladders  [bells]  and  cartilaginous  laminae,  as 


Digitized  by 


Google 


120  CLASS  III* 

well  ajB  suctorial  mouths  :  [they  are  single  animals,  in  short,  and  not 
colonies.]  The  projecting  edges,  usually  named  ribs  (coattB)  which 
are  beset  with  cilia,  especially  characterise  this  family  :  whence  the 
German  name  BippenqtMUen.  Whether  these  vibratile  cilia,  which 
occasionally  are  so  arranged  as  to  form  vibrating  laminse,  do  really 
cause  the  progression  of  these  animals,  as  is  usually  assumed,  is  in 
consequence  of  the  objections  raised  by  Mertens  and  by  Will 
{ITorcB  Tergest  b.  8 — 13)  exceedingly  doubtful. 

The  name  Beroe  given  by  Beown  {N<U.  Hist  of  Jamaica)  to  the 
animal  discovered  by  him  in  the  middle  of  the  last  century,  is 
borrowed  from  Mythology;  it  is  that  of  one  of  the  numerous 
daughters  of  Oceanua  : 

CUoque  a  Beroi  soror,  OceaniUdei  amho, — 

ViBOiL,  Gtorgic,  Lib.  iv.  341. 

Comp.  on  this  order :  Bang,  hablitaemaa  de  la  FamUU  des  BSroidet  et 
description  de  deux  genres  nouveaux  qui  lui  appartiennerU  ;  MSinoires  de  la 
Soc.  d'ffist,  not,  de  Paris,  Tom.  iv.  i8a8,  pp.  166 — 173,  PL  19,  ao. 
Mebtenb  Beobachtungen  und  Untersuchungen  Uber  die  heroearligen  Aca- 
lephen,  MSm,  de  VAead,  imp,  des  sc.  de  St.  Petenixmrg,  sc.  physiq,  Bixibme 
s^rie,  Tom.  11. 1838,  pp.  479—543,  Taf.  i. — im.  (A  copious  extract  may 
be  found  in  Oken'b  /<nf,  1836,  b.  311 — 321.)  Lesson,  Mim,  aur  la 
famille  des  Biroides,  Ann.  des  Sc.  not.  1*  s^rie,  Tom.  vi.  Zool.  1836, 
PP-  «3S— «^- 

Family  V.     Beroidea.     (The  characters  of  the  order  are  those 
of  the  single  family.) 

A)   Stomach  smalL 

Cesium  Lesueur.     Body  transverse,  elongate,  gelatinous,  with 
ciliated  margins. 

Sp.  Cestum  Veneris  Lesueub  Nouv.  BuUet.  de  la  soc.  philom.  Join,  18 13, 
PI.  V.  (Recus.  in  Oken's  Isis,  1817,  s.  1505—1508,  Tab.  xn.)  Gdi^bin, 
Iconogr.  Zooph,  PI.  18,  fig.  i.  (after  a  drawing  by  LAUBHiLABD)  in  the 
Mediterranean.  This  girdle  of  Venus  has  the  form  of  a  band  of  more 
than  fiv^  feet  long,  and  full  two  inches  high.  In  the  thinner  inferior  edge 
is  situated  the  oral  aperture  (opposite  to  the  phbce  assigned  to  it  by 
Lesueur  in  the  thicker  superior  edge).  In  Cestum  Najadis  Esohsoh. 
Acal.  Tab.  i.  fig.  i,  from  the  South-Sea,  near  the  Line,  two  long  tentaeula 
beset  with  fine  threads  ore  present,  which  in  the  species  from  the 
Mediterranean  are  often,  and  in  Cestum  Amphiirites  Mebtenb  (1.  L  Tab.  i.) 
are  (always  ?)  wanting. 

The  genus  Lemniscus  QuoY  and  Gaim.  is  probably  founded  on  a  detached 
piece  of  Cestttm. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ACALEPH^.  121 

CaUtanira  P^RON.  Body  lobate  or  supplied  with  lateral 
wings. 

Subgenera :  Eucharia  Eschsch.,  Leucotkea  Mebtens,  Mnemia 
EscH.  {Alcinoe  Eang),  Leaueuria  Milne  Ebw.,  Calymma  Eschbch. 
{Ocyroe  Rang),  CaUianira  Peron,  Eschsch. 

In  bringing  these  numerous  genera  together^  and  giving  greater 
extension  to  the  name  CcUlianiray  than  has  been  done  by  former 
writers,  my  sole  object  is  to  &cilitate  the  review,  and  at  the 
same  time  to  indicate  the  affinity  of  these  animala  Beyond  doubt 
the  genera  are  too  numerous  here.  The  genus  Bucephalon  of 
Lesson  {CaUianira  bucephalon  Eeynaud,  Less.  Cenlwr,  zool.  PL  28) 
also  belongs  here,  and  probably  does  not  differ  from  Calymma 
Trevirani 

Sp.  CaUianira  heaoagona  Eschbch.,  CaUian.  SlahUri  Db  Haan,  Natutir' 
hundige  Bijd/ragen  II.  1827,  pp.  150 — 153;  this  species  has  been  con- 
founded  with  Bero6  keaoagonus  of  BBUOUiaBBS  (found  at  Madagascar). 
In  the  genus  CaUianira  proper,  there  are  two  filiform  branched  tentacles ; 
the  other  subgenera  have  mostly  four  conical  or  triangular  ciliated 
tentacles. 

Cydippe  EsCHSCH.  {Beroe  Freminville,  Mertens.)  Body 
globose  or  ovate,  with  eight  longitudinal,  ciliated  ribs.  Tentacles 
two,  retractile  within  two  subcutaneous  vesicles, 

Sp.  Cifdippe  pHeus,  Bero€  piUus  Muell.,  Volvox  hicaudaltu  L. ;  L.  Th. 
Gbonovius  in  UUgezocfUe  Verhandelingen  Amsterd.  1758,  in.  p.  464, 
PL  16,  f.  1—5  ;  Baster  Natuwrh,  UUsp.  i.  PI.  xiv.  fig.  vi.  vii. ;  Cuv.  R, 
Ani,  id.  iU.f  Zoopk,  PL  56,  fig.  a,  &c.  (Since  the  vesicles,  in  which  the 
tentacles  he,  open  towards  that  extremity  of  the  body  which  is  opposite  to 
the  mouth,  the  nervous  ring  (?)  described  by  Grant,  cannot  surround  the 
mouth,  (see  above,  p.  X04).  The  tentacles  are  able  to  lengthen  themselves 
greatly  ;  why  Eschbcholtz  describes  them  as  incUvisa,  is  not  apparent ;  at 
least  in  most  species  they  are  much  divided. 

B)   Stomach  large    A  circle  of  vessels  (aqueducts)  round  the  oral 
aperture. 

Beroe  EscHSCH.  (spec,  of  the  genus  Beroe  Gronov.,  Muell.  and 
others)  Idi/a  Freminv.,  Oken,  Mertens.  Body  oval,  ribbed, 
with  large  circular  aperture  beneath. 

Sp.  Bero€  ovata  Browk,  not.  Hist,  of  Jamaica,  PL  xrv.  fig.  ^  ;  (this  animal 
was  the  first  named  Beroe ;  LiNMiEUS  named  it  in  the  tenth  edit,  of  the 
Sytt,  Nat.,  Medusa  Berog,  in  the  twelfth  (1767)  Volvox  Beroe)  ^—Beroi 
Forskalii,  Medusa  Beroe  Forde.,  Milnb  Edw.  Ann.  des  sc.  not.  0?  s^rie, 
Tom.  XVI.  Zool.  PL  5,  6 ;  Cuv.  B^gne  Anim.  id.  iUustr.,  Zooph.  PL  56, 
fig.  I,  &c. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


122  CLASS  III. 


Order  III.    Discophorce, 

Body  disciform  or  campanulate,  above  naked,  below  usually- 
provided  with  arms  or  tentacles. 

The  Meduacnda  or  SecMvhber.  They  have  a  gelatinous  disc^  on 
the  upper  surface  more  or  less  spherical,  which  from  its  form  has 
been  compared  to  an  umbrella  or  a  hood ;  the  form  has  some  re- 
semblance to  toad-stools  {agarici).  These  animals  move  themselves 
by  expansion  and  contraction  of  the  hood.  The  mouth,  or  the  suc- 
torial organs  which  take  the  place  of  the  mouth,  are  situated  in  the 
center  of  the  inferior  surface,  sometimes  elongated  into  a  pedicle 
and  provided  with  different  tentacles.  On  this  difference  are 
foimded  the  numerous  genera  which  modem  writers  have  felt  jus- 
tified in  adopting. 

Compare  on  this  order :  P^bon  et  Lesusub,  Tableau  des  earac- 
Ures  ghiiriqiLes  et  specifiqtie3  de  toutea  lea  eap^cea  de  Miduaea  can- 
nueajuaqtCd,  cejour.     Annal.  du  Muaeum  xiv.  1809,  pp.  325 — 366. 

J.  F.  BRAinxr,  Auafiih/rliche  Beachreihung  der  van  C.  H.  Mebtens 
aufaeiner  WeUumaegdung  heobdckteten  SchirmquaUen  ;  mU  34  Tneist 
colorirten  Tafeln.  St  Petersbui^,  1838,  4to  (firom  the  Mem.  de 
VAcad,  dea  Sc  de  SL  Feterabua-Qy  vi*.  Serie,  Tom.  iv.) 

A)    Many  oscules. 

Family  VI.  Oeryonidce.  A  peduncle  from  the  center  of  the 
inferior  surface  of  the  disciform  body,  with  the  free  extremity 
lobate,  or  furnished  with  arms.  The  border  of  the  body  mostly 
tentaculate.    {Genua  Diancea  Lam.) 

It  is  not  so  completely  established  that  all  the  forms  here  brought 
together  are  really  characterised  by  the  absence  of  a  simple  mouth. 
Will  at  least,  in  the  animals  placed  by  him  in  the  genus  Geryonia, 
found  a  mouth  surrounded  by  four  lobes.  In  some  the  pedicle  is 
supplied  at  its  extremity  with  a  folded  appendage  (Gerf/onia),  in 
others  at  its  base,  or  at  its  extremity,  it  is  beset  with  threads : 
Favonia,  Zi/mnorea,  &c. 

Genera :  Geryonia  Pj^ron,  Froboacidactyla  Brandt,  Diancea, 
Linuche  EscHscH.,  Saphenia  Eschsch.,  Eirene  Eschsch.,  Limnorcea 
Peron,  Fa/vonia  Peron. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ACALEPHJi:.  123 

Bp,  Oerffonia  proboieidalii,  Medtua  proboicidalit  FoBSK.  lean.  rer.  not,  TWb. 
56,  fig.  I ;  GniBiir  Iconogr,,  Zooph.  PL  16,  fig.  9  ;  CcviiBy  Jt,  Anim,,  idU. 
Ukutr.,  Zooph,,  PL  51,  fig.  3.  This  species  from  the  Mediiernuiean,  with 
BIZ  threads  or  tentacles  at  the  margin  of  the  disc,  may  be  considered  as 
the  type  of  this  divisioD. 

Family  VII.  Ehtzoatamidce.  Anna  ramose,  with  manj  suc- 
torial oscules.  Margin  of  the  hody  without  tentacles*  Disc  with 
four  avaria  or  testes,  sometimes  (in  Cassiqpea)  eight. 

Rhtzostoma  CuY.  Tentacles  amongst  the  arms  none;  arms 
confluent  into  one  pedicle  inserted  in  the  disc. 

Sp.  Bhuottoma  OuvierU,  Rbauvub  Mim.  de  VAcad.  dei  »e,  de  Paris,  17 10, 
PL  XI.  fig.  17,  18 ;  CuviBB  Journ,  de  Phynque  Tom.  XLIX.  p.  436 ;  Cuv. 
R.  Anim,  Sdit,  HI.  Zooph.  PL  49.  This  species  sometimes  attains  to 
a  great  size.  The  Jthizostoma  has  four  pairs  of  suctorial  anns,  which  are 
provided  with  absorbent  vessels  ;  by  these  it  receives  its  nutriment,  which 
consequently  consists  of  minute  animalcules,  or  of  animal  matters  in 
solution.  These  absorbent  vessels  and  their  branches  coalesce  into  four 
stems,  which  run  along  the  pedicle  and  end  in  the  stomach.  From  the 
stomach  run  laterally  vessels  through  the  hood.  Surrounding  the  stomach 
are  four  cavities,  with  very  wide  opening  below,  in  which  the  organs 
of  propagation  are  seated.  The  uppermost  portion  of  the  hood  consists  of 
a  substance  more  firm  than  the  rest  of  the  body.  See  K.  W.  Etsbvhabdt, 
ZUr  AntUomie  und  N'aturgeachichie  der  QucdUn,  Nov.  Ad,  Acad,  CctM^ 
Leop.  Carol.  Nat.  Curios.  T.  X.  pp.  375,  &c.  with  figures.  RKieoatama 
Aldrovandi  Pi£bon,  Guebin  Iconoffr.,  Zooph.  PL  15,  fig.  i,  &o. 

Casswpea  Peron.  Tentacles  amongst  the  arms  none.  Arms 
eight  or  ten,  very  much  branched,  not  conjoined  at  the  base  into  a 
peduncle,  famished  with  yesicular  appendages. 

Sp.  Cassiopea  frondosa,  Mediua  frondo$a  Pall.,  Spic.  Zool.  X.  Tab.  n.  ^, 
I — 3 ;  Ccunopea  horhonica  Delle  Chiaje,  Mimorie  wUa  ttoria  e  notonUa 
degli  Animali  $ema  vertdn^  del  Regno  di  Napcli,  I.  1823.  Tab.  m. ;  Gu&iN 
Icon.  Zooph.,  PL  15,  fig.  1 ;  Cuv.  R.  Anim.  4dU.  HluttT.,  Zooph,  PL  51, 
fig.  1,  &c.  (See  other  figures  of  Tilesiub  Nov.  Act.  Acad.  Cau.  Leop,  Car, 
Natur,  Cwrios.  Tom.  XV.  2.  1831,  pp.  247—288,  Tab.  6g — 73. 

Cephea  Peron.    Large  cirri  amongst  the  arms. 

Sp.  Cephea  eyclophora  P^bon.  Meduta  cephea  Fobsx.  Icon,  rer.  nai.  Tab. 
XXIX.  fig.  (copied  in  Ccv.  R.  Anim.  6dU.  ilhutr.,  Zooph.  PL  51,  fig.  4)  &c. 

B)    Mouth  single  central. 

Family  VIII.  Medustdea.  Mouth  teti-agonal  central.  Arms 
four,  mostly  very  distinct,  very  rarely  none.  Four  lateral  cavities 
in  the  disc,  open  beneath,  inclosing  the  genital  organs. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


124  CLASS  III. 

This  ^milj  nearly  coincides  with  the  genus  Cyancea  Cut.  The 
four  openings  beneath  the  disc,  conducting  to  the  cavities  which 
contain  the  organs  for  propagation,  were  by  Pebon  and  Lamarck 
incorrectly  considered  to  be  four  mouths. 

Cyancea  Cuv.  (and  species  of  the  genus  Pelagia  ejusd.) 

Grenera :  Stiienonia  Eschsch.,  FhaceUophora  Bb.,  Cyancsa 
EscHSCH.,  Aurdia  Peron;  Pelagia  Peron,  Chrysaora  Peron, 
Ephyra  Eschsch.    {Buryale  and  Epkyra  Peron.) 

Sp.  Cyancea  awrita,  Medusa  aurita L. ;  Mubllbb  Zoclog.  danic.  Tth.  76,  77 ; 
Ehbenb.  Ahhandl.  der  AJcad.  zu  Berlin,  phynk.  Klasse  1835  ;  CuY.  R. 
Anim.  6dit,  ill.,  ZoopK  The  four  anns  are  considerably  longer  in  old  than 
in  younger  specimens  ;  these  arms  consist  of  two  laminae  crumpled  at  the 
edges,  which  during  life  face  each  other  in  such  a  way  as  to  form  a  canal ; 
afler  death  they  are  flaccid  and  parted  asunder.  The  disc  is  not  quite 
circular,  but  in  some  degree  divided  by  indentations  of  the  margin  into 
eight  lobes.  The  four  arms  unite  at  the  center  of  the  body  to  form  a 
circular  aperture  :  this  mouth  leads  to  the  stomach,  which  has  four  lateral 
cavities.  From  the  stomach  there  run  sixteen  vessels  to  the  margin  of  the 
duic,  of  which  eight,  divided  into  branches,  alternate  with  eight  others  un- 
divided and  open  at  the  margin.  In  addition,  there  are  eight  corpuscles  at 
the  margin,  which  Ehbsnbebg  considers  to  be  eyes,  and  which  were^  noticed 
above.  This  species  is  found  in  the  North  Sea  and  the  Baltic.  Comp. 
H.  M.  Gaedb  Beitrdge  zur  Anatomie  und  Phynologie  der  Medtuen,  mil 
2  Kupferiafdn,  Berlin,  18 16,  8vo ;  Baeb  Ueber  Medusa  aurila,  Mbckel*S 
Arckiv  fiir  die  Physiol,  vin.  1823,  s.  369 — 391,  with  fig. ;  F.  Rosenthal 
Beitrag  zwr  ATtaJtonde  der  Quallcn,  £eitschrift  fiir  Physiol.,  herausgegeben 
von  F.  TiEDEMANN,  G.  R.  und  L.  C.  Tbevibanus,  i.  1,  1825,  s.  318 — 330, 
with  fig. 

Cyanaa  capillaia,  Medusa  capillata,  Basteb  Natuurk.  Uiisp.  il..  Tab.  v. 
fig.  I. 

Pelagia  noctUuca  EsOHSOH.,  Medusa  noctUuca  F0B8K.,  Waqneb  Bau  der 
Pf^.  noctUuca  and  Icon,  Zool,  Tab.  xxxiii.  ;  in  the  Mediterranean,  &c 

Ephyra  EscHSOH.,  probably  rests  on  young  forms  of  Cyancea;  comp. 
Will  ffor,  Tergest.  Tab.  n.  fig.  10,  and  Sabs  in  Ebichson's  Archiv,  1841, 
Tab.  II. 


Family  IX.  Oceanidce,  Disc  without  lateral  cavities  to  in- 
close generative  organs.  Body  campanulate.  Mouth  and  oeso- 
phagus often  elongated  into  a  proboscis.  Anna  conspicuouB  or 
lobes  around  the  mouth.  Canals  proceeding  from  the  stomach 
elongate. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ACALEPH^.  125 

Oceania  Peron  (with  the  addition  of  several  species,  and 
other  genera). 

Subgenera:  Ocecmia  Peron,  Circe  Mebtbns,  Cants  Brandt, 
CcUlirhoe  Peron,  ThaujnanHas  Eschsch.,  Tima  £schsch.,  Mdicer- 
twn  Oken,  Cytasis  Eschsch.,  Phorcynia  P^bon. 

Sp.  Oceania  martupialis  EscHSCH.,  Medtua  manupialis  L.  ;  Plano.  de 
Conch,  min.  not.  Tab.  TV.  fig.  5 ;  MiLNB  Edwabdb,  Ann.  de$  Sc.  not.  xxvni. 
1833,  pp.  248 — 266,  PI.  II — 13,  Mediterranean; — CaUirhoi  Bcuteriana 
PfooN,  Babtxb  NcOuurh.  ViUp.  11.  Tab.  v.  fig.  2,  3,  &c. 

Family  X.  JEquoridce,  Disc  without  lateral  cavities,  inclosing 
organs  of  generation.  Body  depresso-campanulate  or  plane.  Mouth 
and  oesophagus  not  elongated  into  a  proboscis.  Arms  none  or 
little  evolved.  Stomach  with  sacculated  appendages  or  canals 
radiating,  elongate,  numerous. 

JEquorea  Peron,  Cuv. 

Subgenera :  jEqtiorea  P^ron,  Stomohrachium  Brandt,  Mesonema 
EscHSCH.,  Ev/ryhia  Eschsch.,  FoLyxena  Eschsch. 

Sp.  Mqyorta  PorgkaUrta  Eschsoh.,  Medusa  aquorea  F0B8K.  Icon.  rer.  not. 
Tab.  xzxii.  ;—jEquorea  violacea  MiLNB  Edwabdb  Ann.  da  Sc.  not.  le 
B^rie,  Tom.  xvi.  Zool.  pp.  193 — 199 ;  Cuv.  R.  Ani.  id.  HI.,  Zooph.  PL  71 ; 
the  maigin  has  many  conical  cirri,  the  mouth  Ls  wide  and  round ;  from 
the  stomach  proceed  about  eighty  long  undivided  rays  (water-<»mals),  which 
run  towards  the  mai^gin,  and  appear  to  open  on  a  small  conical  point 
between  two  drri.  The  genital  organs  are  situated  below  on  the  disc,  on 
each  side  of  every  ray  as  folded  borders,  but  they  do  not  extend  as  far  as 
the  margin.  (Esohboholtz  divided  the  Diseophorce  into  Oryptocarpce  and 
Phanerocarpce,  Sytt.  der  Acal.  p.  41  ;  to  the  last,  which  have  the  sexual 
organs  placed  crucially  in  the  disc  and  attracting  observation  by  their 
colour,  belong  the  JthieottomidcB  and  Medusidce  ;  to  the  first  the  Oeryonidce, 
Oceaaiidce  and  ^quoridcB  ;  in  all  of  these  the  sexual  oi^gans  have  not  yet 
been  detected,  but  they  will  probably  be  found  at  the  under  side  of  the 
disc,  and  since  in  uBquorea  vidaeea,  according  to  the  observations  of 
MiLNB  Edwabds,  they  strike  the  eye  on  this  surface,  and  are  also  dis- 
ting^hed  by  their  violet  colour,  we  cannot  accept  the  name  Crypto- 
carpce. 

[The  Cryptocarpse  of  Esohscholtz  include  the  naked-eyed  Medutce  of  Fobbbs.] 

Note  to  the  Diseophorce.  There  remain  certain  genera  ofauthors, 
in  which  a  mouth  has  not  been  found,  namely  Evdora  and  Berenice 
PisoN.  (Sp.  Berenice  rosea,  Cuvieria  Perok  Voyage  attx  terr, 
austr.  PL  30,  £  2 ;    Gu^rin  Iconogr.  Zooph.  PI.  16,  fig.  1.)      These 


Digitized  by 


Google 


126  CLASS  III. 

genera,  to  which  maj  be  added  Stav/rophora  Bbandt,  form  a  family 
in  the  system  of  Eschscholtz^  to  which  he  has  given  the  name 
BerenicidoB,  This  fiunilj  appears  to  me  to  be  doubtfiil,  as  it  does  to 
Brandt  and  others ;  we  must  leave  the  decision  to  time,  I  prefer 
to  wait  the  resnlt  of  new  observations,  rather  than  to  attribute  to 
Acalephs  nutrition  by  superficial  absorption. 

For  the  rest,  several  genera  of  Acalephs  are  founded  on  figures  of 
authors  alone— and  these  sometimes  imperfect  and  faulty.  Hence 
no  part  of  Zoology  is  more  uncertain  than  this. 

Accordingly  there  are  many  genera  which  I  have  not  recorded, 
and  possibly  more  might  have  been  omitted.  For  here  excess  of 
timidity  is  better  than  dearth  of  prudence. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CLASS  IV. 
ECHINODERMS  {ECHINODERMATA)\ 

The  name  Echinodermata  was  used  by  J.  T.  Klein  rather 
more  than  a  centuiy  ago,  to  denote  the  shells  of  the  sea-urchins, 
called  Echini.  *Extiw,  with  the  Greeks,  denoted  both  an  urchin 
and  a  sea-urchin.  Afterwards  BruguiAres  gave  the  name  of 
Echinodermata  to  a  division  of  the  animal  kingdom  that  comprised 
at  once  the  sea-urchins  and  the  star-fishes.  Cuvier  retained  that 
name  for  this  division,  but  added  to  it  animals  having  a  coriaceous 
skin  without  spines  or  quills.  Although  the  name  is  no  longer 
applicable  to  all  the  species  of  this  class,  yet  the  class  itself  must 
be  looked  upon  as  an  extremely  natural  division  of  the  Animal 
Kingdom.  These  animals  are  distinguished  by  an  intestinal  canal 
hanging  firee  in  the  cavity  of  the  body  by  single  threads  or  mem- 
branes, usually  long  and  tortuous,  or  provided  with  lateral  append- 
ages if  it  be  short:  blood  vessels  and  respiratory  organs  are  present; 
the  genital  organs,  in  both  sexes  of  the  same  external  form,  are 
without  any  special  apparatus  for  copulation ;  the  fertilisation  being 


1  Consult  on  this  class  : 

L.  Agassiz,  Monoffraphdes  d'Echinodermes  vivans  etfoasiUa.  Neuch^atel,  1838  and 
foU.  4to.  ^e  ])«rt8  thus  far  have  reference  only  to  certain  figures  of  Echmi.  The 
fourth,  pubHflhed  in  1843,  contains  the  anatomical  description  of  Echinus  Uvidus,  by 
Valbhtih.) 

£.  F0BBB8,  A  HUUynf  of  BrUUh  Star-JUhes  and  other  animaU  of  the  doss  Echino- 
denuMkt,     lUuttraUd  fty  woodeuU.    London,  184T,  8to. 

A  capital  work  on  the  anatomy  of  this  class  is  : 

F.  TrgOKMAify,  AnaionUe  der  Jt&hrm-ffolothurie,  de$  pomeranz-farbigen  Seettems 
und  Stein-SeeigeU.  Landshut,  18 16,  folio;  a  prize  Essay  crowned  by  the  French 
Institnt  in  i8i3. 

W.  Shasfet,  The  article  EchinodemuOa  in  Todd's  Cydopadia  of  Anai.  and  Phy- 
Mog.  n.  pp.  30—46  (1836). 

J.  MnsLLSB,  Veber  den  aUgememe  Plan  der  Entmckektng  der  Eckmodermen,  Mit  8 
Kupfertaf,  Berlin,  1853,  4to,  and  previous  papers  in  the  Ahh.  d,  Ahad.  der  Wisten- 
icke^.  tu  BerUn  1849,  '^5^ 

Q.  L.  DuTXBNOT,  M^,  8ur  VAnalogie  de  CompotUicn  d  eur  qvdguee  poinU  de 
TOrga$id$aHon  dea  Eehinoderms,    Mim.  de  VAead.  det  Seienceij  XX.    Paris,  1848. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


128  CLASS   IV. 

eflFected  by  means  of  the  sea-water  in  which  these  animals  live. 
When  parts  are  multiple,  the  number  five  prevails  as  remarkably 
in  this  class,  as  did  the  number  four  in  the  preceding:  and  the 
quintuple  organisation  is  often  obvious,  as  in  star-fishes  and  sea- 
urchins,  in  the  external  form  of  the  body.  This  is  round  or  some- 
what pentagonal  in  the  sea-urchins ;  flat  and  spread  out  in  rays  in 
the  star-fishes,  with  the  mouth  on  the  inferior  surface.  The  Holo- 
ihurm  haye,  on  the  contrary,  a  cylindrical  body. 

In  the  star-fishes,  of  which  the  body  is  flat,  the  mouth  conducts 
to  a  wide  stomach  that  fills  the  disc  of  the  body.  It  was  supposed 
formerly  that  this  stomach  was  in  all  of  them  a  blind  sac,  as 
TiEDEiiANN  has  described  it  in  Asterias  aurantiaca  {Astropecten 
aurantiacus  MuELL.  and  Tr.)  Afterwards  Meckel  detected  in 
Comatuke  a  second  opening  of  the  intestinal  canal,  that  lies  on  the 
same  surface  of  the  body  with  the  mouth  \  Only  lately  it  has 
become  apparent  from  Mueller's  investigations,  that  in  most  of 
the  proper  Asterioe  an  anvs  exists,  and  that  the  structure  in  Ast. 
aurantidca  is  to  be  considered  as  the  exception  rather  than  the 
rule.  But  this  second  opening  does  not  lie,  as  in  the  Camatuke, 
on  the  same  surface  as  the  mouth,  but  opposite  to  it,  on  the  back 
of  the  disc.  In  the  Ophturce  and  Euryale  it  is  wanting:  conse- 
quently these,  with  some  star-fishes  (the  genera  Astropecten,  Cteno- 
dtscics,  and  Lutdia  of  the  modems),  and  some  Crinoids  are  the 
only  Echinoderms  in  which  the  intestinal  canal  forms  a  blind  sac, 
as  in  the  Anthozoa.  In  the  Astertce  proper,  the  intestinal  canal  has 
csBcal  appendages,  which  divide  into  branches,  and  fill  the  rays  of 
the  body ;  in  those  species  whose  intestinal  canal  is  a  blind  sac, 
the  appendages  proceed  laterally  firom  the  stomach,  at  whose  base 
on  the  dorsal  surface  there  are  usually  two  caecal  appendages  in 
addition.  In  those  Asteriee  which  have  an  anal  opening,  the 
stomach  is  divided  by  a  circular  fold  firom  a  second  compartment, 
to  which  the  c«Bcal  appendages  of  the  rays  are  attached ;  to  this 
succeeds  a  third  compartment,  the  rectum,  a  short  straight  tube, 
which  has  also  caecal  appendages ;  sometimes  they  are  placed  round 
the  intestine  in  rays,  like  the  appendages  of  the  rays,  and  fill  up 


^  Archiv  fUr  die  Physiologie  vni.  1833.  s.  470 — 477.  The  same  observation  was 
made  by  Leuokabt  and  HEtiBiNOKB  ;  see  the  not  very  clear  description  by  the  last- 
named  in  Mboksl's  Archivf.  Anat.  u.  Phynol.  1826.  s.  317 — 324. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ECHINODERAIS.  129 

the  spaces  between  the  rays.  In  the  disciform  genus  Guldtay  the 
appendages  of  the  rectum  are  greatly  developed,  five  in  number, 
each  divided  into  two  branches,  and  clustered  ^  In  Ophiura  and 
Euryale  the  csdcal  stomach  has  lateral  recesses,  or  even  branched 
blind  appendages,  mostly  ten  in  number,  which,  however,  do  not 
penetrate  the  rays.  In  Comatula  the  intestinal  canal  is  tubular, 
and  winds  round  a  spongy  structure  in  the  axis  of  the  disc ;  firom 
this  an  edge  projects,  that  penetrates  into  the  canal  and  forms  a 
valve*.  In  the  sea-urchins  {Echinus)  the  intestinal  canal  is  very 
long.  The  oesophagus  is  tortuous,  narrow,  and  beset  with  numerous 
follicles.  Where  it  passes  into  the  much  wider  intestinal  canal, 
there  is  a  csecal  appendage.  The  walls  of  the  canal  are  very  thin : 
its  course  is  close  to  the  shell  in  five  afcs  directed  outwards ;  when 
it  has  returned  nearly  to  the  point  firom  whence  it  began,  it  bends 
round  and  follows  a  similar  route  in  an  opposite  direction,  until  at 
last,  having  become  somewhat  narrower,  it  mounts  up  to  the  anus 
(at  the  uppermost  part  of  the  shell).  In  the  Holothurice  the  intes- 
tinal canal  is  nearly  of  the  same  width  throughout.  It  proceeds 
firom  the  mouth  along  one  side  of  the  body  to  the  lower  extremity, 
thrai  bends  back  to  the  anterior  part,  and  finally  descends  along  the 
other  side  to  the  cloaca,  into  which  the  respiratoiy  organs  also 
open.  In  Eckiurus  the  intestinal  canal  is,  in  like  manner,  much 
longer  than  the  body,  and  makes  many  convolutions:  it  has  numer- 
ous cystiform  widenings,  and  very  thin  walls.  In  Sipunculus, 
where  the  anus  is  placed  not  at  the  end,  but  in  the  anterior  half  of 
the  body,  the  intestinal  canal,  with  its  threefold  bending,  is  nearly 
four  times  the  length  of  the  body.  In  Bynapta^  on  the  other  hand, 
it  is  nearly  straight,  and  about  the  length  of  the  body,  the  anus 
being  at  the  posterior  extremity'.  In  the  star-fishes  probably  the 
radiating  appendages  are  to  be  considered  as  organs  for  preparing 
bile  (liver) :  they  are  filled  in  Ast.  rvhem  with  a  yellow  turbid 
fluid*. 


*  J.  MusLLEB  und  F.  H.  TROiCfHBLL^  Sydem  der  Aateriden.  Braunschweig,  1842, 
4to,  B.  131.  Taf.  zii.  fig.  T. 

*  J.MiJVLLB&,Abhandl,derBerl.  Akad.  a,  d.  J,  1841,  Phygik.Kl  Tab.  v.  f.  7—10. 
'  QUATBBFAGBS,  Ann.  de$  Se.  not,  sec.  s^rie  xvii.,  Zoologie,  p.  51. 

*  Other  writers  oonsider  the  blind  appendages  at  the  bottom  of  the  stomach  or  at 
th6  rectom  as  a  rudiment  of  Uver.  Owen,  Led,  on  the  Camp.  A  not.  of  invertebr. 
AmmalB,  1843,  P- 1 15-  In  these  appendages  a  rudimentary  form  of  kidney  might  also 
be  repognised,  an  opinion,  however,  which  does  not  rest  on  chemical  investigation. 

VOL.  I.  9 


Digitized  by 


Google 


130  CLASS  IV. 

Notwithstanding  much  careful  investigation,  there  still  exists 
great  obscurity  about  the  circulation  of  the  blood  in  Echinoderma. 
TiEDEHANN  and  Delle  Chiaje  give  very  conflicting  descriptions 
of  the  vascular  system — ^the  diflference  being  founded  in  the  inter- 
pretation of  the  dermal  vessels,  which  are  connected  with  the 
organs  of  motion.  The  first  of  these  authors  considers  the  motion 
of  fluid  observed  in  these  vessels  to  be  altogether  distinct  from  the 
circulation,  whilst,  according  to  the  other,  they  are  a  part  of  the 
system  of  blood-vessels.  In  Aaterias  Tiedemann  found  on  the 
inner  surface  of  the  skin  of  the  back,  a  vascular  ring,  which  he 
considers  to  be  venous.  The  vessels  which  run  upon  the  surface 
of  the  visceral  appendages  of  the  rays  open  into  this  ring.  From 
it  a  canal  arises,  which  performs  the  office  of  a  heart,  lying  near 
the  so-called  lime-canal  which  is  found  there.  The  canal  runs 
into  a  vascular  circle  surrounding  the  mouth,  which  Tiedemann 
holds  to  be  arterial,  and  from  which  branches  proceed  to  the 
intestines.  Besides  these  two  vascular  rings  (one  on  the  dorsal 
and  one  on  the  abdominal  surface),  there  is  a  third  ring  of  an 
orange-yellow  colour  found  on  the  inferior  surface  beneath  the  skin. 
Tiedemann  was  not  able  to  discover  any  conununication  between 
this  ring  and  the  rest  of  the  vascular  system.  In  Echinus  vascular 
rings  occur,  in  like  manner,  round  the  mouth  and  the  anus,  on  each 
surface  two,  of  which  one  is  to  be  considered  arterial,  the  other 
venous.  The  heart  is  oblong,  divided  into  many  cells,  and  lying 
on  the  oesophagus\  In  Hohthuria  there  is  a  circulating  system 
without  a  heart,  or  rather  the  heart  has  the  form  of  a  contractile 
vessel,  that  runs  at  the  outside  on  the  surface  of  the  intestine. 
At  the  anterior  extremity  of  the  intestinal  canal  this  vessel  forms  a 
vascular  circle,  whence  very  fine  branches  arise;  when  near  the 
anus  it  has  become  small,  having  given  off  a  multitude  of  fine 
branches,  which  run  on  the  surface  of  the  intestine.  There  is  a 
transverse  vessel  which  connects  the  longitudinal  trunk  on  the  first 
loop  of  intestine  with  that  on  the  second.  Many  intestinal  veins, 
which  seem  at  the  same  time  to  perform  the  part  of  absorbents  or 


^  Comp.  the  descriptioiifl  and  figures  of  Yalkntik,  AnatonUe  du  geiire  JBchimu, 
pp.  89—96.  Tab.  vn.  fig.  119,  115,  127.  Tab.  vm.  fig.  144—159,  &c.  There  U  a 
figure  also  of  Uie  heart  and  part  of  the  blood-vessels  in  Spaiangut  in  CuviBBll  JUgne 
Anim.  id.  iUutlrie,  ZoophyUt,  PL  f  i  bis. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ECHINODERMS.  131 

lymphatics,  run  upon  the  mesentery  to  form  a  stem,  having  a 
carved  course,  firom  which  other  vessels  arise  to  run  to  the  respira* 
toiy  organ  and  so  may  be  named  pulmonary  arteries.  With  these 
pulmonaiy  arteries  the  pulmonary  veins  are  in  connexion,  from 
whose  union  a  longitudinal  stem  arises  from  which  branches  proceed 
to  the  arterial  vessel  with  which  we  began  our  description  *. 

Besides  the  blood-vessels  already  described  there  are  other 
vessels  which  in  Echinoderms  provided  with  suckers  or  feet  are  in 
connexion  with  these  organs  of  motion.  The  integument  of  the 
body  is  perforated  by  numerous  pores  arranged  regularly  in  rows ; 
in  the  sea-urchins  the  rows  have  been  called,  on  account  of  their 
regularity,  Ambulacra,  from  a  comparison  with  orderly  rows  of 
trees  and  garden-walks.  Through  these  pores  membraneous  cylin- 
drical feelers  (the  feet)  pass  out,  each  terminating  in  a  minute 
suctorial  disc  According  to  the  investigations  of  Valentin  these 
feelers  are  in  Echini  perforated  at  their  extremity  by  a  fine  aperture. 
Within  the  integument  there  are  vesicles  in  connexion  with  them. 
The  feelers,  hollow  within,  are  filled  with  a  fluid,  usually  sea- 
water,  which  the  animal  can  press  at  will  from  the  vesicles,  or,  by 
contraction  of  the  former,  can  cause  to  flow  back.  In  this  way  the 
animals  move  their  body,  the  numerous  feet  contracting  and  elon- 
gating, and  adhering  by  means  of  the  suckers.  There  are  vessels 
corresponding  to  the  rows  of  feet  or  feelers,  from  which  lateral 
branches  proceed  to  the  vesicles  of  the  feelers.  The  ordinary 
number  of  these  longitudinal  vessels  of  the  integument  is  five ;  in 
the  star-fishes  their  number  corresponds  with  the  number  of  the 
rays  of  the  body.  These  lymphatics  fall  into  an  annular  vessel 
surronnding  the  mouth.  In  Holothuria  the  appendages  of  the 
feelers  which  surrotrnd  the  mouth  proceed  from  this  annular  vessel : 
and  from  it  there  arise  also  five  other  vessels  that  descend  along  the 
commeacement  of  the  intestinal  tube,  where  they  terminate  in 
another  annular  vessel  from  which  one  or  two  oblong  csBcal  vesicles 
depend  {AmpuUa  PoliaTui),  that  are  in  like  manner  filled  with 
watery  fluid*. 

The  change  of  the  blood  from  venous  to  arterial,  the  proper 


1  See  T»D«MAKir,  Anai.  der  HOhrm-ffotoOiftrk,  s.  15—18,  Tab.  in. ;  oomp.  also 
CuvuB,  lUgne  Anim.,  €diU  HI.,  Zoophytet,  PI.  18. 
*  See  the  figures  in  TniDiitAKN,  Tab.  in.  fig.  4,  6. 

9—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


132  CLASS  IV. 

object  of  respiration,  may  be  effected  in  any  part  of  the  animal 
organism,  where  the  finest  branches  of  the  blood-vessels  (the 
Capillaries)  are  bathed  in  the  medium  in  which  the  animal  lives. 
Hence  it  is  easy  to  conceive  that  this  function  is  not  always  neces- 
sarily connected  with  determinate  parts. 

In  almost  all  Echinoderma  the  sea-water  penetrates  into  the 
cavity  of  the  body,  and  bathes  as  well  the  internal  surface  of  the 
integument  as  the  outer  surface  of  the  intestines.  Where  no 
especial  respiratory  organ  exists,  the  function  of  such  an  organ,  the 
change  of  the  blood,  may  be  effected  in  the  fine  vessels  which  run 
on  the  surface  of  the  intestinal  tube. 

In  the  Star-fishes  the  sea-water  penetrates  to  the  cavity  of  the 
body  by  means  of  fine  tubules  in  the  integument,  which  are  found 
in  great  numbers  on  the  dorsal  surface  ^.  In  Ophiura  there  are  on 
the  abdominal  surface  in  each  of  the  five  fields  between  two  rays, 
two  or  four  fissures  leading  into  the  cavity  of  the  body. 

In  the  Echini  it  is  not  known  with  certainty  in  what  way  the 
water  penetrates  the  cavity  of  the  body.  The  ten  branched  organs 
round  the  mouth,  which  Tiedemann  considers  to  be  tubules  to 
convey  the  water  in  and  out,  have,  according  to  Valentin,  no 
external  apertures  *. 

As  little  is  known  hitherto  of  the  course  which  the  water  takes 
in  most  Holothurice  to  reach  their  cavity.  In  those  which  have  no 
special  respiratory  organ,  the  genus  Synapta  has  between  the  ten- 
tacles that  surround  the  mouth  four  or  five  small  papilliform 
eminences,  having  an  opening  at  the  apex  and  conducting  to  as 
many  tubules  that  open  between  the  muscles  of  the  mouth.  The 
openings  are  beset  with  cilia,  like  the  tubules  of  the  integument  in 
Star-fishes*.  In  other  JSolothuricBy  as  in  those  which  Tiedemann 
investigated,  there  are  special  respiratory  organs.  From  the  Cloaca 
in  which  the  intestinal  canal  terminates,  there  proceeds  upwards 
a  short  tube,  that  soon  divides  into  two  very  long  principal  branches 
which  run  as  far  as  the  anterior  part  of  the  intestinal  canal.  From 
these  smaller  tubes  arise  which  subdivide  into  twigs  which  termi- 


^  [This  is  Tiedemakn'b  opinion  with  respect  to  star-fishes,  but  the  obsenrations  of 
Shabfbt,  Ehkenbbbo  and  Mdkllbb,  are  opposed  to  it ;  they  saw  the  streams  of 
water  from  within  turn  bacl^  when  they  reached  the  extremity  of  the  tabules.] 

*  Valentin,  op.  cit.  p.  83. 

*  QUATBXFAOBS,  Op.  dt.  p.  65.    PI.  5,  fig.  f,  /. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ECHINODEBMS.  133 

nate  in  csecal  vesicles,  or  pulmonary  cells.  The  right  branch  is 
intimately  connected  with  the  intestinal  veins ;  the  left  branch  of 
the  respiratory  organ  is  connected,  by  means  of  muscular  fibres, 
with  the  internal  surface  of  the  integument.  The  form  of  this 
respiratory  organ  agrees  with  that  of  Lung,  although  HolothurtoB 
breathe  water  and  not  air.  These  parts  are  very  contractile :  in 
a  Holothuria  that  was  opened  alive  they  did  not  cease,  as  long  as 
life  lasted,  to  force  the  water  in  and  out  by  alternate  contraction  and 
expansion.  But  in  respiration  it  is  not  the  contraction  of  the 
muscular  membrane  alone  of  these  branches  that  acts,  but  the 
contractility  of  the  common  integument  of  the  body  also.  This  con- 
tractility of  the  skin  is  so  great,  that  occasionally,  when  the  creature 
is  irritated,  a  portion  of  the  intestines  together  with  the  right 
branch  of  the  respiratory  organ  is  forcibly  ejected  from  the  Cloaca. 

In  the  Sea-urchins  Valentin  considers  the  ten  branched  organs 
surrounding  the  mouth,  first  described  by  Tiedemann  (and  noticed 
above,  vid.  p.  132),  to  be  external  gills.  As  internal  gills  Krohn* 
and  Valentin  consider  the  foliated  vesicles,  which,  in  the  interior 
of  the  shell,  are  in  connexion  with  the  ambulacral  tubules :  and 
which  have  a  closely-woven  vascular  net-work.  Valentin  found, 
as  has  been  stated,  the  ambulacral  tubules  perforated  at  the  extre- 
mity in  Sea-urchins.  Through  these  openings  the  water  penetrates 
into  the  vesicles,  and  the  general  opinion  that  the  fluid  is  urged 
into  the  tubules  from  the  vesicles  and  so  distends  them  is  not  valid, 
according  to  Valentin,  in  the  case  of  Sea-urchins*.  In  that  of 
the  Star-fishes  and  Hblothurtce,  where  the  tubules  appear  to  be  im- 
perforate, it  has  not  been  satisfactorily  made  out  to  what  extent,  if 
at  all,  the  attached  vesicles  contribute  to  the  respiratory  act. 

The  organs  for  propagation  are  in  difierent  families  of  this  class 
of  a  different  form,  but  still,  as  was  stated  above,  have,  in  the  two 
sexes  x)f  the  same  species,  exactly  the  same  form.  Hence,  it 
appears  that  the  discovery  of  the  different  sexes  belongs  exclusively 
to  the  latest  scientific  period,  since  formerly  it  was  believed  that  all 
the  individuals  were  of  the  same  sex,  either  really  bisexual  or  solely 
female  '. 

^  MuELLKB^s  Arehiv.  1S41,  8.  5,  6. 

*  [This  observation  of  Valentin  is  contradicted  by  Muelleb,  Arehiv.  1850,  p.  i^B-] 
'  Wagneb  first  discovered  the  difference  of  sex  in  HoUtihwria  tubulota;  then  Petebs, 
1840,  in  EchxMU,  Kathee  in  Opiwwra  and  Sea-stars,  &o. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


134  CLASS  IV. 

Tet,  without  microscopic  inyestigation,  even  the  colour  of  the 
organs  of  propagation  is  sufficient  to  point  out  the  difference  of  the 
sexes;  the  testes  are  distinguished  by  a  milk-white,  the  avaria  by 
a  yellowish-brown  or  red  colour.  In  ninety-eight  specimens  of 
Eckinua  Petebs  found  that  forty-three  were  males  and  fififcy-five 
females,  so  that  the  two  sexes  are  nearly  equal  in  numbers.  In 
Comatula  also,  Muelleb  found  the  sexes  distinct ;  the  avaria  and 
testes  are  here  situated  on  the  ptnnulce  ^  In  Ophiura,  on  the  other 
hand,  they  lie  in  the  disc,  roimd  the  stomach  as  ten  structures 
composed  of  lobes  and  blind  pouches,  that  run  into  a  pedicle;  in 
the  spaces  between  every  two  rays  two  such  structures  are  placed 
close  together  so  as  to  form  five  pairs '.  In  the  Star-fishes  they  lie 
in  the  angles  between  the  rays,  and  have  the  form  of  bunches  of 
beaded  strings:  in  some  species  they  extend  into  the  rays;  their 
number  is  double  that  of  the  rays.  On  the  dorsal  surface,  in  some 
species,  in  each  inter-radial  space,  two  spots  are  found,  which  are 
perforated,  sieve-like,  by  numerous  closely  arranged  pores ;  these 
openings  allow  the  ova  or  the  seed  to  escape.  In  other  species  the 
products  of  the  genital  organs,  which  have  been  poured  into  the 
cavity  of  the  body  are  probably  allowed  to  pass  out  by  the  respira- 
tory tubules  on  the  back.  In  the  Sea-urchins  five  ovaries  or  testes 
lie  on  the  inner  surface  of  the  shell,  and  fill  the  spaces  between  the 
ambulacral  plates.  They  are  of  an  oblong  flattened  form,  and  con- 
sist of  numerous  csecal  pouches,  which  open  into  an  excretory  duct 
running  through  the  midst  of  the  organ.  The  duct  then  runs  finely 
like  a  footstalk,  by  which  the  testis  or  the  ovary  is  attached  to  the 
upper  surface  of  the  shell  where  it  opens.  There  are  thus  five  such 
openings,  in  five  pentagonal  calcareous  plates  around  the  anus.  In 
Holothurioe  the  ovary  or  testis  is  a  bundle  of  branched  tubes ;  these 
hang  by  their  blind  extremities  downwards,  and  open  above  into 
a  single  excretory  duct,  being  fiuitened  to  it  like  a  brush.  The 
oviduct  or  the  efferent  vessel  lies  along  the  anterior  portion  of  the 
intestinal  canal,  and  terminates  near  the  anterior  extremity  of  the 
body  by  a  distinct  opening  on  the  dorsal  surface.    Near  this  canal 


^  They  are  figured  in  the  Ahh,  der  Bed,  Akad.  Bau  des  PeniaerifiUt,  Taf.  v. 
fig.  17.  18. 

*  H.  Bathkb  BeUrdge  sur  vergL  Anal,  u,  PhytioL,,  BeiaenboMrkungen  aut 
Shandinavien,  Danzig,  1841,  4to,  s.  116,  117.  Tab.  n.  ^.  3 — 7. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


EOHIKODERMS.  135 

are  sitoated  pear-shaped  vesicles,  collected  in  some  species  into 
bunches,  which  Tiedemann  conceives  to  be  male  genital  organs, 
an  opinion  which  falls  to  the  ground  now  that  the  sexes  are  known 
to  be  distinct  Moreover  they  do  not  lead  into  this  canal,  but  are 
in  connexion  with  the  oesophagus.  It  must  be  noted  as  a  remark- 
able  exception  that  in  Synapta^  according  to  the  investigations  of 
QuATREFAGES,  a  complete  hermaphroditism  prevails.  The  genital 
organs  have  the  form  of  long  strings,  whose  internal  sur&ce  is  beset 
with  conical  structures  containing  Bpennatozoa^  whilst  the  inner* 
most  cavitj  is  filled  with  a  pulpy  substance  in  which  the  eggs  are 
found.  These  eggs,  as  they  grow,  are  pressed  against  the  conical 
structures  and  so  fertilized;  and  then  the  germ-spot,  which  was 
before  visible,  disappears.  As  the  development  of  the  eggs  pro- 
ceeds, the  testes  which  adhered  to  the  inner  wall  of  the  string  and 
surrounded  the  eggs,  are  so  much  compressed  that  they  become 
atrophied  and  disappear.  This  periodical  development  is  a  very 
remarkable  physiological  phsenomenon  ^. 

With  the  exception  of  some  interesting  observations  of  Sabs 
little  was  known  respecting  the  development  of  Echinoderms  until 
the  last  few  years.  [To  the  distinguished  and  unremitted  labours  of 
MuEU-ER  we  are  principally  indebted  for  nearly  complete  informa- 
tion respecting  the  very  curious  and  unexpected  processes  which 
occur  in  different  species.  Very  remarkable  differences  are  observed 
according  as  more  or  less  of  the  development  is  effected  within  the 
body  of  the  parent,  or  according  to  the  locality  where  the  embryo 
is  deposited  on  leaving  the  egg,  or  according  to  the  different  modes 
in  which  it  is  destined  to  acquire  its  food.  As  a  general  rule  it 
may  be  stated  that  in  littoral  species  when  the  embryo  escapes  at 
an  early  period  from  the  egg  the  series  of  metamorphoses  is  less 
numerous:  but  that  in  pelagic  species,  where  the  embryo  has  to 
seek  its  food  by  swimming  on  the  surface,  the  necessity  for  provi- 
sional organs  of  a  complicated  nature  renders  the  changes  very 


1  Awn,  det  9e.  wU.,  sec  s^r.  xvn.  1843.  Zool.  pp.  ^,  73.  A  talented  obsdrrer,  whom 
we  have  already  quoted  when  treating  of  Polyps,  (p.  70.)  SnxNSTBUP  Las  with  miioh 
acuteness  endeavonred  to  reject  Hermaphrodititm  altogether,  and  is  of  opinion,  that 
even  here  Quatbxfaobs  has  taken  oeUs  of  spermatozoa  for  eggs  without  the  gennin»l 
spot.  UndertoegeUer  over  Serma^radiHsmM  TilvaereUe  %  Natwen,  Kjdbenhayn, 
1845, 4^>  PP*  ^h  ^4-  (81BBOLD  also  surmises  the  same  mistake  of  Quatbivagbs.)  We 
shall  perhaps  recur  subsequently  to  Stbbnstbtjf^b  opinion. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


136  CLASS  IV. 

remarkable.  Amongst  the  Oph%ur<By  Ophiohpis  gqtiamata  is  vivi- 
parous. The  jovLng,  about  ten  in  number,  are  developed  between 
the  integument  and  the  wall  of  the  stomach  of  the  parent,  in  the 
inter-radial  spaces,  each  in  its  own  compartment,  formed  hy  mem- 
brane extended  between  the  wall  of  the  body  and  the  stomach  and 
suspended  by  a  ligament  attached  near  one  of  the  angles  of  its  disc. 
When  fully  formed  it  passes  out  by  one  of  the  genital  fissures  \] 
In  Echtnaater  sanffuinolerUvs  the  embryo  according  to  the  observa- 
tions of  Sass^,  on  its  escape  from  the  egg  is  of  an  oval  form  and 
covered  with  cilia.  Presently  excrescences,  club-shaped  processes, 
arise  at  one  extremity  by  which  it  adheres  to  the  inferior  surface  of 
the  disc  of  its  parent,  now  converted  by  the  infolding  of  the  rays 
into  a  brooding  cavity.  When  the  arms  begin  to  shoot  forth  these 
processes  disappear,  and  feet  or  tentacles,  few  in  number  but  pro- 
portionally vBry  long,  serve  for  the  creeping  and  adhesion  of  the 
creature.  The  whole  development  occupies  six  or  seven  weeks. 
When  the  clavate  processes  are  about  to  disappear  they  are  near  the 
edge  of  one  of  the  inter-radial  spaces  of  the  disc  of  the  Echinoderm. 
Of  ComatvloB  it  had  been  discovered  by  Thompson*  that  during  an 
early  period  of  their  life  they  are  fixed  to  a  stem  and  then  resemble 
Pentacrinij  in  other  words,  that  the  form  which  in  Pentacrini  is 
permanent,  is  in  them  transitory.  But  their  previous  metamorphoses 
were  unknown.  [BusCH  has  observed  these  changes  from  the  egg 
until  the  period  when  the  embryo  is  about  to  be  attached.  The  egg 
having  passed  from  the  parent  by  an  aperture  at  the  side  of  the 
pinnules,  remains  attached  to  the  pinnula  by  an  abundant  mucus, 
from  spherical  becoming  oval,  and  the  embryo  may  be  seen  rotating 
within  the  egg  by  means  of  its  general  covering  of  cilia.  When  the 
egg  falls  from  the  pinnula  the  embryo  escapes :  its  oval  form  is 
elongated,  the  straight  sides  assume  a  gently  undulating  contour:  on 
the  tops  of  the  undulations  transverse  bands  of  larger  cilia  are  seen 
in  place  of  the  general  ciliated  covering :  the  bands  are  at  first  three 
in  number,  afterwards  four,  surrounding  the  body  in  parallel  circles: 
the  longitudinal  axis  of  the  body  now  becomes  gently  curved,  and  a 
mouth  is  seen  on  the  concave  surface :  the  bands  of  cilia  disappear 


1  Kbohn  in  MnxLLEB's  Arc/Uv.  185 1,  s.  338 — 343. 

*  Sabs  in  Wibomann's  Archiv.  x.  b.  169. 

»  Thompson,  Edinb,  New  Pkihs,  Joumaly  xx.  p.  195. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ECHINODERMS.  137 

and  the  creature  having  lost  its  apparatns  for  motion  sinks  to  the 
bottom :  tentacles  in  the  meanwhile,  five  on  each  side  of  the  mid* 
line,  have  been  developed,  and  hooks  are  seen  at  the  two  extremities 
of  the  body  which  shew  by  their  peculiar  form  that  those  extremities 
correspond  to  the  ends  of  the  arms :  the  embryo  now  cup-shaped 
from  the  increased  convexity  of  its  dorsal  surface  attaches  itself  to 
the  bottom  by  this  surface  from  which  it  secretes  its  pedicle.  The 
absence  of  symmetry  in  the  relation  of  the  Echinoderm  to  its  larva 
is  indicated  by  the  stem  of  the  Echinoderm  being  placed  at  right 
angles  to  the  axis  of  the  larva,  and  the  tentacles  and  mouth  on  the 
opposite  9ur£eicei. 

In  by  far  the  greater  number  of  Echinoderms  the  embiyos  pass 
gradually  into  forms  which,  however  remarkably  they  may  diiSer, 
are  all  laterally  symmetrical.  The  axis  becomes  bent  and  on  the 
ventral  surface  (that  where  the  mouth  opens)  is  a  depression  bounded 
above  and  below  by  transverse  bands  of  cilia  which  are  continuations 
of  the  lateral  bands  which  bound  the  dorsal  surface.  They  all  have 
a  complete  digestive  tube  consisting  of  mouth,  oesophagus,  stomach, 
intestine  and  anus.  This  tube  is  placed  in  the  median  plane,  the 
mouth  in  the  ventral  depression  described  above,  and  the  tube 
curves  from  it  to  terminate  beyond  the  transverse  band  of  cilia 
above  the  mouth  on  the  same  ventral  surface.  Also  they  have  all 
an  aquiferous  system,  a  tube  terminating  externally  in  a  dorsal  pore 
and  internally  in  a  sac.  When  Mueller  observed  the  singular 
forms  of  the  larvae  of  Ophturce  and  Echini  with  their  long  processes 
supported  by  slender  rods  of  carbonate  of  lime  he  named  them 
Pluteus  from  their  general  resemblance  to  a  painter's  easel  with  his 
work  upon  it.  In  AstericB  and  Hohthurvje  the  larvae  have  a  more 
flattened  form,  like  a  coat  of  arms  with  its  surrounding  ornaments. 
The  process  of  development  in  these^  different  larval  forms  is  two- 
fold. In  the  first  case  the  body  of  the  Echinoderm  is  formed  by 
gemmation  round  the  stomach  of  the  larva,  which  continues  to  be 
its  stomach,  and  when  it  is  formed,  all  that  remains  of  the  larva, 
with  the  exception  of  certain  structures  in  connexion  with  the  aqui- 
ferous system  is  gradually  ( Ophiura  and  Echinvs)  or  simultaneously 
[Bipinnaria  asterigera)  rejected.  In  the  second  case  the  symmetrical 


^  [Comp.  Beobach.  vber  Anatomie  u,  Enttnchdung  eintger  wirbeUotm  Sedhiere  von 
I>B.  W.  BuscH.  foL  Berlin,  1851,  s.  83—88.] 


Digitized  by 


Google 


138  CLABS  IV. 

larva  with  its  bilateral  ciliated  band  passes  into  the  radial  type,  as 
in  the  larva  of  Gomatala:  it  has  a  cylindrical  form  with  five  trans- 
verse bands  of  cilia.  From  this  pupa^-state  the  Echinoderm  is 
developed  without  the  rejection  of  any  part  of  the  pupa.  It  is  either 
formed  upon  a  part  of  the  pupa,  and  the  rest  is  absorbed  by  it 
{Tonnaria  of  certain  Aaterioe),  or  the  entire  pupa  is  simultaneously 
metamorphosed  into  the  Echinoderm  {HolothuricB),  In  both  these 
cases,  but  especially  the  first,  the  axis  of  the  Echinoderm  does  not 
coincide  with  the  axis  of  the  larva,  but  crosses  it  at  a  large  angle. 
Csecal  processes  are  formed  round  the  stomach  of  the  larva  in  con- 
nexion with  the  vesicle  of  its  aquiferous  system:  they  are  the 
rudiments  of  the  water-canal  around  the  mouth  of  the  Echinoderm 
and  of  the  vessels  which  proceed  to  the  tentacles  and  feet.  Where 
the  afferent  water-tube  meets  the  surface  of  the  Echinoderm  the 
madrepore-plate  is  formed,  and  the  portion  of  the  tube  within  the 
body  of  the  Echinoderm  becomes  its  stone-  or  lime-canal.  In  OphiuriB 
the  madrepore-plate  has  been  discovered  by  Mueller*,  its  pores  do 
not  open  externally  being  covered  by  a  plate  of  the  inferior  surface 
of  the  disc.  In  Hohihurice  it  is  within  the  abdominal  cavity,  in 
Asterice  on  the  dorsal  surface,  in  Echini  it  coincides  with  one  of  the 
genital  plates.  In  all  these  cases  a  tube,  whether  it  be  hardened 
by  carbonate  of  lime  (stone-canal)  or  not,  runs  firom  the  madre- 
pore-sac or  plate  to  the  circular  aquiferous  canal  surrounding  the 
oesophagus.] 

The  power  of  reproduction  in  Echinoderms  is  very  great.  Star- 
fishes are  firequently  seen  with  one  or  more  small  arms  or  rays,  that 
have  been  formed  anew  in  consequence  of  the  loss  of  the  parts. 
GuETTARD  and  Bernard  de  Jtjssieu  confirmed  the  reproduction 
by  many  experiments'.  In  Hblothurice  even  viscera  may  be  lost 
and  formed  anew;  and  some  species  are  propagated  by  spontaneous 
division*. 


^  MvJOAXR  Archiv,  1850,  p.  121. 

*  Comp.  Mueller  JHe  larven  u,  mdamorphos.  der  Ophiwen  u.  Seetffd.  Berlin,  1848, 
1849  and  1852.  Mueller  Uher  die  larven  u.  metamorph.  der  ffolothurien  u,  Asterien, 
Berlin,  185a  Mueller  l/eher  den  aUgemeinen  Plan  in  der  Enttoiehdung  der  RMnoder- 
men.  Berlin,  1853. 

•  BiAUMUR  Mem.  pour  tervir  d  VHiet,  dea  Ins.  VI.  Preface,  pp.  61,  62. 

4  According  to  the  observations  of  Sir  J.  Qrahav  Dalzbll,  quoted  by  Forbes, 
Bid.  of  Britiah  tStar-flshea,  pp.  199,  lOo. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ECHINODERMS.  139 

The  nervous  system  of  EcliinodermB  was  first  described  and 
figured  bj  Tiedehann  in  Asteriaa  auraniiaoa  {AstropecUa)  ^  There 
is  fonnd  around  the  month  a  nervons  ring  without  ganglia,  whence 
is  giren  off  a  fine  thread  for  each  raj,  and  running  along  it.  On  each 
side  of  this  thread  is  another,  which  descends  into  the  cavity  of  the 
body.  In  searurchins  also  and  in  star-fishes,  in  which  Tiedehann 
could  only  detect  obscure  traces  of  a  nervous  system,  Kbohn  dis- 
covered a  few  years  ago  a  distribution  similar  to  that  of  AsteruB.  In 
Echinus  the  ring  surrounds  the  mouth  within  the  apparatus  usually 
named  Aristotle's  Lantern  (see  below  in  the  systematic  arrange- 
ment) :  in  Hohihuria  in  the  calcareous  ring  to  which  the  longitudinal 
muscles  are  attached.  Five  principal  nervous  stems  run  with  the 
vessels  that  are  in  connexion  with  the  ambulacral  apparatus*. 

Little  is  known  of  special  organs  of  sense  in  Echinoderms.  In 
star-fishes  Ehbenbeeg  discovered  at  the  point  of  the  rays  on  the 
abdominal  surface,  a  small  red  spot,  surrounded  by  a  ring  of  cal- 
careous tubercles,  which  he  considers  to  be  an  eye.  In  specimens 
preserved  in  spirit  the  pigment  disappears,  and  so  the  existence  of 
the  spots  cannot  be  recognized.  Moreover  they  are  wanting  in 
many  species  ^  Forbes  discovered  five  similar  spots  in  sea-urchins, 
on  the  upper  surface,  situated  upon  as  many  pentagonal  plates  that 
alternate  with  five  larger  plates  on  which  the  oviducts  open.  Both 
in  the  star-fish  and  sea-urchin  each  of  the  five  principal  nerves  runs 
as  far  as  one  of  these  spots  and  ends  beneath  it^.  But  in  neither  of 
these  animals  has  a  lenticular  transparent  body  been  discovered. 
The  ambidacral  tubes  and  the  feelers  around  the  mouth  may,  as 
highly  sensitive  parts,  be  ranked  amongst  the  organs  of  touch. 

To  the  motive  apparatus  of  Echinoderms  belong  the  little  feet 
or  tentacles,  abready  noticed,  the  ambulacral  tubules  by  means  of 
which  the  animals  creep.  They  have  muscular  fibres  on  their  walls. 
In  Echmu8  Valentin  found  in  them  both  transverse  and  longi- 
tudinal bundles,  and  radiating  fibres  in  the  suckers  at  their  termina- 
tion.    He  conceives  that  the  motions  of  the  ambulacral  tubes  are 


^  In  Mbckil'b  Arehiv  /.  die  PkyiioL  i.  18x5,  8.  161,  ftc.  and  in  his  often  quoted 
prize  essay. 

«  Mueller's  ilfc^tv.  184 1,  pp.  i— 13,  Tab.  i. 

*  Die  Ahalepken  dee  rothen  Meeree,  s.  39 — 34,  Tab.  Tin.  fig.  11,  12, 

*  Comp.  YALSNTiir,  op.  dt.  pp.  xi,  100,  Tab.  n.  fig.  la,  Tab.  iz./.  i8J3 — 190. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


140  CLASS  lY. 

effected  hj  means  of  tliese  muscnlar  fibres,  and  in  no  degree  by 
forcing  fluid  into  and  out  of  them.  To  how  great  an  extent  these 
parts  can  be  elongated  may  be  judged  by  the  length  of  the  spines 
of  the  shell  in  sea-urchins:  they  must  have  the  power  of  extending 
beyond  the  longest  spines.  Li  specimens  that  have  been  kept  in 
spirits  these  tubules  are  found  to  be  short  and  mutually  entangled. 
The  teeth,  and  the  curious  apparatus  that  encloses  them  (Aristotle's 
Lantern)  have  a  number  of  proper  muscles.  As  to  the  general 
muscular  system,  that  which  mores  the  whole  body,  it  is  foxmd 
especially  developed  in  HohthuruB,  Here  ten  muscles  run  the  whole 
lengtli  of  the  body,  beneath  the  skin:  they  are  arranged  in  pairs, 
which  are  separated  by  spaces  in  which  transverse  circular  fibres  are 
found  that  cover  the  entire  inner  surface  of  the  skin.  By  means  of 
the  longitudinal  muscles  the  body  can  be  shortened  and  bent:  by 
the  transverse  fibres  it  is  contracted  transversely,  and  so  attenuated 
and  elongated.  The  longitudinal  muscles  are  inserted  into  a  cal- 
careous ring  composed  of  five  large  and  five  smaller  pieces,  and 
surrounding  the  commencement  of  the  intestinal  canal. 

All  these  animals  inhabit  the  sea.  They  are  found  in  all  parts 
of  the  world:  yet,  most  of  the  species  only  in  limited  regions.  Since 
we  have  only  a  partial  acquaintance  with  foreign  species,  many 
more  of  which  will  doubtless  be  hereafter  discovered,  we  are  not  in 
a  condition  to  give  a  survey  of  the  geographical  distribution  of  the 
genera.  Unlimited  confidence  is  not  to  be  reposed  in  the  accounts 
given  by  some  writers  of  the  localities  in  which  the  species  are 
native.  Of  the  Asterice  nearly  one-third  of  the  known  species  are 
found  in  the  East-Indian  seas,  one-fifth  in  the  seas  of  Europe.  Of 
OphiuroB,  on  the  other  hand,  the  European  and  Afirican  species 
are  more  numerous  than  the  East-Indian.  The  western  hemisphere 
has,  on  the  whole,  fewer  star-fishes  than  the  eastern :  in  America 
there  are  no  species  of  Set/taster,  as,  for  instance,  of  Culcita^  Astro-- 
gonium,  Stellaster ;  Echtnaster,  on  the  other  hand,  is  peculiarly 
American.  The  species  of  EuryaU  are  chiefly  found  in  the  Arctic 
and  in  the  Indian  seas.  To  the  species  which  are  very  generally 
distributed  belongs  that  which  occurs  on  the  coast  of  Holland, 
Asterias  {Asteracanthion)  ruietis.  The  Red  sea  so  rich  in  species  of 
the  class  of  Polyps,  has  only  a  comparatively  small  number  of  star- 
fishes, and,  in  this  respect  is  much  behind  the  Mediterranean,  which 
is  especially  rich  in  species  oi  Astropecten.   The  Baltic  appears  to  be 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ECHINODEKMS.  141 

avoided  by  Star-fishes  ^  Of  Sea-urchins  about  one-third  of  the 
known  species  are  found  in  the  East-Indian  seas :  here  especially 
are  found  CidarUes  and  ScuteUa.  Of  Hohthurim  more  species 
appear  to  be  met  with  in  the  southern  Pacific  than  in  other  seas. 
The  western  hemisphere  is  as  much  behind  the  eastern  in  respect 
of  Echini  and  HolothuritB  as  of  Star-fishes. 


^  Gomp.  MuELLKB  u.  Tbosohsll  Ud)tr  die  geographiickt  Verbreitwng  der  Atleridm 
in  WiEOMAmr'B  u.  Ebichson's  Arch./.  Natwrgetch,  x.  1843,  8.  113—130.  We  have 
borrowed  the  above  short  notices  on  the  geographical  distribution  of  the  Eehi/nodemuxta 
from  the  Syttem  der  Atteriden  of  these  writers,  and  from  Lamabck  Hid,  not,  de$  Arwn. 
iam  vefUbret,  (compared  with  the  specimens  in  the  Leydan  Museum). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


SYSTEMATIC 
ARRANGEMENT    OF    ECHINODERMS. 


CLASS  IV. 
ECHINODEKMATA. 


Animals  with  integument  coriaceous,  often  calcareous;  with 
distinct  nutrient  canal,  freely  suspended  in  an  abdominal  cavity. 
Organs  of  circulation  and  generation  conspicuous;  sexes  nearly 
always  distinct.  Disposition  of  the  organs  most  frequently  quinary, 
with  body  mostly  radiate  or  globose,  in  some  cylindrical.  Distinct 
vestiges  of  a  nervous  system,  a  ring  for  the  most  part  surrounding 
the  mouth  and  sending  off  nerves  radially. 

Okder  I.     Pediculate  Echinodenm. 

Tentacles  numerous,  membraneous,  contractile,  terminated  by  a 
suctorial  disc,  and  issuing  from  minute  apertures  in  the  integument. 

Family  I.  Onnmdea.  Integument  calcareous  (external  skele- 
ton). Bays  articulate,  supplied  with  a  central  canal,  absent  in 
some.    Mostly  two  apertures  of  the  nutrient  canal. 

The  name  Crindidea,  given  by  Miller  to  this  division  of  the  ani- 
mal kingdom,  is  derived  from  Kpivov^  a  lily.  At  the  beginning  of  the 
last  century  the  name  seorlUi/,  stone-lily  was  given  to  the  Encrinus 
moniliformis,  or  liliiformis,  a  remarkable  petrifistction  of  the  Mvsckd- 
kaiUc  Most  of  them  are  set  upon  a  stem ;  the  non-pediculate  {GovMir- 
ttUa  Lail)  in  the  young  state,  according  to  the  observations  of 
Thompson,  are  also  fixed  to  a  pedicle.  The  non-pediculate  specieB 
known  to  Lnnr^sus  were  placed  by  him  in  the  genus  Asterias  {Aste- 
ricu  pectinata,  Ast,  muUiradiaia) ;  the  pediculate  species  in  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ECHINODERHATA.  143 

genua  /m,  oonfoimding  the  foflul  Bnerintu  and  the  FefUacrintu 
capui  Medusa  o£  the  existing  creation  under  the  name  of  lets 
AaiericL  This  singular  union  of  an  Echinoderm  with  a  genus  of 
Polyps  had  doubtless  an  influence  upon  the  later  arrangement  of 
LAMABGKy  who  placed  Encrinus  (see  above,  p.  80)  amongst  the  sea- 
feathers.  ScHWEiGGEB  and  CuYiEB  restored  it  to  the  proper  place, 
ahready  assigned  to  it  in  the  middle  of  the  previous  century  by 
GuETTAKD,  who  first  described  Pentacrinus  caput  Medusae  This 
whole  fiunily  belongs  rather  to  the  former  period  of  the  history  of 
our  globe,  than  to  the  present.  The  species  now  living  in  our  seas 
are  almost  all  non-pediculate,  whilst  geological  investigation  has  made 
us  acquainted  with  numerous  forms  of  pediculate  sea-lilies.  What  is 
now  a  youthful  mutable  form  of  life  was  then  the  prevalent  and 
permanent.  The  same  thing  may  be  observed  in  other  classes  also 
with  respect  to  the  fossil  representatives  of  genera  that  are  living 
at  the  present  time. 

The  chief  work  on  this  fiunily  is : 

J.  S.  MiLLEB,  Natmral  Hidory  of  the  Orinaidea,  Bristol,  1821,  4to.' 

A.     Onnotds  affixed, 
a)    SeesUe. 
Holopus  D'Obbigny.     Calyx  affixed,  hollow,  undivided,  with 
scattered  tubercles.    Four  calcareous  pentagonal  parts  at  the  upper 
margin  of  the  calyx,  sustaining  four  pairs  of  articulate  and  pinnate 
aims. 

Sp.  BoUypui  Rangii,  D'OaBiairr,  Gusbin  Magatin  de  ZooL  1837,  CL  x.  PL  3; 
firom  the  Caribbean  Sea  at  Martinique.  Both  in  the  want  of  a  stem  and 
the  number  of  the  anna  this  genua  differs  from  the  other  Grinolda. 

h)    Pedtculata.     An  articulate  column  sustaining  the  calyx. 

*  Tesselata.     Calyx  non-articulate. 

a)  Kays  or  arms  none. 

Grenera:  Sphceranites  HisiNGER,  PefUatrematttes  Say  {PerUremites 
GrOLDF.),  Echtnoaphcerttes  Wahl.,  Hemicoemites  Gray,  Sycocy elites 
V.  BUCH. 

FoasO  genera  from  the  Transition-  and  Mountain-limestone.  Comp.  Bbonk, 
LdhoM  ffeoffnottica  1835,  Tab.  IT.  fig.  i,  &c,  Anoording  to  the  opinion  of 
some  these  were  pediculate  Eddni. 

P)  With  rays. 


1  See  also  W.  Bugklakd,  Otology  amd  MmenHogg,  London,  1835,  pp.  416— 44*. 

/Google 


Digitized  by  ^ 


144  CLASS   IV. 

Grenera :  Caryocrinites  Say,  Plaiycrinites  Mill.,  Actinocrinites 
Mill.,  Bhodocrinites  Mill.,  Cyadiocrinites  Mill.,  Poteriocrinites 
Mill.,  Melocrinites  Goldf. 

For  these  fossil  genera  and  others  unnoticed  we  must  for  want 
of  space  refer  to  Miller's  work  already  cited,  to  Goldfuss  di^ 
Petrefacten  DeutchUmda,  and  other  geological  works.  Comp.  also 
Goldfuss  Ud>er  foaaUe  Crinoideen,  Nov.  Act.  Acad.  Cass.  Nat 
Cv/rios.  XIX.  I.  1839,  p.  329—352,  and  L.  v.  Buch  on  Ca/ryocrinvs 
orruUus  in  his  work  Ueher  Gystideen,  Berlin,  1845,  4:to. 

In  these  and  the  following  pediculate  Crinoids,  the  cup-like  part 
at  the  extremity  of  the  stem  and  base  of  the  arms  is  named  Calyx. 
The  bottom  of  this  part,  which  is  pentangular,  and  composed  of  five, 
four,  or  sometimes  three  plates,  is  named  by  Miller  pelvis  ;  Joh. 
Mueller  names  the  plates  haaaUa;  at  the  margin  of  these  plates 
are  the  basal-pieces  of  the  arms,  forming  the  uppermost  part  of  the 
calyx;  there  are  two  or  three  rows,  and  the  uppermost  bears  the 
arms.  Miller  gives  to  this  part  the  name  of  scapula;  the  two 
pieces  situated  below  are  costm.  Joh.  Mueller  names  these  pieces 
radiaUa  (radiale  primmny  r.  sectmdttm  and  r.  aasUlare;  his  radiale 
axUUvre  is  the  scapula  of  the  English  author).  In  those  now 
named  Orirmdea  tesseUxta  these  parts  are  joined  together  without 
articulation.  The  fossil  species  of  this  division  are  found  in  the 
transition-limestone  and  the  grey-wacke. 

*  *  ArtiGulaUi.  The  rays  free  directly  from  the  pelvis  of  the 
calyx,  the  first  radial  conjoined  to  the  second,  and  the  second 
to  the  third  by  articulation. 

Apiocrtnites  Mill.  Column  incrassated  towards  the  calyx, 
pyriform. 

Sp.  Apiocrinites  rotundua  Mill.  Tab.  i— vn.  Apiocrin.  Parhintonii  Bronn, 
LethoM  Tab.  xvn.  fig.  15,  (Millkb*8  figure)  fossil  from  the  oolite  forma- 
tion, like  other  species  of  this  genus. 

Encrinus  GuETTARD  (in  part).  Column  round,  not  incrassated 
towards  the  top. 

Sp.  jEncrinu*  UUiformU  Lam.,  EncrinUa  monUiformU  Milueb,  pp.  37 — ^44, 
Tab.  I— m. ;  Ellis  OoraU.  Tab.  37,  fig.  k,  &c.  One  of  the  most  character- 
istic fossils  of  the  MiuekeOsalk.  The  head,  on  account  of  the  numerous 
articulations  of  the  arms  that  lie  side  by  side,  resembles  an  ear  of  Turkish 
wheat  {Zea  Maps)  ;  the  joints  of  the  stem,  sometimes  found  in  inoradible 
numbers,  changed  into  calcareous  spar,  arja  named  Troch4te$\ 


1  QUENSTBDT  {Ud)er  die  Enkrimien  des  MutehdhaUcs,  Wibomann's  ^rdUv.  1835,  "• 
s.  123—328,  Taf.  IV.)  describes  a  specieB  with  different  division  of  the  arms,  under  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ECHINODERMATA.  145 

PerUacrinus  MiLLBB.  Column  not  incrassated  towal'ds  the  top^ 
pentagonal  with  joints  having  a  pent^petalons  mark.  Cirri  adher* 
ing  to  the  column  in  whorls. 

The  fossil  species  of  this  genus  helong  to  the  oolite  period,  as 
ex.  gr,  PevUacrinua  hriaretu  Miller,  pp.  56 — 58,  Tab.  l  il  Guy.  B. 
Anu  ed.  illiLgtr,,  ZoopL  PL  7,  fig.  1,  from  the  lias-schist 

The  living  species  of  this  genus,  FerUcuyrinua  Capui  MeduacB^ 
is  found  in  the  Caribbean  Sea,  and  was  first  described  by  Guettabd 
Mem. deVAcad.  Ray.  des Se.  1755  (Paris,  1 761)  pp.  224,  Ac  PI. &— 10 ; 
another,  more  mutilated  specimen,  foimd  on  the  coast  of  Barbadoes, 
was  described  bjELUS  in  1761,  FhU.  Transact.  toL  52,  p.  357,  PL  xiii. 
Specimens  of  this  species  are  rare  in  Museums,  seven  only,  as  fiir 
as  is  known,  existing  in  the  different  Cabinets.  The  most  complete 
description  was  given  not  long  ago  by  J.  Mueller  (  Ueber  den  Bau 
des  Pentacrinus  CapiU  Medvsoi,  Berlin,  1843,  folio).  The  stem  of 
Fentacrinus  has  no  musdes,  but  is  merely  passively  motile  or  flexible 
by  means  of  fibrous  bundles  and  an  elastic  tissue  between  the  jointa 
The  arms  and  pinntUce  are  moveable  by  muscles  without  transverse 
stripes ;  these  muscles  are  situated  on  the  side  corresponding  to  the 
mouth,  and  can  only  flex  the  parts  :  extension,  or  motion  outwards, 
seems  to  be  effected  merely  by  the  elasticity  of  the  parts.  The 
growth  of  the  joints  of  the  stem  occurs  in  the  part  at  the  top 
nearest  to  the  calyx,  which  corresponds  to  what  is  observed  in  the 
growth  of  the  joints  in  worms  and  entozoct. 

B.     Free  Crinmda. 

a)  Tesaelate. 

Marsupites  Mantell.  Marsupiocrinitea  Blatnv,  Calyx  of 
parts  calcareous  pentagonal  striated ;  arms  ? 

Sp.  Marsup.  omatut  Mill.  Crinoid  p.  134,  with  figure,  Bbonn,  Lelh.  Tab. 
XXiz.  f.  13  ;  (Tab.  zxxrv.  fig.  9,  with  oonjectaral  restoration  of  the  arms 
alter  the  figure  of  Mamtkll)  ;  fossil  from  the  chalk-period. 

b)  Articulate. 

Comatula  Lam,  {Aledo  Leach,  Muell.  Cirri  dorsal  articu- 
late,  around  a  pentagonal  disc.     Kadials  mostly  without  basals 


name  of  Encrinita  Schottheimu  of  which  H.  Y.  Mbtbb  has  formed  a  new  genus, 
Ckdoerinva.  See  the  paper  of  the  latter ;  Tsocrimta  und  Chdocrinus,  Zwei  neue  T^pen 
u.  i,  w.,  Mtaeum  Senkenberffian.,  n.  p.  249. 

VOL.  I.  10 


Digitized  by 


Google 


146  CLASS  IV. 

composing  the  calyx.  Bays  pinnate ;  pinnae  sulcate,  the  farrows 
confluent  with  the  longitudinal  farrow  of  the  rajs ;  tentacula  situ- 
ated in  the  furrows.  Mouth  and  anus  on  the  ventral  side ;  mouth 
central  in  the  bottom  of  the  calyx ;  anus  lateral,  tabular. 

See  J.  MuELLEB,  V^)eT  die  GaUungen  tmd  Arten  der  ConuUtden^ 
Emchson  Archiv  Jur  NaJtwrgtscL  1841,  a  139 — 148,  and  Nem 
BeUrdge  zwr  Kewntniaa  der  Arten  der  ComcUtUeny  ibid.  1843, 
a  131—136. 

*  Jtay$  of  Calyx  bifid  {ten-raffed). 

8p.  Comattda  rosacea,  AUdo  ewropaa  Lkaoh,  Fobbxs  Brit,  Sta/rf.  p.  5.  To 
this  species  belong  the  obsenrations  of  Thompson  spoken  of  above^ 
(ppu  136  and  143).  Memoir  on  the  PeiOacrinm  eurojxgut,  Cork,  1827. 
Oomat,  eairiiuOa  Lam.,  GuAb.  Iconogr,  Zooph.  PL  i.  fig.  a. 

*  *  Bays  of  Cfalyx  mfUt\fid  (mamy'Tayed). 

Sp.  Comatula  multifida  Musll.,  Com.  muUiradiata  Lam.  ftc 
The  species,  which  like  Pentacrinus  have  &  pelvis,  form  the  genus  Comaster 
AoASS.,  MuELL.    Here  belongs  Comattda  mvUiradiata  Gold,  (not  Lam.) 
Fossil  species  of  this  genus  are  foimd  in  lithographic  stone. 

Family  IL  Astendea.  Body  depressed,  free  (not  pediculate), 
multangular  or  radiate,  with  integument  coriaceous  or  calcareous. 
Row  of  joints  calcareous  internal,  running  along  the  middle  of 
the  rays  and  taking  their  origin  from  the  mouth.  Mouth  central, 
inferior ;  anus  dorsal  or  none. 

A  capital  work  on  this  division  was  published  some  years  back, 
System  der  Asteriden  von  J.  Mueller  und  F.  H.  Tboschell,  mit  12 
Kupfertafeln,  Braunschweig,  1842,  4to.  As  plates  for  this  and  the 
preceding  family  may  be  recommended  :  J.  H.  Linckii  De  SteUis 
marinia  Liber  singtdariSy  Lipsise,  1733,  foL 

Phalanx  I.  Ophiurce.  Disc  distinct  from  the  arms ;  with  arms 
non-sulcate.    AnuJg  none. 

Eurycde  Lam.  {Gorgonocephalus  Leach).  Arms  prehensile, 
contortile  towards  the  mouth,  not  scutate,  sub-rotund,  flattish  be- 
neath.    Disc  tumid,  sub-globose,  with  five  obtuse  angles. 

According  to  the  division  of  the  arms  the  species  of  this  tribe 
are  arranged  in  three  different  genera  by  Mueller  and  Teoschell. 
They  are  undivided  in  AsteronyXy  divided  dichotomoualy  and  only 
towards  the  end  in  Trichaster  Agass.,  divided  from  the  baae,  first 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ECHINODERMATA.  147 

dichotomously  and  afterwards  into  many  branches,  in  Antrophyton 
LiKCK.     To  the  last  division  belongs : 

Sp.  EwryaU  verrueosum  Lam.,  Adentu  Caput  Medusa  L.  (in  part)  RuiCPHinSy 
Amb.  JRarUeithamer  Tab.  XYI.  Guy.  R  Ani.,  Sdit.  iOus.,  Zooph.  PL  5,  from 
the  Indian  Sea ;  a  yery  Bunilar  species  is  found  in  the  North  Seas,  and 
distinguished  by  MuiLLSB  and  Tboschsll  as  Attrophyton  JAnekU;  LnrcK 
de  Stell.  mar.  Tab.  29,  fig.  48.  These  Meduta-Keadt  belong  to  the  most 
singular  and  beautifid  forms  of  radiate  animals.  Yid.  FoRBis  Br,  Star- 
M^f  pp.  67—70. 

Ophiura  Lam.  Arms  five,  undivided,  serving  for  creeping,  scu- 
tate, articulate.  Disc  plane,  with  two  or  four  genital  fissures  in 
each  interbrachial  area  on  the  ventral  side. 

The  name  Ophiuray  from  o^ic,  nrpent,  and  wpdy  tail,  denotes  very 
appropriately  the  form  of  the  arms  by  which  these  Seorskbrs  are 
distinguished,  and  which  are  often  so  long  as  to  exceed  five  or  six 
times  (nay  in  Ophinra  longipeda  even  twenty  times)  the  diameter 
of  the  disc. 

Sub-genera :  Ophiocoma  Agass.,  Ophiolepis,  Ophia/rctchna,  Ophior 
eantha,  Ophiomastix,  Ophvomyxa,  0phio8colex,  OphiothriXy  Ophio- 
cnemisy  Ophioclerma,  Muell.  and  Tbosch. 

Sp.  Ophiura  textwrata  Lam.,  Atleriaa  ophiura  L.  (in  part),  Ophiol^ni  cUiala 
MuxLL.  and  Tsosoh.,  Lutck  de  Stdl.  mar.  Tab.  11.  ^g,  4,  Encydop.  PL  113, 
fig.  %,  3.  FOBBXS  Briti$h  Starf.  p.  2a,  ftc.  in  the  Mediterranean,  the 
North  Sea,  Ac. 

Phalanx  II.  Aatence,  Body  depressed,  angulate  or  stellate 
the  angles  being  produced,  with  tentaculiferous  furrows  below,  ex- 
tending as  far  as  the  point  of  the  angles.  Anus  dorsal  in  most, 
surrounded  by  a  mound  of  calcareous  papillae. 

Asterta  Lam.  (Most  are  species  firom  the  genus  Astertas  L.) 
The  Seor-gtars,  The  form  is  very  various,  so  that  in  some  species 
the  entire  body  seems  to  consist  only  of  anns,  ex^ffr.in  Ophidicuter, 
in  others  only  of  a  pentagonal  disc.  But  the  arms  are  never 
sharply  separate  from  the  disc  as  in  the  OphiwraSy  but  are  an 
immediate  continuation  of  it.  In  moat  of  the  species  there  are  ^yq 
rays,  however  in  these  sometimes  four  or  six  occur  as  exceptions ; 
six  arms  as  the  normal  number  are  found  in  Astertas  gdcUinoaa,  in 
EchiruMier  eridanellay  six  or  seven  in  Asteriscua  Diesingiiy  seven  to 
nine  in  the  sub-genus  Luidiay  eight  to  ten,  mostly  nine,  in  Solaster 
endeca,  eleven  to  fourteen,  generally  twelve,  in  Solaster  papposus, 
twelve  or  thirteen  in  Astericts  aster ,  fift,een  in  Agteriscus  rasacetiSy 

10—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


148  CLASS  IV. 

fourteen  to  one-and-twenty  in  EcMnaster  aaUmB;  finally,  in  Aeteruu 
hdiaaUhv>8  the  rays  axe  found  up  to  thirty  and  more.  The  greater 
the  number  that  any  species  possesses,  the  less  is  it  constant.  On  the 
dorsal  surQice  is  placed  a  calcareous  star-formed  plate  between  two 
rays  of  the  disc  (yerraca  doraiy  tubercyle  madreparifarmef  Mctdrepore- 
plate),  which  in  Ophiwra  is  wanting,  and  in  Eurycde  lies  on  the 
oral  surfaca  Aoassiz  who  endeavours,  with  great  acuteness,  to  prove 
a  lateral  symmetry  in  the  Echinodemuxta,  considers  the  ray  that  is 
opposite  to  this  plate  to  be  the  first  ray  of  the  body.  A  tortuous 
tube  proceeds  from  this  dorsal  plate  downwards  as  &r  as  the  mouth, 
and  is  filled  internally  with  a  calcareous  matter  (see  above,  p.  130). 

This  tube  wm  named  by  TiSDSic akn  {Anat.  der  SoehrenSoloth.f  &c.  53, 
54)  Stone-oamU  or  Sand-eanal;  it  terminatefl,  becoming  narrower,  in  the 
circular  yeesel  suirounding  the  mouth  and  filled  with  watery  fluid  ;  see 
above,  p.  131.  Siebold  has  closely  investigated  the  calcareous  balk, 
consisting  of  several  joints  and  internally  hollow,  which  occupies  this 
canal  and  described  its  complicated  structure ;  Muelleb*s  Archiv.  1836, 
s.  291,  &c.  [Also  Shabpkt,  in  Todd's  Cydop.  of  Anat.  arid  Phyi.  n. 
pp.  35,  ^.,  describes  in  the  interior  of  the  jointed  calcareous  tube  a  lamina 
attached  longitudinally,  which  passes  inwardly  a  certain  way  and  then 
separates  into  two  which  are  rolled  in  opposite  directions,  something  after 
the  manner  of  the  inferior  turbinated  bone  of  the  ox.] 

The  Sea-stars  can  bend  their  rays  towards  each  other,  which  is 
serviceable  in  moving  through  narrow  fissures  and  between  stones. 
They  do  not  swim,  but  creep  by  means  of  their  tentacles  with 
mouth  downwards.  They  feed  principally  upon  Molluscs.  Though 
the  genus  Asteriaa  of  Lamabck,  by  the  exclusion  of  Comatula^ 
Ophiwra  and  EwryaJlSy  be  much  more  narrowly  limited  than  the 
same  genus  in  the  Sf/stema  NaJtM/rcR  of  Linn^us,  still  the  species  are 
too  numerous  and  the  forms  too  various  not  to  be  regarded  rather 
as  a  natural  group  which  ought  to  be  divided  into  several  genera 
or  8ub-genera^  This  has  been  done  by  Linck,  and  more  lately 
especially  by  Aoassiz  and  Mueller  and  Tboschbll,  to  whose  works 
we  refer.  The  primary  division  of  the  group  by  Mueller  and 
Troschell  is  founded  on  the  Tentacles,  which  in  most  of  them  are 
placed  in  two  rows  in  every  furrow,  but  in  others  in  four  rows. 

A.     Ventral  fwrrowBy  with  two  rows  of  tentacles. 

*  Amis  none. 

Astropecten  LiNCK,     {Aatropecten  and  Ctenodiacua  Muell,  and 
Trosoh.),  Luidia  Forbes. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ECHINODERHATA.  149 

8p.  AMtnptdm  attrmUiaeui,  AtUriat  aranciaea  L.,  LurcK,  dc  SleU,  mar. 
Tab.  5,  fig.  6,  Tah.  6,  fig.  6,  TiKDMiANir  Anat.  Tab.  5,  6,  Forbu^.  Starf. 
p.  130  ;  in  the  Mediterranean  and  Atlantic  Ocean. 

**  Antu  ceniral,  or  wh-cenlral,  dorsoL 

a)     Body  disciform,  toith  short  rays. 

Asteropsis  Mu£ll.  and  Tbobch.,  Stelkuter  Grat,  Ganiodiscus 
MuELL.  and  Tbosch.,  Astrogomu/m  Muell.  and  Tbosch.,  Asieriscus 
MuELL.    and    Tbosch.,    Pteraster    Muelu   and    Tbosch.,    Ctdeita 

AOAfiStZ. 

^.  Oulciia  dtKofdea,  Atterieu  cUacoidea  Lam.,  Sohmidsl  in  Naiiwrforsck.  xyl 
1 781,  Tab.  I.,  BLAimr.  A(tmol.  Tab.  13,  fl  i ;  Atteriscw  palmUpea,  Aderiat 
mmbranaeea  BiTz,  Gmu..,  Likck,  de  StdL  nuir.  Tab.  i,  fig.  ^,  BLAOrv., 
AainoL  Tab.  93,  fig.  7,  Forbes  Brit.  SUarf.  pp.  116,  &c. 

6)  jB(xfy  steUaUy  unth  rays  distinct,  surpassing  the  disc  three 
times  or  more, 

Archaster  Muell.  and  Tbosch.,  Oreaster  Muell.  and  Tbosch., 
Scytaster  Muell.  and  Trosch.,  Ophidiaster  Aoass.,  Chcetaster 
Muell.  and  Trosch.^  Solaster  Forbes,  Schinaster  Muell.  and 
Trosch.,  (and  Echinites  in  Erigh&  Archiv,  1844). 

Sp.  SdUuUr  pappotus,  Atteria$  pappota  L.,  LlircK  de  SteU,  mar.  Tab.  39, 
^I^-  S4f  %•  54>  FOBB.  Brit.  Starf.  p.  iii,  in  the  Atlantic,  on  the 
coast  of  England  and  Scotland,  &c. ;  when  fresh  of  a  beautiful  red  colour 
above,  of  a  yellowish  brown  below  ;  Echinatter  aolaria,  EchinUe*  tolarit, 
AtUriou  EehifUteB  "Lam.,  Naturf orach.  3JCYII.  1793,  Tab.  i,  u.  from  the  East 
Indian  Seas,  9ui. 

B.  Ventral  furrows  with  four  rows  of  tentacles.  Body  with  distinct 
rays,  with  integument  coriaceous,  aculeate.  Anus  dorsal,  sub^ 
central. 

Asterias  Gray,  (species  of  the  genus  Asterias  L.,  Asteracan" 
ihian  Muell.  and  Trosch.) 

Sp.  Aateritu  rubens  L.,  Linok  de  SteU.  mar.  Tab.  36,  fig.  61,  Bastbb 
Natuurk.  Uitap.  i.  Tab.  xii.  fig.  1—4,  Fobbbs  Brit.  SUtff.  p.  83 :  the  com- 
mon Sea-star,  Gross-fish;  so  common  on  some  coasts  as  to  be  used  for 
manuring  the  land  in  the  neighbourhood.  Aatericu  hdda/nihu*  Lax., 
Enqfdop.  PL  108,  109,  Blainy.  AdinoL  Tab.  23,  fig.  5,  in  the  Pacific  and 
at  Chili ;  one  of  the  most  remarkable  and  most  beautiful  species,  &c.^ 


^  For  a  knowledge  of  the  numerous  species  of  A^eridea  comp.  also  J.  E.  Gbat, 
Sjfnopeit  of  the  Genera  and  Species  of  the  cUua  Bypoetoma  (Atteriae  L.)  in  the  Annate 


Digitized  by 


Google 


150  CLASS  IV. 

Family  III,  Echinidea.  Body  sub-globose  or  depressed  with- 
out radiant  lobes.  Mouth  and  anus  distinct.  Mouth  inferior.  Inte- 
gument calcareous,  beset  with  moveable  spines. 

Seor  Urchins.  Compare  on  this  family  (besides  the  Monographiea 
dEcJdnodermes  of  Agassiz  cited  above)  Jac.  Theod.  Klein  Natvr 
rails  dispositio  EchmoderrnoUum  cum  tab.  Gedani  1734,  4:to.  Ordre 
naturel  des  Oursins  de  Mer  et  fossUes  par  M.  Theodore  Klein, 
Paris  1754,  8vo.  av.  ^g.  (Many  of  Klein's  figures  are  copied  in  the 
Encyclopedia  metliodiqtie,  Vers,)  M  Van  Phelsum,  Erie/  an  C. 
NozEHAN  over  de  gewelv-slekken  ov  Zee-^gelen.  Met  3  pL,  Rotter- 
dam, 1774,  8vo.  Ch.  Desmoulins,  Etudes  sv/r  lea  EchinideSy 
Bordeaux,  1835—1837,  8vo. 

The  shell  of  these  animals  consists  of  an  arrangement  of  plates 
having  a  pent-  or  hexangular  form.  They  compose  ten  girdles,  each 
made  up  of  two  row^  of  such  plate&  Five  of  the  girdles,  commonly 
narrower  than  the  others,  have  two  rows  of  small  apertures  and 
alternate  with  thesa  The  rows  of  apertures  are  named  artihvlaGra  : 
they  either  entirely  surroimd  the  periphery  {ambuiUtcra  perfecta),  or 
are  found  only  on  the  uppermost  part,  resembling  in  their  arrange- 
ment a  star  or  five-petalled  flower  {cmdyidacra  circwmscriptcty  By 
these  apertures  the  tentacles  or  ambvlacrail  tubes  are  exserted, 
of  which  we  have  treated  above.  The  Sea-Urchins  effect  their 
movements  by  means  of  these  tubes',  they  appear  to  have  a 
great  power  of  elongation,  to  be  able  to  stretch  fiirther  than  the 
extremities  of  the  rigid  spines,  which  in  certain  species  are  some 
inches  in  lengtL  Around  the  anus  are  five  larger  apertures  (in 
some  genera  only  four)  which  are  the  outlets  of  the  oviducts  or 
efferent  vessels;  they  are  situated  in  as  many  pentagonal  calcareous 
plates,  with  the  point  directed  outwards,  of  which  one,  larger  than 
the  rest  and  of  a  different  structure,  corresponds  to  the  calcareous 
plate  {madrepore-plate)  of  the  Searstars,  as  Basteb  had  previously 


of  Natural  Eittory  vi.  1841,  pp.  175 — 184,  pp.  475—290.  Want  of  space  prevents 
our  noticing  the  numerous  generic  names  of  Gbat  ;  some  genera  agree  with  those 
of  Mueller  and  Tbobchxll,  of  which  a  more  detailed  notice  by  Agassiz  may 
be  found  in  the  prefiuse  to  the  second  number  of  his  Monographiei  dCEchmodermes, 
pp.  5,  6. 

^  GANDOLraB  QikdUi  tatU  leijambet  dee  Owrtmt  t  Mim.  de  VAoad.  dee  Se.  de  Parte 
pour  1709,  ffietoire,  p.  33.  With  his  observations  those  of  Bastsr,  Tiedbmann  and 
others  completely  agree ;  AOASSiz,  who  at  one  time  considered  the  spines  to  be  organs 
of  motion,  and  doubted  that  such  was  the  office  of  the  ambulacral  tubes,  has  since 
renounced  that  opinion. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ECHINODEBMATA.  151 

obserred'.  Between  these  five  genital  piatea,  lie  five  smaller  (the 
octUa/r  plaies),  also  pCTitagonal  but  with  the  point  turned  inwards,  so 
that  the  plates  are  wedged  into  the  spaces  between  the  points  of 
the  first  fiva  There  are  still  other  smaller  plates,  variable  in 
number,  that  lie  within  the  ring  formed  by  these  ten,  and  immedi- 
ately surround  the  anus. 

The  chemical  composition  of  the  calcareous  shell  is  remarkable 
on  account  of  the  extremely  small  proportion  of  organic  matter ;  it 
consists  almost  entirely  of  carbonate  of  lime.  The  growth  of  the 
shell  ia  effected  by  enlaigement  of  the  plates,  and  by  addition  to 
their  number  upwards ;  hence  younger  individuals  are  flatter  than 
older  ones,  and  the  form  of  itself  alone  becomes  a  deceptive  criterion 
in  determining  speciea 

The  moveable  spines,  of  which  the  number  increases  with  the 
age,  have  at  their  base  a  small  cavity,  by  which,  as  by  an  articular 
surface,  they  are  connected  with  the  tubercle  of  the  shelL  These 
tubercles  are  placed  in  rows,  like  the  apertures  of  the  ambulacra, 
and  are  found  both  on  the  ambulacral  and  on  the  interambulacral 
fields. 

The  mouth  is  provided  vrith  five  teeth,  whose  points  are  sharp 
and  hard,  and  meet  in  a  pentagon  at  the  inferior  aperture.  These 
teeth  are  long  rods,  which  become  soft  and  transparent  inwards. 
They  perforate  five  triangular  pyramids,  which  by  their  mutual 
arrangement  form  a  conical  apparatus  with  the  broad  base  facing 
inwards,  and  to  which  base  still  other  small  calcareous  pieces  are 
united.  This  very  complicated  apparatus,  with  its  provision  of 
muscles,  bears  the  singular  name  of  Aristotle's  l<miem\ 

Sea-urchins  cannot  swim,  but  only  creep  along  the  bottom  of  the 
sea.  There  are  species  that  sometimes  live  in  cavities  which  they 
have  formed  in  the  rocks'. 

The  food  of  the  Searurchin  consists,  according  to  the  microscopic 
investigation  of  the  excretions  in  JEehinus  Iwidtu  by  Yalentik, 


^  Naluurik,  UUsp,  i.  bL  132. 

*  ThiB  apparatus  is  described  m  detail  by  Cuvns  Zepons  cPAnai.  wmpa/rie,  Paris 
1805,  m.  pp.  3«9-~33S>  »nd  ae  ^t.  Paris  1837,  vi.  pp.  377— 382 ;  oomp.  also  the 
woriLB  of  Tudbiiasn  and  Yalxntih  abready  cited,  and  B.  Joins,  OvUine  of  the  Anim. 
Kingd.  pp.  166 — 169. 

*  Eehinns  Utkophagui  of  Lxaoh,  which  does  not  appear  to  diflfer  from  B^inu* 
Umdm,  is  often  thus  found  on  the  western  coast  of  Irdaod ;  E.  T.  Bxnkitt  Litm, 
Tran$acfian9,  xv.  1817.  pp.  74 — 77. 


Pigitized  by 


Google 


152  CLASS  IV. 

principellj,  if  not  exclusively,  of  marine  plants  (Ftid,  Confervas) ; 
according  to  others  it  would  seem  to  live  on  Molluscs,  but  the 
fragments  of  shell,  often  found  with  considerable  quantity  of  sand 
in  the  intestinal  canal,  may  have  been  contained  in  the  sea-water 
swallowed,  and  need  not  by  any  means  to  be  looked  on  as  the 
remains  of  shell-fish  that  had  been  consumed. 

Petrified  shells  of  Searurchins  are  found  in  great  numbers  in 
secondary  strata,  particularly  in  the  chalk-formation,  the  interior 
being  usually  filled  with  silicious  earth. 

*  Arms  eccefrUric  superior  or  inferior, 
a)    MofuJth  eccentric,    {Genital  pores  4.)  Sptxkmgoidea  Agass. 

Spatangus  Klein,  Lam,  Ambulacra  circumscript,  five  or  only 
four,  the  odd  one  (the  anterior)  being  either  little  distinct  or 
wanting.  Test  ovate  or  cordate,  often  at  the  fore-part  famished 
with  a  furrow  proceeding  from  the  summit. 

Genera  Holaster,   Heinipneustes,  Micraster,  SpcOangus,  Amphi- 

detus,  Brissus,  Schizdster  Agassiz. 

Some   species  of  this   division  are  fossil,  and  occur  especially 

in  the  chalk-formation,  others  in  tertiary  deposits.     Amongst  the 

species  now  living,  which  chiefly  belong  to  the  genus  Brissus  Agasb. 

we  note : 

Spatang.  verUricotxu,  RUMPH.  Amh,  Jtariteitk.  Tab.  xiv.  No.  i ;  this 
foreign  species  attains  a  very  large  size.  To  the  proper  genus  SpcUanffug 
AoABS.  belongs  i^pat.  purpureus,  Blatmv.,  AcHnol.  PI.  xiv.,  Fobbbs  Brit, 
Staff,  p.  1 83,  in  the  North  Sea  and  Mediterranean.  The  form  is  heart- 
shaped.  Of  this  species  Milne  Edwabds  has  ^ven  an  anatomical  figure 
in  CuvTEB  R.  Anim.  4d,  iUustrie,  Zoophytes,  PL  xi.  bis.  See  also  some 
notices  on  the  Anatomy  of  Spatangus  in  SoHWBiaOBB^s  Handh.  der  Natur- 
ffeschickie  der  skelelU.  ungeglied,  Tkiere,  s.  538,  539. 

The  mouth  is  in  this  genus  without  teeth.  There  are  only  four 
ovaria  or  testes  present,  as  also  only  four  pori  gemtales.  Philippi 
not  long  ago  described  three  American  species  in  which  only  three 
genital  pores  existed,  and  which  he  united  under  the  name  of 
Tripylvs,  See  Erichson's  Archiv  f,  NaJtwrgescLy  1845,  s.  344, 
&C.  Tab.  XI. 

Arumohytes  Lam.  (exclusive  of  some  species),  Agass.  Ambu- 
lacra radiating  and  diverging  from  the  vertex  to  the  margin,  not 
interrupted.  Body  irregular,  oval  or  conoid ;  test  without  a  furrow 
to  the  anterior  ambulacrum. 

Sp.  Ananckytes  ovata  Guv.  and  Bbonon.  Ltscr,  gM,  des  environs  de  Paris  in 
CuTiBB  Reck,  s.  I  ossem.  foss,  11.  2  PI.  v.  fig.  7,  Bbonn  LeUL  giogn.  Tab.  29, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ECHINODERMATA.  153 

fig.  28.  Ananck.  hemupkofiiea  Cur.  and  Bbovoit.  1. 1.  fig.  8,  Ac.  All  th« 
species  of  this  genus  are  fossil  and  belong  to  the  chalk-formation.  Hie 
casts  of  the  internal  cayity  in  Fire-stone  {nuclett$,  numU  inUriewt)  shew 
minute  eleyated  points  in  place  of  the  ambulacral  pores ;  such  a  moule  is 
the  AnoHchyUt  puMidosa  Lam* 

Dysaster  Agajss.  {CoUyrUes  Desmoul.  in  part,  species  of  Spa- 
tangus  and  Ananchytes  Auctor.)  Test  rotund  or  cordate,  with 
ambulacra  not  interrupted,  mouth  sometimes  almost  central  not 
transverse.  Ambulacra  above  radiating  firom  a  double  vertex,  the 
three  anterior  confluent  in  the  central  part  of  the  test  above,  the 
posterior  ones  above  the  anus. 

Sp.  Ihpuuter  eofiinabiu,  Spatangtu  earinatui  Bbonn  Letk.  giogi^.  Tab.  ZTIL 
fig.  7,  in  the  Jur»-foimation  like  most  of  the  species  of  this  ganns.  Comp. 
DssoB  in  the  3d  number  of  Aoasbiz  Monogr.  d'Echinoderm.,  who  describes 
QO  species,  of  which  17  are  from  the  Jura-fonnation  and  3  from  the  chalk- 
period.  No  species  either  of  this  genus  or  of  Ananchyta  has  been 
discoyered  belonging  to  the  present  animal  world;  AOASaiz  places  this 
genus  in  the  following  division,  that  of  the  Clypecutr&idea;  its  place  cannot 
be  determined  with  preosion,  before  it  is  known  whether  teeth  be  present ; 
still  we  are  of  opinion  that  it  ought  not  to  be  separated  frt>m  Ananekj/tei, 
but  forms  the  transition  between  that  genus  and  the  folloiiring  division. 

b)    Month    central    or   stdhcentral.       {Clypeastraidea    Aqass.) 
Spines  lUUe  evolved^  sometimes  very  smcUl,  resembling  hairs. 

Galerites  Lam.  Body  conoid  or  sub-oval,  plane  beneath.  Am- 
bulacra in  ten  fiirrows  in  pairs  from  the  vertex  to  the  base,  radiately 
inscribed,  not  interrupted.  Anus  in  the  margin,  or  beneath  and 
near  the  margin.     Genital  pores  four. 

Genera:  Glypeus  E1i£in,  Agassiz,  Discmdea  EIlein,  Agassiz, 
Galerites  AxiABA. 

8p.  GaleriteB  albo-galeru$  "Lam.,  Guv.  M.  Ani.,  idit.  tS.  Zooph,  PI.  xiv.  fig.  4, 
Bbonk  Leih.  ff^ogn.  Tab.  xux.  fig.  18,  Aoass.  Monogr,  i*  Livr.  Tab.  i. 
f.  4 — II,  Tab.  xin.  f.  7,  &c.  This  genus  consists  of  fossil  species  of  the 
Jura  and  especially  of  the  chalk-period.  Comp.  on  this  and  some  other 
genera  DxsoB  in  the  3d  number  of  AOAsaiz  Monographiu  d^Eehinod. 
already  referred  to, 

Pygaster  Agass.  Body  depressed,  with  outline  orbicular  or 
sub-angular,  beneath  concave.  Anus  large,  superior,  situated  in 
a  broad  furrow.    Grenital  pores  four. 

All  the  species  of  this  genua  are  fossil;  most  of  them  bebng  to  the 
Jura-formation. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


154  CLASS  lY* 

NucUoUtes  Lam.  Body  ovate  or  cordate,  convex,  sub-iiregolar. 
Ambulacra  five,  extending  radially  from  the  vertex  to  the  base,  not 
interrupted.     Anus  superior,  near  the  margin. 

All  the  species  are  fossil,  partly  from  the  seoondaxy,  partly  frt>m  the 
tertiary  formation. 

Casstdulus  Lam.  Body  irregular,  elliptic,  ovate,  or  subcordate. 
Ambulacra  five,  circumscript,  resembling  a  pentapetalous  flower. 
Anus  superior,  near  the  margin. 

This  genus  also  consists  of  fossil  species  from  different  formations ;  ex. 
gr.  from  the  chalk  formation  is  Ctusidulus  lapu  eaneri  Lam.,  Fadjaa  db 
St  Foin>,  Beach,  van  den  St.  Pidenberg,  PL  30,  fig.  i ;  Bbonh  Ldkon 
giogn.  Tab.  xxix.  fig.  10. 

Fibularia  Lam.  Echinoct/amus  Leske.  Body  sub-globose,  with 
outline  oval  or  orbicular.  Ambulacra  five  short,  circumscript.  Anus 
inferior  near  the  mouth,  or  median  between  the  mouth  and  the 
posterior  margin. 

8p.  Fibularia  ovuLum  Lam.,  GruiRnr  Iconogr.  Zooph.  PL  in.  fig.  5,  EcMnocy- 
amuapunllui  Mukll.,  Fobbes  Brit.  Starf.  pp.  175,  &c.  From  the  Atlantic 
Ocean,  of  the  size  of  a  pea.  Amongst  the  foreign  species,  aooording  to 
Yak  Phelsuh,  mostly  American,  ^we  note  Fibularia  cranhlarii,  V. 
Phblbum  Gewehdekken  Tab.  i.  f.  16 — 35.  Also  in  the  chalk-formation 
and  in  tertiary  deposits  species  of  this  genns  occur. 

Echirumeus  Leske,  Lam.  Body  sub-ovate  or  orbicular,  sub- 
depressed.  Ambulacra  inscribed  radially  in  ten  fiirrows  firom  the 
summit  to  the  base,  not  interrupted.  Anus  inferior,  oblong,  near 
the  mouth.     Genital  pores  four. 

Sp.  Eckinoneut  semilunarii  Lam.,  QviR.  Iconogr.  Zoopk.  PL  m.  fig.  2,  Cuv. 
B.  Anim.  id.  ill.,  Zoophgtes,  PL  xiv.  fig.  x,  from  the  West  Indian  Sea,  ftc. 
Of  this  genus  no  fossil  species  are  known. 

Clypeaster  Lam.  Body  oval  or  sub-angular.  Ambulacra  cir- 
cumscript radiating  from  the  summit,  resembling  a  pentapetalous 
flower.  Anus  inferior,  near  the  margin,  or  in  it.  Grenital  pores 
mostly  five. 

Sp.  ClgpeatUr  rotaeeua,  Echinua  roioeeui,  L.  Klbin  Diapot.  Bckinod.  Tah. 
xvn.  fig.  A,  Tab.  xviii.  fig.  B,  BLAiKyn.LB  AcUnol.  PL  xvn. ;  from  the 
Indian  and  Japan  Seas.  The  shell  is  thick,  and  parted  intemaUy  by 
pillan;  oomp.  the  figures  in  Klbik  L  L  Tab.  XXTOL  ZZIZ.  FoeaU 
species  also  from  the  tertiary  formations  are  known. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ECHINODEBMATA.  155 

EcMnoiampaM  Okat,  AoAsa  Ambulacra  cutnunacript,  very  wide 
at  the  summit^  nannower  towards  the  margin,  not  oonjoined  Duo 
submarginate  forward&     Genital  pores  four. 

^.  Clypeatier  eecenirieus,  Echinolampaa  Kleinii  BsONV  Leth.  g^ogn.  Tab. 
XXXYI.  fig.  lo  :  fossil  from  the  tertiary  formations,  &c. 

Scutella  Lah.     Body  flattened,  with  margin  thin,  sab-acute. 

Ambulacra  short,  circumscript,  resembling  a  pentapetalous  flower. 

Anus  inferior  between  the  mouth  and  the  margin.     Genital  pores 

four  or  five. 

From  this  genus  AoASSiz  at  first  separated  the  sub-genus  Echinr 
anrcuihnius  {Prodrome  cTune  Monogr.  des  Radiarea,  <!bc.,)  afterwards 
he  divided  the  genus  ScuUUa  of  Lamarck  into  thirteen  genera 
{Monogr,  dEchinod,,  2e  Livraie,  lea  Scutellea) ;  RotvZa  Klein, 
Agass.,  Runa  Aoass.,  MellUa  Kleik,  Encope  Agass.,  Lobophara 
Agass.,  Amphiope  AoAsa,  Scutella  Agass.,  Echinarachmtu  Y. 
Phel&,  Arachnoides  Kuoir,  ScuUllina  Agass.,  Lagannm  Kleik, 
Echmocyamfue  Y.  Phels.,  MotUinia  Agass. 

Sp.  Scutdla  teaforis  Lam.,  MeUUa  kexapara  Agass.,  GirfRiK  leonogr,  Zooph, 
PL  3,  fig.  4,  Gov.  R.  Ant,  €d,  01.,  ZoopK  PL  15,  fig.  i.  Aoabs.  Monogr, 
Livr.  a,  PL  iv.  fig.  4—7,  PL  nr».  fig.  11,  i« ;  from  the  shores  of  the  Mo- 
lucca Islands,  &c. — Scutdla  denUUa  Lam.,  Jtottda  SumphU  Kuuir,  Agass., 
BuMFH.  Amb.  Sariiekk,  Tab.  ziv.  fig.  i,  &c.  (Linnjeus  comprehended  all 
the  spedes  known  to  him  under  the  name  of  Sekinua  orbictdarU),  Except 
a  very  small  number  from  the  chalk-formation,  all  the  fossil  species  of  this 
genus  are  from  the  tertiary  formations. 
**  Atms  superior  centred,  opposite  to  the  mouth.  Test  regular, 
AmbuUusray  perfect.     Genital  pores,  Jive,  {Cidaridea  Gray,  Agabs.) 

Echinus  Lam.  (spec,  of  genus  Echinus  L.)  Ambulacra  wider 
towards  the  middle  of  the  test,  divergent,  contracted  at  the  summit 
and  towards  the  mouth.  Spines  placed  upon  imperforate  tubercles, 
sometimes  very  long. 

Sp.  Echinus  Uvidua  Lam.  {Echin,  sexaHlts  Tiedxm.  1.  L),  YALEirriir  in  Agass. 
Monogr.  SEchinod.,  Liv.  4,  PL  i,  £abtbb  Natuurh,  Uitip.  i.  Tab.  xi. 
fig.  I — 8,  F0BBS8  BrU.  Starf.  p.  167.  In  the  Mediterranean  and  North 
Sea,  ftc.  For  the  synonomy  of  the  European  species  of  Echinus  oomp. 
Agassiz  in  the  preface  to  the  fourth  number  of  his  Mcnograpkia. 

Arbacia  Gray,  Agass.,  Echinome^ra  Bbmjts,  Gka.t,  Agass. 

Sp.  Eehmui  mamiOatui  L.,  Eekinomdra  mamSlata.  Bumph.  Anib.  JRariteitk. 
Tab.  xm.  £g.  x,  9,  Cut.  R,  Ani,  4dU.  iOuttr.,  Zooph,  PL  xin.  fig.  i,  East 
Indian  Sea,  &c. 

Salenia  Gray,  Agass.   {Goniopygus,  PeUaster,  Goniophorus  Agass.) 
Gomp.  Aoassiz,  Monogr.  cPEckmod,  Livr.  r. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


156  CLASS  IV. 

Cidaris  Klein,  Cidaritea  Lam.  {Gidarisy  Biadema,  Astropyga 
Grat,  Agass.)  Ambulacra  parallel.  Tubercles  sustaining  tibe 
spines  not  perforate,  often  remarkable  for  their  size. 

Sp.  Cidaris  verticUlaia,  Gu^B.  Iconogr.  Zooph.  PL  3,  fig.  i  ;  in  the  Indian 
Sea,  on  the  coasts  of  Timor,  &c.  Of  this  genus  many  fossil  species  also 
are  known. 

Family  IV.  Holoihuridea,  Body  free,  mostly  cylindrical, 
covered  with  a  coriaceous  skin,  furnished  with  calcareous  particles 
scattered,  reticulate.  Mouth  surrounded  by  retractile  tentacles. 
Anus  terminal,  opposite  to  the  mouth  (Grenus  Hblothuria  L.  exclu- 
sive of  several  species). 

Comp.  on  this  family  : 

G.  J.  Jaeger  De  ffolothv/riia,  Dissertatio  inaug,  Turici,  1833, 4to. 
cum  tab.  J.  F.  Brandt  Prodrorrvus  descriptionis  animalivm  ah 
H.  Mertensio  in  arhis  terrarum  circumnavigattone  observaiorum^ 
Fasc.  I.  Petropoli,  1835,  4to.  pp.  42 — 62,  Grubb  Actinien,  Echino- 
dermen  und  Wurmer  des  Adriatiachen  und  MiUlemeers,  Konigsb. 
1840,  4to.  pp  33 — 42.  There  are  many  figures  of  European 
Uolothv/ncB  in  the  Zoologia  danica  and  of  foreign  species  in  Lesson 
Centurie  Zoologique,  Paris  1830,  8vo. 

We  have  spoken  above  (p.  140)  of  the  caloareous  ring  which  may 
be  considered  as  a  vestige  of  a  skeleton,  and  which  serves  for  the 
attachment  of  the  longitudinal  musdes.  The  pieces  of  which  this 
ring  consists  are  toothed  above,  but  they  do  not  discharge  the  office 
of  teeth,  the  food,  as  far  as  it  undergoes  separation  and  mastication 
previous  to  deglutition,  being  thus  effected  by  the  callous  skin 
surrounding  the  mouth  alone.  HoloUmrias  feed  upon  conchifera  and 
other  marine  animals ;  Tiedemann  frequently  found  shells  entire  and 
tmiujured  in  the  intestinal  canal  of  Holothwria  tfubuloaay  so  that  the 
molluscs  appeared  to  have  been  dissolved  in  the  shell  and  digested. 
The  bits  of  shell  and  the  other  matters  unfit  for  use  and  undigested 
are  rejected  from  the  doaca  with  the  water  in  expiration.  We 
have  indicated  above  the  chief  particulars  respecting  the  internal 
structure. 

See,  besides,  Tudbmann  1. 1.,  also  the  beautiful  engraving  from  a  prepara- 
tion by  HuiTFBB  in  Oataiogue  of  the  Phytiolog,  Series  qf  Qmpar.  Anat, 
contained  in  the  Museum  of  the  Eoyol  College  of  Surgeons,  Vol.  L  London, 
1833,  PL  m.  pp.  «50~«54. 

The  numerous  species  of  this  fiunily  are  separated  according 
to  the  form  of  the  Tentacles  (Laicabck,  Grube),  the  position  of  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ECHINODERMATA.  157 

feet  or  ambulacral  tubes  (Cuvier),  or  the  union  of  both  these 
characters  (Brandt)  into  many  genera.  The  arrangement  of 
Brandt  is  drcnmstantialy  and  here  and  there  rather  artificial  than 
natural  Regard  ought  also  to  be  had  to  the  Habitua,  If  the 
position  of  the  Tentacles  be  made  the  chief  point  in  the  arrange- 
ment, animals  will  be  separated  which  in  their  habitui  are  nearly 
allied.  These  tentacles  are  either  branched  like  a  tree,  fingered,  or 
shield-like,  (jpeltaU),  i.  e.  they  consist  of  a  pedicle  with  an  expansion 
which  is  disdfonn,  often  indented  or  arborescent.  Their  number  is 
usuaUy  ten,  or  twice  ten.  Where  eight  tentacles  seem  to  be  present, 
sometimes  on  closer  inspection  two  others,  smaller  and  undeveloped, 
are  fotind,  (the  sub-genera  Anaperug  and  Colochirus  of  Troschell'). 
In  some  no  special  internal  respiratory  organs  are  found  (the  genus 
OncUdbes  of  Brandt  ;  in  most  the  arborescent  respiratory  organ 
exists  which  we  described  above  in  ffoloihurta  ttibulotcL 

Peniada  GrOLDF.  {Clcidodactyla,  Dactyhta,  Onctnolabes^  Aspido^ 
chir  Brandt).  Feet  equal,  disposed  in  five,  or,  more  rarely,  in  six 
rows  longitudinal,  parallel.  Body  cylindrical  or  quinquelateral, 
attenuated  at  both  ends.  Tentacles  mostly  ten,  sometimes  twelve 
or  fifteen. 

a)  Tentades  peltate, 

Aapidochir  Bbakixp.      A  genua    anknown    to    me.      8p.   Aspidochir 
MertensU,  in  the  island  Sitcha  (Tentacles  la). 

b)  TevOacUa  ramose. 

Cladodactyla  BRASvr  (Tentacles  lo). 

Sp.  Pentada  Pentaetet,  ffoloth.  pentadet  Mdkll.  Zool.  dan.  Tab.  31,  fig.  8, 
FoBBBS  BrU.  Staff,  p.  413 ;  PerUacta  frondosa,  Hdloth.  frondoM  L.,  ffoloth. 
pentaetes  Abildg.  Zool.  dan.  Tab.  108,  figs,  i,  2,  Tab.  114.  Fobb.  £r.  Star/. 
p.  209  ;  in  the  European  seas.  Pentada  doliolum,  Actinia  doliolum  Pall. 
Spie.  Zool.  Tab.  xi.  figs.  10— i  a.  Cur.  JL  Anim.  id.  ilL  Zooph.  PI.  20, 
fig.  4.  These  species  are  called^  from  their  external  resemblance,  iSSea- 
Cuewmiben. 

c)  Teni€kde8  digiitUe  or  pinnate. 

Dadplota  BBAinyi. 
Sp.  Pentada  pellueida,  Boloth.  pdlucida,  Zool.  dan.  Tab.  135,  fig.  i. 

{Note. — ^Here  also  is  to  be  referred  the  genus  Ocnue  Fobbks,  Brit.  Starf. 
P-  ««9-)         

*  Neue  ffolathunengattungen  in  Ebichboh's  Archiv  f,  Natwrgeach.  1846,  s. 
60—66. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


158  CLASS  IV. 

Oncinolahea  Bbandt.      Body  covered  all  over  wiih  reonrved 
booklets.  (Differs  from  FerUacta  hj  defect  of  respiratory  organs.) 

Thyone  Oken,  MuUeria  Flem.  (not  Jaeg.)  Feet  equal,  nume- 
rous, scattered  through  the  whole  body.     Body  cylindrical. 

a)    Tentadea    ramose,  often    unequal    {PhyUoporus  Gbubb,   Anapenu 
Tboboh.,  OrcttZa  Trosoh.) 
Sp.  Thyone  papiUoaa,  Hoi.  paptUoia,  Zool.  dan.  Tab.  xo8^  fig.  5,  FoBB.  BrU, 
Sta/rf,  p.  a'33 ;  in  the  North  Sea,  &a 

h)    Tentada  pdUUe  (Sporadipus  Bbandt). 
8p.  Sporadipue  Ualanenni  Bb.  &c. 

Holothurta  noK  (Species  of  genus  Holothurta  L.)  Feet  of  two- 
fold structure  and  figure,  some  cylindrical,  dilated  at  the  tip, 
usually  occurring  in  the  abdomen  only,  others  situated  on  the  back, 
not  dilated  at  the  tip,  emerging  from  warts  on  the  back.  Body 
cylindrical,  or  flattened  in  the  abdomen. 

a)    TerUacUa  peltate  or  umheUate  usually  10  [Stickopttt  Bb.,  Diploperi- 
derie  Bb.,  ffohthuria  Bb.,  Bohadechia  Jabo.,  MuUeria  Jabo.,  Tr^ang 

J  ABO.) 

Sp.  ffolotkuriatuhvlosa,  Fietularia  tvhidosa  JjAU.;  ffolothuria  tremula  Gmbl., 
Cuv.,  BoHADSCH  de  quibusd.  Animal,  marin,  1761,  Tab.  Yi.,  Tibdbmann 
Anai,  Tab.  i.,  Cuv.  R,  Ani,  id.  HI.  Zooph.  PL  ao,  fig.  3  ;  one  of  the  largest 
of  the  species  in  the  Mediterranean.  Twenty  tentacles,  placed  alternately 
in  two  circles,  surround  the  mouth.  Jffoloth.  argus,  Bokadschia  argue 
Jabgeb  de  ffoloth.  Tab.  n.  fig.  i,  on  the  coasts  of  Celebes  and  Timor. 
Iloloth.  edvXis,  Trepang  eduUe  Jaeg.,  Less.  Cent.  Zocl,  PI.  46,  fig.  2, 
GuiBiN  Iconogr,  Zooph,  PI.  4,  fig.  7 ;  this  species  lives  on  the  cond-reefii  of 
the  Molucca,  Philippine  and  Carolina  islands,  and  is  fished  up  in  large 
quantities  with  other  species  under  the  name  of  Trq)ang,  to  be  dried  and 
smoked  and  prepared  with  condiments  for  the  use  of  the  Chinese  and 
Malays,  who  consider  it  an  exceedingly  nutritive  and  stimula^g  {aphro- 
dieiacum)  article. 

I)  Tentacles  ramose. 
Genera :   Cladolabes  Brandt  (tentacles  20),  Cohchirus  Trosch. 
(Tentacles  ten,  two  smaller). 

Psolm  Oken  (in  part).  Feet  equal,  disposed  on  a  ventral  flat 
disc,  on  the  back  none.     Tentacles  ramose. 

Psoitis  Jaeg.,  Br.     Body  attenuated  backwards,  covered  with 
skin  rugose  or  scaly.     Three  rows  of  feet  in  the  ventral  disa 

Sp.  Psolus phaniapus,  ffoloth.  phantapus  L.,  Zool.  dan.  Tab.  in,  FoBB.  Br. 
Starf.  p.  403,  GUKR.  Iconogr.  Zooph.  PI.  iv.  fig.  i ;  in  the  North  Sea. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ECHIKODERICATA.  159 

Ouvieria  PisoN.  Body  often  oon^ex,  oovered  vith  calcareoiu 
imbricate^  scales,  plane  beneath,  beset  with  nmnerons  feet 

Psoiiu  tquamaiui  MuxLL.  Zool.  dame.  Tah.  X.  &g.  1—3^  Gu^iK  Jeonoffr. 
Zooph,  PL  4,  fig.  2,  &c. 

Order  n.    Apoda. 

Bodj  covered  with  a  coriaceous,  sometimes  soft,  skin,  destitute 
of  ambulacral  feet. 

Family  V.  Synapttnce.  Body  cylindrical,  elongate.  A  cal- 
careous ring  around  the  oesophagus.  Mouth  crowned  with  tentacles. 

Most  writers  unite  these  animals  with  the  HolothuricB.  But 
beyond  doubt  they  form  a  distinct  family,  of  which,  however,  the 
structure  has  been  made  known  to  us  only  in  a  single  genus  by  the 
investigations  of  Quatbefages. 

Ltosama  Brandt.  Tentacles  peltate.  Eespiratory  organs 
arborescent. 

Bp.  Lioaoma  SUchaente  Bb. 

Chirodota  EscHSCH.  Tentacles  digitate  at  the  extremity. 
(Respiratory  organs  ?)     Skin  thickish.     Body  vermiform. 

Sp.  Chirodota  discolor,  EscHSOH.  Zooloffiaher  Adas  n.  folio,  Berlin,  1829, 
p.  12,  Tab.  X.  fig.  2  ;  CMrod.  verrucosa  Eschsch.  ib.  fig.  3,  both  from  the 
North-west  coast  of  America ;  these  animals  live  in  the  sand  and  under 
stones  op  the  shore,  in  situations  which  are  not  quite  dry  at  ebb-tide. 
Here  belongs  also  Bohth.  purpurea  Less.,  CetUur.  Zool,  PL  52,  fig.  2,  and 
Jffolothuria  digUata  Moktaoit,  Lkin,  Transact,  xi.  Tab.  iv.  fig.  6.  Accord- 
ing to  Bbandt  there  are  situated  on  the  mesenteiy  small  cylindrical  bodies 
divided  at  the  extremity,  which  are  subservient  to  respiration. 

Sjfnapta  EsCHSCH.,  Tiedemannia  Leuck.  Tentacles  pinnatifid. 
No  arborescent  respiratory  organs.  Skin  very  delicate,  rough  from 
booklets  extremely  minute,  calcareous. 

Ebohboholtz  named  this  genus  (from  tf-iWrrw,  adoiteeto),  on  account  of  its 
adhering  to  the  skin  by  means  of  small  booklets,  which  he  compares  to  the 
appendages  of  the  calyx  of  the  Burdock  {Amtivm  lappa).  He  found 
Sjfnapta  mamtOosa  on  the  coast  of  0tah4nii,  Zool,  Ad,  n.  Tab.  x.  fig.  i. 
To  this  genus  belongs  sJbaoHoloth,  oceanica  Lbss.  Centur.  Zool,  PI.  35 ;  HoUAh, 
radiosa,  ibid,  PL  15 ;  Fistidaria  vittata  Forsk.  Icon.  Iter.  Nat.  Tab.  xxxvn. 
tg.  2,  Ac.  QuATSBFAOBS  discoYered  a  species  in  the  sand  at  the  Ghausey 
T«1a»^  which,  in  my  opinion,  has  much  resemblance  to  the  last-named  species 
of  F0B8KAL,  and  gave  a  detailed  description  of  it.    M^moire  sur  le  Synapte 


Digitized  by 


Google 


160  CLASS  IV. 

de  Duvemoy  {Synapta  DuvemcBa),  Ann.  des  Sc.  Nat,  ae  S&ne  xvn.  Zool. 
pp.  19 — 93,  PI.  2 — 5.  Bespiration  is  effected  in  the  abdominal  cavity, 
into  which  the  water  passee  by  five  apertures  between  the  tentacles.  The 
hooklets,  shaped  like  anchors,  one-tenth  niillim.  in  length  and  less,  are  set 
on  oval  eminences  of  the  skin,  which  are  visible  under  the  microscope  alone. 
Other  similar  eminences  are  covered  with  cells  which  can  evolve  an 
extremely  fine  thread  (nettle-organ?).  These  anfmals  appear  to  endure 
wounding  and  extreme  mutilation  without  being  destroyed. 

Note. — Ought  the  genus  Haplodactyla  Grube  to  be  placed  here  1 
Tentacles  cylindrical^  simpla  The  author  of  the  genus  says  nothing 
about  feet.  Five  respiratory  organs,  laciniate,  sub-arboresoent  Gbube 
IL  p.  42. 

Molpadia  Cuv.  Body  tending  to  cylindrical  or  sub-pentagonal, 
coriaceous,  attenuated  backwards.  Tentacles  short,  cylindrical, 
simple.     Mouth  armed  with  an  apparatus  of  calcareous  particles. 

Sp.  MoU>pctdia  holothwrioldes  Guy.  ;  Mciop.  muscultu  Bisso,  Eitrop.  tnSrid. 
Tom.  y.  figs.  31,  3a.  Comp.  Cuv.  R.  Am.,  m.  p.  241,  Blainv.  Man. 
dPAcUnU.  p.  651. 

Family  VI.  Sipunculacea.  Body  cylindrical,  elongate.  No 
calcareous  ring  around  the  oesophagus.  Mouth  provided  with 
a  retractile  proboscis. 

Sipuncuhis  L.  Body  round,  elongate,  annulate.  A  papillated 
retractile  proboscis,  with  incised  tentacular  border  or  coronet  of 
simple  tentacles  surrounding  the  mouth.  Anus  a  lateral  aperture 
of  the  body,  situated  towards  the  anterior  part. 

Sp.  SipunculvM  nvdus  L.,  Syrinx  Bohadboh,  de  qwbutd.  animal,  marin. 
Tab.  vn.  fig.  6,  7,  Fobbsb  BrU.  Stanf.  p.  245,  Leuokabt  Brevet  animalitm 
quorundam  DeecripHoneef  Heidelbergse,  i8a8,  4to.  fig.  3,  and  especially 
Gbube  in  Mubllbb*s  Arehiv.  1837,  Tab.  x.  fig.  i ;  in  the  seas  of  Europe, 
especially  the  Mediterranean.  This  animal  can  attain  a  length  of  more 
than  one  foot,  exclusive  of  the  proboscis,  which  is  nsuaUy  retracted.  It  is 
very  contractile  and  sometimes  shortens  itself  one-half.  Longitudinal  and 
circular  bundles  of  muscle,  visible  through  the  skin,  give  it  a  latticed 
appearance.  The  intestinal  canal  is  very  long,  making  two  bends  back- 
wards and  forwards ;  the  last  ascending  portion  is  wound  spirally  round  the 
preceding  piece.  Two  brown  vesicles,  connected  with  the  propagation, 
terminate  with  fine  apertoires  before  and  by  the  side  of  the  anus.  The 
nervous  system  presents  two  rings  round  the  oesophagus,  and  a  cord 
running  on  the  abdominal  surface,  that  gives  off  numerous  branches,  and  is 
surrounded  by  a  blood-vessel  as  by  an  envelope  ;  see  Kbohn  in  Mublleb's 
Arehiv.  1839,  ^'  34^-  From  this  species  Lumineui  phaUoidet  Pall. 
SpieUeg.  Zool.  x.  Tab.  i.  f.  8,  seems  not  to  differ.  Sipunctdu*  edulu, 
Lumbr.  edulit  Pall.  ib.  fig.  7,  is  a  species  eaten  by  the  Chinese. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ECHINODERHATA.  161 

FoBBBS  givM  the  name  of  Syrmx  to  the  spedei  which  have  a  short 
proboacb  with  an  indented  tentacular  fold  around  the  mouth,  like  Sipune. 
tmdut.  In  other  species  the  proboscis  is  longer,  and  there  is  a  ring  of 
simple  lancet-shaped  tentacles  round  the  mouth.  Of  these  he  forms  his 
genus  SijnmeuluB,  which  appears  to  agree  with  PMaaeolommM  LiuoK. 
Sp.  PhaseoUmma  granuUshim  Lbvok.  L  1.  fig.  5,  from  the  Mediterranean, 
probably  not  different  from  Ascomnna  Blumenbaehii,  Und.  fig.  5 ;  SipunculuB 
eapUahu  Bathkb,  JVbr.  Ad,  Aead,  Leop.  Car,  xx.  i,  Tab.  vi.  fig.  20,  21 ; 
Sip,  Bemhardut  Fobb.  Brit,  Starf,  p.  951 ;  it  Hves,  like  the  Hermit  Crab, 
in  the  empty  shells  of  Molluscs  (Stromhw  pei  pdeeani,  LittoriuM,  TurrOeUa, 
DaUaUum,  Ac.) 

J^riaptUtui  Lam.  Bod^  (r^lindrical  truncated  posteriorly.  Pro- 
boscis retractile;  no  tentacles  around  the  mouth.  A  branched 
pyramidal  appendage  hanging  from  the  posterior  part. 

Sp.  Priaptihu  eaudatui,  HdUtikima  priapui  L.,  Zool.  damica,  Tab.  xcfvi. 
fig.  I,  and  OZXXY.  f^.  2,  Fobbbb  Brit.  Starf,  p.  156.  Gu^BiN  Iconogr, 
Zoaph.  PL  5,  fig.  I.  It  is  supposed  that  the  bundle  of  threads  at  the 
extremity  of  the  body  serves  for  respiration.  This  singular  animal  fives  in 
the  North  Sea. 

Banellta  Rolando.  Body  oval,  contractile,  with  a  long  pro- 
tensile  proboscis,  divided  at  the  extremity  into  two  lacinise.  Anus 
posterior,  terminal. 

See  BOLAHDO  in  Jaum.  de  Phytique,  de  Chim.,  ^ffid,  not,  Ac.  Tom. 
xcv.  Juillet,  1813,  pp.  49,  59,  av.  fig.  (from  the  Mim,  de  TAead.  de  Turin, 
Tom.  XXVI.  pp.  357,  Ac.,  Tab.  XIV.  xv.)  The  long  proboscis  was  taken  for 
a  tail  by  this  writer,  the  anus  described  as  mouth ;  near  the  aiMte  two 
trussed  organs  are  situated  (salivaiy  organs  according  to  Bolabdo),  which 
correspond  to  the  arborescent  respiratory  organs  of  HoUdkuria,  The 
intestinal  canal  is  narrow  and  long,  with  two  loops  and  many  undulations. 
Sp.  Bondlia  viridii  L  L  fig.  i,  Guj^bin  leonogr,  Zooph,  PL  6,  fig.  i ;  B<m, 
fuliginoea.  Theaa  two  species  were  found  by  Kolaitdo  on  the  shore  of 
Sardinia. 

Thala88ema  Cuv.  Body  cylindrical  contractile.  Proboscis  short, 
with  spoon-shaped  appendage,  or  sulcated  lacinia,  undivided.  Two 
shining  uncinate  setsB  in  the  anterior  part  of  the  body,  behind  the 
proboscis. 

*  Body  smooth  posteriorly.     Thalasiema  Gaebtneil 

Sp.  ThaUueema  N^uni  Gaibtn.,  Pall.,  Spicil.  Zool,  x.  Tab.  i.  f.  6,  GufBiv 
Iconogr.  Zooph.  PI.  6,  ^,  2,  FOBBSS  Brit,  Starf,  p.  159.  (Here  also  seems 
to  belong  the  genus  OcsMostoma  Lbuok.,  Sp.  OcKd.  eryC^ro^nMimon,  AULae 
zu  der  Reiee  YoN  Ed.  BuFFXLli,  Neue  wirbeUoie  Thdere  dee  rolken  Meeree, 
1818,  Tab.  n.  ^,  3,  HoMh,  eaouari  Lxas.  CenL  Zool.  and  GuiB.  Iconogr, 
Zooph.  PL  4,  fig.  6. 
VOL.  I.  11 


Digitized  by 


Google 


162  CLASS  IV. 

**  Body  armed  posteriorly  with  zones  of  homy  setae.  Echiurus 
Cuv.  (Echiwwrua), 

Sp.  Thcila89ema  eehiurtu,  Lumbricua  echiuna  Pall.,  Misc.  Zool.  x.  Tab.  i, 
fig.  I — 5,  FoBBES,  Brit,  8t<vrf,  p.  263,  Gu^  Iconogr,  Zooph,  PL  6,  fig.  3  ; 
on  the  coasts  of  the  North  Sea ;  this  species  is  used  by  the  fishermen  for 
bait;  it  is  flesh-ooloured,  here  and  there  translucent  blue  and  red;  the 
spines  are  shining  and  yellow,  as  far  as  they  project  from  the  body.  The 
orange-coloured  intestinal  canal  is  long,  with  many  undulations  and 
vesicular  expansions.  There  are  two  long,  brown,  somewhat  tortuous, 
csBcal  tubes  near  the  anus,  and  four  white  vesicles  at  the  anterior  part 
of  the  body,  which  belong  to  the  procreative  apparatus.  The  nervous 
system  consists  of  a  thread  running  along  the  intestinal  cavity.  The  skin 
has  much  muscularity,  sp  that  when  wounded  it  spirts  out  the  contained 
water  like  a  fountain,  and  then  the  intestines  are  forced  out. 

**•  Body  furnished  anteriorly  and  posteriorly  with  zones  of 
setae ;  with  belly  in  the  middle  plane  and  in  front  of  the  amvs 
sciUate,  (Setae  at  the  sides  of  the  scute;  anaJ  tubule  oonical, 
retraotila)    Stemaspis  Otto. 

Sp.  Thakusema  wuUxtua  Rakzaiti,  Skmaapit  thalaaaenundes  Otto,  Nov, 
Act,  Acad,  Leop.  Cwrd,  Tom.  x.  Tab.  50,  GuiBiN  Iconogr,  Zooph,  PI.  6, 
fig.  4,  from  the  Adriatic.  Otto  took  the  conical  extremity  incorrectiy  for 
the  mouth ;  see  the  communication  relative  to  the  structure  of  this  animal 
by  Kboeet  in  Mublleb's  Arclm.  1842,  s.  \i6,  Rakzani,  who  described  it 
before  Otto,  rightiy  distinguished  the  two  extremities  of  the  body,  and  also 
figured  the  spoon-shaped  prdbotcis,  in  which  it  resembles  EcKiwrut.  Op%i»GoU 
tcient^fiee  i.  Bologna,  18x7,  4to.  pp.  iia — 116,  Tab.  iv.  f.  10,  11. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CLASS  V. 
INTESTINAL  WORMS  {ENTOZOA)\ 

Bt  Intestinal  Worms  are  understood  worms  that  live  in  other  ani- 
mals, (not  necessarily  in  their  viscera).  Though  not  more  correctly 
in  point  of  language,  they  might,  perhaps,  be  better  named  Internal 
Worms,  which  would  be  a  literal  translation  of  the  word  Entozoa. 
This  class  is  by  no  means  natural,  for  the  animals  included  in  it  not 
only  differ  remarkably  from  each  other  in  external  form,  but  also 
in  internal  structure.  The  efforts  that  have  been  made  hitherto  to  dis- 
tribute the  different  orders  and  families  of  the  Entozoa  amongst  the 
different  classes  of  invertebrate  animals  have  not  been  satisfactory. 
In  this,  as  in  so  many  other  attempts  to  determine  the  affinities  of 
animals,  a  certain  external  resemblance  has  been  mistaken  for 
correspondence  of  internal  stmcture  and  of  type  of  organisation,  by 
which  alone  true  affinities  can  be  established.  An  unprejudiced 
inquirer  will  scarcely  attach  more  value  to  a  comparison  of  Echino- 
rhynchua  with  Sipunculua,  of  Cyaticercus  with  bladder-bearing 
Acalephs,  &c.  than  to  a  comparison  of  bats  with  birds.  Consequently 
we  are  compelled  to  retain  the  class  Entozoa,  however  we  acknow- 


^  Compaore  on  thiB  class : 

C.  A.  RuDOLPHi^  Entozoorum  sive  Vermium  irUesUnaUum  ffistoria  naturalu,  m. 
Totm,  c.  tab.  aen.  Amstebedami,  1808 — ro,  8vo. 

C.  A.  KuDOLPHi,  Enioeocrum  SynoptU,  eui  cLccedunl  Mantissa  duplex  et  indices 
loevpleUssimif  c.  tab.  m.  ten.  Berolioi,  1819,  8yo. 

Db.  Brbmsbb,  Ud>er  lebende  WUrtner  im  lebenden  Mensehm,  Mit  iv.  Ulum.  Kupfeit. 
Wien,  1819,  4to. 

Bbzmssbi  Icones  Hdminthum.  m.  Fasciculi.  Yiennse,  1823,  folib. 

J.  Cloqubt,  Anatomie  des  Vers  ifUesHna/ux  Ascaride  hmbrieoide  et  Eehinorynqus 
g€a^,  Avec  8  pi.  Paris,  1814,  4to. 

A.  Yon  Nobdhann,  Afihrographische  Beitrage  zur  NaturgeschicJUe  der  wirbeUosen 
Thieve,     Istes  Heft.     Mit  ro  Kupfertaf.  Berlin,  1832,  4to. 

F.  DuJABDiN^  Histoire  nalurdU  des  ffdminthes  ou  vers  intestinavx.  Avec  12  pi. 
Paris,  1845,  8to. 

Other  important,  more  special  works  of  Mbblis^  Cbbflut,  Lbxtoeabt,  G.  Th.  Yon 
SiBBOLD,  will  be  indicated  farther  forward.  See  also  the  article  Bntosoa  of  Owen  in 
ToDD*B  Oydcpadia  n.  pp.  110 — 144  (1837). 

11—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


164  CLASS  V. 

ledge  it  to  be  unnatural.  Rudolphi,  to  whose  investigation  this 
part  of  Zoology  is  so  greatly  indebted,  compares  the  class  of  the 
intestinal  worms  to  a  Fauna,  a  collection  of  animals  that  live  in  a 
certain  region.  Their  country  is  the  living  body  of  other  animals. 
Becent  observations  have,  however,  taught  us  that  some  species  in 
the  cycle  of  their  developments,  leave  their  country  for  a  time.  The 
radial  type,  which  we  observed  in  the  former  classes,  particularly 
in  the  Polyps  and  Acalephs,  is  here  wanting.  All  Entozoa  approxi- 
mate to  the  elongated  form  of  the  articulate  worms,  although  in 
some  of  them  that  form,  on  account  of  a  bladder  to  which  they  are 
affixed  by  their  extremity,  is  not  at  first  sight  apparent.  Special 
respiratory  organs  are  wanting.  Some  are  entirely  without  sex, 
and  are  propagated  by  gemmation ;  others  are  bisexual ;  in  others 
the  sexes  are  distinct. 

We  must  premise  something  as  to  the  division  of  the  Entozoa, 
EuDOLPHi  adopts  five  principal  sections,  which  had  been  already 
distinguished  by  Goetze  and  Zeder  before  his  time.  The  first  is 
that  of  Cystic  worms  {Cystica  firom  rworw,  a  bladder).  The  body  is 
compressed  or  cylindrical,  the  posterior  part  of  it  passing  into  a 
bladder ;  sometimes  many  such  enJtozoa  are  fixed  on  one  bladder. 
The  head  has  suckers,  a  circlet  of  hooks,  or  iom  prdbosddes  armed 
with  hooks.  No  genital  organs  have  been  discovered;  nor  any 
intestinal  canal.  [These  have  been  shewn  to  be  imperfectly  deve- 
loped Tcmice.]  The  second  division  contains  the  Tape-worms 
{Cestotdeay  fix>m  KtaT6t,  a  girdle,  a  band,  ti^,  form).  They  have  an 
elongated,  compressed  or  flat  body  that  is  mostly  jointed.  The  head 
has  suckers ;  all  the  individuals  are  bisexual ;  an  intestinal  canal  is 
wanting.  The  third  division  is  formed  by  the  Suctorial  Worms 
{Trematodes,  rfnuAankbiiu  perforate).  The  body  is  soft,  compressed 
or  roundish,  and  provided  with  one  or  more  suctorial  pores.  The 
intestinal  canal  has  in  general  only  one  opening,  and  is  usually 
branched ;  it  lies  in  the  tissue  {parenchyma)  of  the  body,  not  in  a 
firee  space.  The  genital  organs  of  both  sexes  are  united  in  the 
same  individual.  The  fourth  division  is  that  of  the  Thorn-headed 
Worms  {Acavihocephala,  from  oKovOa,  a  thorn,  and  xc^iy,  head) ; 
they  have  a  cylindrical,  pouch-shaped  body.  The  sexes  are 
distinct ;  an  intestinal  canal  is  wanting.  The  fifth  division  includes 
those  intestinal  worms  which  have  an  intestinal  canal,  with  both 
mouth  and  anus,  suspended  fii-eely  in  the  cavity  of  the  body.     The 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INTESTINAL  WORMS.  165 

body  is  cylindrical.  The  sexes  are  distinct.  They  are  named  Thread- 
worms  or  Bound'toarms  {NemcUoidea,  from  i^fia,  a  thread,  and  ccdof). 
CuYiER  makes  a  distinct  order  of  this  division,  that  of  InUsttnaux 
caviiatres;  all  the  remaining  entozoa  he  unites  in  a  second  order 
nnder  the  name  of  Inteatinaux  parenchymateux.  OwEN  has  denoted 
these  two  principal  divisions  of  CuviEB  by  the  names  Sterelminiha 
and  C(ElelminlJia^.  In  onr  compressed  description  of  the  structure 
of  the  intestinal  worms  we  shall  avail  ourselves  of  the  names 
which  we  have  explained. 

In  the  cystic  worms,  the  tape  and  thorn-headed  worms,  there 
is  neither  mouth  nor  intestinal  canal;  the  nutriment  is  introduced 
by  absorption  of  the  skin.  In  the  thorn-headed  worms  two  parts 
are  met  with  by  the  side  of  the  sheath  of  the  proboscis,  usually  of 
a  flattened  form,  and  very  small  anteriorly.  These  parts,  called 
Lemmsciy  are,  according  to  Rudolphi,  subservient  to  nutrition. 
They  contain,  according  to  the  description  of  Yon  Siebold,  a  finely 
granular  parenchyma,  and  are  very  vascular. 

In  the  suctorial  worms  the  intestinal  canal  commences  with 
an  cesaphagus^  more  or  less  long,  which,  at  its  fore  part  {pharynx) 
is  surrounded  by  muscular  walls.  In  those  that  have  a  sucker  at 
the  anterior  extremity  of  the  body,  the  oral  aperture  is  situated  at 
its  bottom.  The  intestinal  canal  divides,  below  the  (xsophagus,  into 
two  branches,  which  have  csecal  terminations  backwards.  In  many 
species  these  branches  do  not  subdivide^;  frequently  they  expand  at 
their  termination.  In  other  species  these  principal  branches  give  off 
other  branches.  This  is  especially  the  case  in  the  Liver-fluke  of 
sheep  {Distoma  hepaticum),  where  the  branches  divide  to  such  a  de- 
gree that  the  whole  canal  has  an  arborescent  appearance.  The  oral 
aperture  performs  also  the  office  of  anus;  at  least  the  Distomes, 
which  are  taken  alive  from  the  liver,  and  exposed  to  air  or  placed 
in  water,  reject  by  the  mouth,  entirely  or  in  part,  the  brown  fluid 
with  which  the  intestinal  canal  was  filled*.  The  genus  Pmtastoma 
or  Lingtuttula^  differs  from  all  the  other  suctorial  worms  in  the 


1  Todd's  Cjfdop<ed%a  n.  p.  iii. 

*  Ab  in  Ditkma  perlatum  Nobdmakk,  h  eii.  Tab.  iz.,  Dittoma  ro$aeeum,  ib.  Tab. 
ym.,  IHfioBlomata  foimd  in  the  vitreone  humour  of  the  eye  of  the  Perch,  i6. 
Tab.  n.  nL,  and  in  many  others.  See  also  BIaubb  BeUr&ge  sur  AnaUmie  der  Entazoen, 
Bonn,  184T,  4to. 

*  Comp.  E.  MzHLiB  Ofmrv<Uume$  analomuxe  de  ZHttOTnaie  hepoLico  et  lanceoUUo, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


166  CLASS   V. 

structcire  of  its  intestinal  canal  as  well  as  in  other  respects.  On  that 
account  Cuvier  and  Owen  have  with  propriety  removed  it  from  this 
division  in  which  Rudolphi  placed  it.  The  intestinal  canal  lies  in 
a  free  cavity  of  the  body,  though  covered  by  the  coik  of  the  oviduct, 
and  ends  with  a  distinct  anus  ^  The  position  and  form  of  the  canal 
agrees  with  the  same  in  the  Roundrworms;  only  in  the  oesophagus 
is  there  some  difference,  since  this  tube  in  the  NemaUndea  runs 
from  the  mouth  at  the  anterior  extremity  of  the  body  backwards  in 
the  same  plane  with  the  intestinal  canal,  whilst  in  PentasUmia  it 
ascends  obliquely  because  the  mouth  is  situated  on  the  abdominal 
surface.  In  the  NemaUndea  the  cesophagus  is  muscular,  and  in 
many  species  wider  at  its  termination.  The  intestinal  canal  that 
succeeds  it  is  straight,  and  its  whole  course  continues  nearly  of  the 
same  width.  In  Aacaris  lumbrtcotdes  pedunculated  pyriform  vesicles 
axe  foimd,  which  adhere  to  the  internal  surface  of  the  integum^it, 
and  occupy  the  space  between  the  skin  and  the  intestinal  canal. 

A  vascular  system  has  been  discovered  in  many  entozoa. 
[Amongst  the  NemcUotdea  Blanchard  has  described  in  Aacaris 
megalocepJuda  Cloquet  two  longitudinal  vessels  lodged  in  each  of 
the  lateral  canals  within  the  integument,  which  extend  from  one 
extremity  of  the  body  to  the  other.  At  about  the  depth  of  one 
third  of  the  oesophagus,  the  two,  supposed  to  be  arteries,  leave  their 
tubes  to  form  an  arch  behind  the  oesophagus ;  on  the  arch  a  small 
ampulla  is  seen  which  is  supposed  to  supply  the  office  of  a  heart. 
The  two  arteries  descend  in  the  tubes  throughout  the  whole  length 
of  the  body,  and  communicate  with  the  two  other  longitudinal 
vessels  supposed  to  be  veins  K  In  the  tcenta  the  longitudinal  canals, 
four  or  six  in  number,  communicate  by  transverse  branches,  and 
open  in  the  last  joint  into  a  pulsatile  vesicle,  which  expels  their 
contents  in  drops  at  intervals.  In  the  suctorial  worms  the  fine 
vascular  network,  hitherto  considered  to  be  a  circulating  system, 
has  been  shewn  by  Van  Beneden  to  be  an  appendage  of  the 
tubular  system,  which  terminates  in  a  vesicle  that  opens  externally 
by  9k  foramen  caudale.     The  apparatus  in  the  last  two  families  of 


1  See  Owen  Transact,  ZaU.  Soc.  I.  1835,  PL  41,  fig.  12 ;  DiEBiSQAnn,  dea  Wiener 
Museums,  i.  1856,  Tab.  11.  fig.  2 ;  comp.  Tab.  i.  fig.  20,  of  PetUasloma  proboseideum. 

•  Blanchard  Ann,  des  Sc,  not.  $e  S^rie,  Zool.  Vol.  xi.  pp.  146,  147,  and  Cutixb 
R.  Anim.  idU.  iUus,  Zoaph.  Fl.  26,  fig.  i  c. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INTESTINAL  WORMS.  167 

worms  appears  to  be  similar,  and  for  the  purpose  of  secretion;  a 
renal  secretion,  as  Van  Beneden  supposes  \]  In  the  thorn-headed 
worms  there  are  two  lateral  canab  situated  beneath  the  skin  that 
nm  the  whole  l^igth  of  the  body. 

We  have  already  remarked  that  special  respiratory  organs  are 
wanting.  So  far  as  any  action  occurs  between  the  air  of  the 
medium  in  which  these  animals  live  and  their  nutrient  fluid,  it  must 
be  efiPected  by  means  of  the  skin.  But  Entozoa  live,  for  the  most 
part,  in  situations  where  the  atmosphere  exists  in  a  condition  very 
impure  and  unfit  for  respiration ;  or  where  no  air  at  all  can  enter, 
as  in  the  liver,  brain,  kidney,  &c.  It  is  therefore  probable  that 
they  derive  firom  the  fluids  absorbed  from  the  animals  in  which  they 
live,  the  quantity  of  oxygen  necessary  for  their  life,  and  that  they 
experience  the  influence  of  this  gas  only  mediately  through  the 
animals  in  which  they  live  *. 

With  respect  to  propagation :  no  genital  organs,  as  noticed 
above,  have  been  detected  in  Cystic  worms.  What  many  writers 
have  described  as  eggs  in  these  worms  are  calcareous  corpuscles 
beneath  the  skin,  which  also  occur  in  Tape-worms.  Their  multi- 
plication is  eflected  by  gemmation.  In  Ccenurus  there  arise  on  the 
bladder  on  which  the  worm,  or  that  extremity  of  it  that  bears 
the  head,  is  seated,  little  buds  which  again  develop  other  buds ;  in 
Echinococcus  new  bladders  are  formed  within  the  parent  bladder, 
like  cells  within  cells,  in  which  young  Ediinococci  are  developed 
that  continue  hanging  by  a  thread  for  a  time,  after  the  containing 
envelope  is  ruptured,  and  then  fall  into  the  cavity  of  the  parent 
bladd^^  In  Cysticercua  the  mode  of  propagation  is  yet  unknown. 
In  T^remaioda  there  is  found  on  the  abdominal  surfsice,  generally 
nearer  to  the  anterior  than  the  posterior  extremity,  an  opening 
common  to  the  organs  of  both  sexes.  From  this  a  penis,  usually 
named  drnu*,  can  be  evolved;  near  this  part  the  vagina  opens. 

1  Yah  Bbnxdsn  LeUre  relative  d  Vlfist.  de»  ver§  cetlcides,  Ann.  des  Se.nat,  30 S^rie, 
Zool,  VoL  XVII.  pp.  a  I — 30. 

'  Comp.  OD  the  respiratioii  of  intestinai  worms,  BuDOLPHi  Hid.  not.  £ntoxoor,  i. 
pp.  139 — 944,  uid  Cloqubt  An<tt»  des  vers  vntetUn$,  pp.  42 — ^44. 

'  MuxLLSB  in  the  Jahretbericht  for  1835,  Arckiv.  s.  ovn.  OVIU. ;  V.  Sibbold  in 
Buxdaob's  Phynol,  ite  Aufiage  n.  s.  183—185. 

^  See  the  fig.  of  JOittoma  hepaUcum  in  Mehlib,  fige.  8,  9,  11.  In  fig.  8  is  seen 
near  the  cirrua  the  opening  of  the  vagina,  thi-ough  which  a  bristle  has  been  passed  to 
distinguish  it. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


168  CLASS  V. 

The  testes  have  mostly  a  rounded  form ;  in  Amphistoma  subtriqw- 
trurn  and  gigatUeumy  thej  are  finger-shaped  and  branched^.  From 
these  testes,  nsually  two  in  ntunber,  efferent  vessels  proceed  to  a 
seminal  vesicle  lying  at  the  base  of  the  penis  in  the  Cirrus-sac 
{recq^tacidum  Penis) ;  firom  which  a  canal  arises  that  runs  to  the  penis. 
But  besides  this,  one  of  the  testes  gives  still  a  third  vas  deferens  to 
a  seminal  vesicle  lying  further  behind  [vesicula  seminaUs  interior)  ^ 
and  from  which  arises  a  short  tube  connected  with  the  oviduct^. 
Here  self-impregnation  may  be  effected :  in  which  case  the  second 
vesicula  seminaUs  and  the  external  genital  organs  are  difficult  of 
explanation:  unless  we  suppose  that  both  self-impregnation  and 
copulation  are  possible.  In  the  female  organs  of  the  suctorial  worms 
we  would  direct  particular  attention  to  that  remarkable  arrangement 
by  which,  according  to  V,  Siebold,  the  yolk  and  the  germ  {vesicula 
germinaiiva)  are  not  produced  in  the  same  organ: — ^that  here  we 
must  consequently,  instead  of  ovary,  distinguish  a  germ-stock  and  a 
yolk-stock.  The  lateral  parts,  usually  dendritic  or  botruoidal,  which 
were  formerly  believed  to  be  ovaries,  are  the  yolk-stocks:  the  germ- 
stock  is  placed  in  the  middle  of  the  body,  and  has  a  roundish  form. 
In  the  Tape-tDorms  the  two  sexes  are  also  united :  and  V.  Siebold 
suspects  that  in  this  case,  also,  the  germ  and  yolk-stocks  are  dis- 
tinct organs.  In  the  jointed  Tape-worms  {Tomia,  Bothriocq^hahis) 
the  sexual  organs  are  situated  in  every  joint,  only  the  anterior  more 
recent  joints  do  not  yet  indicate  them,  because  they  become  more 
perfectly  developed  in  proportion  as  the  joints  are  more  posterior. 
These  animals,  therefore,  during  their  growth  present  us  with  a 
successive  repetition  of  the  same  organisation.  Some  authors  think 
that  eveiy  individual  joint  is  to  be  considered  as  a  suctorial  worm, 
and  the  Tape-worm  as  a  compound  suctorial  worm.  The  sexual 
openings  are  situated  in  every  joint,  either  on  the  edge  or  in  the 
middle.  In  Bothriocephalus  lotus,  for  instance,  on  the  abdominal 
surface  of  the  body  there  is  a  fold  of  skin  in  the  middle  of  each 


1  AmphiiUma  triquHrum,  Bojanub  liit,  1B21,  truuferred  to  Sohmalz  TdlnU. 
Anatomiam  JBrUoeoar.  illuitr,  Dresda,  185 1,  Tab.  Tm.  figs.  7 — 9 ;  AmpkuUma  gigtm- 
teum,  DiEsnra  in  Wiener  AnntUen  i.  Tab.  xxii.  figs,  g,  14,  15. 

*  V.  81XBOLD  found  this  arrangement  in  many  apeeiei  of  JHiUma,  and  suspects  that 
it  oocun  in  all.  See  BuBXSiSTXB  on  Didotna  ghbiporum  in  WnOM.  Archiv,  i.  1835, 
B.  187 ;  V.  SiXBOLD,  ibid.  n.  1836,  s.  117,  Tab.  vi.,  and  in  Mubllbb's  ArMv.  1836, 
B.  S35 — 137,  IHstoma  noduloeum,  Tab.  z.  fig.  i. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INTESTINAL  WORMS.  169 

joint,  jet  nearer  the  anterior  edge,  with  two  openings :  through  the 
anterior  and  larger  the  penis  is  evolyed;  the  posterior  smaller 
is  the  female  sexual  opening:  round  both  of  them  are  minute 
white  points  which  Eschbicht^  concluded,  under  high  powers  of 
the  microscope,  to  be  follicles  (mucous  crypts  of  the  skin).  The 
eggs  of  Boihriocephalu8  have  a  hard  shell,  as  in  the  Distomes^  of  a 
brown  or  brownish-yellow  colour,  and  seem  like  them  to  spring 
open  with  a  sort  of  hood.  In  the  thorn-headed  and  round-worms 
the  sexes  are  distinct,  and  may  be  often  recognised  externally 
by  their  different  form  and  size.  In  the  thorn-headed  worms  the 
sexual  organs  iill  the  greater  part  of  the  cavity  of  the  body.  From 
the  sheath  that  surrounds  the  proboscis  there  runs  backward  in  the 
axis  of  the  body  a  band-like  structure,  which  has  been  erroneously 
supposed  to  be  a  canal,  but  which  lb  for  the  support  of  the  organs 
that  prepare  the  germ  or  the  seed  {Ugamentum  sutpeiwarium) ;  YoN 
SiEBOLD  supposes'  that  even  the  ovaries  are  developed  in  this  organ. 
These  ovaries  are  found  free  in  the  abdominal  cavity,  as  masses  of 
oblong-roimd  eggs :  the  eggs  become  detached  as  they  advance  in 
development.  The  muscular  oviduct  terminates  in  a  very  small 
opening,  scarcely  visible  at  the  posterior  part  of  the  body :  it  has  at 
its  anterior  extremity  an  infundibular  expansion  which  alternately 
widens  and  contracts,  and  takes  up  the  eggs  that  were  floating  freely 
in  the  cavity  of  the  body  and  moves  them  onwards*  to  the  oviduct. 
This  arrangement,  in  virtue  of  which  the  oviduct  opens  freely  into 
the  cavity  of  the  abdomen  and  is  not  an  immediate  continuation  of 
the  ovary,  is  found  in  most  vertebrates,  with  the  exception  of  the 
osseous  Fishes,  but  has  not  hitherto  been  observed  in  invertebrates 
except  in  Echinorhynclius.  In  male  thorn-headed  worms  there  are 
usually  two  testes  lying  one  behind  the  other.  The  penis  lies  in  a 
sac  having  a  conical  appendage  that  can  be  everted  from  the  body 
in  the  form  of  a  little  bell* 

Amongst  the  Thread-worms  the  males  are  less  frequent  than  the 
females :  they  are  smaller  and  more  slender,  and  may  frequently  be 


1  See  EflomnoHT  AnaU)mUck-pkiftioU>giK^  UiUermckungtn  uAer  die  Btdhruh 
eepkalen;  Act,  Acad,  Cam,  Leap.  Carol,  Nat,  Curia,  Vol.  ziz.  Snpplem.  n.  1840. 

*  VoK  SiSBOLD  m  Buboagh'b  Physiologie,  n.  b.  197.  See  »  figure  in  Buftow 
Bekinorhyncki  itrumori  Anatome,  Diss.  2jOotom.  Rogiomonti,  1836,  8yo.  &g,  ig.  fig.  6 ; 
oomp.  DujASDm  op.  cit.  p.  494,  PI.  vn.  fig.  7,  D  5.  {Bchinorhynehut  anlhwrit,  a  species 
from  the  freshwater  SaUinander). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


170  CLASS  V. 

recognised  by  their  curved  extremity  or  by  the  sexual  organ  exter- 
nally visible ;  this  penis  is  in  most  species  double,  in  Triooc^Aalus 
and  Trtchasoma  single.  The  organ  which  prepares  the  germ  or 
seed  has  the  form  of  a  slender  convoluted  canal.  It  is  single  in  the 
males :  in  the  females,  with  few  exceptions,  it  is  double.  These 
canals  are  of  great  length:  according  to  Cloquet,  in  the  male 
Ascaris  lumbrtootdes  when  quite  unravelled  it  measures  from  2^^ — 3 
feet,  and  in  the  female  each  of  them  measures  4 — 5  feet.  The  dif- 
ferent divisions  of  the  canal  may  be  considered  to  be  ovary  or  testis, 
and  vas  deferens  or  oviduct  with  lUertis.  The  terminal  portion  in 
the  female  is  distinguished  as  uterus  by  its  greater  circumference 
and  its  vigorous  peristaltic  motion.  A  very  wide,  longish  sao- 
shaped  structure  at  the  termination  of  the  canal  in  the  male  is  to  be 
considered  as  vesicula  seminalis.  The  external  sexual  opening  is,  in 
the  male,  always  situated  at  the  posterior  extremity  of  the  body ; 
in  the  female  ordinarily  further  forward,  and  in  some  species  in  the 
middle,  or  towards  the  anterior  extremity  ^  Non-sexual  Nematoids 
are  met  with* ;  Creplin  gives  it  as  a  general  rule  that  a  Nematoid 
living  in  a  perfectly  closed  cyst,  or  shut  up  on  every  side  by  a  mem- 
brane, never  has  sexual  organs.  It  has  been  suspected  tibat  these 
species  are  in  an  incomplete  state,  and  can  attain  their  perfect  deve- 
lopment only  in  other  localities*. 

We  here  approach  what,  until  very  recently,  was  one  of  the 
most  obscujre  problems  in  the  economy  of  the  Entozoa:  and 
MiESCHEB  was  fiilly  justified  in  his  remark  that  many  of  the 
observations  relating  to  their  development  are  riddles  of  Natural 
History*.  [With  respect  to  the  suctorial  worms  our  information  is 
in  fact  only  fragmentary :  yet  since  the  observations  refer  to  veiy 
different  periods  of  their  development  in  different  Trematodes,  we 
are  able  from  analogy  to  collect  a  tolerably  connected  history  of  the 
whole  process  in  any  one  of  the  class.]     It  is  well  known  that  the 


^  In  Ascaris  lumhric&idea,  these  parts  are  figured  in  the  work  of  Gloquet  already 
cited,  PI.  n.  figs.  8— TO,  PL  rv. 

•  Von  Sibbold,  Wibgm.  Arekivf,  Naturgtick,  w.  i.  1838,  s.  301—311 ;  GBXFLiir, 
ibid,  s.  373. 

'  M1B8OHEB,   however,  has  observed  OYaries  in  Fiiaria  PiteiMm,    Wisomakn's 
Archiv,  1 84 1,  II.  s.  301. 

*  F.  MiEBCHSB  JSeachreibuny  und   Uniersuchung  da  MonoMoma  h^ugum.   Basel, 
1838,  4to.  8.  14. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INTESTINAL  WORMS,  171 

Danish  zoologist  Muelles  classed  amongst  his  Infbsories  minute 
worms  with  tails,  to  which  he  gave  the  generic  name  of  Cercaria. 
The  aocnrate  observations  of  NrrzsCH  taught  us  to  define  the  genus 
more  completely,  and  supplied  a  lively  picture  of  the  form  and 
movements  of  a  worm  that  to  the  naked  eye  seems  like  a  moving 
point  ^.  He  compared  these  animals  to  Distomes  that  have  had  a 
tail-like  appendage  attached  to  them,  and  their  motions  to  those  of 
a  Vibrio:  each  of  these  structures,  the  body  and  the  tail,  had  a 
separate  motion :  when  the  body  moved  on  by  creeping  and  sucking 
the  tail  was  at  rest;  aad,  conversely,  when  the  tail  tmdulated rapidly 
it  forced  along  with  it  the  body,  which  seemed  now  to  have  no 
independent  motion  of  its  own.  NiTZSCH  further  saw  that  Cercarios 
cast  thdr  tail,  and  observed  in  Cercaria  ephemera  that  it  fixes 
itself,  covers  itself  with  a  shell  that  presently  hardens,  and  thus 
becomes,  as  it  were,  a  pupa.  Such  pup«  remain  unchanged  for 
months:  what  was  to  succeed  remained  m[iknown.  Afterwards 
similar  observations  were  made  by  others,  particularly  by  VoN 
Si£BOLD.  Steenstbup'  shewed  that  the  pupss  change  into  Di- 
stomes after  the  lapse  of  several  months.  Cercarice  live  as  parasites 
within  the  bodies  of  different  Molluscs,  as  Lymnasus  and  Flanorbis. 
Bnt  this  does  not  terminate  the  surprising  series  of  these  changes. 
CercaricB,  the  larvsB  of  Distomes,  do  not  arise  immediately  from  the 
eggs  of  these  last.  Within  the  above-named  Molluscs,  and  in  some 
others,  little  bags  of  an  oblong  form  {germ-pouches)  are  found,  in 
which  a  peculiar  organisation  and  motion  may  sometimes  be  traced, 
but  which  in  other  species  are  motionless,  and  contain  CercaricB  in 
a  more  or  less  advanced  state  of  development.  Considered  as  para- 
sites of  the  germ-pouches,  these  have  been  named  parasites  of  the 
second  order:  yet  they  are  not  parasites,  but  the  progeny  of  these 
vermiform  germ-pouches*.  How  these  last  originate  fix)m  the  young 
of  Distomes  has  not  been  absolutely  ascertained.  The  young  animals. 


1  C.  L.  NrrzaoH  BeUrag  zur  Ii^u»orienhmde,  Halle,  1817,  8yo. 

'  Stxbnbtbup  AUenvUion  of  Oeneration,  Translated  by  Bubk  for  Raj  Soc. 

'  BojAKUS,  who  diflcoyered  such  yermiform  germ-sacs  of  a  yellow  colour  in  lAm- 
fUguM  tUtgntUu,  named  them  Kin^s  ydlow  leomu;  Im,  iSiS,  s.  799.  The  celebrated 
y.  Baeb  published  many  similar  obseryations  in  Nov.  Act,  Cass.  L.  C,  Not,  Cur. 
VoL  xni.  P.  2,  pp.  605---659,  Taf.  xxxi. ;  as  also  the  €ftr-fiuned  inyestigator  of  the 
lower  animal  forms  V.  Siebold  in  Bubdacr'b  Phytiol,  2^  Ausgabe,  s.  186,  ftc. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


172  CLASS  V. 

that  proceed  from  eggs  of  Distomes,  move  rapidlj  hj  means  of 
cilia  with  which  their  body  is  covered  like  that  of  many  Infusories, 
In  such  a  young  animal  Yon  Sieblod  saw  in  Monostoma  mtUabile 
a  parasite  lodged  which  agreed  in  form  with  that  of  the  germ-pouch 
of  Cercaria  echinata,  [He  concludes  that  the  germ-pouch  is  thus 
shewn  to  be  the  descendant  of  a  Trematode.  The  Monostoma  mutor 
bile  is  a  parasite  of  water-birds  and  lives  in  cavities  of  their  body 
which  communicate  with  the  external  world.  K  a  MonoaUyma  mtU. 
has  produced  an  embiyo,  this  can  readily  escape  from  the  abode  of 
its  parent  into  the  water,  and  may  by  means  of  its  cilia  find  in- 
stinctively the  animal  suited  to  supply  a  fit  residence  for  the  further 
development  of  the  germ-sac  which  it  contains.  It  may  pass  into 
the  interior  of  that  animal  by  some  one  of  the  natural  openings. 
Having  now  ftilfilled  its  office  of  a  living  envelope  to  the  germ- 
pouch,  the  ciliated  embryo  will  die,  and  the  germ-pouch  seeks  by 
perforation  that  situation  within  the  body  of  its  host  which  is  suited 
to  its  further  growth,  and  to  the  supply  of  due  nutriment  for  the 
Cercariar-brood  which  it  contains.  The  greater  number  of  suctorial 
worms  are,  when  they  have  gained  their  sexual  organs,  parasites  of 
the  higher  vertebrates.  How  then  can  Cercaria  effect  an  entrance 
into  the  body  of  such  vertebrates  as  never  come  near  the  waters  in 
which  they  live?  VoN  Siebold  has  given  a  probable  answer  to 
this  enigma.  He  very  commonly  found  in  the  aquatic  larvae  of 
EphemeridcB,  PhryganidoB,  LtbeUultdce,  &c.,  as  well  as  in  the  perfect 
insects,  encysted  Cercartce  which  had  divested  themselves  of  their 
tail,  and  which  in  fact  were  larval  trematodes.  In  order  to  effect  a 
passive  migration  into  the  vertebrate  in  which  their  development  is 
to  be  completed,  they  must  wait  until  their  temporary  host  is 
swallowed  by  some  insectivorous  land  bird  or  mammal  ^]  Though 
there  still  remains  an  ample  field  for  conjecture  and  fancy,  thus 
much  may  be  concluded  from  the  observations  hitherto  made,  that 
in  these  animals  (as  in  Medusae,  vid.  pp.  100,  101)  a  succession  of 
alternate  generations  occurs :  that  the  first  series  does  not  resemble 
the  parent,  but  that  from  it  young  ones  proceed  which  return  to  the 
original  form.  The  germ-pouches  constitute  the  first  series,  the 
nurses  (nutrices) ;  they  are  the  starting-point  of  animals  to  be  bom  as 


*  Comp.  Von  Sibbold  Die  Band  u,  Bkuen-wOrmer,  Leipeig,  8vo.  1854,  pp.  21— 31. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INTESTINAL  WORMS.  173 

larvse,  CercaricB^  from  the  larval  state  to  be  changed  into  pnpsB,  and 
from  this  finally  to  become  Distomes^ 

Besides  these  changes  of  Distomes,  of  which  the  entire  series,  in 
its  chief  features  at  least,  has  been  investigated,  there  are  others 
relating  to  Tcenim  which  [until  lately]  were  only  observed  firag- 
mentaxily.  Such  was  that  of  Leblond,  who  found  in  the  peritoneum 
of  Murcena  conger  a  worm  enclosed  in  a  cyst  and  containing  a 
young  Tetrarhynchtis.  He  described  this  larva  of  Tetrarhynchtia  as  a 
species  of  Amphistoma  and  the  Tetrarhynchua  as  its  parasite*.  Mies- 
CHER  also  made  similar  observations.  Sometimes  the  successions  of 
development  appear  to  be  possible  only  on  change  of  abode.  The 
simple  LigidoB  of  fishes  are  found,  according  to  Budolphi,  in  birds 
that  feed  on  fishes  in  their  more  perfect  form  and  furnished  with 
developed  sexual  organs:  the  worms  of  th&  [supposed]  genus 
Soolex,  that  live  in  Fleuronectce,  are  probably  changed  in  the  bodies 
of  Kays  and  Sharks  into  Bothriocephalic  and  the  Bothriocephalus 
9olidu8y  that  lives  in  Qasterosteua  pungititiSy  is  changed,  according  to 
Abildgard*  and  Creplin,  into  the  Bothriocephalus  nodoaus  of  water- 
birds  {Merfftts,  Colymlms,  &c.),  which  feed  on  that  fish.  That  worms 
should  thus  continue  to  live  in  other  animals  becomes  less  surprising 
when  we  consider  their  tenaciousness  of  life;  Liguloe  have  been 
found  alive  in  under-cooked  fish ;  Rudolphi  found  individuals  of 
Ascaris  speculigera  stiff  and  hard  in  the  gullet  and  stomach  of  a 
Cormorant  that  had  been  kept  for  eleven  days  in  spirit  of  wine 
which  returned  to  life  in  warm  water :  and  MiRAM  saw  individuals 
of  Ascaris  acus  firom  the  Pike  dry  and  sticking  to  a  board  revived 
by  water,  and  in  some  instances  moving  a  part  which  had  imbibed 
the  fluid  whilst  the  rest  continued  shrivelled  up  and  adhering  im- 
moveably  to  the  board*. 

These  observations  prove,  by  the  way,  that  it  is  not  necessary 
to  have  recourse  to  equivocal  generation  in  all  cases  of  Entozoa 
where  their  existence  appears  to  be  inexplicable  by  the  ordinary 
mode  of  propagation. 

[Tape-worms  attain  their  full  development  and  mature  sexual 


^  See  SnsHSTBUF  AUematum  qf  CfmeraHon, 

'  Awn.  de»  8c.  nai.  aec.  S^rie.  Tom.  vi.  Zool.  pp.  289 — 195,  pi.  16,  f.  x- 

*  Rddolfhi  SnUuoor.  Hid.  Nat.  n.  P.  u.  pp.  60,  61. 

*  WnEOMAHs's  ArrMvf.  Noburgack.  1840,  I.  b.  35—37. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


174  CLASS  V. 

organs  only  in  the  intestinal  canal  of  vertebrate  animals:  when 
found  in  other  viscera  of  these  animals,  or  in  the  interior  of  inferior 
creatures,  they  are  always  immature.  The  ova,  however,  of  Tape- 
worms are  never  developed  in  the  intestine  of  the  animals  which 
harbour  the  parent  worm:  still  the  embryo  is  so  far  advanced  within 
the  ovom  contained  in  mature  joints  when  discharged  from  the 
intestine  that  its  form  may  be  distinguished.  In  all  instances  the 
armature  of  the  embryo  is  the  same,  however  different  it  may  be  in 
the  heads  of  fully  developed  worms  of  different  species.  Thus  the 
embryos  of  Tcmia  and  of  Bothriocephalus  have  both  of  them  six 
booklets,  though  the  head  of  a  developed  Tcmia  is  armed  with  a 
coronet  of  numerous  booklets  and  that  of  Bothriocephalus  is  unarmed. 
These  six  booklets  are  not  all  of  the  same  form :  the  pair  in  the 
middle  are  not  curved  at  the  extremity  like  the  others,  they  are 
straight,  very  finely  pointed,  thinner  throughout  and  also  longer 
than  the  other  four,  which  are  also  disposed  in  pairs.  The  middle 
pair  are  for  penetrating  soft  tissues,  and  the  rest  for  helping  the 
embryo  forward  when  it  has  once  penetrated  them.  Stein*  saw 
these  embryos  free  within  the  intestinal  canal  of  larvae  of  Tenebrio 
molitor  and  encysted  on  the  outside  of  the  canal,  and  justly  con- 
cluded that  the  latter  had  perforated  the  canal  from  the  interior, 
having  entered  by  the  mouth.  The  ftiture  tape-worm  does  not 
appear  to  arise  from  the  embryo  by  metamorphosis,  but  to  be  formed 
within  it  by  gemmation,  whilst  the  six  teeth  of  the  embryo  are 
rejected  when  they  have  performed  their  oflSce  and  are  found 
dispersed  on  its  outer  surface.  A  bud  is  seen  within  the  embryo, 
which  gradually  assumes  the  special  form  of  the  head  and  neck  of 
the  ftiture  Tape-worm.  As  the  development  proceeds  the  head  and 
neck  would  be  permanently  enclosed  within  the  embryo  in  which  it 
is  being  formed,  were  it  not  that  at  the  same  time  a  canal  from  the 
exterior  is  formed  around  them,  so  far  as  to  allow  the  head  and 
neck  to  be  produced  when  the  larva  is  freed  fix)m  its  cyst.  It  is 
then  found  that  the  neck  of  the  larva  is  continuous  with  the  body 
of  the  embryo,  which  forms  a  vesicle  at  its  extremity.  To  this  larva 
of  a  Toenia  the  name  of  Scolex,  proposed  by  Van  Beneden,  is  now 
appropriated  by  the  common  consent  of  Helminthologists.     K  now 


1  Stkin,  in  SiBBOLD  and  Koxllikeb's  Zeiitehr.  f.  wittetachaft,  ZooL  iv.  1853, 
8.  407. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INTESTINAL  WORMS.  175 

the  Scolex  can  gain  a  passive  migration  into  the  intestinal  canal  of 
an  animal  suitable  for  its  deyelopment,  that  development  will 
proceed;  the  vesicle  will  be  cast  off:  joints  will  be  formed  suc- 
cessively beneath  the  neck,  and  in  these  joints  the  genital  organs 
will  be  developed,  the  joints  first  formed,  or  nearest  the  posterior 
extremity  of  the  body,  being  the  first  to  become  mature.  Thus  the 
Scolex  is  changed  into  a  Tape-worm.  Many  naturalists  now  con- 
sider the  Taeniae  to  be  compound  animals,  (which  indeed  was  the 
opinion  long  ago  of  Yalisnieri  and  Coulet  and  afterwards  of 
Blumenbaoh,)  colonies,  like  certain  Polyps:  the  head  and  neck 
corresponding  to  the  Polyp-stock,  and  the  joints,  under  the  name  of 
Proghttis,  to  the  single  Polyps.  By  such  observations  as  these 
Von  Siebold  has  been  enabled  to  interpret  justly  those  of  Leblond 
and  Miescher  alluded  to  above.  The  Amphutoma  of  Leblond 
was  the  embryo  of  the  Tape-worm,  now  the  receptaculum  Soolecis^ 
the  Tetrarhynchus  the  Scolex  of  a  Rhyruxibothrius.  When  the 
minuteness  of  these  embryos  is  considered  (they  are  not  more  in 
volume  than  the  blood-disc  of  the  firog)  it  is  not  difficult,  as  Van 
Benedbn  ^  says,  to  comprehend  that  they  may  perforate  the  walls  of 
the  intestine  to  encyst  themselves  beneath  the  peritoneum,  or  to 
penetrate  the  vessels  and  distribute  themselves  with  the  blood  in 
different  viscera  of  the  body,  not  excepting  the  brain  itself,  or  the 
humours  of  the  eye.  Dr  Haubner  of  Dresden  caused  six  young 
lambs  to  swallow  the  living  and  mature  joints  of  Tamta  serraUu 
They  all  died  of  the  peculiar  vertiginous  disease  produced  by 
Ocenurus  cerebraUs.  The  Ckenm^/a  vesicles  were  found  in  the  brain, 
and  the  heart,  lungs,  and  voluntary  muscles  abounded  with  encysted 
broods  of  TcBnia^.  It  would  seem  from  this  that  the  different  forms 
of  Ocenurm  and  Gysiicercus  assumed  by  the  larva  depend  upon  the 
locality  occupied  by  the  embryos,  and  the  quantity  and  nature  of 
the  nutriment  which  they  obtain  there.  And  this  conclusion  is 
confirmed  by  the  previous  and  converse  experiments  of  Von  Sie- 
bold. On  causing  young  dogs  to  swallow  Oystic.  jnstformts  from 
the  liver  of  the  hare.  Cist  tenuicoUea  from  the  mesentery  of  the 
sheep,  Cist.  ceUulosa  from  the  muscles  of  the  swine,  Ccenurus  cere- 
hralta  fix)m  the  brain  of  the  sheep,  the  same  form  of  Tcenia^  viz. 


^  Vau  Bbhxdbh  Ann,  de$  Se,  tuUur.  Sdrie  m.  Zooloff.  Vol.  xx.  pp.  390,  331. 
'  Von  Sisbold  Band  u,  BUuen-wOrmer,  8yo.  Leipeig,  1854,  p.  106. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


176  CLASS  V. 

Tomta  serrataj  which  in  its  developed  state  resides  in  the  small 
intestine  of  the  dog,  was  found  in  all  cases.  The  experiments  were 
performed  so  frequently,  and  with  such  precautions  as  to  render  the 
results  incontestable\  The  cjst  is  a  secretion  of  the  infested  animal, 
and  derives  its  blood-vessels  from  it. 

There  is  reason  to  conclude  that  a  nervous  system  exists  in 
most  Entozoa.  In  Bothriocephalus  Blaxchard  describes  a  small 
ganglion  on  each  side  of  the  head  (probably  connected  by  a  trans- 
verse band),  which  sends  a  fine  thread  forwards  and  backwards ;  but 
he  was  not  able  to  detect  the  distribution  of  these*.]  No  nerves 
have  been  discovered  in  the  incomplete  cystic  forms.  In  Distomes, 
and  various  other  suctorial  worms,  two  small  ganglia  have  been 
seen  near  the  mouth,  which  are  united  by  a  transverse  band  that 
runs  over  the  oesophagus.  From  these  two  threads  arise  that  have 
a  parallel  course  through  the  body,  become  finer  backwards,  and 
give  off  some  lateral  branches'.  In  the  thorn-headed  worms  there 
is,  according  to  the  investigations  of  Von  Siebold,  in  different 
species  of  Ediinorhynchus^  a  nervous  mass  at  the  base  of  the  pro- 
boscis, from  whence  threads  radiate  in  all  directions,  whose  course 
is  not  easy  to  follow.  In  Pentastoma  a  large  nervous  ganglion  lies 
beneath  the  oesophagus,  from  which  a  nervous  ring  arises  that  runs 
transversely  above  the  oesophagus;  small  branches  go  from  the 
ganglion  to  the  muscles  of  the  mouth  and  the  surrounding  parts, 
and  two  threads  proceed  longitudinally,  one  on  each  side,  back- 
wards, giving  off  fine  branches,  and,  at  last,  losing  themselves  in 
the  muscular  tissue^.  In  Stranffylus gigaa  the  nervous  system  forms 
a  flattened  ring  round  the  commencement  of  the  oesophagus,  and  a 
string  running  backwards  in  the  middle  of  the  abdominal  surface, 
which  ends  in  a  ganglion  close  by  the  anus.  From  the  string  arise 
at  short  and  nearly  equal  distances  transverse  nervous  threads. 
Special  organs  of  sense  are  not  found  in  the  intestinal  worms,  with 


^  See  Band  u.  BUuen-w.  b.  8o — 95. 

>  Blanohabd  Ann,  de$  8c.  not.  30  S^rie,  Zool.  Vol.  XI.  pp.  113,  114^  Cuvieb 
^dU,  iUiu.  Zooph,  pi.  36.  fig.  id. 

*  MsHLis  Ofmrvat.  anat.  de  DiaUmate;  DiSBiNO  in  AmpMitoma  gigawtewn,  Wiener 
Amuden  i.  p.  146,  Tab.  xxn.  fig.  16,  kc. 

*  OwBN  TranMct.  of  the  Zool.  Soc.  i.  pi.  41.  fig.  13 ;  Todd  Cfytlop.  1.  L  p.  130, 
fig.  78  in  PenUutama  UenuMes;  Dibbino  Wiener  AnnaL.  i.  Tab.  il.  figs.  ^,  19,  in 
PenUuL  proboeeideum. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INTESTINAL  WORMS.  177 

the  exception  of  those  of  touch  about  the  mouth  in  certain  thread 
and  suctorial  worms,  such  as  threads,  papillae,  or  tentacles,  which 
can  he  extended  by  eversion. 

A  special  muscnlar  system  is  usually  present,  but  the  muscular 
fibres  are  not  always  united  into  bundles  to  form  distinct  muscles. 
In  the  suctorial  worms  the  muscular  fibres  in  their  entire  course  are 
completely  imited  and  interwoven  with  the  rest  of  the  mass  of  the 
body^.  In  the  tape-worms  fibres  are  visible  beneath  the  skin 
running  longitudinally.  In  the  thread  and  thomheaded-worms  two 
layers  of  muscular  fibres  may  be  distinguished  beneath  the  skin, 
the  one  longitudinal,  the  other  transverse.  The  proboscis  of  Echi- 
norhynchus  has  special  muscles  for  its  inversion  and  production. 

The  Trematodes  make  use  of  their  suckers,  especially  the  pos- 
terior, for  fixing  themselves.  Other  intestinal  worms  have  spines 
or  hooks  for  that  purpose,  which  are  movable,  and  often  possess 
considerable  hardness.  It  is  probable  that  these  hooks  cause  by 
their  irritation  an  increased  afflux  of  fluids,  whereby  the  nutrition 
of  the  worm  within  the  animal  that  harbours  it  is  £Eicilitated. 

Entozoa  are  inhabitants  of  very  different  classes  of  animals;  the 
most  numerous  are  the  species  which  occur  in  birds  and  fishes. 
Amongst  the  tape-worms  especially  are  genera,  which  are  found 
exclusively  or  principally  in  fishes ;  nearly  all  the  species  of  the 
genus  Bothriocephalus  occur  in  fishes;  of  Tcsnia,  on  the  other 
hand,  more  than  half  the  numerous  species  occur  in  birds,  very 
many  in  mammals,  in  fishes  very  few.  Of  the  genera  Distoma  and 
EcJiinorhynchvs  so  rich  in  species,  by  far  the  most  of  these  are  found 
in  fishes  and  birds.  The  genus  Cysticercus  appears  to  occur  almost 
exclusively  in  mammals,  as  also  Echinococcus  and  Ccenurus.  Of 
the  genus  Ascarut  all  the  classes  of  Vertebrates  have  many  species; 
of  Strongylus  especially  the  mammals.  The  four  genera,  Distoma^ 
Tcemay  Ascaris  and  Echinorhynchtis,  contain  the  greatest  number  of 
the  known  species  of  intestinal  worms,  especially  the  three  first. 
Entozoa  live  in  all  parts  of  the  body,  but  mostly  on  mucous  mem- 
branes, in  the  intestinal  canal  and  the  lungs.  Even  in  the  heart 
and  the  blood-vessels  some  species  occur. 


^  See  D1X8INO4  op.  dt.  Tab.  xxi.  figs.  4 — 8  in  Amphittoma  gigaiUeum, 
VOL.  I.  12 

Digitized  by  VjOOQ IC 


SYSTEMATIC 
AKKANGEMENT    OF    ENTOZOA. 


CLASS  V, 
ENTOZOA. 


Animals  mostly  elongate,  without  peculiar  organs  of  respira- 
tion, parasitic,  occurring  in  various  internal  parts  of  other  living 
animals,  sometimes  destitute  of  nervous  system,  or  having  a  nervous 
ring  surrounding  the  mouth  and  a  single  ventral  or  double  lateral 
cord. 

Order  I.     Sterehniniha  s.  Parenchymatasa, 

Intestinal  canal  wanting  in  some,  vascular  in  others,  surrounded 
hy  the  parenchyme  of  the  body. 

Family  !•  CesUndea.  Body  elongate,  depressed,  soft,  conti- 
nuous or  articulate.  Mouth  none;  head  usually  furnished  with 
fossettes  or  suctorial  oscules.     All  the  individuals  hermaphrodite. 

GaryophyUoBua  Gmel.,  Caryophyllua  Bloch.  Body  continuous 
(not  divided  into  segments),  depressed,  with  head  dilate,  lobate  or 
laciniate,  mutable. 

8p.  Oatyoph,  mulabtUs  Rud.,  FrUozoor,  HiM.  nai.  Tab.  vm.  figs.  i6 — 18, 
BSEMBBB,  Icon,  Hdmimth.  Tab.  xi.  figs,  i— 8 ;  this  spedes  liyes  in  fr«rii- 
water  fishes  (Cyprinui,  CobitU),  CaryopkyUceat  is  distinguished  from  the 
rest  of  the  tape-worms  by  the  oocurrenoe  of  the  genital  organs  only  once, 
whilst  in  the  rest^  on  the  contrary,  they  occur  repeatedly  behind  each  other 
in  the  length  of  the  body. 

Ltgula  Bloch.  Body  continuous,  depressed,  extremely  long, 
in  the  imperfect  state  with  neither  head  nor  genitals  conspicuous, 
with  a  median  or  two  lateral  furrows  nmning  lengthwise ;  in  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ENTOZOA.  179 

developed  state  with  head  fturnished  on  both  sides  with  an  ex- 
tremely simple  fossette,  and  with  single  or  double  rows  of  ovaries. 

Sp.  Liffula  sifRpUcimfna  Bbsmb.,  Icon.  Hdminik,  Tab.  xn.  fig.  i ;  in 
different  species  of  fresh-water  fishes  in  the  abdominal  cavity  (Patciola 
iniesHnalis  Jm,  Der  Jiiemenwilrm,  Fiaekrieme^  Strap-worm,  It  is  difficult 
in  this  state  to  distinguish  the  species:  in  Oifprinua  carataiui,  C&IPUN 
found  a  species  with  two  longitudinal  streaks,  Ligvla  digramma.  The 
Ligvke  met  with  in  birds  have  one  row  or  two  of  gemtal  organs :  Liffvla 
uniaerialit  RuD.,  Entoeoor.  Hid.  not.  Tab.  ix.  fig.  i.  [In  £tct  Lig.  gimpli- 
eimma  of  fishes  is  the  undeveloped  state  of  Lig.  sparta  or  Lig.  terialit  of 
water-fowls.    VoK  SiSBOLD  Band  u.  Bkuen-wi^rmer,  s.  41.] 

Bothrtocephalus  EuD.  Body  elongate,  depressed,  articulate. 
Head  somewhat  tumid,  oval  or  sub-quadrangular,  with  two  or  four 
opposite  hoihria  or  fossettes. 

Ck>mp.  F.  8.  LxuCKAST,  Zoologi$ehe  Brudulttkke  i.  Hefanstadt>  18 19, 
4to.  mit  1  Kupfert.  D.  F.  Ebchsicht  Anatomiiehrphgnolog,  Untenueh' 
ungen  fiber  die  Bolhrioc^Jialen,  mit  3  Kupfer.  1840,  4to.  (a  reprint  from 
the  Act.  Leop.  Carol.  Vol.  xix.  Supplem.) 
Sp.  Bothriocephahu  laiut  {Tcmia  lata  of  Authors).  Brxmsxr  Ueb,  leb. 
W&rmer,  Tib.  n.  f.  i — la,  the  hroad  Tape-worm;  this  species  lives  in  the 
small  intestines  of  man^  and  attains  sometimes  a  length  of  twenty  feet ;  it 
is  especially  met  with  in  Russia  and  Switzerland,  in  Germany  and  Holland 
less  frequently.    Gomp.  below,  on  T(mia  tolium, 

Bothriocephal.  punctatus  Bud.,  Lsuckast,  ZoqI,  BnichdOche  I.  Tab.  i. 
f.  j6,  Tab.  n.  fig.  40,  Ebchb.  1. 1.  Tab.  m.  figs.  18 — ^8 ;  in  the  Turbot  and 
other  species  of  Pleuroneetet,  and  in  other  marine  fishes,  especially  in 
Cottus  Korpio.  The  several  joints  are  multiplied  by  transverse  partition, 
just  as  a  multiplication  of  individuals  takes  place  in  Nait  by  growth.  The 
transverse  partition  commences  before  the  genital  organs  are  developed. 
The  young  animals  consist  of  a  head  and  a  small  number  only  of  joints. 
Probably  each  animal  performs  annually  a  determinate  circuit  of  develop- 
ment. When  it  has  cast  off  its  joints  mature  and  full  of  eggs  in  the 
sunmier  or  autumn,  new  joints  begin  to  grow ;  in  winter  no  eggs  are  found, 
and  even  occasionally  in  large  individuals  no  developed  genitals.  Probably 
a  similar  renewal  of  the  animal  occurs  also  in  BothriocepJudus  latut  (and  in 
Tmiia),  when  the  new  joints  are  developed  in  the  part  that  succeeds  the 
head,  the  so-called  neck,  which  becomes  marked  off  in  joints.  In  this 
way  may  be  explained  what  Esohbioht  observed  in  a  sufferer  from  Boikr. 
IcUuB,  that  amongst  the  pieces  cast  off,  the  subsequent  piece  did  not  fit  on 
to  that  which  had  preceded,  but  on  the  contrary  was  similar  to  it ;  narrower 
and  more  imperfect  joints  had  in  the  meantime  been  developed  into  broader. 

Sub"gen.  Schistocephahu  Cbepl.    Head  triangular,  obtuse,  bifid  at 
the  extremity. 

Sp.  Schidocephaliu  dimorphus,  Bothriocephaltu  solidtis,  Tania  gasteroitei 
Abildgard,  Shrirter  of  naturh.  SeUkabd  i.  1790,  Tab.  v.  fig.  I,  Bbbmbkr, 

12—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


180  CTASS  V. 

lean,  Hdm.  Tab.  xin.  f.  lo,  x  i ;  Lbuokabt^  L  I.  Tab.  n.  fig.  17,  (m  the  abdomi- 
nal cavity  (not  in,  but  on  the  outdde  of  the  intestinal  canal)  in  QoMerotUnu, 
In  water-fowls  this  worm  changes  its  form  and  is  then  named  Bothrioceph. 
nodomu:  [its  joints  and  genital  organs  become  gradually  developed  in  the 
intestinal  canal  of  its  new  host»  which  had  swallowed  and  digested  the 
fftuterotteut.    See  Yon  Subold,  Band  «.  Blatm^wQrmer,  s.  40.] 

Sub-geiL  TricBTiopluynis  Bub.  JointB  sub-indistinct;  head  bila- 
biate, armed  on  both  sides  with  two  tricuspid  hooks  (rpiatpa,  tridens). 
See  figures  in  Leuck.  L  L  Tab.  11.  £  34 — 36,  Bbeicseb  Icon.  Helm. 
Tab.m,  £4—16. 

Note, — Qenus  Scolex  Muell.  appears  to  be  founded  on  imperfect 
species  of  BtOhrwcephaU,  The  body  is  depressed,  continuous  as 
in  Ligulch  The  head  supplied  with  four  fossettes.  It  is  found  in 
marine  fishes,  especially  of  the  genus  Plewronectes, 

Tcenia  L.  (exclusive  of  many  species).  Body  elongate,  de- 
pressed, articulate.  Head  with  four  suctorial  oscules,  and  mostly 
with  a  Tostellum  median,  imperforate,  retractile,  armed  most  fre- 
quently with  a  coronet  of  booklets,  especially  in  the  young  state. 

Sp.  Tania  aoliwm  L.  Qn  part),  Bremssb,  Ueb.  leb.  WUrm.  Tab.  m.  f.  i— 14, 
GUIS.,  leonogr,,  Zooph.  PL  12,  f.  2,  Der  Kv/rbmrtlrm,  der  KeltenwUrtn, 
Ver  foUtotrs,  U  Tcenia  d  longB  antneamx.  It  is  a  mistake,  that  in  jthe  same 
person  only  one  worm  of  this  species  is  invariably  to  be  met  with,  as  the 
French  name  ver  solitaire  indicates.  This  species  Hycs  in  the  small 
intestine,  and  is  in  Holland,  Grermany,  and  England,  the  ordinary  and 
perhaps  the  only  species  of  this  family  which  oocors  in  the  hiunan  body. 
Only  very  few  cases  are  known  where  a  person  had  both  a  Tcenia  toliwn 
and  a  Sothrioc^phahis  latius\  These  two  tape-worms  are  distinguished  not 
by  the  head  alone,  but  also  by  the  greater  or  less  breadth  of  the  body.  In 
Tcenia  tolivm  the  middlemost  joints  are  longer  than  they  are  broad ; 
in  Bcthrioeephalue  lotus  the  joints  throughout  the  entire  body  have  more 
breadth  than  length,  and  in  the  middle  of  each  joint  are  two  apertures  of 
which  the  anterior  is  the  larger  and  more  readily  perceptible  ;  from  it  the 
penis  occasionally  hangs  everted ;  in  Tcenia  solium  the  apertures  are  at  the 
edge  of  the  joints  and  alternate  irregularly,  i.e.  they  are  situated  sometimes 
on  the  left,  sometimes  on  the  right  side,  without  determinate  order  of 
succession  {foramina  marginalia  vagi  altema).  Since  these  worms  are 
often  rejected  in  fragments  alone,  the  knowledge  of  these  characters  is  for 
the  Physician  not  without  interest. 


^  A  case  of  this  kind,  the  only  one  known  to  him,  is  given  by  Rudolfhi  Orundriss 
der  Physiol,  n.  1,  s.  139,  and  another  by  W.  VROLnt,  Bijdragen  tot  de  natwurh. 
Wetenseh.  m.  1828.  BoeUcbeschouving,  bl.  292. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ENTOZOA.  181 

For  the  anrangement  of  the  numerous  species  of  this  gentts,  Rudolfbi 
Availed  himself  slso  of  the  cfaarscter  of  the  hookkts  on  the  hesd,  sad 
distingnished  imtrma  and  orsMtfa.  But  sinoe  this  chsncter  is  inoonsCsnt^ 
and  many  of  the  mersief  of  Budolphi  have  hookkts  in  the  joimger  period 
of  their  life^,  it  cannot  be  reoommeDded  fior  this  purpose.  Among  the 
species  oocorring  in  our  domestic  animals  Taema  fUetia  BOD.,  Tcmia 
tMgna  Abildo.,  ZooL  dam.  Tab.  no,  fig.  i,  BuDfaiB,  /eon.  ffdtm.  Tkb.  2Y. 
fig.  I,  deserves  to  be  recorded  for  the  great  siae  of  its  tetngonal  head,  which 
surpasses  that  of  all  other  species.  It  Uves  in  the  small  intestine  of  the 
horse. 

Ditkrydium  Bud.  Unoertain  genua.  Ckonp.  Bimoi^Bi  Entotooor. 
Synopa.  p.  559,  YAUorcisinrBS  Ann.  des  Sc  not  de  EKrie,  n.  ZooL 
1844,  p.  24a  [Von  Siebold,  ibid.  YoL  xt.  p.  201,  aaya  it  Ib  ft  larval 
form  of  a  Tcmia  without  joints  and  sexual  oi^gana.] 

[RuDOiiPHi's  first  fiunilj  of  Eniozoa  is  not  included  in  the 
systematic  arrangement  of  the  daas  in  this  edition  of  the  Hand- 
book, because  it  has  been  satisfiMstorilj  proved  by  YoK  Siebold, 
Yak  BjENEDBir,  Dujabdih,  Blanchasd,  dkc.,  that  it  conaastB  of 
larval  forms  of  TcenioBy  usually  encysted  in  situations  unfitted  for 
their  further  development,  and  in  which  they  become  distended 
with  fluid.  But  from  the  great  interest  that  attaches  to  them  on 
account  of  their  occurrence  in  the  human  body  as  well  as  in  that  of 
other  vertebrates,  we  subjoin  the  description  of  them,  with  a 
reference  to  the  literature  contained  in  the  2nd  Edit  of  Yak  deb 
HoEVE3f  8  Handbook.'] 

Cystica.  Body  depressed  or  roundish,  terminating  posteriorly  in 
a  vesicle  fall  of  fluid  and  proper  to  individual  entozoa,  or  common  to 
several.  Sexnal  and  digestive  organs  none.  Head  furnished  with 
a  coronet  of  booklets  and  four  suctorial  oscules. 

Comp.  on  cystic  worms,  Ad.  Tbghudi,  Die  BUuen-wHrmer.  Sin  numO' 
graphiaeher  Vertueh,    Freibuig  im  Breisgau,  1837,  4to.  mit  3  Kupfert. 

Echtnococ(m8  RuD*  Vesicle  either  single  or  enclosed  in  an  ex- 
ternal capsule  formed  by  the  organ  in  which  it  is  contained.  On 
the  interior  surface  are  set  many  entozoa,  extremely  minute,  resem- 
bling a  grain  of  sand,  with  body  obovate. 

Worms  in  this  state  have  been  ordinarily  named  Hydatids^  a  name 
which  has  also  been  extended  to  the  rest  of  the  cystic  worms 
indiscriminately,  as  well  as  to  serous  vesicles,  the  consequence 
of  a  morbid  nutrition,  that  contain  no  intestinal  woi*ms.     Laennec 


Digitized  by 


Google 


182  CLASS  V. 

named  these  pathological  prodacte  and  BMnocoeeua  also  Acephalo- 
cystea. 

True  echinococd  propagate  themselves  hj  means  of  cells  or  vesicles 
within  the  parent  vesicle.  This  last  consists  of  several  concentric, 
thin,  albuminous  layers ;  see  Yon  Siebold's  figure  in  Yogel  Icon, 
EistologicB  paifiologicoB,  Tab.  xiL  fig.  11.  Frequently  the  worms  die 
in  the  living  body  and  the  vesicles  are  changed  into  a  gelatinous, 
yellow-green  mass. 

Comp.  Rendtobff  de  Hydatidihu$  in  corpore  humane,  pneserHm  in 
certbro  repertia,  Berolini,  i%2i,  8to.  ;  Kuhk  RecherekeB  aur  la  AcSphaJUh 
cyateB,  M6m.  de  la  Soe,  dPHist.  not.  de  SlroAourg,  i.  2,  (1833) ;  ^^  trans- 
ferred to  the  Ann,  det  Sc,  not,  Tom.  xxix.  pp.  173 — 300.  (The  Author 
distinguishes  AcepluUocysUa  endogena  and  A.  exogena;  some  Echinococd 
appeared  to  multiply  themselves  by  forming  new  yesicles  on  the  outside  of 
the  parent  vesicles ;  such  vesides,  he  says,  occur,  especially  in  the  sheep,  in 
the  lungs  and  liver ;  VoN  SiBBOLD  has  not  remarked  this  mode  of  propaga- 
tion ;  WiBOM.  and  Ebiohsok's  AnMv  /.  NalurgcMch,  1845,  2  Bd.  s.  241.) 
Glugb  Note  8wr  la  atructure  nUcrotcopique  de$  Hydatidea,  BuUd.  de 
VAcad.  roycUe  de  JBnmeUea,  4  Nov.  1838,  Ann.  dea  Se,  naL  ae  S^rie, 
Tom.  vm.  Zool,  pp.  314 — 317. 

Sp.  Echinococctta  erratieua  mihi,  Eehinoeoecua  veterinorum  Run.,  Hiat,  not. 
Entoi.  Tab.  xi.  fig.  4,  Bbsksbb,  Icon.  Hdminih,  Tab.  xvm.  figs.  3 — 13; 
in  many  domestic  animals,  especially  in  their  liver.  The  Echinococeua 
hominia  Run.,  is  probably  not  a  different  spedes  from  this.  It  has  been 
met  with  in  the  abdominal  cavity,  in  the  liver,  in  the  heart,  also  in  the 
voluntary  musdes,  and  in  the  cavities  of  the  brain  {ventriaUi  cerd>n), 

Ccenurus  KuD.  Vesicle  single,  on  which  are  seated  several 
worms,  retractile,  depressed,  rugose. 

Sp.  Comurua  cerebrcUia  Run.,  Bial.  not.  Eniozoor.  Tab.  xi.  fig.  3,  Bbemseb, 
Icon.  Jffdminth.  Tab.  xvin.  figs,  i,  7.  There  is  only  one  species  known, 
which  occurs  in  the  brain  and  spinal  cord  of  sheep,  occasionally  also  in 
cattle,  in  a  species  of  antelope,  and  according  to  Roubsbau  in  rabbits. 
The  Vertigo  of  aheep  (le  toumia,  daa  Drehen)  is  a  consequence  of  these 
worms ;  the  symptoms  vary  according  to  the  situation  occupied  by  the 
worms ;  the  general  characters  of  the  disease  are,  that  the  sheep  at  first  are 
somnolent,  then  &11  into  convulsions,  run  up  and  down  and  die  of  exhaus- 
tion. The  vesicles,  filled  with  water,  by  their  expansion  compress  the 
brain  and  distend  the  ventricles,  and  this  sometimes  to  such  an  extent,  that 
the  bones  of  the  skull  are  affected  and  become  extremely  thin. 

Gyaticercua  RuD.  Worm  solitary  with  depressed  and  roundish 
body  passing  into  a  caudal  vesicle.  Another  vesicle  external,  in- 
cluding the  worm. 

Sp.  Cyaticercua  edhdotcB  Run..  Hydatia  finna  Blumenb.  Abb.  naturhiat. 
Oegenatdnde,  Tab.  39   (copied  in  Gui^  Iconogr.  Zooph.   PL  13,  fig.  5), 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ENTOZOA.  183 

Brkmbsb  Ueb,  Ub,  WUrm,  Tab.  iv.  figs.  i8 — 46.  In  man,  in  oxen, 
and  espedally  in  domesticated  swine,  in  which  this  worm  sometimes  occurs 
in  great  numbers,  and  even  in  the  heart  and  eyes  (SflUCMlBBUro  found  this 
species  once  in  the  anterior  chamber  of  the  eye  in  man  :  since  then  it  has 
been  met  with  a  few  times  in  the  eo^juncUva) ;  mostly  in  the  muscles  of 
▼olnntary  motion,  sometimes  in  the  brain  ^. 

Chfslicercus  faaeiolaris  RuD.  EnUn.  ffiat,  nai.  Tab.  xi.  fig.  i,  Bbbmbbs 
Icon.  Tib.  rvii.  figs.  3 — 9 ;  this  species  lives  in  the  liver  of  rodents, 
especially  of  mice  and  rats.  The  jointed  body  is  very  long  and  the  vesicle 
at  its  extremity  small,  so  that  the  entire  worm  has  the  appearance  of 
a  Taenia.  It  has  been  surmised,  that  the  Tania  cramcMs  of  cats  proceeds 
from  the  cffgtuxrctu /(uciolaris  of  rats. 

Note. — The  body  which  Sulzeb  described  as  an  ErUozoon  and 
named  IHtrctchyceras  rude  (IHceras  Rubolphi),  preyiously  placed 
amongst  the  cystica  and  then  amongst  the  anthocephala,  is  nothing 
else  than  a  carpel  of  Moras  nigra,  macerated  and  deprived  of  its 
colour  by  the  action  of  digestion. 

Tetrarhynchus  B.UD.  ( Gymnorhynchtis  ejosd. ;  Anihocephalus 
ejusd. ;  Flcricepa  Cuv. ;  Rhyncobothriua  Blainv.,  Dujard.)  Head 
bilobed,  emitting  four  uncinate  proboscides. 

a)  With  body  articulate.  (Species  of  BothriocephctltbS  Bud., 
Bhyneobotkriua  Dujard. 

Sp.  Tdrarhynchut  paleaeetu,  Bcthrioc.  iMcep%  LsuoK.  op.  cit.  Tab.  i.  fig.  i ; 
Tdrarh.  hicolor,  Bcthrioc.  bicolor  KoBDM.  Microgr.  BeUr.  i.  Tab.  vn. 
figs.  6—10,  &c. 

h)     With  body  continuous,  elongate  (Vymrwrhynchva  RuD.) 

Sp.  Tetrarhynchut  reptans,  ScciUx  gigas  CuY.,  Bbehs.  Icon.  Hdm.  Tab.  XI. 
figs.  10 — 13,  Tab.  xvn.  figs,  i,  1. 

c)  With  body  short,  clavate,  supplied  with  two  bipartite  both/ria 
{Tetrarhynchus  RuD.) 

Sp.  Tararhynchtu  megaeephalut  Bud.  Entoxoor,  Syn.  Tab.  n.  figs.  7,  8  ; 
TOrarh.  diicophortu  Bbbms.  Icon.  Hdminih.  Tab.  xi.  figs.  14,  15,  &c. 

d)  With  body  terminated  posteriorly  by  a  bladder,  and  in- 
cluded in  a  cyst  {ArUhocephaikLs  RuD.,  Floriceps  Cuv.) 

1^.  Anithoceph.  dongaku  Our.  R.  Ani.  {<6dit,  I.)  PI.  xv.  figs,  i,  2,  Bud.  ErUO" 
zoor.  Syn.  Tab.  ni.  figs.  12 — 17,  Bothrioeeph.  pcOulua  Lbuok.  LI.  Tab.  11. 
figs.  29,  30.     Lives  in  the  mesentery  of  AgathorUem  mola. 


^  Comp.  I.  C.  Stbdybuoh,  De  Tcenta  hydatigena  anomdla.  Erlangie,  1801,  8. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


184  CLASS   V* 

[Note, — The  different  species  of  T^cvrhynchus  are,  according  to 
Y.  SiEBOLD,  nothing  else  than  imperfect  and  sexless  forms  of  tape- 
worms, which  in  the  perfect  and  developed  condition  belong  to  the 
genus  RhyTicchothriua  of  Rudolphi.  These  last  are  found  only  in 
the  intestinal  canal  of  Bays  and  Sharks.  The  embryos  of  Bhynco- 
hothrii  make  use  of  the  bodies  of  other  marine  animals  on  which 
Bays  and  Sharks  feed,  as  a  temporary  residence,  until  they  attain 
to  the  intestinal  canal  of  the  latter  by  being  swallowed  together 
with  their  host.  Such  animals  are  Flat-fish,  the  Turbot,  Barbel, 
Haddock,  Gurnard,  Conger-eel,  Sepia ;  in  all  of  which  young  Tetror 
rhynchi  have  been  found.  That  in  such  situations  they  find  only 
a  temporary  abode  is  proved  by  their  being  so  frequently  encysted, 
and  by  their  restless  state,  for  they  perforate  the  flesh,  the  walls  of 
the  stomach,  and  the  substance  of  the  difierent  organs,  digging  and 
boring  with  their  four  proboscides  that  can  be  forced  in  and  out, 
and  are  covered  with  innumerable  recurved  booklets.  Von  Siebold 
Band  und  Blasen-tounner,  pp.  43,  44.] 

Family  II.  Acanthocephala.  Body  utricular,  roundish,  marked 
with  transverse  rugae.  Mouth  none ;  probosciB  retractile,  covered 
with  recurved  hooks.     Sexes  distinct. 

Uchinorhynckus  MuELL,,  EuD. 

Spiny-anouted  worm.  This  genus  (the  only  one  of  the  family 
and  of  which  the  characters,  therefore,  coincide  with  those  of  the 
family)  abounds  in  species  which  occur  especially  in  the  intestinal 
canal  of  vertebrate  animals  (mostly  of  birds  and  fishes). 

The  largest  species  lives  in  the  small  intesiiiie  of  the  wild  and  tame  hog, 
Echinorh.  gigaa  Gloqubt  AncBt,  de$  vers  inlestinavXf  PL  5 — 8,  Brimskb 
Icon.  Hdm,  Tab.  vi.  figs,  i — 4.  See  for  the  anatomy  Cloqubt's  work ; 
comp.  Busow  Echinorkifnchi  Hrumosi  Anatome,  Dm,  Zootam,  Begiomonti, 
1836,  8vo.  This  Echinorh,  Btrwmotua  lives  in  the  small  intestine  of 
different  species  of  Phoca, 

Family  HI.  Trematoda.  Body  depressed  or  roundish,  soil. 
Suctorial  pores.  Mouth  distinct;  nutrient  canal  divided,  mostly 
ramose.     All  the  individuals  hermaphrodite. 

Distoma  Retz.,  Zed.  {Fasciola  L.  in  part).  Body  soft,  depressed 
or  roundish.  Two  suctorial  acetabula ;  one  terminal  anterior,  with 
perforated  base  leading  to  the  mouth,  the  other  ventral,  situated  not 
far  from  the  former,  impervious. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ENTOZOA.  185 

Sp.  DUloma  kepaHatm,  and  DitUma  laneeolatum  MiHL.  PoBciola  k^paiiea  L., 
Bbembeb  Ud>.  Ub,  Wirmer,  Tib.  vr.  figs.  1 1 — 14,  Mbhub  Obaervai.  anat. 
de  JHdomate  hepatico  H  lameeolato,  Gk>ttmg»y  1835,  foL ;  the  Uver^worm, 
JUJx,  la  douve,  Ltherwwrm,  Sckac^fwurm,  oocutb  in  the  gall-bladder  of 
man,  but  more  frequently  in  ruminating  animalB,  the  ox,  the  deer,  and 
especially  the  aheep.  (MsHUS  has  shewn  that  here  two  species  have  been 
confounded ;  the  worm  figured  by  Brkmbbb,  op.  dt.,  is  Dittama  laneeolatum.) 

DuU,  globiporum  Bud.  in  different  species  of  the  genus  Cfj/prinus.  Gomp. 
H.  BuBMBiSTEB  in  WaaMAJB[ii*6  Arckiv.  1835,  n.  s.  187 ;  Y.  Subold,  ibid, 
1836,  I.  s.  917—133,  T^b.  Yl. ;  Ditt.  appendiculaium  Rin>.  EnUm.  Hid,  %ai. 
Tab.  Y.  f.  I,  4  ;  Matbb  Bekr&ge  zur  AruU.  der  BtUoz.  1841,  pp.  18,  19;  in 
the  intestines  of  Clupea  aloaa,  &c. 

Dutotna  BerogsWihL,  in  Ebichson'b  Arehiv.  1844,  s.  343—345,  Taf.  10, 
figs.  10—13. 

Dtplostomum  NoRDM.  Body  soft,  depressed,  oval  or  roundish, 
elongate.  Month  anterior,  elliptic ;  suctorial  acetabula  two  ventral, 
the  anterior  the  smaller,  situated  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  body. 
(Small  animals  living  gregariously  in  the  eye  of  fishes.) 

Sp.  IHploat.  voheru  Nobdm .  Mikrogr,  BeUr,  i.  Tab.  n. ;  found  by  NosDM ANN 
in  the  vitreous  humour  and  in  the  lens  of  different  fresh-water  fishes  (Perea 
JluviatUis,  Chidus  hta,  &c.)  It  may  be  the  cause  of  a  species  of  Cataract ; 
see  the  figures  at  Tab.  i.  figs,  i,  1. 

lifote, — Genus  Cercaria  Muell.  (comp.  above,  p.  171,)  contains 
larvBB  of  DistomcUcb.  Similar  larvae  of  TremcUoda  have  caused  the 
formation  of  other  genera  by  authors.  Here  are  to  be  referred 
Bucephaltis  Y.  Baeb,  and  LeucoMoriditim  Cab. 

Amphigtoma  RuD.    {Sirigea  Abildg.)      Body  soft,  roundish. 

Single  anterior  and  posterior  pore. 

Comp.  C.  M.  D1K8INO  Monographie  der  Cfatkmgm  Amphtdoma  and 
Diplodiscus,  Ann.  da  Wiener  Mutetuns,  I,  1836,  pp.  435 — 260 ;  also  his 
Nachtrag  zwr  Monographie  der  AmphiBtomen,  ibid.  u.  1839,  ^  ^35 — ^5^< 

Genera  ffohstamum  Nitzsoh,  DipU>discu8  Dies. 

Sp.  Amph.  comtOwm  RuD.  JEnt.  Hid.  not.  Tab.  y.  figs,  i—y,  (H<^odomum), 
in  the  intee^uea  of  Charadriuspluvialia;  most  of  the  species  of  Amphidoma, 
particularly  of  the  sub-genus  Holodonmm,  live  in  birds ;  Amph.  tuhdavatum 
{Diplodiscut  nibelamdus  Dnss.),  Bbehsbb  Icon.  Hdm.  Tab.  Yin.  figs.  30,  31, 
Dn»iNG  Wiener  Awn.  i.  Tab.  xxiv.  f.  19—249  u  fi^m  the  intestine  of  iZana 
and  £ufo;  Amph.  conicum  Muell.  NcAwforacherXTLiL  Tab.  in.  f.  ii,  DiE- 
SINO  ].  1.  Tab.  zxiii.  figs.  T — 4,  is  from  the  paunch  of  the  ox  and  other  rumi- 
nating animals  ;  comp.  Lauser  De  Amphidomate  conico,  Gryphise,  1831. 

Monosioma  Zed.,  Rud,  {Festucaria  Schrank,  Cuv.)  Body 
soft,  roundish  or  depressed.  Single  anterior  pore,  aperture  inferior 
or  anterior. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


186  CLASS  V. 

Sp.  MonoftomafaJba  Sobmalz  Tab,  anatomiam  eMtotiocr,  iUudr.  1831,  Tab.  vi., 
M1E8OHIB  Betekrab,  und  UrOermtch.  der  MonotUma  hijugum,  1838,  4to. 
In  some  species  of  the  genus  Fringilla  this  Eniozoan  has  been  found 
oocaaionally  in  membraneous  sacs  immediately  beneath  the  skin,  usuallj  of 
the  abdomen,  back,  or  even  of  the  thig^  and  resembling  round  ebistic 
tum<mra  of  the  size  of  a  pea.  In  every  sac  lie  two  worms  (of  the  length 
of  I J  or  2  Hues,  and  of  the  same  breadth)  in  a  little  fluid.  Monott.  plieatum 
CssPLiH,  Nov,  Act,  Acad,  Ccu.  Leap,  Car,  xiv.  9,  1839,  Tab.  52,  in  the 
BaL  roatrata,  &c. 

Aspidogaater  Y,  Bazb. 

Tnstoma  Cuv.,  KuD.  {Capsala  BOSC,  Phyllim  Oken,  Nitzschia 
V.  Baer).  Body  depressed.  Mouth  anterior  between  two  acetabula 
simple,  marginal ;  third  acetabulum  posterior,  large,  circular,  and 
marked  internally  with  projecting  lines ;  these  are  disposed  fre- 
quently in  the  form  of  a  wheel  or  a  star. 

Comp.  D1E8IKG  Nov,  Act,  Acad,  Leop.  Car,  Tom.  xvin.  i.  Tab.  i.  (and 
in  French  M&nographie  du  ffcnre  Trittoma,  Ann,  det  Sc,  not.  ie  S^rie,  ex. 
Zool.  1838,  pp.  77 — 89,  PL  l)  These  worms  live  on  the  gills  or  on  the 
skin  of  different  fishes,  and  thus  are  not  entozoa  in  the  proper  sense  of  the 
term,  but  rather  external  parasites.  Sp.  Tridoma  coccineum  Cuv;  Jt,  ArU, 
181 7,  PI.  xv.  fig.  3,  RuDOLPHi  Entozoor.  Synopt,  Tab.  i.  figs.  7,  8,  Bbbmssb 
Icon.  Bdm.  Tab.X.  figs.  12,  13,  on  the  gills  of  Ortha^oritcut  mola  and  other 
fishes.  Tritl,  mactdatum  RuD.  Voyage  de  LA  Pebouss  17.  pp.  79,  80, 
PL  50,  figs.  4,  5,  on  a  species  of  Diodon  of  CaHfomia. — TrUioma  kamaitum 
Rathkb,  Hirvdo  hippoglotii  Mubll.,  Bast.  Natuurk.  UUtp.  n.  Tab.  Yin. 
fkg.  XI.  p.  154,  Zocl,  danica,  Tab.  54,  figs,  i — \  {ynfri^,  G.  Johnston  Ann. 
of  Nai,  HiM.  I.  1838,  p.  431,  PL  xv.  figs,  i — 3,  Rathkb  Nov,  Act.  Acad. 
Leop,  Car,  IX,  1843,  Beiirage  tur  Fauna  Noneegen's,  pp.  a 38 — 24a, 
Tab.  XII.  figs.  9 — 1 1 ;  on  the  Halibut,  &o. 

Polystoma  RuD.  Body  roundish  or  depressed,  narrowed  for- 
wards, with  terminal  mouth ;  in  the  posterior  dilated  portion  fur- 
nished with  six  acetabula  muscular,  supported  by  horny  parts, 
uncinate. 

Genera  ffexaootyle  De  la  Roche,  ffeocabothrvum  NoBDMAim. 

Sp.   Polyttoma  integerrimum  Bjtd.,  Bbems.  Icon,  Hdminih,  Tab.  x.  figs.  25, 
26 ;  the  urinary  bladder  of  the  frog,  &c. 

Note. — Genus  Diplobothrium  Leuck.  (Sp.  Diplohothr,  amuUum  in 
the  gills  of  Acipenaer  stellatus)  is  said  to  differ  from  Polystoma  by 
its  six  (mterioT  acetabtUa;  comp.  Leuckabt  Zoologische  BruchetUcke 
III.  Freiburg,  1842,  4to.  pp.  13 — 18,  Tab.  i.  fig.  6.  Nordmann  con- 
siders these  acetabula  to  be  posterior,  and  does  not  separate  the 
species  from  the  Polystomata,  but  calls  it  ffexacotyle  elegans;  La 
Marcr  ffiat  not.  des  ani  a,  v.  2e  6dit.  iii.  1840,  p.  600. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ENTOZOA.  187 

Octobotkrtum  Leuck.  {McLzocraes  Herm.,  OctOBUma  Kuhn). 
Body  soft,  elongate,  depieBsed,  fonushed  posteriorly  on  each  side 
with  four  bivalve  acetabula.  Mouth  anterior,  simple.  (Mostly  two 
anterior  acetabula  lateral,  small.) 

Comp.  HsBMANN  Naturform^er  xvn.  178a,  pp.  180 — 181,  Tab.  iv. 
figs.  13 — 15  ;  Leuckabt  Brevet  animal.  Deter.  Heidelb.  1828^  p.  18,  Zool, 
BruehMUeke  ni.  1842,  pp.  18 — 33,  Kuhn  Deteripticn  d*un  nouveau  genre 
de  Vordre  det  Douvet,  Mim.  du  MutSum  xvm.  1829,  pp.  357 — 362.  PL  1 7  biB. 

These  species  live  od  the  gills  of  fishes.  The  most  commoa  is  the  species 
that  lives  on  the  shad  {Clupea  alota  L.)  :  Octobothrium  lanceolatum  Leuck., 
Brevet  anim.  Deter.  Tib.  i,  fig.  7  a,  5,  Kuhn  Mim.  da  Mut.  1. 1.  figs,  i — 3, 
Matsb  BeUr.  zwr  Anat.  der  Bnioz.  pp.  19 — 25,  Tab.  ui.  figs.  i. — x. 

Diplozoon  NoRDM.  Body  cruciate,  as  though  formed  of  two 
worms  adhering  together.  Posteriorly  four  prehensile  organs  (suc- 
torial acetabula)  adhere  to  each  limb  on  both  sides,  set  upon  a 
common  disc. 

Sp.  Diplotoon  paradamtm  NoBDif.  Mikrogr.  BeU.  i.  Tab.  v.  vi.  (and  Ann, 
det  Se.  not.  Tom.  xxx.  PL  20).  This  singular  animal  was  discovered  by 
KoBOMANN  on  the  gills  of  the  Bream  {Cyprinut  Irama) ;  it  is  3 — 5  lines 
long,  and  presents  a  body  as  if  two  specimens  of  Octobothrium  had  grown 
together  in  the  middle,  like  the  Siamese  twins.  Other  obseryers  also  have 
met  with  this  animal  on  the  gills  of  other  species  of  the  genus  Oyprinut. 
DuJASDiN  found  very  small  entoeoa  on  the  gills  which  resembled  a  half 
Diplozoon,  and  formed  thereof  the  genus  Diporpa;  he  leaves  it  undeter- 
mined whether  they  are  young  and  separate  individuals  of  Diplozoon. 
[This  question  has  been  determined  in  the  affirmative  by  V.  Sixbold.  He 
discovered  in  the  middle  of  the  posterior  portion  of  the  body  two  slender 
booklets  which  had  been  overlooked  by  Dujardht  in  Diporpa  and  by 
NoBDMAKN  in  Diplozoon :  they  are  bent  back  at  an  acute  angle.  Diporpa 
is  without  sex,  and  always  much  smaller  than  Diplozoon;  it  has,  moreover, 
behind  the  middle  of  the  body,  at  that  part  where  the  two  bodies  of 
Diplozoon  coalesce,  a  sucker.  The  prehensile  organs  are  much  simpler  in 
Diporpa  than  in  Diplozoon;  but  SiXBOLD  found  instances  of  every  inter- 
mediate  stage  of  complexity  in  them  in  different  pairs  of  Diporpa  which 
had  coalesced,  so  that  in  some  the  resemblance  to  Diplozoon  was  in  aU 
respects  exact.  After  this  conjugation  or  copulation,  the  generative  organs 
appear  in  the  united  individuals,  and  eggs  are  produced.  See  0.  Th.  V. 
Sebbold  Ueber  die  Conjugation  det  ZHplozoon  paradoxum,  nebtt  Bemerhungen 
ud>er  die  Conjugatumt-Proeett  der  Protozoen,  In  Zeittch.  fUr  Wittenteh, 
Zoologie,  in.  185 1,  pp.  6a— 68.] 

The  motion  of  fluid  which  Nobdm ANN  thought  he  perceived  in  the 
vessels  and  their  branches  (in  each  half  of  the  animal  there  are  on  each  side 
two  principal  stems)  is  according  to  later  investigations  to  be  ascribed  to 
vibratile  dlia  which  exist  on  the  inner  surface  of  these  vessels  and  produce 
the  appearance  of  a  very  rapid  current.  (Ehbenbxbo,  Wieghann's 
Arekiv.  1835,  ii.  s.  118,  Mayer  Beitr»  z.  Anat,  der  Entoz.  s.  93,  14. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


188  CLASS  v. 

Note, — Doubtful  genera:  Gyrodactyhia  Nobdil,  Mikrogr.  Beitr, 
I.  p.  195,  Hedocotyhia  Cuv.  Arm.  dee  So.  not  Tom.  xtiil  1829,  p. 
147,  Tab.  XL  A,  Fhcsnicu/nu  Rud.  {Vertunmtts  Otto,  Nov.  Act, 
Acad.  Leop.  Car.  xl  2,  p.  294,  Tab.  xll  fig.  1).  Comp.  Dujabdin 
Hist  Nat  des  Hdminthes,  pp.  480—482,  and  640. 

Order  II.     CoRlelmtntha  s.  Utrtctdaria. 

Entozoa  with  nutrient  canal  suspended  in  a  distinct  abdominal 
cavity,  supplied  with  mouth  and  anus.     Sexes  distinct. 

Family  IV.  Nematotdea.  Body  round,  elastic,  often  attenuated, 
filiform. 

Phalanx  I.  Acanthotheca  DiESiNG.  Mouth  inferior  between 
two  pores  on  each  side  which  emit  a  single  or  double  booklet. 
Body  roundish  or  depressed,  transyersely  annulate. 

Pentastoma  BuD.,  Linguatula  Frcelich,  Lam. 

The  worms  of  this  genus  were  arranged  by  Rudolphi  with  the 
TrerruUcda,  but  they  differ  from  these  by  their  internal  structure ; 
in  external  form  some  species  resemble  the  Geatoidea;  they  form  a 
small  group  which  ought  to  be  separated  from  the  pi*oper  Nematoidea, 
but  still  belongs  to  the  Codebnintha.  Comp.  on  this  genus  G.  M. 
DiESiNG  VeraiLch  einer  Monographie  der  GaUung  Fentaatom^jt,  An- 
nalen  des  Wiener  Museums  l  1835,  &  1 — 32,  Tab.  l — iv. 

Sp.  PenUutoma  tcmioldeB  RuD.,  LinguaMa  toenioldet  tiAM.,  Cuv.,  OwsK, 
RUD.  JSrUozoor.  Hid.  naJt.  Tab.  xii.  figs.  8 — 1 1,  Bbeksbb  Icon.  Hdm.  T^b.  z. 
figs.  14—16,  DuESiNa  L  1.  Tab.  m.  figs.  1—5,  Owsn  Tra/M.  of  Zocl.  80c.  i. 
4.  1835,  pp.  3^5 — 330.  PL  4,  f.  10 — 16,  MiRAM,  Beilrag  zu  einer  Anaiomie 
de$  Pent,  keniotd.  Nov.  Act.  Acad.  Ocn.  Leop.  Car.  Tom.  xvn.  1835,  pp. 
623 — 646,  Tab.  46,  Ann.  dei  Sc.  nai.  «•  B^rie,  Tom.  vi.  1836,  Zool.  p.  135, 
PL  8  ;  in  the  frontal  Binus  of  the  dog  and  the  wolf,  also  in  the  laiynx  of 
these  animals,  and,  according  to  some  observations,  in  the  frontal  sinuses 
of  the  horse  and  the  ass;  the  male  is  four  times  smaller  than  the  female, 
whicb  attuns  a  length  of  three  inches  and  more. 

PenUutoma  monUiforme  Diebino  L  1.  Tab.  it.  figs.  11 — 13  ;  in  the  lungs 
of  the  Indian  serpent  (Python). 

The  name  Pentcutoma  is  to  be  rejected,  because  the  four  lateral  openings 
near  the  mouth  are  not  mouths,  and  because  by  its  lesemblanoe  to  similar 
names  of  genera  of  Trematoda  it  may  easily  mislead  to  the  idea  of  an 
union  with  this  division.  It  is,  however,  so  generally  received,  that  it  can 
scarcely  be  altered  without  needless  confusion.  The  name  LingucUtUa  of 
Frcelich  as  the  older  would  deserve  the  preference,  but  it  applies  properly 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ENTOZOA,  189 

only  to  some  species  from  MmnniJili^  wMch  ha^e  a  flat  tongue-like  form, 
and  especially  to  that  found  in  the  lungs  of  the  hare  by  Fbouoh,  and  not 
since  re-discovered,  LrngtiaiuUt  temia.  See  J.  A.  Frcbuch,  BetckteOmng 
einiger  neuer  BinffewetdewHrmer,  Natwffoneker  zxnr.  1789.  a.  148 — 150. 
Tab.  IV.  f.  14,  15. 

[T.  D.  ScHUBSBT  (Letter  to  Y.  Sisbold  Zekickr./.  vntMemtho^  zool,  iy. 
1851.  s.  117,  1x8)  concludes  from  his  observations  on  the  development  of 
Penioiloma  in  the  egg  that  it  ought  to  be  placed  amongst  the  Aearina  or 
Jjemteacea.  The  embiyo  has  two  booklets  at  the  anterior  part»  or  head, 
two  pairs  of  lateral  appendages  or  feet,  each  foot  furnished  with  two  daws, 
and  a  tail  as  long  as  the  rest  of  the  body,  into  which  the  intestinal  canal 
is  continued.] 

Phalanx  11.  Strongyldidea  nob.  Mouth  terminal,  or  sub-ter- 
minal anterior,  not  surrounded  with  retractile  hooks.  Body  round, 
elongate,  elastic. 

a)  Mouth  anl^or,  not  terminal. 
Rictuhria  Froblich,  Dujard. 

Comp.  Fboeuch  Naturfortcher  xxix.  1803.  s.  9.  Tab.  i.  f.  1^3;  Du- 
JABDur  ffdminth.  p.  aSo. 

Ophiostoma  BuD. 

Genera  Bochmius,  Dctcnilea  Duj. 

b)  Mouth  anterior,  terminaL 

CucuUanus  MuELL.  Body  elongate,  posteriorly  attenuated. 
Head  broad,  with  bivalve  apparatus  for  manducation.  Mouth  a 
longitudinal,  vertical  fissure. 

Sp.  CuevUanut  eUffam  Zedsb,  Kud.,  EiUm.  HiM.  not.  Tab.  m.  figs.  1—3, 
Bbbmsbb  Icon.  ffdm.  Tab.  n.  figs.  10—14 ;  in  the  intestinal  canal,  the 
stomach  and  the  pyloric  appendages  of  the  perch  and  other  fresh-water 
fishes ;  almost  all  the  other  species  of  this  genus  live  likewise  in  the  intes- 
tinal canal  of  fishes. 

Eeierochetliu  DiESlNG. 

Strongylus  MuELL.  Body  round,  sometimes  filiform,  very  long, 
acuminated  anteriorly.  Mouth  orbicular  or  triangular.  Apex  of 
the  tail  terminated  in  the  male  by  a  bursa  emitting  a  double  or 
single  penis. 

Sp.  ArmgyUu  ffigat  RuD.  Bntozoor,  ffiM.  not.  Tab.  ii.  figs,  i — 4 ;  Bbehsbb 
l^df,  Ub.  Wiirm.  Tab.  3-— 5,  in  the  kidneys  of  man  and  of  different  mam- 
malia ;  this  worm  can  attain  the  length  of  more  than  a  foot,  the  female  of 
three  feet.    The  colour  is  red,  as  in  many  other  species  of  this  genus. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


190  CLASS  V. 

Genera  FseudalifM  Dujabd.,  Sderostoma  Duj.,  Stenurus  Dujabd. 

Sp.  StrongyL  i^fiexus,  Stenunu  injUxnu  Duj. ;  found  by  W.  Vbouk  in  large 
numbers  in  the  pulmonary  arteries  and  veins  of  the  Ddphiniu  phocoena. 
See  Bijdragm  M  de  naiuurk.  Wdentch,  I.  1836.  bl.  77—84. 

StepJianurua  DiESlNG. 

Spiroptera  RuD.  (and  Physahptera  RuD.)  Body  attenuated  an- 
teriorly or  at  both  ends.  Mouth  orbicular,  sometimes  surrounded 
by  papillae.  Tail  of  male  mostly  rolled  spirally  or  deflected,  sup- 
plied with  a  lateral  expansion  or  bladder  inferior,  not  terminal ;  tail 
of  female  conical,  straight. 

Most  of  the  species  of  this  genus  live  in  mammals  and  birds  between 
the  ooats  of  the  oesophagus  or  of  the  stomach.  Sp.  Spiroptera  Mrongylina 
Bud.,  Bbsmbsb  lean.  HdmirUk.  Tab.  n.  figs.  15 — iS^in  the  wild  and  tame 
hog; — Spiropl.  strumoaa,  Ascaris  ttrumota  Fbcklich,  Natv/rfortcher  xxv. 
Tab.  ni.  fig.  15,  C.  L.  Nitzboh  Spiropteroe  etrunOt,  Detcriptio.  Halee,  1819. 
4to,  cum  Tabula ;  in  the  stomach  of  the  mole,  &c. 

DispJiarctgus  Duj.  (Species  of  Spiroptera  Run.)  Head  terminated 
by  two  papillee  surroimding  the  mouth. 

Sp.  Spiropt.  cytUdieola  RuD.,  Cyttidicola  G.  Fischeb,  Reil's  Archiv.  in. 
1799.  s.  95 — 100.  Tab.  II. ;  in  the  swim-bladder  of  trout. 

Odontobius  EoussEL  DE  Vauzi&me.     (Is  this  its  place  ?) 

Ascarts  L.  (in  part),  RuD.  {Ascaria  and  Heterakis  Duj.)  Body 
acuminate  at  each  extremity.  Head  trivalved.  Male  genital 
organ  a  double  spiculimi. 

Most  of  the  species  live  in  the  intestinal  canal  of  vertebrate  animals. 
Sp.  Atcaria  lumhricoidet  h.,  A.  Valisnisbi  Opere  finco-mediche,  Venezia, 
*733»  !•  PP-  *7i — «8^'  Tab.  34,  35,  Bbembeb  Ueb.  Ub.  Wurmer,  Tab.  i. 
fig8.  13—17,  Icon,  ffdtn.  Tab.  iv.  figs.  10,  11 ;  round  roorm,  U  lombriCf  der 
Spid'Wwrm,  &c.  This  spedes  lives  in  the  intestinal  canal  of  man,  and 
attains  the  length  of  15  inches ;  with  this  is  ueually  united  a  similar  worm 
fix>m  the  horse,  which,  however,  according  to  Cloqubt  and  GURLT,  differs 
firom  it  {AtcarU  megaloc^hala).  Also  the  round* worm  which  occurs  in  the 
swine,  is,  according  to  Dujabdin,  specifically  different  (Aaearis  suilia  Duj.) 
Comp.  on  the  structure  of  the  round- worm  the  work  of  Cloqubt  indicated 
above. 

Oxyuria  EuD.,  Bkems.  Body  cylindrical  or  fusiform,  the  pos- 
terior part  in  the  female  attenuate,  subulate.  Mouth  orbicular  or 
triangular.  Penis  vaginate  simple,  with  a  small  posterior  accessory 
part.     (Small  worms,  the  females  much  bigger  than  the  males.) 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ENTOZOA.  191 

Sp.  OoBgwru  vermietUarii,  Atcarii  vermicuktm  L.,  Bexmbkr  Ueb,  leb.  WUrm. 
Tab.  I.  figs.  6 — 13;  Der  Meutumrm,  Sprinffwurm;  it  lives  in  the  largo 
intestine  of  man  (especially  in  children),  and  causes  a  very  troublesome 
itching  and  occasionally  various  nenrous  symptoms.  The  male  was  first 
discovered  by  B&kmbkb  in  1815,  in  a  specimen  sent  to  him  by  SdmraBRPfQ, 
(see  S.  Th.  v.  SauooEBBuro's  Leben  u.  Verhehr  mU  mnen  Zeitgenosten  von 
B.  Waoksb.  Leipsig,  1844-  i-  o-  340)  previously  the  much  larger  female 
alone  was  known. 

Tricocephalus  GrOEZE.  Body  filiform,  elongate  anteriorly  capil- 
lary, passing,  suddenly  into  the  more  ample  posterior  part.  Male 
genital  organ  a  simple  spiculum,  long,  vaginate. 

Sp.  TricocqphalmdUpar'RTn},,  Bbxhsbb  UA,  leb.  WUrtner.  Tab.  i.  figs,  i — 5 ; 
this  species  has  frequently  been  met  with  in  the  intestinal  canal  of  man, 
especially  in  the  etecum,  first  by  Mobgaoki,  afterwards  by  BomsBBB,  &c., 
in  bodies  of  persons  dying  of  typhus  (Rokitakskt  Handh.  d.  path.  Anat.) ; 
frequently  in  cholera-subjects  in  Italy  by  Dellb  Chiaje  (Itis,  1843, 
p.  557). 

Trichosoma  RuD. 

Gomp.   Bud.  Entozoor.  Synopa.  p.  13,  Dujabdin  Ann.  de$  Se.  not.  le 
B^rie,  XX.  1843,  Zoologie,  p.  333,  pi.  14. 

Genera  :  Th4ym,inaCy  JEucoleus,  Calodium  Dujasd. 

Filaria  MuELL.  Body  very  long,  filiform,  subequal.  Mouth 
orbicular.  Male  genital  organ  a  long  spiculum  with  a  contorted 
accessory  part. 

Sp.  FUaria  medinensit,  Oorditu  medinemii  It,,  Bbembeb  {7e&.  M>.  Wilrm, 
Tab.  IV.  fig.  I.  DracunctdfU,  Vena  medinentie,  the  Aatr-«wm,  ffiunea-worm, 
le  dragonneau,  &c.  This  worm  lives  in  man  under  the  skin,  in  the  cellular 
tissue,  especially  in  the  legs,  and  may  attain  a  length  of  ten  feet ;  male 
individuals  of  this  species  do  not  seem  to  have  been  observed  hitherto. 
Sometimes  this  worm  occasions  severe  pain ;  it  is  met  with  in  hot  countries 
especially  of  the  old  world,  less  frequently  in  America,  except  in  the 
island  of  Cura9ao,  where  it  is  endemic,  although  the  worm-sickness  does 
not  always  prevul  there  with  the  same  intensity.  See  the  still  interesting 
notices  of  B.  Hussem  in  the  Vekr.  van  M  Zeeutpsch.  OmooUch.  n.  1771, 
443 — 464.  The  thread-worm  is  viviparous,  and  the  young  differ  in  form 
from  the  mother.  See  Jacx)BBON  and  Bb  Blainvillk  inAnn.du  MuUum, 
nouvdU  Sirie  III.  pp.  80 — 85. 

Liorhynchus  EuD.  Body  round.  Head  without  valve,  with 
tubule  of  mouth  emissile,  smooth.     (Doubtful  genus.) 

Sp.  Liorhynchiu  denHeulatus  Bud.,  Bbbmb.  Icon.  Hdm.  Tab.  v.  figs.  19 — 32  ; 
in  the  stomach  of  Murcena  angwUa. 

Cheiracanthus  DiES.  Body  annulate,  posteriorly  attenuate,  an- 
teriorly armed  with  palmate  or  dentate  spinules,  whicli  in  the  middle 


Digitized  by 


Google 


192  CLASS  V, 

of  the  body  are  simple,  in  the  posterior  part  evanescent.  Head  sub- 
globose,  beset  with  simple  spinules.  Mouth  bivalved  naked.  Tail 
of  male  spiral,  with  genital  spiculum  elongate,  simple. 

Sp.  CheiraeamJth,  rcbuthu  Doss.  Ann.  des  Wien.  Mm.  n.  1840,  Tab.  xv. 
figs.  I — 7 ;  in  the  stomach  of  different  species  of  Gat.  This  animal  has 
four  long  sacs  near  the  oesophagus  which  recal  the  Umniaci  of  the  Acan- 
Ihocfephala.  According  to  DiSBiNO  the  genus  QncOhodoma  Owen,  {Pro- 
ceeding* of  the  Zool.  Society  iv.  1836,  pp.  113—116),  a  worm  found  in  the 
walls  of  the  stomach  of  a  tiger,  is  not  distinguishable  from  this  ;  the  mouth 
however  is  differently  described  by  Owen. 

LecanocephaliLS  DiESlNG.  Body  anteriorly  obtuse,  with  head 
expanded  in  form  of  a  platter,  and  mouth  trilabiate.  Simple 
spines  surrounding  the  body  in  zones.  Tail  of  male  inflected,  with 
double  spiculum. 

Sp.  Lecanoc,  epinvlosm  DiESiNO,  Ann.  des  Wien.  Mue.  n.  Tab.  xiv.  figs. 
12 — 20. 

AncyracarUhas  DiESiNG.  Body  acuminate  at  both  ends.  Mouth 
orbicular,  armed  with  four  spinules  pinnatifid,  disposed  in  a  cross. 
Tail  of  male  inflected,  with  double  spiculimi. 

Sp.  Aneyr.  pinnaHftdus  Diesing,  Ann.  dea  Wien.  Mu9.  n.  Tab.  r7.  figs. 
31 — a  7 ;  in  the  stomach  and  small  intestine  of  South  American  tortoise. 
Here  also  there  are  four  long  caxud  sacs  near  the  ce3ophagus,  as  in  Ckdra- 
canthm. 

Note. — ^To  the  NemaMidea  are  also  referred  some  filiform  eniozoa,  included 
in  a  yeside.  In  the  peritoneum  of  various  fishes,  between  the  coats  of 
ibe  intestines  and  elsewhere  a  white  worm  of  this  sort,  convoluted  spirally, 
is  found,  which  Linnaus  called  Oordius  marinus,  Rddolphi  FHaria 
pitcium.  Comp.  SiflBOLD  in  WiEOM.  Archiv.  iv.  1838,  pp.  305,  kc. 
Here  also  belongs  a  microscopic  worm  found  by  Owen  in  the  muscles  of 
man,  and  called  Trichina  apiraUs.  See  Transact,  of  the  Zool.  Soc.  1.  4to. 
1835,  pp.  315 — 324,  Tab.  41,  figs.  T — 9.  Is  it  a  Nematoid  in  an  imperfect 
state,  the  rest  of  whose  fortunes  are  unknown  T  [This  is  V.  SiEBOLD*a 
opinion.  The  encysted  Trichina  is  sexless  and  does  not  increase  in  size. 
Sometimes  the  liver  of  different  marine  fishes  is  beset  with  cysts  containing 
round  worms  which  have  grown  to  an  inch  or  more  in  length ;  they  have 
been  named  Aacaria  capaularia,  Filaria  piaciwn,  &c.  Siebold  could  never 
discover  in  them  sexual  organs,  but  stiU  they  have  so  remarkable  a 
resemblance  to  Aacaria  ostnUata,  apiculigera,  angulata,  &c.,  worms  with 
developed  sexual  organs  which  live  in  the  intestinal  canal  of  the  Seal,  the 
Cormorant,  the  Diver,  the  Gull,  and  predaceous  fishes,  that  they  may  be 
suspected  to  be  rekted  to  them.  Siebold  believes  that  the  encysted  sexless 
worms  only  attain  their  perfect  development  in  the  intestine  of  the  verte- 
brates which  have  swallowed  their  temporary  hosts.  VoN  Siebold  Band 
it.  Bl<iaen-tcUrm.  s.  31,  33. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


APPENDIX 

TO  THE  CLASS  OF  INTESTINAL  WORMS. 


These  are  certain  worms  which  do  not  live  in  other  animals, 
but  reside  in  water,  or  in  moist  earth,  or  in  vegetable  substances 
undergoing  acetous  fermentation,  and  which,  nevertheless,  since  in 
form  and  internal  structure  they  correspond  with  Ascaria,  Oxyurisy 
or  Filaria,  appear  to  belong  to  the  order  of  thread-worms.  Some 
of  them  were  by  former  writers  arranged  amongst  the  Infusories,  as 
species  of  the  genus  Vibrio.  To  these  belong  the  minute  animals 
which  LiKN^US  brought  together  under  the  name  of  Chaos  redivi- 
vum,  and  which  were  described  and  figured  by  Mueller  as  varieties 
of  one  species.  Vibrio  anguiUula  {Animalcula  infusoria^  pp.  63-68), 
although  he  doubted  whether  they  ought  not  to  be  regarded  as 
different  species  of  a  genus  for  which  he  had  altready  proposed  the 
name  Anguilhilay  by  naming  them  AnguiUula  aceti,  Aug,  ghuinisy 
Ang.  Jiuviatilis,  and  Ang.  marina.  The  genus  Anguilhda  was 
aftOTyards  adopted  by  Ehbenbebg  to  distinguish  these  animals 
from  Vibrio^.  DuJABDiN  named  the  same  genus  Bhahditia,  but 
assigned  to  it  somewhat  different  characters. 

AnguiUula  Ehrexb.  [Rhahditia  Duj.)  Body  filiform,  pellucid. 
Mouth  round,  terminal,  naked.  Anus  before  the  posterior  extre- 
mity, sub-terminal.  The  male  with  tail  naked  or  amplified  by  a 
membrane  (alate).  External  genital  organ  a  double  spiculum. 
Tail  of  the  female  conical,  acute. 

Sp.  AnguHMa  aceU  Gotzb  Natwrfortcher  xvni.  Tab.  m.  figs.  i«— 18; 
DnoKS  Ann,  cUsSc  not.  ix.  1836,  PI.  47,  fig.  2  ;  from  i — 1  miUim.  in  sue ; 
these  aninialB  maj  be  frozen  without  dying,  whibit  occaBionaUy  on  the  other 
hand  a  slightly  increased  temperature  affects  them  mortally.  Another 
species,  AnguiUula  gluUnis,  lives  in  sour  paste  (MuiLL.  It^us,  Tab.  IX. 


1  SifmboUe  phffticai,  Pk^ftotoa,  and  OrganiioUon,  tjfttematiJk  und  geoffrapkitckn 
VerMUmiM  der  If^fudomlhierehen,  Berlin,  1830,  s.  68,  105.  Okkn  in  his  Lekrb.  der 
Nahtrgeach,  in.  1,  181 5,  s.  191,  places  these  animals  under  the  genus  Oordius,  yet 
in  the  index  he  keeps  AnguiUula  as  the  name  of  a  genus,  (see  s.  847). 

VOL.  I.  13 


Digitized  by 


Google 


194  CLASS  V. 

figs.  I — 4) ;  thii  is  killed  by  vinegar.  A  third  species  that  lives  in  the 
grains  of  blighted  ears  of  com  may  be  revived,  after  lying  dry  for  months 
and  years,  by  moistening,  (Needham  and  Baueb). 

Gomp.  on  these  species  Gceze  Nocbirfoncher  i.  1774,  s.  i — 53,  ix.  1776, 
s.  177 — i8a,  xvin.  1784,  s.  36 — 65,  Baueb  PkUos.  Trana,  1823,  p.  i, 
PL  I,  i,  {Ann.  det  8c.  not.  Tom.  11.  1824,  pp.  154—167,  PL  7,  8),  Buaia 
Ann.  des  Sc.  not.  Tom.  ix.  i8a6,  pp.  115—^51,  PL  47,  48. 

Also  in  the  intestinal  canal  of  insects  minute  worms  have  been  observed 
and  conmionly  considered  to  be  Atcarides,  which  belong  to  this  division^. 

In  other  species  the  mouth  is  provided  internally  with  three 
unciform  structures  or  jaws.  They  may  be  included  in  the  genus 
JEnoplus  DUJARD.  {Enopltis,  Oncholaimus  DuJARD.,  Amhlyura 
Ehrenb.?)     They  live  in  fresh  and  salt  water. 

Finally,  certain  small  worms  that  live  in  water  and  in  moist 
earth  cannot  well  be  placed  otherwise  than  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
the  Nematotdea;  they  are  included  in  the  genus  Oordius  L.  (the 
Filartce  excepted).  They  are,  however,  distinguished  from  the 
Nematoids  by  their  structure,  and  especially  by  the  absence  of 
a  posterior  aperture  in  the  intestinal  canal.  Dujardin  and  V.  SiE- 
BOLD  have  shewn  that  these  animals  in  the  early  period  of  their 
life  live  parasitically  in  insects. 

Family  Oordtacea.  Body  filiform,  extremely  slender,  elastic. 
Anus  none ;  sexes  distinct. 

G(yrd%u8  L.  (in  part).  Head  rotund,  mouth  none,  or  not  distinct. 
Tail  of  male  bifid,  of  female  rounded. 

Sp.  Qwdma  aqyyaiicuA  L.,  Bfnc^do^.  Ven.  PL  39,  fig.  i.  Seven  to  ten  inches 
long,  scarcely  half  a  line  thick ;  comp.  Chabvet  Nowf.  Ann.  du  Mus.  lu. 
1834,  pp.  37 — 46 ;  Bebthold  Uib.  den  Ba/u  des  WcuBerkalbes,  Gottingen, 
184a,  4to ;  V.  SiEBOLD  Eniomol.  ZeUwng,  1843,  s.  77,  Ebiohson's  Archiv. 
1843,  n.  s.  30a— 308. 

Mermis  Dujard.  Mouth  terminal.  In  female  the  vulva  for- 
ward, transverse. 

Comp.  Ann.  des  Sc.  not.  le  S^rie,  Tom.  xvni.  184a,  pp.  119,  ftc.,  PL  6. 


^  Here,  too,  may  be  placed  Oxyuria  gryUo4alpce,  L^K  DuFOUB  Ann.  des  Sc.  not. 
2e  B4sne,  Tom.  vni.  Zool.  PL  I.  fig.  2,  and  perhaps  the  genus  AnguiRina  of  Hammbb- 
BOHiODT  not  described  in  detail  {AnguiUina  monUis  in  Aphodius  conspurcatus),  Okbk's 
Isis,  1838,  p.  318,  which  however  more  probably  belongs  to  Mermis  Dujaedin. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CLASS  VI. 
WHEEL-ANIMALCULES  {ROTATORIA)\ 

We  return  from  the  consideration  of  different  animals  whose 
bodies  amongst  the  Invertebrates  may  be  styled  large  to  that  world, 
invisible  to  the  naked  eye,  with  which  in  the  class  of  the  Infosories 
we  began  to  treat  of  the  animal  kingdom.  And  in  the  classes 
that  follow,  however  some  species  may  be  found  that  are  scarcely 
perceptible  to  the  imassisted  eye,  no  one  of  them  consists  entirely 
of  creatures  so  small  as  Infusories  and  Wheel-animalcules.  Wheel- 
animalcules,  as  a  whole,  surpass  Infosories  in  size ;  still  they  are 
very  minute  animal  forms,  mostly  between  \ — ^  millimeter.  Leeu- 
WEKHOECK,  who  discovered  the  Infiisories,  was  also  the  first  who 
observed  some  species  of  Wheel-animalcules. 

The  name  of  Wheel-animalcules  is  borrowed  from  the  vibratile 
cilia  which  at  the  anterior  extremity  of  the  body  are  set  upon  the 
margin  of  a  disc  capable  of  eversion  and  inversion.  In  species, 
where  that  margin  is  not  divided  or  indented,  an  optical  illusion  is 
caused  by  the  motion  of  the  cilia,  as  though  a  toothed  wheel  were 
revolving  with  great  velocity  in  a  circle,  and  so  Leeuwenhoeck 
thought  such  was  really  the  case,  who  compared  the  rotatory  organ 
with  the  wheel  of  a  watch-work".  Every  one  who  has  observed 
the  phenomenon  of  vibrating  cilia  is  aware  that  the  deceptive 
appearance  of  a  rapid  motion  or  current  in  a  given  direction  is  pro- 
duced :  if,  then,  vibrating  cilia  be  met  with  on  the  smooth  margin 
of  a  circular  structure,  the  appearance  of  a  rotating  wheel  will 
follow  of  course.     It  is  to  be  remarked,  however,  that  the  motion  is 


^  See  on  this  dass  the  worka  refeired  to  (p.  ^7)  at  the  dasa  of  InfuMria  of 
MusLLBB,  EHSENBKBa  Bod  DuJASDiN.  Also  may  be  compared  O.  Schmidt  Veinu4:h 
emtr  DardeUvng  der  Orgamsatian  der  Baderthierchen,  in  Ebiohson's  Archiv  /.  Natur- 
yeaehiekle,  1S46,  a.  67— St,  Taf.  m. 

'  Send-brieven,  17 18,  vn.  Brief,  bl.  67.  Dutboghst  haa  attempted  to  exphun  the 
phenomenon  by  mnscahur  motion ;  according  to  him  the  wheel  ia  merely  a  cmmlar, 
mnacnlar  string,  which  by  its  contraction  causes  other  parts  of  the  gelatinona  substance 
to  project  alternately  in  the  form  of  conioal  papille,  whence  a  drcahir  motion  appears 
to  arise.    Awn,  du  Mut^um,  zx.  18 13,  pp.  469 — 473. 

1.3—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


196  CLASS   VI. 

subjected  to  the  will  of  the  animal,  for  otherwise  the  vibratile  cilia 
would  be  in  a  constant  motion,  which  ceases  onlj  on  death. 

The  Wheel-animalcnles  are  capable  of  contraction  in  a  remark- 
able manner,  many  of  them  assuming  thereby  an  oval  form.  This 
fiwjulty  of  contraction  gave  occasion  to  the  name  SystolideSy  by 
which  DUJABDIN  wishes  to  distinguish  this  class  of  animals,  but 
which  probably  will  not  supersede  that  of  Botatorta.  In  some  the 
integument  is  hard  and  rigid,  so  as  to  form  a  shield  or  a  shell 
{BrachionuSf  Anurcea,  &c.).  In  most  there  is  a  caudiform  appendage 
on  the  abdominal  surface  (Ehrenbebg  names  it  processus  ][>ediformi3 
or  pseudopodium),  which  can  be  drawn  in  and  out  annularly  like 
a  telescope,  and  ends  in  a  suctorial  disc  or  in  a  forceps;  by  it  the 
Rotatories  fix  the  posterior  extremity  of  the  body,  whenever,  being 
at  rest,  they  set  the  wheel-organ  in  motion. 

The  intestinal  canal  is  straight,  in  by  far  the  greatest  number 
of  species,  and  the  antis  is  found  at  the  hinder  end,  at  the  base  of 
the  tail.  At  the  commencement  of  the  intestinal  canal,  behind  the 
oral  aperture,  is  a  muscular  organ  of  cylindrical  form  armed  with  two 
lateral  homy  jaws.  Leeuwenhoeck,  Baker  and  Fontana  took 
this  structure  for  a  heart,  and  its  motions  of  grasping  and  opening, 
as  the  first  of  these  authors  so  aptly  describes  them^  for  the  con- 
traction and  expansion  of  the  heart;  whereon  FoNTANA  expresses 
his  surprise  that  such  motions  should  be  dependent  upon  the  will 
of  the  animal.  The  lateral  jaws  indicate  a  similarity  of  form  with 
articulate  animals,  the  insects  and  cmstaceans,  and  some  writers 
have  even  supposed  that  the  Wheel-animalcules  may  be  regarded 
as  veiy  simply  organised  crustaceans'.  On  the  whole,  by  inserting 
these  animals  between  the  intestinal  and  the  articulate  worms,  the 
nearest  affinities  and  natural  place  of  the  class  are  not  indicated; 
but  in  an  arrangement  that  gives  the  classes  in  succession,  there 
must  always  be  much  that  is  arbitrary,  for  the  affinities  cannot  be 
represented  by  a  single  ascending  series. 

The  lateral  jaws  present  themselves  under  two  forms.  In  the 
greater  number  they  consist  of  two  pieces ;  the  posterior  serves  as 
a  pedicle,  for  the  attachment  of  the  muscles  of  mastication;  the 
anterior  passes  transversely  inwards  at  a  right  or  obtuse  angle,  and 


^  Sevende  vervolg  der  Brievm,  Delft,  1 70a,  I448te  Jftsnvtf,  bl.  405. 

'  Such  WM  the  determination  of  NrrzBCH  in  1844  on  the  genus  Brachiomu, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


WHEEL-ANIMALCULES.  197 

ends  in  a  single  point,  or  in  several  teeth  when  the  part  becomes 
broad  and  indented  in  form  of  fingers.  In  other  Rotatories  the 
jaws  have  the  form  of  two  stirrups,  with  the  bases  turned  towards 
each  other,  on  which  lie  two  or  more  teeth  transverselj,  which 
arise  firom  the  outermost  arch^. 

[Where  the  oesophagus  opens  into  the  stomach,  or  lower  down, 
are  two  or  more  oral  glandular  pouches,  which  EHRENBEBa  com- 
pared to  the  jMzncreas.  The  stomach  is  large  and  sacculated,  and 
in  the  saccules  are  large  nucleated  cells,  or  coeca  are  appended  to 
them.  The  cells  and  cceca  are  supposed  to  supplj  the  office  of  a 
liver.  The  intestine  narrower,  and  of  variable  length,  but  generally 
short,  opens  into  a  cloaca,  of  which  the  outlet  is  on  the  dorsal  sur- 
&ce  at  the  extremity  of  the  body.  But  sometimes  the  intestine 
and  anal  outlet  are  wanting,  and  then  the  residue  of  digestion  is 
returned  by  the  mouth^  The  stomach  and  intestine  are  covered 
with  fine  vibratile  cilia. 

This  description  applies  only  to  the  females;  for,  in  the  year 
1849,  the  veiy  interesting  discovery  of  the  male  of  Notommata 
anglica  was  made  by  Brightwell*  of  Norwich,  and  in  it  the  entire 
intestinal  tract  was  absent ;  there  were  neither  pharynx,  jaws,  oeso- 
phagus, nor  digestive  tube,  and  the  mouth  was  closed. 

There  is  no  circulating  system.  The  nutrient  fluid  fills  the 
cavity  of  the  body,  and  bathes  all  the  contained  organs.  The  re- 
spiratory organ  is  supposed  to  be  represented  by  tortuous  tubes, 
which  are  seen  at  each  side  of  the  body.  A  highly  contractile 
transparent  vesicle  opens  into  the  cloaca,  and  firom  this  vesicle  the 
tubes  in  question  arise.  To  the  tube  on  each  side,  minute  pedi- 
culated  structures,  various  in  number,  with  vibratile  leaflets,  are 
attached. 

The  female  organs  consist  of  an  ovary  situated  under  the  diges^ 
tive  tube,  generally  of  an  oval  form,  or  like  a  horse-shoe,  of  which 
the  efferent  duct  opens  into  the  cloaca. 

The  ova  are  of  two  different  kinds,  summer-  and  winter-eggs,  thin-  or  thick-shelled. 
The  summer-eggs  are  developed  within  the  parent  body,  and  the  animal  is  then  vivi- 
parous. The  winter-eggs  have  been  described  by  Ehuenbebo,  by  Huxlet,  and  by 
liKTDia,  in  many  different  species:  their  thicker  external  covering  is  granular,  or 
tuberculated,  or  beset  with  hairs.    The  winter-eggs  are  always  laid,  or  are  attached 


1  See  EHBBirBEBa  Zur  Erkenntnisa  der  OrgtmiaaUon  in  der  Bicktung  det  Jdeiniten 

»,  Berfin,  183a,  s.  46—51,  Tab.  iv. 
'  [Daiathpu  Jktcript.  of  on  InfvMry  Anim.  aUUd  to  Notommata,  PhU,  Trans, 
x^49>  P"  333*]  *  [iliMio;*  of  Nat.  Bitt,  Sept.  1848.] 

* 


Digitized  by 


Google 


198  CLASS  VI. 

to  ihe  mother  and  carried  about  by  her  {Bradtiomu,  &c.);  and  thus,  in  the  cold  Beaaon 
of  the  jear,  these  aaimala  are  oviparous. 

Beodes  the  male  of  Notommata  anfflica,  discovered  by  Bbtohtwill,  that  of  N. 
Sieboldii  has  been  observed  by  Lbtdio,  who  further  gives  reasons  for  believing  that 
SiUeropUa  hydoHna  Ehb.  is  the  male  of  Hydatina  iewta,  Notommata  granularis  the 
male  of  Ncftom.  Brachionus,  and  DigUna  granularis  the  male  of  Dig,  catdHMa, 
GossE  also  has  ascertuned  that  the  sexes  are  distinct  in  many  others^.  The  males 
are  leas  than  the  females,  and  also  differ  in  form  in  most  cases.  The  dioecious  character 
of  the  class  may  thus  be  considered  to  be  established. 

The  generative  organs  of  the  males  consist  of  a  white  and  round 
bladder  or  testis,  filled  with  spermatozoa,  and  an  efferent  duct 
{penis  Dalrtmple)  ciliated  in  the  interior,  which  opens  close  to 
the  outlet  of  the  respiratory  vesicle.  All  the  males  observed  are 
entirely  destitute  of  digestive  tract;  they  possess  the  respiratory 
organs  of  their  species,  whose  fimction  seems  to  suffice  for  the 
maintenance  of  their  short  life,  employed  exclusively  in  impreg- 
nating the  females.] 

The  nervous  system  has  been  discovered  by  Ehrenberg  in 
different  genera,  and  he  described,  as  central  portion,  different  ganglia 
{ganglia  cephalica  seu  cerebralia)^  situated  close  to  the  wheel-organ, 
from  which  distinct  nerves  arise.  In  Hydatina  aenta,  according  to 
the  investigations  of  the  same  observer,  two  threads  also  arise  from 
them  that  run  downwards  on  the  abdominal  surface,  and  unite  to  form 
a  ganglion  from  which  a  single  nervous  string  with  many  small 
ganglia  or  swellings  arise*.  As  organs  of  sense,  in  most  of  them  red 
eye-spots  (generally  two,  sometimes  one  or  three,  seldom  more  than 
four)  have  been  perceived;  sometimes  these  exist  in  young  individuals 
alone,  and  disappear  on  full  growth,  as  in  the  genus  Floscularia. 

Besides  the  muscles  of  the  special  parts,  there  are  found  in  many  species  thin 
bundles  of  muscles  running  longitudinally,  one  oa  the  dorsal  surface,  one  on  the 
abdominal  surface,  and  two  lateral. 

With  respect  to  the  geographic  distribution  of  Wheel-animalcules  nothing  deter- 
minate can  yet  be  specified.  Only  do  we  know,  from  the  observations  and  notices  of 
EHBBNBEBa,  that,  besides  Europe,  they  are  found  in  northern  and  western  Asia,  in 
the  north  of  Africa  and  in  North  America.  Beyond  doubt  they  occur  in  all  quartera 
of  the  world.  The  physiological  peculiarity  of  life  suspended  for  a  length  of  time,  to 
be  again  awakened  by  the  vital  stimxdus  of  fluid,  has  given  a  special  celebrity  to  these 
animals.  On  this  subject  we  refer  to  what  will  be  offered  below  when  we  notice 
lUxtrftT  vitlgaris,  in  which  this  phenomenon  has  been  chiefly  observed. 


1  [GossB  On  Uu  dioecious  eharact,  of  the  Rotifera,  Proceedings  of  iks  Soyal  Soe. 
Vol.  vra.  pp.  66,  68.] 

*  Die  Infusionsthierchen,  s.  416.  Somewhat  differently  ordered  is  the  nervous 
system  jp  Notommaia  (s.  415)  and  in  Diglena  (s.  443),  but  in  all  there  Ues  a  principal 
mass,  as  the  coUection  of  nervous  ganglia,  on  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  anterior 
extremity  of  the  body. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


SYSTEMATIC 
ARRANGEMENT  OF  ROTATORIA. 


CLASS  VI. 
ROTATORIA. 


MiCBOSCOPiC  animals,  contractile,  crowned  with  vibratile  cilia  at 
the  anterior  part  of  the  body,  which  by  their  motion  often  resemble 
a  wheel  revolving  rapidly.  Intestine  distinct,  terminated  at  one 
extremity  by  a  mouth,  at  the  other  by  an  anus ;  generation  ovipa- 
rous, sometimes  (periodically)  viviparous. 

Order  Single.    Botatoria. 

(The  characters  of  the  class  are  those  of  the  single  order.) 

Family  I.  Floscularice.  Tentacles  or  lobes  around  the  mouth 
(with  rotatory  organ  deeply  cloven  Ehrenb.),  furnished  with  cilia. 
Body  affixed  by  a  pedicle. 

The  hairs  of  this  wheel-animalcule  are,  according  to  Dujabdin, 
Peltier  and  other  observers,  not  vibratile  cilia,  but  are  capable 
individually  of  expansion  and  contraction ;  Ehrenberg,  who  admits 
that  these  hairs  may  for  a  long  time  continue  at  rest  and  be  flaccid, 
still  maintains  that  they  occasionally  vibrate,  and  refers  to  Eichhobn 
who  perceived  the  same  thing  in  his  croton-polyp,  Stephcmoceros 
{BeUrdge  zwr  NixbMrgeach,  der  Jdemsten  Wasaerthiere,  s.  21). 

Floscularia  Oken,  Ehrenb.     Body  clavate,  or  campanulate, 

anteriorly  expanded,  five  or  six  lobes  sustaining  a  fasciculus  of  long 

cilia.     A  vagina  transparent,  cylindrical,  often  covering  the  solitary 

animal. 

Sp.  FUwmlaria  omata  Ehbbkb.,  Ihr  F&nger  Eiohhorn  1. 1.  Tab.  m.  figs. 
0 — L,  p.  39 ;  Ehbenb.  Organisation  in  der  Richt.  des  U,  Raum.  3tf«r.  Beitr, 
Tab.  vm.  fig.  a  ;  InfimonHh,  Tab.  xlvi.  f.  a  ;  Dujard.  Tnfutoir.  PI.  19, 
figs.  7,  &c. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


200  CLASS  VI. 

St^hanoceros  Ehrenb.  Body  campanulate,  surrounded  by  a 
transparent  vagina.  Tentacles  five  around  the  mouth,  covered  with 
cilia  in  whorls. 

Sp.  Stephanoeeroi  EUMomii  Ehbxhb.,  Ikr  Kron-Polffp  Eiohh.  1.  L  Tab.  i. 
fig.  i;  Ehbkitb.  OrganU  in  d.  Richl.  d.  Jd.  Maum,  ^fUr  Beitrag,  Tab.  zi. 
fig.  I,  Infuiurndk.  Tab.  zly.  fig.  a. 

Family  EL  Melicerttna.  Rotatory  organ  simple,  with  margin 
entire  or  lobate.  Two  stapediform  maxillas,  with  teeth  transversely 
incumbent.    Body  aflSxed  by  a  pedicle. 

Ptygura  DuJARD.  (Ptygura^  (EcisteSy  Canochirus  Ehrexb.) 

Lactnularia  Oken,  Schweigg.  [Megahtrocha  Ehr.  and  Laci- 
lunaria  ejusd.)  Rotatory  organ  large,  incised  on  one  side,  hence 
bilobed  or  reniform.  Animals  often  social,  and  sometimes  covered 
by  a  gelatinous  envelope. 

Sp.  Lacinvlaria  sociaUi  SoHWEioa.,  Hydra  toeiaUs  L.,  Brachianui  gocialu 
Pall.,  VorticeUa  tocialis  Mubll.,  Iirftuor.  Tab.  XLm.  figs.  13 — 15,  (and 
Vortie,  Jlotculosa  Muxll.  ibid,  figs.  16 — io),  IUbsbl,  Ins.  m.  Supp.  Tab. 
94,  figs.  I — 6;  Ehbekb.  Infusumtth.  Tab.  xliy.  fig.  4.  They  form 
minute,  white,  conical  bodies,  which  adhere  to  the  roots  of  water-plants 
(Lemna,  CeraiophyUum,  Chora,  ftc),  and  consist  of  fifty  or  more  such 
wheel-animalcules,  whose  extremities  are  all  directed  to  the  centre.  After 
a  time  the  young  ones  separate  themselves  from  this  connexion,  moye 
away  and  adhere  to  different  plants,  to  form  new  colonies.  Megahtrocka 
aJho-fiamcani  Ehb.,  Koisel  Im.  ni.  Suppl.  Tab.  95,  96,  {Megalotr,  alba 
Ehrknb.,  Zur  ErhenTiimsa  d.  Organi»,  in  der  Riekhing  det  Jdeinslen  Raumea. 
Iter  Beitroff,  Tab.  m.  f.  15,  intestinal  canal),  Ehb.  Infitsitmslh.  Tab.  ZLiv. 
fig.  3,  is  distinguished  from  the  former  species  by  the  absence  of  an 
envelope,  though  united  with  it  by  former  writers. 

Tvbicolaria  Lam.  (in  part),  Ehrekb.  Body  clavate,  with  rota- 
tory organ  four-lobed,  and  respiratory  tube  double,  included  in  a 
gelatinous  vagina. 

Sp.  Tubicdaria  nqjcu  Ehbbnb.,  Rotifer  dlbo-vettUut  Dxttboohet,  Ann.  dw 
Mu8,  Vol.  xrz.  PL  18,  figs.  9,  10;  Ehbskb.  If^funontth.  Tab.  ZLV.  fig.  i. 

Melicerta  Schrank,  Oken.  Body  clavate,  with  rotatory  organ 
four-lobed,  and  double  respiratory  tube,  retractile  within  a  vagina 
conico-tubular,  granulose,  opaque.     Two  ocelli  in  the  younger  age. 

Sp.  MeUeeria  ringent  Sohbakk,  Sabdla  ringena  L.,  8y^,  not.  id,  xn.  Lexu- 
wximoxcK,  PhU.  Transact,  1704,  Vol  jltv.  p.  1784,  figs.  3,  4 ;  Sendbrieven, 
Delft,  1 718,  vii*.  Brirf,  bl.  6$,  &c.;  SoHuIFFEB  Die  Blumenpalypen  der 
eOaaen  Waeser.  Mit  3  Kupfert.  Begensbui^g,  1755,  4to;  Rotifer  guadrieir' 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ROTATORIA-  201 

cmlarU  Dutboohit  Ann.  du  Mu$,  Vol.  zix.'PL  i8,  figs.  1—8;  Ehbinb. 
Iirfuriondk,  Tab.  XLVi.  fig.  3.  Tliese  animalculei  seated  in  a  cue  that 
adheres  to  duck-'weed,  belong  to  the  forma  which  were  first  disooyered  by 

LKKU  VtMN  UOSCK. 

idmntas  ScHRANK,  Ehrenb.  Body  clavate,  with  rotatory 
organ  bilobed,  and  respiratory  tubule  none,  solitary,  retractile  into 
an  opaque  envelope.    Ocelli  two. 

Sp.  Xmnttu  ceraiophffUi,  Ehbsxb.  Ifrfutiomth.  Tab.  zltl  fig.  4. 

Family  III.  BrachiofUBa.  Animals  swimming  freely,  covered 
with  a  membraneous  scute  univalve  or  bivalve,  furnished  with  rota- 
tory organ  double  or  multiple  {zygotrocha  or  polytrocha  Ehrenb.) 

Pterodina  Ehrenb.  Shield  orbicular  or  oblong.  Botatory 
organ  double.  Two  ocelliform  points.  Tail  cylindrical,  transversely 
rugose,  terminated  by  a  suctorial  disc  which  is  often  ciliated. 

Sp.  Pterodina  patina  Ehbenb.,  Brackiowui  patina  MuxLL.,  If^fuaor.  Tab.  48, 
figs.  6 — 10,  Ehbsnb.  It^uaiomth.  Tab.  lxit.  figs.  4,  &c. 

Brachtanus  HiLL,  MuELL.  (in  part).  Scute  urceolar,  open  in 
front  and  behind,  with  anterior  aperture  or  both  denticulate.  Rota- 
tory organs  two.    Madllss  digitate. 

I.  Tail  aifieulate,  forked  at  the  paini. 

a)  With  ooelliform  point  above  the    maxille.      (Genus    BrachionuB 
Ehbxnb.) 

Sp.  Braehionus  ureeolari$  Musll.,  Ii^u$ot.  Tab.  L.  figs.  15 — -si.  Ehbkkb. 
Organic,  in  d.  Rieht.  det  Id,  Raumet,  ^/tter  Btitrag,  Tab.  ix.  fig.  m., 
Iirftuiomth.  Tab.  LXin.  figs.  3,  &c. 

b)  Without  ooelliform  point.     (Genus  Noteut  Ehbxnb.) 
Sp.  Noteui  guadricomia  Ehbxnb.,  InfuaUmdk,  Tab.  mi.  fig.  n. 

IL  TaiU  none,    (Grenus  Awwrcsa  Ehbxnb.) 

Sp.  Braehitmiu  aquamtda  Muxll.,  Anurcsa  aquamula  Ehbxnb.,  Muxll. 
Ii^fusor.  Tab.  47,  figs.  4—7,  &c. 

Lepadella  BoRT  (spec,  of  Brochionus  MuELL.)  Scute  oval, 
convex  above,  flattish  beneath,  open  at  both  ends.  Rotatory  organ 
divided  into  several  lobes.  Tail  triarticulate,  forked  at  the  extre- 
mity. Maxillae  naked,  terminated  by  a  single  point,  or  by  two  or 
three  teeth. 

(Genera :  Lepadella,  Metopidia,  Stephanops,  and  SquameUa  Ehrenb. 

Sp.  Lepaddla  (Stephanope  Ehbxnb.)  lameUaria,  Braekionui  lamdlarit  Muxll., 
Iftfut,  Tab.  47,  figs.  8— II ;  Ehbxnb.  Jtrfusiontth.  Tab.  ux.  figs.  13,  &c. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


202  CLASS   VI. 

Euohlania  Ehrenb.  (spec,  of  Cercaria  MuELL.) 

Sp.  Buchl.  luna,  Cercaria  luna  MusLL.,  Fureocerea  luna  Lam.,  Muell. 
Iirftuor.  Tab.  xx.  figs.  8,  9 ;  'Eebxsb,  Infu^ionsth,  Tab.  LXii.  figs.  10,  &c. 

Dinocharis  Ehrenb. 

Salpina  Ehrenb. 

Colurm  Ehrenb. 

Monura  Ehrenb. 

Rattulus  Lam.  [Mastigocerca  and  Monocerca  Ehrenb.)  Body 
oval,  covered  with  a  scute  carinate,  narrowed  posteriorly.  Botatory 
organ  divided  into  several  lobes.  Tail  styliform,  long,  rigid. 
Ocelliform  point  single. 

Sp.  Ratttdus  cariruUus  Lam.,  Triehoda  rattus  MuKLL.,  EiOHHOBH  Waiter 
thiere,  Tab.  ii.  fig.  0,  die  WasaerraUe  MuKLL.,  Ivfutor,  Tab.  xxix.  figs. 
5 — 7.  (Ehbenbebo  distinguishes  here  two  species  and  two  genera: 
Mastigocerca  carinata  Muell.  I.  1,  fig.  7,  Infuaumsthier.  Tab.  Lvn.  fig.  7, 
which  has  a  shell,  and  Monocerca  rattus.  Tab.  XLvm.  fig.  y,  to  which 
Eichhobn'b  drawing  and  the  first  two  figures  of  Mueller  1.  L  belong, 
which  wants  the  shell,  whilst  he  however  remarks,  that  both  are  very 
similar ;  Dujabdik  is  of  opinion  that  only  one  species  should  be  adopted.) 

Rattulus  Ehrenb.  With  two  ocelliform  points,  and  tail  styli- 
form, inflected.     (Animal  naked?    Is  this  its  place?) 

Sp.  JtatttUus  lunaris,  Trichoda  htnaris  Muell.,  I^fus,  Tab.  zxix.  figs,  i — 3, 
Ehbbnb.  If^usiotuth,  Tab.  lti.  fig.  i. 

Polyarihra  Ehrenb. 

Triarthra  Ehrenb. 

Sp.  Triarthra  longiseta  Ehbbnb.,  Eichhoen  Wasserihiere,  Tab.  i.  fig.  7, 
Ehbenb.,  Organisat,  in  d,  Jiicht.  des  Id.  Baumes,  $ttcr  Beitrag,  Tab.  vui. 
fig.  I,  Tnfiisionsth.  Tab.  LV.  figs.  7,  &c. 

Family  IV.  Uydatincea  {Furcularina  DujARD.)  Animals  swim- 
ming freely,  naked,  with  integument  contractile,  flexible,  often 
marked  by  parallel  rugae.     Tail  forked. 

A.  Rotatory  organ  single,  continuous,  not  lobed  at  the  margin. 
{IcJithydina  Ehrenb.  in  part). 

Ichthydium  Ehrenb.  (species  of  Cercaria  MuELL.)  Body 
smooth. 

Sp.  Ichihyd.  podura  Ehbenb.,  I^fusUmsth,  Tab..XLin.  fig.  3. 

Chcetonotus  Ehrenb.   (species  of    Trichoda  Muell.)      Body 

hairy. 

Sp.  ChcBtcnotus  larus,  Trichoda  larus  Muell.,  Irrfusor.  Tab.  31,  figs.  5 — 7; 
Ehbenb.  If\fusionsth.  Tab.  xliii.  figs.  4,  ftc. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ROTATORIA.  203 

[DuJARDiN  {Injus.  p.  268,  1841)  gave  reasons  for  the  exclusion  of 
ChcBtonotua  and  Ichthydium  firom  the  Rotatoria^  and  placed  them 
provisionally  in  his  order  Infusoirea  symitriques.  Afterwards 
C.  YoGT  referred  them  to  the  Turbellaria.  Sohultze  discovered  in 
the  sea-sand  at  Guzhaven  (1853)  a  new  genus  and  species  closely 
allied  in  anatomical  structure  to  our  Ichthydina,  which  he  named 
Twrbanella  hycdina.  Neither  in  Ickthydivm  nor  Chcdtonottuf  do  the 
dlia  form  a  true  wheel-organ  round  the  mouth  capable  of  protrusion 
and  retraction.  In  Ichthydium^  they  are  spread  over  the  entire 
abdominal  surface  j  in  Chcetonotua  over  the  whole  of  the  anterior  half 
of  the  abdomen,  and  at  the  margin  of  the  posterior  half  form  a  band 
which  surrounds  the  closely  set,  stiff  hairs,  which  are  much  finer  than 
the  spines  on  the  dorsal  sur&ce  and  directed  backwards  to  cover  the 
non-ciliated  portion  of  the  abdomen.  The  tail  is  forked,  but  not 
jointed.  The  intestine  is  straight,  the  anal  opening  at  the  fork  of 
the  tail.  Neither  vessels,  nerves,  nor  muscles  can  be  seen,  except 
that  the  oesophagus  is  muscular.  The  sexual  organs  are  situated 
between  the  intestinal  canal  and  the  integument  of  the  back,  the 
testes  consisting  of  a  loose  cluster  of  vesicles  in  front  of  the  ovary. 
ScHULTZE  concludes  that  the  Ichthydina  of  Ehrenbebg  (exclusive  of 
his  genera  Ptygv/ra  and  Glenaphora  which  are  true  rotatories)  must 
be  excluded  from  the  Botaloria,  and  that  they  belong  more  nearly 
to  the  TtcrbeUaria  than  to  any  other  order  of  worms.  There  are 
however  remarkable  differences  of  structure  between  them  and 
any  &mily  of  TwrheUa/ria,  For  in  those  Turbellaria  which  have  a 
straight  intestine  with  anal  opening,  the  sexes  are  distinct ;  whilst 
in  those  which  are  hermaphrodite  the  intestine  has  no  anal  opening. 
ScHULTZE  contends  however  that  in  worms  the  characteristic  derived 
from  the  form  of  the  intestinal  canal  is  of  greater  systematic  value 
than  that  derived  from  the  formation  of  the  sexual  organs :  and 
recommends  that  the  Ichthydhia,  limited  as  above,  be  placed  pro- 
visionally amongst  the  Microstoma  of  the  order  Turbellaria,  which 
will  then  require  to  be  subdivided  into  the  dioecious  and  the  monoe- 
cioius  (JchthydincC).  See  Schultze  in  Mueller's  Archiv.  1853. 
s.  241-253.  Ta£  vl] 

B.  Rotatory  organ  multilobed  or  parted  {Uydaiincea  Ehrenb.) 

Oioglena  Ehrenb;     Maxillse  none.   Ocelliform  points  three,  the 
middle  one  sessile,  the  two  lateral  pediculate. 

Enteroplea  Ehrenb.     Body  oval,  oblong,  anteriorly  truncate. 
Maxillad  none.     Ocelliform  points  none. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


204  CLASS  vr. 

Sp.  EnieropUa  hydcAina  Ehbenb.  Tab.  XLvn.  fig.  i,  Dujabd.  Infvaoirea, 
PI.  XIX.  fig.  a. 

Hydatina  Ehrenb.  Body  oval,  anteriorly  truncate.  Maxillse 
digitate  at  the  extremity,  terminated  by  teeth  five  in  number,  firee. 
Ocelliform  points  none. 

Sp.  ffydatina  mitct,  VarticeUa  tenia  Muell.,  ImfuKT,  Tab.  xu.  figs.  8 — 14  ; 
Ehbenb.  Organiaation,  Sygtematik,  &c.  1830,  Tab.  viii.  TnfusUmdh.  XLVn. 
fig.  1 ;  this  is  the  animal  in  which  Ehbxhbbbq  first  demonstrated  the  com- 
posite structure  of  the  Rotatoria, 

Notommata  Ehrenb.  (in  part).  Body  oval  or  oblong,  posteriorly 
narrower,  anteriorly  truncate.  Maxillse  digitate,  with  several  teeth 
at  the  extremity,  Ocelliform  point  single,  forward,  dorsal,  or 
several  points  clustered. 

Sp.  NUommaia  clavulata  Ehbenb.,  OrffatUaation  in  der  lUehtung  d.  Jd, 
Baumei,  2iUer  Beitrag,  Tab.  x.  fig.  i,  I^funcntthierchm,  Tab.  L.  figs.  5,  &c. 

OydogUna  lupvs  Ehbenb.,  /7^tuio9u<A.  Tab.  XYi.  fig.  10,  (the  form  of 
the  maxilla*  not  yet  accurately  known). 

SyncJuBta  Ehrenb.     Body  broad  anteriorly.     Rotatory  organ 

armed  with  styles.     Ocelliform  point  single,  anterior,  dorsal. 

Sp.  SyvichoBta  haltica  Ehbenb.,  Infunoruth.  Tab.  uii.  fig.  5 ;  phosphorescent^ 
in  the  Baltic,  &c. 

Furmdarta  Lam.  (in  part),  Dujard.  Maxillas  forcipate,  with 
extremity  usually  imdivided  and  acuminate,  or  bidentate,  protrac- 
tile as  far  as  the  margin  of  the  rotatory  organ. 

a)  Ocelliform  point  none.     Pleurotrocha  Ehbenb. 
Sp.  Pleurotrocha  contLricta  Ehbenb.,  Ififimbneth,  Tab.  XLVin.  figs,  i,  fto* 

h)  OceUiform  point  single.  Furcfdaria  and  Scaridium  Ehbenb. 
Sp.  Fwrcvlariagibha'EwQXS-R,,  InfutionOh,  Tab. XLViii. figs.  3,  ko,—Fwrcul, 
Umgicauda  Lam.,  Trickoda  longicauda  Muell.,  Infiuor,  Tab.  xxxi.  figs. 
8 — 10,  Scandium  lonfficaudum  Ehbenb.,  InftitioTuth.  Tab.  liy.  fig.  i, 
with  a  hook  in  front  on  the  wheel-organ  and  a  very  long  tail,  by  which  the 
animal  progresses  in  the  water  by  leaps. 

c)  Ocelliform  points  two  (JHgUna  and  JHtAemma  Ehbenb.  exclusive  of 
Dtetemma  marinum  ejusd.) 

Sp.  Furcularia  forcip€Ua,  Cercaria  forcipata  and  vermicularii  Muell.,  It^Vr 
$or.  Tab.  xx.  figs.  18—23 ;  Ehbenb.  Infutiwuth.  Tkb.  lv.  fig.  i,  Dekinia 
vermictdariB,  Mobben  Bijdragen  tot  de  natmtrk.  Wetensch.  v.  pp.  337,  ftc. 

d)  Ocelliform  points  three  (Triopkthalmtu,  Eosphora  Ehbenb.) 

e)  Ocelliform   points   numerous,    disposed   in    two    clusters   (Theonu 
Ehbenb.) 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ROTATORIA.  205 

Lindia  DuJARD.? 

I^ote, — Genus  AJbertia  Dujard.  is  distrngoished  by  a  shield  in 
front  of  the  rotatory  oi^gan  and  by  a  tail  which  is  conical,  short,  un- 
divided. Body  cylindrical,  elongate.  It  lives  parasitically,  in  the 
intestinal  tnbe  of  earth-worms  and  slugs.  Comp.  Ann.  dea  Sc  not, 
2e  s6rie,  Tom.  x.  pi  175,  Tab.  ii. 

Family  V.  PMlodinoBa  Ehrenb.  {Rotifera  Dujard.)  Animala 
swimming  freely  or  creeping  (after  the  manner  of  geometric  cater- 
pillars). Body  elongate,  fusiform,  contractile  into  a  ball.  Rotatory 
organ  double.  Tail  articulate,  frimished  posteriorly  with  little 
hom§  or  styles.  The  stapediform  maxillas  with  two  parallel  teeth, 
sometimes  with  three. 

Rotifar  Cuv.i    (The  characters  of  the  family.) 
o)    Without  proboscis. 

TyphUna  Ehrenb  (and  Hydrias  ejusd.    Ocelliform  points  none). 
MonoUtbiM  Ehrenb.    Ocelliform  points  two. 
h)    Anterior  process  retractile,  proboscidean. 
*)     Ocelliform  points  none. 
CaUadma  Ehrenr 
**)     Ocellifoim  points  two. 
Philodina.     The  ocelliform  points  situated  behind  the  proboscis. 

Sp.  PhUodina  erythrophthalma  Ehbsnb.,  OrganiaoHon,  Syttemaiik,  ke, 
Berlin,  1830,  Tab.  vu.  fig.  2;  Infiuioruih,  Tab.  LXi.  fig.  4;  by  former 
writers  confounded  with  Bottfer  vulgarii,  DuJABDUf  names  this  species, 
with  which  he  thinks  some  other  species  of  Philodina  Ehhshb.  ought  to 
be  united.  Rotifer  inJUUua,  Infusmres,  PI.  17,  fig.  a. 

Rotifer  Ehrenb.  (and  AcAinwrus  ejusd).  Ocelliform  points  situated 
at  the  anterior  part  of  the  proboscis. 

Bp.  JZMi/er  vulgaris  Sohbank,  Ehbsnb.,  Purctdaria  rtdtviva  Lam.,  VortictUa 
rotatoria  Mubll.,  Infutor.  Tab.  xui.  figs.  11 — 16;  Eebbitb.  Organimt,, 
Sytlematik,  &c.  1830.  Tab.  vii.  fig.  i,  Ittfunonith.  Tab.  LX.  fig.  4;  Dujab- 
MH,  Ififutoiret,  PL  17,  fig.  i. 

This  Wheel-animalcule  was  first  discribed  and  figured  by  Lbiuwbkhokok 
in  1701.  {Sevmde  vervolg  der  Brievm,  i^iteMisBive,h\^^o^.  He  observed 


1  Tableau  iUmentaire,  1798,  p.  653. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


206  CLASS   VI. 

thAt  this  animal,  which  he  had  found  in  a  leaden  gutter  of  his  house,  after 
it  had  been  dried  with  the  sand  and  other  matters  that  adhered  to  it, 
revived  again,  when  after  two  days  he  poured  water  upon  it,  which,  having 
been  previously  boiled,  could  contain  no  living  animalcule.  He  afterwards 
found  that  the  same  phenomenon  occurred  after  a  lapse  of  five  months 
(bl.  413).  Different  observers  repeated  these  experiments.  Font  ana 
found  Wheel-animalcules  that  had  been  dried  for  two  years  and  a  half 
revive  on  being  moistened  {TraitS  aur  U  renin  de  la  Vipdre  I.,  Florence, 
1 781,  4to.  pp.  90',  92),  and  Spallanzani  saw  the  waking  from  slumber 
occur  even  after  four  years  {Opuscules  de  Physique,  traduits  par  J.  Senebisb, 
Geneve,  1777,  u.  p.  310).  The  last-named  observer  saw  the  same  pheno- 
menon many  times  in  succession ;  nay,  even  eleven  times  he  saw  alternately 
apparent  death  and  life.  A  few  minutes  are  often  sufficient  to  revive  the 
creatures ;  but  such  alone  as  were  surrounded  with  sand  and  other  matter, 
not  those  which  lying  quite  bare  had  been  dried,  were  revived.  Observations 
in  the  present  century  also  are  not  wanting,  by  Dutroch£T,  C.  Sohultze 
(according  to  Ehbenbebo  on  Philodina),  and  others. 

This  phenomenon  does  not  stand  quite  alone.  We  have  spoken  above  of 
Anguillula  (p.  194),  and  Sfallamzani  observed  the  same  phenomenon  in  a 
microscopic  aquatic  animal,  which  he  named  Tardiffrcidef  and  which  has 
been  called  Arctiscon  by  other  writers.  Dujardin  brings  this  and  other 
similar  animals  as  well  as  the  Wheel-animalcules  into  the  same  class  of 
Systolides;  but  we  are  of  opinion  that  they  ought  rather  to  be  placed,  as 
very  imperfect  forms  of  ArachnoHdea,  with  the  Acari.  It  is  on  these  iar- 
digrades  that  Dot^bb  not  long  ago  performed  his  very  interesting  experi- 
ments, and  also,  after  most  perfect  desiccation  of  the  animals  when  quite 
uncovered,  succeeded  in  reviving  them  (Ann.  des  8e.  not.  2«  s^rie,  1841. 
Tom.  xviii.  Zooloffie,  pp.  5— 35)- 

To  these  observations  no  exception  can  well  be  taken ;  the  fitcts  must 
ttther  be  stoutly  denied  or  be  accepted  as  we  find  them.  Spallakzani 
asserted  incorrectly  that  life  was  quite  gone,  and  that  a  real  revival 
occurred  (1. 1,  p.  3^1).  Lkeuwenhoeck  expressed  himself  more  cautiously. 
Bonnet  too  speaks  of  a  seeming  death,  and  says  that  life  is  not  quite 
extinguished  (Consid.  swr  les  corps  organisis,  (Euvres,  Neuchatel,  1779, 
8vo.  VI.  p.  214,  Contemplation  de  la  nature,  ibid.  Tom.  vin.  p.  762),  VoN 
Humboldt  calls  the  state  of  apparent  death  in  these  animaLs  one  of  sleep, 
or  of  suspended  life  {Versuche  iiber  die  gereizte  Muskd-und  Nerver\faser, 
1797.  8vo.  I.  s.  196).  In  this  desiccated  state  life  is  potentially  present, 
but  does  not  announce  itself  by  actual  phenomena.  If  ws  choose  to  name 
this  life  latent,  we  must  not  call  death  itself  a  latent  life;  certainly  these 
animals  are  not  dead,  but  their  life  is  brought  to  a  stand  by  the  want  of 
one  of  the  most  common  and  most  necessary  of  vital  stimuli,  by  the  want 
of  water. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CLASS  VII. 
RINGED  WORMS  {ANNULATA)K 

Linn  JBUS  placed  (vid.  p.  30)  all  animals  that  are  destitute  of  a 
proper  intemsd  skeleton  in  two  classes,  that  of  Insects  and  that  of 
Worms.  In  reviewing  the  principal  modifications  which  subsequent 
writers  have  introduced  into  the  general  classification  of  the  animal 
kingdom,  we  find  that  thej  relate  chiefly  to  the  animals  placed  bj 
LiNNiEUS  in  the  latter  class.  All  those  classes  which  we  have 
hitherto  treated  of  have  been  formed  by  separation  from  the  LiN- 
N.£AN  class  of  worms ;  all  the  animals  which  we  shall  describe  in 
the  sequel  as  Molluscs  formed  collectively  a  portion  of  the  same 
great  division.  Amongst  creatures  so  numerous  and  of  such  variety 
of  form,  there  are  some  which  in  type,  or  plan  of  organisation, 
approximate  towards  insects;  they  are,  like  insects,  articulate 
animals,  but  differ  firom  them  by  the  absence  of  articulate  feet.  As 
early  as  the  end  of  the  last  century  Cuvier  made  of  these  a  distinct 
division  of  the  animal  kingdom  under  the  name  of  Worms,  and,  at 


1  Compare  on  this  class  : — 

O.  F.  MuELLEB,  Vermium.  terrestrium  et  fiuviatilium  teu  AnimoUium  infusoriorum, 
kdminthiGirum  et  tedaeeorum,  non  marinorum,  wccincta  HUtoria,  Haunise  et  Lipeie, 
1773,  1774,  n  Volamina  4to.  (This  work  describes  the  Worms  of  Liknaus,  that  is, 
Uie  invertebrate  inarticolate  animals  and  the  ringed  Worms.) 

O.  F.  MuELLEBj  NaturgtschichU  einiger  WurmarUn  det  tiUienundnlziffen  Wauert, 
mit  Knpf.,  Kopenhagen,  I77i>  4to.  (new  edit.  1800).  Descriptions  and  observations 
referring  chiefly  to  the  genera  Nais,  Nereis  and  Aphrodile. 

J.  G.  Satiokt,  Sjfdlme  dee  Annelidet,  DeteripUon  de  VEgypt€y  Tom.  xxvi.  Paris, 
i8a6,  (pp.  3^5—472). 

AUDOUIN  et  MiLNB  Edwabds,  Clataificaiion  dee  Anndides  et  Ikecription  de  eeUcn, 
qui  kabUent  lea  cdtea  de  la  Frajice,  Annalet  dee  Sc.  natur.  Tom.  xxvii.  1833,  pp.  337 — 
447,  Tom.  xxvra.  1833,   pp.  187—147,  xxix.  pp.  195—269,  pp.  388—411,  xxx. 

pp.  411— 4«5- 

MlLNS  EDWABoa^  Anndida  in  Todd'b  Oydapoedia  I.  1835,  pp.  164—173. 

A.  S.  Obbsied,  Qrceidanda  Anmdata  doreibranchiata  in  Kongl.  Daneke  videneka- 
hemee  SeUhahe  NatwrvidenMbeliffe  og  mathematieke  AfhandUnger  t.  181 3,  pp.  153— 
116,  with  figures. 

A.  E.  Gbubs,  IHe  FamUien  der  Anneliden,  Bin  S^ematierhea  Venuch.  Berlin, 
1851. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


208  CLASS   VI. 

the  same  time,  added  to  it  the  Entozaa^.  Some  jears  afterwards 
CuYiER  discovered,  that  manj  of  these  animals  have  red-coloured 
blood,  and  thought  that  a  name  implying  this  was  justifiable  {vers 
h  sang  rouge),  whilst  Lamarck,  on  account  of  the  rings  into  which 
their  body  is  divided,  named  them  Anndides. 

It  was  necessary  to  premise  these  historical  notices  in  order  to 
make  it  clear  why  we  have  given  to  this  class  of  animals  the  name 
'^Binged  Worms;"  and,  notwithstanding,  include  in  it  animals 
whose  body  is  not  divided  into  rings.  The  name  may  be  defended 
by  similar  iostances  from  other  classes  of  animals,  where  names  do 
not  always  suit  all  the  iadividuals  in  them*.  But,  further,  we 
prefer  this  name  to  that  of  "  Worms,"  because  this  last  is  too 
indeterminate,  and,  as  has  been  alleged  above,  has  a  double  meaning. 

One  of  the  best  writers  on  the  Anrmlata  is  0.  F,  Mueller,  to 
whom  the  whole  of  Zoology  is  indebted  for  distinguished  services. 
The  immortal  Pallas,  also,  described  many  ringed  worms,  and 
investigated  them  anatomically.  In  the  present  century  they  have 
been  especially  iuvestigated  by  Savignt,  Milne  Edwards,  GtRUBE 
and  Oersted.  Ehrenbero  has  placed  some  of  these  worms, 
on  accoimt  of  the  vibratile  cilia  with  which  their  integument  is 
beset,  in  a  separate  class,  under  the  name  TurbeUaria.  But,  besides 
that  we  think  too  great  a  multiplicity  of  classes  is  to  be  avoided, 
some  of  these  TurbeUaria  approach  far  too  nearly  to  other  natural 
divisions  of  the  Annulata  to  allow  us  to  place  them  in  a  distinct 
class  of  the  animal  kingdom '. 

Cuvier  and  Lamarck  placed  the  Annulata  higher  in  the  animal 
kingdom  than  the  rest  of  the  articulates ;  above  the  Crustaceans.  It 
is  true  that  the  last-named  Zoologist  considered  the  Crustaceans  to  be 
the  more  highly  organised,  but  believing  that  the  AnnuIcOa  ought  to 
stand  above  the  Insects,  and  that  it  was  inexpedient  to  break  the  con- 
nected series  formed  by  the  Insects,  Arachnoids,  and  Crustaceans, 


^  Tableau  OSmeiU.  de  VHitt.  not.  dea  Anima/ux,  1798,  p.  644 ;  Le^.  d^Anat.  con^ 
parSe  I.  ivi^me  Tableau,  Lakabok  adopted  the  same  class  in  his  Sjftt^me  dee  Anim, 
eane  vertibree,  i8or,  p.  315. 

*  The  class  of  the  Acalephce  for  instance,  the  order  of  the  henUptera,  a  name  which 
is  properly  applicable  to  the  division  of  the  heteroptera  alone. 

*  In  the  foUowing  general  yiew  of  the  internal  stmcture  of  this  class  we  shaU 
especially  fix  our  regards  on  those  animals  which  indicate  most  clearly  the  articulate 
type;  for  the  rest  we  refer  to  the  special  notices  in  the  Systematic  Arrangement. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


RINGED-WORMS.  209 

by  the  AnmUatay  he  preferred  to  place  these  last  at  the  top.  We 
are  quite  as  ready  to  acknowledge  that  Articulates  with  articulate  feet 
form  a  single  connected  series^  and  would  not  therefore  separate 
them  from  each  other;  but  we  place  the  AnnuUUa  below  the  Insects, 
not  above  the  Crustaceans.  This  arrangement,  formerly  adopted  by 
us  when  it  was  less  common,  appears  now  to  be  generally  received; 
even  by  Frenchmen,  as,  for  instance,  Milne  Edwards. 

The  body  of  ringed-worms  is  generally  much  elongated  and 
cylindrical;  in  some  instances  it  is  broader  and  oval.  It  is  divided 
by  transverse  folds  into  rings  or  girdles,  which,  in  most  species,  are 
very  numerous,  and  in  one  and  the  same  species  may  vary  greatly 
in  number,  at  least  when  that  number  is  very  great.  The  common 
Leech  has  abont  100  such,  Eunice  gigarUea  above  400 ;  in  Phyllo- 
doce  laminoaa  Sav.,  Audouin  and  Milne  Edwards  found  nearly 
500  rings,  whilst  in  other  individuals  of  the  same  species  there 
were  sometimes  only  300.  The  integument  is  always  soft,  not 
corneous,  but  some  of  them  live  in  sheaths  or  shells,  sometimes 
compacted  with  bits  of  shell  or  grains  of  sand  into  a  mosaic  work- 
of  considerable  strength,  and  sometimes  consisting  of  calcareous 
matter,  as  in  the  genus  Serpula, 

In  some  the  head  is  not  distinct  from  the  succeeding  rings  of 
the  body.  In  others  it  is  distinguished  from  the  trunk  by  its 
different  form,  and  is  provided  with  eyes  and  even  with  threads, 
which  many  anthors  name  Antennse,  after  the  so-named  parts  in 
Insects  and  Crustaceans;  but  they  differ  from  these,  and  can  be 
pushed  in  and  out  like  the  horns  or  feelers  on  the  head  of  snails. 
The  number  of  these  feelers  differs;  there  are  rarely  more  than  five, 
and  some  species  have  only  a  single  thread  of  the  kind. , 

On  the  rings  of  the  body  spines  or  hairs  are  usually  set,  which 
however  may  be  entirely  wanting  in  some,  as  in  the  leech.  In 
most  the  hairs  or  spines  are  placed  upon  minute  lateral  tubercles, 
which  may  be  considered  as  rudiments  of  feet.  These  rudimentary 
feet  are,  however,  never  jointed  as  in  insects.  They  are  usually 
divided  into  two  parts,  which  may  be  named  oars  or  fins;  one  on 
the  dorsal  surfja.ce,  another  on  the  ventral  siuface  {rame  dorsale  et 
rame  venirale  Savigny).  On  each  of  these  two  projections  a 
bundle  of  hairs  {aetcB)  is  set,  of  very  different  form;  and,  besides  this, 
each  projection  has,  as  the  rule,  a  conical  spine  that  can  be  re- 
tracted into  its  sheath  and  is  called  needle  (acus).  Moreover,  at  the 
VOL.  I.  14 


Digitized  by 


Google 


210  CLASS  VII. 

base,  or  foot-piece  of  each  of  these  oars  there  is  usually  placed 
a  filiform  appendage  {cirrus).  In  the  Dorsibranchiates  there  are 
found,  in  addition,  on  the  dorsal  surface  towards  the  sides  and  near 
the  oars,  or  upon  them,  the  external  respiratory  organs,  Oilis,  of 
various  forms ;  sometimes  divided  like  a  comb,  or  branched  like  a 
tree,  sometimes  composed  of  simple  filiform  appendages  resembling 
the  cirri  of  the  oars.  In  other  ringed-worms  the  gills  are  situated 
at  the  most  anterior  part  of  the  body.  In  the  Leech,  the  Earth- 
worm, and  allied  genera,  no  respiratoiy  organs  are  visible  externally. 

In  those  ringed-worms  that  have  not  a  distinct  head,  the  mouth 
is  usually  found  quite  at  the  anterior  extremity  of  the  body ;  in  the 
rest  it  is  situated  on  the  inferior  surfsu^,  and  usually  a  muscular 
proboscis  can  be  everted  (FhyUodoce  Nereisy  &c,).  In'these,  more- 
over, the  mouth  is  ordinarily  armed  with  homy  jaws,  placed  late- 
rally, differing  in  number  in  the  different  genera.  Occasionally  the 
number  is  not  the  same  on  the  two  opposite  sides.  Thus  the  genera 
CEnone  and  Aglaura  Sav.  have  four  jaws  on  the  right,  five  on  the 
l^ft ;  Lysidice  and  Leamce  three  on  the  right,  and  four  on  the  left. 

The  intestinal  canal  is,  for  the  most  part,  straight,  yet  there  are 
exceptions.  In  SabeUa  ventilabrum  the  canal  makes  a  great  num- 
ber of  transverse  flexures,  lying  upon  one  another,  and  winding 
sometimes  to  the  right^  sometimes  to  the  left:  the  first  portion 
alone,  the  oesophagus,  is  straight^;  Grube  observed  the  same  dis- 
position in  Cirratulus^,  In  Amphtctene  (Amphitrite  auricoma  bel- 
gica  Cuv.)  the  intestinal  canal  makes  two  flexures,  as  in  Hohihurtay 
first  proceeding  backwards,  then  straight  forwards,  and  then  back- 
wards again  with  a  narrower  portion  between  the  two  others  ^  In 
the  remainder,  where  the  canal  is  straight,  there  are  usually  lateral 
appendages,  or  it  is  as  though  divided  into. cells  by  transverse 
constrictions.  In  the  Earth-worm  a  short  round  stomach  succeeds 
to  the  oesophagus,  and  then  there  is  another  muscular  stomach.  In 
Arentcola  the  middle  wider  portion  of  the  intestinal  canal  has  very 
thin  walls,  and  is  covered  with  very  regular  vascular  reticulations 


1  Meckel,  SyaUm  der  Vergl,  Anal,  iv.  1829,  s.  71,  R.  Waoneb  in  Oken's  his, 
i«3«,  B.  657,  Tab.  X.  fig.  13. 

'  A.  E.  Gbube,  Zw  Anatomic  und  Physidifgie  der  Kiemenmirmcr,  Konigsberg, 
1838,  4to.  8.  34. 

*  Pallas,  Misc.  Zoolog.  p.  129,  Tab.  ix.  figs.  12,  13. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


RINGED-WORMS.  211 

dividing  it,  as  it  were,  into  cells.  Two  conical  yellow  ccecal  pouches 
are  placed  at  the  commencement  of  this  portion  of  intestine :  thej 
may  probably  be  considered  to  be  radiments  of  the  liver.  In 
the  common  Leech,  the  short  oesophagus,  of  an  oval  form,  wider 
towards  the  middle  of  its  length,  passes  into  a  long  stomach,  which 
is  divided  by  transverse  walls  into  eleven  portions:  on  each  side  are 
seen  ten  ccecal  appendages  to  the  stomach,  the  last  of  these  being 
the  longest ;  the  inferior  opening  of  the  stomach  {Pyhrus)  extends, 
like  a  funnel,  into  the  intestine  by  a  narrow  opening.  In  other 
genera  of  Himdineay  ex.  gr.  in  HcBTnopsisy  the  intestinal  canal  is 
more  simple,  having  only  two  cSecal  appendages  i.  In  Aphrodtta 
there  succeeds  to  a  very  muscular  cylindrical  tube,  which  Pallas 
described  as  stomach,  a  thin  intestinal  canal  of  considerable  width 
with  about  twenty  coecal  appendages  on  each  side*.  These  append- 
ages are  narrow  at  their  insertion  into  the  intestine,  wider  in  their 
middle,  where  they  are  provided  with  branched  lappets,  and  termi- 
nate in  longish  coecal  sacs.  This  structure  recalls  the  disposition 
of  the  intestinal  canal  in  FlanaricB  and  DiatomcUa,  and  the  blind 
branched  appendages  of  the  intestinal  canal  in  Star-fishes  may  be 
compared  with  it.  They  are  filled,  as  these  are,  with  yellow  fluid, 
and  may  be  compared  to  rudiments  of  liver.  In  other  animals  again 
the  liver  appears  as  a  protrusion  of  the  intestinal  canal. 

The  system  of  Blood-vessels  presents  very  many  modifications 
in  this  class.  As  to  the  blood  itself,  we  have  seen  above,  that 
CuviER  believed  it  to  be  red  in  all  the  ringed-worms.  Such  is 
really  the  case  in  by  far  the  greater  number,  as  Hvrudo^  Imnbricus^ 
Arenioola^  Nereisy  TerebeUa,  Serpulaf  &c.:  in  others  it  is  nearly 
colourless,  sa  in  Aphrodite:  yellow,  as  in  PolyruoH^  and  Phyllodoce,  or 
even  green,  as  Milne  Edwards  found  it  m  a  species  of  SabeUa.  The 
general  arrangement  of  the  circulating  apparatus  is  as  follows:  there 
are  two  main  stems,  one  on  the  dorsal  surface,  the  other  on  the 
ventral  surface,  which  run  in  the  midst  through  the  whole  length 
of  the  body,  and  as  fiur  as  the  course  of  the  blood  could  be  deter- 
mined in  the  living  body — (for  which  investigation  small  indivi- 
duals are  frequently  more  fitted  than  large  ones,  on  account  of  their 


>  See  a  figure  in  Brandt  und  KxTZKBURa,  Medieinitehe  Zoologie,  ii.  Bd.  1833, 
Tab.  xzix.  B.  fig.  is. 

■  Pallas,  1. 1.  Tab.  vn.  fig.  10  d,d,  fig.  11  <7,5r.    G.  B.  Treviranus  in  Zeiiwhrift 
ftkr  Phyai'oUigie  Til.  1819,  s.  159—161,  Tab.  xn.  fig.  9. 

14—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


212  CLASS  Til. 

transparency),  the  blood moTes  in  llie  dorsal  vessel  from  l)ehind  for- 
wards, in  the  abdominal  vessel  from  before  backwards^.  In  the  Earth- 
worm {Lumbrtcua)  the  two  trunks  are  united  in  the  anterior  part  of 
the  body  by  five  or  more  (7 — ^9)  arches  widened  like  strings  of 
pearls.  (It  is  almost  impossible  not  to  recall  here  the  vascular  arches 
which  in  the  embryos  of  mammals  run  along  the  branchial  fissures.) 
In  others  the  connexion  forwards  is  effected  by  vascular  plexuses 
{retia  mirahilic^\  The  dorsal  vessel  is  usually  considered  to  be 
arterial,  the  abdominal  venous :  and  in  most  of  the  ringed-worms 
this  opinion  is  not  without  ground,  as  might  indeed  have  been  con- 
cluded fr^m  analogy  with  other  aiticulates.  Sometimes  the  anterior 
part  of  the  dorsal  vessel  becomes  wider,  resembling  a  rudiment  of  a 
heart,  which  then  is  in  most  cases  an  arterial  heart  like  that  of 
spiders  and  crustaceans.  The  exception  however  observed  by 
Milne  Edwards  must  not  be  forgotten;  in  TerebeUa  the  heart 
drives  the  blood  to  the  gills,  and  must  therefore  be  considered  to  be 
a  venous  heart,  analogous  to  that  of  fishes. 

Other  less  important  modifications  of  the  vascular  system  consist 
in  the  breaking  up  of  the  two  main  stems  into  several,  which  are 
sometimes  quite  separate  from  each  other,  though  placed  in  proxi- 
mity (Nephthysy  Eunice)^  or  in  the  presence  of  lateral  longitudinal 
stems.  In  Phiane  carunculcOa  there  are  as  many  as  seven  longitu- 
dinal stems:  Jour  on  the  ventral  surface,  of  which  the  middle  ones 
are  small  and  lie  at  the  sides  of  the  nervous  system,  and  the  two 
outer  which  are  larger  and  give  twigs  to  the  gills,  and  three  on  the 
dorsal  surface,  of  which  the  two  lateral  receive  the  blood  from  the 
gills,  and  are  connected  by  transverse  branches  with  the  third  or 
median  trunk '.  In  the  Leech  there  are  four  principal  stems,  one 
dorsal,  one  abdominal,  and  two,  larger  than  these,  lateral. 


1  In  ibis  simple  fundameDtal  form  the  vascular  system  presents  itself  in  NaU, 
where  an  arched  vessel  at  the  anterior  extremity  of  the  body  unites  the  two  longitudinal 
vessels.  Gruithuisxn,  Anai.  der  gegOngelim  NiOde,  Nov.  Act.  Acad.  Cm,  Leop. 
Tom.  XI.  p.  133.    And  Ueber  die  Nal$  diaphana,  ibid.  Tom.  xiv.  pp.  407,  ftc 

'  In  Nereit :  see  H.  Rathks,  de  Bopyro  d  Nereide  €ommentaticne$  dua,  1837,  4to. 
who  calls  these  parts  orffona  rdicuUOa.  Milkb  Edwabdb,  Ann.  dea  Sc.  nai.  ae  S^rie, 
Tom.  X.  Zocl.  1838,  PI.  13,  fig.  I.  Similar  vascular  plexuses  exist  also  in  PUione 
caTunculaia,  see  G.  R.  Tbeyibakub,  Beobachtungm  aut  der  Zool.  u.  Phytiol.  Bremen, 
1839,  ^  S4f  ai^d  A.  £.  Grubb,  Jk  Pleione  cartmctUata  Dm.  ZooUm.  Regiomonti 
Prussor.  1837,  p.  19. 

'  Gbubs,  De  PUione  caruncuUUa,  pp.  18,  19.  On  the  circulation  in  the  ringed- 
worms  I.  MUKLLKB  in  Bubdaoh's  Phyaiologie  nr.   1831,  s.  143— 149,  may  be  also 


Digitized  by 


Google 


RINOED-WORMS.  218 

Bespiration  is  effected  hj  the  skin,  or  hj  external  gills  of  very 
different  form,  or  by  vesicles  on  the  sides  of  the  bod  j.  In  the  Leech 
there  are  found  about  seventeen  such  vesicles  on  each  side,  which 
open  on  the  abdominal  sur&ce.  The  openings  are  extremelj  minute, 
and  between  two  of  them  on  each  side  there  are  four  rings  or  seg- 
ments of  the  bodj  without  such  openings.  A  white  convoluted 
structure  is  connected  with  these  vesicles  by  means  of  a  thin  pedicle, 
and  contains  (according  to  DuGi^)  a  blood-vessel  in  its  interior. 
That  these  vesicles  secrete  mucus,  is  no  proof  that  they  are  not 
respiratory  organs ;  some  writers  think  that  it  is  their  sole  function 
to  supply  that  secretion;  and  Brandt  believes  that  respiration  in 
the  Leech  is  effected  by  the  skin.  At  all  events,  though  these 
vesicles  receive  and  return  blood-vessels,  they  have  not  a  perfectly 
separate  circulation  of  blood  in  them,  and  the  respiratoiy  organs 
would  seem  to  receive  in  this  case,  as  in  that  of  Beptiles,  a  portion 
only  of  the  venous  blood.  Li  the  Earth-worm  there  are  more  than  a 
hundred  such  vesicles ;  their  openings  are  on  the  abdominal  surface, 
according  to  Leo  and  DuG^,  whilst  Meckel  and  Morren  think 
that  they  are  connected  with  a  single  series  of  apertures  on  the 
dorsal  surface,  which  Willis  formerly  described  and  compared  to 
the  spiracles  of  Insects*. 

The  ringed-worms,  until  within  the  last  few  years,  were  sup- 
posed, almost  universally,  to  be  bisexual.  It  was  only  in  the 
AphroditcB  that  a  separation  of  the  sexes  was,  with  some  hesitation, 
accepted,  when  Pallas  had  shewn  that  certain  individuals  were  full 
of  eggs  at  the  same  time  that  in  others  the  cavity  of  the  abdomen 
contained  a  tenacious  milky  fluid*.  Afterwards  Rathke  also  found 
a  separation  of  the  sexes  in  Amphitrite^^  and  Quatrefages  observed 
the  same  in  a  large  number  of  marine  ringed-worms  {tubicoloB  and 
erraniiay.  The  observations  of  Steenstrup  on  Lepidonote,  Phylh- 
doce^  Nereis^  Nephthys,  Terebella,  and  Serpula  are  to  the  same  effect: 
in  the  last  genus  the  sexual  distinction  may  be  recognised  by  the 


oonsoHedy  and  espedaUy  Milni  Edwards,  Awn,  dea  Se,  not,  see.  S^rie,  Tom.  z. 
pp.  193—941,  Fi.  10,  It.  (These  figures  are  also  transferred  to  the  new  edition  of 
GuTiBB,  Riffne  AnimtU,  Anndidee,  PI.  i,  Ac.) 

^  J)e  Amma  BrtUcrum,  AmsteLodami,  1674,  Svo.  pp.  34,  35,  Tab.  iv.  fig.  3. 

'  Mi$e,  ZoU,  p.  90. 

■  BeUrage  zwr  vergl,  Anat.  u,  Physiol,  Danag,  184a,  s.  66 — 68. 

*  MiLHB  Edwabds,  Bajijpcrt  tur  une  Sirie  de  Mimoires  de  M.  A.  DK  Quatrk- 
rAOKSy  Ann,  de$  8c,  nak  3ibme  S^rie  i.  p.  21. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


214  CLASS  VII. 

colour  shining  through  the  skin,  which  is  white  in  male  individuals 
and  reddish  in  female.  Other  differences  of  external  appearance 
in  the  two  sexes  are  not  known,  unless  we  except  an  observation  of 
Oersted,  which  however  is  not  altogether  free  from  doubt,  accord- 
ing to  which  in  a  new  genus  very  nearly  allied  to  SyUia^  which  he 
names  Exogone,  the  male  individuals  axe  distinguished  by  longer 
hairs,  as  they  are  in  the  genus  Nats^.  There  still  remain  the 
genera  of  the  Hirudinea  and  Lumbricim,  in  which  Steenstrup  in- 
deed adopts  separation  of  sex  under  similar  external  form  of  the 
parts :  but  this  requires  confirmation  after  accurate  investigation,  for 
it  is  in  conflict  with  earlier  observations,  whilst  by  later  it  is  in  part 
contradicted*.  On  the  whole,  no  common  type  can  be  assigned  for 
the  genital  organs :  for  the  most  part,  there  are  some  pairs  of  vesicles 
{ovaria,  testes)  in  the  fore  part  of  the  body.  In  some  Anmdata  aetyera, 
apertures  at  the  base  of  the  foot-swellings  have  been  seen,  through 
which  passes  seed  or  eggs :  but  in  many  of  them  such  an  outlet  is  still 
unknown.  For  the  most  part,  external  genital  organs  are  deficient : 
neither  does  copulation  occur,  except  in  Lumbricini  and  Hintdinea. 

The  development  of  the  egg  has  been  investigated  only  in  a 
few  species.  Here  also  that  remarkable  cleaving  and  successive 
division  of  the  yelk  has  been  observed,  which  RuscONi  and  VoN 
Baer  first  detected  in  the  eggs  of  frogs  and  of  fishes.  The  deve- 
lopment of  the  embiyo  begins  on  the  abdominal  surfeuse,  and  the 
yelk  lies  on  the  dorsal  surface,  as  in  Crustaceans  and  Insects :  two 
abdominal  streaks  are  observed  at  the  commencement  of  develop- 
ment, which  recall  the  dorsal  plates  of  vertebrate  animals^. 

The  most  recent  times  have  made  us  acquainted  with  some 
remarkable  metamorphoses  in  the  course  of  the  development  of 
ringed-worms.  Loven  found  the  first  stage  in  a  worm  of  the 
family  of  the  Nereids  (probably  a  species  of  PhyUodoce)  to  resemble 


^  Eriohson's  Archivf,  Naturgetch.  1845,  i.  b.  10—23. 

*  See  F.  Mueller  on  the  Hermaphroditism  of  the  Hirudinea,  in  the  German 
transhition  of  Steenstrup'b  work  cited  above  (p.  135)  Untertuchungen  ueber  das 
Vorhcmmen  det  ffermaphrodititmus  in  der  Natur,  Greifswald,  1846,  8.  no — 114. 

*  Most  of  the  observations  refer  to  ffirvdinea.  Such  are  the  following  works : — 
E.  H.  Weber,  Ueb.  die  Entvnckdung  dea  medicin.  BhUegda,  Meckel's  Arckiv.  1828, 
8.  366—418,  Taf.  X.  zi. ;  R.  Waoner,  BruchaMicke  atu  der  ErUwickdung  des  gemeinm 
Mutegels,  Hirudo  vulgaris  L.,  Nephdis  ieasdaJta  Sav.  Oken*s  Isis,  183a,  s.  398 — 408, 
Taf.  iv.;  A.  E.  Geubb,  Untersuchungen  ueber  die  JSntwickdung  der  Cleptinen,  Mit  3 
Kupfert.  Konigsberg,  1844.  We  may  expect  several  observations  on  marine  amwlola 
from  QuATREFAOES.     See  Arm,  des  Sc,  not.  ^ihm.B  S6ne,  Zoologie  i..p.  3i. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


RIKGED-WORMS.  215 

a  hemispherical  or  conical  body  of  about  ^  milllm.  terminating  in  a 
ciliated  disc  on  whose  edge  the  mouth  seemed  to  be  placed.  At 
the  pole  of  the  hemisphere  was  the  anus.  This  conical  body 
increased  gradually  in  length  and  became  divided  into  rings  gra- 
dually more  numerous,  the  last  formed  ring  being  that  next  the 
disc  (just  as  in  Esc^hricht's  observations  on  Baihriocephalua  the 
new  rings  were  formed  in  the  anterior  part  of  the  body).  Each  ring 
originally  consisted  of  four  pieces:  an  anterior  and  a  posterior 
piece  being  larger,  almost  a  semicircle,  and  a  smaller  piece  on  each 
side  connecting  them.  The  disc  with  its  vibrating  cilia  diminished 
gradually  and  became  changed  into  two  fin-like  appendages  to  the 
head,  from  which  the  feelers  probably  proceed^.  Sars  saw  the 
incipient  form  of  Polynbe  cirrala  as  a  short,  oval,  inarticulate  body 
with  a  transverse  circle  of  vibratUe  cilia  round  the  middle*.  It 
may  be  confidently  asserted  therefore  that  there  is  a  melamorplums; 
parts  are  present  which  afterwards  disappear  (the  vibratile  cilia), 
others  are  deficient  which  are  afterwards  developed,  and  the  entire 
form  is  changed. 

The  [Reproductive  force  is,  in  some  animals  of  this  class  very 
great,  in  others  small,  although  worms  that  have  been  cut  through 
transversely  continue  to  live  for  a  long  time,  as  has  been  observed 
in  the  leech,  and  by  O.  F.  Mueller  in  Nereis  vernoolor.  Treh- 
bley's  experiments  on  the  Fresh-water  Polyp  induced  Bonnet  to 
repeat  them  on  Fresh-water  Worms  (Naules),  and  he  found  that 
the  pieces  he  had  cut  off  grew  into  new  worms^.  Mueller  also 
succeeded  in  similar  experiments^.  It  has  been  thought  also  that 
they  have  succeeded  in  the  Earth-worm,  but  here  they  have  con- 
stantly failed  with  other  experimenters.  According,  however,  to 
the  experiments  of  DuG^  a  few  rings  at  the  anterior  part  of  the 
body  may  be  reproduced  and  gradually  changed  into  a  head^ 


'  S.  Loven,  Zooloffiska  Bidrag;  MeUtmorpkoB  hos  en  Anndid  {Aftryck  ur  K, 
Voentk-Alcadtm,  Handlingar,  1840) ;  translated  into  most  of  the  zoological  journals  : 
Ann,  de$  Sc.  not.  2e  S^r.  xvni.  p.  288. 

■  'EniCBBOTx'B  Archiv.  1845,  i.  s.  11—19,  Tab.  i. 

'  ObtervtUioTU  mr  qudquet  e$pice»  de  Yen  d'eau  douce;  (Ewvret  (Aiit.  8vo.)  pp.  167, 
Ac.  Especially  in  LumMctu  variegaius  Muell.  {Lumbricvlut  variegalue  Gbubb)  is 
this  reproductive  power  great,  in  which  Bonnet  saw  the  amputated  head  renewed  eight 
times  in  two  months. 

^  Von  Wilmum  dcs  mtsen  u.  sakigcn  WasterSf  s.  43,  Si,  &c. 

•  Ann.  des  Sc.  not.  XV.  1828,  pp.  317,  318. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


216  CLASS  VII. 

The  Nervous  System  in  the  AnnuUxta  proper  consists,  as  in 
Insects,  of  ganglia  connected  bj  two  cords  and  placed  behind  each 
other  in  a  series  in  the  middle  of  the  body  on  the  abdominal  sur- 
face. Originally  each  ganglion  consists  of  two  lateral  portions,  as 
is  proved  by  the  process  of  development :  on  the  regeneration  also 
of  parts  that  have  been  cut  away  the  nervous  system  appears  to  be 
formed  of  two  lateral  portions.  A  larger  ganglion  lies  in  the  head, 
and  is  connected,  by  two  nervous  threads  that  form  a  ring  around 
the  oesophagus,  with,  the  first  ganglion  of  the  abdominal  chain. 
But  the  Nervous  System  presents  much  variety  in  different  genera, 
as  well  in  the  number  as  in  the  greater  or  less  development  of  the 
ganglia  and  in  the  nerves  that  spring  from  them ;  whilst  in  the 
earth-worm,  for  instance,  the  numerous  ganglia  of  the  abdominal 
chain  almost  touch  each  other,  in  the  leech  they  are  only  twenty- 
four  or  twenty-five  in  number,  and  are  placed  far  asunder,  especially 
in  the  middle.  In  Pleione  carunculata  the  Nervous  System  con- 
sists, according  to  Grube,  besides  the  middle  chain,  of  two  lateral 
cords,  also  with  ganglia,  which  are  connected  with  the  former  by 
transverse  threads  ^  In  Eunice  sanguinea  Quatrefages  found 
minute  ganglia  at  the  base  of  the  rudimentary  feet,  which  however 
were  not  connected,  as  a  chain,  by  longitudinal  filaments.  In  ad- 
dition to  this  nervous  apparatus  a  special  nervous  system  has  been 
detected  in  many  instances,  agreeing  with  that  portion  of  the 
nervous  system  in  Insects  which  has  been  compared  to  the  Nenms 
aympathicus  of  the  higher  animals :  of  which  we  shall  treat  more 
at  large  at  the  class  of  Insects.  In  Hirudo  medtcinalis  Brandt 
discovered  three  minute  ganglia  in  the  head,  which  are  united  by 
threads  with  the  cerebral  ganglion,  and  from  which  the  maxillary 
nerves  arise ;  with  the  middlemost  of  the  three  ganglia  a  nerve  is 
probably  in  connexion,  which  runs  beneath  the  stomach  in  a  longi- 
tudinal direction  and  finally  divides  into  two  branches ;  but  this 
nerve  differs  from  the  sympathetic  of  insects  in  respect  of  its 
position  on  the  inferior  surface.     In  Eunice  sanguinea  and  some 


1  IH88.  zootom.  de  Pleione  carimc,  p,  9,  figs,  x,  5.  Stannius  (/w,  1831)  observed 
the  same  thing  in  another  species  of  Pleione  (Amphinome  rostrcUa),  It  is  as  though  there 
were  a  repetition  of  the  form  of  the  vascular  system  on  the  dorsal  surface,  which  here 
consists  of  three  stems;  see  above  (p.  an).  Perhaps  this  arrangement  occurs  in 
several  Annulata;  at  least  Wagneb  describes  it  also  in  PowUMdla  fMiricata,  Lekrb. 
der  vergl,  AncU.  1835,  s-  38 r. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


RINOED-WORMS.  217 

NereidiB  QuATREFAQES  fonnd  this  system  to  be  composed  of  differ- 
ent ganglia,  and  named  it,  on  account  of  its  position  on  the  pro- 
boscis, sysdme  atisoBacphagien,  or  probasddten  supirteur^. 

With  respect  to  organs  of  sense,  with  the  exception  of  tentacles 
and  other  appendages  subservient  to  a  finer  sense  of  touch,  for  sight 
there  are  found  in  most  species  only  coloured  spots,  usually  black, 
of  variable  number,  as  special  organs.  According  to  I.  Mueller's 
investigations  in  a  Nereis,  the  eyes  of  ringed-worms  contain  no 
transparent  parts,  but  are  merely  swellings  of  the  visual  nerves  sur- 
rounded by  black  pigment.  They  are  endowed  with  sensibility  for 
light,  and  the  worms  can  distinguish  between  light  and  darkness : 
but  what  is  properly  named  aiffht,  perception  of  the  form  of  objects, 
such  eyes  cannot  afford.  In  Alciopa  lepidota  Krohn  however  found 
a  lens  and  a  vitreous  body.  A  special  auditory  organ  has  not  been 
detected ;  the  first  portion  of  the  oesophagus  is  supposed  to  be  the 
seat  of  taste. 

The  organs  of  motion  are  in  some  more  complicated  than  in 
others.  In  all  muscular  fibres  are  found  beneath  the  skin,  which 
may  be  separated  more  or  less  completely  into  layers :  the  external 
layer  has  a  circular,  the  internal  a  longitudinal  course.  In  some,  as 
Aphrodite,  these  fibres  are  imited  to  form  distinct  bundles.  By  means 
of  the  layers  or  bundles  the  body  can  be  moved,  contracted,  extended, 
bent.  Besides  this  general  muscular  system,  motion  of  the  body 
in  the  Leech  can  be  also  effected  by  means  of  a  suctorial  disc  at  its 
posterior  part,  in  which  there  are  circular  and  radiating  fibres.  The 
proboscis,  which  is  capable  of  eversion  and  retraction,  has  proper 
muscles  for  these  purposes.  Concerning  the  bristles  and  hairs, 
which  are  found  on  many,  we  have  already  spoken  above.  These 
parts,  springing  firom  the  sides,  supply  fixed  points  for  the  motions 
of  the  body,  like  the  spines  of  the  Echini:  they  are  retracted,  ex- 
tended or  moved  sideways  by  proper  muscles. 

Many  species  of  this  class  diffuse  a  phosphoric  light.     It  is 


^  There  lies  also  a  small  ganglion  in  firont  of  the  brain  {ffan^ion  cervical  Quatbs- 
FAGKs),  and  from  the  lateral  parts  of  the  brain  a  thread  arises,  which  with  that  of  the 
other  side  surrounds  the  mouth  (Sydime  mmHUOfhagien  labial  au  prohoscidien 
infiriewr);  this  last  portion  of  the  nervous  system  may  be  compared  with  the  arrange- 
ment in  the  MoUtuca  gcuUntpoda,  See  on  the  nervous  system  of  the  Anndidt 
a  memoir  of  Quatbefaobs  illustrated  with  beautiful  figures,  Ann.  def  Sc.  not.  3e  S^rie, 
Tom.  n.  Zoologie,  1844,  pp.  81 — 104, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


218  CLASS  VII. 

asserted  that  this  phenomenon  has  been  occasionallj  observed  in 
the  earth-worm  {Lumbricus  terrestris  L.)  It  is  quite  certain  that  it 
has  been  seen  to  occur  in  very  many  marine  Annelides:  and  hence 
these  are  creatures  also  which  contribute  to  the  illumination  of  the 
sea.  NereidcB  are  especially  noted  in  this  respect :  DuGiis  observed 
the  phenomenon  in  a  Mediterranean  species  4!'  long,  Syllis  fidgun 
rans^.  QuATREFAGES  made  the  important  discovery  that,  in  certain 
minute  marine  Annelides  (species  of  Syllis  and  Poli/noe),  the  seat  of 
the  phenomenon  is  at  the  base  of  the  feet-tubercles — ^in  fact  in  the 
muscles:  it  was  only  when  the  muscles  contracted  that  the  light 
appeared  like  an  electric  spark  ^. 

Binged-worms  are  found  in  all  countries  and  seas :  but  it  is  im- 
possible to  present  a  view  of  the  geographical  distribution  of  the 
species  hitherto  known,  for  this  class  is  perhaps  more  generally 
neglected  by  voyagers  than  any  other,  and  we  are  acquainted  with 
few  marine  annelides  except  those  from  the  Atlantic  ocean,  the 
Mediterranean,  and  the  Red  sea.  Of  the  genus  Palmyra  only  one 
species  is  known,  which  was  found  at  the  Mauritius.  From  the 
Indian  sea  some  large  and  beautiful  species  are  known,  as  Laodicea 
gigantea;  Serpula  gigantea  is  from  the  West  Indies :  and,  in  general 
the  large  and  beautifdl  species  are  most  numerous  in  warm  regions. 
Some  species  appear  to  have  a  very  wide  geographical  distribution, 
as  Hestane  splendtda,  found  by  Savignt  in  the  Red  sea,  and  brought 
by  Matthieu  from  the  Island  of  Mauritius :  and  Pleione  carunculata, 
which,  according  to  Pallas  and  Savigny  occurs  in  the  American 
seas,  according  to  Seba  in  the  Indian  sea,  and  was  found  by  Grube 
in  the  Mediterranean  at  Sicily.  The  Hirudtnea  and  Lumlmcini 
have  scarcely  been  investigated  elsewhere  than  in  Europe. 


^  Ann,  dea  Sc.  not,  Tom.  xxix.  p.  iig.  The  NereU  noctUuca  L.  is  a  Bmall  animal- 
cule, probably  the  same  species  as  Nereu  cirrigera  o{  Viviani.  P6lyno€  ffd^rans,  at 
most  half  a  line  long,  was  observed  and  figured  by  Ehbembbbo,  Leuchten  det  Meera, 
Tab.  I.  fig.  I. 

'  Ann.  des  Sc.  mU.  sec.  S^rie,  xix,  1843,  Zooloffie,  pp.  183 — 192. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


SYSTEMATIC 
DISTRIBUTION    OF    ANNULATA. 


CLASS  vn. 

ANNULATA- 


Animals  elongate,  living  in  waters  or  moist  earth,  not  parasiti- 
cally  in  other  animals,  mostly  articulate,  without  jointed  feet,  but  often 
in  place  of  feet  supplied  with  setse  or  setiferous  tubercles  which  are 
retractile.  Kespiration  effected  either  by  external  branchiaa  or  in- 
ternal sacs  or  by  the  skin  itself.  Organs  of  circulation  in  most 
distinct ;  contractile  vessels  instead  of  heart.  The  nervous  system 
composed  of  a  cephalic  ganglion  single  or  double,  and  most  fre- 
quently of  a  double  ventral  cord  with  ganglia  at  intervals. 

Order  I.     Turhellaria. 

Body  cylindrical  or  depressed,  most  frequently  inarticulate,  or 
ringed  by  transverse  rugae,  beset  with  vibratile  cilia. 

Family  I.  PlanariecB.  Nutrient  canal  with  one  distinct  aperture 
alone,  anus  none.     Body  inarticulate. 

This  &mily  was  originally  formed  from  the  genus  Plcmaria  of 
O.  F.  Mueller,  which  was  divided  by  later  writers  into  other  genera, 
and  round  which  in  consequence  of  new  discoveries  other  different 
genera  were  arranged.  It  appears  to  us  to  be  inconsistent  with  the 
idea  of  a  class,  to  raise  this  group  to  that  rank,  as  Yok  Siebold  has 
done,  who  has  formed  his  class  of  the  Tttrbellaria  of  it  alona  The 
name  TwheUaria  was  first,  though  in  a  more  comprehensive  sense, 
used  by  Ehbenbebg*  (see  above,  p.  208).  The  phenomenon  of 
rotatory  motion  in  the  water  surrounding  these  animals,  which  gave 


>  SymiMa  phynae  Anim.  eveiiebraia  exduiit  ifUectia,  i.  Berolini,  183 1,  fol. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


220  CLASS  VII. 

ocoacdon  to  the  name,  was  first,  as  it  seems,  observed  by  Ducds  in 
FlcmcMrice,  although  he  did  not  refer  it  to  cilia  (Ann.  des  Sc.  tuU. 
Tom-  XV.  p.  165),  whilst  Von  Baeb  observed  at  the  same  time  an- 
other phenomenon  which  could  only  be  an  effect  of  these  cilia, 
that  when  a  portion  of  these  animals  is  cut  off  it  continues  to  rotate 
circularly  in  the  water  {N'ov,  Act,  Acad.  Cceaar.  Leap.  Carol.  Tom- 
XIII.  P.  2,  p.  711> 

The  internal  structure  of  these  creatures  was  first  recognised  with 
precision  in  this  century,  especially  through  the  investigations  of 
"DuGite,  V.  Baeb,  Fokke,  Oebsted,  and  Quatbefages;  it  presents 
important  differences  in  different  genera  whilst  the  external  habUua 
is  similar.  We  must  confine  ourselves  to  the  notice  of  a  few  general 
traits. 

Besides  the  cilia  on  the  external  sur&ce,  the  external  integument 
in  many  is  distinguished  by  the  presence  of  cells  with  nettle-threads, 
like  as  we  stated  in  Acalephse.  Beneath  the  integument  there  is 
a  layer  of  transparent,  homogeneous  tissue,  which,  according  to 
QuATKEFAOES,  suppUes,  as  it  seems,  the  place  of  muscle,  and  by  its 
contraction  effects  the  movement  of  the  body.  The  motion  occurs 
by  swimming  in  the  water,  the  lateral  margins  beating  to  and  fro, 
by  creeping  with  bending  and  straightening  of  the  body,  or  by  equably 
gliding,  much  as  the  gasteropod  molluscs  move  with  their  so-named 
foot. 

The  oral  aperture  is  sometimes  more  forward,  sometimes  more  in 
the  middle  of  the  body  on  the  ventral  sur&ce.  The  intestinal  canal 
is  in  some  straight,  and  extends  itself,  when  the  mouth  ia  not  placed 
quite  forward,  anteriorly  as  well  as  posteriorly,  with  blind  terminar 
tions  in  both  directions  In  others  the  intestinal  canal  is  like  a 
tree  divided  into  branches ;  in  our  fresh-water  species  one  branch  is 
seen  to  run  forwards,  on  both  sides  provided  with  blind  appendages, 
and  two  stems  or  main  branches  backwards  at  the  sides  of  the  body 
(in  Pkmaria  lactea  the  branches  may  be  readily  distinguished 
externally  by  their  dark  colour).  In  other  species  from  sea-water 
the  division  of  the  branches  is  somewhat  different ;  sometimes  quite 
retiform.  In  the  cavity  of  the  mouth  is  situated  a  part  that  can 
be  extended  by  eversion,  serving  for  the  seizure  of  food,  and  various 
in  form.  It  is  able,  when  severed  from  the  living  creature,  to  move 
independently  for  some  time  whilst  it  swallows  greedily  sun"ounding 
substances  which  are  seen  to  pass  out  by  the  posterior  open  ex- 
tremity as  through  a  ^nnel.  With  respect  to  the  vascular  system 
little  is  known ;  that  which  is  described  as  such  by  some  writers. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ANNULATA.  221 

belongs  probably  to  the  nervous  cfystem.  In  some  species  with 
straight  intestinal  canal,  there  have  been  observed  at  the  sides  two 
tortuous  canals  running  longitudinally,  which,  without  giving  off 
lateral  branches,  bend  round  in  a  loop  at  the  back  part  Respira- 
tion is  probably  effected  by  the  skin  itself  and  the  water  on  the 
sur&ce  is  constantly  renewed  by  the  vibratory  motion. 

As  nervotis  system  in  many  a  double  nervous  ganglion  has  been 
observed,  which  lies  at  the  anterior  end,  and  from  which  many 
branches  arise.  The  eyes,  which  are  in  some  instances  very  nume- 
rous, present  in  many  a  transparent  body,  corpus  vitreum  or  lens 
crystaUina. 

The  reproductive  power  is  very  great,  and  severed  parts  grow,  as 
appears  from  the  observations  especially  of  Duoes  and  J.  R  Johnson, 
to  new  aniuLals.  In  some  propagation  occurs  by  spontaneous  division. 
The  sexual  organs  have  one  common  or  two  separate  openings  behind 
the  mouth;  in  the  latter  case  the  anterior  opening  belongs  to  the 
male  organs  of  copulation.  Two  long  tubes  supply  the  office  of 
testes,  and  end  as  vasa  deferentia  in  a  seminal  vesicle,  with  which  a 
penis  of  various  form  is  connected.  The  spermatozoa  have  been 
observed  by  Quatrefages  and  Yon  Siebold.  A  double  oviduct 
leads  to  a  spacious  vagina,  into  which  two  special  hollow  bodies  also 
opecL  The  ^gs  lie  dispersed  in  the  parenchyme  of  the  body, 
between  the  ooecal  branches  of  the  intestinal  canal  (Quatrefages), 
where  probably  they  are  contained  in  special  ramified  tubes 
(ovaries). 

Compare  on  this  family  : 

VoN  Baeb,  Ueber  Plana/rien.  Nov,  AcL  Acad,  Cess,  L,  G,  not 
cur,  VoL  XIII.  P.  2,  pp.  690—730. 

DuGis,  Eecher<^es  su/r  Vorgamisat,  et  les  moev/rs  des  Flanariees, 
Arm,  des  Sc,  not  xv.  1828,  pp.  139 — 187  ;  Observations  rumv.  siur 
les  FUmaires,  Und.  xxi.  1830,  pp.  72—92. 

A.  S.  Oersted,  Erdwy/rf  einer  systematischen  Eintheilung  und 
speciellen  BerschreU/trng  der  Plattmirmer.  MU  HoUz-schnUtenund 
3  Tafdn^   Copenhagen,  1844,  8vo. 

A.  Db  Quatrefages,  Memovre  sur  qaelques  FUmariees  marines, 
Arm,  des  Sc.  not.  3me  S6rie,  Tom.  iv.  1845,  Zodog,  pp.  129—184. 
PL  3— 8. 

M.  S.  ScHULTZE,  Beitrdge  sur  Natmgeschichte  der  TwrbelUm^n. 
Erste  abtheUwng,  Hit  Kwpfertaf.  Greifswald,  1851,  4to.  also  in 
Wibgicann*8  Ar<Mv,  1849.  §  290. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


222  CLASS  YII. 

Phalanx  I.  Ehabdocoela.  Intestine  simple,  cylindrical,  not  ex- 
sertile  from  the  mouth.    Body  elongate,  roundish  or  depressed. 

Prostoma  Oerst.  (not  DuGES),  Oyrator  Ehrenb.  Oral  aperture 
anterior  terminal. 

Sp.  ProtUma  lineare  Oebst.,  Oyrator  hermaphrodUus  Ehbskb.,  Ahhandl. 
der  Ahad,  der  Wisaeruck,  zu  Berlin,  1835,  l^b.  I.  fig.  2. 

Vortex  Ehrenb. 

Sp.  Vortex  truneatus,  Plancma  truncatck,  Zool,  dcmie.  Tab.  106,  fig.  i^  a,  b, 
Ehbskb.  1.  L  figs.  3,  &c. 

Deroatoma  Oerst.  (DuGieis  in  part). 

Mesostoma  DuGES,  Oerst.  Body  depressed,  transparent;  oral 
aperture  annular,  rotund,  situated  a  little  in  front  of  or  in  the  middle 
of  the  body.     Eyes  two  anterior. 

Sp.  MeBOttoma  EhrmbergU,  PUmmria  tetragona  Muxll.,  PatcioUi  quadrangu- 
larU  Pall.,  SpicU.  Zool,  x.  Tab.  L  fig.  13;  Zool.  danic.  Tab.  106, 
figs.  I — 5  ;  FOKKX,  Aim.det  Wiener  Museume,  L  1836,  pp.  191 — 306,  Tab. 
xym.  Thia  species  has  been  elaborately  inyestigated  by  the  last-nained 
writer ;  it  undergoes  various  changes  of  form ;  from  the  flat  form  a  qua<f- 
rangular  arises,  as  though  the  animal  were  about  to  divide  itself  in  the 
length.  Pallas  had  already  observed  this  Planaria  more  than  70  years 
earlier  at  Sorgdiet,  and  it  has  lately  been  found  again  at  Leyden  by  Hkbb 

HXBKLOTS. 

Strongylosioma  Oerst. 

Tj/phhplana  Ehrenb. 

Mcuyrostoma  Oerst. 

Microstoma  Oerst.     (Vid.  Schultze  quoted  p.  203.) 

Convoluta  Oerst. 

Phalanx  II.  Dendrocoela.  Nutrient  tube  branched.  Body 
depressed.     {Dendrocoda  and  Gryptoccela  Oerst.) 

a)     Appendages  nwmerouSy  t/ubular  or  papiUce  on  1M  hack, 

Thysanozoon  Grube,  Eolidtceros  Quatrep.  Eyes  sessile,  nu- 
merous ;  body  excised  anteriorly  and  cloven  into  two  tentacles. 

Sp.  Thytanozoon  BroechU,  Eclid.  Brocckii  Quatsbf.  L  1.  PI.  5,  fig.  i,  (perhaps 
the  same  species  as  ThysanozMn  Dietingii  Gbube,  Actimen,  Echinodermen 
u,  Wilrmer,  fig.  9) ;  in  the  Mediterranean.  The  intestinal  canal  has  here  a 
retiform  division. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ANHUUITA. 

h)    Body  smoodi 

SttfhchuB  Ehsenb.  Eyes  numerous,  all  or  most  of  them  sup- 
ported hj  dorsal  tentacles. 

Ijeptoplana  Eh&enb. 

PUmaria  Ehrenb.    (Species  of  genus  Planartd  MuELL.)     Fla- 

naria  and  Dendroccdum  Oerst.     Eyes  two  or  a  row  of  many  eyes 

in  the  anterior  margin  of  the  body.     Oral  aperture  in  tlie  middle  of 

the  body. 

Sp.  PUinaria  laetea  MuxLL.,  Zool.  dan.  Tab.  T09,  figs,  i,  1,  Planaria  torva 
MuKLL.,  ibid,  figs.  5,  6 ;  Planaria  nigra  Musll.,  fig«.  3,  4,  all  in  freah- 
water. 

Polycelis  Ehrenb.  (and  Prosthioatomum  QuATREF.) 

Tetracdis  Ehrenb. 

Tricdis  Ehrenb. 

Monocelis  Ehrenb. 

Note, — On  these,  and  some  other  genera  all  of  which  are  not  yet 
sufficiently  limited,  consult  Ehrenberg  Symb.  phya.  AniTn,  evertebr, 
exduais  inaectia,  i.,  and  Oersted  L  1. 

Family  II.  Nemertim,  Nutrient  tube  simple,  with  double 
aperture,  anus  terminal.  Body  elongate,  extremely  contractile, 
roundish,  or  depressed,  indistinctly  annulate. 

It  is  not  without  hesitation  that,  after  Oersted,  we  have  given 
these  characters  of  the  fiunily  of  the  Nemertini,  whilst  amongst  the 
different  writers,  with  respect  to  the  true  nature  of  the  distinct 
partSy  a  remarkable  variety  of  opinion  prevails,  so  that  it  is  un- 
certain whether  the  aperture,  considered  as  cmua,  really  belongs  to 
the  intestinal  canaL  Beneath  the  skin  in  these  worms  muscular 
fibres  are  seen,  of  which  the  external  layer  runs  longitudinally,  the 
innermost  annularly  or  transversely.  A  canal  of  uniform  width,  by 
many  supposed  to  be  the  intestine,  runs  straight  through  the  body 
(Delle  Chiaje,  Huschke,  Kathke).  On  its  dorsal  surface  lies  a 
canal,  which  is  closed  at  its  termination  backwards,  becomes  narrower 
forwards  and  ends  in  a  long  proboscis.  This  part  is,  according  to 
QuATREFAGES,  the  proper  intestinal  canal,  which  consequently  has 
no  amis.  Huschke  supposed  it  to  be  an  organ  of  propagation 
(testis  f)  and  the  proboscis  an  external  copidative  oigan ;  hence  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


224  CLASS  YII. 

name  Notoapertnvs,  which  he  gave  to  the  worm  examined  by  him. 
The  Nemertini  appear,  according  to  Kathke  and  Quatbefaoes,  to 
have  the  sexes  distinct,  and  the  organs  of  propagation  (testes,  ovaHa) 
consist  of  blind  saccules,  which  lie  beneath  the  integument  longitu- 
dinallj,  upon  the  wide  canal  already  described.  There  are  three 
blood-vessels  running  longitudinally,  two  on  the  sides  and  more 
towards  the  ventral  surface,  and  one  on  the  dorsal  surface,  which 
divides  anteriorly  into  two  branches  which  pass  into  the  lateral 
vessels.  The  nervous  system  consists  of  two  head-ganglia  united  by 
a  transverse  cord,  from  which  (besides  other  nervous  branches)  two 
very  notable  nerves  arise,  which  run  longitudinally  backwards, 
along  the  sides  of  the  body. 

Compare  for  the  anatomy  of  this  family,  besides  Oersted  and  the  other 
writers  cited  above,  Delle  Chiaje,  Memorie  n.  pp.  406 — 409  and  427, 
(extract  by  R.  Waoneb  in  Oken's  Ina,  1832,  s.  555,  556,  8.647—649) ; 
HuBOHKE,  Okek*s  Im,  1830,  8.  68 1— 683,  Tab.  vn.  figB.  i — 6 ;  Rathke, 
Beitrdge  zur  vergL  Anat.  u.  Physiol,  Danzig,  1842,  s.  93 — 104 ;  Quatbe- 
faoes, VJnstUut,  Journal  universd,  &c.  No.  660,  1846,  p.  286,  and  a  figure 
in  the  new  illustrated  edition  of  Cuyieb,  B^gn^  Animal,  Zoophytes,  PI.  34 
(and  also  a  M^moire  sur  la  famUle  des  Nimeriiens,  Ann.  des  Sc.  not.  ^ihme 
S^rie,  Tom.  vi.  Zool.  pp.  173 — 303). 

Nemertes  Cuv.,  Borlasia  Oken.  Several  eyes  (often  indistinct). 
Two  pits  (respiratory?)  at  the  sides  of  the  head,  surrounded  with 
vibratile  cilia. 

Sp.  Nemertes  Borlasii,  Borlasia  Angtias  Oken,  Borlabe,  Nat,  BisL,  0/ 
Cornwall,  fol.  1758,  PL  xxvi.  fig.  xm.  (cited  by  Cuvibb),  Quatbefaoes  in 
Cuv.  B.  Ani,  idU,  HI,,  Zooph,  PL  33 ;  this  worm  becomes  more  than  four 
feet  long ;  &c. 

Note, — Oersted  cites  as  synonyms  of  this  genus  Notaspermus 
HuscHKE,  Meckelia  Leuck.,  Ophiocephaltu  Quoy  and  Gaiil 

Oersted  has  given  the  name  Borlasia  to  species  with  constricted 
head,  without  respiratory  fissures,  with  indistinct  eyes.  Add  several 
genera,  of  which  the  synonyms  cannot  be  made  out  except  by  com- 
parison of  the  specimens :  Cephalothrix  Oerst.,  Astemma  Oerst., 
Tetrastenvma  Ehrenr,  Polia  Delle  Chiaje,  Polystemma,  Omr 
TnatopUoy  Amphiporus  Ehrekk,  Cerebrat^us  Renieri,  Amphiportis 
Oerst.  (not  Ehrekr),  Serpentaria  Goodsir*. 


^  Ikscriptions  of  some  gigantic  forms  of  invtrtebraie  animals.  Annals  and  Magazine 
of  NaL  Hid.  VoL  XV.  1845,  P-  377,  PL  "• 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ANNULATA.  225 


Order  II.     Suctana. 

Body  annnlate,  without  setae,  terminated  by  a  prehensile  cavity 
posteriorly  or  at  both  extremities.     External  branchiee  none. 

Family  III.  Hirudtnea.  (The  characters  of  the  order  are  also 
those  of  the  single  family.) 

The  &mily  of  the  blood-suckers  (leeches)  is  formed  fix>m  the  genus 
Hvrudo  L.  These  animals  are  able  to  convert  the  anterior  extremity 
of  the  body  into  a  suctorial  cavity,  or  have  there,  as  at  the  posterior 
extremity,  a  round  suctorial  disa  They  creep  along  the  ground,  by 
Affixing  this  sucking  apparatus  and  by  alternately  contracting  and 
extending  the  body  They  swim  with  a  serpentine  and  sinuous 
bending  of  the  body,  which  is  effected  with  much  velocity. 

Comp.  on  this  funily  MoQunr-TAirsov,  Mimographie  de»  Bintdiniet, 
nouv.  Sdit,  av,  pi,  color.  Paris,  1846,  8vo. 

A.  Head  made  up  of  several  segments  of  the  body,  slightly  or 
not  at  all  distinct  &om  the  rest  of  the  body,  capable  of  change  into 
a  suctorial  acetabulum  by  its  own  motions. 

Clqmne  Sav.  Body  depressed.  Mouth  unarmed,  furnished 
with  a  proboscis  exsertile,  tubular.    Eyes  2 — 6  (sometimes  eight?). 

Sp.  Clepsine  kyaUna,  Eirudo  hyalina  L.,  Trkmblst,  Polyp,  PL  vu.  6g.  7  ; 
Cleptme  complanaia,  &c. 

Tins  animal  lays  its  eggs  on  water-plants  {StraUotet  aiolda)  andoontmues 
to  sit  thereon.  The  eggs  also  attain  their  deyelopment  even  when  the  mother 
is  driven  away,  but  are  then  frequently  affected  and  spoilt  by  oonfervae.  lliese 
^;g8  are  thin-skinned  vesicles  in  which  numerous  yelk-spheres,  15  to  30, 
are  contained,  and  from  which  a  corresponding  number  of  young  are 
developed. 

Comp.  on  the  species  of  this  genus  F.  Mublleb,  Jk  ffirudinibui  eirea 
Berolinvm  httcuaque  obtervatiSf  Berolini,  1844,  8vo,  and  T.  Budob,  Cleptine 
hioculata.  Mit  2  Taf.  Bonn,  1849. 

Under  this  genus  F.  Mubllbb  also  places  JSvrudo  nuurffinata  and  Hir, 
ietwlata  of  O.  F.  Mxtblleb,  though  the  last  has  eight  eyes,  whilst  in 
Cleptine  the  number  does  not  exceed  six ;  the  arrangement  of  the  eyes  is 
in  two  rows  longitudinally  which  meet  forwards,  just  as  in  the  six-eyed 
CUpaineB;  the  blood  also  is  white. 

Nephelis  Sav.  Body  elongate,  posteriorly  incrassated,  obtuse, 
with  acetabulum  obliquely  terminal.  Mouth  unarmed.  Eyes  eight, 
disposed  in  a  series  semicircular,  transverse. 

VOL.  I.  15 


Digitized  by 


Google 


226  CLASS  m. 


Sp.  NtfUk  w^gtriM,  Bwmdo  PrtifrfHi  I^  £mrfd4^  aiA^h^  Ttn.  FL51, 
fig*.  5—7;  Smoi,  iXnteU.  A«m  ti.  4  Heft;  Jonnov,  PAa7.  IVm. 
1817,  PL  IT.  (reprintod  in  bk  FmriUr  ObmnaL  m,  tke  Lmk,  1825);  thk 
species  swallows  HBafl  wonniL 

Troeheta  DcnocHn,  Trotketia  Lam.  {GeobdeUa  Blust.  in  put). 

Branckiobddla  Odiek.  Body  somewhat  depresaed,  with  laige 
rings,  not  nnmerons.     Two  homy  jaws.     Ejes  none. 

8p.  BramekiobdeUa  adan,  OmBB,  Mimk.  de  Im  Sk.  ^BuL  m(.  d^  Pflrif  I. 
i^^if  PP-  ^ — 7^9  PI-  !▼•  talreadyolmiiul  and  figured  bj  B«»bl»  /at.  IIL 
PL  LOL  figs,  ig—^1^);  Bmek,  pflrsnCa,  eomp.  Hsm,  Tcft.  ii«e  giiff—y 
BranckiobddU,  Mukllkr's  ilfritr.  18^  s.  574,  Jkc  TwL  xrr. 

Htrudo  L.  (exclnsiTe  of  several  species).  Bodj  oblcmg,  sub- 
depressed,  with  nnmerons  rings.  Three  homj  jaws.  Eyes  nsoallj 
ten. 

Bdetta  Say.   Jaws  not  denticulate.   Eyes  eight. 
Sp.  BddLoL  nUcHca  Sat.,  Guiani,  lamoffr.,  Annil.  PL  4,  fig.  to. 

HamopU  Say.  Maxillap?  aimed  with  a  double  row  of  denticles  not 
numeroua     Eyes  ten. 

Sp.  Hamopu  unguisorha,  Hirmdo  mmguimtga  L.,  Emofdap,  mitk.,  Ven. 
PL  51,  figs.  3,  4,  Uacky  grey-green  beneath;  this  speoes  is  larger  than  the 
common  Leech.  Conmionly  two  species  haTe  been  here  confounded, 
which  MoQuur-TAjn)0!r  pUuses  in  two  different  genera:  AwUutoma  {ffir. 
mnguituga  MuKLL.,  Hir,  (hUo  BaAUV,  SruaM,  iXewtodU.  Famna  ti.  2)  nnd 
Heemopu  {Bit,  mtmguiguga  Bbbgic,  L.) 

Scmguisuga  Say.     Jaws  armed  with  a  double  row  of  denticles 
very  slender  and  crowded     Eyes  ten. 

Sp.  Htrudo  medieinalit  L.,  Hirudo  vetuaeetor  Brack,  Sturm,  DeuttekL 
Pavna  Ti.  a  Heft ;  BRAVnr  u.  RAnsBURO,  Medu.  Zool.  11.  Taf.  xxtiii. 
figs.  5,  4 ;  GvtaiM,  loonogr.,  AnmiL  PL  10,  fig.  3 ;  aboTe,  blackish-green, 
with  six  long  stripes  spotted  reddish  and  black,  beneath  diTe-ooloured  with 
many  black  spots  (four  to  ^ye  inches  long).  Another  species,  Hir,  ojfcinalis 
Sat.,  is  also  used  for  medicinal  porposes,  which  is  yellowish  beneath  with 
a  broad  black  edge,  without  spots,  see  Brandt  n.  Ratzxb.  L  L  Taf.  xxx. 
fig.  I ;  J.  J.  KnoLZ,  Naturkui,  Abkandl.  ueber  die  Bluiegd,  Wien,  1820, 


1  This  genus  must  by  no  means  be  confounded  with  £ranchiobdeUion  Run.,  Bran- 
cJidlion  Satiqnt,  which  like  Cleptine  and  NepkdU  has  no  jaws,  but  only  three  project- 
ing points ;  if  the  semicircular  little  plates  on  the  same  part  of  the  body  be  really  gills, 
as  Sationt  says,  (Cutixr  doubts  and  Moquin-Tandon  denies  it^)  then  it  does  not 
belong  to  this  order.     Latrullb  places  it  near  the  genus  Areaioaia. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ANNULATA.  227 

8to.  Tftb.  I.  fig.  a  ;  aooording  to  Kholz  it  is  thia  specieB  especiaUy  which 
is  used  in  Vienna  and  brought  there  from  Hungary^. 

Hirudo  medicinalis  is  the  most  useful  species  of  Leech  {ianfftue,  leech, 
BhOeffd),  which  almost  everywhere  in  Europe  lives  in  fresh  water,  especially 
in  ponds,  marshes  and  canalsy  and  in  winter,  rolled  up  annularly,  conceals 
itself  in  the  mud.  This  animal  lives  on  the  blood  of  animalfl  {verUinrale  and 
uivertebnOe)  exclusively ;  the  jaws  serve  to  wound  and  to  penetrate  the  skin . 
The  first  segment  of  the  body,  which  also  is  occasionally  parted  by  a  trans- 
verse stripe,  has  a  semilimar  form  and  is  not  closed  beneath.  It  can  extend 
itself  as  an  upper  lip  for  feeling  or  bend  itself  downwards  to  cover  the 
mouth.  The  ten  black  eye-spots  are  arranged  in  form  of  a  horse-shoe  on 
the  back-side  of  the  head ;  the  first  on  the  first  segment,  the  two  next  on 
the  third,  and  the  two  last  on  the  sixth  ring  of  the  body.  The  organs  of 
propagation  of  the  leech  are  by  different  writers  determined  very  differently, 
whilst,  however,  the  latest  investigations  (especially  of  H.  Mecksl, 
Mubllkb's  Archiv.  1844,  s.  476 — 480)  bring  us  back  to  the  generally 
received  opinion  of  former  times.  According  to  it,  nine  purs  of  round 
vesicles  of  a  white  colour  are  teslee,  (Tbeyiranus  thought  they  must  be 
held  to  be  ovaries,  ZeiUchr.  fUr  Phytiol.  rv.  2,  1832,  s.  159—167).  By 
means  of  short  transverse  tubules  these  vesicles  are  connected  with  a  com- 
mon canal  which  runs  at  each  side  of  the  body ;  this  canal  goes  forward 
into  a  structure  which  is  white  and  consists  of  many  convolutions  (the 
epididynUs  or  the  seminal  vesicle).  From  each  of  these  two  seminal 
vefddes  arises  a  short  vessel  (vas  ejcumlatorium),  wMch  runs  to  the  spherically 
widened  sheath  of  the  penis :  the  penis  can  be  everted  outwards  through 
an  opening  in  the  twenty-fourth  ring  of  the  body.  In  the  fifth  ring 
behind  this  is  seen  the  second  sexual  opening,  that  of  the  female  parts ;  it 
leads  to  a  wide  vagina  (uterus,  according  to  BoJAirus)  which,  by  means  of 
a  tube  that  divides  forwards  into  two  branches,  is  connected  with  two 
smaU  ovaries  or  vesicles  filled  with  granular  bodies.  These  two  ovaries  lie 
between  the  seminal  vesicles  and  the  vagina.  The  impregnation  in  Leeches 
is  mutual.  The  Leech  lays  eggs,  or  rather  capsules,  in  which  eggs 
are  contained,  5 — 16  in  number.  These  capsules  or  cocoons  are  three- 
fourths  of  an  inch  long,  oval  and  surrounded  with  a  spongy  or  fiiothy 
substance,  and  filled  with  a  brown  albuminous  fluid.  The  germs  appear  as 
round  discs;  these  minute  yelks  grow  by  means  of  the  surrounding 
albumen,  which  w  absorbed  by  a  structure  which  closely  resembles  a  funnel- 
shaped  oesophagus,  and  is  already  visible  on  the  germ  when  only  half  a  line 
in  size  (E.  H.  Wkbeb  in  Mbckel'b  Archiv,  i8a8,  s.  366—418,  Muxllbb'b 
Archiv.  1846,  s.  428 — ^434). 

Comp.  on  the  Leech  amongst  others :  JoHVSOV,  TreaHae  on  the  Medicinal 
Leech,  London,  18x6,  8vo,  and  by  the  same.  Further  Obeervat,  on  the  Med, 
Leech,  With  engravings.  London,  1825,  8vo ;  Kuntzmaitn,  Anatomieche 
Physiol,  UfUersuchungen  liber  den  Blutegel,  m.  5  Kupfert. ;   Bojanub  in 


^  Other  species  still,  which  have  been  discovered,  may  be  used  for  drawing  blood, 
as  the  large  black  species  spotted  with  white  which  was  discovered  in  Sweden  some 
years  ago  by  WAHLBK&a,  and  named  Hirvdo  albopunctata. 

15—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


228  CLASS  VII. 

Okbn'8  ItU,  1817,  8.  881  (with  fig.)>  the  Bame  18 18,  b.  ao8o;  Knolz 
(seep.  116) ;  BBAimr  Mediz,  Zool.  n.  1833,  s.  230 — 297 ;  Moquik-Tavdok 
Monographic  dct  Hirudiniea,  &c. 

Amongst  the  foreign  species  we  note  Jffirudo  zeylaniect,  found  in  the 
Island  of  Ceylon ;  its  poisonous  bite  is  followed  by  very  tedious  uloen. 
Tttlsb,  JSdi9ib.  new  PhUot.  Joum.  1826,  p.  375. 

B.  Acetabulum  of  the  mouth  of  a  single  segment,  distinct 
from  the  rest  of  the  body  by  stricture. 

HoBmocharis  Sav.,  Pisdcola  Blainv.,  Lam.  Body  cylindrical, 
attenuated  forward,  with  few  rings,  little  distinct.  Anterior  aceta- 
bulum slightly  excavate,  with  mouth  triangular,  edentulous,  placed 
in  the  bottom  towards  the  inferior  margin;  posterior  acetabulum 
large,  obliquely  terminal. 

Sp.  Mcanocharis  piaeium,  Hirudo  gwmttra  "L.,  RossKL  In»,  m.  Tab.  xxxn. ; 
Lxo,  Ud>er  einige  attsgezeichneU  anatomiscKe  und  phygiologiwhe  VerhdUniam 
derPiscieola  geometra,  Mueller's  Archiv,  1835,  s.  419— 427,  Taf.  xi.  This 
species  lives  in  fresh-water  and  adheres  very  firmly  to  Carp,  Tench,  ftc. 
It  moyes  like  a  geometrical  caterpillar ;  on  the  back-side  of  the  cephalic 
disc  are  four  black  eye-spots ;  copulation  occurs  in  the  upright  position,  in 
which  the  ftntmnla  Bupport  themselves  on  the  ventral  disc  and  embrace  in 
form  of  an  X.  They  lay  eggs  of  a  yellow-brown  colour,  three-fifbhs  of  a 
line  long. 

Piscicola  respirani  Tbobchxll,  new  species,  Archiv  f.  Ntthtrgetch,  xvi. 
1850. 

PorUobdella  Leach,  Lam.,  Albiane  Sav.  Body  cylindraceo- 
conical,  attenuated  forwards,  with  unequal  rings.  Acetabula  very 
concave;  mouth  small  unarmed,  placed  at  the  bottom  of  the  anterior 
acetabulum ;  posterior  acetabulum  exactly  terminal. 

These  animals  live  in  the  sea  and  adhere  to  different  fishes,  especially  to 
Rays.  Most  of  the  species  are  beset  with  nodes  or  with  warts  on  the 
rings,  which  are  flatter  in  Pontdbd,  verrucosa,  Babtbb  Natuwrh.  Uiiapan- 
ningen  i.  Tab.  x.  fig.  n.,  more  pointed  in  Pontobd.  muricata  Lbach.  In 
others  these  nodes  are  entirely  absent,  as  in  Pontobd.  lubrica  Gbubb  ;  eyes 
seem  not  to  be  present. 

Order  III.     Settgera. 

Body  annulate,  provided  with  setae  or  with  setigerous  rudiments 
of  feet.     External  branchiae  in  most. 

A.     No  external  organs  of  respiration  {Abranchia). 

Family  IV.  Lumbridni.  Branchiae  none.  Body  provided  with 
setae,  without  rudiments  of  feet. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ANNULATA.  229 

ChoBtoffoster  V.  Ba£B.  Eyea  none.  Fasciculi  of  setae  ventral. 
Rings  sliglitlj  distinct. 

Sp.  ChastoffOMter  limnm  V.  Babb,  Nw.  AcL  Acad.  On,  L.  C,  Nai.  OwrioB, 
Tol.  zm.  PL  7,  pp.  6ii — 615,  IVb.  xxix.  fig.  43 ;  Duais  Ann,  dn  8e. 
not.  aec.  S^.  vni.  Zocl,  PI.  i,  f.  14. 

JEjolosoma  Ehrenb.  Eyes  none.  Body  distinctly  articulated- 
lateral  fasciculi  of  setae  in  each  joint.  Mouth  anterior  inferior  sur- 
mounted by  a  lip  dilated,  produced. 

Sp.  ^do9oma  ffemprichii  EHBBirB.  Symb,  phy,  Phytoaoa,  Tah.  T.  fig.  7. 

Pristina  Ehrenb.  Eyes  none.  Upper  lip  produced  into  a  soft 
bearded  proboscis.     Setae  lateral. 

Sp.  Priabma  hmguda  Ehbenb.  Symb.  phydc,  eveiiAr,  Dec.  I.  Ac. 

Nais  MuELL.  (exclus.  sev.  spec.)  Eyes  two.  Setae  lateral,  long: 
fasciculi  of  short  setae  on  the  belly. 

Sub-gen.   Stylaria  Lail    Pvohoscis  frontal,  stylifonu,  soft. 

Sp.  NalM  prohoicidea,  Nereis  lacuetrie  L.,  Tbemblbt  Mim,  rar  Ua  Potfyptf 
FL  6,  fig.  I,  {MiUepied  d  dard) ;  Robs.  Ina,  m.  Tftb.  7S,  figs.  15  a, 
x6,  17,  18,  g,  K  i,  i;  Tab.  79,  fig.  i ;  MuBLLEB  Ntaurffcteh,  emiger 
Wurmarien,  b.  14 — 73,  Tab.  i;  GRUiTHUiaBir  Nov,  Ad.  Acad.  Leap.  Car. 
Naiur.  Curioe.  Tom.  xi.  pp.  233— 148,  Tab.  xxxv. 

Sub-gen.   Ndis  Lam.     Proboscis  none. 

Sp.  NaU  mrpentina  Gmbl.,  B0B8.  Ins.  in.  Tab.  xon. ;  Mubllbb  Notwrgeeek. 
einiger  Wwrmarten,  b.  84,  Tab.  TV.  &c 

On  the  propagation  of  iVaii  Bee  B.  Lbuokabt  UngeeckleMiehe  Vermekmng 
hei  NaU  proboseidea,  ArchivfOr  Naturgeteh.  1851.  Sohultzb  on  the  same 
subject,  ibid.  1852,  a,  3 — 7. 

The  genera  noted  above  form  a  small  natural  group  of  vorms,  for 
the  most  part  living  in  fresh-water,  the  Ifaidina  of  Ehbebtbebo. 
Ck>mp.  on  these  and  some  other  genera  P.  Gebvais,  JNote  stir  la 
disposition  syst^maUqns  des  Arm^lides  chHopodes  de  la  /amiUe  de 
NdU,  BriUet,  de  VAcad,  r.  de  Bruxelles,  Tom.  v.  no.  1  y  O.  Schkibt 
BeUrdge  zwr  AruU.  u.  Physiol,  der  Ndiden;  Mueller's  ^rcAtt?.  1846, 
8.  406,  <fea  Besides  the  propagation  by  eggs,  these  fl.Tn'Tin^,|i^  are  also 
multiplied  by  spontaneous  division.  The  most  complete  observations 
on  this  point  relate  to  Ndis  proboseidea.  In  the  last  joint  of  a 
simple  Nais  (which  Mueller  calls  Jung-/er  Natd,  Virgin  Nais)  a 
young  Nais  with  eyenspots  is  gradually  developed;  it  grows  and 
remains  connected  with  the  mother :  sometimes  on  this  a  second  or 


Digitized  by 


Google 


230  CLASS  VII. 

third  daughter  is  found  to  be  developed,  which  always  arises  more 
forward  (the  last  is  the  oldest,  that  which  first  came  into  being), 
and  ordinarily  the  first  daughter  already  possesses  the  rudiment  of 
a  little  daughter  before  she  separates  herself;  the  vessels,  the  in- 
testinal canal,  the  nervous  cord  run  uninterruptedly  through  these 
united  animals ;  at  length  the  united  or  compound  animal  is  broken, 
and  the  eldest  daughter  (herself  already  a  mother)  separated  herself, 
after  the  mothe]>nais  has  made  frequent  strokes  to  and  fro  with 
her  tail  On  the  eggs  of  the  NdidcR  see  Duges  Ann.  des  Sc,  ncU.  xv. 
pp.  322 — 324.  Six  or  seven  eggs  are  enclosed  in  a  common  capsule, 
a  grey-coloured  vesicle  of  j  line  in  diameter. 

[From  later  observations,  as  those  of  Leuckabt  and  Sghultzb 
referred  to  above,  the  process  of  non-sexual  multiplication  does  not 
appear  to  be  quite  so  simple  as  here  described.  The  first  and  all- 
important  step  is  the  development  of  a  bud  between  two  rings 
nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  length  of  the  body ;  so  that  this  now 
consists  of  three  portions,  the  anterior,  the  posterior,  and  the  inter- 
vening bud.  All  the  three  become  distinct  individuals,  the  first, 
by  developing  its  tail,  the  last  its  head,  and  the  bud  the  head- 
segments  and  anal  portion  in  the  same  order  of  succession  as  in 
development  from  the  egg.  Previous  to  the  separation  of  these 
three  worms  a  new  bud  is  usually  formed  in  front  of  the  middle 
worm,  and  in  front  of  it  a  third  bud,  &c.,  so  that  sometimes  a  chain 
of  many  connected  individuals  is  met  with  which  all  receive  nutri- 
ment (introduced  by  the  mouth  of  the  anterior  member  of  the 
chain)  frx>m  the  intestinal  canal  common  to  them  all.  This  process 
appears  to  have  been  observed  in  other  &milies  also  {AmphUrUcB, 
Nereides),  but  would  seem  in  all  to  be  limited  to  the  period  pre- 
ceding the  sexual  development] 

EfttchytrcBua  Henle.  Mouth  inferior,  sub-terminal.  Sexual  ori- 
fice in  the  eleventh  ring  of  the  body.  Four  fasciculi  of  usually  three 
setae  short  and  uncinate  in  each  ring.  Body  round,  anteriorly 
acuminate,  posteriorly  truncated. 

Sp.  Enehytraus  albidtu  Henlb,  Mublleb*s  Arehiv.  1837,  b.  74 — 90,  Tab.  vi ; 
a  white  worm  two  to  six  lines  long,  it  lives  in  the  earth  and  is  especially 
found  in  flower-pots. 

Tubtfex  Lam.,  Tvhilumhrictis  Blainv.  Body  filiform,  transpa^- 
rent,  doubly  aculeate,  attenuated  at  both  ends,  inclosed  in  a  tube 
composed  of  particles  of  mud  and  open  at  both  ends. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AXNULATA.  231 

Sp.  Tubifex  rimdonm,  LumMeu$  tubifex  MuiLL. ;  Tbimblbt  Polfpes,  PL  7 ; 
fig.  a ;  Eneydop.  nUth,,  Veri.  PI.  34,  figs.  4—7 ;  MuKLL.  Zacl.  dan.  Tftb.  84, 
figs.  I,  2.  This  reddiBh  litUe  worm  Utm  at  the  bottom  of  ponds  taxd  becks  ; 
by  the  onion  of  many  accnmnlated  worms  of  this  speeies  red  spots  are 
caused  at  the  bottom  of  the  water,  which,  on  being  touched^  immediately 
vanish,  for  the  wonns  hide  themselyes  in  the  ground. 

Samurts  HoFFMEiSTER.  Upper  lip  exsert,  spoon-flhaped,  Cli- 
tellom  little,  distmct.  Four  fasciculi  of  five  to  eight  Bet»  in  each 
ring. 

Comp.  HoFFioiBTKR  De$  vernnUnu  quUnudam  ad  gemu  Lumbrieomm 
yerUnentibut,  4to.  BeroUni,  1841. 

Lumbricidus  Grube.  Body  ronnd,  with  fonr  rows  of  double 
aciculse.  Mouth  inferior;  a  lobule  resembling  an  upper  lip,  not 
distinct  from  the  following  segment.  Cingulum  none.  Segments 
of  the  body  numerous. 

8p.  LumbriculvM  variegattu  {LumMcui  vari^atuB  MuXLL.t)  Gbubi  in 
Ebiohbon's  Archivf.  natwrgtich,  1844,  s.  aoo— 307,  Taf.  Yii.  fig.  1 ;  about 
two  inches  in  length ;  through  the  transparent  skin  the  motions  of  the 
dorsal  vessel  fall  of  red  blood,  and  of  its  blind  digitifonn  lateral  appendages 
which  contract  and  expand  in  every  segment,  may  be  1 


Sub-genus  Euaaoea  Grube  {EhynchekrUa  Hofeil).  First  segment 
(head)  elongate,  sometimes  produced  into  a  long  thread 

Sp.  Euaacea  JUirodru  Gbube,  Ebiohbon's  Archw.  1844,  pp.  S04— 307,  Taf. 
yn.  fig.  I,  in  fresh-water  like  the  former ;  3}  inches  long.  Euaxet  oUuri- 
rattrii  Mbkqe,  £bichson*s  Archiv.  1845,  l^*  m.  fig.  i. 

Lumbricua  L.  (exclusive  of  species).  Unterion  and  HypogcBon 
Say.  Body  cylindraceous,  attenuated  at  both  extremities,  obtuse 
posteriorly.  Mouth  sub-terminal,  under  the  exsert  upper  lip. 
Sets  not  retractile,  disposed  in  longitudinal  rows.  Clitellum  or 
cingulum,  t.  e,  a  tumid  fleshy  glandular  zone  mostly  composed  of  a 
Tarioufi  number  of  rings  in  the  anterior  part  of  the  body  (saddle  or 
girdle). 

Of  this  genus  there  are  different  species  in  Europe  which  were 
formerly  confounded  under  the  name  of  Lumbricua  terreHris.  See 
Sayignt  Anodyae  dPun  Mhn,  sur  lea  Lambriea,  Comptea  rendua  dea 
travaux  de  rinatiUut.  1820;  Duges  Ann.  dea  Sc.  noL  xv.  1828, 
pp  289 — 294,tWrf.  sea  sfer.  Zool.  vra.  1837,  pp.  18 — 25;  Fitzinokr, 
in  Oxen's  laia,  1833,  pp.  549 — 553 ;  Hoffmeisteb  IHaa.  de  Vermibua 
quibvadam  ad  genua  Iwmhricarum  pertinenUhua.  Berolini,  1842, 
(Ebighson's  AriMv  /.  Nabwrgeach,   1843,  p.  183) ;  the  same :   Die 


Digitized  by 


Google 


232  CLASS  VII. 

bekan/rUe  aHen  avs  der  Fa/miiie  der  EegenuHirmer,  mii  Zeicfmungen 
nach  dem  Leben,   Braimscliweig,  1845,  4to. 

On  the  anatomy  oompare  MoirritoBE  ObaervatUma  swr  les  Lorn- 
hrica  ou  vera  de  terrey  Menu  du  Museum,  i.  1815,  pp.  242 — ^248,  PL 
12  j  J.  Leo  De  etfmctwrd  Lumbrici  terrestris,  Regiomonti,  1820, 
4to,  cum  Tab,  cen.;  C.  F.  A.  Mobben  CkntimientcUio  de  strucbwra 
anaiomica  et  historia  ncUmrcdi  LtumJbrici  vulgaris  sive  terrestris 
{A7inal.  Acad.  Ganda/vensis),  Gandavi,  1829,  cum  talmlis,  dec 

The  setee  are  short  and  rigid,  in  every  ring  8,  on  each  side  two 
pairs,  so  that  eight  rows  run  longitudinally  on  the  body,  four  laterally, 
and  four  beneath;  in  Hypogoeon  Say.  there  is  moreover  another 
row  of  single  hairs  in  the  middle  of  the  back.  The  intestinal  canal 
is  straight,  with  a  membraneous  pyriform  proventriculus  and  a  round 
or  spherical  muscular  stomach ;  behind  the  stomach  it  is  divided  by 
many  transverse  folds  into  blind  pouches,  which  further  back  are 
less  developed,  where  also  the  intestinal  canal  becomes  smaller 
though  on  the  whole  it  is  wide  throughout.  In  the  interior  of  the 
canal  on  the  dorsal  side  is  a  band,  which  begins  a  little  behind  the 
stomach,  at  this  antenor  end,  as  also  at  the  posterior,  runs  to  a 
point,  and  consists  of  two  membranes,  of  which  the  external  is 
yellow,  the  internal  white ;  irUestinum  in  irUestino  Willis,  typhla- 
sole  MoRBEN.  This  enigmatical  part  is  probably  a  duplication  of 
the  membrane  of  the  intestine,  an  internal  mesentery  (Morren)  ;  it 
may  be  compared  with  the  valvular  membrane  of  certain  sharks  ^ 
To  the  sexual  organs  belong  in  the  first  place  three  pairs  of  grey- 
yellow  saccules  which  are  situated  in  the  anterior  part  of  the  body 
(in  the  common  large  earth-worm,  LuTnhricus  a^gricola  Hoffmeisteb, 
in  the  eleventh,  twelfth,  and  thirteenth  ring),  and  of  which  the 
posterior  pair  is  the  largest.  These  parts  are  usually  considered  to 
be  ovaries,  but  Steekstrup,  who  here  also  denies  Hermaphroditism, 
supposes  them  to  be  testes  in  which  the  seed  is  formed  with  the 
spermatozoa  in  cells,  that  may  be  readily  mistaken  for  eggs. 
H.  Meckel  maintains  that  these  organs  are  in  all  individuals  testeSy 
and  says,  that  the  ovariay  intimately  conjoined  with  them,  lie  like 
a  brown-yellow  lobe  on  each  of  these  saccules.  Four  small  vetdcles, 
resembling  barley-corns,  placed  more  laterally  (two  on  each  side), 
contain  in  the  pairing  season  a  white  fluid  with  spermatozoa  free 
and  developed :  by  most  writers  they  have  been  signalised  as  the 


^  Perhaps  also  it  is  fumiflhed  with  a  yessel   (Vena  iMsmteriea  interior);    see 
DuvKBirOT  in  the  second  edition  of  CaviSB,  Zep.  d'Anat,  comp,  Tom.  V.  1817,  p.  335. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ANNULATA.  233 

testes;  Stebnstbup  <hi  the  contrary  thinks  that  they  ought  not  to  be 
considered  to  be  the  parts  where  the  seed  is  formed,  but  where  it  is 
collected  (as  seminal  vesicles  in  the  male  subject,  as  bursa  coptUatricee 
in  the  female).  The  efferent  ducts  of  these  vesicles  open  externally, 
according  to  Savigny  ;  but  later  writers  have  failed  to  discover  the 
openings ;  rather  are  they  in  connexion  with  the  efferent  ducts  of 
the  yellow  saccules  ;  these  ducts  fidl  at  length  into  a  common  canal 
on  each  side  backwards  and  end  with  two  openings  at  the  fifteenth 
or  sixteenth  ring  of  the  body.  ^  At  the  origin  of  these  two  canab  lie 
two  small  irregular  saccules,  covered  by  a  thin  and  gUstening  mem- 
brane, which  according  to  DuG^  and  Steenstrup  are  filled  with 
many  convolutions  of  the  efferent  canal  and  form  the  passage  of  the 
yellow  saccules  to  the  straight  part  of  the  canal  which  runs  back- 
wards \  Earth-worms  are  oviparous,  not  viviparous ;  they  pair 
during  the  whole  Summer,  especially  by  night,  when  they  creep 
from  the  earth ;  but  how  impregnation  is  effected,  is  not  yet  suffi- 
ciently explained,  since  the  apertures  of  the  sexual  oigans  are  not 
brought  immediately  Together.  The  anterior  portions  of  the  two 
worms  lie  next  each  other,  but  with  the  heads  in  opposite  directions 
(see  in  Morbek  L  1.  Tab.  xxvu).  Thus  the  part  named  by  Willis 
CliteUtim  (saddle)  in  each  of  the  two  worms  lies  towards  the  place 
where  the  sexual  openings  of  the  other  worm  are  found.  This  di- 
tellum  is  a  roimd  swelling  of  the  body  which  occupies  from  six  to 
nine  rings  (in  LwmJbrums  agricola  from  the  29th  to  the  36th  or  from 
the  31st  to  the  38th  ring),  and  which  during  the  time  of  copulation 
is  more  strongly  developed,  and  in  young  individuals  ia  entirely 
wanting. 

Sp.  Lumbricus  agricola  Hoffm.,  LumbricuB  ierrestris  L.  (in  pftrt)i  HoFF- 
MEIBTEB  Die  bekannte  ArUn  aus  der  Fam,  der  Regenw.  fig.  i ;  the  largest 
species  in  northern  Europe,  fix>m  eight  inches  to  more  than  a  foot  in 
length. 

Family  V.  Maldantce  Say.  Branchi»  none.  Mouth  bilabiate, 
inferior.  Rudiments  of  feet  provided  with  setae ;  the  three  anterior 
pairs  without  ventral  pinna,  the  rest  with  a  transverse  tubercle, 
supplied  with  uncinate  setse,  in  place  of  a  ventral  pinna. 

Ch/mene  Sav.     Body  cylindrical,  with  few  elongate  segments, 


^  Hie  best  description  and  figure  of  the  organs  of  propagation  in  Lumbricut  were 
given  by  G.  B.  Tbbyibanus,  ZtUtek.  fOr  PhytioL  v.  s.  154 — 166,  Tab.  m. ;  see  also 
GmxmavEXjr,  JffermapkrodiHtmui  TUvoerdte,  pp.  35 — 40,  Tab.  i.  figs.  3—7,  and  H.  Mxo- 
KELin  MiTBLLEB's  ArehUfo,  1844,  s.  480 — 483. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


234  CLASS  VII. 

the  posterior  extremity  infundiboliform  with  margin  usually  denti- 
culate. A  membraneous  tube  covered  with  fragments  of  shells,  open 
at  both  ends,  including  the  animal. 

Sp.  Clymene  ampAueoma Sat.  Dtter,  deVEgypU,  AnniL  PI.  i.  fig.  i;  Gn^BiBr, 
lowogr.,  AnniL  PL  lo,  fig.  i,  from  the  Bed  Sea.  See  fig.  of  other  species, 
Cuv.  R.  AnL  H.  iU.,  Annil.  PL  i«. 

B.    External  organs  of  respiration. 

*  Tubulate. 

Note, — The  CephdUhrcmtMaUy  or  tubiccloue  £dw.  Annxdata,  are 
more  imperfect  than  the  roving  or  notobranchiate.  It  seems  right 
therefore  to  introduce  them  here,  although  the  affinity  by  which 
ArenvccHa  is  connected  with  the  Lumbricmi  points  to  a  different 
arraDgement. 

Family  VI.  AmpkitritcB  Sav.  Head  not  distinct,  eyes  none, 
body  usually  encased  in  a  tube.  ^ 

A.  Branchiae  anterior,  more  or  less  composite,  with  one,  two 
or  three  pairs. 

SiphonosUyma  Otto.  Two  larger  tentacles  (branchisB  ?)  and  seve- 
ral soft  cirri  around  the  mouth.  Fasciculi  of  setae  in  double  pairs 
in  every  segment;  the  setae  in  the  anterior  segments  extremely  long, 
directed  forwards,  glistening  with  gold.  The  worm  not  included  in 
a  tube. 

Sp.  SipKonodofiva  diploehaitut  Otto  Nov.  Act,  Acad,  Naiur.  Ourio§.  Tom.  x. 
i,  I  Si  I,  p.  62S,  Tab.  5t,  in  the  Mediterranean  at  Naples;  other  species 
have  been  described  by  KiLNX  Eowabds,  Gbubb  and  Rathkk  ;  see 
Rathks  BeUr.  zur  Fauna  Norwegem,  Nov,  Act.  Acad.  Nahir.  Ouriot, 
Tom.  XX.  I,  1843,  pp.  311— 219,  Tab.  xi. 

To  the  same  division  also  appears  to  belong  the  worm  described  by 
Abildoabd  in  the  Zoolog.  domic.  Tab.  90,  as  Afnpkitrite  plumoaa,  but 
which  differs  from  AmphUr.  plumota  of  O.  Fabbioius  (Fauna  grcenL 
p.  188) ;  Oksn  formed  from  it  the  genus  Pkertua^,  (Lekrh.  d,  Zoolog.  i. 
B.  377)  :  Siphonottoma phbmosum  Rathkx  JBeitr.  zur  vertfi^  Anal,  u,  Physiol. 
184a,  p.  84,  Tab.  VI.  figs.  I — 7,  BeiJtr,  zur  Fauna  Norwegena,  p.  3o8,  Tab. 
XI.  f.  I,  1. 


^  The  name  Pheruaa  was  also  given  by  Laxouboux  to  a  genus  of  the  class  of 
Polyps,  of  which  the  polypaiy  alone  is  known  and  to  which  FUutra  tvJMoM  belongs  ; 
Hid.  de$  Palypien  JUxSble$,  18 16,  p.  117  ;  G.  Johnston  formed  from  Ampk,  plumoM 
the  genus  Flemingia,  from  which  his  genus  Trophonia  does  not  difo-.  An»,  qf  NaL 
Hist.  XYii.  p.  394. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ANNULATA.  235 

NaU, — Chlorcema  Dujabd.  Ann.  des  So.  not.  sec.  S^.  Tom.  xi. 
1839,  Zool.  p.  288,  Tab.  7,  fig.  1,  is  a  species  of  Siph<mo$toma  beset 
with  Tilli  secreting  mucus ;  comp.  Siphon.  vUlonun  Rathke  Faun, 
Norweg,  L  L  In  SiphonoaUyma  pltMnosum  also  the  blood  has  a  green 
colour,  Rathks  L  L  p.  211. 

Amphitrtte  Cuv.  (in  part),  Amphictene  Sav.  Mouth  surrounded 
\>y  numerous  tentacles,  and  covered  by  a  denticulate  velum.  Setae 
glistening  with  gold,  in  a  double  row  in  the  anterior  segment  of  the 
body.  Branchiae  on  both  sides,  two  in  the  third  and  fourth  segment 
of  the  body,  incurved,  pectinate.  The  worm  included  in  a  thin 
oblongo-conical  tube  made  of  sand  cemented  together  by  gelatinous 
substance. 

Sp.  AmphUriie  auriwma,^  SaMla  granulaia  L.,  Pectinaria  Mgica  Lam.  ; 
Pallas  MUc,  ZoU.  Tab.  ix.  figs.  3—5  ;  Ratilu,  Beitr,  z.  vergl,  Anat,  u, 
Pkytiol.  Tab.  y. :  these  worms,  whose  tube  is  known  by  fishermen  under 
the  name  of  Sand-guiver,  is  met  with  on  our  coast  Amph,  cegyptim  Say. 
Ikaerip.  de  VEgypU,  AnniL  H,  i,  fig.  4,  GulbuN  Iconogr,,  AnnH,  PI.  1, 
figs.  3*  &C. 

TerebeUa  Cuv.  (spec,  of  genus  Terebella  Gm.)  Mouth  bilabiate, 
transverse;  upper  lip  produced,  surrounded  by  numerous  long  tenta- 
cles. Budiments  of  feet  with  a  double  row  of  uncinate  setae  at  the 
ventral  pinna,  except  the  first  pair.  Branchiae  ramose  in  the  anterior 
segments,  which  are  without  rudiments  of  feet.  The  worm  included 
in  a  tube  composed  of  sand  and  fragments  of  shell  cemented  together. 

8p.  Terebdla  conehUegaj  Nereis  conchiUga  Pall.,  Mite,  Zool,  pp.  131 — 138, 
Tab.  IX.  figs.  14 — 22  ;  very  common  on  our  coast,  where  whole  heaps  of 
the  cases  or  bouses  (generally  empty)  of  these  animals  are  met  with.  Tere- 
beUa medusa  Sav.,  GuiSbik  leonogr.,  AnnUl,  PL  2,  figs.  2,  ftc. 

TerebeUidea  Sabs.     Four  pectinate  branchise. 

Sp.  Terebdlides  Straemii  Sabs,  JBeskrivdser  og  JagttageUer  wer  nye  %  Hav^ 
ved  den  Bergeneke  hyet  levende  Dyr,  1835,  Tab.  13,  fig.  31. 

Sabella  Cuv.,  Sav.,  Amphitrtte  Lam.  (sp.  of  SabeUa  L.)  Mouth 
transverse,  not  tentaculated,  situated  amongst  the  branchiae.  Bran- 
chiae two  flabellate,  infimdibuliform  or  pectinate,  spiral,  large,  with 
bearded  laciniae  and  a  soft  cylindrical  filament  at  the  base  in  the 
iSrst  segment  of  the  body,  which  is  without  rudiments  of  feet.  The 
anterior  pediform  tubercles  with  uncinate  setae  at  the  ventral  pinna, 
with  a  fasciculus  of  subulate  setae  at  the  dorsal  pinna;  the  posterior 


Digitized  by 


Google 


236  CLASS  vii. 

tubercles  supplied  with  uncinate  setse  at  the  dorsal  pinna,  with  a 
fasciculus  of  subulate  setae  at  the  ventral  pinna.  The  worm  included 
in  a  gelatinous  tube  covered  with  sand. 

Sp.  SaheUa  pavanina  Say.  ;  AmphUriie  peniciUut  Lam.,  Babteb  NcAuwrh. 
UUsp,  I.  p.  88,  Tab.  IX.  fig.  i ;  Tubularia  perUeiUuB,  Zool.  dan.  Tab.  89,  figs. 
I,  4,  in  the  North  Sea;  Sabdla  magnifica  Sav.  ;  TvhuUuia  magmfca  Shaw 
lAnn.  Transact,  v.  p.  128,  Tab.  IX. ;  Sabdla  {amphUrite)  taurica  Kathki 
Fauna  der  Krym,  Mini,  dea  Sav.  ttrangen  de  VAeaH.  imp,  de  Saini-Petenb, 
Tom.  m.  1837,  p.  416,  Tab.  vni.  figs.  8—15,  fto. 

Serpula  L.  Mouth  situated  between  the  branchiae,  not  tentacu- 
late,  transverse.  Branchiae  two,  large,  pectinate,  flabellate,  with 
bearded  laciniae  and  a  cylindrical  filament  at  the  base  of  different 
length  in  each  branchia,  the  longer  sustaining  an  orbicular  disc  or 
infundibuliform  operculum.  Feet  as  in  the  preceding  genus. 
Calcareous  tilbe  procumbent,  twisted  or  convoluted  into  a  spire, 
including  the  animal. 

Sp.  Serpula  contortupliccUa  L.,  Gufanr  Iconogr.,  Annil.  PL  i,  fig.  i,  (the 
animal) ;  Ellis  CoraUinet,  Tab.  38,  fig.  2  ;  Serpula  vermieularia  L.,  ZoU. 
danie.  Tab.  86,  figs.  7 — 9,  &o. 

Comp.  on  this  genus,  which  is  somewhat  differently  determined  and  into 
which  SabeUa  protula  Guv.  is  also  brought,  A.  Phiufpi  in  Ebiohson's 
Archiv,  1844,  "•  iS^ — 19^* 

Spworbia  Lail 

Sp.  Serpula  epirorhie,  Spirorhie  nautilcides  Lam.,  ZooL  danie.  Tab.  86,  figs. 
I — 6 ;  GuiBiN  Iconogr.,  Annil.  PL  i.  fig.  6. 

B.     Branchiae  dorsal  numerous. 

Hermella  Sav.  {Ainphitrtte  Cuv.  in  part),  Sabellaria  Lam. 
First  segment  of  the  bodj  supplied  on  both  sides  with  a  triple  series 
of  very  glistering  tufts,  the  external  very  patent,  the  internal  close. 
The  rudiments  of  the  feet,  in  addition  to  setae,  supplied  ¥rith  a 
cirrus  elongate,  adhering  above  to  the  base,  performing  the  office 
of  branchiae.  Animals  living  gregariously,  included  in  tubules 
made  of  sand  and  fragments  of  shells,  conjoined  to  form  a  common 
honey-combed  mass. 

Sp.  Ifermdlaaheolata,  SabeUa  alveolata  L.,  Elus  CoralUnee,  Tab.  xzxn. ;  on 
the  English  and  French  coasts.  Formerly  the  bundles  of  threads  beneath 
the  first  segment  were  supposed  to  be  gills.  Milnx  Rdwabds  was  the  first 
who  indicated  the  true  gills,  on  account  of  which  this  animal  belongs  to  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ANNULATA.  237 

AmUltdea  donibrant^  of  CuviSB,  whUsty  however,  in  a  nfttunl  anrange- 
ment  it  might  better  remam  with  the  AmpkitritO!,  Ann.  de»  Se.  not,  sec. 
S^.  X.  Zool,  p.  108. 

••  Naked,  roving. 

(Commonly  NotobranchtcUe^  Dars^branches  Cuv.) 

Family  YII.  Arentcoke  {Teletktufm  Say.)  Rudiments  of  feet 
of  a  dorsal  fasciculus  of  setss  and  a  ventral  transverse  tubercle  with 
setae  veiy  minute,  plane,  incurved.  Branchiae  arborescent  in  the 
middle  of  the  body,  with  a  double  row  at  the  sides  of  fasciculi  of 
dorsal  setae.    Head  not  distinct;  eyes  and  jaws  none. 

Aremoola  Lam.  Body  elongate,  with  segments  subdivided  by 
transverse  folds,  incrassated  forwards,  becoming  smaller  backwards, 
without  setae  or  other  appendages  behind  the  last  pair  of  branchin. 
Mouth  terminal  supplied  ¥rith  a  proboscis  retractile,  papillose. 

Sp.  Armieola  pitcatorum,  Lumbricus  marinus  L.,  NereitlumhrtcokUi,  Pallab 
Nov,  Aa,  Petrop.  IL  1788,  p.  123,  Tab.  v.  f.  19,  19*;  Hon  PkU. 
Transact.  1817,  Pt.  I.  Tab.  3  ;  Oksk,  Isis,  181 7,  p.  469,  with  fig. ;  AuDOUiN 
and  MiLNS  Edwasdb,  Ann.  des  8c.  not.  Tom.  30,  1833,  PI.  22,  fig.  8. 
This  specieB  has  thirteen  pairs  of  gills.  It  lires  in  deep  canals  excavated  in 
the  sea-sand,  which  the  worm  forms  with  its  head,  whilst  the  sand  is 
swallowed  and  passed  through  the  intestinal  canal;  this  worm  is  flesh- 
ooloored,  sometimes  blackish  (Arenicola  carhonaria  Liach),  and  exndes  a 
yellow  fluid  on  being  touched.  Fishermen  use  it  as  bait  to  catch  shell-fish 
with  the  hook.  Arenieola  branehiaHs  AuD.  and  £dw.  1. 1.  fig.  13,  has  nine- 
teen or  twenty  pairs  of  gills,  and  is  smaller  than  the  former.  Arenieola 
BoBckii  Rathkk,  Favna  Norweffens,  p.  181,  Tab.  vin.  f.  19 — 22,  differs  from 
the  former  species  by  the  much  more  numerous  gQHB  and  by  the  rings, 
which  lie  behind  the  last  pair  of  gills,  possessing  bundles  of  hairs  ;  also  the 
anterior  part  of  the  body  is  not  incrassated  like  the  former  species.  It 
seems,  therefore,  that  this  species  should  form  a  sub-^nus. 

It  seems  that  the  genus  Scalibregma  Rathke  ought  to  be  added 
to  the  Areuicolse  :  it  has  four  pairs  of  arborescent  branchisd  (in  the 
fourth,  fifth,  sixth  and  seventh  segment)  with  a  proboscis  not  warty; 
L  L  p.  182,  Tab.  ix.  figs.  15—21. 

Family  VIII.  Ch<Btopterina.  Anterior  and  posterior  rudiments 
of  feet  with  a  fasciculus  of  dorsal  setse,  without  uncinate  setoB,  the 
middle  feet  with  a  dorsal  appendage,  membraneous,  large  (bran- 
chial?).   Head  not  distinct;  maxillae  none. 

Ckcetcpterus  Cuv.  (Worm  elongate,  included  in  a  coriaceous 
tube). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


238  CLASS  VII. 

Sp.  ChoBtopteruB  pergamentacew  Cut.,  Milni  Edwards  Ann,  det  Se.  not,  Tom. 
XXX.  PL  22,  fig.  I,  Cuv.  JB.  Ant.  id.  ill.,  Annil.  PL  ao,  fig.  a ;  in  the  West 
Indian  Sea.     A  species  of  this  genus  occurs  also  in  the  Mediterranean. 

Family  IX.  Peripaiina.  The  rudiments  of  feet  are  conical 
tubercles,  supplied  with  a  fasciculus  of  thinly  set  setaB  at  the  point. 
Head  distinct,  provided  with  two  cirri  (antennaB)  annulate,  large,  a 
short  proboscis,  and  two  jaws. 

Peripatus  Lansdown  Guilding.  Body  with  few  segments 
subdivided  by  annulate  folds,  obtuse  at  both  extremities,  gibbous 
above,  plane  beneath. 

Sp.  Peripatus  iulifomut  Lajnsdown  GuiLDiNa,  Zool.  Jowmal,  ii.  PL  xiv. 
fig.  I ;  AuDOUiN  and  Milnb  Edw.  Ann.  dea  Sc.  nal.  Tom.  XXX.  pp.  41a — 
414,  PI.  22,  figs.  5 — 7  ;  West  Indies.  This  animal  would  seem,  according 
to  some,  to  he  a  myriapod  insect ;  the  English  author  who  first  made  it 
known,  considered  it  to  he  a  mollusc.  Milnb  Edwabds,  on  anatomical 
grounds,  defends  its  reception  into  this  class ;  Ann.  des  Sc,  not,  sec.  S^r. 
xvni.  ZodUtg.  pp.  126 — 128.  Branchice  are  not  present,  if  the  conical 
rudiments  of  feet  are  not  to  he  considered  as  respiratory  organs. 

Family  X.  Aricice.  Body  cylindrical,  attenuated  at  both  ex- 
tremities, with  head  little  distinct.  Proboscis  short,  without  jaws. 
Rudiments  of  feet  with  cirrus  usually  single;  branchiae  either  none 
distinct  or  resembling  cirri  or  lobes  adhering  to  the  base  of  the  feet. 

This  small  group,  regarded  by  Audouik  and  Miuns  Edwards  as 
a  distinct  &mily,  contains  imperfect  ringed  worms,  which  in  part 
belong  to  the  Nereids  of  former  writer&  Where  no  special  gills  are 
present,  the  cirri  appear  to  serve  for  respiration. 

CirrcOulvs  Lam.  Body  elongate,  roimd,  with  few  dorsal  and 
ventral  set®  remote,  and  long  dorsal  cirri.  The  branchiae  very  long 
cirri  in  the  antenor  part  of  the  body. 

Sp.  Cirratvlua  horealis,  Lumbricva  cirratua  Mdell.,  O.  FaBBIOH  Fauna 
gronU.  pp.  281 — 283,  fig.  5,  Encydop,  milk..  Vert,  Pi.  34,  figs.  10 — 12 ; 
CirraL  Lamarckii  Am),  and  Edw.  Ann.  det  Sc.  naL  xxvn.  PL  xr.  figs. 
I — 4,  XXIX.  pp.  410,  411 ;  Grubs  Kiemenwiirmer,  1838,  pp.  32,  33. 

Ammotrypana  Bathke  {Beitr,  z.  Fauna  Norweg.)  A  genus 
related  to  the  preceding:  it  differs  by  defect  of  the  long  cirri  (bran- 
chiae) in  the  anterior  part  of  the  body. 

Sp.  AfMuoirypana  aulogoiter  Bathkb,  L  L  p.  188,  Tab.  X.  figs,  i — 3,  kc 

Ophelia  Sav.  Comp.  Edw.  and  AuD.  Ann.  dea  8c.  not.  xxix. 
pp.  403 — 407.     According  to  Sars  the  animal  is  so  described  that 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ANNULATA,  239 

the  dorsal  surface  is  taken  for  the  yentral,  the  anterior  part  for  the 
posterior;  the  author,  Ann.  des  8c.  not.  sec.  s^r.  vii.  Zoologte,  p.  247, 
counts  it  amongst  the  Nereids. 

Aonis  Sav. 

Gomp.  AuD.  and  Edw.  Arm.  dei  Se.  nai,  Tom.  xxvii.  pp.  400 — ^403, 
PL  xvm.  figs.  9 — 13. 

Artcia  Sav.  Body  elongate,  attenuated  at  both  ends,  with 
conical  head.  The  ventral  oar  of  the  anterior  feet  with  a  transverse 
incised  crest,  of  the  posterior  with  a  conical  setiferous  tubercle  and 
small  cirrus,  with  soft  branchial  appendage.  Dorsal  cirri  triangular, 
plane. 

Sp.   Arieia  Cuvierii  AuD.  and  Eow.  Ann,  des  Se.  wU.  xxix.  p.  397,  xzvir. 
PL  15,  f.5— 13»  *<5- 

Scolophs  Blainv. 

Comp.  Obbstid  Chifnl.  Annml,  doraibr,  p.  199.  Here  also  Beems  to 
belong  the  genua  TravUia  JoHHSTOir,  Ann.  of  Nat.  Hid.  it.  p.  373,  PL  xi. 
f.  11—18. 

Spto  O.  Fabr.  Head  ¥rith  two  very  long  antenniform  tentacles. 
Mouth  inferior  or  subterminal,  little  exsertile  and  without  jaws. 
Body  elongate,  slender.  Superior  pinna  with  uncinate  or  capillary 
setae,  inferior  with  capillary  setae;  branchiae  ligulate,  dorsal,  in  the 
anterior  part  of  the  body  very  large,  in  the  posterior  evanescent. 

Sp.   Spio  seticomU  O.  Fabr.,  Bastkb  Nat.  Uittp.  n.  pp.  149,  150,  Tab.  xn. 
fig.  3. 

O.  Fabkiotus,  van  dem  Spio-OeseMecht,  Seriften  der  Berliner  Oeedheh. 
naturf.  Prmnde  vi.  p.  156.  Kathkx,  Beitr.  zur  Fauna  der  Krym,  Tab. 
vm.  figs.  I — 6,  p.  421  (Spio  IcevieomiB),  Osbstbd  Qnad,  Annul,  pp. 
TOi,  103. 

The  genua  Malaeoeeroe  QuATBSTAaBB  is  distinguished  by  the  defect  of 
eyes,  Gviiaiv,  Magae.  de  Zocl.  1843. 

Family  XI.  Nereidce.  Body  elongate,  slender,  with  head 
distinct,  supplied  with  tentacles  (antennae)  and  eyes.  Rudiments 
of  feet  similar  throughout  the  whole  body.  Branchiae  not  distinct 
from  the  feet  or  small  appendages  of  the  feet,  like  lobes  or  tu- 
bercles.    Proboscis  large,  often  armed  with  two  homy  jaws. 

Goniada  AuD.  and  Edw.  Head  conical ;  with  pinnae  of  segments 
remote,  each  of  them  supplied  with  an  acns  and  setae  with  conical 
lobes  or  cirri.  Proboscis  large,  famished  beneath  with  a  double  row 


Digitized  by 


Google 


240  CLASS  VII. 

of  homy  denticles,  without  maxillae  or  armed  at  the  point  with  two 

maxillae. 

Sp.  Omiada  etnerUa  Aud.  and  Edw.,  Ann,  des  Sc.  not,  xxix.  PL  15,  figs. 
1—4. 

Ephesta  Eathke.  Head  conical;  with  dorsal  pinnae  of  the 
segments  mammillate,  setiferous,  the  ventral  supplied  with  a  fasci- 
culus of  short  setae.     Proboscis  large,  clavate,  smooth. 

Sp.  JBphena  gracilU  Rathkb,  BeiiT,  zu/r  Fauna  Norwegent,  pp.  174 — 176, 
Tab.  vn.  figs.  5—8. 

Olycera  Sav.  Head  conical,  at  the  extremity  with  four  tentacles 
small,  subulate,  arranged  in  a  cross.  Dorsal  and  ventral  pinnae 
approximate,  inserted  in  a  common  tubercle,  supplied  with  acus  and 
a  fasciculus  of  few  setae.  Cirrus  at  the  base  of  each  pinna;  branchial 
appendage  simple  or  bifid  in  every  segment,  except  only  the  anterior 
and  posterior.     Proboscis  large,  usually  with  four  jaws. 

Sp.  Cflycera  Meckelii  Aud.  and  Edw.,  Ann.  det  Sc.  n<U.  xxix.  p.  363,  xxvii. 
PI.  zrv.  figs.  I — 4  ;  Glyeera  albct,  NereU  alba  Muellir,  Zool.  dan.  Tab. 
LZii.  fig.  6.  (Comp.  Johnston,  Ann.  of  Not.  Hid.  zv.  p.  148,  Rathkk, 
Beiir.  swr  Fawna  Narweg.  p.  173.) 

Pollicita  Johnston  {Behryce  Thompson).    Comp.  Ann,  of  Nal, 
Hist  XVI.  pp.  4 — 6. 

Nephthya  Cuv.  Head  truncated  anteriorly,  supplied  with  four 
small  tentacles.  Dorsal  and  ventral  pinnae  remote,  setiferous,  in- 
creased by  a  membraneous  lobe.  Branchiae  ligulate  at  the  dorsal 
pinnae.  Proboscis  large,  furnished  with  conical  tentacles  and  two 
maxillae  not  exsert.     Body  linear,  elongate,  with  terminal  style. 

Sp.  Nephthya  Homhergii  Cuv.,  Aud.  and  Edw.,  Ann.  det  Sc.  not.  zxix.  PL 
XVII.  figs.  1—6,  Cuv.  jB.  Ani.  id,  ill.,  Ann€l.  PL  XV.  fig.  1 ;  Neph.  UmgiMe- 
tota  O1B8T.  GromL  Annul,  p.  195,  Tab.  vi.  figs.  75,  76,  (perhaps  the  same 
as  NepUi,  cUiaJta  Rathkb,  Beitr.  z.  Fawna  Norwegent,  p.  1 70). 

PhyUodoce  Sav.  (Ranzani).  Head  small,  supplied  with  two 
eyes,  and  four  or  five  tentacles,  the  fifth  unequal,  very  small,  remote. 
Tentacular  cirri  in  the  anterior  segments.  Setigerous  tubercles 
undivided,  with  dorsal  and  ventral  appendage  lamellose,  branchial. 
Body  terminated  by  two  styles.  Proboscis  thick  with  small  tentacles 
at  the  orifice,  without  jaws. 

Sp.  PhyUodoce  lanUnoaa  Sav.,  Aud.  and  Edw.  Ann.  dee  Sc,  not.  xxix.  p.  344, 
PL  16,  figs.  I — 8;  PkyOod.  davigera,  Nereis  viridWMuELL.^SulaUaf  Bav., 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ANNULATA.  241 

AuD.  and  Edw.  L  L  p.  9484  PL  16,  figs.  9—13 ;  PkyUod.  aaxicola  Quatsb- 
rAOBB,  GuiBDr  Maga§.  de  Zod.  1843^  AniUl,  p.  i,  PI.  i,  fto. 

Fsamathe  Jobnst. 

I<nda  JoHKST. 

Cknnp.  JoHKSTON,  ^nf».  0/  iVol.  JTtif.  iv.  pp.  ia<^— 131. 

Myricma  Say. 

Alciopa  AuD.  and  Edw.  Eyee  large,  lateral  Tubercles  lobate 
(glandular)  at  the  base  of  the  pediform  tubercle&  Other  characters 
a»  m  Fhyllodooe. 

Sp.  Ale.  ReynaudU  AuD.  and  Edw.  Ann.  de$  Sc,  fiat.  xxix.  pp.  136 — 338, 
T9h.  TV,  figs.  6— II ;  Comp.  A.  EJtOHK,  ZooL  wnd  amat.  Semer^bmngm 
nAet  die  Aleiopm,  EaiCHSOv's  AtMv,  1845,  8. 171— 184,  Tab.  n.  Bendea 
the  deacsriptbn  of  aome  new  apedea  thia  memoir  oontaina  alao  anatomical 
details,  amongst  which,  especially  those  upon  the  eyes  are  worthy  of  notice 
(see  above,  p.  317).  The  glandular  appendages  of  the  rudimentary  feet 
AuDOunr  and  Milkb  Edwabdb  consider  to  be  gills. 

JBesione  Say.  Head  broad,  truncated,  furnished  with  four  lateral 
eyes  and  four  small  tentacles.  Long  tentacular  cirri  at  the  sides  of 
the  head.  Setigerous  tubercles  of  the  segments  undiYided,  with 
dorsal  and  ventral  cirrus  filiform,  the  dorsal  long.  Body  oblong, 
with  segments  not  numerous.     Proboscis  large,  without  jaws. 

Sp.  Metione  tplendida  Say.  Dsmt.  de  VEffifpU,  Annil.  PI.  in.  fig.  3,  Ou<B. 
Ictmogr.  Annil.  PI.  8,  fig.  3. 

Nate. — Genus  Halvmede  Rathke  is  distinguished  from  Hedone 
by  three  branchiA  (lobed  appendages)  at  each  of  the  pediform 
tubercles  {BeUr.  z.  Fofuna  Nww.  pp.  166 — 169). 

SyUis  Say.  Head  bUobed,  anteriorly  emarginate,  with  four 
eyes  placed  in  transverse  row,  and  three  tentacles,  thin,  moniliform. 
Setigerous  tubercles  of  the  segments  undivided,  with  dorsal  cirrus 
long,  moniliform.  Probosds  without  jaws.  Body  elongate,  slender, 
with  numerous  segments. 

Sp.  Sfi,u  nwMlane  Sat.  Deicr.  de  VEffyple,  Awn4l.  PL  lY.  fig.  3,  Guia. 
Icanogr,  Anna.  PI.  8,  fig.  i ;  SifU.  Maeuloea  Edw.,  Cuv.  jB.  Ani.  id.  iU., 
Annil.  PI.  15,  figs.  I,  &c. 

Nereis  CuY.  (spec,  of  gen.  Nereis  L.,  Lycoris  Sav.  and  Lycastis 
Sav.)     Head  anteriorly  attenuated,  with  four  eyes  arranged  in  two 
series  and  four  short  tentacles,  the  external  larger,conical.  Subulate 
VOL.  I.  16 


Digitized  by 


Google 


242  CLAas  VII. 

tentacular  cirri  at  the  base  of  the  head  in  the  first  segment  of  the 
body;  two  cirri  in  each  segment.  Proboscis  thick,  cylindrical, 
armed  with  two  homy  exserted  jaws.  Body  elongate,  with  nume- 
rous segments. 

A.  The  dorsal  pinna  of  the  feet  confluent  with  the  ventral  or 
not  distinct,  without  branchial  appendages.  Lycaatia  Sav.,  Aud. 
and  Edw. 

B.  The  dorsal  pinna  distinct  from  the  ventral,  with  aciculus 
and  bundle  of  setsB  at  the  extremity  of  each,  and  appendages  or 
lacinias  supplying  the  office  of  gills.  Lycoris  Sav.,  Nereis  of 
Authors. 

Sp.  Nereit  wmtia,  I/yeor,  nwidia  Say.  Deter,  de  rigypte,  AfmSl.  FL  iv.  fig.  3, 
On^RiN  leonogr.f  AnnSL  PI.  7,  from  the  Bed  Sea ;  NereU  peiagica  L., 
Basteb  Natuurk,  Uitap,  ii.  Tab.  ti.  fig.  6,  OERffriD  OrcnU.  Annul,  p.  T75, 
Tab.  IV.  figs.  53,  &c. 

Heteronerda  Oerst. 

Sp.  Heierfmereu  arcUca  OxBST.  L  I.  Tab.  iv.  fig.  51;  NtreU  gra/ndifolia 
Rathks,  Beitr,  z.  Fawna  Ncrweffma,  pp.  155,  &o. 

Family  XII.  BunicecB,  Body  elongate,  with  numerous  seg- 
ments. Rudiments  of  feet  supplied  with  a  single  pinna,  a  terminal 
setiferous  tubercle,  and  two  cirri.  Proboscis  armed  with  seven, 
eight  or  nine  homy  jaws.  Branchiae  in  some  none  (cirri  supplying 
the  office  of  branchiae),  in  others  above  the  dorsal  cirrus  adhering  to 
many  segments  of  the  body,  pectinate. 

A,     BranchiaB  not  distinct  £rom  the  cirri. 

•  Head  covered  by  the  first  segment  of  the  body.    Jaws  nine. 
Genera  Aglaura  Sav.,  (Enone  Sav. 
Comp.  Gu^iN  Iconogr,  AmUl,  PL  6. 

*♦  Head  not  covered  by  the  first  segment  of  the  body. 

Lmnbrineru  Blain.,  Aud.  and  Edw.  Head  obtusely  oonical, 
with  tentacles  either  none  or  two  inserted  into  small  tubercles  at 
the  posterior  margin.     Jaws  eight. 

Sp.  Lufnhrineri$  d*OHtygn{i  Aud.  and  Edw.  Ann.  des  Sc,  not.  Tom.  xxyii. 
PI.  12,  figs.  9 — 12  ;  Lumbrineria  pedinifera  Quatbsf.^  GuilB.  MiMffOM,  de 
Zool.  1843,  Annil.  pp.  6—8,  PI.  n.  figs.  3—8,  &o. 

Lysidioe  Sav.  Head  broad,  small,  with  three  short  tentacles. 
Jaws  seven. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ANNULATA.  243 

Ck>mp.  ArD.  mod  Edw.  Ann.  de$  Se,  not,  XTin.  pp.  353—^57,  Tom. 
xxvn.  figs.  I — 8. 

B.    BrancliM  distinct.    Jaws  seven. 

DiopcOra  AuD.  and  Edw.  Head  small,  with  nine  tentacles. 
Filameoda  of  branchisB  nnmerotis,  placed  on  a  petiole  twisted 
spirally. 

Sp.  Diopatra  amloimmma  Avd.  and  Edw.  Ann,  def  ^.  not.  xxvin.  pp.  329, 
330,  PI.  X.  figs.  6—8. 

OnupAis  AuD.  and  Edw.  Head  small,  ftimislied  with  seven 
tentacles.  The  first  two  pairs  of  pinn«  larger,  directed  forwards. 
Branchiae  in  every  segment,  except  the  first  two,  the  anterior  of  a 
simple  filament,  the  posterior  pectinate. 

Sp.  Onuphrii  tremiia  AuD.  and  Edw.  Jim.  dt$  So*  not.  zxnn.  pp.  936, 
317,  PI.  X.  figs.  I — 5;  OnuphrU  Etchrichtii  Oibst.  OnmU.  Annul,  p.  173, 
Tab.  ui.  figs.  33 — 4I,  fig.  45.  These  worms  live  in  cases ;  thejr  are  some- 
times ooTered  with  bits  of  shell,  like  that  of  TerAeUa,  as  in  the  last-named 
species,  from  which  I  suspect  that  Onuphria  conchiUga  Sabs,  BeArivtUeTf 
1835,  pp.  61 — 63,  PI.  X.  fig.  38,  does  not  differ. 

Eunice  Cuv.,  AuD.  and  Edw.  {Leodice  Sav.)  Head  distinct, 
round  or  lobate,  with  five  tentacles.  Pectinate  branchiss  above  the 
dorsal  cirrus  in  most  of  the  segments,  or  in  the  anterior  part  of  the 
body. 

Sp.  Eunice  ffigantea.  Nereis  apkrodiiois,  Pall.  Nov,  Act.  Pehy>pol,  Tom.  ii. 
pp.  339,  330,  Tab.  ▼.  figs.  1—7,  Cut.  jR.  Ani.  id,  ill,,  AnnSl,  PL  10 ;  this 
species  becomes  more  than  four  feet  long : — Eunice  sanguinea,  Nereii 
tanffiUnea  Montagu  Trane.  of  Linn,  Soc,  Tom.  xr.  pp.  30,  31,  Tab.  3, 
figs.  I — 3 ;  Eunice  cmtennaia  Sav.,  Deecrip,  de  VEgypte,  AnnSl,  PI.  y.  fig.  i, 
Gu&iN,  Iconogr.,  Annil,  PL  y.  figs,  i,  &c. 

Family  XIII.  Amphirwmacece,  Body  depressed,  oblong.  Head 
furnished  with  two  or  four  eyes  and  mostly  five  tentacles.  The 
pediform  tubercles  supplied  with  setae  only,  not  with  aciculae. 
Branchise  arborescent  or  fasciculate  in  all  the  segments  of  the  body, 
the  three  or  four  anterior  excepted,  placed  at  the  sides  of  the  back. 
Proboscis  without  jaws. 

Amphtnome  BeuguiAre.  (Spec,  of  Aphrodita  Pall.,  of  Terthella 
Gm.) 

A.  Pediform  tubercles  with  undivided  pinna  and  single  drrus. 
Tentacles  five  in  the  head;  caruncles  behind  the  base  of  the  middle 
tentacle  none.     Branchifle  ramosa 

16—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


244  CLASS  YII. 

ffipponoe  AuD.  and  Edw. 

Sp.  ffipponoi  C/audichaudii  AuD.  and  Edw.  Ann.  det  Se,  nai.  Tom.  xx.  1830, 
pp.  156—159,  PL  ni.  figs.  1—5,  Gn^BiH  Iconoffr.,  AnnSl.  PI.  4  bis.  fig.  3, 
in  New  HoUand  (Port  Jackson). 

£.  Pediform  tubercles  with  double  pinna,  remote,  each  provided 
with  a  cirru&  Caruncles  behind  the  base  of  the  intermediate  tentacle 
at  the  dorsal  surflEUse  in  the  head  and  anterior  part  of  the  bodj. 

JEktphrosyne  Sav.  Head  with  single  subulate  tentacle,  and  two 
eyes.  Branchise  made  of  many  branched  appendages,  arranged  in 
a  row  between  the  dorsal  and  yentral  pinna. 

Sp.  Suphrotyne  loMrtaia  Sat.  I>etcr.  de  VEgypU,  Annil.  PL  n.  fig.  i, 
GuiBiK  Iconogr.,  Annil.  PL  4  bis.  figs,  i,  &c. 

AmpMnome  AuD.  and  Edw.  Fleione  Sav.  Head  with  five 
short  tentacles,  and  four  eyes.  Branchiss  ramose,  or  fasciculate  at 
the  base  of  the  dorsal  pinnss. 

Sp.  Am^pikinome  nOtrata  Tall.  Miae.  Zool.  Tab.  via.  figs.  14 — 18,  from  the 
Indian  Ocean;  Ampkinome  ca/nmeulata  Pall.  fig.  11 ;  oomp.  A.  E.  Gbubb, 
De  Pleione  eanmeulata  Diss.  Zoot.  e¥m  tab.  cm.  Begiomontani,  1837,  8to. 

Chloeia  Sav.  Head  supplied  with  five  tentacles  and  two  eyes. 
Branchise  like  a  tripinnatifid  leaf,  placed  on  the  back,  remote  firom 
the  base  of  the  pinnse.  Two  terminal  styles  at  the  posterior  part  of 
the  body. 

Sp.  Amphinome  capiUata,  ApkrodUa  Jlava  Pall.  MUe.  Zool.  Tab.  Tin.  figs. 
7 — II ;  Guy.  M.  Ani.  id.  iU.  Annil.  PL  9 ;  in  the  Indian  Ooean,  from 
Amhoyna,  fta  The  bundles  of  aetce  are  yellow,  the  gills,  which  nearly 
resemble  leaves  of  Fern,  are  pmple- coloured. 

Family  XIV.  Aphroditacece.  Body  in  most  depressed,  oval. 
Head  supplied  with  tentacles  usually  five  (2 — 5)  and  with  four  eyes. 
Dorsal  and  ventral  pinnae  distinct,  furnished  with  acus,  a  fascicle  of 
setse  and  a  ventral  cirrus.  Squamss  {Elytra  Sav.)  in  most,  in  place 
of  cirri,  placed  on  the  dorsal  pinnsB  that  alternate  with  dorsal  pinn» 
supplied  with  a  cirrus.    Proboscis  usually  armed  with  four  jaws. 

Palmyra  Sav.     Dorsal  squamsB  none. 

Sp.  Palmyra  awrifera  Say.,  Aud.  and  Edw.  Ann.duSe.  fiat.  Tom.  xxyii. 
PP*  445i  AA^t  PL  X.  figs.  I — 6,  from  the  island  ifoicri^tw. 

Genus  Spinther  Johxstok  ;  is  it  of  this  &mily )  Body  oval, 
with  back  convex,  abdomen  plana     Head  indistinct     Eljtra  none. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ANNULATA.  245 

Tubercles  of  the  feet  aunilar  in  all  the  segments^  supplied  with 
a  ventral  cirrus  only. 

€k>mp.  JoHKBTOH,  Awn,  of  Nat,  Hi$t.  xn,  1845,  pp.  ft— 10,  Spmther 
imuooHdei,  PL  n.  figs.  7 — 14. 

Sigalion  AuD.,  Edw.  Body  depressed,  elongate,  with  numerous 
segments.  Dorsal  squamss  together  with  dorsal  cirrus  in  most  of 
the  segments;  the  anterior  segments  that  are  without  squams  alter- 
nating with  squamiferous  segments. 

Sp.  SigaUon  Mathilda  AuD.  mod  Edw.  J  mi.  det  Se.  not.  Tom.  xxm, 
pp.  441—443,  PI.  IX.  figs.  I— 10 ;  SigaUon  boa  JomrSTOV,  Aim.  nf  Nai, 
Hiit.  n.  pp.  439 — ^441,  PI.  ZXin.  figi.  6—15,  (probably  the  SMne  ipecies  m 
SigaUon  Iduna  Rathke,  BeUr,  twr  Fauna  Norweg.  pp.  150—155,  Tab.  n. 
figs.  1—8 ;  Gomp.  also  Sigalion  EtteUa  Gu£b.  Magat.  de  ZodL  1833,  AnmU, 
PL  3). 

Aconites  AuD.  and  Edw.  Body  elongate,  with  numerous  seg- 
ments. Branchial  tubercles  at  the  base  of  the  pediform  tubercles 
in  all  of  them,  dorsal  squam»  large,  the  squamiferous  segments, 
without  dorsal  cirrus,  alternating  with  segments  supplied  with  dorsal 
cirrus.  A  coriaceous  tube  longer  than  the  bodj  concealing  the 
worm. 

Sp.  AcoiU$  Ploei  AuD.  and  Edw.  Jim.  da  Se.  not,  zzvn.  p.  437,  PI.  x. 
figa.7— 14. 

Foh/odofUes  Benieri,  Aud.  and  Edw.  {Phyllodoce  Banzani). 
Head  small,  with  three  tentacles  and  two  pedunculate  eyes.  Dorsal 
cirri  in  the  segments  destitute  of  elytra,  which  alternate  with  squa- 
miferous segments;  ventral  cirri  short,  subulate  in  all  the  segments; 
distinct  branchiae  none.  Proboscis  with  two  subulate  cirri  and  warty 
margin,  with  four  large  denticulate  jaws* 

PoljfodonUg  JRanzanU,  Phyllodoce  maanllota  Ranzaht,  Opft$eoU  $cieniiifiei, 
Bologna,  181 7,  Tom.  I.  pp.  105 — 109,  Tab.  rr.  figa.  4—9,  MedhenraiMan. 

Polynoe  Sav.  Body  in  some  oblong  or  oval,  in  others  slender, 
elongate.  Head  with  four  eyes  set  on  tubercles,  and  five,  sometimes 
four,  tentacles.  Jaws  large,  homy.  Branchiae  and  dorsal  cirri 
in  pediform  tubercles  destitute  of  squama,  which  alternate  with 
squamiferous  feet. 

Sp.  Polynoi  $gmmaia,  AphrodUa  squamaia  L.,  BAsna,  NakmHk.  UUap.  n. 
Tikb.  TL  fig.  ▼.  Pallas  Miaeell.  Zool.  p.  91,  Tab.  vn.  fig.  14 ;  PUgnoi 
kgvie,  Aud.  and  Edw.  Ann.  dee  Se.  naL  xxvn.  p.  491,  PI.  ix.  figs.  11—19, 
GuiBiK,  Iconogr.  Annil.  PL  9,  figi.  4,  Ac. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


246  CLASS  VII. 

Aphrodtta  L.  (exclusive  of  some  species),  Halithea  Sav.  Head 
concealed  under  squamas  or  setae,  furnished  with  two  pedunculate 
eyes  and  three  tentacles.  Jaws  small  or  none.  Branchiae  and 
dorsal  cirri  in  feet  destitute  of  squama,  which  alternate  with  squa- 
miferous  feet.     Body  oval,  depressed. 

*  DoTBtd  iqwima  xakBA. 

Sp.  AphfrodUa  kyOrix,  HalUkea  kpOrw  Say.,  Aud.  and  Edw.,  Ann.  det  Se, 
not.  xxvn.  PI.  7,  figs,  i — 9.   . 

*  *  Dorsal  iquama  coTored  by  »  stratum  of  vUlote  deke, 

Sp.  Aphrodita  actUeata  L.,  Basteb^  Naiuwk,  Uittp.  Tab.  vi.  figs,  i,  3,  Pall. 
Miic,  Zool.  pp.  77,  &o.  Tab.  vii.  figs,  i— 13  ;  Phytalus  Swammebd.  Bibl. 
not,  Sea-Mouse,  Ordinarily  five  or  six  inches  long  and  an  inch  and  a  half 
broad.  The  hairs  on  the  two  sides  of  the  body  are  glistering,  green  and 
red,  or  playing  with  all  the  colours  of  the  rainbow ;  the  back  is  clothed 
with  a  felty  coTering,  that  consists  of  interwoven  hairs.  When  this 
covering  is  opened,  five  nearly  circular  plates  {fqwm/a,  dytra)  are  seen  on 
each  side,  which  partially  cover  each  other,  and  of  which  the  middlemost 
are  the  largest.  If  two  consecutive  plates  be  separated,  there  are  seen  on 
the  ling  that  lies  between  them,  small  longitudinal  nodes,  which  are  parted 
by  a  pit,  and  are  provided  outwards  and  backwards  with  pectinated 
appendages  as  though  torn  at  the  margin  (the  gills).  In  the  Atlantic 
Ocean,  the  Meditenranean,  &c. 

Note. — The  genus  Sagitta  Slabber,  Quoy  and  Gaim.,  whose 
place  is  uncertain,  seems  to  approximate  closely  to  the  Annvlata. 
Body  not  annulate,  elongate,  pointed  at  both  extremities,  supplied 
with  lateral  pinnae  and  a  terminal  truncated  pinna;  head  distinct 
from  the  body  by  a  neck,  with  two  eyes,  and  homy  teeth  on  both 
sides.     All  the  individuals  hermaphrodite. 

Comp.  A.  Kbohn  Beobackhmffen  ueber  die  Sagitta  bipunckOa,  Hamburg, 
1844,  4to;  R.  Wilms,  ObeervoHonee  de  SagiUa,  Berolini,  1846,  4to. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CLASS  vni. 

INSECTS  {INSEGTA)\ 

LinnjEUS  united  all  those  invertebrate  animals,  whose  body  is 
divided  into  rings  and  which  have  feet  consisting  of  different  joints, 
into  a  single  class,  that  of  Insects.  Together  with  the  class  of 
Ringed-Worms  they  make  up  one  of  the  four  principal  groups  into 


*  There  i«  no  class  cyf  aDtmals  on  which  more  hu  been  written  than  that  of  Insects ; 
comp.  Latbullx,  who  has  given  a  sketch  of  the  history  of  Entomology  (Mim.  dM 
Muteum,  Tin.  1823,  pp.  461 — ^481,  also  J.  N.  Eisxlt,  Oeaehiehte,  Sydemaiik  vmd 
lAUerohtr  dtr  Imedenkunde,  Leipzig,  1836,  8yo,  and  J.  PlBcaEOEiiOK,  BtUiograpkie 
Enicmoloffiqu^f  Paris,  i^yj,  1  vols.  8to).  As  observers  deserve  to  be  named  especially 
R^UMUB  {M^moires  powr  tervir  d  mist.  de$  Inaeetes,  Paris,  1734 — 1749,  6  vols.  4to}, 
A.  J.  ROSSBL  {Inteettn-Bdngtigving,  Ntimberg,  1746 — 1761,  4  vols.  4to,  with  exceUent 
eolonred  figwes)  and  G.  Db  Gbxb  {Mim  powr  Mervir  d  VHist.  det  Inteetet,  Stookhofan, 
1751 — 1778,  7  vols.  4to).  The  anatomy  was  excellently  treated  by  our  great  country- 
maa,  SwAMMKaDAM  {Biblia  naturte,  Leiden,  1737,  i  vols.  foL),  and  afterwards  by 
P.  Ltoket  {Trail4  cmatomique  de  la  Chenille  qui  ronge  le  baii  de  Saule,  la  Haye,  1769, 
4to).  In  this  part  also  in  the  present  century  Ramdohb,  Tbivibanus,  '  Hmou), 
BBAimr,  Jj£ov  Dufoub,  Stbaus,  Dbuokhbih,  Blahohabd,  Nkwfobt,  ko.  have 
published  many  important  investigations.  Comp.  the  Articles,  Inaeetet,  by  Audouin, 
in  the  JHdionnaire  clcuaique  d^Hiti,  nai.  Tom.  vm.  1825,  pp.  559 — 579,  a^d  /nMcto, 
in  ToDD*B  Cyclopcsdia  of  Anat.  and  Phynol,  n.  1839,  PP>  ^73 — 994- 

As  general  works,  introductions  and  systematic  handbooks,  the  following,  amongst 
ethcrrs,  may  be  used  with  advantage : 

J.  G.  Fabbicii,  PhUoaophia  Enkmoloffica,  Hambuigii  et  Kilonii,  1778,  8vo. 

Ejusd.  EfUomologia  SystemaHca,  Hafniae,  1799,  iv.  Tom.  (6  vols.)  8vo;  Index 
alph/xbettcw,  in  J.  C.  Fabbicii,  Erdomol.  Syatam,  Hafoise,  1796,  8vo.  SupplemeiUwn 
BtUomei.  SydemoHcaiy  Hafisin,  1779,  8vo. 

P.  A.  Latbbillb,  HiM.  naiur  des  Cnutaeiet  et  dee  Inaectei  (suite  anx  CEuvres  de 
BuFFON,  par  SoKNivi),  Paris,  i8oa,  1803,  14  vols.  8vo,  avec  fig. 

Ejusd.  Genera  Cnutaceorwn  et  Insectorum,  Parifdis  et  Argentorati,  1806,  1807, 
IV.  Tom.  8vo. 

W.  KiBBT  and  W.  Sfshos,  Introduction  to  Enionudogy,  5th  Edit.  London,  1818, 
4  vols.  8vo. 

H.  BuBiOEiBTBB,  ffandbuck  der  Entomoloffie,  i  Bd.,  Alffemeine  Entomologie,  Mit 
16  Steindrflcken,  4to.  Berlin,  1833,  8vo. 

J.  O.  Wkstwood,  An  Introduction  to  the  modem  Cflamjleation  of  Ineedi.  Lon- 
daBf  1840,  1  vols.  8vo  (with  many  woodcuts). 

As  engravings  we  may,  besides  Roxbxl,  especially  notice  the  figures  of  the  Icono- 
graphic  du  lUgne  animal,  by  Gu^iK,  and  those  of  the  Dictiomn.  dee  Sciences  nalureUea, 
which  are  also  to  be  found  in  A.  M.  G.  Duk^il,  Coneiderations  ginSralea  eur  la  Claue 
det  Inaeetes,  Paris,  1833,  8vo. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


248  CLASS  yiii. 

which  Cuvier,  as  stated  above  (p.  33),  divided  the  entire  Animal 
Kingdom.  We  allude  to  the  Type  of  Articulate  Animals,  which 
may  be  separated  into  two  divisions.-  The  first  division  includes 
articulate  animals  without  jointed  feet  {apoda,  the  AnmdaUi)^  the 
other  articulate  animals  with  feet  {Gondyhpoda).  Again,  articulate 
animals  with  limbs  (Insects  of  LiNNiBUs)  are  divided  into  three 
classes,  of  which  the  first,  immediately  to  be  treated  of,  retains  the 
name  of  Insects;  the  two  other  classes,  those  of  the  Arachnids  and 
of  the  Onistaceans,  comprehend  those  animals  which  LiNNiEUS  con- 
sidered as  ¥ringless  Insects. 

Insects  (in  the  narrower  meaning  of  modem  sjstematic  Zoology) 
are  mostly  provided  with  wings;  but  the  presence  of  these  organs 
of  motion  does  not  constitute  the  character  of  the  class.  That  is  to 
be  sought  for  in  the  head  distinct  firom  the  trunk,  to  which  two 
antennsB  are  attached,  and  in  the  Respiration  by  means  of  air-canals 
distributed  internally  through  the  body  and  generally  divided  into 
very  fine  branches.  The  first  of  these  characters  distinguishes  the 
Insects  firom  the  Arachnids  in  which  the  head  and  thorax  form  a 
single  piece,  and  which  have  no  antennae,  the  other  distinguishes 
them  firom  the  Crustaceans,  whose  respiratory  organs  are  gills  or 
other  external  appendages. 

The  names  Insecta,  notched  animals,  and  in  Greek  JWofia,  have 
all  the  same  meaning.  From  the  last  is  derived  the  word  Entomo- 
logy (Insect-Science). 

The  species  belonging  to  this  class  are  very  numerous:  in  this 
respect  no  other  class  can  be  compared  with  Insects.  In  treating 
therefore  of  this  class  we  must  keep  within  strict  limits,  that  we  may 
not  too  greatly  extend  our  work  in  the  estimation  of  those  who  take 
less  interest  in  this  special  part. 

We  will  first  describe  the  external  structure  of  these  creatures  a 
little  more  precisely  The  body  of  the  six-footed  Insects,  which 
make  up  by  far  the  largest  portion  of  this  class,  is  separated  into 
three  parts :  head^  trunk,  and  abdomen.  On  the  head,  besides  the 
parts  about  the  mouth,  the  antennae  and  eyes  are  distinguished. 

By  Antennm  are  understood  moveable  jointed  threads,  which, 
unconnected  with  the  oral  organs,  are  attached  to  the  head,  usually 
close  to  the  eyes.  The  number  of  joints  is  very  difierent;  in  But- 
terflies, for  instance,  very  large,  in  Beetles,  mostly  eleven,  &c.  All 
insects   in   the   perfect  condition  or  last  period  of  life  have  two 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN8ECT8.  249 

antennsB.  Their  relative  size  is  very  different.  Sometimes  as  in 
Locu8t€By  they  exceed  the  length  of  ttie  body,  in  others  again  they 
are  veiy  short  and  almost  concealed  beneath  the  eyes.  The  fonn 
likewise  is  different :  the  antenn»  are  said  to  he^t/brm  when  they 
are  thin  and  of  the  same  thickness  throughout:  clavate  when  they 
baye  a  knob  at  the  end  formed  of  thicker  joints,  as  in  butterflies 
{Papiltones),  &c. 

The  eyes  (oculi)  are  either  simple  or  compound.  The  simple 
eyes  are  named  eye-points  {ocelli,  atenmiata) :  they  look  like  smooth 
shining  points  placed  usually  in  a  triangle  behind  the  larger  eyes ; 
they  are  seen  in  Bees,  Wasps,  &c.  The  larger  eyes  are  composed 
of  numerous  six-sided  fa^ettes,  and  are  occasionally  of  such  magni- 
tude (as  in  Dipteraj  LtbeUuloB),  as  to  meet,  the  head  seeming  to 
consist  almost  entirely  of  these  two  eyes.  In  some  instances  the 
number  of  fa^ettes  is  surprisingly  great:  Leeuwenhoeck  counted 
8000  in  the  eye  of  a  fly,  Straus  nearly  8820  in  that  of  a  cockchafer  ^ 

The  oral  apparatus  {prgtma  cibaruxy  Trophi)  consist  of  six 
principal  parts,  of  which  four  are  in  pairs  and  move  transversely, 
whilst  two  face  each  other  above  and  below.  Of  these  last  the 
uppermost  is  the  upper  lip  {labrum) :  it  is  homy  and  fixed  by  a 
joint  transversely  to  the  most  anterior  part  of  the  head.  The  part 
of  the  head  to  which  the  upper  lip  is  fastened  is  named  head^shidd 
{dypeas,  in  French  chaperon).  The  undermost  part,  facing  the  other, 
is  named  the  under  lip  {labium)',  it  closes  the  mouth  below:  is 
composed  of  two  parts  of  which  the  inferior  and  more  rigid  is  named 
diin  {merUum),  and  the  superior,  generally  membraneous,  tongue 
{ligula).  Sometimes  the  liguJu  has  two  lateral  lobes  {paro/glossoB). 
The  remaining  four  parts  are  known  as  upper  and  under  jaws.  The 
upper  jaws  {fnandibuke)  are  two,  placed  immediately  beneath  the 
upper  lip:  they  move  transversely  from  within  outwards,  and  are 
often  very  hard.  The  under  jaws  {maxilloB)  are  ordinarily  softer: 
are  placed  beneath  the  mandibles,  and  also  move  laterally,  but  are 
less  serviceable  for  cutting  the  food  small  than  for  holding  it  in  the 
mouth  and  conveying  it  to  the  gullet  to  be  swallowed.  In  the 
Orthcptera  there  is  a  membraneous  valve  which  is  fastened  to  the 
maxilla.     It  is  called  the  helmet  {galea)  of  the  lower  jaw. 

In  addition  to  these  principal  parts  there  are  also  fselers  {palpi, 

^  See  pUte  XX.  of  Swammbbdam's  B^id  der  natmir,  where  the  nmple  and  com- 
jMimd  eyei  of  a  bee  are  figured. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


250  CLA^   Vlll. 

aniennuhB)^  jointed  threads,  attached  to  the  under  lip  {palpi  labicUeSy 
s,  posteriores)^  and  to  the  nnder  jaw  {palpi  maxiHares),  The  upper 
jaws  in  Insects  are  not  provided  with  palps. 

In  masticating  Insects,  as  Beetles,  Locusts,  &c.,  the  parts  of  the 
month,  that  haye  been  described,  maj  be  best  and  most  readily 
observed.  In  those  which  feed  by  sucking  fluids  the  structure  is  in 
appearance  very  different;  yet  even  here  it  may  be  observed  that 
nature  remains  true  to  her  plan,  and  that  she  has  provided  the 
suckers  not  with  different  but  with  modified  oral  parts.  We  are 
indebted  to  the  illustrious  Savigny  for  the  knowledge  of  that  plan^ 

The  sucking  Insects  possess  oral  organs  which  are  named  Tanguet 
Beaky  Sucker  and  Snout. 

The  Butterflies  {Oloseaia  Fabr.)  afford  an  example  of  what  has 
been  called  tongue,  or  spiral  tongue  {lingua,  lingua  apiralia).  It  is 
a  canal,  occasionally  of  great  length,  composed  of  two  laminss  which 
are  corneous  or  membraneous,  on  the  inside  excavated  and  round 
externally.  When  at  rest  it  is  rolled  up  and  concealed  between  two 
palps.  This  was  almost  the  entire  amomit  of  what  was  known  of 
the  oral  parts  of  Butterflies.  But  Savignt  pointed  out  in  addition 
two  minute  upper  jaws,  placed  at  some  distance  from  each  other,  and 
little,  if  at  all,  adapted  for  motion  or  mastication.  The  upper  lip  is 
small  and  membraneous.  The  lamin»  of  the  tongue,  as  Latreille' 
had  already  shewn,  are  in  fact  nothing  else  than  greatly  elongated 
and  extended  lower  jaws.  Their  base  is  united  to  the  head  and  upper 
lip,  and  bears  a  palp  composed  of  two  or  three  joints.  The  two  larger 
palps  which  include  the  tongue  and  conceal  it  when  at  rest  are 
seated  upon  a  triangular  homy  under  lip. 

The  case  is  similar  with  the  suctorial  apparatus  of  the  Hemiptera^ 
{Bugs,  Gicadoe,  &c.)  named  beak  {rostrum).  It  consists  of  a  homy 
sheath  {vagivui)  in  which  setae  are  contained  {seUe  rostelli),  that  at 
first  sight  appear  to  be  three  in  number.  The  two  lateral  setae  are 
elongated  upper  jaws:  the  hair  in  the  middle  is  double,  and  consists 
of  two  similarly  elongated  and  united  under  jaws:  the  under  lip, 
usually  jointed,  forms  the  sheath.  In  the  same  way  in  Diptera 
{Flies,  &c.)  the  under  lip  forms  the  snout  {proboscis).  In  its  interior 


^  J.  C.  SAVioifT,  Mimoire9  9ur  la  Animaux  mm  verUhres,  Paris,  1816,  8to.  li^re 
fiMcicule. 

*  Latbbilli,  ffitUfire  tuUurdle  det  Onuku^  €t  de$  In$ecle$,  An.  zn.  8to.  T.  ii. 
p.  140. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECT8.  261 

are  aetsB,  like  as  in  the  beak,  which  fona  the  sucker  {haustdlum). 
A  triangalar  upper  lip  covers  the  basal  piece  of  the  beak  in  Hemt- 
ptera,  as  it  does  that  of  the  snout  in  Dij^era. 

To  the  head  succeeds  the  trunk  or  thorax.  This  part  consists 
of  three  pieces,  of  which  each  bears  a  pair  of  feet.  The  first  ring  is 
namf  d  Prothorax,  the  second  Mesotkorax,  the  third  Metathorax.  In 
four-winged  Insects  the  anterior  wings  are  placed  on  the  middle 
piece,  the  posterior  wings  on  the  hinder  piece.  The  wings  of  Di- 
piera  are  placed  on  the  mesothorax.  The  inferior  surface  of  the 
trunk  is  called  breast  {pectus),  on  which  there  is  sometimes  fixed  a 
pointed  elongated  appendage,  the  breast-bane  {sternum).  The 
shield  {scuteUum)  is  a  part  found  on  the  upper  part  of  the  thorax 
behind  (at  the  mesothorax)  stretching  between  the  wings  ^ 

The  feet  are  attached  on  the  inferior  surface  of  the  body :  in  the 
hexapod  Insects  eyery  ring  of  the  thorax  carries  a  pair.  Between 
the  sternum  and  epwieran  is  an  articular  cavity  (acetabulum).  The 
first  joint  is  termed  hip  {coxa,  eondylus) ;  sometimes  there  is  a  small 
and  yerj  moveable  piece  between  the  epimeron  and  coxa  {trochanr 
terium,  trochafUin  Audouin),  but  it  is  usually  wanting  or  has  coa- 
lesced with  the  coxa.  The  second  joint  is  termed  Trochanter,  it  is 
very  small  and  mostly  annular.  Then  comes  the  thigh  {femur),  the 
stoutest,  and  often  also  the  longest  joint  of  the  leg.  To  it  succeeds 
ihib  shank  {tibia)  more  slender,  and  in  general  flattened  laterally. 
Last  is  the  foot  {tarsus),  consisting  of  many  joints  placed  in  a  line 
like  the  small  bones  of  our  fingers.  The  number  of  these  joints  is 
different  in  different  families;  occasionally,  in  certain  coleopterous 


'  The  upper  surface  of  the  thorax  {donum  of  AuDOUnr)  may  be  named  notum,  the 
under  sm-fiKK  sternum,  and  juBt  as  the  entire  thorax  is  divided  into  three  rings,  so  abo 
sk  prono^tmKod  prottemvm,  metoncium  and  meMottenwm,  metanotwn  and  meUutemum 
may  be  distinguished.  Moreover,  each  ring  of  the  thorax  consists  of  definite  special  parts, 
which,  however,  are  not  distinctly  seen  in  every  ring,  whilst  some  coalesce  with  others, 
or  by  the  greater  development  of  others  are  suppressed ;  these  parts  aie  a  tiemum  on 
the  under  surfaoe,  on  either  side  an  epidemum  as  a  chief  part,  and  behind  this  an 
epimeron;  and,  finally,  on  the  upper  four  pieces  placed  behind  each  other,  to  which 
AuBOUiK  gives  the  names  of  prcescutwm,  tcuivm,  tcutdlwn  and  pott-sctOeUum;  thus 
there  are  properly  three  seuUUa,  but  what  is  usually  named  tevleBum  is  a  part  of  the 
memmatum;  at  the  sides  of  the  scutum  the  wings  are  attached.  Gomp.  on  this  interesting 
sulject  AuBOunr,  Rdi^erehe$  amatomiquei  aur  U  ihcrax  ites  Antmatm  oHictdSi,  Ann,  des 
8c.  not,  I.  1824,  pp.  97— 135»  4i<5— 432,  W.  8.  Mao-Lkat,  Comp,  AntU.  of  thoraa  in 
wnged  InteeU,  Zoolog,  Journal,  No.  18,  or  Ann,  dea  8c,  not.  xxv.  1832,  pp.  95 — 151, 
with  remarks  by  AusouiK  and  Nbwfobt,  Todd's  Cfyclopeedta,  n.  pp.  911 — 924. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


252  CLASS  YIII. 

insects  it  is  not  the  same  in  the  first  two  pairs  of  feet  and  in  the  last 
pair,  yet  in  most  Insects' the  number  is  five.  In  some  coleopterous 
insects,  the  penultimate  joint  is  extremely  short,  and  was  in  conse- 
quence overlooked  formerly.  The  last  joint  of  the  foot  usually  ends 
with  two  hooklets,  or  claws :  in  addition,  its  inferior  surfiace  is  often 
covered  with  fine  hair,  to  attach  it  to  small  inequalities  which  even 
the  smoothest  objects'present.  Sometimes  these  hairs  are  set  on 
two  or  three  delicate  membraneous  appendages  {cushions,  jndviUi) 
which  the  Insects  mould  to  the  surfaces  over  which  they  run.  In 
this  way  flies  can  move  upwards  on  mirrors,  or  with  head  down- 
wards on  smooth  ceilings,  as  is  seen  daily  ^. 

Besides  the  feet,  wings  also  are  placed  on  the  thorax  of  volant 
insects :  on  the  meso-  and  meta-thorax,  as  stated  above,  when  there 
are  four :  when  only  two,  on  the  meso-thorax.  They  are  set  on  the 
dorsal  surface,  and  may  be  compared  with  the  elytra  or  squamos  in 
Aphrodita  :  with  the  wings  of  vertebrate  animals  (Birds,  Bats), which 
are  only  modifications  of  the  anterior  limbs,  they  have  only  similarity 
of  use :  they  are  not  modified  feet :  they  exist  contemporaneously 
with  feet  and  are  independent  of  them*.  Wings  are  membraneous, 
arid,  usually  transparent,  composed  of  two  laminae  grown  together 
at  the  edges ;  these  laminas  are  expansions  of  the  skin  like  the 
parachute  extended  between  the  fingers  of  Bats  and  between  the 
ribs  of  flying  Lizards  {Draco).  Canals  (improperly  named  Veins 
or  Nerves)  run  between  the  laminse,  and  are  more  or  less  numerous, 
more  or  less  branched.  These  veins  are  branches  of  the  air-tubes, 
which  lie  between  two  wide  homy  semicanals  of  the  upper  and 
under  laminae  that  compose  the  wing.  In  some  species  the  males 
alone  have  wings.  Bees,  Wasps,  Butterflies,  &c.  have  four  wings. 
In  the  Diptera,  besides  the  wings  there  are  two  parts  which  may 
be  considered  as  traces  of  hind-wings,  called  poisers  {haUeres) ; 
they  consist  of  a  little  button  with  a  pedicle,  and  are  often  covered  by 
a  membraneous  scale  {squanM  haUerum)\    The  anterior  wings  are 


^  Blaokwbll,  Semarht  <m  thepuMUi  of  InmcU,  Trantad,  of  theLinn,  8oe.  Vol.  zvi. 

Pt.  3,  pp.  487— 49«- 

'  Oksv  names  the  wings  of  insects  gills;  the  djftra  of  Goleopten  he  oonsiden,  less 
happily,  to  be  giU-coven ;  they  must  have  the  same  anatomical  interpretation,  (Bodett- 
tung),  as  the  under-wings.  LehH>ueh  der  Naiimrphiilo9opkie,  ni.  181 1,  s«  971;  tho 
same  work  entirely  revised.  1843,  "•  3'^- 

>  See  Aupouiir,  Diet,  dan.  ^HiM,  mtt,  n.  pp.  140—149,  at  the  word  JBoIoiicwrt, 
and  Kkwfobt,  1. 1.  p.  916. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTS.  253 

in  some  insects  harder,  homy  and  opaque;  thej  are  then  called  wing^ 
covers  (elytra),  and  the  nnder-wings,  nsually  larger,  are  when  at 
jrest  folded  transversely  beneath  the  covers  and  concealed  (as  in 
Beetles,  Golecptera).  In  other  instances  the  under  wings  disappear, 
and  the  wing-covers  coalesce  by  their  inner  edges  (elytra  coadtt- 
nata),  Hemdytra  is  the  name  given  to  the  anterior  wings,  when 
homy  or  coriaceous  at  the  base  but  membraneous  towards  the  apex 
(in  Hemtptera,  as  Water "SCorptOTia,  Nepa  cinerea,  &c.) 

The  hinder-body  (abdomen)  constitutes  the  third  portion  of  the 
body  of  Insects,  and  usually  consists  of  nine  rings,  of  which 
however  the  last  are  in  some  instances  so  much  concealed,  and  in 
others  so  small  or  so  fused  with  the  preceding,  that  they  seem  to 
be  entirely  wanting.  As  the  organs  of  sense  have  their  seat  in 
the  head,  and  those  of  motion  in  the  thorax,  so  do  the  principal 
organs  of  vegetative  or  organic  life  reside  in  the  abdomen. 

The  digestive  organs  present  differences  according  to  the 
Orders  and  Families.  Here  the  comparative  length  of  the  intes- 
tinal canal  does  not  always  depend,  as  in  vertebrate  animals,  upon 
the  nature  of  the  food,  and  many  species  that  live  on  animal 
substances  have  a  longer  and  more  convoluted  canal  than  others 
which  live  on  plants;  in  Grasshoppers  for  instance  (Orylltj 
Locustce)  it  is  almost  straight,  though  these  insects  live  exclusively 
on  vegetable  food.  In  those  Insects  whose  body  consists  of 
unifom  rings  (as  the  myriapods)  and  in  vermiform  larvas  of  Insects 
with  a  complete  Metamorphosis,  the  intestinal  canal  is  straight,  or 
makes  only  few  and  inconspicuous  curves.  The  intestine  has  the 
greatest  length  in  proportion  to  the  body  in  certain  Coleoptera  and 
Hemtptera.  In  the  last  it  is  at  least  twice,  often  four  or  five  times 
the  length  of  the  body  (ex.  gr.  in  LygcBue  apterua  Fabr.)  ;  in 
Guxida  omt  the  intestinal  canal  is  about  ten  times  as  long  as  the 
body*.  Amongst  Coleoptera  the  Scarabceidea,  to  which  the  common 
cockchafer  belongs,  are  remarkable  for  their  very  long  and  tortuous 
intestinal  canal,  which  in  Copris  lunaris  measures  ten  or  twelve 
times  the  length  of  the  body. 

The  membranes  or  coats  of  the  intestinal  canal  are,  first,  a  thin 
covering,  which  without  sufficient  reason  has  been  compared  with 


1  Uov  DuFoxTB,  JReeherehet  antU.  et  jihyncl.  tur  let  MlmipUrtt  {Extrait  du  Mhn, 
de$  javant  Hrangen,  Tom.  iv.)  Paris,  1833,  4to.  p.  99,  Fl.  vm.  f^,  95. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


254  uLAias  VII  r. 

tiie  peritoneal  covering  of  the  intestines  in  yertebralg  ndmab; 
next,  a  muscular  coat  of  longitudinal  and  transverse  fibres ;  then  s 
white,  smooth  membrane,  a  layer  of  areolar  tissue  probably  corre- 
sponding to  the  tunica  propria  of  the  intestine  in  vertebrates,  but 
which  is  often  beset  with  minute  glands  in  transverse  rows :  and 
lastly  the  innermost  membrane,  an  Epithelium,  that  occasionally,  as 
in  the  muscular  stomach  of  the  Orthoptera,  is  found  hard  and  homy, 
forming  the  teeth  or  sharp  plates  with  which  the  stomach  is  armed. 
In  the  intestinal  canal  of  Insects  several  parts  are  to  be 
distinguished :  but  it  is  much  to  be  wished  that  writers  in  the 
names  given  to  them  had  been  careful  to  preserve  greater  uni- 
formity. The  first  part  is  the  oesophagus,  it  has  often  an  expan- 
sion named  crop  {inglumes) ;  next  follows  a  muscular  stomach 
{veniriculus  musculosuSy  der  Kaumagen^  le  gSsier,  the  gizzard) ;  it  is 
found  in  the  Orthoptera  and  amongst  the  Goleoptera  in  the  genera 
Staphylinusy  Dytiscus,  and  the  family  of  the  Carabid^,  and  is 
remarkable  for  the  great  development  of  the  innermost  coat,  for 
the  projecting  plates,  teeth  or  booklets  of  corneous  tissue  which 
serve  for  bruising  the  food ;  it  is  usually  folded  and  has  a  round, 
more  or  less  spherical,  form*.  Then  comes  a  long  cylindrical 
stomach  in  which  the  proper  digestion  proceeds.  Leon  Dufour 
names  it  ventricule  chylifiqijLe ;  Ramdohu  calls  it  simply  the  sto- 
mach, which  name  appears  to  me  to  be  sufficient  and  preferable  to 
the  other.  This  organ  is  always  present,  and  beneath  its  termina- 
tion the  vasa  urinaria  (of  which  hereafter)  are  always  inserted  •. 
To  this  succeeds  a  longer  or  shorter,  sometimes  (as  in  the  Hemi- 
ptera)  a  very  short  canal,  the  sm^ll  intestine  {intestinum  tenue), 
which  is  continued  into  the  short  large  intestine  {infest  crassum)y 
having  occasionally  a  ca^ium  or  expanded  portion  when  the  con- 
nexion takes  place  obliquely  and  at  the  side*. 


^  Ll^N  Dufour  has  ako  discovered  a  muscalar  stomach  in  Tomicui  typographut. 
Ann.  det  Sc,  not.  iv.  p.  io8. 

'  Raudohr  names  it  FeUtenmagen  (plicated  $tomaeh,  amatut),  a  very  ill-ehosen  name. 

*  Mabokl  BR  SxRRRS  considered  the  stomach  to  be  duodenum ;  in  that  case  many 
insects  must  have  no  stomach  at  alL  The  name  of  Crop  (fahot  succeniurU)  by  whi<^ 
Straus  denotes  this  part  in  the  Cockchafer  is  not  explicable. 

^  We  are  indebted  to  L^N  Dufour  for  most  of  the  investigations  of  the  intes- 
tinal canal  in  Insects.  They  were  preceded  by  those  of  Ramdohr,  who  published  a 
work  on  the  subject,  (Ahhandhmgen  Hher  die  Verdauungtwerheuge  der  Inaeden,  mit 
30  Kupfertafeln,  Halle,  181 1,  4to). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTS.  25a 

The  intestinal  canal  of  Insects  is  connected  to  the  other  parts 
of  the  body  partly  by  a  large  quantity  of  fat  (the  adipose  body,  of 
which  below),  and  partly  by  numerous  branches  of  air-tdbes,  aad 
so  retained  in  its  place. 

In  veiy  many  Insects  Scdivary  Olands  ate  pieflent;  they  are 
placed  at  the  commencement  of  the  integtiaal  canal.  In  CcleopUra^ 
for  the  most  part,  they  are  wanti]^;  Ramdohb  found  them  in 
Curculio  {Cryptorhynchus)  lapaiki,  L^ON  DuFOUR,  besides  in  other 
Curctdumiday  also  in  Bloft^  Diaperis,  Mordella  and  some  other 
Coleoptera;  moreover  in  the  other  orders  of  Insects  they  are 
present  in  by  far  the  greater  number  of  Families,  probably  in  all 
Orthoptera^  Hymenopteray  Lepidopteray  Dtptera  and  Myriapoda. 
Amongst  the  Neuropiera  they  are  wanting  in  LibeUula  and  Ephe- 
meray  amongst  the  Hemtptera  in  Aphides,  It  is  veiy  remarkable, 
and  not  easily  explicable,  that  in  Panorpa  amongst  the  Neurcptera 
die  female  has  no  salivary  glands,  or  more  correctly  only  small 
rudiments  of  them,  whilst  the  male  has  them  largely  developed^. 
They  have  here  the  form  of  long  convoluted  canals  (three  on  each 
side),  which  towards  the  end  are  turned  upwards,  and  becoming 
thinner  terminate  by  blind  extremities.  This  form  of  blind  con- 
voluted canals  occurs  also  in  the  salivary  glands  of  some  other 
insects,  ex.  gr.  of  the  Lepidoptera;  but  it  is  by  no  means  general, 
for  in  the  Hymencptera  and  Orthoptera  these  organs  appear  commonly 
as  blind  sacs  grouped  in  clusters.  Microscopic  investigation  has 
demonstrated  in  these  salivary  vessels  aad  glands,  as  in  other 
glands,  a  layer  of  epithelial  cells  with  i\uclei^. 

Below  the  inferior  orifice  of  the  stomach  in  Insects  very  fine 
vessels  are  implanted,  the  so«called  Malpighian  vesselsy  which  in 
former  times  were  generally  looked  upon  as  organs  for  the  prepara- 
tion of  bile  {vasa  h&patica) — an  opinion  still  maintained  by  LiON 
DuFOUB,  Owen'  and  other  writers.    It  is,  on  the  other  hand,  the 


^  Our  meritorious  countiyman  BaAirrs  first  made  this  interesting  obeerration, 
Ti^dschr.  voor  not.  Oeaeh,  en  Physiol,  vi.  1859,  ^^*  '73 — '9^-  ^^  ^^  afterwards  also 
made  known  by  L^n  Dufoub  {Mimoirea  prisenUa  d  VAcad.  mydU  de»  Sc,  yn.  1841, 
PP*  S^^f  583,  PI.  II,  fig.  1^9)  who  overlooked,  however,  the  nidimentaiy  salivaiy 
glands  in  the  female. 

'  See  the  beautiful  investigations  of  H.  Mkokxl,  MvzLhKB^BArchiv.  1846,  s.  7$ — 35. 

*  [It  is  not  to  be  inferred  that  OwKN  holds  this  opinion  now :  his  Lectures  were 
published  many  years  ago,  and  a  new  edition  of  them  is  now  in  the  press.] 


Digitized  by 


Google 


256  CLASS  vin. 

opinion  of  most  writers  of  the  present  day,  that  they  correspond  to 
the  kidneys  of  the  higher  animals,  whence  the  term  nsed  above 
p.  264,  {vasa  urinaria)  for  these  vessels.  Besides  other  grounds  for 
this  opinion,  it  is  supported  by  chemical  investigation^.  These 
vessels  appear  to  be  present  in  all  Insects,  with  the  exception  of 
Aphidii  amongst  the  Hemipteray  where  it  has  not  been  possible  to 
find  a  trace  of  them.  Their  number  is  very  different,  and  seems 
to  be  on  the  whole  inversely  proportional  to  their  length ;  they  are 
short  and  very  numerous,  more  than  twenty,  in  the  Hymencptera  and 
Orihoptera,  and  in  LibeUula  and  Ephemera  amongst  the  Neuroptera. 
Here  they  are  arranged  in  a  ring  round  the  intestinal  canal  which 
they  perforate,  whilst  at  the  free  extremity  they  terminate  coecally. 
In  Ghyllotalpa  said AchetaFABRAhey  {all  into  a  common  canal  before 
opening  into  the  intestine.  In  the  remaining  Insects  there  are 
usually  only  four  or  two  of  them  present  {Diptera,  Hemtptera, 
many  Colecptera),  or  six,  as  in  other  Coleoptera  (the  Heteromerdtay 
Tetramerttta,  and  Trimerata),  When  there  are  only  two,  they 
form  a  loop  on  each  side  of  the  intestinal  canal,  which  seems  to 
arise  from  the  fusion  of  two  vessels ;  and  so  open  by  four  termi- 
nations into  the  canal.  In  those  Coleoptera  which  have  six,  they 
are  also  attached  to  the  inferior  extremity  of  the  intestinal  canal 
(the  Rectum) y  but  do  not  open  into  it  there;  they  run  upwards  as 
very  fine  vessels  between  the  coats  of  the  intestine  and  terminate 
blindly*. 

If  we  consider  these  organs  as  Kidneys  it  becomes  uncertain 
whether  Insects  have  a  Livjer ;  for  the  idea  that  these  vessels  may 
represent  at  once  both  Kidneys  and  Liver  (whence  it  has  been 
proposed  to  name  them  vasa  urino-itliaria)  is  not,  as  appears  to 
me,  the  result  of  comparative  investigation  either  anatomical  or 

1  See  Bkhookb's  Ph^ndogitche  Untenuchunffen  Uber  dU  thierische  ffauakaUung  der 
Imeden,  Tubingen,  1817,  8vo.  Gomp.  Wubzeb,  Chemische  Unterauekung  da  Surffes, 
v)eieher  nch  in  den  aoffenanrUen  Oallenffifdtten  dea  SehmeUerlifigt  der  Seidenrauste 
b^findet  in  Meckel's  ^rc^tv.  iv.  18 18,  b.  113 — 915.  Also  Chbvbbul  found  in  the 
matter  of  these  vessels  potass,  ammonia  and  uric  add;  see  Stbaub  ContideratUmM 
gMralea  eur  VAnatonde  dee  Anim,  orHctdie,  auxqueUei  on  a  Joint  VAnat,  detaipHve  du 
MdoUnOha  vfdgarie.  Paris,  1818,  4to,  p.  951.  In  a  £«caiifw  little  stones  have  been 
found  in  these  canals  consisting  of  uric  acid,  AvDovnt  Ann.  dee  8c,  not,  le  S^r. 
Tom.  V.  1836,  p.  199.  0.  Vehlobbk  found  in  lanrsB  of  Lq^idoptera  {Sphinx  Uguehri) 
no  uric  acid  in  these  yessels,  but  hippwric  acid,  as  he  informed  me  by  letter  in  1843. 

'  L^N  DuFOUR,  M6m,  ewr  lee  vaieeeavec  hiliairee  dee  Ineedee,  Ann,  dee  8e,  not. 
ae  S^rie,  Tom.  xix.  1843,  PP-  i45— >8i,  PI.  & — 9. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTS.  257 

physiological,  and  would  never  have  been  entertained  but  for  the 
attempt  to  reconcile  two  conflicting  views,  and  which  ought  always 
to  be  distrusted  when  it  interferes  with  more  extended  enquiij. 
But  if  we  suppose  an  organ  answering  to  the  liver  to  be  alto- 
gether wanting  in  insects,  then  it  must  be  proved  that  the  separa- 
tion of  bile  is  more  important  in  the  animal  economy  than  the 
excretion  of  urea,  before  an  argument  can  be  borrowed  therefrom 
against  the  function  ascribed  to  the  Malpighian  vessels*  We  do 
not  forget  that  by  respiration  and  the  elaboration  of  bile  the 
quantity  of  carbon  in  the  living  body  is  diminished,  and  that  from 
the  large  development  of  the  respiratoiy  organs  in  insects  the 
-excretory  office  of  the  liver  is  in  a  great  measure  dropped  ^ 
Nevertheless  it  is  still  highly  probable  that  parts,  whose  function 
agrees  with  that  of  a  liver,  are  not  altogether  absent  in  Insects. 
In  the  first  place  we  might  here  refer  to  the  great  quantity  of 
fat — the  adipose  body — ^situated  between  the  skin  and  the  intea* 
tine,  which  invests  every  organ  and  is  of  very  great  extent,  more 
especially  in  larvae  whose  respiration  is  less  perfect ;  the  carbon 
and  hydrogen  which  in  other  instances  is  combined  with  oxygen  to 
quit  ^e  body  by  respiration,  here  forms  that  provision  of  com- 
bustible matter  so  necessary  in  the  animal  economy  for  the  support 
of  respiration,  especially  in  the  case  of  Insects,  which  as  Nymphs 
take  scarcely  any  food.  Since  then  this  production  of  fat  exerts 
the  same  influence  on  the  composition  of  the  fluids  as  the  separa- 
tion of  bile,  it  is  not  to  be  considered  as  a  proceeding  entirely 
arbitrary  if  some  recognise  in  the  adipose  body  an  analogon  of 
the  liver^«  The  adipose  body  consists  of  a  multitude  of  minute 
sacs  or  vesicles  bound  together  by  air-tubes  which  spread  them- 
selves as  a  fine  network  on  their  surface.  In  the  second  place,  coecal 
appendages  are  seen  below  the  muscular  stomach  in  the  Orthoptere 
(eight  in  ManttSy  six  in  Qryllus^  two  mAcheta)  which  involuntarily 
call  to  mind  the  appevidices  pyhriccB  of  osseous  fishes :  they  pro* 
bably  secrete  a  fluid  that  performs  the  office  of  the  bile  in  diges- 
tion^     In  other  insects,  finally,  as  in  the  Carabici  among  the 


1  BUBHBI0TKB  Momdb.  der  EwUmal.  i.  p.  403. 

>  OuBN  Ukrb,  der  NnlwjpkUinopkie,  m.  181 1,  n,  170  (atte  Avfa^,  a.  435). 
*  ThatiheBe  bUnd  appendages  ariae  from  an  immodiate  extension  (protrusion)  of  the 
intestinal  canal  is  no  proof,  as  LioK  DuForR  suppose?,  that  they  cannot  be  secretoiy 

VOL.  T.  17 


Digitized  by 


Google 


•258  CLASS  Tin. 

Colscptera  the  entire  stomach  {ventrumlechylifique'DvFOJJB)  is  beset 
-with  numberless  conical  or  filiform  saccules,  giving  a  floccolent 
•aspect  to  its  external  surface.  It  may  be,  that  these  parts,  whose 
office  was  formerly  supposed  erroneously  to  be  the  absorption  of 
nutrient  fluid  from  the  intestine,  prepare  the  bile :  but  it  seems 
more  probable  that  they  serve  to  separate  the  gastric  juiced 

The  Heart  of  Insects  has  the  form  of  a  long  vessel  that 
terminates  behind  by  a  blind  extremity  and  lies  above  the  intesr 
tinal  canal  on  the  dorsal  surface.  This  daraal  vessel  becomes 
narrower  forwards,  after  it  has  curved  slightly  downwards.  The 
smaller  part  may  be  considered  to  be  an  arteiy,  whilst  the  wider 
posterior  portion  answers  more  closely  to  the  heart  of  other  crear 
tures.  In  this  posterior  part  are  different  lateral  openings,  mostly 
eight  or  nine  pairs :  and  in  front  of  each  opening  is  a  valve  formed 
by  a  duplicature  inwards  of  the  wall.  In  the  diastole  of  the  heart 
the  blood  flows  into  it  between  two  sets  of  valves,  of  which  the 
posterior  pair  come  into  apposition,  whilst  the  anterior  lie  folded 
against  the  wall  and  so  permit  the  onward  moticm  of  the  blood. 
Systole  and  diastole  succeed  each  other  alternately,  moving  along 
the  length  of  the  dorsal  vessel  from  behind  forwards.  SwammeBt 
DAM  long  ago,  and  Straus  in  more  recent  times  noticed  irr  the 
dorsal  vessel  longitudinal  and  transverse  muscular  fibres,  the  latter 
forming  the  innermost  layer.  Surrounding  the  heart  is  a  space  which 
some  writers  consider  to  be  a  sintts  venostis;  it  is  covered  by  lateral 
muscles,  flat,  and  of  triangular  form,  which  have  their  broad  base 
towards  the  heart  and  fix  it  in  its  position  {les  ailes  du  Omar  of 
Ltonet).  From  behind,  the  blood  flows  through  the  lateral 
openings  into  the  heart,  and  moves  forwards ;  from  before,  it  flows 
from  the  aorta  between  the  organs,  especially  along  the  course  of 


orgsnfl.    Mim.  pri$enUt,  vn.  p.  302.    In  LeutoptU  also  unongst  the  Bymmojitra  two 
•uch  bHnd  saccules  are  met  with ;  L^ir  Dufour,  ibid,  p.  544. 

^  The  great  unoertainty  which  prevails  concerning  the  interpretation  of  the 
secretoiy  organs  in  the  lower  animals,  Ib  a  necessary  consequence  of  the  fact  that  the 
selftame  secretion,  as  we  learn  from  comparative  anatomy,  may  be  e£Pected  by  very 
differently  formed  glands ;  see  J.  Muxlleb's  Handb,  der  Pkntujl.,  n.  Buch,  Ahaekn,  % 
(i.  Bd.,  s.  457,  3tte  Aufi,)  Chemical  investigation  alone  can  here  afford  light^  and 
a  beginning  of  the  enquiry  has  been  made  in  invertebrate  animals  in  these  last  yean. 
C.  SoHXiDT*s  Investigations:  Zur  vtrgUichendm  PhyHologie  der  leirbeUoien  Thiere, 
Braunschweig,  1835,  deserve^  therefore,  our  thanks,  and  make  us  hope  for  further  com- 
munications. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


die  air-tabes,  in  regular  streame  backwards.  These  stzeams  of 
blood  on  the  outside  of  the  heart  were  first  observed  by  Cabus 
twenty  years  ago  in  the  three  fin-shaped  caudal  processes  of  the 
larva  of  Agrwn  ;  afterwards  he  observed  a  similar  motion  of  fluid 
in  the  imperfect  wings  of  the  Nymphs ;  the  blood-globules  (accord- 
ing to  many,  rather  according  to  V^BLOREN,  the  fieit-globules),  which 
swimming  in  a  clear  fluid  indicate  the  direction  of  the  current. 
The  later  observations  of  various  authors,  on  transparent  larve 
principally,  have  ascertained  the  phenomenon  in  Insects  of  every 
order — and  it  may  therefore  be  ccwifidently  accepted  as  general.  A 
question  which  requires  further  investigation  for  its  solution  is 
this,  whether  the  circulation  is  effected  in  vessels,  as  ex.  gr.  New- 
POBT  and  BowERBANK  believe,  or  in  free  spaces  between  the 
organs,  without  special  walls.  The  writers  who  maintain  the 
latter  opinion,  allege  that  the  Aorta  has  an  open  termination  in 
the  Head.  In  the  Myruypoda^  besides  the  dorsal  vessel,  there  are 
Btill  others  present;  amongst  which  a  trunk  that  lies  upon  the 
nervous  cord  in  the  abdomen,  ought  to  be  mentioned.  In  the 
Butterflies  also  Treveranus  discovered  on  the  ventral  surface  a 
vessel,  lying  on  the  nervous  cord  and  running  longitudinally,  from 
which  on  each  side  numerous  transverse  branches  arise  ^.  New- 
port found  this  vessel  in  the  genus  Sphinx^  and  thinks  that  the 
blood  flows  in  it  backwards,  as  it  does  forwards  in  the  aorta.  This 
last  author  discovered  in  this  same  genus,  and  in  certain  Ccleoptera 
branches  firom  the  aorta  in  the  head,  but  was  not  able,  on  account 
of  the  delicacy  of  the  parts,  to  follow  their  further  course*. 

The  Bespixatory  organs  of  Insects  are  their  air-canals  {tracheeR)^ 


*  ZeitBdvt,  far  Phenol,  iv.  «,  iSs^,  8.  i8i — 184,  T»f.  xiv.  fig.  13. 

'  Comp.  on  the  donal  voflsel  and  the  dreulatioii  of  ioiectfl  Ltokst,  Trakl  AwU.  de 
la  Chenille,  pp.  413,  Ac.;  on  the  fluid  contained  in  it,  ihid,  pp.  496,  437;  Hxbold, 
Pkytiol.  UnUrsuchungen  iiher  das  JiUckengrfast  der  Insecten,  Marburg,  1893,  ^^o-  i 
Stbaus  Anal.  camp,  dee  Anim,  articuUa,  pp.  345 — 358 ;  J.  Muklleb,  Nov.  Act,  Acad, 
Ccee.  Leop.  Car.  Tom.  xn.  2^  1835  (on  a  connexion  between  the  dorsal  vessel  and  tlie 
ovariev) ;  C.  G.  Cabus,  Enideckung  eines  eif^achen  vom  Jffenen  ave  hesehleunigten 
JShUkreisUntfeB  in  den  Larven  neUfiUglieher  Imeden.  Mit  3  Kupfert.  Leipzig,  1897, 
4to ;  Waoveb,  BeolHtehlungen  Hb,  d.  Kreielauf  det  BhUei  «.  d.  Ban  dee  B&ehengrfdetee 
hei  den  Inteeten,  Okxn's  Iris,  1839,  s.  310—331,  Taf.  n. ;  Kkwpobt,  Todd's  Etkcydop, 
n.  pp.  975-— 981.  The  tieatwe  of  our  ezceUent  M.  C.  Vbbloben,  crowned  by  the 
Branels  Academy  of  Scienoes  in  1844  (1)  is  impatitntly  waited  for ;  I  have  made  wa 
of  tho  obsenrations  he  had  the  goodness  to  communicate  to  me  when  treating  of  the 
dorsal  TSflseL 

17—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


S60  CLASS  vxtr. 

which  are  usually  filled  with  air  bj  external  openings  {a^mata). 
These  canals  have  three  coats:  an  external,  loose,  transparent 
memhrane,  in  which  fibres  and  scattered  points  (cell-nuclei)  may 
be  distinguished ;  a  middle,  composed  of  a  flat,  homy,  sometimes 
brown  or  yellow  elastic  thread  rolled  spirally :  and  an  inner  coat 
which  is  composed  of  chittne,  a  continuation  of  the  exteraal  skin, 
«nd  is  thrown  off  at  every  moult^.  Through  the  elasticity  of  the 
spiral  thread  the  air-canals  are  duly  kept  open :  its  turns  lie  close 
to  each  other,  and  so  the  appearance  of  rings  is  produced,  as  in  the 
wind-pipe  of  mammals  (this  the  representation  of  the  trachesB  of 
PediculiAs  in  Swammerdam,  Bibl  natur.  Tab.  I.  fig.  VII.  resem- 
bles too  closely) ;  but  the  similarity  is  only  in  appearance ;  there 
are  no  absolute  rings,  but  only  the  turns  of  a  single  uninterrupted 
thread.  Each  branch,  arising  from  a  stem,  has  a  new  thread, 
whether  the  branch  proceeds  laterally  firom  the  stem,  or  two  branches 
arise  at  the  end  of  the  stem ;  this  thread  is  finer  than  that  of  the 
stem,  and  in  the  terminal  branches  is  only  visible  when  very 
highly  magnified.  From  being  full  of  air,  the  canals,  when 
Insects  are  dissected  under  water,  have  a  silvery  splendour,  and 
present  on  account  of  the  extreme  fineness  of  their  branching  a 
very  beautiful  appearance  to  the  observer*.  Usually  the  air-canals 
divide,  like  arteries,  into  continually  finer  branches.  In  some 
Insects  however  there  spring  firom  a  large  stem  on  every  side 
throughout  a  greater  or  less  extent  extremely  fine  and  numerous 
branches  (as  ex.  gr.  according  to  Leon  Dufour,  in  PtionuB^  firom 
the  double  stem  which  lies  between  the  last  atigma  of  the  thorax, 
and  the  first  of  the  abdomen).  In  Nepa  and  tUmaira  saccules  are 
seen  in  the  cavity  of  the  thorax,  between  which  similar  fine 
branches  {j'eiia  mirabtlia)  of  the  air-canals  lie,  and  which  are  sur- 
rounded by  a  muscular  coat'.  Care  must  be  taken  to  distinguish 
these  saccules  from  the  sacculated  dilatations  of  the  air-canals  them- 
selves, which  are  met  with  in  flying  Insects  in  the  last  period  of 


^  It  has  not  been  uuide  oat,  tshr  tsl  know,  whether  the  innermost  membnuie  of 
the  MT-tubee  is  present  in  those  insects  also  which  have  no  stigmata^  bat  gill-plateSy  as 
the  UrYVd  of  Ephemera,  for  instance. 

*  M.  MALPiam,  who  first  made  use  of  the  names  of  tnu^^a  and  Migmata,  sajs, 
^*  TaaHa  edfruatifiealio  korvm  vasonim,  torn  mira  implicatianet  ut  nilpfdchriui  ecmpiei 
'pomi."    Jh  BomJbyce,  p.  la.  Opera  am,  Tom.  ii.  Londini^  1687,  fol. 

'  JAov  DUFODR,  Reck,  tur  let  Eimiptirte,  p.  153,  PL  XTiii. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTS.  261 

iSttm  life,  and  which  beyond  doubt  are  of  serrice  in  diminishing 
weight  during  flight  These  dilatations  are  oval  or  pear-shaped,  and 
occasionally  a  tabular  trachea  proceeds  anew  from  their  further 
side.  In  the  ApiaruB  amongst  the  Hymenoptera^  the  two  lateral 
main  trunks  of  the  air-canals  in  the  abdomen  are  in  this  way 
converted  into  large  reservoirs  of  air. 

The  stigmata  are  present  in  different  numbers  in  the  hexapod 
Insects,  but  it  is  rare  to  find  more  than  nine  pairs  of  them;  in 
Ihftiscua  amongst  the  Coleoptera  and  in  Locusta  amongst  the 
Orthoptera  there  are  ten  pairs  (Burmeisteb  Handhuch  der  Ento- 
mologie  I.  p.  175).  Also  in  Chryllotalpa  I  foimd  ten  pairs,  three  in 
the  thorax  and  seven  in  the  abdomen.  These  air-slits  axe  small^ 
generally  oblong  fissures  (like  button-holes),  often  surrounded  by  a 
homy  ring  (jperttrema)  with  a  cavity  behind  them  which  again,  by 
a  second  fissure  whose  posterior  half  can  be  retracted  by  muscles, 
leads  to  the  air-canals.  In  other  instances  there  is  no  peritrema^ 
but  the  stigma  is  formed  by  a  fissure  between  two  lips,  whose 
edges  are  beset  with  hairs.  Sometimes  there  are  in  the  cavity  of 
the  st^ima  special  moveable  homy  plates  {epiglottides  Straus), 
which  can  close  the  entrance  of  the  air-canal  that  proceeds  fix>m  it. 
By  means  of  the  oblique  position  of  the  lips,  of  which  one  often 
projects  over  the  other,  by  means  of  the  narrow  opening,  and  of 
the  hair  or  down  on  their  edge,  the  entrance  of  dust  or  other 
small  bodies  into  the  stigmata  is  prevented,  whilst  the  air  alone  ia 
admitted  as  through  a  sieve.  From  every  air-slit,  or  its  cavity 
(vestibule)  there  arises  an  air-canal  {trtzchie  cTorigine  Stbaus). 
which  divides  into  nxmierous  branches  (in  Scolopendra),  or  proceeds 
transversely  after  having  given  off  one  or  two  lateral  main-stems. 
These  main-stems  running  along  the  length  of  the  body,  (in  most 
Insects  there  is  only  one  on  each  side,)  receive  all  the  canals  that 
spring  from  the  air-slits  or  fissures,  and  connect  them  together. 
They  give  off  the  numerous  branches  which  spread  through  every 
part  of  the  body.  The  distribution  of  the  air-canals  after  the 
manner  of  vessels  is  interesting;  by  such  a  disposition  of  the 
respiratory  organs  in  Insects,  the  atmospheric  air  has  access  in 
equal  degree  to  every  part  of  their  body  ^    But  it  is  too  much  to 


'  " In  no^  a  6on^mUibu9  tangwmi  hmmm  pulmomt  petit . .^mwaeeUi nen Ma 
mn^fmni$  m/oim  in  pubnonm  eovifiuH,  $ed  invena  vi^  jndmonet  ip$i,  VMorum  Hto,  4n. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


363  ciiASS  vin. 

conclude  from  hence  that  the  circulation  of  blood  is  unnecessary  m 
Insects,  and  consequently  does  not  exist.  The  circulation  of  blood 
has  not  respect  to  respiration  alone,  it  is  not  merely  for  the  con- 
version of  venous  blood  into  arterial ;  it  is  necessary  that  arterial 
blood  should  circulate  that  it  may  serve  for  nutrition  and  secretion. 
Many  Insects  live  in  water :  but  of  these  the  greater  number 
breathe  atmospheric  air ;  like  whales  amongst  mammals  some  come 
to  the  surface  of  the  water  for  that  purpose.  But  usually  there  are 
special  arrangements  for  conducting  the  air,  so  that  the  Insect  can 
remain  under  water.  This  is  seen  ex.  gr.  in  the  larvae  of  Diptera^ 
which  live  under  water;  those  of  Cuhx  have  at  the  posterior 
part  of  the  body  a  lateral  canal  with  fine  hairs  at  the  orifice ;  the 
larvas  of  Stratiomys  have  a  canal  at  the  end  of  the  abdomen,  whose 
orifice  is  fringed  with  a  circlet  of  plumose  hairs ;  the  genera  N^>a 
and  Ranaira  have  a  tail  composed  of  two  filaments  at  whose  base 
are  two  air-slits*.  These  water-insects  die  in  a  few  hours  if  the  air 
has  no  access  to  the  water.  Other  Insects  breathe  in  the  water  itself, 
that  is,  they  breathe  the  air  that  is  diffused  through  the  water,  as 
fishes  do  by  their  gills.  Such  Insects  have  no  air-slits :  the  air 
must  therefore  penetrate  the  walls  of  the  trachecB,  which  to  that 
end  are  spread  out  either  in  filiform  or  capillary  appendages  (in  the 
larvae  of  Chfrtnus,  of  Semblts,  the  nymphce  of  Chtrtmamus)  or  in 
leaf-like  plates  at  one  side  of  the  body  [Ephemera)  y  or  at  the 
extremity  of  the  abdomen  {Agrion).  These  parts  have  been  termed 
Otlh*/  they  are  not  found  in  perfect  Insects.  Gills  of  this  sort, 
firom  which  blind  air«tubes  arise,  occur  in  the  rectum  of  the  larva 
of  LibeUula  as  five  rows  of  plumose  incised  leaflets.  From  them 
arise  six  longitudinal  stems,  of  which  two,  larger  than  the  rest, 


univenum  eorpvs  ditperguntur,  wic  itf  nngida  partes  o/eria  particfdat  per  ptdmonet  el 
eangtUnie  pwiionei  per  arterioi  recipicU,*'  Malpiohi  Anatome  plmUearum,  Op*  om.  t. 

p.  *5. 

^  Figures  of  CkJem  in  Swaiocsbdaic,  J^iiN.  fuK.  Tkb.  xxzi.  figs. 4,  $;  <iii SttvUamifB, 
ihid.  Tab.  zxxiz. ;  of  Nepa,  in  Dufoub,  1.  L  The  abdomen  of  N^pa  and  Banatm 
has  besides  three  pair  of  conspicuous,  but  dosed,  auMilits,  in  which  very  large  branches 
df  air- tubes  terminate  with  blind  enda. 

*  This  nomendaiore  is  only  in  part  oorrect  The  proper  respiratory  argxBM  of 
Insects,  the  air-tubes,  belong  to  the  category  of  lungs,  whether  the  air  penetrates  by 
external  apertures  (eUgmata),  or  the  tubes  be  filled  with  air  from  endosmotic  action. 
The  air  in  iket  is  in  the  inside^  and  the  stream  of  blood  (akmg  the  trachea)  on  the 
outside^  and  this  relation  is  just  tBe  reverse  of  that  which  preyaili  in  gills. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IK8ECT8.  368 

"beoonie  aftenraids  the  main  tnuikB  ci  the  fexSdci  Lisect  which  art 
in.  connexion  urith  the  air-«lits^. 

Obserrations  have  shewn  that  Respiration  in  Insects  effects  die 
same  chemical  changes  of  the  air,  as  in  higher  creatores ;  respijra- 
tion  is  more  active,  the  need  of  air  greater  and  the  production  of 
carbonic  acid  moie  abundant  in  the  perfect  Insect  than  in  the 
larva.  In  the  perfect  Insect,  moreover,  respiration  is  performed 
principally  bj  the  air-slits  of  the  thorax,  which  are  larger  than 
tliose  of  the  abdomen,  whilst  in  the  larva  that  function  is  distri- 
buted more  equally  amongst  all  the  stigmata.  This  fact  is  in 
connexion,  with  the  development  of  tke  thorax  and  with  the 
mechanism  for  motion  affixed  there  in  the  perfect  Insect  Accurate 
investigations  have  shewn  that  Insects,  at  least  under  certain  cir« 
cumstances,  have  a  proper  toarmih,  and  that  thej  can  raise  the 
temperature  of  their  body  remarkably  by  motion,  or  by  volimtary 
acceleration  of  respiration^ 

The  sexes  are  distinct  in  all  Insects,  and  the  eggs  are  not 
fertilized,  as  in  fishes,  after  they  are  laid,  but  union  of  the  sexes 
must  precede  the  laying  of  the  eggs  if  they  are  to  prove  fruitful. 
A  remarkable  peculiarity  has  been  observed  in  Plant  liee  {Aphide$)^ 


^  Comp.  on  the  rospiratoiy  organa  of  insects,  besides  MalfiohIi  SWAmuBDAX, 
Ltokit,  Stbaub  and  other  writers  already  cited,  C.  Spbinokl  CommenJUirivM  dt 
parHbuM,  fuibus  Inteeta  ipiriium  ducuni,  LipsiA,  1815,  4to.  cum  tdMi$;  SuoEOW, 
JUtpit%Uiom>  der  Jnmdm,  wtbesondtre  Hber  die  Ihrwtrupiraiion  der  Ae$ckiw  ffrandU, 
HxuanrosB'B  Zeitsch.  /.  die  organ,  Phynk,  11.  1828,  s.  44 — 29 ;  BuBMiisns  Eandh, 
der  SnUnwd.  i,  s.  169 — 194  (a  very  careful  reyision  of  the  observations  of  others  and  of 
his  own)  and  Newpobt,  PhU,  Tram,  f  836,  Pt  «,  pp.  519—566  (or  in  ToDD*B  Oydop, 
n,  pp.  984-— 990).  We  refer  also  to  the  beautiful  figures  in  hiova  TraiU  an,  deia 
CkmUUj  PL  XXI.,  and  Straus  AnaL  des  anim,  artie.  Fl.  7,  in  order  to  give  an  idea  of 
the  minute  division  of  the  air-tubes.  Mabokl  db  Sibbxs  has  figured  the  trachee  and 
alr^sacs  in  some  Orlhopiera  {TruxaUi,  Mantis)  in  Mim,  dm  Mushtm,  lY.  PL  15,  16. 

'  Already  in  1793  Vauouklin  had  made  experiments  on  the  respiration  of  Insects 
(LoeuHa  viridimima),  Comp.  also  G.  tt.  Trsyibavub,  Vmwehe  Hber  doe  AikemhoUn 
derniedem  Hkiere, Zeiieckr.  f.  Phenol,  iv.  183 1,  s.  i— S9i  and Nxwtobt,  PhiL  Trane, 
L  1.9  for  the  speeifio  wanath,  which  was  formerly  denied  by  J.  Davt,  against  whose 
observKtkms  Nobili  and  Mbixohi  had  already  advanoed  objections  (Ann,  de  Chim,  ei 
de  Phffwique,  1831,  Octofare,  pp.  307—910).  All  animals,  LntBlft  justly  observes,  are 
warm-Uooded,  but  only  is  sudli  as  brsathe  by  lungs  (better,  in  mammals  and  \Mb),  is 
the  specifie  warmth  entirely  independent  of  the  external  temperature.  IHe  ifrgan, 
Ckemie  in  ikrer  Anwendung  amf  Ph^friol,  «.  Pathol.  1849,  s.  so.  Comp.  also  Bbbtbold, 
Neue  V€r$nehe  Hb.  d.  Temperatw  der  hkUMtige  TKieirt,  Oottingen,  1815*  "-  35*  3^i 
s.  43. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


264  CLASS  vnt. 

where  a  single  impregnation  suffices  for  many  families  in  sncoes* 
sion ;  the  males  are  not  observed  until  the  end  of  summer  or  in 
autumn ;  they  impregnate  the  last  family,  consisting  of  wingless 
females,  which  without  copulation  would  be  barren.  Their  eggs 
remain  during  the  winter  on  branches  of  trees,  and  in  spring 
produce  only  female  plant-lice  which  without  copulation  are  prolific 
and  viviparous.  Bonxet,  to  whom  we  owe  this  discovery,  found 
that  in  the  space  of  three  months  nine  successive  generations  were 
produced  without  copulation^. 

Amongst  the  Myriapoda  the  Chilopods  have  only  a  single  ovary, 
in  form  of  a  long  sac  situated  beneath  the  intestine.  In  the 
remaining  Insects  there  are  two  ovaries.  Sometimes  they  have  the 
same  form  of  tubes  or  sacs  {Forficulaj  Ephemera^  Stratiomys) ;  in 
some  flies  the  sac  is  very  long,  rolled  spirally  like  a  watch-spring, 
and  separated  by  many  transverse  partitions  into  cells^  In  most 
Insects  each  ovary  consists  of  a  number  of  tubes  {ffoinea  evt^rea 
Leon  Dufour).  Sometimes  these  are  situated  around  a  sacciform 
dilatation  from  which  the  oviduct  arises  {ovaria  bacoata),  as  in 
Melo^  L.  and  Lycua  {colecpteray.  Or  these  tubes  are  situated 
lengthwise  along  the  origin  of  oviduct  {ovaria  ramaaa)^  as  in 
Cicada^/  sometimes  on  one  side  only,  like  the  teeth  of  a  comb,  as 
in  Pha87na  and  TerUhredo  {Atkalia).  But  in  by  fer  the  greatest 
number  of  cases,  these  tubes  are  situated  at  the  beginning  of  the 
oviduct  like  the  leaflets  of  a  digitated  leaf,  at  the  end  of  a  common 
stalk  {ovaria  digitaiay  Jhadculata),  Such  ovaries  are  seen  in  the 
X^epidoptera,  where  each  of  them  consists  of  four  tubes.  The 
number  of  these  tabes  is  however  very  different,  not  only  in  the 
different  orders,  but  even  in  the  same  order,  and  occasionally  in  the 
same  natmral  family ;  whilst,  ex.  gr.  Bombyx  and  Xylooopa  {Hymen-- 
cptera)  have  four,  in  the  Honey-Bee  are  more  than  one  hundred*.  In 


^  0.  BoinnR',  TraUi  iFIntedoloffie,  i.  Obaervatumi  wr  les  Puemmi,  Psaris^  1845, 
lamo.  G^wfret  i.  1771,  8to.  Buyau  has  obtained  eren  eleven  suooesriye  generations 
wtthoat  oopnlaiion ;  Ann,  da  Se,  nat,  v.  1835,  p.  334.  There  are  also  some  examples 
of  the  same  phenomenon  in  insects  of  other  orders.  Bubmbistib,  1.  L  s.  336,  337. 

*  IUauvub,  Mhn.  pour  9ervir  A  VSitt.  da  Int.  iv.  PL  49,  f.  7  and  8. 

*  Bbavdt  and  EAncBUBa,  Medmn,  Zoologie  n.  Tab.  rm.  fig.  1  k,  Mdoe  wrU- 
fftOui,  Tth.  zix.  figs.  II,  15,  LyUa  vetieaiana;  L^v  Dufoub,  Aim,  da.  Se.  noL  vi. 
PL  18,  ^.  I,  LffC¥$  rm/lpenmi. 

*  LiSoB  DuFOUB,  ffimipUra,  PI.  17,  fig.  189. 

'  LiOB  DuFOUB,  Mim,  prSanUM,  Tom.  vit.  p.  408.    According  to  Swamkkrdam, 


Digitized  by  VjOOQ IC 


INSECTS.  265 

many  Hemy^tera  heteroptera  there  are  seyen,  as  also  in  many  Carof 
hid ;  the  Cockchafer  and  other  LamMicomia  have  six,  the  Stag* 
Beetle  {Lucanua  oervus)  twelve,  &c«  The  length  of  these  tabes  is 
different,  but  on  the  whole  is  more  marked  in  proportion  as  the 
number  is  fewer,  as  in  the  Butterflies ;  thej  contain  the  eggs  in  a 
string ;  the  largest  and  most  developed  are  at  the  lower  end,  the 
smaller  above.  Here  the  ovarial  tubes  run  out  into  a  fine  thread 
which  Leox  Dufour  terms  Suspensory  Ligament,  whilst  J« 
HuELLEB  considers  the  parts  to  be  vessels  which  connect  the  ovaries 
with  the  dorsal  vessel.  In  most  instances  the  threads  unite  on 
each  side  to  form  a  cord;  in  others  (in  Phasma  ex.  gr.)  they 
proceed  separately  to  the  dorsal  vessel. 

From  the  inferior  termination  of  the  ovaries  proceed  two  oviducts 
{tubiB)^  which  coalesce  to  form  a  common  tube  beneath  the  rectum : 
it  is  ordinarily  much  shorter  than  the  tuba;  in  the  cockchafer,  on  the 
eontrary,  it  is  longer  than  these.  Different  homy  plates  surround  the 
dilated  inferior  termination  of  this  common  tube;  it  has  a  sphincter 
muflde  to  contract  it,  as  well  as  several  others^.  Generally  it  falls, 
with  the  rectum,  into  a  common  cloaca^  or  it  opens  beneath  and 
IB  fix>nt  of  the  antu.  Sometimes  the  external  sexual  organs  of  the 
female,  generally  seated  in  the  ninth  ring  of  the  abdomen,  which  is 
included  and  hidden  in  the  eighth,  are  prolonged  into  an  appendage 
externally.  Here  belongs  the  tubular  vagina  of  Flies  {vagina  tubi- 
JhrmiB)j  in  Chrysia,  &c.',  which  is  formed  of  the  last  abdominal 
rings  that  can  be  drawn  within  each  other  like  an  opera-glass.  In 
others  the  vagina  is  Uoo-valved  {vagina  bivalvis)^  as  in  Locusts 
{Locu8Ub)j  and  projects  beyond  the  last  segment  of  the  abdomen  as 
an  ensiform  compressed  prolongation.  In  others  there  is  a  per- 
forator borer  {terebra)  or  a  sting  {aculeus);  here,  besides  the  bi- 
valved  vagina,  there  is  a  sharp  organ  for  puncturing,  with  serrated 
edges,  and  composed  of  one  or  of  two  homy  threads ;  when  at  rest 
the  sting  is  concealed  within  the  abdomen ;  it  is  connected  with  a 
poison-gland*. 

who  hM  gi^en  a  highly  magnified  figure  of  these  |Mrto,  each  avariium  oonsuts  in  tbe 
Honey-Bee  of  150  tahes,  BiU,  natw,  p.  471,  Tab.  zix.  fig.  3. 

^  See  Stbaub,  Anai.  dm  anim.  ant,  p.  399,  and  the  figures  of  the  Oockehafer, 
tUd.  PI.  5,  figt.  4,  5  m,  PI.  6,  ^,  1  h,  If. 

'  Aleo  in  MffOenu  cwetdMa  amongst  the  CoUcfUrOf  Ann.  det  Sc,  not.  Tom.  tt. 
PI.  19.  fig.  5. 

'  Comp.  here  especially  Burmbistib,  Hdndh.  der  Brtiom.  1. 1.  109— 9i5»  Taf.  11. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


266  CLASS  ym. 

Diffisrent  appendages  belong  to  the  common  oviduct,  or  to  the 
ragina.  Of  these  one  is  more  constant  than  the  rest,  and  opens  into 
the  common  ovidnct,  close  to  the  uppermost  part,  where  this  is 
formed  fifom  the  imion  of  the  two  tubes.  Previous  to  copulation  it 
is  empty,  but  after  that  act  is  filled  with  a  white  fluid — ^which  is  the 
seed,  as  microscopic  investigation  has  demonstrated  beyond  doubt, 
from  the  presence  of  the  hair-like  spermatozoa  in  motion.  This  part, 
g^[ierall7  single,  may  therefore  be  called  receptaculum  seminw. 
Frequently  it  has  an  appendage  {glandula  appendictdaria).  In 
many  insects  there  is  another  vesicle  present  which,  during  copula*- 
tion,  receives  the  penis  {bursa  copuhtbrix^poche  oopuUxtrice  Audouin), 
and  which  in  the  cockchafer  is  a  large  bladder  beneath  the  oviduct. 
In  the  Butterflies  this  organ  opens  externally,  and  not  into  the  ovi- 
duct, so  that  there  are  two  sexual  orifices,  whilst  a  canal  leads  from 
the  bursa  copulatrix  to  the  oviduct,  and  conducts  the  seed  into  the 
receptaculum  seminis  situated  above.  There  are  other  vesicles,  or 
glands,  generally  in  pairs  and  situated  more  behind  for  the  purpose 
of  covering  the  eggs  with  an  adhesive  fluid.  In  the  Butterflies 
these  are  seen  as  two  pyriform  vesicles  laid  transversely  with  their 
broad  bases  opposed,  which  at  the  other  end  pass  into  a  very  long, 
contorted,  blind  canal.  In  a  few  Insects  still  other  secretory  organs 
have  been  observed,  which  probably  secrete  a  peculiar  odorous 
matter  to  attract  the  male^ 


Ob  the  borer  (terebra)  in  the  Cicada,  see  DoTiBi  in  Ann,  de$  Se,  not,  le  S^rie»  vn. 
Zoologie,  pp.  193 — 199,  PI.  8,  the  middle  brutle  {U  pdn^on  Dotsbe)  works  liko 
a  wedge. 

1  It  18  difSctilt  to  be  brief  on  a  subject  which  has  inference  to  such  an  important 
difference  of  organisation,  and  which,  on  account  of  the  various  Tiews  of  observers, 
possesses  an  historical  interest  Malpiohi  (de  BcmJbyc^  long  ago  recognised  the 
veticula  eopuUUrix  as  the  oiigan  which  receives  the  penis  and  gave  it  the  name  of 
ntervM;  often  the  penis  or  a  part  of  it  is  broken  off,  and  remains  here  after  copulation. 
The  penis  is  figured  in  this  part  in  Spkinx  Itguttri  from  a  preparation  by  HninsB  in 
the  Catalogfie  of  the  Phytklogical  Seriu  of  the  Muteum  of  the  Cottege  rf  Siu(rg0om», 
VoL  V.  London,  1S40,  Pi.  67,  fig.  8.  It  was  with  fluid  from  this  vesicle  that  Huktxb 
impregnated  artificially  the  eggs  of  other  butterflies.  Phil,  Trant,  179a,  p.  175  O^^ 
BomJtyi/x  mari^ ;  an  experiment  already  devised  by  MALnoHi,  but  attempted  without 
success.  Spallamzahi,  before  Huhtxb  had  effected  the  artificial  impregnation  of  the 
eggs  of  the  silkworm,  but  with  the  seed  taken  directly  from  the  male  butterfly,  so  that 
his  experiment  does  not  belong  to  our  present  subject  (Eic^»inence$  pour  tervir  d  VHui, 
de  la  GSnfyr,  Qen^e,  1785,  8.  p.  313).  AuDOUiir  has  the  honour  of  having  been  the 
first  in  our  century  to  direct  attention  to  this  subject,  whilst  previously  all  these 


Digitized  by 


Google 


iKSBcnu  267 

The  male  indiTidnals  amongst  Insects  have  nsnallj  two  teHeSj 
tikough  there  be  occasionally  only  one,  jnst  as  in  the  female  thore 
may  be  only  one  ovarium,  Sfnch  is  the  case  with  lAihchiua  where 
the  part  has  the  form  of  a  long  tortuons  canal.  In  the  Scolcpendra 
proper  {Seal,  mcrsitans^  &c.)  axe  different  oval  testes,  much  extended 
in  lengthy  (described  improperly  by  Kutoboa  as  epididymides) 
-which  at  each  pointed  extremity  send  off  an  efferent  canal;  all  these 
canals  coalesce  to  form  a  single  canal  which  is  very  tortuous  and 
widens  into  a  sac  below  {testiculus  Kutobga').  In  Scutigera  there 
are  two  rery  tortuous  canals  {tesHculif)  present,  which  begin  with 
an  oval  sacciferm  expansion,  and  then  pass  into  a  single  fine  tube, 
of  great  length  and  winding  right  and  left  with  close  curves ;  this 
tube  opens  into  a  canal,  which  as  an  arc  connects  the  two  efferent 
canals  each  of  which  dilates  twice  into  an  oval  vesicle '•  In  Julua 
there  are  two  long  blind  tubes,  which,  connected  by  transverse 
canals,  have  the  form  of  a  ladder,  and  to  which  laterally  blind  sacs 
are  appended ;  these  sacs  may  be  considered  to  be  testes  and  the  two 
longitudinal  canals  to  be  va/sa  deferential. 

In  the  hexapod  Insects  the  parts  which  prepare  the  seed  are 
always  in  pairs*  There  is  found  indeed  in  most  Lepidcptera  and  in 
certain  Cohqptera  {ex.  gr.  in  Ophonus  and  Harpalus,  genera  of  the 
family  of  the  Carabici)  a  single  testis^  but  since  two  efferent  canals 
arise  from  its  lower  edge,  it  is  obviously  formed  by  the  union  of  two 


appendages  had  bean  confounded  together  as  secreting  organs,  Ann,  det  8c.  not,  n.  1834, 
p.  381.  We  owe  to  C.  Th.  Vov  Sibbold  the  most  complete  investigation  of  this 
mbject;  see  his  Femere  Beobaehtungen  Uber  die  Spermatozoa  der  wirheUoBen  Tkiere,  in 
MuslixbIb  ArMo,  1837,  s.  393—433.  If*  m  Von  Siibold  assures  ns,  the  verieula 
copulatrix  only  seldom  contains  Spermatozoa,  and  then  usually  dead  ones,  it  is  less  to 
be  wondered  at  that  the  experiments  of  MALPiaHi  failed  than  that  those  of  Huimni 
succeeded;  they  ought  to  be  repeated  with  better  success  with  the  fluid  from  the 
reeqfUieulum  aeminis,  LioN  DurovR  still  persists  in  considering  all  these  i^pendages 
zm  giandei  $&fi/lqttei. 

^  S.  Kutoboa,  Scolopendrtz  monUantu  Anatome^  PetropoL',  1834,  4ta  pp.  10,  11, 
Tab.  n.  figs.  3—5 ;  Rtioib  Joras  in  Todd^b  Oj^dop.  n.  p.  413*  Ag'  ^i* 

*  liios  DuFOUB,  who  has  giren  a  description  and  figure  of  tibese  parts,  considers 
the  first  pair  of  these  Tesicalar  expansions  as  tette$;  the  tortuouB  canals  as  veiienkz 
mminale$f  Ann,  dez  Se.  nai,  n.  18^4,  p.  97*  PL  v.  fig.  3. 

*  See  figures  in  ToDD*a  Ojfdopad,  in.  p.  551,  (article  Myriapoda,  by  BnocB 
Joms)  and  by  Smir  in  Mubllbb's  Arekw,  1843,  Ta£  xm.  figs.  17,  18. 

^  L^9  Duvoub,  Ann,  da  8c,  not,  n.  p.  133*  Xab.  Tl.  fig.  8  of  ffarpalif  rm/feomie 
(copied  in  Wagvbb's  Icon,  PkynoL  Tab.  xxz.  fig.  8). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


268  CLASS  nil. 

wliich  were  originally  distinct,  as  at  least  in  Butterflies  is  placed 
beyond  all  doubt  by  the  history  of  deirelopment.  In  many  Hymm-^ 
optera  the  two  testes  lie  aide  by  side  in  a  common  covering  {scrotum 
Dufour).  Sometimes  these  organs,  usually  white,  are  distinguished 
by  lively  colours  (deep  red  in  Paptlio  Irassicce^  and  in  some  Hemir 
ptera^  yellow  or  orange-coloured  in  some  GoUoptera)  which  depend 
upon  the  investing  membrane.  Moreover  the  structure  of  the  tesieB 
is  veiy  manifold,  and,  as  in  glands  generally,  nature  has  here  solved 
the  problem,  in  a  small  given  space  to  increase  as  much  as  possible 
the  secretory  surface,  in  very  different  ways.  The  simplest  form  is 
that  of  a  single  blind  canal,  which  is  sometimes  veiy  tortuous^.  In 
other  cases  this  blind  canal  has  more  the  form  of  a  sac,  ex.  gr.  in 
Scutellera,  Edessa.  Yet  they  are  not  always  constructed  in  this 
simple  way,  when  they  have  externally  the  form  of  a  single  blind 
sac  and  have  also  been  so  described  by  some  writers ;  in  Libellula^ 
for  instance,  this  sac  contains  a  number  of  small  round  vesicles'.  In 
by  far  the  greatest  number  of  Insects  each  testis  consists  of  a  collec- 
tion of  different,  sometimes  very  numerous,  vesicles,  or  cylindrical 
canals  {capsules  siminijiques  L^ON  Dufour)  terminating  blindly, 
which  are  united  in  form  of  a  fan,  of  a  star,  of  an  umbel,  or  in 
bunches,  and  from  which  canals  arise  that  afterwards  tenninate  in 
a  single  efferent  canal'.  This  efferent  canal  forms  sometimes  at  its 
commencement  numerous  tortuosities,  to  which  the  name  of  ept* 
didymis  has  been  given  (as  in  many  Carabidy  in  Meloloniha^y  in 
Nepa,  &c.).  The  lowest  part  has  often  an  expansion*  to  which  the 
name  of  vesicula  seminalis  has  been  fitly  given.  Far  less  propriety 
is  there  in  giving  this  name  to  different  blind  canals  which  are  met 


^  In  jyytueut  marginalia  the  entire  canal  when  unwound  appean  to  saipass  the 
length  of  the  animal  twenty  times,  Heoetsohwbilxb  I>e  Inaeetar.  ffmiioL  p.  19. 

•  L^H  DUFOUB,  Mim.  pr€$enU8,  vii.  p.  57a. 

>  For  a  methodical  review  of  all  these  forms  an  arrangement  is  requisite  in  which, 
at  the  same  time,  there  are  not  too  many  divisions.  Comp.  JoH.  Muillxb,  J)e  glan" 
dvlarum  tecemaiUum  ttrudura  penitiori,  1850.  fol  p.  103 ;  Bubicbistkb,  Jfandb,  der 
MtU^m,  I.  s.  « 1 7— 119  ;  Waonxr'8  Lekrb,  der  vergi,  Anat,  1834,  s.  319—331,  and  the 
flgures  chiefly  bonx>wed  from  htov  Dufoub's  nomoous  investigations  in  Muxllsb, 
1.  L  Tab.  XVI.  figs.  1—19,  and  in  Waobbb,  /eonei  Pkgnol.  1839^  ^<^^  3^^*  %*•  i— «<$• 

^  Stbaub,  1.  L  Tab.  vi.  fig.  1,  c,  c, 

'  For  instance,  in  HydnpkHu$y  in  ApU  mdUfioa,  in  Genu  and  Vdia  (JL6om 
DUFOUB,  JK0C&. «.  I,  ffimipt.  Tab.  XX.  figsi  138,  139),  in  Coitui  mmrginatu»  (Liov 
PUFOUR,  ih.  Tab.  X.  fig.  1 27). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTS.  269 

^ith  in  most  Insects  and  which  unite  with  the  efferent  canal.  That 
these  parts  rather  serve  to  effect  special  secretions  and  correspond 
with  the  fTostate  and  Cowper's  glands  in  higher  creatures  is  pro- 
bable even  from  their  composite  structure  and  great  development. 
Hence  in  some  Insects  they  have  been  even  described  as  tesHculi 
and  the  true  testes  as  glands  of  an  unknown  use,  as  for  instance,  by 
SwAHMEKDAM  in  Oryctes  nasicomta^.  In  this  and  other  LamMi- 
comxa  {MdolorUh^ij  Cetonia)  these  glands  are  two  tortuous  canals, 
which  resemble  the  testicuU  of  the  Carahici.  In  Hydrophihis  pioeus 
these  parts  exceed  the  testes  in  circumference.  Ordinarily  there  is 
one  pair':  often  also  there  are  two  pairs  of  these  accessory  organs 
present;  in  some  are  found  three  or  even  more  pairs.  They  are 
entirely  absent  only  in  few  Insects  {Oersisy  Velia,  Banaira).  In 
lAbelhila  they  are  also  wanting';  yet  I  think  it  is  nearer  the 
trutii  to  say  that  here  they  are  not  connected  with  the  testicuU 
and  are  present  in  an  unusual  situation,  which  is  in  agreement  with 
the  copulation  of  these  animals^.  From  this  also  it  is  apparent  that 
these  organs  are  not  vesiados  seminales. 

For  determining  the  purpose  of  the  different  parts  connected 
with  the  organs  of  propagation  microscopic  investigation  iu  the 
recent  state  ia  of  great  service.  C.  Th.  Von  Siebold  has  never 
met  with  spermcUozoa  in  the  parts  which  we  consider  subservient  to 
special  secretions,  which  however  they  ought  to  contain  if  they 
were  really  seminal  vesicles  as  Leon  Dufoub  and  other  writers 
suppose.  The  spermatozoa  of  Insects  are  like  hairs,  and  are  often 
found  in  the  testes  united  in  bundles  and  surrounded  by  a  transpa- 
rent covering*. 

We  must  notice,  in  addition,  that  in  many  species  of  Insects  a 
great  similarity  of  form  has  been  observed  between  the  organs  of 
propagation  in  the  two  sexes.    We  see  this  resemblance  in  certain 


^  B^bd  der  natmur.  Tab.  zxx.  fig.  8,  m  m;  these  are  the  true  tesU$.  I  oonld  ahaost 
sappose  that  LifoN  Dufour  bo  iDdelatigably  laborioiis  in  the  anatomy  of  Inaects  and 
80  rich  in  experience,  has  made  the  same  mistake  in  Pdoffonut;  see  the  J2m4.  9ur  tea 
ffimipt.  PI.  XI.  fig.  137  A.,  where  I  consider  the  spiral  organs  i  6  to  be  tetiet, 

s  As  in  the  ffymenoptera,  for  instance. 

»  LioK  Dufoub,  Mhn,  priteniis,  vii.  p.  572. 

*  See  below,  in  the  systematic  arrangement,  in  the  fiunily  of  the  JAbeUvUna. 

'  See  Von  Socbold,  Ueb,  dU  Spermaiozoen  der  Onuiaeem,  iMeeten,  QatUropodm 
«.  einiffer  anderm  mrbelloten  Tkiere,  Muxlleb'8  Archiv,  1836,  s.  10—43,  '^^^^  ^^* 


Digitized  by 


Google 


270  CLASS  YUI. 

beedes,  but  especiallj  in  seTend  Hemtptera^  as  well  in  the  form  of 
the  accessory  glands,  as  in  that  of  the  testes  and  ovariuy  in  the  nam** 
ber  of  the  oviducts  in  the  last  and  of  the  spermatic  ducts  in  the 
former,  &c.  We  cannot  however  admit  that  this  similarity  has 
the  value  of  a  general  rule;  the  Lepidoptera,  for  instance,  not  to 
speak  of  other  losects,  exhibit  an  entirely  di£ferent  type  in  the  two 
sexes. 

The  external  sexual  organs  lie,  as  in  the  females,  at  the  hind- 
most part  of  the  abdomen^.  The  penis  has  a  very  different  form 
and  substance.  Ordinarily  it  is  surrounded  by  two  homy  plates, 
and  encbsed  in  a  membraneous  sac  in  the  retracted  condition;  in  the 
Coleoptera  the  penis  is  covered  by  a  homy  case,  and  supported  by 
two  homy  threads*. 

Amongst  the  malformations  of  Insects  hermaphroditic  individuals 
occasionally  occur,  in  which  one  half  of  the  body  is  male,  the  oth^ 
female,  like  the  Androgynes  in  A£rica,  of  whom  the  ancients  &bled, 
and  who  had  a  female  breast  on  the  left  side,  and  a  male  on  the 
right'.  This  lateral  bisexualily  is  most  frequently  seen  in  Butter- 
flies, in  which  it  strikes  the  eye  more  readily  from  the  form  of  the 
antennsB  or  the  colour  of  the  wings  ^;  yet  some  instances  of  it  are 
known  in  other  orders  also^. 

Before  we  turn  from  the  consideration  of  the  sexual  organs  of 
Insects  we  must  shortly  notice  another  peculiarity  observed  in  bees 
and  other  Hymenoptera  living  \xl  societies.    Amongst  these  many 


^  The  Chilognaiha  (Jvlua)  are  an  exception  to  this ;  the  partB,  in  both  aexee,  are 
here  situated  veiy  far  forward,  at  a  short  distance  from  the  head.  They  are  also 
double  (two  vulva,  two  penes),  as  in  the  enuiacea. 

'  See  the  figures  of  Sthaus  (op.  dt.)  in  the  Cockchafer,  Fl.  n.  figs,  ii,  ^t,  PI.  vi. 
fig.  I.  Waonxr  compares  these  horny  threads  with  the  astictUum  perns,  found  in 
many  mammals.  On  the  sexual  organs  of  insects,  in  addition  to  the  works  cited  above, 
two  monographs  (both,  however,  of  somewhat  old  date)  may  be  consulted,  viz.  J.  J. 
Hbgitsgewbiler,  Diss,  de  Insedorum  genitaltbus;  cum  Tab.  Turici,  1830,  4to.  and 
Oedechtsorgane  der  Inseden  von  Dr  Svokow  in  HEVsnrosR'B  Zeitsehr.  f.  organ,  Pkystk, 
n.  Eisenach,  1818,  a.  331—764,  and  further,  F.  Srsur,  Die  weiUu^  (kseUeektsorgam 
der  K&ftT,  Hit  ix.  Kupfertaf,  Berlin,  1847,  4to. 

"  C.  Pltnu,  HiA,  not.  Lib.  vii.  cap.  a. 

*  For  instance,  in  Bombyx  dispar  by  Sorarffer,  in  BomJb,  eraic^,  by  EsPRR 
{Seobachtungen  an  einer  neu  entdeekten  ZuntterpkaUme,  Erlangen,  1778, 4to.)  in  Vemessa . 
wiices,  by  Rapp  (Orrk's  Isis,  1833,  s.  235),  Ac. 

'  As  in  SeoUa  maenlata,  by  Rovand,  Ann.  des  8e,  entomol.  TV,  1835,  P*  I9<>  ^ 
Zucanui  cervus,  figunxl  in  ASMUSS,  Mot$siruosiiaUs  ColeopUrer,  Bigm,  1855,  T^.  z. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IKSKCIB.  271 

indlTidxials  occur,  which  being  incapable  of  propagating  have  been 
commonly  considered  to  be  sexless  (the  so-called  neuters,  working- 
bees,  &c)  Even  the  external  form  indicates  that  they  resemble 
rather  the  female  than  the  male  individnals,  as  the  same  is  also 
indicated  by  their  mode  of  Ufe  and  their  instinct  directed  to  the  care 
of  the  yonng  ones.  Anatomical  investigation  has  confirmed  this 
conclusion  by  demonstrating  in^the  working^bees  imperfect  oyaries^ 
These  individuab  thus  remain  imperfect  females,  nurses,  foster- 
mothers* 

Observations  are  not  wanting  with  respect  to  the  development 
of  Insects  in  the  egg,  although  hitherto  this  subject  has  not  been 
sufficiently  investigated  to  allow  a  general  representation  of  it  to  be 
offered.  Li  eggs  that  are  just  laid,  nay  in  those  which  lie  at  the 
lowest  part  of  the  oviduct  and  are  the  most  mature,  the  germinal 
vesicle  has  disappeared ;  in  eggs  situated  higher  up  in  the  oviduct 
it  may  be  seen  clearly  with  the  germinal  spot^.  On  the  yelk  is 
formed,  from  a  union  of  cells,  a  layer  as  germinal  membrane  {bl<ut<h 
derma)  which  continues  to  grow  so  as  to  surround  the  entire  yelk. 
The  first  rudiment  of  the  embryo,  the  nota  primitiva,  lies  on  the 
ventral  surface ;  the  yelk  lies  on  the  dorsal  surface,  and  becomes 
enclosed  by  the  constantly  growiug  ventral  plates,  without  the  for- 
mation of  a  special  umbilical-  or  yelk-sac  by  constriction.  The 
9tigm<Ua  are  developed  only  at  a  late  period,  and  become  open  only 
shortly  before  the  escape  from  the  egg'. 


^  Madsm.  Jubikb  in  Hubeb  Nouv,  ob»ervati<m$  tur  le$AleSle9,  ^e  ^t.  Pftrii  et 
Gen^e,  8vo.  n.  Tab.  xi.  fig.  i,  figure  copied  by  Ratzxburo  in  his  enquiries  on  this 
nibject  in  JVov.  Ad,  Acad.  Cm.  Leop.  Car.  Vol.  zvi.  PI.  n.  Tab.  47. 

*  Bee  the  microeoopio  r^raeentation  of  an  egg-tube  from  Agri9f^  by  B.  WAaNXB, 
Ahkand,  der  mathem.  physic.  Klaste  der  Ahademie  in  MUnchm,  Bd.  u.  fig.  i ;  see 

8.  558. 

*  On  the  development  of  insects  in  the  egg  there  are  some  observations  of  SuoKOW, 
AnaUmuekrpkydoloffUehe  Untenueikimgen  dor  Inseoten  mnd  Krtitimtkitre,  Heidelbeig, 
1818,  4to.  mit  Kupf.  s.  19,  33,  35  (eggs  of  BombjfX  pini) ;  also  short,  but  interesting 
communications  by  Rathks,  on  Blatta  ffermaniea  in  MxoKSL*s  Arehiv.  1844,  s.  37 — 
37,  Taf.  n.  (here  there  is  on  each  side  of  the  abdomen  in  the  embryo,  behind  the  attach- 
ment of  the  third  pair  of  feet,  a  pediculated  disciform  organ  which  is,  perhaps,  a  tem- 
porary respiratoiy  organ  to  be  compared  with  the  giUs  of  ]arv«  of  salamanders ;  there 
are  only  four  Malpigfaian  vessels,  which  are  increased  in  number  after  birth),  and 
finally,  by  Kobllikkb  (on  CJdnmomut,  SimuUa,  Danacia)  Obtervaiionet  de  prima 
InmOarum  gmeH  ZHu.  ina/ug,  Adjeota  muU  in.  Tabid.  Turid,  1844, 4to.  The  numerous 
plates  of  HiBOLD  in  his  J>i9^iiitioit€$  dt  AnimaUum  verUMi  curenUvm  in  090 


Digitized  by 


Google 


272  GLASS  VIII. 

Most  Insects  quit  the  egg  in  a  form  entirely  different  from  that 
which  thej  afterwards  possess.  An  impregnated  female  butterfly, 
for  instance,  deposits  eggs,  from  which  caterpillars  proceed,  which 
present  not  the  slightest  external  resemblance  with  the  mother. 
Thej  are  vermiform  creeping  animals,  provided  with  different  pairs 
of  feet,  which  eat  enormously,  grow  rapidly,  cast  their  skin  often, 
and  at  the  last  casting  change  into  quite  another  creature,  with  a 
very  hard  and  homy  skin,  which  has  no  Hmbs,  does  not  move  from 
its  placed  takes  no  food,  and  falls  as  into  a  death-sleep.  There 
may  however  be  generally  discerned  in  the  seemingly  formless 
mass,  on  close  observation,  the  external  parts  of  the  butterfly, 
which  folded  and  rolled  together  are  concealed  beneath  the  homy 
shell,  on  whose  surface  they  are  traced  out.  After  a  longer  or 
shorter  time,  sometimes  only  after  many  months,  the  perfect  insect, 
the  butterfly,  quits  its  narrow  cell.  At  first  the  wings  are  short, 
moist  and  imfit  for  flying,  but  soon  unfold  themselres,  become  dry, 
and  then  support  the  flapping  Insect  through  the  air,  which  soon 
ftilfils  its  new  destiny,  the  propagation  of  its  kind,  and  dies'. 

In  these  changes  of  form  {metamorphoses)  of  Insects  the  first 
form  or  first  state  is  called  that  of  the  vimsk  or  larva^  and  the 
Insects  are  then  named  caterpillars,  maggots,  &c.  The  second  state 
is  that  of  nymph  or  pupa  (in  day-butterflies  called  also  chrysalis). 
The  third  state  is  that  of  the  perfect  insect  {insectum  dedarojtum^ 
imago). 

All  Insects  do  not  pass  through  this  threefold  state.  The  wing- 
less hexapod  Insects,  with  few  exceptions,  leave  the  egg  in  the 
same  form  which  they  afterwards  retain ;  only  the  rings  and  the 
feet  become  more  numerous  in  the  Myriapoda.  These  Insects 
Latreille  names  Insects  without  metamorphosis.  No  winged 
Insect,  on  the  other  hand,  comes  from  the  egg  with  wings ;  but 


evoiutione  {De  ffeneraiione  Jnmdorum  in  cvo),  Fnmcof.  ad  Moen.  folio,  FasdcuJi  ii.  (not 
completed),  relate  principally  to  Mu$ca  tomiioria  and  some  LepieUfptara,  bat  do  not 
give  80  much  information  as  might  have  been  expected  (rom  the  diligent  and  patient 
inTestigations  of  the  author. 

^  If  the  pupa  be  however  in  such  a  situation  that  the  perfect  insect  would  not  be 
able  to  come  out  of  it  (in  the  branch  of  a  tree,  for  instance),  then  it  changes  its  place 
towards  the  period  of  the  last  change,  by  pushing  on  its  body  by  contraction,  a  motion 
assisted  in  many  cases  by  little  hooks  on  the  rings  of  the  abdomen. 

*  Sometimes  the  perfect  insect^  shortly  after  its  coming  forth,  once  more  changes 
its  ooat»  as  is  commonly  known  of  the  Epkenura, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTS.  273 

amongst  the  winged  there  are  many,  which  undergo  no  other  meta^ 
morphosis  than  that  they  obtain  wings.  Their  larvm  resemble  the 
perfect  Insect,  but  are  quite  without  wings :  the  pup<B  hare  rudi*- 
ments  of  wings  and  move  themselves :  in  the  last  moulting  these 
wings  become  developed  and  perfect.  These  Insects  undergo 
accordingly  an  imperfact  metamcrphosis  {demumetamorpho^e  La- 
TBEILLE,  metamorphosia  incomplete^ ;  this  is  the  case,  for  instance, 
with  the  grasshoppers.  Most  winged  Insects,  lastly,  are  subject 
to  a  perfoct  metamorphoais  {metamorphosis  completa),  as  we  have 
described  it  in  butterflies ;  the  pupa  takes  no  food,  and  remains  in 
a  state  of  rest  or  slumber.  The  pupse  of  flies  are  entirely  motion- 
less, surrounded  by  a  hard  shell,  and  shew  no  limbs  of  the  perfect 
Insect  concealed  beneath  it;  this  shell  is  formed  by  the  dried 
integument  of  the  larva.  Such  a  pupa  is  named  pupa  ooarctcUa. 
In  other  dipterous  Insects  and  in  the  Lepidcptera  there  is  a  hard 
elastic  membrane,  surrounding  the  enclosed  compressed  external 
parts  of  the  Aiture  perfect  Insect,  and  so  disposed  that  they  can  be 
distinguished  through  the  covering.  Such  a  pupa  is  named  pupa 
obtecta;  such  pupsB  move  the  rings  of  the  abdomen.  In  still  other 
instances  the  wings  and  feet  are  free,  without  being  surrounded  by 
a  common  covering,  as  in  the  pupsB  of  beetles  and  bees^. 

These  changes  are  not  confined  to  the  external  parts;  in  the 
internal  structure  also  very  remarkable  changes  occur.  The  intes- 
tinal canal  is  in  most  larvsd  straight,  and  consists  principally  of  a 
wide  stomach.  The  oesophagus  and  the  part  of  the  intestinal  canal 
behind  the  stomach  are  longer  and  narrower  in  the  pupa  and  in 
the  perfect  Insect,  since  the  stomach  contracts  and  is  more  definitely 
separated  firom  the  rest  of  the  intestine.   The  nervous  system  becomes 


^  For  pupce  of  the  last  kind  the  word  nympha  is  someiiines  specially  used ;  see 
SWAMifEBDAM,  jBtU,  ncU,  pp.  lo,  i6;  Bladh,  FundamentaZoolofficBf  in  Link.  AmosnitcU. 
Acad.  Tom.  vn.  p.  151 ;  Nswpobt  in  Todd's  Oydop,  11.  879. 

ItisjSMJJB  names  a  pupa  complete  (pupa  compleUi),  which  moves  itself,  and  in  all 
respects  resembles  the  perfect  insect ;  half-ccmpUte  (temi-completa),  that  which  is  at  rest 
and  takes  no  nutriment.  Sytt,  nal.  Ed.  ii,  i.  p.  534.  Fabbioius  transferred  tiiese 
names  improperly  fin>m  the  pupa  to  the  metamorphoses,  and  thus  named  complete 
metamoiphoais  (metaiMrpKona  completa),  that  which,  in  fiust,  is  no  metamorphosis,  as 
in  the  myiiapods,  the  spiders,  &c.  The  metamorphosts  which  Latbbillb  names 
oomplete  {ex.  gr,  that  of  butterflies,  beetles)  Fabbioiub  names  incomplete  (tneomp^eto) ; 
the  semi-metamorphosis  bean  with  him  the  name  of  m/damorphotie  iemi-completa.  See 
Fabbioiub,  PkUoe,  Entom,  p.  56. 

VOL.  I.  18 


Digitized  by 


Google 


274  CLASS  VIII. 

tortaoQS  in  the  pupa,  and  shorter  in  the  perfect  Insect ;  the  nervons 
ganglia  become  less  numerous,  from  some  of  them  first  approxi* 
mating  to  each  other  and  afi;erwards  coalescing,  whilst  others 
entirely  disappear ;  the  first  ganglion  especially,  which  is  situated 
in  the  head,  increases  in  amplitude.  The  sexual  organs,  of  which 
the  germs  already  existed  in  the  larvsB,  become  developed  as  well 
in  respect  of  complex  structure  as  of  size.  In  the  pupa  new  organs 
also  come  to  view,  of  which  before  there  was  no  trace,  such  as  the 
wings,  which  are  seen  folded  and  rolled  together  internally  at  the 
thorax.  The  dotsal  vessel  undergoes  less  change  than  most  of  the 
other  organs. 

There  is  in  larvss,  moreover,  a  peculiar  fatty  mass  present,  of 
which  we  have  already  spoken  above;  the  secretion  of  this  taX 
constantly  increases,  the  nearer  the  larva  approaches  the  condition 
of  pupa ;  in  this  condition  the  &t  is  consumed  again,  and  in  that 
of  the  perfect  Insect,  when  it  also  takes  food,  fat  is  no  longer 
secreted. 

The  fatty  secretion  is  thus  obviously  necessary  to  supply  nutri- 
ment to  the  pupa,  and  to  afford  the  material  for  the  development 
of  the  organs  of  the  perfect  Insect.  Yet  the  pupae  of  Insects 
which  undergo  a  complete  metamorphosis,  take,  as  stated  above, 
no  food,  and  are  in  connexion  with  the  external  world  through 
respiration  alone*.  The  condition  of  pupa  therefore  may  be  com- 
pared with  that  of  hybemating  animals,  which  are  very  fat  in  the 
autumn,  during  their  sleep  take  nothing,  and  in  the  spring  come 
out  of  their  retreats  in  a  very  emaciated  condition.  The  larvae  of 
Insects  eat  more  than  is  necessary  for  their  own  growth ;  they  are 
therefore  usually  inactive;  deficient  motion  and  superfluous  food 
favour,  as  is  known,  the  secretion  of  fat^.  The  reason  why  in 
perfect  Insects  no  more  fat  is  secreted,  is  found  as  well  in  the 
development  of  the  sexual  functions  as  in  the  greater  activity  of  life 
and  rapidity  of  motion,  which  are  peculiar  to  them. 


^  On  this  aooount  they  lose  in  weight.  Hub  Iobb  is,  however,  at  first  very  smally 
and  only  becomes  remarkable  on  the  approach  of  the  last  change.  See  Nswfobt  in 
Todd's  Oydop,  n.  pp.  879,  880. 

*  That  this  fiit  is  not  necessary  for  the  life  of  the  larva,  is  shewn  by  the  examples 
of  caterpillars  in  which  ichneumons  have  deposited  their  eggs ;  the  larvn  from  these 
consume  the  fat  of  the  former,  which  die  from  the  robbery  of  their  stock  of  food  only 
at  the  time  they  should  change  into  pupn,  or  have  changed. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTS.  275 

We  see  therefore  in  the  perfect  Insect  the  manly  period  of  their 
life :  in  the  larva  the  childish  period.  Between  the  two  nature  has 
interposed  a  deep  sleep  of  development.  The  marriageable  period 
is  deadly  for  many.  There  are  also  many  difficulties  to  be  over- 
come^. Some  organs  must  for  a  time  stand  still,  others  (as  for 
instance,  the  silk-secreting  tubes  of  caterpillars)  must  entirely 
disappear.  The  development  of  the  sexual  organs  is  essential, 
and  for  that  everything  must  wait  awhile ;  these  remain  during  the 
larval  state  behind  other  organs ;  now  they  repress  in  turn  by  their 
development  the  activity  of  other  organs.  Finally,  the  perfect 
Insect  comes  forth,  in  many  respects  a  new  creature.  This  is  the 
true  object  of  the  phsenomena,  of  which  the  metamorphosis  is 
composed,  which  is  not  so  entirely  unique  in  its  kind,  as  might  be 
at  first  supposed.  The  perfect  Insect  lives  for  propagation,  and 
when  it  has  attained  that  purpose  of  its  being,  it  dies  to  make 
room  for  others,  and  serves  for  food  to  birds  and  other  animals. 
Thus  also  an  annual  plant  ceases  to  grow  as  soon  as  its  bloom  is 
developed,  and  dies  when  the  seed  is  come  to  maturity*. 


^  Eyeiy  casting  of  the  skixi  is  oonnected  with  more  or  leas  of  danger;  the  moulting 
is  also  a  distressing  season  for  birds ;  bat  especially  the  last  shedding,  "when  caterpillars 
are  changed  into  pupae,  is  frequently  fatal.  Sometimes  the  casting  is  incomplete ;  the 
head  of  the  caterpillar  remains  attached  to  the  pupa.  In  this  way  may  be  explained 
the  occasional  occurrence  of  butterflies  with  caterpillars'  heads.  See  0.  F.  Muellbb, 
Ikacripikn  (fun  papShn  dUtede  ChenUle,  MSm.  prUemUi  d  VAcad.  dea  Sc,de  Paris, 
1774,  VI.  pp.  508,  Ac,  Natwrfonckery  xvi.  1787,  s.  203— « 13,  Tab.  iv.  f.  i,  a ;  Wes- 
UAXL,  Ann,  det  Sc.  nai,  sec.  S^e.  Tom.  vin.  1837,  Zoologie,  pp.  191, 192;  Bbuinsma, 
huiUngewone  afmjlnngen,  wjuurfftnomen  m  de  gedaantet^erwitseling  det  zijdeworma, 
TydKkr.,  voor  natuwrl.  Oesch.  en  Phynd.  vn.  1840,  pp.  257 — 170,  PI.  iv.  and  my 
Aanteekeninffen  thereon,  Hid.  pp.  271 — 275.  Somewhat  different  are  other  observations 
of  Majoli  in  Bomhtfx  mori,  in  which  the  moths,  without  having  first  become  pupae, 
appear  to  have  proceeded  immediately  from  the  caterpillars.  'M.eckki/b  Archiv  fOr  die 
Ph^cL  n.  1816,  s.  542. 

*  What  is  said  here  relates  especially  to  the  complete  metamorphosis ;  in  the 
incomplete  the  changes  are  less  important.  Ck>mp.  on  this  subject  RBNoasB's  PhytuA. 
UfOen.  s.  49—87,  and  Hxboud's  Bahnekdungaffeachiehie  der  Schmetterlinge,  Casel 
u.  Marburg,  18 15,  4to,  (one  of  the  most  excellent  works  on  Natural  History  which 
have  been  pubHshed  in  this  century),  in  the  numerous  plates  of  which  the  development 
may  be  followed  without  a  break  in  the  whole  and  in  aU  its  steps.  Comp.  further,  on 
the  changes  which  the  intestinal  canal  undergoes  on  metamoiphosis,  Dutboobxt, 
J<mnuU  de  PkyHque,  Tom.  Lzxxvi.  18 18,  p.  130,  &c.,  and  in  Msokbl,  Archiv  f.  d, 
Pkyn/cl.  IV.  Bd.  1818,  s.  285 — 293 ;  and  on  the  changes  in  the  nervous  system,  New- 
POBT,  PhUoi,  Trans.  1832,  n.  pp.  383—398,  PL  xn.  xin. 

18—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


276  CLASS  VIII. 

The  reproductive  power  in  Insects  which  undergo  metamorphosis 
is  wanting  in  their  perfect  state ;  but  if  at  an  earlier  period  in 
the  state  of  larva  they  have  lost  a  foot,  it  grows  out  again  at  the 
next  moulting,  and  is  more  or  less  perfectly  restored.  Also  in  the 
Myriapoda  excised  antennas  grow  again  ^ 

The  nervous  system  of  Insects  has  for  central  part  a  row  of 
ganglia  of  different  number,  which  are  usually  connected  with  one 
another  by  two  threads  that  are  often  very  intimately  united.  This 
row  of  ganglia  is  situated  on  the  ventral  surface  beneath  the  intes- 
tinal canal  in  the  mid  region  of  the  body ;  the  first  ganglion  however 
lies  in  front  of  and  above  the  oesophagus,  and  there  arises,  by  reason 
of  the  two  threads  which  connect  it  with  the  second  ganglion,  a 
ring  which  surrounds  the  oesophagus.  The  greatest  number  of 
ganglia  is  found  in  the  Myriapoda,  eighteen  in  Lithobius  {Scolopendra 
foTJuxiJUi),  twenty-three  in  Scolopendra  morsttans.  In  the  larvce  of 
butterflies  thirteen  are  counted,  but  ordinarily  they  are  less  numerous 
in  the  hexapod  Insects.  Large  ganglia  are  situated  in  the  thorax, 
and  in  some  there  are  none  in  the  abdomen,  but  two  nervous  strings 
alone,  sometimes  close  together,  sometimes  separate  from  each  other, 
as  in  Nepa  and  Cicada,  From  the  ganglion  above  the  oesophagus 
{ganglion  cerebrale)  arise  the  nerves  of  the  eyes  and  antennse ;  this 
ganglion  lies  transversely  on  the  oesophagus,  formed  of  two  oval  or 
somewhat  conical  lateral  portions  with  their  broad  part  turned  to 
each  other;  the  inferior  surface  is  somewhat  concave,  the  upper 
convex.  The  second  ganglion,  the  first  of  those  beneath  the  intestinal 
canal,  is  by  some  writers  compared  to  the  cerebellum,  by  others,  on 
better  grounds,  with  the  medulla  oblongata;  the  nerves  that  arise 
from  it  proceed  to  the  oral  parts,  and  perhaps  correspond  to  the 
different  branches  of  the  fifth  pair  in  vertebrate  animals.  Earlier 
writers,  as  Ackermann,  Reil  and  Bichat,  thought  that  the  abdo- 
minal cord  of  Insects  might  be  compared  with  the  vermis  sympa- 
ihicua  of  vertebrate  animals ;  Cuvier  and  Gall,  on  the  contrary, 
have  disowned  and  rejected  this  correspondence.  It  is  necessary  in 
this  inquiry  to  determine  in  tlie  first  place  what  character  is  to  be 
considered  of  sufficient  value  to  distinguish  the  spinal  cord  from  the 


^  Newpobt  nuhde  experiments  on  Ivlua,  lAUidbim  and  caterpillars  of  butterflies. 
See  Phil,  TraiM,  1844,  p.  183.  In  Phaama  sometimes  one  foot  is  less  than  the  rest, 
being  a  new  growth.     I  found  this  onoe  aJso  in  Reduviv*  penonaiu*. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTS.  277 

system  of  the  great  sympathetic  nerve.  It  is  impossible  to  recognise 
the  position  on  the  dorsal  surface  as  such  a  character;  for  the  reversed 
position  of  the  heart  in  the  invertebrate  animals  might  lead  ns  rather 
to  expect  that  that  of  the  central  nervoos  system  would  be  reversed 
also.  The  pecnliarity  of  the  sympathetic  system,  amongst  other  things, 
consists  in  this,  that  it  supplies  nerves  which  are  distributed  to  parts 
not  subject  to  the  will.  But  since  from  the  ganglionic  cord  in  Insects 
the  nerves  of  the  organs  of  sense  and  the  nerves  of  the  volimtary 
muscles  arise,  there  is  no  reason  for  comparing  it  to  the  sympathetic 
nerve.  The  ganglia  therefore  of  this  cord  are  to  be  considered  as 
an  union  of  the  ganglia  of  the  spinal  nerves  of  the  two  sides*.  This 
view  would  seem  to  receive  more  support  when  we  reflect,  that  the 
spinal  ganglia  belong  to  the  uppermost  (the  posterior)  or  the  sensi- 
tive roots  of  the  spinal  nerves,  and  that  in  Insects  two  strings  have 
been  discovered  in  each  connecting  band  between  the  ganglia,  of 
which  the  undermost  alone  is  connected  with  the  ganglia,  whilst 
the  uppermost  merely  passes  with  its  fibres  over  the  ganglion*. 
That  here  the  uppermost  and  not  the  undermost  string,  as  in  the 
spinal  cord  of  vertebrate  animals,  is  related  to  motion,  is  to  be 
explained  by  the  reversed  position  of  the  nervous  system.  The 
similarity  becomes  obvious  when  we  thus  consider  the  matter,  that 
in  Insects  as  well  as  in  vertebrate  animals  the  motor  strings  are 
placed  towards  the  interior,  the  sensorial  nearest  to  the  surface.  It 
is,  however,  perhaps  more  prudent  not  to  pursue  this  analogy  too 
far.  With  these  uppermost  strings  we  must  not  confound  the 
system  of  transverse  nerves  which  Lyonet  described  long  ago  in  the 
caterpillar  of  the  Willow-hawk  under  the  name  of  brides  Sptnth'es\ 
These  are  situated  a  little  in  front  of  each  ganglion,  pass  transversely 
over  the  straight  muscles  which  lie  lengthwise  on  the  ventral 
surface,  and  are  distributed  by  their  branches  to  the  muscles  and 
especially  to  the  air-tubes  and  the  dorsal  vessel.    A  longitudinal, 


1  G.  B.  Tbxvuianub,  Bidogie,  v.  s.  33 1,  333 ;  E.  H.  Webkb,  Anat,  comparata 
nervi  tympathici,  Lips.  18 17,  p.  95. 

•  This 'important  discovery  of  Newport,  who  was  incited  to  it  by  C.  Bell,  the 
celebrated  discoverer  of  the  distinction  of  the  motor  and  sentient  roots  of  the  spinal 
nerves,  may  be  seen,  illustrated  by  figures,  in  PhU,  Trans,  1834,  Pt.  2,  pp.  406 — 410. 

»  TraiiS  ancA,  de  la  Ohm.  pp.  98,  101,  PI.  IX.  figs,  i,  2,  Newport  has  very 
accurately  investigated  this  nerve  in  Sphinx  Liyustri,  PhU.  Trans.  1836,  Pt.  n. 
pp.  544,  545,  PI.  xxxvn.     (This  figure  is  transferred  to  Todd's  Cyclop.  11.  p.  987.) 


Digitized  by 


Google 


278  CLASS  VIII. 

single  nerve,  lying  above  upon  the  strings  of  the  ganglionic  nervous 
system,  connects  each  plexus  with  the  following  one.  In  perfect 
Insects  this  system  is  less  distinctly  visible,  and  often  is  completely 
combined  with  the  rest  of  the  nervous  system  ^ 

There  is  found  in  addition  still  another  nervous  system  in  Insects, 
destined  especially  for  the  organic  life,  which  was  made  known  in 
part  by  the  investigations  of  Swammerdam  and  Ltonet  in  former 
times,  and  described  by  the  last  under  the  name  of  li/erf  recurrerU^j 
and  to  which  in  our  century  JoH.  Mueller  has  by  his  investiga- 
tions especially  directed  the  attention  of  anatomists.  It  has  been 
compared  by  him  and  by  most  modem  writers  to  the  sympathetic 
nerve  of  vertebrate  animals,  by  others  to  the  nervtta  vagus.  This 
system  of  nerves  consists  of  a  single  middle  portion  and  of  two  lateral 
portions.  The  single  portion  arises  from  one  or  more  nervous 
ganglia  situated  in  the  head,  which  are  connected  with  the  most 
anterior  part  of  the  first  (the  cerebral)  ganglion  of  the  ganglionic 
cord.  From  this  single  portion  whilst  situated  in  the  head  nerves 
arise  for  the  uppermost  oral  organs,  and  a  thread  which  runs  along 
the  oesophagus  on  the  dorsal  surface  to  the  stomach,  and  at  its 
extremity  terminates  in  a  ganglion.  In  Pkasma  firula  Brandt 
saw  numerous  branches  arising  transversely,  and  running  in  arches 
over  the  oesophagus  and  stomach  to  form  a  fine  nervous  net.  Per- 
haps a  similar  distribution  may  be  suspected  in  other  Insects,  where 
the  extreme  delicacy  of  the  nervous  branches  does  not  permit  their 
determination.  In  most  Insects  the  middle  single  portion  is  the 
most  developed ;  in  Orylhtalpa  and  Oryllus,  on  the  contrary,  the 
lateral  portions  are  more  developed  than  the  single  and  middlemost. 
The  lateral  portions  consist  ordinarily  of  two  pair  of  ganglia  that 
lie  close  together  behind  the  cerebral  ganglion,  of  which  the 
anterior  is  connected  with  the  cerebral  ganglion  by  one  or  two  fine 
nervous  threads.  From  these  ganglia  delicate  nervous  branches 
arise  which  run  to  the  oesophagus  whilst  they  are  also  in  connexion, 
by  fine  threads  with  the  single  middle  nerve  that  runs  over  the 
oesophagus'. 

^  Besides  the  authors  cited  comp.  also  especially  an  excellent  paper  on  the  nervous 
system  of  Beetles  by  E.  Blanohard,  Ann,  des  Sc,  NcUvr,,  si^me  S^rie,  Tom.  v. 
Zooloffie,  1846,  pp.  173— 379»  PL  8— 15. 

■  TradtS  anat,  de  la  Cken,  pp.  413,  578,  &c. 

>  Comp.  JoH.  Mueller,  Uther  tin  eigenthMndUket  dem  Nervm  vympatkicuM  analog 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTS.  279 

Of  the  organs  of  sense  of  Insects  the  eyes  are  best  known* 
We  have  already  spoken  above  (p.  249)  of  the  distinction  between 
simple  and  compound  eyes.  The  simple  eyes  have  a  crystalline 
lens  and  a  vitreous  hnmonr.  The  cornea,  on  which  the  crystalline 
lens  lies,  without  being  separated  from  it  by  an  aqueous  humour,  is 
formed  by  the  common  homy  integument  of  the  body,  which  at 
that  part  is  raised  convexly  and  is  more  transparent.  The  vitreous 
humour  is  surrounded  by  a  black  pigment  of  the  choroid.  The 
compound  eyes,  always  two  in  number,  present  a  cornea  which  is 
divided  into  many  fa9ettes,  ordinarily  hexangular.  Each  of  these 
divisions  has  the  form  of  a  small,  usually  biconvex  lens.  Behind 
them  lie  an  equal  number  of  transparent  pyramids  or  conical 
bodies  which  are  turned  by  their  base  to  the  cornea  and  by  their 
apices  approach  each  other  inwards*.  Lastly,  there  is  a  nerve  at 
the  apex  of  every  cone;  the  optic  nerve  in  fact  divides  into  as 
large  a  nimiber  of  branches  as  there  are  divisions  of  the  cornea. 
A  dark-coloured  pigment,  often  violet  or  blackish  brown,  separates 
the  nervous  fibres  and  the  transparent  cones,  especially  at  their 
pointed  extremities,  from  each  other.  At  the  base  of  the  cones, 
beneath  the  cornea,  there  is  frequently  a  pigment  of  a  different  and 
more  lively  colour ;  hence  arises  the  metallic  splendour  of  the  eyes 
in  some  Insects,  as  in  Hemerobiua  and  Chrysopsj  which  however 
disappears  after  death.  No  eyelids  are  present  in  Insects,  but 
between  the  fa9ettes  of  the  cornea  there  are  found  in  certain 
Hymenoptera  and  Leptdoptera,  here  and  there,  some  hairs,  which 
ward  off  substances  from  the  eyes  and  defend  them.     Surrounding 


Nenentydem  der  Eingeweide  hei  den  Ituecten,  Nov.  Act.  Acad.  Oca.  Zeop.  Car,  Tom. 
XIV.  P.  T,  1828,  pp.  71—108,  Tab.  vn.  ix.,  and  J.  F.  Bbandt,  BeiMrkungen  ueber  die 
Mvndmagen-  oder  Eingeweidnerven  dcr  Everiebraien,  M6m.  de  VAcad,  des  Sc.  de 
St.  Patent,  (vi.  S^rie,  Tom.  in.  2,  Sciencea  not.)  published  separately,  Leipaag,  1835, 
4to,  with  m.  plates ;  also  in  French  in  the  Ann.  des  Sc.  not.  «e  S^e,  Tom.  v.  183$, 
Zod.  pp.  81,  kc.  and  138. 

^  Will  considers  these  cones,  which  Muelleb  compares  to  the  yitreous  hnmour, 
for  the  most  part  as  crystalline  lenses,  and  supposes  that  behind  them  there  is  still  a 
▼itreoos  body  with  concave  anterior  surface  to  be  found.  In  Sphinx  Atropot,  where 
these  cones  are  very  large,  (I  found  them  one-seventeenth  Par.  lin.  long,)  I  have 
several  times  observed  the  separation  pointed  out  by  Will  at  the  posterior  extremity 
of  the  cone.  In  other  insects  the  cones  are  so  short,  that  the  separation,  even  if  it  be 
presenty  cannot  weU  be  perceived,  whilst  even  on  that  account  Tbevibakub  thought 
there  was  reason  to  suppose  that  in  some  insects  the  cones  in  question  were  absent  in 
their  compound  eyes.  EneKeinungen  u.  Qttdze  des  orffan.Leb€n8  n.  i,  Bremen,  183a,  s.  77. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


280  CLASS  VIII. 

the  eyes  are  large  air-sacs  or  wide  air-tubes,  from  which  fine 
branches  arise,  which  in  part  run  to  the  pigment  and  connect  its 
granules,  in  part  pass  into  blind  cylindrical  tubes  situated  between 
the  nerve-threads  of  the  vitreous  cones*. 

De  la  Hire,  who  first  discovered  the  simple  eyes  of  Insects, 
thought  he  might  conclude  from  their  presence,  that  the  larger 
(compound)  eyes  were  not  organs  of  vision.  That  they  also  serve 
for  vision  the  experiments  of  Swammerdam,  who  smeared  them  in 
flies  with  black  varnish,  have  proved.  Reaumur  also  did  the 
same  with  bees.  It  is  more  difficult  to  determine  exactly  in  what 
respects  the  office  of  the  compound  and  simple  eyes  differs,  although 
the  last  probably  serve  principally  for  seeing  near  objects.  The 
bees,  in  which  Reaumur  had  smeared  these  eyes  with  a  dark 
varnish,  whilst  their  compound  eyes  remained  imcovered,  could  not 
find  their  hives*;  moreover  all  flying  Insects  are  invariably  pro- 
vided with  compound  eyes.  There  are  Insects  which  have  simple 
eyes  alone,  as  the  Myriapoda  and  Parasitica  (also  the  larv®  of  the 
Lepidoptera) ;  few  Insects  are  entirely  without  eyes,  like  a  parasitic 
Insect  of  bees  {Br aula  NiTZSCH*),  and  a  new  genus  of  the  Garahici^ 
Anophthalmus  of  Schmidt^,  and  different  Myricgpoda.  In  the 
diurnal  butterflies  and  most  Coleoptera,  there  are  two  compound 
eyes  alone,  without  simple  eyes ;  simple  eyes  are  also  wanting  in 
certain  Diptera^  in  Forficula^  BlaUa  and  other  Orthoptera,  in  many 
Hemiptera ;  where  they  occur  in  company  with  compound  eyes, 
usually  three  are  present,  sometimes,  as  in  Oastnia,  Sesia,  Noctua^ 
Chryliotalpa^  two*. 


*  See  on  the  compound  eyes  of  insects  amongst  others  Hooks,  MicrograpKia, 
Londini,  1667,  Tab.  34,  Swamxebdam,  B%bl,  not,  pp.  487 — 498,  Tab.  XX.,  J.  Mublleb, 
Zur  vergl.  Phynol.  dea  OeaichUinnet,  Leipzig,  1826,  8yo.  s.  307 — 390 ;  by  the  same, 
Fortffe8etzt€  anatomtsche  Vhtermchunf/en  tuAer  den  Bau  der  Augm  hei  den  Inteden  u. 
Cnutciceenf  in  Meckel's  Archive  1819,  s.  38 — 64,  and  Udyer  die  Augen  de»  Maihafen, 
ibid.  s.  177 — 181 ;  F.  Will,  Beitrdge  zv/r  Anal,  der  zusammengetetzten  Augen,  Leipzig, 
1840,  if  to;  A.  Bbaxtb  on  the  air-tubes  in  the  compound  eyes  of  the  AritcuiatOf  Tyd- 
schrif,  voor  not,  Oetch.  en  Phydol.  xn.  1845. 

■  Mem.  p.  aervir  d  rffisi.  des  Ina,  v.  pp.  aSj — 289. 

*  Gebmab,  Magazin  der  Eniomol.  in.  18 18,  s.  314. 

*  See  Jag.  Stubm,  DeuiacMand^a  Inaecten  xv.  1824,  pp.  119 — 137,  Taf.  303.  Also 
a  genus  of  the  Xylophagi,  Anommatua  terricoUif  Robbbt,  Aaid.  toy.  de  BrtixeUea,  1836. 

^  KLua,  Ud>er  daa  VerhaUen  der  einf  adie  SUm  vmd  Sckeildaugen  hei  den  Inteden 
mU  zuaammengea  Augen.  PhyaiJxd-Abhandlungen  der  KdnigL  Ahad.  der  Wiuena^  zu 
Berlin,  aua  den  Jakre  1831,  s.  301 — 312. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


iNSEcrrs.  281 

'  For  touch,  in  some  Insects  the  sucker  serves  as  the  organ ;  in 
others  the  palps  which  belong  to  the  organs  of  the  mouth,  in  many 
the  antennffi.  Of  taste,  smell  and  hearing,  little  is  known.  Taste 
has  its  seat  in  the  internal  surface  of  the  mouth.  In  some  Insects 
there  is  a  part  present,  which  may  be  compared  to  a  tongue^. 
Respecting  smell  different  opinions  are  offered.  On  theoretical 
grounds,  from  presumed  analogy  with  vertebrate  animals  in  which 
the  first  pair  of  cerebral  nerves  always  goes  to  the  olfactory  organ, 
Blainville  has  concluded,  that  the  antennae,  to  which  the*  first 
nerves  from  the  cerebral  ganglion  proceed,  must  be  the  organs  of 
smell'.  Baster,  Beimarus,  Dumi^ril  and  Straus  place  the 
sense  of  smell  in  the  air-slits  {st^makijy  which  admit  the  external 
air  to  the  air-tubes.  Treviranus  however  has  with  reason  alleged 
against  this  opinion,  that  the  stigmcUaj  inasmuch  as  they  are 
dispersed  over  the  body,  must  be  useless  for  determining  the  place 
from  which  the  odorous  matter  proceeds ;  also  that  in  Insects,  which 
have  no  stigmcUa  and  which  respire  by  tracheal  gills,  it  would  be  diffi- 
cult thus  to  account  for  the  sense  of  smell.  Bosenthal  discovered 
in  flesh-flies  {Mu»ca  camaria)  a  red-brown,  folded  membrane,  which 
is  situated  in  the  head  beneath  the  setting  on  of  the  antennae'. 
Treviranus  thinks  that  in  sucking  Insects,  which  are  especially 
distinguished  by  their  acute  sense  of  smell,  the  seat  of  this  sense 
ought  to  be  sought  for  in  the  sucking  organ  itself,  or  in  the 
oBSophagus.  K  these  animals  suck  in  air,  then  they  may  smell 
with  the  same  organ,  by  means  of  which,  when  they  imbibe  fluids, 


For  the  theory  of  visioii  with  compotmd  eyes  it  is  necessary  that  the  partial  images 
be  erect;  hence  JOH.  Muellkb  (Zur  vergl.  Physiol,  de$  Oetichiamnes)  has  concluded 
that  insects  see  with  their  compound  eyes  not  by  refraction  of  the  rays,  but  by  keeping 
separate  the  rays  of  light  that  come  from  different  points.  Hence  he  denies  to  the 
fEM^ttes  of  the  cornea,  which  are  true  lenses,  a  refractive  power ;  yet  that  vision  in 
insects  with  compound  eyes  occurs  by  dioptric  means,  has  been  shewn  by  Dr.  A. 
Brants,  and  established  by  means  of  an  instrument  constructed  on  the  plan  of  the 
insect's  eya  TtQdtchr.  vow  naluurl.  Qeschied,  en  PhytioL,  XD.,  1840,  pp.  12 — $6, 
PL  I. 

^  See  this  part  figured  and  described  in  some  hymenopterous  insects  by  G.  R. 
TBBvniAinjs,  Verm,  Schriften  u.  s.  135,  131—133,  Tab.  xin.  fig.  i,  L,  fig.  4,  7  ;  Tab. 
!▼.  fig.5,  7,  8>  9»  I*' »"»d  L. 

*  See Duois,  PAyno^.  compar,  I.  1833,  PP*  '57 — ^^h  ^^o  endeavoured  to  establish 
the  same  views  by  experiments,  m  also  Lbfebvbe,  Awn,  de  la  Soc,  entomol,  de  Ftnnce, 
1838. 

»  Reil'b  Archivf,  die  Phyeiol.  x.  s.  427 — 439. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


282  CLASS  VIII. 

they  taste.  An  observation  of  Huber  respecting  bees  pleads  for 
this  opinion.  Bees  are  very  averse  to  oil  of  turpentine;  these  insects 
were  not,  however,  repelled  when  Hubeb  brought  a  pencil  dipped 
in  it  to  the  air-slits  and  other  parts  of  the  body,  but  flew  away  as 
soon  as  he  approached  it  to  the  mouth.  Lesser  had  already 
noticed  that  flesh-flies,  whose  eyes  had  been  smeared  with  oil  of 
turpentine,  still  flew  to  tainted  meat,  but  not  so  when  their  snout 
had  been  smeared  with  it^.  In  Insects  that  do  not  suck  the  seat 
of  smell  is  probably  at  the  beginning  of  the  oesophagus  also*. 

Just  as  uncertam  are  we  respecting  the  auditory  organ  of 
Insects,  although  it  was  known  to  the  ancients  that  they  have 
hearing^  Of  this  sense  also  several  writers,  and  lately  Newport*, 
have  sought  the  seat  in  the  antennae.  Yet  the  experiment  that 
grasshoppers,  when  their  antennae  have  been  cut  off,  continue  to 
hear,  is  even  less  favourable  to  this  opinion,  than  is  the  presence  of 
hearing  in  spiders  that  have,  as  is  known,  no  antennae^.  Bamdohr 
thinks  that  bees  hear  by  means  of  their  mandibles ;  Treviranus 
thinks  that  he  has  discovered  in  BlaJtta  orientalis*,  in  L^eUula  and 
in  bees,  and  Blainville  in  Cicadas,  a  special  auditory  organ'. 
When  we  remember  that  for  an  auditory  organ  in  its  simplest 
form  nothing  more  is  required  than  a  nerve  specifically  receptive  of 
undulations  of  sound  and  so  expanded  that  such  undulations  may 
be  conducted  to  it  by  means  of  the  hard  covering  of  the  body,  it  is 


^  The  secretion  of  Stapdiof,  which  resembles  putrid  flesh  in  smell,  deceires  flesh-flies 
into  laying  their  eggs  on  the  flowers  (see  Boebbl,  Int,  n.  Musoar,  et  CHdic,  Tab.  ix.) ; 
a  clear  proof  that  the  instinct  of  these  animals  is  influenced  more  by  smell  than  sight. 

■  G.  R.TEKVIRANU8,  Verm,  Schr.u,  s.  146 — 155,  Biologie,  vi.  s.  307 — 318,  Eradiein- 
ungen  u.  Qetetoe  d,  organ,  Lth,  n.  s.  141. 

*  See  for  instance,  on  bees,  Mliaxii  de  Anitrndium  not.,  L.  v.  c.  13.  Of  the 
modems  Bbunelli  amongst  others  has  proved  hearing  in  Crickets  by  interesting 
experiments ;  Comm.  Acad.  Bononieiu,  vn.  1791,  pp.  199,  aoo. 

*  Todd's  Ch/doped.  n.  pp.  891,  961. 

'  M.  G.  0.  Lehxavn,  JDe  Antennia  Intedorum  DitaeiiaUo  poaterior,  Londini  et 
Hamburgi,  1800,  8vo.  pp.  45 — 47. 

^  In  BlaUa  oriemtalU  there  is  on  each  side  of  the  head,  behind  the  base  of  the 
antennae,  a  white  spot,  formed  by  a  round  membrane,  under  which  portions  of  the 
first  nervous  ganglion  are  immediately  situated,  TBXViBAinJs,  Annd,  der  FFctteravucAm 
OtadUckafi,  I.  s.  169--171,  Tnf.  V.  figs.  1—3.  Bubmkistkb  thinks  these  white  spots 
are  rudiments  of  simple  eyes. 

'  Comp.  Tbsvibanus^  BMog,  Ti.  s.  358—360;  BuoKYniLBy  De  torgamaatwm  dea 
Anim,  1B22, 1,  p.  565,  ke. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTS.  w  283 

readily  seen,  that  it  is  not  veij  possible  in  all  cases  to  determine 
'by  anatomical  investigation  the  situation  of  this  organ.  Yon 
SiEBOLD  not  long  ago  thought  he  had  discovered  in  Orthcptera  an 
auditory  organ  which  is  not  in  the  head.  In  Locusta  there  are  on 
the  tibia  of  the  first  pair  of  feet  two  oval  apertures,  covered  by  a 
tense  membrane,  which  De  Geer^  had  already  figured.  Behind 
this  there  is  a  vesicular  expansion  of  the  air-tube  of  the  fore-feet 
and  at  its  anterior  margin  a  nerve,  which  coming  firom  the  first 
thoracic  ganglion,  spreads  out  into  a  band-like  swelling  in  which 
oval,  granular  bodies,  together  with  long  pediculated,  remarkable 
rods,  are  contained.  In  Acridium  and  Truxalis  there  is  situated  in 
the  first  segment  of  the  abdomen,  on  each  side  above  the  third  pair  of 
feet,  a  tense  membrane,  behind  which  there  is  a  vesicle  filled  with 
a  clear  fluid :  this  vesicle  is  surrounded  by  an  air-sac,  and  to  it 
there  nms  a  nerve  firom  the  third  thoracic  ganglion,  which  is  also 
swollen,  and  in  the  swelling  exhibits  similar  rod-like  bodies  to 
those  which  in  Locusta  occur  in  the  nervous  swelling  of  the  fore- 
feet. 

There  still  remains  something  to  be  said  by  us  respecting  the 
organs  of  motion  in  Insects.  The  antennae  of  insects  are  attached 
to  the  homy  covering  of  the  body,  which  forms  an  external  firame- 
work,  a  dermal  skeleton.  This  ought  not  on  that  account,  as  has 
sometimes  happened  in  consequence  of  incorrect  and  confused  notions, 
to  be  put  on  a  par  with  the  skeleton  of  higher  animals ;  for  the  bones 
or  cartilages  which  form  the  fi-amework  of  vertebrate  animals  belong 
for  the  most  part  to  the  neural  skeleton,  that  is,  the  most  essential 
and  central  parts  that  compose  the  column  of  the  vertebral  skeleton 
protect  the  spinal  cord  and  brain  and  separate  them  firom  the 
rest  of  the  body*.    Yet  there  are  parts  present  in  Insects  which 


^  For  a  more  detfiled  description  I  refer  to  the  obsenratioiifl  of  VoN  SiSBOLD  him- 
Belf  in  £bioh80N*b  ArchivfOr  Naiurgesch,  1844,  a.  53—81^  Ta£  i.  With  every  con- 
sideration for  Siebold'b  great  merita  in  the  anatomy  of  the  lower  animals,  I  yenture  to 
express  modestly  my  doubts  that  in  insects  organs  of  sense  can  occur  in  such  an 
unusual  situation.  The  eyes  on  the  margin  of  the  mantle  in  Peeten  and  Spondylua 
afford  little  support  to  this  -new,  inasmuch  as  the  type  of  the  aeej^alous  molluscs,  haa 
just  as  little  claim  to  the  posaession  of  a  head,  aa  that  of  the  Acal^[>ha  and  Echinoder- 
mata, 

'  It  ia  a  merit  of  Qaxo%  well  deaerving  of  acknowledgement^  that  he  recogniaed 
and  clearly  defined  the  difference  between  the  dermal,  the  yiaceral  and  the  nervous 


Digitized  by 


Google 


284  «*  CLASS  YIII. 

may  be  looked  on  as  the  mdiments  of  a  neural  skeleton.  There  is 
in  each  division  of  the  thorax  a  process,  which  often  has  the  form  of 
the  letter  Y,  supports  the  nervous  cord,  and  by  the  expansion  of 
its  two  branches,  which  are  directed  upwards,  partly  covers  it. 
To  this  process  Audouin  has  given  the  name  of  Eniotharax;  it  is 
even  found  in  the  head  and  sometimes  in  the  first  abdominal  ring. 
These  are  the  same  processes  which  Treviranus  had  ahready  com- 
pared to  vertebrae*.  These  vertebrsB,  however,  are  not  joined 
together  to  form  a  spine,  but  are  separated  from  each  other  by 
certain  spaces.  The  dermal  skeleton  of  Insects  consists  of  a  pecu- 
liar substance  to  which  Odier  gave  the  name  of  Chitine,  Lassaione 
that  of  Entomoline^j  which  occurs  also  in  the  integument  of  Arach'- 
fwtdea  and  Crustaceay  and  which  is  not  soluble  in  caustic  potass, 
neither  is  rendered  yellow  by  nitric  acid,  like  corneous  tissue.  It 
bums  without  fusion  or  intumescence.  It  forms  different  layers  of 
which  the  most  external  is  composed  of  irregular  cells  ^ 

The  arrangement  of  the  muscles  is  different  in  the  different 
orders  of  Insects,  nay,  in  the  same  insect  in  its  different  states,  if  it 
undergoes  complete  metamorphosis.  The  difference  between  the 
muscles  of  the  thorax  and  of  the  abdomen,  which  in  the  per- 
fect insect  is  so  marked,  is  absent  in  the  vermiform  elongated 
larva,  for  instance,  in  caterpillars.  Along  the  dorsal  and  ventral 
surface  riband-like  muscles  run  longitudinally ;  there  are  different 
oblique  muscles  in  addition.  The  muscles  present  in  their  bundles 
transverse  stripes,  as  in  vertebrate  animals^.     They  are  usually 


skeletoii ;  see  especially  his  excellent  work  Von  den  Ur-Theilen  des  Knochen-  und  Scha- 
len-GertUt€8,  Leipzig,  1826,  folio. 

^    Verm.  Schriften,  IV.  s.  229,  230. 

■  See  Odibb,  Mem,  de  la  Soc.  d'Hist.  Nat,  de  Paris,  i.  1823,  pp.  29 — 42,  and  the 
later  Investigations  of  G.  Sobmidt,  Zur  ver^chenden  Physiologie  der  Thiere,  Braun- 
schweig, 8vo.  8.  33,  52.  * 

>  Comp.  H.  Fbby  and  R  Leuokabt  in  the  new  edition  of  B.  Wagneb,  Lehrb,  d&r 
Zootamie,  revised  by  them,  1845,  PP*  3 — 5  J  also  H.  Mayeb  in  MusLLSB'ti  Arckiv, 
1842, 8.  12 — 16.  In  the  skin  of  the  Silkworms  and  their  pupae  (and  also  in  other  pupae 
of  lepidoptera)  there  are  found  tUUaU  cells,  which  Plattnsb  compares  with  the  bone- 
corpuscles  in  the  osseouB  tissues  of  vertebrates,  Mublleb's  Archiv,  1844,  b.  4&,  47. 

^  Since  in  every  ring  of  the  Larva't  body  the  same  arrangement  of  the  muscles  ia 
observable,  the  number  of  the  muscles,  when  those  of  all  the  rings  are  counted  together, 
is  very  great.  Ltonnbt  found  in  the  larva  of  the  Willow-hawk  more  than  4,000 
muscles. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECJTS,  •  285 

white,  sometimes  pale  red  or  brown-yellow,  and  are  not  snrroimded 
"by  a  fibrous  membrane,  so  that,  when  detached  from  their  inser- 
tions, thej  may  be  spread  out  like  a  pencil. 

Many  insects  are  distinguished  bj  special  art-instincts,  by  their 
cunning  in  overpowering  their  prey,  by  the  care  for  their  eggs  or 
young,  by  the  construction  of  artificial  habitations,  &c  Their 
field  of  observation  is  greatly  extended  by  the  high  development  of 
their  visual  organs.  The  fEMmlty  of  indicating  beforehand  changes 
of  the  weather  by  certain  actions,  by  which  some  insects  are  dis- 
tinguished, rests  probably  on  their  finer  sense  of  the  difierent  con- 
ditions of  the  atmosphere,  since  the  air  penetrates  their  whole  body 
by  the  tracheae.  In  this  respect,  as  in  so  many  others,  they  resemble 
birds  amongst  vertebrate  creatures,  whose  air-sacs  and  hollow  bones 
are  in  connexion  with  the  respiratory  organs,  and  in  which  also 
a  perfect  correspondence  between  the  external  atmosphere  and  the 
internal  parts  of  the  body  is  thus  maintained. 

Manifold  is  the  damage  which  Insects  occasion  to  us,  as  well 
by  spoiling  our  luxuries,  as  by  injuring  or  annihilatmg  our  pro- 
perty. On  the  other  hand  they  procure  for  us  many  advantages, 
amongst  which  I  need  only  name  silk,  wax  and  honey.  But  much 
more  important  still  is  the  use  they  supply  in  the  great  economy  of 
nature,  and  therefore  indirectly  to  us*.  The  injury  which  Aey 
sometimes  cause  us,  is  not  only  more  than  counterbalanced  by 
these  benefits,  but  is  for  the  most  part  only  a  consequence  of  the 
beneficent  action  itself.  It  is  these  small  animals  that  nature  em- 
ploys for  her  great  purposes,  and  which  effect  by  their  numbers 
what  the  largest  animals  working  separately  are  unable  to  perform. 
Hence  they  are  less  dependent  on  the  will  of  man,  which  indeed 
here  and  there  may  be  able  to  destroy  a  species,  but  is  unable  to 
exterminate  it  throughout  entire  districts,  as  it  has  annihilated 
different  mammals  in  lands  which  they  formerly  inhabited.  Insects 
maintain  the  due  equilibrium  in  the  vegetable  kingdom,  diminish 
putrefection,  and  lastly  afford  to  many  other  animals,  especially 
birds,  an  abundant  and  ever  present  nutriment. 

The  geographical  distribution  of  Insects  opens  a  wide  field  for  in- 
quiry, which  however  has  only  been  lately  entered.   Many  families, 


^  On  the  benefit  and  the  injury  cansed  by  Inseots,  see  in  detail  KJABT  and 
Spbkob,  IfOrodncUon  to  Eniamohgy,  i.  pp.  80—338. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


286  CLASS  YIII. 

nay,  whole  orders  of  insects,  have  been  collected  m  other  parts 
of  the  world  with  more  or  less  of  inadvertency  by  travellers  and 
collectors,  or  at  least  not  with  such  care  as  to  allow  us  to  deduce 
from  the  species  yet  known  any  general  rules.  Thus,  for  instance, 
if  we  compare  the  number  of  Diptera  found  out  of  Europe  with  the 
European,  and  thus  form  a  measure  of  the  proportion  which  sub- 
sists between  exotic  and  European  species,  we  shall  arrive  at  a 
conclusion  which  will  certainly  vaiy  much  from  the  truth.  Some 
genera  are  proper  to  the  warm  regions  of  the  earth  alone,  and  in 
Europe  are  represented  either  not  at  all  or  only  by  a  few  species 
from  the  southern  part  of  our  quarter  of  the  earth,  as  the  CicadcR 
{Tettiff anted  Fabr.)  and  the  genus  Phasma.  On  the  whole  our 
knowledge  of  some  orders  of  insects,  especially  of  the  Hemiptera 
and  Orthoptera,  would  be  very  confined,  were  we  to  limit  ourselves 
to  European  insects.  The  distribution  of  the  same  or  very  similar 
species  in  cotmtries  widely  distant  from  each  other,  the  remarkable 
richness  of  the  same  natural  group  giving  a  special  character  to 
FauncB,  often  depends  upon  the  same  quality  of  the  soil  and  a 
resemblance  in  the  vegetation.  Thus  for  instance  the  insects  of  the 
sandy  regions  of  Asia  near  the  Caspian  Sea  correspond  to  those  of 
North  Africa,  nay  even  to  those  of  the  Colony  at  the  Cape.  A 
similar  remark  may  be  made  in  relation  to  the  class  of  Mammalia, 
It  is  this  remarkable  abundance  of  certain  forms  which  leads  us 
at  first  sight,  and  even  without  having  determined  a  single  species, 
to  distinguish  a  collection  of  insects  from  the  Cape  of  Grood  Hope, 
for  instance,  from  one  from  the  Indian  Archipelago;  Mtflabrisy 
Pimdia  {Trcu^hi/notus,  Sepidiurn)^  BracJiyceruSy  Acrydtumy  Mantisy 
&c.  in  the  first,  Phasmay  PenUUomay  numerous  resplendently  coloured 
Papilioma  in  the  second,  give  to  the  two  a  totally  difierent  appear- 
ance. Some  species  of  insects  are  confined  within  very  narrow 
limits;  others,  as  for  instance,  Papilio  cardut,  Pluaiagammay  occur 
in  a  considerable  portion  of  the  old  world,  and  also  in  North 
America  ^ — The  limits  of  vegetation  on  mountains,  as  well  as  near 


1  On  the  geographical  distribution  of  Insects  comp.  Latbullb,  Inibrod/vifitiM^  d  la 
Olographic  gSn^rale  des  Arachnides  et  des  Imectea,  Mim,  du  Mutium,  iv.  1817,  pp. 
37 — 67;  the  same  in  JXct.  CUus.  d^ffiat,  Nat,  vn.  18^5,  pp.  290— 296,  and  especially 
Laoobdaibe,  Jntrod.  d  VEniomol.  n.  1833,  pp.  528—619  (the  best  hitherto  known  on 
this  subject).     See  also  C.  G.  Reioh,  BeUrag  zur  Lekre  von  der  geographiichm  Ver^rei- 

• 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTS.  287 

the  poles,  are  also  osnallj  those  of  the  distribution  of  Insects ;  some 
species  live  even  on  snow  and  ice,  as  a  small  black  insect  from  the 
order  Thysanura^  which  some  years  ago  (1839)  was  first  discovered 
1)7  D^OR  on  the  glacier  of  Monie  Bosa,  and  after  him  is  named 
Desoria  glacialts. 


tung,  der  IntecUn,  vMbewndere  der  Kitfer,  Nov,  Adt,  Acad,  Oca.  Leop.  Car,  xn.  i, 
pp.  805— S40. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


SYSTEMATIC 
ARRANGEMENT    OF    INSECTS. 


CLASS  VIII. 
INSECTA. 


Articulate  animals,  with  articulate  feet.  Head  distinct,  fur- 
nished with  two  antennae.  Heart  situated  in  the  back,  similar  to 
a  longitudinal  vessel.  Organs  of  respiration  tubular,  branched, 
distributed  throughout  the  whole  body  (troucheci).     Sexes  distinct. 

Section  I.    Apiropoda. 
With  numerous  feet    With  thorax  not  separate  from  abdomen. 

Order  I.     Myriapoda. 

Wingless.  Feet  numerous  (24  or  more),  disposed  according  to 
the  length  of  the  body,  terminated  by  a  single  claw.  Two  clusters 
of  simple  eyes,  in  various  number ;  in  some  no  eyes. 

Myria/poda.  Leach  and  other  modem  writers  consider  this  order 
as  a  class,  and  wish  the  name  of  Insects  to  be  restricted  to  six- 
footed  articulate  animals,  of  which  the  body  consists  of  three  prin- 
cipal parts  :  head,  thorax,  and  abdomen.  Here  there  is  no  separar 
tion  between  thorax  and  abdomen,  but  the  whole  body  is  parted 
into  rings.  The  reason  why  we  have  placed  these  insects  at  the 
beginning  of  the  class,  is  to  be  found  in  their  resemblance  to  the 
ringed  worms,  to  which  they  are  related,  Dot  in  their  external  form 
alone,  but  also  in  their  internal  structure ;  for  even  the  six-footed 
insects,  which  imdergo  complete  metamorphosis,  often  in  the  larval 
state  approximate  to  the  myriapods.  We  willingly  admit,  on  the 
other  hand,  that  the  myriapods  accord  with  certain  Crustaceans,  and 
even  form  an  unconstrained  transition  to  them.  But  this  natural 
transition  is  in  some  degree  broken  by  other  insects,  which  on  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  289 

contrary  pass  through  the  order  of  the  Parasites  to  the  Arachnids. 
The  Arachnids  again  condact  us  by  another  road  (through  the 
genus  Scorpio  to  ZimuliLs)  to  the  Crustaceans.  Thus  is  the  entire 
animal  kingdom  a  net  everywhere  connected,  and  every  attempt  to 
arrange  ftnimfl.1g  in  a  single  ascending  series  must  necessarily  fail  of 


The  oral  organs  consist  in  most  of  two  mandibles,  whidi  are 
toothed  at  their  broad  extremity,  and  of  a  fbur-lobed  underlip  whose 
two  lateral  lobes  represent  the  two  low:er  jaws  (maxiUasy  In  some 
the  second  pair  of  feet  forms,  by  coalescence  of  their  basal  pieces, 
a  sort  of  second  underlip,  which  covers  the  oral  organs  and  the  first 
pair  of  feet  from  beneath.  In  certain  species  the  jaws  and  the  lip 
are  represented  by  pointed  organs  which  coalesce  to  form  a  sucker; 
but  by  far  the  greater  number  are  manducating  insects.  Myriapods 
in  the  first  period  of  their  life  have  fewer  rings  and  only  three 
pairs  of  feet ;  as  they  grow  new  rings  arise  and  the  number  of  feet 
is  augmented.  In  this  respect  also  they  resemble  the  ringed-worms, 
whilst  in  the  metamorphosis  of  Insects  the  homologous  parts,  rings, 
segments,  are  not  multiplied,  but  are  developed  unequally  or  are 
united,  to  form  the  different  divisions  of  the  body  in  the  peifect 
Insect  The  number  alBo  of  simple  eyes  increases  during  the 
development  of  myriapoda 

These  Insects  live  in  obscure  places,  under  the  bark  of  trees  and 
on  the  ground  under  fallen  leaves,  stones,  <&c. . 

Ck>mp.  on  this  order  amongst  others :  Leaoh,  A  tabvla/r  View  of  the  ex- 
ternal Chcaraden  of  four  Classes  of  Animals  which  Linn^  arranged  under 
Insecta,  Transact,  of  the  Lirm.  Soe.  xi.  1815,  p.  306,  &c.  ^p.  376—386) ; 
P^  Gkbyais,  Stvdes pour  servir  d  rifist.  not.  des  Myriapodes,  Ann,  des  Sc, 
not.  sec.  ^rie,  Tom.  vn.  1837 ;  Zool,,  pp.  35 — 60 ;  also,  30  S^rie,Tom.  n. 
1844,  Zool.,  pp.  51—80;  J.  F.  BRAVJyr,  ReeueU  de  MSmoires  reUoifs  d 
Vordre  des  Inaectes  Myriapodes  {extrait  du  BtUleUn  publi^e par  VAcad.  des 
Se,  de  St.  Peter^^ourg,  Tom.  V.— ix.)  1841,  8vo ;  A.  F.  Waoa,  Observaiions 
sur  les  Myriapodes,  Bivue  zool.  publiiepar  GufaiN,  Mars  1839,  pp.  76 — 90; 
G.  NewpoHt,  List  of  Myriapoda  in  the  British  Museum,  Ann.  of  Nat.  Hist, 
xm.  1844,  pp.  94—101,  pp.  363 — 270  ;  0.  L.  Koch,  System  der  Myria- 
poden,  Begensburg,  1847,  8vo  min. 

Family  I.  Jultdce.  {Chilognatha  Latr.)  Anterior  feet  not 
changed  into  organs  of  mandncation  ;  rest  of  the  feet  in  most  of  the 
segments  bigeminal,  slender,  short,  of  the  two  sides  approximate, 
inserted  nearly  at  the  middle  of  the  abdomen.  Antennae  short, 
filiform,  with  six  or  seven  joints.  Organs  of  copulation  sitaated  at 
the  anterior  part  of  the  body. 

VOL.  I.  19 


Digitized  by 


Google 


292  CLASS   Vlll. 

apertures,  vhicli  form  a  ix)w  on  each  side  of  the  body,  to  be  air-slits 
{stigmata).  The  true  air-slits  lie  quite  beneath,  near  the  insertion 
of  the  feet,  (Savi  op.  cit.  Tom.  i.  p.  334,  Buemeioteb  in  Okek's 
IsiSy  1834,  B.  134 — 138.  Ta£  i.)  These  animals  can  roll  themselves 
up  spirally,  with  the  head  in  the  middle ;  in  which  posture  they 
pass  the  winter.  In  copulating  they  bring  the  anterior  part  of  the 
body  in  which  the  sexual  organs  are  situated  (in  tiie  female  in  the 
fourth,  in  the  male  in  the  seventh  ring),  perpendicularly  upwards ; 
the  posterior  part  of  the  body  rests  tortuously  on  the  ground  In 
the  spring  the  female  deposits  her  eggs  in  masses  of  sixty  or 
seventy  in  a  hole  excavated  for  the  purpose  under  the  groxmd;  after 
three  weeks  or  more  the  young  make  tiieir  appearance,  but  still 
continue  to  adhere  for  some  days  by  a  string  to  the  shell,  which  has 
burst  longitudinally,  without  motion,  and  surrounded  by  a  proper 
membrane;  at  that  period  they  have  no  legs  at  all;  as  soon  as 
they  have  got  three  pairs  of  feet,  they  separate  themselves  from  the 
shell;  they  have  now  a  great  resemblance  to  the  larvae  of  some 
Coleoptera;  soon  the  number  of  rings  and  feet  begins  to  be  increased 
in  that  part  of  the  body  which  is  seated  in  front  of  the  penultimate 
ring. 

8p,  JutuB  iobuUmu  L.,  Koch  in  Panzbb  n.  Hebbioh  Schjeffb^  DeutsekL 
InB.  Heft  163,  No.  7.  Some  foreign  species  attain  a  length  offive  inches  and 
more,  as  Spirotrepttu Javanieua  BBAinoT,  and  Spirobolus apinoswDB'HjLAXr, 
Mm.  Lugdan.  &c.  The  last  species,  from  New  Zealand,  is  black,  "with 
different  rows  of  spines  running  longitudinally. 

Olomeris  Latr.  Body  elongato-oval,  gibbous  above,  plane  or 
concave  below,  contractile  into  a  ball,  with  the  first  segment  made 
up  of  a  small  dorsp^l  lamina,  semicircular,  the  second  broader  than 
the  rest,  the  last  semicircular.  Antennae  thick,  with  the  sixth  joint 
the  largest. 

A,  Eyes  on  both  sides  eight ;  seven  disposed  in  a  curved  Hue, 
the  eighth  on  the  outside,  out  of  rank.  Joints  of  antennae  seven, 
the  penultimate  including  the  last.     Sub-genus  Glomeria  B&AifDT. 

Sp.  Glomeria  limbakt  Latb.,  Ohm.  marginata  Leach,  Bum^.  Condd, 
ghi6r.  PL  57,  fig.  3,  Oniscus  gonatus  Paiheeb,  DeuttehZ.  Int.,  Heft  9, 
No.  13,  Bbandt  u.  Ratzebubo,  Medizin.  Zool.  n.  Tab.  xin.  figs.  7 — 10- 
These  animals  resemble  in  external  form  some  of  the  Onucitiea  {Onigetu, 
ArmadUla\  and  are  even  met  with  ii^  apothecaries'  shops,  amongst  the  so- 
called  MiUipedcB,  mixed  up  with  ArmadiUo  qfficinarwn.  Gomp.  on  the 
anatomy  of  this  insect  Brakdt  in  MvKLLNL*a  Archiv,  1837,  s.  320 — 327. 
Taf.  XII.,  and  ReeueU  ieMhnoirea,  pp.  152 — 158. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  293 

B.  Two  oval  clusters  of  numerous  eyes  (50  and  more),  trans- 
verse^  situated  in  front  of  the  antennse  at  the  sides  of  the  head 

Sub-genus  SplhCBropoeus  Brandt.  Joints  of  antennse  six^  the  last 
large,  truncated  at  the  point. 

Sp.  SphoBntpoBUM  intignii  Brandt,  Zephr<inia  ovalU  Gbat  ;  a  large  species 
from  JtkYA,  figured  in  this  ManuaL 

Sub-genus  Sphxrotherium  BRAiayr.  Joints  of  antenns  seven,  the 
sixth  oblong,  the  seventh  the  least. 

Most  of  the  species  of  this  sab-diviBion  are  from  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 
The  genera  SpharopoevM  and  Spharothtrium  are  exotic,  and  seem  to  repre- 
sent Crlomeris  in  warm  regions. 

Family  II.  Scohpendrtdce.  {Chtlopoda  Latr.)  Second  pair 
of  feet  cheliform,  terminated  by  a  strong  hook,  which  is  perforate, 
covering  the  first  pair  of  feet  and  the  organs  of  manducation 
beneath,  joined  at  the  base,  dilated,  as  if  forming  a  second  labium. 
Body  depressed,  covered  above  and  below  with  homy  scutes,  the 
sides  membraneous.  Feet  lateral,  mostly  a  single  pair  in  each 
segment,  the  last  longest,  extended  backwards.  Antennae  usually 
more  slender  towards  the  extremity,  with  numerous  joints  (14—40 
and  more).  Organs  of  copulation  situated  at  the  posterior  extremity 
of  the  body. 

These  animals  live  on  animal  food,  insects,  <&c.  Their  nippers 
(feet  of  the  second  pair)  contain  the  excretory  duct  of  a  poison- 
gland,  which  secretes  a  fluid  deadly  to  small  animals,  as  De  Geer^ 
and  Latreille'  observed  in  flies ;  the  bite  of  the  large  native 
species  may  cause  great  pain  in  man  and  violent  inflammation  and 
swelling  I 

Gomp.  on  the  fiunily  G.  Nbwpokt,  Monogratph  cf  the  Clou  Myriapoda, 
Order  Ghilopoda.   Trantact,  Linn.  Soc,  xix.  p.  265. 

A.  Tarsi  long,  slender,  midtiarticulate.  Antennae  setaceous,  as 
long  as  the  body. 


^  InteeL  vn.  p.  557,  on  the  bite  of  Lithobiut  forficatm, 

'  Hut  da  Cruet,  et  dee  Ine.  vil  p.  88,  on  the  bite  of  Scutigera  araneoidee, 

'  LXBDWEITHOECK  fiist  obserred  and  figured  the  perforated  nipper,  Vervdff,  der 

Brieven  &c  pp.  138 — 140,  fig.  10  (59th  letter),  and  Sevende  Vervotg.  der  Brievcn, 

pp.  184 — 186  ,(ii4th  letter). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


294  CLASS  VIII. 

BctUtffera  Lam.  Cermatia  Illig.  Feet  elongate,  especially  the 
last.  Body  behind  the  head  covered  with  scutes  above,  the  fourth 
longer  than  the  rest.     Eyes  two,  compound. 

Sp.  ScuJtigera  araneoides  auctor.  {Scolopendra  coleoptrata  L.?)  DuM^.  Cotu, 
g4n.  PI.  58,  fig.  6  ;  Gu^bin  Iconogr,,  Insed,  PI.  I.  fig.  7  :  this  animal  hu 
15  pairs  of  long  feet,  which  readily  fall  off  as  in  gnats  and  harvest-spiders 
(Phalangia) ;  it  is  found  in  Fnwce  and  other  parts  of  Europe.  L^N 
DuFOUB  has  communicated  some  anatomical  details  regarding  it  in  Ann. 
det  Sc.  not.  u.  1824,  pp.  92 — 98.  The  compound  eyes  of  Scutigera  may 
be  looked  on  as  a  special  anomaly  in  this  order;  the  cornea  presents 
hexangular  fafettes,  as  already  figured  by  Savxgnt,  Deacr.  de  rJEgtfpte, 
Myriapodes,  PL  i.* 

There  are  still  some  other  species  in  the  warm  regions  of  the  old  and 
new  world,  but  they  appear  to  me  to  be  not  sufficiently  determined.  The 
figure  of  Pallas  {Jvlua  araneoldea  in  his  Spicilegia  ZooL  ix.  Tab.  iv.  fig. 
16),  ordinarily  considered  as  synonymous  with  Seutigera  araneoides,  is  cer- 
tainly a  different  species.  The  figure  of  Panzer,  Deutschl,  Insect,  Heft 
50,  No.  12,  under  the  name  of  Scolopendra  coleoptrata,  howeyw  it  be  still 
referred  to  by  later  writers,  has  no  relation  to  Seutigera,  but  appears  to 
represent  LUhobius  forfica^ua. 

B.    Tarsi  short,  uniarticulate.     Autennse  shoi-ter  than  the  body. 

Liihohiua  Leach.  Superior  scutes  imbricate,  unequal.  Fifteen 
pairs  of  feet  behind  the  chelifonn  feet.  AntennaB  with  numerous 
joints,  in  adults  above  40.  Two  groups  of  eyes  in  the  external 
margin  of  the  head  behind  the  antennas,  the  hindmost  eye  larger 
than  the  rest. 

Sp.  Lithobiiu  forficatiu,  Scolopendra  fatjicata  L.,  Gu£bin  Icon.,  Ins,  PL  h, 
fig.  6;  Panzeb  Deuttchl.  Ins,  Heft  50,  No.  1$,  Heft  190,  No.  20;  com- 
mon in  dunghills,  under  flower-pots,  &c. ;  10  lines  long,  i^  lines  broad. 
See  on  its  anatomy  Tbevibanus,  Verm.  Schrifi,  11.  181 7,  s.  18 — 33.  Taf. 
IV — vii.,  LfoN  DuFOUB,  Ann,  dts  So,  not.  Ii.  pp.  81—^1.  It  has  seyen 
pairs  of  stigmata.  Here  also  in  young  animals  the  number  of  rings  of  the 
body  and  of  the  feet  is  smaller ;  the  augmentation,  as  the  animal  grows, 
appears  to  occur  in  a  manner  different  from  that  in  Julus,  so  that  new 
segments  and  new  feet  appear  not  behind,  but  between  those  already 
formed ;  and  thus  it  is  explained  that  the  smaller  dorsal  shields  are  between 
the  larger.  GsBVAis,  Ann,  des  Sc,  nat.,  sec  S^rie^  Tom.  vn.  Zool.  pp. 
57,  58. 

Sub-genus  Henicopa  Newp. 


^  In  a  species  still  unnamed  firom  Japan  in  the  Leyden  Museum,  two  Paris  inches 
in  length,  (the  European  species  attains  a  length  of  only  8  or  10  lines),  I  found  these 
fa^ettes  ^  miUim.  in  diameter. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  295 

Soohpefndra  L.  (exclusive  of  seyeral  species).  Superior  scutes 
plane,  in  some  subequal,  the  posterior  gradually  larger  in  others 
unequal,  with  larger  and  smaller  almost  alternate.  More  than  15 
pairs  of  feet  (almost  always  21),  behind  the  cheliform  feet.  An- 
tennas with  17 — 20  joints.  Eyes  four  on  both  sides,  at  the  margin 
of  the  head  behind  the  base  of  the  antennas. 

To  thifl  genuB  belong  the  largest  species  of  this  division.  In  these 
Myriapoda  there  are  9  pairs  of  air-slits  present,  in  the  membraneous  part 
between  the  dorsal  and  ventral  scutes  (in  the  3,  5,  8,  10,  12,  14,  16,  iS, 
and  so  ring),  above  and  behind  the  insertion  of  the  feet,  (see  my  observa- 
tions in  the  Tidtchr,  voor  not.  Oach.  en  Pkynd.  v.  bl.  33a — 337.  PI.  vi.) 
Comp.  for  the  Anatomy  Gaedb  in  Wiedemann's  Zool,  Magazin,  1. 1817. 
B.  105 — 109  with  fig.,  and  Kutoboa,  Seolopendra  morntantis  anaUme, 
Petropoli,  1834,  4to.  The  species  investigated  by  this  writer  is  Scolopendra 
cingtdarit  Latb.,  which  occurs  in  the  south  of  Europe,  in  the  Crimea  and 
in  Egypt.  In  north  and  central  Europe  no  species  of  this  genus  occur. 
Formerly  many  species  from  different  regions  were  confounded  under  the 
name  of  Scol.  morsitans  L. ;  the  species  figured  by  Kollab  under  this 
name  (BnmLitn*8  liuHge  Insecten,  Rate  im  innem  v.  BrcuUien  von  Db 
PoHL,  Wien,  1831,  4to,  fig.  4)  ought  apparently  to  be  referred  to  Scolopenr 
dra  tubspinipet  Geby. 

Cryptops  Leach.  Twenty-one  pairs  of  feet  behind  the  cheliform 
feet.    Eyes  none.    Antennae  with  17  moniliform  joints. 

Sp.  Oryptopi  Savignii  Leach,  Seol.  germanica  Panzsb  u.  Hebbich 
SoHiBPFEB,  DetOtchl.  Ins,  Heft  143,  No.  a,  &c.  The  species  of  this  genus 
are  distinguished^  besides  the  absence  of  eyes,  also  by  their  much  smaller 
size  from  those  of  the  former  ^ 

Geophilus  Leach.  Pairs  of  feet  numerous,  40  and  more.  Body 
linear.    Eyes  none,  antennse  with  14  joints. 

Add  sub-genera  MecUtocephaZuSj  NecrophloBophagus,  Gombreg- 
mctiua  Newport,  and  some  others  formed  by  Koch,  Si/sL  der 
Myriapod.  pp.  176—189. 

Gomp.  on  this  genus  also,  Gebvais,  Gu^bin  Maga»,  de  Zoclogk  1835 
(with  a  figure  of  a  large  species  from  France,  QeopkUut  WaUcencerii),  and 
Nbwpobt,  Proceedingt  of  the  Zool,  Soc.  1842,  pp.  178 — 181.  Sp.  Scolo- 
pendra fiava  Db  Geeb^  Ine.  vii.  PL  35,  figs.  1 7 — 30,  GeophU,  longicomU 
Lbaoh,  PA27ZEB  u.  Hebbioh  Sohjsffeb^  DetUschl.  Jne,  Heft  142,  No.  5. 
Of  thi»  species  Tbbvibakub  has  given  an  anatomy.  Verm.  Schr.  u.  s. 
33—38. 


^  Here  also  belongs  the  genus  ScolopendroptU  Bbandt,  that  appears  to  differ  from 
Cryptopa  only  by  having  two  segments  more. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


293  CLASS  viir. 

The  phosphoric  light  which  some  species  diffuse  {ScU.  dectrica  phog- 
phorea)  is  to  he  ascrihed  to  a  fluid  that  passes  upon  the  skin  from  open- 
ings similar  to  those  in  the  JulidcB  {Waga),  Numerous  ohservations  are 
recorded  that  myriapods  of  this  division,  after  having  caused  lingering 
head-ache,  have  heen  sneezed  forth  by  men  from  the  nose  (F.  Tibdemank, 
Von  lebenden  WUrmem  u,  Jnsehten  in  den  Gtruchsorganen  des  Menachenj 
Mannheim,  i844i  8vo,  s.  ii — 17,  to  which  examples  many  others  may 
be  added).  To  reject  the  observations,  is  certainly  more  easy  than  to 
explain  the  continued  life  of  these  insects  in  such  an  unusual  situation. 

ScolopendreUa  Gebv.  Antennae  with  twenty  joints,  moniliform. 
Ocelli  two.  Segments  of  the  body  sixteen.  Mouth  not  chelate, 
suctorial.     Habit  of  Geophylus. 

Comp.  Ann.  des  Sc,  not,  troisibme  S^r.  Zool.  Tom.  n.  p.  79,  8yo,  PL  5, 
figs.  15,  16.  Is  this  its  place  1  Are  the  sucking  Scolopendnt  to  be  com- 
pared with  the  SiphonizaaUia  chUognatha  BSANDT  ? 

Section  II.    Hexapoda. 
Feet  SIX.     Thorax  separate  from  the  abdomen. 

Order  II.     Thysanura. 

Hexapod,  apterous,  not  undergoing  metamorphosis,  not  para- 
sitic. (Mouth  with  mandibles  and  maxillss.  Two  groups  of  simple 
eyes.    Setae  or  a  bifid  tail  in  most  at  the  end  of  the  body). 

Gvadvovpot  from  Bitrapoif  a  frrngty  a  ttift,  and  ovpdf  thus  named 
from  some  species  which  have  jointed  threads  at  the  posterior 
extremity ;  in  others  there  is  a  forked  tail  which  in  a  state  of  rest 
is  bent  forwards  beneath  the  body,  and  on  extension  gives  a  blow  to 
the  ground,  which  causes  the  body  to  spring  upwards :  hence  they 
may  be  named  spring-tails.  In  some  however  the  posterior  part  of 
the  body  has  only  two  small  conical  hairs  (FodtiraJlmeUiria  L.)  or  no 
appendage  at  all.  The  body  ia  generally  elongate.  Some  are  very 
small,  and  even  the  largest  species  are  scarcely  half  an  inch  long. 
They  love  moisture,  and  live  on  the  ground,  imder  stones,  in  mould 
or  old  fallen  leaves,  under  the  bark  of  trees,  in  dark  corners  of  houses, 
Ac.     They  undergo  no  metamorphosis,  but  change  their  skin  often. 

The  intestinal  canal  is  straight,  the  stomach  wide.  In  Z^fnama 
there  are  two,  in  JSmyrUhtMtLS,  according  to  I^icolei,  three  vessels  for 
secreting  urina  The  external  sexual  organs  are  placed  at  the 
posterior  extremity  of  the  abdomen*  In  the  female  of  Zepisma  a 
split  tube  or  borer  is  found  which  serves  for  depositing  the  6ggSL 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN8ECTA.  297 

The  nervous  system  in  SmyrUhurus  presents  only  four  ganglia,  of 
vhich  the  first  and  second  lie  very  close  together,  the  first  above, 
the  second  below  the  (esophagus  (Nxoolet)  ;  in  Lepiama  Mccharina, 
on  the  other  hand,  Treviranus  found  twelve  ganglia.  The  two 
eyes,  which  in  most  species  are  small,  consist  of  a  group  of  eight, 
sometimes  six  or  seven,  in  Fodura  Jimetaria  of  fourteen  simple 
eyes  (Nigolbt)  ;  in  LepUma  saccharina  twelve  simple  eyes  are 
counted  on  each  aide. 

These  Insects,  however  nearly  alli<$d  to  the  myriapods,  approach 
still  more  nearly  to  the  Orthoptera,  and  especially  to  the  genus  of  the 
earwigs  {Forficulas) ;  see  this  Manual^  first  edition,  l  1828.  pp.  204, 
205.  But  if,  on  account  of  tins  affinity,  any  one  would  place  Lepiama^ 
or  even  the  whole  order  of  Tkysanuraf  amongst  the  Orthoptera,  I 
think  he  would  go  too  &r.  Time,  the  touchstone  of  all  things, 
would  reject  the  union.  If  Latreillb  had  united  the  Thysannra 
with  the  Orthoptera  in  one  order,  zoologists  of  the  present  day 
would  for  certain  have  perceived  long  ago  that  these  Insects  were 
not  in  their  place. 

Comp.  on  ihiB  order:  TBKViRAinjs  Verm,  Sekr.  n.  b.  ii — 17.  Tab.  11. 
ni.  and  iv.  figs,  i — 5  (on  the  anatomy  of  the  genua  Lepitma)  ;  Burmxistsb 
in  Oksk's  Jits,  1834,  s.  137,  138  (on  the  respiratory  organs  and  the 
digvMia  of  Lepisma,  whose  presence  Trsvirakub  had  erroneously  denied) ; 
Latbkillb,  J}e  rOrganitaiion  extSriewre  et  eomparie  des  Insecte$  de  Vordre 
det  Thyaanourta,  Nouv»  Ann.  du  Mu$,  i.  1832,  pp.  161 — 187  ;  B.Tbmfue- 
*0K,  TKyaanura  ffibemio,  or  Deaeriptuma  of  auch  apeciea  of  apring-taited 
Inaeda,  Podura  and  Lepisma,  aa  have  been  oBaerved  in  frdand,  Tranaad. 
of  the  EnUmol,  80c.  Londm,  1836,  i.  pp.  89 — 98,  PI.  zi.  xii.);  H.  Nioolst 
Reeherchea  pour  aervir  d  VSiat,  dea  Podurellea,  88  pages  et  9  planches 
{NeueDenka^r,  der  dUg.  Schtoekeriache  Oeaellachtfi  fOr  die  geaamnU.  Nalw 
wiaaenach,  3d,  vi.  Neucfaatel,  1841,  4to) ;  Burmubtib,  Handh,  der  Ento- 
mologie,  ii.  2,  1838,  s.  443 — 458  ;  Gkbvaib  in  Walkxsaxr,  Stat,  dea  Ina. 
apUrea  (Suites  h  BurroN  chez  Bobbt),  m.  1814,  pp.  S77—4S6,  ko. 

Family  III.  Leptsmeme.  Body  elongate,  mostly  covered  with 
minute  scales.  AntennaB  setaceous,  with  joints  numerous,  very 
short.  Palps  four,  elongate.  Abdomen  of  nine  or  ten  distinct 
^segments,  besides  other  appendages  supplied  with  three  (or  more 
rarely  with  two)  long  setss,  articulated  towards  the  extremity. 

Machilis  Latr.  Antennse  inserted  under  large,  contiguous 
(compoxmd  ?)  eyes.  Maxillary  palps,  exsert,  filiform,  long.  Body 
arcuate,  with  convex  back,  saltatory.  Three  setae  at  the  extremity 
of  the  abdomen,  the  middlemost  larger  than  the  lateral. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


298  CLASS  YIII. 

Sub-genera  Petrobhu^  Machilia  Leach. 

Sp.  MaekUu  marUima  Lath.,  M.  polypoda  Duifia.  (not  Latb.),  Cons.  gSn. 
PI.  54,  fig.  a,  ftc.  Besides  the  jointed  threadB  (two  on  most  of  the  s^- 
ments  of  the  abdomen),  GufRiH  has  obaenred  in  MaekUu  Teaides  also  on 
the  same  segments,  which  he  compares  to  gills ;  Ann.  deg  Se.  not.  sec. 
S^rie,  Zool.  V.  pp.  374,  375,  Iconogr.,  Int,  PL  n.  ^.  i  t,  These  animals 
remind  us  of  lanrse  of  Ephemera. 

Lepisma  L.  (in  part).  Antennae  inserted  amongst  eyes,  small, 
remote.  Palps  moderate.  Body  depressed,  squamose,  not  saltatory, 
terminated  by  three  subeqoal  setae. 

Sp.  Lepisma  saceharina  L.,  Gu^BiH  Iconogr.,  Int.  PL  1,  fig.  i ;  GsonmOT 
Im.  Pwr.  U.  PL  XX.  fig.  3 ;  Hookb  Micrographia  1667,  Tab.  33,  f.  3, 
pp.  108 — 110.  It  is  said  that  this  insect  was  imported  into  Europe  from 
America^  where  it  lives  in  sugar:  in  Sweden  it  is  rare,  according  to  Db 
Gbbb  ;  it  is  not  spotted,  covered  with  silvery  scales,  which  under  the 
microscope  are  finely  ribbed  longitudinallj,  and  differ  much  in  size  and 
form.  This  insect  runs  very  rapidly,  and  with  us  is  usually  found  in 
clothes-chests,  between  damp  books,  &c. 

Sub-genus  Lepismina  Geky.  is  distinguished  by  the  body  plane, 
the  thorax  very  broad 

Sp.  Lepwna  awea  L^v  Dutoub,  Ann.  det  Se.  nai.  Tom.  XXU.  p.  419.  Tab. 
xm.  tg.  I. 

jNf'ote. — Genus  NicoleHa  Gekvais  is  distinguished  by  defidct  of 
eyes,  and  body  not  scaly ;  Campodea  Westwood,  Ann.  of  NaL  HiaL 
Tom.  z.  1842,  p.  71,  by  the  same  characters  and  by  the  tail  com- 
posed of  two  setffi  only.     Is  it  Podwra  cmbvlans  L.  % 

Family  FV.  Podurelke.  Body  in  some  elongate,  in  others  globose, 
broad,  covered  usually  with  hairs,  sometimes  with  scales  also. 
Antennas  with  few  joints,  or  with  four  longer  joints  at  the  base,  at 
the  apex  only  with  short  numerous  joints.  Palps  inconspicuous. 
Abdomen  composed  of  only  six  or  fewer  segments,  mostly  termi- 
nated by  a  forked  tail,  during  rest  bent  forward  beneath  the 
abdomen,  serving  for  springing. 

Podwra  L. 

Spring4ail  (properly  foot-tail,  since  the  tail  is  used  like  feet  for 
motion).  They  are  small  insects,  which  live  on  trees,  under  bark, 
under  stones,  on  moist  earth,  &c.  Some  are  met  with  on  the  sur&oe 
of  water.  Since  the  tail,  according  to  Waga,  is  at  first  wanting 
in  young  animals  (Ann,  de  la  Soo.  JEniom.  de  France,  xi.  quoted  by 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  299 

Ebichson,  JakreaheridU,  ArcLf,  N<Uwrge9ck.  1843,  a  270),  it  is  poe- 
aible  that  sometimes  young  specimens  of  Podura  may  be  placed 
under  the  genus  Lipura  (Anurophorus  Nicol^)  ;  but  this  entire 
genus  is  not  on  that  account  to  be  rejected,  for  it  is  very  usual  that  a 
young  form  in  a  natural  fiunilj  should  be  represented  by  a  per- 
manent generic  form.  The  most  remarkable  deviation  in  this  familj 
is  that  of  the  genus  Anura  Geryais  (AchartUes  Nicolet),  where  in 
place  of  jaws  there  is  a  suctorial  mouth  j  see  Nicolet  op.  dt.  p.  33, 
PL  IV.  fig.  5. 

Sminthurua  Latr.  Thorax  and  abdomen  conjoined  into  a 
globose  body.  AntennaB  geniculate;  terminal  portion  of  antenna 
aetaoeons,  mnlti-articnlate. 

Gu^DT,  leonoffr,  Ins.  PL  i,  fig.  4.  (Add  sub-gen.  Diq^rUma  Boubuet). 

Podura  Latb.  Thorax  separate  from  abdomen ;  bodj  elongate, 
with  abdomen  narrow,  oblong. 

A.  Mandibles  and  maxUlse  none.     Suctorial  tube  conicaL 

Anwra  Gerv.  (Achorutes  Nicolet  not  Templ.)  No  forked  taiL 
Abdomen  rotundate  behind. 

B.  Mandibles  and  mazillse. 

a)    AntennsB  shorty  with  four  or  five  joints. 

Lipura  BuBiL  {Anurophorus  Nicolet).  Body  not  scaly.  Abdo- 
men, instead  of  a  forked  tail^  terminated  bj  two  very  small  conical 
diverging  tubercles. 

Sp.  Podura  jtmeUma  L.,  Upwra  ofmhulaiu  GsBV.  {ntU,  Pod,  amftuZoiM  L.), 
Bk  Gsbb,  vn.  p.  33.  PL  3,  figs.  5,  6.  Nioolbt  op.  dt.  PL  5,  fig.  1,  ooni- 
mon  in  gnrden-mould  and  in  flower-bedsy  ivoiy-white^  i  lino  long. 

Achorviea  Tekpleton^  Hypoga,atrwru8  Boxtblet,  Podura  Nicoletf. 
Body  not  squamosa     Tail  forked,  short 

Sp.  Podura  aquaiica  L.,  Db  Gbkb,  Int.  vii.  PL  n.  figs.  11— 13,  Nioolkt 
op.  dt.  PL  5,  fig.  4 ;  one  line  long,  very  common  with  us,  forma  large 
black  spots  on  the  water,  near  which  other  white  spots  are  floating,  fonned 
by  the  cast  skins. 

5)    Antenme  longer  than  head. 

Genera  Isotoma  Boublet  {Degeeria  Nicolet,  Desoria  Nia), 
Heterotojna  Bourlet,  OrcJiesella  Templeton,  Lepidocyriua  Boublet 


Digitized  by 


Google 


300  CLASS  VIII. 

{Cyphodeirus  Nicolet),    Tamocerus  Nicolet  {MacroU>ma   Boub* 

LET.) 

Sp.  Detoria  s^acialu  Nicolet,  L  L  PL  5,  fig.  10;  first  found  in  1849  on 
Monte  Soaa,  afterwaixifl  on  the  Unter-Aar  spader;  see  AOASSIZ  Geoloffitehe 
Alpenreuen  von  D^SOB,  BeuUdi  yon  C.  Vogt,  Fnmkt  ft.  Main,  1844.  Sto, 
8.  181,  182. 

Order  III.     Parasitica. 

Hexapod,  apterous,  not  undergoing  metamorphosis,  parasitic. 
Two  simple  eyes,  sometimes  none. 

These  animals,  also  named  Epizoa  (as  opposed  to  Entozoa,  our 
fifth  class,  see  above),  cannot  well  be  otherwise  defined  than  by  the 
short  account  that  we  have  given  of  them.  The  absence  of  a  forked 
tail  or  of  setsB  on  the  abdomen*,  distinguishes  them  indeed  from 
most  but  not  from  all  Insects  of  the  former  order.  The  flea  and 
some  wingless  species  of  the  order  Diptera  are  distinguished  from 
these  parasites  by  their  undergoing  complete  metamorphosis. 

Comp.  on  thia  division  C.  L.  NrrzscH,  Die  Familien  und  OaHungen  dcr 
Tkieriniecten  (insecta  epizoica),  in  Gerxab  u.  Zutcksn,  Magazin  der  Ea- 
tomologie,  m.  Halle  18 18,  s.  «6i — 316.  Here  however  the  parasitic  Dtp- 
tera  (Hippobotea,  Nyderibia  ftc.)  are  included  in  the  same  division.  Netzsch 
arranged  the  rest  according  to  their  oral  organs,  those  in  which  they  are 
suctorial,  amongst  the  ffemiplera,  those  in  which  they  are  manducatory, 
amongst  the  Orlhoptera;  two  orders  in  which  the  inclination  to  abortion 
of  the  wings  is  evident^  and  which  undergo  an  incomplete  metamorphosis, 
which  therefore  in  the  wingless  genera  can  shew  itsdf  as  cbazige  of  skin  alone. 

See  also  GuBLT  U^>er  die  auf  den  ffata-Saiigetkiiren  und  Hwutvdgdn 
lebenden  8chmarotzer'In$ecten  und  ArcKkniden,  Magaain  fOr  die  geaamte 
ThierfieHkunde,  viiL  1842.  s.  411 — 433.  Tab.  iv.  and  iz.  1843.  s.  1—24- 
Tab.  X.  Some  figures  are  also  found  in  Ltonbt,  Recherchee  tur  differentee 
eapices  d^Ineectes,  (rnvrage  paethume,  Paris  1833,  4to ;  DsinrT,  Monographic 
Anoplurorum  Britanniee,  or  An  Etaay  on  tke  Britith  Speeiet  of  Paratitea, 
London,  1842  ;  a  work  of  detail  which  I  received  too  late  to  make  use  of. 

Family  V.  Hcematopitia  s.  PedicuUna,  Mouth  anterior,  com- 
posed of  a  rostellum,  retractile,  vaginate  at  the  base.  Tarsi  uni- 
articulate,  with  single  arciLate  claw^. 

Pedicvlus  L.  (exclusiye  of  several  species).  AntennsB  filiform, 
quinquearticulate.     Vagina  of  the  rostrum  aculeate  at  the  point. 


^  Hence  the  name  Anoplwra  Lsach.     See  his  work  On  ike  PamXlie$y  Stirpee  and 
Genera  of  ike  Order  Anoplura,  Zoological  MieceUany,  in.  181 7,  pp.  64 — 67. 
3  By  some  writers  this  hook  is  considered  as  the  second  joint  of  the  tarsus. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  301 

The  species  of  this  genus  occur  only  in  man  and  some  mammals, 
whose  blood  they  suck.     Their  motion  is  sluggisL 

The  louse  of  the  human  head  has  been  investigated  anatomically 
by  our  Swammebdam.  The  intestinal  canal  is  straight,  with  a  large 
stomach ;  there  are  four  vessels  secreting  urin&  Each  ovary  con- 
sists of  five  tubes.  The  nervous  system  consists,  besides  the  cere- 
bral ganglion,  of  three  large  ganglia  in  the  thorax,  so  closely  placed 
behind  each  other  as  to  touch ;  from  these  ganglia  the  nerves  of  the 
feet  arise,  and  from  the  last  ganglion  arise  in  addition  six  nerves 
which  are  distributed  through  the  cavity  of  the  abdomen. 

See  SWAMICSBDAV  Bijbd  der  ntOuur.  hi  63—^6.  Tftb.  I.  u.^ 

Sub-genera  Fhthirua,  ffcBmatopinus,  PediculuB  Lsach. 

Sp.  Pedieidus  humamis  capitis,  PedictUtu  eerviealia  Lkach,  Db  Gkib  ln», 
vn.  Tab.  i.  fig.  6,  DumI^il  Cotiaid.  gH.  «.  L  In$.  PI.  53,  figs,  i,  a, 
Gu^BiN  Icon,  Im,  PL  a,  fig.  5.  (Comp.  also  Swammkbdam,  and  a  gigaDtio 
figure  twenty  inches  long  by  Hooks  Micrograph.  Tab.  35).  The  larger 
spedes,  considered  by  LlNN^us  as  a  variety,  which  lives  upon  the  body 
and  amongst  the  garments,  differs  by  the  less  deep  indsures  in  the  side  of 
the  abdomen  at  each  ring,  by  a  thorax  broader  behind,  and,  as  Guiaiir  has 
remarked,  by  longer  antennae.  Pedicnhu  humamu  corparia  Db  Gbbb, 
Ins.  L  1.  fig.  5,  {Pediculus  humanus  Lbaoh,  Pedieulus  vesUmenH  Bubm.) 
As  a  third  parasitic  species  of  man  may  be  added  Pedicidis  pubis  L., 
Phihirusinguinalis  Jj^Aon,  HsDiExper.  circa  generaHonem  Insectortmi,  Am- 
stelodani,  1688,  lamo.  Tab.  is,  fig.  superior,  GnisiN  op.  dt.  fig.  17. 

Family  VI.     Mallophaga.     Mouth   supplied  with   mandibles 
and  maxillss.     Tarsi  biarticulate,  with  a  single  claw  or  with  two. 

On  Mammalia,  and  especially  on  Birds,  different  parasitic  Insects 
are  foimd,  which  wei-e  placed  by  Linnjeus  in  the  genus  FedictUua, 
but  which  differ  from  it  by  the  presence  of  jaws  on  the  under 
surface  of  the  head.  De  Geeb,  who  discovered  this  character, 
justly  held  it  to  be  so  important  and  essential,  that  he  placed  these 
animals  in  a  distinct  genus,  to  which  he  gave  the  name  of  Bicinua 


^  liBBUWENBOBCK  investigated  the  male  louse  (which  is  rarer  and  was  unknown 
to  SwAMUBRDAM,  op.  cit.  bl.  83) ;  he  found  two  testes  on  each  side  of  the  body. 
This  and  other  remarkable  peculiarities  in  Pedicukta  hum.  corporis  are  found  in 
Lkeuwenhobck,  sesde  Vervolg.  der  Brieven,  Delft,  1697,  988te  Missive,  pp.  187 — 217. 
See  also  Vierde  Vervolg.  der  Brieven  1694,  77ste  Missive,  pp.  587 — 591,  where  the 
head  is  described  and  figured.  The  homy  sheath  of  the  penis  L.  described  as  a  sting 
at  the  posterior  part  of  the  body. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


302  CLASS  viir. 

{Mim.  pov/r  servir  d  rffut.  d'Ins.  vii.  p.  69).  J.  F.  Hermanit 
changed  this  name,  which  had  already  been  given  to  a  genus  of 
plants,  toiVirmtA9^;  Nitzsch,  who  adopted  this  name  for  a  sub- 
genus alone,  named  these  animals  MaMophaga,  from  fjia\Xo^,Jleece, 
since  they  live  on  hair,  on  scales  of  the  epidermis  andv  feathers,  and 
not  on  blood.  In  birds  there  are  no  lice  of  the  former  family 
known — all  the  bird-lioe  belong  to  the  MaMophaga.  In  some  are 
found  small,  moveable,  oblong  organs  in  front  of  the  antenna,  like 
a  second  pair  of  imperfect  antenna,  which  Nitzsch  names  trahe- 
cvloB,  The  eyes  are  oflen  difficult  to  distinguish  :  in  some  they  are 
entirely  wanting. 

A.     Antennae  filiform.     Maxillary  palps  none,  labial  very  short, 
biarticulate. 

Phihptems  NiTZSCH.    Antennee  qninquearticulate.    Claws  of 
tarsi  two. 

Sp.  Ph&opterui  haculut  Nitzbch,  Redi  op.  cit.  Tab.  n.  Jigura  wpericr, 
Ltonibt  op.  dt.  p.  41,  pi.  5,  fig.  10,  GUBLT  Magae.  /.  d.  ge$,  ThierheOk. 
vm.  Tab.  IV.  fig.  9,  on  Pigeons.  All  the  species  of  this  genos  live  upon 
birds.  Here  belong  the  sub-genera  Ooniodes,  LipeuruB,  Nirmus  and  Doe(h 
phorue  of  NiTZSOH,  together  ^th  Ooniocciea  Buaic.  and  Omithobiut'DmwY. 

Trichodecies  NiTZSCH.      Antennae  triarticulate.     Tarsi  with  a 
single  claw. 

The  species  of  this  genus  live  only  on  Mammalia.  Sp.  Triehod,  latHi 
NiTZSCH,  JtictHfu  canU  Db  Gbbb^  Ins.  vn.  Tab.  iv.  fig.  16,  Gublt  op.  dt. 
IX.  Taf.  I.  fig.  I. 

R    Antennse  clavate  (four  joints).     Maxillary  palps  conspicuous. 

I/iotheum  NiZTSCH.     Tarsi  biunguiculate.    Labial  palps  biar- 
ticulate, short. 

The  spedes  of  this  genus  keep  to  birds,  often  of  the  same  spedes  on 
which  Phiiopteri  also  live*.  Here  belong  the  sub-genera  Colpoe^ktUvm,  Me- 
nopon  {Menopon  and  Nitachia  Dbknt),  TrinoHtm,  Bureum,  Loanobotkrium, 
Phyaoatomum  of  Nitzsch.  These  insects  move  more  quickly  and  creep 
more  nimbly  beneath  the  feathers  than  the  PhUopteri,  Sp.  Liotheum  tub- 
wqwde  NiTZSCH,  Ltoknbt  1.  I,  PI.  4,  fig.  5,  on  crows,  &o. 


*  MSviunre  Aptirologique,  1804,  p.  11. 

■  Five  different  species  of  Mallophaga  occur  on  fowls.     Such  names,  therefore,  as 
PedieuUu  gaUina  may  readily  introduce  confusion. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  303 

Oyropua  NiTZSCH.    Tarsi  uninnguiculate.    Labial  palps  none. 

Of  this  genus  only  few  species  are  known,  wbich  live  on  the  Cavia  and 
the  Sloth  (Bradyjput  tridactylua)  t.  e.  on  American  specieB  of  Mammalia^ 

Order  IV.     Suctoria  s.  Siphonaptera, 

Apterous,  hexapod,  undergoing  perfect  metamorphosis.  Mouth 
suctorial;  rostellum  formed  of  two  serrated  laminse  and  a  single 
more  slender  seta,  included  in  a  biyalye  articulate  sheath. 

Family  VII.  Pulictdce  (characters  of  the  order  are  those  of  the 
single  family). 

Pulex  L.  [Characters  of  the  order.]  Body  compressed. 
Antennae  short,  with  three  or  four  joints,  the  last  large,  flat, 
serrated,  received  in  a  small  cavity  and  covered  with  a  scale. 
Maxillary  palps  with  four  joints,  porrect.  Posterior  feet  saltatory. 
Tarsi  with  five  joints. 

The  order  of  sucking  InsecU,  which  contains  the  genns  Flea, 
agrees  in  the  complete  metamorphosis  with  the  Diptera ;  but  the 
oral  parts  have  little  reBemblance.  The  flea  is  perfectly  distin- 
guished from  the  hemipterous  sucking  Insects  not  only  by  the 
perfect  metamorphosis,  but  also  by  the  oral  parts,  by  the  presence 
of  palps  for  instance.  Duces  first  drew  attention  to  four  smaU  round 
plates,  which  are  situated  on  the  last  two  segments  of  the  thorax, 
and  of  which  the  posterior  pair  is  the  largest  These  plates,  which 
in  colour  and  substance  do  not  differ  fix>m  the  rest  of  the  homy 
covering  of  the  body,  may  be  looked  on  as  rudiments  of  wings. 
The  resemblance  with  the  metamorphosis  of  the  Hymenoptera^ 
especially  in  the  pupa^  together  with  the  presence  of  these  four 
rudimentary  wings,  may  serve  to  explain  in  some  degree  why  an 
inclination  has  prevailed  to  regard  the  suHoria  as  abortive  hymen- 
opterous  Insects. 

There  are  two  simple  eyes,  which  in  Pvlex  vespertUionis  "Dvaia 
are  wanting.  The  sucker  is  inclosed  by  the  flat  labial  palps  con- 
sisting of  (three  ?)  joints,  and  is  composed  of  two  flat  sete  serrately 
toothed  on  the  edge  and  ribbed  longitudinally  in  the  middle  (scalpeUa 
KiBBT  and  Spence,  mandibles),  and  a  thin  smooth  thread  of  the 
same  length  {UgiUa  Sav.)   There  is  no  upper  lip  present,  unless  it  be 


Digitized  by 


Google 


304  CLASS  VIII. 

represented  by  this  ligula\  The  maxUlcB  are  two  small  plates  at 
whose  base  are  attached  the  feelers  stretching  forwards,  and  which 
were  formerly  regarded  as  antennae ;  they  have  four  oblong  joints, 
of  which  the  second  and  the  fourth  are  the  longest 

The  intestinal  canal  of  the  Flea  is  short  and  straight ;  its  stomach 
is  cylindrical^  the  small  intestine  aa  long  aa  the  stomach,  and  rectum 
short  There  are  four  short  and  wide  luinary  tubes,  which  are 
implanted  at  the  inferior  orifice  of  the  stomach.  At  both  sides  are 
two  saliyary  vessels  in  fonn  of  round  vesicles,  whose  efferent  ducts 
coalesce  to  form  a  canal  on  each  side  of  the  cesophagus^  which 
moimts  tortuously  to  the  mouth. 

See  Ramdohb,   Ahhandlwng  Ob,  d.  Verdauungtwerkieuge  der  Ifueden, 
8.  203.  Tab.  ZXIU.  fig.  3. 

Comp.  on  this  £unily  A.  Duges,  Becherches  vwr  les  Caradh^ 
zodogiqvsa  du  genre  Pulex,  et  9ur  la  multiplicUe  dea  eep^ces  qu'il 
ren/erme,  Ann,  dee  Sc.  not  xxviL  1832,  pp.  165 — 175,  PL  ivi,  and 
P.  F.  BoucH^  Bemerhmgen  iiber  die  GaUung  Pulex,  I^ov.  Act 
Acad.  Ccee.  Leap,  Car,  Tom.  xvii.  1835,  p.  501—508  (this  writer 
considers  the  parts  indicated  above  aa  mandibles  to  be  lacinioe  of 
the  under-lip,  and  gives  the  maxillary  palps  five  joints). 

Sp.  Pulex  irritam  L.  (in  part),  HoOKB  Micrographia  Tab.  $4  (a  lai^ 
fignre  of  full  15  Bhenish  inches,  or  4  decimeten  in  length),  Duofts  L  L 
fig.  I  (both  figures  represent  the  female).  Ordinarily  this  species  is  con- 
founded with  others  which  occur  on  the  dog  and  domestic  cat,  Pidex  eanis 
Duofts,  Pulex  cams  and  PvXexfdit  BouCHi.  To  the  last-named  refer  the 
figures  of  EoBSBLy  Ins,  n.  Muecar,  atque  Ctdicwn,  Tab.  n— IV.  (Tab.  m. 
fig.  10,  representing  a  male,  refers  according  to  BoucRti  to  Ptdex  irritans). 
Moreover  these  species  can  bear  leaving  then*  natural  habitat  for  a  time, 
and  thus  Pulex  irritans  may  pass  on  to  dogs,  Pulex  canis  on  to  man.  A 
particular  species  also  occurs  on  fowls,  Pul,  gaUinm,  Schraitk,  B0UOH& 
All  the  species  of  this  genus  are  small  insects ;  the  laziest  hitherto  known, 
Pulex  gigas,  has  only  a  length  of  two  lines,  Fauna  Bor,  Americana  of 
J.  BiCHABDSON,  YoL  TV,  1837.  The  hip  (coxa)  of  the  feet  is  as  Urge  as 
the  thigh  {femur)  and  very  thick ;  the  fore-feet  are  placed  far  forwards, 
almost  under  the  head.  The  abdomen  is  large,  on  the  upper  surface  in  the 
male,  concave ;  in  copulation  the  female  is  placed  on  the  back  of  the  little 
mal&  The  eggs  are  white,  oblong;  sticky.  In  the  sunmier  season  the 
larvaa  come  forth  after  a  lapse  of  six  days,  having  no  feet,  and  resembling 
small,  white  worms.  Lebuwrnhobck  brought  them  up  on  dead  flies, 
BoBSBL  on  dead  gnats  and  dried  pigeon's  blood.     Blood  that  has  fblloired 


^  DuoBS,  Ann,  des  Se,  nai,  sec.  S^rie.  Tom.  vi.  1836.  Zool,  p.  rao. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  305 

the  prick  of  fleM  and  has  dried  into  bUck  globules,  is  often  found  dis- 
persed by  the  flea  near  the  eggs  that  are  laid  in  the  chinks  of  wooden  floors, 
in  furniture,  &c.,  and  these  globules  form,  according  to  the  observations  of 
Db  FiiANcn  {Afui,  dei  Sc.  not,  i.  1814,  pp.  440 — 443)  the  fayourite  food  of 
the  larve.  These  larvae  within  eleven  days  are  full  grown,  then  spin  them- 
selves up  and  change  into  pupee,  from  which  after  ten  or  eleven  days  the 
perfect  insects  appear ;  in  this  way  a  new  greneration  arises  after  the  lapse 
of  only  four  weeks.  Comp.  Lkbuwbnhosck,  Vierde  Vervolg,  van  Brieven 
1694.  bL  537 — 573,  76ste  Mitaive,  and  Kobsel,  Inaeclm-Bd^$Uffung,  u. 
Mucken  und  Schnacken,  s.  9—34. 

In  America^  particularly  in  the  Brazils,  there  is  a  small  spedes  of  flea, 
whose  proboscis  is  longer ;  the  fore-feet  are  not  so  far  forward,  and  whilst 
the  labial  palps  are  wanting,  the  three  threads  of  the  sucker  are  not  sur- 
rounded by  a  bivalved  sheath.  Consequently  it  has  been  proposed  to 
make  a  distinct  genus  of  this  species  {SarcoptyUa  Wbstwood,  Dermaio- 
phUui  Gn^BDr).  This  species,  which  lives  in  the  open  air,  and  is  often  in 
great  numbers  in  sandy  places,  is  PuUx  penetrana  L.,  Dum^bil,  Com,  gen. 
9.  lea  Inaeda,  PI.  53,  figs.  4,  5  ;  Gu^bin,  Iconogr.,  InaecL  PL  a,  fig.  9 ; 
KOLLAB,  JBraaUien'a  vorzUglich  Idatige  Inaecten,  ^.  5,  s.  8,  9.  The  Portu- 
guese call  the  animal  Bicho,  the  Brazilians  7\tnga;  it  bears  also  the  name 
of  Pique,  Nigua^,  &c.  and  of  Chigoe  amongst  the  English  residents.  This 
insect  penetrates  beneath  the  skin  of  the  feet,  sometimes  also  of  the  hands 
of  man,  and  of  the  feet  of  dogs  and  other  Tnftinmft.la ;  the  female,  after  she 
has  penetrated  beneath  the  skin,  expands  astonishingly,  whence  malignant 
ulcers  arise,  which  sometimes  occasion  death.  They  infest  principally  newly- 
arrived  Europeans :  see  Y.  Humboldt's  Beiae  in  die  ^quinociial-Cfegenden 
dea  neu/cn  Continenta,  TV,  1833,  s.  90,  J.  J.  VoN  Tbohudi  (who  once  had  six 
tumours  thus  caused  on  his  right  foot)  Peru,  Reiaeahizzen,  i.  1846,  s.  310, 
311.  A  capuchin  monk  attempted  to  transplant  a  family  of  these  insects 
from  St  Domingo  to  Europe,  but  his  zeal  remained  unrewarded,  for  his  foot 
in  which  he  had  harboiu^  the  colony,  was  obliged  to  be  amputated  on  thp 
voyage  (Kibby  and  Spenob,  Introd.  to  Fntomd.  i.  p.  102).  Comp.  on  this 
little  animal  also  Duais,  who  especially  has  illustrated  the  parts  about  the 
month,  Ann.  dea  8c.  not.  sec.  S^rie,  Tom.  Yi.  1836.  Zoologie,  pp.  139 — 134. 
PL  7  b.  a  forked  caudiform  appendage,  already  figured  by  Catbsbt,  and 
compared  by  Jasvmtjb  with  the  tail  of  Podura,  is  probably  a  male  organ  of 
copulation  (Gu^bik,  Iconogr.);  at  least  it  does  not  occur  in  all  individuals. 


Order  V.     Strepsiptera  a.  Bhipiptera. 

Heiapodal  Insects ;  (male)  with  four  wings  j  anterior  wings  two 
small  moveable  bodies,  inserted  into  the  sides  of  the  thorax ;  pos- 
terior wings  large,  membranous,  resembling  a  quadrant  of  a  circle, 
folded  longitudinally  like  a  fan.      (Females  apterous,  apodous). 


^  Nigua  is  the  name  also  given  to  a  species  of  Acarua  (Ixodea  americantu),  which 
also  penetrates  beneath  the  skin,  and  must  not  be  confounded  with  this  flea. 

VOL.  I.  20 


Digitized  by 


Google 


306  CLASS  Till. 

Metamorphosis  complete.  Mandibles  two,  forficate,  narrow,  sob- 
arcoate.  Palps  two  biarticnlate,  very  distant,  inserted  nnder  the  head. 
(Lanrae  and  Pupae  living  paiasitically  in  differ^it  Hymenopiera.) 

This  order,  first  distiiiguished  by  KraBY,  cannot  well  be  miited 
with  one  of  the  othera^  and  least  of  all  with  that  of  the  Hemi- 
pteroQS  Insects^  as  some  would  desire.  The  natmvl  affinity  is 
difficult  to  determine;  peihaps  this  order  stands  between  the 
Orthopteray  Neuroptera,  and  HymeTioptercL.  In  this  uncertainty 
respecting  the  true  place,  we  think  we  have  some  gnnmds  for  our 
choice,  to  place  it  after  the  flea,  in  the  perfect  metamorphosis  as 
well  as  in  the  presence  of  four  rudiments  of  wings  in  the  genus 
Fulex,  However  small,  moreover,  the  number  of  inaedss  of  this 
order  may  be,  that  can  afford  no  sufficient  reason  either  in  an 
artificial  or  in  a  natural  system  for  rejecting  it 

The  winged  individuals,  on  which  the  characters  of  the  order 
are  founded,  are,  as  Bxjbmeisteb  had  sagaciously  surmised,  and  the 
complete  investigations  of  the  excellent  0.  Th.  von  Siedold  have 
demonstrated,  all  males.  In  these,  two  large  compound  eyes  are 
present,  which  consLst  of  few  fii^  ettes,  separated  from  each  other 
by  a  raised  margin.  Simple  eyes  are  wanting;  the  antennse  are 
composed  of  few  joints,  ordinarily  split  at  the  extremity  into  two 
parts,  or  as  if  branched  with  lappet-like  appendages.  In  front  of 
the  wings  are  two  small  convoluted  parts,  named  by  Kibby  Elytra, 
but  which  do  not  cover  the  wings.  It  was  formerly  thought  that 
they  were  attached  to  the  first  ring  of  the  thorax,  and  in  that  case 
they  could  not  in  any  sense  be  looked  on  as  imperfect  wings  or 
elytra;  but  more  accurate  investigation  has  proved  that  they  belong 
to  the  metaihoraXy  and,  therefore,  may  keep  the  name  given  to 
them  by  Kirbt.  They  recal  the  short  elytra  of  some  PhaamatidiB. 
The  middle  piece  of  the  thorax  is  prolonged  into  a  shield  over  the 
abdomen.  The  tarsi  have  mostly  four  joints,  in  other  species  three 
or  two,  and  no  claws  at  the  extremity.  The  wings  (hind  wings) 
are  large,  thin,  whitish,  opaque,  and  have  some  nervures  which 
radiate  towards  the  circumference.  The  oral  organs  are  somewhat 
differently  described  by  Savigny,  whilst  he  regards  as  maanUce  the 
parts  described  by  Kirbt  as  palpi^.  The  under  lip  has  no  palpi 
(Westwood  considers  the  palpi  as  belonging  to  the  under  lip,  and 


^  Saviont's  oommunioationB  to  Lbach  were  publuhed  by  the  latter  in  his  Zoologi- 
cal Mi»cdlany,  m.  1817,  p.  135. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IKSECTA.  307 

the  mandMes  aa  Tnaxiilas.  According  to  this  view  the  mandibles 
would  be  wanting.)  These  insects  undergo  complete  metamorpho6i& 
At  j5rst  the  larva  has  six  feet  and  two  threads  at  the  abdomen^ 
(somewhat  the  form  of  Lepisma);  afterwards  these  feet  disappear, 
for  the  insect  then  lives  in  the  abdomen  of  larvse  of  Hymenoptem, 
In  these  HymeTioptera,  also,  the  parasite  is  changed  into  a  pupa, 
which  in  the  perfect  Hymenoptera  projects  between  the  rings  of  the 
abdomen.  The  wingless  female  remains  in  this  situation,  and  is 
impregnated  there.  It  is  viviparous.  The  six-footed  larvie,  which 
in  the  genus  Xenos  jump  like  PodureUas^  were  described  by  Kluq 
and  Westwood,  and  previously  also  by  Yon  Seebold,  as  parasites. 

Comp.  on  this  order  W.  ElmBT,  Strepaipteroy  a  new  order  of 
Insects,  Linnasan  Tramact.  YoL  zi.  1815.  pp.  86—122,  Tab.  8,  9  ; 
AddendiMTiy  pp.  233,  234 ;  Lsach  on  the  Rhipiptera  of  Latbeillb, 
Zool.  Miec  UL  pp.  133—136 ;  W.  R  Pickerxng,  ObeervcUions  on 
the  Economy  of  the  Strepeiptera,  TramscbcL  of  the  Entomol»  Soc 
London,  i.  1836,  pp.  163 — 172,  PL  xvii ;  J.  O.  Westwood,  Beecrip- 
Hon  of  a  new  Strepeipieroue  Insect,  ibid.  pp.  173,  174,  PL  xvil 
fig.  15 ;  C.  Th.  t.  Siebold,  Ueber  Xenos  Spheddarv/m  und  dessen 
Sehmaroiaer,  Beiirdge  zwr  Naturgeschichte  der  Wvrhettosen  Thiere, 
1839,  B.  72—87,  Tab.  iii.  figs.  62—74 ;  by  the  same  Ueber  Strep- 
siptera,  in  Ebichbon'b  Archwf  NcOwrgesch,  ix  1843,  &  137 — 162. 
Tab.  vn. 

Family  VIII.  Strepsiptera  s.  Siylopidce.  [Characters  of  the 
order.] 

*  Tarsi  with  four  joints. 

Xenos^  Rossi.  Antennee  bipartite,  single  at  the  base,  triarticu- 
late,  with  first  joint  obconical,  longer,  with  branches  semi-round, 
acuminate,  not  articulate. 

Sp.  Xenoi  PedsU,  Kzbbt,  Lmn.  Trant.  Tib.  8,  Tab.  9,  fig.  i,  Kibbt  and 
Sfbnos,  Inirod.  to  SnUm,  i.  PL  n.  fig.  i;  the  larva  infests  Polytte  fucala 
(nor.  Amer.) ;  ftc.  European  species  are  Xenot  Rouii  and  Xenoe  Sphe- 
cidarum.  They  are  all  small  insects  whose  body  is  only  about  li  line 
long. 

Styhps  KiBBY.  Antennae  bipartite  with  stem  single,  biarticu- 
late,  upper  branch  triarticulate,  (Antennae  have  six  joints,  the  third 


^  ^ivot  or  ^611^0$,  a  guest ;  because  harboured  by  other  insects. 

20—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


308  CLASS  VIII. 

joint  fonning  a  produced,  lanceolate  branch,  almost  equal  in  length 
to  the  three  last  joints). 

Sp.  StylapamditUe,  ftc.  Icones :  Wistwood,  Introduct.  Frontisp.  VoL  i.  fig.  6; 
Stylopt  Speneii,  Gn^.  Iconoffr.,  Ins,  PL  92,  fig.  i,  %Z.  Dalii,  Lsaoh, 
Zod,  Miae,  ui.  Tab.  149,  StyL  Kirbii. 

*  *  Tarsi  with  three  or  with  two  joints. 

Halictophagus  Curtis.  Tarsi  with  three  joints.  Antennae  with 
seven  joints,  supplied  externally  with  lamellae  disposed  pectinately. 

EhncJius  Curtis.  Tarsi  with  two  joints.  Antennae  bipartite, 
with  stem  simple,  biarticulate,  and  upper  branch  biarticulate, 
elongate,  slender. 

Gomp.  Curtis,  BrUiah  Entomology  quoted  by  Westwood,  Intro- 
ducUon  II.  pp.  287,  ko. 

Order  VI.    Diptera. 

Hexapod  Insects  with  two  wings,  and  two  poisers.  Mouth 
suctorial,  with  labium  not  palpigerous  produced  into  a  proboscis,  or 
a  sheath,  which  receives  and  incloses  in  a  groove  above  an  haus- 
tellum  formed  of  setae,  various  in  number.  Two  palps  (maxillary) 
at  the  base  of  the  proboscis.     Metamorphosis  complete. 

Two-winged.  Dvptera  L.,  AntUa^ta  Fabr.  The  principal  works 
on  this  order  are  the  following : — 

'J.  0.  ScHELLEinBEBO,  OoU/wngen  der  Fliegen,  in  42  Kuj^erkifdn 
entworfen.     Zurich,  1803.  8to  (with  german  and  fii^nch  text). 

J.  C.  Fabricii,  Systema  AnUtcUorum.  BrunsvigaB,  1805.  8vo. 

J.  W.  Meioen,  Systemaiische  Beschreibung  der  bekcmnten  Euro- 
pdiachen  zweijlugdigen  Inaekten.  Mit  Kv^fertafehh.  vii.  TheUe,  8vo. 
Aachen  und  Hamm,  1818—1838. 

C.  R.  W.  Wiedemann,  Atisaerewopdische  zwdfiUgdige  Insekten. 
MU  Steintafel/ru  11.  TheUe,  8vo.  Hamm,  1828,  1830. 

ffistoire  ncOurelle  dea  Insectea  JMpth'ea  par  Magquabt,  av,  pi, 
n.  Tomes,  8vo.  Paris,  1834,  1835.  (The  work  of  Fallen,  Diptera 
Snecica,  Lund  1814 — 1827,  2  vol.,  I  hare  not  been  able  to  inspect) 

The  general  covering  is,  on  the  whole,  very  thin.  The  body 
consists,  as  in  the  other  hexapod  Insects,  of  three  principal  parts  : 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  309 

the  head,  the  trunk,  and  the  ahdomen.  On  the  head  two  compound 
eyes  are  usuallj  seen,  which  are  Y&ry  large,  especially  in  the  male ; 
in  the  most,  simple  eyes  or  eyespots  are  also  present,  usually  three, 
sometimes  only  two  in  number.  The  antennae  are  placed  on  the 
frons  close  to  the  eyes ;  ordinarily  they  are,  in  comparison  with 
those  of  other  orders,  short  Some  sub-divisions  of  the  genus 
TiptUa  L.,  make  an  exception  to  this,  and  the  genera  Mdcrocera 
Meiq.  and  Megistocera  Wiedemaks  are  especially  distinguished  by 
their  long  antennae.  The  sucker  consists  of  two,  four,  or  six  sharp 
threads,  which  in  the  last  case  represent  the  upper  lip  (labrtMn'), 
the  tongue  (ligula),  the  two  upper  and  the  two  under  jaws.  At 
the  imder  jaws  (maxiUce)  or,  when  these  are  wanting,  at  the  base 
of  the  sucker,  two  feelers  are  attached,  which  sometimes  consist  of 
five,  sometimes  only  of  two  joints,  or  of  a  single  joint.  The  under 
lip  forms  an  imivalye  sheath  excavated  above,  in  which  the  sharp 
threads  or  stings  reside  by  means  of  which  these  insects  woimd ; 
on  this  part  there  are  no  feelers.  The  first  piece  of  the  thorax  is  a 
small  ring,  forming  a  neck-ring,  but  the  middle  piece  (mesothorax) 
is  laige,  and  forms  nearly  the  whole  of  the  thorax.  To  this  division 
of  the  thorax  the  wings  are  attached.  These  are  veined,  usually 
transparent  as  glass,  and  colourless,  occasionally  spotted ;  they  are 
without  that  little  homy  point  at  the  anterior  or  external  margin 
{punctum  caUosu/m  s.  cubUale)  which  is  seen  on  the  anterior  wings 
of  the  Hymenoptera.  Behind  the  wings  there  is  mostly  found  a 
small  special  appendage,  a  membranous  scale  (squaToa  haUerwni), 
which  may  be  regarded  as  a  part  of  the  wing.  To  the  metathorax 
the  poisers  (haUeres)  are  attached,  which  consist  of  a  thin  pedicle 
and  a  button.  These  haUeres  are  also  foimd  in  species  that  have 
no  wings.  They  are  to  be  considered  as  rudiments  of  hind-wings^. 
The  abdomen  is  often  imited  to  the  trunk  by  a  small  part  alone  of 
the  diameter  of  its  base,  and  consists  of  from  four  to  nine  rings. 
In  the  female  it  generally  runs  to  a  point  at  the  posterior  ex- 
tremity ;  if  here  fewer  rings  are  foimd,  it  is  because  the  last  of 
them  form  an  oviposUor  or  case  consisting  of  rings  that  can  be 
pushed  in  and  out  of  each  other,  like  a  pocket  telescope.  The  feet 
are  in  most  long  and  slender,   and  terminate  always  with  tarsi 


^  See  above,  p.  253 ;  comp.  aUo  Wbstwood,  Inlrod.  to  modem  Clastific,  11.  p.  500. 
Latbeille  regarded  these  parts  not  as  rudimentary  hind-wings,  for  he  thought  they 
were  attached  to  the  abdomen. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


310  CLASS  YIII. 

oonsistiiig  of  five  jointa.     The  last  joint  has  two  claws  and  two  or 
three  plane  elevations  or  cushions  (see  above^  p.  252). 

The  digestive  organs  of  Diptera  consist  of  a  wide  bent  stomach 
of  moderate  length,  a  small  intestine,  and  an  oval  oblong  large 
intestina  The  salivary  vessels  vary  in  the  different  genera  of  this 
order.  The  oesophagus  has  a  dilatation  (itigliwies,  crop,  see  above, 
p.  254);  it  is  a  bladder  of  various  form,  either  simple,  or  pro- 
longed into  two  or  more  divisions,  and  communicating  with  the 
oesophagus  by  a  long  narrow  tube  (oflen  with  its  lowest  part  close 
above  the  stomach).  In  larvas  the  tube  is  shorter  and  inserted  into 
the  oesophagus  higher  up.  In  by  &r  the  greater  number  of  Diptera 
this  bladder  is  present ',  in  the  family  of  the  Fupiparw  it  is  wanting 
(comp.  Rahdohb,  AbhamUung.  vh,  die  Verdauungawerkzeuge  d,  Ins. 
Tab.  xn. — ^xxi,  and  pp.  170 — 185).  Tbeyirakus  named  this  organ, 
which  is  also  found  in  the  HymeTioptera  and  Lepidaptera,  sucking- 
bladder  ;  he  attributed  to  it  a  power  of  expanding,  in  consequence 
of  which  the  air  in  the  oesophagus  is  rarified,  whilst,  to  fill  this 
partial  vacuum,  the  fluid  in  which  the  extremity  of  the  sucker  is 
planted  ascends  as  if  pumped  up,  {Verm,  Schr.  n.  &  110).  The 
Hemiptera  and  the  PtdicidcB  do  not  possess  this  bag ;  on  the  other 
hand,  such  a  crop  is  present  in  the  Orthoptera,  which  do  not  suck, 
and  according  to  Lkon  Dufour  in  (Edemera  amongst  the  Coleoptera 
{Ann.  des  Sc.  not.  ul  1824,  p.  484,  PL  30,  fig.  7).  The  name  of 
food-bag,  which  was  given  by  Ramdohb  to  this  part  in  Diptera,  is 
therefore  more  appropriate  than  that  of  sucking-bladder.  When 
flies  that  have  long  fasted  suck  their  full  of  milk,  according  to  the 
investigations  of  HuiniER,  milk  penetrates  into  this  bladder.  By 
prcssiu:e  of  the  abdomen,  and  apparently  also  by  contraction  of  the 
muscular  walls  of  the  bladder  itself,  the  food  is  afterwards  brought 
back  from  this  diverticulv/m  or  reservoir  of  nutriment  to  the  sto- 


^  According  to  the  anatomical  investigatioDS  of  Schb<sdeb  van  deb  Kolk  it  seema 
to  be  wanting  in  the  larva  of  CEstrus;  but  at  the  same  point  where  ordinarily  the 
tube  from  the  food-bag  [the  name  given  by  Ramdohr  to  the  sac]  is  inserted  into  the 
GBSophagus,  two  tortuous  canals  are  seen,  which  divide  at  their  other  extremity  into 
two  branches,  which  are  distributed  to  the  adipose  body.  Minunre  8ur  VAnaiomie 
et  la  Pkysiologis  du  Gagtnu  eqtU.  Amsterdam,  1845,  pp.  ig,  30.  PI.  ui.  fig.  i,  b,  s,  b. 
Bamdohb  has  figured  four  such  appendages  above  and  near  the  stomach  in  the  larva 
of  Muica  vomitoria,  which  would  seem  at  their  other  extremity  to  be  implanted  into  the 
salivary  vessels,  and  in  the  perfect  insect  to  disappear.  Tab.  XIX.  fig.  I.  M,  M,  M,  M« 
Do  these  vessels  form,  perhaps,  a  second  apparatus  for  secreting  saliva  ? 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  311 

mach ;  (see  CcUalogtie  of  the  Physiol.  Series  qfComp.  AnaL  contamed 
in  the  Musevm  of  the  Roy.  Coll  of  ^/Surgeons,  L  1833,  pp.  189,  190). 
The  Diptera  live  long  in  the  larva-state,  but  ordinarily  very 
briefly  as  perfect  insects  (flies  however  live  long  in  this  last  state). 
Their  larvas  have  no  feet,  but  some  of  them  have  appendages  which 
resemble  them,  or  small  hooks,  which  serve  for  motion  or  holding 
fast,  as  for  instance,  the  larva  of  (Estras.  All  these  Insects  undergo 
complete  metamorphosis.  Some  larvas  cast  their  skin  before  chang- 
ing into  pupae,  and  some  in  addition  spin  themselves  up.  Others, 
on  the  contrary,  do  not  cast  their  skin,  but  this  shrinks,  hardens, 
and  forms  for  the  pupa^  that  resembles  an  egg,  a  kind  of  shell  or 
case  {jpupa  coarct€Ua,  see  above,  p.  273).  The  internal  parts  separate 
themselves  from  this  shell,  and  the  change  into  pupa  occurs  within 
this  integument,  which  at  last  is  deserted  by  the  perfect  insect 
*  when  it  breaks  off  the  uppermost  part  in  the  form  of  a  lid. 

Many  of  these  animals  are  injurious  to  us  by  their  puncture ; 
others  suck  the  blood  of  our  domestic  animals ;  some  spoil  our  food 
by  depositing  their  eggs  on  it,  especially  on  flesh  and  cheese,  where 
the  larvae  (maggots)  are  developed.  There  is,  on  the  other  hand,  no 
single  species  of  this  order  from  which  we  immediately  derive 
advantage.  Yet  so  much  the  greater  is  the  utility  they  afford 
us  indirectly.  Some  limit  the  number  of  injurious  caterpillars, 
in  which  they  lay  their  eggs,  and  which  are  fed  on  by  the  pupae. 
Others  free  the  air  from  pestilential  exhalations  by  feeding  on 
carrion  and  putrescent  matters^. 

Family  IX.  Pupiparce,  Haustellum  of  three  unequal  setae, 
exsertile  from  an  aperture  at  the  lower  part  of  the  head ;  at  the 
sides  of  the  retractile  haustellimi  two  laminae,  inarticulate,  pilose, 
porrect.  Antennae  veiy  short,  biarticulate,  or  with  a  single  pilose 
joint.  Head  received  behind  in  the  emarginate  thorax,  or  re- 
sembling a  tubercle  set  upon  the  thorax.  Feet  short,  strong, 
remote,  furnished  with  two  incurved  claws.  Wings  divaricate, 
sometimes  very  short ;  in  some,  together  with  the  poisers,  entirely 
wanting.     Body  depressed,  covered  with  a  hard  and  elastic  skin. 

PupiparouB  insects  suck  the  blood  of  mammals  and  birds.  The 
buccal  organs  pass  as  fine  threads  through  a  small  opening  (just  like 


^  It  is  however  somewhafc  hyperbolical,  wben  Ioiidibus  Bays  of  Muaca  vomitoria : 
'  Trt$  muscoe contunrnnl  cadaver  egtd,  oeque cUo  acleo.'*    Syat.  Natur.  Ed.  xii.  i. p. 990. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


312  CLASS  VIII. 

a  thread  through  the  eye  of  a  needle,  Westwood).  These  threads 
are  very  long  in  MdophUa  and  Omithomi/ia,  shorter  in  ffippobosccu 
Two  oblong  hairy  plates  project  like  a  beak  and  cover  the  base  of  the 
threads  when  they  are  exserted.  Are  these  parts  to  be  r^arded  as 
maxUkBf  or  as  pcUpi  maxUlares  ?  The  mechanism  of  the  sucker  is 
much  more  conformable  to  that  of  certain  AccMrina  than  to  the 
proboscis  of  the  rest  of  the  Diptera. 

These  flies  lay  no  eggs,  but  are  viviparous.  That  which  seems  to 
be  an  egg  laid  by  these  insects,  and  which  is  sometimes  as  big  as  the 
abdomen  of  the  mother,  ought  rather  to  be  regarded  as  a  pupa; 
from  it  the  perfect  insect  (imago)  comes  to  view  after  an  interval  of 
time,  dependent  upon  the  temperature  to  which  the  pupa  is  ex- 
posed. 

The  intestinal  canal  of  these  insects  is  very  long,  and  surpasses 
the  length  of  the  body  eight  or  nine  times.  This  length  is  caused 
principally  by  the  stomach,  or  that  part  of  the  intestinal  canal 
which  precedes  the  insertion  of  the  vasa  urinaria,  and  which  presents 
many  tortuosities.  The  testes  are  two  long  and  very  tortuous 
canals;  the  ovaries,  two  oval  sacs;  near  the  oviducts  are  two 
secretory  glands,  consisting  of  very  numerous  branches,  together 
with  two  more  simple  receptacula  aeminisy  of  which  the  form  varies 
in  different  species.  The  lowest  part  of  the  two  ovaries  opens  into 
a  wide  sac  {tUerus,  matrice  L]£oN  Dupour),  in  which  the  embryo 
resides  until  it  comes  forth  as  a  pupa.  The  nervous  system  has, 
besides  the  cerebral  ganglion,  only  a  single  round  ganglion  in  the 
thorax,  from  the  posterior  margin  of  which  the  nerves  of  the 
abdomen  arise. 

Gomp.  on  the  anatomy  of  this  figunily,  L^y  Dufoub,  Bech.  anatomigues 
9ur  VHippdbosque,  Ann.  des  Sc.  not.  vi.  1815,  pp.  299 — 322,  PL  13 :  ako 
his  Etudes  anatomiquea  et  physioloffiques  tur  lea  Pupiparet,  Ann.  des  Se,  noL 
troisibme  S^r.  Zool.  Tom.  in.  1845,  pp.  49 — 95.  PI.  2,  3. 

Phalanx  I.  Nycteribiidce.  Head  small,  placed  at  the  upper 
part  of  the  thorax  like  an  obconical  tubercle.  Thorax  semi- 
orbicular.  Wings  and  poisers  none.  Feet  long,  with  first  joint 
of  tarsus  very  long,  and  last  supplied  with  two  claws  incurved,  den- 
tigerous  at  the  base,  and  with  two  oval  appendages. 

Nycterthia  Latr. 

Sp.  Nycterthia  vespertilitmis,  Acarus  vespertilumis  L.,  Phthiridium  vesperti- 
lionis  Herm.,  M^m.  apterol.  PI.  y.  fig.  i ;  Nycteribia  LatreiUii  Wbstw., 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  313 

Latbeillx  SiH,  wU,  d,  CruM,  H  des  Iru.  Tom.  xiv.  PL  gi,  f.  14,  and  other 
burger  species  on  foreign  bats.  Aocording  to  L^N  DuFOUB  there  are  only 
two  simple  eyes,  Ann.  dea  Se,  not.  Tom.  zzii.  p.  374 ;  in  foreign  species 
two  simple  eyes  occur  on  each  side.  NirzflCH  has  observed  that  these 
insects  are  true  pttpiparas,  like  Mippobosca  (Sohwbioobb's  Jahrbueh  der 
Cfhemie  «.  Phytii,  Bd.  xti.  1826,  4.  s.  436).  Comp.  on  this  genus  J.  O. 
Webtwood,  Trantact.  of  Zoolog.  80c,  I.  1835,  4to,  pp.  575—294.  PI.  36. 
All  the  species  of  this  genus  liye  on  bats. 

Phalanx  13.  Sippobosctdce  {Cariacea  Latr.)  Head  received  in 
the  emarginate  thorax.  Wings  divaricate  or  incumbent,  in  some 
very  small  or  none.    Last  joint  of  tarsus  the  longest  of  all. 

Braula  NiTZSCH.    Eyes  and  ocelli  none.    Wings  none. 

Sp.  Braula  coeca  Nitzsoh,  Gibmab  Magaz,  der  Entom,  m.  pp.  3x4,  315; 
Ahbbkb,  Pawn,  Ins.  Etirop,  Fasc  vi.  Tab.  35 ;  RiAUM.  M^m.  y.  PI.  38, 
figs.  X — 4 ;  this  small  insect  liyes  parasitically  on  bees  ;  the  metamorphosis 
is  unknown.    Is  this  its  place  ? 

Melophila  NiTZSCH,  Melophagua  Latr.  Eyes  small,  ocelli  none. 
Wings  and  poisers  none. 

Sp.  MdophUa  ovina,  fftppobosea  ovina  h,,  Fbibch,  Beschretb.  von  aUerl.  Im, 
y.  8.  40.  4.  Tab.  18;  Panzeb,  DeuUchl.  Ina.  Heft  51,  14;  Gublt,  M<»gax. 
f.  d,  ffesamnU.  Thierheilk.  1843,  l^-  ^<^1^-  ^>  %•  15*  The  theep-louse  is  a 
wingless  fly ;  Rahdohb  has  given  a  description  and  figure  of  its  digestive 
organs  ;  and  LTONinrr  in  his  posthumous  works  a  careful  and  eUborate  pic- 
ture of  its  structure,  especially  as  concerns  the  external  parts  ;  Recherchet 
aur  VAnatomie  et  lea  mOamorph.  Ac.  pp.  i — 27,  PI.  i — 3.  There  are  two 
small  oblong  eyes  each  consisting  of  a  hundred  round  fa9ettes  remote 
from  each  other,  (groups  of  simple  eyes  t) 

Sub-genus  Lipoptena  Nitzsch.,  (Spec  of  Melophagu8  Latr., 
Meio.)  differs  from  the  preceding  by  very  short  rudiments  of  wings, 
by  distinct  poisers,  by  moderate  eyes. 

Sp.  PediciUua  cervi  L.,  Fabb.,  Panzeb,  DeutacM.  Ina,  Heft  51,  Tab.  15. 

Orniihomyia  Latr.,  NiTZSCH.  (Spec,  of  Hippobosca  L.,  and 
Fabr.)  Eyes  distinct;  ocelli  usually  three  in  vertex.  Wings 
distinct.    Tarsi  with  tridentate  claws. 

Sub-genera:  Anapera  Meig.  (Oxypterum  Leach.)  Eyes  none, 
wings  short,  acuminate. 

Stenopteryx  Leach,  Meig.  With  three  ocelli,  wings  very  narrow, 
longer  than  the  abdomen. 

Omithomyia  Leach,  Meig.  With  three  ocelli,  wings  incumbent, 
obtuse. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


814  CLASS  Tin. 

Sp.  OmUhomyia  MrundinU,  ffippob.  Mnmdinii  L.,  BUnopi,  hinmdinU 
Lbaoh,  Msia.,  Gu^BiN  leonogr.,  Insect,  PI.  104,  fig.  7 :  on  the  oommon 
Swift,  Cypsdus  muraritu, 

StreUa  Wiedemann.  Eyes  very  small,  triangular.  Ocelli  ?  Wings 
inciunbent,  rotundate,  longer  than  the  abdomen,  with  parallel 
yeiiiB. 

Sp.  Strata  vetpetiUumis  Wiedem.,  Auaaereurop,  zweifiug,  Ina.  u.  Tab.  X. 
fig.  13 ;  on  a  bat  of  South  America. 

Hippohosca  Latr.  Nirmomyia  NiTZSCH.  (Species  of  Hippoboaca 
L.)  Eyes  distinct,  large ;  ocelli  none.  Wings  parallel,  incumbent, 
obtuse,  multinervose.     Tarsi  with  bidentate  claws. 

Sp.  Hippoboaea  eq^na  L.,  Cuv.  R,  Ani.  id.  iUuatr,,  Ins,  PI.  182,  fig.  x; 
Panzeb,  Deutsckl.  Ins,  Faac  7,  Tab.  13  ;  OvRUS,  Moffot,  /.  d.  geaamnU. 
Thierheilk.  n.  Tab.  i,  figit.  13,  14;  moucAc  Bretonne,  moueke  d^Espagne, 
Pferde-laus,  Forest-fy;  thorax  dark-brown,  spotted  with  yellow ;  abdomen 
brown-grey,  hairy.  This  species  sucks  the  blood  of  hones,  and  attaches 
itself  especially  to  the  belly  and  the  inside  of  the  hind  legs. 

If  we  were  told  that  a  bird  laid  an  egg  that  produced  a  young  one  as 
large  as  the  mother,  we  should  think  the  account  fabulous  and  ridiculous  ; 
the  fabulous  part  would  not  be  diminished  were  the  bird  ever  so  small  or 
even  a  winged  insect.  Of  this  insect  however  the  story  is  accurately  true. 
Let  the  reader  consult  the  beautiful  and  circumstantial  natural  histoiy  of 
this  fly  which  R^UMUR  has  recorded.  Mfyn.  pow  servw  d  VHist,  des  Ins, 
VI.  pp.  569—608.  PI.  48. 

Sub-genus  Ol/ersia  Wikdem.  {Feronia  Leach.) 

Family  X.  Athertcera.  Antennae  with  two  joints  or  three,  the 
last  undivided,  and  presenting  the  form  of  a  patella  or  capitulum, 
and  in  most  supplied  with  a  seta  or  spicate  appendage.  Proboscis 
retractile  or  slightly  prominent,  with  haustellum  composed  mostly 
of  two,  sometimes  of  four  seta ;  in  some  the  mouth  is  closed,  with 
tubercles  in  place  of  proboscis.      Pupa  coarctate. 

The  name  Athertcera  (from  dSfjpy  spiea,  ctriata),  aristeUe  or  owned 
cmt^ncBy  expresses  the  character  by  which  this  family  of  IHptera  is 
distinguished.  The  larva  has  in  this  and  the  following  fiunily  a  sofl, 
ringed,  somewhat  conical,  anteriorly  pointed  body.  Progression  is 
effected  by  extension  and  contraction  of  the  body,  whose  form  is 
very  variable.  On  the  whole  the  larva  does  not  change  its  skin,  and 
has  no  feet ;  in  that  of  HdophUua  and  Eristcdia  alone  are  there 
seven  pairs  of  membranous  feet  provided  with  small  hooks,  on  the 
body  beneath,  which  is  the  only  example  of  such  appendages  in  this 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  315 

oider^.  The  moet  have  no  proper  head,  but  a  Tery  moveable  mouth 
veil  adapted  for  extension,  and  two  homy  hooks  curved  downwards. 
The  skin  of  the  larva  when  it  changes  to  a  pupa  is  not  cast,  but 
becomes  hard,  and  is  changed  into  the  covering  of  the  pupa ;  the 
anterior  extremity  becomes  thicker  and  rounder,  and  the  whole 
recalls  the  form  of  an  oval  keg.  The  perfect  insect,  by  moving  its 
head,  which  is  extended  forward  like  a  bladder,  breaks  this  shell  at 
its  upper  extremity,  whilst  a  piece  of  it  springs  open  like  a  lid. 

Few  genera  of  this  family  are  in  the  perfect  state  carnivorous, 
most  of  them  living  on  flowers  and  plants. 

Phalanx  I.     Proboscifl  in  some  very  short,  in  others  none,  in 
place  of  proboscis  and  palps  three  tubercles  [CEstrus  L.) 

Larvae  parasitic,  some  living  beneath  the  skin,  others  in  the 
frontal  sinnses,  or  in  the  intestinal  canal  of  mammalia. 

a)  Proboscis  small 

Genera:  Cephenemyia  Latb.,  CtUer^a  Clask,  Latb.,  Trypo- 
derma  Wiedehanx. 

b)  Proboscis  none. 

Genera :  ffypocierma  Clark,  {(Estrus  Meio.),  (Edemagena  Clark, 
CephcUemyia  Clark,  Colax  Wiedem.,  (Estrus  Clark,  {GasPnia 
Meio.) 

Note, — ^AntennfiB  triarticulate,  with  seta  naked  in  most,  in  Gvle- 
rdyra  plumose.  Gasl/rus  Meio.  differs  from  (Estrtia  Meig.  by  the 
naked  poisers,  and  wings  without  a  transverse  nervure  at  the  apex. 

Comp.  Clask,  Obaerv.  on  the  gentu  CEsinu,  Trans,  of  the  Linn,  Sac.  ni. 
1796,  p.  2Sg,  &c. ;  the  same,  An  Essay  on  the  Bots  of  fforses,  &c.,  London, 
1815,  4to,  with  fig. ;  the  same,  On  the  Insects  called  OiBtros  by  the  Ancients, 
Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  xix.  2.  1843,  PP«  81—94- 

A.  NuMAN  Waameminffen  omtrent  de  horzdmaskers,  welhe  in  de  maag 
van  hetpaard  hvdsvesten,  Amsterdam,  1834,  4to,  mit  pi. 

J.  L.  C.  ScHB(EDEB  VAN  DES  KoLK,  Mimoirc  9ur  VAnaUmie  tt  la  Physiol, 
du  Qastrus  equi,  Amaterdam,  1^45)  &v.  pL 

Sp.  (Estrus  equi  Fabb.,  ^Oastrus  equi  Mno.,  Gu^aiK,  Iconoffr.,  Ins.  PI.  loi, 
fig.  5,  Glabk,  Essay  on  the  Bots,  PL  i.  figs.  13,  14,  (Liksmvb  described 
this  species  under  the  name  of  (Estrus  Bovis).    About  5  lines  long,  body 


^  In  these  BouOH^  has  frequently  observed  a  moulting ;  Beiir&ffe  mr  Insektenkunde, 
in  Nov.  Act.  Acad.  Cos.  L.  Oar.  Tom.  xviL  i.  1835,  p.  498. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


316  CLASS  Till. 

lieurj,  jfBow,  tboimx  in  tiie  middle  bhck,  wings  with  m  bfown-gicj,  tnam- 
rene  itripe  in  the  middle  and  two  nmilar  qwts  at  the  point ;  the  lemale 
has  a  long  hiaek  oripoeitor  at  the  end  of  the  abdomen,  lliis  lly  htys  her 
yellow  eggs  in  varioas  ntoations  on  the  h^  of  the  hcne,  to  which  they 
remain  firmly  attached  by  a  glntinoas  finid.  Hie  yoong  larw  come  from 
the  eggSy  which  sfiring  open  by  a  lid,  as  rery  long  and  actire  little  worms, 
and  are  oonreyed  by  the  lick  of  the  horse's  tongne  into  hii  month  and 
gnlkt  (with  respect  to  those  eggs  whidi  lie  beyond  tfaereafdi  of  the  tongue, 
we  may  soppoee,  with  NuXAir,  that  the  larvae  themsdres  creep  to  other 
situations  nearer  the  head).  Sabsequently  the  lanrs  Htc  in  the  siomadi  of 
the  horse;,  to  which  they  hare  become  attarhed  in  rery  great  numbers 
(several  hundreds  at  once).  Here  they  remain  several  months,  from  spring 
tiP  the  beginning  or  middle  of  summer,  then  are  detached,  being  expelled  with 
the  excronent^  and  change  into  pnpe,  frtan  which,  after  about  five  weeks^ 
the  perfect  insect  comes  to  view.  This  species  is  ibund  in  the  hone  and 
ass ;  besides  these,  and  sometimes  simultaneously  with  them,  larve  also  of 
other  species  {GaMrtu  kcpwMrrkoidalu  for  instance)  live  in  the  ssme  result ; 
the  larvK  of  this  last  species  are  smaller  and  deep  led  ;  see  XuXAJr,  FL  n. 
fig.  I. 

(Etinu  bcvis  Fabb.,  Msig.,  Gu^bdi,  Icono^.,  Jul  F1  ioi,  ^.  3,  Clabk, 
L  L  PL  n.  figs.  8,  9,  Cur.  R.  An.,  Id.  iU.,  /ju.  FL  176,  fig.  1.  The  krva 
of  this  species  lives  under  the  sldn  of  the  bullock  ;  that  of  Gatnu  {OepMaU' 
myta)  oru  L.,  GuiBiH,  lam.  In*.  PL  loi,  fig.  4,  Mkioev,  S^.  Betekr.  it. 
^  3^f  figy  '^«  Ix^es  in  the  frontal  sinuses  of  the  sheep^ 

Phalanx  II.    Proboscis  distinct.     Two  8et»  of  haostellmn. 

A,   MuscaruB  (species  from  genus  Musca  L.)  Proboscis  distinct, 
membranous,  retractile,  bilabiate  at  the  point. 

Though  the  FI7  genus  {JfttMa),  thus  defined,  be  much  smaller 
than  that  of  LiXNiEUSy  it  is  still  a  very  extensive  group,  in  which 
the  modems  distinguish  many  genera.  Here  maj  be  compared 
RoBiNEAU  Debtoidt,  Essai  8ur  les  Jfyodaires,  Mem.  prtserUes  d 
rAcad.  desScde  VInstUtU  de  France,  Tohl  n.  1830,  4ta 


1  A  species  is  spoken  of  in  man :  CEMtus  kominu  (Gmbl.,  i%ae.  not.  Ed.  13,  L 
p.  1811)  ;  comp.  KiBBT  and  Sfevcb,  Introdw.  to  Enicmol.  I.  pp.  136,  137.  Of  later 
observations  IsiD.  Gboffbot  SAurr-Hn.AniB  has  given  an  account  in  the  Ann,  de 
la  Soc.  Eniam.  n.  p.  518.  That  larvs  of  CEdrui  bovu  and  of  other  Diptera  may 
sometimes  five  under  the  skin  of  man  is  probable  fix»m  some  observations  ;  a  few  years 
ago  an  insect  was  shewn  me  that  had  come  out  of  a  boil  under  the  skin  in  a  girl, 
it  was  the  pupa  of  a  dipterum,  and  agreed  very  well  with  that  of  (Estnii.  A 
Uu-va  which  in  many  respects  resembled  that  of  a  Tackina,  but  yet  differed  from  all 
the  species  of  larvae  of  Diftera  yet  known,  was  observed  by  Dr  Smut  ;  this  larva 
was  pressed  from  a  boil  on  the  head  of  a  giri  6^  yean  old  ;  see  J.  J.  Smrr  and 
C.  J.  SUXDEVALL,  VeterA.  Akad.  Mandlingar,  Stockhohn,  1840,  pp.  63—68. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  317 

*Palps  external.  Nervnres  of  wings  longitudinal  only,  none 
transverse. 

Phora  Latk.,  Meiq.  (previously  Trineura  Meig.)  Antennas 
inserted  at  the  margin  of  the  mouth,  with  elongate  simple  seta. 
Posterior  feet  elongate.  Wings  rotundate,  ciliate,  with  two  thick 
nervures  at  the  outer  margin,  and  three  or  four  others  nearly 
parallel,  running  obliquely  from  the  second  marginal  nervure  to 
the  posterior  margin  of  the  wing.     Foisers  naked. 

Fig.   Mbiosn,   Europ,  tweif.   Int,  vi.  Tab.  63,  figs,  i — 13 ;  GuiBiK, 
Iconogr,,  Tru.,  PL  104,  figs.  3,  &c. 

Add  sub-genera :  Gymnophora  Macm^-  and  Canicera  Meig. 

**Palps  inserted  in  the  proboscis,  retractile  and  capable  of 
being  concealed  with  it.  Nervures  of  wings  longitudinal  and  trans- 
verse.   Antennse  inserted  in  the  frons. 

a)    First  posterior  cellule  of  the  wings  open,  transverse  apical 
nervure  nona 

*  Poisers  naked. 

1)  SquamiB  of  the  poisers  small  or  nona     Head  elongato-globose 
or  broad,  transverae,  with  eyes  remote. 

Teianocera  DuMER.,  Latr.,  Meig.  Antennsd  longer  than  the 
head,  with  second  joint  longest. 

Sepedon  Latb.,  Meig.,  Baccha  Fabb. 

Thecomyia  Pestt.,  Macq. 

Loxocera  Meig.,  Latr.  Antennse  oblique,  with  third  joint 
longest.    Abdomen  elongate,  sexannulate. 

Sp.  Loxocera  ichneuftumea,  Mutca  ichneumonea  L,,  Panzeb,  DeuUehl.  In$ect., 
Heft  73,  Tab.  24,  SoHSLLENBKBO^  Tab.  7  &c. 

Sub-genus :  Platystyla  Macq. 

Condylura  Fall.,  Meig.,  Latr.  Antennse  shorter  than  head. 
Abdomen  sexannulate,  in  males  clavate  at  the  apex. 

a)    Seta  of  antenxue  plumose. 

Sub-genera:    Lissa  Meiq.,  Merodma  Macq.,   Teta/nwra  Valu, 
Chyliaa  Fall,  CordyUira  Macq. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


318  CLASS  vin. 

(/S)    Seta  of  auteniue  umple  (naked  or  pubeocent). 

Sub-genera:  Gleigastra  Maoq.,  Myopma  Bobin.,  Maoq.  (species 
from  genus  Gcmosia  Meig.) 

Scatcphaga  Meig.,  Latr.,  Scatomyza  Fall.  Antennae  shorter 
than  head.  Head  barbate  beneath.  Abdomen  quinqueannulate. 
Wings  incumbent,  parallel,  extending  far  beyond  abdomen. 

Add  sub-genera:  Dryomyza  Fall.,  Sapromyza  Fall.,  Meig., 
Toaooneura  Maoq.,  Sdomyza  FaMmj  Lucina  Meig.,  Hdamyza  Fall., 
BlepluMiptera  Maoq.,  Heteromyza  Faijl 

Sp.  SccUophctga  ttercoraria,  Musca  stercoraria  L.,  CuYiES,  R.  Am,  id.  HL,  Ins. 
PL  178  bifl,  fig.  10,  RiAUMUB,  Bia,  not.  cUs  Ins,  TV.  PI.  17,  figs.  1—7  Ac 

Comp.  J.  W.  Zbttkbbtedt,  Monographia  Soaicpkagarum  Scandinavia, 
Ann.  de  la  Soc.  EnUmol.  iv.  1835,  pp.  175 — 189,  Tab.  iv.  B. 

Psilcmyia  Latr.     {Psila  Meig.) 

Add  sub-genera:  Oxygma  Meig.,  Trigonometopus  Macq.,  (species 
from  genus  Tetanocera  Meig.,)  Ewrina  Meig.,  Tetanops  Fall., 
Pyrgota  Wiedem.,  OtUea  Latb.,  Macq.,  Platycephala  Fall.,  Dorycera 
Meig. 

Ortalia  Fall.,  Meig. 

Sub-genera:  Hermay  Bobin.,  Macq.  (Eichardia  Robin.,  and 
Revdlia  Robin.,)  Geroxya  Macq.,  Cleitamia  Macq.,  Amethysa  Macq., 
UTakuxtrUhina  Maoq.,  Ropalomera  Wiedeil,  Eurypalpua  Macq., 
PlcUystama  Latb.,  Loxoneu/ra  Maoq. 

Trypeta  Meig.,  TephrUis  Latr.,  Fabr. 

Add  sub-genera:  JEnsmay  Aciniay  Terellia  and  Uropkora  Robin., 
PetcUophora,  Senopterina  and  Leploxyda  Macq.,  Bactrocera  Gueb., 
Dacus  Meig. 

Sp.  Trypeta  Arctii  Meig.,  Db  Gebb,  Int.  vi.  Tab.  1,  figs.  6—14,  Panzer, 
Deutschl.  Int.,  Heft  103,  Tab.  22  ;  yellow-green  body  with  yellow-brown 
feet ;  wings  with  four  transverse  brown  stripes,  which  at  the  external  or 
anterior  margin  of  the  wings  are  united  two  and  two.  The  larva  lives  in 
the  flowers  and  seeds  of  Arctium  Lappa  and  other  Synanthereoe  ;  each  peri- 
carp holds  only  a  single  larva,  which  is  placed  in  it  head  downwards. 
Other  species  live  in  excrescences  (like  those  of  gall-nuts)  on  thistles.  The 
species  of  this  genus  are  very  numerous.  The  head  is  broad ;  the  abdomen 
has  five  segments,  and  ends  in  the  female  in  an  ovipositor  extended  to 
a  point.  The  wings  during  life  are  mostly  in  a  quivering  motion  and 
erect ;  they  are  usually  spotted  or  striped  with  darker  bands. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  319 

Sepsis  Fall.,  Meiq.  {Cephalta  Meio.)  Antennffi  shorter  than 
head.  Head  elongate.  Eyes  rotund.  Abdomen  quadriannulate, 
narrow.    Wings  erect,  vibrating. 

Sub-genera:  Chelig<uter  Maoq.,  Nemopoda  Robin.,   Michogcuter 
Macm2. 

Dtopsis  L.  Eyes  very  remote,  the  head  being  produced  on  both 
sides  into  a  transverse  petiole,  oculiferons  at  its  apex,  and  before  the 
apex  antenniferons.  Antennse  short,  with  three  joints,  the  last 
Buborbicnlar  with  a  long  naked  seta.  Scntellum  bispinose,  two  or 
four  other  spines  at  the  sides  of  the  thorax. 

Comp.  A.  Dahl,  pneside  C.  Limrjn)  Bigce  Intectorum  1775,  Amaniiatet 
Acad.  vm.  p.  303.  PL  vi.  figa.  i — 5  (reprinted  in  Fuebblt,  Arehivei  de 
VHitt.  det  Im,  pp,  19,  to,  Tab.  6) ;  Balhak,  Aa.  Holm,  18x7,  AnaUct, 
ErUomoL  No.  i.  (Okih'b  liu  iSio)  ;  J.  O.  Wbstwood,  On  Dioptia,  Trara. 
Linn,  8oe.  xym.  1835,  pp.  983 — 3x3,  pL  See  also  fignres  of  two  species 
0f  this  genus  in  Gu^Biir,  Iconoffr.,  In$,  pi.  103,  figs.  8,  9. 

Lmnrjsus  described  only  one  species  of  Diopaii  {DiopM,  icKnewmmta), 
now  about  twenty  are  known.  They  are  all  exotic  and  from  the  old  worid 
(west  coast  of  Africa^  India,  Java) ;  JHopiia  brevicomii  Sat,  Wibdev.,  a 
species  from  Pennsylvania^  seems  not  to  belong  to  this  genus.  According 
to  WxsTWOOD  there  are  four  sets  in  the  sucker  in  JHopM  SykesU,  as  in 
Syrphm,  These  small  flies  by  their  pediculated  eyes  remind  us  of  Podophthal- 
mm  Latb.,  amongst  the  Onutaeea,  and  of  Zygcena,  amongst  the  fishes. 

Calohata  Meiq.,  Micropeza  Late. 
Micrcpeza  Fall.,  Calohata  Latr. 

Tcmypeza  Fall.,  Tcemaptera  Macq.,  Ferius  Fabr.,  Wiedeil 
LoTigina  Wiedem.     AntennsB  longer  than  head,  with  first  joint 

longest 

Thyreophora  Latk.,  Meig. 

Adora  Meig. 

Ccelopa  Meig.,  {Psalidomyia  Doumerc). 

Ck)mp.  DOUMEBO,  Mim.  but  U  Psalydomyia  fucicola,  diptire  vivanlt  tur 
Ua  herds  de  la  rner,  Ann,  de  la  80c,  EnUm,  n.  1833,  pp.  89—93.  The 
male  has  at  the  abdomen  a  forceps  ahnost  like  that  of  the  Porficvlmf  but 
with  obtuse  and  hairy  points. 

UUdia  Meig.,  MosiUua  Latb. 

Gymnopoda  Macq.,  Lipara  Meig.,  Tvmia  Meio. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


320  CLASS   VIII. 

Latacania  Latr. 

Pachycerina  Macq.,  Lonchasa  Fall.,  Meig.,  Teremyia  Maoq., 
FterochrUia  G&at. 

Celyphvs  Dalm.    Antennse  of  the  length  of  the  head.     Scutel- 
lum  convex,  entirely  covering  the  abdomen. 

Nottphila  Fall.,  Meig. 

Ochthera  Latr.,  Dryxo  Bobik.,  Dickceta  Meig.,  HydreUia  Robin., 
Discocerina  Macq.,  Trimerina  Macq.,  Diacomyza  Meig.,  Ccenia 
Robin. 

Ptophila  Fall.,  Meig. 

Trichomyza  Macq.,  Epkydra  Fall.,  Meig.,  ArUsophysa  Macq., 
Ochthiphila  Fall.,  Campichceta  Macq.,  Oitona  Meig.,  DroaophUa 
Fall.,  Stega/na  Meig.,  Diastaia  Meig.,  Leptopezina  Macq.,  Opomyza 
Fall.,  Meig.,  {Geomyza  Fall.,)  Graphomyzina  Macq. 

Sphcerocera  Latr.,  Borhorus  Meig. 

Geroptera  Macq.,  Grumomyia  Macq.,  ffeteroptera  Macq.,  Limosina 
Macq.,  Apterina  Macq.,  (wings  none). 

Sp.  Borboru8  pedettris  Mbig.  Surop.  tweifi,  Ins.  vi.  PL  63,  fig.  21,  two  lines 
long,  brilliant  black,  winglesB;  this  curious  insect  was  discovered  by 
V.  Wnrrami  near  Hamburg. 

Oacinis  Latr.,  Fabr.,  Ckloropa  Meig. 

Diasevna  Macq.,  Avlacigaster  Macq.,  Leptomyza  Macq.,  Lettcopis 
Meig.,  MUichia  Meig.,  Gymnopa  Fall.,  Meig.,  SiphoneUa  !&Llcq., 
Homdlv/ra  Meig.,  CneviMcamiha  Meig.,  Heteronefwra  'Eajll.,  Meig., 
Therina  Meig.,  Meramyza  Meig.,  Chloropa  Meig.,  Macq.,  Oscinis 
Latb.,  Macq.,  Lewmyza  Macq.,  Agromyza  Fall.,  Meig.,  PhyUomyza 
Fall.,  Aateia  Meig.,  Elachiptera  Macq.,  Myrmemorpha  Dupoub. 

2)  Squamffi  of  poisers  small  or  moderate.  Head  sub-globose, 
with  eyes  in  males  (sometimes  in  both  sexes)  approximate.  (Abdo- 
men quadriannulate).  Seta  of  antennse  inarticulate,  often  plumose 
{ArUhomyidas), 

Gcerwsia  Meig.    Eyes  distant,  especially  in  females.   Abdomen 
of  male  clavate  at  apex.    Wings  incumbent. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN8ECTA.  321 

Anthomyta  Meiq.  Eyes  in  each  sex,  or  in  males,  approximate; 
in  last  more  frequently  contiguous.  Wings  divaricate  or  incum- 
bent. 

Sp.  Anthomyia  pluviali$,  Muaca  plttvialii  L.,  Gu^Biir  leonogr,  Iru.  FL  roa, 
figB.  9,  Ac.    A  very  numerous  genus. 

Snb-genera:  Aricia  Bobin.,  SpUogaster  Macq.,  ffydrophoria 
BoBiN.,  HyUmyia  RoBiK.,  ChortophUa  Macq.,  Atomognster  Macq., 
Eriphia  Meig.  (with  eyes  contiguous  in  male). 

Drymeia  Meig.  lips  of  proboscis  elongate,  infLexed,  forming  a 
terminal  hamate  capitulum. 

Sp.  Drymeia  obtewra,  Mmca  hamata  Pall.,  Mbo.  Europ.  Zwei/L  Int.  ▼. 
'Tab.  44,  figs,  xo — 13. 

••  Poisers  obtect 

Lispe  Meig.  Wings  incumbent.  Abdomen  quadriannulate, 
oval.  Palps  dilated  at  apex,  cochleariform.  (Habitus  of  ArUho' 
myia.     Seta  of  antennae  plumose.    Eyes  distant). 

6)  Wings  with  a  transverse  apical  nervure,  closing  the  first 
posterior  cellule  completely  or  for  the  most  part  Poisers  covered 
with  large  squamse.  Seta  of  anteniuB  with  two  joints  or  three 
(CreaphiUB  Late.) 

Abdomen  mostly  quadrianntdate.     Wings  often  divaricate. 

1)    Seta  of  cmtermcR  piluTnoae. 

Idia  Meig.,  Wiedem.  Head  produced  beneath  into  a  rostrum 
above  the  proboscis. 

Achias  Fabr.  Head  transverse,  produced  on  both  sides  into  a 
thick  oculiferous  peduncle.     AntennsB  short,  inserted  in  the  frons. 

Sp.  Aehia9  ocuUUua  Fabb.,  S^.  antUator.  p.  347,  GuiSbin,  Mctgas.  de  Zod.  i. 
1831,  Ins.  PI.  7,  CuviEB  R.  Ani,  id,  iU.,  Ins.  PL  178,  fig.  5,  Java,  and 
some  other  smaller  species,  on  which  oomp.  G.  B.  G.  Wikdemank,  Achias, 
Dipterorum  genus  iHustratwn  novisque  specidnu  auctum,  com  Tab.  1 
lithogr.  Kili»  HolBatorum,  1830,  8vo.  This  genus  is  distinguiflhed  from 
Diopsis  by  many  characters,  by  the  position  of  the  antenns,  and  by  the 
habitus, 

Musca  nob.  (Spec,  of  genus  Mvsca  L.)  Head  globose,  not 
produced  either  anteriorly  or  transversely. 

a)    Fed  moderate.    Seta  of  a/nienno!  plum^ose  to  the  apex. 

Sub-genera;  Cwrtonefwra  Mac(j.,  Meaemhrvna  Meig.,  FoUenia 
Maoq.,  {FoUenia  Robin,  and  Nilellia  Robin.),  Mvsca  Maoq.,  CaUi- 
VOL.  I.  21 


Digitized  by 


Google 


322  CLASS  viir. 

pfu/ra  Macq.,  {CaXUphora  Bobin.,  Mufetia  and  Melinda  Bobin.), 
Lucilia  Maoq.,  (Lucilia  Kobin.,  Fharmia  and  PyreUia  Bobin.), 
Ochromyia  Macq. 

h)    Pett  moderate.   Seta  of  antennce  naked  at  the  apex. 

Sub-genera :  Onesia  Robin.,  Cynomyia  Robin.,  Agria  Robin., 
Macq.  (Agrioy  Gean^rla,  Clyto  Robin.),  Sarcophaga  Meig.,  PhriMO- 
podia  Macq. 

c)    Fed  eUmgaie. 

Sub-genera:  Deasia  Meig.,  Prosena  Saint-Fabgeau  and  Sery., 
Dinera  Robin.,  ScoHptera  Macq.,  RubUia  Robin. 

To  the  diyision  a)  the  common  house-fly  Mtuca  domettica  L.,  belongs, 
ScHBLLEN.  Tab.  I.,  J.  C.  Kellbb  Getchichte  der  germeinem  Stvhen-JUege, 
mit  4  Kupferiafdn.  Nlirnberg,  1764,  4to.  The  larvae  live  especially  in 
horse-dung,  and  these  insects  are  only  found  in  the  neighbourhood  of  human 
habitations.  In  a  month's  time  one  generation  succeeds  another,  for  the 
larva  is  full  grown  in  fourteen  days  ;  the  fly  also  after  fourteen  days  comes 
from  the  pupa,  and  the  ^g  has  only  to  lie  a  single  day  before  the  young 
maggot  creeps  out.  Hence  it  is  that  they  multiply  so  astonishingly,  and  that 
in  warm  summers,  especially  at  the  beginning  of  autumn,  they  may  prove 
so  numerous.  In  the  open  country  and  on  the  roads  various  species  of  fly 
are  met  with  of  the  same  size,  which  are  usually  confounded  with  them,  as 
MuKa  corvina  Fabb.,  Panzjer  Deuischl.  Ins.,  Heft  60,  Tab.  13,  Mutca 
nigripea  male.  Heft  105,  Tab.  13,  Mueca  ludifica  fem.  Also  the  unspotted, 
gold-green  glistering  Musca  casaar  L.,  the  blue  flesh-fly  Mueca  vomiloria, 
L.,  (CaUipkora  ftUvibarbie  Robin.),  Roks.  Ins.  Ii.  Mus.  et  Culic.  Tabs.  ix. 
X.,  Panzbr  Deutscld.  Ins.  Heft  x.  Tab.  19,  which  has  a  shining  blue 
abdomen  with  black  stripes,  the  head  black  with  red-brown  palps.  This 
fly  has  a  fine  sense  of  smell,  and  readily  penetrates  into  houses  in  summer 
to  lay  its  eggs  on  meat  in  kitchens  and  larders.  The  same  applies  to  those 
belonging  to  the 

Division  6)  Musca  camaria  L.,  {Sarcophaga  eamaria  Meig.,)  R^auic. 
Ins.  IV.  Tab.  18,  figs.  1,  8,  Db  Gebb  Ins.  vi.  Tab.  3,  figs.  5—18,  Cuv. 
R.  Ani.  id.  ill.,  Ins.  PI.  178,  fig.  2  ;  still  larger  than  the  former,  abdomen 
grey  vdth  black  spots  ;  black  antennae  and  palps.  It  has  been  estimated 
that  the  progeny  of  a  single  female  of  this  species  may  in  one  summer 
amount  to  more  than  500  millions  of  flies  ^. 

2)  Seta  o/atUenncB  downy  or  naked  Meig.  (Species  of  Thereva 
Fabb.) 


^  Mbiobm  Sytlt.  Besch,  der  Eur.  ZvBmfivg.  Ins.  v.  s.  si,  " Hatte  die  Natur  also 

Keine  nUichtigunrhenden  OegenanstaUen  zwr   VeHUgung  gebroffen so  w&rde  dieses 

fferr  den  Menschen  woU  wenig  Fleisch  Hbrig  lassen,  und  die  Fastentage  wOrden  steis  an 
der  T<igesordnung  sein/** 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  323 

I^asia  Latr.  Antennae  short,  the  third  joint  a  little  longer 
than  the  second.  Abdomen  depressed,  downy,  qoinqueannulate. 
Wings  divaricate,  broad,  often  coloured,  thickish. 

Fig.  Schzllhtb.  Tab.  n.  fig.  a  ;  Guis.  Iconogr.  Im.  PL  loi,  fig.  4. 

Sub-genera :  Hyalomyia,  Alophoray  Elomyia  Robin. 

THchopoda  Latb. 

Xysta  Meig.  Antennae  short,  two  last  joints  sub-equal.  Abdo- 
men convex,  oval  with  five  rings  or  six,  pubescent  or  sub-nude. 
Wings  lanceolate,  divaricate. 

Oymnowma  Meig.  Antennae  moderate,  with  two  last  joints 
sub-equal.    Abdomen  quadriannulate,  globose,  sub-nude. 

Sub-genera :  Cistogiuter  Latb.,  Strongygaater  Maoq. 

Ocyptera  Latb.  Antennae  moderate,  with  third  joint  longer 
than  second,  linear,  compressed.  Abdomen  elongate,  subsetose, 
quadriannulate. 

Fhania  Meig.  Antennae  moderate^  third  joint  elongate,  linear, 
compressed.  Abdomen  oval,  subsetose,  quadriannulate,  inflexed 
towards  the  extremity. 

Lophosia  Meig.  Antennae  moderate,  third  joint  the  largest, 
compressed,  obtrigonaU  Abdomen  cylindrical,  qnadriannulate, 
subsetose* 

Curtocera  Macq. 

Tachina  Meig.,  Echinomyta  Dumek.  Antennae  moderate  or 
short,  with  second  joint  often  long,  sometimes  exceeding  the  third ; 
triarticulate  seta  at  the  base  of  the  third  joint.  Abdomen  conical 
or  oval,  quadriannulate,  setose. 

A  numeroiis  gentu,  which  beyond  any  other  gives  us  an  idea  of  the 
inexhaustible  riches  of  nature  in  the  fbnns  and  modifications  of  aidmal 
organisation.  MsiosH  oonnts  more  than  three  hundred  species  whioh  are 
found  in  Europe,  and  of  the  foreign  species,  yet  known  so  fragmentarily, 
still  more  than  a  hundred  have  been  described.  In  some,  as  for  instance  in 
Tackina  grtma,  the  second  joint  of  the  antennie  is  much  larger  than  the 
last  (see  Ds  Geeb  /m.  vi.  F1.  i.  fig.  3) ;  to  such  species  Latrbille 
applies  exclusively  the  name  of  JSIcAtnon^ui,  to  which  accordingly  TaMna 
larvamm  does  not  belong,  and  which  only  answers  to  a  small  part  of  the 
Tachina  of  Mbtobn. 

21—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


324  CLASS  Tin. 

Tlie  hrrm  of  these  flies  live  paradticany  in  other  insects,  maoy  spedes  in 
caterpiUarSy  and,  with  the  ichnenmons,  are  the  most  serviceable  in  pre- 
serving  a  balance  in  the  economy  of  nature,  by  restraining  the  excessive 
multiplication  of  noxious  insects.  Many  are  viviparous.  Comp.  G.  Th. 
Voir  SiKBOLD,  U^ber  die  veihliche  Getchleehisorgane  der  Tachinen,  Wiso- 
MANi!r*8  Arekiv  f,  Natvrffetch.  1838,  s.  191 — loi.  Some  larve  leave  the 
insect  in  which  they  Uve  before  changring  into  pups. 

Sp.  Tachina  fera,  Muscaferalt.,  Taszkr Deultdd.  Itu,  Heft  70,  Tab.  x8,  &c. 

Sub-genera:  Echinomyia  Dumer.,  Latb.,  Maoq.,  Micropalpus 
Macq.,  Thryptocera  Macq.,  Trixa  Meig.,  Nemorcea  Robin.,  Magq., 
Senometopia  Macq.,  Eurigaster  Macq.,  Masicera  Macq.,  Metopia 
(Meig.  previously)  Macq.,  LydeUa  Robin.,  Macq.,  Tachina  Macq. 
Ghrysosoma  Macq.,  Clysia  Robin.,  MycHAa  Robin.,  Macq.,  {ffebia^ 
Mdia,  Myobia  Robin.),  Zophomyia  Macq.,  Cassidcemyia  Macq., 
Sericocera  Robin.,  Macq.,  PkUocera  Robin.,  Melanophara  (Meig. 
previously)  Macq. 

Gonia  Meig.  Antennse  with  third  joint  elongate,  surpassing  the 
two  preceding  taken  together.  Seta  of  anteniue  triarticulate,  geni- 
culate. 

MtUogramma  Meig.  Antennae  with  third  joint  elongate,  sur- 
passing the  two  preceding  taken  together.  Seta  of  antennie  biarti- 
culate,  straight.  Abdomen  oval  or  conical,  in  some  not  setose, 
downy. 

To  this  genus  the  observations  of  O.  Th.  Voir  SiSBOLD  refer  (Oftserv. 
gwed,  entomolofficas  de  Oxybelo  uniglum^  aique  Miltogramma  eonica. 
Erlangae,  1841,  4to);  the  female  of  Oxyhdus  tmifflumis,  a  species  of 
hymenopterum,  digs  for  each  of  her  ^;g8  a  hole  in  sandy  ground,  and 
deposits  near  it  some  flies,  her  booty.  In  this  work  she  is  watched  and 
foUowed  by  MUiogramma  conica,  which  lurks  near  the  entrance  of  the  hole 
for  an  opportunity  to  sUp  in  with  her  as  she  enters,  and  to  fix  some  young 
larvBB  on  the  booty,  which  afterwards  penetrate  from  it  into  the  larva  of 
Oxybdtu;  the  reason  why  the  Oxybdat  does  not  drag  this  MtUogramma 
itself  into  the  hole  as  food  for  the  larva  of  her  egg,  is  readily  explained  by 
this  dipterum  being  viviparous,  for  then  she  would  have  drawn  in  the 
Trojan  horse ;  and  hence  these  Tachinaria  are  avoided.  Lkpklstisb  de 
Saikt-Fasoeau  has  made  similar  observations  as  well  on  Oxj^ui  as  on 
Cerceris;  Hist.  NcU,  des  Hymen,  184 1,  11.  pp.  567,  568,  573. 

B,)   GonopsaruB,     Proboscis  exsert,  in  most  filiform,  in  some 
cylindrical  or  conical. 

•  Wings  imperfect,  very  short,  unfit  for  flying: 

Camtu  NiTZSCH. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN8EGTA*  325 

Sp.  Oamus  kmapUra$  Nitssgh,  Gibmab  Magtm,  der  SmUmol,  m.  pp.  305^ 
307,  E.  F.  GsRMAB  Favn,  Inaedor.  Ewrop.  Fsso.  ix.  Tab.  34,  35.  An 
animalcale  about  the  size  of  a  flea ;  it  lives  pararitically  od  StuimuM  vulgariM, 
Abdomen  ia  broader  in  the  female,  and  terminated  by  an  exsert  style. 

tt  Wings  adapted  for  flying. 

Stomoxys  Geofpr.,  Fabr.     Antennae  shorter  than  head,  tri- 

articulate,  with   third  joint  longer  than  rest,   compressed,   with 

dorsal  seta.     Proboscis  exsert,  geniculate.  Abdomen  oval,  quadri- 
annulate.     Wings  divaricate. 

BuoenUs  Latb.,  Siphona  Meio.  Seta  of  antenniB  triarticulate, 
naked  or  downy  at  the  apex.  Proboscis  geniculate  at  the  base  and 
the  middle. 

Tlie  lanrsB  of  this  genus  live,  like  those  of  the  Tachins,  parasitically,  in 
caterpiUan;  Bx  Gbsb  /iu.  yi.  pp.  38,  39;  Mtmehe  eoudie,  PL  2,  flga, 
19—13. 

Stomoxya  Msia,  Latb.  Seta  of  antennte  biarticulate,  naked  or 
plmnosa     Proboscis  horizontal,  geniculate  at  the  base  alone. 

8p.  Stotnoxys  calfiUrans,  Conopa  caleitrans  L,,  GEorFBOT  Jnt,  ParU,  n.  Tah, 
zvni.  fig.  2,  ScHELLEKBBno,  PL  f  7,  fig.  I,  Gu^RiK  Iconogr.  Itu.,  PL  10 1, 
fig.  8  ;  grey,  with  abdomen  spotted  black.  This  fly  fixes  itself  on  the  legs 
of  cattle,  and  in  rainy  weather,  especially  at  the  end  of  summer,  enters  our 
houses  and  attacks  our  legs  ;  the  uninitiated  fancy  that  the  house-flies  are 
then  pricking,  and  so  confound  this  species  with  Mv$ea  domaHca, 

Myopa  Fabr.  Antennae  shorter  than  head,  with  second  joint 
longer,  or  second  and  third  sub-equal,  the  third  ovate  or  globose, 
stjlate  at  the  back.  Proboscis  exsert,  geniculate.  Abdomen 
elongate,  inflected  downwards.  Wings  parallel,  incumbent.  Ocelli 
three. 

Zodion  Latb.     Proboscis  geniculate  at  the  base  alona 

Myapa  Latb.     Proboscis  geniculate  at  the  base  and  the  middla 

Add  sub-genera :  Stachynia  Macq.  {Dalnumnia  Robin.),  Stylo- 
gctster  Macq. 

Conopa  L.,  (exclusive  of  species).  Antenna  porrect,  of  length 
of  head,  with  first  joint  cylindrical,  second  and  third  forming  a 
fusiform  club.  Style  of  antennae  apical,  biarticulate.  Proboscis 
exsert,  geniculate  at  the  base.  Abdomen  elongate,  sexannulate, 
inflected.    Wings  parallel,  incumbent.    Ocelli  none. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


326  CLASS  YIII. 

Sp.  Conopt  JIavipei  h.,  Dum^b.  Contid,  g4n.  «.  I,  In$.  PI.  46,  fig.  4,  Pakzkb 
DeuUchl,  Im.,  Heft  73,  Tabs.  21,  2^,  &o. 

Phalanx  III.  Proboscis  distinct,  bilabiate  at  apex.  Four 
setas  of  haustellum,  an  upper  (labrum)  fornicate,  emarginate  at  the 
extremity,  two  lateral  {maxtllw)  linear,  supplied  with  a  palp 
incrassated  towards  the  extremity.     Sji/rphidce, 

These  diptera,  which  for  the  most  part  were  placed  by  Linnaeus 
in  his  genus  Musca,  form  the  genus  Syrpkua  Fabb.,  and  numerous 
small  genera  of  more  modem  writers. 

A.     Antennffi  of  the  length  of  the  head,  or  longer  than  the  head. 

t  Antennse  with  apical  style. 

Ceria  Fabr.  AntennsB  inserted  on  a  common  frontal  pedicle. 
Abdomen  cylindrical. 

Callicera  Meig.,  Latr.  Antennas  inserted  on  a  common 
tubercle.    Abdomen  conical. 

tt  Antennae  with  dorsal  seta. 

Psarus  Latr.,  Fabr.,  Meig.  Antennas  iifserted  on  a  common 
frontal  pedicle. 

Chrysotoxum  Meig.,  Latr.  Antennas  inserted  on  a  conical 
frontal  tubercle.     Scutellum  unarmed.     Wings  divaricate. 

sp.  ChrywtoaBum  arewUwm,  Mutca  areuata  L.,  Qit£rik  Iconogr.,  In$.  PI.  99, 
figs.  6,  fto. 

Ceratophf/a  Wiedeil 

Microdon  Meig.,  Aphritts  Latr.  Antennas  inserted  on  a  small 
frontal  tubercle,  little  distinct,  with  first  joint  elongate,  cylindrical. 
Scutellum  bidentate. 

Sp.  Microd.  apiformu,  Mtuca  aptformis  De  Gkeb,  Gu&in  leonogr.  Im. 
PI.  100,  fig.  I ;  Micr.  mtUahilU,  Musca  mutabUis  avctor.  (in  part) ;  the 
UiT»  of  this  species  is,  according  to  the  investigations  of  SomiOTHAUSKB,  the 
same  animal  which  Von  Sfix  and  Yon  Heijdbn  have  described  as  a  sing, 
under  the  name  of  ScutdUffera  and  Parmula,  Oken's  liu,  1S40,  s.  993,  923. 

Paragua  Latr.,  Meig.  Antennas  inserted  on  the  frons,  approxi- 
mate, of  the  length  of  the  head.  Abdomen  elongato-quadrate, 
depressed.     Wings  parallel,  incumbent. 

Sp.  Paroffut  bicdor,  Syrphui  htcolor  Fabk.,  GuiRiN,  Iconogr.  Im.  PI.  99, 
figs.  5,  kc. 


Digitized  by 


G(«)ogle 


INfiECTA.  327 

B.     Antenne  shorter  than  head. 

t  Proboscis  moderate, 
a)     Wings  congraous,  parallel,  incambent. 

Milesia  Latr.,  Fabr.  Antennas  with  naked  dorsal  seta.  Nasal 
tubercle  none.     Abdomen  mostly  elongate,  narrow. 

Eumerua  nob.  (Eumtrua  Meig.,  XyhOa  ejusd.,  Aacia  ejusd., 
Sphegina  ejusd.,  Merodon  ejusd.)  Hinder  thighs  incrassated,  spinose 
beneath. 

8p.  MiUna  (Xybta  Msio.)  pipiens,  Mutea  pipiem  L.,  Pakub  DeutaeJU.  Im, 
Heft  32,  No.  99,  SCHXLLKNBSBO,  Tftb.  z.  figs.  3,  kc, 

Milesia  Meig.  (Fipiza,  Fsil&ta  ejusd.)  Feet  simple;  posterior 
thighs  little  or  not  at  all  thicker  than  anterior. 

Triglj/phua  LoEW.  (Oxen's  Ins,  1840,  p.  565.) 

Syrphus  Latr.  Antennae  with  dorsal  seta  naked  or  downy* 
Nasal  tubercle. 

*  With  abdomen  eloDgate,  atteniuite  anterioriy,  clubbed  at  the  apez. 
Sub-genus :  JBaccha  Meig. 

*  *  With  abdomen  oval,  depressed. 

Sub-genera  :  Chrysogasier  Meig.,  and  Syrphus  ejusd. 

8p.  Stfrphfu  pyrattri,  Muaea  pyrattri  L.,  DuMiaiL  Ccm,  gin,  9, 1.  Im,  PI.  50, 
fig.  10 ;  Syrph.  ribetii,  Mtuea  ribeaU  L.,  Cur.  B.  Ani.  id,  HI,,  Im.  PL  174, 
figs.  6,  fto. 

This  pretty  fiunily  of  flies,  mostly  adorned  with  yellow  transyerse  bands, 
ofken  continue  hovering  in  the  air  in  the  same  place,  moving  their  wings 
with  very  rapid  vibrations,  and  producing  a  peculiar  hum  in  a  high 
note.  Their  larvae,  conical  and  pointed  forwards,  feed  on  plant-lice.  See 
GoBDiBBDT  Metamorphosis  naturalis,  Mediobuigi,  iimo,  i.  p.  99,  Observ,  47, 
R£auhub  Im,  ni.  PI.  30,  &c. 

Note, — Sub-genus  PhOyekevnu  Sahtt-Fabo.  and  Sbby.,  with  anterior  tafsn 
dilated  in  the  male.  Comp.  Stjcokb  in  Kbotsb's  Nat/ufrhisi,  Tidashr,  vr, 
1843,  P-  3«i- 

Sericomyia  Meig.  Antennas  with  plumed  dorsal  seta.  Nasal 
tubercle. 

6)     Wings  congruous,  divaricate  or  deflected. 

Eelophilus  Meig.  (with  the  addition  of  several  species  of  genus 
Enatalta  ejusd.  and  MaUota  ejusd.)  Antennsa  with  dorsal  seta 
naked  or  downy.    Abdomen  oval  or  conical. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


328  CLASS  VIII. 

Sp.  HdaphUui  Uncm,  Musca  Umax  L.,  Pahkkb  Deuiickl.  Im,,  Heft  14,  Nos. 
33,  34,  SoHSLLBNBEBO,  Tab.  g,  fig.  I ;  common  with  us  towards  autumn, 
and  often  mistaken  by  the  uninformed  for  bees  or  wasps.  The  larra  leaves 
its  biding  place  in  August  and  September,  to  undergo  its  metamorphosis  in 
chinks  of  walls.  The  body  of  the  larva  of  this  and  of  other  species  ends 
with  a  long  tail ;  hence  the  French  name  Vera  d  queue  de  rat;  they  live  in 
cavities  of  stems  of  trees  in  which  water  is  ooUected,  in  cesspools  and 
necessaries,  and  breathe  by  this  tail  See  Goedabdt  Metam.  Nat.  i.  Observ. 
7,  p.  20,  Tab.  II. ;  Swammbbdam  Bijb,  d.  Natuur,  pp.  644—646,  Tab.  38, 
fig.  9;  BiAUHUB  Int.  TV.  PI.  20,  &c. 

VoluceUa  Geoffb.  Syrphus  Fabr.  Antennae  with  dorsal  seta 
plumed,  mostly  long.     Abdomen  oval  or  conical,  thick,  hirsute. 

Sp.  VoluceUa  intriearia,  Syrphtu  intricariu$  (and  Syrph.  bonUfffUfarmdi 
Fabb.),  Miuea  intricaria  L.,  Panzsb  Deutichl.  In$,,  Heft  59,  Nos.  ix, 
13,  &c. 

The  larva  of  one  species,  of  which  the  metamorphosis  is  known,  lives  in 
the  nests  of  Bombus,  and  feeds  on  its  larvae ;  this  is  VoluceUa  zonaria, 
SyrphuB  imam*  Fabb.,  RiAUMUB  In»ect.  m.  pp.  483 — ^485,  PI.  33,  figs. 
15 — 19.  The  body  of  this  larva  is  pointed  before,  broad  behind,  with  six 
rays  disposed  in  a  semicircle.    They  are  also  found  in  wasps'  nests. 

Pelioocera  HoFFMANNSEGG,  Meig.  Antennae  with  short  dorsal 
seta,  incrassate,  triarticulate. 

c)  Wings  more  than  twice  the  length  of  the  abdomen  (incum- 
bent, parallel). 

Brachycpa  HOFFMANNSEGG,  Meig. 

ft  Proboscis  elongate  (of  the  length  of  head  and  thorax).  Head 
porrect  beneath  into  a  conical  beak. 

Rhingia  ScX)P.,  Fabr.     Wings  incumbent,  parallel, 

Sp.  Kkingia  rottrata,  Conopt  rostraJUi  L.,  Pakzsb  Deuiachl,  In$.,  Heft  87, 
No.  29,  DUM^  C<ma.  ff6n,  t.  I.  Int,  PL  47,  fig.  7. 

Family  XI.  Tanystomata.  Antenna  mostly  with  three  joints, 
the  last  setigerous.  Proboscis  exsert,  containing  an  haustellum 
composed  of  four  or  six  setae. 

Longbeaks.  The  larvse  resemble  oblong  worms,  and  have  no 
feet;  they  have  ordinarily  a  homy  and  hard,  others  a  soft  head, 
but  which  is  constantly  provided  with  booklets  or  retractile  append- 
ages, of  which  they  make  use  in  gnawing  or  sucking  their  food 
The  most  live  undergrotmd.     They  moult   before  changing  into 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IK8ECTA.  329 

pupn ;  the  pupe8  are  naked,  and  shew  many  parts  of  the  perfect 
insect     Latkeille,  Cut.  B.  Ani,  sea  €d.  y.  p.  455. 

A.     Setae  of  haustellum  four. 

Phalanx  I.    Proboscis  shorter,  terminated  by  two  large  labia. 

Scencpintis  Latr.  Antennae  triarticnlate,  with  third  joint 
elongate,  sub-cylindrical,  truncate,  no  seta.  Wings  incumbent, 
parallel. 

Sp.  Scenopimu  feneatralit,  Qviaxs  Iconogr,  Int.  PL  96,  figs.  8,  &c. 
A  genuB  of  unoertain  place.  The  larva  of  Scenopinut  uniUt  which 
Bouoni  described,  linear,  supplied  with  few  hairs,  acuminate  at  both  ends 
like  the  larva  of  TherevOf  and  the  naked  nymph  (not  a  coarctate  pupa), 
sufEiciently  prove  the  genus  to  differ  from  the  division  of  the  Mutcce. 
Naiurg.  der  /«.  1834,  Tab.  iv.  figs,  ai,  43. 

Pipunculus  Latr.  Antennae  triarticulate,  the  first  joint  the 
least,  the  third  ovate,  compressed,  with  erect  seta  at  the  base. 
Head  globose.     Wings  large,  incumbent,  parallel. 

Platypeza  Meiq.  Antennas  triarticulate,  with  third  joint  ovate, 
compressed,  and  a  terminal  seta.  Head  globose,  with  eyes  in  male 
contiguous.     Wings  large,  parallel,  incumbent.    Hind  feet  thicker. 

The  larvsp  live  in  Agarici,  See  the  larva  and  pupa  of  Plat,  holosericea 
figured  by  Lik>N  DuFOUB,  Ann.  dea  8c.  not.  ^e  S^rie,  zni.  PI.  in.  figs. 
14 — 76. 

GdUamyia  Meio. 

Dolichapus  Latr.  Antennss  with  third  joint  triangular  or  ovate, 
and  furnished  with  seta.     Abdomen  compressed,  in  males  incurved 
at  the  apex.     Wings  incumbent,  parallel.     Feet  long,  slender. 
Sp.  DoUchopua  nobUUaius,  &c. 

Sub-genera :  Ammobates  Stannitjs,  Sybistroma  Meio.,  Rkaphium 
Meio.,  Porphyrops  Meio.,  Medeterus  Fisch. 

Comp.  H.  Stankius  Die  Ewropditchen  Arien  der  zweifiugler  Q<Utung  Dolicho- 
pus,  Oeen's  /«>,  1831,  s.  28 — 68,  8.  m — 144,  s.  248 — 271 ;  Stjbobb 
Dantke  Dolichopoder,  Kboteb's  Tidsakr.  iv.  1843,  PP*  i — ^44* 

Sub-genus:    OrtochUe  Latr.      ProbosciB    exsert,   perpendicular, 
with  palps  acute,  incumbent. 

Clinocera  Meig.  Antennae  porrect,  triarticulate,  with  terminal 
incurved  seta.  Wings  incumbent,  parallel.  Tarsi  with  three 
pulvilli. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


330  CLAB8  VIII. 

Oomp.  Mkioev,  SiftUm.  B€$ekr.  der  aw.  nte^.  Im.  n.  p.  ii^  Tab.  i6,  figs. 

Leptts  Fabil  Antennae  ponect,  with  third  joint  setiferouB. 
Palps  exsert  Wings  divaricate.  Tarsi  furnished  with  three  pul- 
yilli.     Abdomen  conical,  elongate. 

Sp.  Leptu  wedopaeea,  Muaea  aeolopacea  L.,  Sghellivb.  Tab.  31,  Fig.  i, 
DuMiB.  Com,  gin,  t.  /.  In».  PI.  48,  figs,  i,  &c  Hie  hurra  (BoucH^  1.  L 
p.  44,  Tab.  lY.  fig.  i)  lives  nnder  ground,  and  is  long  and  conical.  That 
of  another  species  from  France  and  the  Sooth  of  Europe,  Leptu  vermileo, 
Musea  vermileo  L.,  Schsllihb.,  1.  L  fig.  2,  digs,  like  the  larva  of  the  Lion- 
ant,  fnnnel-shaped  pits  in  the  sand  to  catch  the  insects  that  fidl  in.  See 
RiAUMDB  Mim,  de  VAead.  royaU  de$  Sc.  de  Paris,  1753,  fig.  409,  PL  i  ; 
Db  Gkbb  Ins.  n,  pp.  168—183,  PL  X ;  Bomahd  Ann.  de  la  Soe.  EnUmcl. 
n.  1833,  pp.  498,  499,  PI.  18  0. 

Sub^nera;  Atherix  Meig.,  Pdolina  SriBG.,  Zettebst. 

Tkereva  Latr.,  Meio.  {Bibto  Fabr.)  Palps  sheltered  in  the 
cavity  of  the  mouth.  Antennas  porrect,  of  the  length  of  the  head, 
with  third  joint  subulate  or  oblongo-conical,  with  a  small  biarticu- 
late  terminal  style.  Wings  divaricate.  Abdomen  conical,  tomentose. 

Sp.  Tkereva  plebeia  L.,  DuM&.  C<mtid,  gin,  1. 1  Ins.  PL  48,  fig.  4 ;  l%er. 
anilis,  Musca  anilis  L.,  Pavzbb  Deutschl.  Ins.  Heft  5,  Kos.  93,  &c. 

PhUocephala  Zettebst. 

Mydas  Fabr.  {Midas  Wiedem.)  Antenna  longer  than  head, 
quinquearticulate,  clavate.  Wings  incumbent.  (Ocellus  single,  at 
least  in   some,   frontal,   transverse,  situated  between   two   exsert 

rugee.) 

Sp.  Midas  JUata  Fabb.,  Duic^b.  Chns.  gin.  s,  I.  Ins.  PL  48,  fig.  8  ;  Midas 
giganteus  Wikdeh.,  Cuy.  J2.  Ani.  id.  iU,  Ins.  PL  173,  fig.  1,  bothfirom 
South  America.  The  species,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  from  Portugal, 
are  all  exotic  and  very  large. 

Comp.  Wibdbmakk,  Nov.  Act.  Acad.  Cces.  Leop.  Carol,  xv.  2,  pp.  19 — 
$6,  Tab.  n. — iv,  183 1,  Wbbtwood  Arcana  entomologica,  i.  1841,  p.  49, 
PL  13,  14.  Respecting  the  place  of  this  genus  in  the  natural  arrangement 
there  are  different  opinions.  According  to  the  observations  of  Habbis, 
the  larva  and  pupa  agree  with  those  of  AsHus. 

Note. — Qenus  Gephcdooera  Latb.,  related  to  Mydas,  differs  from 
the  other  genera  of  the  family  by  a  long,  porrect;  slender  proboseisy 
yet  it  ought  not  to  be  severed  from  Mydas. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  331 

Phalanx  II.  Proboscis  exaert,  tubulose.  Labia  at  the  end  of 
the  proboscis,  sometimes  scarcely  discernible. 

t  Wings  incumbent. 

Astlus  L.  Proboscis  straight,  porrect.  Antennae  porrect,  approxi- 
mate, triarticulate,  with  third  joint  elongate.  Body  elongate. 
Head  transverse,  above  much  broader  than  long,  anteriorly  barbate, 
posteriorly  separate  from  the  thorax  by  stricture. 

a)  Tani  without  pulyilli. 

Qonypea  Latb.,  Leptogaster  Meiq.  Abdomen  elongate,  narrow. 
Posterior  feet  elongate,  with  clavate  tibiae.  Antennie  with  biarti- 
culate  pilose  style  at  the  point. 

Sp.    Gonypet  cylindrieut,  Asilm  tipuUadea  Fabb.,  Schbllenb.  Tub.  xzx. 
fig.  I. 

b)  Tarsi  with  two  pul villi. 

*)     With  apical  aeta  of  antennae  distinct. 

Ommaiivs  Iluo.,  Wiedeic.     Seta  of  antennsB  plumose. 

AsUua  Meio.  Seta  of  antennse  oaked^  biarticolate,  sometimes 
clavate. 

Sp.   AtiluB  erabraniformia  L.,  Schbllbnb.  Tab.  zxiz,  figs,  i,  i,  DdmIk. 
Cent.  gSn.  $.  I.  In*.  PI.  46,  figs.  10,  &c. 

Add  sab-genus  :  Mallophora  Macq. 

*  *)    With  style  of  antennn  conical,  short. 
Dcuypogon  Meio. 

*  *  *)    With  style  of  antenne  short,  obtuse,   biarticulate.     Antenna 
larger  than  head. 

Sub-genera :  CercUiurgus  Wiedem.,  Dioctria  Meio. 

*  *  •  *)    Without  apical  style  of  antenns. 
Laphria  Meio. 

Add  sub-genera  :  Rhopalogtuter^  Xiphocera  and  Megapoda  Macq. 

Hyhos  Meig.  {Ocydromia  HoFFMANNSEGG,  Meig.)  Antennae 
porrect,  triarticulate,  with  the  two  inferior  joints  small,  often  con- 
joined, scarcely  distinct.  Proboscis  horizontal,  short.  Head  small, 
globose.  Thorax  oval,  gibbons.  Wings  large,  longer  than  the 
cylindrical  abdomen. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


332  CLASS  VIII. 

Leptopeza  Maoq.  (spea  of  Ocydromia  Meig.) 

On  the  gynonomy  of  oertain  specieB  oomp.  STiBOEB  in  Kboteb'b  Tida- 
akrifi,  iv.  pp.  93 — 101. 

(Edalea  Meig. 

Empis  L.  Proboscis  exsert,  perpendicular,  or  inflected  under 
the  body.  Last  joint  of  antennae  terminated  by  a  seta  or  style. 
Head  small,  globose. 

a)  With  ftntennsB  biuticulate  (the  two  inferior  being  confluent). 

TcLchydromia  Meig.  {Si4su8  Latb.).     Anterior  thigbs  incrassate. 

Add  sub-genera :  Hemerodromia  Hoffmansegg,  Drapetis  Me- 
GERLE,  PUUypalpus  Maoq.  (spec,  of  Tachydromia  Meig.),  Xiphi- 
dicera  Macq.,  Ardoptera  and  Elaphropeza  Macq.  (sp.  of  Hemero- 
dromia). 

Cyrtoma  Meig.     Is  tliis  its  place  I 

b)  With  ftntennn  triarticuUte. 

Empis  Meig.  (Empis,  Pachymerina  Macq.),  Rhamnphomyia  Meig., 
ffil<iria  Meig.,  Brachystoma  Meig.,  Gloma  Meig.,  Microphorus 
Macq.  {Trichina  Meig.) 

Sp.  Empi»  teueUata  Fabb.,  EmpU  opaea  Fabb.,  &c. 
ft  Wings  divaricate. 

Cyrtua  Latr.  Proboscis  inflected  xmder  the  body.  Antennae 
approximate.  Poisers  small,  covered  by  large  squamae.  Head 
small,  globose.  Thorax '  gibbous.  Abdomen  inflated,  vesiculose. 
Tarsi  with  three  pulvilli. 

a)     Proboscis  short  (sometimes  not  diaoernible  in  the  dried  insect). 
*)    With  antennas  biarticuUte,  no  style. 

Pterodontia  Gray. 

*  *)    With  antennjB  biarticulate,  and  terminal  style. 

Henaps  Illig.,  Faer,,  Ogcodes  (Oncodes)  Latr.,  {Henops  Meig., 
Acrocera  Meig.) 

Comp.  Ebiohbon  Archivf.  Natwrgesch,  1846,  p.  188. 

Sp.   Henopt  giJbbowm,  Muaca  yHboio,  L.,  GuiaiN  lamogr.,  Itu,  PL  94, 
fig.  10. 

*  *  *)    With  antenns  triartioul&te,  no  style. 

AstomeUa  Dufour,  Latr.,  Ocnea  Erichs.,  Picdea  Erichs. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  333 

Sp.  At/UmuXla  eurvherUrii  Dur.,  Atlom.  marginata  Latr.,  L^H  Dufoub, 
Ann.  de$  Se.  not.  xxz.  1833,  pp.  3io.  9TI,  PI.  17  A,  fig.  i,  antennA. 
Habitat  Spain. 

h)    Proboscis  elongate. 

*)    With  antennflB  biarticulate ;  long  terminal  seta. 

Oyrttis  Latr.,  Meiq.,  Acrocera  Meig.,  Latr.,  Psilodera  Griff., 
ThyUis  Erichs.,  Philopota  Wiedem. 

Sp.  CyHtu  ffibbtu  Mbio.,  Cyrttu  aeephahts  Latb.,  Duk^b.  Comid.  gin.  «.  {. 
Jm,,  pi  48,  fig.  7,  V1LLEB8  Entom,  Linn.,  Tab.  z.  fig.  21. 

*  *)    With  antennsB  triarticulate,  longer  than  the  head,  no  style. 

ParMps  Lam.,  Latb.,  Lasia  Wiedem. 

Sp.  PaMOp$  Baudini  Lamabok,  Ann,  du  Mum.  m.  1804,  pp.  963—^65, 
PL  xzn.  fig.  3,  habit,  in  New  HoUand ;  Panopi  oeeUtger  Wibdbm.,  Gu^nr 
Iconogr.,  Ins.  PL  94,  fig.  9. 

Comp.  on  these  genera  of  Diptera  Ebichson  Entomograpkia,  1840, 
pp.  i35>  *«• 

Bambylius  L.  Antennad  porrect,  approximate.  Proboscis  por- 
rect,  slender,  mostly  elongate.  Palps  miiarticulate.  Squama  of 
poisers  small,  not  covering  the  poisers.  Trunk  gibbous.  Feet 
slender,  elongate. 

a)    Abdomen  elongate,  narrow. 

Phthiria  Meio.,  Wiedebcann  {Pkthiria  and  Megapalpvs  Macq.), 
Geron  Hoffmannsegg,  Syatropus  Wiedem.,  Amicttis  Wiedem.,  Apc^ 
tomyza  Wiedem.,  Thlipaomyza  Wiedem.,  CyUenia  Latb.,  Meig., 
Toxophora  Wiedem.,  Xestoniyza  Wiedem. 

Comp.  Sytiropi  generis  Dipierorum  Monographia,  audore  J.  O.  Wbbt- 
wooD,  Gu^Biir  Magas.  de  ZooL  1843 ;  Sgstr.  eumenoldes  Wbstw.,  L  1. 
PL  90. 

Toxophora  CarcelU  Gu^iN,  Magas.  de  Zod.  L  1831,  Jns.  PL  16. 

5)    Abdomen  short.     Body  hinmte. 

Ploa8  Latk,  Meig.  Proboscis  of  the  length  of  the  head.  First 
joint  of  antenn®  longer  than  the  rest,  very  thick. 

Usia  Latb.,  Meig.,  Bomhylius  Meig.,  Latr.  Proboscis  longer 
than  the  head  (sometimes  of  the  length  of  the  body).  Third  joint 
of  antennoB  longer  than  the  rest. 

Comp.  J.  C.  MiKAN  Monogrophia  Bombyliorum  Bohemia:,  iconib.  illustr. 
Prage,  1796,  8vo. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


334  CLASS  Till. 

Sp.  BamhgUmB  msiim»  L.,  Bombyl.  discolor,  MiK.,  Mottoffr.  Tab.  n.  fig.  i ; 
Bombyl.  tricolor  Gvt^  lamogr.  In».  PL  95,  fig.  4,  from  BeogaL 

In  the  proper  genus  Bomibffttm  the  body  is  woolly ;  they  hover  over 
flowers,  whilst  they  suck  them,  like  hamming  bees  {Bowtbt).  According  to 
Macleat  the  larvss  hve  upon  larvie  of  these  bees ;  the  pape  are  found 
under  ground.     Wbstwood,  Introduction,  u.  p.  543. 

Nemestrina  Latr.     AntennaB  porrect,  remote,  triaxticulate,  with 

style   elongate,  setiform,  terminal.     Proboscis  very  long,  at  rest 

inflected  under  the  body.     Thorax  not  gibbous.     Tarsi  with  three 

pulvilli, 

Sp.  Nemettrina  longirottrit  WiSDKiL,  Atutereurop.  zweifl.  Im.  Tab.  IL  fig.  5, 
GuiBiN  Iconogr,,  In».  PI.  95,  fig.  7 ;  from  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  In 
this  species,  and  in  most  of  the  remaining,  the  point  of  the  wing  is  di- 
vided into  many  cells  (retiform);  this  is  not  the  ease  in  some  others, 
which  make  up  the  genus  FaUenia  Msio. 

Anthrcuc  ScoPOLi,  Fabr.  Antennae  small,  triarticulate,  £ur- 
nished  with  terminal  style,  mostly  remote.  Proboscis  mostly  short, 
sometimes  retracted. 

a)  Tarsi  with  three  pulviDL 

4%      Hirmcneura  Wdedeil,   Meio.     Proboscifl  retracted     Anterior 
ocelltui  remote. 

5)  Tarsi  with  two  pulvilli,  often  little  distinct. 
*)  Proboscis  longer  than  head. 

Genera :  Mtdio  Latb.,  Corsomyza  Wiedex.,  Enica  Macq. 
**)  Proboscis  shorty  concealed  or  subezsert 

Genera:   LonuUia  Meio.  (previoufily  Stygia  ejusd),  Tcmomyza 
WiEDEiL  with  antennn  approximate. 

Anthrax  Meio.,  with  antennae  remote. 

Sp.  AnSkrax  morio,  Mutca  morio  L. ;  Antkr.  temiatra  Hoffmanhsioo, 
DuMi^B.  Cons,  gin.  t.  L  Ins.  PL  48,  fig.  4 ;  Cuv.  R.  AnL  4d.  iU.,  Im.  ¥L 
168,  fig.  3.  Most  of  the  species  are  exotic  Schjbffeb  figures  the  larva 
and  pupa  of  a  species  of  dipterum  that  lives  as  a  parasite  in  the  nest  of  the 
mason-bee  (Megachile).  •  Die  Mawvrhiene,  Begensburg,  1 764,  4to.  Tab.  ▼. 
figs.  II,  II.    Webtwood  quotes  these  figures  under  Anthrax. 

B.  SetsB  of  Haustellum  six  (in  females). 

Phalanx  III.  (To&anu  Latr.) 

Tahafius  L.  Antennsd  porrect,  triarticulate,  with  last  joint 
divided  into  several  rings,  without  terminal  seta  or  style.     Wings 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN8ECTA  335 

divaricate  in  by  far  the  most,  in  some  parallel,  deflected.     Eyes 
very  large,  contiguous  in  males.     Tarsi  with  three  pulvilli. 

a)  Proboscis  of  the  length  of  the  head  or  shorter  thui  the  head,  bila- 
biate at  apex. 

*)  AnteniuB  longer  than  head. 

Sub-genera:  ffexatama  Meig.,  HcRVMntopata  Meio.  Wings  de- 
flected, parallel     Ocelli  none. 

Sp.  ffcenuUopota  pUmaUt,  TabanvM  pluvialu  L.,  Panzbb,  J>e¥tdeKl.  Int, 
Heft  13,  no.  33;  four  lines  long,  blackish,  thorax  with  white  stripes, 
wings  clouded  grey ;  the  female  pricks  sharply,  especially  in  warm  rainy 
weather ;  very  common  all  oyer  Europe. 

Sub-genera:  Chrywpa  Meig.,  SUviua  Meio.  Wings  divaricate. 
Ocelli  three. 

Sp.  (Jkry9op9  ooeeutient,  Taban.  ecseuUmt  L.,  DuhISb.  Cons,  gin.  «.  {.  Ins.  PL 
47,  fig.  8. 
**  Antenna  of  length  of  head,  (ocelli  none,  wings  divaricate). 

Subgenus :  Tabantu  Meio. 

Sp.  Tahanus  hovinus  L.,  Pakzsb,  DeuisckL  Ins.  Heft  3,  no.  w ;  Cuv.  J2. 
Ani.  4d,  HI.,  Ins.  PL  lyt,  fig.  3,  &c.  This  spedes  has  naked  eyes;  in 
other  species  the  eyes  are  haired.  Gomp.  Zellbb  in  Oksn'b  Isis,  1841,  s. 
8x3 — S33.  The  larvse  live  under  ground :  the  pupa  state  lasts  in  Tdbanus 
bovinus  about  four  weeks.  Db  Gebb  Ins.  VI.  pp.  314 — 319,  PL  13, 
figs.  6,  7. 

h)  Proboscis  elongate  (of  length  of  head  and  thorax),  acuminate.    (Ocelli 
mostly  three,  in  some  none.) 

Sub^nera:  Pangonia  Latb.,  Meio.  (previoucdj  Tanyglosaa 
Meig.),  Rhinomyza  Wiedem. 

Family  XII.  Notacantha  s.  Odontomyiidm.  AntennaB  with 
several  joints,  four  or  more  being  terminal,  very  often  joined  to 
form  an  annulate  body  cylindrical  or  conical.  Set»  of  haustellum 
four.  Palps  small,  clavate.  Tarsi  with  three  pulvilli.  Scutellum 
in  many  armed  with  spines  or  teeth,  whence  the  family  name. 

Thomrhacks,  armed  Jlies,  Beaumur  gave  to  some  species  of  this 
family  the  name  of  matiches  cbrmes,  which  Geoffbot  (Hist,  des  In- 
sectes  qui  se  Prov/oerU  aux  environs  de  Paris,  11.  1762,  p.  476)  ren- 
dered by  Straiiomys,  to  which  name  well-founded  objections  may  be 
made  (ZsLLEHy  OEEifB  Isis,  1842,  p.  828),  but  since  it  was  adopted 
by  FABBidUS,  it  is  now  in  too  general  use  to  permit  its  rejection 


Digitized  by 


Google 


336  CLASS  VIII. 

without  occasioning  much  confusion.  LaNSMUS  referred  these  flies 
to  the  genus  Mvsccl  By  their  antennae  they  approach  the  last 
family  of  the  diptera,  the  Nemocera,  in  which  there  is  constantly 
found  a  great  number  of  joints,  whilst  the  rest  of  the  families  have 
ordinarily  three  alone.  At  the  same  time  the  majority  of  writers 
consider  the  antennae  of  the  Notacantha  to  be  three-jointed  in  like 
manner,  in  which  view  the  last  joints  are  merely  noted  as  rings  in 
the  terminal  joint.  But  there  is  much  that  is  uncertain  and  arbi- 
trary here.  That  the  seta  of  the  Athericera  may  be  counted  as  a 
joint  of  the  antenna,  and  that  it  is  not  separated  by  any  sharp 
boundary  from  a  stylus,  which  is  itself  often  jointed  also,  will  be 
readily  admitted  by  every  one  who  has  not  studied  nature  from 
books  alone.  The  true  place  of  the  NotacoffUha  in  a  natural  system 
cannot  in  any  case  be  far  from  Tabanus,  although  some  only  agree 
with  Tabani  in  the  metamorphosis,  the  genus  Fachystorrma  for  in- 
stance (Latreille  Genera  Crust  et  Ins,  iv.  pp.  286,  287),  the  properly 
so-named  Xylophoffi,  and  perhaps  Ccmomyia  (see  Westwood,  IrUrod. 
to  modem  Chissif.  of  Insects,  ii.  p.  535).  Most  of  the  species,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  species  of  all  the  genera  which  establish  the  essen- 
tial type  of  this  family,  do  not  cast  their  skin.  Under  the  skin  of 
the  larva,  which  however  does  not,  as  occurs  in  AthericerOy  contract 
itself  to  a  ball,  the  pupa  is  formed.  Some  larvse  live  undergroimd, 
others  in  decayed  wood,  others  in  water. 

The  antennae  are  mostly  cylindrical  or  conical,  sometimes  club- 
shaped,  and  seldom  longer  than  the  head ;  this  last  is  a  semi-round, 
of  which  the  eyes  in  the  male  occupy  almost  the  whole  bulk;  there 
are  three  ocelli.  The  body  is  flat ;  the  wings  are  long  and  cross 
one  another,  lying  flat  on  the  abdomen,  and  mostly  leaving  its  sides 
uncovered. 

A.  Antennse  mostly  with  ten  joints,  the  last  eight  confluent  into 
a  single  subulate  body,  style  none. 

t  Antennae  not  longer  than  head. 

Ccenomyia  Latb.  {Stcus  Fabr.)    Scutellum  bidentate. 

Sp.    Cbmomyta  ferrugmea  Msio.,  Furop,  noei/L  In$,  n.  Tab.  X4 ;  Vxncta 
Ooru,  gSn,  1. 1.  Int,  PL  48,  fig.  3. 

Xylophagus  Meig.     Scutellum  unarmed. 

Xylophagus  Westw.     First  joint  of  antennae  elongate. 

Sp.  Xylophagut  tOer  Mxio.,  Europ,  zwe^.  Ins,  n.  Tab.  17,  ^,  14 ;  Empis 
subuUOa  pAirzBB,  DeiOstM,  Ins.  Heft  54,  no.  35. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  337 

The  name  Xylophagui  is,  aooording  to  the  obserystions  of  "Dvkwbrv, 
unsuitable,  for  the  lanre  do  not  feed  on  wood,  but  suck  those  of  Tiptda  and 
Pyroehroa,  which  hare  the  same  habitat  (old  trunks  of  trees).  Ksotbr'r 
TUUshr,  TV.  p.  103. 

Note, — ^Here  is  to  be  referred  genus  Pachyitomus  Late.,  with  five 
joints  of  antennee,  the  last  three  conjoined.  Latbeille  CreTi,  Grustac. 
et  iTisector.  iv.  pp.  286,  287. 

SvJbvla  Megerle,  Webtw.  (spea  of  Xylophagua  Meiqen).  First 
joint  of  antennae  short 

(A  genus  differing  from  the  preceding  in  the  metamorphosis,  aooording  to 
the  observations  of  Roseb,  Hope  and  others ;  oomp.  Wbstwood  ItUroduet 
n.  p.  534). 

Beria  Latr.     Scutellnm  armed  with  four,  six  or  eight  spines. 

8p.  Berit  clavipet  Pahzbb,  Deuttehl,  Ins.  Heft  9,  no.  19,  ftc. 
Acanthomera  Weidem. 

Raphiorhyrhcifms  Weedem. 

(This  genus  with  Acanthomera  is  placed  by  Maoquabt  amongst  the 
TabanU,) 

ft  Antennn  longer  than  head. 

a)    Antennae  simple. 

Cyphomyia  WiED.     Scutellum  bidentate. 

Sp.  Cyphomia  awnjUmma  Wudbm.,  GufRnr  Iconogr.,  In$.  Fl.  98,  fig.  5. 
Habit,  in  Brazil.  All  the  species  are  American ;  the  habitus  is  that  of 
Stratum^,  from  which  genus  they  seem  to  differ  by  artificial  character 
alone. 

Hermetta  Latr.     Last  joint  of  antennsB  oval,  elongate,  set  upon 
the  constricted  apex  of  the  preceding.     Scutellum  unarmed. 
Species  all  exotic,  mostly  American. 
6)     Antennae  flabellate. 
PHlocera  Wiedemann. 

Sp.  PtQocera  qtiodriderUata,  StraHomys  qttadridentata  Fabb.,  Wisdim ank 
Au$ierewrop.  eweijl.  Ins,  n.  p.  59.  Tab.  vm.  fig.  4.  Habit,  in  islands 
Sumatra  and  Java. 

B.  Antennae  with  joints  not  more  than  eight,  with  long  seta 
terminal  or  near  the  apex. 

8argu8  Fabr.,  Meig.  {Sargus  and  Ghrysomyia  Macq.)  Antennae 
with  last  joint  orbicular  or  elliptic.  Scutellum  imarmed.  Wings 
lanceolate,  longer  than  abdomen. 

VOL.  I.  22 


Digitized  by 


Google 


338  CLASS  VIII. 

Sp.  Sarfftu  evpraaitu,  Mutea  eupraria  h.,  Dux^iL  Cons,  g4n,  s,  L  Int. 
PI.  50,  fig.  8 ;  with  tiB  not  rare,  four  lines  long ;  two  white  spots  on  the 
head  at  the  base  of  the  antenn»,  breast  blue-green,  abdomen  oopper- 
coloured,  towards  the  hinder  part  violet,  glistening  prettily. — Sargvafor- 
motm,  Chryaomiaformosa  Maoq.,  &c. 

Chryaochlora  Latb. 

Sp.  Sa/rgm  amelhyttinut  Fabs.,  Out.  R,  Ani,  id.  tS.,  Ins.  PI.  173,  fig.  6; 
on  the  island  Maniitiiis. 

Dicrarwphora  Meiq.  Scutellum  with  very  long  appendage 
forked  at  the  apex. 

Sp.  IHcra/no]phorafvyreifera,  Sargus  fureifer,  Wikdbx.,  Gutinnr  Iconogr.,  Ins. 
PI.  98,  fig.  12 ;  from  the  Brazils. 

C.  Antennae  with  six  or  seven  joints,  furnished  with  conical 
terminal  style  {Nemotelus  Geoffr.  in  part). 

Foppo  Latr.,  Fabr.,  Pachygaster  Meig. 

t  Proboscis  long. 

Nemotehta  Meig.  (Spec,  of  genus  Nemotehis  Geoffr.,  Fabr.) 
Scutellum  unarmed. 

Sp.  Nemotdus  pantherinus  Msio.,  Panzsb  Deuitschl.  Ins.  Heft  46,  No.  si, 
12.    {Nemot.  utiginosus  and  margtnattis). 

+t  Proboscis  short. 

JSphijijpium  Latr.,  CUteUaria  Meig.  {Ephtppiumaxid.  Oyclogaater 
Macq.) 

Oxycera  Meig.  Antennae  sexarticulate,  cylindrical  at  apex, 
with  style  terminal  or  dorsal,  biarticulate,  slender.  Scutellum 
bispinose. 

Sp.  Oxgcera  trilineata  Mbio.,  Musca  panlhenna  L.  {sxeUu.  syon.),  Paitzbb 
Deuisehl.  Ins.  Heft  I.  n.  13  ;  3  lines  long,  yeUow-green,  breast  with  three 
black  longitudinal  stripes,  abdomen  with  black  transverse  bands  on  the 
dorsal  surfStce,  feet  yeUow. 

D.  Antennad  septarticulate,  of  length  of  head  or  longer  than 
head  (with  first  joint  elongate)^  no  terminal  seta. 

Stratiomys  Geoffr.,  Fabr.  (exclusive  of  species.) 

Note. — ^The  genus  Odaniomyia  Mbigen,  afterwards  abolished  by 
himself  but  preserved  by  Latbeilub,  differs  by  the  shorter  antenn», 
acuminate  at  the  apex. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  339 

Sp.  JStraUomyt  ekamadion  Fabb.,  Mxio.,  ifttwa  chamalBon  L.,  Ecbsel  Ivm. 
II.  MuKar,  et  Oulie.  Tab.  v.  Pankbb  DeuUchL  Ins,  Heft  8,  No.  24,  7  lines 
long ;  the  acutellum,  the  feet  and  under  surface  of  the  abdomen  yellow,  the 
upper  surface  of  the  abdomen  black,  with  three  yellow  transverse  stripes 
interrupted  in  the  middle,  and  yellow  point.  Here  are  to  be  referred  the 
observations  and  descriptions  of  Swamvebdam,  ffiti,  not.  Ins,  1669, 
p.  151,  Tab.  IV.  (under  the  name  of  Tabanus),  and  Bijhd  der  Nat,  pp. 
649 — 694,  Tab.  39  (under  the  name  of  AsiUu).  The  larva  is  elongate, 
pointed  at  both  extremities,  with  a  star-shaped  ring  of  more  than  twenty 
feathered  filaments  at  the  end  ;  it  moves  very  slowly  on  the  surface  of  the 
water. 

Family  XIII.  Nemocera  or  TipularuB.  Antennae  filiform  or 
setaceous,  with  numerous  joints,  mostly  fourteen  or  sixteen,  never 
fewer  than  six.  Head  small,  globose,  with  large  eyes.  Proboscis 
exsert,  in  some  short,  terminated  by  two  large  labia,  in  some  pro- 
duced into  a  rostrum.  Palps  two,  external,  inserted  at  the  base  of 
the  proboscis,  filiform  or  setaceous. 

Thorax  large,  gibbous.  Wings  oblong.  Poisers  naked,  with 
inconspicuous  squamae.  Abdomen  elongate,  composed  mostly  of 
nine  joints. 

Feet  long,  slender.     Pupa  incomplete  {nympha). 

Tkrecul-^mtermcUe,  Gnat4ike*  Many,  especially  the  smaller  species, 
fly  in  great  troops  dancing  through  the  air.  The  females  lay  their 
^gs  on  the  wat^,  some  on  plants,  or  on  the  ground.  The  larvae  are 
long  and  yermiform ;  their  body  has  twelve  rings,  besides  the  clearly 
distinct  homy  head  The  head  is  provided  with  manducating  oral 
organs  {mcmdihlea  and  maaslla).  The  stigmata  are  in  number  and 
position  yarioos.  Tbese  larvfB  constantly  cast  their  skin  before 
changing  to  pupae.  In  the  pupa  the  parts  of  the  insect  may  be 
clearly  recognised.  Almost  always  these  pupee  lie  uncovered  in  the 
water  or  under  l^e  ground;  only  in  some  are  they  enclosed  in  a 
case  or  web  (Scia/ra,  MycetophUa),  Many  of  these  pupee  are  pro- 
vided with  spines  or  horns,  by  means  of  which,  about  the  time  of 
the  last  changing,  they  are  able  to  work  to  the  smr&oe  of  the  earth. 

This  fiunily  consists  of  the  Linnaean  genera  Tipida  and  Gvlex, 
If  the  genus  of  the  flies  of  laNTHMun,  the  Athericera  of  the  modems, 
with  short  antennae  and  tun-shaped  pupae,  be  considered  to  be  the 
proper  type  of  the  two-winged  insects,  then  the  insects  before  us 
deviate  the  most  from  that  type,  and  make  the  transition  to  othw 
orders,  to  aome  ^europtera  {Phryganea)  9Xi6.Lepidoptera  {PterophoruSy 

22—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


340  CLASS  VIII. 

Alucita),    We  begin,  in  eniunerating  the  geneira,  with  those  that 
approximate  most  nearly  to  the  flies. 

A.  Proboscis  short,  thick,  terminated  by  two  large  labia.  Setse 
of  haustellum  in  many  only  two.  Palps  with  four  joints,  sometimes 
five,  mostly  incurved  or  uniarticulate,  straight.  Tipula  L.  {Tipu- 
laruB  or  Tipulidce  of  the  modems). 

t  Antennae  scarcely  longer  than  head  (or  at  least  shorter  than 
head  and  thorax  together),  mostly  with  eleven  joints,  filiform,  moni- 
liform  or  perfoliate.     Wings  broad,  rounded  at  the  apex. 

Aspistes  HoFFMANNSEGO,  Meig.  Antennae  octarticulate,  clavate 
at  the  apex.     Ocelli  three. 

Sp.  Atpistet  herdinentis,  Msio.  Europ.  ZweijL.  Im.  I.  p.  3 19,  Tab.  zi.fig.  16; 
one  line  long,  on  the  leaves  of  TuuUago  petasUes  and  the  flowers  of  Daucug 
earotta  in  North-Germany. 

Bibio  Geoffr.,  Meig.,  {Hirtea  Fabr.)  Antennae  novemarticu- 
late,  perfoliate.  Ocelli  three.  Tarsi  with  three  pulvilli.  Anterior 
tibiae  armed  with  a  spine. 

Sp.  Bibio  Ma/rci,  SSpula  Marci  L.,  Ri^UMCB  Ins.  y.  PI. ;  Pakzeb,  DeuisM, 
Iru.  Heft  95,  No.  20  ;  known  amongst  ns  by  the  name  of  bladk  fy  ;  the 
lanra  has  ten  pajrs  of  air-slits  ;  it  liyes  underground,  and  passes  the  winter; 
the  pupa  lies  in  an  oblong  round  cavity  of  loosely  compacted  earth ;  after 
three  or  four  weeks,  early  in  the  spring  (in  the  last  half  of  April),  the  per- 
fect insect  makes  its  appearance.  Gomp.  Ltonbt'b  observations  and 
figures,  Recherehes,  &c.,  Ouvrage  poUhume,  pp.  58 — J7,  PI.  7.  That  these 
flies  cause  injury  to  the  blossom  of  apple-trees  is  a  common  opinion,  but 
entirely  without  proof;  it  is  quite  untrue,  at  least,  that  they  lay  their  egga 
in  the  blossoms.  The  lary»,  which  are  found  in  apple-blossom,  are  those 
of  a  small  rostrated  beetle,  Anthonomui  pomorum ;  see  P.  H.  van  Berok, 
VerhaTideUng  over  de  zwarte  vliegen,  Haarlem,  1807,  Svo. 

Dilophus  Meig.  Antennae  undecimarticolate,  perfoliate.  Ocelli 
three.     Thorax  pectinate,  with  a  doable  row  of  denticles. 

Sp.  JHlophua  vulgarii,  THpvlafibrUii  L. ;  Msiosir  Europ.  tweijl.  Ins.  i.  Tab. 
XI.  fig.  I ;  VUopk.  coOarit  QviB,,  leonogr.  Im.  PL  93,  fig.  7,  South 
America,  &c. 

Pleda  H0FFMANN8EGG,  Macq. 

PerUhretna  Meig.,  Latb.  Antennsa  undecimarticulate,  per- 
foliate. Ocelli  three.  Palps  exsert,  incurved,  quadriarticulate.  Feet 
unarmed,  long. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN8ECTA.  341 

Scatopse  Geoffb.,  Meig.,  Fabr.  Antennae  nndecimarticulate, 
perfoliate.     Ocelli  three.     Palps  veiy  small,  with  a  single  joint. 

Sp.  Seatopse  noUOa,  Tiptda  notaia  It,,  Mbtoen  Eump.  zvoe^,  In$,  i.  Tab.  x. 
fig.  13  ;  Ds  GsKB  InB,  VL  Tab.  38,  figs.  1—4,  &c. 

Simulia  Meig.,  Simultum  Latk.  Antennae  undecimarticulate, 
moniliform,  cylindrical  or  fusiform.  Ocelli  none.  Palps  quadri- 
articnlate. 

Small,  but  reiy  troublesome  species,  with  oral  organs  developed  as  in  the 
genus  OuUx  (according  to  the  observations  of  Curtib,  dted  by  Westwood, 
Introd.  n.  p.  558),  but  shorter.  With  these  they  prick,  which  the  TipuUe, 
on  the  contrary,  do  not.  In  the  south  of  Hungary,  in  the  Banat,  Simtdia 
nMcuUxta,  Musca  columhtiSchcMia  Gmel.,  is  sometimes,  from  the  enormous 
numbers,  very  troublesome,  and  even  dangerous.  Here  belongs  also  SimtUia 
periinax  Kollas,  Brcmliens  IdsHge  Inaecten,  fig.  14,  which,  under  the 
collective  name  of  Musquitos  {Motquitoa,  Mauttigucs),  is  joined  to  the 
gnats  (Oidicea).  According  to  Humboldt,  in  all  the  Spanish  colonies  these 
last  are  not  called  Motquitoi,  but  Zancudoe.  In  North  America  it  seems 
to  be  the  Culices  which  are  named  Moaquitos,  whilst  the  SimMoB  are  dis- 
tinguished firom  them  as  'black  flies.' 

tf  Antennse  longer  than  head,  mostly  of  the  length  of  head  and 
thorax  together.  Joints  of  antemisB  yarious,  mostly  twelve  or 
sixteen. 

Geddomyta  Meig.  Antennae  with  12  or  more  joints,  filiform, 
porrect.    Ocelli  none.    Wings  incumbent. 

The  larvae  of  many  species  live  in  excrescences  of  plants,  like  the  gall* 
wasps.  Here  belong  Cecydomia  degtruetoTf  the  ffeanan  Fly  of  the  North 
Americans^  and  Gecidomyia  tritici  Kibbt  in  Linn,  Trans*  iv.  p.  932,  v. 
p.  96,  Tab.  4,  fig.  I.  By  such  an  insect,  Cecidomyia  aalicina,  those  ex- 
crescences also  are  caused,  which  are  sometimes  seen  in  the  form  of  double 
roses  on  the  top  of  willow-branches.  Swamhbbdamm  Bijbd  der  Natuw, 
PP-  749>  750>  Tab.  XLiv.  fig.  16 ;  Db  Geeb  Ins,  vi.  pp.  412 — a^6,  PI.  a6, 
figs.  I — 7  ;  Cecid.  Pint.  Comp.  Ratzebubo  Portit.  Inseden,  ni.  1844.  Taf. 
X.  fig.  14;  EBiCHSON's-irc^ti;/.  Naturgesch.  1841,  s.  233 — 247.Tftf.  xi,  &c.; 
L&>N  Dufx>UB  HiaUiire  des  Metamorphoses  des  Oecidomies,  &o.  Ann.  des 
8c.  not.,  sec.  S^r.  Tom.  xvi.  1841,  p.  357. 

Psychoda  Latr.,  Meig.  (previously  Trichoptera  Meig.)  Antennae 
porrect,  moniliform,  pilose,  multiarticulate.  Palps  exsert,  with 
four  equal  joints.  Ocelli  none.  Wings  broad,  pilose,  famished 
with  many  longitudinal  nervures. 

Sp.  Psychoda  phalamoides,  Tipula  phaltenoides  L.,  Db  Geeb  Ins.  vi.  p.  422. 
PI.  27,  figs.  6—9  ;  Maoquabt  DypUr.  i.  PL  4,  fig.  12.  This  small  (ij  line) 


Digitized  by 


Google 


342  CLASS  VIII. 

•oil-gray  inseoty  that  reBembles  a  imall  moth.  Lb  found  on  walls  in  moist 
situations ;  it  can  torn  itself  about  retry  deyerly,  and  springs  mors  than 
it  flies.  The  larva  is  dirty  yeDow,  with  a  black-brown  head  and  awl-shaped 
homy  tail,  and  lires  in  decaying  vegetable  matter.  BouoH^  Natwyeteh, 
d,  Ins.  Taf.  n.  figs.  90|  9i ;  Ptjfek.  ptUu&hii  Mua.  Guis.  leonogr.  Ins^ 
PI  9«,  f,  5,  &C, 

Lasiqptera  Meig.  {Diomyza  Meqerle.) 

Sub-genus:  Lcuiopteryx  Steph.,  Westw.   (spea   of   L<uioptera 
Meio.) 

Zygoneura  Meig. 

Sub-genus :  Lestremia  Maoq. 

Mycetophila  Meig.  Antennae  porrect,  cjlindrical,  sedecim- 
articulate.  Palps  incurved,  quadriarticulate.  Ocelli  two  or  three, 
unequal,  the  middle  one  the  least.  Tibisd  spurred  at  the  apex,  the 
posterior  with  spiny  sides. 

Sub-genera :  Leia  Mmo.,  BoleUna  St^sgeb,  SdophUa  Hoffxann- 
SBGO,  Gnoriste  "Roffmaxkb. 

Gomp.  H.  Staknius  Semerkungm  tuber  Hnige  Arten  d&r  zwdjUigUr 
QaUungm  Macrocera,  Platjfura,  SciqphUa,  Leia,  und  Mycetophila,  Okxh's 
leis,  1830,  pp.  752—758;  Staobb,  KnoiTSJBt'a  Tidsthift,  in.  1840, 
pp.  «a8 — 188. 

Platyura  Meig.  (excl.  PL  tipuJmdes.) 
CeroplatuB  Bosc,  Fabr.,  Latr. 

Gomp.  B08O  Actee  de  la  Soe,  (fffid,  not.  de  Pari$,  Tom.  l.  p.  4a,  ftc. ; 
L^N  DuFOUR  lUvinon  et  Monograpkie  du  genre  Ceroplatus,  Ann.  det  Se, 
not.  see.  S^rie.  Tom.  xi.  1839,  ^^'  PP*  *93 — *i3»  ^  5- 

Gcrdyla   Meig.,  Latr.      Antennae   duodecimarticulate,  com- 
pressed, clavate.    Ocelli  none. 
Sciara  Meig.  (Molohrus  Latr.) 
Campyhmyza  Wiedem.,  Meig. 
Mycetdbia  Meig. 

Macronefwra  Macq. 
Asindulum  Latr. 
Synapha  Meig. 
Rhyphtis  Latr. 

Macrocera  Meiq.  Antennae  long,  setaceous,  with  the  two  basi- 
lar joints  thick,  the  rest  indistinct.  Ocelli  three.  Wings  obtuse, 
parallel,  incumbent. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INȣCTA.  343 

a)  Antensa?  longer  than  body.  Ocelli  three,  disposed  in  a  tri- 
angle,  Miicrocera  MExa 

h)  Antennae  shorter  than  body.  Ocelli  throe,  placed  in  a  trans- 
Terse  line.    BoUtophUa  Hoffillnnsbgo,  Msa. 

On  the  metftmorphosiB,  comp.  GuiBiN,  Mimaire  iw  un  Iraeele  du  genre 
BoUtkvphUe,  Ann,  dee  Se.  not,  z.  1837^  pp.  399 — 411.  PL  XYin. 

Chionea  Dalm.  AntennsB  setaceous,  with  ten  joints.  Palps 
with  four  sub-equal  joints.  Ocelli  none.  Body  apterous,  with 
poisers. 

Sp.  Ckicn,  artmeoides,  Daulut  KongL  Venieiuk.  Acad,  ffa/ndb.  1816,  loa  ; 
Okjen's  Isie,  1894,  p.  419,  Tab.  Y.;  OuiBor  Icanogr.,  In§,  PL  93,  fig.  1 ; 
found  in  Sweden  on  the  snow. 

Ardsomera  Hoffmannsegg,  Meig.  (HeocaJt/oma  ItATR^yNematocera 
Meig.)  Antennas  very  long,  setaceous,  with  first  joint  cylindrical, 
second  short,  cup-shaped,  third  elongate,  filiform.  Palps  with  four 
equal  joints.     Wings  incumbent. 

Megistocera  WiEDEM. 
Dixa  Meig. 
Macropeza  Meig. 
Trichocera  Meig. 
Polymera  WiEDEM. 

Limnobia  Meig.  Antennae  setiform,  joints  15 — 17;  first  joint 
cylindrical,  second  cup-shaped,  rest  oblong  or  globose.  Palps  with 
four  equal  joints.  Ocelli  none.  Wings  incumbent,  parallel,  with 
nervures  naked  or  pilose  {Eriopiera  Meig.) 

Add  sub-genera :  Symplecta  Meig.,  Cylindrotoma  Macq.  (antennae 
with  thirteen  cylindrical  joints),  LimnopkUa  Macq.,  Idioptera 
Macq.,  Bhamphidia  Meio.,  Macq. 

Sp.  Limnobia  picta,  TiptUa  picta  Fabb.,  Sohillenbebo  Tab.  38,  fig.  i ; 
Gu^bin  Ictmogr.,  Ins.  PL  92,  fig.  9  (named  Limnobia  oceUaris),  &c.  Comp. 
T.  E.  SCHUUICSL,  Besehreibung  der  in  Schlesitn  einheinUeehen  Arten  von 
Limnobia,  BeOragezur  EnUmologie  I.  BresUu,  1829,  Svo,  a.  97 — 201.  Tab. 
I — 5 ;  B.  Staknius  zur  Verwandlungtgetch.  der  Limn,  Xanthoptera,  ibid,  8. 
v>2 — 206. 

Rhipidia  Meig. 
Ozodtcera  Macq. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


344  CLASS  YIII. 

Tijmla  (Sp.  of  Tijmla  L.)  Antennsd  filiform  or  setaceous,  with 
13  joints,  the  first  elongato-cylindrical,  second  cup-shaped,  short, 
ihe  rest  cylindrical,  pilose.  Palps  incurved,  with  last  joint  longer 
than  the  rest,  cylindrical,  annulate  or  nodose.  Ocelli  none.  Wings 
divaricate. 

Sub-genera :  Fachyrhina  Macq.,  Tipida  ejusd 

Ctenophara  Meig.  (antennas  pectinate  in  male). 

In  this  diyiaion  are  found  the  largest  species  of  Nemocera,  for  instance, 
TiptUa  prcepotens  Wikdem.  from  the  island  of  Java,  whose  body  is  i6  lines 
long,  and  the  slightly  smaller  European  Tipula  gigantea  Schrank,  Schel- 
LXNBEBO,  IHpt.  Tab.  36,  CuviEB  B,  Ani,  id,  UL,  Int.  PL  163,  fig.  5 ; 
Tiptda  deraeea  h.,  De  Geeb  Ins.  vi.  PI.  18,  figs.  13,  1$;  Tipula  crocata 
L.y  YiLLSBS  EnUmol.  Linn.  Tab.  ix.  fig.  2,  dull  black,  with  a  yellow  ring 
behind  the  head,  yellow  spots  on  the  thorax,  and  three  orange-coloured 
rings  on  the  first  part  of  the  abdomen  ;  wings  brownish,  with  a  black  spot 
at  the  margin ;  feet  dark  brown.  With  this  species  is  often  confounded 
TipvlaJlaveokUa  F.,  Clenopkora  Jlaveolata  Meio.,  R^umue  Ins.  v.  Tab.  i. 
figs.  14—16;  CaviEB  K  Ani.  id.  iU.,  Ins.  PI.  162,  fig.  2,  which  is  easily 
distinguishable  by  its  thicker  and  yellow  feet,  by  seren  yellow  rings  on  the 
abdomen,  of  which  one  is  at  the  base,  and  by  its  shining  black,  whilst  the 
male,  moreover,  has  plumed  antennae.  Tlie  larva  of  this  species  lives  in 
hollow  stems  of  trees. 

DicUnidia,  Xiphtwa,  Bbull^  Ann.  de  la  Soc.  Entam,  de  France,  1.  pp. 
105 — 309,  PI.  V.     Species  of  Ctenophora, 

Pedida  Late. 
Nephrotama  Meig. 

Ptychoptera  Meio.  Antennae  with  sixteen  joints,  the  third  joint 
long,  cylindrical.  Last  joint  of  palps  very  long,  setaceous.  Ocelli 
none.     Wings  divaricate,  folded  on  the  posterior  margin. 

Sp.  Ptych.  cmtaminata,  Tipula  contaminata  L.,  Cuv.  B.  Ani,  id.  ill.,  Ins. 
PI.  i6a,  fig.  4. 

Chironomus  Meig.  (with  addition  of  some  genera),  Fabr. 
Antennae  plumose.     Ocelli  none. 

CercUopogon  Meio.  Antennae  with  thirteen  joints  in  both  sexes, 
pilose;  the  eight  inferior  joints  in  the  male  barbate  outwards. 
Wings  parallel,  incumbent 

The  larvie  live  under  the  moist  bark  of  dead  trees.  The  head  excepted, 
every  ring  has  on  the  upper  part  two  very  long  hairs,  with  a  round  knob  at 
the  extremity,  not  transparent,  which  looks  like  a  pearl. 

See  Gu&iN  Ann,  de  la  Soc.  EnUm.  de  France,  n.  pp.  161 — 167,  PI.  vm. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSKCTA.  345 

Corethra  Meig.     AnteniiK  with  fourteen  joints  in  both  sexes, 
with  hairs  verticillate,  veiy  long  in  male.     Wings  incumbent. 

Sp.  Corethra  pkmicamis  MsiQ.,  Corethra  lateralis  Latb.,  Pakzeb  DeuUcM, 

Im,,  Heft  109,  No.  16;  Ouvdeb  JZ.  Ant,  id.  iU.,  Int.  PL  161,  fig.  4 ;  the 

larva  lives  in  fresh  water,  has  forward  on  the  head  two  curved  hooklets, 

and  is  very  voradous ;  R^UMUB  In$,  v.  PL  6,  f.  4 — 15 ;  Slabbsb  Na- 

tuuri.  VerkuHg.  Tab.  in.  it.;  Ltokxt,  Owrage  post.  PL  17,  figs.  14, 

15,  19- 

Chiranomus  Meio.,  Tanypua  ejusd.     Wings  deflected.     Anterior 

feet  remote  from  the  rest,  inserted  almost  beneath  the  head,  very 

long  (at  rest  porrect).     Antennce  filiform,  with  thirteen  or  fourteen 

joints  in  both  sexes  or  in  males  alone,  in  females  sexarticulate  {Ghir 

ronomvs  Meio.) 

Sp.  Chvronomu»  plumotus,  Tipula  plumota  L.,  Guv.  M.  Ani.  id.  iU.,  Ins, 
PL  161,  fig.  5.  The  larva  is  a  blood-red  worm,  often  met  with  in  rain 
reservoirs ;  see  B^UMUB  Ins.  v.  PL  5,  figs,  i — 5.  On  the  head  are  two 
black  eye* spots,  and  two  short  antennae  consisting  of  one  joint  and  two 
threads  at  the  point  (these  are  wanting  in  R^umub's  figure).  The  head 
is  alternately  drawn  into  and  pushed  out  of  the  next  following  joint  by  the 
larva.  The  eggs  of  Chironomus,  oval  or  navicular  and  united  in  strings, 
were  formerly  taken  for  plants  {Diatomacea:) :  Gloinema  Agabdh  and 
Echindla;  see  the  observations  of  Bebkelbt  Ann.  of  Nat.  Hist.  vii.  184 1, 
pp.  449 — 451.  PL  xm.  figs.  I — 8 ;  comp.  Koellikxb  Observ.  de  prima 
Insect,  ffcnesi,  1842. 

B.  Proboscis  porrect,  of  the  length  of  thorax,  or  longer  than 
thorax,  made  up  of  seven  setae.     Palps  quinquearticulate,  porrect. 

Culex  L.     Antennae  porrect,  in  male  plumose,  in  female  pilose. 
Wings  squamate,  incumbent. 

jEdes  HoPFMANNSBGG.     Palps  in  both  sexes  very  short 

Sp.  uEdes  cinereus  Hoffmakn.,  Cuv.  R.  Ani.  6d.  iU.,  Ins.  PL  161,  fig.  3. 

Chdex  Meig.      Palps  of  male  longer  than  proboscis,  of  female 
short,  with  first  two  joints  very  short. 

Sp.  Culex  pipiens  L.,  ScHELLENBEBa  Tab.  41,  Cuv.  R.  Ani.  id.  ill.,  Ins. 
PL  161,  fig.  I ;  everywhere  very  common,  especially  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  turf-diggings,  as  in  the  province  of  Holland.  The  hum  or  song  adds  to 
the  inconvenience.  The  females  alone  sting  ;  the  males,  known  by  their 
plumed  antennse,  little  or  not  at  alL  Another  species,  with  black-spotted 
wings  and  white-ringed  feet,  Culex  annuUUus  Fabb.,  has  been  often  met 
with  by  me  here  in  Leyden  in  vdnter  and  in  the  first  days  of  spring,  in 
mild  weather,  in  dwellings. 

The  gnat  {Cousin,  Schnacke,  MUcke)  is  commonly  known.    The  hirvae 
live  in  water,  and  hang  on  the  surface  to  breathe,  with  head  downwards. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


346  CLAflS  YIII. 

On  Uie  back,  at  the  ninth  ring  of  the  abdomfln,  then  is  » tabe  for  rmpn^ 
turn.  Tbeae  hrwm  swim  expeditiously,  change  their  akin  a  few  timea,  and 
become  pupfe,  which  alao  move  ainaotialy,  but  do  not  eai^  and  advance  in 
the  water  head  npwarda,  it  being  kept  in  thia  position  by  two  littie  tabes 
or  horns  that  stand  above  the  thorax  and  serve  for  respiration.  On 
the  htfi  metamorphosis  the  skin  splits  between  the  tnbes,  and  the  perfect 
insect  creeps  into  view  throngh  the  opening  thns  effected.  It  drifti  for 
a  time  npon  the  cast-off  skin  as  on  a  little  boat^  nntil  the  wings  are  strong 
enough,  when  the  gnat  leaves  the  water.  These  metamorphoses  occur  within 
a  period  of  three  or  four  weeks.  See  Swakkbbdam  B^.  d.  Natuvr.  pp. 
348 — 363.  Tab.  zxxi.  xxxn. ;  R^umub  /m.  iy.  Tab.  43,  44 ;  J.  M.  Bab- 
THn,  Ik  Ouliee  Duaertatio,  Batisbomue,  1737,  4t0f  c  Tab.  Ac; 

Anopheles  Meio.  Palps  in  both  sexes  of  the  length  of  proboscis. 

Sp.  Anophdet  btfurctUui,  Ctdex  bifu/reoOu*  L.,  61161.  Iconogr.  Int,  PL  93, 

Comp.  on  genus  OuUx  Bobivbau-Dbsvoidt,  JSkaot  sur  la  Tribu  dm 
Oidicidet,  Mim.  de  la  8oe.  d^ffitt.  not,  de  Paris,  in.  1837.  pp.  390 — ^413 
(new  genera  Sabaikei,  Pnrophora,  Megarhmtu). 

Order  Vn.    Hymenoptera. 

Hexapod  Insects,  with  four  membraneons  wings,  the  inferior  less 
and  with  fewer  veins.  Maxillse  elongate,  mostly  slender,  encasing 
the  labium.  Abdomen  of  females  almost  always  terminated  by  a 
terebra  or  aculefas  (borer,  sting).     Metamorphosis  complete. 

HyTMnoptera  L.,  Piezata  Fabb.  Amongst  other  works  the  fol- 
lowing treat  of  this  order : 

J.  L.  Christ,  Natu/rgeachichie,  KlaanficaUon  und  Ifomendatw 
der  Insekten  vom  Bienen^  Wespen  und  AmeisengeschleehL  MU  60 
ausgemaUen  Kupfert,  Frankf.  a  Main,  1791,  4to. 

J.  C.  Fabbicii,  Sy sterna  Fiezatarttm.     Bnmsvigae,  1804,  8ro. 

G.  W.  F.  Panzer,  ErUomologischer  Versuch  die  Jurineschen  Gal- 
twngen  der  Hymenoptem  nach  dem  Fabriziueschen  system  sea  priifen. 
Nlimberg,  1806,  8ya  (also  under  the  title  of  KrUische  Revision  der 
Insekten/auna  DeutscJdands  lies  Bdndchen) 

(The  work  of  Jurine,  NouveUe  MHhade  de  cUisser  les  Hymeruh 
pUres  et  les  DipUres,  av.  fig.  Tom.  i.  Gendre,  1807,  T  have  not 
been  able  to  meet  with). 

C.  Dahlbok,  Clams  novi  ffymenopterorum  systemaMs  adjecta 
synopsi  Lwrva/rwn  Scandinav,  cructformiwn.  Cum  Tab,  liihog. 
color,     Lundae,  1835,  4to. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN8ECTA.  847 

£J)u8(L  Synopmi  HyfmenopUrologim  SeandinOvioB,  Land,  1840, 
4to.  (Of  this  the  firste  part  alone,  which  treats  of  the  genus  CrabOy  is 
known  to  me). 

A.  Lepelbtdsr  db  SAnravFABGEAU,  ffiitoire  NaUwrMt  des  Insectes 
EynienopUrea.  Paris,  1836—1846,  8yo,  av.  PL,  it.  Vol  (the  last 
part  by  Brulli^). 

This  order  is  distinguished  by  four  naked,  membranous  wings. 
Geoffroy  united  the  Nev/roptera  with  it ;  LiNN.£ns,  however,  had 
already  (in  the  sixth  edition  of  the  SyHema  Natv/rcB,  1748)  distin- 
guished this  order ;  and  to  the  present  day  it  has  been  preserved  in 
systematic  arrangements.  The  Newroptera  have  usually  retiform 
wings,  with  numerous  small  cells;  in  the  HymenopUra  they  are 
merely  veined,  and  the  under  wings  are  commonly  smaller  than  the 
upper.  The  lower  jaws  are  mostly  elongated,  and  form  with  the 
under  lip  a  kind  of  proboscis  by  which  fluids  are  conducted  to  the 
oesophagus.  The  under  jaws  serve  not  for  manducation,  but  for  the 
gnawing  off  matters  with  which  these  insects  construct  their  nests, 
for  the  bearing  of  burdens,  <kc  There  are  three  simple  eyes  pre- 
sent; the  compound  eyes  are  large,  especially  in  the  bee&  The 
foot  (Uvrsud)  has  constantly  five  joints.  The  abdomen  of  the 
female  is  almost  always  armed  at  the  extremity  with  a  sting,  or 
with  a  borer  for  laying  egg&  Already  had  it  been  justly  remarked 
by  Aristotle*,  that  the  two-winged  insects  are  distinguished  by  a 
sting  in  front,  and  the  four^winged  by  a  sting  behind ;  the  first 
wound  in  order  to  feed,  the  last  to  defend  or  to  avenge  themselves. 

In  some  species  there  are  wingless  individuals,  of  which  more 
hereafter.  The  hind  wings  have  at  the  anterior  margin,  nearly  in 
the  middle,  a  row  of  stiff  hairs  or  booklets  (hamvli),  placed  at  equal 
distances,  and  only  visible  when  magnified,  by  which  they  are 
fixed  fast  to  the  posterior  or  inner  margin  of  the  fore  wings,  and  in 
flying  lie  in  the  same  plane  with  these.  It  is  especially  in  this 
order  that  in  the  determination  of  the  genera  use  may  be  made  of 
the  veins  and  cells  of  the  wings.  Jxtrine  has  for  this  purpose 
devised  a  terminology,  of  which  we  must  give  a  short  account.  His 
names  have  all  a  reference  to  the  fore  wing.  The  first  vein  of  the  up- 
per wing,  that  next  to  the  anterior  or  outer  margin,  he  names  radi/usy 
the  second,  that  lies  more  inwards,  cvbUuB.     These  two  terminate 


1  Terpdrrtpa . . .  WureUe^pA  trrf  Btwrepa  d* . . .  i/ATp9tr$6Karrpa.  AXon,  Hid,  Anim, 
L.  I.  cap.  5,  med. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


348  GLASS  VIII. 

in  a  thickened  point  (j^wrustfum  alee  8,  carpus)  in  the  middle  of  the 
outer  margin  of  the  wing.  (It  is,  as  may  be  readily  supposed,  without 
any  intention  of  indicating  an  analogy  with  the  bones  of  the  fore- 
arm in  vertebrate  animals,  that  these  names  of  rctditu,  cubitus  and 
carpus  have  been  selected.)  The  following  veins,  or  nervures,  which 
like  the  radius  and  cubUtis  arise  from  the  base  of  the  wing,  he 
names  nervi  hrachiales.  These  veins  form  by  their  branching  and 
mutual  communication  certain  cells  on  the  wing  {ceUvloi  s.  areolaf). 
The  outermost  vein,  which  runs  from  the  pv/nctum  alas  to  the  apex 
of  the  wing,  is  named  nervus  radialis,  because  it  seems  to  be  a  con- 
tinuation of  the  radius ;  between  it  and  the  outer  margin  lies  the 
radial  cell  (cellula  radialis).  From  the  cubitus  there  arises  the 
nertms^cubitalis,  continued  in  like  manner  frx)m  the  pu/nctitm  alas; 
the  space  which  lies  between  this  vein  and  the  radial  vein  is  named 
that  of  the  cubital  cells  (cdluloB  cuhitales).  Finally,  there  arise  frt)m 
the  brachial  veins  nervi  recu/rrentes,  or  such  as  form  communications 
with  each  other  or  with  the  cubitus,  and  thus  form  other  cells,  the 
humeral  cells  (cellula  humerales^). 

These  insects  imdei^  a  perfect  metamorphosis.  The  larve  of  most 
species  are  worms  without  feet ;  in  some  species,  however,  the  larvse 
have  six  horny  feet ;  still  other  larvae  have  membranous  feet; 
the  larger  number  of  these  feet  (frt)m  12  to  16)  distinguishes 
them  frt)m  the  caterpillars  or  larvae  of  butterflies,  which  in  other 
respects  they  resemble.  The  food  of  the  larvae  is  various ;  the  per- 
fect insect  feeds  especially  on  the  juices  of  plants,  or  swallows  the 
^  ^  honey  of  flower&  Many  species  also  attack  other  insects,  and  thus 
-^  appear  to  live  on  prey ;  this  prey,  however,  does  not  serve  for  their 
own  nutriment,  but  for  that  of  the  larvae ;  they  are  the  females 
that  bear  it  to  their  nest  The  hymsfnoptera  on  the  whole  do  not 
live  longer  than  a  year,  from  the  egg  to  the  last  change.  Many,  as 
the  arUs,  wasps  and  bees,  live  socially  together  in  large  bodies,  and 
form  a  regulated  society. 

The  intestinal  canal  of  the  hymenoptera  begins  with  an  oesopha- 
gus, narrow  and  ordinarily  long,  which  runs  straight  through  the 
thorax.  In  the  abdominal  cavity  the  oesophagus  usually  forms 
an  oval  expansion ;  only  in  some  {CrabrOy  La/rray  Trypoxylan)  does 
this  expansion  form  a  lateral  crop.     The  muscular  stomach  is  little 


^  Compare  the  article  A  He  dea  Insectea,  by  Audooin  in  JHcUonn.  dassique  iJCHiA. 
not.,  Paris,  i8a2,  8vo.  I.  pp.  176—185,  and  JSncyd.  mitliadiqnu,  Hist,  not.  Ins.  Tom.  x. 
1825,  p.  264,  or  the  article  RadiaUy  by  Lspbletier  de  Saint-Fabobau  and  Sbbvillb. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  349 

deyeloped,  and  has  above  four  membranous  valves;  below  it  is 
narrowed  in  shape  of  a  funnel,  and  usually  is  introduced  into  the 
next  stomach  by  invagination.  This  stomach  is  cylindrical,  of  vari- 
ous length,  and  ordinarily  divided  by  transverse  folds  as  though 
into  rings.  The  small  intestine  (beneath  the  insertion  of  numerous 
v<i8a  urinaria)  is  narrower  than  the  stomach,  ordinarily  not  longer, 
sometimes  even  shorter  than  it ;  the  rectum  is  wider  again.  The 
whole  intestinal  canal  has  no  very  considerable  length ;  in  many  it 
is  little  longer  than  the  body.  In  the  larvse  of  the  wasps,  according 
to  Bamdohb,  there  is  nothing  but  a  large  blind  stomach  present ; 
also  in  the  pupse  of  the  bees  there  is  no  amis;  but  these  have  an- 
terior to  the  stomach  a  narrow  oesophagus,  and  behind  the  stomach 
an  intestinal  canal  terminating  blindly. 

The  air-tubes  present  in  most  hymenopterous  insects  sacciform 
expansions.  In  the  bees  and  wasps  even  the  lateral  primary  stems 
in  the  abdomen  are  widened  into  large  air-sinuses.  The  nervous 
system  exhibits  different  modifications  in  the  different  fiunilies. 
The  first  nervous  ganglion,  the  cephalic  ganglion,  is  usually  large, 
since  the  optic  nerves  especially  are  much  developed.  The  second 
ganglion  under  the  oesophagus  lies  very  close  to  the  first  In  the 
thorax  there  are  ordinarily  only  two  gangKa,  of  which,  the  posterior 
is  large ;  in  Athalia  centifolioB  Newport  found  three.  The  abdomen 
has  from  four  to  seven  gangKa,  ordinarily,  however,  only  five  or 

This  order  does  not  contain  any  particularly  large  species,  although 
in  the  mean  they  are  somewhat  larger  than  the  Diptera,  Only  a 
few  species  are  bright  coloured ;  the  colours  most  frequently  occur- 
ring are  brown,  black  and  yellow.  The  species  are  uncommonly 
numerous,  so  that  in  this  respect  the  order  of  Hymenoptera  is  per- 
haps inferior  to  the  Goleoptera  alone.  Most  of  them  indicate  a  very 
remarkable  instinct,  and  many  construct  their  nests  artfully.  There 
is  one  species  from  which  man  derives  a  great  and  iihmediate  advan- 
tage, and  which  he  has  transported  with  himself  to  different  regions 
of  the  globe.  We  mean  the  honey-bee,  of  whose  history  we  shall 
shortly  treat  in  the  sequel. 

In  their  metamorphosis  these  insects  correspond  with  the  beetles; 
in  this  respect  they  differ  entirely  from  most  of  the  Nefvmyptera, 
Some  of  them  by  their  larvse  approximate  to  the  butterflies ;  and 
some  butterflies  {Sesia)  shew  a  great  similarity  with  hymenopte- 
rous insects.  However,  beyond  doubt,  the  ffymenoptera  have  the 
greatest  affinity  with  the  two-winged  insects,  and  we  believe  that. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


350  CLASS   VIII. 

in  a  natural  arrangement,  thej  can  take  no  other  place  than  in  the 
immediate  neighbourhood  of  thesa  By  inserting  the  Zepidotera 
between  the  two,  aa  is  done  by  Latreille,  the  natural  transition  is 
interrupted. 

Section  I.  Aculeata,  Abdomen  always  petiolate,  in  females 
(and  neuters)  armed  with  a  puncturing  sting  that  conducts,  in  many 
at  least,  a  poison,  or  containing  glands  that  secrete  and  ejaculate  an 
acrid  humour.  Antennae  mostly  with  12  joints  (in  femaUa)  or  13 
(in  males),     Larvas  apodous. 

Stmg-bearers.  The  wings  are  constantly  yeined.  The  larva  have 
a  quantity  of  food  sufficient  for  the  entire  state  laid  near  the  egg 
by  the  mother,  or  are  provided  with  it  daily  by  the  sexless  nurses. 
The  latter  is  the  case  with  those  which  live  in  society.* 

The  sting  here  takes  the  place  of  the  ovipositor  of  other  insects ; 
it  is  connected  with  an  apparatus  for  the  secretion  of  poison,  which, 
in  the  bee,  consists  of  two  long  blind  tortuous  tubes,  which  coalesce 
at  an  acute  angle  to  form  a  single  tube  that  expands  into  an  oval 
bladder.  From  this  bladder  a  fluid  passes  into  the  sting,  just  as 
from  the  excretory  duct  of  the  poison-gland  of  the  viper  into  the 
hollow  tootL  The  sting  consists  of  a  pointed  case  grooved  on  the 
ventral  sun&ce,  in  which  groove  two  fine  apicuUs  drawn  to  a  point 
are  placed.  At  the  extremity  these  spiculaa  are  provided  with  sharp 
teeth,  having  their  points  or  barbs  reverted,  which  are  less  power- 
fully developed  in  the  female  (amongst  bees  in  the  queen)  than  in 
the  sexless  individuals  (the  working  bees) ;  also  in  the  former  the 
sting  is  longer  and  turned  upwards,  hollow  on  the  ventral  sin*&ce. 
Certain  homy  plates  cover  the  base  of  the  sting.  In  the  males 
these  parts  are  wanting.  Comp.  Swakmebdam  Bijbel  d.  NaL  bL 
456 — i^Q,  Tab,  xviil  figs,  n — ^iv;  Reaumur  Ins,  v.  pp.  340 — 369, 
PL  29 ;  KuKZMAiTN  in  HuFELAim's  Jowmal  d,  FraMischen  Heil- 
kunde,  1820,  a  119 — 127.  On  the  sexless  individuals  in  the  order 
of  fff/menoptera  we  have  treated  above,  p.  271. 

Family  XIV.  MeUifera  s.  Anthophila.  All  the  individuals 
winged.  Wings  expanded.  First  or  basilar  joint  of  posterior  tarsi 
{planta  Kikby)  large,  compressed,  elongato-quadrate  or  triangular. 
Maxillad  elongate,  membranous,  forming  with  the  labium  the  pro- 
boscis. 

The  larvse  live  on  the  pollen  and  honey  of  flowers.  Most  of  the 
species  unite  for  a  time,  or  for  the  duration  of  their  life,  to  form  a 
large  commimity.     When  the  society  is  for  life,  there  are  constantly 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  351 

many  Bexleas  indiyiduals  whoee  buamees  it  is  to  oonstruot  the  nest, 
and  to  feed  the  laarvie  nnintemiptedly^ 

Phalanx  I.  Aptarue.  Median  division  of  ligula  filiform  or 
setaceous,  of  the  same  length  as  mentum^  or  longer  than  mentmn, 
inflected  downwards,  with  the  maxillae,  quite  firom  the  insertion  of 
the  maxillary  palps.  Two  joints  of  labial  palps  mostly  conjoined, 
forming  a  compressed  homy  seta  or  lateral  lacinia  of  the  ligula; 
two  succeeding  joints  very  small,  set  laterally  upon  the  acuminate 
apex  of  former.     Two  short  paraglosssd  at  the  base  of  ligula. 

The  proboscis  of  the  bee  has  been  investigated  by  Swahmebdam 
(JSiJb,  d,  Nat,  bL  445 — 451),  E£iuinjR  (Jns,  v.  GOwie  Mhnaire, 
pp.  304 — 326),  G.  R  Treviiianus  ( Verm.  Schnften  von  G.  R  u. 
L.  C.  TREVIRANU&  IL  1817  ;  Ueber  die  Saugwerhzeuge  der  Insecten, 
8.  112 — 130),  and  other  writers;  and  although  by  these  researches 
we  are  able  to  learn  its  structure  and  its  peculiarities  even  to 
minuteness,  yet  there  stiU  renudn  obscurities  and  conflicting  opi- 
nions, especially  relating  to  the  Auction  of  the  parts.  The  maxillie 
form  an  external  case  {demi-etuis  exterieu/ra  RfAUMtm) ;  the  labial 
palps  may  be  regarded  as  a  second  case,  if  the  ligula  alone  be  consi- 
dered to  be  the  proper  proboscis.  Concerning  this  ligula,  Swammebt 
DAM  and  TBEVi&AinTS  adopted  the  opinion  that  it  is  perforated  at 
the  extremity  by  a  fine  aperture,  and  imbibes  honey  by  its  internal 
cavity.  According  to  Trevibanus  a  canal  runs  firom  the  base  of 
the  proboscis  to  the  oesophagus,  though  he  could  not  trace  the  canal  to 
it.  In  this  case  bees  must  have  two  mouths,  which  is  contrary  to  all 
analogy.  The  proper  mouth  lies,  as  Reaumttb  correctly  observed 
(whilst  Swamhebdak  placed  it  in  the  supposed  aperture  of  the  pro- 
boscis), in  the  ordinary  situation,  behind  the  maxillae,  and  above 
the  ligula;  it  is  covered  above  by  a  little  valve  attached  to  the 
labrum  {epipharynx  or  epiglossa  of  Savigny*).  According  to  R£a.u- 
iftTB  the  bees  lick  honey  with  the  proboscis,  just  as  many  mammals 
drink  by  licking  with  the  tongue.  It  is  probable  however  that  honey 
is  sucked  up  by  the  bee,  and  that  the  proboscis  at  the  time,  like  the 
sucker  of  a  pump,  is  moved  up  and  down  between  the  maxillae.  See 
DvoiB  Phyeiologie  compar^  il  pp.  317,  318,  and  especially  the 


^  We  possess  on  this  division  a  Monograph  by  the  Nestor  of  modern  Entomologists, 
KiBBT  Moncffraphia  Apum  Anglice,  Ipswich,  i8o9,  Syo.  2  rols. 

*  We  hare  noticed  this  little  valve  above  at  p.  381.  This  part,  already  recognised 
by  R^UMUBy  and  consid6red  by  him  to  be  the  tongue,  was  also  named  by  Trevibavus 
in  bees  Zunge  (tongue),  in  wasps  vordere  Zwnge  (anterior  tongue). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


352  CLASS  vnr. 

Bijdrcf^ge  tot  de  hennis  der  mondrdvlen  van  eenige  Hymenopteray  by 
our  accurate  and  profound  Brants,  Tijdschrift  voor  ncU.  Gesch.  viii. 
1841,  bL  71—126. 

a.  Social,  Males^  females  and  neuters  or  workers.  Maxillary 
palps  short,  uniarticulate.  Posterior  tibiae  in  neuters  dilated  out- 
wardly towards  the  extremity.  First  joint  of  tarsi  tomentose 
externally,  or  famished  with  brushes. 

1.     Posterior  tibiae  with  spurs  either  none  or  obsolete. 

Apis  Fabr.,  nob.  (spec,  from  genus  apis  L.)  Mandibles  with 
dorsum  smooth. 

Comp.  Latreille,  Ann,  du  Mvs,  iv.  pp.  383 — ^394,  PL  69,  v.  pp. 
161 — 171,  PL  13  ;  De  Humboldt  et  BoNPLAin),  ReaieU  cTOhservor 
turns  de  Zoologie  et  d'Anai,  comp,  i.  1811,  4to.  pp.  270 — 297.  PL  19 — 
21  j  Des  AbeUles  proprem&rU  dites,  et  plus  particuH^ement  des  insectes 
de  la  meme  /amU-le  qui  sont  propres  d  VAmeriqv/e  meridionale  ;  par 
Latreille). 

Metipona  Illio.,  Latr.,  Trigona  Jurike.  Cubital  cells  two. 
First  joint  of  posterior  tarsi  obtrigonaL 

Exotic  species,  almost  all  from  South  America,  with  mandibles  dentica- 
lato  (TrigoTia  Latb.),  or  edentulous  (Mdipona  Latb.)  Comp.  Latbbillb 
LL  ;  M.  Spinola,  Obaervationa  twr  Us  Apiaire$  Mdoponidea,  Ann.  da  Sc. 
not.  2eB6ne,  Tom.  zin.  1840.  Zaol,  pp.  116 — 140.  PL  3 ;  Blavohard, 
l>ict.  Univ.  d^Hist,  natwr.  vin.  1847,  PP-  ^5 — 89,  art.  MdipoMia. 

Sting  none,  or  rather  rudiments  alone  of  sting,  not  adapted  for  puncturing. 

Apis  Latr,  Cubital  cells  three.  First  joint  of  posterior  tarsi 
elongato-quadrate,  in  neuters  covered  with  hairs  disposed  in  trans- 
verse rows,  and  produced  anteriorly  into  an  external  tooth  or 
auricula  ^. 

Sp.  Apu  mdUfica  L.,  Honey^tee,  AbeOledomedtque,  Mowhedmid,  ffcLudnene, 
Jlonigbiene,  Bee;  Ann.  du  Mus.  v.  PI.  13,  fig.  i — 3 ;  DuM^n.  Connd.  g^. 
8. 1.  Ins.  PL  2g,  fig.  4;  Brakdt  u.  Ratzkburg,  Mediz.  Zool.  11.  Tab.  34  ; 
blackish,  yet  apparently  of  a  lighter  colour  from  greyish  hair,  especially 
on  the  thorax ;  a  transverse,  woolly,  gray  stripe  at  the  base  of  the  third  and 
following  rings  of  the  abdomen ;  length  of  the  body  about  half  an  inch, 
breadth  of  outspread  wings  ten  lines  ^  workers).  This  spedes  is  domes- 
ticated in  Europe,  and  has  been  transported  into  America.  All  the  species 
of  the  genus  Apis  Latb,  belong  originally  to  the  Eastern  hemisphere. 

In  one  hire  there  are  commonly  15,000  or  10,000  working  bees,  600 — 
800  males,  named  dnmes  (the  ancients  named  them  ici70^f,  fif^t  ^nd 

1  Comp.  Awnal,  du  Mas.  iv.  PL  69,  fig.  5. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN8ECTA.  353 

uMaally  one  female,  the  queen,  (the  king  of  the  ancients).  The  working 
bees  are  smaller  than  the  queen,  which  is  also  distinguished  by  a  larger 
abdomen.  The  drones  are  as  Urge  as  the  queen,  or  lai^er,  (the  wings 
especially  are  larger) ;  they  have  no  sting,  and  the  first  joint  of  the  tarsus 
of  the  posterior  feet  is  neither  invested  with  a  woolly  ooyeriug,  nor  length- 
ened into  a  point ;  the  eyes  are  Uiger  and  close  together. 

The  working  bees  are,  as  was  first  disoorered  by  ScHlRACH,  nothing  else 
than  imperfectly  developed  females.  If  the  larvse  of  workers  in  the  first 
three  days  after  leaving  the  egg  receive  a  more  abundant  and  more  fluid 
nutriment,  and  be  transferred  to  the  larger  royal  cells,  there  proceed  from 
these,  according  to  observations,  which  have  been  often  distrusted,  but,  as 
it  seems,  are  not  deceptive,  fruitfdl  females  or  queens.  The  instinct  of  the 
working  bees  is  consequently  the  instinct  of  female  animals ;  they  accomplish 
a  part  of  the  maternal  duties  and  take  care  of  the  larvae,  the  progeny  of 
their  more  highly  preferred  sister.  Some  of  the  working  bees  have  the 
charge  of  collecting  food  and  material  for  building ;  others,  apparently 
weaker,  remain  in  the  hive,  care  for  the  feeding  of  the  larvae,  and  fulfil 
domestic  duties. 

These  insects  live  oxiginaUy  in  hollow  stems  of  trees.  Our  domestic  bees 
build  in  hives,  to  which  different  forms  have  been  given.  When  a  swarm 
of  bees  first  comes  into  a  hive,  they  cover  it  internally  with  an  adhesive, 
resinous  fluid,  to  keep  out  the  cold  air.  This  substance  the  ancients  named 
propolit;  the  bees  obtain  it  from  the  clammy  buds  and  young  leaves  of 
willows,  ehns,  &c.  Next  they  build  with  the  wax  (which  was  formerly 
thought  to  be  prepared  from  the  pollen  of  flowers,  but  is  a  true  secretion 
from  the  honey  ^)  perpendicular  flat  cakes  or  combs,  beginning  from  abova 
These  cakes  consist  of  hexagonal  cells,  placed  horizontaDy  on  each  side,  and 
opposed  to  each  other  by  their  tops,  which  are  formed  of  three  rhombs  that 
meet  in  a  solid  angle.  Each  of  these  cells  has  5^  millimeters  in  mean  diameter, 
and,  the  royal  cells  excepted,  the  rest  are  nearly  of  the  same  size.  Between 
the  cakes  they  leave  spaces,  which  serve  as  passages,  and  in  which  two  bees 
can  creep  at  the  same  time.  Some  oeUs  contain  eggs,  others  larvse  or 
pupCB,  others  again  honey  or  pollen.  The  cell  for  the  future  queen  is  more 
spacious,  almost  cylindrical;  its  outer  surface  is  rough,  from  impressed 
angular  cavities,  resembling  imperfect  cells.    The  number  of  these  royal 


^  As  early  as  the  middle  of  the  last  century  (1 774),  a  german  priest  (Hobkbobtbl), 
under  the  name  of  MiLiTTOFHiLnB  Thbobebastus,  published  observations  on  the  sepa- 
ration of  wax,  which  however  were  rescued  from  oblivion  by  Trevibandb  only  twenty 
years  ago.  The  observations  of  John  Huntbb,  PhU,  Trane,  1793,  p.  143,  are  better 
known.  The  secretion  of  wax  occurs  in  very  thin  transparent  little  plates  on  the 
abdominal  sur£EM»  of  the  working  bees,  and  is  collected  in  the  folds  between  the  rings. 
See  6.  R.  T&svisanus  in  Fb.  Tiedbmann,  G.  R.  and  L.  G.  Tbiyibakus  ZeiUchr.  /. 
Phfeiol.  ni.  1839,  8.  63 — 71  ;  comp.  on  the  chendcal  question  of  the  production  of 
wax,  a  note  in  Lixbio's  Organ.  Cfhem,  s.  307—315,  from  W.  F.  Gukdlaoh's  Natwr- 
geech,  der  Bienen,  Oassel,  1843,  and  the  observations  of  Dumas  and  Milnb  Edwabds, 
supported  by  accurate  weighing,  conmiunicated  to  the  Academy  of  Sciences  at  Paris, 
Arm,  dee  Se,  not.  7e  S^rie,  XX.  Zool.  pp.  174 — x8i. 

VOL.  I.  23 


Digitized  by 


Google 


354  CLAjSS  Yin. 

oellfl  ifl  from  two  to  twenty^.  They  usually  hang  like  stalactites  at  the 
margin  of  the  honey-combe.  Mach  wax  is  bestowed  on  these  cells,  which 
sometimes  weigh  as  much  as  150  common  cells. 

Copulation,  concerning  which  there  has  been  much  of  fahle,  seems  to 
occur  duxing  flight,  and  the  lazy  drones  require  to  be  excited  to  it  by  the 
queen.  According  to  Hubsb  the  penis  remains  in  the  queen,  and  the  jnale 
dies  in  consequence ;  the  rest  of  the  males  also,  as  well  as  the  male  laryie, 
are  put  to  death  at  the  end  of  the  summer,  and  cast  forth  from  the  hive. 

The  larysB  leare  the  egg  after  three  days.  After  five  days  they  prepare  for 
changing.  They  surround  themselves  with  a  fine  web,  on  which  they  are, 
busied  ij  days,  and  three  days  afterwards  change  into  pupse.  From  the 
pupa  after  seven  or  eight  days  the  perfect  insect  comes  to  view.  This 
metamorphosis  requires  a  shorter  time  in  the  queen,  and  a  longer  in  the 
drones  than  we  have  here  given  for  the  workers  (Hubbb).  Tke  working 
bees,  when  the  perfect  insects  make  their  appearance,  purify  the  empty 
cells,  that  they  may  be  ready  for  the  reception  of  new  ^gs.  If  the  queen, 
as  occasionally  happens,  should  lay  more  than  one  egg  in  a  cell,  they  carry 
out  the  supernumerary  one.  In  the  first  b^^ning  of  spring  (from 
February  to  April)  no  other  eggs  are  laid  by  the  queen  than  those  which 
are  to  produce  working  bees ;  the  eggs  of  the  drones  are  laid  at  a  later 
period  (April,  May),  and  in  succession  ;  shortly  afterwards  follow  queen- 
bee  eggs.  In  this  way  the  society  increases,  and  then  sends  colonies  forth. 
The  old  queen  is  at  the  head  of  the  colony,  and  leaves  a  daughter  behind 
in  the  kingdom  which  she  is  leaving.  This  is  called  swarming.  Bees 
swarm  several  times  in  the  summer;  sometimes  three  or  four  swarms 
proceed  from  one  hive;  but  the  last  swarms  are  small  and  commonly  perish. 
That  a  hive  is  about  to  swarm,  may  be  known  by  a  certain  noise  or  song, 
and  an  unusual  movement  within  it.  The  swarm  leaves  the  hive  on  a 
&vourable  day,  and  gathers  on  the  branch  of  a  tree,  on  which  the  bees 
hang  like  a  large  bunch  of  grapes. 

Respecting  the  age  which  bees  attain,  there  is  difference  of  opinion. 
It  is  probable,  however,  as  the  experiments  of  Hubeb  shew,  that  they  do 
not  form  an  exception  to  other  insects  in  this  respect,  and  that,  however  a 
beehive  may  last  five,  ten,  or  even  thirty  years,  there  is  no  cause  for 
believing  that  the  bees  themselves  reach  such  an  age  as  Abibtotlb  sup- 
XM)sed,  according  to  whom  they  may  be  six  or  seven  years  old.  The 
queen  lives  longer  than  the  working  bees'. 

Bees  have  many  enemies,  especially  amongst  birds  and  insects ;  we  shall 
afterwards  have  occasion  to  mention  some  of  them.  They  are  also  exposed 
to  many  diseases. 

Amongst  the  numerous  works  on  bees  we  must  limit  ourselves  to  noting 
some.    The  two  chief  authors  on  Natural  History  amongst  the  ancients. 


^  Occasionally,  even  more  numerous  according  to  some  observations  (R^uhub  once 
saw  40),  but  if  ten  be  met  with  in  a  hive  it  must  be  considered  to  be  a  great  nimiber. 

>  F.  G.  Desbobouoh,  On  the  durat.  of  Life  in  the  Queen,  Drone,  and  Worker  of  the 
Honey 'hee.  Tram,  of  the  Entomclog.  Soe,  of  London.  New  Series,  London,  1S53,  '^* 
pp.  145— 17T. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  355 

Aristotlx  and  Plikt,  must  be  used  witli  caution,  (Abibt.  Hid.  Anim.  v. 
21,  «« ;  PuNii  Hitt,  NeU,  Lib.  xi.  cap.  v— xx). 

Amongst  the  moderns  our  Swajimbbdaic  made  many  observations  on 
bees,  and  bestowed  especially  much  care  on  tbeir  anatomy,  Bijbd  de 
Natuur,  bl.  369 — 550.  The  chief  sources  for  knowledge  of  the  economy  of 
bees  are :  R^umub,  Mim.pour  terv,  d  rffiM.  not,  dm  Int,  Y.  pp.  207 — 738  ; 
M.  A.  G.  ScHiBAOH,  ffiM,  noL  de  la  Beine  deaAbeillet,  la  Haye,  1771,  8yo  ; 
HuBBB,  Ncuvdle$  ObservtUions  9ur  laAheiUet,  2  vols.  8vo.  Paris  et  Geneve, 
1814. 

A  review  of  the  collected  observationfl  of  different  writers  was  given 
first  by  Ch.  Bonmxt,  Coniempl.  d,  I.  Nai.  onziifM  pariU,  chap.  26,  37, 
CSwora,  Tom.  ix.  (M.  8vo.  Neuchatel,  1781),  pp.  iii — 145,  and  afterwards 
by  KiBBT  and  Spbhob,  IrUrod.  to  Eatomol,  u.  pp.  119 — 3x4,  Letten  19,  90. 
Seversl  works  are  quoted  and  used  with  deep  erudition  in  the  extensive 
article  on  the  honey-bee,  contained  in  the  excellent  work  of  Bbakdt  und 
Batzxbttbo,  Median.  Zooloffie,  u.  s.  177 — 305. 

2.     Posterior  tibiae  armed  with  two  spines  at  the  inferior  and 
inner  part     (Cubital  cells  three.) 

Eughssa  Latk.     Body  smooth,  shining.     Proboscis  elongate. 
Labnun  qoadrate. 

AgUaljBsrEUSsr. 

Comp.  Eiyeycl,  method.,  ffist.  Nat.  ErUomol.  Tom.  x.  1835,  p.  105. 
(These  insects  appear  to  be  parasitic,  and  differ  from  BuffUma  as  genus 
Psithyrtu  does  from  Bombui;  see  below.) 

Bombvs  Latr.     Body  hirsute.     Proboscis  moderate.     Labium 
transverse. 

HufMMng-btea,  These  insects  construct  their  nest  with  mosses  under 
the  ground.  Sp.  Bombui  ierrulris.  Apis  temttri$,  L.,  B^UX.  Mim.  $.  I. 
In$.  T.  Yi.  PI.  III.  fig.  I,  Panzbb,  DeuUchl.  Int.  Heft  i.  Tab.  16 ;  black, 
with  a  yellow  ring  in  front  on  the  thorax  and  a  yellow  stripe  at  the  base  of 
the  abdomen,  of  which  the  extremity  is  white.  Bombut  lapidariiu,  Api$ 
lapidaria  L.,  B£aum .  Ins.  T.  vi.  pi.  i.  fig.  i — 4,  Ohbist,  Tvb.  7.  fig.  i^ 
black,  the  extremity  of  abdomen  orange  or  reddish.  The  species  of  this 
genus  are  numerous.  They  live  in  small  societies  and  in  inartificial  dwell- 
ings, which  bear  the  same  relation  to  the  thickly  inhabited  artistic  habita- 
tions of  bees,  that  hamlets  or  villages  do  to  large  towns.  Amongst  the 
females  two  varieties  are  found,  of  which  the  smaller  alone  lays  eggs  that 
produce  males ;  so  also  in  Apis  meUifica  workers  are  seen,  that  stand  half 
way  between  common  workers  and  the  queen,  and  which  appear  to  proceed 
from  larv89  of  workers,  into  whose  cells  some  of  the  queen's  food  has 
casually  frJlen. 

Some  species  have  no  neuters,  and  do  not  live  in  society,  but  parasiti- 
cally  in  the  nest  of  other  Bombi,  They  ought,  therefore,  according  to  the 
strict  requirements  of  systematic  division,  to  be  arranged  with  the  follow- 
ing. Here  belongs  Apis  eampeslris  Pahzbb,  DetUschl.  Ins.  Heft  74,  Tab.  if. 
They  form  the  genus  : 

2»— 2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


356  CLASS  VIII. 

Piithyrua  Lepel.  de  St.  Fabg.,  Apaihua  NEWMAin^. 

Gomp.  Chb.  Dbewsbh  og  J.  SohioDTB,  ForUgndae  over  Danake  Arter  of 
Slaagteme  Bombui  og  PsUhyru$;  Kb6jbr*8  Tidaakr.  n.  a.  1838,  pp.  105— 
126.  Tab.  n. 

13.  SolUarioB.  Males  and  females  alone,  without  neuters. 
Posterior  feet  with  tibiae  not  excavated  outwards,  with  first  joint  of 
posterior  tarsi  not  tomentose  internally. 

1.  First  joint  of  poeterior  tarsi  produced  at  the  external  angle 
of  the  apex  or  slightly  prominent :  second  joint  placed  in  the  oppo- 
site or  internal  angle.     Posterior  feet  often  large,  very  hirsute. 

t  Paraglossse  shorter  than  labial  palps.     (Cubital  cells  three.) 

Epicharts  Klug,  Latr.  Maxillaiy  palps  very  short,  with 
single  joint. 

Aecmthopus  Kluo. 
CerUria  Fabr.  (in  part).     Maxillary  palps  with  four  joints. 

Species  exotic,  American.  Fig.  GuisBiN,  looitogr,  Tn».  PI.  74,  fig.  6. 
Comp.  on  this  genua  LEPlLiTiXBy  Encyd.  m&hod,.  Hid.  Nat,  Ina,  Tom.  x. 
p.  705. 

Ancyhscdia  Latr.  {Tetrapedia  Kluo),  Ftilotopua  Exuo. 

Sarcpoda  Latr.     Maxillaiy  palps  with  five  joints. 

Anihophora  Latiu     Maxillary  palps  with  six  joints. 

8p.  Antkopkora  hAnuta  Latb.,  Apiaplum^  Pall.,  Pallas,  jS^.  ZooL  ix. 
Tab.  I.  fig.  14 ;— Anihophora  pairidma  Latb.,  Atmal.  du  Mut,  m.  1804, 
pp.  351 — 259.  TW).  xxn.  ^,  I,  A— D. 

MeUiturga  Latr, 

ft  ParaglosBse  setaceous,  of  the  length  of  labial  palps  or  longer 
than  these.     (Cubital  cells  in  some  two,  in  others  three.) 

Eucera  ScoPOLi,  Fabr.,  Latr.  (and  Macrocera  Spinola). 

Comp.  J.  A.  SoOFOLi  Annua  quartua  hiatorico-natwraUa,    Lipeue,  1770, 
Svo.    Diaaert.  da  Apibua,  pp.  8,  9. 
Sp.    Eucera  longieomia,  Apia  longicomia  L.,  Swammbrdam  Bibl.  nai.  Tab. 
XXVI.  fig.  6;  Panzbb,  Deutaekl.  Ina.,  Heft  64.  Tab.  11.    The  antemue  in 
the  male  are  somewhat  longer  than  the  body. 

Afdiaaodes  Latb. 

2.  First  joint  of  posterior  tarsi  nearly  of  the  same  breadth  or 
narrowed  gradually  from  base  to  apex,  with  external  angle  little 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  357 

or  not  at  all  produoed;  seoond  joint  inserted  into  the  middle  of 
apex  of  former. 

t  Labial  palps  different  in  form  fix>m  maziUary,  with  two  large 
basal  joints  compressed,  dilated 

Nomada  ScOPOLi,  Fabr.  Mandibles  small,  narrow,  unidentate 
or  edentulous.     Cubital  cells  in  some  three,  in  others  two. 

Sub-genera :  Oxea  ELlxto,  Croeisa  JuiinnE,  Latr.,  Melecta  Latk, 
Fasites  Jvbinb,  Epeclua  Latb.,  PhilerwMu  Latr.,  AmmohcOeB 
Latr. 

Sp.  Nomada  tuccinda  Pakz.,  Deutichl,  Im,,  Heft  55,  Tab.  ai ;  Nomada 
BoberjeoUana  Takzksl,  ibid.  Heft  7a,  Tkb.  19,  Ac. 

Comp.  Hebbioh  Sohjefrb,  Auaekiandenetgung  der  europ&i$ehen  Atien 
tmigtr  BienenffoUtmffm,  in  Gbbmab'b  ZeUsckr.  /.  die  StUomol.  i.  3.  1839^ 
8.  367 — 388 ;  the  same  in  his  continuation  of  Panzui'b  DeuUehl,  Im. 
Heft  t66  and  176. 

Megachxle  Latr.  {A'n;Aophcra  Fabr.,  PhyUoUma  Dumer.) 
Labrum  elongate,  inflected,  porrect  below  under  the  mandibles. 
Mandibles  broad,  dentate  or  narrow,  porrect,  bidentate  at  apex. 
Cubital  cells  mostly  two. 

I.     With  two  cMud  cdU, 

a)  With  abdomen  mnootk  or  only  downy,  not  poOinifferouM. 

Sub-genera :  Gcelioan/8  Latr,  Stelis  Panzer,  Latr. 

b)  With  abdcmen  in  femalet  provided  beneath  with  long  $eta  forming 
brutheefor  eoUecting  poUen. 

*  With  abdomen  oval  or  triangular, 

ArUhidium  Fabr.,  Latr.     Maxillary  palps  with  single  joint 

Comp.  Latskllb,  Mimoire  eur  U  genre  d'Anthidie  :  Annale»  dn  Mu- 
eium,  xra.  1809,  pp.  ^9— 53 :  pp.  «o7--«34,  PI.  i. 

Sab-genera:  Osmia  Pakzer  {Trctchusa  Jurine,  in  part,  Omnia 
and  Anthocopa  IsESiSLEt^^  LiUw/rgug  Latr.,  Megachile  Latr.  {(Jhctlir 
codama  Bepelet.)    Maxilliary  palps  with  two  to  four  joints. 

Sp.  Megachile  eeniunculariSf  Apis  centunetdarie  L.,  Duicfo.  Oona,  gin.  s.  I. 
Ine.  PL  19,  fig.  3,  Gu^anr  Iconogr.  Jn».  PL  73,  i^.  7.  These  bees  cut 
jneces  off  rose-leaves,  which  they  stick  together  and  fonn  into  cases  rolled 
artfully  together  in  form  of  thimbles,  lliey  arrange  several  of  these  cases 
behind  one  another  in  a  row,  and  lay  in  each  of  them  an  egg  and  a  supply 
of  food  for  the  larva.  See  R^umub,  Int.  yi.  M4m.  w.— Megachile  mu- 
rarta,  Xylocopa  mwraria  Fabb.,  RiAUM.  %b.  Mim.  in.  PI.  7,  8  ;  G.  C. 
SoosFTKB,  die  MemrtfUene,  1764. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


358  CLASS  VIII. 

*  *  WUk  ahdomea  eUmgate,  ejfUmdneaL 
Sub-genera :  fferiades  Spikola,  Latb.,  Chelagtoma  Latr. 

4.     WUh  three  evbiial  edU, 
CeraUna  Latr.     Maxilliary  palps  with  six  joints. 

Sp.  Ceratima  aXbUabrU,  ProeopU  aUnlabriM  Vabr.,  Gxrmab  and  Ahbeks, 
Fawn.  Ine.  Ewnp.  Fate,  ▼.  Tab.  17,  Cuv.  IL  Ani.  id.  ill.,  /fu.  PL  126, 
fig.  5 ;  in  the  aoath  of  Europe :  on  the  economy  of  this  insect  oomp.  the 
obaeryations  of  Sfhtola,  Ann.  dn  Mue.  x.  1807,  pp.  936—348. 

tt  Labial  palps  similar  to  maxillary. 

a)  Cubital  cells  three. 

Xylocopa  Latr.  Labium  very  hard,  homy,  transverse,  with 
anterior  margin  ciliate.  Mandibles  snlcate,  with  point  bidentate. 
Abdomen  depressed,  broad,  with  sides  hirsute.    Feet  very  hirsute. 

Sp.  Xylocopa  violacea,  Apt*  viclaeta  L.,  DuM^.  Cone,  gin.  e.  I.  Ine.  PI.  19, 
fig.  I ;  Cuv.  R.  Ani,  id.  iU.,  Ine.  PL  f  16,  fig.  4,  in  southern  Europe,  Ac. 
Many  Uige  native  species  of  remarkable  size,  with  black  or  violet  glister- 
ing wings,  belong  to  this  diYisioa,  as  also  Xj^ooopa  morio  from  Java^  Ac. 

Sub-genus :  Mesoirichia  Westw. 

Systropha  iLLia.  Antennas  of  males  convoluted  into  a  spire  at 
the  apex. 

h)  Cubital  cells  two. 

Panurgua  Panz.,  Latr.,  Eriopa  Klug.  Antennas  clavate  or 
subclavate. 

Ccunptapceum  Spikola 

Bophitea  Spinola,  Latr. 

Phalanx  II.  Andrenetas,  Median  portion  of  ligula  shorter 
than  mentum,  lanceolate  or  cordate.  Labial  palps  similar  to  maxil- 
lary, quadriarticulate.    (G^nus  Melitta  Kirbt.) 

These  bees  are  all  solitaiy,  and  oonaist  of  male  and  female  indivi- 
duals alone.  The  females  oollect  pollen,  not  only  witlf  the  hind  feet 
but  with  other  haired  parts  of  their  body;  they  dig  under  ground 
and  place  by  their  egg  a  provision  of  pollen  and  honey.  Others, 
not  fonned  for  gathering  pollen,  lay  their  ^;gs  in  the  nests  of  other 
bees. 

Andrena  Fabr.  Median  division  of  ligula  acuminate  at  the 
apex,  lanceolate  or  hastate  (triangular,  auriculate  on  each  side). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECfTA.  359 

Sub-genera:    Namia  HalictUie,  Spheeodea,  Datypodoj    Andrena 

JjATBL 

HylfBus  Latr.  (not  Fabr.),  Proaopia  Fabr.,  Jurine,  Lepelet. 

Ligula  dilated  at  apex,  sub-emarginate.    Cubital  cells  two.    Body 

smooth. 

Sp.  EyUxm  ammilatvi,   Apia  anmUata  lu,  Sphex  tignaia  Pavzeb  DeuUehl, 
I'M,  Heft  53,  Tab.  a ;  Guv.  R,  ami.  td.  ill,,  Im,  PL  145,  fig.  i  &o. 

Colletes  Latr.  Ligula  emarginate,  with  lobes  divaricate  (cor- 
date).   Cubital  cells  three.     Body  hirsute. 

Sp.  OoOsUsfodieni,  Panzib,  DeuUchl.  Jna,  Heft  105,  Tab.  ii,  ii,  ftc^ 

Family  XV.  Diplopteryga.  All  the  individuals  winged. 
Anterior  wings  longitudinally  duplicate,  the  insect  being  at  rest. 
First  joint  of  posterior  tarsi  not  dilated.  Eyes  emarginate  (reni- 
form).  Antennae  filiform  or  thicker  towards  the  apex.  Prothorax 
produced  laterally  as  far  as  the  the  origin  of  the  posterior  wings. 
Body  smooth.  Females  and  neuters  armed  with  a  strong  poisonous 
sting. 

Waaps,  The  inner  edge  of  the  upper  wings  is  turned  down  bo 
that  their  upper  surface  lies  on  the  under  wings';  hence  the  name 
IHploptera  (donhle-winged),  which  Kibbt,  because  the  termination 
ptera  denotes  the  names  of  orders  of  insects,  changed  into  Dip- 
lopteryga  (J.  Bichabdson,  Fcvuna  Bareali-Amenocma,  17.  1837, 
p.  263). 

The  wasps  are  mostly  coloured  yellow  or  red  and  black.  The 
pupsB  are  vermiform,  and  without  feet.  They  are  inclosed  in  separ 
rate  cells,  where  they  find  food  placed  by  the  mother  with  the  egg 
she  has  laid,  or  are  fed  daily  by  the  mother  or  by  the  sterile 
working-waspa 

Phalanx  I.  Antenn»  with  only  eight  distinct  joints,  the  rest 
conjoined  to  form  an  obtuse  or  rounded  club.  Ligula  with  two 
terminal  laciniae,  received  in  the  tubular  base.  Cubital  cells  only 
two  complete. 

1  Comp.  Eniomologiea,  anctore  J.  Imhoff,  Okin's  liii,  183s.  s.  1198 — laoS;  de- 
Bcriptions  of  speoiM  of  the  genera  OoUetet,  HyUew  and  Andrena^  with  remarks  on  the 
synonymy. 

*  The  genoe  Ceramiua  eeems  to  be  the  only  exception  to  thiB,  which  however  is 
denied  by  LsFiLiTiKBy  Hiit.  not,  da  HjfnUnopUrrs,  n.  p.  590. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


360  CLASS  vni. 

Mamria  Fabr. 

Masaria  Latr.  Antennss  (of  males)  longer  than  head.  Abdomen 
elongata 

Celonitea  Latb.  Antenns  in  both  sexes  very  short,  terminated 
by  a  globose  clab.     Abdomen  scarcely  longer  than  thorax. 

Sp.  OeUmitea  a^formis,  Pamzib,  BetdsM.  /«.  Heft  76,  Tab.  19 ;  Dum^bil, 
CwM.  gen,  9. 1,  Int.  PL  31,  fig.  9 ;  Cuv.  R.  ani.  M,  ill.,  Int.  PI.  IS3,  fig.  9; 
in  Bouthem  Europe. 

Phalanx  II.  Antennae  with  all  the  joints  distinct,  13  in  males, 
12  in  females,  with  second  joint  geniculate,  thicker  from  third 
joint  towards  apex,  acuminate  at  apex. 

a)  SclUa/ry^.  Mandibiles  elongated-triangular,  connivent,  like 
a  rostelluuL  ligula  narrow,  elongate.  Clypeus  sub-oordiform  or 
oyal,  with  anterior  margin  produced  and  truncated. 

t   Cubital  cells  only  two. 

Ceramiua  Latb.,  Klug.    Labial  palps  longer  than  maxillary. 

Sp,  CbumtM  Fonaoohmbii  Latb.,  Gu£bin,  Iconogr,  Int.  PL  73,  fig.  4. 

ft  Cubital  cells  three. 

Sjfnagris  Latr.,  Fabr,  Ligula  produced  into  four  very  long 
sub-plumose  setae.  Maxillary  palps  short,  with  four  joints.  Man- 
dibles of  males  very  large,  porrect. 

Sp.  Synagrit  caUda,  Vetpa  calida  L.,  Gu^iir,  leonogr.  Int.  PL  73,  fig.  3 ; — 
Synagr.  camuta,  Vetpa  eomuta  L.,  Bneyd.  mkk.,  Int.  PL  383,  fig.  la 
Ck>xQp.  on  this  genus  LsPELETiKB  in  Encgcl.  mtth.  Int.  Tom.  X.  pp.  509,  510. 

Eumenes  Latr,,  Fabr.  Ligula  tripartite,  with  middle  part 
deeply  incised,  bifid.  Four  glandular  points  at  the  apices  of  ligula, 
Maxillary  palps  with  six  joints. 

a)    With  abdomen  oval  or  conical,  thicher  at  the  hate. 

Sub-genera :  Pterochiku  Klug  (with  labial  palps  plumose),  Odf^- 
nenis  Latr.  {Ehynekium  Spikola). 

Sp.  Odynerut  auctut,  Vetpa  aucta  Fabb.,  Panzbb,  Deuttehl.  Int.,  Heft  81, 
Tab.  17 ;  Odyn.  tpinipit,  (fern.  Od.  murariut),  Panzbb,  Deuttehl.  Int. 
Heft  17,  Tab.  18.  (Here  belong,  according  to  Auoouur,  the  observations 
of  BiAUMUB,  Int.  VL  pp.  as  I— 268.  PI.  xxvi.  figa.  1— 10.) 


^  H.  F.  DE  Saussubb,  Monographic  det  Guipet  toliUUret,  av.  11  pi.  color.  Paris  et 
Geneve,  185a,  Svo. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  361 

Gomp.  on  this  genua  Wbstmakl,  Monogr.  det  OdyrUra  de  la  Bdgiqiie, 
BnixelleB,  1833,  8yo,  {Ann,  des  8c,  mU,  xzx.  1833,  PP*  4^^^ — 43^) ;  Hkb- 
BiCH-ScHJEFFBB,  DeuUckl.  TfU.  Heft  173,  176  ;  L^n-Dufoub,  Mim,  pour 
mrvir  d  VHUt,  de  Vinduitrie  el  det  vUtamorpkoaea  det  OdytUret,  Ann,  det, 
Sc.  not,  le  S^rie,  Tom.  zi.  1809.  Zool,  pp.  85—103.  (Odynerut  rvhicola)  ; 
AuDOUiF,  Obtervationt  tur  let  motwrt  det  Odfniret,  ib.  pp.  104 — 1 13. 

b)  WUkfrtt  twojokUt  0/  abdomen  coarctated  to  form  a  petiole,  ihefirU  narrow 
cb-eonieal,  the  teoond  tub-^ampantdaie. 

Sub-genus :  Eumenes  Latb.  (Zethtis  Fabr.,  DUccdiuB  Latb.) 

Sp.  Eumenet  eoaretata,  Vetpa  coronata  Panz.,  Gioffb.  Int,  n.  PI.  itl 
fig.  7;  Panzxb,  Deuttchl,  Int,,  Heft  64,  Tab.  116,  and  Vetpa  coarctaia 
Panz.  ibid,  6$,  Tab.  6;  Vetpa  pomtfomUt,  Pamz.  ib.  63,  Tab.  7,  fern.  Ac. 

b)  Social.  Mandibles  subquadrate,  obliquely  truncated  and 
denticulate  at  apex.  Lingula  little  elongate,  tripartite,  with  middle 
part  bifid.  Four  glandular  points  at  apices  of  lingula.  Labial 
palps  quadriarticulate,  maxillary  sexarticulate.    Cubital  cells  three. 

Vespa  (Species  firom  genus  Vespa  L.,  Vespay  PoUatea  Latr.) 

In  wasps  the  upper  lip  {lahrunC)  is  hidden  behind  the  head-shield 
(dypeua)  and  upper  jaws  (hvntere  Zu/nge,  Tbevirakus,  V&rm.  Schr. 
IL  Tab.  XY.  figs.  7,  8,  9,  L').  Close  under  the  upper-lip  is  found  a 
valve,  which  Saviony  names  epiphari/nx  or  epiglossa  (vordere 
Zunge  Tbeviranits).  The  hypapharynx  of  Saviony  {Klappe  Tbb- 
vmANUS,  L  L  8.  134,  Tab.  xv.  figs.  6 — 8,  letter  v.)  is  a  valve  closing 
a  cavity  which  was  discovered  by  BaAirrs,  and  named  gluteT^-ccmty 
(see  his  work  cited  above,  p  452,  Tijdschr.  voor,  NaJL  Oesek,  vm.  bL 
97) ;  in  this  cavity,  not  unlike  the  buccal  sacs  of  certain  mAimrn^^^i^^ 
the  wasps  keep  small  pieces  of  wood  for  building  their  nests  \  The 
wasp's  nest  consists  of  a  kind  of  paper,  prepared  firom  small  pieces 
of  old  wood  and  bark  of  trees ;  they  gnaw  off  the  pieces  with  their 
upper  jaws ;  the  cakes  are  usually  horizontal ;  the  uppermost  are 
formed  first  and  afterwards  the  lower ;  they  hang  together  by  little 
pedicles,  and  the  uppermost  of  all  is  fixed  to  the  common  covering; 
for  most  wasps  form  a  common  covering  for  their  nests,  whilst  bees 
merely  hide  their  waxen  dwellings  in  hollow  trees  or  under  the 
groxmd.  A  wasp*s  nest  either  hangs  fireely  in  the  air,  or  is  formed 
under  ground  or  in  cavities  of  trees.  The  cells  are  hexangular, 
perpendicular,  and  generally  with  the  opening  facing  downwards. 


1  On  the  undar-lip  (UgtUa)  and  the  other  parts  of  the  mouth  in  wasps,  oomp.  the  Bg, 
in  R^UMUB,  Mfyn.  1. 1.  Int,  vi.  PI.  16,  fig.  2. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


362  CLASS  VIII. 

In  bees  we  saw  a  monarchy  with  a  queen  at  the  head  ;  here  the  fonn  of 
government  is  a  republic,  the  members  of  which  are  supported  less  by  their 
own  industry  than  by  rapine.  Wasps  are  freebooters ;  they  are  very  eager 
for  the  juice  of  fruits;  they  suck  the  fluid  that  adheres  to  meat  in 
slaughter-houses,  cut  pieces  off,  rob  bees  of  their  honey  and  murder  them^ 
as  well  as  other  insects,  not  for  their  own  use,  but  to  feed  their  Uutsb  with 
them.  This  robber-state,  however  numerous  its  dtizens  may  be,  owes  its 
origin  to  a  single  mother.  She  is  fertilised  in  the  autumn,  and  lives  over 
the  winter,  whilst  the  neuters  and  nudes  die,  and  in  the  spring  conmiences 
the  work  alone.  After  a  while  she  is  assisted  by  sexless  wasps  which  are 
her  first-born  children.  In  autumn  males  and  females  are  bom.  At  that 
time  some  hundreds  of  the  last  are  often  found  in  a  single  nest,  dwelling 
in  uninterrupted  peace,  whilst  amongst  bees  only  two  or  three  females 
are  able  to  be  of  one  mind  together,  for  a  short  time.  The  working  wasps 
are  smaller  than  the  rest ;  they  all  die  from  the  cold  of  winter. 

Gomp.  B^UHUB,  MSm.  8. 1,  Ina,  vi.  M6m,  vi.  vn ;  Boknkt,  ConUmpla' 
Hon  de  la  Nature,  XI.  partie,  chaps.  13 — 35  ;  (Euvres  cPJffitt.  Nat,  et  de 
Philos.  Tom.  IX.  8vo,  pp.  99 — 100 ;  Kibbt  and  Bfbkoe,  IrUrod.  to  BrUo- 
mol.  n.  pp.  107 — III. 

Polistes  Latr.    Clypeus  f)roduced  anteriorly  into  a  sharp  tooth. 
Abdomen  in  some  adhering  to  the  thorax  by  a  long  petiole. 

Sp.  Veapa  nidnlans  Fabb.,  Epipone  chartaria  Latb.,  ffiM.  not.  dea  Onut.  et 
de&  Jna,  xin.  Tab.  102,  £  6 ;  Gu^bin,  leonogr.  Int.  PI.  7a,  fig.  7.  This 
South- American  species  makes  very  large  nests,  as  though  of  pasteboard, 
hung  to  a  branch  of  a  tree,  Uke  long  sacks  with  a  conical  lower  end,  with 
an  opening  in  the  middle.  The  cells  are  attached  to  different  transverse 
partitions,  which  are  perforated  in  the  middle ;  this  is  the  Ou^pe  carionniire 
of  RliUMUB,  InSi  VI.  M^.  vn.  p.  334,  &c  PI.  20 — 34,  &c.  To  this  division 
also  belongs  the  honey-gathering  wasp  of  the  Bracils,  named  XeeA^^uona  ; 
see  Latbxillb,  M^,  du  Mtuhtm,  xi.  pp.  313 — 320,  and  another  spedes 
which  A.  White  names  Myropetra  sctUellaris,  whose  nest  differs  from  that 
of  Vespa  nidtdana  by  the  conical  knobs  with  which  it  is  beset  externally. 
Ann.  of  not.  Hitt.  vn.  1841,  pp.  315 — 312. 

To  the  division  Poliatea  belong  some  European  wasps  whose  nest  has  no 
common  covering,  the  cells  lying  bare.  Swammebdam,  Bybd  der  NaL 
Tab.  16,  fig.  15  ;  Bobbbl,  Im,  n.  Boinb.  et  Vesp.  Tab.  vn. 

Veapa  Latb.     Clypeus  truncated  anterioriy^  emarginate. 

Sp.  Veapa  crabro  L.,  RiAUMUB,  Ina.  Yi.  PL  xvm.^ — Veapa  vtdgaria  L., 
R£&UM.  ibid.  PI.  xiv.  figs,  r— 7,  Panzeb,  DeuUchl.  Ina.,  Heft  49,  Tab. 
19,  &c. 


^  That  this  insect,  the  largest  and  most  voracious  wasp  of  Europe,  may  be  to  some 
extent  tamed,  and  then  is  not  to  be  feared,  appears  from  the  observations  of  P.  W.  J. 
MuELLEB ;  see  his  amusingly  written  paper  in  Gebmab  und  hlJXCKBSf,  Magadn 
der  Entomohgie,  ni.  1818,  s.  56 — 68. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  363 

Family  XYI.  Heterogyna.  Females  (amongst  the  solitary)  or 
neuters  (amongst  the  social)  apterous;  males  less  than  females. 
Wings  not  plicate,  with  cells  often  few,  incomplete.  First  joint  of 
posterior  tarsi  not  dilated.  Females  and  neuters  in  some  furnished 
with  a  sting,  in  others  with  anal  glands  that  secrete  a  peculiar 
acid.  Ligula  small,  membranous,  round,  excavated  or  hooded. 
AntennsB  geniculate. 

Phalanx  I.  Bodalia  or  Formicarim.  Males  females  and  neuters, 
or  abortive  females.  Neuters  apterous,  without  ocelli,  with  head 
very  large,  and  labium  large,  descending  under  the  mandibles. 
Mandibles  strong,  often  denticulate.  AntennsB  filiform  or  subin- 
crassated  towards  the  apex,  with  first  joint  very  long,  cylindrical 
or  obconical.  Petiole  of  abdomen  formed  of  one  or  two  globose 
nodes. 

Formica  L. 

AfU9  {/(mrmia,  Ameisen,  mieren).  The  females  have  wings  that 
easily  fall  off,  or  are  stript  off  by  themselves  after  copulation.  The 
sexless  individuals  on  the  oofitniry  are  without  wings,  and  without 
simple  eyes  {oceUi)  also ;  they  are,  like  the  working  bees,  imperfect 
females,  as  appears  also  from  the  observation  of  Hubeb,  who  fre- 
quently saw  males  copulate  with  them,  but  the  act  always  caused 
the  death  of  the  neuters.  The  males  and  females  are  Ibund  as  per- 
fect insects  in  the  nests  for  a  short  time  only,  for  they  desert  them 
as  soon  as  they  have  gotten  their  wings.  The  males  are  smaller 
than  the  females,  and  have  also  a  smaller  head  and  smaller  upper 
jaws,  but  larger  eyes.  These  ammals  live  together  socially,  construct 
for  themselves  nests  of  earth,  leaves,  straw  ^,  <&c.,  in  which  other  insects 
and  their  larvie  often  reside,  as  those  of  Cetonia  and  other  CoUoptera^ 
especially  Brctchdytra,  which  in  these  last  times  has  given  occasion 
to  much  inquiry  among  entomologists'.  Above  the  place  where 
they  dwell  the  ants  raise  small  hillocks  or  round  heaps  of  earth. 
Other  species  Uve  in  hollow  stems  of  trees.     Along  straight  roads 


^  Henoe  there  exists  a  species  of  vegetable  manure  and  a  high  temperature  in  an 
ant's  nest>  which  continues  even  after  it  has  been  deserted  by  its  inhabitants.  BOBSBT, 
Ann.  da  Se.  not,  sec.  S^rie,  XYm.  Zool.  15S. 

■  On  insects  living  in  ants*  nests,  see  amongst  others  :  MANmSHsnr,  BulUl,  de  la 
Soc,  imp,  de  Moacou,  rvi.  1843,  pp.  70—78,  Mmkjav,  ibid.  xix.  1846,  pp.  iS7— «87> 
and  espedally  Fb.  Mabrksl  in  Gbbmab'b  ZeiUehr.f.  d.  BiU^moL  m.  184 1,  pp.  20— 
22S,ibid,  V.  1844,  »•  ^^93— »7i- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


364  CLASS  VIII. 

over  the  ground,  often  a  hundred  feet  long,  which  all  end  like  rays 
at  the  dwelling,  the  ants  pass  to  and  fro ;  irregular  and  tortuous 
passages  lead  to  the  separate  habitation  of  the  future  generation. 
All  the  labour  of  building,  of  nursing  and  feeding  the  larvse  <kc.  is 
discharged  by  the  neuters.  They  live  on  fruits,  insects  and  their 
larvs,  on  dead  birds  and  small  Tnammala.  They  are  very  fond  of 
sugar,  and  follow  the  plant-lice  in  order  to  swallow  the  sweet  sap  (the 
honey-dew)  that  drops  from  their  body.  They  lay  up  no  provision 
for  winter,  as  &r  at  least  as  relates  to  our  native  species,  but  pass 
the  winter  in  a  state  of  torpor,  taking  no  food  at  all  in  the  severest 
cold.  The  working  ants  bear  the  larv»  and  nymphs  with  the  great- 
est care  between  their  jaws  to  the  surface  when  the  sun  shines  on 
their  dwelling,  and  down  again  when  rain  falls  on  the  earth,  and 
they  defend  with  iucredible  courage  the  commonwealth  which  has 
no  other  government  but  a  true  republic.  The  larvse  and  pupae  are 
commonly  taken  for  eggs  by  the  uninformed,  and  serve  for  food  for 
certain  singing  birds  in  cages :  nightingales  especially  are  fond  of 
them.  In  the  last  days  of  summer  (August),  in  warm  clear  weather, 
the  winged  males  and  female  leave  the  nest  in  which  they  have 
been  brought  up,  fly  in  swanns  through  the  air,  copulate,  and  die 
soon  afterwards,  being  swallowed  by  birds,  or  drowned  in  water 
and  made  food  for  fishes.  The  females  that  are  left  divest  them- 
selves with  their  feet  of  the  wings  that  are  now  useless,  and  found 
a  new  colony ;  working  ants,  in  whose  neighbourhood  they  chance 
to  be,  drag  them  to  their  nest  to  lay  their  eggs  there;  when  that  is 
accomplished  they  are  driven  without  mercy  from  the  nest 

Gomp.  on  Ants: 

QwAXMXKDAiifJB^bd  der  not.  bL  187 — 299;  Ge.  di  Gxsb,/9w.  xvmi^me 
Jlitm.  n.  pp.  1042^-1 107 ;  Boknbt,  Ooniempl.  de  la  Nature,  Partie  xi. 
chap.  27,  (Euvr,  compl.  %yo,  ix.  pp.  89 — 98  ;  EIibbt  and  Sfknok,  Inhrod. 
to  Entom,  I.  pp.  479 — ^484 ;  n.  pp.  45 — 106 ;  Okek,  AUffem,  Natuiiyetek, 
Vol  2,  1835.  pp.  895—945. 

Latbkills,  ffui.  nat,  dea  Fowrmu,  i  Vol.  8vo,  av.  fig.  Paris,  t8oi. 

P.  HuBSR,  Bechtrchet  mr  let  nusun  de»  FcwnM»  indiffineB,  i  Vol.  8yo, 
av.  fig.  Paris  et  Geneve,  t8io. 

Lund,  Sur  Us  habiludea  de  qudqun  Fmurmii  du  BretU.  Awn,  da  8e,  nat. 
xxm.  1831,  pp.  113— 138. 

A.  Petiole  of  abdomen  composed  of  two  distinct  nodes.  Females 
and  neuters  frimished  with  sting. 

Myrmica  Latr.  (with  addition  of  other  genera). 

Sub-genus :  Atta  Fabb.,  Latr.,  Maxillary  palps  short,  with  five 
joints  or  fewer. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  365 

Sp.  Atta  cephaiotet  Tabr.,  Formica  cephalotei  L.,  Db  Gkbb,  Ina.  ill.  PI.  31, 
fig.  II,  Latb.  Fowrmis,  PL  ix.  fig.  57,  Kollab,  Branl,  PoeOgL  lad.  Im. 
fig.  10.  The  neuteiB  are  five  lines  long  with  »  very  large  head,  heart- 
shaped,  aimed  behind  with  two  sniall  spinules,  chestnut-brown  all  over. 
These  ants  can  strip  whole  trees  of  their  leaves  in  a  few  hours.  In  Suri- 
nam and  Brazil^. 

Add  sub-genera :  Gryptocerua  Latb.^  Stenamma  Westw.,  Myrme- 
cina  CuBns,  Myrmecaria  Saundebs,  Ca/rehara  Westw.,  Solenopna 
Westw.,  Pheidole  Westw. 

Comp.  J.  O.  Wbbtwood,  Ducti^wm  of  ieveral  exotic  species  cf  Ants, 
Ann,  of  not,  Bist.  VI.  pp.  86—89. 

Sub-genera  Myrmica  Latb.  (and  EcrUon  ejusd.).  Maxillary  palps 
long;  with  six  joints. 

Sp.  Myrmita  rubra,  Formica  rvbra  L.,  Fabr.,  Swammbbdam,  Bifid  d.  not. 
Tab.  XVI.  figs.  I — 13.  Latbbillb,  Fourmis,  PL  x.  f.  62.  Gomp.  on  this 
ant,  whose  sting  he  has  also  figured,  Lbbuwxnhobok,  58e,  Missive  von  9  Sept. 
1687,  Yervolg  der  Brieven,  bl.  97 — 107. 

B.     Petiole  of  abdomen  with  a  single  joint. 
Fanera  Latr.     Females  and  neuters  aculeate. 

Add  sub-genera :  OdoniOTJMchtia  Latb.  (Dacelon  Pebtt  does  not 

differ  from  Odantamachus,  on  Westwood's  authority),  Condylodon 

Lund,  TypJdopone  Westw.,  Anamma  Shuck. 

Gomp.  Shuokabd,  Ann,  of  Nat,  HisL  v.  pp.  396 — 338 ;  Wbstwood, 
ibid,  VI.  pp.  81 — 85. 

Formica  Latr.  (spec,  from  gen.  Formica  L.)     Sting  none. 
Add  sub-genus :  Polyergvs  Latb. 

Sp.  Formica  rvfa  L.,  Latb.,  Fourmis,  PL  v.  fig.  18,  AB,  (fern.  FomUea 
dorsata  Panzbb,  Deuischl,  Ins,  Heft  54,  Tab.  i).  This  species,  without  a 
sting,  aflPords  the  formic  acid  {Acidum  formiearum  s.  formicicum,  ctcidefor- 
mique),  a  secretion  from  glands  in  the  abdomen  of  the  females  and  neuters. 
This  add  is  constantly  fluid,  colourless,  of  a  pungent  smell  and  sharp 
taste.  FouBOBOT  and  Vauqueun  were  of  opinion  that  it  consists  of  a 
mixture  of  acetic  and  malic  acid;  but  the  experiments  of  Gehlen  and 
others  have  shewn  that  it  is  a  peculiar  acid. 

Formica  rtrfescens  Latb.,  Foturmis,  p.  186,  PI.  vn.  fig.  38 ;  this  species 
robs  the  nests  of  other  species  of  ants  of  the  larv»  and  pupn  of  neuters, 
and  carries  them  to  its  nest,  where  they  are  brought  up  with  the  young  of 
their  robber  by  neuters  which  have  proceeded  from  larvae  and  pupe  stolen 


^  Ants  are  very  numerous  iu  South- America,  and,  by  removing  dead  animals  and 
destroying  other  insects,  perform  the  same  office  in  the  economy  of  nature  with  the 
Cardbid  and  I>erme8tes  and  other  Clavicomes.  The  natives  also  eat  ants.  Smoked 
ants  {Vachacos)  are  a  favourite  article  of  food  with  the  Indians  at  the  JUo-negro; 
y.  Humboldt's  Beise  in  die  JBqmnoctial-Qtgtnden,  iv.  s.  315. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


366  CLASS  VIII. 

at  an  earlier  period.  These  ani-nesta  are  thus  inhabited  by  two  different 
species,  of  which  one  alone  works.  They  are  the  Amaztm-anU  of  HuBSB, 
whose  observations  have  been  confirmed  by  Lat&killb  {Mimaira  aur 
divert  sujett,  Paris,  Svo,  1819,  pp.  136 — 340),  and  by  Hakhabt  {WiMen- 
Khafttieker  ZeUtekr,  von  Lekrem  der  Baader  ffochseh/ule,  cited  by  Okebt, 
Allg.  Naturgeah,  v.  2,  s.  943 — 945). 

Phalanx  II.  SoUtaria  s.  MutiUaricB.  Males  and  females  alone. 
Males  winged.  Females  apterous,  without  ocelli,  furnished  with 
sting.     AntennsB  filiform,  with  first  and  third  joints  elongate. 

BuBMEiSTER  and  Westwood  place  these  insects  in  the  neighhour- 
hood  of  Scolia  in  the  following  division. 

Dorylua  Fabr.,  Latk.  Antennae  short,  inserted  near  the  mouth, 
above  the  forcipate  mandibles.  Head  small.  Abdomen  elongate, 
cylindrical.     Body,  especially  thorax,  downy. 

Insects  of  which  the  nudes  alone  are  known,  perhaps  parasitic  in  ants' 
nests.  Sp.  Borylm  hdvolua,  Mulilla  hdvda  L.,  DuM^.  Cansid.  gin,  9. 1, 
Ins,  PI.  11,  fig.  I  (below) ;  Cuv.  R,  Ani.  id.  HI.,  Ina.  PI.  118,  fig.  i  (the 
feet  are  here  badly  depicted) ;  habit.  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  All  the  species 
are  exotic,  from  the  eastern  hemisphere,  particularly  Africa.  (There  is  in 
the  Leyden  Museum  a  species  from  Java  and  from  Siberia  f ) 

(Add  sub-genera :  Bhogrmu  and  JSnicttt4  Suuckard). 
Labidus  JuRlNE,  Latr. 

AH  the  species  American.  According  to  Shuokard,  genus  Typhlopone 
Wbstw.  should  belong  here  and  contain  the  females  of  the  Labidi,  on 
which  point  see  the  opinion  of  Wsbtwood,  Ann.  of  Nat,  Hiat.  vi. 

But  on  Dorylua  comp.  by  all  means  Shuokabd,  Monograph  of  the  Dory- 
Udea,  Awnala  of  Nat,  Hiatory,  v.  1840,  pp.  188 — loi,  pp.  258 — 271,  pp. 
315—39^. 

Mutilla  L.  (exclusive  of  Mut,  helvola.)  Antennse  inserted  above 
the  anterior  margin  of  the  clypeus.  Head  transverse,  broad.  Abdo- 
men oval  or  conical.  Feet  of  females  strong,  with  tibise  spinous 
ciliated. 

A.     Mutilla  Latr.  (spea  of  Mulilla  L.)    Thorax  undivided. 

Sp.  MuUUa  rvfipea  Fabb.,  MtOiUa  aellata  Pansbb,  6  or  7  millim.  in  size, 
thorax  and  feet  red-brown,  abdomen  black  with  a  white  spot  on  the  middle 
and  a  transverse  band  of  white  hairs  at  the  posterior  extremity.  The  male 
is  Mulilla  ephippium  Fabb.,  Guy.  R.  Ani,  id,  iU.,  Ina,  PI.  118,  fig.  3. 

Add  sub-genus:  Apterogyna  Latr.,  Dalh.  Antennae  long,  in 
males  almost  of  the  length  of  body.  Thoi-ax  imdivided.  Two 
anterior  segments  of  abdomen  narrower,  discrete. 

Sp.  Apterogyna  Olivierii,  IHctumn.  rlaaa,  d'Biat.  not.  Tab.  71,  fig.  9,  from 
Arabia  and  Egypt  &c. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  367 

Pacmmotherma  Latb.     Antemue  (of  make)  bapectmata 
Sp.  Ptammothertna  JldbeUaia,  Guv.  R,  Ani,  id,  UL,  Iiu.  Fl.  i  iS,  fig.  6. 

B.  Thorax  (in  females)  divided  or  nodose.  Sub-genera:  M&- 
thoca  Latb.  (male  Tengyra  Latb.),  Myrmosa  Latb.,  Myrtnecoda 
ejusd.  (male  Thyivnui,  ScotcBna). 

Note, — That  Tengyra  \b  the  miJe  of  Mdhoca  waa  observed  by  Van  dbb 
liUmmf,  Ann.  det  8c.  natvr.  xvi.  1829,  pp.  48,  49 ;  on  the  others,  comp. 
Wbstwood,  Introd.  to  Modem  Clauif.  11.  p.  215. 

Genns  Sderoderma  Klug.     Is  this  its  place  % 

Family  XVII.  Foaaores  s.  Sphegina.  Wings  in  both  sexes 
obvious,  expanded.  Tarsus  of  posterior  feet  simple.  Aculeate,  soli- 
tary hymenoptera,  {males  9Sidi  females  alone). 

Diggers.  This  fiunily  consists  principally  of  the  genus  Sphex 
(sand-wasp)  of  Linn.£U&  The  females  of  most  of  the  species  dig 
in  the  ground  nests  for  their  young,  and  lay  in  these  holes  near 
their  eggs  insects  or  larvee,  sometimes  spiders,  as  food  for  their  larvae 
when  they  leave  the  egg.  The  larvie  have  no  feet,  resemble  mag- 
gots, and  spin  themselves  in,  before  changing  into  pupse.  The  per- 
fect insect  is  usually  very  lively,  and  sucks  with  avidity  the  honey- 
sap  of  flowers,  on  which  (especially  on  the  Umbelli/erce)  it  is 
frequently  met  witL  In  many  the  lower  jaws  and  under-lip  are 
prolonged  and  form  a  rostrum ;  the  ligula  however  is  not  filiform, 
but  commonly  has  a  broad  termination. 

Grabro  Fabr.  Prothorax  very  short,  linear,  transverse,  remiote 
from  the  origin  of  anterior  wings.  Feet  short  or  of  moderate  length. 
Head  large,  quadrate  above.  Labrum  concealed  or  scarcely  exsert, 
transverse.  Abdomen  obovate,  constricted  or  clavate  at  base, 
petiolate.     Antennae  often  thicker  towards  the  apex. 

Sub-genera :  Cerceris  Latb.,  PhiUvrUhus  Fabb.,  Latb.,  Fsen  Latb., 
Jtjb.  (Mimesa  Shuk.),  Alyson  Jubike,  Mellintis  Fabb.,  Pemphredon 
Latb.,  SHgmus  Jubike,  Crabro  Fabb.,  Gorytes  Latb.,  Trypoxylon 
Latb.,  Fabb. 

NoU. — Genus  Crabro  (In  the  stricter  sense)  is  distinguished  by  antennss 
geniculate,  mandibles  bifid  at  apex,  a  single  cubital  cell  alone  complete, 
a  radial  cell  appendiculate  (another  imperfect).  Lbfelbtuib  dk  St.  Fab- 
OEAU  divided  it  into  several  genera,  of  which  for  the  sake  of  brevity  I  omit 
the  names.  See  his  Hist.  not.  d.  Hymin.  ni.  pp.  99,  &c.,  and  a  critical 
revision  by  Hbbbioh  SoH^yFKB,  Deutsckl.  Ine.  Heft  179 — 18  x.  Comp. 
also  Dahlbom,  Synope,  HymenopUrol,  Scandinav.  i. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


368  CLASS  VIII. 

These  insects  are  mostlj  coloured  black  with  yellow  spots  and 
stripea  The  anterior  part  of  the  head  {dypeua)  is  beset  with  fine 
smooth  hairs  that  often  have  a  beautiful  silvery  or  golden  lustre. 
They  lay  their  eggs  in  holes,  which  they  excavate  with  their  fore- 
feet, and  place  near  them  a  provision  of  food  (insects  or  spiders — 
every  species  appears  to  select  by  preference  a  definite  kind),  which 
they  drag  either  with  their  jaws  or  their  hind  feet.  Lefeletier 
DE  St.  Faroeau  was  of  opinion  that  certain  species  whose  fore-feet 
are  not  at  all  or  only  slightly  haired,  and  hinder-feet  without  spines, 
are  unfit  for  digging,  and  that  they  lay  their  eggs  in  the  holes  of 
other  species,  like  the  cuckoo  in  the  class  of  birds.  But  later 
observations  oppose  this;  see  Webtwood,  IrUrod,  to  Mod,  Classif.  il 
pp.  188—190. 

Sp.  Orahro  cribrarius,  Sphex  cribraria  L.,  DumAb.  Ckma,  gin,  a.  I.  Ins.  PL  31, 
fig.  3;  Panzkb,  DeuUchl,  Iw,  Heft  15,  Tab.  18,19  ;  black  ;  a  yellow  traos- 
verse  streak  forward  on  tbe  thorax,  as  also  a  small  double  spot  on  the 
middle  of  the  thorax  between  the  posterior  wings  and  di£krent  transrene 
stripes,  of  which  the  two  middlemost  are  interrupted  in  the  middle ;  the 
tibioB  and  tarn  of  the  same  colour ;  length  7  lines.  The  male  of  this,  as  of 
some  other  species,  has  on  the  tibis  of  the  forefeet  a  disciform  expansion, 
which  on  copulation  serves  to  clasp  the  female.  This  disk  has  been  taken 
for  a  sieve  (from  whence  the  specific  name  is  borrowed),  and  the  property 
of  sifting  the  pollen  of  plants  been  recognised  in  the  insect  (Rolakdeb, 
Venienak.  Akad.  ffandlinffor,  Stockholm,  1751).  This  strange  opinion  owes 
its  origin  to  the  erroneous  notion  that  the  light  transparent  points  seen  on 
the  disc  are  apertures ;  it  was  refuted  by  Db  Gebb  (Mim.  «.  lea  Jna.  ii. 
p.  818)  and  Goezb  (Naiurrforacher  n.  1774,  s.  91 — 65). 

Nyason  Latr.  Antennas  filiform.  Abdomen  conico-ovate  or 
conical,  broader  at  the  base.  Head  moderate.  The  rest  of  the 
characters  of  the  preceding  genus.     Mandibles  entire. 

Sub-genera  :  Piaon  Spinola,  Latr.,  HUela  Latr.,  Oxybdua  Latr., 
JuRiKE,  Nysaon  Latr.,  Jurine,  Astarte  Latr.  {JHmorpka  Jurike.) 

Sp.  Oxybelua  unightmia,  Ordbro  ufUglumia  Panz.,  DeuUehl,  Ina,  Heft  64, 
Tab.  44  ;  Gu&nr,  leonogr.  Ins.  PL  71,  fig.  1,  &c. 

Larra  Fabr.  Prothorax  short,  transverse,  linear,  not  extended 
as  far  as  the  origin  of  anterior  wings.  Feet  short  or  moderate. 
Labrum  concealed.  Mandibles  at  the  base  deeply  emarginate  on 
the  outer  side.     Abdomen  conical. 

Dinetua  Jurine,  Miacophua  Jurine,  La/rra  Fabr.  (in  part),  Latr., 
Lyropa  Illig.,  Latr.  {Li/ria  Fabr.),  Falarua  Latr,  DryudeiUa  Spi- 
nola, Gaatroaericua  ejusd.  {Ann.  de  la  Soc.  entom.  de  France,') 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSE(TA.  369 

Sp.  Larra  ickneumoniformit  Fabb.,  Panzeb,  DeuUehl,  Ins.  Heft  76,  Tab. 
18,  &c. 

Bembex  Fabr.  Prothorax  and  feet  as  in  the  preceding  genus. 
Labrum  exsert,  often  triangular,  inflected.  Mandibles  narrow, 
dentated  on  the  internal  side.  Maxillae  and  labium  often  extremely 
elongate,  inflected.     Body  elongate,  abdomen  ovato-conical. 

Sub-genus  Bembex  Latb.,  (and  MonediUa  ejusd.)  Labrum  trian- 
gular. MaxiUsB  and  labium  veiy  long,  linear,  inflected,  forming  the 
promu8ci& 

Sp.  Bembex  roatrata,  Api$  rotircUa  L.,  Panzbb,  DeuUchl.  Int,  Heft  i.  Tab. 
10 ;  DuiciB.  Cons,  g&n,  s.  I.  Ins.  PI.  30,  fig.  10;  Latb.  Ann,  duMus.  xiv. 
PI.  26,  figs.  9 — 13;  black,  felty,  with  yeUow  feet,  and  tight  greenish 
yellow  transverse  bands  on  the  abdomen  ;  9—10  lines  long.  The  female 
digs  holes  in  the  sand,  and  lays  in  each  of  them  an  egg  with  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  Diptera  (especially  EriMdUs  tenax)  for  feeding  the  larva.  Most 
of  the  remaining  species  are  at  home  in  warm  regions ;  but  the  species 
quoted  occurs  occasionally  all  over  Europe,  even  in  Sweden. 

Sub-genus  Stizus  Lath.,  Jusine.  Labrum  small,  semicircular. 
MaxiUie  and  labium  porrect,  not  inflected,  nor  elongato-linear.  (In- 
termediate lacinia  of  labium  elongato-cordate.  Maxillary  palps 
somewhat  long,  extended  beyond  the  apex  of  maxilla.) 

Sp.  Bembex  rt^/icomis  Fabb.,  Bnt.  syst.,  Larra  ruficomis  ^jusd.  Sytt.  Piez., 
Cuv.  R.  Ani.  6d.  ill..  Ins,  PI.  xai,  fig.  3 ;  habit,  in  south  of  Europe  and 
Numidia,  &c. 

Sphex  Lin.  (exclusive  of  many  species).  Pro  thorax  continued 
laterally  as  far  as  the  anterior  wings,  narrowed  forwards,  resembling 
a  joint  or  node.  Labrum  scarcely  or  not  at  all  exsert.  Three  com- 
plete cubital  cells.  Antennae  slender,  with  joints  elongate,  often, 
at  least  in  females,  convolute  or  arcuate.  Posterior  feet  very  long, 
with  tibiae  and  tarsi  spinose.  Abdomen  adhering  to  thorax  by  a 
long  petiole. 

*  With  mandibles  edentulous, 

Sub-genera :  Felopoeus  Latb.,  Fabr.,  Podium  Fabr.,  {Trigonop- 
sis  Perty),  Fodium  Latr.  (not  Fabr.),  Ampulex  Jur.,  Latr. 
{Chlorum  Fabr.  in  part). 

*  *  With  mandibles  on  inside  dentate. 

Sub-genera  :  Dolichi/ma  Latr.,  Trirogma  Westw.,  Aphlelotoma 
VOL.  1.  24 


Digitized  by 


Google 


370  CLASS  VIII. 

Westw.  *,  Chlorion  Latr.  and  Fabb.  in  part,  Sphex  Latb.,  Proncevs 
IulTBl,  Ammophila  Kibby*. 

Sp.  Sphex  iabulo$a  L.  {AmfnaphUa),  Panzxb,  Deutschl,  In»,  Heft  65.  Tab. 

Pompilus  Fabr.  Prothorax  produced  as  far  as  anterior  wings, 
subquadrate,  not  narrower  forward.  Abdomen  with  very  short 
petiole.  Posterior  feet  long,  ciliated  on  the  inner  margin.  Cubital 
cells  three,  or  two,  alone.     Antennae  as  in  the  preceding  genus. 

Sub-genera :   Aporus  Spinola,  Flaniceps  Latb.,  PompUtut  Latb., 
Geropales  Latb.,  Fabb.,  Pepsia  Fabb.  (in  part),  Latb. 

On  these   and  other  8ub-genera  oomp.  Lkfelbt.  Hymenop.  in.,  and 
J.  SoHioDTB  de  tpeciebtu  P&mpiUdarum  in  Dania  obviii,  Kbotsb's  Tidsdcr. 
I.  1837,  pp.  313—354.  Tab.  IV. 
Sp.  PompUua  viatieua  Fabb.,  Sphex  futca  L.,  Panzkb,  DetUschl,  Int.  Heft 
65,  Tab.  16;  DiTX^  Com,  gin,  9. 1  Int.  PI.  33,  fig.  3,  ftc. 

Sapyga  Latr.,  Hellua  Fabr.  Prothorax  transverse,  produced 
to  anterior  wings.  Abdomen  elongate,  shortly  petiolate.  Labrum 
not  or  scarcely  exsert.  Mandibles  strong.  Eyes  emarginate  (lunate). 
Antennffi  of  length  of  head  and  thorax  at  the  least,  towards  the 
apex  thicker  or  sub-clavate.  Feet  short,  slender,  with  smooth 
tibiffi. 

Sp.  Sapyga  quinquepwnctata  Latb.,  Oener,  Cruti,  et  Ins,  Tab.  xiii.  fig.  9, 
(of  which  perhaps  Sapyga  ifaria,  Encyd.  tnHh.  and  Gu^BiN,  Icanogr,  Ins. 
PI.  69,  fig.  II,  IB  merely,  aa  Lefeletibb  suppoees,  a  variety),  habit,  in 
France. 

Note. — Genus  Polochrum  Sfikola,  unknown  to  me,  dififers  from  Sapyga 
by  its  antennas  filifonn. 

Here  also  were  referred  formerly  genera  Thynnus  Fabb.  (in  part),  Latb., 
and  Scokena  Latb.  Partly  at  least  they  belong  to  the  MutQlaria,  and  contain 
males  of  genus  Myrmecoda.  Comp.  also  genus  Amblysoma  Westw.  and 
Anodontyra  ejusd.,  Gu^bin,  Magas.  de  Zocl.  184 1,  Ins.  PI.  80,  81;  females 
are  unknown. 

Scolia  Fabr.  Prothorax  produced  laterally  as  far  as  wings,  as 
in  the  preceding  genus.  Eyes  emarginate,  reniform.  Antennae 
thick,  filiform,  in  males  almost  of  the  length  of  head  and  thorax, 


^  AwmIs  and  Magazine  of  nai.  Hist.  vn.  1841,  p.  151. 

■  Transact,  of  the  Linn.  Soc,  Vol.  iv.  1798,  p.  195.     For  some  other  sub-genera  we 
may  refer  to  Lbpeuetieb,  Hymenop.  m. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


iNSEcrrA.  371 

in  females  shorter,  arcuate.     Labrum  retracted.     Mandibles  strong, 
cruciate.     Abdomen  elongate,  with  short  petiole;  body  hirsute. 

Sp.  Scolia  quadrimacuUUa  ¥,,  DuMiB.  Connd.  gen.  s.  L  ln$,  PI.  31,  fig.  9, 
habit,  in  Korth  America,  Ac.  Most  of  the  species  exotic,  some  very  large. 
In  the  South  of  Europe  occur  Scolia  hortorum  Fabb.,  Scolia  imubrica 
(Scolia  ifUerrupla)  Panzkb,  DeuUchl.  Ins,  Heft  61,  Tab.  14,  &c. 

Note. — ^The  males  are  distinguished  by  longer  abdomen,  trispinose  at 
apex  (anus  tridentate),  whence  the  name  of  the  genus  appears  to  be  derived 
{(TKuiKos,  tpina).     Feet  of  females  thicker,  very  hirsute. 

Add  sub-genera  Meria  Illio.,  Latr.,  M^/zine  Latr,  Tiphia  Fabb. 

Section  II.  Terebrantia,  Abdomen  in  females  furnished  with 
a  borer  or  ovipositor,  sessile  in  many.  Antennae  various,  usually 
with  joints  more  or  fewer  than  thirteen.  Upper  capitulum  of  femur 
mostly  distinct,  as  though  forming  a  second  trochanter. 

Amongst  these  Hymenopteray  which  deviate  more  from  the  usual 
type,  there  are  many  species  whose  larvse  are  provided  with  six 
homy  feet.  Hartig  first  drew  attention  to  the  difTerence  of  articu- 
lation between  the  hip  and  the  thigh,  and  named  these  hymenoptera, 
on  that  account,  ditrocha,  and  those  of  the  former  division,  on  the 
other  hand,  numotrocha.  Sundevall  has  given  a  better  explanation 
of  this  disposition,  which  we  have  followed  in  our  statement  of 
characters;  ArsberdUelse  om  nyare  zoologiska  Arbeten  1837 — 1840. 
Stockholm,  1841,  pp.  324,  325,  The  genus  Ckrysia  according  to 
this  character  ought  to  belong  to  the  first  division. 

A.  Efntcmophaga  {Pupivora  Latr.)  Abdomen  petiolate.  Larvae 
apodous,  mostly  living  parasitically  in  other  insects. 

Family  XVIIL  Chryaidides,  Inferior  wings  with  no  cells, 
but  only  some  longitudinal  veins ;  superior  with  radial  cell  long, 
single  cubital  cell  imperfect.  Antennae  filiform,  with  thirteen  joints 
in  both  sexes.  Abdomen  joined  to  thorax  by  narrow,  very  short 
petiole,  below  plane  or  vaulted,  composed  of  only  three  or  of  four 
conspicuous  segments,  dentate  posteriorly  in  many.  Integuments 
of  body  hard,  smooth.  Borer  of  females  inclosed  in  concealed 
terminal  segments  of  abdomen,  receiving  one  another  by  inva- 
gination, composed  of  three  setse,  the  groove  of  one  containing  the 
two  others. 

The  golden^ujoaps.  These  insects  wore  thus  named  on  account  of 
the  shining  metallic  colours  in  which  they  glitter  (the  abdomen  is 

24—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


372  CLASS  VIII. 

mostly  gold-green  or  purple-red,  sometimes  blue,  just  as  the  head 
and  thorax  usually  are),  and  which  have  caused  them  to  be  compared 
with  humming-birds. 

The  first  joint  of  the  antennae  is  elongate ;  at  the  second  joint 
they  are  bent  geniculately.  The  females  lay  their  eggs  in  the  nests 
of  other  hymenoptera,  whose  larvse  are  eaten  by  theirs.  These 
insects  are  protected  firom  the  sting  of  bees  and  other  hymenoptera, 
their  natural  enemies,  by  their  hard  integument ;  and  besides  this, 
they  have  the  power  of  bending  the  abdomen  under  towards  the 
thorax,  and  so,  like  the  Armadillos  amongst  the  mammalia,  of 
contracting  themselves  into  a  balL  They  form  the  transition 
between  the  first  and  second  divisions,  and  are  joined  to  the  first, 
that  of  the  aculeata,  by  Hartio,  because  they  are  without  the  part 
which  he  considers  to  be  a  second  trochanter. 

Comp.  on  this  famOy  Lbfeletieb,  Mim,  xwr  qudquea  apices  nouv.  cTin' 
aecU8  de  la  tection  dea  ffymenoplirta porl&4uyaux,  ay.  fig.  col.,  Ann.du  Mut. 
vn.  1806,  pp.  115 — 129. 

The  borer,  improperly  named  a  sting,  is  described  and  figured  by  Ds 
Gekb,  if^.  p.  VHid,  d,  Ins.  11.  pp.  834—836,  PI.  28,  f.  19— a  i,  PL  29, 
figs.  I,  2. 

Pamopes  Latr.  Maxillaa  and  labium  very  long,  linear,  form- 
ing a  kind  of  promuscis  inflected  beneath  the  thorax.  Maxillary 
and  labial  palps  very  short,  biarticulate. 

Sp.  Pamopea  eamea  Latb.,  Duvia.  (7o»«.  gSn.  8. 1.  Ins.  PL  31,  fig.  7 ;  Ah- 
BXNS  (Gkrmab)  Faun.  Ins,  Eur.  Fasc.  11.  Tab.  10.  This  species  has  its 
habitat  in  the  south  of  Europe,  and  ktys  its  eggs  in  the  nest  of  Bembex  ros- 
trata;  see  Latbbillb,  Ann.  du  Mus.  d^Hitt.nat.  xiv.  p.  415. 

Chrysis  L.     Labium  not  in  form  of  a  promuscis.     Maxillary 
palps  with  five  joints,  labial  triarticulate. 
a)    Palps  equal. 
Sub-genus  StiUmm  Spinola,  {StUhum  and  JUtichrc^us  Latr.) 
h)    Maxillary  palps  longer  than  labiaL 

Sub-genera:  Gleptes  Latr.,  Clvryda  Spinola,  Elampua  Spinola, 
Hedych/rwm  Latr. 

Sp.  Chrysis  ignita  L.,  Fbisch,  Ins,  ix.  Tab.  x.  fig.  i,  Sulzeb,  Die  Kenm,  der 
Ins.  Tab.  Xix.  fig.  xai,  Cuv.  R.  Ani.  Sd.  ill.,  Ins.  PL  1 16,  fig.  6,  glittering, 
with  thorax  green,  and  abdomen  golden  irom  above  of  a  fire-red  play, 
and  having  at  its  extremity  four  denticles.  Chrysis  cyanea  L.,  Panzkb, 
Deutschl.  Ins.  Heft  51.  Tab.  10,  ftc. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  373 

Family  XIX.  Oxyura  s.  Proctotrupii  Latb.  {Codrini  Dalman, 
Nees  von  Essenbeck,  with  addition  of  other  genera.)  Inferior 
wings  without  nervures,  superior  either  in  like  manner  without  any 
nervures,  or  with  few  and  longitudinal  only,  destitute  of  cubital 
cell  and  often  of  humeral  likewise.  AntennsB  with  8 — 15  joints 
(in  most  10 — 12),  filiform  or  thicker  towards  extremity,  in  males 
mostly  longer,  in  females  sometimes  clavate.  Borer  or  ovipositor 
at  the  extrQ^lity  of  abdomen,  in  some  exsert,  conical,  in  others  re- 
tractile within  the  abdomen^  containing  three  setse. 

These  taU-boring  ichneumons  are  mostly  very  small,  some  only 
1  or  I  line  in  size,  or  even  smaller  (Jchnefwmon  atamua  L.),  so 
that  the  investigation  of  the  oral  parts  is  rendered  yeiy  difficult, 
and  the  characters  derived  from  them  are  often  insecure.  The  head 
in  most  of  them  is  broad,  the  thorax  long,  the  abdomen  oval  or 
conical  In  some  there  are  no  wings,  or  very  imperfect  wings 
(especially  in  females)  ;  some  have  only  four  joints  in  the  tarsus 
{Iphib-achdu8  Haliday,  Mymar,  kc\  which  has  also  been  observed 
in  the  fEuooily  of  the  ChalddicB,  a  remarkable  anomaly  in  the  ffymen- 
optercL  The  economy  of  the  greater  part  is  unknown ;  but  we  may 
conclude,  from  those  whose  metamorphosis  is  known,  that  their 
larvce  live  parasitically  in  other  insects,  like  the  true  Ichnewimms, 
with  which  LiNifiEUS  united  the  few  species  that  were  known  to  him. 
The  larvsB  of  Platygaster  live  as  parasites  in  those  of  the  genus 
Ceddomyia  {Diptera).  Other  species  lay  their  eggs  iu  the  eggs  of 
other  insects  (especially  of  Lepidoptera  and  some  Jffemiptera),  To 
these  belongs  the  Ichnevmum  avulorum  Ij.,  according  to  Haliday  a 
species  of  Myma^y  and  also  the  genus  Teleas, 

CkHnp.  on  this  family  C.  G.  Nbes  von  Essbkbieck,  ffymenopUrorum  Ich- 
newnonibtu  affinium,  MonograpkuB,  StuttgartisB  et  Tubingse,  1834,  Syo.  u. 
pp.  31 1 — 397 ;  and  Wbstwood,  Introd.  to  Modem  (Muific.  of  Int.  n. 
pp.  167 — 173;  as  also  the  works  of  Halidat  there  referred  to,  and  other 
English  entomologists. 

Mymar  Haliday.  (Palps  none  ?)  Antennae  13 — 10  jointed  in 
males,  long,  broken,  10 — 9  jointed,  clavate  in  females.  Wings 
narrow,  often  linear,  anterior  broader  at  the  extremity  (spatulate), 
ciliated  on  the  margin.  Abdomen  iq  some  sessile,  in  others  peti- 
olate. 

Sp.  Mywar  pulcheUus  Walkeb,  Gu^in,  Iconogr,  liu,  PL  68,  fig.  6 ;  Heb- 
BiCH-ScHJiFFBB,  Deuitchl,  Ins,  Heft  184,  Tab.  135,  (fig.  copied  in  Cubtis, 
BrU.  ErUom.  Tab.  411). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


374  CLASS  viir. 

Nixte. — Here  belong  yarious  sub-genera  constituted  by  Halidat,  on 
which  oomp.  Wbbtwood,  1.  1.  Omeric  Synopsis,  pp.  78,  79. 

PlatygcLster  Latr.  (with  the  addition  of  genera  Scelio  and  Teleas 
ejnsd.)  Palps  short.  Abdomen  depressed,  sessile  or  affixed  by  a 
short  petiole.  Antennae  broken,  with  ten  or  twelve  joints,  in  females 
incrassated  towards  the  apex. 

Sp.  Tdeas  IcBviuactUuM  Ratzbbubo,  Ford-Intektm,  m.  Tab.  Yin.  fig.  8  ;  the 
larva  lives  in  the  eggs  of  the  Bombyx  pint ;  in  those  of  Bomb,  neuttria 
lives  the  larva  of  TeUas  terdnmu  Ratzbbubo,  Tdecu  owlorum  BouoH^. 

Add  genus  Iphiirachdus  Halid.  (tarsi  with  four  joints) ;  other 
sub-genera  of  this  author  are  enimierated  in  Westwood,  Generic 
Synops,  pp.  77,  78. 

Sparaston  Latr.  Abdomen  depressed,  sessile.  Antennae  in- 
serted below  the  frons,  twelve-jointed.  Maxillary  palps  long, 
filiform,  five-jointed,  labial  three-jointed.  Wings  almost  without 
nervures,  with  stigma  distinct. 

Sp.  Spar<uion  frontale  ItATTL.,  Oaraphron  comutut  JuBiNB,  HynUn.  PI.  13, 
fig*  44>  CuviBB  R.  ani  id.  Uluttr.,  Ins.  PL  116,  fig.  i.  Hebbioh- 
SOHJBFFEB,  DeiUsehl.  Ins.  Heft  184,  Tab.  25. 

Ceraphron  JuRlNE  (in  part).  Abdomen  subsessile,  conico-acu- 
minate.  Antennas  broken,  with  eleven  or  twelve  joints,  the  first 
elongate.  Maxillary  palps  long,  fonr-jointed,  labial  with  two  or 
three  joints.     Wings  without  nervures,  in  some  none. 

Sub-genera :    Megaapihis  Westw.,   Micropa   Haled.,    GaUiceras 

Nbes. 

Sp.  Ceraphron  sulcatus  Jubinb,  HynUn,  PL  14. 

Dryirma  Latr.,  Gonatopua  Klug.,  Dalm.  Abdomen  convex, 
subsessile.  Antennae  ten-jointed,  porrect,  mostly  short  or  moderate. 
^  Mandibles  somewhat  prominent,  acute,  frequently  dentate.  Max- 
illary palps  elongate,  five-  or  six-jointed.  Anterior  wings  with 
stigma  pretty  conspicuous,  and  radial  cell  incomplete,  with  two 
brachial  cells;  posterior  wings  increased  by  a  lobe,  in  some  no 
wings. 

a)    With  anterior  tarsi  of  females  raptoriaL 

Sub-genera ;  Dryinua  Latr.,  ArUeon  Latr.,  Ohehgynua  Haltd., 
Gonatopus  Ljung. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  376 

Sp.  Dryinui  cursor  Haud.,  QjjtBJtf,  Icanogr,,  Ins,  PI.  68,  fig.  i,  Hebbioh- 
SoHJiFFSB,  Deuischl,  Ina,  Heft  184,  Tab.  31,  (fig.  oop.  in  CusTiB,  Brit. 
EnUm.);  —  Dryin,  formicarita  Latb.,  Cfener.  Orud,  H  Int.  I.  Tab.  zn, 
fig.  5»  &c. 

h)    With  anterior  tarsi  of  females  simple. 

Bethylus  Latb.,  Omahis  JuRiNE^  Nees.  (Maxillarj  palps  sex- 
articulate.) 

8p.  Bethylus  cmopterus,  Tiphia  cenoptera  Panzkb,  Btutsch.  Ins,  Heft  81, 
Tab.  14,  kc. 

Add  sub-genera  Aphdapus  Dalm.,  Nkss,  Myrmeeomor]^us,'^EniboUMus, 
Epyris  Westwood,  1.  1.  p.  76, 

Prociotrupea  Latr.,  Codrvs  JuRlNE,  Nees.  Abdomen  conico- 
petiolate,  with  anal  segments  attenuated  to  form  a  curred  tubule 
sheathing  the  borer.  Antennae  inserted  in  middle  of  frons,  thir- 
teen-jointed  in  both  sexes,  straight,  porrect.  Maxillary  palps  four- 
jointed,  much  longer  than  labial.  Superior  wings  with  longitudinal 
nervures  and  stigma  distinct. 

Sp.  Procotrupes  ccmipanulator,  Bassus  campanulaior  Fabb,,  Gebhab,  Faun, 
Ins.  Burop.  Faso.  V.  Tab.  x6 ;  Prodcirupes  paUipes,  Jubine,  Bymin.  PI. 
13,  fig.  46,  &o. 

Diapria  Latb.,  Psiltis  JuRiNE.  Abdomen  petiolate,  campanu- 
late.  Antennae  inserted  in  frons,  with  12 — 15  joints.  Maxillary 
palps  elongate,  five-jointed.  Wings  often  without  nervures,  and 
with  stigma  little  distinct  or  none. 

Sp.  Diapria  verticiUata,  Psilus  degans,  Jubinb,  Hymin.  PL  13,  fig.  48; 
Diapria  comuta,  Panzxb,  DeulschL  Ins,  Heft  83,  Tab.  11,  &c. 

Add  sub-genera  Helorus  Lat&,  Bdyia  Latb.  (Bdyta  Jubine  and 
Cinctua  ejusd.),  and  several  genera  of  recent  authors,  principally 
English,  on  which  oomp.  Westwood,  L  L  pp.  75,  76. 

Family  XX.  Chalctdue  «.  Chahides.  Posterior  wings  without 
nervures  or  with  a  single  nervure  submarginal,  short ;  anterior  with 
only  one  cubital  cell,  imperfect,  radial  cell  mostly  wanting.  An- 
tennae with  joints  various  in  number,  not  more  than  thirteen,  with 
first  joint  elongate,  almost  always  geniculate,  often  thicker  towards 
the  extremity.  Head  anteriorily  bisulcate  for  receiving  first  joint 
of  antennae.  Palps  very  short.  Borer  originating  from  a  chink  of 
inferior  surface  of  abdomen  remote  from  apex^  mostly  concealed  or 
exsert  at  the  termination  alone. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


376  CLASS  VIII. 

The  ChalcidicB  are  small  Insects^  mostly  shining  with  metallic 
lustre,  many  species  of  which  are  able  to  leap,  though  that  is  not 
always  the  case  where  the  ability  might  be  inferred  from  the  thick- 
ness of  the  hind-feet.  Their  larvse  live  parasitically  in  those  of 
other  insects,  especially  of  Lepidoptera  and  Hymenoptera^  and  also 
in  their  eggs;  they  are  small  maggots  without  feet.  The  pupee 
are  mostly  not  included  in  a  web.  The  number  of  species  of  this 
division  is  extraordinarily  great;  in  Great  Britain  alone  nearly 
1200  species  have  been  found 

Gomp.  on  this  family  amongst  others^  Spinola,  Estai  cTune  nowfdU 
Clas9\fication  de$  I>iploUpaire8,  Ann,  du  Mus:  xvn.  1811,  pp.  138 — 15a ; 
Nebs  von  Essbnbbok,  ffymenopt,  Ichneumonib.  off,  Monagr.  n.  pp.  i — 310. 
(Monographia  PteromcUinorum,  amongst  which  some  families  are  arranged 
that  belong  to  the  preceding  family) ;  the  monographs  of  Dalman  and 
BoHEMAN,  in  the  Trans,  of  the  Swedish  Acad,  at  Stockholm,  for  1820  and 
1833  ;  BoTEB  DE  FoNSOOLOMBS,  MonoffT.  chalciditum,  ftc.,  Ann.  da  Sc. 
ntOur,  XXVI.  1833,  pp.  473 — 307,  and  Walker,  Descriptions  of  the  British 
Ckalcidiies  in  Ann.  0/ Nat,  ffisl.  Vol.  I— iv.  1838,  1839. 

A.  Prothorax  narrower  than  mesothorax,  attenuated  towards 
the  head.  Femora  of  posterior  feet  scarcely  larger  than  the  rest ; 
tibisB  straight. 

Eulophus  Geoffr.,  Latr.,  ErUodon  Dalm.  AntennsB  with  seven 
or  eight  joints,  very  rarely  with  nine,  in  males  sometimes  ramose 
(pectinate  with  three  internal  branches).     Tarsi  with  four  joints. 

Sp.  Eulophus  pectinicomis,  Ichneumon  pecUnicomis  L.,  Gn&Dr,  Iconogr, 
Int.  PL  67,  fig.  15,  Ac. 

Add  sub-genus  CirropsUtia  "Westw.,  and  several  more,  on  which 
comp.  Westwood,  Introd,  to  modem  Ckusificaiion  o/Ina,  IL  Generic 
Syriopsis,  pp.  73 — 75. 

Encyrtus  Latr.  Antennae  eleven-  or  twelve-jointed.  Inter- 
mediate feet  longer  than  rest,  with  tibiae  terminated  internally  at 
the  extremity  by  a  strong  spine. 

Species  numerous  ;  here  belongs  a  figure  of  Schellenbebo,  Tab.  xiv.  of 
Mira  mneora  by  name,  placed  wrongly  amongst  the  Diptera. 

On  several  sub-genera,  to  be  referred  to  Encyrtus,  comp.  Westwood, 
1. 1.,  pp.  73,  73* 

Pteromalua  SwEDER.  (in  part),LATR4,  (species  oi  DiplohpisyFABK.) 
Antennae  eleven-  to  thirteen-jointed.     Middle  feet  like  the  rest. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN8ECTA.  377 

Sp.  Pteromalut  puparum,  lehnetmon  puparum  L.,  Gocdjibdt,  Metam,  lutfur. 
I.  Tab.  77,  p.  144,  BxBSKL,  Int.  n.  BomJbylior.  et  Vespar,  Tab.  m.  ftc. 

Add  genera  deonyrmu  Latiu,  FerUamptts  ejusd.  and  nnmerous 
sub-genera  of  more  reoent  authors ;  on  which  oomp.  Westwoop,  L  L 
pp.  67—72. 

Does  genus  Eucha/ris  Latr.  also  belong  here  ?  Prothorax  short, 
narrow,  mesothorax  gibbous,  elevated  Antennae  moniliform, 
eleven-  or  twelv^jointed,  straight.  Abdomen  with  long  petiola 
Feet  slender,  with  posteiior  femora  not  incrassated. 

Sp.  EucharU  adacendent,  Oynipt  adscendeiu  Panzbb,  DeuUchl,  Int.  Heft  88, 
Tab.  18,  Ac. 

0 

B.    Prothorax  transversely  quadrate. 

1)  Posterior  feet  not  much  differing  from  anterior,  with  tibiae 
straight. 

EuryUyma  Illig.^  Latr.  Antennae  eleven-  to  thirteen-jointed, 
in  males  longer,  with  joints  distinct,  nodose. 

Add  genus  SpaUmgia  Latr.,  and  other  sub-genera;  on  which  see 
Westwood,  L  L  pp.  66,  67. 

ToTdcantha  Latb. 

2)  Posterior  feet  with  femora  veiy  large,  ovato-lenticnlar,  with 
tibiae  arcuate. 

Chalets  Fabr.,  Latr.  Prothorax  much  broader  than  long. 
Antennae  eleven-  or  thirteen-jointed,  thicker  towards  extremity. 
Borer  concealed. 

Sp.  Chalcia  minuta  Fabb.,  CJuUcis  femorata  Dalm.,  Panzxb,  Deuiaehl,  Ins, 
Heft  31,  Tab.  6,  DuM^.  Cons,  gin.  $.  I.  Int.  PL  34,  ^.  1,  &c.  (Sub- 
genus Brachymeria,  Wbstw.) 

Sub-genus  Chi/rocera  Latr     (With  antennas  of  males  pectinate). 

Dvrhinua  Dalm. 

Palmon  Dalm. 

Cowwra  SpnrOLA.  (With  abdomen  conical,  acuminate.) 

Sp.  ConwrajUwieana  Sfivola,  Gu^rik,  Magaxin  de  Zool.  1837,  Int,  PL  180 ; 
hab.  in  Braail. 

On  aome  other  rab^enera  oomp.  Wbstwood,  1. 1.  p.  66» 


Digitized  by 


Google 


378  CLASS  YIII. 

Leucospia  Fabr.  Thorax  gibbous,  prothorax  transversely  quad- 
rate. Upper  wings  doubled  longitudinally.  Antennas  with  twelve 
or  fifteen  joints,  incrassated  at  apex.  Borer  reflected  above  the 
back. 

8p.  Lew^oapU  gigat  Fabb.,  Kluo.,  Panzbb,  Im.  Heft  84,  Tab.  17,  18,  Cuv. 
R.  ani.  id.  ill.,  Ins,  PL  if 6,  fig.  6.  Leucospis  intermedia  Illio.,  Leue. 
dortigera  Panzeb,  DeuUcU.  Ins.  Heft  15,  Tab.  17,  Dum^bil,  Cans,  gin, 
s.  I.  Ins.  PL  34,  fig.  1,  &C. 

ThiB  genus  contains  species  of  ^  inch  and  more,  whilst  the  smallest 
species  are  still  more  than  3  lines  in  size,  so  that  it  may  be  considered 
gigantic  in  this  family  of  dwar&.  In  Europe  species  of  Leucosjns  are 
found  in  the  southern  regions  alone,  principally  in  Italy.  To  the  extrica- 
tion of  the  synonomy  Illigbb,  Kluo,  and  la^y  Webtwood,  have  contri- 
buted :  see  the  monograph  of  the  last-named  author,  Entomol.  Magas.  n. 
p.  212,  kc. 

Family  XXI.  Ichneumonides.  Wings  four,  veined,  the  anterior 
always  furnished  with  complete  cells.  Maxillary  palps  distinct^ 
elongate.  Antennae  mostly  setaceous  or  filiform,  long,  with  numer- 
ous joints.  Body  elongate,  slender.  Ovipositor  straight,  often 
exsert,  bivalved,  including  a  borer  of  three  setse. 

Slip-uxupSy  IchnetMnona.  We  unite  in  this  family  the  Ichneu^ 
monidea  and  Evcmiales  of  the  systematic  entomologists  of  recent 
times.  Of  many  species  the  economy  is  yet  unknown,  yet  of  all 
whose  mode  of  life  has  been  observed  the  larvs  are  found  in  other 
insects,  and  nearly  always  in  the  larvsB  of  these.  They  are  especially 
caterpillars,  the  larvsd  of  Lepidaptera,  in  which  Iclmeiimona  lay 
their  eggs  j  the  laryee  of  Evania  are  parasites  of  the  genus  BlcUta, 
and  probably  live,  according  to  an  observation  of  Mac  Leat  (related 
by  Wkstwood,  Introd,  to  Tnod.  Classif.  of  Ina.  l.  p.  422)  in  the 
membrane  of  their  eggs. 

Comp.  on  this  family  amongst  others: 

J.  J.  TsEKTBFOHL,  Mevisio  critica  generis  Ichneumonis,  Okkn'b  Isis, 
1816,  pp.  55—87,  pp.  293—308. 

J.  L.  C.  Gbavxnhobst,  lehneumonologia  europcea.  Vratislaviie,  1829, 
ni.  Vol.  8vo. 

Nbes  ab  EssENBBCKj  ffymenopteroTum  Ichneumanib,  affin.  Monogrct- 
pkia.     Volumen  lum. 

J.  T.  0.  Batzebubo,  Die  lehneumonen  der  FonHnsdiien.  Berlin, 
1844,  4to. 

Phalanx  I.  Ickneumones.  Abdomen  inserted  between  the  two 
posterior  feet.     Antennce  mostly  setaceous  or  filiform,  composed  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  379 

a  great  number  of  joints  (sixteen,  and  many  more*).    Maxillary 
palps^  mostly  five,  articulate. 

A.  Ickneumones  adscitt,  a.  Braconides.  A  discoidal  cell  imder 
the  first  cubital  cell  extended  to  the  margin  of  wing,  not  divided 
by  a  recurrent  nervure.     Second  cubital  cell  firequently  large, 

Aphidius  Nees.  Head  transverse,  with  vertex  broad.  Abdo- 
men affixed  by  a  short  cylindrical  petiole,  incurvatile  beneath  the 
thorax;  Borer  not  exsert.  Antennse  with  joints  very  distinct, 
rather  few  (eleven  to  twenty-four).  Maxillary  palps  shortish  (five- 
or  four-jointed). 

Sp.  Ichneumon  Aphidum  L.,  Aphidiiu  varius  Neeb,  Ds  6bbb,  /rw.  n.  PL 
30,  f.  12,  13.  (The  fig.  of  Panzsb,  DeuUehl,  Ins.  Heft  95,  Tab.  13,  also 
belongs  to  this  spedes  according  to  NssB.)  This  smaU  species  lays  its  eggs 
in  Plant-lice,  in  each  one  a  single  egg.  The  pupa  of  the  Ichneumon  lies 
curled  up  in  the  body  of  the  Aphis.  See  Lbbuwekhobok,  Sevende  vervolg 
van  Brieven,  bl.  135 — 194,  I34e  MissiTe  Tan  26  Oct.  1700,  (and  the  fig. 
bl.  117 — 281),  also  Db  Geer,  L  1.  pp.  866—875". 

Sub-genera:  Trioxys  Halid.,  MonocUmua  ejusd,  ^oaurea  Westw. 
{Trionyx  Haud.),  Epheclrua  Haud.,  Prcbon  Haud. 

Alysia  Latr.  Head  broad.  Abdomen  sessile.  Borer  exsert. 
Mandibles  subquadrate,  with  apex  tridentate,  divaricate  (even  when 
drawn  together,  distant).  Maxillary  palps  sexarticidate.  Antenn® 
moderate  or  long,  with  more  than  twenty  joints. 

8p.  Alysia  manducator,  Ichn.  manducalor,  Pahzeb,  JhuUchl.  Ins,  Heft  73, 
Tab.  4,  Gu^RiK,  Icofnogr.  Int.  PL  66.  fig.  1 1,  &c.  The  larva  of  many 
species  of  this  genus  live  in  the  pup»  of  Diptera,  others  in  the  larvie  of 
Scardbcsi. 

Sub-genera :  Ccelinius  Nees  (comp.  Herbich-Sch^ffer  DeuUch. 
Ins.  Heft  153,  154,  156),  ChoErmsa,  ChorebuSy  Dacrvusa,  (Enone, 
Ckasmodon  Hauday,  (Westwood,  Generic  Synopa.  £  %S),  Copiaura 

SCHIODTE. 


^  Some  species  of  the  genus  Aphidiua  Nees,  of  which  Haudat  fonns  the  genus 
JE^hedrus,  make  an  exception  to  this,  and  have  only  eleven  or  twelve  joints  in  the 
antenne. 

'  These  small  parasites  have  their  own  in  return :  larvae  of  Oynip$,  parMites  of  the 
second  order.   See  Goezb,  NaturforKher,  xii.  1778,  s.  197 — 320. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


380  CLASS   VIII. 

Bracan  Fabb.  (in  part),  Latr.  Clypeua  exscinded,  a  hiatus 
being  left  above  the  mandibles.  Maxillary  palps  quihquearticulate. 
Head  transverse  or  subglobose. 

Sp.  Braccm  impostor  Nebs,  Bracon  denigrator  Fabb.  (exd.  syn.  L.)^ 
Panzsb,  DeuUchl.  Im.  Hefb  45,  Tab.  14,  &c. 

Eogcu  Nebs.     (See  Westwood,  L  L  p.  64  for  other  sub-genera). 

8tgalj[)Ati8  JjATH.  {Chelonus  Jvm^E),  Clypeus  entire.  Abdo- 
men fornicate  beneath,  triannulate  above,  or  continuous,  no  vestige 
of  incisures  remaining,  with  all  the  segments  united  into  one. 
Maxillaiy  palps  sexarticulate,  labial  shorter,  quadriarticulate. 

Sp.  Sigalphus  irroratar,  Cryptua  irror<Uor  Fabb.,  Db  Gbeb,  Ins,  I.  Tab.  36, 
fig.  la ;  Gn^iN,  Icognogr.,  Int.  PL  68,  fig.  9  (in  this  figure  the  diviaion 
of  the  nervurea  in  the  wings  is  incorrectly  represented  as  though  there 
were  a  second  recurrent  nerve,  as  in  the  Ichneumonei  genuini) ;  4J  lines 
long ;  expanded  wings  8  lines ;  abdomen  glistering  at  the  extremity  with 
brownish  green  from  fine  smooth  hairs,  wings  brownish  with  blacker  exter- 
nal margin  and  a  white  spot  in  the  middle  imder  the  radial  cell.  The 
larya>  according  to  Ds  GSEB,  lives  in  the  caterpillar  of  Nodua  psi,  1.  1. 
p.  577. 

Helcon  Nees. 

Microgaster  Latb. 

Note, — For  other  genera  and  Bub-genera^  here  omitted  on  account 
of  our  limited  space,  the  works  recommended  above  may  be  con- 
sulted 

B.  Ichneumones  genuini.  Recurrent  nerves  two,  one  dividing 
the  area  situated  under  the  cubital  cells.  First  cubital  cell  large, 
confluent  with  the  first  discoidal  cell ;  second  cubital  cell  rhombic, 
pentagonal  or  trigonal,  very  small,  in  some  none.  Maxillary  palps 
with  five  joints,  labial  palps  with  four  joints. 

In  this  division  no  such  small  species  occur  as  in  the  preceding 
(ex.  gr.  the  genus  Aphiduui).  The  larvse  live  principally  in  cater- 
pillars. Some  species  do  not  lay  i^Jieir  egga  in  the  caterpillars,  but 
fitsten  the  eggs,  which  are  provided  with  a  pedicle  for  the  purpose, 
on  the  akin  of  the  caterpillars.  See  Habtiq,  Ueb.  cL  gestidten  Eier 
der  Schlupftoespen,  Wiegmakk's  Archiv,  1837.  s.  151 — 158.  Taf  iv. 

Gbavxnhobst  has  described  more  than  1600  species  of  IchnenfMna  gei^iUni  ; 
a  number  which  will  be  continually  increased  by  fresh  observers. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  381 

t  Genuine  Ichneumons,  with  abdomen  convex  or  depressed, 
a)     With  abdomen  petiolaie  or  tmh-pdiUaU. 

Ichneumon  L,  (exclusive  of  many  species).  Head  narrower  than 
thorax.  Borer  subexsert  or  concealed.  Second  cubital  cell  dis- 
tinct, mostly  pentagonal. 

8p.    Ichneumon  aputaiar  Fabb.,  Panzer,  Deuikhl.  Ins.  Heft  19,  Tab.  90; 
— Ichn,  Troscheli  Batzbb.,  in  the  caterpillar  of  Nodua  piniperda. 

Tryphon  Fall.  Head  narrower  than  thorax.  Borer  subexsert 
or  concealed.  Second  cubital  cell  almost  obsolete,  triangular. 
Abdomen  elongate. 

On  this  genus,  Which  contains  yery  numerous  species,  oomp.  Gbayxn- 
BOB8T,  Ichnewmol.  ii.  pp.  i — 368. 

Add  sub-genus  PolyUaatua  Habtig,  Schiodte. 
Megastehis  Schiodte. 

Trogits  Panzer,  Gravenh.  Head  transverse.  Borer  concealed. 
Second  cubital  cell  triangular  or  quinquangular.  Scutellum  gib- 
bous, prominent.    Abdomen  distinctly  petiolate,  oblong. 

Tragus  lutorius,  Ichneum,  ItOorius  Fabr.,  Db  Gebb,  ii.  PI.  19,  fig.  9, 
p.  848  ;  one  of  the  largest  native  hymenoptera,  10  lines  to  1  inch  long ; 
thorax  black,  scutellum  sulphur-yellow,  feet  and  head  yellow  beneath, 
abomen  red-brown,  at  the  extremity  blackish.  The  larva  lives  in  the  cater- 
pillar of  Sphinx  ocellcUa,  Sph.  pinaatri,  &c. 

Alomya  Panzer,  Gravenh. 

Crypius  Fabr.  Head  transverse.  Abdomen  oval,  distinctly 
petiolate.     Borer  exsert.  / 

Note, — Some  species  are  distinguished  by  their  small  sisse,  the  defect  of 
wings,  or  by  rudiments  alone  of  wings  :  sub-genus  Pezamxichtis  Gbavenh., 
Sp.  Vrypt.  niffTihcindiu,  Ichn.  pedicularius  Panzsb,  DeuUchl.  Ins.  Heft 
81,  Tab.  13,  &c. 

Add  genus  Cylloceria  Schiodte,  see  Gu£BIN,  Magcta.  de  ZooL  1839, 
Ins.  PI.  9,  10. 

Xorides  Latr. 
Accenittis  Latr. 

t  /9)     W'dh  abdomen  sessile  (extremely  short  petiole). 

Pimpla  Fabr.  Head  transverse.  Borer  exsert,  long.  Antennae 
long,  filiform,  slender,  with  numerous  joints.  Mandibles  bifid  at 
apex. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


382  CLASS  VIII. 

a)    With  Beoond  cubital  cell  eyanesoent. 

Sub-genera :   Glypta  Gravenh.,  Folysphincta  ejusd,  Schizopyga 
ejusd.,  CUstopyga  ejusd. 

h)    With  second  cubital  ceU  distinct,  mostly  triangular. 

Sub-genera:     Rhyasa    Gray.,    Trachyderma    ejusd,     EphiaUes 
ScHBANK,  Grav.,  Pimpla  Grav.,  Lissonota  Grav.* 

Sp.  Pimpla  (EpkiaUes)  manifestator,  Ichneumon  manifestator  L.,  Paitzkb, 
DetUachl.  Int.  Heft  19,  Tab.  21,  Duk&il,  Cons,  gin.  b.  I.  In%.  PL  32, 
fig.  I.  Cut.  R,  ami.,  H.  HI.,  Ins.  PI.  1 10,  fig.  8,  Ac. 

Metopius  Panz.,  Gravenh.,  {Peltastes  Illig.) 

Sp.  Ichneumon  necatorius  Fabb.,  Ichn.  vesp&ldes  Panz.,  Deuischl.  Ins. 
Heft  47,  Tab.  19. 

Bassus  Fabr.,  Grav. 

ft  Cknuine  Ichneumons  with  abdomen  compressed. 

Banchus  Fabr.     Abdomen  sessile,  or  with  veiy  short  petiole. 

Ophion  Fabr.  Abdomen  falcate,  distinctly  petiolate.  Antennae 
slender,  filiform. 

Sub-genera:    Anomalon  Jurine   (in  part),  Gravenh.,   Ophion, 
Pani8cu8y  ko. 

Sp.  Ophion  glaueopterus  Fabb.  ; — Ophion  eircumJUxus,  Ichneum.  dreum- 
JUxus  L.,  Batzbb.  Forst.  Ins,  m.  Tab.  yi.  fig.  2,  &c. 

HeUwigia  Gray.    Abdomen  petiolate.    Antennae  clavate. 

Gomp.  Gbaybnhobst,  Hdlwigia,  novum  inseetorum  genus  ;  Nw.  Ad. 
Acad.  Cobs.  Leop.  Car.  Natur.  Cutiosor.  xi.  1823,  pp.  315 — 321,  Tab.  43. 

Phalanx  II.  Uvaniales.  Abdomen  inserted  into  thorax  above, 
before  the  origin  of  the  two  posterior  feet.  Antennae  filiform 
or  setaceous,  with  thirteen  or  fourteen  joints.  Anterior  wings  with 
distinct  cells,  posterior  veined,  destitute  of  cells.  Maxillary  palps 
longer,  sexarticulate,  labial  quadriarticulate.  Posterior  feet  with 
coxae  long  and  strong,  and  femora  often  incrassate. 


^  Of  what  small  value  this  second  cubital  cell  or  areola  is  as  a  character  in  PimpUe, 
appears  from  some  species  of  Lissonota  Gbaviekh.,  where  it  almost  entirely  disappears, 
or  is  sometimes  present  on  the  right  wing  and  'wanting  on  the  left  Gbavenhobst, 
1.  1.  III. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  383 

A.  Abdomen  of  moderate  size  or  elongate. 

f  Borer  exsert 

Auhcaa  JuRiNE.     Abdomen  compressed.    Antennae  setaceous. 

Sp.  Atdaeus  ttriatua,  Jubins,  ffymSn,  Tab.  7i  fig.  15:  habit,  on  the  moun- 
tainB  of  Switzerhmd. 

Fcenus  Fabr.  Abdomen  elongate,  clavate  at  apex,  exceeding 
the  length  of  head  and  thorax.    Antennas  filiform. 

Sp.  Faentu  JaetUator,  IchneumoH  jaculator  L.,  B4A.UMnit,  /iu.  iv.  PL  10, 
figs.  14,  15,  Pahzeb,  Veutschl.  Ins.  Heft  96,  Tab.  16,  DuviBiL,  Cons, 
gSn.  i,  I.  Ins.  PI.  31,  fig.  i,  ftc. 

ft  Borer  concealed 

Pelecinus  Latr.,  Fabr.  Inferior  wings  almost  without  ner- 
vures.  Abdomen  very  long,  filiform  in  females,  moderate  and 
clavate  in  males. 

Sp.  Pdeciwiis  polyeerator  Latb.,  Gu^in,  Iconoffr.,  Ins.  PI.  65,  habit,  in 
North  and  South  America. 

Comp.  on  this  genus  Lepeletieb  and  Sebville,  Encyl.  method.,  Ins. 
Tom.  X.  T825,  pp.  39,  30 ;  De  Romand,  Note  su/r  U  genre  Pelecinus, 
GuiBlN,  Mag.  de  Zool.,  1840,  Ins.  PI.  48,  49 ;  ejusd.  Notice  s.  I.  genre 
Pelec.;  ibid.  1842,  PI.  86  ;  Klug,  die  Arlen  der  OaUung,  Pelec.,  GsB- 
mab's  ZeUschr.f.  d.  Entom.  m.  1841,  s.  377 — 388,  Tab.  n.  (A  genus  in 
the  opinion  of  this  author  related  to  the  Oxyura,  the  genus  Monomachus 
Wbstw.,  forming  the  transition  to  the  genus  ProcMrupes.) 

B.  Abdomen  very  short,  oyato-triangular,  compressed,  abruptly 
petiolate,  often  inserted  almost  beneath  the  scutellum. 

Evania  Fabr.,  Latr. 

Sp.  Evania  appendicigaster,  E.IBBT  and  Spenob,  Introd.  to  Entom.  PI.  iv. 
fig,  2,  DDMiB.  Cons.  gin.  s.  I.  Ins.  PI.  31,  fig.  3,  &c. 

Sub-genera :  Brachygaster  Leaoh,  Hyptia  Illio.  Gomp.  on  this  genus 
and  the  allied  sub-genera  Sfinola,  Gu^in,  Revue  Zoolog.  1840,  pp.  244 — 
148,  and  Wbbtwood,  Trans,  of  the  Entom.  Soc.  of  Lond.  ill.  1843, 
p.  237,  Ac. 

Family  XXII.  Cympsea  8,  Gallicolw.  Posterior  wings  with 
no  nervure  or  one  only,  anterior  with  radial  cell,  and  two  or  three 
cubital  cells,  the  second  triangular,  third  incomplete  produced  to 
apex  of  wing.  Antennae  of  the  same  thickness,  or  gradually 
thicker  towards  the  apex,  with  twelve  to  fifteen  joints.     Maxillary 


Digitized  by 


Google 


384  CTJkss  VIII. 

palps  four-  or  five-jointed,  labial  with  two  or  three  joints.  Thorax 
gibbous,  with  mesothorax  very  large.  Abdomen  compressed. 
Borer  extremely  slender,  with  three  set»,  concealed^  rolled  spirally, 
between  a  bivalve  sheath,  exsertile  from  the  last  ventral  chan- 
nelled segment  of  abdomen. 

GaiUrwaapB.  The  females  of  this  family  pierce  different  parts  of 
plants  (leaves,  leaf-^talks,  buds,  &c)  and  lay  an  egg  in  the  wound 
The  irritation  thus  produced  causes  the  sap  to  flow  in  greater  abun- 
dance to  the  wounded  part,  and  thus  different  excrescences,  often  of 
very  singular  kinds,  arise,  which  serve  the  larva  both  for  food  and 
habitation.  The  form  of  the  excrescences  is  different  for  different 
species,  and  may  serve  for  recognising  and  distinguishing  them. 
The  larviB,  bent  into  a  semicircle,  lie  as  thick  white  maggots 
in  the  cavity  of  these  excrescencea  Some  species  undergo  their 
metamorphosis  in  this  situation ;  others  leave  it  before  becoming 
nymphs,  and  change  under  ground  It  is  true  that  species  also  of 
ChcUcidea  are  found  in  these  excrescences,  which  were  formerly 
placed  with  species  of  Gynips  in  one  genus,  and  to  which  Gboffboy 
gave  the  name  of  Gynipa  exclusively,  which  occasioned  much 
confusion  in  the  nomenclature :  they  are  ichneumons  which  have 
taken  the  place  of  the  natural  inliabitant& 

Gall-wasps,  although  living  upon  vegetable  food,  have  neverthe- 
less a  great  affinity  with  the  Ichneumanides,  and  this  is  shewn  more 
•  distinctly  by  the  fact  that  some  species  {Allotria  Wkstw.)  really 
live  like  ichneumons  in  insects  {Aphides),  without  on  that  account 
differing  from  the  rest  of  the  Gynipides  by  natural  characters  or 
organisation  (Westwood,  Introd,  to  modem  GlassificaL  of  Ins,  u. 
p.  132,  Ratzebubo,  Die  Forst-Insecten,  nr.  p.  54). 

To  the  excrescences,  caused  by  gall-wasps,  belong  also  the  gall- 
nuts  or  gall-apples,  of  which  those  that  come  from  the  East  (from 
Aleppo)  are  in  most  esteem.  They  consist,  besides  gallic  acid,  in 
great  measure  of  tannin,  and  are  consequently  very  astringent.  Hence 
their  use  in  medicine.  Their  property  of  forming  a  black  pre- 
cipitate with  salts  of  oxyde  of  iron,  causes  these  gall-nuts  to  be 
employed  in  the  preparation  of  writing-ink. 

Gomp.  on  this  family :  Malpiohius  de  Oallu,  in  Anatomea  plantarum 
parte  aUerd  {Operum  ed.  Londin.  i686,  foL  Tomo  ii.  pp.  17 — 38); 
OuviEB,  Encycl.  mtth^  Hist,  not.  de$  Int.  v.  1790,  pp.  771 — 792, 
Brakdt  u.  Batzeburo,  Medkin.  Zoolog.  u.  8.  144—758;  Botbb  db 
F0N800LOMBX,  Detcriptiim  des  In*,  de  la  fam,  dee  Ih'plolSpairea  qui  «e 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN8ECTA.  385 

trowfoU  aux  mvirom  tPAix,  Ann.  de$  Se,  ntU.  xxvi.  1833,  pp.  184 — 
198 ;  J.  O.  WxsTWOOD,  Imaior.  nonntUlor,  e  familia  Cynipidarum 
de$enpUonei;  QviBUX,  Magas.  de  Zool.  1837,  Ins.  PL  179;  Habtio, 
Ueb.  die  Familie  der  OaUwetpm;  Girmab'b  ZeiUchr.  /.  d.  Bntom.  n. 
1840.  B.  176—109,  ra.  1841.  8.  3«a— 358,  IV.  1843,  8.  395— 4««- 

Cyntps  L,  (excluaive  of  some  species),  Diplolepis  Geoffk. 

Sub-genera :  AUatria  Wbbt.,  (Xystm  Habtio),  AnaduM/ru  Dalm.  {Meg^k- 
pdm/ui  Habtio),  Leiopteron  Pbbtt,  Wxstw.,  Paras  Westw.,  Figites  Latb., 
Biorhyza  WiSTW.  (Apophjfius  Habtio),  Cynips  Latb.,  Wbbtw.,  Ihalia 
Latb.,  and  others;  on  which  see  WisrwooD,  Oenerie  Synops.  pp.  55,  56, 
and  Habtio,  1. 1. 

Sp.  C^ips  OaUce  tindoria  Olivixb,  Voyage  dans  Vempirs  Othoman,  Paris  an 
9,  AUas,  PL  15,  Bbakdt  u.  Ratzbbubo,  Mediz.  Zool,  n.  Tab.  xxi.  fig. 
1 1 — 13  ;  this  species  lives  on  Quercus  infectoria  in  Asia  Minor,  Syria,  &c. ; 
— Oynips  QuercusfoUi  L.,  Row.  Ins.  iii.  SuppL  Tab.  5  a,  53,  f.  10, 11; — Oyn. 
jRosa  L.,  R^UMUB,  Ins.  m.  PL  46,  fig.  5-7,  PL  47,  fig.  1-4.  Blankaabt, 
StA^nibwrg,  Tab.  16,  fig.  v-s,  Bbabdt  u.  Ratzbbubo,  L  L  Tab.  xxi.  fig. 
5-7,  on  the  wild  or  garden-rose,  in  which  it  causes  mossy  excrescences 
named  Dog-rose-sponge  or  Bedeguar. 

Note. — ^Abdomen  in  most  extremely  shoii-petiolated.  Some  are 
distdngiushed  by  their  long  petiole  (sub-genera  Anacharis,  Leiop- 
teran,  Ac)  Males  are  distinguished  from  females  by  their  small 
size,  longer  antenme^  mostly  also  by  the  third  joint  of  their  antennie 
being  sinuated  outwards.  Of  some  species  the  females  alone  are 
known* 

Family  XXIII.  UrooercUa  {Siricidm  CuKTis).  Abdomen  sessile, 
continuoufl  with  thorax,  covering  the  origin  of  posterior  feet,  cylin- 
drical or  oblong.  Mandibles  short,  thick.  Wings  both  anterior 
and  posterior  with  distinct  cells.  Tibia  of  first  pair  of  feet  with  a 
single  terminal  spine.  Borer  of  females  in  some  exsert,  straight, 
with  three  setse,  received  between  two  homy  valves,  in  others 
capUlaiy,  contorted  at  the  base,  contained  in  abdomen.  Larvae 
furnished  with  six  feet,  phytophagous. 

The  larvse  of  the  chief  genus  of  this  division  Svrex  live  in  wood, 
especially  fir  and  pine,  some  also  in  beech,  poplar  and  birch.  Of 
others  the  larvee  are  still  unknown.  Dahlbom  suspects  that  the 
larva  of  Orysnu  lives  on  gall-nuts.  The  opinion  of  Spikola  and 
Lepeletisb  that  the  larvsB  live  parasitically  in  those  of  wood- 
eating  insects,  like  ichneimions,  is  an  error,  and  rests  on  imperfect 
observation. 


VOL.  I.  25 


Digitized  by 


Google 


386  CLASS  VIII. 

Gomp.  on  this  family  :  F.  Klug,  Mcnographia  Siricwn  Cfermania,  Tab. 
SBD.  Berolini,  1803,  4to^  and  (on  the  following  also)  the  exoellent  work  of 
Th.  Habtio,  I>ie  Familien  der  BlaUtoeapen  und  Molewespm,  Mit  Abbild. 
Berlin,  1837,  8vo. 

Phalanx  I.  Oryssides.  Borer  capillary,  incurved  at  base^  con- 
cealed.   Radial  cell  one,  cubital  cells  two. 

0rr/88ri8  Late.  Antennae  short,  with  ten  to  twelve  joints,  in- 
serted near  the  mouth.  Maxillary  palps  long,  five-jointed,  labial 
triarticulate.    Anterior  tarsi  of  females  with  three  joints  only. 

Sp.  Oryuus  coroncUua  Fabb.,  Panzbb,  DetOschl,  /tm.  "tieft  59,  Tab.  19 
{Sirex  vespertUio),  Dum^b.  Com.  gin,  s,  I,  Iru,  PI.  35,  fig.  4 ;  in  Germany, 
France,  &c. 

Phalanx  II.  Uroceridce.  Borer  straight,  exsert.  Badial  cells 
two,  cubital  four.    AntennsB  with  eighteen  to  twenty-five  joints. 

a)     Wi^  meuoSlary  palpi  Umg,  6-  or  s-joinied, 

Cephtis  Latr.,  Fabb.  Antennae  incrassated  towards  the  apex. 
Abdomen  compressed. 

Sp.  OepkuB  tpinipei,  Banehui  ipi/nipa  Pahzeb,  Deuttchl,  In$,  Heft  73,  Tab. 
17,  Ac. 

(Speciee  small.  This  genuB  is  placed  in  the  foUowing  family  by  La- 
tbbhiLB  and  Wbstwood). 

XipAydria  Latr.,  Fabr.  Antennae  attenuated  towards  the  apex, 
setaceous. 

Sp.  Xiphydria  eamduSf  Sirex  eamdus  h,,  Duh&il,  Chnt.  gin,  $.  I.  Int, 
PI*  3<^>  fig*  ^»  Habtiq  1.  L  Tab.  vm.  tg,  g,  &c. 

h)  WUk  maaaUary  paXpt  extremely  ekoH,  with  only  one  or  twojoinie, 

Sirex  L.  (exclusive  of  species).  Uroc&rua  Geoppr.  Antennae 
setaceous  or  filiform,  long.    Maxillae  united  at  the  base. 

.  Sp.  Svrex  gigas  !».,  Ichneumon  gigas,  Sytt.  not,  Ed.  x.  fern.  {Sirex  marieeuM 
L.  ma.),  B(BBBL,  Int.  Bomb,  el  Veep.  Tab.  vm.  tL,,  DuMiBiL,  Cone.  gin.  $. 
I.  Int.  PI.  36,  fig.  I,  Batzkbubg,  Forat-Int.  m.  Tab.  iv.  fig.  3F;  head 
blacky  with  a  large  yellow  spot  on  each  side  behind  the  eyes ;  the  male 
with  stone-coloured  abdomen,  the  last  two  rings  black ;  the  female  has  the 
abdomen  at  the  base  and  apex  yellow,  in  the  middle  dull  black.  This 
insect  is  the  largest  native  hymenoptenim ;  the  expanded  wings  measure 

.  1  in.  1  lin.,  the  body  i  in.  3  lin.,  and  the  borer  4  lin. ;  but  much  smaller 
specimens  of  the  species  are  met  with.  The  larva  lives  more,  than  a  year 
in  the  wood  before  it  changes  into  a  nymph  ;  in  summer  the  insect  comes 
to  view  from  the  pupa  after  three  weeks,  but  when  the  larva  becomes 
a  pupa  towards  winter,  it  con^ues  thus  throughout  the  winter. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  387 

Family  XXIV.  Tenthredineta  b.  Serrijera.  Abdomen  sessile, 
continuous  with  thorax,  covering  the  origin  of  posterior  feet,  cylin- 
drical or  oyato-oblong.  Mandibles  large,  homj,  acuminate,  in* 
curved,  mostly  tridentate.  Maxillary  palps  mostly  sexarticulate, 
labials  four-jointed  or  quadriarticulate.  Labium  cloven  into  three 
laciniss.  Wings  both  anterior  and  posterior  furnished  with  dis- 
tinct cells.  Borer  almost  always  occult,  included  in  a  bivalve 
sheath,  compressed,  cultrate,  mostly  serrate,  composed  usually  of 
four  setsB  (the  upper  one  of  other  hymenoptera  being  here  cloven  to 
the  base).  Tibise  of  anterior  feet  with  two  terminal  spines.  Larvffi 
(similar  to  caterpillars)  with  mostly  twenty-two  or  twenty  feet, 
feeding  on  leaves. 

Leaf'waapa.  The  larvse  mostly  eat  leaves  like  caterpiilars,  some 
live  in  gaU-exGrescences.  These  insects  are  often  very  destructive  to 
trees,  and  the  knowledge  of  them  is  therefore  veiy  important  to  the 
forester.     Some  also  injure  our  potherbs. 

On  this  family,  besides  the  Monograph  of  Habtig  Doted  above  and  the 
third  part  of  the  Fortt-Inncten  of  Batzebubo,  may  be  oonsulted :  Klug, 
Die  BlaUtoeipen  der  Fabrmschen  SamnUung;  Whdexann's  Zoologiichei 
Magazin,  I.  3,  18 19,  s.  84— 91,  Tab.  n.,  and  by  the  same,  Uebtrsickt  der 
TenihredindCB  der  {Berliner)  Sammlung,  in  his  JahrbUeker  der  Ituektet^ 
hunde,  I.  Bd.  1834,  Svo,  s.  133—253,  Taf.  n.  figs.  5 — 10 ;  6.  Dahlbom, 
Clavia  novi  ffymenopterorum  wytUmatia  adjecta  tynopti  lairvaTum  tocmdinoir 
viccur,  ertiq/brmttim,  Lundn,  1835. 

A.  Borer  exsert 

Xyela  Dalmann,  Mastigocera  Klug.  Antennas  thirteen-jointed, 

with  fourth  joint  longest  (equalling  or  surpassing  in  length  the 

nine  terminad  jomts  taken  together).  Borer  of  females  of  the 
length  of  abdomen. 

B.  Borer  occidt. 

a)    AntennsB  with  numerous  joints^  (fifteen  to  thirty-six). 

Lyda  Fabe.,  Hartig,  Pamphilivs  Latr.  Antennae  setaceous 
(nineteen-  to  thirty-six-jointed).  Badial  cells  two,  cubital  four. 
Posterior  tibiae  with  three  lateral  spmes. 

The  larvn  of  this  genus  live  together  socially  in  a  -web ;  they  have, 
besides  the  riz  homy  feet  on  the  thorado  segments,  only  two  propellen 
directed  outwards  at  the  hind  part  of  the  body.  Comp.  Habtig  1.1. 
Tab.  VII.  figs.  I— 16,  and  Ratzbbubg,  Forst-Intekten,  m.  Tib.  i. 

25—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


388  CLASS  vni. 

Tarpa  Fabr.,  Hartiq^  MdgalodonJtes  Latr.  Antennas  shortly 
pectinate  on  the  inside  (fifteen-  to  eighteen-jointed).  lUdial  cells 
two,  cubital  four.     Posterior  tibiae  with  two  lateral  spines. 

Comp.  Kluo,  EnUmol,  Manogtriphien,  Berlin  1824,  8yo,  8.  181 — 10. 

Lophyrus  Latr.  Antennse  in  males  pectinate,  in  females  ser- 
rate (seventeen-  to  thirty-jointed).  KadiaJ  cell  single,  cubital  cells 
four. 

Sp.  lophyrus  Pini,  Tentkredo  Pini  L.,  Batzebubo  L  I  Tah.  ii.  fig.  i  ; 
Lophfr,  rvfuB,  ftc.    The  larvsa  have  11  feet^. 

5)    Antennae  with  mostly  nine  joints  or  fewer. 

Tenthedro  L.  (exclusive  of  many  species),  Latr.,  AUantus 
JURINE  (with  addition  of  some  sub-genera).  Antennae  nine-  to 
eleven-jointed,  simple.  Badial  cells  mostly  two,  cubital  four. 
Labrum  exsert. 

Sub-genera:  Macrophya  Dahlb.,  TeTUhedro  Habtig,  AUcmiius 
JuBiNE,  Athalia  Leach,  SeUmdria  Leach,  Dmura  Dahlb.,  Fhyl- 
lotoma  Fallen,  Fenusa  Leach,  Emphytus  Kluo,  FdnuUopua 
Hartio,  Dclerua  Jurine,  Cryptocampiu  Hartio,  Nematua  Jubine, 
Clctditis  Illio.,  and  others  which  are  recorded  in  Westwood, 
Generic  Synops.  pp.  52 — 54. 

(Areokd  of  wings  and  antenn»  are  used  for  subdivisions). 

Sp.  TefUkredo  difarmit  {Cladiua),  Pakzxb,  IkvUch.  Ina,  Heft  61,  Tah,  x. 
(male  with  antenxuB  pectinftte  in  middle) ;  Tenthredo  cenHfolia  {Athalia), 
Pakzbb,  Deuisch.  Ina.  Heft  49,  Tab.  xvni.* ;  TeiUhr,  groaatdarice  Dahlb., 
Blakkaabt,  SchoubuiTff,  Tab.  n.  figs.  G — J  ;  Tenthredo  gaUioola  (Nematua) 
WxsTW.,  SWAIOOBDAK,  £ib,  Nat.  Tab.  xuv.,  Bobsel,  Ina.  IL,  Bombyl. 
et  Veap.  Tib.  x.  figs,  x— 4  {Ten^redo  ffoUifex  Haoxub.  in  MSa)  fta  The 
lame  have  twenty  or  twenty-two  feet. 

Hylotoma  Latr.  (and  Schtzocera  ejusd.)  Antennas  triarticulate, 
with  third  joint  elongate,  in  males  of  some  species  forked  {Schizo- 


^  Comp.  on  thiB  genus  L.  FumELMAKN,  Zur  Natwrgeaeh.  einiger  auf  der  KUftr 
lAender  Lophyren ;  Nov.  Ad.  Ocea.  Loop.  Oar.,  Tom.  xix.  P.  i,  1839,  PP-  *45— «8o* 
Tab.  XXY. 

*  On  this  insect^  whose  Larva  may  be  very  destructive  to  turnips  by  eating  the 
young  leaf,  we  have  an  excellent  monograph  by  G.  Nbwpobt,  Obaerv.  on  the  Anai. 
and  Economy  of  Athalia  eenHfolicB;  Prise  Saaay  of  the  Fniomoi.  Soc.  With  a  plate. 
London,  1838,  8vo. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  389 

cera).     Radial  cell  one,  sometimes  with  accessory  apical  cell ;  cubi- 
tal cells  four  or  three  {Plilia  Lepelet.) 

&p,  HylcUma  rotarum  Fabb.  (not  Tentkr,'  ro§cB  L.)  BosiL,  n.  Bomb^ior, 
€t  Veapar,  Tab.  n.,  DumjIbil,  Cont.  g^n,  «.  L  Ins.  PL  35,  fig.  6,  Ac. 
{Tenihr.  rota  L.  is  a  speoies  of  Athalia.) 

Cimbex  Oiiv.    Antennre  clavate,  five-  to  seven-jointed.   Badial 
cells  two,  cubital  three. 

Sp.  Cimbex  variabilis  Klvq,  Tenthredo  lutea  L.  (and  Tenthr,  ftmarata 
ejtud.),  K(E8EL,  Ins.  u.,  Bomb,  el  Verp.  Tab.  zm.,  Batzebubo,  Font-Ins. 
lu.  Tab  III.  fig.  10,  &c.  These  species  are  the  largest  of  this  iamily ;  the 
larrn  have  twenty-two  feet.  The  larva  of  Cimbex  Uieorwn  was  not  long 
ago  described  and  figured  by  Skxllxn  yah  YoLLEKBOTiir,  Tijdsckr. 
voor  not.  Gesch.  1.  1843.  Tab.  n. 

Sub-genera  :  Abia  Leach,  Perga  Leach,  and  others  of  this 
author.  Add  sub-genus  Pachylosticta  S^UG,  genus  Syzygonia 
ejusd.  differing  from  all  other  cimbices  in  the  cells  of  the  wings, 
but  plainly  resembling  the  Hyhtomam  (Brazilian  species.) 


Okdek  Vni.    Lepidoptera. 

Hexapod  insects,  with  four  membranous  wings,  covered  with 
minute  coloured  scales.  Mouth  with  involute  spiral  tongue,  com- 
posed of  protracted  maxUlaa.    Metamorphosis  complete. 

BvUerflies  {Lepidaptera  L.,  firom  XfirU  scale,  and  irrepov,  Glossata 
Fabr)  The  two  chief  works  on  the  anatomy  of  this  order,  that  of 
Ltonet  and  of  Herold,  have  been  already  cited  (see  above,  pp.  247 
and  275).  To  give  a  list  approaching  to  completeness  of  the  works 
which  treat  of  the  arrangement  of  butterflies,  or  illustrate  their 
species  by  figures,  would  require  too  much  space  for  our  purpose. 
We  satisfy  ourselves  therefore  with  indicating  some  of  the  prin- 
cipal sources  for  the  knowledge  of  this  order. 

J.  C.  Sepf,  Beachouwing  der  toanderen  Gods  in  de  minst  geachte 
Sch^Mden,  of  Nederlcmdsche  Insekten,  &c  4ta  Amsterdam,  1765,  and 
folL  Of  this  work,  which  is  still  being  continued,  6  parts,  each  of 
50  plates,  have  hitherto  appeared. 

P.  Cbaheb,  UUlandsche  Kapellen,  iv.  parts,  and  Stoll*s  Aankcmg- 
sd,  4to.  Amsterdam  en  Utrecht,  1779 — 1791.  (With  this  may  be 
usefully  consulted  the  academic  prize-treatise  of  H.  Yebloben, 
CcUalogw  systematicus  ad  CRAXERUMy  Traj.  ad  Bhen.  1837,  8vo.) 


Digitized  by 


Google 


390  CLASS   VIII. 

SystemaHaches  Verzeiehniss  der  SchmeUedmge  der  Wienergegend 
herausgegeb,  von  einigen  Lehrem  am  K.  K.  Theresiantim,  Wien. 
1776,  4to.  (mit  3  col.  Ta£) 

Jac.  HtJBNEB,  Sammdung  ewropdischer  Schmetterlinge,  nebat  Fori- 
aetzwng  von  C.  Geter,  gr.  4to.  Augsburg,  1806 — 1841 ; — hj  the 
same,  Geschichte  ewropdiacher  Schmetterlinge  (Rcmpen,  Fwppefn  u, 
FvMerpflcmzeTi)^.  4to.  ibid.  1806 — 1841 ; — ^by  the  same,  Sammhing 
exotiacher  Schmetterlinge,  nebat  Fortaetxung  van  C.  Geyer,  ill  Bde, 
gr.  4to.  ibid.  1806 — 1841;  and  Zutrdge  zwr  •Samrrdung  exotiacher 
Schmetterlinge,  ibid.  1818 — 1837.  (I  have  not  been  able  to  consult 
these  comprehensive  and  costly  works  whilst  preparing  this  order). 

F.  OcHSENHEiMEB,  Die  Sclvmetterlinge  von  Ewropa,fortgeaetzt  durcJ^ 
Fb.  Tbeitschke,  jl  Bde,  8va  Leipzig,  1807 — 1835. 

BoiSDUVAL,  Speciea  ghiercd  dea  Lepidopt^ea,  Tom.  i.  av.  pL  Parisy 
1836,  8vo.  This  excellent  work,  which  makes  a  part  of  the  well- 
known  SuUea  dL  Buffon,  published  by  Bobet,  appears  to  be  discon- 
tinued, to  the  great  injury  of  science. 

The  scales,  which  cover  the  wings  of  these  insects  on  both  sides, 
appear  to  the  naked  eye  as  dust,  but  when  seen  through  the 
microscope,  are  arranged  in  regular  rows,  like  house-tiles  ^  These 
scales  are  implanted,  by  means  of  little  pedicles,  in  short  conical 
tubules,  whose  openings  are  constantly  directed  to  that  margin 
of  the  wing  which  is  opposite  to  its  base.  Each  scale  consists 
of  two  (or  perhaps  even  of  three)  membranes  or  layer&  On  the 
uppermost  membrane  lie  granules  of  colouring  matter.  Elon- 
gate, parallel  stripes  (ribs)  run  from  the  base  to  the  free  extremity, 
which  has  sometimes  a  smooth  margin,  and  sometimes  ends  in 
certain  points  or  lappets.  The  underside  of  the  scale,  which  lies 
next  the  wing,  often  presents  a  play  of  various  colours*.  When 
the  scales  are  removed,  the  wings  are  whitish  and  semi-transpa- 
rent ;  some  butterflies  have  constantly  such  patches  on  the  wings 
where  the  scales  are  wanting ;  in  some  the  wings  are  almost  quite 
naked,   whether  because  the  scales  are   wanting  from  the  first, 


^  Numerous  figures  of  this  are  to  be  seen  in  the  works  of  microscopists,  as 
in  Leeowenhobok,  Derde  vervclg  van  JBrieven,  ye  Missive,  24  Junij,  1691,  bL  409, 
fig.  I ;  see  also  Roiskl,  Int.  x.  Tab.  n.  f.  5,  6,  7,  Pap,  PodaUriut,  in.  Tab.  xuv., 
Pap.  Iris,  Ac. 

*  Bebnabd-Dbschamps,  Recherches  Microacopiquea  sur  Vorganisation  dea  aiUs 
dans  les  LSpidopUres,  An.  dea  tc.  Nat.,  sec.  s^rie  iii.  1835.  Zoologie,  pp.  iii — 137, 
PI.  3,  4. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  391 

or  becaoBO  beixig  fixed  very  loosely,  they  are  lost  on  the  first  flighty 
as  has  been  obsenred  in  Sphiryx  Jv4:ifor7M8. 

Amongst  the  oral  organs  (compare  above^  p.  249)  is  seen  a  small 
upper-lip,  often  scarcely  visible,  which  is  of  a  triangular  or  conical 
form ;  the  mandibles  are  small,  immoveable,  and  remote  firom  each 
other.  These  parts  exist  in  a  rudimentary  state  aJone.  The  prin* 
cipal  part  of  the  organa  ciba/ria  is  the  spind  tongue,  formed  of  two 
long  threads  (the  maxiUai),  which  are  excavated  on  the  inside,  else- 
where even,  and  run  out  to  a  fine  extremity;  when  these  two 
plates  are  laid  towards  each  other,  the  two  half  canals  form  a  com- 
plete canal  in  the  axis  of  the  tongue.  At  the  base  of  the  maxilLe 
are  placed  two  very  short  paJps,  consisting  of  one  or  two,  at  most  of 
three,  joints.  The  under-lip  (IMam)  is  triangular  and  flat,  and 
bears  two  large  palps,  which  consist  of  three  joints ;  these  palps  are 
covered  with  hairs,  and  mount  with  their  points  turned  upwards  on 
both  sides  of  the  tongue,  which  rolled  up  in  a  spiral  lies  hidden 
between  them,  whenever  it  is  not  in  usa  In  some  nocturnal  lepi- 
doptera  the  tongue  is  very  short  and  not  adapted  for  sucking. 

The  antennse  of  these  insects  differ  in  form,  but  always  consist  of 
numerous  joints.  The  two  compound  eyes  are  lai^e ;  in  many 
species  there  are  in  addition  two  simple  eyes  present.  The  three 
rings  of  the  thorax  are  always  connected  immoveably  with  each 
other;  the  middle  piece  {mesotharax)  is  the  largest.  The  wings 
are  large  and  not  folded ;  in  the  females  of  some  species  they  are 
reduced  to  small  rudiments,  or  are  entu*ely  wanting.  There  are  five 
joints  in  the  tareua  of  all  the  feet.  The  abdomen  consbts  of  six  or 
seven  rings,  without  sting  or  borer,  as  in  the  preceding  order. 

The  metamorphosis  is  complete.  The  larvse  are  called  caterpUlara 
(eruccBy  chenillesy  Bcvupen,  rupsen).  The  body  of  caterpillars  con- 
sists of  twelve  rings  exclusive  of  the  head.  There  are  on  each  side 
nine  air-slits;  for  the  second,  third  and  last  ring  are  without  them. 
The  normal  number  of  feet  in  caterpillars  is  eight  pairs ;  the  fourth, 
fifth,  tenth  and  eleventh  ring  have  no  feet.  On  the  first  three  rings 
three  homy  feet  axe  placed,  which  have  a  conical  form,  and  consist 
of  joints;  the  last  joint  has  the  form  of  a  bent  nail  These 
six  feet  answer  to  those  of  the  perfect  insect.  The  remaining  ten 
feet  (some  species  have  only  eight,  six,  or  four)  are  membranous 
and  without  joints ;  they  disappear  in  the  perfect  insect.  On  the 
underside  they  have  a  flat  sur&ce,  which  the  insect  is  able  to  expand 
and  contract,  and  which  is  surrounded  by  a  coronet  of  numerous 
small  hooks.  The  head  is  homy,  and  has  six  simple  eyes  on  each  side; 


Digitized  by 


Google 


392  CLASS  VIIT. 

moreover,  there  may  be  distinguished  in  it  two  short  conical  an- 
tennae, two  strong  mandibles,  two  maxill»  with  small  palps,  and  an 
under-lip,  which  also  has  two  small  palps  and  terminates  in  a  point, 
under  which  the  efferent  canal  of  the  matter  with  which  the  cater- 
pillar prepares  its  web  is  situated.  This  substance  is  secreted  as  a 
fluid  by  two  long,  blind,  convoluted  vessels,  which  lie  at  the  sides 
of  the  intestinal  canaL  Most  caterpillars  live  on  vegetable  food, 
especially  leaves,  and  many  are  limited  to  a  single  species  of  vege- 
tabla  Others,  however,  eat  leather,  fur,  fat,  wax,  &c.,  and  these 
belong  especially  to  the  family  of  the  moths.  Caterpillars  usually 
change  the  skin  four  or  five  times  before  turning  into  pupee. 

The  pupae  of  scaly-winged  insects  axe  quiescent,  and  move  their 
abdomen  alone  when  they  are  touched.  They  are  oblong-ovate,  and 
covered  with  a  homy  skin  {pupcs  obtec'as,  see  above,  p.  273).  The 
pupee  of  day-butterflies  are  usually  not  inclosed  in  a  web,  but  merely 
attached  by  some  threads  at  their  posterior  extremity,  and  hang 
freely  with  the  head  downward,  or  are  fixed  transversely  to  a  branch, 
or  other  object,  by  a  ti*ansverse  band,  as  if  in  a  hoop.  The  pupes 
of  nocturnal  butterflies  either  lie  underground  in  a  cavity  that  is 
smooth  and  even  within,  and  lined  with  web,  or  they  are  inclosed 
in  a  cocoon  (/oUiculus),  which  is  fastened  to  a  branch,  or  to  a  walL 
The  web  is  frequently  silken,  sometimes  very  closely  woven,  some- 
times loosely ;  sometimes  it  consists  in  part  of  finely  gnawed  fibres 
of  wood  interwoven  with  the  threads  of  web,  or  of  other  foreign 
objects  intermixed  with  the  web,  crumbs  of  earth,  morsels  of  leaves, 
<fec.     These  pupee  have  commonly  a  brown  or  black  colour. 

From  the  pupa  of  many  species,  especially  of  day-butterflies,  the 
perfect  insect  proceeds  after  the  lapse  of  a  few  da3rs.  Of  such 
species  there  are  ordinarily  two  generations  in  a  yeai*.  Of  other 
species,  however,  the  caterpillar  or  the  pupa  remains  through  the 
winter,  and  then  the  perfect  insect  usually  appears  only  once  in  the 
year,  in  spring  or  in  summer.  Eggs  that  are  laid  in  autumn  are 
mostly  hatched  in  the  following  spring. 

The  intestinal  canal  of  caterpillars  is  straight,  and  consists  in 
great  measure  of  a  wide  cylindrical  stomach.  There  are  four  very 
long  vessels  for  secretion  of  urina  The  perfect  insect  has  a  narrow 
oesophagus  with  a  lateral  expansion  or  crop  (the  so-called  sucking 
bladder,  see  above,  p.  310)  ;  the  stomach  has  become  shorter,  the 
rest  of  the  intestinal  canal  longer.  Lepidopterous  insects  in  the 
perfect  state  of  butterflies  either  take  no  food  at  all,  or  suck  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  393 

sap  of  flowers ;  they  lick  this  up  by  means  of  their  maxillip,  pro- 
longed into  a  tongua 

This  order  is  ^eiy  numerous  in  species.  Amongst  these  are  many 
which  attract  our  eye  by  their  brilliant  colours,  or  the  beautiful 
design  of  the  spots  or  streaks  on  the  wings.  It  is  as  though  nature 
had  given  such  large  wings  to  butterflies  in  order  to  secure  a  wider 
space  for  her  pencil 

Family  XXV.  Noctuma.  Antennae  setaceous  or  pectinate. 
Wings  horizontal  for  the  most  part  or  deflected,  guarded  by  a 
retinaculum,  with  few  exceptions.  Posterior  tibise  with  double 
internal  spine. 

NfxAivmal  Lepidoptera,  Moths,  The  species  of  this  and  of  the 
following  family  are  distinguished  by  the  so-called  retinaculwnf 
which  they  mostly  possess.  This  part  consists  of  a  homy  highly- 
elastic  hair,  or  of  a  little  bundle  of  two  or  more  hairs,  which  arise 
on  the  anterior  margin  of  the  hind-wings  close  to  their  insertion. 
A  little  flat  ling  on  the  undernsurface  of  the  fore-wing  allows  it  a 
passage,  and  thus  both  wings  are  oonneeted,  and  similarly  pressed 
forwards  and  backwards,  and  in  flight  form  only  a  single  sur&ce^ 
Almost  all  these  moths  fly  by  night  alone,  or  after  sunset.  The 
females  of  some  species  are  wingless,  or  have  only  minute  rudiments 
of  wings  (as  Phaltena  brumata,  Bomhyx  arUiqua,  &a)  The  form  of 
the  larva  is  various,  and  they  have  from  10  to  16  feet.  Most  of 
them  make  themselves  a  web,  in  which  they  change  to  pupse. 

This  &mLly  in  the  system  of  LiNViBUS  forms  only  a  single  genus, 
which  he  names  PhdliBna. 

Pterophorua  Geofpr..  Fabr,  Four  wings  or  two  posterior  cloven, 
with  fringed  digitations.  Antennae  long,  setaceous.  Body  slender. 
Feet  elongate. 

Sub-genus  Fterophorua  Latb.     Labial  palps  smalL 

Sp.  Plavphortu  peniadctctyhu,  PhdUmia  (AlueiUi)  peniadadyla  L.  BcBSlL, 
Ifu,  I.  C1m8  17.  Pap,  noetwm.  Tab.  v.  Ac.  The  caterpillars  of  this  species 
have  sixteen  feet,  are  broad  and  hairy,  and  change  without  spinning  them- 
selves in ;  the  pupee  hang  by  threads,  like  those  of  day-butterflies.  The 
perfect  insect  sits  with  outspread  wings,  and  reminds  us  of  TipuUt, 


^  I  have  treated  specially  of  this  part,  and  figured  it  in  the  Naiuurh  Bijdragen, 
by  H.  C.  Vak  Hall,  W.  Vbolik  and  G.  J.  Muldeb,  ii.  1817,  bl.  i73--«84. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


394  CLASS  YIII* 

Sab-genua  Omeodea  Latr.     Labial  palpB  longer  than  head,  with 
seoond  joint  very  scaly,  the  last  somewhat  nakeii,  erect. 

Sp.  Pterophonu  hexadactsfhu,  Phakena  {AlticUa)  kexadadyla  It.,  Bl&UMUB, 
Ins,  I.  PI.  19,  figs.  19— « I,  DuMiBiL,  Cons,  gin,  s,  I,  Ins,  PL  43,  fig.  8. 
The  sixteen-footed  naked  caterpillar  feeds  on  the  blossoms  of  KamperfoUa 
(Lonicera),  and  spins  itself  up  when  about  to  change  into  a  pupa.  The  per- 
fect insect  has  each  wing  divided  into  six  slips,  and  keeps  the  wings  when 
at  rest  deflected. 

Tinea  Fabe.  (and  Aludta  ejnsd.)  Anterior  wings  narrow^  or 
horizontal,  incumbent,  or  convolute  round  the  body  or  deflected  and 
erect  backwards.  Labial  palps  erect,  maxillaiy  palps  often  distinct. 
Antennae  setaceous. 

A.  Labialpalps  skoH,  pilose.    Antenna,  especiaUy  <;ff  males,  mtoeUf  very 
long,  approximale,    Eges  subeontiguous  posteriorly. 

Sub-genus  Ackla  Latb.   {AhusUa  Ykbbl  in  part). 

Sp.  Tinea  Degeerella  li,,  Db  Gksb,  Ins.i.  PL  3a,  fig.  13;  Gu^Riir,  Iconogr. 
Ins,  PL  91,  fig.  7;  FiB(msXi*a  Ahifildungenzur  Microl^idopierologie,  1854, 
Tab.  66,  67,  figs,  a — e;  P.  Ltonbt,  Ouvrage  posUiume,  PI.  19,  figs.  17 — 
95;  wings  gold  brown  with  a  yellow  band  on  the  fore-wing,  which  is 
margined  with  violet.  Expanded  wings  about  8"',  aatenntB  of  male  14'" 
long.  In  the  pupa  the  antenna  have  special  cases  that  project  behind  the 
body. 

B.  Labial  pcJps  moderaU,  very  dMnct,    EyesaandaadennartmUe. 
a)    Tongtte  disLinct,  dongaie. 

Sub-genera  (Ecophora  Latb.,  Tponomeuia  Latb.,  IlUkyia  Latb., 
Omix  Tbeitsohke. 

Sp.  THnea  evonymeUa  L.  (Tponomeuta  evon,),  Rgssbl,  Itis.  i.  Pap,  TMetum. 
Gl.  TV.  Tab.  vin;  the  caterpillars  live  socially  in  a  web,  as  do  those  of 
Yponomeuia  cognateUa,  R(BS.  1.  1.  Tab.  vii.  Ssfp  vi.  Tab.  xxvn,  that  live 
on  thorn-bushes  and  fruit-trees,  and  also,  what  is  often  confounded  with 
it,  TSn.  padella  L.,  Ssfp  y.  Tab.  zxxn.  whose  caterpillar  lives  on  wil- 
low-trees. 

6)    Tongue  very  skorL    {Cred  on  the  head  of  Havre  or  scales,) 

Sub-genus  Tinea  Latb. 

Sp.  Tinea pellioneUa  L.,  Bobsbl,  Ins.  I.  Pap,  noctum,  01.  TV.  Tab.  xyil  the 
fur-moth;  shining  brown  upper  wings  with  a  black  spot ;  it  shews  itself  in 
the  spring;  according  to  TasiraoHKi  there  are  two  generations  in  a  year; 
— Tinea  grandla  L.,  Hoebel,  ibid.  Tab.  xu.  &c. 

Crambm  Fabr.  Fore-wings  narrow,  much  longer  than  broad. 
Maxillary  or  upper  palps  very  distinct,  porrect  above  the  base  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN8ECTA.  396 

labial  palps,  conpexed  with  scales  oar  hairs.    AntemuB  mostlj  simple. 

(Caterpillars  with  sixteen  feet). 

a)    ToDgae  veiy  short,  scarcely  distinct. 

Sub-genus  Phycia  Fabr.  {Phycis  and  Euplocoimus   Latb.,  with 
antenniB  of  males  pectinate). 
V)    Tongue  distinct. 

Sub-genera  OnvmJbua  {Chiio  Sommeb),  AlucUa  Latb.^  GaUeria 
Fabb. 

Sp.  GaUeria  certiUa,  Tinea  meUoneUa  L.,  Bobsel,  /tm.  m.  Pap,  nod.  CL  TV, 
Tab.  XLi.  Sbfp  y.  Tab.  zlyi;  with  grey  wings,  the  upper  wings  more 
brownish,  dark-spotted  and  excised  on  the  outer  margin  in  the  male,  in  the 
female  obtuse.  The  caterpillar  of  this  species  lives  in  the  hives  of  bees, 
always  protected  and  concealed  under  spun  threads.  The  metamorphosis 
occurs  within  the  hive.  The  moths  come  from  the  pupa  in  the  spring. 
These  enemies  of  bees  were  known  to  the  ancients;  YiBOiL  calls  them 
dirvm  tinea  genu*  (Qtorgic,  Lib.  iv.  346;  comp.  Plinius,  Hid.  nai.  Lib. 
XI.  cap.  xiz.) 

Botya  Latr.  (and  Hydrocampe  ejusd.)  Fore-wings  triangular, 
forming  with  the  body  a  sub-horizontal  triangle  when  the  insect  is 
at  rest.  Four  exsert  palps.  Tongue  conspicuous.  Antennae  seta- 
ceous. 

Sp.  Buys  verticalis,  PhaUma  {Pyralis)  wrticalia  L.,  BofiXL,  Ini,  X.  Pap, 
nod,  CI.  IV.  Tab.  iv.  Skpp  v.  Tab.  xxiv.  &c. 

Aglossa  Latb.  Tongue  inconspicuoua  Habit  and  characters  of 
the  preceding  genus.  (Species  of  genus  Pyralis  Tbeitschke,  Cromr 
hua'FjLEBL) 

Sp.  A^ana  pinguinalis,  PhdUma  (Pyralia)  pinguinalie  L.,  De  Gbsb,  Im. 
u.  PI.  VI.  figs.  4— n,  Skpp  v.  Tab.  xx,  &c 

Ibrerw? Treitschke,  Pyralis  Fabr,,  Latr.  [Phalcena  Tortrixlj.) 
Wing  of  insect  at  rest  representing  the  form  of  a  roof  much  flattened 
or  subhorizontal,  and  with  the  body  forming  a  triangle,  short,  broad, 
anteriorily  arcuate  outwards,  the  external  margin  of  the  fore-wings 
being  produced  to  the  base.  Maxillary  palps  either  none  or  short, 
not  exsert;  labial  palps  with  second  joint  thick,  hirsute,  in  some 
short,  in  others  longer  and  in  the  anterior  part  of  the  head,  pro- 
duced like  a  beak.     (Caterpillars  with  sixteen  feet.) 

Leaf-rollers.  These  have  been  thus  named  because  the  caterpillars 
of  many  species  roU  up  and  spin  together  the  leaves  on  which  they 
feed.     Some  tie  up  young  buds  and  blossoms  with  their  web;  others 


Digitized  by 


Google 


396  CLASS  VIII. 

again  live  in  fruits,  as  Tinea  ponumdla  L.  (the  genus  Gao'pocapaa 
Treitschke). 

Sub-genera  Cochylisy  TeraSy  Ca/rpaca/paa,  ffcUiaay  Pofdisca,  Tbeit- 
SCHKE  and  others,  on  which  see  Schmetterlmge  van  JSwropa,  Tom. 
VUL,  and  Westwood,  Generic.  Synopeis,  pp.  106—110. 

Sp.  Totirix  dUorana  L.^  (ffcdiat  Tbkitbohkx)  Dum^  Ommd.  ff^.  s,  2.  In$. 
PI.  53,  fig.  6,  Skpp  vl  Tab.  xin ; — Totirix  vitana,  Tortrix  peUeriana, 
Sydem.  Verz.  d.  SchmeU.  d,  Wienergeg,  p.  ia6,  Pyrale  de  la  Vigne  Boso. 
This  species,  which  causes  great  injuiy  to  vines,  and  so,  in  France  especially, 
from  time  to  time  produces  serious  damage,  is  the  chief  sul^ect  of  an  exten- 
sive and  excellent  work  of  Axtdouik,  Sid,  det  Insectet  nuinbUi  d  la  Vigne, 
Paris,  1843,  4(0. 

Tortrix  pomana,  Tinea  pomonella  L.,  Rcbbkl,  /fit.  I.  Pap,  nod.  CL  iv. 
Tab.  xui.  Sepp  yi.  Tab.  x.  &c 

Herminia  Latr.,  Hypena  Schrank.  Wings  triangular,  snb- 
horizontal,  deflected,  forming  with  the  body  a  triangle  when  the 
insect  is  seated ;  the  anterior  sub-falcate  at  the  apex,  with  posterior 
margin  convex.  Labial  palps  longer  than  head,  compressed,  with 
last  joint  recurved.  Ocelli  two.  Antennae  of  males  ciliated  or 
sub-pectinate.     (Caterpillars  with  fourteen  feet). 

Sp.  Herminia  proboeeidalie,  Phalcena  {PyraUe)  proboteidaUa  L.,  KuEEXANir, 
Beytragt  eu  B<esil's  In$.  Tab.  xxxn.  Skpp  n.  5e  Stuk,  Tab.  n.  the 
brown  snout-moth;  on  the  sUnging-nettle; — fferm.  rodralie,  Phal.  {Py- 
ralie)  roetraUe  L.,  Rcbbel,  In».  1.  Pap.  nod.  01.  iv.  Tab.  VL ;  on  the 
hop,  also  on  stinging-nettles,  &c.  The  caterpillars  of  these  spedes  have  no 
feet  on  the  sixth  ring  of  the  body  ;  when  touched  they  let  themselves  fall 
to  the  ground,  and  leap  like  fishes  drawn  out  of  water. 

Note. — Genus  HyhUea  Fabr.  is  joined  with  Herminia  by  La- 
TREiLLE ;  it  contains  exotic  species,  which  whether  they  be  all  rightly 
placed  here,  appears  to  me  very  doubtfid.  ffyhkea  litwrata  Fabr. 
from  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  Nabmforsch.  xxix.  Tab.  iv.  fig.  14, 
appears  to  agree  entirely  with  Herminia  ;  here  also  are  to  be  referred 
PJudcencR  Servia  and  Sergilia  Cram. 

On  genus  ffyhkea  oomp.  Esfkb  in  Natturfor§eher,  xxix.  i8o3,  pp.  191 — 
ao6,  Tab.  ly. 

Pkalcena  Fabr.  {Phakena  geometrce  L.)  Wings  broad,  mostly 
patent  when  the  insect  is  at  rest,  with  anterior  only  partly  covering 
posterior,  sometimes  erect.  Antennss  elongate,  towards  the  extre- 
mity attenuated,  setaceous,  or  in  males  pectinate.  Labial  palps 
moderate.    Ocelli  none.    Body  attenuated.    Most  of  the  caterpillars 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  397 

with  only  ten  feet,  the  rest  with  twelve,  always  with  anal  feet. 
Pupa  inclosed  in  a  thin  follicle. 

The  genus  Fhaicsna  or  Geametra  is  principally  characterised  by 
the  caterpillars ;  since  these  have  no  feet  in  the  middle  of  the  body 
they  move  in  creeping,  as  leeches  do,  by  flexion  and  extension  of  the 
body.  Hence  these  caterpillai's  are  named  swrveyora  or  sparircaler' 
pilkbrs  {eruccR  geometrical,  chenilles  wrperUeiueSy  Spanner,) 

Comp.  on  this  genus  Tbhtbohki  especially,  JXe  SehmeUerUngen  von 
Europa,  of  which  the  entire  sixth  part  (Leipz.  1827,  1818)  is  set  apart  for 
treating  of  the  nomerous  European  species  of  this  genus ;  and  further 
WaxLCB-BcHMFTSB,,  U^bentckt  der  Spanner,  in  his  continuation  of  Paitzkr, 
/«».  Deutackl,  Heft  165,  176,  179. 

LnmiBUS  has  made  a  subdivision  according  to  the  antennse ;  where  they 
are  pectinate  he  gives  to  the  specific  name  the  termination  -aria  (as  pini- 
aria),  when  they  are  setaceous  that  of  -ata  (as  ffrotndariata^).  The  cha- 
racteristic of  pectinate  antennn,  however,  besides  that  it  is  proper  to  the 
male  alone,  occasionaUy  separates  naturally  allied  species.  As  little  can 
the  separation  of  these  species,  which  have  wingless  females,  of  which 
liATBBniUB  fonns  his  sub-genus  Hybemia,  be  commended. 

a)  CaterpiOars  with  twelve  feet 

EUopia  Tbeitschke.     (Antenna  in  males  pectinate.) 

Sp.  PhaUma  nuurfforitaria  Fab.,  Pkakena  fiuprgaritcia  L.  fern.,  Sbfp,  Nederl, 
I'M,  n.  NaehtU,  n.  Bende  i  Gezin,  Tab.  m.,  Paitz.  DevtteU.  In$.  Heft  41, 
Tab.  43,  Heft  63,  Tab.  13 ;  %ht-green  wings,  the  fore  with  two  white 
bands,  the  hinder  with  one  only,  which  is  a  continuation  of  the  most 
external  of  the  fore-wing.  Amongst  the  Noet/WB  also  some  species  occur 
with  twelve-footed  caterpillars,  which  however  are  not  spanners. 

h)  CsterpiUars  with  ten  feet. 

£nnamos,  Actena,  Geametra,  AspilaUs,  CrocaUis,  Gnophos,  Boar- 
mia,  Amphidaeie,  Psodos,  Fidania,  Cheeias,  Cabera,  Acidalia, 
Larentia,  Cida/ria,  Zerene,  Minoe,  Idcea  Tbeitschke  (a  name  to 
be  rejected  siace  already  given  by  Fabbioius  to  a  genus  of  the 
Dinmals).  Ck>mp.  on  other  genera^  here  omitted,  Westwood,  Generic. 
Sf/nops.  pp.  98—104. 

[Note, — ^The  numerous  species  of  PhakenoB  are  distinguished  by  variety 
of  form,  and  often  present  an  analogy  truly  wonderful  with  other  genera 


^  Here  we  have  an  instance  of  the  happy  mnemotechnie  of  which  LiKK^us  in  all 
his  writings  made  such  rational  use.  The  distinction  however  given  by  him  is  not  in 
every  instance  well-founded;  Phal.  tatnlucaria,  for  example,  ought  properly  to  be 
etHikd  iombueata. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CLASS  VIII. 

of  Lepidopttra,  bo  tha>t  there  may  be  obeenred,  prinoipAlly  amoDg  the 
exotic  genen^  some  that  recall  the  genus  Pieria,  others  PapUionet  (or 
Equites),  not  in  habit  alone,  bat  also  in  colour.  Perhaps  a  parallel  series 
is  formed  by  the  Phalamce,  comparable  with  most  of  the  genera  of  diurnal 
Lepidopiem.  Other  exotic  Phakena  approach  more  nearly  to  the  genus 
Urania,  but  yet  amongst  European  species  Phakena  tambucaria  presents 
an  analogy  with  it.] 
8p.  PhaUma  hdtdaria  L.,  Amphidoiii  hettdaria  Tbeftsohki,  Skfp  ii.  4e 
Btuk,  Tab.  xxi.  the  hlaekiprinkled  moth,  Pakz.  Ikutschl,  Int.  Heft  31, 
Tab.  14;  with  long,  small,  round  wings,  outspread,  1"  broad,  length  of  body 
usually  9"%  the  abdomen  thicker  and  more  unwieldy  than  in  most  species 
of  this  division ;  wings  and  body  yellowish- white,  with  many  black  spots 
and  points ; — Phal.  aanUmearia  L.,  Aocena  Mombucaria  TaKxracHKE,  Oum- 
pteryx  Mombucaria  Lkaoh,  Romkl,  In9,  I.  Pap.  Nodum,  CL  m.  Tab.  Yi. 
Skfp,  Nederl.  Iru,  i.  6e  Stuk,  Tab.  i.,  one  of  the  largest  European  species, 
but  of  a  totally  different  form,  with  broad  wings,  the  anterior  falcate  at 
the  apex,  the  posterior  excised  at  the  margin  with  obtuse  angles,  of  which 
angles  the  third  is  produced  into  a  short  tail ;  the  general  colour  pale 
sulphur-yellow,  with  two  light  brown  bands  on  the  fore-wings,  and  one 
similar  on  the  hind-wings,  which  is  a  continuation  of  the  innennost 
of  the  former.  The  eggs  are  prettily  ribbed ;  the  caterpillar  is  a  true 
spanner,  of  a  brown  colour,  resembling  a  dead  twig.  Phal.  drfoliaria  L., 
Pidonia  dtfoHa/ria  Tbxitbohks,  Bcbskl  in.  Tab.  xir.  (the  metamor- 
phosis and  the  wingless  female).  Tab.  XL.  fig.  6  (the  perfect  male),  SlFP, 
NedM.  I'M.  n.  6  Stuk,  Tab.  vi.  Batzibubo,  Pont-InM.  ni.  Tab.  zi. 
fig.  5,  Ac. 

Platypteryx  Lespetbes,  Ochsenh.,  Drepana  SCHRANK.  Wings, 
the  insect  at  rest,  patent,  anterior  broad,  in  some  rotundate,  in  most 
falcate.  Palps  short.  Antennss  in  males  pectinate,  in  females 
setaceous  or  serrate  or  Tery  shortly  pectinate.  Ocelli  none.  Cater- 
pillars with  fourteen  feet,  terminated  by  apex  acute,  erect,  the  anal 
feet  wanting. 

8p.  Platypteryx  faievla,  Phal.  {Oeomdra)  falcataria  L.,  Ltoitbt,  Oumrage 
potth.  PI.  35,  figs.  6— 10 ;  Plaiypt.  hamtda,  Phal.  ftdeala  Fabb.,  Skfp, 
Nederl.  Int.  n.  40  Stuk,  Tab.  xyl  The  one4aUed  eaterpiUara  resemble  in 
some  degree  in  miniature  the  two-tailed  caterpillars  {Bcmbyx  vinula, 
fwrculaj)  whence  some  writers  have  placed  them  with  the  Bombyees 
(  VeneichniMt  der  Sehmdier.  der  Wiener  gegend,  p.  64,  Hubkbb,  Latbeillb)  ; 
LnfVJBXTS  and  Fabbioius,  giving  their  attention  exclusively  to  the  per- 
fect insect,  placed  the  species  known  to  them  amongst  the  PhdUeiUB 
geomdrce,  witii  which  indeed  they  have  a  greater  affinity.  The  point  in 
which  the  body  of  the  caterpillar  terminates  behind  forms  a  supemumeraiy 
segment  (a  thirteenth  ring),  which  represents  the  two  hind-feet  that  are 
wanting. 

Noctiia  Fabb.    Tongue  distinct.    Palps  in  most  moderate,  with 
third  terminal  joint  more  slender  than  the  preceding  or  small. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  399 

Antennae  mostly  setaceous,  in  males  of  some  species  only  pectinate 
or  ciliate.  Ocelli,  with  a  few  exceptions,  two.  Wings  apt  for  flight, 
the  anterior  mostly  triangular,  deflected  or  incumbent.  Thorax 
large,  very  often  crested.  Abdomen  elongato-conical.  Larvae 
solitary,  mostly  naked  or  seldom  pilose,  never  without  anal  feet, 
most  with  sixteen,  some  with  only  twelve  feet.  Pupa  inclosed 
in  a  follicle  often  lax. 

a)    L€Ut  joint  ofpalpa  shorter  than  Mecand,  scaly, 
*    CaterpxHoTS  wiik  twlvtfeet, 

Euclidia  OcHSENH.  Palps  short.  Head  small.  Body  slender, 
with  thorax  not  crested.  (Anterior  wings  variegated  with  irregular 
brown  markings.) 

Sp.  Noctua  Mi  Im,  Bspb,  NederL  Im.  n.  50  Stuk^  Tkb.  i.,  Ltonst,  Ouvr. 
poethwne,  PL  39,  figs,  xo — 17  ;  the  caterfMllar  lives  on  different  Bpecies  of 
grass,  on  dover,  &c,,  and  spins  itself  up  between  the  leaves  or  in  moss 
when  about  to  change  into  a  pupa. 

Plusia  OCHSENH.  Palps  long.  Thorax  crested.  (The  fore- 
wings  often  with  spots  or  marks  that  shine  with  metallic  splendour.) 

Nochta  gamma  L.,  Basii^  Ins,  1.,  Pap,  nodwm,  CL  m.  Tab.  T.  Skfp, 
Nederl.  Ins,  i.  50  Stuk,  Tab.  i.  f.  i — 6 ;  the  ffamma-moth  ;  body  grey,  fore- 
wings  reddish-grey  with  many  stripes,  in  the  middle  and  at  the  base  dark- 
brown,  with  a  yeUowiah  shining  spot  resembling  the  Ghi^eek  letter  7,  the 
hind-wings  yellowish-grey,  with  a  blackish  broad  border ;  length  of  the 
body  3"' ;  breadth  of  npper  wings  expanded  15'".  The  caterpillar  of 
this  species  sometimes  occasions  mnch  damage  to  flax,  hemp,  cole-seed, 
peas,  pnlse,  and  all  sorts  of  potherbs ;  a  visitation  which  afflicted  different 
districts  of  France  in  1735,  <^<^  ^^  province  of  Groningan  in  East- 
Prussia  in  1843 :  see  J.  Jaoobson  de  Phal,  noetua  gamma  Diss,  Be- 
giomonti,  1829,  8vo,  and  H.  G.  yait  Hall,  Oesch.  van  de  verwoestingen 
door  de  rupsen  in  het  jaar  1829  aangerigt,  Groningen,  1899,  8vo. 

**    CaterpiUarsmih  sixteen  feet. 

Sub-genera:  Brephos  Ochsekh.^  Catocala  Schrakk,   Ochsenh., 
Ophiusa  OcBSEtra,,  Anarta  Ochsenh.^  GucuUia  Schrans,  Ochsenh. 

Noetua  nob. 

(Xylvna,  Cerastis,  Cosmia  Hubbn.,  Xanthia  HiriBN.,  Oortyna,  Non- 
agria,  Leueania,  Simyra,  Caradrina,  Orthoeia,  Mythimna,  Calpe,  Thya- 
tifrcky  Mamestra,  Apamea,  Trachea,  PUia  Oohbenh.,  Misdia  Hubbk., 
OcHSBHH.,  Badena  Sohbahk,  Mama  Tbbit8GHKB,  Amphipyra,  Tri- 
phono,  Oraphipkora,  Agrostis  Ooebbith.) 


Digitized  by 


Google 


400  CLASS  VIII. 

JSpiaema  Och8EKH.|  Cymatophara  Treitschke  {Tethea  Ochhemh.), 
BryophUa  Tbeitschke  {Fcecilia  Schbank,  Ochsenh.),  Diphthera 
HuEBN.i  OcHSSNH.,  AcTonycta  Ochsenh. 

Comp.  Eneyd,  miih.,  Hui.  not.,  Ins,  Tom.  viiL  1811,  pp.  21% — 360 
(article  NoctuelU),  Tbkitsohkz,  SchmeUeriinge  von  Europa,  Yter  Bd.  1825, 
1826,  WssTWOODy  Oeneric  Synoptis,  pp.  93 — 98,  &c. 

Sp.  Noetua  nupia  L.,  Sefp,  Nedcrl,  Ins,  i.  46  Stuk,  Tab.  vn.,  Ltonbt 
Ouvr,  podk,  PI.  45 ;  body  i"  %'*'  long,  points  of  fore- wings  in  flight 
distant  7,"  g"'  or  more  from  each  other ;  fore-wings  above  grey,  passing 
into  bluish-green,  with  dark-brown  flamed  stripes,  beneath  white,  with 
three  black  bands;  under-wings  above  carmine-red,  with  two  broad 
black  bands,  which  are  present  on  the  under-side  also,  but  on  a  white 
ground,  which  towards  the  inner  mai*gin  passes  into  red.  The  cateipiUar 
lives  on  the  willow.  A  still  larger,  and  with  us  a  rarer  species,  has  on  the 
under-wing  a  blue  band  on  a  bktck  ground :  Noctua  fraxini  L.,  B(B8EL, 
Int.  IV.  Tab.  «8,  fig.  i,  Sbpp,  Nederl,  Ins,  i.  40  St.  Tab.  xvin— xx. 
— NoOua  pronuba  L.,  Triphama  pronviba  Tbbitbghke,  Rcbsbl,  Ins.  iv. 
Tab.  3a,  fig.  6,  Vkbhubll  in  Sbfp,  Nederl.  Ins.  vi.  Tab.  34,  figs.  7,  9 ; 
the  upper-wings  brown,  dnnamon-coloured  of  di£Perent  shades ;  the  under- 
wings  yellow,  with  black  band  dose  along  the  maigin ;  breadth  of  wings  in 
flight  7",  length  of  body  about  10'".  A  vezy  common  species,  which  in 
the  middle  of  summer  is  often  seen  in  houses,  being  attracted  towards 
evening  by  the  light.  A  lighter  prothorax  distinguishes  it  fitun  Noftua 
(Triphana)  inwuha  Tbeitschke,  where  the  thorax  is  of  a  single  colour; 
this  last  has  the  fore-wings  less  flammate,  often  almost  entirely  of  one 
colour,  and  ordinarily  a  light  coffee-colour  {ettfi  au  laU) ;  Bcbsbl,  ibid. 
figs-  T>  ^t  4>  5,  Sepp  Tab.  33,  fig.  6,  Tab.  34,  figs.  8,  10.  Livnjbub 
united  both  spedee  under  his  Noctua  pronuba,  and  perhaps  they  are  only 
varieties. — Noctua  piniperda,  SVaehea  piniperda  Tbeitbohkb,  Paitzeb, 
DeuUchL  Ins.  Heft  83,  Tab.  94,  {Bombyx  sprda  Fabb.,  and  Noctua 
JUmmea,  ^usd.,)  Sepp,  Nederl,  Ins.  in.  Tab.  34,  Batzebubo,  Fortt-Ins, 
II.  Tab.  X.  fig.  4 ;  half  an  inch  long,  flight  15  to  16'"  broad,  upper- 
wings  brown-red  and  grey,  with  two  whitish  spots  in  the  middle,  hind- 
wings  dark-grey,  under-side  of  wings  single  shade  of  grey,  shining ;  the 
oaterpiUar  green  and  white  striped  longitudinally.  This  caterpillar  occa- 
sionally causes  great  mischief  in  forests ;  see  L08OHOE,  Natwrgesch.  der 
ForUoder  Kiifferravpe,  Natufforseker,  xxi.  1785,  s.  27 — 65,  Tab.  m ; 
as  in  Holland  (particularly  in  the  province  of  Gelderland)  in  1808,  and 
especially  in  1844 ;  comp.  hereon  A.  Bbahts  in  the  Vaderl.  Letierorfen* 
ingen,  1844,  Mengelwerk,  bL  535 — 536 ;  and  on  the  destruction  in  the 
pine-forests  of  the  proviooe  of  Utrecht,  H.  Yeblobek  in  the  Alg.  Eunst-en 
Zetter-bode,  1846,  Kos.  13,  15,  and  1847,  Ko.  9. 

5)  Last  Joint  ef  palps  equal  to  second  or  longer  than  U,  slender,  sub* 
nahed, 

Erebus  Latb.  {Thyacmia  Daijl) 

Sp.  Nodma  Strix  L.,  Fabb.,  Noetua  Agrippma  Cbameb,  UiU.  h^.  i.  Tib. 
87,  88,  fig.  A ;  CuviEB  JJ.  ani.  id.  iU.,  Ins.  PI.  154,  from  Surinam.     The 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  401 

upper  Bur&ce  of  wings  white,  with  black  lines  forming  many  angles  and 
curves,  Uie  under  surface  brown-grey  with  white  spots.  This  species  is 
one  of  the  largest  in  this  order  ;  the  body  is  two  inches  long;  but  the  fore- 
wings,  which  are  yety  long,  surpass  those  of  all  the  rest  in  breadth 
of  flight,  for  the  points  are  distant  finom  each  other  more  than  nine  inches. 
Another  species  also  from  South  America,  Nodua  odora  Gsaxeb,  n.  Tab. 
169,  f.  A,  B,  was  placed  erroneously  by  LnrirjiUB  amongst  the  AUaei 
(Bombyx)  ;  it  is  smaller,  brown-coloured,  and  has  an  eye-shaped  spot  on 
the  fore-wings. 

Ltthosta  Fabr.  Tongne  distinct,  long,  spiral.  Labial  palps 
cylindrical,  shorter  than  head,  with  third  joint  shorter  than  the 
preceding,  or  coalesced  with  the  second.  AntennsB  moderate,  seta- 
ceous, in  males  ciliated  or  subpectinate.  Ocelli  none.  Anterior 
wings  narrow,  horizontally  incumbent.  Caterpillars  solitaiy,  with 
sixteen  feet. 

Sp.  Lithoria  guadraf  PhoUcena  {Noctua)  quadra  L.,  RcssiL,  Ira,  I.,  Pap, 
noct,  CL  n.  Tab.  XVII. ;  Skpp,  NedeH.  Ins,  ra,  4e  Stuk,  Tab.  VL  ; 
Duif&iL,  Cone,  gin,  ».  I.  Int.  PI.  42,  fig.  i  bis;  wings  outspread  2", 
yellow,  the  upper  wings  in  the  male  grey-yellow,  in  the  female  yellow, 
with  two  steel-blue  or  black  spots ;  the  feet  blue. 

Sub-genus :  NtidaHa  Hawobth,  Steph.  (spec,  of  LUhoaia  OcH- 
SENH.,  species  of  CaUvmorpha  Latr.) 

Sp.  Lithoe.  mundana  Oohsenh.,  Phakma  mundana  L.,  Hofficank.  No- 
twfortcker,  xxvra.  1799,  Tab.  i.  figs,  i— -5. 

Euprepia  OcHSENH.  {Arctta  ScHRANK,  Ckelonia  GoDART, 
BoiSDUV.)  Tongue  distinct.  Antennae  in  males  ciliated  or  pecti- 
nate. Ocelli  two.  Wings  deflected,  variegated  with  colours  often 
lively,  anterior  triangular,  posterior  famished  with  retinaculum. 
Larvae  with  sixteen  feet,  mostly  hirsute  with  dense  hairs. 

CaUimorpha  Late,  (in  part).   Tongue  elongata    Antemue  simple, 
ciliated  in  males  alone. 

(Sub-genera:  Emydia,  Euehdia,  and  CaUimorpha  Boisduv.,  species 
of  Euprepia  and  LUhosia  Ochsenh.) 

8p.  Euprepia  Jacdbaxe,  Phal,  (N'oel.)  JaeobcuB  L.,  K(BfiBL,  Ina.  i..  Pap.  noct, 
GL  n.  Tab.  xliz.  ;  Sxpp,  Nederl  In$.  4e  Stuk,  Tab.  xi;  the  upper  wings 
dark-bluish  grey  with  two  carmiue-red  stripes  along  the  anterior  and 
inner  margin,  and  two  round  spots  of  the  same  colour ;  the  hind- wings 
carmine-red  with  a  narrow  black  border. 

Arctia  Sghrakk.    Tongue  short.     Antennee,  in  males  at  least, 
bipectinate.     Abdomen  thick. 
VOL.  I.  26 


Digitized  by 


Google 


402  CLASS  VIIT. 

Sp.  Bupr^pia  eaja,  PhaL  (Bomhyx)  caja  L.,  RoSBL,  Int,  I.,  Pap.  nod. 
GL  n.  Tkb.  I.;  Sepp,  NederL  Jn$.  i.  40  Stuk,  Tah.  n ;  winga  outspread 
^l" — $"  broad ;  fore-wings  brown  marbled  with  white,  hind-wings  vermilion- 
red  with  blue-black  round  spots.  Here  belong  many  other  species  named 
by  ItUfiSMua  Bombyces  nobiles,  Syst,  not,  ed.  xn.  i.  p.  819. 

Bsyche  ScHRANK,  Latr.,  Ochsenh.  Tongue  obsolete.  AntennaB 
in  males  pectinate.  Ocelli  two  in  many.  Wings  rarely  scaly,  sub- 
pellucid,  in  females  none.  Caterpillars  inclosed  in  a  tube  or  sac  of 
conglutinated  fragments  of  leayes  and  stalks. 

Sub-genus :  Oiketicus  Guildino. 

See  Linn,  Trant,  TV.  1817,  pp.  371 — 377.    The  apterous  female  does 
not  leave  the  follicle,  and  is  there  impregnated  by  the  male. 

Limacodes  Latr.,  Heterogema  Knoch,  Treitschke.  Palps 
very  short.  Tongue  obsolete.  Antennae  setaceous.  Ocelli  none. 
Wings  opaque;  females  winged  as  well  as  males.  Caterpillars 
broad,  resembling  slugs,  creeping,  with  six  homy  feet  very  short, 
membranous  feet  none,  tubercles  of  the  skin  supplying  their  place. 

Sp.  LifMUiodet  Teitudo,  ffepialits  Testudo  Fabr.,  Sepp,  Nedtrl.  Int.  n.  40 
Stuk,  Tab.  IV.  on  oaks  ;  ffderogenea  aaellana  Tbeitsohsb,  fftpialvM  tueUm 
Fabb.,  Knooh,  BeUrdge  zur  Intectengetch.  in.  1783,  Tab.  in. 

Sericarta  Latr.  {Ltparts,  Pygoera^  Endromts  OcHSENH.,  Orgyta 
Ochsenh.,  Latr.).  Tongue  short  or  obsolete.  Antennae  in  males 
or  in  both  sexes  pectinate.  Ocelli  none.  Wings  opaque,  deflected, 
posterior  guarded  by  a  retinaculum.    Larvae  with  sixteen  feet. 

Sp.  Sericaria  ditpa/r,  Phal.  (Bomhyx)  dispar  L.,  B(ESEL,  Ins.  i.,  Pap.  noet, 
Gl.  n.  Tab.  ni. ;  Ratzbbubo,  Font-Ins.  n.  Tab.  ▼.  fig.  i.  This  species  is 
rery  common,  and  sometimes  very  injurious  to  trees.  The  brown  cater- 
pillar with  long  bundles  of  hair  has  on  each  side  of  the  body  a  row  of 
eleven  round  spots,  of  which  the  first  five  are  bluish-white,  the  following 
red.  The  female  moths  are  a  dirty  white,  with  black  bands  on  the  upper 
wings,  and  very  sluggish;  the  male,  much  smaller,  has  brown  wings. 
In  some  species  the  females  have  merely  short  rudimentary  wings  {Orgyia 
O0H8BNH.),  Sericaria  antiqua,  Phal.  {Bomb.)  antiqua  L.,  Robsbl,  Ins.  i. 
Pap.  noctum.  CL  n.  Tab.  xxxix.  Tom.  in.  Tab.  xm.  &c. 

NotodofUa  Ochsenh.,  Latr. 

Sp.  Notodonta  nczac,  ^hal.  {Bomb.)  ziczac  L.,  BcESBL,  Ins.  i.,  Pap.  noctum. 
CI.  n.  Tab.  XX. ;  Sepp,  Nederl.  Ins.  1.  40  Stuk,  Tab.  xii.  &c. 

Gerura  ScHRANK,  Latr.,  Harpyia  Ochsenh.  Tongue  very 
short  or  obsolete.     Antennae  in  males  or  in  both  sexes  bipectinate, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA,  403 

with  teeth  deflected,  hairy,  towards  the  extremity  of  antenn® 
shorter  or  none.  Ocelli  none.  Wings  deflected,  somewhat  thin  or 
sub-pelludd,  heneath  pilose,  the  posterior  bridled  by  retinaculum. 
Body  hirsute.  Larv»  smooth,  with  fourteen  feet,  and  two  conical 
elongate  tubercles  in  place  of  anal  feet. 

Sp.  Cerwra  mmda,  Phal,  {Bombifx)  vinvla  L.,  IUbsbl,  Int.  i,,  Pap.  noctwm. 
CL  n.  Tab.  XIX. ;  SxFP,  Nederi.  Int.  i.  40  Stuk,  Tab.  Y. ;  Ltonbt,  Owr. 
potlh,  PL  34,  figs.  I— 15.    Putt  Moth. 

Bombyx  nob.  {Bonibyx  and  Lasiocampa  ScHRANE,  Latr.,  Qdi- 
tropacha  OcHSENH.)  Tongue  short  or  obsolete.  Ocelli  none.  An- 
tennae in  both  sexes  bipectinate.  Wings  deflected,  reversed,  the 
external  margin  of  posterior  produced  beyond  the  margin  of  the 
anterior ;  retinaculum  none.     Body  thick. 

Sp.  Bombyx  mori,  Phal.  {Bombjfz)  mori  L.,  BassEL,  Int.  in.  Tab.  vn — 
EX.  the  tUh^oorm;  the  caterpillar  ia  whitifih-grey,  smooth,  and  has  a  smaU 
horn  at  the  hinder  extremity  on  the  back ;  when  fully  grown,  it  reaches 
quite  3"  in  length,  and  feeds  on  mulberry-leaves ;  the  moth  is  dirty-white, 
and  has  on  the  fore-wings  inconspicuous  light  brown  stripes.  The  pupa  is 
brown,  elongate,  oyal  and  obtuse ;  it  lies  inclosed  in  a  close  web  (cocoon) 
from  which  silk  is  procured.  This  species  was  first  introduced  into  Europe 
in  the  time  of  the  Emperor  Justinianus. 

Bomhyx  potatoria,  Phal,  (Bomb.)  jwtatoria  L.,  Bcbsbl,  Int.  1.,  Pap. 
nocium.  CI.  n.  Tab.  n. ;  Skpp,  Nederi.  Int.  i.  40  Stuk,  Tab.  vra.  Drinker 
moth. 

Satumta  ScHRANK,  Latr.  {Satumia  and  Aglia  Ochsenh.) 
Tongue  obsolete.  Antennae  in  males  doubly  pectinate,  with  two 
teeth  directed  upwards  and  two  downwards  in  every  joint.  Ocelli 
none.  Tfings  when  at  rest  expanded,  the  inferior  without  reti- 
naculum, the  disc  adorned  with  ©cellar  spot,  which  is  most  fre- 
quently naked  in  the  middle,  pellucid. 

Sp.  Satumia  carpini,  Oohssnh.,  Phal.  (Bomhyx)  pawmia  a)  minor  L., 
BcBSXL,  I.  Pap.  nod.  Gl.  n.  Tabs.  iv.  v. ;  Skpp,  Nederi.  Int.  i.  4e  Stuk, 
Tab.  X.  XI.  Amongst  the  exotic  species  may  be  noted  the  East  Indian 
Salvmia  atlcu  (Gbaheb,  UUl.  Kap.  i.  Tab.  9,  fig.  a.  Tab.  381,  fig.  c.  Tab. 
38a,  fig.  A.)  on  account  of  its  size  and  beauty.  All  the  species  of  this 
genus  are  amongst  the  larger  Lepidoptera. 

Co88ti8  Fabr.  {C088U8  Latr.,  Zeuzera  ejusd.)  Tongue  obsolete. 
Antennae  denticulate  or  pectinate,  in  some  towards  the  extremity 
setaceous,  simple.  Ocelli  none.  Head  small,  deflected.  Thorax 
gibbous,  large.    Female  with  ovipositor  exsert.     Wings  deflected, 

26—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


404  CLASS  VIIl. 

elongate,  Totnndate,  inferior  furnished  with  retinaculum.    Larvae 
smooth^  with  sixteen  feet,  living  in  wood. 

Sp.  Coutu  ligniperda,  Phal,  (Bomhyx)  Oomu  L. ;  Sbfp,  Nederl.  Int.  III.  Tab. 
XLni.  XLiY ;  DuMiaiL,  Cons.  gin.  «.  I.  Ins.  PI.  45,  fig.  5 ;  Ratzebubq, 
Forst-Ins.  n.  Tab.  ni.  fig.  i.  The  expanded  wings  are  more  than  3" 
broad ;  the  colour  of  the  wings  is  ash-grey,  with  black  interrupted  stripes 
that  meet  reticulately.  The  caterpillar  reaches  a  length  of  three  inches, 
and  is  red-brown  on  the  back;  it  lives  more  than  two  years  before  changing 
into  pupa,  and  infests  not  willows  alone,  but  other  trees  also.  It  is  this 
species  which  was  investigated  by  Ltonbt  in  his  unrivalled  TraiU  anat. 
de  la  Chenille,  and  is  on  that  account  so  generally  known.  See  also 
his  Recharches  swr  VAnat.  et  les  Metamorphoses  des  Insectea,  edited  by  D£ 
Haah,  pp.  369 — 546,  PI.  39 — 54  (on  this  insect  in  the  state  of  pupa  and 
moth). 

Zeuzera  Latb.    Antemifle  in  males  pectinate  at  base,  setaoeous  at 
apex,  in  females  serrate. 

Stf/ffia  Dbapabn.     (Species  of  Chimcera  Ochsekh.) 

Ifepicdua  Fabr.,  Heptolus  Illig.  Tongue  obsolete.  Antennas 
very  short  (shorter  than  thorax),  filifoim  or  subserrate.  Ocelli 
none.  Wings  deflected,  lanceolate,  posterior  mostly  without  reti- 
naculum. Larvae  smooth,  with  sixteen  feet,  subterranean,  rhizo- 
phagous. 

Sp.  Hepudvz  humuli,  Phal  {Noetua)  humuli  L.,  Pakzeb,  Deutschl.  Ins.  Heft 
70,  Tab.  23,  24; — Hepud.  lupulinw,  Phal.  (Noetua)  lupuUna  L. ;  Panzer, 
Deutschl.  Ins.  Heft  94,  Tkb.  1%,  14;  Gu^in,  Iconogr.  Ins.  PL  85, 
fig.  I,  Ac. 

Family  XXVI.  G^ejmacularia.  Wings  subhorizontal  or  de- 
flected, bridled  in  almost  all,  the  posterior  furnished  with -retinacu- 
lum. Antennae  prismatico-clavate  or  fusiform,  simple  or  serrate,  in 
few  pectinate.  Tongue  distinct,  in  some  very  long.  Posterior 
tibiae  with  double  internal  spine.  Caterpillars  with  sixteen  feet, 
sometimes  naked,  furnished  posteriorly  with  dorsal  horn,  sometimes 
pilose  or  hirsute.  Pupa  smooth,  in  some  foUiculated,  in  most 
buried  beneath  the  earth.  Flight  of  imago  matutine  and  ves- 
pertine. 

Hvening-matha,  Tmlight-moths,  Grepuacuiaa'  moths.    This  fiumly 
consists  for  the  most  part  of  the  linnaean  genus  Sphinx, 

I.     ATiierior  wings  elongate,  naarow,  posterior  small,  much  smaller 
ikam  anlerior.  ^^ 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  405 

Sesia  Fabb.  (exclusive  of  species).    Wings  subcjlinclrical,  in- 

crassated  before  the  apex,  terminated  by  a  fasciculns  of  rigid  setffi. 

Ocelli  two.    Wings  hyaline. 

Comp.  J.  B.  Labpbtsbs,  8e»ia  Furoptm  ieonih.  €t  deacriptUmUmi  iUui- 
irakB,    Berolini,  1801,  4to. 

TAjfria  Hoffmannsego. 

The  larvse  of  these  two  genera  five  in  the  wood  or  the  pith  of  plants. 

Zygcena  Fabb.,  Anthrocera  ScoPOLi.    Antennn  in  both  sexes 

simple,  flexuoso-clayate,  with  smooth  apex.    Ocelli  two.    Tongue 

long,  spiral.    Wings  deflected,  liyely  coloured,  longer  than  body, 

narrow. 

Sp.  Zygmafilaipmdvila,  Sphinx  flipmd/uki  L.,  B<bsbl,  In».  1.,  Pap.  noetum, 
CI.  IL  Tab.  Lvn. ;  Sbfp,  NederL  Iru,  i.  4e  Stuk,  Tab.  xxii :  the  body  and 
aDtennte  are  blackish-green,  the  upper  wings  dark-bluish  green,  shining, 
with  six  carmine-red  spots ;  the  under-wings  cannine-red  with  a  bluish- 
black  edge.  The  caterpillar  lives  on  clover,  &c.  is  yellow,  thick,  with 
short  hairs,  without  horn  on  the  back,  and  makes  a  compact  but  thin  web 
on  the  stem  of  the  plant  when  about  to  change  into  a  pupa.  Tliis  genus 
approaches  Supnpia  in  the  preceding  family. 

SynUonm  Illio. 

Comp.  BoiEfDUYAL,  Earn  tw  une  Monographie  da  Zyg^nidea,  Paris  1829, 
8vo,  av.  pL  color. 

Olaucopis  Fabb.  (and  Procris  ejusd.)  AntennsB  in  males  or  in 
both  sexes  bipectinate.    Ocelli  two. 

a)  Tongue  obsolete. 
Aglaope  Latb.  (spec  oi  Atychia  Ochsbnh.) 
h)  Tongue  distinct. 

Sub-genera :  Glaucopia  Fabb.   (With  antennse  in  both  sexes  bipec- 
tinate), Procris  Fabb.  (Ino  Leach),  Atychia  HoFPKANNa,  Latr. 

Sp.  Sphinx  Suaices  L.,  Ssff,  Nederl  Ina,  iv.  Tkb.  40;  Panzbb,  DeuUehl.  Ina, 
Heft  32,  Tab.  34. 

Sphinx  L.  (in  part).  Antennae  clavato-prismatic,  incrassated 
before  the  apex,  mostly  with  uncus  or  short  seta,  recurved  and 
ciliated  at  the  extremity.  Labial  palps  broad,  compressed,  with 
third  joint  indistinct.     Ocelli  none. 

Smerinihua  Latb.    Tongue  very  short     Antenn»  serrated.    An- 
terior wings  angulate. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


406  CLASS  VIII. 

Sp.  Sphinx  TUuB  L.,  I^hinx  Populi  K,  Sphinx  ocellata  L.  Comp.  Sefp, 
Nederl.  Ins. 

Sphinx  Latb.     Tongue  distinct,  sometimes  very  long.     Anterior 
wings  in  some  angulate,  in  others  quite  entire,  rotundate. 

a)  Tongue  shorter,  {Acheraniia  Oohsenh.,  Brachyglossa  BoiSDUV.) 
Sp.  Sphinx  Atropos,  RoesKL,  Ins.  m.  Tab.  i.  ii. ;  Sxpf,  Nederl,  Ins,  m.  Tab. 
XXII— xxYin. ;  Panzeb,  Deutschl,  Ins.  Heft  8,  Tab.  i6.  The  outspread 
fore-wings  have  their  tips  more  than  4"  apart^  the  body  is  2"  long.  The 
upper-wings  are  brown,  grey,  flamed  black  and  yellow-white,  with  a  small 
whitish  and  round  spot  on  the  middle  ;  the  hind- wings  are  yellow,  with  two 
pale-black  bands.  The  loud  noise  which  these  animals  make  (on  the  cause 
of  which  there  are  many  different  opinions)  has  occasioned  the  superstitious 
dread  which  has  sometimes  surrounded  this  insect ;  to  the  yellow  spot  with 
two  black  points,  which  is  seen  on  the  thorax,  and  which  has  some  resem- 
blance to  a  skull,  it  owes  the  name  of  Death's-head  moth.  The  cateipillar 
feeds  on  the  leaf  of  the  potato. 

h)  Tongue  dongate. 

Maeroglossa  Oohsenh.  {Macroglos^um  Scop.)    With  eztrsmiiy  of  ab- 
domen bearded.    Tongue  very  long. 
Sp.    Sphinx  stellatarum  It,,  B(ESKL,  Ins.  i.,  Pap.  noelvm.  CL  i.  Tab.  vin. ; 
Sefp,  Nederl,  Ins.  ii.  30  Stuk,  Tab.  i.  the  ffumming-hvrd  hawk. 

Pterogon  BoiSDUV.  (Sp.  ot  Maeroglossa  Oohbxnh.) 

Sphinx  BoiSDUV.,  {Deilephila  and  Sphinx  Oohsxkh.)  Abdomen  conical, 
with  extremity  not  barbate. 
Sp.  Sphinx  Ligustri  L.,  Bcesel,  Ins.  us.  Tab.  v. ;  Sxpp,  Nederl,  Ins.  i.  30 
Stuk,  Tab.  in.  rv. :  the  flight  is  sometimes  more  than  4"  broad,  the  body 
is  2"  long ;  upper-wings  brown  with  white  at  the  point  and  the  posterior 
margin,  hind-wings  rose-red  with  grey-brown  margin,  and  three  black 
transverse  stripes ;  abdomen  red  above  with  a  brown  mid-stripe  and  black 
rings.  The  beautiful  green  smooth  caterpillar,  with  oblique  violet  and 
white  stripes,  on  the  syringas  and  privets,  is  rare  in  Holland. 

II.     Wings  trtatiffular  rotundate,  the  posterior  congruous. 

Castnta  Fabr.   Palps  distinctly  triarticulate.    AntennsB  clavate, 

with  club  elongate,  sub-fusiform,  not  bearded  at  the  apex. 

Sp.  Pap.  Licus  Cramer,  UiU.  Kap.  Tab.  a 23,  t%.  a;  Ccutoia  PalUma 
EsoHSOH. ;  O.  V.  KoTZEBUB,  Entdeckungs-Seise,  ni.  Tab.  vx.  fig.  47 ; — 
Caslnia  acrceoldes  BoisDUV. ;  GujSein,  Iconogr.  Ins.  PL  83,  fig.  4,  ftc.  All 
the  species  hitherto  known  are  from  South  America. 

Comp.  on  this  division  J.  W.  Dalhak,  Prodromus  Monographic!  CatinicB, 
0.  Tabula  len.  color.  Holmse,  1815,  4to.  These  moths  make  the  natural 
transition  to  the  following  family,  and  are  in  their  habitus  rery  similar 
to  some  diurnal  butterflies ;  their  wings  however  have  a  retinacalum. 

Add  sub-genera:  Coronis  Latb.,  AgoHsta  Lsach  and  Cocytia 
BoiSDUV.  (Monogr.  dea  Zyghiides  PI  i.  fig.  1.) 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA,  407 

Family  XXVII.  Dtuma.  Wings  mostly  erect  when  the  in- 
sect is  seated,  neyer  bridled  by  a  retinaculum.  Antennae  in  by  far 
the  most  clavate,  abruptly  terminated  by  a  capitulum,  in  a  few 
filiform  or  subsetaceous,  with  apex  more  slender,  uncinate.  Ocelli 
none.  The  caterpillar  always  with  sixteen  feet.  Chrysalis  almost 
always  naked,  angulate,  attached  posteriorly  by  threads,  or  sus- 
pended vertically,  or  affixed  by  a  transverse  silken  cord  expanded  • 
above  the  middle  of  the  body.    Flight  of  Imago  diurnal. 

BuUer/liea  (RhopcUocera  BoiSDUV.)  These  insects  have  usually 
clubbed  antennse,  which  is  the  case  with  all  our  domestic  species ; 
when  at  rest  they  erect  their  wings,  so  that  the  upper  surface  of  the 
wing  is  turned  inwards.  The  genus  Papilio  of  LnryiEUS  corresponds 
to  this  &mily  of  later  writers. 

Comp.  on  thifl  fiimily,  Godabt,  article  PapiUon,  making  the  entire  ix. 
part  of  the  Hist,  naiur.,  Inaectet,  of  the  Encyclopidie  nUthod.  iBig,  and  E. 
DovBLKD AY, TluOenera  of  diumalLepidoptera,  iUudnUtd  with  colour,  jplaia, 
London,  1846  and  foil.  4to. 

Phalanx  I.  Posterior  tibiae,  as  in  the  preceding  families, 
spinose  not  only  at  the  extremity,  but  also  on  the  inside  before  the 
extremity.  (Caterpillar  very  often  living  among  leaves  that  have 
been  spun  together.  Chrysalis  smooth,  folliculate,  or  tied  up  by 
a  transverse  thread.) 

Urania  Fabr.  Antennae  filiform,  more  slender  at  the  apex, 
and  arcuate  or  uncinate.  Labial  palps  triarticulate,  elongate,  slen- 
der, with  second  joint  greatly  compressed,  third  slender,  subcylin- 
drical,  almost  naked.     Wings  broad,  large. 

Sp.  Urania  LeUw,  Papilio  (Eques)  Leilus  h.,  Klbbmak,  BeytrOffe,  Tab.  n. 
fig.  I,  South  America; — Urania  Boitduvalii  Gu^iw,  Uran.  Femandinat 
Mao  Lkat,  Gu^bik,  Iconogr.  Ins.  PI.  B2,  fig.  i ;  the  larva,  the  web  and 
the  pupa  figured  in  Trans,  of  the  Zoolog.  80c.  I.  2,  1834,  pp.  179—189,  PL 
a6.  The  larva  is  thick,  with  a  few  hairs,  in  form  not  unlike  a  caterpillar  of 
Callimorpha,  but  with  a  very  large  head;  the  web  is  thin,  so  that  the  pupa 
is  visible  through  the  meshes.  These  species  belong  t^  the  genus  Cfjfdimon 
of  Dalm AK,  Pap.  (Eques)  Ortmtes  L.  (Cbamsb,  UiU.  Kap.  Tab.  LXXXin.  figs. 
A,  b)  to  the  genus  Nyctalemon  of  the  same. 

Urania  Ripheus  Cbambb,  Uid.  Kap.  Tab.  cgclxxxv.  fig.  a,  b  ;  601s- 
DUVAL,  JVouv.  Ann.  du  Museum,  n.  1833,  ^^>  ^4^  ^'  <>  ^>  ^^^  ^  spiny 
caterpillar  with  the  first  four  membranous  feet  short,  so  that  it  moves  like 
a  geometric  caterpillar.  It  does  not  spin  itself  up  when  about  to  change 
to  a  pupa,  but  affixes  itself  by  means  of  a  thread  stretched  transversely  over 
the  body,  like  the  caterpillars  of  the  genus  Pieris,  &c.    This  species^  placed 


Digitized  by 


Google 


408  CLASS  VIIl. 

by  DaUIAH  under  Ojfdimon,  fonns  the  iype  of  a  sepanie  sab-gsBW  Urania 
or  Tkalmra  Ddvoah. 

The  affinity  with  CtuHnia,  espectaUy  with  Conmu  and  Affa^ritia^  cannot 
be  mistaken ;  and  some  writen,  amongst  whom  is  Wbstwood,  place  UrasMa 
in  the  former  family.  In  those  epecieSy  howerer,  which  1  have  ezaminedy 
I  can  discover  no  uHnacylwn, 

Hesperia  Fabr.  (in  part),  Cuv.,  Latr.  Head  thick.  Antennse 
remote  at  the  base,  capitate.  Palps  shorty  with  second  joint  ex- 
tremely scaly  forwards,  and  third  joint  short.  Upper  wings  erect 
only  when  at  rest,  or  expanded  wings  patent.  Caterpillar  often 
living  in  leaves  webbed  together. 

Sub-genera:  £udamtt8  Boisduv.,  FamphUa  Fabb.,  Hesperia 
Fabsl,  Syricthue  Boisduv.,  Tkymele  Fabb.,  Tcmaoe  Boisduv. 

Sp.    Eetperia  malwB  Fabb.,  BosaxL^  /n«.  i..  Pop.  ditun^,  CI.  n.  Tab.  x.  fto. 

Phalanx  11.  Posterior  tibias  spiny  at  the  extremity  or  spurred 
alone.  Four  wings  erect  when  at  rest.  Antennae  always  capitate 
or  thicker  towards  the  extremity.  Caterpillar  in  the  open  air. 
Chrysalis  most  frequently  naked  and  angulate*  (Antennae  in  aU 
approximate  at  the  insertion.) 

I.  Third  or  last  joint  of  labial  palps  most  distinct,  naked  or 
slightly  covered  with  scales  or  hairs.  Claws  of  tarsi  small  Cater- 
pillars oval,  resembling  (yiiiscL     Pupie  smooth,  rotundate. 

Polyommatas  Latr.,  nob.     Six  ambulatory  feet  in  both  sexes. 

a)    Labial  palps  elongate,  produced  in  front  of  head. 
Myrvna  Fabb. 

6)    Labial  palps  short  or  moderate. 

Polyo7nm<Uu8  Latb.,  Ck>DABT.  {Lyccena,  Thecla,  Hesperia  Fabb. 
Syst.  OlossoL) 

Sp.  Polyommattu  hetulcB,  Pap.  hetula  L.  Sepp,  NederL  Int.  m.  Tab.  xn.; 
Panzbb,  DeutsclU.  Ins,  Heft  ai.  Tab.  20  i—Payominatua  Phkdaa,  Pap. 
PUaat  L.,  BcKBBL,  Ina,  m.  Tab.  45,  figs.  5,  6,  &c. 

Erycina  Latr.  {Erydna^  Nymphidium^  Heltcopisy  Ernests  Fabe, 
Syst  Glossat)  Anterior  feet  in  males  imperfect,  not  ambulatory, 
very  short. 

Sp.  Erycina  {Hdicopit)  Oupido,  Pap.  Oupido  L.  Bxe&el,  Ini.  IV.  Tab.  m. 
fig.  7  ;  Gbameb,  UUL  Kap.  Tab.  164,  figs.  i>>-a,  from  Surinam.  All  the 
speciee  of  this  genus  are  from  South  Amerioa. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  409 

NoU, — Hero,  it  would  aeemy  ought  to  be  placed  the  anomalous 
genus  Ba/i^jioorms  Godabt,  with  setaceous,  ciliated  antennae,  uniting 
the  UranioB  with  the  ErycmoB  and  PolyommtUL  See  fig.  in  Cuyieb 
R,  AnL  ^d.  iU.,  Ins.  PL  143,  fig.  4. 

IL  Third  or  kst  joint  of  labial  palps  in  some  distinct,  beset 
with  scales  like  the  rost,  in  others  small,  subindistinct  Claws  of 
tarsi  distinct.  Caterpillars  oblong,  cylindrical  Pupa  mostly  angu- 
late,  anteriorly  bimucronate,  or  acuminate. 

a)  ffexapodct.  Six  ambulatory  feet,  nearly  similar  in  both 
sexe&  Chrysalis  tied  posteriorly  and  by  a  transverse  string.  Cen- 
tral cell  of  posterior  wings  always  closed.    (Species  of  the  SuceincU 

BOISDUV.) 

Papilio  nob.  {Papilianes  Equiies  and  Heltconii  L.,  exelusiye  of 
some  species.)  Posterior  wings  scolloped  in  the  inner  margin,  not 
covering  the  abdomen  below.  Anterior  tibiaa  furnished  beneath, 
with  a  spine  in  the  middle. 

Sub-genera :  Leptodrcua  Swainsok,  Papilio  Fabb.,  Latb.,  {Teinch 
pdlpua  Hope,  Omithoptera  Boisduval,  Doubleday,  PapiUo  Bois- 
Duv.),  Ewrycua  Boisn.  {Cressida  Swainson),  Pamaaavua  Latb. 
1^19  Fabb. 

Sp.  Pap.  Mackcum  L.  R(E8XL,  In».  I.,  Pap.  dium.  Gl.  n.  Tab.  I. ;  Skfp, 
NederL  Ins.  i.  a»  Stuk,  T^b.  m. ;  the  queen-poige;  the  tips  of  the  outspread 
npper  wings  4"  apart;  the  Ixrgest  domestic  species  of  day-butterfly;  the 
wings  yellow  with  black  veinures,  the  fore-wings  at  the  base  black )  the 
hind-wings  tailed,  with  a  margin  of  blue,  half  round  spots  on  a  black  band, 
and  a  red  eye-spot  bordered  with  blue  and  black  at  the  inner  side.  The 
green  caterpillar  has  black  rings  with  orange  spots,  and  lives  on  the  leaves 
of  carrots  {Dauctu  Carata,  &c.)  The  genus  of  the  Knights  butterflies 
belongs  especially  to  warm  countries,  the  East  and  West  Indies. 

Pierts  nob.  (Species  of  genus  Pierts  Schrank).  Anterior  tibisB 
without  middle  spine.  Posterior  wings  caniculate  on  inner  margin^ 
receiving  the  abdomen  beneath.  (Wings  mostly  rotundate,  in 
many  yellow  or  white  or  variegated  with  orange  and  yellow). 

Sub-genera:  Euterpe  Swains.,  ZeptcUis  Dalman,  LetLcophcuia 
Stephens,  Poniia  Boisnuv.,  Doubleday,  Pieris  Boisduv.,  Doublk- 
DAY,  Zegria  Rambub,  Nathalis  Boisduv.,  Anthocharis  Boisduv., 
Idmaia  Boisduv.,  Theatiaa  Boisduv.,  Eronia  Huebn.,  Doubleday, 
CkdUdri/aaBoiSDXJY.,DojJBLED.,  Gtmeptert/xliBAcn^  Doubled.,  {Ehdfh 
docera  Boisduv.),  Cdias  Boisduv.,  Teriaa  Swain&,  Boisduv. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


410  CLASS  VIIL 

Sp.  Piarii  hramieiB,  Pitp.  bramiea  L.,  Bcbsbl,  Int.  L,  Pap.  diumor,  OL  n. 
Tab.  IV. ;  Skfp,  Nederl  Int.  i.  ae  Siuk,  Tab.  n.,  the  great  white  hutterfy,'— 
Pierit  (Gon^eryx)  Bhamni,  PapUio  Bhamni  L. ;  Sefp,  Nederl,  Int.  TV. 
Tab.  xxzvn.  the  citron  butterfly,  &c. 

b)  Tetrapoda.  Two  anterior  feet,  in  males  at  least,  small  and 
recurved.  Chrysalis  tied  posteriorly  alone,  suspended  freely,  with 
head  downwards.     (Svspenri  Boisduv.) 

*  Anterior  feet  in  males  very  short,  in  females  like  the  rest  of 
the  feet. 

Libyihea  Fabb.,  Secaerge  OcHSENH.     Palps  very  long,  porrect 

in  form  of  a  pointed  rostrum.     Wings  angulate,  anterior  falcate, 

with  apex  truncated.     Discoidal  cell  of  posterior  wings  closed. 

Sp.  Libythea  cdHt,  Fuesslt,  Archivet  de  VHitt.  det  Inteetee,  Winterthour, 
1794,  4to.  Tab.  8,  figs.  1—3.  Tab.  14;  Cuv.  H.  Ani.  6d.  ttt.,  Int.  PL  136, 
figs.  I,  1,  in  Southern  France,  the  Tyrol  and  Italy. 

**  Anterior  feet  in  both  sexes  very  short. 

BibUs  Fabr.     Palps  longer  than  head,  distant,  with  last  joint 

inflected.    Antenna  towards  the  end  incrassated  gradually  into  an 

elongated  club. 

Sp.  Btblit  Thadana  Godabt,  Pap.  Hyperia  Gbambb,  Uitl.  Kap,  PL  336, 
figs.  B,  F ;  GuvDEB,  R.  Ani.  idU.  HI.,  Int.  PL  136,  fig.  3,  South  America, 

&C. 

Satyrua  Latr.  Palps  approximate,  ascending,  extremely  hir- 
sute. Nervures  of  upper  wing  often  inflected  at  their  origin.  Dis- 
coidal cell  of  posterior  wings  closed. 

Sub-genera:  Hippa/rchia  "Fasel,  Ochsenh.,  Hastera  "Fasbl,  and 
some  others  of  modem  writers. 

Sp.  Saiyrut  jBgeria,  Pap.  {nymphalit)  JBgeria  L.,  Sbpp,  NederL  Int.  I.  le 
Stuk,  Tab.  VI.;  Paxzbb,  Deuttehl.  Int.  Heft  28,  Tab.  ai,  &c 

Morpho  Fabr.  Antennae  long,  gradually  thicker  towards  apex, 
almost  filiform.  Wings  very  large  in  proportion  to  the  bulk  of  the 
body. 

Sub-genera :  Pavonia  Godabt,  Amathusia  Fabb. 
Sp:  Morpho  Belenor  Gbamib,  UiU.  Kap.  Tab.  36,  figs,  a,  b  ;  Guvdeb,  jR.  Ani. 
id.  iU.,  Int.  PI.  140,  South  America  &c. 

Brassolis  Fabr.  Palps  short,  compressed,  approximate,  squa- 
mate.  Antennae  terminated  by  an  obconical  club.  Posterior  wings 
with  discoidal  cell  closed,  canaliculate  on  the  outer  margin  for 
receiving  the  abdomen.    Body  thick. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  411 

Sp.  Bras9olU  topkorof,  Papilio  {Danaut  fuUvut)  Bopkorce  L.,  Klbbmanv, 
Beytrdge,  T»b.  lY.  figs,  i,  a;  CuviZB,  R.  Ani.  id.  ilL,  In$,  PL  141^  fig. 
1,  Ac. 

Nymphalta  Latb.  (With  addition  of  other  genera).  Palps 
approximate,  erect,  sqnamose.  Posterior  wings  with  discoidal  cell 
almost  always  open,  with  internal  margin  canaliculate  to  receiye 
the  abdomen. 

a^  Antennae  gradnallj  passing  into  an  elongate  clnb. 

Sub-genera  :  Limemtis  Ochsenh.  (LxTneniUa  and  Neptis  Fabb.), 
Ageronia  Huebn.,  Doubleday,  {Fertdramia  Boisduv.),  Apahira 
Fabb.,  and  some  others  of  later  writers. 

Sp.  NympKalis  Iris,  Papilio  {Nymphalit)  Iria  It.,  Bcbsbl,  Int.  UL  Tab.  49^ 
fig.  a ;  Panzbb,  Deutichl.  Ira.  Heft  79,  Tkb.  33,  &o. 

V)    Antennae  abruptly  clavate.     Eyes  downy. 

Sub-genus :  Vcmesaa  Ochsenh.   (  Vcmesaa  and  Cynthia  Fabr) 

Sp.  NymjphdlU  polychloroi,  Paip.  (Nymph.)  PolychUroi  "L,,  B/cessl,  Im.  I. 
CI.  I.  Pap.  Diwmor.  Tab.  n. ;  Skpp,  Nederl.  Im.  L  le  Stuk,  Tab.  8;  the 
outspread  wings  3  j"  wide,  above  brown  orange-ooloiuned,  with  black  spots, 
the  hind- wings  with  a  band  of  semilunar  blue  spots.  The  caterpillar  of  this 
and  other  species  is  furnished  with  many  spines. — ^Here  belong  NymphaUa 
lo  h.,  Sbfp,  ibid.  Tab.  7,  DuM^ni,  Com.  yen.  s.  L  Ins.  PL  40,  Nymphalis 
UrHcoi  li.,  SSFF,  ibid.  Tab.  a,  &c. 

c)    Antennae  terminated  abruptly  by  a  short  dub.     Eyes  naked. 

Sub-genera  :  Melitcea  Fabb.,  Argyrmia  ejusd. 

Sp.  Nymphalis  (Argynnis)  Laihonia,  Papilio  (NymphdUs)  Lathonia  L., 
IUbssi^  Ins.  m.  Tab.  x.  &c. 

Heliconiua  Late.  {Mechanites  Fabr.,  Acrosa  ejusd.),  Hdtconia 
GrODART.  Palps  short,  remote.  Abdomen  slender,  elongate.  An- 
terior wings  elongate,  oval,  the  posterior  scarcely,  or  not  at  all,  re- 
ceiving the  abdomen  beneath.  Discoidal  cell  of  posterior  wings 
always  closed. 

Sub-genera  :  TUhoreay  Heliconia,  Lycorea,  and  others ;  on  which 
comp.  Doubleday,  Genera  pp.  99,  ko.  All  the  species  are  from 
America,  except  sub-genus  Ha/madrya8  Boisdttv. 

Sp.  ffdiconius  Erato,  Papilio  {Htlicomus)  Eraio  L.,  Grajcbb,  Uitl.  Kap, 
Tab.  177,  fig.  P;  CuvuBB,  R.  Ani.  4d.  HI.,  Ins.  PI.  133,  fig.  3. 

Danats  Latr.  Palps  remote.  Antennae  very  long,  in  some 
almost  filiform,  in  others  terminated  by  an  elongate  oval  club. 
Wings  triangular,  broad,  rotundate  at  the  margin ;  discoidal  cell  of 
posterior  wings  always  closed. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


412  CLASS  yiii* 

Sub-genera :  Eupkea  Fabb.,  JkmoM  "LkTBL^  Idea  (ReHia)  "Hvebs. 

DOUBLEDAY. 

Sp.  Idea  Agdia  Godart,  PafUio  {Danmu  candidm)  Idea  It,,  GBAiCBBy  UiU, 
Kap.  Tab.  193,  figs.  ▲,  a;  Doubledat  L  L  Tab.  13,  fig.  i.  Amboyna.  Hie 
species  of  the  sub-genus  Idea  are  large,  and  have  white  or  grey-white  wings 
with  black  veins  and  spots.  They  all  belong  to  the  East  Indian  islands^ 
or  to  Kew  Holland.  Of  the  sub-genus  Danaie,  species  are  found  both  in 
the  Western  and  Eastern  hemispheres. 


Obder  IX.     Neurcptera, 

Hexapod  insects,  with  four  wings  membranous,  mostly  trans- 
parent, reticulate,  naked,  most  frequently  equal.  Mouth  not  suc- 
torial, but  in  most  formed  for  manducation,  with  mandibles  in  some 
obsolete.  Females  never  aculeate,  very  rarely  famished  with  borer 
or  exsert  oviduct.  Metamorphosis  in  most  incomplete,  in  others 
complete.     LarvsB  hexapod. 

Tendonrwinged.  Newroptera  L.,  from  vevpov,  tendon,  and  vrepov, 
— OdoncUa  and  most  SynisUxta  of  Fabbicius,  Nevo'optera  and  Tricho^ 
ptera  Kirby.  On  this  order  in  general  I  am  acquainted  with  no 
other  special  work  than  that  of  P.  Rambub,  Histoi/re  naJL  dee  In- 
eectee  NewropUree  ;  Ouvrage  accompagnJ^  de  pUmchee,  Paris,  1842, 
8yo,  making  a  part  of  the  Suitee  d  Buffon  by  Roret.  Other 
works  on  particular  families  we  shall  indicate  below. 

The  Newroptera  are  insects  with  four  naked,  mostly  transparent, 
wings,  of  which  the  veinures  form  a  fine  net-work.  Usually  the 
under-wings  are  as  large  as  the  upper ;  in  many  species  oiJSphemera, 
however,  they  are  very  small,  and  in  some  entirely  absent.  The 
females  have  no  sting ;  rarely  only  there  exists  a  borer  or  an  instru- 
ment for  depositing  eggs.  Hereby  they  are  distinguished  from  the 
HymeTioptera,  as  well  as  by  the  lower  jaws  with  the  under  lip  not , 
being  produced  into  a  sucker.  The  number  of  joints  in  the  tarsus 
is  different  in  the  different  genera. 

Many  insects  of  this  order  are,  in  the  state  of  pupa  and  perfect 
insect,  carnivorous  and  truly  predaceous.  The  larvae  for  the  most  part 
live  in  water  {Phrygaaiea,  SemJblie,  Ephemera,  Ltbelltda).  Some  larv» 
spin  themselves  up  when  they  change  into  pupse.  In  the  larva  of  the 
lion-ant  the  vessel  which  secretes  the  web,  an  oval  sac,  is  situated  in 
the  abdomen  j  it  ends  in  a  tube  capable  of  extrusion ;  by  means  of  it 
the  larva  spins  together  granules  of  sand  to  form  a  round  ball,  within 
which  it  changes  into  a  pupa.     In  the  larvie  of  the  genus  of  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA,  413 

Ccue-nymphs  {PhrygtmetB)  there  are,  as  in  eateipillars,  two  long 
Teasels,  which  secrete  the  silken  material  In  their  straight  intesti- 
nal canal,  also,  and  in  the  small  number  of  their  v(Ma  urinaria, 
these  larvae  resemble  caterpillars';  and  on  the  whole  the  genus 
Fhryganea,  although  still  really  belonging  to  this  order,  forms  a 
yery  natural  transition  to  the  Lepidoptera,  which  does  not  rest 
merely  on  general  external  resemblance  or  analogy. 

In  this  order  many  species  are  met  with  in  which  the  instinct 
is  surprising,  and  their  economy  extremely  interesting;  we  name 
merely  the  lion-ant  with  its  crafty  device  to  overpower  its  prey, 
and  the  celebrated  mines  and  buildings  of  the  white  anta^  or  ter- 
mUes,  &0. 

A.    Neuroptera  with  metamorpkons  complete. 

Tarsi  in  all  quinquearticulate. 

Family  XXVIII.  PhryganidcB  {Trtchoptera  Kirbt).  Wings 
deflected,  posterior  often  broader  than  anterior,  folded  longitudi- 
nally, the  anterior  with  numerous  branched  nervures,  covered  with 
hairs,  coloured.  Mandibles  obsolete  or  very  small,  remote,  not 
convergent.  Maxillary  palps  long,  with  three  to  five  joints, 
labial  palps  short,  three-jointed.  Prothorax  short.  (Antennae  with 
numerous  joints,  long,  mostly  setaceous.    Ocelli  three.) 

Gomp.  C.  F.  PiOTBT,  Recherchet  pour  tervir  d  VHUt,  dt  d  VAncOonnie  dea 
Phryffanidet.  Avec  pi.  color,  i  vol.  4to.  Genbve,  1834. 

Case-nymphsy  Caddis-flies,  The  upper  jaws  are  here  veiy  small 
and  little  developed,  as  in  the  last  order  (Savioky,  Mern.  s.  I.  ani,  s. 
,  vert.  I.  p.  29,  PI.  i.  fig.  1).  The  larvse  live  in  water,  in  cases  open 
at  both  ends,  composed  of  small  pieces  of  wood,  of  small  fresh-water 
shells  (in  which  frequently  the  inhabitants  are  still  resident),  of 
sand,  of  duck-weed,  of  fragments  of  leaves  that  have  fiJlen  into  the 
water,  <&c.  They  fasten  these  substances  together  by  means  of  their 
web  j  the  inner  sur&bce  of  the  case,  which  is  very  smooth,  is  also 


1  Baudohb  found  only  four,  which  agrees  with  the  number  in  caterpillars,  but 
this  requires  to  be  confirmed  by  further  investigation,  since  Ll^N  DuFOUB,  in  the 
species  examined  by  him,  always  met  with  six.  However,  the  Ephemerinae  and 
IdbeHuluuBf  i,e,  by  £»  the  greatest  number  of  the  Neuroptera,  have  very  numerous 
(30 — 40)  short  va$a  urinaria^  like  the  Orihoptera;  those  which  undergo  a  perfect 
metamorphosis  only  six  or  eight ;  see  LioN  Dufoub,  M^m.  pr^senUe,  Tom.  vn.,  and 
LoBW  in  Gbbmab's  Zeilschrift  far  die  ErUomologie  iv.  (1813),  s.  4^3,  &c.  (Bemer' 
hunffen  Uber  die  anatonUachen  VerhdUnme  der  Newropteren,) 


Digitized  by 


Google 


414  CLASS  Till. 

lined  with  the  web.  Most  species  drag  the  case  with  them,  but 
others  fasten  it  to  stones  and  creep  in  and  out.  These  cases  protect 
the  larrse  from  the  x>er8ecution  of  fishes,  which  ar^  veiy  fond  of 
them ;  in  England,  where  fishing  with  the  line  is  brought  to  a  much 
greater  state  of  perfection  than  perhaps  anywhere  else,  these  larvie 
are  much  used  for  bait.  The  larvsB  feed  on  vegetable  as  well  as 
animal  substances.  Most  of  them  have  white  threads  at  the  abdo- 
men, external  respiratory-  organs,  gills  (see  above  pp.  262,  263). 

The  larvBB,  when  about  to  change  into  pupse,  fix  these  oases  firmly 
and  close  the  openings  with  crossing  threads,  that  thus  form  a  latticed 
cover.  The  pupse,  at  first  immoveable,  quit  this  dwelling  when 
about  to  change  into  perfect  insects ;  it  swells  and  bursts  in  order 
to  allow  the  perfect  insect  an  exit.  This  last  is  generally  brown- 
coloured,  and  resembles  a  nocturnal  butterfly.  On  an  evening,  at 
country-houses,  it  is  frequently  allured  by  the  light  into  apartments, 
and  flies  round  the  lamp  or  candle  until,  its  wings  half-consumed,  it 
falls  down  with  violence  on  the  table.  The  eggs  are  joined  together  to 
form  a  gelatinous  mass,  and  are  deposited  by  the  female  on  leaves  of 
branches  which  hang  over  the  water,  so  that  the  young  larvie  on 
creeping  out  may  easily  fall  into  their  natural  abode,  if  the  leaf  by 
falling  previously  has  not  already  reached  the  water. 

See  on  the  economy  of  these  Insects  espedally  RfiAUXUS,  Mim,  Tom.  n. 
pp.  497 — 581,  and,  on  the  arrangement,  besides  Raicbub  and  Wbstwood, 
also  especially  Bubkbibteb, Handb.  derEwUmoUu.  2,  1839,  pp.  882 — 955. 

Phryganea  L.  (exclusive  of  the  PerlcB  Geoffr.) 

A.  Antennffi  filiform  or  pectinata 

HydrcptUa  Dalmai^.  Maxillary  palps  with  five  joints.  Wings 
narrow ;  posterior  not  plicate. 

Sub-genus  :  Na/ryda,  Stephens.     With  antennie  pectinate. 

B.  AntennaB  setaceous. 

t    Maxillary  palps  with  five  joints. 

CKwMvrra,  Leach.     Posterior  wings  not  plicate. 

Mystadda  Latb.  Leptocerus  Leach.  Posterior  wings  plicate. 
Maxillary  palps  long,  pilose.     Antennae  very  long. 

Sp.    Phryganea  nigra  L.,  Db  Gbbb,  n.  PI.  15,  figs.  11 — 23,  ko. 
Add  sub-genera  Odantocenu  Lbaoh,  Setodea  Rambub,  Ac 

Hydrop8che  Pictet. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  415 

Bhiaeophila  Pictet. 

Fat/chonda  Latb. 

B.     ft  Maxillary  palps  (of  males)  with  two  to  four  joints. 

Sericostama  Latk  Maxillary  palps  in  males  mostly  with  two 
joints,  in  some  with  three,  dilated,  yillose  externally,  often  veiling 
the  head. 

Sub-genera  Pogcnostoma  Ramb.,  Ikuifdonui  ^H$d, :  with  nuudlkiy  palps 
of  males  three-jointed. 

Sub-genera  Trichotloma  Piotbt,  Z<uiottoma  Ramb.,  Lepidodoma  Bamb., 
Serieottoma  Piotit  :  with  maxiUaiy  palps  of  males  two-jointed. 

Phryganea  FiansT.  Maxillary  palps  of  males  fonr-jointed,  of 
females  five-jointed,  longer  than  labial^  subpilose.  Wings  with 
transverse  nervures. 

Sub-genera  Xtmn^AtZaLsAOH,  Manocentrct,  Fnoicyla,  OUgotrieha  Rajcbub. 
Noie. — For  other  recorded  genera  see  Wbstwood,  Oenerie  SynoptU,  pp. 

49—5 1>  Uld  BUBMIISTBB,  L  1. 

Sp.  Phrygtmea  grandit  L.,  Bcbsbl,  Iru.  u.,  Inteti.  a/qwOU,  CI.  n.  Tab. 
xnn. ;  Db  Gbbb,  Mim,  n.  PL  13,  fig.  i ; — Phryg.  rhomJbica  L.,  {Linne- 
pkUa  Lbaoh)  ;  Bgmbl,  ibid.  Tkb.  xvi. ;  Gbbxab,  Faun,  In$.  Ewrop.  Fasc. 
IX.  Tkb.  13,  &c. 

Family  XXIX.  Panorpatce.  Posterior  wings  expanded.  Man- 
dibles distinct.  Head  with  anterior  process  mostly  rostriform; 
ligula  none ;  labium  and  maxillss  mostly  connate  at  base.  Maxillary 
palps  five-jointed,  labial  two-jointed.  AntennsB  filiform,  long,  mnl- 
tiarticnlate. 

A.  Ocelli  three  frontal.  Wings  perfect,  reticolate,  with  longi- 
tudinal nervures  numerous,  transverse  few. 

BiUacus  Latr.  Feet  elongate,  slender,  tarsi  with  single  claw. 
Abdomen  cylindrical,  long.    (Habit  of  Tij[mla.) 

Sp.  BUtaew  tipulariug,  Panorpa  tipularia  Fabb.,  C.  Db  Yillbbs,  Bntomol, 
Linnean.  Tab.  7,  fig.  11;  Sulzbb,  Oeach.  der  Ins.,  Tab.  zzv.  figs.  7,  8; 
GuIIbin,  Icon,,  Ins,  PI.  61,  fig.  2,  habitat  in  south  of  Europe. 

Panorpa  L.  (exclusive  of  P.  hyemalia  and  Coa).  Feet  moderate, 
tarsi  with  two  claws,  terminated  by  intermediate  pulvillus.  Abdo- 
men of  males  with  three  posterior  segments  recurved,  last  oval, 
globose,  forcipate. 

Sp.  Panorpa  wmnwms  (and  Pan,  germanica)  L.,  Pakzbb,  DetUsckl.  Ins, 
Heft  50,  Tab.  10;   Dum^il,  Cons.  gin.  s.  I  Ins,  PI.  47,  fig.  6.    The 


Digitized  by 


Google 


416  CLASS  viir. 

Scorpion-fiy,  A.  Bbants  has  given  an  anatomical  sunrey  of  this  little 
animal  in  the  IHjdachr.  voor  not.  Getch,  en  Physiol,  vi.  1839,  bl.  173 — 198, 
PL  vn.  The  pupa  is  concealed  underground;  it  has  been  described  and 
figured  by  F.  Stein,  Wieqkaks'b  Arekiv,  1838,  s.  330.  Taf.  7,  figs.  10 — 13. 
The  larva,  with  its  mode  of  life  and  its  residence,  is  still  unknown. 

B.  Ocelli  none.  Wings  imperfect,  in  males  subulate,  in 
females  very  short,  rotundate. 

Boreus  Latr.  (Female  with  triarticulate  ovipositor,  encased 
beneath  in  a  bilobed  lamella.) 

Sp.    Boreui  kyemalis,  Panorpa  hyemalit  L.,  QryUut  probotcideus  Panzeb, 
Deutaehl.  Int.  Heft  a  3,  Tab.  18 ;  Gu^BiN,  Iconoyr.  Ins,  PL  61,  fig.  4. 

Note. — Genus  Choriata  Klug,  resembling  Panorpa  in  habit  and 
characters,  differs  from  it  in  the  head  not  being  produced  into  a 
rostrum.     Species  from  New  Holland. 

Comp.  Kluo,  Versuch  einer  sysUnuUischm  Peststdlung  der  Insecten-fatnUie 
PanorpatflB  und  A  usanandenOzunff  ihrer  Oattungen  tmd  A  Hen;  A  bhandlun- 
gm  der  konigl,  Akad.  der  Wissensch,  zu  Berlin,  aus  demJahre  1836.  s.  81 — 
108.  c.  fig. 

Family  XXX,  Hemerobini.  Head  moderate  or  small,  trans- 
verse, with  eyes  prominent.  Mandibles  distinct.  Mandibles  deeply 
bilobate,  with  external  lobe  often  palpiform,  articulate.  Ligula 
distinct.  Labial  palps  triarticulate.  Wings  reticulate,  with  nume- 
rous transverse  nervures,  mostly  deflected.  Antennse  always  com- 
posed of  many  joints,  in  length  very  different. 

Raphidia  L.  (in  part).  Palps  short,  filiform,  maxillary  quin- 
quearticulate.  Antennae  filiform,  short.  Prothorax  elongate,  nar- 
row, subcylindrical.  Third  joint  of  tarsi  bilobed,  receiving  the 
minute  fourth  joint  between  the  lobes,  fifth  elongate,  terminated  by 
double  claw.  Abdomen  of  female  furnished  with  ovipositor,  exsert, 
flexible. 

Camd'fy,  These  insects  live  in  the  state  of  pupa  and  nymph  under  the 
bark  of  trees ;  the  nymph  begins  to  move  shortly  before  the  last  meta- 
morphosis. Comp.  A.  Perchbbon,  Mim,  swr  Us  Paphidies  in  GuiaiK, 
Mayasin  de  Zoologie,  1833,  ^  i^*  ^'  ^l  ^^  Stbin  in  Wibomani^'b 
Archie,  1838,  s.  316 — 330;  6.  T.  Sohnbidsb,  Monoyrapkia  gemeris 
Paphidiat,  adjectis  tabul.  vin.  YratisbiTiaB,  1843,  4to. 

LnTNiEUB  united  the  European  specimens  known  to  him  into  one 
species,  Paphidia  ophiopis.  Modem  writers  distinguish  different  species  ; 
in  most,  three  simple  eyes  are  present ;  in  one  species,  first  described  by 
SoHumcKL,  Paph.  crassieomis,  they  are  wanting ;  of  this  species,  Sohnudkb, 
op.  cit.,  fonus  a  separate  genus,  InocdHa. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSEGTA.  417 

MamUspa  Illio.,  Latb.  Anterior  feet  raptorial  (Habit  of 
Mantis.)    Ocelli  mostly  nona 

Sp.  ManHtpa  pagana,  Raphidia  MarUUpa  L.,  Gu&nt,  leonogr.,  In».  PI.  6$, 
fig.  I,  ViLLEBS,  Entom.  Linn,  Tab.  vii.  fig.  13,  &c.  Comp.  Ebiohson, 
Beitrage  su  oner  Bfonogr.  von  Mantispa,  GEB]CAfi*s  ZeiUehr,  f,  Entom.  I. 
1838,  8.  147—173- 

Semblis  Fabr.  (in  part ;  species  of  HemerMus  and  of  Raphidia 
L,)  Maxillary  palps  filiform,  more  slender  towards  apex,  with  last 
joint  often  shorter  than  the  rest.  Prothorax  quadrate,  longer  than 
mesothorax  and  metathorax.  Anterior  wings  larger  than  posterior. 
Antennae  filiform  or  setaceous,  long.  Tarsi  with  two  claws,  without 
intermediate  pulvillus. 

Sub-genus:  SeTnUia  (species  of  Semblis  Fabb.),  Sialis  Latb. 
Ooelli  none.  Penultimate  joint  of  tarsus  cordata  Wings  deflected. 
Antennse  simple,  almost  of  length  of  body. 

8p.  Semhlts  lutaria  Fabb.,  ffemerobius  lulariua  L.,  R(BSBL,  Int,  n.  Inteet. 
aqaat,  CI.  n.  Tab.  xiu. ;  Gu^bin,  Iconogr,,  Ins.  PI.  62,  fig.  6.  The  laira 
lives  in  water,  and  has  on  .each  side  of  the  abdomen  eight  jointed  threads, 
which  serve  for  respiration  ;  it  leaves  the  water  to  change  into  a  motionlesB 
pupa  in  the  ground.  Gomp.  on  this  genus  SuoKOW  in  Hbusinoeb's 
Zeittchr.  f,  organ.  Phynk,  11.  i8a8.  s.  165 — i*ji,  Tab.  n.,  and  Piotbt, 
M4m.  9wr  le  genre  SicUis  de  Latbbillx,  Ann.  det  Se.  ntU.  sec.  S^rie,  v. 
1836.  Zoologie,  pp.  69 — 80.  PL  3. 

Sub-genus :  Cordalis  Latr.  Ocelli  three.  Penultimate  joint  of 
tarsi  undivided,  small.  Antennse  simple,  shorter  than  body.  Head 
broader  than  thorax,  transverse.  Mandibles  exsert,  in  males  veiy 
long,  at  rest  decussata 

Sp.  Semblia  comuta,  Raphidia  comvla  L.,  Ifemeroibiut  oomutui  Fabb.,  Dx 
Gbsb,  Im.  lu.  PI.  17,  figs.  I,  a;  habitat  North  America.  (Mandibles 
of  females  denticulate  within,  thicker ;  of  males,  subulate;,  with  only  one 
tooth,  small,  internal  before  the  apex.) 

Sub-genus :  Chattliodes  Latb.  Ocelli  three.  Penultimate  joint 
of  tarsi  undivided,  small.  Antennsa  serrate  or  pectinate  on  the  inside, 
shorter  than  body.  Head  of  breadth  of  thorax,  angustate  posteriorly. 
Mandibles  moderate,  little  or  not  exsert. 

Sp.  Semblia  peetinieomiB  Fabb.,  ffemerobiiu  pectinieomia  L.,  Db  6bbb,  Ina. 
in.  Tab.  27,  fig.  3,  Cuv.  R.  Ani.  id.  Ul.,  Ins.  PI.  105,  fig.  2 ;  habitat  in 
North  America. 

Note. — ^There  is  a  species  in  the  Leyden  Museum  from  Java,  with  pro- 
thorax  orange,  wings  brown,  with  round  transparent  whitish  spots,  antennse 

VOL.  I.  27 


Digitized  by 


Google 


418  CLASS  VIII. 

serrated.  To  thia  Db  Haan  gave  the  generic  name  Sialii.  That  genus 
(Sialii  Db  H.  not  Fabb.)  is  the  same  as  Neuromua  KAKBUBf  NeuropL 
p.  441,  which  ought  not  to  be  separated  from  ChauUodet;  the  species  which 
I  have  indicated  is  Newr.  ruficofUs  of  Rambub.  Another  genus  of 
Rambub,  DUar,  imknown  to  me,  with  pectinate  antennte  in  males,  appears 
to  be  reUtted,  but  has  a  greater  affinity,  as  I  coi^jecture  from  the  descrip- 
tion and  figure,  with  the  ffemerobii, 

Semerohiua  L.,  Fabr.  (exclusive  of  species).  PaJps  with  last 
joint  thicker,  elongo-ovate.  Prothorax  small,  shorter  than  the 
other  segments  of  thorax.  Wings  ample,  lanceolate,  with  costal 
border  broad.  Antennae  filiform  or  setaceous,  mostly  long.  Tarsi 
with  two  claws,  and  intermediate  pulvillus. 

a)  Ocelli  none. 

Sub-genera :  JlemeroUtu  Leach,  Drepanopteryx  Leach,  MegcUo- 
mu8  RAHa,  Siayra  Burh.,  Chn/sopa  Leach,  PdysUxchotea  Bubm. 

Nymphes  Leach.     (With  antennse  short,  wings  narrow,  elongate; 
habit  of  lion-ant) 

Sp.  Hemer6bvM  perla  L.,  (Chrytopa  perla  Leaoh,)^  IUbs.  Im,  ui.  Tsh,  21, 
fig.  5,  Cut.  R.  Ani,  id.  ilL,  Ins.  PI.  103,  fig.  3;  ffemerobita  chrysopa  L. 
(Ohrytopa  reticviaia),  Roebel,  Ins.  ni.  Tab.  ai^  fig.  4  ;  comp.  N.  Slabbsb, 
Verh.  der  Haari.  McuxUeha^j,  x.  a,  bL  387 — 41a,  with  fig. 

These  broad-winged  insects  are  provided  with  eyes  shining  with  gold 
dming  life;  the  delicately  latticed  wings,  as  transparent  as  fine  gauze, 
present  the  colours  of  the  rainbow.  The  larva  lives  on  plants,  and 
resembles  that  of  the  lion-ant ;  it  feeds  on  leaf-lice,  and  is  covered  with  a 
mealy  substance,  to  which  the  cast-off  skins  of  the  leaf-lice  adhere,  so  that 
the  true  form  .of  the  insect  is  often  quite  irrecognisable ;  the  small,  oval, 
white  eggs  are  seated  on  long  thin  pedicles  upon  twigs  and  leaves. 

b)  Ocelli  three. 
Osmyliu  Latb. 

Nemoptera  Latr.,  Nematoptera  BuRM.  (species  of  Panorpa  L., 
Fabr.)  Head  produced  into  a  rostrum.  Maxillary  palps  shorter 
than  maxillse,  filiform,  more  slender  towards  the  apex,  with  three 
small  terminal  joints ;  external  lobe  of  maxillaB  subulate,  biarticu- 


1  6.  T.  BoHNSiDBB,  SymJbciUB  ad  Monographiam  gtneris  Chrysopa  Lkaoh,  Yratis- 
lavisB,  1 85 1.  Bvo.  c.  tab.  pictis. 

W.  F.  Evans,  Monograph  of  ike  BritUh  Species  of  the  genus  Ckrysops,  Trcensad. 
of  the  BMomol.  Soc.  of  London.  1847,  Vol.  v.  p.  71,  PL  9,  10, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  419 

late,  palpiform.  Ligula  porrect,  pilose.  AntennaB  filiform,  long. 
Ocelli  none.  Mesothorax  large.  Inferior  wings  narrow,  veiy  long, 
sometimes  resembling  filaments. 

Sp.  Nemoplera  extema  Dumi^ru.,  Cons.  g4n,  9. 1.  Int.  PI.  ay,  fig.  7,  Gu^rik, 
Iconogr.,  Ins.  PI.  61,  fig.  i ; — Nemopt.  lutUanica  Klug,  Panorpa  hipennis 
iLLio.,  Gbhmab,  Fauna  Ins.  Ewrop,  Fasc.  i.  'Dftb.  16,  &o.  Species  firom 
Africa,  aonthem  Europe  and  western  Asia. 

Myrmdeon  L.  (in  part),  Fabr.,  Latk.,  Myrmecoleon  BuRM. 
Maxillary  palps  mostly  shorter  than  labial ;  external  lobe  of  max- 
illsB  forming  an  internal  Particulate  palp.  Antennas  not  longer 
than  thorax,  gradually  thickened  into  a  club  towards  the  apex, 
arcuate.  Ocelli  iione.  Prothorax  short,  transverse;  mesothorax 
large.  Wings  lanceolate,  deflected.  Abdomen  elongate,  cylindrical. 
Feet  short. 

Sp.  Myrmdeon  formUaarvm  L.,  R^umub,  Ins.  vi.  PI.  34,  fig.  7,  B(BSBL, 
Ins.  ni.  'Dab.  20,  figs.  95,  a6,  Pakzbb,  DeiOsehl.  Ins.  Heft  95,  Tab.  11. 
The  Utrya  of  this  insect  is  known  under  the  name  of  Lion-ant,  and  is 
fiff-fiuned  for  its  canning.  It  has  six  feet,  very  huge  npper  jaws,  a  flat 
head,  and  a  large  oyal  abdomen.  It  moves  slowly,  and  almost  always 
backwards.  Unable  to  pursue  its  prey  rapidly,  it  seeks  to  compass  it  by 
subtlety.  To  that  end  the  lion-ant  digs  fimnel-shaped  holes  in  the  sand,  by 
moving  constantly  backwards  in  still  smaller  circles,  and  casting  out  the 
sand  with  its  head.  During  this  work  it  is  almost  entirely  concealed 
beneath  the  sand,  the  head  and  jaws  alone  projecting  above  it.  Should  the 
lion-ant  in  the  meanwhile  encounter  a  little  pebble,  too  large  for  his  jaws, 
he  creeps  out  of  the  sand,  endeavours  to  push  his  abdomen  under  the 
pebble,  attempts  in  this  way  to  creep  with  his  load  to  the  edge  of  the 
funnel,  and  repeats  the  operation  until  he  finally  succeeds,  although  the 
pebble  repeatedly  falls  off  behind  him.  When  his  work  is  completed,  the 
lion-ant  lurks  under  the  sand  in  the  middle  of  the  conical  cavity,  and 
pushes  his  two  upper  jaws  out  of  the  sand  like  open  shears,  continually 
during  the  night ;  by  day  he  does  this  more  seldom,  and  only  when  an 
insect  falls  into  the  hole.  Any  small  insect  that  ventures  incautiously  to 
the  edge  of  this  pitfall,  and  stumbles  in  the  dry  sand,  is  effectually  griped 
by  the  pincers ;  should  it  try  to  escape,  the  lion-ant  greets  it  with  a  shower 
of  sand,  and  causes  it  again  to  tumble  down.  If  the  lion-ant  has  clutched 
the  insect,  he  shakes  and  tosses  it  about,  sucks  it  dry,  and  casts  the 
empty  body  as  lumber  out  of  his  hole.  The  lion-ant  may  be  most  aptly 
compared  to  a  spider,  and  like  as  this  weaves  nets  proportioned  to  its  size, 
so  he  makes  his  funnels  larger  the  larger  he  grows.  When  full-grown,  he 
spins  grains  of  sand  together  for  an  abode,  almost  perfectly  spherical,  in 
which  he  changes  to  a  pupa,  and  from  which  after  four  weeks  he  makes 
his  appearance  as  the  perfect  insect  which  flies  by  night.  Comp.  on  the 
economy  of  this  insect  R^UMUB,  Ins.  yi.   pp.    336 — 386,  PI.  3a — 34, 

27—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


420  CLASS  VIII. 

BoiSEL,  Im,  in.  pp.  95—116,  p.  H4,  Ac.,  Bonnet,  (Euvrei,  Tom.  ix. 
1781,  8vo.  pp.  405—413- 

This  species  occurs  in  Europe  principally  in  southern  Unds,  yet  even  in 
some  parts  of  Holland  also ;  in  England  it  seems  not  to  be  found.  There 
are  still  other  European  species  of  this  genus  (as  Myrmdeon  pichun  Fabb., 
Gbbhab,  Fauna  Int.  Eitrop,  Fasa  vni.  Tab.  16,  from  Dalmatia  and 
southern  Russia^  also  from  the  south  of  France,  Myrm,  formica  lynx  L., 
BoiSBL,  Ifu,  m.  Tab.  21,  fig.  2,  &c.),  and  many  exotic  species,  amongst 
which  one  is  very  large,  with  spotted  wings,  from  the  Gape  of  Good  Hope^ 
Myrm.  tpeciotut  {Myrm,  libelloidet  L.,  et  auctor.  in  part)  &o. 

Aacalaphus  Fabb.  Antennae  long  (longer  than  body),  termi- 
nated abruptly  by  an  obconical  capittdum.  Abdomen  of  length  of 
thorax.  Head  hirsute.  Eyes  in  most  divided  by  a  transverse 
furrow.    Remaining  characters  of  the  preceding  genus. 

Bp.  Aacalaphtu  bar^Kvnu  Bubm.,  Ascal.  iialicm  Dum&il,  Cons.  gin.  «.  I, 
Ins,  PI.  26,  fig.  2  i-^AscaL  italicue  Fabb.,  Panzbb,  DeiUsc/U,  Ins,  Heft  3, 
Tab.  2Z,  &c. 

Aseal.  Napoleo,  Lxfbbvbb,  from  New  Holl.  See  Gu^Bnr,  Magas,  de 
ZooL  1843,  Ins,  PL  93,  where  many  sub-genera  are  proposed,  partly  also 
received  by  Rahbub,  which  must  be  here  omitted.  Comp.  Rambub, 
Neuropt,  pp.  341—364. 

B.    Neuroptera  wUh  meUanorphosis  incomplde. 
Tarsi  with  joints  often  fewer  than  three. 

Fanuly  XXXI.  LibdluUrue.  Antennae  short,  with  few  (7 — 8) 
joints,  the  two  basal  thicker,  passing  into  an  acuminate  seta  com- 
posed of  the  terminal  joints.  Wings  reticulate,  with  numerous 
transverse  nervures.  Mandibles  and  maxillae  entirely  covered  by 
the  labia  or  margins  of  the  exsertile  head ;  palps  not  exsert.  La- 
bium large,  trilobed,  with  broad  lobes.  Eyes  large ;  ocelli  three. 
Tarsi  triarticulate.    Larvae  aquatic. 

LiheUcB  or  water-nymphs.  These  insects  in  all  the  states  of  their 
life  are  very  greedy  and  rapacious.  The  antennse  of  the  perfect 
insect  have  commonly  from  five  to  seven  joints.  The  feet  are  short, 
especially  the  middle  pair,  and  bent  forwards.  Ooptdation  occurs 
in  a  remarkable  manner,  the  extremity  of  the  abdomen  in  the  fe- 
male being  bent  round  like  a  ring  towards  the  breast  of  the  male. 
Here  are  found,  on  the  ventral  sur&ce  of  the  second  ring  of  the 
abdomen,  the  external  organs  of  generation,  a  penis  placed  between 
two  homy  booklets,  which  in  jEshna  and  LUbeUvla  is  perforated  by 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTTA.  421 

an  efferent  canal  arising  from  two  small  yeaides  filled  with  a  yellow 
fluid :  these  glands  are  wanting  in  Agrion\  The  larvae  aod  nymphs 
live  in  the  water,  and  resemble  the  perfect  insects.  The  mider-Up 
has  the  form  of  a  mask  or  hood,  and  oovers  the  mouth ;  anteriorly  it 
terminates  in  two  hooks'.  It  is  bent  round  and  set  upon  a  long 
flat  pedicle,  which  the  animal  can  move  forward  rapidly,  whereon 
the  bending  disappears ;  thus  the  insect  supplies  itself  with  a  move- 
able forceps  for  seizing  its  prey  unawares  at  a  distance  with  the 
hooks  at  the  extremity  of  the  under-lip.  (See  figures  in  Swamheb- 
D^K,  JBibl.  not.  Tab.  xn.  ^g.  5,  B^aumub^  In8.  vl  PL  36,  fig.  4m, 
figs.  10—14,  PL  37,  fig&  4,  6,  7,  PL  38,  figs.  6—8,  Ecesel,  Ina.  n., 
Ins,  aqwU.  CL  II.  Tab.  nL  figs.  7b,  fig.  8c,  Tab.  ix.  figs.  3, 4  j  Lyonet, 
(Efwr,  posthmne,  PL  18,  figs.  13—15).  The  abdomen  of  the  larva 
ends  either  with  five  homy  plates,  which  can  be  moved  from  and  to 
each  other,  or  with  three  fin-like  laminsB  ;  it  was  in  these  laminae 
(in  the  genus  Agrion)  that  Cabus  first  discovered  the  circulation  of 
the  blood ;  see  above,  p.  259. 

With  LIKN.SUS  this  &mily  forms  only  a  single  genus,  LibdhUa. 

Comp.  on  this  fcuxuly  Van  dsb  Linden,  Agrionea  Bononiemet  deteri^pUB. 
OjnucoU  9cieiUifici,  Bologna,  1833,  Tom.  IV.  p.  loi ;  ejuscL  jEtknce  Bononi- 
enset,  ibid.  p.  158,  &c. ;  ejusd.  MonographicB  LibdhUinarum  Eurapaofvm 
specimen.  Bruxellis,  1835 ;  Toussaint  db  Ghasfentibb,  LibeUvUna 
Suropace  deacriptas  d  depictce,  cum  Tabulis  48  color.  Lipsiss  1840,  4to ; 
B.  DE  Selts  Longohakps,  MoHographie  des  LibellvUnes  d^ Europe,  Paris 
et  BruxeUes.  1840,  8yo;  and  the  same  author's  different  short  oommuni- 
cations  in  the  6th  and  7th  parts  of  the  BtUletina  de  VAccuL  de$  Se,  de 
BruxeUei, 

A.    Intermediate  lobe  of  labium  very  small,  lateral  lobes  very 
broad,  without  articulate  style, 

Ldbdlula  Fabr.     Eyes  large,  often  contiguous.    Ocelli  disposed 
in  a  triangle.     Wings  horizontal,  expanded,  anterior  different  from 


^  Fuller  information  concerning  these  parts  may  be  found  in  H.  Bathke,  De 
lAbeUvlaa^m  partibui  genUalibiu.  Cum  Tab.  sen.  iii.  Regiomonti,  1833.  4to.  Because 
the  penia  is  not  connected  with  the  testes,  of  which  the  vasa  deferetUia  terminate  at  the 
ninth  ring  of  the  abdomen,  Bathkb  ¥ras  of  opinion  that  the  union  obeerred  in  the 
Libellulince  is  not  a  true  copulation,  but  only  precedes  it.  VoN  Siebold,  however, 
detected  spermatozoa  in  the  male  at  the  base  of  the  abdomen,  so  that  the  male,  by 
bending  round  the  abdomen  towards  the  thorax  previous  to'  copulation,  seems  to  deposit 
the  sperma  there.  Wiegmann's  Archiv  f,  Naturgesch,  1838,  p.  375. 

'  These  nippers  are  the  palpi  of  the  under-lip  ;  see  A.  Bbull^  Observations  sur 
la  houche  des  LibeUuUnes,  Ann.  dela  Soc,  Entomal,  11.  1833,  pp.  343 — 351,  PI.  13. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


422  CLASS  VIII.  . 

posterior  in  the   structure  of  the  cells,   supplied  with  basal  cell 
resembling  a  right-angled  triangle  inverted. 

Sub-genera:  LibelliUa,  Epiikeca  Chaspent.  (ZibeUa  Selys). 
CorduUa  Leach.     (EpophthcUmia  Bubmeisteb,  and  other  genera  of 

Bambub  ;  see  his  Nevroptires,  pp.  24 — 152.) 

ff 

Sp.  lAbdkda  depretta  L.,  Rcbsbl,  Ina,  n.,  Tna.  aguat.  CL  n.  Tab.  vi.  fig.  4, 
Tab.  vn.  %.  3,  DuMiauL,  Cons,  g,  9.  l.  Ins.  PI.  aS,  fig.  6;—LQfeUula 
cenea  L.  {CorduUa  cmea),  Pakzeb,  DeuUcM.  Ins,  Heft  88,  Tab.  lo. 

To  the  right-angled  triangle,  at  the  base  of  the  fore-wings,  as  character 
of  this  genus,  I  directed  attention  in  a  short  communication  in  the  Bijdroffen 
tot  de  fwtuiurk,  WeUenschappen.  in.  bl.  335—339.  PI.  ni.,  and  Atm.  <ies  Sc 
not.  TV,  1823,  pp.  434 — 437.  PL  XI.  h, 

B.  Intermediate  lobe  of  labium  broader  than  lateral ;  lateral 
lobes  supplied  with  moveable  appendix  at  apex,  sometimes  com-* 
posed  of  many  joints. 

.^hna  Fabk.  Eyes  large,  approximate.  Ocelli  often  disposed 
in  a  transverse  row.     Wings  expanded. 

a)     With  eyes  cantiguaua. 

Sub-genera :  Anax  Leach,  jMshna,  ejusd,  GyTw^artJtiha,  Rambub. 
Sp.    JEskna  grandis,  LibeUula  grandis  L.,  B<s&KL,  Ins,  L  1.  Tab.  iv.  &c. 

h)  With  eyes  approximcUef  riot  corUigumu,  or  remote;  toith  head 
tromsverse. 

Sub-genus :   Lindenia  De  Haan,  Y.  D.  Hoev.     {DiaatcOomma 

BXJBM.) 

N^ote, — Here  are  to  be  referred  sub-genera  Gamphua,  CorchUegcu- 
ter  and  FetcUttara  Leaoh,  and  some  others  proposed  by  Rahbxjb,  opi 
cit.  p.  153. 

Agrion  Fabr.  Eyes  remote.  Head  transverse,  much  broader 
than  thorax.  Wings  narrow,  erect  when  the  insect  is  seated. 
Middle  lobe  of  labium  deeply  bifid.  Abdomen  slender,  cylindrical, 
often  very  long. 

Sp.  Agrion  puella,  LibeUvla  pwsUa  L.  (is  a  coUectiye  name  for  different 
European  species,  and  thus  it  is  arbitrary  to  adopt  it  as  a  synonym),  Agrum 
furcatam  Ghabfekt.  ;  Bossel,  Ins.  L  L  Tab.  xi.  fig.  7 ;— Agrion  virgo, 
Libdlula  virgo  L.,  B(ES.  1. 1.  Tab.  ix.  figs.  5,  6,  &c. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  423 

Sub-genera:  Lesiea^  CalepUryXj  Agrion  Leaoh,  Mecistogaster 
Rambub,  and  some  others  of  this  author,  L  1.  p.  217. 

Family  XXXII.  EphemerincB.  Parts  of  mouth  soft.  Antennae 
very  short,  subulate,  triarticulate.  Tarsi  quinquearticulate,  with 
first  joint  mostly  very  short,  scarcely  distinguishable.  Posterior 
wings  less  than  anterior,  sometimes  none.  Abdomen  terminated  by 
two  or  three  filaments. 

Ephefmera  L.    (Characters  of  the  family.) 

May-Flies,  bcmk-hait.  The  larvsB  and  nymphs  live  at  the  bottom 
of  the  water  between  stones,  or  in  the  ooze ;  some  dig  horizontal 
passages,  in  which  they  move  very  rapidly.  In  these  two  states 
they  live  two  or  three  years  before  changing  into  perfect  insects ; 
they  proceed  from  very  small  eggs.  The  larva  has  always  three 
threads  at  the  abdomen,  of  which  the  middle  one  in  many  species 
disappears  after  the  metamorphosis ;  it  is  distinguished  especially 
from  the  perfect  insect  by  longer  antennae,  by  stronger  upper  jaws, 
and  by  external  respiratory  organs  at  the  first  six  rings  of  the  abdo- 
men ;  the  air-tubes  appear  as  free  threads  or  little  plumes,  or  are 
united  by  membrane  to  form  a  foliated  lamina.  Some  larvsB  have 
on  each  side  of  every  ring  two  such  plates.  The  change  fix)m 
nymph  to  perfect  insect  occurs  in  Ephemera  SvKMfnmerdamii  {Palin- 
genia  longicauda  Bubm.)  so  suddenly  that  there  is  almost  at  the 
same  moment  a  creeping  and  a  flying  creature.  In  other  species,  as 
in  those  observed  by  Rcesel,  the  change  takes  place  more  slowly. 
They  moult  once  again  in  their  perfect  condition  j  and  if  we  be 
waUdng  by  the  banks  of  the  water  over  which  they  are  flying  we 
ofien  see  this  moulting  performed  on  om*  clothes. 

In  the  middle  of  summer  the  May-Fly  takes  wing  towards  even- 
ing. The  time  of  flight  diflers  in  diflerent  species.  That  which 
SwAHMERDAM  described  shews  itseK  nearly  three  days  in  succession, 
about  St  John's  day,  in  the  month  of  May,  and  often  in  such  quan- 
tities that  it  is  as  difficult  to  count  these  little  creatures  as  &Iling 
snow-flakes.  A  great  many  fall  into  the  water  a  prey  to  fishes,  and 
at  that  time,  especially  at  Dordrecht,  the  roach  is  noted  as  being 
peculiarly  fiit  and  good  Hence  the  name  hamMaU,  oeveraas  (in 
some  parts  of  France  la  mmine).  According  to  the  relation  of 
Scopou  they  are  collected  by  the  country-people  in  Garniola  to 
manure  the  land  {Entomol.  CamioL  p.  264). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


424  CLASS  YIII. 

SwAMMSBDAM,  in  the  species  deBcribed  by  him,  did  not  ohaerve 
the  oopulation,  and  supposes  that  the  eggs,  as  in  fishes,  are  first  laid, 
and  afterwards  fertilised  bj  the  male.  RiAxnnTB  doubted  this, 
because  the  eggs  sink  in  water.  But  Bosbel,  De  Geeb,  and  later 
writers,  have  actually  observed  the  copulation  in  other  species; 
and  thus  it  is  improbable  that  the  species  of  Swaxmebdam  forms 
an  exception  on  this  point. 

EphemercB  on  the  whole  live  as  perfect  insects  but  a  short  time, 
some  not  even  a  single  day.  Once  however  I  kept  some  specimens 
of  Ephemera  dipiera  (Cloe  diptera  Pictet)  for  some  days  alive  under 
a  glass,  two  for  more  than  a  week 

^^EphemeroB  la/rvcB  ruxUmt  in  aquU ;  voUuUea  facUs  fruvmJbwr 
gcvudio,  tmo  scepe  eodemque  die  nuptias,  puerperia  et  exaeqfdas 
ceUbranUs''    I^njsmub,  Syst,  ruUwr,  i.  ed.  zu.  p.  906. 

Gomp.  on  this  family: 
Bphemeri  vita  of  Afbeddingk  v<m.*»  menachen  leven  door  J.  Swaxxxbdam . 
Aznflterdam,  1675  kL  Svo.  m.  afb.  (For  the  fiMsts  see  B^bd  der  natuur,  I. 
bL  ^S-f— 270,  Tab.  xm — ^xv.) 

R^UMUB,  Mhn.  p.  aervir  d  rHiMt.  det  Ins,  VZ.  pp.  457—523 ;  Db  GxxBy 
M6m,  n.  pp.  617—660.  PL  x6— x8. 

F.  J.  Piotbt,  Hiti.  not,  det  InaeOea  N^vropt^ret,  Seconde  Monogrmphie, 
FamiUe  da  Bphimerinei,  Qenhve,  1845.  870.  avec  pL 

A.  Wings  toith  tramsverse  nervwreafeWy  posterior  often  obsolete, 
i)    Compowid  eyes  two  JxAh  in  nudes  andfemalei. 

Sub-genera  :  Oligoneuria  Pictet  (Wings  four),  C(Bni8  Stephens, 
Pictet  (Wings  two). 

a)    Eyetfcmr  m  males;  the  two  accessory  large,  ptUdUUs. 

Sub-genus  Cloe  Leach,  Bubm.,  Pictet.  Posterior  wings  very 
small  or  obsolete.     Caudal  setn  two. 

B.  Wings  fowTy  wUh  trcmsverse  nervures  numerous, 
i)    TuH)  accessory  eyes  in  males,  as  in  the  preceding  genus. 

Sub-genus :  Potamcmikus  Ticr«r.     Caudal  setee  threa 
a)    Compound  eyes  only  two  in  both  sexes. 

Sub-genus :  Bcstis  Leach,  Pictet.    Caudal  setce  twa 

Sub-genera  :  Ephemera,  Falingenia  Burjl,  Pkttet.  Caudal  setso 
in  females  three,  in  males  the  intermediate  one  sometimes  shorter  or 
abortive. 


Digitized  by 


Gqogle 


INSEGTA.  425 

Sp.  Ephemera  Swammerdamia  Latb.,  PaUnffenia  Umgieauda  PiomET,  Swax- 
MKBD.  1.  .1.  TBh.  xm. ;— Ephemera  wlgata  1,,,  Houttutm,  lieUmiH,  ffii- 
toire,  xn«  Stuk.  PL  94,  fig.  i,  Piotbt,  L  L  PI.  a,  &c. 

Family  XXXDI.  Perlarice.  Mandibles  distinct,  denticulate. 
Ma^cillffi  with  palps  five-jointed,  filiform  or  setaceous,  and  accessory 
palp,  mostly  biarticulate  (ffalea) ;  labial  palps  triarticulate ;  lingula 
emarginate.  Antennae  long,  setaceous,  moltiarticulate.  Wings 
(insect  at  rest)  cruciate,  incumbent  on  the  back  horizontally; 
inferior  broader  than  superior,  folded  longitudinally  like  a  fan. 
Tarsi  with  three  joints,  the  last  with  two  claws,  and  intermediate 
pulvillus. 

Perla  Geoffr.  (Species  of  Fhryganea  L.,  Semblia  Fabb.  in 
part).    Characters  of  family. 

These  insects  were  first  distinguished  by  Geoffroy  as  a  separate 
genus,  whilst  LiKNiEUS  placed  them  amongst  the  PhrygcmeoBy  to 
which  they  have  some  relation  by  the  broad  posterior  wings.  Till 
within  a  few  years  it  was  generally  supposed  by  writers  that  the 
Perlas  have  a  complete  metamorphosis,  in  consequence  of  an  imper- 
fect observation  of  Nollet,  recorded  by  Reaumuk.  Pictbt  however 
has  announced  the  metamorphosis  to  be  incomplete ;  the  larvae  do 
not  live  in  cases,  but  mostly  in  running  water,  by  preference  under 
stones.  Some  have  at  the  thorax  external  respiratoiy  organs ;  others 
breathe  through  closed  stigrnata,  which  have  the  same  situation  as 
the  future  apertures  of  the  perfect  insect,  and  take  in  the  air  by 
endasmose.  They  have  constantly  two  threads  at  the  hinder  part  of 
the  body,  which  sometimes  disappear  in  the  perfect  insect,  but  in 
many  species  persist  at  that  period.  The  males  of  some  species  have 
short  wings,  merely  rvdimentari/, 

Comp.  on  this  family,  of  which  more  than  a  hundred  species  from  all 
parts  of  the  world  are  now  known  (through  later  investigations  and  dis- 
coveries), PiOTET,  M4m.  ewr  lea  larve$  de  Nhnown,  Ann,  det  Sc.  not,  zxvi. 
1833,  pp.  369 — 391.  PL  14,  15;  ejusd.  M4m,  iwr  lea  fMtamorphoeee  dee 
PerUa,  Ann.  dea  Sc.  not.  xxvni.  1833,  pp.  44—^5,  PI.  v.  vi.  and  his  Hist, 
not,  dea  Inaectea  Nivroptirea,  Premiire  Monograpkie,  FamiUe  dea  Perlidea, 
Gren^ye,  1841.  8vo. 

Sub-genera:  Perla  Latr.,  mihi  (Kollaria  Pictet,  Eusthenia 
Westwood,  Pterona/rcya  Newm.,  Perla  Pictet),  Capnia  Pictet. 

Anemahi/ra  mihi  {NemaJUywra  Latb.,  Pictet). 
NoiU* — This  fiunily  with  the  following  approaches  by  natural  affi- 
nity very  nearly  to  the  Orthoptera. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


426  CLASS  VIII. 

Family  XXXIV.  TermttimB.  Mandibles  homy,  strong,  den- 
ticulate. Maxillae  furnished  with  an  appendage  or  lobe  resembling 
a  galea,  and  with  a  palp  four  or  five-jointed.  Antennae  filiform  or 
.setaceous,  of  the  size  of  thorax  at  least,  composed  of  more  than  ten 
joints.  Wings  deflected  or  incumbent,  with  few  transverse  nervares, 
sometimes  absent;  posterior  wings  not  broader  than  anterior,  in 
many  less  than  anterior.    Tarsi  with  two  to  four  joints. 

Psocus  Latr.  Antennae  setaceous,  long,  with  joints  cylindrical, 
elongate.  Maxillary  palps  four-jointed,  labial  none.  Wings  either 
none  or  deflected,  unequal,  posterior  less.  Tarsi  in  most  with  only 
two,  in  some  with  three  joints. 

Sp.  Paoeus  ptdaatoritu,  Termes  puUaiorium  L.,  De  Gkeb,  Itu.  vn.  PI.  iv. 
fig.  I,  SuLZEB,  Kenm.  d.  Int.  Tab.  xxii.  fig.  144 ;  the  woodrUnut  {fundlviM) ; 
the  body  pale  yeUow,  with  yellow  eyes.  This  insect  is  commonly  found  on 
wood,  upon  walls,  in  old  papers,  &c. ;  it  has  superficially  a  resemblance  to 
a  louse,  but  runs  very  rapidly.  The  Latin  specific  name  is  derived  from 
the  idea  that  the  ticking  in  old  furniture  and  door-posts,  which  superstition 
often  receives  as  a  bad  omen,  is  caused  by  this  insect ;  on  the  contrary, 
they  are  small  beetles  which  cause  the  tapping  sound.  An  anatomical 
investigation  of  this  little  animal  was  published  by  NiTZSOH  in  Gsbmab  u. 
ZiKOKEN,  Magaein  der  Entomol,  iv.  iSai,  s.  a76---a8a,  Tab.  11. 

Other  winged  species  are  met  with  on  trees,  as  Psocua  quadripwnoUUiU 
Latb.,  Panzbb,  IhuttehZ.  Int.  Heft  94,  Tab.  33,  &c. 

Here  belong  sub-genera  Apropos  Leach  (^Troctes  Bubm.,  Airopas 
and  LachenUa  Westw.),  Thyrsophorua  Bubbl,  CoecUius  Cubtis. 

Termes  L.  (in  part),  Latr.  Labium  quadrifid,  with  palps  three- 
jointed.  Antennae  short,  mostly  moniliform.  Wings  narrow, 
incumbent  horizontally  on  the  body,  longer  than  body,  deciduous, 
sometimes  none.     Tarsi  with  four  joints. 

These  insects  bear,  in  different  tongues,  the  name  of  fi>hite  ants; 
they  live,  like  these,  in  society  together,  and  in  warm  countries 
cause  incredible  damage.  Of  the  wood-work  which  they  destroy,  they 
leave  the  surface  untouched,  so  that  every  thing  externally  preserves 
its  form,  but  £bl11s  to  pieces  on  the  slightest  touch  The  hardest 
wood  cannot  resist  these  animab ;  glass,  metal,  and  stones  alone  do 
they  leave  uninjured.  Some  species  live  underground,  others  in 
trees ;  some  erect  pyramidal  mounds  above  the  sur£su;e,  which  in 
Guinea  and  other  regions  of  the  African  coast  are  raised  to  the 
height  of  twelve  feet,  and  are  so  stable  that  they  may  be  mounted 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSBCTA.  427 

with  safety  {^wmeBfaUkiM  L.,  Termea  bellicams  Skeathk.)  Below, 
in  the  middle  of  the  building,  is  the  residence  of  the  female  (mon- 
strous is  the  dimension  of  the  abdomen  in  a  pregnant  female  which 
lays  perhaps  80,000  eggs) ;  round  about  this  residence  are  cells  for 
^6  ^S^  magazines  for  food,  <bc.,  all  orderly  arranged.  The  upper- 
most part  of  the  hill-like  dwelling  is  massive,  to  give  more  firm- 
ness, and  to  guard  the  funily  from  the  influence  of  weather  and  the 
attacks  of  foes.  It  is  generally  supposed  that  the  labour  of  building 
in  these  societies  is  performed  by  the  larvee,  but  perhaps  it  is  by  the 
sexless  individuals  who  have  not  got  their  wings ;  they  have  no 
eyes.  There  are  still  other  wingless  individuals,  also  without  eyes, 
but  with  larger  jaws ;  these  are  commonly  called  soldiera,  because 
they  ward  off  attacks  and  always  stand  at  guard.  When  these 
insects  attain  their  perfect  state  they  leave  the  dwelling  at  night- 
time j  on  the  day  following  their  dried  wings  fall  oS,  and  they  are 
in  great  part  eaten  up  by  birds,  lizards,  and  even  by  the  negroes. 
A  fertilised  female  is  borne  off  by  the  larvae  to  a  dwelling,  and  there 
she  lays  her  eggs.  According  to  Smeatbkan  the  workers  would 
seem  to  carry  off  a  male  and  a  female  with  them,  in  order  to  shut 
them  up  and  feed  them  for  copulation. 

Comp.  Bm£athman  in  PhUowphical  TravMLctiont,  Vol.  Lxzi.  1781.  The 
figures  &re  copied  m  part  by  Blumsnbaoh  in  Abbildungen  nalturkitUmt- 
cher  GtgeMtande,  Nob.  9,  10. 

Add  genus  Embia  Latr.  Head  broader  than  thorax.  Wings 
not  longer  than  body.     Tarsi  triarticulate. 

Order  X.    Hemiptera. 

Hexapod  Insects,  with  four  wings,  all  membranous  or  anterior 
coriaceous  at  base,  thicker.  Mouth  with  articulate  rostrum  (labium), 
which  ensheathes  setse  (mandibles  and  maxillae) ;  palps  none.  Me- 
tamorphosis, with  few  exceptions,  incomplete. 

Half-ioinged  {Hemiptera  from  tifitaw  half,  and  wrepoy).  This 
order  originated  indeed  with  Linn.£US,  but  is  now  limited  differently, 
since  the  Orthoptera  have  been  separated  from  it  as  a  distinct  order. 
Fab&icius,  who  also  placed  the  flea  here,  named  the  half-winged 
insects  Rhyngota,  which  name  Burheister  properly  changed  into 
Bhyrkcokta.     On  this  order,  amongst  other  works,  we  notice  : 

J.  C.  Fabricu  Sy sterna  Rhyngotorum,  Brunsvigse,  1803,  8vo; 
Hist.  naU  dea  Insectea  Hemipt^res,  par  G.  J.  B.  Akyot  et  Audinet 


Digitized  by 


Google 


428  CLASS  Till. 

Sebville,  Oworage  (neoompagnJe  de  Planche$,  Paris,  1843, 8vo  (a  part 
of  the  SmUs  d  Buffon  by  Bobet). 

As  illustrated  works :  C.  Stoll,  deaden  en  WarUsen,  Amsterdam, 
1788,  4to  (two  parts  with  Dutch  and  French  text) ;  J.  R  Schellen- 
BEBG,  Cimicum  in  HeioetioR  aquie  et  terns  degentimn  genue,  Turici, 
1800,  8vo  (with  14  coloured  plates) ;  J.  F.  Wolff,  AbhUdungen  der 
Wanzen,  v.  Hefte,  Erlangen,  1800—1811,  4toj  C.  W.  HAmr,  Die 
foanzenartige  Ineecten,  getreu  nach  der  NaJbwr  abgebildet  tmd  be- 
schrieben,  Niimberg,  1831,  and  subsequently,  since  1836  continued 

by  HsBBICH-ScSiElFFEB. 

Leon  Dufoub  treated  of  the  anatomy  of  these  insects  in  a 
monograph,  entitled  JRecherches  ancUomiquea  et  phyeioL  efwr  les 
Hemipt^res,  Paris,  1833,  4to  av.  19  pi. 

The  Hemiptera  are  commonly  provided  with  four  wings,  of  whidi 
the  anterior  are  leathery  at  the  base,  thick,  and  not  transparent,  and 
at  the  point  membranous  {hemelytra),  or  are  membranous  like  the 
posterior  wings,  but  often  stronger  and  larger  than  these.  The  mouth 
consists  of  a  sucker  composed  of  threads  and  a  case.  The  case  is  tubu- 
lar, grooved  above,  and  consists  of  joints ;  it  corresponds  to  the  un- 
der-lip of  other  insects.  The  small  upper-lip  becoming  thinner  for- 
wards, covers  the  base  of  the  sucker.  In  the  groove  formed  above  by 
the  turnover  margins  of  the  under-lip,  there  lie  in  appearance  three 
setse,  but  the  middle  one  is  double  (the  two  imder  jaws  {mcKdUcB) 
and  the  two  lateral  threads  are  the  upper  jaws').  The  maxillary 
palps  are  entirely  absent ;  so  also  are  the  labial  palps,  or  these  last 
are  only  in  quite  a  rudimentary  state*.  Thus  the  beak  of  the 
hymenoptera  is  constructed  for  sucking.  The  fine  threads  (setw 
hcmatelU,  mandHmUB,  maanUai)  make  a  wound  in  the  parts  of  plants 
or  animals,  on  the  fluid  or  blood  of  which  they  feed,  the  fluid 
ascending  between  the  threads  to  the  oesophagus  above. 

The  antenna  have  commonly  only  four  or  five  joints,  extremely 
seldom  more  than  eleven.  Many  species  have  two  or  three  simple 
eyes.     There  are  never  more,  but  often  fewer,  than  three  joints  in 


^  G.  B.  Trevibanus  was  the  first  who  distinguished  the  four  threads  in  Oimex 
t^/ipei  (Awnalen  der  WeUerauischm  GeteUtchafi,  i  Bd.  a  Heft,  1809.  s.  171). 
Saviont  has  shewn  the  analogy  with  the  oral  organs  of  other  insects,  and  figured 
the  four  filaments  in  Cimex  nigricomia,  and  in  a  Nepa,  M6m.  »,  I,  ani,  9.  vert.  I. 
1816.  PI.  IV. 

"  SAViaHT,  1.  oit.  PI.  IV.  fig.  30,  p.  37. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  429 

the  feet     The  metamorphosis  is  incomplete,  with  only  few  excep- 
tions (the  males  of  the  gall-insects  and  the  genus  Alewvdes), 

With  respect  to  the  natural  affinity  of  this  order,  and  its  place  in 
a  natural  arrangement  of  insects,  we  remark  that  it  agrees  with 
the  Orthoptera  in  the  imperfect  metamorphosis,  but  differs  from  this 
order  very  greatly  in  the  oral  organs  and  in  the  internal  structure. 
The  last  &mily  of  the  preceding  order,  the  Perlof  and  Termites,  on 
the  contrary,  have  a  position  very  dose  to  the  Orthoptera  ;  and  it  is 
only  with  reluctance  that  we  interrupt  this  natural  transition  by 
interposing  the  Hemiptera  between  them.  But  the  ffemiptera, 
whatever  position  be  allotted  them,  must  always  stand  by  them- 
selves as  a  very  deviating  group  of  insect&  The  absence  of 
maxillary  palps  might  perhaps  be  considered  to  be  their  most 
important  character,  which  elsewhere  in  the  class  of  insects  are 
more  constant  in  their  presence  than  the  labial  palps  \  Some 
species  of  Hemiptera  hamoptera  (the  genus  FlcUa)  have  some 
resemblance  to  the  Lepidoptera,  which  however,  is  rather  an 
external  similarity  {cmalogy)  than  a  true  relationship  {affinity). 

The  intestinal  canal  of  the  hemiptera  is  long,  (see  above,  p.  253). 
In  many  Cicada/rice  {Cicaday  Ledra,  Cercopis,  &c)  there  is  an 
arrangement,  which  was  formerly  considered  to  be  a  return  of  the 
intestine  into  the  stomach,  but  which  has  been  since  described  by 
DoTEBE  in  a  more  satisfactory  manner;  the  tortuous  intestinal 
canal  does  turn  back  to  the  stomach  and  attaches  itself  to  it,  to 
leave  it  subsequently  at  another  point;  but  it  does  not  open  into 
the  stomach,  but  merely  runs  along  its  wall,  between  the  coats  of 
the  oigan*.  In  some  GeocoriacB  {Scutelleray  Fentatoma,  and  some 
species  of  Coreus)  the  inferior  part  of  the  stomach  before  the 
insertion  of  the  va^a  wrinaria  is  tortuous,  and  consists  of  four 
(in  Coreus  moflrginaJbis  of  two)  grooves  or  semi-canals,  which  have 
transverse  white  rings  or  folds  of  even  width,  between  which  there 
is  a  very  thin  and  transparent  membrane'.  Salivaiy  glands  are 
ordinarily  much  developed;  mostly  more  than  one  pair  are  pre- 
sent; they  are  situated  on  each  side  of  the  intestinal  canal,  and 
open  into  the  oesophagus;  in  the  leaf-lice  they  appear  to  be  wanting. 


'  Batzebubo  indeed  describes  in  Cicada,  a  three-jointed  maxillary  palp  (Afediz. 

ZodL  II.  Tab.  aj,  figs.  i6,  Ty);  but  this  part^  according  to  Bubmbibtkb,  is  a  jointed 

homy  process,  to  which  muscles  are  attached. 

>  Ann.  des  8c,  not,   le  S^rie.  Tome  xi.  1859,  PP*  81—85.  ^  i- 
'  Ramdohb  has  given  to  this  part  the  name  of  Wamenmoffm, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


430  CLASS  VIII. 

The  disagreeable  smell,  peculiar  to  most  heteroptera,  seems  for  their 
protection,  and  is  caused  by  a  fluid  that  escapes  through  two  aper- 
tures, one  on  each  side,  beneath  the  thorax  at  the  insertion  of  the 
third  pair  of  feet.  According  to  Lj^on  Dufoxtb  this  fluid  is 
secreted  by  a  small  round  or  oval  pouch,  commonly  of  a  yellow 
colour,  which  is  situated  in  the  abdomen;  it  is  rarely  double. 

Many  genera  of  hefmiptera  are  met  with  only  in  warm  countries, 
and  the  European  species  form  but  a  small  part  of  the  numerous 
order. 

Section  I.  Homoptera.  Elytra  deflected,  in  most  coriaceous  or 
membranous,  similar  to  posterior  wings,  but  larger  and  stronger. 
Bostnun  rising  from  the  inferior  part  of  head,  inflected  beneath  the 
breast  between  the  bases  of  the  feet.  Thorax  gibbous,  with  first 
segment  shorter. 

In  this  division,  which  as  well  as  the  second,  Westwood  ranks  as 
a  distinct  order,  the  upper  wings  are  constantly  of  a  similar  substance, 
and  not  half-homy  or  leatheiy  and  half-membranous.  The  antenme 
consist  in  many  of  more  than  six  joints.  The  beak  lies  on  the 
breast  {rostrum  pectoraUy  All  live  on  juice  of  plants.  The  females 
often  have  an  instrument  for  laying  their  eggs,  composed  of  three 
filaments,  toothed  plates  or  saws,  enclosed  between  two  valves. 

A.    Metamorphosis  (in  males  at  least)  complete. 

Family  XXXV.  Goccina  ( GaUimecta  Reaum.)  Males  winged, 
with  mostly  two  wings,  without  rostrum.  Wings  without  cells, 
with  only  two  longitudinal  nervures.  AntennsB  mostly  with  nine 
to  eleven  joints. 

Females  (one  genus  excepted)  apterous,  attaching  themselves  to 
trees  or  herbs  at  the  time  of  parturition,  sometimes  assuming  the 
form  of  a  gall,  their  own  vesicular  dead  bodies  covering  their  eggs. 

GoM-inaecta,  These  insects  were  thus  named  by  Reauhub  from  a 
superficial  resemblance  of  the  pregnant  female  to  a  gaU-nut.  (See 
above,  p.  384).  The  joints  of  the  tarsus  have  not  been  given  by 
us  amongst  the  characters  on  account  of  the  minuteness  of  the 
objects  and  the  prevalent  uncertainty;  for  whilst  many  writers  {ex, 
gr,  Latbeille  and  Westwood)  ascribe  one  joint  alone  to  this  family, 
and  distinguish  it  principally  by  this,  others  assign  three  (Bouche 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  431 

even  foiir)  joints.     The  character  also  of  a  single  claw  alone  at  the 
end  of  the  tarsus  is  not  constant. 

Comp.  on  this  family,  RiAUHUB,  Mim,  pour  terv,  d  Fffist.  des  Ins.  Tom. 
IV.  {Mhn,  I  et  2),  pp.  i — na;  Batzsbcro,  Medk,  Zool.  11.  pp.  214 — 218, 
Font,  Ins,  ni.  s.  188. 

Coccus  L.  (in  part).  Wings  two  and  often  poisers  in  males; 
females  apterous.  Abdomen  in  males  with  two  terminal  sete. 
Rostrum  of  females  short,  with  long  exsertile  setsB  concealed  and 
inflected  in  abdomen.- 

Sub-genera :  Leccmvumi  Iluo.,  Coccus  Bubm.,  Pseudococcus  West. 

To  this  diviaion,  and  indeed  especially  to  Leeanium,  what  we  advanced 
in  the  characters  of  the  fiunily  respecting  the  females  has  reference ;  to  this 
genus  alone  the  name  QoUintecta  is  appropriate.  To  it  belongs  Coccus 
Ilicis  li,,  Lecanium  Hicia  Illio.,  BIbaumtjh,  op.  cit.  PL  v. ;  in  the  sonth  of 
Europe  and  in  thd  East, — the  kermes  of  the  Arabians,  from  which  word  the 
appellation  karmoz^,  crimson,  for  a  red  colour,  is  derived.  This  insect, 
formerly  used  in  medicine,  now  only  as  a  dye,  has  however  lost  much  of 
its  value  since  the  introduction  of  the  CochenUU  from  America  (Mexico), 
which  first  came  to  Europe  in  1526.  The  last-named  species.  Coccus  cacti 
L.,  lives  upon  the  Nopal,  Cactus  coccineUifer  (Optmtia  coccindlifera 
DiOAND.),  cultivated  with  that  view.  See  figures  of  the  insect  in  Dum^bil, 
Consid,  gen,  s,  I.  Ins,  PI.  39,  fig.  2,  Brandt  u.  Batzeb.  Medkdn,  Zool.  n. 
Tab.  a6,  figs.  5—12,  16,  17,  Bubmxibteb,  Ha/ndb.  der  Entomol,  11.  Taf. 
n.  fig.  I.  It  is  computed  that  70,000  dried  insects  go  to  a  pound  of 
'  cocheniUe,  and  formerly  880,000  pounds  of  this  dye  were  imported.  Comp. 
on  the  Cochenille,  NaiuurUjke  Historic  van  de  CocheniUe,  bewezen  met 
authentique  Docum^enten  {door  M.  Db  Ruubsohbb),  Amsterd.  1729,  8vo; 
Thubbt  de  MiiroNViLLB,  Traiti  de  la  cuUure  du  Nopal  et  de  V^ducation 
de  la  CocheniUe,  Av.  pi.  Cap  fran9ai8,  Paris  et  Bordeaux,  1787.  8vo. 
On  the  introduction  of  this  insect  into  our  East  Indian  possessions,  a 
report  may  be  found  in  the  Alg.  Konst-en  Letterbode,  1839.  No.  30. 

Another  spedee,  Coccus  fieus  Fabb.  (probably  a  species  of  Lecanium), 
lives  in  Bengal  on  different  species  of  Fieus  and  other  plants;  the. young 
insects  are  seated  dose  together  on  the  young  shoots,  and  round  about  the 
place  where  they  have  sucked  themselves  fast,  there  drops  a  thick  fluid, 
which  hardens  into  a  tough  transparent  substance,  the  gum-resin,  gummi- 
lacea.  The  dye  of  this  substance  is  used  under  the  name  of  lac  (lac-dye, 
Uk-IoJx),  as  a  very  beautiful  substitute  for  cochenille,  and  the  shdl-lae 
deprived  of  the  colouring  matter  as  a  component  of  lac- varnish,  of  sealing- 
wax,  and  as  an  isolating  body  in  electrical  apparatus.  See  on  this  insect 
Kebb,  Phil,  Tramsact,  Vol.  Lxxi.  for  the  year  1781,  pp.  374— 38«. 

Coccus  manniparus  Ehbenb.,  Symbol,  phys.,  Ins.  Dec.  i.  Tab.  10;  comp. 
Geiobb'b  Journal  der  Phannaeie,  Juli  1830;  on  Tamarix  mannifera  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Sinai,  &c. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


432  CLASS  YIIl. 

McMrgarodes,  See  Lansbown  Goldino,  Trcmaact.  of  the  Linn, 
Soc  XVI.  1. 

Calypticus  CosTA,  Aspidiotus  BouCHE,  BuRM. 

Mo7wphlebti8  Leach,  Burm. 

Porphyrophora  Brandt. 

Dorthesia  Bosc,  Wings  two  and  poisers  in  males;  females 
apterous.  Antennae  of  male  nine-jointed,  long,  setaceous;  of 
female  eight-jointed,  short,  subulate.  Abdomen  of  male  terminated 
by  a  pencil  of  cilia. 

Gomp.  Boso,  in  Observations  mr  la  Physique,  &c.,  par  KoziSB.  1781. 
pp.  171 — 173,  D0BTHB8,  ibid.  xzvi.  1786,  pp.  107 — III,  BuBinBiSTBB, 
1. 1.  figs.  6,  II. 

Aleurodes  {Aleyrodes)  Latr. 

Note, — Genus  Alewrodea  {Aleyrodes)  Latr.,  seems  rightly  to  be 
referred  to  this  family  by  Burheisteb.  Metamorphosis  complete, 
as  in  males  of  Cocci;  pupa  quiescent,  folliculate.  Also  anterior 
wings  sufficiently  similar  to  wings  of  Cocci,  But  the  number  of 
wings  (four),  which  are  not  wanting  in  females,  the  rostrum  too,  with 
which,  as  it  seems,  the  males  also  are  furnished,  seem  to  indicate 
the  separation  of  this  genus  from  the  Cocdna^  and  accordingly 
Latreille  joined  it  with  the  Aphidii,  and  lately,  Habtig  with  the 
Payllw;  Westwood,  however,  to  avoid  a  difficulty,  preferred  creating 
a  small  family  from  the  single  genus. 

Sp.  Aleyrodes  Chdidonii  Latb.,  Phalama  {mnea)  proleteUa  L.,  RiAUiruB, 
Ins,  n.  PL  25,  figs.  1—7,  Bubmkistrb,  L  1.  Tab.  i.  fig.  la  (larva),  Tab.  n. 
fig.  7  (imago),  Westwood,  IrUrod.  to  mod.  Class.,  in  plate  of  Title  to 
YoL  I.,  Haetig  in  Qebmae's  ZeUscKr.  /.  Entcmil,  in.  p.  371,  Tab.  i. 
^*  y>i  31  (Antenna,  wing). 

B.    Metamorphosis  incomplete. 

Family  XXXVI.  Aphidii  s.  Phytophthires*  Wings  four,  with 
nervures  longitudinal  alone,  often  ramose  or  bifid;  in  some  no 
wings.  Tarsi  with  two  joints,  the  last  biunguiculate.  Rostrum  in 
both  sexes.  Antennas  mostly  with  six  to  ten  joints,  longer  than  head. 

Aphis  L.  AntennsB  with  not  more  than  six  or  seven  joints. 
First  joint  of  tarsus  very  short.  Fore-wings  with  marginal  stigma. 
Abdomen  mostly  supplied  posteriorly  with  two  conical  tubercles. 
In  most  species  some  imagines  are  apterous,  others  winged. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN8ECTA.  433 

Leaf-licey  FUmt-Ucej  Fucerons.  These  animals  live  together  on 
different  plants  and  trees,  and  mostly  in  veiy  large  numbers.  They 
do  not  leap,  but  run  commonly  very  slowly.  From  the  hind  part 
of  the  body  there  often  drops  a  transparent  honey-sweet  fluid,  of 
which  ants  are  very  fond  and  on  that  account  are  often  found 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  leaf-lice.  These  suck  the  sap  of  the 
plants,  and  some  species,  by  puncturing  the  leaves  or  leaf-stalks, 
produce  excrescences  or  swellings  occasionally  hollow,  which  ai'e 
filled  with  a  great  number  of  these  animals  and  often  with  a 
considerable  quantity  of  the  sweet  sap.  The  sticky  fluid  on  leaves, 
known  by  the  name  of  honey-dew,  is  caused  by  leaf-Uce.  Most 
species  are  covered  with  a  powdery  substance  or  with  white  threads, 
(a  peculiar  secretion  of  their  body). 

To  counteract  the  excessive  multiplication  of  leaf-Hce,  in  the  great 
economy  of  nature,  a  number  of  enemies  are  on  the  watch,  not 
merely  ichneumons  (see  above,  p.  378),  but  insects  especially  which 
feed  on  them  and  devour  large  quantities,  the  pupse  of  some  diptera, 
of  hemeroini  (p.  418),  of  beetles  (Goccinellce),  &c. 

Leeuwenhoeck  had  already  noticed  that  plant-lice  are  viviparous, 
that  they  also  lay  eggs  was  first  discovered  by  Lyonet  ;  but  the 
succession  of  generations,  the  descendants  of  mothers  and  grand- 
mothers which  are  viviparous  and  fruitful  without  copulation,  was 
first  discovered  by  Bonnet  ;  see  above,  pp.  263,  264. 

Comp.  on  this  group  of  insects,  as  numerous  in  species  a^  interesting  in 
their  economy,  E^UMUB,  Ins.  ni.  Mim.  a.  pp.  481—350;  C.  Bonnet, 
Traits  cTInaectol.  Tom.  i.  Paris,  1745  ;  Db  Gseb,  Mim.  p,  aervir  A  rffiH, 
d^Ins,  in.  pp.  19 — 129,  and  for  the  systematic  arrangement,  Habtig, 
Verauch  einer  Eintkeilung  der  PflcmztidaiUe  in  Gbbhab's  ZeUsckr,  /.  die 
ErUomol,  in.  1841,  s.  359 — 376,  and  especially  J.  H.  Kaltenbach,  Mono- 
graphie  der  Familien  der  PJlamenlaiUe,  Mit  Abbild.  Aachen,  1843,  8vo; 
also  T.  Waulsb,  DeacripUons  of  Aphides,  Ann.  of  NcA.  Hist.  sec.  Ser.  iv. 
p.  202,  V.  1850,  pp.  14— a8,  (169— a8i,  388—395,  VI.  pp.  41—48, 
118 — ia«. 

Some  species  live  on  the  roots  of  planta.  They  have  no  wings ;  BouoH^ 
however  (according  to  Ratzbbvbo,  Forst-Ins.  in.  s.  a  16),  discovered  two 
species  of  Kkitdbius  that  were  winged.  These  species  may  be  ooUected 
provisionally  under  the  name  of : 

Bhizopthiridiurn  nob. 

Here  belongs  the  genus  Bhizobius  BUBIC  (a  name  already  given  to  a 
genus  of  Ccieoptera),  and  the  genera  Pa/radduSf  Trama  and  Forda  Y. 
Hetden^  EnUmol.  BeUrdge  in  Abhandl.  der  Senckenb.  CfeaeUseh.  n.  1837, 
s.  491 — -295,  Rhuoterus  Habtio,  according  to  Kaltenbach,  does  not 
differ  from  Forda  V.  Hetden. 
VOL.  I.  28 


Digitized  by 


Google 


434  CLASS  VIII. 

By  hi  the  greatest  number  of  species  live  above  ground  on  branches 
and  leaves.  Amongst  these  both  winged  and  wingless  individuals  occur  in 
the  same  species.  Hie  winged  individuals  have  constantly  three  simple 
eyes  (Kaltbnbaoh). 

a)  Wings  horizontaL  Abdomen  without  oomides  or  tubercles.  (An- 
tenn»  short.) 

Phylloxera  Boteb  de  Fonsc.,  Habtig.  Antemue  triarticulatey 
with  last  joint  fusiform,  elongate,  emarginate,  obscurely  annulate. 
Anterior  wings  with  cubital  nerve  undivided. 

VacuTM  Y.  Hetden,  EIaltekb.  Antenn»  five-jointed.  Anterior 
wingB  with  cubital  nerve  bifid. 

b)  Wings  deflected,  obliquely  erect  above  the  body. 
*  Cubital  nerve  undivided. 

FhlceapthMiditim  mihi,  Chermes  Habtio.  (Species  from  genus 
Chermea  L.)  Antenn»  shorty  thickish,  filiform,  with  five  joints.  Feet 
short     Abdomen  without  comiGle& 

Note. — Cfhermet  is  a  name  by  no  means  to  be  given  to  the  modem  genua, 
which  Fleeting  all  the  other  Linnsean  species,  contains  one  alone  {C, 
Ahidu) ;  the  diagnosis  of  Linhjbub  himself  teaches  this.  On  Uus  and 
other  allied  species  comp.  especially  Batzbbubo,  FonA-Int,  in.  pp.  195 — 
005,  Tab.  zn.  lliese  insects  appear  to  be  oviparous  alone ;  oopulation 
has  not  yet  been  f 


Pemphigus  HABna.     (Spea  Chermea  Bubil) 
Tetira/newra  Habtig.     (Antennae  with  six  joints.) 
*  Cubital  nerve  sending  off  one  or  two  branches. 

Schiz(mefwra  Habtio,  Kaltenb.,  Myssoooylus  Blot  {Erioaoma 
Leach,  in  part).  Cubital  nerve  bifid  Antennas  short,  sex-articulate. 
Comides  of  abdomen  none  or  obsolete. 

Sp.  Aphis  laniffera  Hausmann,  Briotoma  mali  Lbaoh,  ftc. 

Lctchnua  Illio.,  Bubm.  Cubital  nerve  trifid.  Antennso  sex-articu- 
late, shorter  than  body.  .  Feet  long.  Short  tubercles  alone  in 
abdomen,  in  place  of  cornicles.  Feet,  especially  the  posterior,  long. 
Rostrum  sometimes  very  long. 

Sp.  Laeknm  fagi,  ApkU  fagi  L.,  RiAUM.  Ina.  m.  PI.  26,  figs.  1—6.  The 
abdomen  of  this  species  |'"  in  size  is  covered  with  very  long  white  wool ; 
it  looks  like  a  bit  of  white  flue  ;  this  species  is  very  often  seen  on  beeches 
in  the  groves  at  the  Hague. 

Aphia  Iiiua.,  Bubil  Cubital  nerve  bifid  AntenncB  sept-articulate, 
longer  than  body.     Feet  long.     Abdomen  with  two  comides. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  436 

8p.  Aphi§  rotas  li.,  B£kuinni,  L  L  PL  ii,  figs.  1—4 ;  DuMiBiLy  Com,  ffSn. 
ff.  I,  Ins,  PI.  39,  fig.  3,  Ac 

PsyUa  Geopfr.,  Latr.,  Chermes  L.  (exclusive  of  Cherm.  Abie- 
tis).  AntennsB  with  ten  joints^  the  last  bisetose.  Tarsi  with  two 
equal  joints.  Wings  deflected,  ample,  with  nerves  branched. 
Imagines  always  winged. 

Le(rf-mieher8,  FaUe  Uaf-Uee,  Fantet  pueerons.  The  larvn  are  ooyered 
with  a  woolly  ooaiing,  just  like  leaf-lice.  Hie  perfect  insect  has  the 
kaJbitus  of  a  small  cicada^  the  long  antennss  excepted.  Gomp.  lUUuM .  Ina. 
in.  Mim.  z.  pp.  351 — 36a ;  Db  Gesb,  M^m,  m.  pp.  130—157.  Sp. 
Ptylla  pyri,  Chermsi  pyri  li,,  Ratzxbubo,  Font-Ifueelen,  m.  Tab.  xz. 
fig.  «,  Ac 

Livia  Latb.,  Diraphia  Ilug.  Antennie  short,  thick.  Head 
anteriorly  bifid 

Sp.  Lma  juneorwn  Latb.,  DnxiBiL,  Cora,  gin.  t.  I,  Iw,  PI.  39,  fig.  5; 
GlBMULB,  Faun.  Ins.  Swrop,  vi.  Tab.  ii. 

Add  sab-genus  LiviUa  Cubtib,  Wsstw. 

Family  XXXVH  CicadaricB.  Wings  four  deflected,  anterior 
often  coriaceous  coloured  elytra.  Tarsi  almost  always  triarticulate^ 
in  a  few  biarticulate.  Antenna  short,  with  three  or  seven  joints, 
the  last  setaceous.    Females  furnished  with  serrated  borer. 

Comp.  on  this  family  Gbbmulb,  Magtm.  der  EnUmol.  m.  pp.  177—997, 
IV.  pp.  I — 106. 

A.  GicadaricB  mutce.  No  musical  organs.  Antennae  with  three 
joints.    Eyes  two  or  none.    Tarsi  triarticulate. 

Phalanx  I.  CicadeUoB  Latr.  {Cicadellina  and  Membracina 
Burmeister).  Antennae  inserted  between  the  eyes.  Posterior  feet 
saltatory. 

A)  Troihonx  not  produced  posteriorly  above  the  abdomen. 
Scutellum  distinct.  Head  horizontal,  with  frons  mostly  (Hrected 
forwards. 

t)     Posterior  tibiae  spinoee  or  serrate. 

a)    Ocelli  none. 

Typhlocyba  Germar.    Body  elongate.   Posterior  feet  very  long. 

Oomp.  especially  Hbbbioh  Sohaffbb,  DeuUcM.  Ins.  Heft  164.  Snudl 
insects,  leaping,  mostly  yellow  or  green.  European  species  numerous, 
amongst  which  are  Cicada  Ulmi  and  Cicada  Rosa  L. 

28—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


436  CLASS  viii. 

b)    Ocelli  two. 
TeU^ania  Latb.,  Cicada  Fabr. 

*  With  ocelli  on  yertex. 

Sub-genera :  Ceroopis  Fabr.  in  part,  ApkropharaGEEM.,  ClastopUra 
Germ.,  Tettigania  Germ.,  Burm.,  EuaccurUhus  Germ.,  Ledra  Fabr., 
Ledropsia  White,  Fenthimca  Germ.,  Gypona  Germ.,  Xerophlcsa 
Germ.^ 

Sp.  Oercopis  tpwnaria  Fabb.,  Aphro^j^ara  tpumaria  GxBM.,  Oic.  spufMria 
L.,  B(BSBL,  Ins,  n.  Loetut.  Tab.  zxni.  f.  i — 4 ;  the  larva  and  nymph 
liye  in  a  white  froth  (vulg.  cticJsoo-»pU)  found  in  spring-time  on  different 
plants,  especially  on  willow-trees. 

TeUigonia  viridU,  Cicada  viridis  L.,  &c. 

**  With  ocelli  in  the  maiigin  of  frona. 

Jaama  Fabr.  (Add  sub-genera  Ccdidia,  Fcwapia,  Eupelia,  Aoo- 
cephalu8y  Byihoacopug  Germ.) 

tt)     Posterior  tibioe  unarmed. 

Ulopa  Fall.,  Germ.    Head  broad,  with  eyes  somewhat  pro- 
minent. 

JEtlialia  Germ.,  Burm.  {JEtalion  Latr.)    Head  deflected  an- 
teriorly. 

Sp.  JBthalia  reUcuUOa,  Cicada  reticulaia  L.,  De  Gebb,  Int.  in.  PL  33, 
figs.  15,  16,  Latbiillb  in  Humboldt  et  Bokpland,  Obterv,  de  Zool. 
Hd^AnOt,  comp.  I.  PI.  24,  figs.  J 2,  13.  Habit,  in  South  America;  forms 
the  transition  to  the  following  section. 

B)  Prothoraz  produced  posteriorly  above  the  abdomen,  often 
covering  the  scutellum,  in  some  the  wings  also.  Head  deflected^ 
with  frons  inferior ;  ocelli  two  in  vertex. 

Membracia  Latr,   {CentrotuSf  Membracis  [Ranatra  Lesson*], 
Damta  Fabr.). 

Add  sub-genera;  Lamproptera  Germ.,  Bocydivm  Latr.,  and 
several  others,  on  which  comp.  Burmeister,  I.  L  il  pp.  127,  &c.  and 
Amyot  ei  Serville,  Nefwr.  pp.  532 — 553. 


^  Besides  these,  many  other  genera  have  been  added  by  Amtot  et  Sebvu:.ls, 
Hid,  not,  de$  In$,  lUfMpt,  which  frx>m  our  limited  space  we  cannot  record. 

*  This  name  was  given  long  before  to  a  genus  of  the  water-bugs  {Nepa  linearis). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  487 

Spi  J#<m5nicif  fMOa  Fabb.,  Oicada  foUaia  L.,  SvoLL»  dead.  Tab.  r. 
fig.  i;  DniciKiL,  ConjL  ^n.  t.  ;.  /m.  PL  38,  fig.  3.  Habit,  in  Nor  b 
America^  like  many  speciei  of  this  aubdxvigion. 

Phalanx  II.  FvlgoreUoB.  Antennae  inserted  under  the  eyes. 
Head  compressed  at  the  sides,  marginate^  often  elongated  ante- 
riorly, inflated.    Ocelli^  in  some  none^  in  others  two,  approximate. 

A.  Two  palpiform  appendages  at  the  base  of  antennse. 

Cclax  Germas,  Ottocerua  KiBBY,  BuRM.  {ffynnia  Bubm.  in 
part). 

B.  AntemuB  simple. 
Tettigometra  Latr. 
laaus  Fabr. 

Sub-genera:   Eurybrachia   GufeiK,  Chrethrwra   Hope,  Ancyra 
White. 

Sp.  Aneym  appendieulaia  Wmn,  Wistwood,  CaMntt  of  Orienial  BiUomol, 
PL  36,  fig.  5. 

Delphax  Fabb. 

Aacraca  Latb.  (and  Ugyopa  GuiRiNl) 

Anotia  KiBBT. 

Derle  Fabb. 

Sub-genera :  Mysidia,  Lydda,  Zeugma,  Thraeioy  Phcenioe,  Faiara, 
Cenchrea  Wbstw. 

Fkaa  Fabb. 

Sub-genera :  FcecUopiera  Latb.,  Ricania  Geril,  Cixia  Latb.  &c 

Lystra  Fabb. 

Sub-genera :  Apheena  Git^bik,  Poiocera  Lapobtil 

Fvlgora  Fabb.,  Bubm. 

Sp.  Fvlgora  latemaria  L.,  Bcbsel,  Ins,  n.  Loeud.  Tab.  ig,  30;  SroLi^ 
Cicad.  Tab.  I.  fig.  i ;  the  Surinam  lantern-hearer;  the  head  terminates  in 
front  in  a  bladder-like  hollow  procefls,  the  wings  yellow-brown,  with 
brownish  stripes  meeting  reticolately ;  the  under- wings  with  a  large 
yellow  eye-like  spot,  bordered  with  blaok,  with  two  round,  white,  oonfluent 
rings  in  the  middle.  It  is  one  of  the  larger  insects  of  this  order  (the  tips 
of  the  fore-wings  are  f,",6'"  asunder ;  the  body  with  the  yesicular  process 


Digitized  by 


Google 


438  CLASS  VIII. 

of  the  head  a"  6'"  long).  Aooording  to  Meuak  this  ineecl  at  night-time 
difiEusee  a  dear  light ;  which,  however,  is  denied  by  later  writers.  Ab 
little,  according  to  Bowsma  (Afin.  qf  not,  HitA,  xiv.  p.  437),  is  the  Chinese 
species,  Fulgora  canddaria  L.,  phosphorescent.  In  Europe,  especially  in 
the  southern  parts,  Fvlgora  Ewopoea  L.,  Pteudopluina  ewropcea,  is  met 
with.  See  a  fig.  in  Panzeb,  DeuUcM,  Ing.  Heft  ao,  Tab.  16,  and  NaUtr- 
fancher,  ix.  Tab.  11. 

B.  Cicadce  stridulantes  {CtcadcB  manmfsrce).  Males  ftimished 
with  a  musical  organ  at  the  base  of  abdomen  on  each  side. 
Antennas  with  seven  joints.  Ocelli  three.  Tarsi  in  some  (genns 
Tibicen  Latr.)  biarticulate. 

Gicada  Oliv.  (species  from  genus  Cicada  L.,  CicadcB  manni- 
fircB),  Tetttgonia  Fabr. 

Cicadas.  These  insects  are  found  in  warm  countries  alone,  in 
woody  districts  especially.  The  females,  when  about  to  lay  their 
eggs,  perforate  the  branches  by  means  of  two  serrated  homy  plates^ 
enclosed  between  two  jointed  valves  and  supported  at  the  back  by  a 
grooved  homy  part,  formed  of  two  pieces  which  have  coalesced  \ 
The  larvffi  on  leaving  the  egg  quit  the  place,  and  betake  themselves 
underground,  where  they  suck  the  roots.  Here  too  they  change 
into  nymphs. 

The  ancients  made  much  of  these  animals  and  considered  them  to 
be  favourites  of  the  Muses,  whilst  living  on  dew  at  the  top  of  high 
trees  they  heralded  the  approach  of  summer  with  their  clear  song, 
and  resembling  the  gods,  as  is  sung  in  an  Anacreontic  ode,  had  like 
them  no  blood  in  their  bodies'. 

The  musical  organ  of  the  male  is  situated  on  each  side  at  the  base 
of  the  abdomen  and  covered  by  a  valve.  A  homy,  triangular 
partition  corresponding  to  the  eniothoraa^  separates  the  two  lateral 
cavities.  Each  of  these,  when  viewed  from  the  ventral  aspect,  presents 
in  front  a  white  folded  membrane,  but  down  at  the  bottom,  a  stretched, 
thin  and  transparent  lanjina,  which  Reaumur  calls  le  mirair,  the 
hoking-glasa  {Mem,  v.  PL  17,  figs.  1,  2,  3,  6  m).  If  the  part  be 
opened  from  the  dorsal  sur&ce,  another  folded  membrane  is  seen,  the 


^  R^UMUB,  Mim.  V.  pp.  170 — 178,  PL  II,  Westwood,  Introd.  n.  p.  414; 
DOTBRE  ^ves  a  difiEerent  explanation  of  the  instrument,  and  thinks  that  the  lateral 
plates  serve  for  fixing  and  that  the  middle  piece  by  pushing  penetrates  the  wood.  See 
Ann,  det  Sc,  not.  sec.  S^rie,  vn.  1837,  Zool,  pp.  193 — 199,  PI.  8. 

*  See  Abistoteles,  de  But,  Animal,  L.  v.  a  34  (Ed.  ScHN.)  vulgo  c.  30. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN8SCTA.  439 

drunk-membraoke  {La  iimbale,  1 1  figs.  5,  6,  9, 11  tyt),  which  is  moved 
by  a  yeiy  strong  muscle  arisiiig  from  the  partition  mentioned  above. 
When  these  muscles  contract  powerfully  on  each  side  and  then 
suddenly  relax,  a  vibratory  motion  arises,  producing  a  sound  which 
is  swelled  by  an  air-vesicle,  a  vesicular  trachea,  that  lies  near  the 
drum.  The  sound  is  the  so-called  song  of  the  cicada,  which  is 
peculiar  to  the  males,  whence  Xenabghus  extolled  the  fortune  of 
these  animals,  whose  wives  are  dumb. 

The  so-named  manTta,  not  to  be  confounded  with  that  which 
sei-ved  the  Israelite^  for  food  in  the  Arabian  desert,  is  an  exudation 
from  ash-trees  in  consequence  of  the  puncture  of  the  Cicada  omL 

Sp.  Cieada  <ymi  L.,  BoBSiL,  Int.  n.  Zocuttar,  Tab.  xxv.  figs,  i,  ^,  Tab. 
XXVI.  figs.  3,  5 ;  Brakdt  and  IUtzsbubo,  Mediz.  Zool.  n.  Tab.  xxvi.  figs. 
1—4 ;— Cicada  fraadrU,  TeUigonta  Praadni  Tabr.,  B<B8BL,  ibid.  Tab.  xxv. 
fig.  4,  XXVI.  fig.  4,  figs.  6 — 8,  from  the  south  of  France^  Italy,  &c. 

Section  II.  Heteroptera.  Elytra  coriaceous  at  the  base,  mem- 
branous at  the  apex.  Eostrum  frontal,  rising  from  the  anterior  part 
of  the  head. 

The  insects  of  this  division  are  the  only  ones  properly  to  which 
the  name  of  hemiptera  is  applicable.  Some  amongst  them  suck  the 
blood  of  other  animals;  others  live,  like  those  of  the  preceding 
division,  on  the  juices  of  plants.  The  anterior  s^ment  of  the 
thorax  is  much  larger  than  the  other  two.  The  antennsB  have 
never  more  than  five  and  ordinarily  only  four  joints. 

Comp.  on  tins  division  F.  L.  de  la  Pobtb,  Ssaai  dune  ^lauyUaHon 
systemaHque  de  Fardre  dee  HemipUrea;  Gu^bin,  Magae,  de  Zool,  1839,  Ine. 
PL  51—55- 

Family  XXXVIII.  SydrocanacB.  Antennse  inserted  under 
the  eyes,  recondite,  shorter  than  head  or  scarcely  of  length  of  head, 
three-  or  four-jointed.  Tarsi  mostly  biarticulate.  Eyes  mostly 
large.    Bostrum  short. 

WcUer-bii^s,  They  live  in  fresh-water.  In  the  following  &mily 
also  are  some  species  which  live  in  water,  but  which  do  not  swim  as 
these  do,  with  the  exception  of  the  genus  Galffulus  Latb.,  which 
Westwood  refers  to  the  Geocarism, 

I.    Ocelli  none. 

A.  Two  anterior  feet  recurved  downwards,  with  thighs  not  in- 
crassated ;  two  posterior  long,  pilose,  natatory,  sometimes  destitute 


Digitized  by 


Google 


440  CLASS  VIII. 

of  tenninal  claws*    Body  depresso-cylindrical  or  oblongo-ovatC; 
thickish. 

Notanecta  L. 

t  Anterior  tarsi  uniartiodftte. 

a)  SouteUum  not  distincty  oovered  by  prothorax. 

CorioM  Gboffr.^  Latb.,  (Sigara  Fabb.) 

Sp.  Notanecta  itriata  L.,  Bcesel,  /m.  m.  Tab.  99,  fig.  d;  Sohsllenbsbo, 
OinUc.  Tab.  ix. ;— (7or.  Qtoffroyii  Lsaoh,  Cbr.  imnetota  Bubm.,  Bcbsxl,  L  L 
figs.  a»  b,  fto. 

li)  Scntelliun  diBtinct. 

Sigavra  Leach  (species  of  Sigoura  Fabr.) 

Sp.  Sigara  nUnuta  Fabjl,,  Notonecta  minvUmma  L. 
ft  Anterior  tarsi  triarticulate.    Scatellttm  distinct. 
a)  Posterior  feet  terminated  by  two  daws. 

Ploa  Steph.,  BuBiL,  Plea  Lbach. 

Sp.  Notonecta  minuHieifna  Fabb.,  (not  L.),  Panzeb,  Deutaehl,  Ins.  1,  Tab. 
20 ;  only  1"'  long. 

h)  Posterior  feet  witb  tarsi  biarticulate,  without  daws. 

Notonecta  Fabr.,  (exclo.  N,  mimUisaima),  Leach,  Bubil 

Sp.  Notonecta  glavca  L.,  Bcbsel,  Ins,  m.  Tab.  37;  Sohbllenb.  Cfimic. 
Tab.  X. ;  Panzeb,  Deutschl.  Ins,  Heft  3,  Tab.  20,  Water-bug;  it  swims  on 
its  badE,  and  stings  seyerely^. 

B.  Two  anterior  feet  cheliform,  the  tibia  and  tarsus  forming  a 
curved  hook  to  be  lodged  upon  the  thighs,  incrassated  and  grooved 
on  their  anterior  inner  margin  {N^)a  L.). 

Naucoris  Geoffr.,  Fabb.  AntennsB  quadriarticulate.  Head 
almost  as  broad  as  thorax.  Anterior  tarsi  uniarticulate.  Bodj 
ovate,  depressed. 

Sp.  Na/ueoris  cimicdides,  Nepa  cimicotdes  li,,  B<esel,  Ins,  m.  Tab.  aS; 
Sohbllekb.  Cimic,  Tab.  xii. ;  Panzeb,  DetUschl.  Ins,  Heft  95,  Tab.  16,  &c. 

Betoatoma  Latr.  Antennae  quadriarticulate.  Head  small,  nar- 
rower than  thorax,  triangular.  Anterior  tarsi  biarticulate.  Body 
ovate,  depressed. 


^  Gomp.  on  this  sub-genus  Leach  in  Lin,  Transact,  Vol  xii.  1818,  pp.  10—18. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  441 

Sp.  Bdottcma  grande,  Nepa  grandu  L.,  Bobskl,  Ins.  m.  Tab.  26,  from 
South  America;  Bdostoma  indieum  Le  Pslbtixb  H  Ssby.,  Stoll, 
Wanteen,  PL  vn.  fig.  4,  from  the  West  Indies.  The  largest  species  of  this 
order.  Hie  stiliform  appendage  at  the  abdomen  is  not,  according  to 
SpnroitA,  for  respiration,  and  thus  does  not  correspond  to  the  filaments  at 
the  abdomen  of  Nf^pa,  Gir^iN,  lUtme  zooloffique^  1839,  -^^l^  P«  n^* 

Note, — Sub-genera  Diphnycfma  and  SphoBrodema  Lapobtb  are 
scarcely  distinct. 

Sp.  Bdo9Uma  rtuHeum,  Nepa  rwHca  Fabs.,  Stoll,  Wantzen,  PL  vn.  ^,  vi. 
The  females  carry  the  eggs  on  their  back,  like  PipcB  amongst  the 
BatraeK&ldea. 

Nepa  mihi  {Nepa  and  Ranatra  Fabr.)  AntennaB  triarticiilate. 
All  the  tarsi  with  only  one  distinct  joint.  Abdomen  provided  with 
respiratory  appendage  formed  of  two  setae. 

*  Body  oval,  depressed. 

Sub-genus  Nepa  Fabr.,  Latr. 

Sp.  Nepa  cmerta  L.,  Swammbbdah,  Bibl,  not.  Tab.  m.  fig.  4 ;  Roessl,  /n#. 
m.  Tab.  la;  Sohsllxkbebo,  Cimie.  Tab.  XIT. ;  DuM^.  Com.  gSn.  8, 1  /n#. 
PL  37>  ^*  ^ )  Watencorpion,  yery  common  with  ns  in  ditches  and  fish- 
ponds; the  eggs,  already  described  and  figured  by  Swamickbdaic,  have 
seven  threads  at  the  end,  which  cause  them  to  resemble  the  plumed  seeds  of 
Syngenistte. 

*  *  Body  slender,  elongate. 

Sub-genus  Ranatra  Fabr.,  Latr. 

Sp.  Nepa  linearis  L.,  Swamicbbdah,  L  L  fig.  9;  Boksel,  Ins,  ni.  Tab.  2$, 
fto. ;  rarer  than  the  former  species. 

II.    Ocelli  two. 

Oalgvhia  Latr.    Ocelli  two,  frontal. 

Sp.  Cfalguhu  ocuUOus,  Naucoris  oeuiata  Fabb.,  CuyiEB,  R,  Ani.  6d.  HhuL, 
Ins,  PL  93,  fig.  4. 

MoTumyx  Laporte. 

Pelogonus  Latr.  Kostrum  elongate,  with  sheath  triarticulate, 
second  joint  long.     Ocelli  in  vertex. 

Sp.  PelogoMis  marginatus  Latb.,  Gebmab,  Ftmn,  Ins,  Ewrop,  Fasc.  xi. 
Tab.  33 ;  Cut.  R.  Ani,  id.  iU.  PL  93,  fig.  3  ;  on  the  coasts  of  the  south  of 
France  aad  of  Spain.  This  genus  makes  the  transition  to  Salda,  but  can 
scarcely,  on  account  of  the  insertion  and  the  shortness  of  the  antenne,  be 
placed  elsewhere  than  in  this  family. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


442  CLAJSS  YIII. 

Family  XXXIX.  OeocoriscB  (Aurocorisa  Westw.).  Antennae 
exsert,  longer  than  head,  inserted  towards  the  inner  margin  of  ejes. 
Tarsi  with  three  joints,  with  first  joint  very  short  in  some.  Ros- 
trum often  long,  sometimes  produced  beyond  the  thorax. 

Mostly  terrestrial  Hemiptera ;  few  aqnatic,  living  on  the  surfiace 
of  the  water,  or  inhabiting  the  banks. 

Land  hugs.  This  numerous  &mily  forms  with  Liknjbus  only  one 
genus  {Cimex)y  out  of  which,  from  the  discovery  of  new  fonns  and 
the  more  accurate  distinction  of  the  species  formerly  known,  fiu* 
more  than  100  genera  have  already  been  formed  by  modem  writers. 

Phalanx  I.  Oculata  {Acanthitdce  Westw.)  Sheath  of  rostrum 
triarticulate.  Feet  long,  slender,  terminated  by  two  long  claws. 
AntennsB  quadriarticulate.  Eyes  large,  protuberant.  Ocelli  two, 
in  vertex.  Head  without  distinct  neck,  separated  by  a  small  stric- 
ture from  thorax. 

SaJda  Fabr.,  (in  part)  BuRM.,  Acanthia  Latr.  Antennse  fili- 
form, of  the  length  of  head  and  thorax. 

Sp.  Salda  UUoralis  Fabjl  (and  LygasuB  saUatoriut  Fabb.),  Oimez  liUoraUi 
L.  (and  dm.  Mltatoritu  L.),  Be  Gikr,  Mim,  m.  PL  14,  figs.  17,  18; 
Wolff,  Waneen,  Tab.  vm.  fig.  74 ;  this  species  leaps  like  a  frotli-Gicad&. 

Leptopua  Latr.  Antennse  setaceous,  nearly  of  the  length  of 
body,  with  third  joint  very  long.     Anterior  feet  spinose. 

Sp.  LeptopuB  littoralii  Latb.,  Cuv.  R,  AwL  id,  iU,  PI.  95,  ^g.  i,  ftc. 

Phalanx  II.  Hydrodromica,  {Hydrometridoe  Westw.,  Ploteres 
Latr.).  Sheath  of  rostrum  triarticulate.  Head  almost  of  the 
length  of  thorax,  without  distinct  neck.  Ocelli  sometimes  none. 
Four  posterior  feet  longer  than  anterior,  formed  for  going  on  the 
water,  inserted  at  the  sides  of  thorax,  remote  from  each  other. 
Head  ovato-oblong  or  linear,  covered  beneath  with  a  silky  down. 

AntennsB  moderate,  filiform,  quadriarticulate,  and  either  with  a 
single  accessory  joint,  very  short  between  the  second  and  third,  or 
with  three,  interposed  between  each  of  the  others.  Tarsi  with  two 
or  three  joints,  the  last  joint  shortest. 

A.  Claws  of  tarsi  inserted  in  a  fissure  at  the  inside  before  the 
extremity  of  last  joint. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  443 

Oerris  Latr.,  Fabr.  previously,  Hydrometra  Fabr.,  Burm.  (in 
part).  Four  posterior  feet  very  long,  remote  from  anterior.  First 
joint  of  antennsB  very  long. 

Sp.  Qtrrit  lacutirU,  Cimex  laeutHt  L.,  Stoll,  WmUeen,  Tab.  iz.  fig.  63 ; 
DvuiSLTL,  Com.  gin,  s.  l.  Ins,  PL  36,  fig.  6.  This  species  often  oontinaes 
wingless ;  comp.  Qerria  eanalium,  L^n  Dufoub,  Anat,  dea  ffSmipt,  PL  V. 
fig.  59 ; — Oerria  rufoscuteUata  Latb.,  Stoll,  L  L  Tab.  15,  fig.  108 ;  Cuv.  R. 
Ani,  id,  UL,  Itu,  PL  g2,  fig.  5,  &c. 

^0^060^  ESCHSCH. 

Note, — Species  small,  apterous,  or  with  little  elytra,  with  abdomen  short, 
conical,  in  tropical  seas  and  the  Pacific ;  comp.  Esohsoholtz,  Bntomogro' 
phim,  I*  Lieferong,  Berlin,  iSas,  8yo.  pp.  106 — iii.  Tab.  m.  figs.  3 — ^5. 
Are  they  larvas  (and  pnpaB)  of  species  of  genns  Oerris  t  Comp.  the  figure, 
much  resembling  a  larva  recently  exduded  from  the  egg,  of  L^N  BuFOUB, 
Anat,  d,  Hhwpt,  PL  xv.  f.  178. 

Velia  Latr.  Feet  snb-equally  distant,  the  middle  rather  longer 
than  the  rest. 

Velia  West.,  Bubil     First  joint  of  antemite  longer  than  rest. 
Posterior  femora  inorassate,  spinose. 

Sp.  Vdia  riwlorum  Latb.,  Qtrris  ritmlorum  Fabb.,    Ent.  SyH,,  Hyd/ro- 
metra  rvmdorwn  Fabs.,  jS^.  Shyng,,  Cinr.  R.  Ani.  %d,  ill.,  Ins.  PL  91, 
fig.  4>  &c« 
Hydroessa  Bubil,  Mi4!r(yi>€Ua  Westw.     Last  joint  of  antennie 
longer  than  rest 

Sp.  Vdia  pygmaxt,  Jj6oTSf  Dtjfoub,  &c. 

B.    Claws  of  tarsi  apical. 

Hebrua  Westw.,  Burm. 

Hydrcyimtra  Latr.  (species  of  Hydrometra  Fabr.),  Lirnnobatea 
BuRM.  Body  narrow,  elongate ;  head  protracted  beyond  the  eyes. 
Antennas  with  third  and  fourth  joints  elongate,  third  very  long. 
Feet  very  slender,  long. 

Sp.  Bydrometra  stagnorum,  Oimex  stagnorum  L.,  Sohellbitb.  CHmM.  Tab.  IX. 
fig.  3 ;  DUM^B.  Cons,  gin,  s.  I.  Ins.  PI.  37,  fig.  5.  This  small  needle-shaped 
insect  has  much  resemblance  to  the  genus  Plotaria. 

Phalanx  III.  NvdicoUia  {Beduviidas  West.).  Sheath  of  ros- 
trum triarticulate.  Bostrum  incurved.  Head  abruptly  attenuated 
towards  the  base,  forming  a  distinct  neck.  Antenn»  with  four 
joints,  sometime  annulate  or  divided  into  secondary  joints.  Feet 
long,  with  tarsi  short,  triarticidate,  with  two  terminal  claws. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


444  CLASS  VIII. 

A.  Anterior  feet  raptorial,  short,  with  cox9e  elongate,  thicker 
than  thighs.     (Four  posterior  feet  very  slender). 

Ploiarta  SCOPOLI,  Latr.  {Gerris  Fabr.,  Burm.],  Emesa  Fabr., 
BuRM.  (and  Emesodema  Spinola,  Amtot).  Antennae  longer  than 
bodj,  setaceous. 

Sp.  Ploiaria  vagaburuUi,  Oimex  vagabwnduB  L.,  Soexluekbebo,  Cimie. 
Tab.  vm.;  Cuvikb,  jB.  Ani.  4d.  ill.,  Ins,  PL  92,  fig.  3;  a  J'"  long,  feet 
ringed,  yellow-white,  and  black ;  this  little  oreatme  baa  a  staggeiing  gait, 
like  some  long-legged  gnats ^. 

B.  Anterior  feet  not  raptorial,  with  coxcb  short. 

Zelu3  Fabr.    Body  linear,  with  very  long  feet. 

Mytx/ria  BuRM.  Elytra  entirely  membranous.  First  joint  of 
tarsi  indistinct,  almost  entirely  retracted  upon  the  tibia. 

Beduviua  Fabr.    Body  oblongo-oval. 

Sub-genera :  Ndlna  Latr.,  and  Eedtimus  ejusd. 

Sp.  Beduvitu  penonatus  Fabb.,  Oimex  perwmahu  L.,  Dx  Geeb,  M^,  m. 
PL  15,  figs.  T— 9;  SoHELLXNBXBG,  Cimtc,  Tab.  vn.  fig.  i;  Guv.  R.  Ani. 
id.  HI.,  In*.  PL  92,  fig.  I ;  black,  nine  lines  long ;  the  lanra  covered  with 
dust  and  flue,  coated  as  it  were,  liyes  in  houses  and  feeds  on  insects; — 
Bedumus  amanua  Gu^bin  {Rcduv.  hullattu  Leyd.  Mus.),  Gu^.  Iconogr., 
Im.  PL  56,  fig.  17;  i".  i'"  long,  abdomen  vermilion  red,  concaye  above, 
cuticularly  expanded  with  five  black-blue  round  spots  on  each  side ;  Java. 

Note. — ^Many  sub-genera  of  more  recent  authors  have  been  omitted,  on 
which  comp.  Btjbmeibteb  (ffandb.  der  Sntamol.  u.  pp.  117 — 147),  also 
Amtot  et  Sebvillb  {ffiet.  not.  dee  Himipt.  pp.  311 — 393 ;  many  of  the 
names  barbarous,  taken  from  the  tongues  of  Indians,  Hebrews  and  Chinese). 


^  There  is  a  still  smaller  native  species,  about  i}"'  long,  which  has  darker  wings, 
and  the  black  rings  on  the  feet  broader  than  the  yellow-white,  Ploiaria  erraHca, 
Oerrii  erraticus  KLua,  Oimex  culictformi*  Db  Geeb?  m.  PL  17,  figs,  i — 8.  The 
genus  Ploiaria  was  established  by  J.  A.  SOOFOLI  in  his  DelieuB  Flora  et  Fauna  Ineu- 
hriea  (Tidni,  1786,  folio),  and  indeed  upon  a  wingless  species  from  which  the  genus 
Emetodema  was  afterwards  formed.  This  species,  magnified,  is  several  times  figured  in 
SooPOLi*s  work  under  the  name  of  Ploiaria  domestica,  I.  Tab.  xxiv.  figs,  i,  3,  n.  Tab. 
xxm.  ;  the  Ploioria  (data  in  the  third  part,  Tab.  zxv.  fig.  VI,  figured  by  Count 
Cabtiluonb,  agrees  perfectly  with  the  species  noted  by  me  as  Ploiaria  erratica. 
Lesson,  in  his  lUushraHone  de  Zooloffie,  PL  53,  has  figured,  if  I  mistake  not,  the 
Ploiaria  dometiiea  of  Soopoli  under  the  name  of  Ploiaria  vagabumda. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  445 

Holcpttlus.  Lepeleties  and  Sert.  AntennsB  long,  hirsute. 
Feet  pilose,  posterior  tibiae  very  hirsute.  Tarsi  large.  Body  de- 
pressed, with  broad  elytra. 

Sp.  ffolopHlua  unut  LnsL.,  Ds  Latobtb,  Quia.,  Uagat,  de  Zool.  1839, 
Itii.  PL  54,  fig.  I ;  CuY.  R,  Anu,  id,  HI.,  Im.  PL  99,  fig.  9.  In  the  hAbitaa 
this  genus  approaches  to  Tingit, 

Sub-genus;  FtUocnenma Westwood. 

Phalanx  IV.  Membranacea  {CtmicidcB  and  Tinffidoi  Westw.). 
Sheath  of  rostrum  triarticulate.  Bostmm  received  in  a  sulcus  be- 
neath the  head.  Antennas  quadriarticulate.  Tarsi  with  three 
joints  or  two.     Body  oval  or  suborbicular,  depressed. 

A.  Antennae  setaceous,  with  last  two  joints  slender. 
Acanthia  Fabr.,  Cimex  Latb. 

Sp.  CfkMx  leOulariuB  L.,  De  Gxbb,  Uim.  m.  PL  17,  figs.  ^—15 ;  Sohkl- 
LXirBBRO,  Oimie.  Tab.  vi.  fig.  i ;  DuKiB.  0ms,  gin,  a,  I  Im,  FL  37,  fig. 
2 ;  de  weegluis,  la  punaUe,  die  JBetiwame,  the  hug;  a}'"  long,  wingless, 
brown-red,  with  short  felty  hairs,  head  small,  thorax  broad  and  short 
This,  too  well-known,  insect  is  able,  according  to  the  obsenrattons  of  Dl 
Gub  and  L]foN  Dufottb,  to  live  for  a  long  time  without  food^,  and  is  not 
killed  by  the  severest  oold  of  vnnter,  but  rerives  on  the  first  warmth  firom 
its  torpor.  This  species  would  seem,  according  to  Scx>FOLi,  also  to  occur 
winged;  but  here,  in  all  probability,  we  have  another  species  before  us;, 
which  Schilling  described  as  Oimex  dometUau  in  1833  (OKXB's/m,  1834, 
s.  738,  739*).  There  are  still  other  species  (wingless)  on  pigeons,  bats  and 
swallows,  which  JiNTNS  has  described  and  figured;  Annali  </ Nai,  Hid, 
m.  1839,  p.  a4i,  PL  I. 

B.  Antennae  filiform  or  thicker  towards  the  apex, 
t  Feet  all  similar,  ambulatory. 

Aradus  Fabr.    AntennsB  filiform. 

Sp.  AraduM  deprema  Fabb.,  Sohxllbnbsbo,  CinUe,  Tab.  y.  f^,  1  (CbfVM 
apiniger),  Wolff,  Wanunj  Tab.  zni.  fig.  113;  lives  under  the  baik  of 
trees. 

Ncie, — Here  seems  to  belong  the  genus  PKUa  Latb. 
Tingis  Fabr.    Antennae  capitate. 


1  Uknx  DuFOtJB  found  three  bugs,  which  were  enclosed  in  a  glass,  to  continue  aUve 
without  food  for  a  whole  year. 

'  A  species  of  Xylwsorit  DvwoXTR,  according  to  Bubmiibtxb. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


446  CLASS  VIII. 

8p.  Tingis  echU  Fabb.,  Wolff,  Waneen,  Tab.  xm.  fig.  134,  &c. ;  they  live 
on  leaves  and  flowers,  and  suck  the  sap  of  plants. 

ft  Anterior  feet  raptorial,  with  tibisB  incraceated,  canaliculate 
beneath.     Last  joint  of  Antennn  incrafisated. 

%rti8  Fabr. 

Sub-genera ;  Phymata  Latb.,  Mcbcroeephalm  Swed.,  Latb. 

Sp.  ByrtU  crauipea  Fabb.,  Paxtzeb,  DeuUchl.  In$,  Heft  33,  Tab.  34;  Guy. 
It.  AwL,  id,  ill,,  Int.  PL  91,  fig.  4;— tS^fftf  eroM)  Oimezerotua  Jj.,  Wolff, 
Wanzen,  Tib.  ix.  fig.  83;  Sulzbb,  Kmwi.  der  Im,  Tab.  XL  f.  71,  ftc. 

On  other  sub-genera  of  this  phalanx  see  the  works  cited  above  of 
BuBMEiSTEB  and  AXTOT. 

Phalanx  Y.  Longilahra.  Sheath  of  roBtmm  qnadriarticnlate. 
Labrom  elongate.  Antennae  with  four  or  with  five  joints  (in  a  few 
three).  Tarsi  with  three  distinct  joints,  terminated  by  two  claws 
and  two  plantulsa  (little  membranous  appendages). 

A.  Scntellum  small  or  moderate,  not  produced  as  far  as  the 
middle  of  abdomen. 

t  Antemus  setaceous,  with  last  joint  very  slender.      (Ocelli 
none.) 

Capsus  nob.  {Capsus  and  Miria  Fabb.) 

a)    First  two  joints  of  antenns  thick;  second  very  long,  equalling  or 
surpassing  in  length  the  last  two,  which  are  very  slender. 

Heterotoma  Latb. 

Sp.  Oapaus  9pUrie(>mis  Fabb.,  Sohbllbkb.  Oimie,  Tab.  m.  fig.  4;  PAKZBBy 
IhiUachL  Int.  Heft  11.  Tab.  16;  Cut.  JR.  Ani.,  4d.  ill,  Im.  PL  91,  fig.  3. 

5)    Second  joint  of  antennn  incrassated  at  the  apex  only. 
Capsua  Fabel     Thorax  broader  posteriorly. 

e)    Second  joint  of  antennn  not  incrassated. 

Miria  Fabb.,  Latb.     {Miris,  Fhytocoria  Fall.,  Bubil)    Thorax 
broader  posteriorly,  trapeziform. 

Aatemma  Latb.    {HaUicua  Kahn,  Bubil)    Thorax  transversely 
quadrate. 

ft  Antennn  filiform  or  capitate. 

LygcBua  Fabr. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IKSECTA.  447 

Sub-genus :  Pyrrhochoria  Fall.,  Bubm.     Ooelli  nona 

Sp.  L^gcnu  apteruB  Fabb.,  CHmex  aptenu  L.,  Wolff,  Wansef^  Tab.  tl  fig. 
loi;  SroLL,  Wcmtzm,  PI.  15,  fig.  103;  4}'"  long,  black  with  a  red  margin 
round  the  thorax,  red  sbield-coYerB  with  a  black  point  at  the  base,  and  a 
larger  ronnd  spot  of  the  same  oolonr  in  the  middle ;  the  membranous  portion 
of  the  shidd-ooTers  is  very  short;  wings  commonly  wanting. 

Sub-genera  furnished  with  eyes :  Lyganu,  Xylocoria  LioK  DuiouB 
and  others,  on  which  oomp.  Burmeisteb,  L  L  pp.  288 — 299. 

Coreus  Fabr.  Ocelli  two.  Body  ovate  or  oblong.  Antennae 
straight. 

Sub-genera:  Alydua  Fabb.,  Goriaua  Fall,  and  others,  for  which 
see  BusMEiSTEB,  L  L  pp.  301,  <fec. 

8p.  Comu  quadrahu  Fabb.,  Wolff,  Wanzen,  Tab.  vn.  fig.  67 ;  Hbbbioh 
SoHiBFFBB  DeuUcKl.  Iiu,  Heft  118,  Tab.  la,  9oc. 

Leptocorisa  Latr.  {Oerria  in  part;  add  Berytus  Fabr.,  Neidea 
Fabr.)  Ooelli  two.  Body  elongate,  linear.  Antenna  in  some 
straight,  in  others  broken. 

Sp.  JBeryhu  Hpularius  Fabb.,  Oivnex  HpuUmm  L.,  DuxiBEL,  Com.  gH,  $, 
k  Int.  PI.  36,  fig.  7;  Wolff,  Women,  Tab.  zx.  fig.  198. 

B.    Scutellum  large,  produced  as  far  as  the  middle  of  abdomen. 

Cimex  Fabr.  Antennae  mostly  five-articulate  {Pentatoma  Oliv., 
Latr.),  in  some  four-articulate  {Tesserotoma  Lepelet.,  Serv.) 

NoU, — The  generic  name  OimeK  I  judged  formerly,  with  Latbbillb,  to 
be  attributable  to  Cimeat  leettdariua,  aooordingto  the  rule  of  Linhjiub  (PhU, 
Baton,  §  246),  which  says  that  if  a  reoeived  genus  ie  to  be  sub-divided,  the 
preyioQsly  common  name  ought  to  remain  with  the  species  most  commonly 
known  (species  Yulgatissima);  but  it  seems  advisable  to  give  a  received 
name  to  numerous  species  rather  than  to  a  few.  Besides,  a  new  name 
would  be  required,  for  that  given  by  OuviXB,  Pentoiama,  is  inapplicable  to 
several  species  of  this  genus,  and  the  distinction  taken  from  the  number  of 
joints  of  the  antemuB  is  artificial,  often  severing  affinities.  For  many 
genera  of  modem  writers,  not  here  recorded,  see  Bdbmbibtkb,  L  L  p.  347, 
Ac.,  and  Axtot  et  Sbbvillb,  Himipt.  pp.  73 — i8a. 

Qensok  of  Fabbictos,  Cydnma,  Hatya^  Bdeaaa,  ^lia,  Cimex. 

Sp.  €H,fMx  haecorum  L.,  Panzeb,  Deuttchl,  In$,  Heft  33,  Tab.  18 ;  WoLrr, 
Woneen,  Tab.  yl  fig.  57;  4}'"  long,  the  head  and  thorax  red-brown  with  a 
shade  of  green,  and  many  impressed  minute  black  points ;  the  scutellum 
yellow  at  the  point,  the  abdomen  black  above  with  yellow  spots  at  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


448  CLASS  VIII. 

margin,  yellow-brown  below;  on  numy  plants  in  Holland,  and  common 
everywhere  in  Germany ;  I  poesess  a  specimen  from  the  Gape  of  Good  Hope 
little  different. — Olmex  rufipet  L.,  Wolff,  Wamen,  Tab.  i.  fig.  9 ;  Batzk- 
BUBQ,  Forst-Ins.  ni.  Tab.  xi.  fig.  3 ;  6'"  long,  the  thorax  with  an  ear-like 
process  on  each  side,  scutellum  and  feet  red ; — Cimex  acuminaitu  L.,  JSlia 
acuminata  Fabe.,  Panzbb,  JkutscM,  Ins,  Heft  32,  Tab.  17;  Wolff, 
Wamen,  Tab.  n.  fig.  19,  &c. 

C.  Scutellum  produced  to  the  apex  of  abdomen,  sometimes 
covering  the  wings  entirely. 

ScuteUera  Lam.  {Tetyra  Fabr.) 

For  many  genera  of  modem  writers  see  Burmeisteb,  L  L  pp.  382 
— 396  and  Amyot  et  Seryille,  L  L  pp.  25 — 77.  Comp.  also  Gebmar 
in  his  Zeitachr.f,  ErUom,  L  1838,  pp.  1—146,  Tab.  i. 

PcecUocoria  {PoicUochroma  White  previously)  Dallas,  Sketch  of 
the  genua  Foscilocoris,  Trans,  of  ike  Entomol,  Sac.  of  London,  *v. 
1848,  pp.  100—110,  PL  13. 

C^nus  CanopiLs  Fabb.,  with  antennse  four-articulate,  is  not  to  be 
confounded  with  scutellera;  the  larvce  only  are  known,  apterous, 
ocelli  none. 

Comp.  J.  W.  Dalmav,  JSphemerides  entom.  i.  Holmie,  1824,  870. 
pp.  34—36,  and  Lettre  de  M.  Al.  Db  Lbfbbvbb  d  M,  Audinbt  Sebvillb 
tivr  le  Comoptu  obtectus  de  Fabb.  ;  Gu^ur,  Magas,  de  Zocl.  1835.  Ins, 
PL  116. 

Order  XI.     Ortkoptera. 

Hexapod  insects,  with  four  wings,  the  upper  coriaceous  elytra, 
the  lower  membranous  and  folded  in  their  length  radiately  like  a 
fan.  Mouth  constructed  for  manducation,  with  strong  mandibles ; 
maxilldB  furnished  with  galea  cylindrical,  vesicular  (internal  palp). 
Metamorphosis  incomplete. 

Straighl-wmged,  Olivier  first  separated  theae  insects  under  the 
name  of  Orthoptera  from  the  order  of  the  Hemiptera  of  LiNK.£Us'y 
and  characterised  this  new  order  by  the  mode  in  which  the  under- 
wings  are  folded  and  by  the  presence  of  a  galea  on  the  lower  jaws. 
In  the  oral  parts  they  differ  altogether  from  the  heniiptera.  But  if 
we  stand,  not  upon  the  name  of  the  order,  but  upon  the  distinction 


*  Eiusycl.  mSth,^  Hist.  9tat.  Tom.  iv.  Insect.  Paris,  1789.  IntroductUm,  p.  16. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  449 

of  it,  then  we  cannot  in  any  way  look  upon  Olivier  as  its  founder, 
because  Dk  Gbeb  had  already  collected  into  a  distinct  division,  to 
which  he  gave  the  name  of  Dermaptera,  the  self-same  insects  which 
are  now  arranged  in  the  order  of  the  Orthoptera.  Mem.  pour  sennr 
d  rHi8L  de$  Ivs,  1773,  p.  309.  He  characterised  these  insects 
by  their  leathery  shield-covers  and  the  parts  subservient  to  mas- 
tication'. 

Many  orthopterous  insects  have  two  or  three  simple  eyes.  The 
antennsB  always  consist  of  a  great  number  of  joints.  The  left  upper- 
jaw  is  on  the  whole  more  toothed  than  the  right  The  under-lip  is 
divided  into  four  lobes,  of  which  the  two  exterior  correspond  with 
the  galeffi  of  the  under-jaws. 

The  first  thoracic  segment  is  generally  large.  Ordinarily  there  are 
four  wings;  sometimes,  as  in  the  mole-cricket  and  many  species  of 
Fhatma,  the  anterior  wings  are  very  small,  the  posterior  large;  in 
FhyUium,  on  the  contrary,  the  hind-wings  are  entirely  absent,  and 
there  are  only  fore-wings  or  shield-covers;  the  instance  of  Perla- 
marpha  Cubtis  is  entirely  peculiar,  where  shield-covers  are  wanting 
and  hind-wings  alone  are  present.  The  joints  of  the  tarsus  are  in 
most  fleshy  or  spongy  beneath;  the  number  of  these  joints  is  in 
every  species  the  same  for  all  the  feet,  and  varies  from  three  to  fiva 

All  the  Orthoptera  hitherto  known  are  terrestrial,  during  the 
different  states  of  metamorphosis.  Some  are  carnivorous  or 
omnivorous,  but  the  greater  number  feed  on  plants.  But  some 
species  often  appear  in  great  numbers  and  are  very  ravening,  and 
may  cause  terrible  devastation ;  this  is  especially  the  case  with  the 
locusts,  a  dreaded  plague  of  the  East. 

The  intestinal  canal  is  on  the  whole  short,  and  even  in  those 
species  in  which  it  has  the  greatest  relative  length,  it  is  to  the 
length  of  the  body  only  as  1|  or  2  :  1.  The  oesophagus  has  an 
expansion  which  may  be  considered  as  a  crop  or  fore-stomach ;  this, 
in  the  mole-cricket,  is  situated  quite  laterally.  The  muscular 
stomach  is  small,  orbicular,  armed  internally  with  homy  teeth, 
which  are  arranged  in  six  rows.  Hound  the  inferior  orifice  of  this 
stomach  are  blind  appendages  of  variable  number;  the  genus  Acheta, 
for  instance,  has  only  two  such,  ChryUus  Fabr.  {Acrydium  Latr.) 
six,  Mcmtis  and  Blatta  eight.  Of  the  numerous  vaaa  urinaria  in 
this  order  we  have  spoken  above  (p.  256),  as  also  of  the  presence  of 


^  Fabbioius  named  these  inseets  Ulonata, 
VOL.  I.  29 


Digitized  by 


Google 


450  CLASS  YIII. 

clustered  salivary  glands*.  There  are  ten  pairs  of  sHgmata,  two  on 
the  thorax  and  eight  on  the  abdomen;  the  air-tubes  are  largely 
developed  In  the  species  of  the  genus  Acridium,  which  take  such 
long  flights,  there  are  vesicular  expansions  in  the  abdomen  in  which 
the  spiral  thread  is  wanting.  The  nervous  system  consists  of  eight 
to  ten  ganglia,  and  the  nervous  cord  in  the  abdomen  is  often  some- 
what bent  or  tortuous. 

Ck>mp.  on  this  otder  C.  Stoll,  Natwwrklijhe  afbeddingen  m  Imckr^vmgm 
der  Spoken,  wandelmde  Bladen,  ZabeUpringkanen  em.  Amsterdam  1787,  en 
yerv.    2  Deelen  4to. 

AuDiNET  Sebvillb,  ffitL  not.  dee  Ineectee,  OrthopUree,  Paris.  1839,  ay. 
PI.  Sto.  (a  part  of  the  Suites  d  Buffon,  edited  by  Egret.) 

For  the  anatomical  peculiarities  of  this  order,  comp.  L^N  BuFOUB,  Reek, 
anatom.  et  phyeicl,  ewr  lee  OrthopUree,  lee  ffymenopUree,  et  lee  Newroptiree. 
Mim,  prieenUe,  vii. 

Besides  the  genenJ  works  of  Buembistkb  and  Wistwood,  oomp.  also 
Bbull^  in  the  work  undertaken  by  him  with  AuDOunr,  but  not  completed, 
Jffiet,  na/t,  dee  Ineectee,  Paris,  1835.  8vo,  Tom.  ix.  pp.  i — 320,  W.  Dr 
Haan,  Bijdragen  tot  de  kennie  der  Orthoptera  in  the  Verhandelingen  over 
de  Nalu/url.  Oeechied,  der  Nederl.  overzeeecke  beeiuinffen,  Leiden,  1839 — 
1844,  folio.  Zoologie,  Ineecta,  bl.  45 — 148,  and  L.  H.  FiaoHBB,  Orikoptera 
ewropoea,    AeeedtfMt  tabida  lapidi  ineiem  18.  Lipsie,  1854.  4to. 

Section  I.  SaUaioria,  Posterior  feet  saltatory,  with  large 
thick  thighs  and  tibiss,  armed  on  the  posterior  margin  with  a 
double  row  of  spines.  (The  tibiae  are  received  in  a  furrow  on  the 
inferior  surface  of  thighs,  when  folded  forwards  previous  to  leaping). 

The  insects  of  this  division  present^  more  strongly  than  those  of 
the  following,  the  typus  of  the  order. 

The  production  of  a  sound  or  song  is  peculiar  to  species  only  of 
this  division*.  As  in  the  CicadcB,  so  here  it  is  only  the  males  that 
produce  the  sound. 

Amongst  the  numerous  writers  on  this  subject^  it  may  suffioe  to  refer  to 
the  work  of  GOBEAU,  illustrated  by  many  figures ;  Eeeai  eur  la  elfidulaUon 
dee  Ineectee,  Annal,  de  la  Soc,  Enbomol.  de  France,  vi.  1837,  pp.  31 — 75. 


^  L^N  DuFOUB  informs  us,  inoorrectly,  that  the  salivary  glands  in  the  Orikoptera 
were  unnoticed  until  by  himself,  MSm.  pr€e,  vii.  p.  297.  But  long  previously,  6.  B. 
Tbevibanub  had  observed  these  parts  in  BlaUa  {Biologie,  rv.  s.  3^3,  324),  whose 
opinion,  that  they  occur  in  this  genus  of  the  order  alone,  was  abundantly  refuted  by. 
J.  F.  Meckel,  who  found  them  also  in  Mantie,  Phaema,  Acheta  and  Loeueta,  though 
less  developed  than  in  Blatta,    System  der  verglekh,  AnaJt.  rv.  s.  11 8,  119. 

'  Hence  to  the  OrihopUra  of  this  first  division  the  name  of  Stridulontia  might  be 
given,  to  the  second  that  of  if  uto. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  451 

Family  XL.  Orylltdes  nob.  (Genus  Orylhia  L.)  The  charac- 
ters of  the  section  are  also  those  of  the  single  family. 

A.    Elytra  and  wings  deflected. 

Phalanz  I.  Acridii,  AntennsB  filiform  or  subclavate,  some- 
times depressed,  acuminate  towards  the  apex,  mostly  short  or 
moderate  (not  longer  than  half  the  body),  with  six  to  twenty-five 
joints.     Ocelli  three.     Tarsi  with  three  joints. 

Leaoh  and  Westwood  (see  Introduction  to  modem  CUusif,  of  Im, 
Westw.  I.  p.  438)  name  the  insects  of  this  group  Locugtida,  because 
LiKN^UB  had  named  the  sub-division  of  his  genus  QryUuBf  to  which  the 
common  grasshopper  belongs,  and  which  in  great  measure  composes  the 
present  division,  LocvMa.  It  would  certainly  have  been  better  if  Geoffkot 
had  not  given  the  name  LocuMta  to  the  sabred-graashopper  with  long 
filiform  antennsd  (QryUug  viridianmua  L.,  &c.).  But  now  that  this  generic 
name  has  been  adopted  by  Fabbioius,  Latbeillb  and  all  subsequent 
writers,  we  think  that  a  change  of  signification  would  rather  increase  than 
diminish  the  confusion  of  which  the  above-named  English  authors  complain. 

The  three  simple  eyes  are  placed  in  a  triangle ;  the  two  lateral, 
between  the  compound  eyes  and  the  antennae,  in  the  middle  and 
sometimes  quite  on  that  sur&ce  of  the  head  which  is  directed  down- 
wards. 

Of  the  three  joints  of  the  tarsus  the  fii-st  is  long  and  appears  to 
consist  of  three  joints  that  have  coalesced ;  so  that  to  these  insects 
perhaps  might  very  properly  be  ascribed  five  joints  in  the  tarsus,  as 
by  Latbeille  in  his  Families  naiur,  du  R^gne  cmimal^  and  by  our- 
selves in  imitation  of  him  in  the  first  edition  of  this  Handbook. 

The  sound  produced  by  these  insects  is  caused  by  a  rapid  friction 
of  the  thighs  of  the  hind-feet  against  the  shield-covers;  here  the  feet 
act  like  the  bow  of  a  violin.  The  first  abdominal  segment  is  mostly 
furnished  with  a  dnun  on  each  side,  distinguished  externally  by 
a  circular  or  lunated  membranous  cover.  Behind  this  membrane  is 
situated  a  small  vesicle  filled  with  fluid,  and  behind  this  again  a  lai^e 
air-tube  vesida  Whilst  some  recognise  in  this  an  instrument  for 
soimd,  like  that  of  the  CicaclcB,  J.  Muller  and  Y.  Siebold  consider 
it  to  be  an  auditory  apparatus;  see  above  pp.  282,  283. 

The  borer  for  laying  eggs  doe?  not  project  much,  it  consists 
of  four  curved  pieces.  The  eggs  are  mostly  enveloped  in  a  common 
covering,  adhering  to  each  other  by  a  tenacious  frothy  matter,  and 
in  many  species  hidden  beneath  the  eartL 

29—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


452  CLASS  YXII. 

L    Posterior  feet  longer  than  body. 

Tetrix  Latb.,  Acrydium  Fabr,  Antennae  short,  with  thirteen 
to  fifteen  joints.  Prothorax  receiving  a  part  of  the  head  and 
covering  the  oral  organs.  Pronotum  produced  into  a  scutellom 
above  the  abdomen,  sometimes  beyond  the  abdomen.  Plantola 
between  the  claws  of  tarsi  none. 

Sp.  Tetrix  bipuneUUa,  Acrydium  bipunctalum  Fabr.,  OryUuthiptmeUUut  "L., 
Db  Gbbb,  m.  PL  13,  fig.  15  (magnified),  DuM^iL,  Cons,  gin,  «.  /.  Ins, 
PL  25,  fig.  5,  &c,  Zbttbbstbdt  adopts  different  species  here,  which  appear 
to  be  only  varieties.  Gomp.  on  this  species  (whose  scutellum  is  not  longer 
than  the  abdomen)  and  Tutrix  siibtdata  (whose  scutellum  extends  with  its 
apex  behind  the  abdomen)  Philifpi  Orihoptera  Berolinensia  (Berolini, 
1830,  4to),  pp.  41,  41. 

Add  genus  Amcrphopua  Sebv.,  imperfectly  known,  and  HymoffioUg 
Westw.,  ChoriphyUum  Serville,  with  dorsum  compressed  into  a 
foliaceous  crest  erect  above  the  body;  habit  of  i/em6racufy  SERViiiLE, 
L  L  PL  8,  fig.  5. 

OryUua  Fabr.,  Acridium  Latk.  Antennae  of  length  of  head 
and  thorax,  with  about  twenty  (twenty  to  twenly-four)  joints. 
Anterior  extremity  of  prostemum  not  covering  mouth.  Plantula, 
or  pulvillus  between  the  claws  of  tarsi. 

Note. — LATBEUiLB  Conjoined  in  sub-genus  Podisma,  species  of  which  the 
elytra  and  wings  are  short  and  unfit  for  flight.  As  Fabrioius  had  previously 
written  the  genus  Acrydium  incorrectly,  so  also  Latbbillb  called  it  Acry- 
dium, whom  many  imitated.  It  is,  however,  *kKpl^w ;  and  I  would  wil- 
lingly hare  rejected  the  diminutive  form,  and  have  given  the  name  Acris 
to  the  genus,  since  large,  and  even  the  largest  species  are  contained  in  it. 
It  appeared,  however,  more  advisable  to  give  the  name  of  Qryllus  to  Uus 
the  largest  portion  of  the  old  Linnsean  genus  of  the  same  name. 

OryUua  Fabb.  AntenniB  filiform  or  clavate.  [Here  belong 
genera  Ommexecha  Sebv.  (not  Brull^,  Gomphocerus  Thunr, 
(Edipoda  Latr.,  Oxya  Sebville,  Monachidiwrn  ejusd.  and  some 
others;  on  which  comp.  Bubueister,  Handh.  n.  2,  1838,  pp.  602, 
<fea,  and  Sebville,  HisL  n.  dea  Orthopt.] 

Sp.  Qryllus  migratorius  L.,  B(ESBL,  Ins.  11.  Locust,  xxiv. ;  Blukbnbach, 
Ahbild.  naturk.  Oegensi.  No.  19 ;  the  thorax  obtusely  carinated,  the  jaws 
bluish  black«  This  insect  is  found  in  different  regions  of  Europe  and  Asia, 
and  appears  sometimes  in  great  swarms,  destroying  everything  on  its  road. 
See  on  the  devastations  caused  by  this  and  other  grasshoppers,  EIibbt  and 
Spbkob,  Introd,  to  Eniomol,  i.  pp.  215 — 226;  Rittbb's  Erdkunde  also 
contains  many  relations  on  that  matter  fit>m  different  parts  of  Asia.    In 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  453 

the  year  1748  such  a  sort  of  all-destroying  locusta  spread  itself  o^er  the 
west  of  Europe,  to  the  Netherlands,  nay  even  to  England.  That  they  are 
able  to  cross  the  sea,  is  placed  beyond  doubt  by  many  accounts,  according 
to  which  people  on  ship-board,  many  miles  from  land,  observed  the  swaims. 
Some  districts  of  the  South  of  France  are  frequently  damaged  for  several 
years  in  succession  by  different  species  of  grasshoppers,  for  the  collection 
of  which  large  sums  of  money  are  sometimes  bestowed.  In  1844  at 
SatTUet-Maries,  in  the  neighbourhood  of  MctraeUlet,  15 18  oom-^acks  were 
filled  with  grasshoppers,  and  at  Arlea  165  sacks;  the  expense  amounted  to 
554a  fr.;  in  1833,  in  the  first-mentioned  place,  3808  kilogrammes  of  eggs 
of  these  creatures  were  collected;  the  number  of  eggs  that  make  up  a 
kilogramme  may  be  computed  at  about  80,000.  (See  Ann,  de  la  Soe. 
BiUom,  de  France,  il  1833,  PP*  4^^ — 4^9 »  these  observations  refer,  how- 
ever, Xo  other  species  than  OryUva  migratoritu.)  Different  large  species  are 
eaten  by  people  of  the  East,  as,  for  instance,  OryUuB  eriatatui  L.,  Bocsbl, 
1.  1.  Tab.  V.  Already  in  Pliny  examples  are  met  with  of  locust-eating 
nations  {Hist.  na>t.  Lib.  vi.  c.  30  in  fine,  Lib.  XI.  o.  39  in  fine),  not  to  speak 
of  more  modem  accounts  (Adanson,  ffitt.  de  Senegal,  pp.  88,  89,  Salt, 
Voya.ge  to  Ahytainia,  London,  1814,  p.  172). 

GryUm  camdescena  L.,  Rssel,  1.  L  Tab.  xi.  fig.  4,  Bum^bil,  Cons,  gin. 
$,  I.  Ina.  PI.  29,  figs.  3,  4;  thorax  obtusely  carinated,  elytra  brown-grey 
with  darker  streaks,  wings  blue,  at  the  point  white,  with  a  broad,  black 
margin. 

GryUus  UguUahu  Chabpbnt.,  OryUue  bigtmulue  Panzbb  (not  L.),  Pakz. 
DeuUchl,  In*.  Heft  33,  Tab.  6,  Gssmab,  Faun,  Ina,  Ewrop,  Fmac.  xx. 
Tab.  22,  23,  one  of  the  smallest  species  of  this  genus,  only  $'"  long ;  the 
male  has  knobbed  antennae,  &c. 

Fhymatms  Thunr,  Serville.  Anteniwe  thick,  longer  than  head 
and  thoiux,  with  joints  distinct,  the  last  longer,  acuminate  towards 
the  apex.  Plantula  large,  orbicular  between  the  daws  of  tarsL 
(Ocelli  little  distinct  or  none.) 

Sp.  GryUm  morbilloaui  L.,  Bcbsel,  Ins.  n.  Locust,  Tab.  18,  fig.  6,  Stoll, 
PI.  n.  b,  figs.  3,  4,  from  the  Gape  of  Good  Hope. 

Add  sub-genera  Pekuia  Serv.,  Poscilocera  ejusd.,  Rhovudea  ejusd., 
and  some  others,  here  omitted. 

Xiphicera  Lam.,  Latr.  (Xiphocera  Burm.)  Antennae  depressed, 
lanceolate  or  ensiform.  Frons  produced  into  a  cone.  Other  cha- 
racters as  in  GryUL 

Sp.  Xiphic,  serrata,  Gryllus  serratus  L.,  De  Gesb,  M6m.  iii.  PI.  42,  fig.  2, 
PI.  41,  fig.  6 ;  RcBSEL,  II.  Loc.  Tab.  16,  fig.  2,  Stoll,  PI.  19  b,  fig.  71,  PI. 
a  I, -fig.  81 ; — Xiphic.  emarginata,  Sebv.,  R(ESel,  1. 1.  fig.  3,  Guv.  i2.  Ani. 
id.  ill.  PI.  85,  fig.  2, 

Add  genus  Trigonopteryx  Charpent. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


454  CLASS  YIIT. 

TruaaUs  Fabb.  {OryUua  Acrida  L.).  Antennie  depreesed,  ensi- 
fonzL  Head  conical,  longer  than  thorax.  Bodj  elongate.  Elytra 
narrow.     Posterior  feet  very  long,  with  tibia  elongate,  slender. 

Sp.  Truxalts  nanUui  Fabb.,  Orylhu  namJhu  L.,  Boesbl,  Ins,  n.  Xoetuf. 
ind,  Tftb.  v.  (antenne  badly  drawn) ;  \>\sit±BiL,  Com.  ffin.  $.  L  Int.  PL  14, 
fig.  3;  CUVDEB,  JZ.  Ani,  id.  Ulttttr.  Ins,  PL  84,  fig.  8,  in  south  of  Europe 
and  in  Africa ; — Trux,  variabilis,  Kluo,  and  others,  very  similar  Bpecies  ; 
both  the  above-named  species  are  also  found  at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope, 
the  first  also  at  Japan  ;  see  Db  Haav,  op,  eit,  pp.  141,  144.  Comp.  on 
this  genus  Thvsbvrq,  Nov.  Act,  Soc,  UpsaUens,  ix.  1837,  pp.  76—88. 

Proacopia  Klug.  Body  elongate,  apterous.  Head  elongate, 
pyramidal,  produced  beyond  the  eyes ;  antennse  subulate,  very  short, 
with  six  or  seven  joints.    Prothorax  very  long. 

Sp.  Proscopia  radula  Klvo,  Cuv.  R,  Ani,  id,  tU,  Ins,  PI.  85,  fig.  i,  firom 
Brazil,  like  most  of  the  species  (all  from  America).  These  animals 
resemble  Phasma  in  the  habitus,  and  Mantis  in  the  long  prothorojR.  I  can- 
not perceive  a  groove  on  the  thighs  for  the  reception  of  the  tibiae^. 

II.     Posterior  feet  shorter  than  body. 

Pneumora  Thunb.  Antennae  filiform,  with  twenty-one  to 
twenty-five  joints.  Head  short,  with  eyes  remote.  Prothorax  pro- 
duced into  a  membranous  scutellum;  thorax  short.  Abdomen  In 
males  inflated  or  vesicular.  Ghreatest  part  of  elytra  incumbent 
horizontally  on  the  back.  Elytra  and  wings  short  in  females ;  in 
some  almost  quite  obsolete,  covered  by  scutellum* 

Sp.  Pneumora  variolosa,  Latb.,  Oryllus  variolosus,  L.,  Fabb.,  Pneumora 
marmorata,  Thunb.,  Stoll,  PI.  w,  fig.  78  ;  Cuyibb,  It.  Ani,  id,  ill..  Ins, 
PI.  84,  fig.  I ;  from  the  Gape  of  Good  Hope.  The  other  species  also  of 
this  genus  belong  to  the  south  of  Africa. 

Phalanx  11.  Locustartce.  Antennae  setaceous,  long  (often 
longer  than  body),  with  joints  numerous.  Ocelli  in  most  none. 
Tarsi  with  four  joints.  Females  famished  with  ovipositor  bivalve, 
ensiform.  In  males  the  right,  or  more  rarely  both  elytra,  mostly 
furnished  with  a  basal  portion,  orbicular,  transparent  (musical 
organ). 

^  Chabpentieb  records  a  winged  species  from  Chili.  Elytra  were  not  present; 
wings  very  small ;  but  what  seems  most  to  distinguish  this  species  is  the  absence  of  a 
ptdvUlus  or  plantuUt  on  the  tarsus.  Hence  it  might  form  a  distinct  genus  Astroma 
(Chabp.)  Gebmab's  Zeitschr.  m.  184 1,  s.  305. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  455 

Sabre-gnudkopperSyWiQi  Linkjeds  €hyUi  Teaigomoy  Sj^  Nat  edL 
xn.  1,  p.  695;  the  name  of  TetHgomm^  however,  is  rightly  given 
bj  later  writers  to  the  CuxuUb. 

In  many  species  the  tibiae  of  the  fore-feet  have  two  oval  apertores 
covered  by  a  tense  membrane  (see  above,  p.  2S3) ;  comp.  also 
Laxsdown  Guildikg,  TranstMcL  of  tht  Lirmaon  Society^  xv.  1827, 
pp.  153 — 155. 

The  wings  are  in  some  very  short  or  entirely  wanting  {Hetrcdes^ 
some  species  of  Bradyporua^  Sagct,  Sic) 

Locmta  Geoffroy,  Fabr.,  Latr. 

Sub-genera:  Brctdyportis  Gharpent.,  ffe^rodes  Fisch.,  Ephippi- 
gera  JjATB.,  Barhitistes  Gharpent.,  Meconema  Serv.,  Aeridopeza 
GuER.,  BuRM.,  Fomatonota  Burm.,  Jfecopoda  Serv.,  Scapkura  Ejbbt 
(and  Gymnocera  Brulle),  Phaneroptera  Latr.,  Serv.,  PhyUoptera 
BuRiL  (Phylloptera,  Ancylechay  Steirodon  Serv.),  PhyUaphora 
Thunr,  Hyperomala  Serv.,  Aspidonotus  Brulle,  Pterochroza  Serv., 
CyrtophyUus  Bueil,  Pseudophyllus  Serv.,  Aprion  Serv.,  ThlibasceliB 
Serv.  {Platyphylltis  Burm.),  Meronddiua  Serv.,  Acanlhodis  Serv., 
Burm.  (and  PlatyphyUus  Serv.),  Copiophora  Serv.,  Pseudorynchua 
Serv.,  Conocephalus  Thunb.,  Agrcecia  Serv.,  Xiphidium  Burm. 
(Xiphidium  Serv.  and  Orchelimum  ejusd.),  BticrcUes  Burm.,  DecUcus 
Serv.,  Bttrm.,  Locuata  Serv.  {Phasgonnra  Westw.),  Listroacdia 
Serv.,  Sctga  Gharpent.,  Schizodactylua  Brulle  {Acheta  Burm.), 
SteTiopelmattia  Burm.,  Raphidophora  Serv.  {Phalangopaia  Burm.  in 
part). 

Sp.  Loctuta  jmpa^  Qrylhu  puptu  L.  {ffderodea  pupa,  FisoH.),  Stoll, 
loeutt,  Fl.  xn.  a,  fig.  45,  46 ;  Rcbsbl,  Ins.  u.  Locust,  Tab.  vi.  fig.  3  ;  Da 
GsEB,  MSm.  m.  Fl.  39,  fig.  5  ;  winglees,  thorax  and  abdomen  armed  with 
spines.     From  the  Gape  of  Good  Hope. 

Locutta  viridisnmaYABU.,  Qryllutviridiaaimut'L.,  BacsiL,  /f».n.  Locutt, 
Tab.  X.  XL  ;  Fanzeb,  Veuttchl,  Ins.  Heft  89,  Tab.  18, 19,  DuMia.  Cons.  g6n, 
s.  I.  Ins.  Fl.  24,  fig.  I ;  green,  without  spots,  with  green  shield-covers,  and 
very  long  antenns.  This  species  is  not  rare  with  us  on  pastures,  in  gardens, 
ftc.  The  eggs  laid  in  autumn,  pass  the  winter,  and  the  grasshoppers  come 
forth  from  them  in  May  or  later.  After  the  third  moult  they  shew  rudiments 
of  wings  and  shield-covers  (in  July)  ;  towards  the  end  of  August  they  moult 
for  the  last  time,  and  become  perfect  insects.  The  copulation  is  repeated  a  few 
times,  and  the  eggs  are  placed  in  the  earth  by  the  female  by  means  of  her 
sabre-shaped  ovipositor,  not  all  at  once,  but  at  intervals  in  different  places. 
These  grasshoppers  die  towards  the  end  of  autumn. — Locusta  varucivora 
Fabr.,  QryUus  vermeivorvs  L.,  B(X8BL,  Ins.  n.  Locust.  Tab.  vm.  rx.  Panzkb, 
1. 1.  Tab.  90,  II  ;  this  is  somewhat  smaller,  has  shorter  antenme,  and  brown 


Digitized  by 


Google 


456  CLASS  viir. 

spots  on  the  green  elytra.  The  Swedish  peasuits  put  this  insect,  aoooiding 
to  LiKNiBUB)  upon  their  hands  to  bite  off  the  warts. — LocuMtavaria¥ABR.f 
Meconema  varia  Sebyillb,  Panzbb,  Deutschl.  Int.  Heft  33,  Tab.  i,  &a 

B.  Elytra  and  wings  horizontal,  for  the  most  part  incumbent 
on  back. 

Phalanx  III.  Achetidce  {Qryllidea  Latr.)-  Labium  with  four 
laciniae.   Tarsi  triarticulate,  with  joints  slender,  sometimes  spinose. 

The  Crickets,  gra/o&nde  sprinkhanen  (Grctbheuschreken)  live  under- 
ground or  in  holes,  and  are  mostly  noctutnaL  They  form  with 
LiNK^sus  the  division  Acheta  of  the  genus  GrylluSy  or  the  genus 
Gryllua  of  Geoffrot  and  Olivier  and  the  genus  Acheta  of 
Fabbicius. 

Myrmecophtla  Latr.,  Sphcertum  Charpent.,  Burm.  Antennae 
setaceous,  long.  Head  covered  by  prothorax.  Ocelli  none.  Elytra 
and  wings  none.  Females  with  ovipositor  exsert,  bifid.  Anterior 
feet  gressorial,  posterior  with  thighs  thick,  very  broad. 

Sp.  MyrmecophUa  aeervorum,  Blatta  acervorum,  Paitzbb,  IkvttchX,  Ins.  Heft 
68,  Tab.  24;  Gu&iK,  Iconogr.  Im.  PL  54,  fig.  6;  Cuviek,  A  Ani,  id.  UL, 
Ina.  PL  8«,  fig.  a. 

Acheta  Fabr.  (in  part),  OryUua  Latr.  Anterior  feet  gressorial. 
Antennae  setaceous,  long.  Ocelli  mostly  obsolete  or  none.  Elytra 
short,  and  in  most  two  wings  longer.  Females  provided  with  ovi- 
positor exsert. 

a)  ProQotum  transverse  or  quadrate. 

Sub-genus:  Acheta  nob.  {PlatyUemus  Serv.,  Brachytrupea  Serv., 
OryUua  Serv.,  I^emobitis  Serv.,  Trigonidium  Serv.^  Podoacirtus 
Serville,  Sderopterus  Hagenb.,  Eneoptera  Buru.) 

Sp.  Acheta  damesHca  Fabr.,  OryUua  domuticua  L.,  RoiaEL,  Ina.  n. 
Loeuat.  Tab.  iii. ;  Panzeb,  DeutacM.  Ina.  Heft  88,  Tab.  6,  7 ;  Cuv.  R.  Ant. 
id.  ill.,  Ina.  PL  81,  fig.  4  ;  the  hea/rth-crichet ;  body  yeUow-brown,  wings 
longer  than  shield-covers,  terminate  in  a  tail-like  point.  These  ftwimala 
live  near  the  hearth  and  under  stoves  in  an  artificiaUy  warm  climate,  and 
chirp  of  an  evening  or  by  night,  and  especially  when  it  is  about  to  rain; 
the  sound  caused  by  the  friction  of  the  shield-covers  is  in  a  very  high  note, 
which  some  persons,  otherwise  not  deaf,  cannot  perceive. 

Acheta  campeatria  Fabb.,  QryUua  eampeatria  L.,  B<ESEL,  I.  1.  Tab.  xin. 
Panz.  DeuUchl.  Ina.  Heft  88,  Tab.  8,  9,  Cuv.  L 1.  fig.  3  ;  the  Jidd-cricka, 
This  species  is  larger  than  the  preceding,  has  longer  shield-covers  and  a 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IKSECTA.  457 

black  body,   without  the  elongated  point  at  tlie  wings,  wbich  in  the 
preceding  species  extends  behind  the  elytra. 

iVbte. — Eneoptera  Bubm.  (PlatydaOyluM  Bbvll^  and  Sibyillb  in  part). 
The  generic  name  devised  by  BuKMiiSTBK  on  account  of  the  elytra  similar 
in  both  sexes  of  some  species,  haying  no  musical  organ  in  males ;  comp. 
BuBMEiBTiB,  H<mdb.  derEnUmol.  n.  a,  p.  10x5,  and  on  the  typical  species, 
De  Haan,  1.  L  p.  431.  The  name  of  PUdfdaetyhu  ought  to  be  rejected, 
since  given  long  previously  to  a  genus  of  Sauiians.  In  these  AchtUx  the  body 
is  elongate ,  posterior  feet  very  long ;  ovipositor  of  females  long,  recurved 
upwards,  with  valves  divergent,  clavate  at  apex.  Sp.  Ackda  bnuUieiuia 
Fabb.,  QrjfiUu  twrinamtimi  Di  Gub,  Mim,  m.  PI.  43,  fig.  i,  GuiRiv, 
leonogr,,  Tn$,  PI.  54,  fig.  i,  (named  ChyUua  ServiUd). 

h)  Pronotum  oblong,  narrower  forwards. 

FhaUmgopais  Sebtille.     Feet   elongate.     Elytra  short;    wings 
none,  or  yerj  short  rudiments  of  wings. 

Sp.  PhcUangopaii  lonffipes  Sbbvillb,  ffi$i,  not.  da  Orthopt.,  PL  ii,  fig.  i. 
Habit,  in  South  America. 

(Ecanthua  Sebville.     Feet  elongate.     Elytra  and  wings  long. 

Sp.  Aekeia  Ualica  Fabb.,  (Eeantkut  peUueem  Sbbvillb,  Pavzib,  Z^vtscM. 
Ifu.  Heft  M,  Tab.  17. 

Note. — Bbull^  and  Sbbvillb  assign  four  joints  of  tarsi  in  posterior 
feet  to  these  insects,  which  Bubxbisteb  has  shewn  to  be  an  error,  ffcmdb, 
der  EiUomol.  n.  2,  p.  731. 

Gryllotalpa  Latr.  (species  of  Acheta  Fabr.).  Anterior  feet 
fossorial,  compressed,  broad.  AntennsB  setaceous,  shorter  than 
body.  Ocelli  two,  placed  between  the  compound  eyes.  Pronotum 
elongate,  oval,  gibbous ;  ovipositor  of  female  none. 

Sp.  CfrylloUdpa  mdgarU,  GryUu$  OryUotalpa  L.,  B<E8BL,  Iru,  n.  Loeud.  Tab. 
XIV.  zv. ;  DdmIbil,  Com.  gin.  «.  L  Ins.  PL  2$,  fig.  'j ;  the  mole-cridlcH, 
li"  long,  brownish-black,  yellow  below,  with  grey-brown,  darker- veined 
shield-covers.  The  fore-feet  work  like  saws,  or  as  spades,  with  which  these 
insects  burrow  the  ground.  The  female  lays  her  eggs  in  a  hole  under 
ground,  to  which  a  long  curved  passage  leads,  in  and  out  of  which  she 
often  creeps ;  at  first  the  young  ones  live  dose  together,  but  soon  disperse. 
Horse-dung  appears  to  attract  these  animals,  swine-dung  to  repel  them. 
They  live  especially  in  garden-mould  and  turfy  bog.  On  the  anatomy  see 
KiDD,  Philoa.  Tram.  1835,  Part  n.  pp.  203 — 246,  and  my  AntedBtninffen 
aver  het  inwendig  maakeel  dee  veenmols,  Bijdragm  M  de  natuurh.  Wetenech. 
v.  1830,  bl.  94 — loa.  This  species  is  spread  throughout  the  whole  of 
Europe  and  of  Asia,  and  other  species  of  this  genus  are  found  in  all  parts 
of  the  world. 

Cylindrodea  Gbat,  Sebville.     Body  elongate.     Yestiges  alone  of 
wings  and  of  elytra.     Feet  short,  with  tarsi  didactylous. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


458  CLASS  VIII. 

Xya  Illig.  (Trtdadylua  Oltv.,  Latr.)  Anterior  feet  fossorial. 
AntennsB  short,  filiform,  with  ten  joints.  Ocelli  three.  Posterior 
feet  elongate,  saltatory,  terminated  hy  lamellae  in  place  of  tarsi. 

Xya  Illig.     Posterior  tibisB  Aimished    with    lamelkd    elongate, 
lanceolate,  depressed. 

Sp.  Xyafotaor  Bubm.,  TVidadyltu  paradoaeut  Latb.  ;  DuM^R.  Com.  gin,  «.  I, 
Jtu,  PL  2$,  fig.  8  ;  Oni^nr,  leonogr,  Int,  PL  54,  fig.  5.  Hab.  in  Africa. 
Xya  variegata  Illio.,  Bubic.^  Cdvibb,  R,  Ani,  id.  ill.,  Ins.  PL  81,  fig.  a. 
Hab.  in  south  of  France  and  in  Spain.  L^N  DuFOUB  is  of  opinion  that 
it  belongs  to  the  AcridU;  oomp.  his  Reekerckes  sur  VHuL  naL  du  Tridae- 
tylepanachS,  Ann.  dei  Sc.  not.  2e  S^rie,  Tom.  n.  1838,  pp.  321 — 334. 

Sub-genns :  Khipipteryx  Newman,  BauLLi  (species  of  Xya  Buril, 
Ehipidopteryx).     Posterior  tibiae  destitute  of  lanceolate  lamellse. 

Section  II.  Curaoria.  Feet  ambulatory  alone.  Wings  and 
elytra  horizontal,  incumbent.    (Musical  organ  present  in  none.) 

Family  XLI.  Mantides  nob.  (genus  MarUia  L.)  Tarsi  with 
five  joints.    Head  not  covered  by  thorax. 

Phalanx  I.  Spectra  [Phasmida  JjE^kCll.  Phasmodea  BuRM.). 
Fore-feet  similar  to  the  rest,  not  raptorial,  very  near  the  head, 
remote  firom  the  intermediate  pair.  Antennae  mostly  setaceous, 
long,  in  a  few  short,  filiform.  Labrum  deeply  bifid.  Mandibles 
thick,  strong;  maxillsB  hard  at  the  apex,  subdenticulate ;  galea 
plane,  broad.  Labium  quadrifid,  with  laciniss  unequal,  the  external 
very  long,  plane,  hatchet-shaped.  Elytra  almost  always  short, 
wings  large;  sometimes  wings  and  elytra  none. 

Pkasma  LiCHTENST.,  Fabr.  {Spectrum  Stoll). 

These  insects  are  in  great  part  confined  to  tropical  countries; 
many  also  are  found  in  New  Holland.  They  ]ive  on  vegetable  food. 
Some  wingless  species  have  the  form  of  dried  twigs,  and  others, 
which  are  flat,  with  membranous  and  vein  shield-covers,  have  a  great 
resemblance  to  leaves  (the  genus  FhyUiujn.)  Of  some  species  the 
males  are  much  smaller  than  the  females;  the  former  have  often 
three  simple  eyes,  which  in  the  last  are  absent.  In  this  division 
the  largest  species  of  insects  are  foimd. 

Comp.  A.  A.  H.  LiCHTKNBTEiN,  Dissert,  on  ttoo  ncU.  genera  hitherto  con- 
founded under  the  name  of  Mantis;  Trans,  of  the  Linnoean  Soe.  vi.  1801  ; 
TouBSAiiTT  VON  Charpentisr's  JBemerhungen  zu  Lichtbnstsin*8  Ahh. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSEGTA.  459 

£5.  die  MatUU-Arten,  in  Gbrmab'b  ZeUmHnt,  /.  d,  JAilom.  v.  1844,  t. 
1*11 — 311. 

6.  R.  Gbat,  Sfffwpsit  of  the  tpecies  of  Insects  heUmging  to  the  family  of 
PhasmicUB,  London,  1835,  8yo  ;  and  his  ErUom/ology  of  Audralia,  Part  I. 
Monogr,  of  the  gen,  Phatma,  London,  1833,  4to»  with  8  ooL  pL 

Phasma  Fabr.     (Species  of  genus  Phasma  LiCHTENST.)    Body 
elongate.     Mesothorax  often  very  long. 

a)  Feet  cylindrical  or  angulate,  prismatic 

*  Both  sexes  apterous, 

BacUlua  Latr.     Antennie  short  (of  length  of  head),  filiform  or 
conical. 

Sp.  Phasma  Bossia  Fabb.,  &ujppl,  Entom.  syst.  (1798)  p.  187;  P.  Rossif 
Fauna  Etrusca,  Libnrni,  1790,  Tab.  vm.  fig.  1 ;  Cuv.  R,  Ani,  €d.  HL,  Ins. 
PI  79,  fig.  1 ;  Bkull4  Hist,  not,  d^Ins,  ix.  PI.  9,  fig.  1  ;--Phasma  tHpoU" 
tantm,  Be  Haan,  1. 1.  Tab.«xy.  fig.  3. 

Bacteria  Latr.    Antenna  setaceous,  longer  than  head  and  pro- 
thorax. 

Sp.  Phasma  fenda  Fabb.,  Bacteria  artmatia  Gbat,  R(BSBl,  Ins.  n. 
Locust.  Ind.  Tab.  xiz.  fig.  10;  Stoll,  Speetr.  PI.  13,  fig.  51  ;  Bacteria 
sarmentosa  Wbstw.,  Cabinet  of  Oriental  BiUom,  1847,  PL  33,  fig.  i,  &c. 

Note. — For  Bereral  other  sub-genera  see  Bubhxistkb,  L  1.  pp.  568—610, 
and  Sebyhj.!,  L  L 

*  *  Male  winged,  female  apter<ms.    (AntennsB  setaoeons,  long.) 

Cladoa»ru8  Sebyille.     {Cladomorphus  Gray  fern.) 
Add  sub-genus  Monandroptera  SebtHiLE,  1. 1.  p.  244. 

*  *  *  Both  sexes  winged.  (AntennsB  setaceous,  mostly  long,  in  females  of 
some  species  shorter). 

Phasma  nob. 

Sp.  Phasma  gigas  F.,  Mantis  gigas  L.,  Stoll,  Spedr.  Tab.  n.  fig.  5 ;  Cuv. 
R.  Ani.  id.  iU.,  Ins.  PI.  80,  fig.  i ;  De  Haan,  1. 1.  PI.  14,  fig.  3.  From 
the  Molucca  Islands  and  Java. 

Note. — Here  belong  Teiy  many  genera  of  modem  authors,  Diapherodes 
Gbat,  Eaplopus  Gbat,  Bubm.,  Oyphocrania  Seby.,  Bubm.,  Necrosda 
Sebv. 

Aschiphasma  Wbstw.  {Perlamorpha  Cubtib,  Sebv.)  is  distinguished  by 
elytra  none  or  very  small,  spiniform,  with  wings  ample  and  anterior 
margin  obscure.  De  Haan  records  many  species  from  the  islands  of 
Java  and  Borneo,  op.  cit.  pp.  113 — 1x6. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


460  CLASS  VIII. 

h)    Feet  winged  or  foliaoeous. 

Sub-genera:    Tropidoderus  Gray,   Ectatosoma  Grat,  Pritopui 
Sebv.,  Gray. 

Sp.  Priaoptu  Jlabelliformi$  Gray,  Phanaa  dracwnerdut  Liohtbnst.,  Siou^ 
Spectr,  PL  i8,  fig.  65,  from  Surinam.  Priaop.  HontokU  Db  Haan,  1.  L 
Tab.  12,  fig.  I ;  hab.  Gape  of  Good  Hope.  In  the  shorter  body  and  entire 
habit  they  somewhat  approach  the  genus  Phyllvum, 

Phyllium  Illig.  (species  of  genus  Mant%8  L.  and  Fabr.,  species 
of  Phasma  LiCHTENST.)  Abdomen  oval,  depressed.  Prothorax 
scarcely  longer  than  mesothorax,  sub-triangular,  posteriorly  nar- 
rower. Antennae  of  males  setaceous,  pilose ;  of  females  very  short, 
filiform.  Elytra  short  and  wings  long  in  males ;  in  females  elytra 
large,  membranous  covering  abdomen,  wings  very  small.  Thighs 
dilated,  alate. 

Sp.  PhyUium  tiecifaLium,  Mantis  tiecifolia  L.,  Fabb.,  R<bs.,  Ins.  n.  Loe, 
ind.  Tab.  zvii.  f.  4,  5 ;  Stoll,  Spectr,  PI.  Yir.  f.  24,  ^6 ;  Dnio^.  Oon$. 
gin.  s.  L  I'M,  PI.  93,  fig.  1  fem.  &c. ;  the  wdking-Uaf,  This  species  is 
extended  from  the  Sechelles  over  Java  and  Timor  to  New-Guinea.  Some 
allied  species  are  from  the  same  regions  and  from  China;  none  are  known 
from  the  new  world. 

Phalanx  II.  MarUides.  Anterior  feet  raptorial,  with  coxss  long 
and  femora  compressed,  receiving  the  tibia  beneath.  Prothorax  not 
shorter  than  mesothorax,  mostly  exceeding  the  mesothorax  in 
length.  Ocelli  three.  Antennae  mostly  setaceous,  moderate.  La- 
bium entire,  orbicular.  Labium  quadrifid,  with  lacinise  equal. 
Elytra  and  wings  in  all. 

The  anterior  feet  are  situated  close  to  the  head,  and  are  much 
stronger  than  the  rest,  usually  Yery  thin;  they  haYe  large  com- 
pressed thighs  which  are  armed  beneath  with  teeth  or  spines,  and 
haYe  a  channel  in  which  the  tibisa  can  be  lodged  like  a  clasp-knifa 
With  these  fore-feet  bent  together  and  with  head  on  high,  these 
insects  often  sit  long  in  an  immoYeable  position.  Henoe  the  eastern 
people  say  that  they  are  at  prayers,  and  moreoYer,  like  true  Ma- 
hometans, with  the  face  and  hands  tinned  towards  Mecca.  With 
this  pious  deportment  howcYer,  and  the  superstitious  reYerence 
which  is  in  consequence  conferred  on  these  insects  by  different 
nations,  their  cruel  worldliness  is  at  Yariance ;  they  Hyc  on  other 
insects,  and  also  mutually  doYour  one  another.  See  Bluhenbach, 
AbbilcL  naiur-hiatoriech^  GegenHdndey  No.  88. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSEGTA.  461 

Stoll  gives  to  these  insects  the  name  of  waUanff-Uave$,  by  which  how- 
ever is  usuaUy  UDderatood  the  preceding  genus  PhyUium. 

Mantis  L.  (in  part),  Fabr.  (exclus.  Mant.  siccijblia). 

a)  Anitennm  of  males  peeUnaie,  of  femalet  setaceous.  Head  produced 
fupwofrds  inUo  a  horn, 

Empaaa  Illig. 

Sp.  ManHs  gon^ylodes  L.  and  Fabb.  (fem.  Mantis Jlabdlicomis  Fabr.  male) ; 
BoiBSL,  Ins,  n.  Loctui.  Tab.  vii. ;  Stoll,  Spee^.  PI  16,  figs.  58,  59.  PI. 
I7>  fig*  ^i ;  Bengal,  Ceylon; — MaiUis  pauperata  Fabk.,  Cuv.  It,  Ani.  id, 
ill.,  Ins.  PI.  78,  fig.  3;  south  of  Europe,  north  of  Africa,  &c. 

Sub-genus  Blepharis  Skbv. 

b)  AntemuB  in  both  sexes  simple ;  head  very  often  transverse,  broad. 
Mcmiia  Illio. 

8p.  Mantis  rdigiosa  L.,  Boisbl,  Ins,  n.  Locust,  Tab.  i.  n.  Tom.  rv.  Tkb. 
xn.;  Pakzeb,  Deutsehl,  Ins,  Heft  50,  Tab.  8;  Cuv.  R.  Ani,  6d.  iU.,  Ins, 
PL  78,  fig.  I ;  in  south  of  Germany,  in  France,  and  other  parts  of  the 
south  of  Europe,  and  also  in  Africa; — Mantis  oratoria  L.,  Mantis  beUa 
Salzmak,  GsBMABy  Faun,  Ins.  Europ,  Fasc.  vi.  Tab.  16,  South  of 
Europe,  &c. 

Note. — Several  sub-genera,  founded  on  the  form  of  the  prothorax,  the 
eyes,  the  feet,  and  other  characters,  are  recorded  by  Sebvillb  and  BuB- 
MBIBTBB,  not  always  well  defined:  BremophilaBv^u.  {EremiapkUaliKFEB.), 
MetalleiaicaWisafrw.,  Chateessa  Bubh.,  Tarachodes  Bubm.,  Tkeoclytes  Sebv. 
(Votes  Bubm.),  ffarpax  Sbbv.,  Acanlhops  Sebv.,  Schizocephala  Sbbv.,  and 
others;  for  which  consult  the  authors  cited  above. 

Mantis  strumaria  L.  (Boissl,  Ins.  u.  Locust.  Tab.  in.),  and  similar 
species  with  prothorax  dilated,  partly  covering  head,  form  the  transition  to 
the  BlattcB, 

Family  XLII.  BlattaruB,  Tarsi  with  five  joints.  Head  in- 
ferior, covered  by  prothorax  clypeiform. 

BlaUa  L.  Body  oval  or  orbicular,  depressed.  Antennas  long, 
setaceous.  Ocelli  obsolete.  Maxillary  palps  elongate,  with  last 
joint  hatchet-shaped.  Feet  all  similar,  long,  tibiae  provided  with 
spinules  moveable.  Abdomen  posteriorly  supplied  with  two  ap- 
pendages conical,  articulate. 

a)  Each  sex  apterous. 

Sub-genuB :  Polyzosteria  Buem.     (Species  of  BlaMa  Serv.) 

b)  MoUe  winged,  female  apterous. 

Sub-genera:    FerisphcBria    Sbbv.,    Bubil,    Heterogamia    Buril 
(Species  of  BlaUa  Sebville.) 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CLASS  VIII. 
c)    Each  mx  foinffed. 

Corydia  Serv.,  Btjrm.  Elytra  horny,  with  veinB  indistinct  (add 
Phoraspia  Seby.,  Bubm.) 

Sp.  Blaltta  Petwenooka  Fabb.,  Camda  Pdiveriana  h.,  Stoll,  BlaU.  Tab. 
▼.  d.  figs.  11, 11,  Blatta  KeterodUa  Pallas,  Spic,  ZooL  ix.  Tab.  i,  fig.  5, 
ftc. 

Sub-genus:  Blatta  nob.  Elytra  coriaceous^  with  veina  eminent; 
posterior  wings  shorter,  not  reflected  at  apex. 

Note, — ^Here  belong  several  sub-genera  of  Burmeisteb  and 
Sebville;  Thyrsocera  Bubu.  (Fseudoniops  Sebv.),  Ischnoptera 
Bubm.,  Nyctibora  Bubm.  (species  of  Blatta  Serv.),  Feriplaneta 
{Kakerlac  Latb.,  Sebv.),  EpUampra,  PanMora^  Nauphoeta,  Pros- 
cratea,  Zetobora  Bubm.,  fformetica  Bubm.  {Brachycola  Sebv.), 
PaTiesthia  Sebv.,  Bubm.,  Blabera  Sebv.,  Bubm.,  (and  Monachoda 
Bubm.) 

'  Sp.  Blatta  orienialis  L.,  PeriplanHa  orientals  Bubm.,  Db  Gbkb,  /m.  m. 
Tab.  IS,  fig.  I ;  Panzxb,  J>eut9ckl,  Ira.  Heft  96,  Tab.  is ;  'ffemeene  haker' 
Idk,  ffemdne  Pfslerschabe,  Blatte  dea  euitines  ;  Blatta  lapcmea  lu,  Pakzkb, 
ib.  Tab.  13,  &c. 

The  Kaherlact  are  noctumaL  T^y  are  great  deyonrera,  and  gnaw 
even  leather,  shoes,  &c.  The  name  Blatta  (from  pXdwrcaf,  to  injure)  oocurs 
already  amongst  the  ancients ;  yet  probably  it  signified  other  insects.  The 
female  lays  her  eggs  heaped  into  separate  little  masses  distributed  in 
cells;  see  6<bzb,  Naturforscher,  xvn.  s.  183—189,  Tab.  rv.  figs.  16 — 19. 
Bathxe  has  communicated  his  observations  on  the  development  in  .the  egg 
in  BUata  gerfnanica  in  MtcheCt  Arehiv  /.  Anat,  t*.  PhyvM.  VL  1833.  s.  371 
—378.  Tab.  rv. 

Anaplecta  Bubm.  Elytra  coriaceous,  with  veins  eminent.  Pos- 
terior wings  elongate,  reflected  at  the  apex. 

Species  small,  American. 

Family  XLIII.  Forficularice.  Tarsi  with  three  joints.  Elytra 
Bubcrustaceous,  not  reticulate,  abbreviate,  truncated,  incumbent  on 
back,  placed  in  contact  by  a  straight  suture.  Posterior  wings  mem- 
branous, partly  folded  in  longitudinal  rays,  partly  transversely, 
covered  by  elytra. 

The  insects  of  this  &niily  make  the  transition  from  the  Orthoptera 
to  the  Coleoptera,  LiNiTiBUS  counted  them  with  these  last,  as  did 
also  Stbaus  amongst  more  modem  writers.  Leach  and  Kibbt 
form  a  distinct  order  of  them,  under  the  name  of  Dermaptera 
{Transact,  of  the  Lirm,  Soc,  Vol.  XL   1815,  p.  87);  ihb  name, 


Digitized  by  VjOOQ IC 


INSECTA.  463 

wMch  BuBMEiSTER  changed  into  DtmaUipi&ra^  had  been  previonsly 
(see  above,  p.  449)  given  by  De  Geer  to  the  order  of  the  Orthopterck. 
Idos  DuFOTTB,  who  subseqaently  proposed  the  same  separation, 
named  these  insects,  in  imitation  of  DuHiBiL,  Lahidura;  Webf- 
WOOD  EupUxoptera  {Zool,  Journal,  1831,  Modem  ClassificaUon,  L 
1839,  p.  308).  At  all  events  these  insects  have  greater  agreement 
with  the  Orthoptera  than  with  the  Coleopiera  ;  they  differ  from  the 
last  by  their  incomplete  metamorphosis  and  by  many  particularities 
of  internal  structure.  The  great  size  of  the  nnder-wings  in  com- 
parison with  the  elytra  is  very  common  in  the  Orthoptera  (to  refer 
to  PhasTna  alone),  and  the  reflexion  of  the  point  of  the  wing  also  is 
not  wanting  in  some  other  Orthopteray  as,  ex.  gr,  Anaplectay  the  last 
of  the  sub-genera  of  BlaUa  recorded  abova 

Forficula  L.  Body  depressed,  narrow,  elongate,  with  prothorax 
quadrate.  Antennae  filiform,  a  little  longer  than  half  the  body,  with 
joints  very  distinct,  mostly  more  than  twelve  (ten  to  forty).  Ocelli 
none.  Labrnm  entire,  orbicular;  mandibles  denticulate;  labium 
bifid,  with  palps  short.  Abdomen  with  last  segment  forcipate,  with 
forceps  homy,  moveable,  in  males  arcuate,  or  more  open. 

Comp.  on  the  anatomy,  Pobsbia,  Dmert.  tnaug.  aittem  taiiamina  circa 
Anatomiam  ForJietUat  aurictdarke  L.  iconib,  iUuttr,  Jens,  i8oo.  An 
extract  from  it  may  be  fomid  in  Wisdbmank,  Archivf.  ZooL  u.  ZooL  i8oi, 
L  I,  B.  130 — 334,  with  the  corresponding  figures,  also  Ii.  a.  PL  in.  with 
the  explanation  by  the  author  himself,  s.  330—335. 

L^N  DuFOUB,  Recherches  Anat.  wur  lea  Lahidourei,  Atm.  de$  Sc.  noL 
XIII.  i8a8.  pp.  337—3^^- 

Sp.  F<nfcula  aurieularia  L.,  Pakzbb,  DeuUchl,  Ina,  Heft  87,  Tab.  8,  nude; 
Gut.  R,  Ani,  €d,  HI,,  Ina,  PL  77,  fig.  i  \—Fwiicula  minor  L. ;  Panzbb, 
L  L  Tab.  9,  &C. 

Barwiga,  peree-oreUUa,  Ohr-wG/rmer,  It  is  said  that  they  creep  into  the 
ears,  and  hence  this  name ;  this  they  do  not  more  than  other  insects,  which 
by  chance  may  get  into  the  ears  of  persons  asleep.  They  live  in  moist 
places,  and  eat  almost  everything ;  they  are  especially  fond  of  fruits  and 
honey.  The  females  sit  on  their  eggs,  and  guard  them;  the  young  also 
creep  under  their  mother,  like  chickens  under  the  hen,  and  she  often  rits 
quietly  for  hours  together  over  them.  Da  Gbbb,  Mim,  a,  I.  Ina.  m. 
p.  548. 

Note. — Some  are  without  hind-wings  but  provided  with  elytra^  or  are 
entirely  apterous.  According  to  difference  of  form  and  number  of  joints 
in  antennae,  Lbach,  Latbeillb,  and  especially  Sebvillb,  have  formed 
several  sub-genera,  of  which  it  may  here  suffice  to  cite  the  names ;  Apachya, 
Meeamera,  SparaUa,  Diplah^,  Forficula,  Echinoaoma,  Lobophora,  Pyroffra, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


464  CLASS  VIH. 

Psalidophora  Sebv.,  Pofficmia  Latb.,  Ssby.,  Pyffidierana  Siby.    Comp. 
Sbbvillb,  ffitt,  not.  dea  Orih.  pp.  18 — 55. 

LATBimiiLB  conjoined  apterous  species  imder  the  name  of  C%«^Mitt9ia,  spec, 
of  genus  Forficula  Sxbville. 


Appendix  to  the  Order  Orthoptera. 

Thrtps  L.  Body  linear,  depressed.  Head  produced  inferiorly 
like  a  rostrum ;  labrum  elongato-conical ;  mandibles  setiform ;  max- 
illae triangular,  acuminate,  with  short  palp,  of  two  joints  or  three, 
without  galea;  labial  palps  very  short,  with  two  or  three  joints. 
Antennae  of  the  length  of  head  and  prothorax,  filiform,  mostly  with 
eight  joints  (five  to  nine).  Wings  mostly  four,  membranous,  narrow, 
incumbent,  -with  margin  ciliated.  Feet  short,  with  tarsi  biarticulate, 
the  second  joint  without  claw,  terminated  by  a  vesicular  plantula. 

IJ^ote. — Small  infiocts  living  in  plants,  especially  in  flowers,  which 
were  first  detected  and  described  by  De  Geeb  in  the  middle  of  the 
last  century,  under  the  name  of  Phyaapua,  He  then  discovered 
palps ;  and  since  the  Hemiptera  are  destitute  of  these,  they  have  been 
referred  improperly  to  that  order  bj  several  writers.  Some  think 
that  they  compose  an  order  of  their  own  {Thyaanoptera  Haltday, 
Westwood).  They  differ  from  Orthoptera  by  the  absence  of  the 
galec^  The  fiEunily  is  of  uncertain  position,  intermediate  amongst 
the  Neu/roptera,  Orthoptera  and  Hemiptera.  Metamorphosis  incom- 
plete. 

In  some  the  females  are  provided  with  a  quadrivalve  sting  or  borer, 
(TerdiTainiia  Hal.),  in  others  there  is  not  such  a  borer,  but  the  abdomen 
terminates  in  a  tubule  {TubuUfeni),  Some  species  in  both  sections  are 
apterous. 

Comp.  Di  Gkbb,  Miim,.  in.  pp.  i— 18.  PL  i ;  Bubmsistbb,  Mandb,  der 
BfUom,  n.  a,  pp.  404 — 418;  Westwood,  Modem  CUumfcaUon,  n.  pp.  i — 
5,  Oeneric  Sytwpnt,  pp.  45,  46 ;  liiov  Dufoub,  DeacripHon  et  figure  cTune 
nouveUe  eepiee  de  Thript  (Thripa  aptera  LioN  J)UF.,  and  PkUeotkripg 
pedicularie  H^Lro^T  ?),  Ann.  dee  Sc.  not,,  sec.  S^rie,  Tom.  zi.  1839,  PP- 
341—324,  PL  8,  figs.  8—18;  E.  HsKOXB,  BeUr&ge  gur  Naturyet^iehte  der 
Phyeapoden,  Mit  Kupfert.  Aue  dem  Jahrgange  1852  der  SUasunffeberickte 
der  Kaiaerl.  Akad.  der  Wieeenech,  zu  Wien,  Beeondere  abgedruckt.  8vo. 

Sub-genera  Phlaxihripe,  ffelicthripe,  Sericothripe,  Tkripe,  Afdanthripe, 
^dothrips  Haudat,  Entom.  Magazine,  Tom.  ni.  and  iv. 

Order  XII.     Coleoptera. 

Hexapod  insects,  with  four  wings,  the  anterior  hard,  coriaceous, 
covering  the  posterior  membranous,  folded  back  transversely  before 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  465 

the  apex.  Mouth  formed  for  manducation,  famished  with  mandi- 
bles, maxillaB  and  palps  both  maxillary  and  labial.  Metamorphosis 
complete. 

Shield-winged  (Ooleoptera  from  KoXetk,  shecUh,  covervngy  shieldy  and 
iTTepovy  fving)y  with  Fabricius  Eleutherata.  We  have  on  this 
numerous  order  of  insects  amongst  others  the  following  works : — 

J.  R  YoET,  Gatalogua  st/stemcUicus  Goleopterorwnhy  Hag.  Com. 
1769—1806, 4to,  II  parts.  With  (Ist  part  55,  2d  part  50)  beautifully 
coloured  plates ;  those  of  the  first  part  mostly  engraved  by  Kleekanh 
and  some  by  Koesel,  and  a  very  useless  Latin,  French,  and  Dutch 
text.  G.  W.  F.  Panzer  has  supplied  a  german  edition  of  it  with 
the  addition  of  the  synonymy.    Erlangen,  1793—1798. 

A.  G.  OuviEB,  SrUomologie,  ou  Rist  Nalwr,  des  Inaectes  {Coleop- 
t^es.)  Paris,  1789—1808,  vm  Tomes,  4to,  av.  (363)  pL  enluminfes. 
(The  plates  make  up  the  last  two  parts).  Stubm  has  given  a  less 
costly  edition  of  the  plates,  but  not  complete.  Niimberg.  1802, 
1803  (96  plates).  Illioeb  undertook  a  German  edition  of  the 
text 

J.  0,  FAfiBion  Syatema  deutkera/torvm.  Kiliie,  1801,  8vo, 
u  TomL  Index  Entomologies  in  G.  W.  F.  Panzer,  Fcmn.  Ins, 
OerfMm,     Part  i.  EleiUhercUa,  Norimborgi^B,  1813. 

O.  J.  ScHOENHERR,  Synonymia  Inaectontm,  oder  Versuch  einer 
Synonymie  alter  bisher  bekannten  Inaecten.  Stockholm  u.  TJpsala^ 
1806—1817.  3  TUnUt  Appendix,  8vo.  nk  iUtm.  KupferU  Ejusd. 
Synon.  InsectoruTrh.  Tom.  iv,  also  under  the  title  of  Genera  et 
Species  Cwrcfidionidvm,     Parisiis,  1833 — 1845,  vin  TomL 

DijEAN,  Species  ghihral  des  Coleopt^es  de  la  Collection  de  M,le 
Comte  Dejean.     Paris,  1825—1839,  8vo.  6  Tom  and  7  VoL 

For  the  anatomy  the  above-cited  Monograph  on  the  Cockchafer 
by  Straus  Durckheim  may  be  consulted  (see  above,  p.  266),  and 
also  the  numerous  investigations  of  Leon  Dufour,  which  extend 
over  the  whole  of  this  order.  Ann,  des  Sc.  naiur.  Tom.  n,  nL  1824, 
IV,  V,  VL  1825,  vm.  1826. 

This  order  is  distinguished  from  the  preceding  by  the  complete 
metamorphosis,  as  also  by  the  absence  of  a  galea,  howsoever  in  some 
two  pairs  of  maxillary  palps  are  present,  and  morphologically  the 
innermost  palps  do  not  differ  from  the  galea  of  the  Orthoptera, 

VOL.  I.  30 


Digitized  by 


Google 


466  CLASS  VIII. 

Simple  eyes  are  not  present  in  the  generality  of  these  insects;  they 
occur  however  in  some;  two  are  met  with  in  many  small  Brachdytra, 
species  of  ArUhophagus  and  OmcUiimi  (see  Klug,  cited  above, 
p.  280),  and  in  Pauasus  hucephdlua;  and  according  to  Curtis  one  is 
found  in  the  middle  of  the  head  in  soAe  Dermeatidw  (Westwood, 
IrUrod  to  Mod,  Classif,  Vol.  i.  p.  35).  The  antennse  have  a  very 
different  form  and  length,  but  consist  commonly  of  eleven  joints. 
The  anterior  thoracic  segment  is  large  and  moveable;  the  middle  and 
last  segments  of  the  thorax  are  entirely  covered  above  by  the  shield- 
covers.  The  imder  wings  are  absent  in  some  species,  which  natu- 
rally also  in  that  case  are  not  able  to  fly,  since  the  shield-covers  are 
not  used  for  flight ;  these  last  are  never  wanting,  but  are  sometimes 
very  short.  The  integuments  of  the  body  are  commonly  hard,  but 
less  so  on  the  dorsal  sur&ce,  inasmuch  as  it  is  covered  by  the  elytra. 
These  insects  undergo  a  perfect  metamorphosis.  The  larva  resem- 
bles a  worm,  and  commonly  has  six  homy  feet*.  Some  larvse  (Cwr- 
culU>y  CeramJbyx)  have  no  feet,  but  membranous  tubercles  in  their 
stead. 

Of  the  difl^on  of  this  order  an  idea  may  be  formed  when  we 
reflect  that,  according  to  Latreille,  more  than  fifteen  years  ago 
about  30,000  species  of  beetles  were  known',  and,  according  to 
Westwood,  in  1839,  28,000  were  found  in  the  British  Museum 
alone.  And  how  many  species  have  there  not  been  since  then,  and 
are  there  not  almost  daily  discovered  1 

The  number  of  joints  in  the  tarsus  was  first  made  use  of  bj 
Geoffbot  for  the  division  of  this  order  {Hist  abregie  des  Ifiseetes,  i. 
pp.  50,  51),  who  was  followed  by  Olivier  {Ene.  method,y  Hist  n.  d. 
Ins,  Tom.  v.  1791,  p.  107),  Latreille,  Dukeril,  and  nearly  all 
modem  writers;  a  character,  of  which  some  have  exaggerated  the 
value  (see  ex,  gr,  Illiger  in  his  Magazin,  f,  Ijisektenhmde,  l  1802, 
8.  285),  but  which  has  some  exceptions'^  and  moreover  cannot 
always  be  strictly  applied,  if  we  would  not  violate  natiu*al  aflinity^ 
The  normal  number  of  the  joints  of  the  tarsus  is  in  this  order,  as  in 
most  hexapod  insects,  Jwe^  and  therefore  by  £at  the  most  of  the 


^  Comp.  Dx  Haan,  Mhnoirtt  mr  lea  metamorphoaet  des  ColeopUret.    NouveOeM 
AnnaUt  du  MuUum,  iv.  1835,  pp.  125—164,  PL  10—19. 

*  Revue  Entom.  par  Silbebhann,  i.  1833,  p.  53. 

"  Ph.  W.  J.  MiJLLEB,  BemerhingenHb.  die  Fuugliedenahl  evniger  Ka/ergattungen, 
in  Illioer's  Magaz.f.  Ins,  17.  1805,  8.  197 — 219. 

*  I  oommunicated  some  remarks  on  this  subject  id  Okbn's  Isit,  1824.  s.  229,  223. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  467 

genera  belong  to  the  Pentamefra,  The  Heteromera  are  such  as  have 
an  unequal  number  of  joints  of  the  tarsus  in  different  feet,  namely, 
five  in  the  first  four  feet,  four  in  the  last  two.  The  remaining 
divisions,  which  have  been  formed,  are  Tetramera,  Trimera,  Dimera 
and  Moruymera;  the  last  two,  however,  in  consequence  of  later 
observations,  are  obsolete',  and  there  remain  only  the  Trifnera  and 
TUramera;  on  which  we  may  remark,  that,  according  to  more 
accurate  investigation,  in  the  Trvmera  and  in  many  Tetramera  a 
small  joint  has  been  found  situated  at  the  base  of  the  last  joint,  and 
which,  when  this  joint  is  in  its  ordinary  position,  is  almost  con- 
cealed and  invisible*.  The  Trimera  are  thus  in  reality  Tetrafnera; 
they,  are  named  by  Westwood,  PaeudoPrim&ra  (Cryptotetramera 
BuBX.).  The  TetrcMnera  of  Latbeille  are  now  named  by  Bub- 
XEifirrEB  Cryptopefntameray  by  Westwood  Faeudotetramera,  The 
first  three  or  four  joints  of  the  tarsus  are  commonly  broad  and 
below  flat,  furnished  with  small  inequalities  and  beset  with  little 
hairs  at  the  margin.  The  last  joint  (the  last  two  joints  taken 
together  in  the  Paeudotrimera  and  Paeudotetramera)  is  small, 
inversely  conical,  elongate,  homy  and  smooth,  and  terminates  with 
curved  naUs  or  booklets. 

A.    Fseudotrimera. 

Family  XLIV.  Coccinellulce  {Aphidiphagi  Latr.)  Body 
nearly  semi-globose,  above  gibbous,  below  plane.  Thorax  short, 
broad,  lunate.  Antennae  inserted  before  the  eyes,  capable  of  con- 
cealment under  the  head,  shorter  than  thorax,  terminated  by  a 
capitulmn  ob-triangular,  compressed.  Maxillary  palps  securiform 
(with  last  joint  large,  depressed,  triangular) ;  labial  palps  filiform. 
Feet  short ;  second  joint  of  tarsus  bilobed,  broad. 

Coccinella  L. 

Sub-genera:    Coccidvla  Megerle  (Cacicula  Steph.),    Scymnua 

KUGELANN,  kG, 


*  ThuB  the  PieUxphii  (supposed  previously  to  be  dimera)  have,  acoording  to  Lbaoh, 
three  joiDts,  and  Clambtu,  the  only  genus  of  the  so-named  monamera,  has  four  joints, 
aooording  to  WxsTWOOD,  Inlrod.  to  mod.  Class,  i.  p.  37. 

■  Ph.  W.  J.  MtJLLEB  observed  this  in  CocciruUa,  Illigeb's  Mag.  s.  ai8.  In 
Oerambyx  there  are  in  this  way  five  jomts.  Gomp.  also  Kibbt  and  Sfenoe,  Introd.  to 
EntomdL  m.  pp.  683,  684,  and  especially  W.  S.  Mao  Leat,  On  the  Structure  of  the 
Tarsus  in  the  tdramerous  and  trimerous  Coleoptera  of  the  French  Entomologists,  Transact, 
cfthe  Linn.  80c.  Vol.  xv.  18^7,  pp.  63 — 74. 

30—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


468  GLASS  YIII. 

Comp.  L.  Redtkkbaohib  in  Gkbmab's  ZeiUckr.  f.  dieEmamol,  y.  1844, 
pp.  m — 13a. 

Sp.  Ooecinella  teptemptinetata  L.,  Rgbsbl,  Ins,  n.  Sear,  ierratr.  01.  m. 
Tab.  n,  Pakzeb,  DetOfchl.  Ins,  Heft  79,  Tab.  3,  Brandt  u.  Ratzkbubo, 
Mediz.  Zocl.  n.  Tab.  XX.  fig.  i.  This  is  throngbout  Europe  the  oommonest 
species  of  these  small  insects,  which  in  the  hmgoage  of  the  people  is  called 
Omen-lieoen-Heers-heettjes,  Ma/rienkiifer,  Vaehes  d  Dieu,  Lady-birds,  Hie 
six-footed  larvse  are  elongate,  flat  beneath,  with  a  small  head  and  twelve 
rings,  which  become  smaller  backwards.  They  feed  on  plant-lice.  The 
perfect  insects  have  commonly  red  or  brown  shield-covers  with  black  spots, 
or  black  shield-covers  with  red  spots.  Very  many  species  belong  here. 
Gomp.  SoHOSNHKBR,  Synonym,  i.  2,  pp.  151 — 108,  and  Hkbbioh-Schjkffib, 
Synopsis  generis  Coceinella,  Deutsehl,  Ins.  Heft  isS. 

Clypeaster  Andersch,  (species  of  Cossyphus  Gyllenh.)  Body 
clypeiform.  Head  concealed  in  a  pit  beneath  the  thorax.  Thorax 
of  the  breadth  of  abdomen.  Antennae  with  nine  joints.  Tarsi  with 
four  joints  distinct. 

8p.  ClypeaMer  pusiUus,  Ahbenb  et  Gkrmab,  Fa/una  InseeL  Bwrcp,  Fasc. 
vm.  Tab.  10,  Gu^BiN,  Iconogr.,  Ins.  PI.  51,  fig.  5,  &c. 

Family  XLV.  Fungtcolce  {Endomychidm  Leach).  Antenns 
longer  than  head  and  thorax,  clayate  or  incrassated  towards  the 
apex.  Maxillary  palps  filiform,  thick.  Body  oval.  Tarsi  with 
second  joint  bilobed. 

Fvmgu9^inhabUcmtB.     (So  named  from  the  abode  of  most  of  the 
species;  some  live  under  the  bark  of  trees). 

Endomychus  Pa  YE.  (in  part),  Latr.  Antennae  towards  the  apex 
incrassated,  filiform.  Maxillary  palps  with  last  joint  ob-triangular. 
Thorax  broader  posteriorly,  trapezoidal. 

Sp.  EndomyehiuM  coccineus  Patk.^,  Ckrysomda  eoceinea  L.,  Pakzeb,  Deutsehl. 
Ins.  Heft  44>  Tab.  17,  Dux^bil,  Cons.  g.  s.  I.  Ins.  PL  11,  fig.  1,  Cuv.  R. 
Ani.,  id.  iU.,  Ins.  PL  74  bis,  fig.  3. 

Lycoperdina  Latr.  Antennae  filiform,  incrassated  towards  apex. 
Maxillary  palps  with  last  joint  ovate.    Thorax  sub-quadrate. 

Sp.  Lycoperdina  hovistce,  Endomychus  bovistcs  Patk.,  Pakzkb,  BeutscM. 
Ins.  Heft  8,  Tab.  4,  Cuvibb,  R.  AnL,  id.  ill.,  Ins.  PL  74  bis,  fig.  4. 


^  6.  Patkull,  Fauna  Sueciea.  Ins.  8yo.  ii.  1798,  p.  rt9. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


iNSEC?rA.  469 

Eumcyrphus  Web.  Anteim»  clavate,  with  three  terminal  joints 
broad,  depressed.  Maxillary  palps  thick,  with  last  joint  conical 
Thorax  trapezoidal,  broader  posteriorly. 

Gomp.  F.  Websb,  Obterval,  entomol.  Kilie,  1801.  8yo.  pp.  ^i,  59. 

Sp.  Eumorphua  marginatut  Fabb.,  DuiciBiii,  Con9,  gin.  $,  L  Im.  PI.  11, 
fig.  1  (wrongly  named  Eumorphut  Sumatra^,  CuY.  R,  Ant.,  id,  ill.,  Ins, 
PL  74  bis,  fig.  I ; — Eumorph.  SumatrcB  Wbbeb,  L  I.  p.  59,  Erotylut  quctd' 
riguUcUtu  Illio.,  Wiedbicann'b  Archiv  f.  Zool.  u.  Zoat,  i.  1,  p.  124, 
TaK  I.  fig.  4,  &C. 

Note, — Add  genera  Dapsam  ZiKOL.,  Trockotdeum  Webtwood,  and  some 
oilier  genera  of  this  family  here  omitted. 

B.     Tetramera  and  {Pseudotetramera.) 

Family  XL VI.  Chmpalpi.  First  three  joints  of  tarsi  spongy 
beneath,  fiimished  with  brushes  of  setaB,  third  bilobed.  Antennas 
filiform,  or  moniliform,  capitate,  short.  Palps  with  last  joint  thick. 
Body  often  gibbous,  mostly  oval,  with  thorax  short,  narrow  an- 
teriorly, with  head  small. 

These  insects  (the  Mb-palpd)  are  very  closely  allied  to  the  pre-* 
ceding,  wherefore  Westwood  places  them  in  the  division  of  the 
Pseudotrimera  as  a  third  &mily.  They  appear  to  live  on  Fungi 
(Agcmaua,  Boletus).  The  greatest  number  of  species  belongs  to 
South  America. 

t  MaeeUlary  palps  nuUleiform,  with  UuA  joint  trwMvene,  very  large,  re- 
eembling  a  tegrnent  of  a  circle, 

a)    Internal  process  of  maadUce  hiderdate  at  apex. 

Erotyhi8  Fabr.  (and  JEgtthm  ejusd.),  Latk. 

Comp.  P.  A.  J.  DuFOiroHBL,  Monographie  du  genre  Brotyle,  Mim.  du 
Musivm,  XII.  1825,  pp.  30—61,  PI.  I.  II.  pp.  156 — 176,  PI.  in;  Th. 
Laoosdaibb,  Monographie  des  Erotyliens,  Paris,  184a.  8yo. 

Sub-genera;  Omoiotelus  Hope,  Erotylua  nob.  {Bcusis  Chevbol., 
Hope,  Lacobd.,  Priotehts  Hope,  Lacord.,  ScapJudomorphtLs  Hope, 
Lagobd.,  Euryca/rdiu8  Lacord.,  Z<mcuriu8  Hope,  Lacobd.,  Erotyhis 
Lacord.),  jEgithus  Fabr,  Laoobd.,  Brachysphoenua  Lacobd.,  Gocd- 
morphus  Hope,  Lacobd.,  Cyclomorphvs  Hope,  Lacobd.,  EuphanisUa 
Lacokd.,  Thoniua  Lacord.     (All  from  America). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


470  CLASS  VIII. 

Sp.  ErUyUu  gigantmB  Fabb.,  Ch/ry9omda  gigwdea  1m,  Hoxtttuth,  NatmtrL 
Hut,  I.  ixe  Stuk,  p.  386,  PL  74,  fig.  3,  Voet,  CoUopt.  n.  Tab.  33,  fig.  iv, 
DuFONOHSL,  L  L  PL  I.  fig.  ^-y—Erotylut gibbo8us'EAX&.,  ChrytomeUigibbota 
L.,  HouTTUTK,  L  L  fig.  5,  VoKT,  CoUopi,  n.  Tab.  44,  tg,  tl,  DuiiiBiL^ 
Com,  gin,  $,  I.  Ins.  PI.  20,  fig.  13,  &c. 

AtUacocheilus  Ohevbol.^  Lacord. 

Sp.  Avlaew^eUut  vMaceui,  Triplax  violaeea  Girkab,  Famn.  In$.  Europ, 
Fasc.  ZIL  Tab.  15.  Habit,  in  Croatia.  The  remaining  species  firom  the 
Indian  Archipelago  and  Western  Africa. 

b)  Internal  proceu  of  maxUlcB  unidentate  cU  truncated  apex. 

Encatistea   Dejean,    Lacord.     Body    elongate,    sub-parallel. 
Elytra  mostly  dilated  at  the  base,  rather  broader  than  thorax. 

Species  from  East  Indies,  especially  from  Java.     Comp.  Laoorbaibe, 
Monogr,  pp.  33—44. 

c)  Internal  process  of  maxUUB  unarmed,  mostly  small,  dUated  or  tub- 
pubescent, 

Trtplax  Payk.,  Oliv.,  Latr.,  {Tnplax  and  Trttoma  Fabk.  not 

Geoffr.) 

Sp.  Triplax  nigripennis  Fabb.,  SUpha  russica  L.,  Db  Gxbb,  Ins,  v.  PL  8, 
figs,  n— 15  (Anihribus  ruber),  Panzeb,  Deutsehl.  Ins.  Heft  50,  Tab.  7, 
CuviBB,  R,  Ant,,  id.  iU.,  Ins,  PL  74,  fig.  3,  &c. 

Dacne  Latr.  (in  part),  Lacord.    Tarsi  with  five  joints. 

Sp.    Dacne  fasciata,  Bngis  fasciata  Pabb.  Ac. 
1 1  Maxillary  palps  vnth  last  joint  elongate, 

a)  Tarsi  with  five  Joints. 

Episcapha  DiSjean  (in  part),  Lacord. 
Trtplatoma  Westw.,  Lacord. 

Note, — Species  of  genus  JBngis  of  authors. 

b)  Tarsi  with  four  joints, 

Languria  Latr.,  Oliv.    Body  linear,  narrow. 

Fhalacms  Payk.    Body  oval,  gibbous.    Antennae  clavate,  with 
club  elongate,  triarticulate,  last  joint  longer,  conical. 

Sp.  Phalacrus  corticalis,  Anisotoma  corticate  Illio.,  Pakzbb,  DeutsekL  Ins, 
Heft  37,  Tab.  la,  Stubm,  DeiOschl,  Fauna,  Ins.  ii.  Tab.  xxx.  Ac. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECJTA.  471 

Family  XLVII.  Cydica.  Joints  of  tarsi  as  in  the  preceding 
family.  AntennsB  filiform,  or  somewhat  thicker  towards  the 
end  only,  shorter  than  body.  Maxillse  without  homy  tooth,  with 
external  division  palpiform,  often  biarticulate.  Ligula  thick,  sub- 
qnadrate  or  oval,  entire  or  little  emarginate. 

Gircula/rs.  They  are  ooleopterous  insecta  of  small  or  only  moderate 
size,  which  feed  on  plants,  especially  on  leaves.  The  species  here 
belonging  were  collected  by  LiNKiEUS  imder  the  genera  Cassida^ 
Ghrysomela  and  HUpa, 

Phalanx  I.  Ghrysomela  {Ghrysomelidce  Leach).  Antennae  re- 
mote at  the  base,  inserted  before  the  eyes. 

Chryaomela  L.  (exclusive  of  many  species),  Latr.  (Cuv.  R, 
Am.),    Head  not  covered  by  thorax,  exsert. 

A.  Antennas  short,  moniliform,  thicker  towards  the  extremity. 

Sub-genera:  FrcuocvHs  Latb.  {Helodea  Payil,  Fabr.),  Phoedon 
Megerle,  Ghrysomela  L.  (in  part),  Tim^a/rcha  Meo.  (apterous  species), 
Paropsis  Oliv.,  Doryphora  Illig.,  Trochalonota  Westw.,  PhyUa- 
charts  Dalm.,  &c. 

Comp.  Hebbich-Sohaffeb,  Auseinandersetzwig  der  OaUung  Chrynrnda, 
Deutschl.  Ins.  Heft  157. 

Sp.  Chrysomda  Phdlandrii  li.,  HdodespheUandrii  Patk.,  Fabb.,  Duh^il, 
<7(m#.  gin.  s.  I.  Ins.  PL  19,  fig.  4,  Panzeb,  Deutschl.  Ins.  Heft  83,  Tab.  9 ; 
— CJirysomela  populi  L,,  Panzeb,  Deutschl.  Ins.  Heft  100,  Tab.  5,  Batzb- 
BUBO,  Forst-Ins.  i.  Tab.  XX,  fig.  4;  Ouvrage  posth.  de  P.  Ltonbt,  PL  12, 
figs.  36 — 4a ;  this  little  beetle,  5'"  long,  is  blue-black,  with  red-brown  or 
orange-coloured  shield -covers,  which  have  a  black  spot  at  the  point;  the 
larvs  eat  the  parenchyme  of  the  leaves  of  poplars,  so  that  the  vascular  net 
is  left  like  a  skeleton  leaf;  see  BATZBBUBa,  1.  L  Tab.  xxi.  fig.  6; — Chryso' 
melafastuosa  L.,  Pakzsb,  Deutschl.  Ins.  Heft  44,  Tab.  la,  &c. 

B.  AntenncB  filtform,  longer  than  half  the  body. 

Sub-genera:  Podontia  Dalm.,  Colaspis  Fabr. 

Note. — Db  La  Pobts,  Mim.  sur  les  divisionji  du  genre  Colaspis,  Bevue 
entomol.  par  Silbebmann,  pp.  18 — 15,  proposed  several  sub-genera. 

Does  genus  Megamerus  Mao  Leat  belong  here  1  Habitus  of  PrumuSf 
thorax  oblongo-quadrate.  Comp.  Boisduval  in  Gu^BiK,  Magas,  de  Zool. 
1835,  Ins.  PL  124. 

Gryptocephalus  Geoffr.  (in  part),  Fabr.   Head  vertical,  almost 
entirely  intruded  within  the  gibbous  thorax. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


472  CLASS  viii. 

A.  AntenwB  longer  than  head  and  thorax. 

Sub-genera:  Evmolpus  Fabr,  Ewryope  Daul,  Choragus  Kibby^ 
Cryptoceph(du8  anctor.  kc 

Sp.  Orif^ptocepkalM  tericeus  Fabb.,  Chrytomda  terieea  li.,  Pahzeb,  DeictecU. 
Ins.  Heft  loi.  Tab.  13,  Cuv.  R.  Ami,,  id  HI,,  Int.  Tab.  7a,  ^,  4,  *»• 

The  buTflB  of  Oryptocephaku  and  of  the  rab-genus  Clythra,  are  thick  and 
curved  at  the  posterior  extremity  like  those  of  the  Cockchafer;  they  five 
in  cases,  which  they  draw  along  with  them,  and  which,  according  to  Gbb^ 
are  formed  of  their  excrement.  Ann,  des  Sc.  naiur.  ZX.  1830,  p.  143. 

SurFBiAB  gave  a  revision  of  the  Eoropean  species  not  long  ago,  iMtnaa 
entomUog.  n.  1847.  b.  i — 194. 

B.  AntenniB  short,  aerraU  or  pectinate. 

Snb-genera:  Laanprosoma  Kibbt,  Chlaanya  Kitoch,  Clythra 
Laichabting,  Eabb. 

Sp.  Clythra  quadripuntiata,  Chryeomda  quadripundata  li.,  "Paxzbjl,  DeutechL 
Int.  Heft  106,  Tab.  10,  &c. 

Note. — ^Almost  all  the  spedes  of  sab-genos  Chlamyt  are  from  Sonth 
America;  on  which  comp.  Kltjo,  Entomol.  Monogr,  1844,  pp.  85 — 150, 
and  Y.  Kollbb,  Monogr.  Chlamydum.  Gum  Tab.  sen.  color,  a.  YiemuB 
1844,  folio.  A  new  species  irom  the  eastern  hemisphere  {Chi.  indica)  was 
described  by  Guiaiir  {Revue  goal.  1840,  p.  41). 

Phalanx  II.  Galeructna  {GalenusidoB  Steph.).  Antennas  aap- 
proximate  at  the  base,  inserted  between  the  eyes  near  the  mouth 
(filiform,  scarcely  or  not  at  all  inerassated  towards  the  apex,  often 
longer  than  half  the  body). 

HaUtca  Illig.  [Altica  Geoffr.).  Posterior  feet  saltatory,  with 
thighs  inerassated. 

Sp.  HdUicadUiracea,  Chrytom/tHa  oleraeea  It.,  Panzbb,  Deuttchl,  Int,  Heft  ^i, 
Tab.  I,  Batzkbubo,  Fortt-Ins,  i.  Tab.  zx.  fig.  8 ;  a"'  long,  blnish-green, 
shining,  with  a  transyerae  furrow  on  the  hindmost  part  of  the  thorax. 
As  larva  and  perfect  insect  this  little  beetle  eats  all  kinds  of  leaves  of 
trees,  garden-plants  and  pot-herbs,  and  may  cause  great  damage  if  it 
multiplies  largely.  It  is  known  by  the  name  of  earth-Jlea,  under  which 
however  other  species  are  also  included. 

Comp.  on  this  genus  Illigeb  Magaz,  Yi.  and  SoHOXNHXBB  Synon»  L,  s, 
pp.  300—311. 

Sub-genera :  Longitarsvs,  Diholia,  PayUiodea,  (Edumychus  Latb. 
(Cuv.  R.  AnL  1829,  v.  pp.  154,  155),  and  some  others  proposed  by 
English  authors,  on  which  cons.  Westwood  InJtrodact.  n.  Otneric 
Synopsis,  pp.  42,  43. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  473 

OiJeruca  Geoffb.,  Fabr.    Posterior  feet  not  saltatory. 

Sub-genera:  Luperua  Gboffr.,  Gaieruca  Gkoffr.,  FhyUobrotioa 
Chrvb.,  AgdcuHca  Cheyb.,  Adariwn  Fabb.,  ice 

Sp.  Cfaleniea  alni,  Okrymmda  abni  L.,  PANUBy  JDeutaehl.  /««.  Heft  loa. 
Tab.  3,  Ratzkbubo,  PoratrlnM.  i.  Tab.  xz.  fig.  6 ;  3'"  long^  violet-blae, 
sbining,  dytn  with  scattered  points,  feet  and  antenna  black  ;  this  spedes 
fiyes  on  Alnui  gkOinota,  and  is  yeiy  common ; — Cfaleruea  tanaeeU,  Chryto- 
mda  tanaceti  "L,,  BounL,  In$.  n.  Sear,  tar,  CI.  m.  Tab.  v.  Pansbb,  1.  L 
T^.  9,  &a 

XupenM  fumOm  Wsbtwood,    Gu^bih  Maga»,  de  ZooL    1837,   ^^^ 
PL  177. 

Phalanx  III.  Casstdina  {Caastdarim^  Cassidiadm  Leach). 
Antennae  approximate  at  the  base,  remote  from  the  mouthy  inserted 
in  the  upper  part  of  the  head  (short,  exsert,  filiform  or  cylindrical, 
sub-incrassated  towards  the  extremity). 

Htspa  L.  Body  ovato-oblong,  with  head  exsert.  AntennsB  en- 
tirely exsert.    Thorax  trapezoidal  or  sub-quadrate. 

Sub-genus  Alvmua  Eabb. 

Sp.  AVwmuM  grouui  Fabr.,  Yobt  Ooleopt,  n.  Tab.  7g,  fig.  9,  Duv^bil,  Chnt. 
ffSn.  «.  I.  Ins.  PI.  19,  fig.  3; — Alumm  marginahu  Thunb.,  Bitpe  hardi 
Latb.,  Cuv.  B.  Ani.  18x7,  PL  xm.  fig.  5  (md  edit.  1819,  PL  xm.  fig.  5) 
ko.  Comp.  Thunbbbo,  Nov.  Act.  UpstU.  ym.  182 1,  pp.  199 — aoi, 
GniBiN,  Note  monographique  $ur  le  genre  Alumus,  Revue  Zoolog.  pp. 
330-334. 

Here  also  belong  sub-genera  Sotkrionota,   Anieodera,   CaUielola,   and 
Pnmecotheca  Chxybol.  and  D^jbak. 

Hispa  L. 

(Thorax  and  elytra  frequently  aculeata) 

Sp.  Hiapa  tettcuxa  L.,  Dtjh^bil  Cone.  gin.  $.  I.  In$.  PL  19,  fig.  3 ;  Ouv. 
ErUom.  No.  95,  PL  i.  fig.  7;  habit,  in  south  of  France,  Italy,  and 
Barbary. 

Comp.  Sohobnhbbb  Syrum.  i.  3,  pp.  i — 7.     Add  sub-genus  Chaiqnu 
Thukb. 

Cassida  L.,  Late.     Body  clypeiform,  plane  beneath.    Elytra 

marginate. 

Ckudda  L.     Head  concealed  beneath  the  plane  thorax. 

Sp.  Cattida  viridie  L.,  Ba»BL,  Ins.  n.  Scarab,  terreebr.  CI.  m.  Tab.  Ti., 
Panzbb,  DeiiUGhl.  Im.  Heft  96,  Tab.  4 ;  green  shidd-heeUe,  3V"  long* 


Digitized  by 


Google 


474  CLASS  VII  r. 

green^  with  a  black  body.  The  bura  lives  on  thiBtles,  is  pale-green,  pro- 
vided with  lateral  spines,  and  is  covered  on  the  back  by  its  own  excrement. 
The  perfect  insect^  when  touched,'  draws  its  feet  and  antennae  under  the 
thorax,  and  remains  so  immoveable  that  it  might  be  supposed  to  be  dead. 
Cassida  equeHrit  Fabb.,  Pakzib,  DeuUchl  Itu.  Heft  96,  Tab.  5 ;  4'"  long; 
differs  from  the  preceding  species  by  the  yellow  feet»  and  a  yellow  margin 
at  the  abdomen. — Cauida  nobilis,  L.,  &c. 

Gomp.  for  the  species  of  this  genus  Sohoxnhbbb,  Syiwn,  L  2,  pp.  109 — 
330,  which  however  have  been  since  increased  by  many  new  discoveries. 
F.  W.  HoPB  possesses  five  hundred  of  them  in  his  private  collection  ;  and 
knows,  at  the  least,  two  hundred  more.  The  greatest  number  (four-fifths) 
of  the  known  species  are  fomid  in  the  new  worid.  See  F.  W.  Hops,  O&mt- 
wUions  on  the  Toriaue  or  ShiddrBtdlei,  AnnaJU  of  Natural  ffist.  in.  1839, 
pp.  91— 100,  PL  lY.,  where  also  some  new  genera  are  proposed  as  divisions 
of  this  numerous  group. 

ImcUidiwm,  Fabb.     Head  received  in  the  thorax,  emargiiutte  an- 
teriorly. 

Family  XL VIII.  Eupoda  s.  Parameca  {CrtocertdcB  Leach). 
Tarsi  as  in  the  preceding  family.  Body  oblong.  Antennse  filiform 
or  somewhat  thicker  towards  the  extremity,  inserted  before  the 
eyes,  scarcely  longer  than  head  and  thorax  together.  Thorax 
narrow,  cylindrical  or  quadrate,  receiving  the  head  as  far  as  the 
eyes.  Posterior  feet  in  most  large,  with  thickened  thighs.  Lobes 
of  maxilla  membranous,  with  outer  lobe  dilated  towards  the  apex, 
not  palpiform. 

Phalanx  I.  Criocerina.  Mandibles  broad,  with  two  or  three 
teeth  at  the  apex.    Ligula  entire  or  scarcely  emarginate 

Megascelis  Dej.,  Latr.  Antennae  almost  of  the  length  of  body, 
with  joints  slender,  elongate.    Mandibles  truncated,  thick. 

Sp.  American:  Letna  viUala  Fabb.,  Cuv.  R,  Ani.,  id.  HI.,  Iru.  PL  71,  fig.  a; 
Lema  euprea  Fabb.  ;  Lema  nitidulu  Fabb.  ;  Megatcdu  Jkmpei  Dij. ; 
— Megatcdia  cenea  Stubm,  CkUalog.  meitier  IfuedenaammL  1816,  p.  80^  l^b. 
IV.  fig.  36,  &c. 

Crtocerts  Geoffr.,  Lema  Fabr.  in  part.  Antennss  scarcely 
longer  than  head  and  thorax.    Eyes  emarginate. 

Crioceris  Latr.     Posterior  femora  scarcely  incrassated  or  «iTOilA.r 
to  the  rest 

Sp.  Ci-iacerU  merdigera  Fabr.,  BiU.  Syd.,  Lema  merdigera  Fabb.  SyH, 
Eteuih,,  ChryMomda  merdigera  L.,  R^UH.  Ins.  m.  PL  17,  figs,  i — 13, 
VOBT  Coleopt,  11.  Tab.  29,  fig.  r,  Panzeb,  Deutschl.  Int.  Heft  45,  Tab.  «, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  475 

CuY.  J2.  Am,,  4d.  iU,,  Int.  ¥1  70,  fig.  S;  the  red  Ulf-beeOe^'^Orioeeni  atpa- 
ragi,  Chryaomda  Asparagi  It,,  iUiSBL,  Ins.  IL  Sear,  terr.  GL  m.  Tftb.  it. 
VOBT,  Tab.  cii.  fig.  iv.  Pakz.  DevttM,  Int,  Heft  71,  Twh.  1 ;  a}"'  long, 
-with  a  black-blue  abdomen,  black  head,  brown-red  thorax,  with  two  black 
epots,  black  elytra,  each  with  three  yellow  spots  and  a  yellow  point.  The 
bora  and  perfect  insect  lire  on  the  asparagus. 

Petauristes  Latb.     Posterior  femora  incrassated 

Donacia  Fabb.    Antenna  scaxcelj  larger  than  head  and  thorax. 
Eyes  entire. 

Auchenia  Thunb.  Posterior  femora  not  incrassated.  Thorax 
produced  at  the  sides.  Last  joints  of  antenniB  broader^  produced 
inwardly. 

Donada  Fabr.,  Latb.  (Donacia  and  ffcunonia  Msa,  Dejean). 
Posterior  femora  incrassated  Antennae  filiform,  with  last  joints 
slender,  elongata 

Sp.  Donada  tagiUairia  L.,  Panz.  DeuMd,  In$.  Heft  7g,  Tab.  7,  CuY.  M. 
AfU.,  id  ill,  Ins.  PL  70,  fig.  5 ;  Don,  NymphwcB  (and  Don,  ioricea)  Fabb., 
Leptara  aerigta  L.  &c.  Lennaub  enumerated  the  species  known  to  him 
under  the  genus  Leptura,  Gomp.  on  the  genus  Donacia,  D.  H.  Horn, 
Enumeraiio  Intedorum  dytratorum,  circa  Erlangam  indigenarum,  ErlangBo, 
1795*  8vo.  pp.  38 — 48,  with  13  col.  figs.  They  are  small  beetles,  living  on 
water-plants,  between  3  and  5'"  long,  mostly  of  a  shining  green,  copper- 
lustrous  colour. 

Phalanx  11.  Sagrida.  Mandibles  triangular,  with  apex  acute. 
Ligula  emarginate^ 

Sagra  Fabr.  Eyes  reniform,  emarginate  at  the  base  of  an- 
tennae. Posterior  femora  incrassated,  tibisB  incurved.  Body  narrow, 
gibbous. 

8p.  Sagra  femorata  Fabb.,  Tenebrio  femoratua  Dbubt,  TeneMo  viridii 
SuLZEB  AbgekOrUe  Getch,  d.  Ins,  Tab.  vii.  fig.  8,  Cuv.  It.  Ant.,  id,  iU,, 
Inf.  PL  70,  fig.  a,  Oliv.  Coleopt.  No.  90,  PI.  i.  fig.  i,  &c.  Gomp.  on  this 
genus  F.  WxBiB,  Obterv.  EntomoL  1801,  pp.  60 — 64.  Add  Sagr,  JBuqtuttii, 
Lesson;  S,  BoiaduvalUi  Dupoirr,  Lsssoir,  lUudr.  de  ZoU.  PL  30, 
Gu^BiN,  Magann  de  Zod,  1832,  Ina,  PL  32,  &c. 

Sub-genera:    AmetaUa,  Mecynodera,  Hops;  Megalopu*  Fabb.    Head 
nodding ;  eyes  large,  protuberant.     Body  oblong,  somewhat  broad. 


^  To  this  the  genus  Poecilomorpka  of  Hops  and  Laoobdaibs  forms  an  exception. 
Perhaps  it  were  better  to  distinguish  both  dirisions  by  the  mandibles  alone,  or  indeed 
entirely  to  drop  them. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


476  CLASS  VIII. 

Gomp.  Mannxbheim,  ObservaiioM  sur  U  gmre  Megcdoput,  Mim,  de 
VAcad.  im^r,  dea  Sc.  de  St  Peteriboturg,  Tom.  x.  (1816)  p.  ^93,  &c.,  PI.  15. 

Here  belong  sub-genera^  Mariostethus  Laoobd.,  Hcmudoptenu  Pkrtt, 
AgaUMmeruB  Laoobd.,  Temnoupia  Laoobd.,  and  PacUonwrpha  Hops. 

Orsodacne  Latr,  Eyes  entire.  Femora  subequal.  Maxillary 
palps  with  terminal  joint  elongate,  truncated. 

Sp«  Ordodacne  MoroUca  Latb.  ;  Orioceria  Ceraai  and  Orioc.  fulvieoUiM 
Fabb.  ;  Panzbb,  DeuUehl.  Im.  Heft  83,  Tab.  8  ;  Guv.  JR.  AnL,  id.  Ul., 
Ina,  PL  70,  fig.  3. 

Family  XLIX.  Macroceraia  s.  Longicomia.  Tarsi  as  in  the 
preceding  family.  Mandibles  broad,  triangular,  with  apex  simple, 
acute.  Ligula  mostly  membranous,  cordate,  emarginate.  Antenn® 
filiform  or  setaceous,  mostly  long,  almost  of  the  length  of  the  body 
or  longer  than  the  body.  Form  of  the  body  elongate,  depressed. 
Eyes  in  many  emarginate,  a  sinus  receiving  the  base  of  antennae. 

The  goat-beetles,  or  long-horns.  These  insects  usually  live  a  long 
time  in  the  state  of  larva  and  then  reside  in  dififerent  parts  of  plants, 
especially  in  the  inside  in  the  wood,  whence  some  species  may  become 
very  injurious  to  the  growth  of  trees.  The  larvse  have  very  short 
feet,  or  are  quite  destitute  of  them,  and  are  vermiform,  with  rings 
strongly  marked  as  though  by  constriction.  The  goat-beetles  have 
some  affinity  with  the  group  of  the  Lucanidea  amongst  the  IctmeHi- 
eomia;  this  is  however  exaggerated,  when  some  writers  wish  on  that 
account  to  place  this  fiEunily  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Luccmus  L. 

Gomp.  Audinbt  Sxbville,  NouvdU  ClaaaificaJtion  de  la  fanUUe  dea 
Longicomea,  Ann.  de  la  Soc.  entomd.  de  France,  i.  1831,  pp.  18 — to,  n, 
1833,  pp.  5«8— 573,  IV.  18351  pp.  5—100,  197— ««3- 

Phalanx  I.  L^tureta  {Lepturidoe  Leach,  West  wood).  Eyes 
mostly  entire,  in  some  sub-emarginate.  Antennae  moderate,  inserted 
before  the  eyes.  Head  nodding,  broader  posteriorly  than  the  an- 
terior margin  of  thorax.  Thorax  conico-truncated,  broader  pos- 
teriorly. Elytra  mostly  attenuated  towards  the  apex.  Body  often 
arcuate,  with  feet  long. 

Leptura  L.  (in  part),  Dej.,  Latr.  Antennas  remote  at  the  base. 
Thorax  mostly  not  produced  into  lateral  tubercles,  with  margins 
smooth. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN8ECTA.  477 

Sp.  Leptwra  rubro-Utlacea  Illio.  (Leptura  tetiaeea  L.  nuJe,  And  Zifi. 
rubra  L.  fern.)  Pahzbb  I>euUchl.  Int.  Heft  69,  T&b.  ir,  17;  Ratzsbubo 
Fortt-Ins,  I.  Ta£  xvn.  %8.  9,  10.  Body,  head,  antennaa,  and  thighs 
black,  tibiae  and  tarsi  ruddy,  shield-oovera  of  male  yellow-brown,  of 
female  red-brown,  as  also  the  thorax,  length  of  male  7'",  female  8'". 
Lepiura  armata  Pbetbl.,  Sohobnh.,  Strangalia  armaia  Sebyillb  {Lep- 
tura calcarata  Fabb.  male,  Lept,  tubapino$a  Fabb.  fem.),  Yoet,  Coleopi, 
n.  Tab.  zxvi.  fig.  5 ;  Leptwra  tomeniota  Fabb.,  Out.  Coleopi.  No.  73, 
PL  7,  ^.  13,  G.  Duicfon.  Cons,  g4n,  $,  l.  Int.  PL  18,  fig.  2,  fto. 

(Sab-genns   ffeteropalput  Buquet..     Mazillaiy    palps   with   a  pilose 
appendage  at  the  base  of  last  joint.     GuiBiN  Magatin  de  ZoU,) 

Bhagium  Fabr.  (with  addit.  of  some  species  oi  Lepiura  ejasd.), 
St&nocorua  Geoffr.,  Oliy.  Antennce  approximate  at  the  base, 
inserted  on  two  tubercles  between  the  anterior  margin  of  ejes. 
Thorax  on  both  sides  tuberculated  or  spuiose. 

Sp.  Bhagium  inquititor  Fabb.,  OaramJb,  inqutiitor  L.,  Pakzbb  DeuttcAZ. 
Ins,  Heft  8a,  fig.  6; — Bhag.  mordax  Fabb.,  Yoet  Coleopi,  n.  Tab.  95, 
^,  I,  DuMiBiL  Cons,  gin,  s.  I.  Ins,  PL  18,  fig.  i,  fto. 

Vesperas  Dej.   Elytra  of  females  short,  soft,  wings  none.  Thorax 
not  tuberculate.     Insertion  of  antenne  as  in  Bhoffium, 

Sp.  Vesperus  Solieri  D^jban,  Gebxab  Faun,  Ins,  Bump,  xvm.  Tab.  40 ; 
CUY.  B,  Ani.,  id.  ill..  Ins,  PL  69,  ^.  a, 

Desmocenia  Dej. 

Sp.  Stenoeorus  eyanenu  Fabb.,  Cuv.  B.  Ani.,  M,  iU,,  Ins,  Tab.  dt.  ^g,  i, 
Gu6siN  leonogr.,  Ins.  PL  46,  ^,  i.    Hab.  m  North  America. 

NoU. — Several  genera  and  sub-genera  of  more  modem  authors,  as  in  this 
whole  family,  must  be  here  omitted  for  the  sake  of  brevitj. 

Phalanx II.  Cera7nb{cina{Cerambycid<BJjEkCB).  Eyes reniform, 
smrronndiQg  the  base  of  antennae  with  an  internal  sinns.  Antennae 
long,  sometimes  longer  than  body.  Head  received  in  thorax  as  far 
as  the  posterior  margin  of  eyes ;  thorax  not  narrower  anteriorly,  nor 
separated  from  head  by  constriction.  Labrum  exsert,  of  the  breadth 
of  the  anterior  margin  of  head.    Maxillae  with  two  distinct  lobes. 

Lamia  Fabr.,  Latr.  (with  the  addition  of  genns  Saperda 
Fabr.  and  Steiwcerus  ejnsd.  in  part).  Head  vertical,  inflected. 
Palps  filiform,  with  last  joint  oval  or  subcylindrical,  attenuated  to- 
wards the  apex. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


478  CLASS  viii. 

&)  With  thorcue  unarmed  (not  tpinoae  or  tuberciUate). 

Saperda  Fabb.  (with  the  addition  of  species  of  Stenooorus  ejusd.). 

Sp.  Saperda  earcharicu  Fabb.,  Cerambyx  c<xrcharia8  L.,  Pakzeb  DeuUehl^ 
Ins.  Heft  69,  Tab.  i,  Cuvier  R  Ani.,  id.  iU.,  Ins.  PI.  68,  fig.  9,  Katzb- 
bubo  Forst-Ins.  i.  Tab.  xm,  fig.  4 ;  i"  to  i"  a'"  long,  antennae  somewhat 
shorter  than  body,  ash-coloured  or  yellowish-grey,  with  many  shining, 
black,  raised  spots  on  the  thorax  and  the  elytra.  The  larva  lives  in 
different  species  of  poplars ; — Saperda  populnea  Fabb.,  Cerambyx  popul- 
neus  L.,  Panzeb  DetUscM.  Ins.  Heft  69,  Tab.  7,  Batzsbubo  L  L  Fig.  5, 
small  5"'  to  6'"  long,  antenns  of  the  length  of  body,  brownish  with 
black  spots  and  four  yellow  spots  on  each  shield-cover ;  three  longitudinal 
pale-yellow  stripes  on  the  thorax ;  antennse  ringed  with  white  and  black ; 
Saperda  oevlcAa,  Cerambyx  oculaius  L.,  lives  on  Populus  tremula,  PAifzSB 
DeutsM.  Ins.  Heft  i.  Tab.  x8,  Ac. 

Note, — Sub-genera  Adesmiu,  Apomecyna,  Colohaiheaf  &c.  proposed  by 
D^jban  and  others  are  here  omitted.  Sub-genus  AgaparUkia  Sebv.  is 
distinguished  by  antennse  with  twelve  joints.  Sp.  Saperda  Cardui  Fabb.  &a 

b)  With  thorax  spvnose  or  tvhereulate  on  both  sides. 

Lamia  Fabb. 

Sp.  Lamia  cedilis  Fabb.,  CeramJ)yx  csdUis  L.,  Acanthocinus  OBdHis  MeoebIiB, 
VOET  C(deopt.  n.  Tab.  iv.  figs.  1—3,  Ratzebubo  Forst-Ins.  i.  Tab.  xvi. 
fig.  a  ;  antennae  in  male  four  times  longer  than  body,  &c. 

AorocvMis  Illig.,  Macropus  Thukb. 

Sp.  Cmmbyx  longimanus  L.,  Bosel  Ins.  n.  Scar.  terr.  Prcrfat.  CL  n. 
Tab.  L  fig.  a,  Vobt  Coleopt.  n.  Tab.  xii.  xin.  fig.  51  ;  «A«  carpetrbeetle, 
VArlequin  de  Cayenne  (lives  in  South  America) ;  a^"  long ;  the  antemue 
are  5"  and  the  fore-feet  more  than  4"  long ;  the  four  other  feet  are  much 
shorter ;  the  thorax  has  on  each  side  a  moveable  spine ;  the  shield-covers 
are  truncated  at  the  extremity,  and  armed  with  two  sharp,  homy  points. 

Note. — In  some  species  of  this  phalanx  the  eyes  are  divided  into 
two  separate  parts  by  the  insertion  of  the  antenn»,  the  one  situated 
above  the  other  below  the  base  of  the  antennsa.  It  is  thus  in 
Saperda  prcBUsta  Fabb.,  Leptu/ra  prcmsta  L.  (genus  Tetropa  Ejbbt, 
AncBtia  Dij.)  and  in  some  exotic  species  of  Lamick,  6.  g.  Lamia  tor- 
fuUor  Fabb.,  which  compose  the  genus : 

Tdraopea  Dalm.  and  Schoenh.  (See  Syrwn.  Insect,  l  3,  pp.  401, 
402.) 

Obrium  Meig.,  Diu. 
Tjneststemus  Latr. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  479 

Necydalxs  L.  Head  exsert  or  nutant,  not  inflected  vertically. 
Palps  filiform,  tmncated  at  the  apex.  Elytra  less  than  wings; 
wings  expanded  in  almost  their  whole  length,  replicate  at  the  apex 
alone.    Abdomen  elongate,  narrow. 

SteTiopterus  Illio.  (Species  of  Necydalia  Fabb.).  Elytra  subu- 
late, of  length  of  abdomen. 

Molorckaa  Fabb.  Elytra  oval,  short,  not  produced  beyond  the 
base  of  abdomen. 

Sp.  Necpdaiis  major  L.,  Molorchut  abbrtviatui  Fabb.,  Gbokoy.  Zoophylae, 
Tab.  XV.  ^.  s,  DuxiBiL  Cons.  g4n.  $.  I.  Itu.  PL  i8,  fig.  $,  Pahzxb 
JkuUchl.  Ins,  Heft  41,  T&b.  ao,  &c.  Comp.  Hebbioh-Soosffeb  DeutrnM, 
I'M.  Heft  120. 

Note. — Stenopterus  molorch&ides,  &  species  from  Chili,  described  by 
Guf&iN,  Magaa.  de  Zocl.  1838,  Ins.  PI.  333,  ^.  a,  appears  to  form  the 
transition  between  the  two  genera. 

Cerambyx  L.  (exclusive  of  many  species).  Head  exsert,  nutant. 
Palps  truncated  at  the  apex,  with  last  joint  ob-triangular.  Elytra 
covering  wings  and  abdomen. 

CaUidium  Fabb.,  Oliv.  {Clytvs,  CaUidmm  Fabb.  and  CcMrtcUlum 
Mbgeble,  D£j.) 

Sp.  OeramJbyx  he^us  L.,  Pakzbb  DeuUehl.  Ins.  Heft  70,  Tab.  i ;  10'"  long; 
the  round,  flat  thorax  felty,  with  two  tubercles,  broader  than  head ;  the  body 
black-brown. 

Cerambyx  Fabb.  (in  part). 

(Here  belong  many  sub-genera  of  more  modem  authors,  Gnoma 
DijEAK,  Sienocorus  Dalu.,  Dej.,  ffammaticherus  Mboeble,  Calltr 
chroma  Latb.  {Aromia  Sebv.  in  part),  Phosnicocerus  Latb.,  Ctenodea 
Oov.,  Kluo,  Lophonocerua  Latb.,  Trackyderea  Dalm.',  Dorcocerua 
D£j.,  Mtgadema  Dij.,  Lissanotua  Dalil,  iic) 

Sp.  Cerambyx  moschatus  Ja.,  VosT  CoUopt.  n.  Tab.  vi.  fig.  14,  RA.TZBBUBa 
Fars^Ins.  I.  Tab.  xvi.  fig.  i,  &c. 

Phalanx  III.  Priamna  {Prtonidce  Leach).  Eyes  emarginate. 
Antennae  of  different  length,  inserted  before  the  eyes.  Labrum 
small,  occupying  the  middle  part  of  the  anterior  margin  of  head 


^  Gomp.  on  this  genus  Dttpont,  Monographie  des  TracydSridea,  GuiBiir,  Magas. 
de  Z06L  1836,  Ins.  Tl.  141^146,  and  1838,  Ins.  H.  186—100. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


480  CLASS  VIII. 

between  the  mandibles.  Maxilte  with  only  one  lobe  or  with  two, 
internal  very  small ;  mandibles  strong,  especially  in  males.  Thorax 
not  separated  from  head  by  constriction  anteriorly. 

A.  Antenna  Umger  than  head  and  thorax  together. 

Primus  Geoffr.  Fabr.  Body  depressed.  Thorax  with  sides 
acute,  often  dentate  or  spinose.  Antennae  in  some  pectinate  or 
serrate,  in  others  simple,  attenuated  towards  the  extremity.  Man- 
dibles of  males  sometimes  exsert,  long. 

Sp.  Priontu  coriariue  Fabb.,  Cerambyx  coriariiu  L.,  B<esbl  Ins.  n,  Seartd^. 
teir.  CI.  n.  Tab.  i.  figs,  i,  a,  Tab.  n.,  Panzks  DeutecM,  Int.  Heft  3,  Tkb. 
9 ;  in  Crermany  and  other  parts  of  Europe. 

To  this  genus  belong  some  gigantic  exotic  spedes,  e.g.  PrionuM  eervieomu, 
Cerambyx  cervicomie  L.,  E<B8XL  Ine.  n,  Scar.  terr.  CL  n,  Tab.  i,  fig.  b  ; 
VoKT.  CoUopt.  n,  Tab.  n,  figs.  4,  5 ;  Cuv.  M.  Ani.  Sd.  ill.,  Int.  PL  64, 
fig.  5,  from  South  America.  Prionut  ffayesii  DOWMBB,  HoPB  Tranaae.  of 
the  Zool.  Sac.  l,  PI.  16,  from  the  west  coast  of  Africa  near  the  Equator. 

Some  species,  with  short  narrowed  elytra,  which  occur  in  South  America, 
form  the  genus  ATwcclut  of  Latbbillb  ;  other  species,  also  firom  South 
America,  haye  besides  no  wings  {Prumaptenu  GuiBiH). 

B.  Antenna  thort  (of  ike  length  of  thorax).  Head  of  the  tame  breadth  at 
thorax.    Thorax  unarmed. 

Spondylis  Fabr.  Ligula  membranous,  cordate.  Thorax  glo- 
bose.   Body  convex. 

Sp.  Spondylit  huprettotdet  Fabb.,  Attelabut  hapretMfdet  L.,  Dmcfan.  Cont. 
gin.  1. 1.  Int.  PL  17,  fig.  6 ;  Satsebubo  Fortt-Int.  i.  Tab.  zvn.  ^.  13. 

Parandra  Latr.  Ligula  homy,  Imiate,  transverse.  Third  joint 
of  tarsus  scarcely  bifid,  last  longer  than  the  rest  taken  together. 

Sp.  Sparanda  hrevit  Latb.,  Oen,  Or%atac.  et  Int.  Tab.  9,  fig.  7 ; — Parandra 
glabra  Gtllenh.,  Attelabut  glaber  De  Geeb  Int.  iv.  Tab.  19,  figs.  14 — 16, 
SeariUa  tettaeeut  Fabb.  The  fom-th  joint  of  the  tarsus  is  here  more  appa- 
rent than  in  the  other  Pteudotetramera,  so  that  some  count  this  genus 
amongst  the  Pentamera. 

The  habitus  of  these  insects  resembles  that  of  LuoANua  Latbbillb 
first  placed  this  genus  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Cfuet^  {ffieL  not.  det 
Ortut.  et  det  Int.  Tom.  xi.  p.  352)  and  firom  later  writers  also  it  received 
the  same  place;  the  affinity  however  with  Spondylit  seems  to  assign  to 
Parandra  a  place  amongst  the  Prionidof. 

Family  L.  Scolt/tarta  {ScolytidcR  Westw.,  Xyhphagi  Latr. 
in  part).     Third  joint  of  tarsus  in  some  bilobed,  in  others  entire. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN8ECTA.  481 

Antennse  shorter  than  thorax,  with  first  joint  elongate,  terminal 
joints  forming  a  club.  Head  often  protracted  anteriorly  for  a  while. 
Palps  small,  conical. 

A  small  family  of  small  insects,  called  by  the  Germans  Borken- 
kd/er,  hark-heeUeSy  although  many  do  not  lire  in  the  outer  bark 
{Barke),  but  in  the  hast  or  liber  and  some  in  the  wood  Some  of 
the  species  cause  great  injury  to  needle-leafed  trees  (fir,  larch,  <fec.) 
The  larvse  have  no  feet,  any  more  than  those  of  the  following  fiunily, 
with  which  the  Scol^/tini,  as  already  remarked  by  Westwood,  might 
almost  be  united  Also  the  nervous  system  confirms  the  affinity. 
In  the  ablomen  there  is  no  chain  of  ganglia,  but  they  are  all  united 
to  form  a  single  ganglion  oblongo-conical,  which  is  situated  close  to 
the  second  thoracic  ganglia  (formed  from  the  imion  of  those  of  the 
meso-  and  metathorax).  See  the  figure  of  the  nervous  system  of 
Scolytus  pygmceus  in  the  memoir  of  Blanghabd  Arvn,  des  Sc.  not, 
3i^me  S6rie,  Tom.  v.  1846,  Zool,  PL  13,  fig.  8.  Some  affinity  with 
the  Scarahandea  cannot  be  mistaken. 

Compare  Ebtohson  SydemaJtiaehe  AuteinBmdenasung  der  Fcwniiie  der 
Borhaikafer  (BostridudsB),  Wiboxann'b  Archiv  /.  NtOwrgetek.  1836, 
8.  45—65. 

Platypus  5eubst,  Latr.  Head  exsert,  broad,  transverse.  Tho- 
rax elongato-cylindrical.  Body  cylindrico-linear.  Antennae  sexar- 
ticulate,  short,  with  last  joint  expanded  into  a  club  plane,  ovate, 
large.    Tarsi  with  all  the  joints  entire,  first  long,  slender. 

Sp.  Platypus  cylindrieut,  Battrichut  cyUndrus  Fabb.,  Pakzsb  DeuUchl.  Ins. 
Heft  15,  Tab.  2,  Ratzibubo  Ford-Ins.  Tbb.  X.  ^,  13^. 

Tomicus  Latr.,  Bastrichus  Fabr.  (in  part).  Head  retracted, 
vnth  thorax  produced  anteriorly  above  it.  Antennae  inserted  in  the 
sides  of  head  between  the  base  of  the  mandibles  and  the  eyes. 
Tarsi  with  all  the  joints  entire. 

Sp.  TiinUeus  typographuSf  Dermestes  typographus  L.,  Pavzbb  DeutseM,  Ins. 
Heft  15,  Tab,  3,  Ratzibubq  Forst-Ins.  I.  Tab.  it,  fig.  i  ;  forms  in  fir- 
trees  beneath  the  bark  labyrinths  and  passages  resembling  letters  or 
characters  ;  hence  the  name  of  Typographer. 


^  Here  also  seems  to  be  the  place  of  Tesserocerus  Saundbbs,  where  the  first 
antennal  joint  (in  the  male)  has  interiorly  a  curved  process^  and  the  tarsi  five  joints. 
A  BraoUan  insect  oooaaioned  the  formation  of  tUs  genus,  yiz.  Tesserocerus  insignts, 
Dcmieerus  agilis  Spikola,  Gu^bik  Magas.  de  ZooL  1839,  ^^-  ^*  3* 

VOL.  I.  31 


Digitized  by 


Google 


482  CLAfiS  viii. 

Here  belong  sab-genera  Xylotenu  Ebichbobt  {Trypodendron 
Stepe.),  Hopotenemut  Webftw.,  £bigh&,  &c. 

8cohftu8  Geoffb.  {Hyleainua  Fabr.).  Head  partly  received  in 
thorax,  produced  into  a  roBtmm  short,  thick.  Tarsi  with  third 
joint  cordate  or  bilobed. 

Sp.  Scolyhu  Ulmi  DnxiB.,  ffylainus  Sedytus  Fabs.,  Gsoffbot  ffiM.  cTIns, 
I.  PL  V.  fig.  5  ;  DnxiBiL  Com.  ffin.  s.  I,  Jm.  PL  17,  fig.  3  ;  Satzxbitbo 
Font-Ina,  Tab.  z.  fig.  4  ;  thu  ipaciea  often  deetroyi  qnaiititiea  of  dnu. 

Sub-genera:  PhlceotrUnu  Latb.,  Eceoptogaster  Hebbst,  CampUh 
eerua  D£r.,  Latb.,  Hylesinua  Vabsl  (in  part),  Latb.,  and  Hylurgus 
Latb.,  and  some  others  proposed  by  Ebichsok,  L  L 

Family  LI.  i?%7icAopA<>ra  ((7urcw?ibniiie5ScHOENH.).  Head  an- 
teriorly rostrate,  with  mouth  at  the  extremity  of  rostrum.  Antennae 
inserted  in  rostrum,  very  frequently  clavate  at  the  extremity.  Third 
joint  of  tarsi  almost  always  bilobed.  Mandibles  very  firequently 
small,  strong. 

Beaked-beeUe$.  These  are  all  herbivorous  and  gnawing  insects. 
Their  larvaa  have  no  feet  or  only  tubercles  in  place  of  them. 
A  numerous  £unily,  of  which  above  7,000  species  are  known, 
which  in  the  last  work  of  Sohobnhebb  form  more  tfafen  630  genera  \ 

Compare  on  thia  fiunily,  amongst  othen  : 

[CLAiBvn<Li]  Entomologieffelvetigue,  VoL  i.  Zurie,  1798,  8to.  av.  fig.  ooL 
— G.  P.  TBJSVSKBQdeOoleopierii  rtObratit  commmtaUo,  Nov.  AcL  Soe.  UpeaL 
VoL  7,  1815,  pp.  104—115  in  0.  J.  SOHOSNHIBII  OWeiiKoiitAim  Di^o- 
iiiio  meihcdieci,  Lipeis,  1S36 ;  and  Syn,  imedor,,  eee  above,  p.  465.— 
Latskille  JthyneophortM,  in  Dia.  datt.  d'BUi,  not.  Tom.  ziv.  1818, 
pp.  584 — 603. — ^The  celebrated  German  entomdogirt  Oibmab,  by  diffsrent 
oommunications  in  the  Magadn  of  Iluobb,  and  in  that  edited  by  himself 
and  ZivoKXN  Magaein  der  BtUomoloffie  (tv.  Bd.,  iSsi,  pp.  191 — 545, 
Oenera  quadam,  Oirculioniium  propa$Ua)  and  by  descriptions  of  newspedes 
and  genera  in  his  Coleopteror.  tpecies  nov.  Hal»,  1834,  8yo.  pp.  174 — ^6t, 
has  conferred  great  seryices  with  respect  to  this  fiunily. 

A.    Palpa  very  shorty  conical.    Labrum  inconspicuous. 

Phalanx  I.  Curculionita  (genus  Curculio  L.  in  part).  Antenn» 
either  arcuate  or  geniculate,  with  basilar  joint  or  scapus  much 
elongated. 

^  Thus,  about  300  more  than  LnrKiinB,  in  the  isth  edition  of  his  SyHma 
adopted  for  the  whole  animal  kingdom. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IKSECTA.  488 

t  Bostrom  elongate.  Antennas  genicnlate,  inserted  in  the  mid- 
dle or  in  the  base  of  rostrum. 

a)  AfUenna  tmth  anly  ten  joinU  or  fewer.  Clvb  buMrUctdate  or 
tuXheelid^  spongy  cU  the  extremiiy. 

Dryopkthortia  Schuppel,  Sohh.  Tarsi  with  five  joints.  Antennae 
sezarticulate,  short.    Body  elongate. 

Sp.  Dr.  Lymexykn,  Lubum  LyvMOBylon  Fabb.,  Pakzxb  DeiOteld.  Int.  Heft 
i8.  Tab.  II,  Gu&or  Icpnoffr.,  Ins.  PL  39  bis,  fig.  8;  under  oak-bArk  in 
Sweden  and  Greimany. 

Cosaonus  Clairv.  Antennae  short,  with  eight  joints  before  the 
club ;  club  indistinctly  articulate  or  sub-solid.  Bostrum  defected. 
Body  elongate,  winged. 

Sp.  Coi$onu$  ferrugintm  Claiby.  (and  linearis  ^uad.)  Eni/om.  hdv.  i. 
Tab.  I.  p.  60,  Panzxb  JktUschl.  Ins,  Heft  18,  Tkb.  7. 

Sub-genera :  Microxylchiua  Chbvb.,  EhynchokLs  Creutzeb,  Amor- 
phocerua  Schosnh.  and  others  of  this  author ;  Gen^  et  Spec  Cwrcur 
lion.  IV.  pp.  989—1087. 

Calandra  Fabr.,  Oliv.,  Rhynchophorus  He&BST,  Schoenh.  An- 
tennae with  seven  joints  before  the  club,  inserted  towards  the  base 
of  rostrum.  Elytra  not  covering  the  deflected  apex  of  abdomen. 
Body  winged. 

Sub-genera:  CerddoceruBy  Trigonotarstu  GuiRiK,  Mcicrochirtis 
De  Haan  and  several  of  Schoeitherr;  comp.  1.  L  pp.  816 — ^988, 
viiL  2,  pp.  216—264. 

Sp.  Calandra  palmarwn  Fabb.,  Cfureulio  palnuurum  L.,  Voir  CoUopt.  n. 
Tab.  37,  fig.  45,  Guvibb  R.  Ani.  idU.  HI,,  Ins.  PI.  60,  ^g.  7 ;  Sonth  America ; 
—CdUmdra  ferruginea  Fabb.  ,  SuLZBB  Oesck.  d.  Ins.  Tab.  4,  fig.  5,  Cwreulio 
henUptertis,  Jaya,  &c. ;  large  exotic  species.  In  Europe,  small  i^eoies  alone 
are  met  with  of  this  group ;  everywhere  dispersed,  e.g.  is  Calandra  granaria, 
OurcuUo  granarius  L.,  Lbbuwbnhobok  57e  Missive  of  6  Ang.  1687  (Fer- 
volg  der  Brieven,  &c.  bL  75 — 95,  with  a  figure  opposite  to  p.  84);  Pabzbb 
DeuisehL  Ins.  Heft  17,  Tab.  11 ;  the  common  weoU.  This  little  beaked- 
beetle  may  cause  gpreat  damage  in  granaries  if  the  com  be  not  stizred  or 
turned,  just  like  the  w>lf,  Tinea  graneOa,  p.  394. 

Bhtna  Latr.,  Oliv.  Antennae  with  geven  joints  or  sometimes 
six  before  the  club,  inserted  towards  the  middle  of  rostrum.  Elytra 
covering  the  extremity  of  abdomen.  Body  winged.  Feet,  especially 
anterior,  very  elongate. 

31—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


484  CLASS  VIII. 

Sp.  Mina  har^rotirUf  Lixui  barbirostrii  Fabb.,  Sytt.  Eleid,,  Voir  OcieopI, 
n.  PL  35,  figs.  1,  3. 

ffarpcusteruB,  Sipaiku,  SphcBrognaihui,  Strombaeuruty  Sohoenhebb, 
L  L  IV.  pp.  802 — 816. 

I^oie. — ^Here  also  Latbxillb  refers  genera  Anehonu8  Schoxnh. 
and  Orthochoftea  Gericab  (Styphlus  Schoenh.),  which  are  oonnted 
amongst  the  Erirhinidea  by  Schoenhebb,  L  L  Tom.  UL  ppi  507 — 
512. 

b)  Antennoi  with  nine  or  ten  joints,  dub  toUh  three  or  four 
joints. 

Cionue  Clairv. 

Sp.  Okmui  teropkidairim,  OwreuUo  ScrophtOarUE  L.,  VoR  CfoUopt.  n.  Twh.  38, 
fig«.  30,  3«. 

Mecimts  Osbmab,  Nimophyes,  GynrnUron  Schoenh.  L  L  Tom.  nr. 
pp.  743—789. 

c)  AnXmmm  tot(&  dwen  or  tunl/ve  joints^  dub  with  four  joints. 

Oryptorhynohus  Illig.  Anterior  feet  distant  at  the  base.    Breast 
channelled  for  receiving  rostrum  between  the  anterior  feet. 

Here  belong  many  genera  of  Schoenhebb  which  must  be  omitted 
for  brevit/s  saka     See  his  Tom.  iv.  pp.  1 — ^721. 

Sp.  Oryptorhynchiu  Lapatki,  Ckuvulio  Lapathi  L.,  Von  OdUopt.  n.  Tah.  39, 
fig.  40,  PAms  Deia$eJd.  Ins.  Heft  49,  Tab.  15,  fto, 

Baridius  ScHOENH.  (with  addition  of  other  genera).  Anterior 
feet  distant,  with  breast  indistinctly  snlcate  or  plane. 

Genera :  Baris  Gebh.,  D£r.,  Leptosehoinus  Kluo  and  many  others 
proposed  by  ScHOSiraEBB;  see  his  Tom.  in.  pp.  638—821,  vin. 
pp.  JOl— 293. 

Ahides  Dalm. 

Amerhinus  Sahlb.,  Schoenh. 

Cholus  Germar,  Schoenh. 

On  this  and  some  other  genera^  to  be  inserted  here,  comp. 
Schoenhebb  iil  pp.  557 — ^636  and  vm.  pp.  1 — 101. 

Orchestea  iLLia.    Anterior  feet  approximate  at  the  base;  pes- 
terior  feet  saltatory,  with  femora  thick. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  466 

Small  leaping  beaked-beetlM,  of  which  the  laiTBB  feed  on  the  paren- 
chyme  of  leayee.  Sp.  OrehaUt  Aim,  Cwreulio  AJmi  L.,  Vokt  OolUofi,  TU 
Tab.  40,  fig.  51,  DuMiBiL  ConM,  gin,  s,  I,  Tn».  FL  16,  fig.  8; — Orehettei 
populi,  Bk^nchanm  popuU  F.,  Panub  J}eut9ehl.  /lu.  Heft  18,  Tab.  17 ; 
Oreheda  fagi,  Mgnchanui  fagi  Gylluth.,  Batzbbubo  Font-Ipg,  i. 
Tab.  iv.  fig.  14,  &C. 

Tach/yergea  Schoenh. 

BhyncJuBfiua  Fabb.  (in  part),  Enrhintdes  ScHOENH.    Anterior 
feet  approximate  at  the  base ;  posterior  not  saltatory, 

Bala/nmu8  Gebmab.  Rostnim  slender,  arcuate,  yery  long  (longer 
than  half  the  body,  sometimes  than  the  whole  body). 

Sp.  Bhynekanm  mtctim,  CwreuUo  mteum  L.,  Boesxl  Tn»,  m.  Suppl,  Scar, 
terr.  CL  rr.  Tab.  67,  figs.  1—6,  Panzxb  Ikuttchl,  Tw.  Heft  42,  Tab.  ai. 

Anthonomui  Gebmab.  Rostrum  of  the  length  of  head  and 
thorax,  little  arcuate.  Feet  somewhat  long;  anterior  longer,  with 
thighs  thick,  dentate.     Body  sub-oval,  pubescent. 

Sp.  Jthynehcmut  pomorwn  Fabb.,  Chirculio  pomorum  L.,  Voir  CoUopt,  n. 
Tib.  35,  fig.  8 ;  Batzbbubg  ForH-Ine,  1.  Tab.  v.  fig.  8 ;  V.  Bbbck  Ver- 
hondding  ten  hewifze,  dot  niet  de  moaaU  vliegen,  maar  de  clifamtt-of  tnuU- 
tom^  de  hederven  tijn  va/n  de  hkanen  der  vrwMboomen,  Haarlem,  1817, 
8to.  (figure  on  the  title-page.)  Thu  litUe  beetle  bores  in  the  blossom-buds 
of  the  apple  a  hole  with  its  beak,  and  lays  an  egg  in  it ;  the  larva  oonsnmes 
the  anthers  and  the  pistil ;  the  blossoms  become  brown,  and  dose  round 
the  little  animal ;  after  four  or  five  weeks  the  perfect  insect  makes  its 
appearanoe  from  a  round  aperture  in  the  spoiled  blossoms. 

Add  many  genera  or  sub-genera  which  must  be  here  omitted; 
comp.  ScHOENHEBB  Tom.  iiL  pp.  154 — 489,  vii.  2,  pp.  27 — 369. 

Lixua  Fabb.  Bostrum  thickish,  little  arcuate.  Antenn»  short, 
with  club  oblong,  fusiform,  four-jointed.  Thorax  conical,  of  the 
breadth  of  elytra  at  the  base.  Body  elongate,  pubescent,  covered 
with  dust  (&rinose).  Elytra  sometimes  dehiscent  at  the  apex, 
acuminate. 

Sp.  Lianu  tvrbatua  Gtllbkh.,  Cfurculio  parapleeticu$  Pahzbb  DeutscAZ.  Iru. 
Heft  6,  Tab.  15,  DuhIbil  Cone.  gin.  8.  I.  Ine.  PI.  16,  fig.  10,  Eysbs- 
UAifJK  Bullet,  de  la  80c.  Imp.  de  Motoou  xvj.  1843,  pp.  530^534^  ^^  "^ni. 
f.  35  (metamorphosis).  This  species  is  often  confoimded  with  Liaeue  para- 
plecHcut  L.,  Ch^cuUo  phdlandrii  Db  Gxxb  Ine.  v.  Fl.  7,  figs.  3—9.  The 
lary»  of  this  beetle  live  in  the  hollow  stalk  of  Phdlandrium  aguaiicum  and 
other  umbel-flowering  plants. 

Comp.   on  this  and  other  allied  genera  Sobobkhbbb  hi.  pp.  1 — 154, 
^  VII.  I,  pp.  418—479,  2,  pp.  I— «6. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


466  CLASS  Till. 

tt    RoBtnun  short,  thick.    Antennae  inserted  near  the  apex  of 
rostnun. 

a)  Antenna  taUh  eleven  or  twelve  joifUSf  masUy  lon^ 


Ourculio  L.  (exclusive  of  many  species),  Fabr.,  Latb. 

Cleanue  Schoenh.  Bostrum  nutant  or  deflected,  longish.  Club 
of  aotemuB  elongate,  gradually  inerassated  Thorax  postanorly 
almost  of  breadth  of  elytra 

Sp.  Owculio  glaucut  (Fabb.!)  Gtllbhh.,  Pakzu  in  Natwfoneker  zxrir. 
^  i>  fig-  30,  VoBT  CUeopt,  u.  Tab.  40,  fig.  51,  fto. 

NoU, — On  tliu  and  many  alUed  sub-genera  compare  Sohoinhxbb  L  L 
Tom.  n.  pp.  17 1 — 316,  vi.  1,  pp.  i — 295,  and  on  European  species  of 
genus  CUomkt  Hjebbioh-So&btfeb  DeuUchL  Ina.  Heft  173. 

Molytee  Schoenh. 

Here  belong  sub-genera  Ocmiatiu,  Lepynu,  PUnthuM,  TVmytpAjfnif 
GXBMAB,  HyMmu  Sohoxnh.,  and  others,  on  which  compare  Schokbhibb 
n.  pp.  331^408,  and  VI.  1,  pp.  «95— 389- 

Otiorhyn(^u8  Oebuab.     Antenme  long.     Wings  mostly  nona 

Here  is  to  be  referred  sab-genus  HyphofnlOvui  Gbbmab,  Schobnhkbb^  and 
several  other  sub-genera  of  Sohobhhbbb,  on  which  compare  n.  pp.  551 — 
645,  vn.  pp.  957 — 417.  8p.  Cwcvilio  owUut  L.,  Ourculio  pabulima 
Pakzbb  DeuUdd.  Ins.  Heft  57,  Tab.  19.  Compare  also,  J.  Waltob 
Notet  onikegenm  OttorhynekfU,  Aim,  cf  Nat.  Bui.  ZIX.  1847,  pp.  445,  &c. 

CydoTims  Schoenh. 

Here  refer  sub-genera  Amycterui  Dalm.,  Epi$omui  Schobith.,  and  some 
others  proposed  by  Schobnhbbb,  on  which  compare  n.  pp.  469—55 1,  vn. 
I,  pp.  51— 156. 

PhyUdfnue  Schoenh. 

Of  this  pUoe  are  sub-genera  AfMyrhrnvM  Sghobbh.,  Macropi  Kibbt,  and 
others,  on  which  see  Sohobbhbbb  ii.  pp.  4^4 — ^469,  and  vn.  i,  pp.  i — ^5a 
8p.  OuretUio  pyri  L.,  Ac.,  Pavzbb  Devtackl.  Int.  Heft  107, 1M>.  4,  &c. 

Byreopa  Schoenh. 

Here  is  to  be  referred  sub-genus  LUhodua  Gbbmab,  and  some  others, 
on  which  compare  Sohobnhbbb  n.  pp.  408—434,  vi.  4,  pp.  389 — ^464. 

BrcLchyderea  Schoenh. 

Here  are  to  be  referred  ahnost  a  hundred  sub-genera^  nearly  all  pro- 
posed by  Sohobnhbbb  ;  see  i.  pp.  515 — 655,  and  n.  pp.  i — 170^  v.  p.  853, 
at  the  end  and  vi. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN8ECTA.  487 

PolydroiUi  Qebm.,  Sohoshh. 
Sp.  Chtreulio  $erieeu»  Gtllekh.  fto. 

ChloropkoMU  Vaim, 

Sp.  Ourculto  vvridia  L.,  Sulzeb  Kennuiehm  d,  Im.  Tab.  m.  fig.  14; 
S0H.SFFIB,  Elem.  EfUomol.  1766,  Tab.  108,  {BMnomacer),  I^ahzsb  DeuttcM, 
Ina,  Hefb  107,  Tab.  3 ;  green,  with  longitadinal  furrowB  on  the  shield- 
covera  ;  beneath,  and  also  along  the  maigina  of  the  ahield-ooTen,  yellow  ; 
length,  si"*;  veiy  oommon  with  lu. 

Bra^^deres  ScHOizra. 

Sp.  Curculio  inccaius  L.,  Pakzxb  l>eutKkl.  In$.  Heft  19,  Tab.  8,  Batssb. 
Porst-IuB.  I.  Tab.  lY.  fig.  4,  &c.  wmglew,  greyish  brown. 

OMorMnm  Sohoknh. 

Sp.  Owrculio  geminatuM  Fabb.,  3'"  long,  with  very  short  beak,  very  round 
abdomen,  wingless,  grey  brown,  with  white  felt-hairs ;  yery  common  on 
our  sandbanks. 

Fachyrhj/nckua  Germas. 

Here  are  to  be  referred  several  sub-genera,  most  of  them  apterous,  pro- 
posed principally  by  Sohobnhebb.  See  his  Tom.  I.  pp.  499—5159  ▼• 
pp.  800 — 853. 

ErUimua  Germab. 

Gonoemmg  seyeral  sub-genera  to  be  referred  here,  see  SOHOIHHXBB  i. 
pp.  444 — ^499,  V.  pp.  713 — 799  f  apterous,  most  from  Southern  Africa  (sub- 
genus Hipporhinus  Sohobbh.,  with  seyeral  species);  winged,  some  fit)m 
South  America,  especially  BraziL  Sp.  Ourctdio  imperialis  Dbubt,  Fabb., 
Lindbkbbbo  Natuffancher  x.  p.  86,  Tab.  n.  fig.  i,  Olivibb  Ooleopi, 
No.  83,  PL  I,  fig.  I,  CuYiBB  Jt,  Ani,  id.  iU,,  Ins,  PL  57,  fig.  6.* 

b)    Antetrnw  wUh  only  nine  cUaHnct  jovnts,  short,  thick,  arcuate, 

Brachycerua  Fabr.    Body  apterous,  with  elytra  connate,  gib- 
bons.    Feet  strong,  with  tarsi  not  spongy  below. 

Sub-genera :  Brachycerue  Schoenh.,  Frotomantia  Schoekh., 
Microcerua  Gtllenh.,  Sghoenh.  Comp.  Schoenh.  l  pp  385 — 444, 
V.  pp.  605—730. 

Sp.  Brachycerua  aptenu  F.,  CwrcuUo  apterua  L.,  YoxT  Coleopt,  n.  PI.  33, 
^,  A. — Brachycerut  obeaua  Fabb.,  Sulzbb  Otich,  d.  Int,  Tab.  iv.  ^.  10, 


* 
^  This  insect  is  commonly  called  JHamond'hedle,  and  in  gorgeous  colour  exceeds, 
perhaps,  all  other  natural  objects. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


488        .  CLASS  VIII. 

CuYiKB  R,  AnL  id,  iU.,  In*,  PL  57,  fig.  4 ;  both  frcnn  tiie  Gape  of  Good 
Hope,  like  most  species  of  this  numerous  genus ;  a  few  oocur  also  in  the 
south  of  Europe,  as  Brackife,  tnuialtts,  Brackffch^  de  Barbarie  DuxiBiL 
Com.  gin,  ».  I.  Int.  PL  16,  ^,  4. 

Phalanx  11.  AUelahita  {Attdcibidea  Westw.,  genus  AtUlabua  L. 
in  part).     Antennae  straight. 

Attdabus  L.,  Fabr.  (in  part),  Bhinomacer  Geoffr.,  Clairv. 
(not  Fabr.).  Antennse  eleven-  or  twelve-jointed,  with  three  or 
fonr  last  thicker,  forming  a  club.  Body  oval,  narrowed  anteriorly. 
Third  joint  of  tarsus  bilobed. 

Sub-genera :  Apian  Herbst,  Bhynchites  Herbst,  Attelalni9  Latb., 
ApoderuB  Oliv.,  and  others,  on  which  oomp.  Sohoenherr  l 
pp.  187—240,  V.  pp.  247—309. 

On  genus  Apion  compare  EIibbt'B  Monograph  in  lAnn,  TroMocL  Tom. 
X.  and  XI. 
Sp.  AudabiU  eoryU  (and  AUd,  aveUanm)  L.,  Sulzib  Kmnz.  der  In*.  Tab. 
▼T.  f.  2$,  Pakzbb  DetUtM,  Ins.  Heft  100,  Tab.  8,  Batzeb.  Font-In».  i. 
Tab.  ly.  fig.  5 ;  this  little  beetle  rolls  up  the  leayes  of  hazels  and  other  trees 
to  form  a  well-dosed  case,  in  which  the  Unra  liyes.  (See  fig.  in  Bake- 
BUBO,  bl.  97.) 

AUdabut  frumenJtariua  Fabb.,  Owreulio  frumentmiu  L.,  Claiby.  Ent. 
hdv.  I.  Tab.  13,  f.  I,  1,  Panzbb  DeutschL  Ins.  Heft  20,  Tab.  14,  &c. 

Ramphvs  Clairv.  Posterior  feet  with  incrassated  femora^  sal- 
tatory. * 

Sp.  Ram^hus  jUivicomis  Claibv.,    EnJUm.   hdv.  i.  Tab.    is  (Latebillb 
places  this  genus  in  the  preceding  diyirion  next  Orehestes). 

Rhinotia  KiRBT. 
AuUtea  Schoenh. 

On  these  and  some  other  genera,  omitted  here  for  the  sake  of  brevity, 
comp.  Sohobnhbbb  I.  p.  943,  and  folL  v.  p.  345,  and  folL 

Camarotus  Germ. 

See  SOHOKKHBBB  I.  pp.    1 85— 1 87. 

Cylaa  Latr.    Antennae  with  ten  joints,  last  very  long,  thicker, 
rest  very  short,  transverse.    Thorax  constricted  in  the  middle. 
Compare  Sohobnhbbb  i.  pp.  369 — 373. 

Uhcerua  SCHOENH. 

BrenttLs  Fabr.,  Latr.  {BrerUhua  Illig.).  Antennae  filiform,  not 
clavate,  eleven-jointed.  Last  joint  of  tarsi  bilobed.  Rostrum 
exflert,  often  very  long.    Body  linear,  elongate. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN8ECTA.  489 

Sp.  BreniuB  anehoroffo,  CwreuUo  cmehorago  L,,  Voir  Ooleopt,  n.  PL  34, 
figs.  I.  n.,  DuMiBiL  Cfont.  gfn,  $,  I,  Ins.  PI.  i6»  fig.  11,  South  America  ; 
— Breml/vti  (EvUrackeUa)  TtmrnAnM  Latb.,  from  Jara ;  ^,  in  IKcUonn, 
vnvv.  d^HiM,  not.,  CU,  PL  9,  fig.  i. 

Note. — See  other  rab-genera  described  in  SoHOBVH.  I.  pp.  313 — 369,  v. 
pp.  465—580. 

B.  Palps  Jilifarm  or  thicker  towards  the  apex,    Labrum  distinct. 

Phalanx  m.    Bruchidea  {Brtichidce  Leach). 

Anthribtts  Fabb.  (and  Bhinofnacer  ejnsd.  in  part).  Antennas 
clayate.  Eyes  in  most  entire.  Third  joint  of  tarsi  small,  often  sub- 
included  in  second. 

Sub-genera :  Pla/tyrhinus  CLAntv.,  Tropideres  Schoenh.,  Braehy- 
ta/rsua  Sghoekh.  and  several  others;  oomp.  Sghoenhebb  I.  pp.  115 
—185,  V.  pp.  147—277. 

Sp.  AnOmimi  icabrotut  F.,  Panzib  I>euUehl,  Im.  Heft  15,  Tab.  15,  &e. 

Mecoeerus  Sghoenh.  Antenuse  in  females  passing  gradually  into 
a  club  oblong,  acuminate  at  the  extremity,  of  the  length  of  head 
and  thorax,  in  males  longer  than  twice  the  body,  attenuated  at  the 
apex.     Thorax  in  males  armed  beneath  with  a  pair  of  spines. 

Sp.  Mecocerua  gasdla  Sohobkh.,  AecuUhothorax  longieomU  Gj&de,  in  GuiteiN 
MagoM,  de  ZwA,  1833.  Im,  PL  15,  habitat  Jaya.  Male  resembles  Lamia 
tgdilis,  in  the  length  of  antennae. 

Bruchus  L.  Antennae  filiform,  gradually  thicker,  with  short 
joints,  often  serrate,  sometimes  sub-pectinate.  Eyes  emarginate. 
Third  joint  of  tarsi  distinct,  bilobed.  Elytra  not  covering  the  extre- 
mity of  abdomen. 

Sub-genera:  Urodon  Schoenh.,  Spermophagus  Steven,  Ca/rpo- 
phagus  Mac  Leat.   Oomp.  Schoenh.  i.  pp.  31 — 114,  v.  pp.  1 — 147. 

BruchuB  piti  h.,  Schoenh.  ;  Bruchua  rtfimanus  Schoknb.,   Pakzbb 
DeuUcM.  Ina,  Heft  66,  Tab.  14,  &c. 

Compare  Hxbbioh-Sors7FKB  AtueinanderaeUimg  der  Qattung  Bruchua, 
DetOachl,  Ina,  Heft  173. 

C.  Heteromera.  Tarsi  of  four  anterior  feet  five-jointed,  of 
posterior  feet  with  four  joints. 

t    Atrachelia, 

Head  sub-oval,  posteriorly  retractile  into  the  thorax,  towards 
the  base  not  abruptly  nairowed,  or  without  neck. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


490  CLASS  Till. 

Family  LII.  ^enelytra.  Body  with  very  few  exceptions 
winged.  MaxillaB  with  internal  process  mostly  unarmed.  Mandibles 
terminated  by  apex  simple  in  some,  in  others  bifid.  Antennae  fili- 
form, in  many  longer  than  thorax  and  head  together,  in  few  only 
sub-perfoliate.    Penultimate  joint  of  tarsi  often  bilobed. 

Nao'Tow-ahielded.  This  denomination  is  not  appropriate  for  all 
the  species,  and  this  family  of  Latreille,  in  &ct,  is  neither  very 
natural  nor  sharply  defined ;  we  retain  it  only  because  unwilling  to 
multiply  too  largely  the  number  of  fiunilies  in  our  concise  revision. 
The  larv»  have  six  feet,  but  differ  in  other  respects  in  the  different 
genera  of  this  division.  They  live  under  the  bark  of  trees  or  in 
decaying  wood. 

Phalanx  I.  Rhynchostomata  Latr.,  SdlpingidcB  Leach,  West- 
WOOD.    Head  rostrate  anteriorly. 

Bhtnosimua  Latr.  {Salpingtta  Illig.,  Anthribus  Claiky.,  species 
of  Anthribtis  Fabr.).  Antennae  moniliform,  with  three  or  five  termi- 
nal joints  thicker,  forming  an  elongate  club.  Thorax  posteriorly 
constricted,  narrower  than  the  base  of  elytra. 

Sp.  ShinontMU  plardrostrii,  AnihrQnu  planirottrU  Fabb.,  Pakzbb  I>eui9ehL 
Ina.  Heft  15,  Tab.  14. 

Mycterua  Clairv.  Antennae  filiform  not  clavate,  with  twelve 
short  joints.    Thorax  anteriorly  narrower,  posteriorly  broader. 

Sp.  Mydenu  curcuUoUHet,  Bkinomacer  cwrctdicides  Fabb.,  Panzkb  XhtOackl. 
Itu.  Heft  I  a,  T&b.  8,  Claibvilli  ErUom.  helv.  i.  Tab.  xvl  p.  134, 
DuMiBiL  C(m$,  gH.  $.  I.  Ina,  PL  16,  fig.  2,  &c. 

Gomp.  OD  this  genua  Olivieb  Encyd.  mith,,  Int.  Tom.  vm.  pp.  79,  80. 

Stenostoma  Latr,  Antennae  filiform,  with  joints  elongate. 
Body  elongate.    Thorax  broader  posteriorly. 

Sp.  SUnottofna  rostratium  Ohabpbnt.,  Leptwra  rotlrata  Fabb.,  Ga^Biir  /con., 
In$.  PL  33,  fig.  8,  &c. 

Phalanx  II.  (Edemerites  Latr.  Head  not  produced  into  a 
rostrom.  Mandibles  bifid.  Posterior  femora  in  males  of  many 
species  incrassated. 

(Edemera  Oliv.,  Latr,  Antennae  inserted  between  the  eyes, 
filiform  or  setaceous,  sometimes  serrate,  mostly  elongate,  eleven- 
jointed  {oi  males  sometimes  twelve-jointed).    Eyes  globose  or  reni- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTTA,  491 

form.  Last  joint  of  mazillarj  palps  often  large,  triangular.  Penul- 
timate joint  of  tarsi  bifid.  Body  mostly  narrow,  elongate.  Eljtra 
often  soft  and  flexible,  in  many  posteriorly  aciiminate. 

A)  AfUermas  short,  nearlff  equalling  half  the  body.  Claws  of 
tarsi  bificL 

Sub-genus  Nothus  Ziegleb,  Out. 

Comp.  OuviBB  Encyclop,  mitk.,  EUt.  not.  Int.  Tom.  vm.  pp.  583,  385. 

B)  Antenna  elongate  {almost  of  the  length  of  body).  Claws  of 
toflrsi  entire. 

Sub-genera :  Calop%u  ¥abbl,  Sparedrus  Megeble,  Dytilus  Fison., 
Nacerdes  Stevek,  (Edemera  Oliy.  (Species  oiNecyddlis  L.,  Fabb., 
Dryops  Fabb.) 

8p.  tEdemara  tanguinteolUi,  Necydalia  »angtdinecUi9  Fabb.,  Pakzbb 
J>euUehl.  Int.  Heft  44,  Tab.  18,  named  Necyd.  JtaviooHit  ,^^(Edem.  notata, 
Neeydalit  noUUa  Fabb.,  Naeerdet  noiata  Stiv.,  D^.,  Ac 

Caleput  terraticomit  Fabb.,  Oerambyx  terratieomit  L. ;  Duic^.  C<mt. 
gin.  1. 1.  Int.  PI.  12,  fig.  4,  Gu^BiK  Iconogr.,  Int.  PI.  33,  ^.  5,  Pakzkb 
Deuttehl.  Int.  Heft  3,  Tab.  15  ;  habitat  north  of  Europe. 

Ck>mp.  Olivibb  Enq/d.  mdh.  1. 1.  pp.  437 — 450,  and  W.  SoHmoT 
Hevition  der  europaUchen  (Edemeriden ;  Liimaa  entomciogiea  I.  1846, 
pp.  I — 146,  where  alao  some  new  genera  are  proposed. 

Phalanx  in.  Serropalptdes  Latb.  {MelandryadoB  Leach). 
Head  not  produced  into  a  rostrum.  Mandibles  emarginate  or  bifid 
at  the  extremity.  Posterior  femora  not  incrassated.  Claws  of  tarsi 
simple.  Penultimate  joint  of  tarsi  mostly  bilobed.  Maxillary  palps 
often  serrate,  with  last  joint  large,  securiform. 

Serropalpus  Hellenius,  Payk. 

Melandrya  Fabr. 

Sp.  Melandrya  terrata  Fabb.,  Chrgtofnela  caraboUUt  L.,  Pakzbb  DeuUchl. 
Int.  Heft  9,  Tab.  3,  CuY.  R.  Ani.  id.  ill.,  Int.  PL  53,  fig.  i,  Dum^bil 
Cant.  gin.  1. 1.  Int.  PL  I3,  fig.  3  T 

Dtrcwa  Fabr. 

Add  genera  Conopalpus  Gtll.,  ffypulus  Payk.,  ffcdhmeivus 
Payk.,  and  some  others. 

Phalanx  IV.  Ctsteltdes  Latr.  {Cistelidce  Kirby,  Westw., 
Xystrojndes  Solier).    Head  scarcely  or  not  at  all  produced  into  a 


Digitized  by 


Google 


492  CLASS  vjii. 

roBtmin.  Antenno  at  the  base  not  obtect  bj  the  margin  of  head. 
Claws  of  taisi  denticulate.  Penultimate  joint  of  tarsi  mostly 
entire,  in  few  bilobed. 

The  luT»  lire  for  the  most  pMi  in  hoUow  trunks  of  treei.  The  perfect 
insects  sre  mostly  seen  on  flowers  end  hedges.  Many  of  them  have  soft, 
thin  elytnL 

Gomp.  on  this  group  of  beetles  SoLZSB  Prodrome  de  la  FamilU  da 
Xytl/ropidei,  Ann^dela  See.  BiUom,  iv.  1835,  pp.  129 — 348. 

a)  MaxiUart/  palps  with  UutjowU  large^  Hcwriform.    {Mandibles 
often  bifid  or  tridentaU  at  the  apex,') 

Mtfcetochares  Latb.  {Mycetophtla  Gtllekh.,  D^jsan,  species 
of  Cistela  Fabr.). 

Sp.  Myedoekatrts  hairbata,  Mdandrfa  barbaia  Fabb.,  Stdsm  DeuUdU. 
FawM,I%».  u.  Tab.  5a,  Pavibb  Jkutschl.  /iw.  Heft  105,  Tsb.  5. 

AUecula  Fabs. 

b)  Maxillary  palps  filiformj   incrassated  towa/rds   the    apex, 
{Mandibles  entire.) 

Cistela  Fabr.  (in  part),  Ctentopus  Solier  (and  Megischia 
ejusd.).  Penultimate  joint  of  tarsi  entire.  Head  protracted  before 
the  eyes, 

Sp.  Cidda  mdfhvrta  Fabb.,  Chrywmda  Svlpkwrea  L.,  Panzbb  BetOacU. 
Ina,  Heft  106,  Tab.  8,  C5uv.  R.  Ani,  6d,  iU.,  Ins.  PL  5a,  fig.  5  ;  4*^  long ; 
the  whole  body,  the  elytra  and  feet  sulphor-yellow ;  black  eyes ;  in  the 
middle  of  summer  common  on  umbellate  and  other  flowers. 

Phalanx  V.  HehpiiljArK,  {Heioptdce  Stephens,  Westwood). 
Head  not  produced  into  a  rostrum.  Antennae  inserted  before  the 
eyes  under  the  exsert  margin  of  head,  covered  at  the  base.  Claws 
of  tarsi  entire.  Palps  with  last  joint  large,  truncated.  Penultimate 
joint  of  tarsi  mostly  entire  or  not  deeply  bilobed. 

a)    Frostemum    not  produced   posteriorly  to  form  a  pointed 
projection, 

*  Body  ehngatCy  narrow. 
Strongylium  KiRBY  (with  addition  of  genus  Stenochia  ejusd.) 
Stenotrackdus  Latr. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


.  INSECTA«  493 

*  *  Body  avalf  chUmg, 

Lcena  Megerle,  Dej.  Thorax  oboordato-tnmcate.  AntennsB 
filiform,  incrassated  towards  the  apex. 

8p.  Lcma  pimdia,  Hdops  pmdia  Fabb.,  Cuy.  J2.  AfU,  4d,  ill.,  Jnt,  PL  51, 
fig.  10. 

Helops  Fabb.  (in  part).  Thorax  sub-quadrate,  wings  small, 
imperfect. 

Sp.  H4op9  earabcXdeB  Pakzbb,  DetOkhl,  Jnt.  Heft  94,  Tab.  3,  Stubm 
DevUchl.  Fanunoy  Int.  n.  Tab.  50,  &e. 

*  *  *  Bodff  oval,  cocked  above. 

Spheniscua  KiRBT.  Antennas  thicker  towards  the  extremity, 
with  five  last  joints  broader,  forming  a  depressed  club.  Thorax 
trapeziform.    Body  winged. 

Sp.  8pkmi9cu»  enOjfUadet  Kibbt,  Tram,  qf  the  Linn.  8oe.  zn.  ^7,  4, 
Cenlurie  tPIntectet  (Fr.  edit  Paris,  1834,  8to.)  p.  47,  PI.  3«  fig.  4 ;  from 
South  America,  like  the  remaining  spedea. 

Adelium  EliRBT.  Anteimse  filiform.  Thorax  short,  broad. 
Body  apterous. 

Sp.  Addmm  eakmmoidtt  Kibbt,  ibid.  zxn.  4,  Ceniwrie  p.  45,  PI.  3,  ^,  3, 

from  N.  HoUand. 
Note. — Add  genus  Sphcerohu  Kibbt,  Aecmthopua  Megkrue,  Dij., 
and  some  others,  on  which  consult  Latreille,  Cuyier  E.  Anu  ed.  2, 
nr.  p.  38. 

b)    ProsUmtim  produced  pogterioriy  to  a  pointy  to  he  received  in  a 
cavity  0/  meeoetemum. 

Cnodalon  Latr. 
I^ntroffue  Latr* 

Compare  Latb.  Om,  Onut.  «t  Tnted.  n.  pp.  i8s,  183.  Add  genera 
Caimptia  and  Camaria,  Lspblbtikb  et  Sbbtillb,  Enc.  nUth.,  BitL  nal. 
Int.  Tome  x.  pp.  454—456. 

Family  LIII.  Taaicamea  Latr.  {Diaperidce  Leach,  West- 
wood).  Body  winged.  Maxilla  on  the  inside  mostly  not  unguicu- 
late.  Antennas  not  longer  than  head  and  thorax  together,  towards 
the  apex  incrassated  or  terminated  by  a  club,  moniliform  or  perfo- 
liate, mostly  inserted  under  the  exsert  margin  of  head.  Tarsi  with 
joints  entire,  terminated  by  claws  simple. 

Phalanx  I.  Cossyphtdes  Westwood.  Head  immersed  in 
thorax  or  obtect.  Maxillary  palps  with  last  joint  broad,  securi* 
form.    Elytra  marginate. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


494  CLASS  YIII. 

Nilio  Latr.  Head  small,  received  in  thorax.  Thorax  broad, 
very  short.  Body  semiglobose.  Antennas  incrassated  towards  the 
extremity. 

Sp.  NUio  vUlows  "Latr.,  jBgithtu  marginatut  Fabb.,  Latb.,  Otner.  OrvM,  a 
/m.  Tkb.  X.  fig.  a.  Guv.  Jt.  Ant,  id.  ilL,  Ins.  PI.  5,  fig.  10 ;  South 
America.    Thin  insoct  in  ite  Sdrb  v^^nh^'^  OoccineUa, 

Heleus  Latr.,  Kirby.  Head  margined  by  thorax  produced 
forwards.  Body  plane.  Antennas  incrassated  towards  the  ex- 
tremity. 

HdceuB  jperfcnOus  Latb.,  Guv.  R.  Ami  id.  L  Tab.  xn.  fig.  6,  id.  n. 
Tab.  xvu.  fig.  6  ;  New  Holland. 

OosBypTma  Oliv.,  Fabr.    Head  covered  by  clypeiform  thorax. 

Antenna  terminated  by  a  club  perfoliate. 

Sp.  Costyphfu  depreasui  Fabb.  (exd.  Synon.),  Oouyph.  HofmafiiMffgU  Hkbbbt, 
DumiSbil  Cims.  ffhi.  1. 1.  Im.  PL  15,  fig.  8,  Guv.  B.  Ani.  id.  ill..  Int. 
PI.  50,  fig.  8;  in  Portugal  and  in  North  Afirica,  fta  Gomp.  Sohobnhxbb 
Synon.  In$.  i.  3,  pp.  58,  59 ; — Con.  tavricua  FiscH.,  BuUeL  delaSoe.  Imp. 
de  Motcou,  1832,  Tom.  iv.  Tab.  v.  t  1,  a. 

Phalanx  II.  Diaperiales.  Head  not  received  in  thorax  or 
obtect.    (Maxillary  palps  mostly  filiform.    Body  immarginate.) 

ElecUma  Latb.  (BolUophagus  Fabb.) 

Coxelus  ZiEGL.,  Dej. 

Lithophilus  Fboelich. 

Sp.  Lithophilus  ruficoUia  J.  A.  Fboelioh  Neue  CkiUungen  wad  Arien  von 
KSfer,  Naturforichar  a8  St.,  1799,  Tab.  i.  fig.  11;  Latbeillb  placed  this 
genus  with  Coecinella. 

Trachyacelts  Latr. 

Hypophlceus  Fabr. 

Sp.  ffypophUffus  eattanetu  Fabb.,  Panzeb  DeuUchl.  Ina.  Heft  11,  Tab.  13, 
DuMl^.  Com.  gin.  ».  I.  Int.  PI.  15,  fig.  1. 

Note. — Here  ought,  as  it  seems,  to  be  inserted  genus  Nycteropus 
Klug  (with  genus  Dclichoderua  ejusd)  ascribed  by  GuiRiN  to  the 
Helopii. 

Gu^BiN  Magcuin  de  Zocl.  1839,  -^^^  ^^*  ^03. 

Dtaperia  Geofpr.  Maxillary  palps  filiform.  Internal  process 
of  maxilla  unarmed.  Antennae  with  fourth  joint  and  following 
transverse,  dilated. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN8ECTA  496 

Sp.  ZHaperit  MeH,  Chrymmda  hoUti  L.,  Gioitb.  HiM.  d^Tnt.  i.  PL  vi.  fig.  3, 
DuM^iL  Cbn*.  ghi.  «.  I  Ins,  PI  15,  fig.  5 ;  3'"  long,  a"'  broad,  black,  the 
elytra  with  two  orange  transverBe  bands,  and  an  orange  spot  at  the  point. 

Sub-genus :  NeonUda  Ziegl.,  Opiocephala  Lapobte  and  Bbx7LIi£ 

Compare  Db  la  Pobtb  et  BbuliJ,   Monographie  du  gmre  Diaperit, 
Ann.  det  Se.  not,  Tom.  xtttt.  1831,  pp.  ^2$ — ^410,  PI.  10. 

Add  sub-genera^  in  which  the  last  joint  of  maxillaiy  palps  is 
broad,  truncated  Platydema  Lap.  and  B&y  Ceropria  and  some 
others!  L 

Fhaleria  Latr.  {Uhma,  Phaleria  Dej.).  Internal  process  of 
maxilla  armed  with  a  homy  claw.  Maxillary  palps  with  last  joint 
incrassate,  obtrigonal,  truncated. 

Sp.  Phaleria  eadaterina,  Tenebrio  eadavgriMti  Fabb.,  Stubm  Detdickl, 
Fauna,  Int.  n.  Tab.  47,  fig.  a,  a,  b,  Guy.  J2.  Ani.  Id,  UL,  Int.  PI.  50, 
fig.  I,  &e. 

Famfly  LTV.  Melasomata  Latr.  Body  often  apterons.  An- 
tennae scarcely  longer  than  head  and  thorax  conjointly,  inserted 
under  the  exsert  margin  of  head,  mostly  short,  moniliform,  with 
second  joint  short,  third  in  most  elongate.  Litemal  lobe  of  maxilla 
almost  always  armed  with  a  homy  tooth  or  claw.  Mandibles  bifid 
or  emarginate  at  the  apex. 

Most  of  these  beetles  have  a  blade  colour ;  others  are  brown  or 
grey,  without  contrasting  spots ;  they  are  shy  of  the  light  and 
live  abnoflt  all  on  the  ground,  where  they  conceal  themselves 
in  corners  or  xmder  stones.  The  shield-covers  of  the  wingless 
species  are  grown  together,  and  at  the  sides  bent  downwards. 

Gompare  on  this  fionily  GuiBiN,  MaUriaMX  powr  vine  dautficatum  de$ 
Mdaaomes,  Magas.  deZool.  1834,  Ina.  Pi  loi — it 8. 

Phalanx  I.  Tendn-tonita  {TenebrtantdcB  Leach,  Westwood). 
Body  winged ;  elytra  loose.  Maxillary  palps  with  last  joint  broad, 
truncated. 

A)  Body  dong<Ue.  Thorax  sub-quadrale,  AtUennoB  momXliformy 
graduaUy  thicker  towa/rda  the  apex. 

Heteroiarstis  Latr.  Antepenultimate  joint  of  tarsi  deeply  bilobed, 
receiving  the  penultimate  very  small. 

Sp.  ffderotamu  ienSMMet  Latb.,  Guv.  R.  Ani.  id.  ill.,  Ina.  PL  49,  fig.  1 1, 
from  SenegaL 


Digitized  by 


Google 


496  CLASS  VIII. 

Tenebrio  L.  (in  part).  Pennltiinate  joint  of  tarsi  distinct,  not 
concealed  in  preceding. 

Terubrio  Fasbl,    Upia  Fabb.,  CcUcar  Dij.  (species  of  TroffOtUa 
Fabr.) 

Sp.  Tendmc  moliiar  L.,  Panzkb  Deutschl.  Ins.  Heft  43,  Tab.  11,  Stubm 
DeuUchl.  Fauna,  Ins.  n.  Tkb.  46,  DuifiBiL  Cons,  gSn,  s.  L  Ins.  PL  13, 
^.  1 ;  the  meal-beetle ;  abore  f"  long,  black,  brown  beneath,  elytra 
striated.  The  larva  (meal-worm),  well-known  in  com- mills,  granaries,  and 
bread-bakers'  establishments,  is  elongate,  cylindrical,  white,  and  has  twelve 
rings  besides  the  head. 

B)  Body  dangate.      Thorcw  sub-quadrcUe,  elangcUe.     Antenma 
davate  or  thick  at  the  apeaa,  fadform. 

Toxtcum  Latb.  Antennae  with  four  terminal  joints  forming  a 
club,  last  sub-orbicular,  rest  transverse.    Tibias  simple. 

Add  genus  Boroa  Hebbst. 

Chiroscelia  Lam.,  Latb.  Antenna  with  last  joint  globose, 
thick.  Tibiae  of  anterior  feet  dilated,  digitate.  Thorax  elongate, 
posteriorly  constricted,  narrower  than  the  base  of  elytra. 

Sp.  Ohirosedis  lifenestrfOus,  Lamabok  Awnal,  du  Mushum  in,  1804,  p.  263, 
963,  PL  49,  fig.  2  ;  Gu^KiN  leonogr.,  Ins,  PL  30,  fig.  5. 

Sarrotrium  Illig.,  Fabb.  {Orthocerua  Latb.),  Antennae  fusi- 
form, thick,  pilose. 

Sp.  Sarrcitrwm  mwUewn,  Hitpa  mMtiea  L.,  Pavzxb  i^utodU.  Ins.  Heft  i. 
Tab.  8,  DuMfBiL  Cons.  gin.  s,  I.  Ins.  PL  13,  fig.  5 ;  found  in  sand-pits. 

CorUeus  D^.    Sp.  Sarrotrium  edUs  Gsrm. 

C)  Body  oval.     Thorax  transverse,  trapemHdaly  anteriorly  nor- 
rower y  ^posteriorly  of  the  breadth  of  elytra. 

OpaJbrwin  Fabb.  (exclusive  of  many  species).  Clypeus  emargi- 
nate,  including  labrum.  Antennae  shorter  than  thorax*  Thorax 
of  the  breath  of  elytra,  marginate. 

Sp.  Qpafnisi  Mdvlofum  Fabb.,  SSI/pha,  saMosa  L.,  Pahkkb  DeutsdO,  Ins. 
Heft  3,  Tab.  1,  Stubm  DeutschL  Fawna,  Ins.  n.  Tab.  40,  Cur.  J2.  Ant, 
id.  ill.,  Ins.  PL  49,  fig.  a^',^OpaUum  tibiale  Fabb.  (IficrtwHm D£r.), 
Pavzib  Dtuischl.  Ins.  Heft  43,  Tab.  10. 


^  Of  this  species,  as  also  of  Sa/rrotrium  muiieum,  SoHlODTi  has  oommnnicated  an 
anatomical  description  in  Kb5txb's  Natuwrk.  Tidskr.  nr.  1843,  pp.  '904 — 9 11. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA,  497 

Crypttcus  Latr.  Body  oval,  convex,  smooth.  Clypeus  not 
emarginate.  Antennas  of  the  length  of  thorax.  Tarsi  with  first 
joint  elongate. 

Sp.  Cryjiicui  glaber  Latb.,  Blapa  glabra  Fabb.;  Cuv.  J2.  Ani.  id.  iU. 
PL  49,  fig.  I ;  the  larva,  which  is  met  with  in  decayed  willow-wood,  is 
filiform,  cylindrical,  and  resembles  that  of  ffdops  BouoH^  Naiurgetch.  d. 
Int,  s.  191. 

Phalanx  II.  Blapsida  {Blapstdcp  Stephens,  Westwood). 
Body  apterous,  with  elytra  united  together.  Maxillary  palps  with 
last  joint  larger,  securiform  or  obtrigonal.    (Gknus  Blaps  Fabb.) 

A.  Body  oval,  short.  Thorax  tranwerse,  posteriorly  broader,  trapezoidal. 
Elytra  wUk  tides  Utile  or  not  at  aU  it^/leeted  under  abdotnen.  Tarsi  of  a/nU- 
riorfeet  in  males  dilated,  often  hirsute  beneath. 

Pedimts  Latr. 

t  With  clypeus  entire :  Sub-genus  Platyseelis  Latbbillb. 

t+  WUh  clypeus  emarginate:  Sub-genera  Pedinus  D^.,  Isoeerus 
MsaBBLi,  Pedonoctu  Watebhoubb,  Ewrynotus  Kibbt,  HdiophUus  Dj^., 
Dendarus  Mboeblb,  Dj^.  Compare  Latbeillb  in  Cuv.  R.  Ani.  sec.  id. 
▼.  pp.  19,  70,   Watebhoubb  Arm.  and  Mag.  of  Nat.  Hitt.  xvi.  pp. 

Note. — Cokoptera  allied  to  genus  Opabrum,  but  apterous. 

B.  Body  oblong.  Elytra  at  the  sides  inflected  downwards,  posteriorly 
often  produced  into  an  v/^fiected  pointed  process, 

Blaps  Fabr.  (in  part). 

Sub-genera:    Asida  Latb.,  Scotinua  Kibbt,   MacMa  Hebbst, 
Beteroseelia  Latb. 

Gonopua  Latb. 

Blapa  {Blaps  and  DUa  FiscH.),  Prosodes  Eschsch. 

Comp.  FisoHEB  BuUet.  de  la  Soe.  des  notitwral.  de  Moscou,  Tom.  xvn. 
1B44,  PP*  III — 118,  Tab.  n,  Sp.  Blaps  kevicollis  Gbbl. 

Misclampus  Latb.,    Hdiqfugus    GuiBiN,    Acomthomera    Latb., 
Oxfwra  Kibbt. 

Sp.  Blaps  mortisaga  Fabb.,  Tendnio  mortisagus  L.,  Houttutn  Nat.  Mist. 
I.  10,  Tab.  78,  fig.  3,  Panzbb  Ikutschl.  Ins.  Heft  3,  Tab.  3  ;  10'"  or  11'" 
long,  dull  black  ;  lives  in  cellars  and  other  dark  places.  Some  anatomical 
notices  on  this  species  and  on  Blaps  gages  Fabb.  (Pavzbb  Deulschl.  Ins. 
Heft  96,  Tab.  i,  Dum^bil  Cotis.  gin.  s.  I.  Ins.  PL  14,  fig.  i)  were  given 
by  J.  F.  Mbokil  Beitrage  z.  vergl.  Anat.  i.  2.  s.  123 — 136. 
VOL,  I.  32 


Digitized  by 


Google 


498  CLASS  viii. 

Phalanx  III.  Fimelarta.  Body  apterous,  with  elytra  united 
together.  Maxillary  palps  filiform,  with  last  joint  scarcely  larger 
than  the  rest,  subcylindrical. 

A.  Mentum  aubguadraU,  enHre,  narrower  at  the  hate. 

Molurts  Latr. 

Sp.  Pimelia  striata  Fabb.,  Yost  Coleopt,  ii.  Tab.  50,  fig.  i. 
Trachynotua  Latr. 
Septdmm  Fabr. 
8c<mru8  Fabr. 
Tagenta  Latr, 

Note. — Several  sab-genera  of  modem  writers  to  be  added,  which  are  here 
omitted  for  the  sake  of  brevity.  These  are  ooiinted  amongst  the  BlapndeB 
by  the  celebrated  entomolo^t  Wbstwood. 

B.  Menium  very  hroad,  mostly  not  narrowed  at  the  hate,  covering  maxtUa 
beneath,  aiUeriorly  emarginaJtt  or  hiiobed,  cordate, 

t  MeiUum  anteriorly  concaive,  oordate.  Antenna  with  only  ten  eUtHnet 
joints. 

Adehstoma  DuP. 
Eurychora  Thunb.,  Fabr. 

Sp.  Eurychora  eUiala  Thukb.,  Yobt  Coleopt.  n.  Tab.  43,  fig.  23,  Duic^ril 
Oons,  gin,  s,  I,  Ins,  PL  14,  fig.  3 ; — Etirych,  cimicoides  QuKtf  SEL,  Sohoebh. 
Syn,  Ins.  I.  p.  137,  Tab.  n.  fig.  5,  Ac. 

Steira  Westw. 
Bp.  Steira  costaia  Wbstwood  in  Gu^bin  Magas.  de  Zool.  1837,  Ins,  PI.  176. 

ft  MenUum  bilobed,  rotundate,    AntenncB  with  deven joints. 

Akis  Herbst,  Fabr.  (exclusive  of  some  species). 

Tentyrta  Latr. 

Hegeter  Latr. 

Erodvus  Fabr. 

Sub-genera :  Nyctelia,  Zophoais,  Erodiua  Latr 

NoU. — ^Watbbhoubb  has  described  several  new  species  of  NydeUa,  Pro- 
ceedings of  Zool.  Soc,  IX.  1841,  pp.  105 — III. 

Pimelia  Fabr.  (in  part). 

Sub-genera :  OryptochiluSy  Trachyderma  Latb.,  and  some  others 
here  omitted. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  499 

Sp.  Pimdia  hipunetata  Fabb.,  Dum^il  Cons,  gin,  a.  L  Ins.  PL  14,  fig.  9, 
Guy.  R.  Ani,  id.  ill.,  Ins.  PI.  46,  fig.  i,  &c. ;  Tenebrio  muricaUu  L.,  a 
congeneric  species,  is  often  confounded  with  the  preceding.  See  Schoen- 
HBBB  Synon.  Ins.  I.  p.  131. 

^ote. — There  is  an  affinity  between  this  &mily  and  the  ccbrdbici : 
some  genera  agree  in  hahitus;  thus  genus  Damcuter  Kollab 
amongst  the  CarcUnci  almost  presents  the  form  of  the  Blaptidea, 
but  Mcmticara  resembles  Pimelia  caronata.  The  anatomy  also 
proves  this  affinity,  as  Blanchard  has  lately  shewn  by  the  investi- 
gation of  the  nervous  system.  Ann,  des  Sc  Nat.  3idme  S6rie  v. 
Zoologie,  p.  350.     The  larvse,  however,  are  altogether  different. 

tt    Trachelia. 

Head  cordate,  abruptly  narrowed  posteriorly  and  separated 
from  thorax  by  a  stricture  or  neck. 

Family  LV.  Gantharidia  (Trachelides  Latr.,  Cantharidi^ 
except  Cistelidesy  Blanch.). 

Phalanx  I.  Meloeida  {Canthartdtw  Latr.).  Antennae  monili- 
form.  Head  nutant.  Maxillary  palps  filiform,  with  last  joint 
scarcely  thicker,  oval  or  obovate;  labial  palps  with  last  joint 
broader,  truncated.  Elytra  soft.  Joints  of  tarsi  mostly  entire. 
Claws  of  tarsi  bifid.     (Genus  Meloe  L.) 

t  Wings  none;  dytra  {at  least  in  females,  mostly  also  in  males) 
dbbrwiate. 

Melof^  Fabr.  Antennsa  with  eleven  joints,  filiform,  sometimes 
thicker  in  the  middle,  in  few  subincrassated  at  the  apex. 

Sp.  Mdo€  proicarabceus  L.,  Geoffbot  ffist.  des  Ins.  des  env.  de  PariSf  I. 
Tab.  VII.  fig.  IV.,  Bbandt  u.  Batzbbubo  Med.  Zool.  n.  Tab.  xvi.  figs. 
4,  5  (Meloe  tecta  Hxllw.,  Panzeb  DevUehl.  Ins,  Heft  10,  Tab.  14,  male, 
Meloe  punctidata  Pavzbb,  ibid.  Tab.  x6,  male);  black,  commonly  glancing 
into  steel-ooloured  yiolet,  with  deeply  impressed  points  on  the  head  and 
thorax;  this  species  differs  much  in  size. — Comp.  on  this  genus  Lbaoh 
British  species  of  the  genus  Mdoi,  Tram,  of  the  Linn.  Soc.  Vol.  xi.  1815, 
PP*  35—48,  Tab.  V.  VI.,  and  his  Pwrther  Observat.  with  the  descr.  of 
six  exotic  species,  ibid.  pp.  242 — 151,  Tab.  xvin.;  J.  F.  Bbakdt  et  W. 
F.  Ebiohson  Monographia  gener,  Mel,,  Nov,  Act.  Acad.  Cobs.  Leop.  Car. 
XVI.  P.  I.  pp.  loi — 147,  Tab.  vin. — ^Nbwpobt  Nat,  Hist,  Anat.  and 
Developm.  of  the  Oil-beetle,  Trans.  Linn,  Soc.  VoL  XX.  p.  197,  Vol.  xxi.  P.  2, 
p.  167.. 

ft  Body  winged.     Ulytra  not  shorter  them  abdomen. 

32—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


500  CLASS  VIII. 

a)  AntemuB  with  eleven  jaifUs, 
Lytta  Fabr.,    Cantharts  Geopfb,,    Oliv.,  Latr,     Antenna 
straight,  filiform,  longer  than  head  and  thorax.     Body  oblong. 

a)     With  penuUtjnate  joint  of  torn  enHrt. 

*)     With  dytra  (U  the  apex  attenuaUd,  tubulate,  dehiscent, 

SUa/ris  Latb.  {Apcdus  Fabb.  ^) 

*  *)     With  elytra  covering  the  whole  abdomen  above,  not  aiUenuaied. 

Sub-genera :  Gnathium  Kibbt,  NemogncUha  Illio.,  Latb.,  (with 
external  process  of  Tnaxillffi  filiform,  exsert),  Zonitis  Fabb.,  Tmesir 
dera  Westw.,  CarUharia  Latb. 

Sp.  Ljftta  veaicaUyria,  Meloi  vesicatorius  It.,  GiOFFB.  Ins,  I.  PL  yl  fig.  v., 
DuM^BiL  Cone.  gin.  $.  I.  Ins.  PL  lo,  fig.  6,  Bbandt  u.  Ratzbbubo 
Mediz.  Zocl.  n.  Tab.  xvm.  figs.  1—6,  &c.  Spamth  Fly;  green  gold- 
glancing,  with  black  antennsB,  a  broad  head,  channelled  above,  thorax 
quadrangular,  broader  forwards,  length  10"'.  The  blistering  power  of  this 
insect  renders  it  very  important  as  a  remedy  in  medicine.  Other  species 
also  of  the  Mdoiida  possess  the  same  property,  which  however,  as  is 
asserted,  is  not  perceived  in  Apalus.  The  female  lays  her  eggs  in  the 
ground ;  the  larvae  make  their  appearance  after  about  three  weeks,  like 
those  of  Melog  (and  of  Apalus,  which  are  quite  similar  to  them  according 
to  GbniQ,  hitherto  known  in  the  first  period  of  their  life  alone,  but  not  in 
their  further  growth. 

Compare  C.  A.  Lbnaub,  Meloi  vesicatoriut,  Diet.,  in  C.  LnrKin 
AffuxnU.  Acad.  vi.  pp.  132 — 147 ;  Lobchob  Beitrage  zw  Oet<^.  cisr  Span' 
iachenFliege,  Naturfortcher  xJLiu.  1788,  s.  37 — 48,  Tab.  i,  figs,  i — 8;~ 
Audouin  Becherchet  pour  tervir  d  VHittoire  not.  det  Caniharide*,  Ann,  det 
8e.  natur.  ix.  1S26,  pp.  31 — 61,  PL  41,  43  (anatomical  description) ; 
Brakdt  u.  Ratzsbubo  L  L  pp.  116 — 121  and  PL  xix ;  Ratzebubo 
Fortt'Int.  X  I.  pp.  88—^2  &c. 

P)     With  penultimate  joint  of  tarti  hilobed. 

Tetraonyx  Latb. 

Comp.  Latbbillb  in  Huvboldt  et  Bonpland  Obterv.  de  ZooUtg.  et 
d^Anat.    Ck>mp.  L  pp.  160 — 16«,  PL  xvi.  fig.  7. 

CEnas  Latb.  Antennas  not  longer  than  thorax  or  scarcely  as 
long,  geniculate,  with  first  joint  elongate,  obconical,  the  rest  broad, 
short,  the  last  oval. 

Bp.  (Enat  afer,  Lytta  afra  Fabb.,  Latb.  Oener.  Cruet,  et  Int,  Tab.  x.  fig.  10^ 
Cuv.  R.  Ani.  id.  ill..  Int.  PL  54,  fig.  9. 


^  J.  GBNi,  MivMMre  pour  tervir  d  CHitt.  not.  de  VApalue  bimactdatut  et  det 
Cantharidet  en  giniroL    Ann,  det  8e,  not,  zxiii.  pp.  138 — 144.     1831. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  501 

Mylabris  Fabb.  AhtennsB  short  or  scarcely  of  the  length  of 
thorax,  towards  the  extremity  incrassated  gradually  into  an  elon- 
gate club,  arcuate. 

Compare  G.  J.  BiLLBBsa  MofM^ra'phiok  MyldbridAim,  HoImi»,  1813,  8fo  \ 
SoHOiNHXBB  Syn.  Int,  i.  3,  pp.  30—43  ;  F.  Gsblxb  Dei  Mylabrides  de 
la  Sib^rie  &o.  Nouveamx  MSm,  de  la  80c,  itnp^,  de  Motcou,  I.  1829,  pp.  147 
—171. 

Sp.  Mylabrie  cichorii  Fabb.,  Mdoi  Oiehorii  L.,  Bbandt  il  Katzeb. 
Mediz,  ZooL  n.  Tab.  ZYni.  fig.  17,  from  China,  East  Indies.  Other 
species  are  often  confounded  with  this,  as  Myldbris  FuesUini  Pahzxb 
DeutechZ,  Ins.  Heft  31,  Tab.  18,  Mylabris  voflriabUU  Billb.  &c 

I/ydu»  Mbgbblb  (with  external  claws  of  tarsi  pectinate).  Sp.  Mylab. 
trimaculata  Billb.,  Brandt  u.  Batzeb.  Med.  Zool,  n.  pp.  136,  127,  Tab. 
zym.  fig.  16. 

b)    ArUemuB  mith  eight  or  nme  joints,  cHavate  at  apex,  last  joint 
kurge,  oval. 

Hycleus  Latb. 

ArUhmema  Oheyboi* 

Sp.  Arithtnema  decemgiEUaia  Chxvb.,  Gu^ein  leonogr.,  Ins.  PL  35,  fig.  4, 
pp.  131,  133. 

Ceroooma  Geoffr.,  ScH-fiFF, 

Sp.  Cerocoma  Schafferi  Fabb.,  Meloi  Schc^eri  "L,,  Gboftb.  Ins.,  I.  Fl.  6, 
fig.  9,  SoHJSFTXB  Mem.  EnUm.  Tab.  37,  Dumi^bil  Cons.  gSn.  s.  L  Ins,  PL 
10,  ^.  7,  Ac. 

Phalanx  11.  MordeUona  {Mordellidce  Leach).  Antennae  short, 
very  often  serrated.  Elytra  hardish.  Thorax  gibbous.  Body  com- 
pressed. All  the  tarsi  or  those  of  posterior  feet  with  joints  entire. 
Claws  of  tarsi  mostly  bifid,  with  the  superior  divisions  pectinate. 
(Gknus  Morddla  L.) 

Rkipiphorus  Bosc,  Fabr.,  Latr.  Thorax  produced  posteriorly 
between  elytra ;  scutellum  concealed.  Elytra  abbreviate,  or  angus- 
tato-acuminate,  dehiscent.  Antennae  pectinato-serrate,  in  males 
flabelliform.  Palps  subfiliform.  Maxillae  with  external  lacinia 
long,  linear. 

Sp.  Rkipiphorus  paradoxus  Fabb.,  Morddla  paradoxa  L.,  Panzkb  D,  Ins. 
16,  Tab.  T4; — Bhipiphorus  himaeulatvs  Fabb.,  Dum^b.  Cans,  gin,  s,  I, 
Ins.  PL  1 1,  fig.  4,  &c.  Comp.  on  some  new  species  Fibcheb  in  BtUlet.  de 
la  8oe,  impir.  des  Natwral.  de  Moscou,  iv.  1831,  p.  426,  Tab.  v. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


502  CLASS  VIll. 

Sub-genera :  Myoditea  liATR,,  Ripidiua  Thunb.  {Sywbius  Sundev.), 
Macnmagon  Hentz,  Pelocotoma  Fisch.,  Evamoeera  Gu£bin  (with 
scutellum  distinct). 

Gomp.  Hentz  Trans,  of  the  Amerie(m  philos,  8oe.,  new  Seriee,  YoL  m. 
Pt.  2,  pp.  463,  463.  PI.  XY.  f.  3.  Maerotiagon  dimidi4aum  {Jthipipkorus 
dimidiatua  Fabb.),  Sundeval  in  Okbn's  Ins,  183 1,  s.  J122 — 1328,  Tab. 
ym.  Symhius  Blattarum.  (The  larva  lives  in  BlattcB  after  the  manner  of 
Ichneumons.) 

MordeUa  Latr.  Scutellum  distinct.  Elytra  narrowed  pos- 
teriorly, not  shorter  than  abdomen.  Antennas  filiform,  subserrate. 
Maxillary  palps  with  last  joint  large,  obconical. 

^.  Morddla  aculeata  L.,  Gkoffb.  Ins,  I.  PL  6,  fig.  7,  Sohjeffeb  Elem, 
EnUm.  Tab.  84,  &c. 

Anaapis  Geoppr.,  Latr.  Antennas  thicker  towards  apex,  sub- 
filiform,  not  serrate.  Penultimate  joint  of  tarsi  of  four  first  feet 
bilobed.     Bemaining  characters  those  of  the  preceding  genus. 

Sp.  Anaapis  frontalis,  MordeUa  frontalis  L.,  Panzeb  Deutschl,  Ins.  Heft 
13,  Tab.  13;  variety  Anaspis  atra  Dum&IL  Oons.  gin,  s,  I,  Ins.  PL  11, 
fig.  6,  Bm. 

Phalanx  III.  Horialia  {HoriidcB  Westwood).  Antennae  fili- 
form, moniliform  or  subserrate,  short.  Tarsi  with  joints  undivided, 
furnished  with  claws  denticulate  beneath,  and  with  double  filiform 
appendage.  Mandibles  strong,  exsert;  palps  filiform.  Thorax 
broad,  transverso-quadrate.  Head  nutant.  Feet  short,  posterior 
with  femora  incrassated,  especially  in  males.  Elytra  soft,  dehiscent 
at  the  apex. 

Horia  Fabr. 

*  Head  WMrower  than  thorax.  Antennas  Umger  iham  iSumtet.  Sub-genus 
Cissites  Latb.  {Oener.  Crust,  et  Ins.  2,  p.  a  13,  previously  Horia  ejusd. 
Hist,  not,  des  Crust,  et  Ins.  x.  p.  364). 

Sp.  Horia  testaeea  Fabb.,  Dum^bil  Cons.  g$n,  s,  I.  Ins,  PI.  12,  fig.  6,  J.  O. 
Hubbkeb  Beitr.  z.  Natturg.  d.  Ins.  in  NaturforscKer  aS,  p.  47,  Tab.  n. 
figs.  14 — I  •J,  from  East  Indies. 

**  Head  tumid  hehind  the  eyes,  of  ihe  breadth  of  thorax.  Antenna 
scarcely  longer  than  thorax.    Horia  Latb.  (previously  Cissites  ejusd.) 

Sp.  Horia  maculata  Fabr,,  Cuv.  R  Ani.  ed.  HI,,  Ins.  PL  54,  fig.  4,  firom 
S.  Amer.  The  larva  lives  parasitically  in  the  cells  of  the  larvte  of  Xylo- 
copa;  on  the  metamorphosis  cons.  Lansdown  Guildiho  Trans,  of  the 
Linn.  Soc.  Vol.  xiv. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSBCTA.  603 

Phalanx  IV.  P^ochrdidea  nob.  Antennae  filifonn  or  gradu- 
ally thicker  towards  the  apex,  subserrate,  in  some  pectinate,  longer 
than  head  and  thorax.  Tarsi  with  penultimate  joint  bilobed,  with 
claws  undivided,  not  denticulate.  Maxillary  palps  with  last  joint 
large,  truncated,  obtrigonal.     Mandibles  broad,  short. 

We  unite  in  this  group  the  Anthicides  (NoiooddoR  Stephens, 
Westw.),  the  Pyrochrcndea  and  LagriarioB  of  Latbezlle,  which  are 
all  closely  allied. 

Notoxus  Geoffb.,  Oliv.  {ArUhicua  Fabb.).  Antennae  filiform 
with  joints  obconical,  the  last  oval,  longer.  Maxillaiy  palps  with 
last  joint  large,  securiform.  Head  nutant,  broader  than  thorax. 
Thorax  elongate^  broader  anteriorly,  often  constricted  in  the 
middle. 

a)  WUk  thorax  anteriorly  porreet  into  a  horn,    {Notoxut  Illio.,  ManO' 
cerut  Megeble,  D&r.) 

Sp.  Notoxus  manoderoSf  Mdoi  monooeroi  1,.,  Geoffb.  Im,  i.  PL  6,  fig.  8, 
DuM^.  Com.  g6n.  9, 1,  Ins.  PL  lo,  fig.  5,  Panzeb  D,  Ins.  Heft  26,  Tab. 

b)  WUh  thorax  unarmed. 

Sp.  Notoxus  antherirvus,  Mdoe  antherinus  It.,  Pakzbb  D.  Ins.  Heft  1 1,  Tab. 
14,  &c 

Steropes  Stev. 

Scraptia  Lats. 

Note. — ^A  genua  to  be  referred  perhaps  to  the  Serropalpides  (v.  supra^ 
p.  491) :  this  u  scarcely  its  place. 

Pyrochroa  Geoffr.  Antennae  rather  long,  in  males  serrate  or 
pectinate.  Body  elongate,  narrower  anteriorly,  with  thorax  subor- 
bicular  or  trapezoidal.  Maxillary  palps  subserrate,  terminated  by 
a  longer  obtrigonal  joint ;  labial  palps  filiform.  Abdomen  rounded 
posteriorly. 

Fogonoeerus  Pisch.  {DendrcHdes  Latb.) 

Fyroch/roa  Latb. 

Sp.  Pyroekroa  rv^bens  ¥asbl.,  Lampyris  rvbtns  Sohalleb,  Gmbl.,  Pahzeb 
D.  Ins.  Heft  95,  Tab.  5,  Vobt  Cdeopt.  11.  Tab.  48,  fig.  i ;  the  body  and 
thorax  black  beneath,  the  head,  the  upper  surface  of  the  thorax,  and  the 
elytra  vermilion  without  spot ;  the  perfect  insect  is  found  on  flowers ;  the 
larva  lives  in  decayed  willow- wood. 

Note. — ^Here  should  be  referred,  according  to  Westwood,  genus 
Pyiho  Latb.,  with  body  depressed^  thorax  narrowed  posteriorly, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


504  CLASS  VIII. 

truncated,  toUh  pemiUimate  jaiaU  of  tarsi  eniMre,  tinleas  it  be  pre- 
ferred to  count  it  with  Latbeillb  amongst  the  ffdopu,  and  to  place 
it  before  Strongylvwm,  (see  above,  p.  492). 

Lagria  Fabr.  Antennee  inserted  in  a  sinus  of  the  eyes,  filiform 
or  gradually  thicker  towards  the  apex,  with  last  joint  longer  than 
the  rest.  Palps  both  maxillary  and  labial  thicker  towards  the 
extremity,  maxillary  longer  than  labial,  with  last  joint  transverse, 
truncated.  Thorax  narrow,  cylindrical,  subquadrate.  Elytra  much 
broader  than  thorax,  dilated  towards  the  apex,  rounded,  soft.  Body 
very  often  villose  or  pubescent. 

Sp.  Lagria  hvrta  Fabb.,  Ckrysomela  hirta  L.,  Paitzeb  D,  Ins.  Heft  107, 
Tab.  2,  Cuvikb  R,  Ani,  Sd.  HI.,  Ira,  PL  53  bis,  fig.  i;  the  Urvas  fonnd 
by  Ltonbt  in  winter  under  fallen  oak-leaves,  has  yeryoonspicuons  i^nt-fltma^* 
projecting  laterally;  se^  Ltonbt  Rechiertkn,  pp.  iii — 114.  PL  XL  figs. 
17— 3». 

Statyra  Latr, 

Species  all  American,  similar  in  habit  to  the  CoirMeif  with  thorax  OTa^ 
truncated.  Sp.  Statyra  agroldes  D6j.,  Cdv.  R.  Ani,  4d.  HI.,  Ins.  PL  53 
bis,  fig.  3.  On  this  genus  oomp.  Saint- Faboeau  et  Sebvillb  ^tcyd. 
mStk.g  Ins.  Tom.  ^.  pp.  479,  480 ;  Di/BAN  enumerates  22  species  of  this 
genus ;  CatcUogue  des  CoUopi.  1837,  p.  336. 

D.    Pentamera.    Tarsi  all  with  five  joints. 

We  here  employ  this  character  only  in  so  &r  as  it  is  available  for  the  most 
of  the  genera^  but  not  as  absolutely  universal  and  exclusive.  Ahready 
Latbbillb  was  obliged  to  admit  some  exceptions  {Families  nai.  du  Rigne 
animal,  1835,  p.  337);  we  subjoin  still  others,  and  do  not  separate,  for 
instance,  Psdaphus  from  the  rest  of  the  Braehdytra,  whilst,  on  the  other 
hand,  we  have  placed  the  genera  with  five  joints  i)acne,  Epueapika,  and 
TriflalUma  (see  above,  p.  470)  with  the  Tebramera  in  the  family  of  the 
Clavipalpi. 

Family  LVI.  LamtUioornia.  Antennas  clavate,  shc^i;,  mostly 
with  nine  or  ten  joints.  Inserted  under  the  exsert  margin  of  head. 
Club  of  antennsB  lamellate,  or  serrate,  or  tunicate,  with  first  joint  of 
club  infimdibuliform,  including  the  other  joints.  External  margin 
of  the  two  anterior  feet  dentate.  Mentum  often  large,  covering  the 
ligula,  and  bearing  palps. 

Lcvmellicom  beetles.  The  insects  of  this  group  form  in  the 
system  of  Link^us  the  genera  LiLcamu  and  Scarabagus.  The  larvsB 
are  thick,  cylindrical,  the  posterior  part  of  the  body  bent  down- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  505 

wards j  besides  the  head  there  are  thirteen  rings;  no  eyes  are 
present ;  the  feet  have  four  joints  and  a  strong  daw  at  the  end. 
The  pupfB,  which  lie  in  a  hollow  dod  of  earth,  have  the  cases  of 
the  wings  projecting  beyond  the  posterior  margin  of  those  of  the 
elytra.  See  the  beautiful  figures  in  the  Mem,  9ur  lea  metamorphoses 
ds8  CoUopUrea  of  W.  De  Haak,  iiTouv.  Ann.  du  Muahim  iv.  1835, 
pp.  125—164,  pL  10—19, 

Phalanx  I.  Lucantdea  or  Priocera.  Antennas  with  ten  joints, 
club  pectinate,  with  lamellae  sub-parallel,  and  almost  perpendicular 
to  the  axis.  (Elytra  always  covering  the  apex  of  abdomen.  Ab- 
domen with  only  five  distinct  segments  underneath.) 

The  larvBB  live  on  decayed  wood  and  reside  in  hollow  stems  of 
trees.  This  group  is  allied  indeed  to  the  following,  but  still  differs 
by  some  anatomical  characters.  The  larv»  have  a  nervous  ef3rstem, 
of  which  the  ganglia  of  the  thorax  and  the  abdomen  are  separated 
fix)m  each  other  by  considerable  distances ;  whilst  in  the  following 
group  they  lie  veiy  dose  together,  forming  as  it  were  a  varicose 
string.  In  the  proper  genus  Lticamis  the  nervous  system  of  the 
perfect  insect  has  quite  a  different  form  fix)m  that  of  the  Sccurahceida ; 
the  second  and  third  thoracic  ganglia  are  separated  from  each  other, 
and  the  abdomen  has  six  distinct  ganglia,  whilst  in  the  Sccvrabceida 
the  second  and  third  thoradc  ganglia  are  fused  together,  and  in  the 
abdomen,  in  place  of  a  chain  of  gangUa,  a  single  central  nervous  mass 
alone  succeeds  to  this  thoradc  ganglion,  from  which  mass  the  nerves 
of  the  abdomen  arise  at  acute  angles  (like  the  last  spinal  nerves  in 
the  Ccmda  equina  of  mammals). 

See  tha  figures  of  Blanohabd  Ann,  dea  Sc.  not.,  $iime  SSrie,  Tom.  v. 
PL  8,  fig.  X,  in  Liieantu  cervtu,  and  in  Guvdeb  iZL  An.  id,  ill.,  Ins,  PL  3, 
in  the  cockchafer.  Aa  perfect  insect  PoBtalut  follows  the  Scardbceida  in 
the  form  of  the  nenrous  system,  and  therefore  is  referred  by  Blanohabd  to 
this  group,  and  separated  firom  Lucanus. 

A.  lAgula  mmJbrantmt,  mostly  bUobed  and  penieiUate,  Antennas  smooth, 
mostly  broken,  with  first  Joint  elonffate.  Seutdlum  between  the  base  of  dy6ra 
at  the  beginning  of  the  svture. 

Lacanus  L.  (in  part).  Mandibles  exsert  beyond  head,  mostly 
much  larger  in  males,  porrect.  Labrum  mostly  conjoined  with 
clypeus  or  none.  Maxillsa  membranous.  Antennae  broken.  Feet 
often  elongate,    especially  the    anterior.      Body    somewhat    de- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


506  CLAJBS  VIII. 

The  Stag-beetles.  The  genus  Lucanua,  although  firom  the 
characters  giyenlEtbove  much  more  limited  here  than  with  Linkjeus, 
still  contains  different  genera  of  modem  authors  which  it  is 
impossible  for  us  to  set  forth  here.  The  under  jaws  are  commonly 
membranous ;  in  the  females  alone  of  some  exotic  species  the 
innermost  lobe  (mando)  has  a  homy  hooklet  at  the  extremity  \  In 
some  species  the  eyes  are  completely  divided  by  a  projecting  flat 
margin  of  the  head  into  two,  one  situated  on  the  upper  and  one  on 
the  under  side  of  the  head. 

Corap.  C.  P.  Thukbsbg  Lucani  Monograpkta,  MSm,  de  la  8oe.  impir, 
de  Moseou,  i.  pp.  150 — 173.  PI.  ii;  Mao  Lsat,  ffora  enlamol,  1819  {An- 
nulosa  Javanica,  idii.  franQ.  Paris,  1833,  8vo.  pp.  ii — 29) ;  J.  O.  W«ST- 
WOOD  Descripiio  gener.  iwoor,  e  fam.  Lucanid.,  Ann.  det  Sc.  not.  le  S^rie, 
I.  1834,  pp.  113— 127,  PL  7;  BusMKiSTEB  Handb,  der  EnUm.  v.  1847, 
8.  311—442. 

Liicanvs  Latb.  (and  Flatycerua  ejusd  in  part). 

Sp.  iMcanut  eervut  L.,  Stag-beetle,  cerf  volant,  Hirtek-Jcafer,  SchrOler,  kel 
vliegend  heri,  kc,  RossL  Int.  n.  Scar.  terr.  CL  i.  Tab.  IT.  y.,  YoBT 
OoUopt.  I.  Tab.  99,  figs,  i,  a,  DuMifiiL  Cone,  gin.  9.  L  Ins.  PL  5>  fig.  i ; 
dark-brown  (like  old  mahogany) ;  the  male  is  larger  than  the  female,  baa 
the  head  broader  than  the  thorax,  and  branched  upper  jaws  about  the 
length  of  head  and  thorax  together,  these  included  it  is  fall  2^"  long;  in 
the  female  the  upper  jaws  are  less  than  the  head.  Hie  size,  however,  yarieB 
much ;  a  constantly  smaOer  yariety  is  Lucavtve  capreolue  Fabb.  (not  L.), 
YoKT,  I.  L  figs.  3,  4,  SuLZKB  Abgek.  Oeech.  d,  Ine.  Tab.  n.  fig.  i,  which 
is  found  with  the  ordinary  one.  {Lticanue  capreolue  L.  is  a  N.  American 
species,  which  Fabbioiub  names  Lucanus  dama.)  The  metamorphosis  of 
the  stag-beetle  is  described  by  Rcbssl.  The  larva  is  pale  yellow,  becomes 
very  large,  and  lives  some  years;  it  lives  in  decaying  oak-trees.  The 
perfect  insect  makes  its  appearance  in  June  and  July. 

Chiaaognathtta  SxEPHENa  Club  not  abruptly  distinct,  with  six 
lamellae.  (Eyes  always  divided  into  two  parts  by  the  margin  of 
head,  as  by  a  septum.) 

Sub-genera:  ChioMognatkue  Stephens  (antennsB  of  males  with  a  whorl  of 
hairs  before  the  club),  Sphaerognathue  BuQDST.  Mandibles  of  males  in  both 
these  sub-genera  longer  than  thorax,  sometimes  of  the  length  of  body.  Sp. 
Chiasogn.  Orantii,  Tetropkthalma  Chtloineie,  Lesson  Illuet,  de  ZooL 
PL  14,  Diet.  wniv.  cTBiel.  not.,  Ine.  Coliopt.  PL  7,  fig.  ^i—Sphwrogn. 
prionoides  Buquet,  Gu^in  Magas.  de  Zool.  1839,  ^^-  ^^  ^'t  Sphcarogn, 
Feiethamelii  Gu^ein  ibid.  1840,  PI.  39.     Species  from  S.  America. 

Ryseonotue  Mao  L.  Mandibles  thick,  with  external  margin  unidentate. 
Sp.  Luc.  neMoeue  Kibbt,  from  New  Holland. 


*  Westwood,  Annate  of  Nat.  Hielory,  viii.  184^,  pp.  1 11— 143. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  607 

Lamprima  Latb.,  Schoekh.  Labnim  difitinct,  ezsert  Club  of 
antennae  with  three  lamellaB.  Internal  lacinia  of  mazilliB  in  females 
terminate  hj  a  homy  hook.     (Head  small,  narrower  than  thorax.) 

Sub-genera:  Lamprima  Latb.  (Sp.  Lampr,  fulgida,  Lampr.  cenea 
GuiBiN  Iconogr.,  Ins,  PL  a;,  fig.  2,  Cuv.  H,  Ani.  ed.  iU.,  Int.  PL  45  bis, 
fig.  3 ;  (anterior  iibiie  of  males  with  tenninal  spine  broad,  obtrigonal) ; — 
PhcUdctus  Mao  Lsat.  (Sp.  Lamprima  Sumboldti  Gilleith.,  Schokkh. 
Synon.  I.  3,  Append,  p.  197,  Gn^IN  Iwnogr,,  In$,  PL  47,  fig.  6,  &c. 

Syndesus  Mac  L.  Mandibles  exsert  beyond  the  head.  Labrujn 
connate  with  clypens.  Maxillae  membranous.  Antennae  short,  not 
broken,  club  with  six  or  seven  joints.  Eyes  large,  globose, 
undivided.  Posterior  feet  very  remote  from  preceding.  Body 
cylindrical. 

Sp.  Syndenu  eormOua,  Sinodendrum  eomutum  Fabb.,  Cxrv.  R,  Am,  id,  iU,, 
Ins.  PL  45  bis,  fig.  8 ;  habit,  in  Van  Diemen't  Land, 

iVbte.— Genus  HaoapkyUum  Gbat,  Wbstw.  {PtUodon  Pbbtt)  is  rightly 
joined  with  genus  Syndenu  by  Bubmbistbb. 

Ftffulus  Mac  L.  (and  Ntgidius  ejusd.).  Mandibles  little  exsert. 
Internal  lacinia  of  maxillae  armed  with  a  homy  tooth.  Labrum 
exsert,  mobile.  Antennae  broken,  club  with  three  lamellae.  Lateral 
margin  of  head  extending  beyond  the  eyes,  and  dividing  them  in 
great  part  or  entirely. 

Sp.  Fiffultu  ttriatug  Wbstwood,  Blanch abd  Bia.  d.  Ins,  Paris,  1845, 
PL  8,  figs.  I — 3  (imago,  larva,  nymph) ;  hab.  in  island  of  Mauritius,  &c. 

NcU. — ^Add  sub-genera  Xiphodontus  Wiarw.  and  Agnus  Bubm. 

Sinodendrum  Fabr.  Labrum  exsert,  free.  Mandibles  scarcely 
produced  beyond  clypeus.  Maxillae  membranous,  ciliated,  with 
internal  process  acuminate.  Antennae  scarcely  broken,  short,  with 
club  three-leafed.     Body  cylindrical. 

Sp.  Sinodendrum  cylindricum,  Scarab,  eylindrieut  L.,  Ds  Gbbb  Ins.  TV, 
PL  10,  figs.  9,  3,  Panzbb  D,  Ins,  Heft  i.  Tab.  i.  Heft  i.  Tab.  9, 
Buv^BiL  Cons,  gin.  s,  I,  Ins.  PL  5,  fig.  3 ;  this  insect  ifi  found  in  many 
countries  of  Europe ;  the  larva  lives  in  beeches,  oaks,  9cc,  The  male  has 
a  horn  on  the  head,  like  many  Scardbanda, 

jEsalua  Fabr.  Labrum  exsert,  free.  Mandibles  produced  be- 
yond clypeus.  Maxillae  membranous.  Antennae  not  broken,  club 
three-leafed.    Body  short.    Feet  moderate  or  short. 

Sp.    jBsalus  scarabasoldes  Fabb.,  Guisizr  Iconogr.,  Ins,  PL  27,  fig.  2. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


608  CLASS  Vltl. 

Add  genera  CeratogruUkus  Westw.  (and  MUophyUus  Pabkt), 
C&nidma  Mac  L.,  {Luetm,  tenehrtncles  Fabb.,  species  of  Flafycents 
Latr) 

B,  LigvUa  horny.  Antmnos  pubetcerU,  arcuate.  Thorax  qwidraUj  weptt- 
rated  by  ttricture  from  abdomen.  SeuieUvm  in  the  pedunde  of  abdomemg 
beyond  the  bate  of  elytra. 

Pasaalua  Fabr.  (species  of  Lu/canus  L.).     Labrum  transyersey 

emarginate,   ciliated.     Mandibles  broad,  armed  with  thick  teeth. 

Maxillae  homy,  slender,  with  external  lacinia  incurved,  acuminate, 

internal  shorter,  bidentate.     Body  depressed,  mostly  oblong.     Feet 

short, 

P.  EsoHBCHOLTZ  DtM.  de  Ooleoplerorum  genere  Paualut,  Nimv.  Mim.  de 
la  Soe,  imp.  de  Moecou,  i.  pp.  13 — t^,  Ann.  dee  8c.  wU.  xxn.  pp.  333 — 
336;  Pbbohibok  Monographic  dee  Paeealee,  Paris,  1835,  8yo.  ay.  7  pL 
and  his  sapplementB  to  thia  in  Gu^Biv  Magaein  de  ZooL  1841  and  1843. 

Sp.  Paeealve  imterrvptue  Fabb.,  Lueanue  tnterruptue  L.,  Yoet  CoUopt, 
I.  Tab.  19,  fig.  I,  8.  America; — Pace,  pentaphyllua  Gu^bin  Iconogr.,  Ine. 
PL  17,  fig.  7,  Ac.  To  this  genuB  belong  very  many  species,  nearly  all 
agreeing  in  form,  and  ooloured  brown  or  black;  they  are  in  great  part 
found  in  S.  America  and  the  islands  of  the  Indian  Archipelago  and  South 
Sea ;  in  Europe  and  North  Airica  none  of  them  are  found.  The  larva  has 
much  resemblance  to  that  of  Lucanue,  but  the  last  pair  of  feet  is  replaced 
by  two  small  conical  tubercles,  as  was  first  remariLcd  by  Psbcexbok. 
BuBiCEiBTXB  gave  a  more  complete  description  of  the  lanra  and  the  pupa  in 
his  excellent  Hwndbwh  d.  Entomol.  v.  s.  454,  459. 

Note. — ^To  this  fimdly  of  insects  genus  TrictenoUyma  Gbay  was 
formerly  referred  by  English  authors.  Now,  however,  it  is  more 
correctly  referred  to  the  Longicomia  by  Dupont  and  abo  by  West- 
wood,  where  it  is  to  be  placed  after  genus  Friontis  (above,  p.  480) 
as  an  anomalous  genus.  By  the  number  of  joints  of  the  tarsi  it 
belongs  to  the  Heteromera.  Antennae  longer  than  head  and  thorax, 
eleven-jointed,  with  first  joint  elongate,  three  last  incrassate,  forming 
internally  a  sub-serrate  dub 

Sp.  Trictenotoma  CfhUdmU  Gbat,  Dufont,  Gu^Biir  Magae.  de  ZooL  1839, 
Ine.  PL  33,  from  Java.  Westwood  has  lately  added  two  other  species 
from  the  East  Indies,  Cahinet  of  oriental  EnUmol.  1848,  PL  15. 

Phalanx  11.      Scardbceidea  or  Petalocera*     Club   of  antennae 
lamellate  or  tunicate. 

These  insects  form  with  LiNNiEUS  the  genus  ScarabcBtts.  They 
compose  one  of  the  most  numerous   divisions   of  the   Coleqpterct, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN8ECTA.  509 

which  amongst  the  Pentamera^  is  surpassed  by  ^e  Ccvrabici  alone. 
Manj  large  species  belong  to  it,  which  are  armed  with  knobs, 
horns  and  other  excrescences  on  the  head  or  thorax.  As  the  horns 
amongst  the  ruminant  mammals  are  often  appropriated  to  the  male 
individuals,  so  here  also  these  excrescences  are  mostly  wanting  in  the 
females,  or  much  less  developed.  These  insects  live  for  the  most  part 
on  plants,  some  on  decaying  parts  of  v^etables  or  on  animal  dung. 
The  larvn  live  long;  some  change  into  nymphs  only  after  three  or 
four  years.  The  intestinal  canal  of  the  perfect  insect  is  commonly 
very  long,  and  the  stomach  forms  the  chief  part  of  it,  (see  above, 
p.  253).  The  vessels  for  secreting  urine  are  long,  four  in  number, 
and  so  much  convoluted  round  the  intestinal  canal  that  their  termi- 
nation is  found  with  difficulty.  In  the  larvae  the  stomach  is  short, 
wide,  and  surrounded  by  three  rings  of  blind  appendages,  which 
however  are  wanting  in  the  larvie  of  Aphodiua,  (Db  Haak  J^ouv. 
Ann,  da  Mua.  rv.  pL  18,  fig.  4).  The  small  intestine  is  very  short, 
and  the  large  extensive  and  wide,  filling  the  whole  space  of  the  body 
behind  The  air-tubes  of  the  perfect  insect  form,  especially  in  the 
abdomen,  many  larger  or  smaller  vesicular  expansions,  by  which 
these  animals,  notwithstanding  their  size,  are  often  very  lights  which 
increases  their  capacity  for  flying. 

Compare  on  the  diviaion  of  this  group  Mao  Lbat  Hora  WUnndlogiotB 
and  BuBMEiBTBB  Hamdb.  der  BnUnnol.  m.  pp.  95 — 117. 

A.  Melitophilct.  Abdomen  longer  than  head  and  thorax,  with 
last  segment  {pygidium)  produced  beyond  the  truncated  elytra, 
Lignla  connate  with  mentum.  Mandibles  membranous  internally. 
AntennaB  ten-jointed,  with  club  three-leafed. 

Gomp.  H.  GOBT  and  A.  Pebohxbon  Monographie  des  Citoines  a  ffenre$ 
voUins,  Paris,  1833,  ^^^'  {mth  77  col.  pi.),  and  H.  B.  Schaum  Analeeta 
entomologica.    Cum  tab.  nnea.    Halis  Sajconum,  1841,  Svo.  pp.  31 — 49. 

Cetonta  Fabk.  Elytra  on  the  outer  margin  sinuate  or  excised. 
A  little  triangular  part  on  each  side  of  thorax  before  elytra  (epime- 
ron  of  mesothorax  eminent,  conspicuous).  Mesostemum  termi- 
nating anteriorly  in  a  process  between  the  base  of  middle  feet. 
Scutellum  distinct,  mostly  conspicuous,  large,  triangular,  in  some 
covered  by  a  lobe  of  thorax. 


^  In  the  third  edition  of  the  Cfataloffue  dea  CoUopUra  de  la  CoUeetum  deM.U 
etc  DijEAB  are  enumerated  nearly  3300  species. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


510  CLASS  yiii- 

A  very  natural^  though  numerous  genua.  The  excision  <^  the 
shield-ooTers  next  the  hind  feet  leaves  generally  a  part  of  the 
margin  of  the  abdomen  visible ;  the  wings,  since  the  insect  flies 
with  closed  elytra,  pass  through  the  excision. 

Sub-genera :  Goliathus  Lail  (in  part),  GymnetU  Mac  L.,  Cetonia, 
CremastochUus  BInoch.  (Add  other  sub-genera  proposed  by  GrOBY 
and  Pebchebok,  Bubmeisteb  and  others.) 

Sp.  Cetonia  Cacicut  Fabb.,  GolicUhui  cacieus  hUL,  Yoet  CoUapL  i.  Tkb. 
«^»  fig'  i5i»  Goby  et  Perch.  Monogr.  PI.  14,  Diet.  univ.  ^Hitt.  not., 
AUaa,  CoUopt.  PL  6;  West  coast  of  Africa,  Sierra  Leone,  &c.,  as  also  the 
rare  and  large  species  C^.  goliata,  Searabasus  Ooliathut  Dbubt,  Exotic  Ina. 
Tom.  ni.  Pl.  40  (copied  by  Ouvibb  CoUopt.  i.  No.  6,  Tab.  v.  fig.  33, 
Dutch  edition  of  Stubic,  Tab.  70),  Cut.  R.  Ani.  ed.  iU,,  Ins,  PL  45,  fig.  4. 

{Cfymnetia  Mao  L.)  Sp.  Cetonia  holoserieea  Fabb.,  Yobt  CoUopt.  i. 
Tab.  II.  fig.  10,  S.  America^  Surinam;— CWonta  nitida,  Scarab,  nitidw  "L,, 
VoET  I.  Tab.  3,  fig.  aj.  Gov.  R.  Ani.  id,  ill.,  In$.  PL  45,  fig.  5. 

Cdtmia  awrata  Fabb.,  Scarab.  OMraitu  L.,  B(BSBL  Int.  n.  Scarab,  terr. 
Gl.  I.  Tab.  n.  figs.  1—5,  fig.  9,  Pankeb  D.  Ins.  Heft  41,  Tab.  15;  the 
golden  beetU,  gold-green,  elytra  spotted  white,  7'"  to  9"'  long ;  common  in 
gardens  upon  roses,  elder,  Thalidrum,  &c.  The  larva  is  often  found  in 
ants'  nests. — Ceton.  cenea  Gtllekb.,  Ceton.  jUrioola  Hebbst  &c. 

Trichiua  Fabb.  Elytra  with  external  margin  not  excised; 
epimera  mostly  not  conspicuous  in  front  of  elytra.  (Thorax  sub- 
orbicular  in  most ;  scutellum  often  small.) 

Gompare  Lefelbtisb  et  Sbbyillb  Eneyd.  mSih.,  Ins.  Tom.  x.  pp. 
701—704. 

Sp.  TriMus  ahdominalis  D]^.,  Ebiohs.  (and  Trichdus  gallicua  DiJ.), 
Trichivs  fasciatus  Latb.,  Gobt  et  Pebcheboit  Monogr.  PL  10,  fig.  i, 
VoET  CoUopt.  I.  Tab.  v.  fig.  43,  Houttdtn  Nat.  Hist.  1.  90  Stuk,  Tab.  71, 
fig.  8,  Guv.  R.  Am.  id.  Ul.,  Ins.  PL  45,  fig.  i ;  this  species  is  diffSarent 
from  the  true  Trichius  fasci^Aus  L.  (see  Gyllsnhal  in  Append,  to  Sohoevh. 
Syn.  Tom.  3),  which  I  have  not  observed  here ;  the  Trichius  fiuciatus  L.  is 
TrichMbs  succinctus  Latb.  (not  Scar,  succinctus  Pall.),  Gobt  et  Pebcheb. 
Monogr.  PL  10,  fig.  7  ; — Trichius  hemipterus  Fabb.,  Scarab,  hanipterus  L., 
VoBT  CoUopt.  1.  Tab.  x.  figs.  88—^. 

Add  genus  Inca  Lepel.  et  Seby.  (species  of  Cetonia  Fabb.),  and 
some  others  of  modem  writers,  ^ere  also  belongs,  in  Bubm£IST£b'8 
opinion,  genus  Ev^hirus  Kibby. 

Sp.  Euchirus  longimanus,  Scarab.  Umgimanus  Yoet  CoUopt.  1.  Tab.  xi.  fig. 
97,  HoDTTUTir  Nat.  Mist.  i.  pe  Stuk,  Tab.  71,  fig.  3 ;  habit,  in  East  India 
(Bengal).  See  other  species  figured  in  Wbstwood  OriaUal  Entomology, 
Tab.  I  and  13. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  511 

B.  Afiiltobia  {Olaphyridoe  Mac  L.).  Elytra  shorter  than  abdo- 
men, mostly  dehiscent  towards  the  apex.  Last  dorsal  segment  of 
abdomen  {pygidium)  surpassing  elytra.  Antennae  with  nine  or  ten 
joints,  club  three-leafed.  Mandibles  homy,  membranous  ctn  the 
inner  side  alone.  Maxilla  with  process  membranous,  often  elongate 
and  hirsute.  Ligula  free,  membranous,  bipartite,  produced  beyond 
the  homy  mentum. 

A  smaJl  group  of  beetles,  of  which  Fabbioius  brought  the  speoieB 
luiown  to  him  to  the  genus  Melolontka,  but  which  has  just  as  much 
affinity  to  Trichius,  Most  of  the  species  are  from  the  old  world,  especially 
from  the  south  of  Africa,  some  are  met  with  also  in  the  south  of  Europe 
(Italy,  Portugal).  Some  species  are  veiy  hairy ;  in  some  the  males  are 
distingruished  by  very  long  hind-feet  with  thick  thighs;  the  booklets  of 
the  four  first  feet  are  mostly  bifid.  Most  of  the  species  are  small,  between 
3"'  and  5"' ;  only  few  are  half  an  inch  or  more  in  size. 

Pachycnema  Lepel.  et  Serv. 

Sp.  Pachycnema  crassipes,  Mdol,  crtusipes  Fabb.,  Gu£bik  Iconogr,,  Im.  PI. 
a$  bis,  fig.  6 ;  habit.  Gape  of  (rood  Hope,  &;c. 

Anisonyx  Latr. 

Sp.  Anisonyx  vrstta,  Mel.  ursut  Fabb.,  Yost  Colec^L  i.  Tab.  5,  fig.  35 ; 
habit.  Cape  0/  Good  Hope. 

Amphicoma  Latr. 

Sp.  Amphicoma  bomJn/liformM,  Meld.  hoiabyliformisVABR,,  GutBin  Iconogr., 
Ins,  PL  15  bis,  fig.  a  ;  habit,  in  southern  Russia,  Ac. 

Olaphyrus  Latr. 

Sp.  Glaphyru8  m<mru8,  Scar,  maurus  L.  &c. 

Add  genera  Lichnia  and  Gratoscelia  Erichsok.  Species  from 
South  America  (Chili)  with  eyes  bipartite,  claws  of  tarsi  as  in 
Gktphynu  and  Amphicotna  equal,  antennee  nine-jointed. 

See  Wibgmanu'b  Archvo.  1835,  i.  pp.  267 — 270,  Tab.  ni.  On  other 
genera  of  this  subdivision  consult  Bubmxibteb  Handh,  der  Entom,  iv. 
pp.  1—67. 

C.  PhyUophaga  Latr.  (with  the  addition  of  a  part  of  Xyhphili 
ejnsd.,  MelolonthidcB,  Anophgnathidce  and  JRutelidoB  Mac  L.,  West- 
WOOD).  Elytra  shorter  than  abdomen,  with  pygidium  free.  An- 
tennae with  eight  to  ten  joints,  club  with  three  to  seven.  Man- 
dibles homy  as  to  the  greatest  part,  frimished  internally  with  a 
lamina  membranous,   ciliated,  with   a  large  tooth   at   the  base. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


612  CLASS  VIII. 

Ligola  homy,  immoveable,  coimate  with  mentmn.    Labmm  mostly 
exsert,  homy. 

These  beetles  in  the  perfect  state  live  in  great  part  on  leaves,  the 
hCrvse  on  the  roots  of  all  kinds  of  plants. 

Butela  Latr.  Labrom  exsert,  mostly  descending.  Mandibles 
homy,  exsert,  with  external  margin  often  somewhat  prominent, 
crennlate  or  dentate.  Maxill»  with  several  teeth  -at  the  apex. 
Antennae  with  ten  joints,  club  three-leafed.  Feet  thick,  with  claws 
of  tarsi  unequal,  incurved. 

Areoda  Leach,  Chryaophora  D£j.,  FeUdnota  Mac  L.,  Rutda 
Mag  L.,  Macraspia  Mao  L.,  Chcumodia  Mao  L.,  and  some  other 
sub-genens  on  which  see  Bubmeisteb  Entom,  Hcmdb.  iv.  1, 
pp.  330 — 429. 

Sp.  Rtdda  dvnftoehlora  Latb.,  Chryiophora  ehrygochlora  D^,,  Huxboldt 
et  BoNFLAND,  Obterv,  de  Zool,  el  (TAnai,  comp,  i.  PL  xv.  figs,  i,  a, 
GuiBiN  Iconogr,,  Ins,  PI.  34,  fig.  i  ;  Peni ;  hind  feet  in  male  long,  with 
broad  thighB,  and  tibiae  terminating  in  a  triangular  process  turned  inwards. 
Without  having  this  process  the  hind  feet  in  the  male  of  Soarabatu  macro- 
ptu  Fbanoilloit,  Shaw,  Ckryiophora  maeropa  D^.,  are  in  like  manner 
▼ery  strongly  developed. 

Rutela  Uneola  Latb.,  Scarcibceui  {SurinamM  and)  lineola  L.,  OeUmia 
Unecla  Fabb.,  Yoxt  CfoUopt.  i.  Tab.  n.  fig.  81 ;  Surinam,  Braals. — Jtutda 
9plendida  SOHOIVH.,  Cetonia  iplendida  F.,  VoKT  Coleopl.  I.  Tab.  vm. 
fig.  69,  kc 

All  the  species  of  this  genus  are  exotic ;  the  most  are  found  in  South 
America ;  they  have  usually  lively  colours  or  a  metallic  lustre. 

Anomala  Meqerle  {Euchlora  Mac  L.).  Mandibles  with  ex- 
ternal margin  rotundate,  entire.  Antennae  with  nine  joints.  (Other 
characters  of  the  preceding  genus ;  feet  less  thick,  with  external 
claw  of  four  anterior  feet  mostly  bifid.) 

Sp.  Anomala  Fritehii  (Mdcl,  FrUchii  and  MeL  Julii  Fabb.),  Pahzbb 
Deuttchl.  Ins.  Heft  97,  Tab.  9,  10,  Ratzkbubo  JPont-Int.  I.  Tab.  3, 
fig.  10 ;  4'"  to  6'"  long,  green  with  usually  yellowish  brown  elytra ;  it 
differSj  however,  much  in  colour ;  see  the  accurate  description  and  syno- 
nymy in  Ebiohsoh  Natiurgesck,  der  Ins,  DeiUsehl,  CoUopt.  m.  i847> 
B.  635 — 637. — Arwmala  koriicola,  Scarab,  horiicola  L.,  Mdol.  horticoia  F., 
{Anisoplia  horiicola  Meg.,  DiJ.,  Catal.  des  CoUopt.  3e  Mit),  Panzeb 
DeutsckL  Ins.  Heft  47,  Tab.  15,  Ratzbbubo  Foni-Ins.  i.  Tab.  3,  fig.  9; 
4"  long,  hairy,  with  brown-red  shield-covers,  steel-ooloured  blue  thorax ; 
very  common. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  513 

Amsoplia  Mboerle,  Dej.  (in  part).     Clypeus  angustato-produoed, 
recurved. 

Sp.  Anitoplia  fruHcola,  Mdol.  frvtiticdla  F.,  Ratzebubo  PonA-Im.  I.  'Lth,  3, 
fig.  7  ;  in  the  easterD  part  of  the  middle  of  Europe. 

Note, — Sub-genera  Strigoderma  D&r.,  Popilia  Lbaoh,  Mimela  Kibbt, 
Bhinyptia  Di^.  Compare  Bubmeisteb  Handh,  der  EnUmol,  iv.  i, 
pp.  214—317. 

ATwphffnathus  Mac  L.  (with  the  addition  of  some  other  species). 
Labrum  porrect,  descending,  with  middle  portion  acuminate,  pro- 
duced, touching  mentum.  Mandibles  externally  rotundate,  con- 
cealed beneath  labrum.  Antennss  with  ten  or  nine  joints,  club 
trifoliate. 

Sub-genus :  Anojjlognathua  Mao  L.  (and  Repsimua  Leach).  Tarsi 
simple,  short,  thick,  with  claws  simple.  Mesostemum  elongate 
mucronate.     Antennae  with  ten  joints. 

Sp.  Anoploffnathui  vindi-ameus  Mao  L.,  Jtutela  LatreiUU  Sohorkh.,  Cuy.  i2. 
AfU,  id,  ill.,  Ins,  PI.  42,  fig.  3  ;  from  New  Holland,  like  the  other  species 
of  this  sub-genus. 

Plabyccdia  D£r. 

Species  American.     Add  sub-genus  PhaUmffogonia  BxTBir. 

Brcuhyatemus  Guerin  (Amhlyterus  MacL.,  Anoplaatemua  Guerin 
kc).     Mesostemum  not  acuminate.     Antennse  with  ten  joints, 

Adorehia  Eschsch.  {Trigonostoma  Di^.) 

Note, — On  this  and  other  sub-genera  see  BubmiisteB  Mandb,  der  Eniom. 
IV.  I,  pp.  437—477. 

Geniates  Kibbt.  Tarsi  dilated,  densely  pilose  beneath  (in  some 
species  of  anterior  feet  alone  and  only  in  males).  Antennie  more 
often  with  nine,  sometimes  with  ten  joints.  Mesostemum  not 
mucronate.  Claws  of  tarsi  imequal,  one  mostly  bifid,  the  other 
simpla     Mentum  in  males  mostly  rough  with  close  setse. 

Sp.  Oeniaiei  harbaiui  EjntBT  Linn.  Traruact.  xii.  PI.  21,  fig.  8,  OvtsLOS 
leonogr.,  Ins.  Fl.  94  bis,  fig.  3  ;  habit,  in  Brazil  like  several  species  (all  are 
American)  of  this  sub'genus,  to  which  are  to  be  added  the  allied  genera 
Evanos  IiATOVUE,  Leucothyreus  Mao  L.  and  Bclax  Fibchxb  (and  Lcacopyga 
Westwood). 

Melolontha  Fabr.  (exclusive  of  some  species).     Labrum  trans- 
verse, emarginate  in  the  middle,  mostly  bilobed.     Mentum  homy ; 
VOL.  I.  33 


Digitized  by 


Google 


514  CLA88  VIII. 

lignla  mostlj  homj,  emarginate.  Ma&dibles  homy,  tnangiilur. 
Antenna  with  from  seven  to  ten  joints,  club  with  three  lamellc  or 
more,  which  are  mostly  longer  in  males. 

HopUa  lujG.,  Latb.  Mandibles  with  broad  membianons  border 
intemallj.  AntemuB  with  nine  or  ten  joints^  dnb  trifoliata  daws 
of  tarsi  nneqnal,  posterior  feet  often  with  daw  sm^e,  strong.  Body 
sqnamoseL 

8p.  BopUa  phUafOkut  Latb.,  ffoplia  wrgadm  Fabb.,  Pahzxb  DotfidU.  lin^ 
Heft  aS,  1U>.  i8,  BATsnnnta  /brrt-/iMi  i.  1U>.  ^  figs.  14,  15,  Ac. 

ilTofe. — ^Here  iwe  to  be  ineerted  eerenl  genera  of  more  modem  wiiben, 
JfonodUIitf  iLua.,  QfmimiUmA  D&.  ftc. ;  on  which  conenh  BnumBtiE 
Hamdb,  der  EnUmol,  vr,  1,  pp.  84 — soa. 

Serioa  Mag  L.,  Omaloplia  Mfla,  D^.  Labrum  connate  with 
cljx>eii&  Mandibles  with  broad  membranous  border  intenially. 
Claws  of  tarsi  equal,  bifid 

%».  Serica  hruimea,  Seardbmu  bnmnem  L.,  MdU,  hrwtmM  Fabb.,  Von 
CoUopt,  I.  Tab.  YIL  fig.  55,  Pavzbb  I>eyi$dU,  Im.  Heft  95,  Tah.  7, 
Ratzxb.  Pcmt-I'M,  I.  Tab.  3,  fig.  la,  Ac 

NcU. — ^Add  eub-genera  AtUmOf  Symimda,  AtKUa  Ebighbov,  AVUben 
'Dta,,  and  Bome  oihen  omitted  here. 

Melolantha  Latb.  (and  Ehizotrogus  ejuad.)  Labrum  distinct  torn 
clypeus,  descending  obliquely  backwards.  Mandibles  with  narrow 
membranous  border  internally.  Claws  of  tarsi  equal,  mostly 
denticulate  near  the  basa 

a)  Olub  of  antennae  trifoliate.  Claws  of  tarsi  supplied  with  a  sharp  denti- 
cle at  the  base.  EhUotrogut  Latb.  Antenne  with  ten  joints,  AmpikimaUtu 
Latb.,  Mulsaht.  Antennte  with  nine  joints.  Sp.  MeioL  tolttkialit 
Fabb.,  Scarab.  BoUtUialit  L.,  YoiT  Ool.  i.  Tab.  vi.  fig.  51,  Ratibbubg 
Fort^Im.  I.  Taf.  m.  fig.  5 ;  brown,  hairy,  7'"— 8'"  long. 

b)  Club  of  antennsB  in  males  5 — 7,  in  females  4 — 6  jointed.  {Anoxia 
Lapobtb,  PclyphyUa  Habbis,  Ebiohbok,  MeUdwUha  Ebichboit.) 

Sp.  MddUmOM  fuUo,  Scarab,  fuUo  L.,  Bcbsbl  In$,  iv.  Tab.  XTi,  Vobt 
OoUopt,  I.  Tab.  VI.  figs.  48,  49,  Dum^bil  Com,  gin,  9.  I.  Tnt,  PL  4,  fig.  6; 
de  diUnhever,  le  fouUm,  grosser  Julius  hever,  DUnenk^fer,  the  FuUer; 
1$'"  long ;  antennsB  of  male  with  seven  long  leaves  at  the  end,  those  of 
female  with  only  five  shorter ;  blackish  brown  and  sometimes  red-brown, 
with  white  irregular  spots  on  the  shield-oovers,  as  thongh  marbled; 
scutellum  almost  entirely  white. 

Md,  vulgaris,  Scarahceus  melolonlha  L.,  Bcbsbl  Ins.  n.  Sear,  terr,  CL  i. 
Voir  Coleopl,  i.  Tab.  Vi.  figs.  45,  46 ;  de  meikever,  le  kaaneion,  der 
Maikitfer,  the  Cockchafer;  nearly  one  inch  long;   the  male  with  seven 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IKBECTA.  515 

leaves  at  the  chib  of  antenim,  tbe  female  with  six  shorter ;  thorax  black 
with  a  white  felt ;  stone-ooloured  or  red-brown  Bhield-oovers.  The  larva 
lives  three  years  underground^  and  destroys  the  roots  of  plants ;  m  the 
autumn  of  the  fourth  year  it  changes  into  a  nymph,  from  which  the  beetle, 
that  lives  on  leaves  of  all  kinds  of  trees,  after  some  weeks  makes  its 
appearanee,  but  commonly  continues  under  ground  until  May.  This 
insect  in  some  years  appears  in  large  numbers,  and  causes  dreadful  damage, 
as  for  instance,  according  to  the  newspapers,  in  1836,  around  QuedUmburg, 
where,  in  the  middle  of  May,  133  Dutch  mud  (of  four  bushels)  were  col- 
lected. Another  species,  somewhat  smaller,  with  reddish-brown  thorax,  of 
the  same  colour  as  the  shield-covers.  Meld,  ffippoeattani  Fabb.  (Panzbb 
DeuttcM.  Ins,  Heft  97,  Tab.  6,  Roebbl  1.  L  6gs.  9,  10)  is  met  with  in  this 
country  in  some  years  as  well  as  the  former,  and  sometimes  in  no  fewer 
numbers.  Compare  on  the  cockchafer  SuKOW  Naturgeich,  de»  Mcahitfert 
{aua  dem,  latm  SUick  der  VerluMdl,  det  Baditchen  Landwiaittk,  Vtreiwt) 
Carlsruhe  1834,  (with  an  anatomical  description  of  the  larva  and  beetle), 
and  Stbaus  Dubokhbim  Cent,  gin,  kc, 

D.  Xyhphila  {Xyhphili  Latr.  in  part,  DynasHdce  Mac  L., 
Westw.).  Elytra  shorter  than  abdomen,  with  pygidium  free. 
Antennse  short,  mostly  with  ten  (more  seldom  eight  or  nine)  joints, 
with  club  lamellate,  always  with  three  joints.  Mandibles  princi- 
pally homy,  produced  at  the  apex  beyond  the  clypeus,  armed  with 
a  tooth  at  the  base,  mostly  supplied  internally  with  a  border  mem- 
branous, ciliated,  narrow.  Ligula  homy,  connate  with  mentum. 
Labrum  covered  by  clypeus.  Claws  mostly  equal  (except  those  of 
anterior  tarsi  in  males  of  some  species).  Scutellum  distinct,  moderate 
or  small,  broad,  triangular,  with  apex  rotundate. 

These  insects  often  present  a  great  difference  of  form  in  the  two 
sexes,  the  head  and  thorax  in  the  nude  being  armed  with  homy 
excrescences,  which  in  the  female  are  less  developed  or  entirely 
absent  They  are  usually  brown  or  black  in  colour ;  some  exotic 
species  are  amongst  the  largest  of  beetlea  The  larvsB  live  in  decay- 
ing wood  and  in  garden  mould. 

t  C%p«iM  hroad,  mosUy  rotundaie  or  tubtimuUe.      Bead  of  both  $eM$ 
unarmedf  or  mpplied  vnth  a  small  tubercle,  never  homed, 

Hexodon  Oliv.,  Fabr.  Mandibles  not  crenate  exteriorly.  Body 
sub-orbicular.  Elytra  dilatato-marginate.  Head  small,  with  eyes 
minute. 

Sp.  ffexodon  reHcuUOum  Oliv.,  Gu^nr  leonogr.,  In$.  PI.  23,  fig.  6;  babitat 
Madagascar. 


Pachyhis  D£j.,  Bubh. 


Digitized  by 


33—2 

Google 


516  CLASS  VIII. 

(hfdocephala  Latr.  Mandibles  not  crenate  exteriorly.  Body 
oval.  Elytra  not  dilated.  Anterior  tarsi  in  males  mostly  incras- 
sated. 

Species  exotic,  most  from  South  America.  FABBionrs  placed  those  known  to 
him  amongst  the  MdolotUha,  Sp.  Oydoc.  mdanocq>hala,  Md.  mdcBno- 
eephaHa  Fabb.,  Yost  Goleopt,  i.  Tab.  9,  fig.  80 ;  0yd.  undata,  Mel. 
tpiUyphihaJIma  Hehbst,  Vobt  CoUopt.  1.  Tab.  10,  fig.  91. 

jVb<0. — Add  genus  Cha^va  Mao  L.  and  some  other  sub-genera  described 
by  BuBifEiBTBB  Handb.  d.  Entom.  v.  pp.  18 — 86. 

1 1  ClypeuM  narrow,  often  acute;  mandSblcB  at  the  aides  qf  dypeue  not 
covered,  with  external  margin  often  crenate. 

Scarahmia  Latr.  (with  the  addit.  of  genera  Phileurus  ejusd. 
and  Oryctes  Illig.),  Geotrupes  Fabr. 

a)  Head  nU  different  in  the  eeooes,  never  homed  but  either  emooth  or 
armed  with  one  or  two  tuberdee,  gtkiboue.  Thoram  in  malet  qften  tuberculate 
or  homed. 

Strategus  Kibbt. 

Sp.  Scar.  Alcnu  L.,  Vosr  Coleopt.  i.  Tab.  xvm.  fig.  139,  Tab.  ziz.  fig.  138  ; 
habitat  South  America. 

b)  Bead  d^erent  in  the  eexes,  of  male  tuberculate  or  homed,  qf  female 
obidetdy  tul>erculate  or  entirdy  unarmed. 

Sub-genera:  PhUewma  Latb.,  AgaocephcUa  Mannisrh.,   Oryctes 
Illig.,  Sccurahceua  Latr. 

Note. — This  section  of  the  SearaboBi  is  indeed  numerous,  but  the  genera 
of  modem  writers,  most  of  them  artificial,  scarcely  seem  to  throw  any  light 
on  the  distinction  of  species  and  the  natural  airangement.  Oryctes  indeed 
is  distinguished  by  defect  of  teeth  in  the  maxilla,  but  there  are  species 
similar  in  habit  with  denticulate  maxillsB,  which  cannot  be  separated  firom 
the  Orydidoe  (genera  8typotrupea  Bubm.,  Xyloryctee  Hops).  Oharacter 
non  faeit  genue. 

Sp.  Scarcibcene  nasieorme  L.,  Swamhsbdam  BM.  Nat.  Tab.  xxvn.,  RonxL 
Ins.  n.  Soar.  terr.  CL  i.  Tab.  vi.— ix.,  Panzbb  Deutechl.  Ins.  Heft  a8. 
Tab.  3  ;  the  Bhinoceroe-beede;  found  especially  under  bark  in  hot-beds. 

Scarah.  HercvXea  L.,  Vobt  Coleopt  i.  Tab.  xn.  fig.  98,  BocssL  Int.  n. 
Scar.  terr.  Prsef.  CI.  i.  Tab.  a.  i.  Tom.  iv.  Tab.  v.  fig.  3,  from  the  West 
Indies,  &c.  These  large  beetles  live  on  the  sap  that  flows  from  wounded 
trees  or  roots ;  for  that  purpose  they  wound  the  bark  with  their  honi,  aa 
the  Liteani  do  with  their  jaws. 

E.  ArenicolcB  [TrogidcB  Mac  L.,  Westwood,  and  Geotrupes 
eorund.).    Elytra  covering  the  abdomen  completely.    Abdominal 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN8ECTA.  517 

stigmata  situated  in  the  membrane  between  the  ventral  and  dorsal 
segments,  all  covered  by  the  elytra.  Ligula  not  distinct  from 
mentum.  Labmm  homy,  mostly  exsert  beyond  clypeus.  Mandi- 
bles homy.  Antennae  with  ten  or  eleven  joints,  club  always 
trifoliate. 

A,  VerUrcU  segmefnta  of  ahdoTfienfioe, 

TVox  Fabr.  Lignla  covered  by  mentum.  Antennae  with  ten 
joints.  Head  small,  nutant.  Thorax  transverse,  with  anterior 
angles  produced.  Elytra  hard,  posteriorly  involute,  inflected, 
rugose,  often  muricate  in  longitudinal  rows. 

Sp.  Troz  arencvritts  Fabb.,  Silpha  tcabra  L.,  Paitzsb  Deutsehl,  Ins,  Heft  97, 
Tab.  I ; — Trox  aabuUmu  It,,  Scarab.  aaimUmu  L.,  Stubm  Fawm,  Iru.  11. 
Tab.  38.  These  insects  rarely  fly.  There  are  species  that  have  no  wings, 
as  Trox  horridus  ¥.,  from  the  Gape  of  Good  Hope ;  they  form  the  sub- 
genus Phobenu  Mao  L. 

B.  Ventral  aegrmmta  of  abdomen  six, 

Hyho8oru8  Mac  L.  Ventral  segments  of  abdomen  connate,  ex- 
cept the  last  firee.     Antennae  ten-jointed. 

Sub-genera:  Phoeochroua  Lap.  {AtimuB  Dfj.),  ChceiochM  West- 
wood,  Ac. 

Orphnus  Mac  L. 

Oeotrupes  Latr.  Ventral  segments  of  abdomen  free.  Antennae 
with  eleven  joints,  club  perfoliate.  Eyes  divided  by  the  margin  of 
head.  Mandibles  homy,  armed  at  the  apex.  Ligula  bilobed,  with 
laciniae  exsert  beyond  mentum.  Body  oval.  Feet  strong,  with 
tibiae  spinose. 

Sp.  Qtotni^TypkoBM,  Scarab.  TyphoBush.,  Fabb.,  Vobt  Odleopt.  I.  Tab.  xix. 
figs.  194,  195,  Panzbb  DetEtschl.  Ins.  Heft  2,  Tab.  93 ;  black,  the  male 
with  three  horns  on  the  thorax  directed  forwards. — OcUr,  tiercorarius, 
L.,  Fabb.,  Panzbb  Deuttehl.  Im.  Heft  49,  Tab.  i,  Stubm  Fauna,  Jna.  i. 
Tab.  vi.  fig.  a. — Oeotr.  vemalia.  Scar,  vemalii,  &c. 

Sub-genera:   ButboceroiS  Kibbt,  Odontasus  Meoeble  and  some 
others  of  modem  to  be  inserted  here. 

Lethrus  ScoPOLi,  Fabr.  Ventral  segments  of  abdomen  free. 
Antennae  with  eleven  joints,  club  obliquely  truncated,  tuiicate. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


518  CLASS  VIII. 

with  ninth  joint  including  the  two  following.  Eyes  bipartite  by 
the  margin  of  head.  Mandibles  homy,  large,  exsert,  ending  exter- 
nally in  a  tooth  incnrved,  obtuse,  with  internal  side  serrate  towards 
the  base.  Thorax  very  broad.  Body  ovate,  short.  Elytra  con- 
nate ;  only  short  rudiments  of  wings.     Posterior  feet  remote. 

Sp.  LethruM  cephalotes  Fabb.,  Paitzsb  Jkutsebl.  Jna,  Heft  aS,  Tftb.    f, 
Ddm^il  Cons.  g6n.  «.  Z.  Tna,  PI.  7,  fig.  i  ;  habit,  in  Austria  and  soath  of 


F.  Goprcphaga  {Aphodvidce  Mac  L.,  Westw.,  and  ScarabceidoR 
eorund.,  Copridea  Leach,  Ebichs.).  Abdominal  stigmata  situated 
in  the  membrane  between  ventral  and  dorsal  segments,  all  covered 
by  elytra.  Elytra  entirely  covering  abdomen  in  some,  truncated  in 
others,  not  concealing  the  posterior  part  of  pygidium.  Ligula 
separate  &om  mentum.  Labmm  membranous,  covered.  Mandibles 
membranous,  ciliated.  Antennae  with  eight  or  nine  joints,  club 
always  trifoliate. 

Gopr%8  Geopfb.  Antennae  with  eight  or  nine  joints.  Ventral 
segments  of  abdomen  connate.  Posterior  tibiae  with  single  spur. 
Scutellum  mostly  indistinct  or  very  small.  Intermediate  feet  more 
remote  from  each  other  at  their  insertion  than  the  rest,  sometimes 
very  distant. 

NaU, — lAxaj  species  are  without  anterior  tarsi;  in  some  there  is  a 
sexual  difference,  so  that  this  defect  is  peculiar  to  males.  Compare 
Bbull^  Ann.  da  Sc,  wU,  sec.  S4rie,  Tom.  Tin.  1837,  Zoolog.  pp.  346 — 
149.  They  form  balls  from  dung,  roll  them  very  diligently,  and  having 
indiosed  an  egg  in  each,  hide  them  undeiground. 

Ateuchu8  Webxb,  Fabb.,  ScarabcBua  Mac  L.  Posterior  feet 
elongate,  with  tibiee  slender,  tarsi  filiform ;  last  joint  of  tarsi  longer 
than  rest.  Head  not  homed,  with  broad  margin  and  clypeus  often 
both  dentate.  Eyes  partly  divided  by  exsert  margin  of  head  or 
entirely  bipartite, 

Sp.  Ooprii  tacer,  Scarab,  iooer  h.,  DuiciB.  Cons,  gin,  s.  I,  In$,  PL  4,  fig.  4  ; 
this  species  is  found  in  southern  Europe  and  in  the  north  of  Airioa ;  it  may 
with  the  Atctichns  jEgyptiorwn  Latr.,  Gu^lK  Iconogr,,  Ina,  PL  9r,  fig.  i, 
be  taken  for  the  sacred  beetle  which  the  Egyptians  figured  on  their  monu- 
ments, and  imitated  in  different  kinds  of  stones  as  ornaments  for  the  dead 
and  amulets ;  this  beetle  was  by  others  taken  for  an  emblem  of  the  world 
on  account  of  the  ball  which  it  rolls  (  .  .  .  T\d(ra»  a^oipotuHk  wofiarK^ 
(Tcor  r$  K6fffufi  ffXV/*^  HoaAPOLL.  BierogL  I.  10). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN8ECTA.  519 

See  on  this  genus  Wibtwood  Deter,  of  new  speeiei  qf  ioered  beeUet, 
Trans,  of  the  Linncean  Soc.  n.  pp.  155 — 163,  PI.  99. 

Sub-genera  OymMopUurue  Iluo.,  8%»yphu$  Latb.,  OirceUium  IlATR., 
CantKon  Hofvmannb,  {Coprobitu  Latb.)  and  some  others. 

Copria  Fabb.  Posterior  feet  with  tibisB  dilated  at  the  apex  and 
tarsi  ciliated  beneath.  First  joint  of  tarsi  larger  than  the  rest. 
Head  of  males  often  homed  (sometimes  of  females  also). 

a)  With  third  Joint  of  labial  piifpe  very  9m<M 

Subgenera:  Euryttemug  Dauc.  {^tehrotea  Mao  L.),  Dr^panoeerui 
KiBBT,  OMHoeOui  Zibol.,  OtUhophaguM  Latb. 

Sp.  Ooprie  mtchicomUf  Scarab,  nuehioomis  L. ; — Ooprit  ecBHobita  Fabb., 
Panzbb  Deutachl,  Ins.  Heft  48,  Tab.  6,  Ac. 

b)  With  ihird  joint  of  labial  palps  distinct. 

Sub-genera  OniHs  Fabb.,  PhancBus  Mao  L.,  Oopris  Latb.,  Ontherus 
Ebiohb.,  Pvnotus  ejusd.,  Canlhidium  ^usd.,  Macroderes  WssTW.,  Soaio- 
wmus  Ebiohb.,  Ontocharis  D^.,  ScoHmus  EaiCHa,  Charidium  Lbpslkt. 
et  SxBV.,  Pedaria  Lap.,  Ooptorhina  HoFi. 

Sp.  Oopris mimasVAVB.,  Scarab. Mimas h.,  Rcbbxl  Ins.  n.  Sear.CL i.  Tab.  b, 
fig.  J,  VosT  Chi,  1.  Tab.  xxm.  fig.  4 ;  habitat  in  South  America,  fta 

Aphodivs  iLLia.,  Fabr.,  Latb.  AntennsB  with  nine  joints. 
Abdomen  with  ventral  segments  free.  Posterior  tibiae  with  two 
terminal  spines.    Eyes  undivided.    Scutellnm  distinct. 

Sub-genera :  ApSuod/wM^  Oxymm  and  some  others  proposed  by  Mulsaitt. 

Sp.  Aphodim  fimetairius,  Scar,  fimelatius  L.,  B<bsbl  Ins.  n.  Soar,  terregtr. 
PntfaL  O.  L  Tab.  A.  n.  fig.  3,  Voir  CoL  i.  Tab.  11,  ^,  147,  Paihexb 
Deutschl.  Ins.  Heft  31,  Tab.  9 ; — Apkod.  subterranetu.  Scar,  eubterraneus 
L.,  Pahzib  Deutsckl.  Ins.  Heft  98,  Tab.  3,  fto. 

Compare  Sghobnhsbb  Syn.  Insect,  i.  i,  pp.  66 — 89,  and  SomaDT 
Semeion  der  D&Osehen  Aphodien-Arten,  Gebmab's  Zeitschr.  f.  d.  £nUm.  n. 
8.  83—175. 

I^ote. — Here  are  to  be  placed,  according  to  Ebiohson^  genera 
^ffialia  Latb.,  and  Chiron  Mac  L.  ;  thej  differ  however,  in  the 
labrom  and  mandibles  beiog  homy;  wherefore  they  ought  to  be 
counted  with  the  preceding  section  of  the  ArenicolcB  as  by  Latbeillb. 
jEgialia  is  enumerated  by  Westwood  with  the  Trogidas;  Chiron^ 
on  account  of  a  certain  similarity  of  habit,  is  considered  by  many 
to  be  allied  to  the  FcusaH 


Digitized  by 


Google 


520  CLASS  mi. 

Familj  LYIL  Xylopkaga  nob.  (Genera  firom  the  fiimilj  of  the 
Xyhphagi  Latr.,  Ptiniores  and  Xyloirogi  ejnad.).  Antennae  fili- 
form, sometimes  serrate  or  pectinate  (at  least  in  males),  in  others 
terminated  abmptlj  by  larger  joints.  Mandibles  homj,  short,  den- 
tate. Maxillse  bilobed.  Palps  filiform  or  thicker  towards  the 
extremity,  short.  Body  cylindrical  or  oraL  Head,  as  to  the 
greatest  part,  mostly  received  in  thorax. 

Bostrichus  Geoffb.  (Apaie  Fabr.).  Antermae  with  ten  joints, 
club  triarticolate,  perfoliate.  Tarsi  with  joints  simple,  first  rery 
small,  scarcely  distinguishable.     Thorax  gibbons. 

Sp.  Boibriekma  eafmeiuut,  Bermetta  eapmeimmt  L.,  Gworraar  Itu.  L  Tib. 
5,  ftg.  I,  DuK^UL  Cons.  gtn.  jl  I.  /m.  PL  17,  fig.  i,  lUnDUBfi  Por^ 
In$.  L  Tab.  Z.  %g.  14,  Ac 

iVoa  Fabb. 

Dysides  Perty. 

Gis  Latr. 

Anobium  Fabr.  {IVnus  L.).  Antennae  with  eleven  joints,  the 
three  last  larger,  the  ninth  and  tenth  obconical,  the  eleventh  ovaL 
Body  oblong,  anteriorly  and  posteriorly  rotondate.  Tarsi  short, 
with  five  distinct  joints. 

Sp.  Anobium  ttriatum  Iluo.,  Anobium  pcrftnox Fabb.,  Pajizke  JDlatftdU.  Int. 
Heft  66,  Tab.  5;  i^ — i'"  long,  black-brown  with  striated  elytn.  Tliey 
live  in  old  wood,  and  render  our  fdmitnre  wormeaten,  by  small  round  holes, 
from  which  a  fine  yellow  powdered  wood  fells.  The  larva  Uyes  in  these 
cylindrical  passages,  and  resembles^  like  that  of  Apate,  the  larva  of  the 
cockchafer  in  miniatue  (see  ftg.  of  the  larra  of  Anob.  teudlatum  in  Ratzi- 
BUBO  Forst-In9.  i.  Tab.  n.  fig.  19,  of  ApaU  ilnd.  Tab.  XIY.  ^.  33).  Thia 
little  beetle  causes  a  ticking  sound  in  the  wood,  from  which  -vulgar  super- 
stition derives  an  nnfikvourable  omen,  as  appears  from  the  names  TodUnnkr, 
rharloge  de  la  mart,  Deatk-^wtOek.  Another  smaller,  red-brown  species, 
Anobium  paniceum,  Dermates  paniceut  L.,  Paitzbb  Deutschi.  In$.  Heft  66, 
Tab.  6,  lives  in  biscuit,  wafen,  kc.,  and  sometimes  gnaws  through  the 
corks  of  bottles  filled  with  white,  sweet  wine. 

Comp.  on  the  German  species  of  this  genus  Stubm  Fctuna,  Int,  XI,  1837, 
s.  98 — 144.  The  intestinal  canal  of  J 1106.  ttriatum  \b  described  and  figured 
by  L^H  DuBOUB,  Ann,  des  Se,  not.  xiY,  1822,  pp.  919 — sii,  PL  xn. 

DryophUus  Chbvbol.  With  three  last  joints  of  antennas  cylindrical, 
very  long,  slender. 

Hp.  Anobium  putillum  Gtllbbh.,  Dryopk,  anobioikUi  Chxvbol^  GuiBor 
Magai.  de  Zool.  1833.  CL  ix.  pL  3. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


1N8ECTA.  521 

Dorcalama  Herbst,  Fabb.  Antennse  with  first  joint  thick, 
conical,  the  foUowing  to  the  eighth  small,  the  three  last  forming  the 
greatest  part  of  antennae,  the  ninth  and  tenth  serrated  internally, 
eleventh  ovaL     Body  oval,  abbreviate. 

Sp.  DorcaUma  Dntdense  Hjebbst,  Panzxb  DeuUehl,  Ins.  Heft  26,  Tab.  10, 
&c    Ck>mp.  Fiffwret  in  Stubm  1.  L  Tab.  144,  145. 

JPtinus  L.  (in  part).  Antennae  with  eleven  joints,  filiform,  long 
(longer  than  half  the  body),  with  joints  sub-equal.  Thorax  cylin- 
drical, constricted  posteriorly.  Scutellum  small,  distinct.  Feet 
long,  slender,  with  tarsi  distinctly  five-jointed,  the  first  joint 
elongate. 

Sp.  PtiMufur  It.,  Panzkb  DeuUehl.  Iiu.  Heft  99,  Tab.  4,  ma.  (PtMvui  davipes 
Panz.),  Gboffb.  In».  i.  PL  n.  fig.  6  fern. ;  i^ — 1'"  long,  the  aatenn»  of 
the  nude  somewhat  longer  than  body,  the  abdomen  elongate,  cylindrical, 
BO  that  it  resembles  a  small  goat-beetle ;  the  female  with  the  abdomen  more 
OTsl  and  wingless.  This  insect  lives  in  old  wood,  in  herbaria,  in  collections 
of  birds  and  insects.  GoszB  has  described  and  figured  the  metamorphosis 
drcumstantiaDy;  Natwifoncher,  vm.  1776.  s.  76 — 89,  Tab.  n.  figs,  i — la. 

Oihbium  ScOPOLi.  Antenna  with  eleven  joints,  filiform,  longer 
than  half  the  body,  with  joints  obconical,  sub-equal,  the  last  oval. 
Thorax  broader  posteriorly.  Head  small,  nutant.  Elytra  united ; 
wings  none.     Scutellum  none. 

QMium  acoHoi,  Ptinua  Scotica  Fajbb.,  Panzxb  DeuttchX.  In$.  Heft  5, 
Tab.  8. 

Add  sub-genus  Mezium  Cubtis,  Stubm  Fcmna,  In$.  xn.  pp.  54 — 58, 
Tab.  148. 

Ptilinua  Geoffr.,  Fabr.  Antennae  with  eleven  joints,  not 
longer  than  half  the  body,  serrate  or  (in  males)  pectinate.  Thorax 
posteriorly  of  the  breadth  of  elytra.  Wings  and  scutellum  distinct. 
Feet  short,  with  tarsi  distinctly  five-jointed. 

Sp.  Ptilinua  pectinicomis  Fabb.,  Ptinus  pectinicomis  L.,  Pakzxb  DeuUehX. 
Ins,  Heft  3,  Tab.  7,  Stubm  J^avma,,  Ins.  xi.  Tab.  336,  &c.  Add  sub-genus 
Xyletimu  Latb.,  oomp.  Stubm  ibid.  Tab.  237. 

Lymexylon  Fabr.  Body  elongate,  narrow.  Antenns  of  the 
length  of  head  and  thorax,  with  eleven  joints,  filiform  or  sub-ser- 
rate. Mandibles  short,  thick,  dentate.  Maxillary  palps  of  males 
with  last  joint  ramose,  flabellate.     Head  almost  globose,  nutant. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


522  CLASS  VIII. 

separated  from  thorax  bj  a  neck.    Eljtra  shorter  than  abdomen, 
sometimes  very  short.     Tarsi  distinctly  five-jointed. 

Sub-genera:  Lymexylon  Fabb.,  HyhcoBtfua  Latb.,  Atrat^ooenu 
Palisot-Beauvois. 

Qenus  Gupes  Fabb.  scarcelj  belongs  here. 

Family  LVIII.  Serricornia  s,  Priocerata.  Antennae  mostly 
short  or  moderate,  more  rarely  incrassated  towards  the  apex,  filiform 
or  more  slender  at  the  apex,  serrate  or  pectinate,  especially  in 
males.  Body  elongate.  Elytra  mostly  covering  abdomen  entirely. 
Penultimate  joint  of  tarsi  often  bilobed. 

I.  Prostemum  not  produced  anteriorly  beyond  the  mouth,  nor 
mucronate  posteriorly  (with  few  exceptions).  Body  mostly  soft, 
flexible  {Midoboodernuxta  Latr.,  Aproatemi  Westw.). 

Glerus  Qeoffb.  Palps,  either  all  or  at  least  labial,  with  last 
joint  truncated,  mostly  broad,  obtrigonal  or  securiform.  Mandibles 
with  apex  acute,  internal  side  emarginate  or  armed  with  another 
tooth.  Penultimate  joint  of  tarsi  bilobed,  first  in  many  very  short 
or  indistinct.  Head  and  thorax  narrower  than  abdomen;  head 
posteriorly  received  in  thorax,  AntennsB  filiform  or  subseirate,  m 
many  clavate,  with  three  terminal  joints  thicker. 

Sub-genera :  EnopUwn  Latb.,  Necrcbia  Latb.,  {Gorynetes  Fabb.), 
Lcuricobiiu  Rosenhaueb,  Glerus  Geoffb.,  Latb.  {Trtchodes  Fabb.) 
Thanasiimta  Latb.,  EpicUnes  Ohevb.,  OpUo  Latb.  (Notoxas  Fabb. 
not  Geoffb.),  Ewrypus  Kibby,  Axina  Kibby,  TUhts  Oliv.,  GyUdrvs 
Latb. 

Sp.  CleruB  cUveaarntg,  Tri^4)de$  alveariut  Fajbb.,  Fakzsb  DevUchl,  Ins,  Heft  31, 
Tth,  14,  Bj^aumub  Ins.  vi.  Tab.  8,  figs.  9,  10,  pp.  8a,  83;  the  red  larva 
lires  parasitically  in  the  nests  of  wild  bees  (of  the  genus  Osmia), — Olerus 
viciaeeiu,  I>ermestes  violaoeus  Jm,  Necrobia  violacea  Latb.,  Panibb  DeutsekL 
Ins,  Heft  5,  Tab.  6,  DuM^B.  Cfons,  gin.  «.  l.  Ins.  FL  17,  fig.  4,  &o. 

Pdocophora  Dej. 

Melyria  Fabr.  Palps  filiform,  short.  Mandibles  emarginate 
or  bidentate  at  the  apex,  narrow,  elongate.  Thorax  oblongo-quad- 
rate,  little  convex  or  plane,  covering  the  base  alone  of  head.  Joints 
of  tarsi  entire ;  claws  unidentate  or  bordered  internally  at  the  base 
by  a  membrane  forming  an  appendage  resembling  a  tootL  Body 
oblong,  with  dorsum  plane.    Antenn®  filiform  or  serrate. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IKSECTA.  523 

Sub-genera :  Daayiea  Payk.,  Fabb.,  Melyrta  Fabb.,  Z^gia  Fabb., 
McUackiuB  Fabb.,  Oliv. 

Sp.  Melyria  eoandea  Illio.,  Dcuyia  coandeuB  F.,  Panzer  DeuUdd,  Ifu,  Heft 
96,  Tab.  10  i^Malaehwi  ceneus,  Cantharii  amea  L.,  Voet  Cideopt,  i.  Tab. 
4^>  %  7>  Fanzkb  DeutschL  /lu.  Heft  10^  Tab.  2  ;--^Malach.  bipuahdaitu 
Fabb.,  ConCAar.  hipuatulaia  L.,  Yost  Co2.  i.  Tab.  46,  fig.  6,  Fakzsb 
DeiOteM.  Int.  Heft  10,  Tab.  3,  fta 

MaUhinua  Latr. 

Telephoms  Sch^ff.,  Latr.,  Caniharis  Fabr.,  DbIj.  (Species  of 
Cantharides  L.).  Palps  securiform.  Antennae  filiform,  with  joints 
elongate.  Mandibles  veiy  acute,  not  emarginate.  Penultimate  joint 
of  tarsi  bilobed ;  claws  simple.  Body  oblong,  soft.  Head  deflected, 
covered  at  the  base  by  thorax. 

Sp.  Td^horw  fiacus,  Cantharii  fuaea  L.,  Yokt  OoiUopi,  i.  Tab.  46,  i^,  3 ; 
— Tdeph.  mdanumu,  Oanthar,  mdanura  L.,  Yost  ibid.  fig.  a,  Panzxb 
Ikuttchl.  Ina.  Heft  85,  Tab.  6,  &c.  On  the  metamorphosiB  of  certain  species 
cons.  Db  Gxbb  In$.  m.  Fl.  2,  figs.  5 — 11,  and  Blakghabd,  Gu^bin  Mag, 
de  Zool.  1836,  Im.  PI.  168. 

SiUa  Meoeble,  D£r. 

Drtlus  Oltv.  Palps  thick,  conical.  Mandibles  bidentate.  An- 
tennsB  serrate  or  pectinate  in  males  (antennae  of  females  with  ten 
joints  obconical,  subserrate).  Penultimate  joint  of  tarsi  bilobed ; 
claws  simple.  Females  apterous,  elongate,  resembling  larysB,  far 
larger  than  males. 

Sp.  DrUva  fla/tfeteen§  Oltv.,  Gxoffb.  Int.  i.  .PI.  i,  fig.  15,  I>uifj^iL  Cons, 
gin,  t,  I.  Ina,  PL  9,  fig.  5,  male,  GuiaiN  Iconogr.,  Ina,  PI.  14,  figs.  4,  5. 
Hie  larva  was  discovered  by  the  Count  Miblzinskt  living  as  a  parasite  in 
ffeiix  nemoralia,  and  the  insect  which  proceeded  from  it  (M.  saw  the  female 
only)  conaideired  to  be  a  new  genus,  and  named  CochleoCUumta,  Ann,  dea 
8c.  not.  I.  1824,  pp.  67 — 77,  PL  7.  Dbsmabest  first  discovered  that  this 
animal  was  the  female,  hitherto  unknown,  of  Drihta  flaveaceM ;  Ann.  dea 
Se.  not.  n.  pp.  157 — 170;  oomp.  also,  ibid.  p.  443,  Ac.,  V.  AuDonnr 
Rech.  amUomiguea  aur  lafemelle  et  le  mdU  du  Drile  jawndtre,  PL  15. 

Lampyris  L.  Antennae  approximate  at  the  base^  filiform^  with 
eleven  joints.  Eyes  in  males  very  large.  Thorax  plane,  semiorbi- 
culate,  covering  head,  concealing  it.  Mandibles  entire.  Penulti- 
mate joint  of  tarsi  bilobed;  claws  simple.  Females  mostly 
apterous. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


524  CLASS  VIII. 

Sp.  Lampyrit  tplendidula  L.,  Panzxb  Deuischl.  Ins,  Heft  4,  Tab.  8,  m.  and 
fern.,  SoHiBFFEB,  Elem.  ErUom,  Tab.  74  (nuJe),  DuM^iL,  Con9,g6n,  9. 1.  Int. 
PI.  g,  figs.  I,  2  {de  glimworm,  Johannismirm,  le  ver  luisant,  the  glouhworm). 
This  species,  and  some  others  {Lampyris  noctUuca  L.,  Lamp,  hemiptera. 
Lamp.  UeUica,  &c.),  diffuse  a  phosphoric  light  by  night;  the  males  shine 
less  than  the  females,  and  with  them  the  light  ceases  after  the  pairing;  the 
females,  on  the  other  hand,  are  very  luminous  when  laying  eggs.  6.  B. 
Tbevibaitub  was  of  opinion  that  the  light  proceeded  fix>m  the  internal 
genital  organs ;  this  subject  is  fully  treated  by  him  Biologic,  V.  s.  105 — 
116,  Verm,  Sckrifien,  L  s.  87 — 93.  The  light  becomes  dull  in  carbonic 
acid  and  hydrogen  gases,  and  stronger  in  oxygen  gas;  see  on  these  and 
other  particulars  a  letter  of  Mattxuooi  to  Duica.b  in  the  Camptes  rendnu, 
14  Aug.  1843. 

On  the  diffierent  species  of  this  genus  oomp.  Eucd  cTimi^  reviaion  du  genre 
Lampyre  par  Da  La  Pobtk  Ann,  de  la  Soe.  entamoL  u,  1833,  pp.  iss, 
"3. 

Phengodes  Hofvmanns.  Antennse  with  eleyen  joints,  bipectinate, 
with  cirri  oonvoluted  spirally.     Elytra  posteriorly  narrowed. 

Species  American,  as  LawpyriM  plumoea  Fabb.  &c. 

Amydetea  Hoffmanns. 
Omalism  Geoffr, 
Dictyoptera  Latr. 

Lycvs  Fabr.,  Oliy.  Head  small,  concealed  under  the  shield  of 
thorax,  with  mouth  porrect,  rostrate.  Palps  with  last  joint  thicker. 
AntennsB  approximate,  filiform  or  serrate.  Elytra  in  many  dilated, 
broader  than  abdomen. 

Gomp.  on  this  genus  Fabbioh  ^^10^.  Elevth.  n.  pp.  no — 118,  and 
Dalman  in  SoHOENH.  Synon,  Ins,  i.  3,  Append,  pp.  45 — 33,  Tah.  5. 

Cyphon  Fabr.,  {Elodea  Latr.,  Sdrtea  Illio.,  Latr.).  Mandi- 
bles entire,  with  apex  simple,  small,  scarcely  exsert  beyond 
labrum.  Palps  filiform,  labial  furcate  at  the  apex,  with  last  joint 
inserted  before  the  apex  of  penultimate.  AntennsB  distant,  longer 
than  thorax.  Elytra  rather  soft.  Posterior  feet  in  many  saltatoiy, 
with  femora  incrassated. 

Sp.  Oyphon  hemisphoerieus  Fabb.,  Pakzsb  DenOsehl,  Ins,  Heft  96,  Tab.  7,  &a 
Add  genera  Evibria  Zxeql.,  NycUua  Latb. 
DascilliM  Latr. 
PUlodactyla  Illio. 

Sub-genus :  Colobodera  Kluo* 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  625 

Comp.  Kluo  Ueber  ewei  neue  KdfergcMmgm^  Wiboxann's  Archie  /. 
NaturffCKh.  1838.  8.  67 — 70. 

Bhiptcera  Latr.,  KiRBT. 

Sandalua  KnOCH. 

CaUtrhipts  Latr. 

Anelastea  KiRBT. 

Cehrio  Oliv.,  Fabr,  (in  part).  Mandibles  entire,  with  apex 
simple,  exsert,  decussating.  Palps  filiform,  labial  with  last  joint 
obconical,  truncated.  Antennae  distant,  longer  than  thorax  (in  fe- 
males shorter,  thick).  Thorax  broader  posteriorly,  with  angles 
produced.     Prostemum  mucronate  posteriorly. 

Sp.  Cdnio  giffos  Fabb.,  Dux^ril  Com.  gSn,  «.  I,  Iiu.  PL  3,  fig.  i,  Panzkb 
Jkuiichl.  Ins.  Heft  5,  Tab.  10;  in  south  of  Europe.  The  female  lives  under 
ground,  and  continues  there  at  pairing  time,  protruding  the  abdomen  alone, 
so  that  the  nude  does  not  see  her.    AuDOUiN  et  Bbull^  ffia^.  not.  det  Int. 

VI.  1837,  pp.  Ill,  272. 

Phy9odactylu8  Fischer. 

II.  Prostemum  produced  anteriorly  as  far  as  the  mouth  or  be- 
yond the  mouth,  mucronate  posteriorly.  Elytra  hard.  {Stemoxi 
Latr.,  Macrostemi  Westw.) 

Elater  L.  Antennae  setaceous,  serrate  or  pectinate.  Mandibles 
emarginate  at  the  apex  or  bidentate.  Palps  with  last  joint  larger, 
obtrigonal,  truncated.  Mucro  of  prostemum  received  in  a  cavity  of 
mesostemum.  Body  elongate,  with  thorax  oblong,  narrower  ante- 
riorly, of  the  breadth  of  elytra  posteriorly,  with  angles  produced, 
acuminate.     Tarsi  slender. 

Spring-heetlet.  When  these  animals  are  touched,  they  retract  their  feet 
considerably.  Since  the  feet  are  very  short,  these  beetles,  when  laid  on 
their  back,  are  not  able  to  reach  the  groimd,  and  so  could  not  right  them- 
selves  again,  if  they  could  not  by  throwing  themselves  upwards  attempt  to 
regain  their  feet.  The  animal,  lying  on  its  back,  bends  the  thorax  towards 
the  back  or  downwards,  and  thus  causes  the  style  of  the  prothorax  to 
emerge  from  the  cavity  in  which  it  lies  when  at  rest.  Then  bending  the 
body  suddenly,  so  that  the  point  again  shoots  into  the  cavity,  the  insect 
with  the  back  part  of  the  thorax  forcibly  strikes  the  ground,  and  is  thrown 
upwards  by  the  rebound. 

The  larvie  live  under  the  bark  of  trees,  in  decaying  wood,  or  under 
ground,  where  they  gnaw  roots.  They  have  an  elongate  cylindrical  body 
with  six  feet  and  a  very  hard  homy  skin. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


526  CLASS  viii. 

Caanpylus  Fisch.,  Exophthaimua  Latb.  Head  behind  the  eyes 
ezsert  from  thorax.  Eyes  large,  globose.  Body  elongate,  almost 
linear. 

Sp.    Campylut  linearU,  Elaitr  Unearii  L.  (and  Slater  fMiomdu9  ejnad.), 
Fakzbb  DeuUdU.  /tu.  Heft  8,  Tab.  ii. 

Plater  nob.  Head  reoeived  in  thorax  as  fiir  as  the  posterior 
margin  of  the  eye& 

Sub-genera:  Ludiui  Latb.,  Ctenieenu  Latb.,  and  many  others  proposed 
by  EsoHSOHOi/rz  and  Stephens.  Gomp.  Wxstwood  Modem  CUumfic, 
Oeneric  Synoptia,  pp.  35 — 37,  and  Gebxab  ZeUeehr,  /.  die  Bntom.  tL 
pp.  141—378,  iv.  pp.  43—108*  V-  pp.  133— 19«»  *c- 
Sp.  EUOer  mwinus  L.,  YoET  Col,  i.  Tab.  44,  fig.  ^6\—EUA.  ceneue  L., 
YoET  ibid.  fig.  14 ;  Elater  aierrimus  L.,  Panzeb  Deutschl.  Ins.  Heft  loi.  Tab. 
15,  ftc  The  larvse  of  EUOer  (Agriote$  Esohsoh.)  aegetie,  Slater  Uneattu  L., 
and  other  similarly-  thin  and  elongated  species  are  sometimes  extremely 
injurious ;  they  gnaw  the  roots  of  grasses  and  oom.  See  on  these  toireworme 
KiBBT  and  Spenob  Introd.  to  SiUom.  I.  pp.  180,  181,  and  Westwood, 
Modem  Classif.  I.  p.  338,  and  the  authors  there  cited. 

Amongst  the  numerous  exotic  species  we  note  only  Slater  (^Pyropkorue 
Illiq.)  noctUuctu  L.,  Yoet  Coleopt.  i.  Tab.  43,  fig.  16;  it  has  on  each 
side  of  the  thorax  a  smooth  yellow  spot ;  by  night  it  emits  a  clear  lights 
which  radiates  principally  ^m  the  spots  on  the  thorax  (oomp.  TBBTiBAinjB 
BioilogU,  V.  s.  100 — 103,  475).  This,  with  other  phosphoreeoent  species  (see 
KiBBT  and  Spenob  Introd.  n.  pp.  410 — 412),  is  found  in  South  America. 
Gomp.  Gebmab  Zeittckr.  /.  Sntomol.  in.  184 1,  s.  i — 76,  J.  Oubtib  m 
Zoai.  Journal,  ill.  1838,  pp.  379 — 383. 

[A  fine  specimen  of  Slater  nocHlucue,  which  had  been  imported  in  acaigo 
of  logwood,  came  into  Van  deb  Hcxvbn's  possession  after  it  had  lived  some 
weeks  in  other  hands.  He  kept  it  alire  for  a  fortnight.  The  phosphorescent 
spots  were,  in  the  dark,  first  blue,  then  emerald  green,  then  incandescent. 
Large  printing  could  be  read  by  the  light,  but  it  was  necessary  to  cany  the 
insect  along  the  lines  to  read  continuously.  In  oxygen  gas  the  luminosity 
was  not  more  splendid.  Experiments  to  determine  whether  the  tempera- 
ture rose  with  the  phosphoresoenoe  were  interrupted  by  the  death  of  the 
animaL  On  dissection,  nothing  peculiar  was  observed  beneath  the  spots  on 
the  thorax,  except  large  or  smaller  masses  of  the  adipose  body  connected 
l>y  numerous  tracheee.  The  Professor  thinks  it  not  impossible  that  the 
production  of  light  may  not  be  confined  to  a  particular  region,  but  may 
occur  wherever  the  adipose  body  occupies  the  spaces  between  the  organs  in 
sufficient  mass,  and  is  adequately  supplied  with  air-tubes.  The  two  spots 
on  the  thorax,  though  destitute  of  the  brown  colouring  matter,  are  of  the 
same  thickness  as  the  neighbouring  integument.  Does  this  thickness,  the 
Professor  asks,  account  for  the  transmisnon  of  the  green  light,  whilst  that 
which  proceeds  occasionally  from  parts  of  the  inferior  surface,  where  the 
membrane  is  thin,  is  yellow  t  However  this  may  be,  the  adipose  body  must 
be  very  unequally  phosphorescent,   otherwise  the  light  from  the  under 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  627 

BorfiMM  would  be  always  as  strong  as  that  from  the  upper.  But  it  is 
produced  only  rarely,  and  when  the  animal  makes  much  exertion.  See 
Van  dkb  Hovbn  in  the  Album  der  Natuwr,  1855,  7«  Afley.  bL  105.] 

Cerophytum  Latr. 
Thrascua  Latr. 
Etumemis  Ahrens. 

Gomp.  EucnemU,  nuedorum  ffentu,  monographiee  traOahtm  iconibuaque 
iUuatratwn  a  Banme  Db  Maknerbkiv,  Petropoli,  18^3.  8ya  recua.  in 
Afm,  dei  8e.  natur,  ni.  1824,  pp.  426—434.  PL  17. 

Galba  Latr. 

Melasis  Oliy.    Last  joint  of  palps  large,  globose.    Antennse  of 
males  pectinate.    Tarsi  slender. 

Note, — ^We  omit  here  sereral  sub-genera^  to  be  inserted  between  the 
k  Mater  and  Bupreitia, 


Buprestis  L.  Antennaa  inserted  between  the  anterior  part  of 
eyes,  serrate,  with  short  teeth.  Mandibles  short,  triangular,  with 
apex  simple.  Palps  filiform.  Head  retracted  within  thorax  nearly 
as  far  as  the  posterior  margin  of  eyes.  Thorax  trapeziform,  broader 
posteriorly.  Scutellum  small  or  none.  Tarsi  with  first  four  joints 
dilated,  bilobed. 

Compare  Solub  Euoi  mr  lee  BupretUdee,  Aim,  de  la  8oe.  entom.  n.  pp. 
«6i--3i6. 

Sp.  Bvprettie  gigamtea  L.,  Voir  Ooleopl.  i.  Tab.  48,  fig.  i,  Sulzxb  Kenm, 
der  Ine,  Tab.  vi.  fig.  38 ;  2"  3'"  long ;  green  copper-coloured ;  the  feet 
steel-blue ;  the  shield-coverB  terminating  in  two  points ;  South  America. 
— Bupr,  futminans  Fabb.,  i"  10"'  long,  green  shining,  the  elytra  striped 
longitudinally  with  fine  points,  with  ten  fine  teeth  at  the  apex  as  though 
serrated,  and  a  red  copper-coloured  spot;  very  common  in  Java.  In 
southern  Africa  many  species  are  found,  which  are  b^et  with  little  bundles 
of  hairs  on  the  shield-coyers,  as  Bupreatit  fatcicularie  L.  In  Europe, 
of  this  numerous  genus  ^  there  are  met  with  comparatiyely  only  few  and 
smaller  species.  Hie  larvae  live  in  bark  and  wood  of  trees ;  they  have  no 
feet»  are  elongate,  flat  and  distinguished  by  the  breadth  and  size  of  the 
first  ring  of  the  body  next  the  head. 

Sub-genera :  Trachya  Fabb.,  Aphenisticua  Latr.,  Buprestia  Latb. 
{AgrHus  Megeble  and  many  sub-genera  proposed  by  Eschsgoboltz, 
SoLiEB,  De  la  Pobte,  and  Goby,  kc) 


1  DUFONOHXT  announced  a  few  years  ago  thaV  he  had  found  in  different  cabinets 
more  than  1500  spedes  of  this  genus, — Diet,  umiv.  ^jffid,  not.  n.  p.  779. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


528    •  CLASS  VIII. 

Family  LIX.  Brachelytra  {Microptera  Gravenhorst).  An- 
tennae mostly  moniliform,  of  the  same  thickness  towards  the  apex, 
or  thicker  at  the  apex.  Elytra  much  shorter  than  abdomen,  en- 
tirely covering  the  wings  which  are  long  and  replicate,  not  dehis- 
cent. Body  mostly  narrow,  elongate,  arcuate  upwards,  the  insect 
running.     Dorsal  segments  of  abdomen  all  homy. 

Most  of  these  insects  liye  in  offal,  dung,  or  imder  decaying  plants. 
They  live  on  animal  substances,  especially  other  insects ;  so  also  the 
larvsB,  which  are  elongate,  with  a  large  head  and  six  strong  feet. 
The  intestinal  canal  of  these  beetles  is  straight  and  short ;  there  are 
four  vcLsa  urinaricL  The  similarity  of  these  beetles  with  the  genus 
Forficula  amongst  the  Orthoptera  (see  above,  p.  462,  463)  is  rather 
external  and  does  not  rest  upon  a  natural  affinity  in  the  internal 
structure. 

The  species  of  this  family  are  very  numerous,  and  in  Europe  fur 
surpass  even  those  of  the  CcurahicL  However,  this  is  quite  other- 
wise with  the  exotic  species  hitherto  known,  and  hence  some  writers 
are  of  opinion  that  this  &mily  \&  eminently  a  form  of  the  northern 
hemisphere.  Perhaps  this  may  be  a  hasty  conclusion,  and  the 
rarity  of  StaphyUni  from  warm  countries,  in  our  coUections,  may  in 
part  be  attributed  to  the  inadvertence  of  travelling  collectors. 

Compare  J.  L.  G.  Gbavknhobst  CoUoptera  microptera,  Bronsyigs,  1802, 
Sto.;  'Eivmd.  Af(mogr<tphiacoUopteror.  mierapterorwa,  Grottingie,  1806, 8 vo.; 
Maknabhsim  in  Mint.  presenUs  d  VAcad,  des  Sc.  des  Pdertbowrg,  i.  185 1, 
pp.  4  T 5— 461 ;  G.  F.  Ebiohbon  Qtniera  et  Sptcia  SUtphyUnoruai,  cum  tab. 
cen,  V.  Btiroliui,  1840,  Svo. 

Section  I.  Staphylinina,  Abdomen  with  six  or  seven  segments 
distinct.  Cutaneous  papilla  exsertile,  pilose,  on  each  side  near 
anus  in  both  sexes. 

Stapkyltnus  L.  (in  part),  Gravenhokst.  Head  entirely  exsert, 
separated  from  thorax  by  a  narrower  base  as  by  a  neck.  Labrum 
mostly  bilobed.  Palps  mostly  filiform,  labial  triarticulate,  maxil- 
lary quadriarticulate,  with  last  joint  in  the  former  sub-equal.  An- 
tennae inserted  in  the  anterior  margin  of  frons,  with  eleven  joints, 
filiform,  or  in  some  incrassated  towards  the  apex.  Tarsi  with  five 
joints. 

Sub-genenL  a)  With  antennee  approximate  at  the  base  :  PhUy- 
prosopus  Maitoebh.,  Othius  Leach,  HoUsua  Erichson,  Sterculia 
Laporte,  XanthMnua  Dahl.,  &c. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  629 

b)  With  antennse  distant  at  the  base:  StaphyUwus  Ebichs., 
Ocyptis  KisBY,  FhUonthus  Leach,  Aeyhphorua  Nordmaitn,  Quedius 
Leach,  AatrapcBUs  Gbay.,  Oxyporus  Fabb.,  &&  Comp.  Ebichsok, 
LI.  pp.  291— 559. 

Sp.  Staphylinua  eryihroptenis  Fabb.,  Staphyl.  ccnareua  Gbdeshjblm,  Ebiohs., 
Fanzsb  DevtHM.  Tim.  Heft  76,  Tab.  4,  Dum^bil  Cons,  gin,  «.  I.  Ins,  PI.  3, 
fig.  I  ;  8'"  to  g"'  long,  black,  with  short,  yellow,  glisteriiig  hain,  shield- 
coyera  and  feet  red-brown,  antennie  yellow-brown,  at  the  extremity  mostly 
blackish ; — Staphyl.  ccutanopterus  Gbat.,  Staph,  erythroptertu  L.  &c.  The 
largest  native  species  is  Staphylinus  oUns  Fabb.,  Ocypus  olens,  Panzeb 
1.  L  Tab.  I,  Batzbbubo  Font-Ins,  1,  Tab.  i.  fig.  14;  10'"  to  i"  long,  quite 
black.  Of  this  species  the  larva  and  nymph  are  figured  by  Blanchabd  in 
GuiBiK  Magas,  de  Zod.  1836,  Ins,  PI.  165,  and  more  accurately  by 
Oew.  Hbbb  {Observ,  Entomol.  Turici,  1836,  8vo.  Tab.  m.  a)  and  Ratzb- 
BUBa  loc.  dt. 

Pcederua  Fabb.  Head  exsert,  aflSxed  to  thorax  hj  a  slender 
neck.  Labrom  with  sides  often  membranous,  bilobed,  or  slightly 
emarginate  in  the  middle.  Maxillary  palps  elongate,  with  fourth 
joint  very  small;  labial  palps  short,  triarticulate.  Antennae  inserted 
tmder  the  margin  of  frons,  with  eleven  joints,  filiform.  Tarsi  with 
five  joints. 

a)  Fourth  joint  of  tarsi  simple. 
Laihfrobivm  Gravenh.,  Stilicus  Latb.,  Ac 

b)  Fourth  joint  of  tarsi  bilobed  or  provided  with  a  membranous  lobe. 
Pcederua  Gbavenh.,  Swnius  Leach. 

On  these  and  other  sub-genera  compare  Ebiohboh  L  L  pp.  560—667. 

8p.  Pcederus  riparius  Fabb.,  Panzeb  DmUschl.  Ins.  Heft  9,  Tab.  11 ; — 
PoBderus  ruficoUds  Fabb,,,  Panzeb  DeutsM.  Ins.  Heft  37,  Tab.  13,  Gu^in 
Iconogr.  Ins.  PI.  9,  fig.  5,  &c. 

Prodmia  Latb. 
Pinophilus  Gravenh. 

On  these  and  other  genera  and  sub-genera,  composing  the  tribe  of  the 
Pinophilmi,  consult  Ebiohbon  L  L  pp.  668 — 686. 

Stenus  Latr.     Head  exsert,  inserted  in  thorax  by  a  thick  neck, 

with   eyes  large,   protuberant.     Labrnm  entire,   homy.     Labium 

elongate,  exsertile.   Maxillary  palps  elongate,  with  fourth  joint  very 

small;   labial  palps  short,  triarticulate.    Antennas  short,  inserted 

VOL.  I.  34 


Digitized  by 


Google 


630  CLASS  vin. 

in  the  frons  between  the  eyes,  with  eleven  joints,  last  three  joints 
incrassated.     Feet  slender. 

A.  Tarsi  with  five  joints.     Labram  entire. 
Sub-genera :  Dianoua  Leach,  Stenvs  Latb. 

B.  Tarsi  with  four  joints.     Labrum  denticulate  or  serrate. 
Ev4JLe8the(ni8  Gravekh. 

Sp.  Stenm  UgiMahu,  StaphyUnua  InguUahu  L.,  Dum^ril  Cam.  g&n.  «.  2. 
In9.  PL  3,  fig.  4,  Panzeb  BeuUchl.  Ins,  Heft  ii,  Tab.  17,  &c. 

Compare  Thion,  Descrifivm  des  organes  de  la  manducaiion  ckez  Ut 
SUnes,  Ann,  de  Ut  Soe,  EtUom.  iv.  1835,  pp.  153—168^  PL  3  B. 

Oxytelm  Gravenh.  Head  exsert,  with  base  narrower.  Labrum 
entire,  homy,  mostly  enlarged  at  the  apex  on  both  sides  by  a 
membranous  lacinia.  Maxillary  palps  much  shorter  than  head,  with 
fourth  joint  distinct,  often  subulate.  Anterior  tibiaB  mostly  spinose. 
Head  in  many  homed.    Tarsi  with  last  joint  very  long. 

A.  Tarsi  with  fire  joints. 

AfegcUops  D£r.     Antennse  with  ten  joints,  davate. 
Osorivs  Leach.     Antennse  with  eleven  joints,  filiform. 

B.  Tarsi  with  three  joints.    Antennae  with  eleven  joints. 

Sub-genera  :  Oxytdus  Grav.  (in  part),  Bledius  Leach,  Platysthetua 
Mannerh.,  GoprophUti8  Latr.  and  some  others. 

Compare  Latbbillb  Conndiraitions  war  la,  irihvk  de»  DenUcruret,  Nauv. 
Ann.  du  MuUum,  i.  1833,  pp.  77 — 93 ;  Ebiohson  L  L  pp.  759 — 833. 

Sp.  OoB^ui  triewnU  Gbayekh.,  Panzeb  DeuUchl.  Im,  Heft  66,  Tab.  17 ; — 
OayUiL  piceus.  Staph,  piceut  L.,  Panzeb  DeuUchl.  Int.  Heft  17,  Tab.  12  ; 
Oaa/tdut  {CoprophiUut)  rttffoitu,  GuiBiN  Iconogr,  Ins,  PL  x.  fig.  1,  Gbbmas 
Faun,  Ins.  Europ.  Fasc.  XT.  Tab.  3,  &c. 

Piestua  Gravenh. 

Prognatha  Latr.  {Siaganium  Kirby),  Leptachirus  Germar,  <&a 
Compare  Ebichsoi?  L  L  pp.  813 — 841. 

Omalium  Gravenh.  Head  porrect,  scarcely  constricted  at  the 
base.  Labrum  transverse,  homy,  simple  or  supplied  with  a  mem- 
branous border  at  the  apex.  Antennse  with  eleven  joints,  straight, 
filiform.  Elytra  mostly  longer  than  pectus,  sometimes  covering 
a  large  part  of  abdomen.    Tarsi  with  five  joints.    Body  depressed. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN8ECTA,  531 

A.  Ocelli  none. 

Sub-genera :  Olisthwrua  Dej.,  PhUxoehania  Mannerh. 

B.  Ocelli  two. 

Sub-genera:  Anthophagvs  Gray.,  Lesteva  Latb.,  OmaUum 
Gbayenh.  (in  part),  Anihohivan  Leach,  and  some  others  proposed  by 
Erichsok  and  others.     Comp.  Erichsok,  L  L  pp.  846 — 900. 

Sp.  OmaUum  rivuUtre  Qkayvsk.,  Panzxb  J>etUBckL  In$,  Heft  S7,  Tab.  15  ; 
— Omaliuiii  fattuUUum  Ebiohs.,  Omal.  ecBtum  Gtll.  ftc. 

Prateinua  Latil  Head  porrect,  received  posteriorly  in  thorax. 
Antennse  clavate  or  incrassated  at  the  apex,  mostly  with  eleven 
joints,  BometimeB  with  nine.  Maxillary  palps  with  fourth  joint 
narrower,  acuminate.  Ocelli  none,  or  ocellus  single,  frontal.  Body 
depressed ;  elytra  longish.  Tarsi  mostly  with  five  joints,  in  a  few 
with  three  joints. 

Sub-genera:  Prateinus  Latb.  (in  part)^  Megarthms  Kibby, 
Phlcaobivm  Dejean,  Glyptoma  Ebichs.,  Mioropeplus  Latb. 

Sp.  Proteinui  brachyptenu,  Dermestn  brachypienu  Fabb.,  Cuvikb  JL  Am., 
id,  iU.,  Im.  PI.  31,  fig.  8  ;  Megarthrut  dqtremu  Ebiohb.  kc 

AleocJiara  Grayenh.  Head  small,  exsert,  often  deflected. 
Labrum  entire,  homy.  Maxillary  palps  with  fourth  joint  subulate. 
Antennae  with  eleven  or  ten  joints,  inserted  in  frons  at  the  internal 
margin  of  eyes,  incrassated  gradually  at  the  apex,  or  clavate.  Feet 
slender,  with  tibias  mostly  unarmed,  tarsi  with  five  joints,  some- 
times with  four,  either  the  anterior  only  or  all. 

Sub-genera:  Myrmedonia  Ebichs.,  Aleockara  Gbayenh.  (in  part), 
BoUtachara  Mankebh.,  Oxypoda  Mannebh.,  Oligota  Mannebh., 
Lomechuaa  Gbayenh.,  Gyrophcena  Mannebh.,  MyUasna  Ebichs., 
Gymnriaa  Kabsten,  &&    Cons.  Ebichson,  L  L,  pp.  33 — 212. 

8p.  Aleochara  canalictdala  Gbay.,  Staphyl,  canalieulatui  Fabb.,  Pakzeb 
DeuttcU,  Int.  Heft  37,  Tab.  10,  Gu:foiir  Iconogr.,  Int.  PL  10,  fig.  5 ; — 
Aleoch.  futcipet  Gbay.,  Gbbmab  Faun.  Int.  Europ.  Fasc.  xui.  Tab.  8,  &c. 

Tachypoma  Grayenh.  Head  intruded  posteriorly  into  thorax 
almost  as  far  as  the  eyes,  not  narrower  at  the  base.  Labrum  entire, 
simple.  AntennsB  below  the  eyes,  inserted  under  the'  lateral  margin 
of  head,  mostly  filiform,  with  eleven  joints,  in  a  few  clavate,  with  ten 

34—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


532  CLASS  VIII. 

joints.    Feet  with  tibiae  mostly  spinose,  tarsi  with  five  joints,  more 
rarely  with  four.    Body  convex,  ovaJ, 

Sub-genera:  HypocypbM  Schuepp.,  Tackyporus  Gbaveit.,  TachinuM 
Gravenh.,  BoletMvs  Leach,  &c.   Comp.  Erichsok,  pp.  213 — 289. 

Sp.  TackypoTU$  analu  Gkav.,  SiapkyL  oUuiut  L.,  Pahzsb  DeutaekL  In*, 
Heft  17,  Tab.  i6  ^—Taehyponu  marginatut  Gbat.,  Stapkyl.  hypMnem 
Fabb.,  Pakzsb  Deuttehl.  Int,  Heft  37,  Tab.  17,  Gu^BXV  leomogr..  Int. 
PL  f  o,  fig.  9,  fto. 

Section  11.  Pselaphina.  Abdomen  with  five  segments,  rotun- 
date,  obtuse.    AntennsB  clavate.     Tarsi  triarticulate. 

Compare  C.  Aub^  PtdapAiorum  Mcnographia,  Gvfisnr,  Moffotin  de 
Zool.  1833,  Int.  PL  78 — 94;  H.  H.  Sohmtot  Ditt.  inamg.  tool,  de 
Ptdapkit  Fauna  Pragentit  cum  anatamia  Clavigeri,  Pnge,  1836.  Syo. 

Thffy  are  smaU  inaecto  that  live  under  stoneaj  baric  of  troea,  decaying 
leavea,  and  in  ante*  nests. 

A.  AnUnna  with  Joinit  indutind,  or  with  tingle  joint,  thuk,  tnmoaied. 

ArticeruB  Dalm. 

B.  AnlewMB  with  tix  joinit. 

Claviger  Pretssler.  Eyes  none  (ocelli  two  Schmidt).  Claw 
of  tarsi  simple. 

Sp.  Claviger  teitocettf-PANZBB  DevUchl.  Int.  Heft  9,  Tab.  3,  DuMiaiL  Cont. 
gin.  1. 1.  Int.  PL  11,  fig.  5.  Compare  P.  W.  J.  Mubllbb  BeiMige  turNtUur- 
getch,  der  OaUung  Claviger,  Gbbmab's  Magazin  der  JSwUmol,  m.  18 18, 
pp.  69— in. 

C.  AnienwB  with  eleven  jointt. 

Pselaphua  Herbst.  Maxillary  palps  mostly  elongate,  clavate. 
Eyes  two. 

Sub-genera,  a)  With  single  claw  of  tarsi :  PsdaphuSy  Herbst 
(in  part),  BryaxU  Leaoh,  Bythinua,  Tychua  ejusd,  Euplectua  ejuad. 
— 5)  With  two  claws  of  tarsi :  Chennium  Late.,  Tyrtia  Aub^ 
^o^muaAuBi;  whom  see  LL  Comp.  also  Erichsok,  2)t6  JTq/er  dar 
Mark  Brcmdmbwg,  1.  pp  263 — 281. 

Sp.  C^£nmum  hitubereulatum,  DmciaiL  Cont.  gin.  t,  I.  Int.  PL  33,  fig.  4,  &c. 

Family  LX.  Glavicomia  {Glavicames  Latr.,  Hiateridm^  Byr^ 
rhtdcSf  JDermestidcB,  SilphidoB^  &c.  Leach).  Antennas  mostly  with 
eleven  joints,  terminated  by  a  club  perfoliate  or  solid,  or  gradually 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN8ECTA.  533 

incrassated  towards  the  extremity,  longer  than  maxillary  palps, 
with  base  little  covered  or  quite  naked.  Integuments  hard.  Elytra 
sometimes  abbreviate,  in  all  however  covering  the  greatest  part  of 
abdomen.    Joints  of  tarsi  mostly  entire. 

Scydmcenus  Latr.  Maxillary  palps  elongate,  with  fourth  joint 
subulate,  small  or  very  small,  scarcely  distinguishable.  Antennss 
moniliform,  gradually  incrassated  towards  the  apex,  or  clavate. 
Elytra  mostly  solute.    Head  exsert,  mostly  constricted  posteriorly. 

Sp.  ScydfMBWM  HeOmigii  Latb.,  Nokmu  mimiltu»  Panzxb  Deutadd.  Ins, 
Heft  13,  Tsb.  6 ;  Sqfdm,  Oodatti  Latr.  Qtner.  Orutt.  et  Im,  Tab.  vin. 
fig.  6,  &c.  SeyenJ  species  are  described  and  figured  by  SruSM  Jkuttchi. 
Famna,  Im.  xiu.  pp.  i— 51,  Tab.  ^59^964. 

Clidtus  Laporte. 

Mastifftis  Illig.  Antennse  filiform,  scarcely  incrassated  at  the 
apex,  with  first  joint  very  long.  Maxillary  palps  elongate,  clavate. 
Elytra  connate,  wings  none.    Head  exsert,  constricted  posteriorly. 

Sp.  MaatiguM  pcdpalis  Latr.  1. 1.  fig.  5,  Guv.  M.  Am,,  id  UL,  Ins,  PI.  34,  fig. 
10.     For  other  species  see  Kluq  EnJtomolog.  Monogr.  pp.  161 — 168. 

Hister  L.  AnteimsB  short,  geniculate,  with  first  joint  elongate, 
clavate,  with  capitulum  oval  or  subglobose,  solid,  triarticulate.  Man- 
dibles arcuate  at  the  apex,  denticulate,  mostly  exsert.  Maxill»  with 
two  membranous  lobes.  Palps  filiform.  Head  small,  mostly  re- 
tractile within  thorax.  Feet  contractile,  anterior  approximate  at  the 
base,  posterior  remote  at  the  insertion,  with  tarsi  all  five-jointed. 
Elytra  shorter  than  abdomen,  truncated.  Body  smooth,  mostly 
subquadrate.    Abdomen  composed  of  five  segments. 

a)  With  head  not  retractile. 
Hololepta  Path. 

b)  With  head  retractile. 

Sub-genera:    Saprirma    ERiCHa,    Ahrasus    Leach,    Onthophilus 
Leach,  HUter  Leach,  Plalysoma  Leach,  kc 

Sp.  Hkter  unicolor  L.,  Sturm  Deufschl,  Int.  1.  IVtb.  16  ;-— Hister  macuUOus 
L.,  Ac. 

Necraphonta  Fabr.  Antennae  short,  clavate,  with  capitulum 
subglobose.     Maxillae  unarmed.     Palps   short,  filiform.     Ligula 


Digitized  by 


Google 


534  CLASS  viii. 

bifid,  with  lacinias  divergent,  intemallj  ciliated.  Elytra  shorter 
than  abdomen,  troncated.  Anterior  tarsi  broad,  famished  with 
fasciculi  of  hairs, 

Sp.  Necrophortu  veapUlo  Vabh.,  SUpha  vetpiUo  L.,  Bcbsel  /m.  iv.  Tab.  i, 
Pakzeb  DeutscM,  Iru.  Heft  a.  Tab.  21 ;  iJu  grove-dig^ ;  6"'— 8"'  long, 
black,  elytra  with  two  orange-coloured  transvene  bands,  the  dub  of  an- 
tenns  brown.  This  beetle  flies  with  elytra  erect,  the  under-side  turned 
outwards ;  it  diffuses  a  strong  smell  resembling  musk.  Like  Qtatrupei 
ttereorctriuB  and  vemaUs  it  is  sometimes  infested  by  small  acari.  The 
periods  of  larva  and  nymph  together  extend  only  to  seven  weeks.  This 
species,  Uke  the  others  of  this  genus,  feeds  on  dead  animal  substances.  By 
an  union  of  their  forces  these  beetles  dig  away  the  ground  from  under  the 
carcases  of  small  animaLs,  moles,  mice,  &c.  and  so  bury  them  beneath  it. 
They  lay  their  eggs  in  the  bodies  thus  interred,  and  the  larvs  feed  on  them. 
— Necrophorua  humaior  Fabjl,  Pakzeb  DeuUM,  In$,  Heft  41,  Tab.  a,  &a 

Silpha  L.  (exclusive  of  some  species,  Fabr.)  Antenn»  longer 
than  head,  with  club  elongate  or  gradually  thicker  towards  the 
apex.  Maxillae  armed  internally  with  a  homy  hook.  Head  small. 
Thorax  broad,  plane,  marginate. 

Sub-genera:  Necrodea  Wilkik,  Oiceoptoma  Leach,  ThanatopkUut 
Leach,  Fhosphaga  Leach. 

Sp.  Silpha  UUoraUt  L.  {Necrodet),  Sulzeb  Otich,  d.  Int,  Tab.  n.  fig.  14, 
(SUpka  clavipes),  Panzbb  DetOtehZ,  Int,  Heft  40,  Tab.  15  ; — Silpha  quadri- 
punctata  L.,  VoBT  Coleopt.  i.  Tab.  4T,  ^.  5,  Panzbb  DeiUachl,  Int.  Heft 
40,  Tab.  18.  This  beetle  hunts  after  different  kinds  of  caterpillars  on  oaks 
and  other  trees. 

NecrophUtu  Latb.  Mazilke  unarmed,  with  two  membranous 
laciniae.  Palps  very  short,  thickisL  Thorax  broad,  exsert  an- 
teriorly. 

Sp.  SUpha  iubterrunea  Illio.,  Sturv  DeuttM,  Fauna,  Int.  xm.  Tab.  ^70. 

Agyrtes  Froelich. 

Consult  Fboilioh  Nahwf&ncher,   xxvm.    1799,  ■•    '5— '9»  Tab.    i, 
fig.  n. 

Catopa  Fabr. 

Choleva  Latb.,  Spence. 

Consult  Monography  of  this  genus  by  SPBiroB  in  Tramact.  nf  iht  Lwm, 
Soe,  XI.  18 15,  p.  ia3--i6o, 

Sp.  Catopt  chryBomdaUde;  HdopB  ehryaomdoidei,  Paitzbb  DeutaeKL  Ins,  Heft 
57,  Tab.  I,  ftc.,  Stubx  Deutschl,  Fauna,  Int,  xrr.  Tab.  375,  fig.  b,  B. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  535 

CoUm  Hebbst. 

Consult  Stubm  DetOschL  Fauna,  Ins.  ziv.  pp.  46 — 74. 

8caj>htdmm  Oliv.  Antennae  straight,  moderate,  thicker  at  the 
apex,  mostly  provided  with  a  club  of  five  joints.  Mandibles  small, 
homy,  with  border  membranous  internally,  unidentate  or  bidentate. 
Maxillae  with  two  membranous  lacinise.  Maxillary  palps  quadri- 
articulate,  with  last  joint  acuminate  at  the  apex.  Labial  palps 
very  short.  Body  navicular,  at  both  ends  angustato-acuminate, 
with  head  small,  deflected.  Elytra  truncated  at  the  apex.  Feet 
slender. 

Sub-genera:  Scaphidiwm  Leach,  Scaphium  Kibbt,  Amalocera 
Erichson,  Scaphtsoma  Leach. 

Sp.  Seaphidium  agaricifwm,  SUpha  offorieina  li,,  Fanzeb  DeuUehl,  Ins, 
Heft  1,  Tab.  3,  &o. 

Nittdula  Fabr.  Antennae  straight,  clavate,  club  mostly  triarti- 
culate.  Labrum  distinct.  Mandibles  partly  exsert,  emarginate  or 
bidentate  at  the  apex.  Maxillae  mostly  with  single  membranous 
lacinia,  the  external  lacinia  obsolete.  Palps  short,  filiform.  Head 
retracted  within  thorax  almost  as  far  as  the  eyes.  Elytra  often  ab- 
breviate.    Tarsi  with  fourth  joint  very  small,  subindistinct. 

Cercus  LATa,  Brachypterua  Kugel.,  Ga/rpophUua  Leach,  NUidtila 
ItATR.,  {Ipidia,  EpurcBa,  NUidula,  Soronia,  Amphotis,  OmosUa 
Erichs.,  Fria  Kirby,  Meligethes  Kirby),  Thalicra  Erichs.,  Pooo- 
dius  Erichs.,  Cychrcmus  Kugel.  {Strongylua  Herbst),  Cyhocephalua 
Erichs.,  CyUodes  ejusd. 

Compare  Erichson,  Gbbmab'b  Zeiiseh,  f.  d,  EnUm.  iv.  1843,  p.  «i5, 
&c.  T.  1844,  p.  438  &c. ;  Eriohson's  Nalurgemik.  d.  Int.  DeutacU,  lU. 
pp.  135 — 210. 

Sp.  Nitidula  hipuetulata  Fabb.,  SUpha  Inpugtulata  L,,  Panzeb,  Deutschl,  Im. 
Heft  3,  Tab.  10,  SruBif  DeuUchl,  Fawna,  Ins.  XT.  Tab.  398,  &c. 

Ip8,  Fabr.  Labrum  membranous,  concealed  under  the  clypeus, 
porrect  between  the  mandibles.  Maxillad  with  single  lacinia.  Tarsi 
as  in  the  preceding  genus. 

Bhizophagfia  Herbst. 

PeUis  Geoffr.,  Thymalus  Latr.  Antennae  with  club  triarticu- 
late.  Maxillae  with  two  laciniae,  the  interior  armed  with  a  homy 
hook.     Body  broad,  depressed,  with  thorax  and  elytra  marginate. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


586  CLASS  YIII. 

Trogosita  Oliv.,  Fabr.,  Latr«  Antennae  with  eleven  joints, 
moniliform,  subclavate.  Mandibles  exsert,  porrect,  with  apex 
bidentate.  Internal  lacinia  of  maxillae  obsolete.  Palps  filiform, 
incrassated  at  the  apex.  First  joint  of  tarsi  small.  Body  elongate, 
depressed. 

Sp.  TrogotUa  maurUanica,  Tenebrio  maurUaniau  L.,  Pahzkb  DeuUcKl.  Ins. 
Heft  3,  Tab.  4,  S^dbm  DeuUchL  Fauna,  Ins.  11.  Tab.  48. 

TenmockUa  Erichs. 
Nemoscma  Latr. 

Golydium  Fabr.  Antennae  short,  with  club  triarticulate.  Max- 
illary palps  with  last  joint  larger,  subsecuriform.  Tarsi  quadri- 
articulate.     Body  elongate,  cylindrical. 

NqU. — ^Here  also  ought  to  be  placed,  according  to  Eriohson,  genera 
Sa^rrctrium  and  CorHcua  classed  with  the  Tendtricnet  (see  aboye  p.  496),  and 
Coxdui,  placed  amongst  the  Diaperiales,  p.  494. 

Rkysodea  Illig. 

Consult  Gebmab  PoMn,  Ins,  Europ.  Fasc.  vi.  Tab.  i,  where  the  charac- 
ters are  set  forth. 

Passandra  Dalm. 
Prostomia  Latr. 

Sp.  TrogosUa  mandibularis  Fabb.,  Stubx  DeuisckL  Fauna,  Ins,  n.  Tab.  49, 
Panzbb  Deutschl,  Ins.  Heft  105,  Tbb.  3. 

Cucujits  Fabr.  Antennae  filiform.  Labrum  small.  Mandibles 
exsert.  Maxillas  bilobed,  with  internal  lacinia  small,  acuminate. 
Palps  short,  filiform.  Feet  short,  with  first  joint  of  tarsi  mostly 
very  small.  (Posterior  tarsi  in  males  with  four  joints.)  Body 
elongate,  depressed. 

Uleiota  Latr.  {Brontes  Fabr.  in  part).   Antenna  of  the  length  of 
body,  or  longer  than  body. 

Sp.  Oucujus  Jtaviceps  Fabb.,  Cerambyx  planatus  L.,  Pahzxb  Deutschl.  Ins. 
Heft  95,  Tab.  4,  Dumi^il,  Cons.  gin.  a.  L  Ins.  PI  17,  ^.  7,  &c. 

Gryptophagus  Herbst  {Dacne  Latr.  in  part).  Antennse  with 
eleven  joints,  clavate.  Mandibles  short,  strong.  MaxillsB  bilobed. 
Palps  short,  incrassated  towards  the  e2:tremity.  All  the  tarsi  in 
both  sexes  pentameious,  or  posterior  in  males  tetramerons. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  537 

Anierophagtu  Kkoch,  Emphylus  Ebighb.,  Pcvrameeo9oma  Oubtis, 
Atomaria  ElnffiT,  £piHemu8  Wkstw.,  Ebichs. 

Sp.  Crypiophagw  crenahu  Hsrbst,  DermetUt  cellarii  SooPOU,  Stubm 
DeuUchl.  Jn$.  ZYI.  Tab.  513,  fig.  d. 

Stlvarms  Latk. 

Mycetophagtia  Fabr.,  Oliv.  Antennae  gradually  thicker  to- 
wards the  apex  or  clavate.  Labrom  distinct,  homy,  coyering  man- 
dibles. Mandibles  with  apex  bidentate.  Palps  filiform,  labial 
short,  maxillary  longer,  incrassate.  Tarsi  quadriarticulate,  anterior 
of  male  triarticiilate. 

Sp.  Mjfcdophagut  piceut  Fasbl.,  Myeetoph,  variMlia  QiLL.,  Pahzib  Ihutiehl. 
Ins,  Heft  I,  Tab.  72,  &c. 

Add  genera  Tripht/Uue  Meg.,  Typhcea  Kiabt,  and  some  others 
here  omitted. 

Ptilium  ScHUEPPEL,  Trichopteryx  KiRBY.  Antennae  straight, 
with  eleven  joints,  the  three  terminal  joints  incrassated.  Tarsi 
triarticnlate  ;  seta,  ftimished  with  terminal  pulvillus,  placed  be- 
tween the  claws.    Wings  narrow,  lanceolate,  ciliated  at  the  margin. 

6p.  Ptilium  fcudcularey  Trichopt,  grandicollis  EuoHS.,  Stubx  DmUtchl,  In: 
XVII.  Tab.  313,  fig.  I,  &c. 

Small  insects  (scarcely  more  than  \[*'  long),  living  in  ant-hills  under 
decaying  leaves,  the  bark  of  trees,  &c.  with  elytra  often  abbreviate,  tmn- 
cated.  Compare  Gillmeistkb,  Stubm  DeuUchl.  Int.  zvn.  1845,  Ebiohboh 
NtUursfeach.  d.  Ins,  DeuUchl.  ni.  pp.  13 — 40. 

Dermestes  L.  Antennae  frontal,  straight,  short,  clavate,  with 
club  mostly  triarticnlate.  Mandibles  short;  maxillae  with  two 
laciniae,  mostly  membranous.  Palps  short,  incrassated.  Tarsi 
with  five  joints.  Abdomen  with  five  ventral  segments,  free.  Feet 
contractile  under  the  body.     Elytra  entirely  covering  abdomen. 

Sp.  DermetUs  lardariut  L.,  Blankaabt  Sehoubu^,  Tab.  zi.  p.  96,  figs.  K, 
L,  u,  DuiciBiL  Cons.  g&n.  s.  L  Ins.  PI.  6,  fig.  10 ;  z'"  long,  black,  with  a 
grey,  transverse  band  at  the  base  of  the  shield-covers ;  very  common  in 
honses.  Derm,  muritms  L.,  Panzkb  Deutschl.  Ins.  Heft  40,  Tab.  10,  kc. 
These  insects  in  the  larval  and  perfect  states  feed  on  all  kinds  of  animal 
substances  :  leather,  bacon,  &c. 

I^ote. — The  remaining  sub-genera,  composing  the  tribe  of  the 
DermegUni,  are  furnished  with  a  single  frontal  ocellus,  which  is 
absent  in  DermaHes. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


538  CLASS  YIU. 

AUagemts  Latb.  {Jfegaioma  ejiud),  Megaiama  Hebbst,  Trogo- 
derma  Latb.,  Timias  Stbph.,  AnihrenMU  Gboffb.  (ByrrkuM  L. 
ezclusiye  of  species),  Trinode8  Meg. 

Sp.  AiUkrenMi  WMueorum,  JkrmaUt  (and  ^yrrfttif)  mmteonm  L.,  Pavssr 
JhuUckL  Int.  Heft  loo.  Tab.  i,  ^tubm  DetamJU.  Im.  n.  Tab.  37.  The 
lanra  is  haiiy ;  paiiicnlarij  then  are  bandies  of  long  hain  at  the  posterior 
extremity,  with  dart-shaped  points  Teiy  elegant  nnder  the  microecope. 

Byrrhus  anct.  (species  of  Byrrhus  L).  Antennae  incrassated 
towards  the  apex,  or  clavate,  with  club  distinctly  articulate.  Man- 
dibles denticulate.  Maxillae  with  two  laciniae.  Palps  incrassated  at 
the  apex,  truncated.  Head  small,  received  in  thorax.  Feet  con- 
tractile, with  tarsi  replicate  towards  the  tibiae,  and  tibiae  upon  the 
femora.    Tarsi  with  five  joints.     Body  gibbous. 

Sp.  B^rrhm  pHida'Ij.,  Panzbb  DetdMchl.  Int.  Heft  4,  Tab.  3,  SruBM 
DevBttehl.  Ins.  n.  Tab.  33,  Ac. 

Cj/tUtu  Ebichs.  Palps  with  last  joint  acuminate.  Antennae 
clavate. 

Sp.  Byrrhnt  variui  Fabb.,  Pahzkb  DentsehL  Int.  Heft  31,  Tab.  3. 

Lvmmchua  Ziegl. 
No9odendron  Latb. 

Agathidium  Illig.  Antennae  with  eleven  joints,  clavate.  Man- 
dibles strong,  arcuate.  Maxillae  with  two  lobes.  Palps  filiform. 
Head  nutant.  Abdomen  with  six  ventral  segments.  Elytra  en- 
tirely covering  abdomen.  Feet  somewhat  slender,  with  tarsi  of 
posterior  feet  in  males,  sometimes  also  of  middle  or  of  all  the  feet  in 
females,  quadriarticulate.    Body  contractile  into  a  ball. 

Compare  on  this  genus  and  its  division  Ebichsoh  Naturgesch,  d.  Int. 
BtvUchl.  m.  pp.  87—134,  SrruBM  Deutschl.  Int.  11.  s.  53,  &o.  Small 
ooleoptera  living  in  fiingi  and  decaying  trees. 

Anisotoma  Knogh,  Illig. 

Note. — ^A  genus  much  resembling  the  preceding,  bat  with  body  not 
contractile  into  a  baU.  Feet  stronger,  with  tibie  spinose.  AH  the  tarsi 
in  some  five-jointed,  in  others  the  posterior  or  middle  foor-jointed,  or 
anterior  four-jointed,  middle  and  posterior  three-jointed,  the  nnmbo*  how- 
ever not  differing  with  the  sex.  Ebiohbok  1.  1.  p.  44,  whom  see  on  the 
division  of  this  genus. 

Pausua  L.  AntennsB  large,  very  broad,  with  somewhat  few 
joints,  sometimes  only  with  two  or  three,   the  last  veiy  large. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  539 

Palps  large,  exsert.     Elytra  truncated.    Tarsi  short,  with  first  joint 
minute.    Body  oblong,  depressed.    Abdomen  broader  than  thorax. 

Small  ooleopten,  with  almost  the  habit  of  Jffitpa  or  A  lurmu,  exotic,  often 
met  with,  as  it  seems,  in  ants'  nests.  Taksmvb  first  founded  the  genus  in 
A.  Dahl  Biffis  Iruectorum  1775,  AmomU.  Academ.  viii.  p.  307.  Compare 
Ajzklius  TrofMouA.  of  ike  Linn,  Soc.  YoL  iv.  p.  343,  &c.  and  Wkst- 
wooD  ibid.  Vol.  ZTI.  pp.  607—684,  PI.  33,  and  his  Arean.  Enlom.  ii. 
pp.  I— 13,  37—40,  73—80,  361—190. 

A.  Head  supplied  posteriorly  with  a  neck. 

Cerobpterus  Swed.  Antennse  with  ten  joints,  dub  with  nine 
joints. 

Compare  N.  S.  Swedkbus  in  Vdentk.  Ahad.  nya  Handb.  1788,  p.  303. 

PerUapkUarthrua  Westw.  Antennie  with  seven  or  six  joints, 
club  elongate,  broad,  with  five  joints. 

Pau8SU8  L.  Antennse  with  two  or  three  joints,  club  broad,  exar- 
ticulate. 

Sp.  Pau$»u8  mieroeephahu  L.,  Amoen,  Acad.  vin.  Tab.  vi.  figs.  6 — 10; 
— Paussut  thoracictu  DoNOV.,  Pauu.  irigonicomu  Latb.,  Oen,  cnut,  et 
Ins.  I.  Tab.  xi.  fig.  8,  &c. 

B.  Head  immersed  in  thorax. 

Hyhtorvs  Dalm.  Antenn»  with  two  or  three  joints,  club 
exarticulate,  lanceolate,  incurved,  acuminate.  Head  furnished  with 
two  conical  tubercles  (ocelli )). 

Sp.  HyUAoT,  hwepkaluM  Gtllenh.  in  Sohoehh.  B^,  Int,  i.  3,  App,  Tab.  Ti. 


Heterocerus  Bosc.  Antennae  inserted  under  the  lateral  margin 
of  firons,  with  eleven  joints,  first  two  large,  broad,  two  following 
small,  rest  transverse,  dilated,  forming  an  elongated  club.  Head 
received  within  thorax  almost  to  the  eyes.  Mandibles  porrect,  den- 
ticulate. Palps  filiform.  Body  oblong,  depressed,  pubescent. 
Tibia,  especially  anterior,  spinose.    Tarsi  quadriarticulate. 

Sp.  ffderooena  marginatuB  Fabb.,  Dum^il  Com.  gin.  9.  I.  Ins.  PL  7,  fig.  7, 
Pakzib  DetOsefd.  Ina.  Heft  93,  Tab.  I3,  ke.  Small  insects,  the  laiig;est 
species  of  which  is  scarcely  more  than  2'"  long,  and  which  in  all  their  states 
fire  in  passages  near  the  edge  of  the  water.  On  the  internal  structure 
compare  LioN  BuFOUB  Ann.  de$  Se.  natur.  ae  S^rie  I.  Zoolog.  p.  60  and 
foUowing,  with  figures. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


540  CLASS  yui. 

Dryopa  Oliv.,  Pamus  Fabe.  Antennae  frontal,  very  short, 
with  ten  or  eleven  joints,  anriculate,  with  second  joint  large,  cover- 
ing the  rest.  Mandibles  not  exsert.  Maxillae  with  two  laciniae, 
the  internal  not  broader  than  the  external.  Tarsi  with  five  joints, 
the  last  joint  and  claws  strong.    Bodj  pubescent  and  pilose. 

Helichus  Ebichson,  Dryopa  Leach,  Poflrygrus  EaiCHa,  Pamua 
Fabr.,  Erichs. 

Sp.  Dryops  aurieulatua  Oliy.,  Latb.,  Pamui  prUifericornia  Fabb.,  Panisb 
DetOtcM,  Ins.  Heft  13,  Tab.  i,  Cuv.  JL  Ant,,  id.  ill.,  Ins.  PL  37,  fig.  5  ; 
1^'"  long^  black-brown,  feet  brown,  coYered  with  a  silky  glistering  felt : 
this  insect  lives  at  the  bottom  of  fresh  water,  amongst  the  roots  of  water- 
plants. 

Potamophilvs  Germar,  Hydera  Latr. 

Elmia  Latr.  Antennae  mostly  with  eleven  joints,  filiform  or 
scarcely  incrassated  towards  the  apex.  Maxillae  with  two  homy 
laciniae,  the  external  narrow,  palpiform.  Feet  elongate,  tarsi  with 
five  joints. 

Sub-genera:  Limniua  Muell.,  Erichs.,  Stenelmia  Leon  Dufoub, 

Macronychu8  Mtjell.,  Latr.     Antemm  sexarticulate,  with  last 
joint  oval,  forming  capitulum. 

Sp.  Macron,  quadrituberctdatua,  Gbbmab  Faun.  Ins.  Ewr.  z.  Tab.  4,  Qu^rin 
Icon.,  Ins,  PL  30,  fig.  4. 

Georissua  Latr.  Antennas  short,  with  nine  joints,  clavate, 
with  club  globose,  triarticulate.  Head  nutant.  Body  globose, 
apterous.     Elytra  connate.     Tarsi  with  four  joints. 

Fig.  Panzeb  DeiUschZ.  Ins.  Heft  6a,  Tab.  5,  Gebmab  Faun.  Ins.  Eur. 
Fasc.  r5,  Tab.  3,  GuiaiN  Icon.,  Ins.  PI.  10,  fig.  5  &c.  Small  insects, 
scarcely  ^'"  long,  living  on  the  banks  of  rivers  and  streams. 

Family  LXI.  Palpicomia,  AntennsB  short,  with  six  to  nine 
joints,  inserted  in  a  deep  sinus  under  the  lateral  margin  of  head, 
terminated  by  a  club  perfoliate  or  solid.  Palps  filiform,  unequal, 
labial  shorter,  maxillary  nearly  of  the  length  of  antennae  or  some- 
times longer  than  antennas.  Body  gibbous,  mostly  hemispherical 
or  oval.     Mentum  large,  clypeiform. 

Sphcerulium  Fabr.  Maxillary  palps  nearly  of  the  length  of 
antennse,  with  four  joints,  the  first  small,  the  second  incrassated, 
obconical.     MaxillsB  with  two  laciniaB  membranous  or  coriaceous. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  541 

First  joint  of  tarsi  equalling  or  surpassing  the  second  in  length. 
Antennae  with  nine  or  eight  joints,  the  first  elongate,  the  last  three 
incrassated,  forming  a  club.     Body  ovate  or  orbicular. 

Sub-genera :  Cercyon  Leach  {Gercy<m  and  Trichopoda  Brull^), 
Sphceridium  Fabr.  (in  part),  Cyclonotvm  D£r.  {CcdosUyma  Brull^). 

Sp.  Sphceridium  acarabcBOldes  Fabb.,  DermeHes  tcarabceoidea  L.,  Yoet  Chleopt. 
I,  Tab.  $2,  fig.  I,  Panzeb  Deutschl.  Int.  Heft  6,  Tab.  i,  Stubh  DeuttcU. 
Faun.,  Ins,  Tab.  xxi.  &c.  These  insects  liye  on  the  land  in  dung.  Other 
spedee  live  under  wet  moss,  or  in  muddy  ground. 

Hydrophilua  Geoffr.,  Fabr.  Maxillary  palps  with  second 
joint  not  incrassated.  Maxillae  with  two  coriaceous  laciniee.  First 
joint  of  tarsi  very  short,  connate  with  the  second.  Antennae  with 
eight  or  nine  joints.     Body  ovate.     Thorax  broader  posteriorly. 

A.  WHk  anteMUB  of  nine  joinU. 
I.     With  sternum  caainate. 

Hydrophilus  Fabr.  (in  part),  Hydrophilua  and  Hydrchiua  Leach. 

Sp.  HifdrophtluM  pioeua  Fabb.,  Dytiscus  pieeue  h.,  Dum^il  Oons.  gSn.  s.  I, 
Ins.  PL  6,  fig.  9,  Panzkb  Deutschl.  Ins.  Heft  no,  Tab.  12  ;  the  largest 
species  of  this  genus  1}  to  1}  inches  long,  pitch-black,  shining,  the 
antenna  and  feelers  red-brown ;  the  thorax  terminating  in  a  sharp  point 
between  the  hind-feet  This  beetle  lives  in  fresh  water,  and  feeds  especiaUj 
as  perfect  insect,  yet  also  as  larva,  on  water-slugs,  and  swims  very  quickly. 
The  abdomen  is  covered  beneath  with  a  stratum  of  air,  as  though  with 
silver.  This  air  (a  provision  for  respiration)  is  renewed  by  the  beetle,  by 
means  of  air-bubbles  taken  up  on  his  antenns,  which  he  brings  from  time 
to  time  to  the  surface  of  the  water  (Nitzsoh  in  Rsil'b  Arckiv  f.  d. 
Physiol,  z.  p.  440).  The  female  spins  for  her  eggs  an  oblong,  pod-shaped 
nest  of  a  ydlow-brown  colour,  terminating  above  in  a  little  curved  horn, 
which  floats  on  the  water  amongst  the  duckweed.  In  this  the  eggs  lie  in 
regular  order.  The  young  larvse,  some  time  after  they  have  come  forth 
perforate  this  web,  and  cast  themselves  into  the  water.  See  Ltonet  in  his 
translation  of  Lbsseb,  ThkHogie  des  Ins.  I.  p.  159,  fig.  zvi.  and  Ouvrage 
posthwne,  pp.  133 — 151,  PI.  13 ;  compare  also  Miokb,  Ann.  du  Mus. 
d^Sist,  not,  XIV.  pp.  441—459,  PI.  28.^Bydrophilus  scarabaoUies  Fabb., 
{BydrMus)  Pakzbb  Deutschl,  Ins.  Heft  67,  Tab.  11,  &c. 

3.     With  sterwum  simple. 

CyUidium  Erighson. 

B.  Wilh  antewncB  of  eight  joints, 
Berosvs,  Laccobius,  Limr^ebius  Leaoh. 

Helophcyrus  Illig.  {Elophorua  Fabr.).  Maxillae  with  two  cori- 
aceoiis  lacinisB.    Maxillary  palps  with  second  joint  not  incrassated. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


542  CLASS  VIII. 

First  joint  of  tarsi  veiy  short,  strictly  connate  with  second,  last 
elongate.  Antennae  with  seven  to  nine  joints.  Body  oblong.  Thorax 
narrowed  towards  the  base. 

Sub-genera:  HydrcBna  Kuo.,  0ehikebiu8  Leach,  Eydrochui 
Gesicab,  Hdophonis  Iluo. 

Sp.  Hdoph,  ffrandis  Illio.,  JSloph.  aquaUctu  Fabb.,  Dum^bil  Cons.  ffSn,  s.  I. 
Int.  PI.  6,  ^.  S,  Sturm  DeuUehX,  Faun.,  In$.  z.  Tab.  119,  fig.  A  &c. 

Spercheus  Fabr.  Maxilla  with  external  lacinia  homy,  palpi- 
form,  acuminate,  incurved,  ciliated  internally,  with  internal  lacinia 
coriaceous,  pilose  at  the  apex.  First  joint  of  tarsi  not  less  than 
second,  last  elongate,  equalling  the  first  four  in  length.  Antennae 
short,  thick,  sex-articulate. 

Sp.  Sperckem  emarginahu  Fabb.,  Panzbb  DetUmM.  Ins.  Heft  91,  Tab.  4, 
Stdbh  L  1.  IX.  Tab.  114,  Cuv.  R.  Ani,  id,  iU.,  Int.  PI.  38,  fig.  4;  3" 
long,  dull  brown,  very  convex  on  the  back ;  head-shield  excised  in  finmt : 
this  little  beetle  creeps  upon  the  roots  of  water-plants. 

Tbu  genus  forms  the  transition  to  the  following  family,  and  from  the  fonn 
of  the  under-jaws  belongs  to  the  neighbourhood  of  Gyriaut. 

Family  LXII.    HydrocarUharina  or  Dytiadna.    Maxillas  homy, 
with  external  lacinia  palpiform,  articulate.     Mandibles,  as  to  the 
greatest  part,  covered.     Four  posterior  feet  natatory,  two  posterior 
remote  from  the  rest.     Body  oval ,  thorax  broad,  transverse. 
A.     Abdomen  composed  of  six  segments. 

OyrinuB  Geoffr.,  L.  AntennsB  shorter  than  head,  fusiform, 
with  nine  joints,  auriculate  at  the  base.  Eyes  divided  by  the 
lateral  margin  of  head  into  two  parts  quite  separate.  Anterior 
feet  long,  porrect ;  four  posterior  feet  short,  broad.  Elytra  poste- 
riorly rotundate,  not  covering  the  apex  of  abdomen. 

Sub-genera:  Orectochiltis  Eschsch.,  Cybister  Esghsch.  (Oyretes 
Brull^),  Dineutes  Mao  L.  {Cydous  Esghsch.,  Dij.),  Gyrinus^  Erir 
hydrus  Laporte.  Comp.  Aunouiir  et  Brull]£  Hist.  not.  des  Ins,  v. 
pp.  234—242. 

Sp.  Oyrinut  nataior  L.,  Rosel  Int.  in.  Tab.  xzxi.,  Pakzkb  DeuttckL  Int. 
Heft  3,  Tab.  5,  Ahbkns  et  Gkbmab  Faun.  Int.  Bump.  n.  Thh.  5 ;  the 
male  1'",  the  female  5'"  long,  blue-black,  shining ;  the  shields  are  stippled 
in  longitudinal  rows.  These  whirling  beeUet  make  their  appearance  early  in 
spring  in  fresh  water,  revolving  in  orcles  on  the  sur&oe  of  the  water  with 
much  rapidity.  On  the  least  alarm  they  (tive  suddenly  below.  Several  other 
European  species  are  figured  in  Ahrens  and  Gkbmab  Faun.  Int.  Eur. 
Tab.  n. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  543 

In  OrtdocKUui  (O^rirnu  viUotus  Fabb.,  Stdbx  DeuUchl.  Ins,  x.  Tab. 
317)  the  outermost  palpiform  lobe  of  the  under-jaws  is  wanting,  and  thus 
they  have  only  one  feeler.  80  also  in  many  large  exotic  Bpedea.  Hence 
thia  character  of  the  family  is  not  constant^  but  the  agreement  of  habitut 
does  not  permit  these  species  to  be  placed  elsewhere. 

B.     AbdoTnen  eompoged  0/ seven  segments^  the  first  three  connate. 

Dyttscus  L.  ^exclusive  of  the  HydropMKy  Dytwcus  Geoffr.). 
Antennae  longer  than  head,  filiform  or  setaceous,  with  eleven  joints. 
Eyes  marginal.  Head  retracted  within  thorax  as  far  as  the 
posterior  margin  of  eyes.  Posterior  coxbb  ample.  Maxillse  arcuate, 
acuminate ;  external  maxillary  palps  with  last  joint  oval,  larger, 
thicker  or  truncated. 

Compare  G.  F.  Ebichsoh  Gtnera  Dytkwrum  Berolini,  1834  ;  ejusd.  DU 
K&fer  der  Mark  Brandenburg,  I.  p.  140,  Ac 

A«    All  the  tarsi  with  five  joints,  anterior  of  males  patellate. 

Dyttscus  Clairv.,  nob.     (Sub-genera :  Cyhister  Curtis,  AcUius 
Leach,  Hydaticus  Leach,  Dyttscus  Leach,  Ebichs.) 

Sp.  Dytitcui  marginal^  L.,  Rosbkl  Int.  n.  Tn»,  Aguat,  CL  i.  Tab.  i,  Ltokbt 
Omfr.  podh.  PL  zi.  figs.  1—8,  Stubm  DetOacM.  Fauna,  Int,  vm.  Tab.  185, 
i86|  D&riAN  et  Aub^  Jconogr.  et  BUt.  not,  dea  Coleopt.  d^ Europe,  Tom.  v. 
PI.  5,  figs.  3,4;  15'"  long,  feet  and  body  red-brown,  thorax  and  shield- 
ooyers  gleaming  black,  a  yellow-brown  border  along  all  the  sides  of  the 
thorax  and  along  the  outer  edge  of  shield-coyers ;  the  female  {Dytieeue 
aemietriaiut  L.)  has  longitudinal  furrows  on  the  shield-covers  more  than  half 
their  length.  The  females  also  of  other  species  are  distinguished  by  simi- 
larly striated  elytra,  although  in  some  of  these  females  with  smooth  shield- 
covers  occur.  The  first  three  joints  of  the  tarsi  of  the  fore-feet  form  in  the 
male  a  round  disc  which  is  haired  on  the  margin,  and  supplied  with  suckers 
helow.—DjfHscue  {ActUut)  atdeaiue  L,,  Panzeb  DeuUchl,  Ins.  Heft  31, 
Tab.  9,  10,  Stubx  L  1.  Tab.  189,  &c. 

The  larvs  of  these  water-beetles  have  a  large  oval  head,  armed  with 
strong  curved  jaws,  three  pairs  of  thin  haired  feet,  and  two  appendages  at 
the  hind  part  of  the  body  subservient  to  respiration.  They  are  very  vora- 
cious, and  like  the  larvsB  of  libellse  are  incessantly  on  the  hunt  for  other 
water-insects.  The  nymphs  lie  concealed  in  the  ground  under  the  water, 
Tlie  perfect  insects  breathe  on  the  surface  of  the  water,  by  extending  the 
abdomen  above  it,  and  rainng  the  shield-covers  a  little,  whilst  the  head 
is  kept  under. 

The  intestinal  canal  does  not  undergo  any  remarkable  change  in  the 
metamorphosis.  The  four  vessels  that  secrete  urine  are  especially  long, 
the  rectum  has  a  lateral  appendage,  membranous  and  folded.  Below  the 
rectum  are  the  openings  of  vessels  which  secrete  a  milky  fluid.  Ramdohb 
Ahhandl.  Hb.  d.  VerdauungmBerJa,  s.  79—83,  Tab.  n.  figs.  1—5,  L^K 
DuFOUB,  Ann.  dee  Sc.  not.  in.  PI.  10,  fig.  8. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


544  CLASS  viii. 

B.  All  the  tarsi  with  five  joints.  Fint  three  joints  of  anterior  tani  in 
males  broad,  transverse. 

Colymbetea  Clairv.   Scutellum  oonspicuoua.  (Sub-genera :  Coiym- 
betes,  ffyUtis  Ebichs.,  Agahua  Leach,  Ebichs.) 

Sp.    Dyi.  fuacut  L.,  Panzeb  Deuischl.  Int,  Heft  86,  Tab.  5,  GlaibviIiLE 
Entom.  helvet.  n.  PI.  2g,  fig.  B,  &c. 

Laccophilua  Leach.     Scutellum  covered.     Aifteniue  tliiii,  seta- 
ceous. ^ 

Sp.  Dyt,  hyalinui  De  Geeb,   LaccopkUiLS  minutua  Stubh,  I>yt.  obscwrus, 
Pakzeb  DeuUcM.  Ins,  Heft  26,  Tab.  3,  &o, 

Noterua  Clairv.  Scutellum  covered.  Antennse  incrassated  in  the 
middle  (especially  in  males). 

Sp.  Dyi,  ercusicomtB  Fabb.,  &c. 

G.  Anterior  tarsi  in  both  sexes  subeqnal.  (First  and  seoond  pairs  of 
feet  with  tarsi  of  four  joints,  the  penultimate  joint  obsolete  or  concealed.) 

Hyphydrua  (Ilug.,  Gyllenh.  Sp.  of  Hydradvna  Fabr.),  Hydro- 
poms  Clairv. 

Sp.  Dytisc.  palvstrii  L.,  Dyt.  Ut/wnOtu  Pakzeb  DeiUtdU.  Ins.  Heft  14,  Tab.  4 ; 
—Dyt,  rufifrom  Duftsohm.,  Stubm  1. 1.  n.  Tab.  407,  fig.  a,  &c. 

PeloUus  ScHOENH.,  Erichs,     (Spccies  of  Hydrcuilina  Fabr., 

Hygrohia  Lath.)     Antennse  filiform,   short,   with  eleven  joints. 

Head  sub-exsert,  with  eyes  somewhat  prominent.    Labnim  emar- 

ginate.     Thorax  very  short,  much  broader  than  head.     Posterior 

coxae  narrow.      Tarsi  all  with  five  joints,  slender.      Scutellum 

distinct. 

Sp.  PelcbiuB  ffermanni,  ffydrachna  Hermanni  Fabb.,  Panzeb  DeuUchl.  Int. 
Heft  10 1,  Tab.  i,  Stubm  1. 1.  vui,  Tab.  loo. 

Haltplvs  Latr.  Antennse  scarcely  longer  than  head,  filiform, 
thin,  with  ten  joints.  Labrum  entire,  with  margin  ciliated.  Pos- 
terior coxfle  narrow,  covered  by  an  orbicular  plate.  All  the  tarsi 
with  five  joints.  (External  maxillary  palps  with  last  joint  narrow, 
subulate). 

Sp.  Saliplw  r^ficoaia,  Dyt,  ruJicoUit,  Db  Gbeb  Int,  iv.  Tab.  16^  fig.   9, 
Panzbb  DeuttOU,  Int.  Heft  14,  ^.  10. 

Cnemidotus  Illig.,  Ebichs. 

Note, — Differs  from  ffaliplua  in  the  last  joint  of  external  maxillary  palps 
being  greater,  conioal.  Sp.  ffaliplut  ccetut  Gtllsnh.,  Panzkb  DewttM. 
Int,  Heft  14,  Tab.  7,  D^jbak  et  AuBig,  lixm^ygr,  v.  PL  3,  fig.  2,  ^ 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  545 

Family  LXIII.  Carahtcina  {Adephaga  terrestria,  Carahici  and 
CtcindeletcB  Latr.).  Palps  six;  maxillae  with  double  palp  (ex- 
ternal lacinia  palpiform).  Mandibles  exsert.  MaxillsB  incurved  at 
the  apex.  Antennae  thin,  filiform.  Body  mostly  oblong,  with 
thorax  cordate,  oval  or  quadrate.  Abdomen  composed  of  six  seg- 
ments, the  three  first  connate. 

A  numerous  family,  in  which  D^tean  in  1839  distinguished 
nearly  2,800  species,  and  which  with  Linn.£US  consisted  of  two 
genera  Ca/rabas  and  Cicindela  numbering  together,  in  the  last 
edition  of  the  Si/stema  Natv/rce,  only  57  species. 

Compare  G.  db  Patkull  Monographia  ccurabwwn  SuecicB,  Upsalise,  1 790, 
8yo;  Glaibville  Entomol,  Belv^tique,  voL  2,  Zuric,  1806,  Svo ;  F.  A. 
BoNSLLi  OhservtUUmB  entamologiquet,  4to,  1809,  {AeaaUm.  des  Sc.de  Turin) ; 
DiJEAN  Specia  gifUral  des  CoUoptirea  d' Europe,  Tom.  i — iv.  Paris,  1849— 
183 1,  Svo,  &c 

Phalanx  I.  Ligula  porrect  (often  augmented  by  lateral  ap- 
pendages or  paraglossse).  Apex  of  maxilla  (with  few  exceptions) 
without  hook  distinct,  articulate.  Labial  palps  with  three  joints, 
set  upon  labium  by  means  of  a  peduncle  elongate,  immoveable. 
Head  not  broader  than  thorax,  mostly  narrower.  Many  species 
apterous.  {Carahtcina  in  the  stricter  sense,  Carahidce  Leach, 
Westw.) 

Running-heedes,  earthrbeetles.  Most  of  the  species  live  under- 
ground, imder  stones,  under  bark  of  trees.     They  run  very  swiftly. 

The  oesophagus  is  at  its  origin  narrow,  but  it  soon  expands 
hu'g^lyi  ^  ^his  crop  succeeds  the  muscular  stomach  and  a  long 
narrow  stomach  beset  with  villi,  at  the  inferior  extremity  of  which 
the  four  vessels  secreting  urine  are  implanted.  The  small  intestine 
is  short,  the  rectum  oval  and  wide.  Ramdohr,  op.  dt.  pp.  82 — 84, 
Tab.  III.  figa  7,  8,  Tab.  xxv.  fig.  2,  LioN  Dupour  Arm,  des  Sc.  not, 
n.  PI.  20,  21. 

The  larvse  have  a  longitudinal  body,  divided  into  twelve  rings, 
without  counting  the  head.  The  first  ring  (prothorctx)  is  homy ; 
the  last  has  two  conical,  homy,  or  membranous  appendages.  The 
head  has  strong  jaws,  six  simple  eyes  on  each  side,  and  two  antennsd 
consisting  of  four  joints.  The  six  feet  are  of  moderate  length,  with 
two  booklets  at  the  extremity. 

See  fi^rnres  of  the  larva  of  Carah,  awroniteiu,  Cwrab.  hortentis,  Carab. 
depretam,  and  Cychnu  rodraiut  in  O.  Ukkb,  Obierv.  tniam.  Tab.  I.  11.  and 

VOL.  I.  35 


Digitized  by 


Google 


546  CLASS  YUI. 

some  others  carefiilly  collected  and  pnbHshed  by  WtsiwOOD,  Jfodem 
€fla$i\fication,  i.  pp.  64 — 71. 

A,  External  nuunllary  palpi  mibulate  at  the  apex,  wUk  pewiMmaU 
jwid  dbconieal,  laet  coniedL 

BemMdium  Latr.  External  maxillaiy  and  labial  palps  abraptly 
subulate,  with  last  joint  very  small,  thin.  Elytra  entire.  Anterior 
tarsi  of  male  with  two  first  joints  dilated.  Anterior  tibiae  excised 
at  the  inner  margin.     Thorax  mostly  cordate  or  subcordate. 

Bembidium  JUwipes  Latb.,  Cieindda  Jtavipee  L.,  Panzxb  Deutsckt.  Im. 
Heft  ao,  Tab.  2,  Guv.  R.  Ant.  Sd.  iU,,  In».  PL  25,  fig.  9  :—BenUnd.  qvadn- 
guttatum,  Carab.  quadriguttatus  Fabb.,  Pakzsb  Deut§ehl,  Ine,  Heft  40, 
Tab.  5,  Duicfo.  Cone,  gin,  s.  I,  Ins,  PI.  i,  fig.  6,  kc. 

Note. — Here  belong  sub-genera  CiUenum  Lbaoh,  Blemtu  Zaah,,  7VK%f- 
put  Mbobblb,  Lopha,  Ltjct,  Bembidium,  Notaphfu,  and  Taehys  ejuad. 
Compare  D&riAK  S^.  gin.  d.  Col.  v.  pp.  31 — 194. 

liochnophorua  Dij. 

Trechua  Clairy.  External  maxillary  palps  with  last  joint 
acuminate,  conical,  larger,  of  the  same  breadth  at  the  base  as  the 
penultimate  joint.  Anterior  tarsi  of  male  with  two  first  joints 
dilated,  triangular.    Anterior  tibias  emarginate  internally. 

Sp.  Trechm  rubens,  Carabtte  minutut  Fabb.,  Panzbb  J>eiUtchl.  Int.  Heft  73, 
Tab.  6  (Oarab,  tempeetivue),  CLAiBvniiJi  Entam.  hdv.  11.  Tab.  n.  fig.  6, 
B,  &c. 

Anophihalmua  SoHMnyr. 

Sp.  AnophthalfMU  Sehmiddi  Stubm  D.  Fauna,  Ine.  XV.  Tikb.  303 ;  3'"  long, 
wingless,  and  without  eyes. 

B.  External  maailUxirypaipi  not  iubulate,  ufith  last  joint  a^ 
or  truncated. 

t  Anterior  tibia  not  emarginate  on  the  internal  nde. 

Elaphrua  Fabr.  Labrum  entire.  External  maxillary  and  labial 
palps  filiform,  with  last  joint  elongate,  truncated.  Anterior  tibi» 
with  two  terminal  spines,  the  one  inserted  at  the  apex,  the  other 
before  the  apex.  Eyes  globose,  somewhat  prominent.  Body  ob- 
long.   Anterior  tarsi  of  male  with  first  joints  dilated. 

Sp.  Baphrui  ripaHui,  Cicindela  riparia  L.,  Paitzeb  DeuUehl.  Ine.  Heft  fto, 
Tab.  I,  DuxtoL  Cone.  gin.  s.  I.  Ine.  PI.  4,  fig.  6,  &c. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INBECTA.  647 

Blethisa  Bokelli  (Blethisa  and  Fdophila  D£r.). 

NotiophUua  Dumebil.     Labrum  rotundate.     Anterior  tarsi  of 
nude  with  £urst  joints  scarcely  dilated 

Sp.  Elaphnu  agucUicut  Fabu,,  Vtcindda  aquoHea  L.,  Pakzsb  DeuUchl.  Ins. 
Heft  ^o,  Tfcb.  3. 

Chncphron  Lats.,  Scolytua  Fabr«  Labrum  transverse,  slightly 
bisinnate.  Anterior  tarsi  of  male  with  two  first  joints  dilated, 
densely  spongy  beneath.  Body  subglobose,  with  thorax  short, 
transverse,  covering  scutellum.     Feet  elongate,  thin. 

8p.  Omophron  limbaiwm,  JjATBl.,  DmiiaaL  Oon».  gin,  s,  I.  Im.  PI.  i,  fig.  i, 
Sturm  D.  Fauna,  Int.  vn.  Tab.  184.  (Genus  allied  to  the  Dytuci; 
DssXAUBT  has  observed  the  larva ;  see  SiUBM  Tab.  dt.) 

Nebria  Latr. 

ui^p{9U«  BONISLU. 

Leistus  Froelich,  Pogcmophorus  Latr. 

Sp.  Leiihu  tpinibarbis,  Carah.  apinibarhit  F^BK.,  Paztzib  DeuUchZ.  In$, 
Heft  89,  Tab.  a,  Stubu  D.  Pawna,  Ins.  m.  Tab.  70,  &c. 

Carabus  L.,  (in  part).  Labrum  bilobed,  sinuate  in  the  middle. 
Labial  and  external  maxillary  palps  elongate,  exsert,  with  last 
joint  obconical  or  subsecuriform.  Tibi»  with  two  terminal  spines. 
Anterior  tarsi  of  male  with  four  first  joints  dilated,  spongy  beneath. 

Ccdosoma  Webeb,  Fabb.  Labrum  deeply  sinuate  in  the  middle. 
Mentum  with  lateral  lobes  exceeding  the  middle  process.  Thorax 
short,  transversely  obcordate.  Abdomen  quadrate,  with  rounded 
angles.     Wings  mostly  distinct. 

Sp.  Caircbtma  tycophanta  L.,  Yoet  Col,  I.  Tab.  37,  fig.  3a,  "DxntiBJL,  Cons, 
ffin.  s.  I.  In$.  PI.  I,  fig.  4,  Stubm  jD.  Fauna,  Int.  m.  Tab.  66,  fig.  a. 
Ooe  of  our  meet  beautiful  native  insects,  nearly  one  inch  long ;  head  and 
feet  black,  thorax  violet-steel  coloured,  the  shield-covers  gold-green  and 
striated.  Both  in  the  state  of  larva  and  beetle  it  belongs  to  the  useful 
insects  from  devouring  various  kinds  of  caterpillars.  See  Bj^umttb  Mim, 
n.  pp.  455—458,  PI.  37,  figs.  14—19,  Ratzkb.  Font-Int,  i.  pp.  aa — 14, 
46,  2y,  Tab.  i,  fig.  1 1. 

Carabus  La.tr.  Labrum  broadly  sinuate  in  the  middla  Mentum 
with  middle  triangular  process  extending  beyond  the  lateral  lobes. 
Thorax  quadrate,  with  margins  rounded,  or  obcordata  Abdomen 
oval.     Wings  either  none  or  unfit  for  flight. 

35—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


548  CLASS  vrii. 

8p.  Carahia  emraitu  L.,  Voir  CoUopt.  i.  Tab.  36,  fig.  ^9,  Pafier  DevttehL 
fns.  Heft  81,  Tab.  4,  BruiiM  D.  Fauma,  Int.  m.  Tab.  55  ;  Carab.  graMu- 
laiui  L.  {Carab,  eaneeOaJhu  Fabb.),  Pahzkb  DentKld.  Int,  Heft  85, 
Tab.  I,  Ac. 

Procrugtea  BoNELLi.  Labmm  trilobate.  Labial  and  external 
maxillaiy  palps  exsert,  with  last  joint  secnrifomu  Mandibles 
strong,  denticulate.  Mentom  with  middle  process  truncated,  bifid. 
Anterior  tarsi  of  male  with  four  first  joints  dilated,  spongy  beneath. 
Eljtra  connate,  wings  none. 

Sp.  ProenuUi  eoriaeeus,  (Jarab,  eoriaeeus  L.,  Panzxb  DeuitekL  /lu.  Heft  81, 
Tab.  I,  Smuf  2>.  Fauna,  Ina.  m.  Tab.  54. 

Procerus  Meqerle. 

Tefflus  Leach.    (Is  this  its  place  ?) 

Cychrus  Fabr.  Labrum  deeply  bifid.  External  maxillaiy 
and  labial  palps  porrect,  with  last  joint  broad,  obtrigonal,  ex- 
cavated; internal  maxillary  palps  dilated,  cultriform.  Mandibles 
elongate,  porrect,  denticulate  internally.     Elytra  connate. 

a)  Anterior  tani  of  male  with  two  or  three  first  joints  dilated. 
Sub-genera  :  SphoBroderus  Dij.,  Seapkinottis  Latb.,  Dij. 

Compare  DitJMAJX  Spec,  gen.  d.  Col.  n.  pp.  14 — m. 

b)  AU  the  tarsi  in  both  sexes  simple. 

Cj/chrua  Lat&,  D£r. 

Sp.  Cyeknu  rotiraiut  Fabb.,  Tenebrio  rotbraltuB  L.,  Dxtk^bil  CcnM.  gin.  t.  I. 
I'M,  PI.  I,  ^.  i,  Stubm  2>.  Fawna,  Int,  m.  Tab.  53. 

Damaeter  Kollail  (Characters  of  Cychrus;  but  differs  by  labrum 
transverse,  only  slightly  sinuate,  mandibles  armed  at  the  base  with 
only  a  single  broad  tooth).  Body  elongate.  Elytra  posteriorly 
acuminate,  dehiscent  at  the  apex. 

Sp.  Damaster  hUvptoldea  Kollab,  Awn,  da  Wiener  Mutetan,  1,  pp.  333,  334, 
Tab.  31,  fig.  I.  Habitat  Japan,  from  whence  also  the  Leyden  Museum 
has  received  specimens  by  the  traveller  V.  Siebold. 

Famborus  Latr. 

1 1  Anterior  tibia  emarginate  on  the  internal  aide, 
•  Ehftra  nM  truncated  at  the  apex,  rotundate. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


TNSECTA.  549 

u)     Abdomen  continuous  toUh  thoraa:,  not  petiolate. 

a)     Tani  of  first  pair  in  males  toiih  first  two  joints,  or  thrte  dilaied, 
subquadrate,  forming  a  patella  densely  spongy  beneath. 

Badister  ClAlRV. 

Ltctmis  Latr.     External  maxillary  and  labial  palps  with  last 
joint  securiform.    Mentum  exsert  in  the  middle,  without  tooth. 

Sp.  Licinus  depressusy  Lieinus  cossyphoides,  Sturm  D.  Fauna,  Ins.  in. 
Tab.  74,  fig.  o. 

Dtccdua  BoNELU. 
Bernima  Latr. 
Oodea  Bonelli. 
Epomis  Bon.,  Latr. 
DinodeB  Bonelli,  D£r. 

Ghlceniua  BoNELLi,  GaUistus  ejusd. 
Loricera  Latr. 
Panagoeus  Latr. 

Sp.  PanagcBus  crux  major,  Carabus  crux  major  It.,  SiUBM  2>.  Fawna,  Ins,  ni. 
Tab-  73i  fig-  «>  A. 

P)    Tarsi  of  four  anterior  feet  in  males  with  three  or  four  first  joints 
dilated,  obeordate. 

Harpahia  Latr. 

Sub-genera :  Acupaipiu  Latr,  Stenolophua  Zvsah,,  Ophomu  Ziegl., 
Ha^rpcUus  Dij.,  Daptus  Fibch.,  Acinoptis  Zibol. 

Sp.  Barpalus  r^fieomis,  Carab,  rt^ficomis  Fabb.,  Pavzxb  Deutsehl,  Ins, 
Heft  30,  Tab.  3 ;  a  very  common  inflect  in  fields  and  gardens ;  it  hides 
under  stones. 

7)    Tarsi  of  first  pair  in  males  dilated,  triangular  or  obeordate, 

Zabrus  Clairv. 

Pogonvs  Ziegl. 

Tetragonoderus  Dej. 

Feronia  Latr. 

Sub-genera :  Percua  Bonelli,  Molopa  ejusd.,  Pterostichua  ejusd., 
Abax  ejusd.^  Cophoaua  Ziegl.,  Gatadromua  -^Mao  L.,  Platyama 
Bonelli,  Ama/ra  Bonelli,  Dij.,  Pcecilua.  Comp.  Latr.,  R,  AnL, 
Sec  ed,  iv.  p.  393,  Dejean  et  Boisduyal  IcoTuygraphie  iil 


Digitized  by 


Google 


650  CLASS  YIII. 

Compare  C.  ZnofXHMAnr  UA.  die  biaheriffe  Qattmmg  Amara,  in  Oian. 
Fcnmtu,  ZeiUekr,  f.  Zool,  1. 1,  s.  1—40 ;— Scmdors  in  Kboteb's  Tiddarift 
I.  pp.  39—65  And  p.  99. 

Genera:  Myaa  Ziegl.,  CepAahtes  Bonelu,  Golpodes  Mac  L., 
Bphodrvs  Claibv.,  Bon.,  Ctenipw  Latb.,  Ccdathua  Bonelu, 
Taphria  BoNELLl. 

b)    Abdomen  petioUxie.     AnienncB  ofien  hroheft^  monUifarm. 
Scaritea  Fabb. 

Add  aeveral  genera  and  sub-genera:  Apotomiua  HoFFifAir&, 
DUomua  Bonelu,  Morio  Latb.,  Dyschirius  Bonelli,  Clivina  Latb, 
CamptodarUus  Dij.,  Oxystamua  Latb.,  OxygjuUhus  Djej.,  Scarite$ 
Fabb.  in  part,  AearUhaaceUs  Latb.,  Scapterui  Di^.,  Panmackua 

BONELLL 

Sp.  Secnilet  artnariut  Fabb.,  Tenebrio  fimor  L.,  Panzbb  DeuUckl.  Iiu,  Heft 
43,  Tab.  II,  Claibyilli  £fU.  hdv,  u.  Tab.  vin.  fig.  ▲,  a. 

Careniim  BoNELLi. 
8iag<ma  Latb. 
Encdadvs  Bonelli. 
Ozcena  Oliv.,  ifortb  Latb. 

iVbte. — ^Add  flub-genera  BanUia  and  Meliiodera  WnrwoOD,  whom  see 
in  GuiBiH  MagoM.  de  Zool.  1835,  PL  133.  These  ooleoptera  fonn  the 
transition  to  the  carabiei  with  tnmcated  elytra,  with  which,  aooording 
to  the  opinion  of  some  authors,  they  wonld  be  more  ooirectly  dassed. 

*  *  Elytra  tmneeUed  at  the  apex  or  dUuae, 

Truncatipenei  Latb.  ;  a  subdivision  scarcely  to  be  defined  by  oertun 
limits,  separate  from  the  preceding  by  negatiye  characiers;  compare  WxBT- 
WOOD  Modem  Claeei/ication  i.  p.  75.  Tarsi  mostly  not  different  in  the 
sexes.    Claws  of  tarsi  often  denticiilate  beneath. 

Different  species  of  the  typical  genus  of  this  diTiaion,  Brackinus 
(Aptmua  Bonelli),  eject  for  their  defence  an  acrid  fluid  from  the 
anus,  which  presently  evaporates  with  an  explosion  and  causes  an 
inflammation  on  the  skin.     Hence  the  name  of  Bombardter-beeile, 

BoLANDKB  gave  the  first  account  of  this  peculiarity  in  the  TransactionB 
of  the  Aoa<fSmy  of  Stockholm  for  1 750.  See,  on  the  parts  which  secrete 
the  fluid,  LlfiON  DurouB,  Ann,  du  Muefum,  zvin.  1811,  pp.  70 — 81,  PL  5 
(in  Aptimu  baUiata),  and  espedaUy  Ami,  dee  So.  natur.  vm.  pp.  6--I4. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  651 

a)  External  maacUHofry  paipa  tcith  kut  jakU  ovcU,  aeumMyUe^  or 
robwndfUe, 

a)     WUk  dano8  of  tarti  timple, 

Odcxantka  Payk.,  Fabr.  Tarsi  with  fourth  joint  entire.  Head 
constricted  posteriorly.    Antennae  moderate. 

Sp.  Odacamifha  meUmura,  Audabfu  mdaMtrtu  L.,   Pahzbb  DmUsM.  In$, 
Heft  lo.  Tab.  i,  Stubm  D.  Fauna,  Int.  vn.  Tab.  178. 
Lqptatrachdut  Latb.    Sp.  Odaoaniha  dondlii  Fabk. 

CasnofUa  Latb. 

Mormolyce  Haqekb.  Antennsd  elongate,  almost  of  the  length  of 
body,  with  first  joint  thick,  clavate,  second  verj  small,  third  and 
fonrth  very  long,  cylindrical.  Head  constricted  posteriorly,  elongate. 
Elytra  marginate,  truncated  posteriorly,  with  lobes  of  margin 
romided,  produced  on  each  side  beyond  abdomen.  Tarsi  with 
joints  entire. 

Sp.  Mormolyce  phyUodei  Haobnb.,  GutiBJN  leonogr.,  Ina.  PL  6,  £g.  7.  An 
insect  of  remarkable  suse  {ii  inobes  and  more),  from  tbe  island  Java.  See 
J.  J.  HA.GXNBAOH  MormoHyce,  novum  Ooleopterorum  gen/va,  NorimbergsBi, 
1835,  8yo,  c.  Tab.  color,  (also  transferred  io  Afm,  du  8e,  nai,  Yl.  pp. 
500— 503,  PL  ai). 

Cordistes  Latr.,  Cahphwna  Klug.  Tarsi  with  four  first  joints 
cordate.    Antennae  ahnost  of  the  length  of  body. 

Species  from  Soi;iih  America,  Odaeantha  acuminakb  SoHOEHH.,  OdacaiUha 
hifaaeiata  Fabb.  &c. 

/3)     WUh  clcnoi  of  tarti  denticulaU  heneaih. 

DromivM  Bonelli,  D^.  Mentum  bilobed,  without  middle 
tooth.    Joints  of  tarsi  entire. 

Sp.  Dnmitti  guadrirnaculatut,  Corah.  guadrimaetdcUus  L.,  ftc. 

DemetrioB  Bonelli,  Dej.  Mentum  bilobed,  with  middle  tooth 
triangular,  broad,  small.    Fourth  joint  of  tarsi  bilobed. 

Sp.  DetMtrioB  dongaim  D&r.,  Carabva  ai/ricapiUui  L.,  Stubx  D,  Fanna,  Im. 
▼u.  Tab.  173,  fig.  a,  A. 

b)  External  maxiUary  pcUpa  with  Ictet  joint  eylmdricaly  or  mUh 
mcraeeated,  tnmoatecL 

a)     With  elawB  of  tarti  denticulate  beneath, 

Lebia  Latb.  Mentum  bilobed,  no  middle  tooth.  Last  joint  of 
labial  palps  secoriform. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


552  CLASS  viii. 

a.     With  fourth  joint  of  tarsi  bilobed. 

Sp.   Lebia  eyanocephalay    Carah.  cyanocephaltt*  L.,  Panzbb  Deutsckl.   Ins. 
Heft  75,  Tab.  5. 

h.    With  joints  of  tarsi  entire.     Cymindu  Latr. 

Add  sub-genera  :  Flochioma  DijEAN,  GaUeida  Dij. 

Orthogonvua  Dej. 
Coptodera  Dej. 
Ctenodactyla  Dej. 

Agra  Fabr.  Last  joint  of  labial  palps  very  broad,  securiform. 
Mentum  with  middle  tooth.  Fourth  joint  of  tarsi  bilobed.  Body 
elongate.    Head  narrowed  posteriorly.    Thorax  elongato-conical. 

Species  from  South  America.    Compare  KLua  EnUm^  Monographienf  pp.  9 
— 42,  Tab.  I.  n.  and  ni.  figs,  i,  a. 

fi)     WUh  clatDS  of  tarsi  simple, 

Brachtmia  Weber,  Fabr.  Labrum  sinuate  in  the  middle, 
broad,  short.  Mandibles  exsert,  with  two  basal  teeth.  Mentum 
with  middle  tooth  mostly  none.  Tarsi  with  joints  entire.  Thorax 
obcordate,  truncated.    Elytra  broader  than  thorax,  truncated. 

Sp.  Erachinus  crepitans  Fabr.,  Carab.  crepitans  L.,  DuiciBiL  Cons,  pifn.  s.  I. 
Ins.  PL  I,  fig.  5,  Sturm  D.  Fauna,  Ins,  vii.  Tab.  176,  &c. 

Aptinus  BcneiUi.  Mentum  furnished  with  middle  tooth.  Wings  none. 
£l3^tra  truncated  obliquely.  Sp.  Brack,  mwtilatiu  Fabr.,  Sturm  D.  Patma, 
Ins.  vn.  Tab.  175  ; — Aptinus  baUista  Illiq.,  Germar  Fowm,  Ins.  Europ. 
Fasc.  vm.  Tab.  5. 

Corsyra  Steven. 

Axinophorus  Dej. 

Eucheila  Dej. 

Cataacopus  Kirby. 

Anthia  Weber,  Fabr.  Labrum  porrect,  rotundate.  Mandibles 
large,  covered  at  the  base  by  labrum.  Mentum  with  middle  tooth 
indistinct.  Tarsi  with  joints  entire.  Thorax  obcordate,  narrow 
posteriorly.    Eyes  somewhat  prominent.    Wings  none. 

OraphiptertM  Latb.,  D^j.     Ligula  in  greatest  part  membranous. 
Body  short     Abdomen  broad,  oval,  almost  orbicular. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  653 

Anthia  Latr.,  D£j.  Ligula  homy.  Body  oblong.  Abdomen 
elongato-ovaL 

Sp.  Anthia  decemfftOkOa,  Carabut  decemffuUahu  L.,  Vosr  Col.  i.  Tab.  38, 
fig.  45»  Cuv.  R.  Am.,  ed.  ill,  Int.  PI.  18,  fig.  i  ;  habit.  Cape  of  Good 
Hope. 

Helluo  BONELLI. 

c)  External  maasiXLary  palps  vnth  kut  joint  obconical  or  sub- 
secvriform,     (Claws  qf  tarsi  simple.) 

Oalerita  Fabr.  Mandibles  little  exsert,  short.  Mentum  with 
middle  tooth.    Thorax  elongate,  obcordate. 

Zuphivm  Latb.  {Zuphiwn  P£j.  and  Folistickus  Dej.,  Bonelll) 
Joints  of  tarsi  entire. 

8p.  Oalerita  faaciolata Fabb.,  Stubm  D.  Fauna,  Ins.Yii.  Tab.  174 ;^Oalerita 
oleni  Fabb.,  Glaibv.  Ent.  hdv.  u.  PL  xvii.  fig.  a,  a,  p.  iii,  CuY.  R.  Ani., 
id.  UL,  Ins.  PI.  18,  fig.  8. 

Galerita  Latr.  Fourth  joint  of  tarsi  bifid-  (Anterior  tarsi  of 
male  serrate  internally,  with  joints  produced  into  an  auricula.) 

Sp.  Oalerita  america/na  Fabb.,  Cardb.  americanua  h.,  Ds  Geeb  /9ft.  IV.  Tab. 
17,  fig.  21,  Latbeille  Oen.  Onut.  el  Int.  Tab.  y,  fig.  2. 

Drypta  Fabr.  Mandibles  exsert,  elongate,  narrow,  incurved  at 
the  apex.  Mentum  with  no  middle  tooth.  Penultimate  joint  of 
tarsi  deeply  bilobed.    Thorax  oblong. 

Sp.  I>rypta  emarginata  Fabb.,  Panzbb  Deuttehl.  Int.  Heft  18,  Tab.  15, 
Glaibv.  Bntom.  hdv.  n.  Tab.  xvni.  p.  115,  Stubm  D.  Pamia,  Int.  vu. 
Tab.  179  ;  in  south  of  Europe  ;  lives  under  the  bark  of  trees. 

Phalanx  II.  Ligula  inflected,  concealed  under  mentum,  homy, 
with  no  paraglosssB.  Maxillae  mostly  famished  with  a  hook  apical, 
articulate.  Labial  palps  with  four  joints,  the  basilar  formed  of 
stipes  free.  Mandibles  strong,  dentate.  Head  large,  with  eyes 
globose.  Anterior  tibiae  with  internal  side  entire.  Tarsi  long,  slen- 
der.   {Gicmdelitm  Latr.,  Cicindelidce  Leach,  Westw.) 

This  division  consists  in  great  part  of  the  genus  Gicrndda  L. 
Most  of  the  species  live  in  sandy  places  and  run  very  rapidly. 
Whence  the  name  of  Samd-runnjers^  Sand-heetles.  The  intestinal 
canal  nearly  resembles  that  of  the  Garabi,  but  is  shorter ;  the 
oesophagus  is  longer. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


554  CLASS  YIII. 

Ramdohb  lib,  ek.  pp.  84 — 86,  Tab.  in.  figs,  i — 3,  g,  to,  LioN  DuiouB  Arm, 
d.  Se.  nai,  m.  PI.  10,  fig.  2  ;  both  are  figures  of  Oicindda  camjteMrit, 

The  larvsB  of  Cidndda  dig  for  themselyee  pafisages  undergTound, 
and  watch  for  their  prey  at  the  entrance  of  the  hola  They  suspend 
themselves  in  it  by  two  curved  booklets  situated  on  the  back  at  the 
eighth  ring  of  the  body.  The  head  and  the  first  segment  are  broad 
and  strong,  the  last  inversely  cordate. 

Compare  J.  A.  Wbstwood,  M6m.  pow  servir  d  rffiit.  not.  de  la  famUU  det 
(Hcmdditet.  Atm.  dea  Se,  nai.  xxn.  183 1,  pp.  399 — 317,  PL  8 ;  Eatkib. 
Font-Im.  I.  Tab.  t,  fig.  13. 

A.   MenHim  wUh  no  middle  tooth, 

CoUiuria  Latb.,  CoUyris  Fabb.  Body  narrow,  elongate.  Wings 
distinct. 

Sp.  CM.  UmgiooUii  Fabb.,  Cuv.  IL  ArU,,  id,  OL,  Im,  PI.  17,  fig.  5 ;  Java. 

IHcondyla  Latb.    Body  narrow,  elongate.    Wings  none. 

Sp.  J^ricondjfla  altera,  Oicindda  aptera  ToNBiB  Luhd,  Shrivter  of  Natwrh. 
Sdthabei  i.  1790,  Tab.  vi.,  Gufaiv  Icanoffr,,  Ina,  PL  3,  fig.  a. 

TTieKotea  Latb.    Body  oblong.    Internal  maxillary  palps  very 
short,  nniarticnlate. 

Sp.  Therattei  labiata,  Oicindda  tabida  F.,  CuvncB  R,  Ani.,  id.  iU,,  Ina.  PL 
17,  £g,  4;  habit.  Islands  of  the  Padfic  y^— 2%«pato»  htuneraUa  Mac  L., 
habit.  Java,  ftc. — Mabkna  of  Oidndda. 

R    Mentum  toith  middle  tooth, 

a)  MaxiUcB  with  no  doM)  apiccU  cbrticulate, 

Ctenostoma  Klug. 

Species  from  South  America.  Compare  Kjajq,  Sntom,  Mcnogr,  pp.  3 — 8, 
Tab.  ra.  %g.  3. 

Stenooera  Bbulli^,  PogomsUma  Klug. 

Sp.  Stenocera  degam  Bbull^  Audoudt  et  'BamiA,  Hid.  not,  d.  Ina,  Tom.  i. 
PI.  3^  fig.  3 ;  from  Madagascar. 

b)  MctooiUcB  supplied  toith  claw  apical  articulate. 

Cicindela  L.  (in  part).    Anterior  tarsi  of  male  with  three  first 
joints  dilated. 

*  PaJpa  egwU. 
Sub-genera :  (Xcindela  Latb.,  Eupresopus  Latb.^  Dij. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INSECTA.  655 

Sp.  Oidndda  hybrida  h,,  Pavzxb  DeuUchl,  Int,  Heft  85,   Tkb.  4,  Voir 
Cdeopi.  I.  Tab.  39,  fig.  t ;  f"  long,  the  onJ  organs  whitiBh-yeUow,  elytra 
and  thorax  copper-coloured ;  on  the  elytra  at  the  base  and  apex  of  each  a 
milk-white  spot  and  a  bent  transyerse  band  of  the  same  oolour  in  the 
•  middle.     On  a  fine  summer's  day  this  insect  is  frequently  seen  on  our  sand- 

hills. Oic.  mariiima  D^.  differs  from  this  species.  lofmograjplUe  et  HUlL 
neA,  de»  Col.  SEwr,  i.  PL  3,  fig.  3  }—€ficindela  campettrii  L.,  Pavzib  L  1. 
Tab.  3,  Batzisbubo  Pontt-Iiu.  I.  Tab.  i,  ^,  13,  ftc. 

*  *  Labial  palps  longer  than  manUary, 

Sub-genera :  OxycheUa  Dij.,  Megaeephala  Latb. 

MarUicora  Fabb.  Tarsi  not  different  in  the  sexes^  with  joints 
cjlindrical.  (Mandibles  ezsert,  strong.  Head  large.  Elytra 
connate.) 

Sp.  MaiUioora  fMudUoga  Fabb.^  Oicifidda  giffaiUea  Thuitb.,  Duk^bil  Com. 
gH,  f .  I.  Ina,  Tt  a,  fig.  4  ;  habitat  Cape  of  Qood  Hope. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CLASS  IX. 
ARACHNIDS  {ARACHNOIDEAy. 

The  Arachnids  were  counted  by  Linnjeus,  as  was  stated  above 
(p.  248),  to  belong  to  tbe  class  of  insects.  They  were  first  separated 
from  these  as  a  distinct  class  by  Lamarck  (1801),  who  placed  all 
the  wingless  insects  of  Linn^us,  which  undergo  no  transformation 
and  breathe  by  air-slits,  in  his  class  of  the  Arachntda^,  To  this 
then  the  myriapods,  spring-tails,  and  parasites,  would  also  belong, 
which  we  have  placed  amongst  the  insects  (pp.  288 — 303),  and 
Lamarck  accordingly  divides  his  Arackinula  into  those  which 
have  antennas,  and  those  which  are  without  these  parts.  It  is  the 
last  alone,  which  we,  following  Latreille,  refer  to  this  class. 

The  class  of  arachnids,  thus  limited,  is  a  veiy  well  defined  and 
natural  division  of  the  animal  kingdom.  The  arachnids  are  arti- 
culate animals  with  articulate  feet  or  legs  (see  pp.  33,  248)  and 
without  antennae.    The  head  is  with  them  joined  to  the  thorax,  so 


^  For  this  daas  we  cite  especially  the  following  works : 

Albih  Spiders. — Elsazab  Albir,  Natural  HitUyry  of  Spidert^  ilhatrated  with  53 
plaiet.    London,  1736,  4to. 

Clbbok  Aran. — Gaboli  Glkbok  Aranei  Sueeici  ducriptionSmt  etfgfirit  ameit  iUut- 
trati.     Stockholtniffi,  1757,  4to. 

MuKLLEB  ffydraehn.—ffydrachnoi  qtuu  in  aqui»  DanicBpalustribui  dOexit,  deaeripsU, 
pingi  et  tabulia  XL  mteis  incidi  euravit  O.  F.  Muelleb.    LipsiiB^  1781,  4to. 

Hebm.  Mhn.  apt. — MSmoire  apterologique  par  J.  F.  Hibmakn.  Ayec  9  PI.  enliun. 
Strasbourg,  1804,  foL 

Walokbh.  AramHd.--niMtoWt  naiurd  des  Araniides  par  C.  A.  Walokbkabb. 
Paris  et  Strasbourg,  1806.  (5  parts  in  ismo,  with  col.  fig.  in  the  taste  of  Pahzbb 
Deuitchl.  Ins.) 

SUNDKV.  CompecL — C.J.  Sundkvall  Oompedua  Arachnidum.  Londini  Gothomm, 
1833,   8vo. 

Hank  u.  Koch  Araehn. — C.  W.  Hank  Die  Arachniden,  gdrtu  naeh  der  Natwr 
abgebilda  1*.  baehrieben.  i,  1.  8vo.  NUmbeig,  1831— 1835;  C.  J.  Koch  Die  Arack- 
mden  (continuation  of  Hann'b  work).  Nttmberg,  1836— -1846.  3 — 11  vols. 

Koch  DeuttcMands  Arachniden,  in  HBBBiOH-ScBiBFFBB's  continuation  of  Pakueb's 
Deutsehl.  In$.  (Aeaaij, 

Koch  Uebenichl.-^C.  J.  Koch  Uebereieht  der  Arachmden-Systems.  Nttmberg,  1837 
— 1847  (4  parts  with  plates). 

Walckxn.  et  GvRT.—ffistaire  naJturdU  dee  Ineectea  aptira.  4  vol.  Paris,  1837 — 
1848.    (Suitee  d  BurrON  ekez  Robet  ;  the  first  three  parts ;  the  third  is  by  Gbbtaib.) 

'  SytUm^  dee  AnimauK  eoM  verL  p.  171. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ARACHNIDS.  557 

as  to  form  a  single  piece,  to  which  Latreille  has  given  the  name 
of  Cephahihorax :  to  this  piece  alone  are  the  feet  attached.  Be- 
hind the  cephahihorax  is  connected  with  the  abdomen,  the  second 
principal  piece  of  the  body.  A  longitudinal  arterial  heart  or  dorsal 
vessel  is  present,  and  in  many  a  more  or  less  developed  vascular 
system  for  the  circulation  of  blood.  Respiration  is  effected  either 
by  means  of  air-tubes,  as  in  insects,  or  of  lungs  in  determinate 
parts  of  the  body.  In  all,  however,  there  are  lateral  openings  or 
air-slits  (see  above,  p.  260,  261),  which  conduct  to  the  respiratory 
organs.     The  sexes  are  distinct. 

According  to  the  theory  of  Savignt,  no  oral  parts  are  present 
in  this  class,  which  correspond  to  the  upper  and  lower  jaws  of 
insects.  The  parts,  which  in  spiders  and  scorpions  are  usually 
called  upper  jaws  {mandibles) ,  are,  according  to  Savigny,  to  be 
compared  with  the  second  pair  of  auxiliary  jaws,  or  feet  changed 
into  jaws  in  the  cray-fish  and  other  ten-footed  crustaceans.  In 
some  arachnids  these  parts  undergo  such  a  change,  that  they 
assume  a  flattened  form  and  compose  a  sucker.  The  under-jaws 
which  succeed  these,  and  which  in  the  scorpions  sustain  large  shear- 
shaped  feelers,  are,  according  to  Savignt,  to  be  compared  with  the 
third  pair  of  auxiliary  jaws,  or  feet  changed  into  jaws  of  decapod 
crustaceans.  To  these,  in  the  arachnids,  four  pairs  of  feet  succeed, 
of  which  the  first  pair,  according  to  the  same  writer,  corresponds  to 
the  second  pair  of  untransformed  feet  of  decapod  crustaceans.  The 
untransformed  first  pair  of  feet  of  the  decapod  crustaceans,  the  so- 
called  chelcB  or  shears  of  cray-fish  and  crabs,  would  thus,  like  the 
proper  jaws  (mandibles),  be  wanting  in  arachnids^.  The  abdomen 
is  never  provided  with  feet. 


'  This  view,  however,  is  not  altogether  free  from  objection.  Thus  Latbsille  oon- 
sidere  the  first  pair  of  jaws  (the  upper-jaws)  of  arachnids  to  be  modified  antennse. 
[Ebiohson  rejects  this  opinion  of  LATBSiiJiB;  Bntomographien,  erstes  Heft.  Berlin, 
1840,  s.  9 ;  OwsN,  on  the  contrary,  on  the  ground  of  the  origin  of  the  nerves  distributed 
to  these  p^rts,  defends  it.  Lectures  on  Comp.  Anai.  I.  1843,  p.  2^3,  ind  edit.  p.  448.] 
Still  more  may  it  be  doubted  whether  the  first  pair  of  feet  of  arachnids  really  corresponds 
to  the  second  pair  of  unaltered  feet  in  decapod  crustaceans ;  this  comparison  may  be 
looked  on  as  merely  an  arbitrary  conception.  Bather  does  the  opinion  deserve  the 
preference,  that  these  parts  correspond  to  the  lateral  parts  of  the  under-lip.  [This 
opinion,  I  think,  was  first  offered  by  W.  Db  Haan  in  an  essay,  of  which  the  other 
propositions  appear  to  me  to  be  less  happy,  entitied:  Vergdijking  tvMcken  de  tost- 
haauw-en  hcuxgingt-werhuigen  der  geUde  diercn  in  Van  Hall,  Yrolik  and  Muldeb, 
Bijdragen  tot  de  natuurk.  Wetcnsch.  n.  1817,  bl.  134,  afterwards  by  Duqbs  Ann.  des 


Digitized  by 


Google 


558  CLASS  IX. 

The  feet  or  legs  of  arachnids  do  not  present  exactly  the  same 
tifpus  as  those  of  insects.  The^  consist  usually  of  seven  joints,  and 
are  not  thinner  towards  the  extremity,  so  that  the  tarsi  differ  less 
from  the  other  parts  than  in  insects.  K  we  suppose  that  the  two 
last  joints  belong  to  the  tarsus,  then  the  tibia  consists  of  two  joints 
of  which  the  first  in  some  is  the  longest  {e.  g.  Scorpio  and  Phrymuijy 
in  others  the  second.  The  long  joint  that  precedes  it  is  the  Jkmur 
which  succeeds  a  short,  inversely  conical  joint  corresponding  to  the 
trochanter  in  hexapod  insects.  The  first  joint,  broader,  commonly 
inversely  conical,  by  which  the  feet  are  attached  to  the  cephalo- 
thorax,  corresponds  to  the  hip  (coxa)  of  insects.  In  Pkryfius^  the 
tarsus  of  the  fore  legs  consists  of  a  great  number  of  joints  (thirty 
and  more),  of  extraordinary  fineness,  and  in  the  remaining  feet  of 
three  joints.  The  last  joint  of  the  tarsus  has  usually  two  curved 
booklets,  and  in  some  a  membranous  or  vesicular  cushion  (j[ndviUua) 
in  addition  at  the  under  side.  What  is  most  distinctive  in  the  com- 
position of  the  feet  in  arachnids,  is  the  division  of  the  tibia  into 
two  pieces.  In  PhryntAS,  the  tibia  of  the  fore-feet,  like  the  tarsus, 
consists  of  numerous  thin  joints ,-  those  of  the  second  and  third  pairs 
of  feet  of  the  usual  number,  two ;  those  of  the  fourth  pair  of  five,  of 
which  the  first  exceeds  the  rest  in  length  remarkably. 

The  ctphalothorax  often  presents  a  line  or  groove  on  each  side 
of  the  simple  eyes  placed  in  the  middle,  indicating  an  imperfect 
separation,  so  that  the  head  looks  like  a  wedge  or  triangle,  with  the 
point  turned  backwards,  upon  the  thorax.     The  upper  surfeoe  of 

Se,  not  46  S^rie,  i.  Zoolog.  p.  7,  and  by  Eriohbon,  EnUmogr,  s.  S.]    In  the  scorpions 
there  are  two  homy  triangular  plates  between  the  first  pair  of  feet,  which  may  be 
regarded  as  metUum,  a  part  wanting  in  the  rest  of  the  anachnids.    An  upper  fip 
{IdbrwaC^  is  not  present  in  these  any  more  than  in  the  rest.     According  to  this  view- 
arachnids  would  have  only  three  pairs  of  feet,  like  most  insects.    Yet  Zoology  must 
neyertheless  still  continue  to  assert  that  arachnids  have  four  pairs  of  feet,  since,  in 
reality,  four  pairs  of  jointed  appendages  of  the  cephaUthoroiX  do  always  act  as  feet 
Even  the  jaws  of  hexapod  insects  are  in  a  wider  sense  modified  feet.     Feet  and  jaws 
are  parts  having  the  same  fundamental  form.    This  is  proved  by  the  histoiy^of  develop- 
ment.  Both  these  parts  are,  according  to  the  investigation  of  Bathkb  in  the  Cray-fish, 
of  the  same  form,  and  the  dissimilarity  between  feet  and  jaws,  which  is  seen  in  perfect 
cray-fishes,  is  merely  the  consequence  of  subsequent  development  {Untertwkungtn  Hher 
die  BUdung  u.  Eniwkiodvmg  dea  Pluuhrtbws,  Leipsig,  1819,  fol.  s.  67,  68).    In  young 
and  still  imperfect  individuals  of  Cfydopt  quadricorwU,  according  to  the  figures  of 
JuBiKB,  the  upper  jaws  and  the  last  pair  of  under  jaws  serve  for  swimming,  and  have 
much  resemblance  to  the  feet  whidi  are  developed  only  at  a  later  period.    Rathks  loo. 
cit.  p.  73. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ARACHNIDS.  559 

the  thorax  consists  of  a  lamina,  in  which  sometimes,  more  or  less 
obviously,  four  sutures  or  grooves  are  seen,  which  proceed  obliquely 
from  the  feet  to  the  center,  and  indicate  the  original  composition  of 
the  thorax  of  four  pieces.  On  the  under  surface,  between  the  cox» 
of  the  feet,  is  a  lamina,  which  may  be  considered  as  atemum^  formed 
of  the  union  of  four  pieces^  The  abdomen  of  the  Scorpions,  of 
Phrynus  and  Tel^honvs  and  (amongst  the  Arachnoidea  tro/ckearia) 
of  Obisium  is  divided  into  rings;  in  others,  as  the  spiders,  it  is 
without  rings,  and  has  a  much  softer  integument  than  the  cephalo- 
thorax.  On  the  whole,  the  external  covering  of  the  Arachnids  is 
soft  and  very  extensible ;  the  skin  is  homy  and  hard  in  Scorpio^ 
Phrynus,  in  some  EpeircB  {Epeira  cancriformis)^  &c.  Two  layers 
may  usually  be  distinguished  in  the  skin ;  the  external  is  firmer, 
sometimes  cellular,  often  provided  with  sinuous  folds ;  the  internal 
consists  of  a  finely  granular  substance  or  of  very  delicate  fibres,  be- 
neath which  is  a  layer  of  pigment.  In  MygaJe,  these  pigment  cells 
are  very  apparent.  The  external  membrane  exhibits  many  concen- 
tric rings  with  spots  between  them,  which,  under  the  microscope, 
present  a  deceptive  resemblance  to  the  corpuscles  and  lamellsB  of 
bone. 

The  intestinal  canal  of  the  arachnids  proceeds  without  tortu- 
osities to  the  posterior  extremity  of  the  body.  Not  in  all  of  them, 
however,  is  the  anus  situated  at  the  posterior  extremity,  but  in  the 
Aeari  more  forward  on  the  ventral  surfiu>e^.  In  Phrytms  and 
Scorpio f  the  intestine  is  a  narrow  canal,  nearly  of  the  same  width 
throughout.  In  all  the  other  Arachnids,  the  intestinal  canal  has 
many  protrusions  or  blind  appendages  of  very  different  form ;  and 
in  many  Aca/rina  these  appendages  are  ramified,  reminding  us  of 
the  form  of  the  intestine  in  Planarice  and  DistomcUa.  In  the  I^fo- 
nogonida  blind  appendages  proceed  from  the  stomach,  even  into  the 
shear-shaped  feelers  and  the  feet.  In  the  genus  Phalangium  the 
intestinal  canal  forms  a  wide  sac,  which  has  in  front,  on  each  side, 
five  blind  appendages  that  become  wider  towards  the  extremity,  of 
which  the  last  pair  is  longer  than  the  rest,  and  descends  to  the 
termination  of  the  intestinal  canal.  Between  these  appendages  are 
still  twelve  others  smaller  and  vesicular,  and  at  the  hindmost  part 


^  See  the  figure  of  Jxodeg,  Acartu  amerieaiwM  (or  crmuiiui  Kollab)  in  Tbbtiba- 
iruSy  ZeUtckr,far  Phynol.  iv.  «.  1831. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


660  CLASS   IX. 

of  the  intestinal  canal  there  are  in  addition  four  small  blind  appen- 
dages on  each  side^  In  the  spiders  {Aranea  L.)  the  oesophagus  is 
narrow,  homy,  bent  first  downwards,  then  upwards,  and  temunates 
in  a  part  which  proceeds  backwards,  and  can  be  dilated  by  muscles 
attached  to  it'.  This  part  becomes  at  its  extremity  more  membra- 
nous, and  passes  into  the  intestinal  canal,  which  sends  two  lateral 
arms  forwards  that  bend  themselves  round  in  the  ccphalothorax 
and  approach  each  other  or  unite  so  as  to  form  an  annular  stomach. 
From  this  ring  blind  eversions  proceed  towards  the  feet,  bend 
downwards,  and  communicate  with  each  other.  From  the  same 
point  where  the  two  lateral  arms  arise  a  middle  canal  exists,  which 
runs  towards  the  abdomen  and  is  gradually  dilated  in  some  degree. 
The  widened  part  receives  on  each  side  two  large  canals  which 
branch  through  the  adipose  body ;  the  intestinal  canal  then  narrower 
curves  upwards  and  afterwards  proceeds  downwards,  where,  pre- 
vious to  its  termination,  an  oval  coecum  is  situated  laterally. 

Organs  of  different  form  for  the  secretion  of  saliva  are  observed 
in  most  genera  of  this  class,  and  probably  are  wanting  in  none  of 
the  arachnids,  although  their  opening  into  the  intestinal  canal  has 
not  been  detected  in  all.  In  the  Scorpions,  where  Meckel*  de- 
nied altogether  the  existence  of  salivary  organs,  two  longitudinal 
sacs  placed  in  the  fore  part  of  the  abdonjinal  cavity,  their  tortuous 
canals  running  forwards  in  the  ccphalothorax,  probably  serve  for 
the  secretion  of  saliva*.  From  the  secretion  of  saliva  the  poison 
should  be  distinguished,  with  which  different  species  kill  their  prey 
previous  to  devouring  it.  In  the  spiders  there  is  situated  at  the 
base  of  each  of  the  mandibles,  or  sometimes  in  the  mandibles  them- 
selves, a  vesicle,  surrounded  by  a  layer  of  flat  spirally  turned  fila- 
ments, from  the  anterior  part  of  which  a  narrow  duct  arises,  that 
runs  towards  the  point  of  the  upper  jaw.     This  poison  has  an  effect 


*  Ramdohb  Verdauungt  toerJa.  d.  Ins,  8.  104,  ao5,  Tesviranus  Verm.  Schr,  i. 
«•  ^9— 3'>  Tab.  III.  figa.  16,  17,  Tulk  in  Ann.  of  not.  Bid,  xn.  1843,  PP-  446— 248. 
PI.  IV.  fig.  17. 

*  Tbevibanus,  in  his  work  Uther  den  innem  Ban  der  Araehniden,  8.  29,  30.  Tab. 
II.  fig.  44,  ha8  described  the  intestinal  canal  imperfectly.  Bbandt  Medk,  Zool.  ii. 
has  partially  improved  on  him.  We  follow  here  especially  Wasmann  in  Abkand- 
lungen  herautgegeben  von  den  naturvisgenich.  Verein,  Hambuiig,  1846.  I.  4to.  s.  141 — 
144. 

'  Syst,  der  vergl,  Anaiom.  iv.  b.  145. 

*  J.  MuKLLKB  in  Meokbl'8  Archivf.  Anat,  u.  Physiol,  i8a8.  s.  52. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ARACHNIDS.  561 

often  rapidly  mortal  upon  those  insects  on  which  spiders  feed,  and 
even  large  flies  die  quickly  when  they  have  been  wounded  on  a 
single  foot  alone  by  the  bite  of  Clubtona  cUrox^. 

We  have  seen  that  in  the  spiders,  firom  the  dilatation  of  the 
intestinal  canal  situated  in  the  abdomen,  which  might  be  taken  for 
the  hindmost  stomach,  large  canals  proceed  to  the  adipose  body. 
Similarly  in  the  scorpions  from  the  intestinal  canal,  at  nearly  equal 
and  very  large  distances  from  each  other,  there  arise  on  each  side 
five  transverse  branches  which  subdivide  into  finer  branches  and 
run  through  the  granular  adipose  mass.  Already,  when  treating  of 
the  Class  of  Insects,  we  directed  attention  to  the  suggestion  that 
there  perhaps  the  adipose  body  assumed  the  place  of  the  liver 
(p.  257).  In  most  arachnids  {Scorpio,  Aranea  L.)  this  part  cer- 
tainly, with  still  stronger  claim,  deserves  to  be  thus  considered*. 
It  consists  of  lobes,  formed  of  small  blind  vesicles  united  in  clusters, 
and  filled  with  cells.  The  ducts  in  question,  which  run  towards 
the  intestinal  canal  or  proceed  from  it  as  branching  eversions,  are 
to  be  considered  then  as  gall-ducts.  In  other  arachnids  {Phalan- 
fftta,  Acarinay  Arctisca  and  Pycnog(mid<i)  the  glandular  walls  of  the 
blind  intestinal  appendages  probably  serve  for  the  secretion  of  bile'. 

In  most  arachnids  there  exist  also  thin  tubes  with  blind  ex- 
tremities which  correspond  to  the  Malpighian  vessels  of  insects  (see 
above,  pp.  255,  256),  and  so  are  to  be  considered  as  subservient  to 
the  urinary  secretion.  They  differ,  however,  from  the  vessels  of 
insects  alluded  to,  inasmuch  as  they  usually  divide  into  many 
branches. 

The  organs  for  respiration  and  the  circulation  of  blood  are  not 
in  these  animals  formed  after  one  and  the  same  type.  When 
respiration  is  performed  by  means  of  air-tubes,  there  is  a  dorsal 
vessel,  as  in  insects,  a  longitudinal  heart,  without  branches ;  vessels, 
on  the  other  hand,  are  found  in  those  genera  in  which  the  respira- 
tory organs  are  sacciform  lungs,  and  are  not  spread  throughout  the 
body  as  air-tubes.  In  PAalangimn,  the  heart  is  a  dorsal  vessel 
without  branches,  which  becomes  narrower  at  both  extremities, 
and  is  divided  by  constrictions  into  three  chambers,  or  dilata- 


1  TBEYiBAirnB,  Ueber  d,  inn.  Bau  d,  Arachn,  s.  31,  31,  Tab.  i,  figs.  21,  22, 
*  J.  F.  MiOKEL  JBeytrtige  z.  vergt.  Anat,  i,  2,  1809.  a.  108.    See  also  especially 
Wasxahn  1.  c.  pp.  145 — 148,  Tab.  13,  figs.  10— aa. 
>  Y.  SlEBOLD,  Lehrb,  der  vergl.  Anai.  I.  s.  519. 

TOL.  I.  36 


Digitized  by 


Google 


562  CLASS  IX. 

tions^.  In  many  of  the  inferior  arachnids  neither  heart  nor  yessels 
have  been  met  with. 

In  the  spiders  and  scorpions,  on  the  contrary,  there  are  vessels 
present  for  the  circulation  of  the  hlood*  The  heart  has,  indeed,  still 
the  form  of  a  longitudinal  vessel,  hnt  other  vessels  arise  from  it, 
whilst  from  the  respiratory  organs  the  returning  arterialised  blood 
penetrates  the  heart  through  lateral,  transverse  fissures  on  the 
upper  or  dorsal  surface,  which  are  provided  with  valves.  The 
course  of  these  returning  vessels,  corresponding  to  the  pulmonary 
veins  of  the  human  body,  is  not  yet  perfectly  understood.  Pro- 
bably the  whole  heart  is  surrounded  by  a  sinus,  into  which  the 
arterial  blood  is  poured,  before  it  penetrates  the  above-mentioned 
fissures.  Vessels  also  from  the  heart  proceed  to  the  respiratory 
organs,  but  these  probably  serve  for  their  nutrition,  and  not  for 
respiration.  The  heart  of  arachnids  is  then,  beyond  doubt,  an 
arterial  heart,  like  that  of  cruatacea  and  of  moUuscaK 

We  have  already  said  that  the  respiratory  organs  are  in  some 
arachnids  air-tubes,  in  others  pulmonary  sacs.  In  both  cases  the 
air  has  access  to  the  respiratory  organs  by  air^slits  {st^mata),  aa  in 
insects ;  but  these  stigmata  are  always  in  less  number  than  in 
most  insects.  In  some  arachnids  no  respiratory  organs  at  all  have 
been  discovered  {I^cnogonumy  the  so-named  tardigraday  many 
Acatx),  In  these  also  no  stigmata  are  present.  Sometimes,  indeed, 
parts  have  been  taken  for  stigmata,  which  have  an  entirely  different 
signification ;  I  allude  to  two  rows  of  spots  on  the  back,  which  are 
for  the  attachment  of  muscles,  which,  coimecting  the  dorsal  and 
ventral  surfaces,  contract  the  abdomen,  and  which  we  also  meet 
with  again  in  lAmulus,  amongst  the  Crustacea^.    In  the  scorpions 


^  TBKVimAKUB  Fmik  Sckr,  i.  s.  31,  Tab.  m.  fig.  18,  Tolk  L  0.  p.  i49>  ^^  ^- 
fig.  17  a",  ir,  p. 

*  The  most  complete  description  of  the  heart  and  yessels  of  the  sooipions  has  been 
given  by  Niwpobt  in  PAfl.  Transact,  for  1843,  Part  i.  pp.  486— 198,  with  beautiful 
figures.  From  the  dorsal  vessel,  that  as  an  aorta  springs  from  the  heart  at  the  fore  part, 
there  arises,  before  the  origin  of  the  arteries  for  the  last  pair  of  foet,  an  arteiy  on  each 
side,  which  passes  beneath  the  oosophagus ;  the  two  form  a  single  vessel  lying  on  the 
nervous  cord.  It  is  this  artery  which  was  described  by  Tbxvibanus  as  a  third  nervous 
cord,  and  by  Mukllbb  as  a  ligament.  Under  the  nervous  oord  in  the  abdomen  a 
venous  trunk  is  situated. 

*  This  mistake  ^jpia  made  even  by  the  celebrated  Tbmvirawjb  in  Chdifer  {Verm. 
Sehr.  I.  8.  18,  19,  Tab.  11.  figs.  6,  7,  a),  who  could  not  on  that  account  find  any  air- 
tubes  there. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ARACHKIDS.  663 

the  air-filits  are  obliquely  transyerse  fiBSures  on  the  ventral  plates 
of  the  abdomen.  The  uppermoBt  or  anterior  lip  of  these  slits 
coTors  in  some  degree  the  lower,  from  which  last  a  membranona 
margin  arises,  which  bears  the  respiratory  organ  situated  in  a 
small  eavily.  This  lung  (or  gill)  consists  here,  as  in  spiders,  in 
Theiyfho/»x»  and  Phrynus^  of  a  number  of  double,  very  thin  plates 
lying  upon  each  other.  If  now,  as  is  asserted,  the  air  on  respira- 
tion really  penetrates  this  chamber  so  as  to  fill  the  spaces  between 
the  duplicatures,  then  the  name  of  lung  would  be  justifiable  ^  The 
ordinary  position  of  the  stigmata  is  on  the  inferior  surface  of  the 
uppermost  part  of  the  abdomen.  There  also  AuDOUiN  discovered 
four  stigmata  in  the  genus  Chelifer  that  breathes  by  air-tubes'. 
The  Phalomgia  that  also  breathe  by  air-tubes  have  only  a  single 
pair  of  stigmata.  In  Ixodes  Lyonet  and  Audouin  found  the  two 
stigmata  famished  with  a  plate,  and  upon  it,  besides  a  larger  open- 
ing, many  other  smaller  ones  with  a  stellate  margin'.  In  spiders 
also  the  stigma  is  not  always  a  simple  fissure,  as  in  the  scorpions, 
but  is  sometimes  closed  by  a  plate  perforated  like  a  sieve  ^.  The 
trachece  of  arachnids  differ  often  firom  those  of  insects  by  the 
absence  of  the  spiral  thread.  Usually  also  they  are  parcelled  in 
bundles,  and  not  divided  into  branches.  However,  in  Phalangtumy 
a  system  of  air-tubes  is  met  with  divided  into  branches  and  spread 
throughout  the  body,  and  provided  also  with  a  spiral  thread. 
There  are  two  wide  principal  stems  which,  nmning  forwards  in  the 
cephalothorax  obliquely  towards  each  other,  divide  into  branches, 
whilst  a  transverse  branch  on  the  inside,  behind  the  thoracic  gan- 
glion, forms  an  arch  by  uniting  with  that  of  the  opposite  side.  In 
tiie  abdomen,  behind  the  stigmata,  the  lateral  principal  branches  do 
not  continue  their  course,  but  three  smaller  branches  alone  firom  the 
principal  stem  penetrate  backwards  on  each  side*. 


^  Not  on  account  of  respiring  in  air ;  for  all  animals  that  livs  in  air  have  not  lungs, 
the  land-orabs,  for  example,  have  gills.  The  respiratory  organs  of  the  ffoUAwria, 
on  the  other  hand,  although  these  animals  inhale  water,  are  formed  alter  the  tjfpug 
of  hmgs. 

*  Ann.  dm  8e.  nad,  xxvn.  1834.  p.  6a. 

*  Ltonet  Reeh,  PL  6,  ^,  5,  AuDOUiv,  Ann:  dt9  Se.  nai,  zxv.  p.  419,  and  Todd'b 
Oj^doptBdia  i.  p.  405. 

*  LTOim,  1. 1.  PI.  10,  £g,  10. 

*  TBBvniAinTa  Verm,  Sehr,  i.  s.  34,  33,  Tab.  iv.  fig.  19,  and  especially  Tulk  1.  c. 

pp.  5«7— 3«9.  W.  ▼•  fig-  33. 

36—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


564  CLASS  IX. 

The  male  and  female  organs  of  propagation  are,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  the  Tardigraday  in  all  arachnids  distinct,  and  not  united  in  the 
same  individual.  The  ovaries  are  usually  two  sacs  that  are  some^ 
times  connected  in  the  middle ;  the  oviduct  is  constantly  an  imme- 
diate continuation  of  the  ovary.  In  Phalangium  the  ovaiy  consists 
of  a  tortuous,  circular  tube  connected  with  a  wide  sac,  in  which  the 
eggs  await  for  a  time  their  farther  development.  From  this  sac  a 
second  oviduct  arises,  which  running  tortuously  first  backwards 
then  forwards,  terminates  in  the  ovipositor.  This  ovipositor  con* 
sists  of  homy  transverse  filaments,  boimd  mutually  together  by  a 
tough  elastic  membrane.  It  can  be  protruded  by  muscles  through 
the  external  sexual  opening  situated  between  the  hind  feet\  In 
the  scorpions,  the  internal  female  organs  of  propagation  consist  of 
three  tubes  running  longitudinally ;  the  middle  tube  is  united  with 
the  lateral  by  three  transverse  branches;  the  two  lateral  tubes, 
moreover,  unite  with  each  other  in  an  arch  below.  They  extend 
farther  forwards  than  the  middle  tube  and  thus  form  two  oviducts 
as  their  immediate  continuation,  which  open  at  the  external  sexaal 
aperture  under  a  valve  between  the  base  of  the  third  and  fourth 
pair  of  feet.  Here  each  of  these  oviducts,  before  it  terminates, 
forms  a  roundish  expansion,  which  may  be  considered  as  a  rec^pta- 

The  male  organs  of  propagation  consist  of  two  blind  saccules  or 
two  tortuous  and  blind  canals ;  in  others  of  two  bundles  or  of  a  single 
group  of  numerous  blind  saccules  or  tubules,  as  in  Phalanffium.  In 
the  scorpions  two  loops  or  tortuous  strings  of  a  narrow  canal,  with 
two  transverse  canals,  are  foimd.  The  vcu  deferens  also  receives  the 
openings  of  two  blind  sacs  before  reaching  the  external  sexual  aper- 
ture, which  is  in  the  same  situation  as  that  of  the  female.    Here  is 


1  TBXvnLAXVB  ibid.  s.  47— 49»  T»b.  v.  fig.  i8,  Tab.  vi.  fig^  3a,  35,  Tdlk  L  0. 
pp.  318—344.  PL  V.  figg.  «6,  17,  «8. 

*  Y.  SuBOLD  {LeM.  der  vergL  Anat.  i.  a.  548)  found  in  it  SpermaUuoa  in  liriog 
females.  Cknnp.  on  the  described  Ovaria  in  Scorpio,  Muillib  in  Miguel's  ArMt  /. 
AneU.  «.  Phyriol.  i8a8.  i.  54,  55,  Tab.  n.  ^,  16.  In  the  dereloped  state  of  the  otary, 
pear-shaped  eversions  proceed  from  these  tubes  of  the  impregnated  female.  Muu-i^ 
saw  these  in  the  form  of  elongate  blind  sacs,  in  the  middle  excavated  like  a  bean.  lo 
this  wider  part  the  embryo  of  the  scorpion  is  contained.  I  also  haye  met  with  the 
ovary  of  Scorpio  reiieulatui  fit>m  Java  in  the  developed  state.  Scorpions  are  vivipvo^ 
of  which  mention  was  made  already  by  the  ancients ;  Abistotslbs  Hid.  Ami^  ^' 
cap.  15,  Mluxvb  de  AninuU.  not.  Lib.  ▼.  cap.  40. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ARACHNIDS.  565 

found  a  small  papilla,  which  may  be  considered  as  the  rudiment  of 
Apents^  Also  in  some  Acarina  a  short  penis  is  present.  In  Pha' 
lanfftuniy  on  the  other  hand,  there  is  a  long  homy  penis  which  can 
be  extended  from  the  body  at  the  same  part  as  the  ovipositor  in 
the  female,  and  through  which  the  ductus  efaculatoriua  extends; 
at  the  upper  extremity  of  the  gland  is  a  small  booklet.  In  the 
spiders  the  two  efferent  vessels,  arising  from  the  blind  tubes  that 
secrete  the  seed,  run  towards  the  base  of  the  abdomen,  where  they 
open,  without  any  copulative  organ,  between  the  gills.  The  organ 
of  copulation  lies  veiy  distant  from  this  opening.  In  the  spiders, 
namely,  the  last  joint  of  the  feeler  is  excavated  like  a  spoon,  with 
various  appendages  in  addition,  different  in  different  species,  and  a 
homy,  curved  filament  connected,  which  lies  concealed  in  the  exca- 
vation, and  can  be  extraded  from  it.  With  this  club  of  the  palpiy 
the  male,  at  the  time  of  pairing,  touches  the  sexual  parts  of  the 
female,  having  previously  moistened  it  with  a  drop  of  seminal  fluid 
from  the  opening  of  the  vasa  deferentia.  This  is  thus  the  copula- 
tion itself,  and  by  no  means,  as  Treviranus  supposed,  a  prelimi- 
nary sport  to  excite  the  sexual  passion :  this  is  the  copulation  itself, 
which  Lister,  De  Geer,  Ltonet,  and  others,  described  so  frilly 
and  so  interestingly*.  The  danger  of  being  cruelly  put  to  death  by 
the  female  spider  causes  the  male  to  make  his  approaches  to  her 
with  anxious  caution,  and  after  the  congress  to  betake  himself 
rapidly  to  flight. 

In  the  development  of  the  arachnids  from  the  egg,  afrer  the 
germinal  vesicle  has  disappeared,  there  appear  to  occur,  as  in  many 
other  animals,  clefts  and  grooves  in  the  yolk-mass.  The  ger- 
minal membrane  or  disc  grows  slowly  round  the  yolk,  closing 
finally  on  the  dorsal  surface.  Before  this  closure  is  completed, 
the  commencement  of  the  embryo  appears  on  the  ventral  surface  of 
the  yolk.  Here  are  seen,  at  least  in  the  embryo  of  the  scorpions 
according  to  the  observations  of  Rathke,  different  thickenings 
lying  in  pairs  near  each  other  in  a  row,  which  are  the  beginnings 
of  the  segments  of  the  body.  From  the  mucous  layer  of  the  ger- 
minal membrane  arises  the  intestinal  canal,  which  at  first  is  not 


1  See,  for  insUnce,  Ltosst  in  bis  tranBlation  of  LssssB  Thiol,  der  Ins,  I.  p.  184, 
and  in  his  Jtechereh4!t,  pp.  73 — 75,  and  Walokknabb  Hist,  not,  de$  Araniides,  ▼.  8, 
respecting  Theridion  heniffnum.  See  also  Owen  Ledwret  en  eomp.  Anal,  of  inveH, 
Anim.  p.  264,  snd  ed.  p.  463. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


566  CLASS  IX. 

separated  firom  the  jolk,  afterwards  lies  between  two  lateral  portionfl 
of  the  jolk,  which,  by  transverse  iBdentations,  change  into  ooecal 
sacs  placed  in  pairs.  These  sacs,  in  connexion  with  the  intestinal 
canal,  are  the  rudiments  of  the  biliaiy  yessels  and  of  the  liyer.  The 
yolk  changes  into  the  liver,  or  the  so-called  adipose  body.  The 
limbs  arise  as  conical  appendages  placed  under  the  ventral  sur&oe, 
with  the  extremities  turned  downwards  towards  each  other.  On 
the  dorsal  surfsuse  of  the  yolk  is  seen  a  streak  running  longitadi- 
nallj  as  the  rudiment  of  the  heart,  that  is  at  first  without  veasek. 
The  nervous  system,  in  its  central  parts,  is  formed  at  a  still  earlier 
period,  and  the  cerebral  ganglion  is  in  the  beginning  proportionally 
much  larger  than  it  is  afterwards  ^ 

We  have  abeady  said  that  the  scorpions  are  viviparous.  With 
the  egg-laying  spiders,  the  egg,  under  the  changes  of  development, 
slowly  loses  its  previous  form,  and  almost  assumes  that  of  a  spider, 
indicating  all  the  external  parts  of  the  inclosed  animaL  At  length 
the  shell  bursts  on  the  thorax,  and  the  spider,  first  with  the  head, 
and  afterwards  with  the  thorax,  comes  to  view ;  then  follows  the 
abdomen,  to  which  however  the  egg-membrane,  like  a  scale,  con- 
tinues attached  for  a  time ;  then  come  the  feelers  and  feet*.  The 
young  spider,  through  whose  integument  the  granules  of  the  yolk 
may  be  clearly  distinguished,  is  not  yet  in  a  state  to  weave  a  web 
and  catch  its  prey ;  for  the  spinning  organs  are  still  concealed  be- 
neath the  common  integument.  After  the  lapse  of  a  week,  or,  in 
some  species,  a  longer  time,  during  which  the  spider  takes  no  food, 
it  casts  its  skin  for  the  first  time,  and  is,  as  it  were,  bom  for  the 
second  time.  The  young  spiders  now  quit,  on  some  mild  day  in 
May  or  June,  the  web  in  which  the  mother  had  hidden  her  eggs; 
they  allow  themselves  to  £all  on  the  ground  by  a  thread,  and  begin 
at  once  to  weave  their  nets,  or  in  some  other  way,  according  to  the 
instinct  of  their  kind,  to  watch  for  small  insects  corresponding  to 
their  age  and  powers. 


^  On  the  deyelopment  of  spiders  see  M.  Hbbold  De  Oeneratitme  Afxmearwm  in  Ovo, 
Marburgi,  1834,  fol.  oum  tab.  seneis:  Di  WimoH  OburvationM  de  Ara/Mnrum  ex  ovo 
evoUUione,  Halls,  1845 ;  of  soorpions,  H.  Ratbkb  Zur  MorphologU,  Riga  a.  Leipog, 
1837.  4to.  pp.  17—34.  PI.  I.  figs.  1—1 1 ;  compare  also  the  shorter  description  of  these 
last  observations  and  of  those  of  Hkbold  in  Bcbdaoh  Die  Phyeiologie  ale  Efft^nnnge- 
vjieeeneehaftf  ate  Ausg.  11.  1837.  s.  943 — 948. 

*  D«  GXXB  M4m,  pour  eervir  d  VHiet.  dm  Ine,  vn.  pp.  195,  196,  PI.  18,  figi. 
11—14. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ABACHNIDS.  567 

Most  arachnids  feed  on  other  animals,  which  they  either  swal* 
low  alive,  or  wUbse  blood  and  fluids  they  suck.  Usually,  after 
their  escape  firom  the  egg,  they  undergo  no  metamorphosis.  They 
cast,  however,  their  skin  more  than  once,  and  are  commonly,  after 
the  fourth  or  fifth  moult,  in  a  state  for  pairing.  In  most  Aoarina, 
the  young  animals  are  at  first  supplied  with  only  three  pairs  of  feet, 
which  gave  occasion  to  some  writers  to  adopt  some  six-footed 
genera,  which  were  afterwards  rejected  as  unfounded.  The  Pyana- 
gcnida  and  the  genus  Eydrachna  present  the  most  interesting 
changes  of  form,  of  which  the  most  remarkable  particulars  will  be 
noticed  in  the  systematic  arrangement  of  these  animals. 

The  power  of  reproduction  in  arachnids  is  commonly,  as  in  the 
preceding  class,  considered  to  be  small  ^.  In  many,  however,  lost 
feet  can  grow  again.  Thus  Geoffsoy  once  saw  a  Phalangium,  in 
which  one  foot  was  less  than  the  remaining  seven',  and  which  pro- 
bably might  have  grown  af  a  later  period.  At  all  events  it  is 
established  that,  in  spiders,  lost  feet  are  regenerated^  In  animals, 
whose  growth  is  limited,  i,e*  which  do  not  grow  after  they  are 
capable  of  propagating,  I  think  the  reproductive  power,  in  this  ftdl- 
grown  state,  is  small.  In  such  a  case  are  insects  after  their  last 
metamorphosis  (see  above,  p.  276),  but  by  no  means  spiders  and 
crustaceans. 

Very  various  is  the  form  of  the  nervous  system  in  the  arachnids. 
In  the  greatest  number  there  is  a  large  ganglion  in  the  thorax 
{cqihaloihorax)^  formed,  as  it  seems,  by  the  coalition  of  different 
other  ganglia,  firom  which  the  nerves  for  the  under-jaws  KsApdlpi^ 
and  for  the  four  pairs  of  feet,  radiate.  At  the  posterior  margin  of 
this  ganglion  arise,  under  acute  angles,  close  to  each  other  (as  in 
the  Cauda  equina  of  mammals),  the  nervous  trunks  for  the  abdomen. 
The  two  middlemost  are  sometimes  thicker,  lie  closer  together,  and 
unite  towards  the  extremity,  before  dividing,  to  form  a  ganglion 


^  Mboksl'b  8ytt.  der  vergl,  AnaJt,  i.  s.  I3i. 

^  Hitt.  abrigU  des  Int.  i.  p.  629. 

'  Seo  an  observation  of  ihe  celebrated  Banks,  intereeting  also  in  other  respects 
recorded  by  Leaoh  2Van«.  of  the  Linn.  Soc.  xi.  18 15,  pp.  393,  394;  see  also  Heine- 
Kent's  experiments  and  observations,  Zool.  JourTud,  lY.  1829,  pp.  184,  994,  and  those 
of  Lefbletisb  and  Audouin  in  Todd's  Oydopcedia,  I.  pp.  214,  115.  Spiders  must, 
however,  lose  the  entire  foot  as  fiu*  as  the  coxa;  if  it  be  broken  off  lower  the  spider 
dies,  unless  it  succeed  in  breaking  oi¥  the  stump  that  is  left.  The  new  foot  (at  first 
very  short)  makes  its  appearance  at  the  next  moult. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


568  CLAS8  1X« 

{Tdtphonus),  or  lying  side  by  side  fonn  an  abdominal  cord  with- 
out ganglia,  aa  in  the  spiders.  A  chain  of  ganglia,  as  in  most 
insects,  is  found  in  Tardiffraday  in  I\fcnaffonida^j  and  in  Scorpio 
alone.  In  the  I\fcnog(mida,  the  four  ganglia,  forming  the  row,  lie 
close  together,  without  connecting  cords,  just  as  SwAMiCEfiDAM  has 
figored  the  nenrous  system  in  Pediculus  (see  above,  p.  301).  In 
Scorpio^  on  the  contrary,  they  lie,  seven  in  number^  at  considerable 
distances  apart,  and  are  connected  by  two  strings'.  Above,  and 
commonly  close  upon  the  thoracic  ganglion,  is  placed  a  ganglion 
which  may  be  considered  as  cerebral  ganglion;  in  veiy  simply 
organised  arachnids  it  is  seen  as  a  simple  commissure  on  the  oeso- 
phagus; in  others  it  is  oblong  and  formed  of  two  small  parts, 
mostly  conical  or  pearnshaped,  lying  side  by  side.  From  it  arise 
the  nerves  of  the  mandibles  and  of  the  eyes.  Between  this  cerebral 
ganglion  and  the  thoracic  ganglion,  there  is*  always  an  opening, 
mostly  very  narrow,  for  the  passage  of  the  oesophagus,  which  is 
surrounded  on  each  side  by  the  nervous  connexion  of  tbe  two  gan- 
glia. That  the  first  ganglion  is  smaller  than  the  second,  and  not 
broad,  as  in  most  insects,  depends,  without  doubt,  principally  upon 
the  absence  of  the  compound  eyes,  whose  nerves,  in  insects,  have 
such  a  large  development.  Interesting  also  is  the  exceptional  form 
of  the  nervous  system  in  Phalangium,  where  the  nerves  proceeding 
from  the  thoracic  ganglion  form  eight  ganglia  in  their  course,  four  on 
each  side,  not  behind  one  another  in  a  row,  but  at  different  heights, 
dispersed  on  each  side  of  the  body,  and  distant  from  each  other^ 

Traces  of  a  distinct  nervous  system  for  the  intestines,  of  that 
system  which  we  indicated  above,  in  insects,  as  answering  to  the 


1  QOATBiVAasB  Ann,  det  8e,  not.  ai^e  S^rie,  iv.  1845.  Zoologie,  p.  77,  PL  I. 
And  n. 

'  Tbeyiiuvus  Utif,  d,  inn.  Ban  der  Arachn.  s,  14 — 16«  Tab.  I.  fig.  13,  and  espe- 
cially Zeit$ehr.  fOr  Phytiol.  it.  1831.  8.  89 — 97,  Taf.  Yi.  and  the  elaborate  fig.  of 
Nkwfobt  Phil,  Tram,  1843,  Part  I.  PL  xii.  That  the  nervous  system  in  PhrynvM 
and  Tdephonm  is  formed  not  after  the  type  of  the  scorpions,  but  of  the  spiders,  was 
announced  by  me  in  the  T^jdschr,  von  Nat,  Ouch,  en  Phytiol.  ix.  1849,  bL  75,  and  x. 
1843,  bL  369,  370.  In  Telephonut,  at  least,  it  would  be  difficult  to  haye  anticipated 
this,  and  it  is  also  in  contradiction  to  the  rules,  already  contradicted  indeed  by  other 
instances,  which  Stbaus  Dubckhbim  formerly  laid  down  for  the  form  of  the  nervous 
system  of  articulate  animals.  Contid,  gin,  »,  VAnai,  comp.  det  Ani,  art,  pp.  364,  365, 
371. 

•  TBBViBAin7B  Verm,  Schr,  i.  s.  38,  39,  Tab.  iv.  fig.  14,  Tulk  L  1.  p.  3a5»  ^1-  ^• 
fig.  31. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ARACHNIDS.  569 

nervua  sympaiheticua   (p.  278),   are  onlj  imperfectly  recognised. 
There  has  been  found,  in  spiders  and  scorpions,  a  nerve  that  runs ' 
towards  the  stomach,  and  arises  by  two  thin  roots  from  the  posterior 
margin  of  the  cerebral  ganglion^. 

The  organs  of  sense  in  arachnids  are  limited,  as  far  as  they  are 
known,  to  those  of  sight  and  feeling.  A  distinct  organ  of  hearing 
has  not  yet  been  discovered.  The  seat  of  taste,  probably  also  of 
smell,  is  to  be  sought  for  perhaps  in  the  commencement  of  the  intes- 
tinal canal.  For  feeling  the  palpi^  in  many  at  least,  officiate ;  in 
others,  where,  as  in  Scorpio  and  Chelijery  they  are  covered  with  a 
hard  skin  and  are  shaped  like  shears,  they  serve  for  seizing  prey. 
The  long  feet  also  of  spiders  and  of  Phalangiay  and  especially  the 
thread-like  feet  of  the  first  pair  in  Fhryntis,  are  peculiarly  adapted 
for  organs  of  feeling.  The  eyes  are  constantly  simple.  Behind  the 
convex  cornea  is  placed  a  veiy  round  lens,  which  is  received  by  a 
vitreous  humour  concave  on  the  anterior  surface.  Behind  this 
humour  lies  the  retina,  surrounded  by  a  coloured  pigment  of  the 
choroideay  which  at  the  fore  part,  between  the  lens  and  the  vitreous 
humour,  forms  a  ring  like  an  irts.  For  the  presence  or  absence  and 
the  number  of  simple  eyes,  we  refer  to  the  systematic  arrangement 
of  the  class.  Often,  as  in  Scorpio,  Phrynua  and  TelyphonuSy  two 
simple  eyes  are  placed  close  together  in  the  middle,  and  on  each 
side  two  groups  of  smaller  simple  eyes  towards  the  margin  of  the 
aphahthorax.  If  this  disposition  be  compared  with  that  of  insects, 
then  the  middle  eyes  may  be  likened  to  their  simple  eyes,  and  the 
two  lateral  groups  to  their  two  compound  eyes. 

The  muscles  of  the  arachnids  are  principally  inserted  in  the 
external  integument.  The  cavity  of  the  cephalothorax  is  especially 
occupied  by  a  mass  of  muscle,  because  the  limbs,  which  are  moved 
by  the  muscles,  are  placed  in  a  circle  round  about  that  part.  In 
spiders  there  is  found  here,  for  the  attachment  of  the  muscles,  in 
addition,  an  internal  oblong  plate,  tendinous,  hollow  above,  and 
with  the  anterior  margin  excised.  This  part  was  already  observed 
by  Lyonet?.     It  was  also  found  by  me  in  Phrynus,  and  in  the 


^  Brandt  Med.  ZoU.  u.  a.  90,  Nxwpobt  1.  L  p.  161. 

'  JRechereket  mr  VAnai.  &c.  Ouvrage  potthume,  p.  too,  PL  lO,  fig.  26,  Tbkyibakub 
Ueb.  d.  inn.  Bau  der  Araehn.  b.  30,  Tab.  ii.  fig.  13.  Tbivibawus  calls  this  part 
inoorrectly  a  cartilage  (JTnorpet). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


570  CLASS  IX. 

class  of  the  Crustacea  occurs  largely  developed  in  Limuhu.  The 
'  name  of  inner  sternum  has  been  given  to  it ;  it  occupies  in  some 
degree  the  place  of  the  entothcrax  in  insects,  .is  not  however  a 
homy  part  penetrating  inwards  from  the  integoment^  but  a  pro- 
duction from  the  numerous  interwoven  tendons  of  the  different 
muscles  which  mutually  meet  there  ^ 

Arachnids  are  met  with  in  eveiy  quarter  of  the  globe.  I  am 
acquainted  with  no  frunilies  or  principal  groups  (larger  genera  in  the 
sense  of  Linnjeus)  which,  as  is  the  case  in  other  classes,  belong 
exclusively  to  the  eastern  or  the  western  hemispheie.  The  larger 
arachnids  inhabit  warm  regions,  especially  the  genera  Scorpio^ 
Mygahj  Telyphonus  and  Phrynus.  By  fsx  the  most  of  the  ^-nimftlg 
of  this  class  live  on  land,  others  in  fresh  water,  in  the  sea  only  very 
few,  just  the  reverse  of  what  we  remark  in  the  crustaceans. 


^  A  similar  part  is  the  Hnea  oJIha,  for  the  abdominal  muscles  of  mammals. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


SYSTEMATIC 
ARRANGEMENT    OF    ARACHNIDS, 


CLASS  EL 
AKACHNOIDEA. 


Abticulate  animals  with  articulate  feet.  Head  and  thorax 
conjoined  to  form  a  single  part.  Feet  eight,  placed  at  the  sides  of 
cephalothorax;  abdominal  feet  none.  Heart  placed  in  the  back, 
resembling  an  elongate  vessel,  in  manj  giving  off  arteries.  Bespi- 
ration  in  some  tracheal,  in  others  pnlmonal;  in  some  no  distinct 
organs  of  respiration.    Sexes  mostly  distinct. 

Section  I.  Tmetothoraca  s.  Apneuata.  Cephalothorax  divided 
into  fonr  segments.  Stigmata  none.  Organs  of  respiration  none. 
(Seat  of  respiration  either  in  the  external  integument  of  body  or  in 
the  digestive  canal.) 

Order  I.    Polyganopoda. 

Feet  elongate,  of  the  length  of  body  or  longer  than  body.  First 
segment  of  body  tubular,  exsert,  perforated  at  the  apex  by  the 
mouth.  Ocelli  four  in  a  tubercle  behind  the  tube  at  the  middle  part 
of  the  second  segment.    Abdomen  small,  conical. 

Family  I.    R/cnogonida  (characters  of  the  order). 

SecHtpiders.  The  genus  Pycnogowam  of  BRUENiracH  {PofygonaptAs 
Pallas),  with  some  other  allied  genera  of  later  writers^  forms  a 
small  group  of  marine  animals,  on  the  true  place  of  which  in  the 
natural  arrangement  opinions  differ;  for  Milne  Edwabds,  and  espe- 
cially QuATBBFAOSS  and  Kboeter,  refer  them  to  the  crustaceans. 
That  some  of  these  animals  live  parasitically  on  whales  and  other 


Digitized  by 


Google 


572  CLASS  IX. 

marine  creatures  appears  to  be  a  IIlistake^  Thej  are  dull  animaLi 
living  on  the  beach  under  stones,  or  on  marine  plants.  They 
undergo,  according  to  the  observationB  of  EIboeyeb,  a  remarkable 
metamorphosis,  and  have  at  first  onlj  two  pairs  of  short  feet^  and  a 
short,  thick,  undivided  body.  Afterwards  a  third  pair  of  feet,  still 
short,  appears,  and  only  in  a  succeeding  state  is  the  fourth  pair  added 
to  them. 

That  division  of  the  body  which  lies  in  front  of  the  first  pair  of 
feet  and  bears  the  eyes  above,  is  in  some  more,  in  others  lees  dis- 
tinctly distinguished  from  the  first  ring  of  the  thorax.  To  this 
division  are  attached  on  the  under  surface  two  filiform  parts,  consist- 
ing of  7 — 11  joints,  which  in  some  species  occur  only  in  the  female 
and  serve  for  the  attachment  of  the  egg&  In  some  species  in  front  of 
these  are  two  pairs  of  other  parts  at  the  base  of  the  conical  sucker, 
of  which  the  first  pair,  shorter  and  broader,  mostly  forms  a  shear- 
shaped  nipper,  the  second  is  filiform,  and  consists  of  five,  sometimes 
of  more  joints,  and  is  commonly  denoted  as  a  feeler  (^pcUptts).  It 
is  worthy  of  remark  that  the  first-named,  the  nippers  or  mcmdibtUcB, 
occur  also  in  the  earlier  imperfect  state  of  those  species  which,  in 
the  perfect  form,  are  not  provided  with  them. 

The  hardness  of  the  integument  of  these  animals  renders  it  less 
probable  that  they  breathe  by  the  skin.  Probably  they  have  an 
intestinal  respiration,  such  as  occurs  also  in  other  animals. 

Compare  M.  T.  Bruxnnioh  ErUomologui,  Haffnis,  1764, 8vo.  p.  84,  with 
the  expUmation  of  fig.  4  {Pycnogowum)  of  Tab. ;  various  figures  are  found 
in  MusLLBB  Zool,  danica  Tab.  1 19,  in  Lkaoh  Zoolog.  Mitedlany,  i.  PL  13, 
19,  Savioitt  MSm,  i.  l.  Anl  «.  v.  i.  p.  54,  PL  v.  fig.  3,  Gu^Bur  leonogr,, 
Arachn.  PL  4,  &a 

G.  J0HN8TOK  Mag.  of  Zocl.  and  Botany ^  I.  1837  ;  A.  Philiffi  Nea^i- 
tanitehe  Pycnogoniden  in  Ebiohson's  Archiv  f,  Natwrgetck.  ix.  1843, 
s.  175 — 183,  Tkb.  IX.  figs.  I — 3;  H.  Kbobteb  NaturMst,  IHduhnfl,  m. 
1840,  pp.  999 — 306,  Tab.  m.  and  ibid,  new  series,  i.  1844,  pp.  90 — 139 ; 
H.  D.  GrOODBiB  On  the  tpeeific  cmd  generic  ehara^ien  of  the  araneifonn 
CruttaceOf  Ann.  tfnat.  ffiet,  xiv.  pp.  i — 4,  PL  I;  Ds  Quatbbfaobs  if<^. 
ewr  rorganieat.  dee  PyenogonideSf  Ann.  dee  Be.  not.  30  S^rie,Tom.  TV.  1845, 
Zool.  pp.  69—83,  PI  I.  II ;  DuJABDiK  in  Oompi.  rend.  1849.  T.  xxix.  p.  18  ; 
ZsiroKEB  in  Mubllbb's  Archiv  f  Anat.  u.  Phye.  1853,  s.  379. 

A.  Mandibles  and  palps  (first  pair  of  maxillae  according  to 
Kroeyeb)  none.  Accessory  feet  (second  pair  of  maxilla  Kroet,) 
in  females  alone. 


^  Fabbioiub  considered  the  parasitic  crustacean,  named  by  LiNNJius  Oniecue  CMi, 
to  be  a  species  of  this  genus  Pyenogonum. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ARACHNOIDEA.  573 

I\/cnoffonum  Bbuenn.  Body  depressed.  Feet  not  longer  than 
body,  thick. 

Sp.  Pycnogowum  UttorcUe,  Phalangiwn  halamaftim  L.,  BaBTEB  Nat,  UiUp. 
n.  Tab.  zn.  fig.  5,  A— D,  Pallas  Mite,  Zool.  Tab.  xiv.  figs,  si— 43, 
Gu^BiN  Jconogr.,  Arachn.  I^  4,  fig.  i;  this  animal,  with  other  marine 
productions,  is  often  cast  upon  our  beach  dead.  The  pair  of  feet  that  the 
female  poaseasee  aboye  the  nude  was  aheady  noted  by  Bastxb  as  a  sexual 
difference. 

Ptoxichilua  Latb.  (in  part),  Edw.  Bodj  linear,  feet  slender, 
very  long. 

Sp.  Proaoichihu  tpmomu  Moirr.,  Cuyhb  JZL  Ani.  4d.  iU.,  Araehn,  PI.  11, 

B.  Two  mandibles  chelate,  palps  none. 

Phoxichilidtum  Edw.,  Kkoeyer  {Orithyta  Johnst.)  Accessory 
feet  proper  to  females  abne,  without  claws. 

Sp.  PhoadchUidiumfemoraium,  Nymphon  femorahim,  J.  Rathkb  ShrivUr  of, 
fuOurh,  Selikabd,  v.  i.  Kiobenhavn,  1799,  p.  301,  Fl.  v.  fig.  H. 

FaUene  Johnst.,  Keoetee.  Accessory  feet  in  both  sexes  ter- 
minated by  a  claw. 

Sp.  PaBene  tpini^,  Pffcnogomuti  apUUpeM  0th.  Fabb.,  Panma  OroaU.  p.  454. 

C.  Two  mandibles ;  two  palps.  Accessory  feet,  oviferous  in 
both  sexes. 

Zstes  Kboeteb.  Bostrum  very  large,  biarticnlate.  Feet  scarcely 
longer  than  body.    Mandibles  filiform,  short,  not  chelate. 

Sp.  ZeUi  hitpiduB  Kbobtxb. 

Partbcea  Philippi. 

Nymphon  Fabr.  Bostrum  uniarticulate,  elongate.  Mandibles 
chelate.  Feet  very  long  (surpassing  the  length  of  animal  three 
times  or  more). 

Sp.  Nymphon  grattipes,  Pycnog.  groitipes  O.  Fabb.  (in  part),  GuiBiK 
Iconogr,,  Arachn.  PL  4,  fig.  3. 

ATnmathea  JjRAxm. 

Sp.  Amm.  carolinamt  Leaoh  L  1.  Tab.  13,  Eneydop,  mith.  Cruit,  et  Ins, 
PL  327,  fig.  6. 

D.  Mandibles  none,  two  palps. 
Endeia  Philippi^ 


Digitized  by 


Google 


574  ciiASS  IX. 

Ordeb  II.     Colopoda. 

Feet  veiy  short,  truncated,  conical,  indistinctly  triarticolate, 
armed  with  four  little  claws  or  three,  posterior  placed  at  the 
extremity  of  body.  Abdomen  not  distinct  from  trunk.  Two  ocn- 
liform  points  in  most.  Mouth  with  two  styles  exsertile,  calcareous. 
(Androgynous  animals). 

Family  II.    Arctiaca.    (Characters  of  the  order.) 

Here  belong  some  small  (microsoopio)  animals  which  live  in 
mosses,  in  canals  and  sluices  amongst  confervae,  and  in  rain-water  in 
spouts.  We  alluded  to  them  above  (p.  206)  in  pasaing,  and  cited 
them  when  treating  of  the  wheel-animalcule,  with  which  they  agree 
in  the  property  of  reviving  after  long  apparent  death. 

Compare  J.  E.  Eiohhobn  WcMerihieref  Dantag,  '775  >  "«««  ^^i^^o^  ^"^  ^' 
TUd:  BeUr&ge  zwr  Naihurffetch.  der  Heintten  W<umihiere,  Beriin,  1781, 
t.  74,  Tab.  vu.  fig.  s  {der  Watferbdr) ;  Sfallanzaki,  OputcuUt  de  Phytique 
anim,  et  vSgSi.  n.  Gen^ye  1777,  n.  pp.  Z49—^S^t  ^^-  ^'  %«.  7,  8  {letardi^ 
grade)  ;  J.  A.  E.  Gobsb  in  his  translation  of  Bonnxt  AhktmdL  der  InadB- 
tol.  Anhang,  p.  367,  Tab.  4,  fig.  7  (aooording  to  his  dtation  in  the  Joomal : 
Nattirfoncher,  zx.  a,  114.) 

O.  F.  MuxLLXB  in  Fuisblt,  ArMves  tPAUomoL  Tab.  36,  p.  8a, 
Aeante  vneUtu. 

Fb.  Von  Paula  Sohbaitk,  Fcmna  Boiea,  m.  Bd.,  1803,  «.  178,  Areti»- 
eon,  8.  195,  Aretiieon  tardigradum. 

G.  A.  S.  ScfHULTZE,  Maerobiotui  HttfeUmdii,  earn  tab.  lith.  Berolini, 
1834, 4to.  ejnsd.  EchMeeuM  Mlarmanm,  cum  tab.  Eth.  Berolini,  1840,  4to. 

DoTiai  Uhmoire  mr  lee  Tardigradee,  Ann,  dee  So.  not,  3e  S^e,  Tom. 
XIV.  Zoologie,  1840,  pp.  169 — 361,  PL  la — 18,  xvn.  pp.  193 — 205,  xvm. 
pp.  1—35. 

Echtntscua  ScHULTZE,  Emtdium  Dotere. 
Mtlnesium  DoTi^E. 

NoU. — DoTXBB  devised  the  generic  name  in  honour  of  MOiMi  Edwabds. 
Here  belongs  the  animalcule  described  by  Spallaniamx  under  the  name  of 
Twrdigradiu,  and  perhaps  ArcUeeon  Sohbanxu. 

Macrobiotua  SCHULTZE. 

Sp.  Acamu  tureelhu  O.  F.  Muxllxb,  Ac. 

(The  affinity  with  the  Aeariwue  already  rightly  perodved  by  the  sagadtj 
of  the  famous  Muxllxb,  the  most  distinguished  by  far  of  aU  the  inyestiga- 
tors  of  mierosoopic  animalcules  previous  to  Ehbikhibo.) 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ABAGHNOIDEA.  575 

N€U, — Gemw  Afyeoifoma  LxuoK.,  oontuning  epedes  that  live  panriti- 
cally  in  Comotuto,  allied,  according  to  JoH.  Muxllbb,  to  the  ^retiict,  ought 
perhaps  to  be  placed  amongst  the  parasitic  cnuAwoM,    See  below. 

Section  11.  Hohthoraca.  Cephalothorax  undiyided.  .Organs 
of  respiration  in  most  internal,  distinct,  with  two  or  more  stigmata 
in  abdomen,  serving  for  the  inspiration  of  air. 

A.    Trachea  the  sole  instruments  of  respiration. 

Obder  in.    Acarina, 

Cephalothorax  conjoined  with  abdomen  not  divided  into  seg- 
ments.   Mouth  in  many  in  the  form  of  a  rostellum. 

Family  III.  Acarea.  Head  terminated  anteriorly  by  labium 
emarginate,  or  by  a  single  bifid  process.  Palps  connate  with  labium, 
little  distinct  Mandibles  chelate.  Ocelli  none  distinct.  Feet 
mostly  terminated  by  an  adhesive  vesicle  or  acetabulum  and  claws. 

Compare  on  this  family  and  the  whole  order  A.  Duois  Seehereket  awr 
VOrdrt  de$  AearieM,  Ann,  det  8e,  not,,  sec.  S^rie,  i.  Zool,  pp.  i — 40,  pp. 
144—174;  n.  pp.  19 — 63;  which  author  we  shall  principally  follow  here, 
for  want  of  observatiGns  of  our  own ;  also  Dujasdik  jut  lei  Aearieiu,  in 
Compiet  fwd.  T.  xix.  p.  11 58,  and  Ann.  de$  Se,  na$,  1845,  seo.  S^rie, 
Tom.  m.  p.  5 ;  Nicx>LKT  ffid.  not,  dea  Acwrieiu  qui  te  trowfent  a/ux  tnvirona 
de  Paris,  Archives  du  Mut,  T.  vn.  1855,  pp.  381 — 48a. 

Acarus  Latr.  Tyroglyphua  (Latr.  formerly),  Gerv.  Body 
divided  by  a  transverse  furrow  between  the  second  and  third  pairs 
of  feet.     Four  feet  approximate  at  the  insertion. 

Sp.  Acmnu  dometUcut  Ds  Gekb,  Acamu  mro  L.  (in  part),  Hsrino,  Db 
GUB,  Mim,  vn.  PL  5,  figs,  x— xi,  Ltohkt  IUcherehe$,  PI.  14,  fig.  15, 
Dux^iUL  Ckms.  gH.  9.  I.  In$.  PI.  5a,  figs.  4 — 7  (under  the  wrong  name  of 
tareopte  de  la  gdU  ;)  this  small  mite,  liying  on  old  cheese,  has  in  the  young 
state,  like  many  AcaridOy  only  six  feet. 

Myobia  V.  Hetden. 

Sp.  SareopUi  fMUCidinm  KooE,  HxBBiOH-SoH.SFnB  J>etaaehl,  In$.  Heft  138, 
Tkb.  13. 

ffypopus  DuG^ 

See  DUJABDIN,  Mim,  9,  dei  Aeariem  aan$  haucke  doni  on  a  fait  U  genre 
BypopuM,  et  qwi  mmt  le  premier  dge  dee  Oamatet,  in  Ann,  dee  8e,  nai.,  30 
^rie,  Zool,  Tom.  xn.  1849,  PP*  *45»  ^5^* 


Digitized  by 


Google 


576  CLASS  IX. 

Sarocptes  Latr.  Body  not  fxiirowed  between  the  second  and 
third  pairs  of  feet.  Third  pair  of  feet  remote  by  a  large  interval 
from  the  four  anterior  feet. 

Nate, — Here  are  to  be  referred  genera  Trichodctctyltu  Dufoub  and 
Olycypkagua  Hebing. 

Comp.  E.  Hebino,  Di$  KrdemUben  der  Thiere  (1835),  Nw.  Att.  Acad. 
Leap.  Carol,  Nat.  Cwrioa,  VoL  xvni.  a,  p.  573 — 624,  Tab.  43 — 45. 

Sp.  Sorcoptes  scabiei,  Acarut  siro  teabiei  L.,  Bononki  OUertfotumet  circa 
vivenUa  &c.  Boms,  169 1,  fig.  113 — Db  Gbxb  M^.  vn.  PL  5,  figs.  la,  13  ; 
DuoBB  Ann.  det  Sc.  not,  se  S^rie,  m.  PI.  xi.  B;  Gu&iN  Iconogr.,  Arackn. 
PL  5,  fig.  12;  Sohxidt's  Jahrlmcher  /.  Med.  1853,  Bd.  76.  a.  304.  This 
species,  which  has  been  yery  incorrectly  confounded  with  the  cheese-mite, 
digs  into  the  human  skin^,  and  causes  the  itch.  Other  species  oocor  in 
animals.  Here  belongs,  for  instance,  Sarooptea  eqtU  (commonly  regarded  as 
the  Acarut  exuleerant  L.)  HKRura  L  1.  Tab.  43,  figs,  i,  3,  Dujabdim 
Obterv.  au  microteope,  PL  16. 

See  on  this  subject  the  interesting  Medeelinffen  van  Dr  D.  H.  Yov 
Lkeuwen  in  the  Nederl.  Lancet  1846,  and  his  treatise  Over  de  Sckarft  der 
Dieren  in  A.  Numan'b  Vee^artten^kundig  Magaeyn,  vi.  1847,  biz.  $2 — 159, 
met  2  pL  HxssLura  in  ih^  MUnehener  mediciniAen  Zexbvng  185a,  Bd.  76, 
has  described  some  new  parasitic  mites  in  pUca  poUmica  of  the  human 
subject. 

I^ote, — ^In  this  family  is  commonly  enumerated  an  elongate  aoi- 
malcule  found  within  a  few  years  by  Sihok  in  the  sebaceous  follicles 
of  the  skin  of  the  ^ce,  which  scarcely  has  its  place  here.  In  the 
shorty  conical  feet^  it  agrees  with  the  Arctiaca  a  Colopoda, 

Compare  G.  Simon,  Uei>er  eine  in  den  kranien  «.  normalen  Saar-taeke 
det  Mentchen  lebende  MUbe,  Mukllxb*8  Archiv  f.  Anai.  u,  PkjftiU.  1849, 
s.  a  18— 337,  Tab.  XI. 

J>emodex  foUieulorum,  Owen's  Lecturet  on  the  comp.  Anatomy  of  the  inveri, 
Animait,  pp.  351,  153,  and  ed.  p.  444,  445.  The  same,  or  a  nearly  alHed 
species,  was  found  in  the  pustules  of  a  mangy  dog  in  numbers^  by  Mr  ToP- 
FINO,  OwxN,  p.  445. 

Dermaleichus  KoCH. 

Consult  Udtertichi  der  Arachniden-Sjfttemt,  Illtes  Heft  3,  1843,  PP* 
133 — 136. 

Family  IV.  Noiaspidea.  Body  defended  by  a  homy,  hard 
covering.    Mandibles  chelate.     Palps  fusiformy  quinquearticulate. 


^  That  this  animalcule  resides  here,  and  not  in  the  pustules,  was  already  ezprenly 
announced  by  Ntandxb,  Linn.  Amoeniiai.  Acad.  v.  p.  95. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ARACHNOIDEA.  577 

Feet  gressorial,  with  coxss  scarcely  distant,  ungaiculate,  not  pro- 
vided with  a  vesicle  or  acetabulum. 

Ortbata  Latr.  {Notaapis  Hermann). 

Sub-genera:  Hopophora  Koch,  Gal'wnna  Y.  Heyden,  Gebv. 
(JPdopa  Koch,  Oribatei  and  Zetes  ejusd.),  Damoeua  Koch,  {Bdba 
Y.  Heyden),  Nothrua  Koch. 

OoDBult  Oliyisb  Eneyd,  nUthad.,  InB,  vm.  pp.  55»~534.  Moat  of  the 
species  liye  in  mosses  on  the  trunks  of  trees  ;  in  some  the  body  is  girdled 
by  » lamella  produced  on  each  side ;  Aeanu  marginatui  De  Gekb  Mint. 
vn.  PL  vm.  fig.  6,  NoUup,  humercUit  Hebm.  M^m,  Apt,  PI.  4,  fig.  5  ;» 
— iVbtaip.  alatui  HsBM .  PI.  4,  fig.  6,  kc. 

Family  Y.  Ixodea.  Body  defended  by  a  coriaceous,  extensile 
covering.  Palps  sheathing  rostrum,  with  four  joints ;  rostrum  por- 
rect,  truncated,  composed  of  two  lateral  parts  (mandibles?),  denti- 
culate at  the  apex,  and  a  middle  part  (labium)  covered  with  nume- 
rous recurved  barbs.  Feet  with  last  joint  armed  with  a  caruncle 
or  vesicle,  and  with  two  claws. 

Ixodes  Latr. 

Sp.  Ixodes  ricinm,  Acarue  ricimu  h,,  Dji  6sib  M^m.  vil.  PI.  6,  figs.  i~8, 
Ltonkt  JReeherch,  PI.  6,  figs.  1—8,  Tick,  LouveUe  ;  these  annuals  live  m 
woods,  and  attach  themselves  (the  female)  to  different  animals,  especially 
to  dogs  ;  from  sucking  the  blood  the  body  swells  in  form  of  a  pea.  The 
female  is  nearly  5'"  long ;  the  male,  much  smaller,  on  copulating  attaches 
itself  beneath  the  abdomen  of  the  female  by  means  of  the  sucker,  at  the 
base  of  which  the  wua  drferenHa  open,  to  the  vulva,  situated  at  the  fore- 
part of  the  body  between  the  fijrst  and  second  pairs  of  feet.  This  singular 
copulation  was  already  figured  by  Di  Gkeb  ;  see  also  P.  W.  J.  Muellzb 
in  Gbbmab  u.  Zikokek  Magae,  der  Entomol,  ii.  181 7,  s.  378 — 289. 
When  laying  her  eggs,  the  female,  according  to  the  observations  of  Fbiboh, 
gives  out  a  clear  fluid  from  her  mouth,  for  fixing  to  her  body  the  eggs, 
which  the  animal  advances  to  her  mouth  ;  hence  the  erroneous  opinion  of 
Ghabbdeb  that  the  eggs  are  laid  through  the  mouth. 

Ixodet  americanuM,  Aeanu  mgua  Db  Gbbb  Mim.  vii.  PI.  37,  figs.  1 1 — 13. 
Compare  6.  R.  Tbbvibakub,  ZeiUchr^f,  PhyHol.  iv.  11.  s.  185 — 191,  Taf. 
XT.  XYi.  (probably  Ixodet  crencUut  Kollab).  This  and  other  allied  species 
known  in  America  by  the  name  of  Piquet  are  very  distressing,  and  some- 
times dangerous  to  man  and  cattle. 

By  the  presence  or  absence  of  eyes  (which  are  wanting  iu  Ixodet  ricinut), 
and  some  cither  characters,  Ko€H  has  divided  this  numerous  genus  into 
several  others.  See  Ebiohsok'b  ilrcAtv /.  Naturgeteh.  1844,  s.  217 — 239, 
and  UAenickt,  4tes  Heft,  1847. 

Family  VI.     Gamasea.     Palps  free,  filiform.     Mandibles  che- 
late, didactylons.     Feet  terminated  by  two  claws  and  a  caruncle  or 
vesicle.   Ocelli  none,  or  indistinct.     (Animalcules  mostly  parasitic). 
VOL.  I.  87 


Digitized  by 


Google 


678  GLASS  IX. 

This  fiunily  unites  some  characters  of  the  third  family  with  othBtB 
of  the  fifth.  The  larvae,  or  the  imperfect  young  animals,  have 
only  six  feet.  Here  belongs  the  genus  Ccvris  of  Latbetlus,  which 
contains  mites  that  Uye  on  bats,  probably  young  individuals  of 
Dermany88U8. 

Uropoda  Latr.  Body  depressed,  with  dorsal  shield  orbicular. 
Peduncle  deciduous,  infimdibuliform  at  the  posterior  part,  serving  for 
fixing  the  body. 

Sp.  Uropoda  tfegetant,  Mitte  vSgitaUve  Db  Gkxb  Mim,  vn.  PI.  7,  figs.  15—19 ; 
KooH  in  Hebbioh-Sohaffxb  DeuUeJU,  Im,  Heft  188,  Tab.  19 ;  Gniani 
loonoffr,,  Araehn.  PL  v.  fig.  10 ;  parasitic  on  beetles.  Gbbvaib  mentions 
some  other  species,  Aptirea,  m.  p.  9ii. 

Pteroptus  Leon-Dufour,  Celenpea  Montagu,  Sptntumta  V. 
Heyden.  Body  depressed.  Palps  with  last  joint  longer,  oval. 
Feet  thick,  with  joints  short 

8p.  Pteropiut  vapertUumis,  Hebmaitn  M6m,  Apt6r.  PI.  i,  fig.  14,  Koch  in 
HBBBiOH-SoHiErFBB  DevtaM.  Ins.  Heft  167,  Tab.  2$,  panusitic  on  Vaper- 
Hlio  nochda;  the  same  or  a  nearly  allied  species  occm«  on  Veap.  aeroHnvi, 
See  on  other  species  KooH  1. 1.  Heft  137  and  188,  who  joins  this  and  the 
preceding  genus  to  the  Sarooptidea  (our  Aearea). 

Argas  Latr.  Bostrum  inferior,  concealed  under  the  margin  of 
body  produced.  First  joint  of  palps  longer  than  the  rest.  Feet 
approximate  at  the  insertion,  biunguiculate,  with  caruncle  none  or 
indistinct 

8p.  Arffoa  r^/Uapua  Latbbillb,  Argua  r^/Uxm  Fabb.,  Bhynehoprion  eolvmba 
Hbbm .  Mhn,  Apt.  PLVi  fig"- 10, 1 1,  Kooh  in  Hbbbioh-Sohaffbb  Deutaeld. 
Ina,  Heft  189,  Tab.  i ;  found  in  France,  Italy,  ftc.  on  pigeons.  A  species 
occurring  in  Persia,  lives  in  houses,  and  by  its  puncture  occasions  in  man 
oonvulsions,  deliriiun,  and  sometimes,  as  is  asserted,  even  death:  Argua 
peraieua  Fisohbb,  Gbbvaib  Apiirea,  m.  pp.  199 — 331,  PI.  35,  fig.  6. 

Holothyras  Gerv. 

Consult  Gbbvaib  ApUrea,  m.  pp.  933.    Is  this  its  place  T 

Dermanyssus  Duqes.  Last  joint  of  palps  very  small ;  labium 
acute ;  mandibles  in  males  chelate,  with  outer  finger  very  long,  in 
females  ensiform.  Body  soft.  Anterior  feet  elongate ;  last  joint  of 
feet  furnished  with  canmcle  bilobed  and  two  claws. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ARACUNOIDEA.  579 

Sp.  Dermanjftsus  avium  Duo  b,  Gbbv.,  {Sma/ndie  dea  peUig  oueaux)  Dum^bil 
Con$.  gin,  8. 1.  Int.  PL  53,  fig.  t,  Ltonst  ReehercK.  PL  5,  fig.  t  i,  Duqbb 
Ann,  det  Se,  nai.  9e  S^rie,  ZooL  Tom.  n.  PL  7,  fig.  i  ;  DugIbb  and  Kooh 
unite  with  tl^B  species  the  Acarut  ChUina  Di  Gexb  Mitn,  vn.  PL  6,  figs. 
13,  14,  ajAAcaruM  hirundinU  HBRMAWif,  PL  i,  fig.  13.  This  species  lives 
in  bird-cages  and  hen-houses,  and  sucks  the  blood  of  the  animals,  especially 
by  night.    Other  species  liye  on  different  birds,  on  bats,  &c. 

Gamasua  Latr.  (with  the  addition  of  genera  Biro  and  Mcucro^ 
cAeZe^  ejosd.).  Mandibles  chelate,  denticulate.  Labium  trifid.  Body 
with  dorsal  shield  coriaceous,  mostly  double.  Anterior  feet  mostly 
longer ;  second  pair  of  feet  in  some  incrassated. 

Sp.  QavMuut  ccleoptratorum,  Acarua  coleoptraiorum  L.,  Robbkl  Int.  TV.  Tab. 
I,  figs.  10—13,  ^^  Geer  Mim,  Yii.  PL  6,  fig.  15,  KooH  in  HSBBICH- 
SOHAFFEB  J)eut8chl,  Ins.  Heft  168,  Tab.  19  ;  the  beeUe-mUe :  the  body  has 
an  orange-yellow  or  blood-red  colour;  many  insects,  that  creep  under- 
ground, or  live  in  dung,  especially  beetles  (OeolrupeB  vemalis,  tUreora/riuM) 
have  sometimes  their  entire  body  covered  with  hundreds  of  these  mites. 

This  numerous  genus  contains  moreover  many  species  that  live  on  the 
ground,  in  mosses,  underwood,  and  moist  pastures.  Also  the  mite  which 
was  met  with  by  Ltonet  on  the  caterpillar  of  Cottiu  ligniperda  belongs 
here.    Beck,  PL  6,  figs.  11,  11. 

Sub-genus :  Ladapa,  Zercon,  Sejus  Koch. 

CSonsuli  Uebenieht  da  Arachnidenayttemif  3teB  Heft,  30  Abtheil.  1843. 

Family  Vll.  Hydrarachnidta.  Palps  with  last  joint  nnguicu- 
late  or  spinose.  Eyes  two  or  four,  distinct  Feet  with  broad  coxsb, 
mostly  ciliated,  natatory,  posterior  surpassing  the  rest  in  length. 
Aquatic  animals. 

Compare  Hydraehna,  quoM  m  aquia  Dania  pahulriiua  ddeaat,  deacripaU, 
pingi  et  tabuUa  xi.  ceneia  incwU  euravU  O.  F.  Muellxb,  Lipsia,  1781,  4to. 

The  distinction  of  these  water-spiders  as  a  peculiar  genus  is  to  be  ascribed 
to  O.  P.  MUKLLEB.  L1NKJEU8  had  not  received  these  animals  into  his 
Syatema  naiurce;  Fabbioiub  in  his  Sntamologia  ayatemaiiea,  united  the 
species  then  known  to  him  with  his  genus  Tnmbidium,  and  only  after- 
wards, in  his  Syatema  andiatorum,  made  room  for  a  distinct  genus  for  these 
species  under  the  name  of  Atax,  p.  366.  Besides  the  genus  ffydrachna  of 
MusLLiB  we  a]so  receive  into  this  family  a  species  of  Acarua  of  LiNVAUS, 
which  is  the  typua  of  the  genus  Limnochwrea  of  Latbbillb. 

lAmnochares  Late.  Palps  scarcely  longer  than  rostrum.  Ros- 
trum conical,  truncated ;  mandibles  indistinct,  with  last  joint  subu- 
late.    Ocelli  four.    Legs  pilose,  four  posterior  remote. 

37—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


580  CLASS  IX. 

Sp.  AfMnodUwvt  holoierieta,  Aeartu  aqwUieut  L.  (exeL  dtatione  Fbibchu  ei 
SuLZSBi),  Boau  InM,  m.  Tab.  15,  I>s  Gsbb  MSm.Yn.  PI.  9,  figs.  15 — ly, 
Koch  in  HsBBiOH-SoH^rFBR  DeuUM,  In$,  Heft  150,  T»b.  44 ;  a"'  or  3"' 
long^  elongate,  very  soft,  during  life  vennilion-red :  this  litUe  animal  creeps 
on  the  bottom  of  morasses  and  ditches,  and  upon  watei^plants.  The  young 
animals  have  six  feet,  and  attach  themselres  by  their  sucker  to  OerrU 
lacutt/rU  (p.  443)  Duoia  Aim.  det  Se,  not.,  sec.  S^rie,  L  p.  161. 

Eylais  Latr.  Palps  with  basal  joints  short,  penultimate  large, 
last  subulate,  armed  with  spines.  Bostrum  short.  Mandibles  ter- 
minated bj  a  moveable  claw.  Ocelli  four,  approximate  in  the  mid- 
dle of  the  anterior  part  of  body.  Feet  long,  slender ;  two  posterior 
pilose,  the  rest  ciliated. 

Sp.  EyhUa  exlendeni,  Hydrackna  extenden*,  Muxll.,  ffydr.  Tab.  9,  fig.  4, 
KoGH  L  L  Tab.  ax,  si  (according  to  Koch  Acana  <tquaUeu$  L.,  which 
however  is  doubtAil,  and  is  in  opposition  to  the  citation  of  B<xbel  horn 
Luksmvb). 

Hydrackna  MuELL.  (in  part),  Latb.,  Duq^s  (and  Diplodofdm 
ejusd.).  Penultimate  joint  of  palps  forming  with  the  last  a  forceps. 
Ocelli  two,  or  four  bigeminous,  lateral,  distant.    Feet  ciliated. 

Sp.  Efdraehna  cmaUa  Mukll.,  Hydryfkamtn  cmeidm  KooH,  Dk  Gkkb 
M4m,  yn.  PL  9,  figs.  11,  la,  Muxllbb  Hydr,  PI.  9,  fig.  i,  KooK  in 
HXBBIOH-SOHJVFXB  2>.  /tu.  Heft  150,  Tab.  x6.  The  young  animals  of 
this  and  other  species  with  six  feet  and  a  sucker,  as  Musllib  had  already 
remarked  (|ni22m  «b  ovm  auhtdi  tex  tanfmn  pedihus  etprobatdde  tingidari 
inulruetot),  are  described  as  distinct  species  of  Aearida  by  AuDOunr,  under 
the  generic  name  Achlyna  (Jf^m.  de  la  Soc.  dHid,  not.  de  Parit,  i.  1843, 
pp.  98 — 109).  DuoBS  has  illustrated  this  subject  by  continuous  observa- 
tions, and  has  made  known  the  entire  life  of  these  water-spiders  in  its 
different  periods,  Ann,  det  8c,  fiol.  le  S^rie,  I.  pp.  165 — 171.  From  the 
eggs,  which  have  been  laid  in  spring  in  the  sterna  of  water-plants  peiforated 
for  the  purpose,  little  hexapod  animals  come  to  view,  with  a  laige  heart- 
shaped  sucker,  which  might  be  taken  for  a  head,  but  that  the  eyes  are 
situated  behind  it,  on  the  anterior  margin  of  the  back.  After  an  interval 
they  attach  themselves  to  different  water-insects  {Nqpa,  JtetncUra,  Dyii§cut), 
and,  whilst  the  abdomen  is  growing  and  extending  itself  into  an  elongated 
sac,  the  feet  and  the  sucker  remain  of  the  same  size.  In  thu  fonn  the 
water-spiders  were  observed  by  Swammkbdam  on  Nq^  (Bijbd  der  Nahmr. 
PI.  in.  figs.  lY.  and  v.),  and  described  by  him  as  the  eggs  of  this  animal, 
although  he  had  already  expressed  his  doubts  whether  they  were  not  rather 
distinct  animals,  which  had  their  increase  by  sucking  the  blood  of  the  J^^pa 
(biz.  930).  In  this  period  the  animalcules  are  named  Achlyna  by  AuDOUUr; 
Duoia  then  calls  them  nymphs;  within  the  skin  the  perfect  animal  is 
formed,  like  a  fly  in  the  pu^  eoaretata  (see  above,  p.  473).  Bubmbibtbb 
also,  rimultaneously  with  Duoka,  announced  firom  his  observations  that 
Achlyna  is  a  youtUul  form  of  Hydroehma,   Okbh'b  /«'«,  1834,  s.  138 — 143. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ARACUNOIDEA.  581 

Atax  Fab£.  (in  part),  Duo^  (and  Arrenurua  ejusd.),  Palps 
subulate,  with  last  joint  falcate,  or  unguiculate.  Ocelli  two,  lateral, 
distant.  Body  in  the  males  of  some  species  narrowed  posteriorly 
and  produced  into  an  appendage  truncated  or  cylindrical  {Arrenurua 

DUGES). 

Add  sub-genera:   NesoBa,  Fionaj  HygrobaUa^y  HydrochoreuiUa, 
AtracHdea,  Acercua^  Marica  Koch. 

Comp.  UAemekt  da  Arachnidengyttenu,  mtes  Heft,  erat  AbtheiL  1843, 
and  P.  T.  YAJf  Bbnbdsv  Mecherehet  wr  TAtax  ypnUtphwa,  JSydraehna 
eonchartim,    Mim,  de  VAcad,  rcyaU  de  JBdgiqite,  Tom.  xxxv. 

Family  Vlll.  BdeUea.  Bostrum  subulate,  separated  firom 
body  by  stricture,  often  large,  resembling  a  head.  Body  oblong, 
mostly  parted  by  a  transverse  groove  or  stricture  between  the 
second  and  third  pairs  of  feet.  Palps  inserted  at  the  base  of  ros- 
trum, lateral,  divaricate,  large.  Mandibles  terminated  by  an  in- 
curved daw  or  two  small  fingers.  Ocelli  mostly  distinct,  four. 
Feet  cursorial,  attenuated  towards  the  apex,  terminated  by  two 
small  claws. 

BdeHa  Lath.,  Scirtta  Herm.  Palps  filiform,  geniculate  or  in- 
curved.   Feet  subequal. 

BdeUa  Dugbs,  Koch,  Ammonia  Koca,  Seirua  Dxrcns,  Kooh, 
Eupaltia  Koch. 

Gump.  Vebenieht  da  Arachnidentsfitemi,  mtes  Heft,  3,  pp.  73 — 80. — Sp. 
BdeUa  vulgarit  Latb.,  Hsbicann  M4m,  Aptir.  PL  3,  fig.  9,  Kooh,  Hibbioh- 
SoRJBVFXB  D.  Ins.  Heft  167,  tab.  8. 

CheyUtua  Latr.  Palps  thick,  incurved,  filiform.  Feet  slender, 
anterior  longer.    Ocelli  none  or  indistinct. 

See  figures  in  Koch,  HEsaiCH-ScHiEFFEB,  Hefi.  167,  Tab.  20, 
21,  22. 

Family  IX.  Trombidtna.  Palps  chelate,  with  last  two  joints 
opposite,  the  external  (penultimate)  representing  an  incurved 
claw.    Feet  terminated  by  two  small  claws,  cursorial. 

Tromhidium  Fabr.  (exclusive  of  some  species).  Two  mandi- 
bles homy,  unguiculate,  included  in  labium.    Body  suboval  or 


^  In  the  neighbourhood  of  Bydrobata  KooH  prohMy  Ponlaraehna  PBiLim  ought 
to  be  placed,  if  it  ie  to  be  considered  a  distinct  genus ;  ayery  sniall Bjfdraehina  obienred 
in  the  bay  of  Naples.  AnnaU  tf  nal,  ffitUtry,  Ti.  1841,  pp.  98—100. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQ IC 


582  CLASS  IX. 

oblong,  divided  into  two  paxts ;  two  anterior  pairs  of  feet  placed  at 
the  anterior  part,  remote  from  the  two  posterior.  Ocelli  two,  auh- 
pednnculate. 

«  Sp.  Trombidium  hdoserictwm  Fabb.,  Acotm  hcHouriceia  L.,  Db  Gbsb  Mi1^, 
Tii.  PL  8,  figs.  19— 18,  Hbbmann  Mim,  ApUr,  PL  i.  fig.  a,  andPLii. 
fig.  I,  Tbbyibanub  Verm.  Schr.  i.  Tab.  v.  fig.  a8;  scarletried,  felty,  almost 
quadrangular:  this  little  animal  may  be  often  seen^  espedally  in  spring,  on 
the  ground  in  gardens  or  in  mosses  on  the  stems  of  trees. 

Trambidium  tmdorium  Fabb.,  Slabbbb  Natuvrh  VerUutig,  Tab.  n., 
Hbbmanh  M^m.  ApUrol.  PL  i.  fig.  i,  I>uk6bil  Cans.  gH,  f.  2.  /im.  PL  55, 
fig.  4,  from  Guinea. 

The  young  individuals  of  different  species  live  pansiticaUy  on  insects. 
These  are  the  six-footed  Acarida,  of  which  Latbeillb  formed  the  genus 
il stoma  {Gen,  CrvM,  et  Ins.  i.  p.  163).  On  Phalangiwn  also  audi  hesapod 
parasites  are  met  with  (Genus  Leptta  Laxb.  L  1.  p.  161). 

Stigmams  Koch.     With  ocelli  indistinct 

Erytkrceus  Latr.    {Rhynchohphus  Duo^S,   KocH,   Hrythreaa 
DuGES,  Koch). 

Note. — Body  undivided.  Four  posterior  feet  not  very  remote  from 
..    anterior.    Other  characters  almost  of  Trombidium. 

On  some  other  divisions  see  Koch  UeberHcht,  m.  2,  pp.  41 — 60.  Here 
also  is  to  be  referred  genus  Tetrcmchus  DurouB  {Ann.  des  Se.  nai.  zxv. 
183a,  pp.  276 — 185)1  ^  which  division  belong  Trombidwrn  idarium,  T. 
tUiarum,  T.  Socium  Hebm.,  and  other  minute  species  of  Acari,  forming 
fine  close  webs  that  invest  and  suffocate  shrubs  and  trees. 


Order  IV.    Phalangita. 

Cephalothorax  conjoined  with  abdomen.  Abdomen  ringed  or 
transversely  folded.    Palps  filiform. 

Family  X.  Phalangita,  (Characters  of  the  order  those  of  the 
single  family).  Mandibles  didactylous,  mostly  exsert.  Feet  elon- 
gate, terminated  by  a  single  claw. 

Trogulus  Latr.  Cephalothorax  produced  anteriorly  into  a 
clypeus,  covering  the  organs  of  the  mouth.  Ocelli  two  at  the  base 
of  clypeus.  Palps  filiform,  not  imguiculate  at  the  apex.  Tarsi  not 
elongate,  with  three  joints.     Body  elongate,  depressed. 

Sp.  Trogylus  nqpcrformie  Latb.,  Oener.  Onid.  et  Ina.  Tab.  vi.  fig.  i,  GuiBiH 
Iconogr.,  Ina,  PL  4,  fig.  6.  To  this  genus  belongs  also  PhakBugium  trieari- 
natum  L.  and  Fabb.,  but  is,  according  to  Koch,  a  different  species  from 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ARACHNOIDEA.  583 

the  finrmer :  see  other  species  of  this  genus  figured  and  desoribed  in  KooH'B 
Araehn,  T.  Bd.  pp.  138 — 149.  Tbb.  176—179. 

Cryptostemma  Guia.  With  ocelli  none  or  indistinct ;  ^th  tarsi 
composed  of  four  or  five  joints ;  with  mandibles  exsert  See  GufsiN 
Rifoue  Z06L  1S38,  p.  11,  Oertaib  ApUres^  m.  pp.  130,  131,  FL  47, 
fig.  4. 

Note. — Genus  Ootculut  LjioN  Dufotjb  Ann,  det  8e.  not.  zxv.  1839,  pp. 
989 — 396,  PL  9,  figs.  I — 3,  is  referred  here  by  its  author  himself,  by 
GuiBlK  and  others ;  but  this  scarcely  seems  to  be  its  place. 

Phalangium  Latr.  (species  from  genus  Phalaryium  L.).  Ce- 
phalothorax  not  produced  anteriorlj.  Mandibles  exsert.  Palps 
unguiculate  at  the  apex.  Tarsi  mostly  with  several  (6 — 8,  or  very 
numerous)  joints.  Ocelli  two  in  the  middle  of  cephalothorax, 
seated  on  a  common  tubercle;  two  others  accessory  in  many, 
lateral,  remote,  situated  more  forward. 

Gcnyl^ptea  Kibbt.  Palps  spinose,  dilated  Coz»  of  last  pair  of 
feet  very  broad  Dorsal  scutum  homy,  hard  (Tarsi  mostly  with 
not  more  than  ten  joints.     Posterior  feet  longer  than  the  rest), 

Sp.  ChnylepUs  horridut  Kibbt  Transact.  Linn.  Soc.  xn.  PL  72,  ^g.  6, 
Centurie  d'Int.  Paris,  1834,  PL  4,  ^g.  8,  Bnai^-^Oonyl.  curvipet  GuiBOr 
Iconoffr.,  Araehn.  PL  4,  fig.  5,  Chili,  kc 

Note. — ^All  the  species  are  exotic;  in  some  the  posterior  legs  are  very 
long,  slender,  and  surpass  the  body  three  times  or  more:  Mcutigopvt  (genus 
ineditum  Musei  L.  B.)  or  Mitobaies  Sundev.  Contpect,  Araehn.  p.  54. 
Pebtt  and  Koch  have  proposed  several  other  genera,  on  which  see  KooH 
Ueberticht,  2  Heft^  pp.  8 — 22.  Grenera  Cosmelus  and  Ditcotama  PiBTT 
form  the  transition  between  Q<mylept€»  and  Phala/ngivm. 

PhcU<mgvum  (species  from  genus  Phakt/ngivm  auctor).  Posterior 
coxffi  scai'cely  thicker  than  the  rest.  Feet  slender,  with  tand  having 
numerous  joints  (10 — 15  or  more) ;  second  and  last  pairs  sub- 
equal,  longer  than  the  others. 

Sp.  Phalangium  opilio  L.,  OpUio  parietinu9  Hebbst,  Kooh,  Db  Gebb  Mhn. 
vn.  PI.  10,  fig.  I,  Hahn  Arachnid,  n.  PL  69; — Phal.  comtOumlj.,  Oeraa- 
Uma  comtUum  KooH,  Db  Gebb  ib.  fig.  19,  Hahn  Araehn.  n.  PL  70, 
Hebmanb  Mim.  ApUr.  PL  8,  fig.  6  (Geoffbot  and  Latbeillb  hold  the 
two  for  one  species,  and  the  last  for  the  male  of  Opilio;  Hebmakv,  Tbb- 
yiBAiTOB,  Hahb  and  Koch  consider  them  to  be  different  species.  These 
animals  {harvettspiders,  hatterd-tpinnen  hooiwagens,  faueheura)  run  very 
rigidly;  they  lurk  in  chinks  of  walls,  live  on  the  ground  between  stones, 
on  trunks  of  trees,  Ac.  The  long  thin  legs,  after  their  separation  from  the 
body,  present  for  a  long  time  indications  of  remaining  irritability.    The 


Digitized  by 


Google 


584  CLASS  IX. 

anatomy  of  Phalamgiimn  OpUio  has  been  deacribed  by  6.  R.  TsB^nLAVus 
Verm.  Schr,  i.  1816,  a.  30 — ^40,  and  A.  Tulk  Aim.  and  Magaz.  of  not 
Huit,  VoL  xn.  1843,  pp.  153—1^5,  PP.  «43— «53*  PP.  3i»— 33i.  PI-  3—5- 
Ncte. — Several  genera  have  been  proposed  by  KooH  for  the  azrangement 
of  the  numerouB  apeciea  of  Pkalanffiwui;  aee  Uebeniehl,  2te8  Hefl^  a.  43 — 
SB.—Pkalangodet  Tbllkampv  ia  diatingoiahed  by  the  defect  of  ocelH. 

Order  V.    Bfeudoscorpiones. 

Cephalothorax  conjoined  with  abdomen.  Abdomen  annulate. 
Palps  large,  terminated  hj  a  hand  didactjloos  (chela)« 

Family  XI.  Pseudoscarpianes.  (Characters  of  the  order  those 
of  the  single  family).  Palps  longer  than  feet,  thicker.  Feet  mode- 
rate, terminated  by  two  claws.  Habitus  of  little  scorpions  without 
tails. 

Chelifsr  Geopfr.,  Latr.  {Ohisium  Illig.),  species  of  PhaUm- 
gium  L.  The  single  genus.  (Mandibles  didactylous.  Ocelli  two 
or  four,  distant,  lateral). 

Chdi/er  Leach.     Cephalothorax  parted  in  two  by  a  transYerse 
furrow.     OceUufl  single  on  each  side. 

Sp.  CKdifer  eancroJdes,  Pkatangivm  canenAda  L.,  BosKL  Int,  m.  Tab.  64 ; 
the  hooh'tcorpion ;  brown  red ;  the  ahear-shaped  palps  are  twioe  as  long  aa 
the  body ;  the  body  without  the  palp  ia  scaroely  i'"  long.  TioB  little  animal 
livea  in  dark  and  moiat  places  in  houses,  between  books,  &c.,  and  feeds  on 
mites  and  wood-lice. 

Obiaium  Leach.    Cephalothorax  undivided     Ocelli  on  each  ade 
two. 

Comp.  Lbaoh  Tran9(ui.  of  the  Linn.  Soe.  XI.  p.  391 ;  LxAGH  On  Ae 
Charaeten  of  Scorpionidea,  with  de$cripiiont  of  the  Britiih  Speeie8  qf  C^ifer 
and  Obitium,  Zocl,  MitceU.  ill.  18 17,  PI.  4S— 53;  Db  Thus  i;€Mr«  d  M. 
AuDOunr  iur  qwlquu  Arciehnidea,  Ann.  dm  8e.  not.  xxrn.  1834,  pp.  61 — 
78,  PI.  1—3 ;  KooH  Arachnid,  X.  Bd.  3,  4  Heft  (new  genera  ChAiomm 
and  PekruM), 

Order  VI.     SoUfugiB. 

Cephalothorax  distinct  from  abdomen.  Abdomen  annulate. 
Palps  filiform,  porrect,  of  the  length  of  feet. 

Family  XII.  OaUodea.  (Characters  of  the  order  those  of  the 
single  &mily). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AlUCHNOIDEA.  585 

Galeodea  Oliv.,  Latr.  {Solpuga  Lichtenst.,  Fabr.).  Mandi- 
bles ventricose,  large,  porrect,  with  chelae  vertical,  the  lower  finger 
moveable.  Palps  with  apex  rounded,  clawless,  longer  than  the 
first  pair  of  feet.  First  pair  of  feet  unarmed,  remaining  feet 
armed  with  two  claws  at  the  apex.  Ocelli  two,  placed  in  a 
common  tubercle  at  the  middle  of  the  thoracic  shield,  near  the 
anterior  margin.  Body  villose ;  legs  and  palps  covered  with  long 
scattered  hairs.  Posterior  coxae  famished  at  the  inferior  margin 
with  a  row  of  appendages  membranous,  triangular,  petiolate. 

Sp.  Oaleodet  araneo^deSy  Phalangium  arcmeoUiei  Pall.  SpieU.  iz.  Tab.  m. 
figs.  7,  8,  9,  DuM^iL  ConM.  gin.  t.  I  Jn».  PI.  55,  fig.  3,  Southern  Buasu^ 
Greece,  ice.,  and  many  oiher  spedes,  especiaDiy  firom  Africa.  See  Koca 
in  Ebiohbon'b  Areh.f.  Naiurgeseh.  vni.  1S42,  s.  350—356.  Most  of  the 
species  are  from  the  old  world ;  there  are,  however,  American  species  also 
enmnerated  by  KooH,  to  which  may  be  added  OaUodea  Umbtda  and  O, 
Oabat,  Lucas  in  Gu^bin  Mag,  de  Zool,  1834,  Araekn.  PI.  5,  1835,  Araekn, 
PL  n.  These  animals  appear  to  reside  in  warm  sandy  regions,  and  to  come 
frt>m  their  Inrking-places  by  night  especially.  On  the  dorsal  sur&oe  of  the 
upper-jaws  some  have  a  leaf -like  appendage,  whidi,  according  to  Gbbvaib, 
is  a  character  of  the  male. 

According  to  J.  Muellxb,  besides  the  two  laiger  eyes,  there  are  in  an 
Egyptian  species  two  smaller  eyes  on  pedicles,  and  two  lateral  eyes  {Ver^. 
Phynol.  da  Oesiehtsinnes,  s.  333) ;  in  the  specimens  investigated  by  me  I 
could  not  perceive  these  eyes. 

The  bite  of  Oaleodet  is  considered  to  be  very  venomous  and  dangerous; 
Olivibb,  who  met  with  many  of  these  animals  in  Persia  and  Arabia,  was 
not  himself  bitten,  nor  was  any  one  of  his  companions,  by  them,  and  was 
not  able  to  discover  any  sure  proof  of  the  reality  of  the  danger.  Voyage 
dans  V Empire  othoman,  Paris,  Tom.  vi.  1807,  p.  306.  (Gomp.  also  the 
figures  there,  PI.  4a,  figs.  3—6,  and  in  SoKNun  Vogage  en  Cfrice,  Paris, 
1 80 1,  PI.  3 ;  the  latter  traveller  found  his  specimen  On  the  island  of  Qypms. 
Seel.  pp.  115 — 114.) 

Sub-genera:  Sdpuga,  (?a20(x2^«,  ile{2optMKooH  (with  jointed tani),iZAate, 
Qluvia  ejusd.  (with  tarsi  not  jointed). 

B.  Respiratory  organs  either  lungs  or  trache»,  together  with 
longs.    Cephalothorax  distinct  from  abdomen. 

Order  VII.    Pedipalpi. 

Palps  large,  resembling  feet,  chelate  at  the  apex.  Abdomen 
divided  by  segments.  Pulmonary  sacs  without  trachea ;  eight  or 
four  stigmata. 

Family  XIII.  Phrynides.  Abdomen  separated  from  thorax  by 
a  slight  constriction.    Stigmata  two  on  each  side  at  the  base  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


586  CLASS  IX. 

abdomen.  Mandibles  monodactylous.  Palps  spinose.  Ocelli  eight, 
situated  at  the  anterior  part  of  cephalothorax ;  the  two  middle 
approximate  on  a  common  tabercle  ;  three  on  each  side  marginal, 
disposed  in  a  triangle.  Two  anterior  feet  longer,  with  tarsi  claw- 
less,  slender,  multiarticulate. 

Phrynus  Oliv.  (Species  of  Phalangium  L.,  Tarantula  Fabb. 
in  part).  Palps  supplied  at  the  apex  with  a  homy  claw,  of  the 
length  of  body  or  longer  than  body.  First  pair  of  feet  slender, 
very  long,  resembling  antennse,  with  tibiee  and  tarsi  multiarticulate. 
Body  depressed.  Cephalothorax  broad,  semicircular,  emarginate 
posteriorly. 

Sp.  PhrynuB  luncBttu,  Phalangium  htnatum  Vall.,  Pkalangium  ren^orme 
L.  (in  part),  Pallas  SpicU.  ZoU.  ix.  Tab.  3,  fig.  5,  Hxbbst  Naiun^  der 
ung^.  Int.  I.  Berlin,  1797,  Tab.  m.,  Latb.,  Hid.  not.  des  CruH.  et  de$ 
Ins.  PL  61,  fig.  I ; — Phryntu  rm\formu,  Phalangmm  rmiforme  Pall,  (not 
L.),  8pie,  Zool.  Tab.  dt.  ^g.  3,  DuiciRiL  Chm.  gSn.  $,  L  Ins,  PL  56, 
fig.  1,  &c. 

Gomp.  J.  Van  Deb  Hoevkn,  Sijdragen  tot  de  kennis  van  het  gedaeht 
Phryrvus,  Tijdsehr.  voor  not.  Oesehied.  en  Physiol,  ix.  pp.  68 — 91.  PL  I.  n. 

TelyphontL8  Latr.  (Species  oi  Phalangium  L.,  Tarantula  Fabb. 
in  part).  Palps  thick,  terminated  by  hand  didactylous,  shorter 
than  body.  First  pair  of  feet  with  tarsi  eight-jointed,  and  tibia 
with  two  joints.  Cephalothorax  oblong,  oval,  not  broader  than 
abdomen.    Abdomen  terminated  by  an  articulate  seta. 

Sp.  Telyphonus  pro8Corpio  Latb.,  Phalangium  caudaium  L.,  Spic  Zool,  ix. 
Tab.  3,  figs.  I,  2,  Gu^BiN  Iconogr.,  Arach.  PL  3,  ^,  3  (is  it  the  same 
species  1) ;  hah.  in  Java. 

NoU, — The  species  of  this,  as  well  as  of  the  preceding  genns,  are  difficult 
to  distinguish.  They  are  found  in  tropical  regions  of  both  hemispheres: 
none  European  is  known.  On  the  TeUphoni  oomp.  Luoas  in  Gu&iiir 
Magas.  de  Zool.  1835.  Arachn.  PL  8—10. 

Family  XIV.  Scorpianes.  Abdomen  sessile.  Stigmata  four 
on  each  side,  in  the  second,  third,  fourth  and  fifth  ventral  scuta. 
Mandibles  didactylous.  Palps  longer  than  feet,  terminated  by 
hand  didactylous  with  external  finger  mobile.  Six  last  segments  of 
abdomen  abruptly  narrowed,  resembling  a  tail ;  last  segment  vesi- 
cular, terminated  by  an  incurved  sting.  Feet  increasing  in  length 
firom  the  first  towards  the  last  pair,  moderate,  all  biunguiculate  at 
the  apex.  Two  pectinate  appendages,  with  teeth  different  in  number, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ARACHNOIDEA.  587 

at  the  inferior  part  of  body  behind  the  coxa  of  the  fourth  pair  of 
feet 

Scorpio  L.  (Characters  of  the  family).  Ocelli  two  in  the 
middle  of  cephalothorax,  approximate,  larger.  Lateral  ocelli  in 
the  anterior  margin  of  cephalothorax,  number  various. 

The  soorpions  live  in  wann  regions  of  the  temperate  zone  and  in 
tropical  countries.  In  the  last  joint  of  the  abdomen  is  a  poison- 
gland,  which  renders  the  wound  of  the  scorpion  dangerous,  (see  Bedi 
De  GenercU.  Ineedor.  Amstelod  1686,  pp.  84 — 91  ;  De  Mauper- 
Tuis  Experiences  auar  lea  Soorpions,  Mem,  de  VAcad.  de  Pcvrisy 
powr  1731,  p.  223).  Moreover  these  animals  are  distinguished  by 
two  comb-shaped  appendages  at  the  base  of  the  abdomen.  These 
appendages  consist  of  a  flat  pedicle  that  runs  fcransversely  outwards 
and  becomes  thinner  towards  its  apex ;  this  on  its  inferior  margin 
bears  parallel  lancet-shaped  leaflets  (teeth),  standing  perpendicular 
to  its  axis.  The  number  of  these  teeth  diflers  in  difierent  species, 
yet  is  not  sufficiently  determinate  but  subject  to  change,  so  that  it 
it  is  an  uncertain  character  for  the  distinction  of  species. 

Oomp.  on  the  divifidons  and  the  species  of  this  numerous  family,  LiAOH 
TrcaiB,  of  the  Linn.  Soc.  xi,  p.  391 ;  Hbmpbioh  and  Ehbbnbbbo  Symb, 
fhytie.,  Everts,  I.  Ara>chnofdea,  Berolini,  folio  1828,  cum  tabulis  2;  P. 
Gkbvaib  Remarquea  sur  la  famiUe  dea  Scorpions,  Archives  du  Museum, 
Tom.  lY.  1845,  PP>  ^01 — ^4^*  ^^'  ^^*  ^^'  ^^  ^®  number  of  the  eyes  alone 
no  natural  groups  or  sub-genera  can  be  founded.  The  hoibUus,  the  greater 
or  less  breadth  of  the  six  last  abdominal  rings,  and  the  form  of  the  forceps, 
indicate  better  sab-divisions,  or  ought  at  least  to  be  conjoined  with  the 
character  from  the  eyes. 

Androctonua  Ehbenr  With  twelve  ocelli,  five  lateral  on  each 
side.  Centru/rus  Ehsenb.  With  ten  ocelli,  four  lateral  on  each 
side.  BtUhue  Leach,  Ehrenr  With  eight  ocelli,  three  lateral  on 
each  sida  Scorpio  Leach,  Scorpiua  Ehbenb.  With  six  ocelli,  two 
lateral  on  each  side^ 

Note. — Sub-genus  JButhus,  far  from  natural,  ought  to  be  distributed  into 
other  sub-genera,  after  the  example  of  Ehbekbkbo  and  KooH;  comp. 
Gbbtais  L  L,  who  admits  three  sub-genera  Ischnwrus,  .Sv^Aiwand  TeU^onuM. 

Sp.  Scorpio  ewropcBut,  Scorpio  Jlavicaudus,  Di  Gebb  M6m.  vn.  Fl.  40,  figs. 
II — 13,  BoBMErrat  Elea^  Entom.  Tab.  113,  Guy.  H.  Anim.  id.  ill.,  Arachn. 
PI.  19,  fig.  2,  hab.  south  of  Europe  and  north  of  Africa; — Scorpio  afet  L., 
Koubl  Ins.  m.  Tab.  65,  Koch  Arachniden,  m.  Tab.  79,  &c. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


588  CLASS  IX. 


Order  VUL    Araneidea. 

Palps  subfilifomi,  with  last  joint  in  males  supplied  with  varioos 
appendages,  subservient  to  copulation.  Abdomen  coveied  with 
skin  continuous,  mostly  soft,  constricted  at  the  base  or  joined  to 
the  oephalothorax  bj  means  of  a  petiole.  Stigmata  ncTer  more 
than  four,  mostly  only  two*  Respiration  in  all  pulmonaiy,  in  some 
tracheal  at  the  same  time. 

Family  XV.  Araneidea  {Aranece  Latr.)  Characters  of  the 
order  also  those  of  the  single  iamily. 

(Mandibles  monodactylous,  with  terminal  claw  perforate,  for  the 
excretion  of  a  poisonous  liquid.  Four  or  six  papillae  cylindrical  or 
conical  at  the  inferior  surface  of  abdomen,  situated  towards  the 
posterior  part,  perforated  by  very  minute  foramina  for  the  passage 
of  a  silky  substance.  Feet  different  in  length,  similar  in  form, 
terminated  by  a  double  or  triple  claw.) 

The  spiders.  Ail  these  animalg  prepare  from  a  silky  substaiioe 
certain  filaments  with  which  they  cover  their  egg^  Many,  fixnn 
the  same  Bubetanoe,  form  alao  webs  and  nets  iu  which  they  capture 
their  prey.  At  the  hind  part  of  the  body  four,  or  in  most  spedefl, 
six  spinarets  are  found,  beset  with  fine  tubules  through  which  the 
silky  matter  escapes.  The  secretion  is  effected  in  the  form  of  an 
adhesive  fluid  by  means  of  glands,  or  tubes  of  very  diff^ent  form, 
pear-shaped,  glandular  sacs  united  in  groups,  blind  tubes  convdated 
and  ramified.  See  Tbevirakus  Ueber  den  innem  Bau  derAraehmcL 
s.  41—44,  Tab.  iv,  v.  figs.  42 — 44 ;  Verm.  Schr.  l  &  11,  12,  Tab.  i. 
fig.  4,  H.  Meckel  Arch.  /.  AnaL  u.  Physiol.  1846,  s.  50^-^6,  Ta£ 
lu.  figs.  38 — 45. 

The  long  threads  that  cover  the  fields  or  float  in  the  air,  espedallj 
in  the  fall  of  the  year,  {Gossamery  Her/stdradeuy  JUs  de  la  Vierge, 
Herbstgam,  der  fliegender  Sommer)  are  connidered  by  some  writen 
to  be  products  of  the  atmosphere,  or  exhalations  firom  plants ;  the 
chemical  investigation  of  G.  J.  Mulder  has  proved  that  these 
threads  agree  in  composition  with  silk,  and  beyond  doubt  are  the 
work  of  spiders. 

See  NiUwi^'m  Scheibundig  Archirf,  and  a  postscript  by  my  hand,  in 
which  I  have  cited  some  works  on  this  subject.    Latrbilli  ascribes  these 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ARACHNOIDEA.  589 

threads  to  young  spiders.  lUgne  Anim.  i  dd.  lY.  pp.  319,  410.  Comp.  J. 
Blaokwall  Catalogue  pf  Brituh  Spiden,  imdvding  Remarki  on  their  Strue^ 
iftre,  Fwnetiona,  JBeonomy  and  SyttemaUe  ArrangemetU,  Awn.  nai,  ffitt,  md 
Series,  vn. — IL,  185 1 — 1853. 

Phalanx  I.  Areneas  tetrapneumones,  Mygalides  SuNDEY.,  Koch. 
Spinarets  four,  two  of  them  large,  exsert,  two  others  veiy  short. 
(Stigmata  four,  leading  to  four  pulmonary  sacs.  Ocelli  always 
eight.  Claw  at  the  apex  of  mandible  in  the  same  direction  as 
the  mandible,  capable  of  inflection  downwards,  large,  incurved). 

Mygale  Walck.  Ocelli  approximate,  situated  in  the  anterior 
part  of  cephalothorax  (  .':  !.*  ).  Palps  proceeding  from  the  apex 
of  maxillsB.  Labrum  inserted  under  the  base  of  maxillae,  veiy 
small,  quadrate.  Feet  hirsute,  subequal,  first  and  fourth  pairs 
longer. 

Sp.  Mygale  avievlaria  Walok.,  Aranea  avieuiaria  L.,  Klksxann  BeUrdge, 
Tftb.  zi.  xn.,  Ds  Gkbb  Mim,  yn.  PL  38,  fig.  8;  a  large  spider  of  8. 
America ;  the  body  i"  6'"  and  morei,  the  bind  legs  1"  $"*;  it  lires  in  a 
tubular  web  narrowed  behind,  in  chinks  of  bark  of  trees,  between  stones, 
&c.;  the  female  places  the  web  in  which  she  has  laid  her  eggs  close  to  her 
nest.  It  has  been  asserted  that  these  spiders  are  able  to  seize  small  birds 
(humming-birds),  and  hence  the  name  of  this  species ;  there  is,  however,  no 
reason  to  think  that  the  account  is  founded  on  any  thing  better  than  fable. 
See  on  the  web  and  mode  of  life  of  this  animal  Latbbillk  Mim.  du  Mut. 
vni.  183a,  pp.  456 — 460,  and  W.  8.  Mao  Lkat  TSrans.  of  the  Zool,  Sac. 
I.  7,  1834,  pp.  179 — 194.  Other  similarly  large  species  are  also  found  in 
the  eastern  hemisphere,  as  Mygale  fcueiata  Walok.  Hist.  not.  dea  Aran. 
IV.  PL  I ;  Ceylon. 

Cteniza  Latb.     Mandible  fumished  beneath,  near  the  claw,  with 
a  row  of  homy  barbs. 

Sp.  Mygale  eametOaria  Lath.,  Walck.,  ffieL  naJt.  dee  Aran.  m.  PL  10: — 
Mygale  fodnene  Walok.,  Mygale  Sauvageeii  Latb.  :  these  species  of  southern 
Europe,  which  certain  exotic  species  resemble,  live  in  vertical  tubular 
cavities  underground,  closed  by  a  circular  coyer  as  by  a  door,  and  lined 
internally  with  silken  web.  On  the  inside  of  ihe  cover  are  small  impres- 
nons,  to  which  the  spider  attaches  itself  by  means  of  the  booklet  of  the 
jaws,  holding  iast  to  the  walls  of  the  tube  with  its  feet,  in  order  to  keep  the 
door  close  when  an  attempt  is  made  to  open  it;  this  shuts  down  by  its  own 
weight.  See  Sauvaoxs  M4m.  de  VAcad.  dee  8c.  de  Parte,  1758,  ffiel. 
p.  a6,  Latbkills  Mimoiree  de  la  Soe.  d^ffiet.  not.  de  Parie,  &c.,  An.  vn. 
4to.  pp.  118 — 148,  PL  VI.,  AuDOUUi  Ann.  de  la  8oc.  entom.  n.  1833,  pp. 
69—85.  PL  4. 

Oletera  Walck.,  Atypm  Late. 
Eriodon  Latr.,  Mismlena  Walck. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


590  CLAJSS  IX. 

ArUhrchia  Tellk.    Ocelli  none. 

Livos  in  cavema.     Ought  it  to  be  ooimted  of  tins  fiGunilj  % 

Phalanx  11.  Aranece  dtpneumones.  Spinarets  six.  (Pulmonary 
sacs  only  two ;  stigmata  mostly  two,  sometimes  four,  the  two 
posterior  leading  to  trachea,  not  to  lungs.  Ocelli  mostly  eight, 
sometimes  fewer.  Claw  of  mandible  capable  of  inflection  trans- 
versely or  laterally  to  the  inner  margin  of  mandible). 

Most  of  the  spiders  of  this  division  have  only  two  stigmata.  In 
some,  however,  four  are  observed,  and  on  that  account  the  genera 
Dysdera  and  FUistcUa  were  placed  by  Latreille  with  MygdU 
(amongst  the  Tetraprievmonea).  But  two  of  these  stigmata  do  not 
lead  to  pulmonary  sacs,  but  to  air-tubes,  and  were  also  obserred  in 
Argynoreta  by  Grube.  For  the  arrangement,  therefore,  this  cha- 
racter of  the  number  of  stigmata  is  without  weight,  because  it  does 
not  indicate  natural  affinity.  The  number  of  lung-sacs,  on  the  other 
hand,  appears  to  be  in  harmony  with  the  characters  derived  from  the 
mandibles  and  from  the  number  of  spinarets. 

A.  TubitdcB.  Spinarets  cylindrical,  parallel,  collected  into 
a  fiasciculus,  directed  backwards.  Ocelli  six  or  eight  disposed 
in  two  rows  (in  one  genus  only  two).  Fourth  or  first  pair  of  legs 
very  long  \  intermediate  legs  shorter. 

Legs  when  at  rest  retracted  uptoa/rds,  vnth  /emora  not  preesed 
agamst  the  ground.  Spiders  toeaving  vxhe,  resemJbling  tubes  or  fisk- 
mg-netSf  and  hidden  in  chinks,  comers,  or  under  stones, 

Nops  Mac  Leay.  (The  eyes  excepted  almost  similar  to  Dys- 
dera  Latr.) 

Sp.    Nops  Onanabaeooi  Mao  Lxat,  Ann.  of  ntU,  Hid,  n.  1838,  PL  i,  fig.  i, 
Cuba.    The  only  species  of  tpider  hitlwrto  known  with  only  two  eyes. 

ft  Ocelli  six, 

Dysdera  Latr.  Ocelli  almost  contiguous,  arranged  in  two  rows ; 
the  fijrst  row  of  two,  the  second  of  four  ocelli.  The  first  pair  of 
feet  surpassing  in  length  all  the  rest,  the  fourth  pair  the  inter- 
mediate. 

Sp.    Dyadera  erytkrina  Walok.,  Aranea  rufipet  Fab&.,  Latb.  Oener,  Cmtt, 
H  Int,  Tab.  v.  fig.  3,  UARsAraehn,  Tkb.  I.  fig.  3 ;  in  south  of  Germany,  &c 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ARACHNOIDEA.  591 

Segestna  Latb.  Ocelli  arranged  in  two  rows ;  the  anterior  row 
of  four,  the  posterior  of  two  remote.  Feet  as  in  the  preceding 
genus. 

Sp.  Segestria  aenoeulaia  Waloksk.,  Aranea  ienoculata  L.,  Db  Gxkb  M^, 
vn.  PI.  15,  fig.  5,  Walckbn.  AratUid.  Tab.  I.  PI.  7,  &c. 

Scytodes  Lata.  Ocelli  six,  equal,  disposed  in  pairs,  forming  a 
triangle  with  the  vertex  forwards. 

Sp.  Scytodea  ihoraeiea  Latb.  Oener.  Crutt,  a  Ins,  Tab.  T.  fig.  4,  Walokxn. 
AfXMM,  I.  PL  10. 

Add  genera  Ariadne  Say.  and  Uptwtea  Walgk. 

ttt  Ocelli  eight 
Clotho  Walcken. 
Drassus  Walcken. 
Aaegena  Sundev. 

Clubwna  Latr.  Ocelli  arranged  in  two  lines  transverse, 
approximate.  MaxillsB  straight,  subdilated  outwards  at  the  base, 
rounded  at  the  apex.  Labium  elongato-subquadrate,  truncated  or 
emarginate  at  the  apex. 

Sp.  Cfltihuma  holoaericea  Latb.,  Aranea  hdUaericea  L.,  Db  Gbeb  Mim,  vn. 
PI.  15,  figa.  13 — 16,  Walgk.  ArantUid,  iv.  PL  3;  moaBe-grey,  satiny- 
shining^  with  an  elongate  pointed  abdomen.  The  female  lays  her  eggs 
between  one  or  two  leaves  spun  together. 

Anyph(ma  Sundev. 
Cimflo  Blackw. 

Argyroi(^  Latr.  Ocelli  eight,  four  middle  forming  a  square 
(.*::'.).  Maxillss  straight,  rounded  at  the  apex.  Labium  elon- 
gato-trigonal. 

Sp.  Argynmtta  aquaUca  Latb.,  Aranea  aquaUea  "L.,  Glbbok  Aran,  PL  6, 
Tab.  8,  Db  Gebb  Mim,  vn.  PL  19,  figs.  5—13,  Hahn  Araohn,  Tab.  49, 
fig.  118,  HBBBiOH-SoHiBFFBB  D.  Int,  Heft  134, l^b.  91,  It;  6"' long;  one 
of  onr  largest  native  species;  thorax  red-brown,  abdomen  blackish,  the 
first  pair  of  legs  longer  the  rest.  This  spider  lives  in  fresh  water;  as  it 
swims  the  abdomen  and  the  th6raz  have  a  silveiy  aspect  from  the  attached 
stratum  of  air.  This  species  spins  a  bell-shaped,  water-proof  web  that  is 
filled  with  air,  and  open  below;  this  it  attaches  to  wat^r-plants  by  threads. 
See  the  observations  of  Db  Gbeb  loc.  oit.  p.  303 — 313,  those  of  Db  Lignao, 
ftc.  (of  which  Walokbnabb  gives  an  ample  extract  in  his  HiM.  not.  de$ 


Digitized  by 


Google 


592  CTA8S   TX. 

ApUre$,  n.  pp.  380  andfoU.),  and  of  E.  Gbubb  in  Fmovsa^B  NmieNaHam, 
xixv.  1842,  No.  XXI,  xxn.  s.  311 — 348,  s,  341—344. 

Aranea  Latr.  (species  from  genus  Aranea  L.),  Teffenaria 
Walcken.  Ocelli  eight,  arranged  in  two  lines  transverse,  approxi- 
mate. Maxillffi  straight.  Labium  subquadrate.  Feet  of  the  fourth 
and  fifth  pairs  longer,  subequal. 

Sp.  ArtMM  domatiea  L.,  Albiv  Spiden,  PL  18,  fig.  87,  Clkbok  Anm. 
PL  2,  Tab.  g,  Walok.  ApUre$,  PL  16,  fig.  2.  They  weave  close,  adheuTe, 
nearly  horizontal  weba  in  the  oornera  of  walla,  in  chamber-windowa,  ftc.,  and 
a  tube  doae  by  the  net  in  a  lurking-place,  in  which  they  wait  for  their  prey. 
The  anatomy  of  thia  q>eciea  haa  been  treated  of  eapecially  by  Tbxvuubub^ 
in  hia  claaaical  Monograph  Ud>er  den  innem  Bau  der  Araehmden, 

Agelena  Walckek.  (and  Ccdotea  Blackw.) 

Megamyrmakion  Reuss^  Dydion  Walcken.    [Is  this  its  placet] 

Filistata  Latr. 

B.  IniquitdoB  Latb.  Spinaiets  conical,  convergent.  Ocelli 
remote  firom  the  anterior  margin,  not  describing  a  segment  of  a 
circle  or  a  lune.  Feet  slender,  drawn  upwards  when  at  rest;  first 
pair  mostly  the  longest  of  all. 

Spidere  mahing  neU,  arranged  irreguiarlf/y  wUh  threads  intersect 
ing  one  another  in  all  direcHona, 

Pholcua  Walcken.  Ocelli,  two  middle  less,  placed  transversely, 
three  on  each  side  larger,  grouped  in  a  triangle  (.•*  *.)•    Feet 

elongate,  veiy  slender;  first  pair  longest  of  all,  second  longer  than 
fourth,  third  shortest  of  all.  Maxillas  incumbent  on  labium, 
elongate,  narrowed  towards  the  apex. 

Sp.  Pholcui  phalangiciidei  Walok.,  Aran.  v.  PI.  10,  Apt.  PI.  8,  figa.  2,  3 ; 
pale  yellowiah  grey,  the  abdomen  elongate.  Thia  apeoiea  Krea  in  the  anglea 
of  walla,  kc.  in  hooaea. 

Epiaimu  Walcken. 

la  thia  ita  placet 

Latrodectas  Walcken.  Ocelli  subequal,  four  middle  and  two 
lateral  on  each  side  placed  on  a  tubercle,  remote  from  each  other. 
First  pair  of  feet  longest  of  all,  fourth  longer  than  second  and 
third. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ARACHNOIDEA.  593 

Sp.  Zairodeeiui  malmignaiu»WALOK.,Aranea  13  guUata  BoBSi,  Fabb.,  Rossi 
Fatin,  etrutca  PI.  ix.  fig.  10^  Walck.  Aran.  I.  PI.  5 ;  Uub  species  is 
found  in  Italy  and  Gorsicay  and  named  rognc  malmigTiato ;  it  has  thirteen 
carmine-red  spots  on  the  abdomen.  Its  bite  is  poisonous,  and  causes  strong 
convulsions.  Compare  A.  Raiksm  Reeherchea  awr  It  Tkeridion  marmig- 
natte  de  VoUenxk,  ettwrUa  ^Oa  da  aa  morawra,  Ann,  dea  8c.  not.  le  S^rie, 
Tom.  XI.  1839,  ^<^  PP'  ' — *7- 

Note. — Latekillk  joined  this  genus  with  the  following,  from  which  it 
scarcely  differs  except  in  the  arrangement  of  the  eyes. 

Theridum  Wadcken*  Ocelli  snbequal,  mostly  small,  four 
middle  disposed  in  form  of  a  square,  two  lateral  on  both  sides 
approximate,  sometimes  contiguous  (/t**.).  Feet  of  first  and 
second  pair  longer  than  the  rest. 

Sub-genera:  Eucha/ria  KocH,  Ero  Koch,  PaehygruUha  Sundev., 
Steatoda  Suot)EV.,  Dictyna  Sundev.  (ErgcUia  Biackw.) 

Sp.  Theridion  henign/um  Walok.,  Walckxit.  Araniid.  v.  PI.  8,  KooH 
Ara^n.  m.  Tab.  83,  figs.  184,  185 ;  a  small  grey  spider  much  found 
amongst  grapes,  and  whose  fine  web  protects  them  from  other  insects. 

BolyphcmUs  Koch.  {Neriene  Blaokw.) 

Argu$  Walcken. 
Erigone  Savignt. 
Micryphcmtea  Koch.  (J^alckeTiaera  Blackw.) 

C.  OrbitelcB  Latr.  Spinarets  conical,  convergent.  Ocelli  near 
the  margin  of  the  cephalothorax  inflected  forwards,  not  disposed  in 
a  segment  of  a  circle  or  a  lune.  MaxillsB  straight,  broader  towards 
the  extremity.  First  and  second  pairs  of  feet  longer  than  the  rest, 
the  first  pair  longest  of  all. 

Spiders  tvecnnng  nets  orbieulate,/ormed  of  concerUric  circular  cmd 
straight  threcuis,  radiaiimg  from  the  common  centre.  Legs  when  at  rest 
drawn  tipwards. 

lAnyphia  Latr.  Ocelli  four  middle,  placed  in  two  rows ;  the 
posterior  more  remote;  two  lateral  on  each  side  approximate,  placed 
obliquely.    Maxillae  substraight,  remote. 

Compare  Walckxnasb  Hist,  not,  dea  Apt,  n.  pp.  233 — 984.  A  genus 
intermediate  between  this  family  and  the  preceding,  to  which  it  might  per- 
haps be  more  correctly  consi^ed. 

Mandncrdua  Blaokw. 

VOL.  I.  38 


Digitized  by 


Google 


594  CLASS  IX. 

UhboruB  Late. 

Tetragnatha  Walck.  Ocelli  subequal  arranged  in  two  rows 
transverse,  straight,  almost  parallel.  MaxillsB  elongate,  divergent, 
dilated  on  the  outer  side  towards  the  apex.    Feet  elongate,  slender. 

Epeira  Walck.  Ocelli  subequal,  four  middle  arranged  in  a 
square,  two  on  each  side  more  remote  from  the  middle  four,  placed 
obliquely.    Maxillse  broad,  short. 

Sub-genera:  Singa  Koch,  ZiUa  Koch,  Miranda  Koch,  AUa 
Koch,  Argyopes  Sav.,  Nephila  Leach,  MicrcUhena  Sukbsv.,  Aero- 
soma  Pebtt,  Gasteracantha  Latb.  {Plectatui  Walck.) 

Mithras  KocH.  With  two  external  ocelli  of  the  first  row  very 
small,  microsoopia 

The  net  of  the  spidera  of  this  genus  is  mostly  placed  in  a  Tertical  plane, 
sometimes  obliquely.  Only  one  species  is  known  with  which  it  lies  horuraa- 
tally.  (JSpeira  cucurhitana,  Aranea  cucurhitana  L.,  Glbbok  Aran,  PL  2, 
Tab.  4,  Walok.  ffitt.  d.  Aran,  ii.  3.) 

To  this  grenua  belongs  the  Cross  spider,  Epeira  diadema^  Aranea  dia- 
dema  h,,  Clxbck  PL  i,  figs.  4,  $,  "RasRh  Ins.  TV,  Tab.  35  to  40 ;  Brandt 
u.  Batzsburo  Med.  Zool,  11.  Tab.  xiv,  figs,  i — ^4  ;  with  a  broad,  triangular, 
toothed  band  of  a  darker  colour  on  the  dorsal  surfiEuse  of  the  abdomen,  and 
a  triple  cross  of  whitish-yellow  spots  upon  the  band ;  the  female  has  a  lai^ 
oval  abdomen.  This  species,  everywhere  known,  is  common  in  gardens, 
especially  in  autumn. 

Of  the  exotic  species  some  have  a  resemblance  to  small  crabs ;  they  have 
a  very  hard  homy  sldn  on  the  abdomen,  which  moreover  is  armed  with 
spines  or  long  points ;  Oasteracantha  Latb.  8p.  Epeira  cancriformitf 
Slabbbb  Nat,  Verlust,  Tab.  i,  schulpspin,  Walok.  AranSid.  ni.  PL  4,  Ac 

D.  Laterigradm  Latk.  Ocelli  mostly  arranged  in  a  Innated 
form  or  in  a  segment  of  a  circle.  Body  depressed,  with  cephalo- 
thorax  suborhicular,  small  or  moderate.  Four  anterior  feet  mostly 
longer  than  the  rest, 

Spidera  not  weaving  a  wehy  btU  either  drawing  ovi  some  sparse 
viscid  strings,  or  constructing  a  house  amongst  leaves  contorted  at  the 
margins.    Feet  at  rest  extended,  with  femora  pressed  on  the  ground, 

Selenops  DuFOUR. 

Sparassus  Walck.,  Micrommata  Latr.  Ocelli  arranged  in  two 
rows,  the  anterior  row  narrower,  convex  (/. . ;  ).  Maxillae  straight, 
distant,  parallel. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


AILiCHNOIDEA.  595 

Sp.  SpaimtuB  imaraffdtUfu  Walok.,  Aranea  mnairagdimL  Fabb.,  CIiBbok 
Aran,  PL  6,  Tab.  4,  and  7,  Db  Gbbb  Mhn.  yn.  PL  18,  fig.  6. 

Olio8  Walck.,  Sarotes  Sundev. 

Philodromus  Lat£. 

Thomisus  Walck.  Ocelli  subequal,  arranged  in  two  rows 
convex  anteriorly,  the  posterior  row  broader. 

Xystictu  Koch.     External  oceUuB  of  the  anterior  row  large,  the 
rest  small,  subequaL 

Compare  KocalUAernchi  de*  Aracknidemyftema  Entes  Heft,  1837,  8. 
IS,  16. 

E.  OttiffradcB  Latr.  Ocelli  occupying  a  larger  area,  arranged 
in  form  of  a  curvilinear  triangle,  or  of  a  trapezium,  or  of  an  ellipse. 
Cephalothorax  lofty,  ovate,  narrower  anteriorly. 

ErrcUic  spiders,  not  canstrvcHng  webs  or  nets  to  capture  prey, 
pvo'suing  their  prey  by  running. 

The  femalee  of  many  spedee  sit  upon  the  web  of  eggs  to  guard  them,  or 
bear  their  eggs  about  with  them  in  a  round  sac.  They  also  protect  their 
newly  hatched  young  for  some  time. 

Ctenus  Walck.  Ocelli  arranged  in  three  rows  2,  4,  2,  the  last 
two  more  remote  f.  ."..V 

Most  of  the  species  American ;  Comp.  Walobbv.  Aj^  i.  pp.  363 — 370. 

Dolomedes  Latr.  Ocelli  unequal,  arranged  in  three  rows,  in 
the  anterior  row  four,  all  or  the  two  middle  being  smaller,  in  the 

second  and  third  rows  two  larger ;  ocelli  of  the  third  row  most 

(..  .•  \ 
.•  •.  )• 

8p.  IMomeda  rnvrabUii  Latb.,  Aranea  dbtcwra  Fabb.,  Clbbck  Aran,  PL  5, 
Tab.  to,  Db  Gbbb  MSm.  vn.  PL  16,  figs,  i— S,  Walck.  AromHd,  i.  PL  9 ; 
the  female  carries  the  sac  of  eggs  with  her  under  the  thorax,  holding  them 
&Bt  with  her  jaws  and  feelers. 

Sub-genus  Oqfole  Say.,  Sundet. 

Lyoosa  Latb.  Ocelli  unequal,  arranged  in  three  rows  almost 
equal,   the  first  row  having  four  smaller,  the  others  two  larger 

(;■•)• 

38—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


596  GLASS  IX. 

Theae  specieB  live  on  the  ground,  and  run  very  rapidly.  The  females 
oany  their  egg-sac  with  them,  which  is  attached  by  a  few  thxeads  to  the 
abdomen.  Sp.  Lyeoaa  aaecaia  It.,  Fbisoh  Ba^r.  v.  aUerl.  Ins,  vm.  Tab. 
2,  Clbbok  Aran,  Suee,  PI.  4,  IVb.  8,  fig.  a,  KooH  in  Hkbrioh-Sohafpsb 
Deutschl.  Ins,  Heft  110,  Tab.  8.  This  species  is  the  most  common  in  the 
north  of  Europe.  To  this  genus  and  probably  to  this  species  is  to  be 
referred  the  account  by  Bonitbt  of  a  contest  between  a  spider  and  an  ant- 
lion,  into  whose  hole  it  had  fallen.  Oontemp,  de  la  not,,  xnikne  Parties 
chap.  42,   {(Eu/vrei  compl.  id.,  8vo.  Tom.  ix.  pp.  411,  413.) 

To  the  genus  Lycota  some  larger  species  also  belong ;  these  are  the  cele- 
brated TaaurdvlcB  (Aranea  Tarantula  L.)  of  the  south  of  Europe  and  Tariooa 
other  regions  of  the  old  world.  They  are  of  diflPerent  species.  The  true 
Tarantula  of  Italy  and  Spun  (Lyeosa  tarantvla  Apulia  Walck.)  is  figured, 
amongst  others,  by  Albik  Spiden  PL  38,  Hahn  Ara^nid,  i.  Tab.  ^3, 
Gu&iN  Jconogr.,  AracKn,  PI.  \,  ^,  6  \  according  to  Walokbbabb  that 
found  by  L^N  Dcfocb  in  Spain  is  a  different  species,  Ann,  da  Sc  nal, 
ae  S^rie  m.  1835,  PI.  5,  ^,  1 ;  this  spider,  according  to  his  observatioD, 
lives  in  holes  in  the  earth,  of  which  the  outlet  is  surrounded  by  a  little 
raised  wall  that  is  covered  on  the  inside  with  web.  That  the  bite  of  thiB 
spider  is  said  to  be  followed  by  a  dancing  madness,  that  can  be  cured  by 
music,  is  as  well  known  as  it  is  incredible. 

Sphasus  Walck.,  Oscyopes  Latr.  Ocelli  unequal  disposed  in 
four  pairs,  those  of  the  first  pair  approximate,  of  the  third  pair  most 

remote  of  all  l.*\)  • 

(The  genus  is  allied  to  the  next  subdivision,  and  perhaps  might 
more  correctly  be  placed  there.) 

Sp.  Sphanu  heUroptkalmua  Walok.,  Oxyopet  vatriegatw  Latb.,  Qtn,  Orud,  ^ 
Ins,  Tab.  4,  ^,  9,  Walck.  Hitt,  d:Aran.  m.  PI.  8,  &c. 

F.  Salttffradce  Latr.  Ocelli  unequal,  arranged  nearly  in  the 
form  of  a  square ;  the  anterior  lateral  placed  towards  the  angles  of 
the  anterior  margin  of  cephalothorax,  the  two  posterior  remote  from 
each  other  by  the  whole  breadth  of  cephalothorax,  or  opposite  to 
the  former.  First  pair  of  feet  with  thighs  mostly  thick.  Thorax 
large,  deep,  oblong. 

JErraUc  spiders,  not  forming  nets,  puntUng  their  prey  by  running 
cmd  rushing  upon  it  with  a  leap, 

Myrmecium  Latr.  Ocelli  arranged  in  three  rows ;  the  anterior 
of  four  ocelli,  with  two  middle  larger  forming  with  the  second  row 
a  square;  the  two  last  distant,  set  on  tubercles.  Cephalothorax 
divided  by  strictures,  elongate.     Abdomen  small.     Feet  slender. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ARACHNOIDEA..  597 

8p.  Myrmedum  rufwn  Latb.,  AfmaL  da  8e.  not.  ni.  1814,  pp.  33 — 97,  PI. 
4,  from  Brazil.  Other  speoies,  all  from  AmericA,  are  noticed  by  Waloksn. 
Apt.  u  pp.  386—388. 

Chersia  Sav.,  Walck.,  {Paljnmanua  Dup.) 

Eresua  Walck,  Two  middle  ocelli  of  the  first  row  forming 
with  the  second  row  a  square,  inscribed  in  a  larger  square,  formed 

by  the  lateral  ocelli  of  the  first  row  and  the  two  last  ( '  ••  j  .    Feet 
thick. 

Sp.  Ere9fu  HnnaberiwuM,  Aranea  moniliffera  Yillkrb  EiUom,  Linn,  Tab.  xi. 
fig.  8,  Walok.  AranHd,  n.  Pt  10,  south  of  Europe,  &c. 

AUu8  Walck.,  Salticus  Latil  Ocelli  arranged  in  form  of  a 
square  open  behind  or  of  a  horse  shoe,  with  two  posterior  remote, 
opposite  to  the  laterals  of  the  first  row ;  two  middle  anterior  ocelli 
larger,  the  two  of  the  second  row  smallest  of  all  (*•'  *  •")  • 

Sp.  AUut  temieua  Walok.,  Aranea  sceniea  L.,  Albin  Spiders  PL  m.  figs. 
13,  14,  Db  Gexb  MSm.  vn.  PI.  17,  figs.  8—10,  Panzkb  Deuttehl.  In», 
Heft  40,  Tab.  as  (called  Aran,  cingulatce)  &c. 

This  genus,  with  ^aeira  the  most  numerous  in  species  in  the  whole 
division  of  spiders,  presents,  in  the  relative  length  of  the  legs,  and  in  the 
relative  size  of  the  different  ocelli,  some  variations.  See  Walok.  Apt.  I. 
PP«  483 — ^488  and  SuinnvALL  Comped.  Arachnid,  pp.  95 — 97. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CLASS  X. 
CRUSTACEANS  {GRUSTACEA)\ 

The  class  of  crostaceans  is  the  last  of  articulate  animals  with 
articulate  feet  (see  above,  p«  248),  all  of  which  LiNNiEUS  regarded 
as  insects.  They  breathe  by  means  of  gills,  and  there  are  no  air- 
passages  or  stigmata  present  as  in  insects.  They  are  distingaished 
from  the  preceding  class  by  the  presence  of  abdominal  feet.  The 
myriapods  alone  agree  with  the  crustaceans  in  this  respect,  and  are 
by  some  writers  enumerated  amongst  them,  with  which,  however, 
on  account  of  the  presence  of  air-passages  and  air-tubes  and  of  their 
resemblance  to  insect-larvse,  they  ought  not  in  our  opinion  to  be 
united. 

The  name  of  the  class  is  derived  from  the  nature  of  their 
external  covering ;  this  is  in  most  cases  hard,  and  contains  a  greater 
or  smaller  quantity  of  carbonate  of  lime.  In  other  instances,  how- 
ever, the  integument  is  more  leathery  or  homy.  The  tissue  which 
supplies  a  foundation  for  the  hard  calcareous  shell,  is  still  the  same 
chitine  which  forms  the  dermal  skeleton  in  the  entire  division 
of  articulate  animals  with  articulate  feet  (p.  284).  The  shell 
consists  of  different  layers,  with  a  layer  of  pigment  beneath  or 
equably    penetrated    by  colouring    matter.     Between   the  rings 


^  Besides  the  works  of  Latbeillr  already  cited  under  the  insects,  p.  147  (W*- 
not.  det  Ortut.  et  da  Ins,,  and  Otnera  Oruttaceor.  H  In$eotor.)  we  wonld  mention  as 
principal  works: — 

J.  P.  W.  Hebbot,  Vertuch  einer  NaturffetchichU  der  Krabbm  und  Krtbie,  m.  Bd., 
m.  Ulum,  Kwpfertaf,  4to.  Berlin  u.  Strolsund,  178a — 1804. 

SuoKOW^  Anatomischrphynologische  UrUersuchungm  der  Insekten  vnd  Kriideniki^ 
Heidelberg,  18 18,  4ta 

A.  E.  Dbsmasbst,  C(wsidSrati4mi  ginSraJUi  iur  la  cUum  dei  OntitacSt,  Tm 
1825,  8vo.  avec  56  pi.  In  this  work  (pp.  396 — ^420)  there  is  a  copious  list  of  writings 
on  the  class  of  the  crustaceans. 

MiLNB  Edwabds,  HUUnre  natwreUe  det  enaUusis,  ay.  pL  Paris,  1834— 1840,  ni. 
Vols.  8vo. 

Th.  Bbll,  BiHory  of  Sritish  Crtutacea,  London,  1853. 

Also  the  article  Oruttaeea  by  the  same  author  in  Todd'8  CsfdopcBdia  I.  pp.  75^^ 
787  may  be  consulted.  For  the  fossil  species  Bbogkiabt  et  Dbsmabbst,  Sid.  n^- 
det  Crtutaoii  fotiiUi  iout  la  rapporte  zoologiquet  et  ffMogiqu/te.    Paris,  1821,  4to. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEANS.  699 

(segments)  and  in  the  joints  alone  is  the  integcunent  thinner  and 
more  flexible. 

Let  ns  first  consider  the  external  structtire  of  these  animals 
a  little  more  closely.  We  have  seen  above  that  the  body  of  insects, 
the  myriapods  excepted,  is  divided  into  head,  trunk  and  abdomen. 
Such  a  division  as  this  does  not  occur  in  the  crustaceans.  In  many 
the  head  is  not  distinct  from  the  thorax,  and  its  place  is  indicated 
solely  by  the  position  of  the  eyes,  the  attachment  of  the  antennas 
and  the  presence  of  the  mouth ;  it  is  most  completely  connected 
and,  as  it  were,  intimately  fused  with  a  large  part  of  the  body,  in 
which  the  principal  viscera  are  contained,  and  which  may  be  com- 
pared not  with  the  thorax  alone  of  insects,  but  also  with  the  an- 
terior portion  of  their  abdomen.  To  this  part  of  the  body  another 
succeeds,  in  which  only  the  posterior  portion  of  the  intestinal  canal 
and  of  the  nervous  system  is  contained,  and  which  is  commonly 
called  the  tail;  thus  it  is  for  instance  in  the  cray-fishes.  In 
other  instances  the  hindmost  portion  is  less  obviously  separated 
from  the  trunk,  and  the  entire  body  is  parted  into  rings  or  segments. 
In  the  Xiphisoura  the  divisions  or  segments  are  not  recognisable  on 
the  dorsal  surface,  for  the  body  is  parted  into  two  shields  alone,  to 
which  a  long  and  pointed  appendage  is  attached  posteriorly.  In 
others  the  cq>halothorax  is  more  or  less  distinct  from  the  rest  of 
the  body,  which  is  not  obviously  divided  into  segments  but  is 
covered  by  a  bivalve,  membranaceo-homy  shell  [Cypria),  In  the 
Cirrtpedia  the  partition  into  segments  ceases ;  the  body  ends  with 
a  thin  tail  without  appendage.  They  are  surrounded  by  a  mantle, 
in  which,  as  in  the  class  of  the  mollusca,  calcareous  plates  are  formed 
which  resemble  the  shells  of  these  animals. 

To  the  anterior  portion  of  the  cephalothorax,  or  to  the  head 
itself,  whenever  it  is  distinct,  the  antennsB,  eyes  and  oral  organs  are 
attached.  When  there  are  four  antennae,  as  is  the  case  with  most, 
they  are  placed  either  in  the  same  plane,  or  the  one  pair  is  placed 
above  the  other,  so  that  according  to  their  position  they  may  be 
distinguished  as  middle  and  external,  or  as  upper  and  lower.  The 
external  or  lateral  antennae  are  implanted  close  to  the  eyes,  some- 
times beneath  the  eyes.  They  consist  commonly  of  three  or  four 
larger  and  thicker  joints  at  the  base,  and  a  filiform  part,  terminating 
finely  and  composed  of  numerous  joints.  Sometimes  the  antennae 
terminate  in  two  or  three  filaments  of  this  kind.     In  some  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


600  CLASS  X. 

antennaB  are  short,  in  others  very  long ;  the  external  are  commonly 
the  longest,  and  in  the  genus  Paltnunis  exceed  twice  the  length  of 
the  body.  In  some  genera  there  are  only  two  antennas  present; 
the  genus  Lirmdua  has  no  antennae  at  all. 

There  are  commonly  two  compound  eyes,  or  two  groups  of 
simple  eyes.  The  simultaneous  presence  of  two  compound  eyes 
with  simple  eyes,  so  common  in  the  winged  insects,  is  observed  in 
only  very  few  crustaceans.  In  most  of  these  there  are  only  two 
compound  eyes,  which  are  often  fixed  upon  a  pedicle  and  moveable. 

The  mouth  of  crustaceans  is  situated  on  ^e  inferior  sur£Etoe  of 
the  anterior  portion  of  the  body.  The  oral  organs  or  jaws  are 
arranged  in  pairs  and  move  sideways,  as  in  manducating  insects.  In 
some  crustaceans,  however,  these  parts  acquire  a  modified  form,  and 
compose  a  sucker  for  taking  up  fluids,  on  which  these  animals  live. 
The  description  of  the  jaws  may  well  detain  us  some  moments,  and 
requires  a  more  particular  survey  according  to  the  diflerent  orders. 

In  the  ten-footed  crustaceans  (lobsters  and  crabs)  a  transverse 
upper  lip  is  present ;  beneath  it  lies  a  pair  of  upper  jaws,  which  are 
very  hard,  cut  off  straight  at  the  extremity,  and  at  the  upper  margin 
provided  with  a  short  feeler  of  two  or  three  joints.  [Since  the 
upper  jaws  {mandtbuloe)  in  insects  are  without  feelers,  it  has  been 
thought  that  these  joints  do  not  represent  a,  palpus,  but  a  continua- 
tion of  the  pedicle  of  the  jaws :  at  all  events  this  palpus  differs  from 
that  which  occurs  on  the  accessory  under-jaws  of  crustaceans.] 

A  thin,  membranous,  bifid  tongue,  is  situated  at  the  base  of  the 
upper  jaws*.  To  it  there  succeed  a  first  pair  of  under-jaws,  which 
are  membranous,  divided  into  lobes  and  beset  with  hairs  at  the 
margin.  Next  follows  a  second  pair  of  under-jaws,  which  are  also 
membranous  and  haired,  and  may  be  compared  with  the  imder-lip 
of  insects  which  has  been  split  into  two  parts.  Then  follow  three 
pairs  of  jaws,  or  rather  of  feet  changed  into  jaws,  to  be  compared 
with  the  six  feet  of  insects.  At  the  outside  of  these  accessory  jaws 
a  palpus  is  attached,  which,  as  external  division  of  the  foot,  does 
not  correspond  with  the  palpi  of  insects,  and  was  named  ^/2a^mim  by 
Savigny.  This  jlagrum  consists  of  a  flat,  elongated  part  at  the 
basisj  and  a  many-jointed  filament  running  to  a  point  at  the  end. 


^  CuYiKB  callB  this  part  tiadhne  mdchoir.  Leg,  d^Anat,  camp,  in.  p.  304  ;  Fabbi- 
cins  gave  it  the  name  of  Id^um. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEANS.  601 

The  innennost  part  of  the  first  pair  of  modified  feet  or  accessory 
jaws  is  still  fleshy  and  lobed,  like  the  jaws  that  precede  them ;  but 
the  auxiliary  jaws  of  the  second  and  especially  of  the  third  pair, 
indicate  by  their  form  that  they  correspond  to  feet,  and  bear  small 
gills  at  their  base.  In  the  short-tailed  ten-footed  crustaceans  the 
third  pair  has  two  very  broad  joints  (the  two  joints  of  the  femur^ 
according  to  Sayignt),  so  that  it  covers  the  oral  organs  on  its  under 
surface. 

The  auxiliary  jaws  of  the  two  last  pairs,  which,  as  we  have 
said,  indicate  by  their  form  even  in  the  decapod  crustaceans  most 
manifestly  their  true  nature  of  feet,  remain  in  many  crustaceans,  as 
in  Oammarus  and  SquiUa^  unchanged  feet.  Hence  these  crustaceans 
have  fourteen  unchanged  feet,  and  not  ten  like  lobsters  and  crabs. 

The  genus  Apvs  amongst  the  Eniomostroca  possesses  those  oral 
parts  alone,  which  also  occur  in  hexapod  insects.  To  these  succeed 
numerous  feet,  of  which  the  first  pair  terminates  in  filaments  con- 
sisting of  many  joints,  but  contributes  nothing  to  mastication.  In 
Limulua  there  are  six  pairs  of  feet  at  the  cephalothoraxy  without 
any  jaws ;  the  broad  basal  pieces,  armed  with  spines,  of  the  ten 
last  feet  surround  the  mouth  and  perform  the  office  of  jaws,  whilst 
the  first  pair  of  feet,  scarcely  a  third  of  the  length  of  the  other  feet, 
is  placed  in  firont  of  the  mouth.  It  forms  two  false  jaws  that  may 
be  compared  with  the  mandtbulce  of  the  ArachTwidea,  whilst  the 
C4X)ca  is  membranous,  and  unites  with  that  of  the  opposite  side  to 
form  a  kind  of  upper-lip  ^  If  we  compare  the  second  pair  of  feet 
with  the  so-named  under-jaws  of  Arachnids ,  we  shall  observe  the 
greatest  agreement  between  lAmulus  and  them.  Behind  the  last 
pair  of  feet  also  in  Limulua  there  are  even  found  two  small 
appendages,  which  may  be  compared  with  the  pectinated  organs  of 
the  scorpions. 

The  body  of  crustaceans  in  the  more  restricted  sense  or  the 
trunk,  the  anterior  portion  of  the  abdomen,  is  almost  always 
divided  beneath  by  transverse  indentations  into  sections,  but  its 
upper  part  in  the  decapod  crustaceans  is  covered  by  a  continuous 
shield,  named  the  shell  [teata^  in  French  carapdce^.     In  the  short 

^  J.  Van  DIB  HoKVBN,  Beekerchea  mm*  Vffist,  not,  ei  VAnat,  da  LimuUi,  Leide, 
1838,  folio,  p.  II. 

*  In  the  shell  DiaMABBflT  has  distinguished  certain  parts  by  particular  terms,  from 
the  position,  relatiYe  size  and  determinate  form  of  which,  the  situation,  magnitude 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CLASS  X. 

tailed  crustaceans  the  pectoral  shield  is  much  deyeloped  and  coY^ts 
the  body  beneath  as  the  shell  does  above.  The  first  sternal  portion 
is  yery  large  and  is  situated  in  the  mid  line  of  the  body.  To  it 
succeed  four  smaller  sternal  pieces,  which  are  divided  in  the  middle 
more  or  less  obviously  since  they  consist  of  the  union  of  two  lateral 
pieces.  To  the  first  piece  the  first  pair  of  feet  is  attached,  that  of 
the  so-called  shears  or  claws ;  to  the  four  following  the  four  follow- 
ing pairs  are  united.  To  the  basal  piece  of  the  feet  the  lateral 
sternal  pieces  {episiemalia)  are  attached,  which  lie  on  the  outside  of 
the  middle  pieces  and  fill  up  the  truncated  angles  between  them.  The 
most  posterior  portion  of  the  abdomen  in  the  decapod  crustaceans  is 
always  obviously  divided  into  rings  or  segments,  which  are  seven 
in  number,  or  may  be  fewer  from  the  fusion  of  some  of  the  rings. 
The  feet  attached  to  these  are  short,  commonly  divided  into  two 
filaments ;  the  hindmost  ring  bears  no  feet.  These  last  abdominal 
rings  are  usually  called  the  tail.  In  the  crabs  they  are  veiy  feebly 
developed,  and  the  fiat  tail  is  curved  round  and  lies  with  its 
extremity  turned  forwards  in  a  groove  in  the  middle  of  the  pectoral 
shield. 

The  intestinal  canal  of  crustaceans  is  short  and  straight,  and 
thus  agrees  with  the  nature  of  their  food,  which  is  animal.  The 
anus  is  situated  at  the  extremity  of  the  abdomen  or  of  the  tail.  In 
Limuliis,  however,  the  long  styliform  tail  is  not  perforate,  and  the 
antM  is  situated  on  the  inferior  surface  of  the  second  shield,  in 
firont  of  the  base  of  the  tail.  So  is  it  also  with  the  Cirripedia^ 
where  the  jointless  tube,  improperly  named  proboscis  by  some, 
represents  the  tail,  and  where  the  intestinal  canal  opens  at  the  base 
of  this  tubular  prolongation.  In  some  lower  crustaceans  the  intesti- 
nal canal  is  nearly  of  the  same  width  throughout  its  whole  length, 
or  has  in  the  middle  or  more  forward  an  expanded  part,  which  may 
be  considered  as  an  imperfectly  defined  stomach^.  In  others  an 
obviously  distinct  stomach  is  present,  which  is  commonly  armed 
with  homy  spines  or  with  calcareous  teeth.  In  Limulus  the  nar- 
row oesophagus  with  longitudinal  folds  goes  straight  forwards  and 


and  form  of  the  internal  organs  that  Ue  beneath  may  be  detennmed.  See  A. 
Bboontabt  and  A.  G.  Dbbmabsst,  But,  not.  dm  OrfOt,  fbaUn,  pp.  73~-79>  "^<1 
Dbbmabbbt  Cons,  gin,  «.  I.  Onut,  pp.  lo — 13. 

^  This  is  the  case,  for  inrtanoe,  in  AseUnt  {OrUtcut  aquoHeut  L.),  see  Tbivibanub 
Verm.  8ekr,  i.  ■.  73,  Tab.  xi.  fig.  64,  &c. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEANS.  603 

then  cTuryes  into  the  stomach,  which  is  placed  abnost  perpendicu- 
larly. The  stomach  is  compressed  laterally,  has  thick  muscular 
walls,  and  is  armed  internally  with  many  oblong  rows  of  homy 
spines.  The  pylorus  projects  conically  into  the  intestine,  which 
then  proceeds  horizontally  backwards,  lying  in  the  first  part  of  its 
course  close  upon  the  oesophagus  that  runs  in  the  opposite  direction, 
and  lies  below  it^.  In  SquiUa  the  stomach  is  small,  muscular, 
triangular,  armed  in  its  posterior  or  pyloric  portion  with  homy, 
pointed  spines.  In  the  ten-footed  crustaceans  the  oesophagus  mounts 
almost  directly  upwards.  The  stomach  is  capacious,  and  in  its  first 
part  entirely  membranous.  The  uppermost  and  hindmost  or  pyloric 
portion  of  the  stomach  is  supported  by  hard  parts,  and  therefore, 
even  in  the  empty  state,  remains  expanded.  To  these  hard  parts 
teeth  are  attached  internally,  by  the  assistance  of  which  the  food  is 
comminuted.  The  epithelium  of  the  stomach,  moreover,  is  covered 
with  numerous  prolongations  or  colourless  hairs,  invisible  to  the 
naked  eye,  whose  points  are  directed  backwards*.  To  this  stomach 
different  muscles  are  attached,  which  arise  on  the  inside  of  the 
cephahikorax^  and  which  can  also  work  upon  the  teeth  described 
above.  These  muscles  are,  beyond  doubt,  subject  to  the  will  of 
the  animal,  and  consequently  we  have  here  the  rare  example  of  an 
organ  of  vegetative  life  that  is  moved  by  muscles  of  animal  life. 
In  some  ten-footed  crustaceans  one  or  more  blind  appendages  to 
the  intestinal  canal  are  observed,  which  probably  are  secreting 
organs^.  There  are  some  species  in  which  two  such  blind  tubes 
terminate  in  the  intestine  close  to  the  inferior  opening  of  the  stomach, 
whilst  a  single  third  tube  is  attached  to  the  intestine  lower  down. 
It  is,  however,  this  last  unpaired  tube  which  alone  occurs  in  most. 
Unless  this  tube  be  regarded  as  an  organ  for  the  secretion  of 
urine,  no  parts  are  known  which  correspond  to  the  vasa  urinaria  of 


1  Beeherchei  mr  VHid.  not,  H  VAnat,  de»  Uinvles,  p.  17,  PL  n.  fig.  i  0,  figs.  1—4. 

*  At  the  hindmost  part  of  the  stomach,  behind  and  under  the  aboYe-mentioned 
teeth,  these  hairs  may  be  distinguished  even  with  the  naked  eje.  Hie  stomach  of  the 
cray-fish  has  been  often  described  and  figured.  We  content  ourselves  with  referring  to 
the  latest  investigations  alone,  those  of  F.  OlSTXBLSN,  in  Muellbb'b  Archiv,  1840, 
8.  387— 44i»  Taf.  am. 

>  See  Dttvebnot  in  the  second  edition  of  CuvniB  Xep.  d^Anat.  eomp,  v.  pp.  laS, 
S39.  In  as  far  as  they  open  dose  to  the  pylorus  these  blind  appendages  may  perhaps 
be  compared  with  the  paneretu  ;  but  ordinarily  they  are  inserted  further  backwards. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


601  €XA»  X. 

in^ecU.  In  OmUcms  and  PcfnJbea,  iMSOOidnig  to  TRETiSAsrs,  tam 
short  rewels,  irhi'rh  open  into  the  lectom  dose  to  its  extzemitj, 
may  perhaps  correspond  to  the  nrinaiy  Tessels,  or,  as  he  supposes, 
to  the  W/iwy,  althoi^rh  they  diflfer  from  them  gieady  by  their 
shortness*.  As  little  are  salivaiy  organs  known  hithoto,  except 
in  the  Cirripedia.  The  iirer,  on'  the  contruy,  is  commonly  much 
developed  here.  In  some  lower  crostsceans  the  intestinal  canal  is 
sorrounded  by  a  layer  of  small  blind  sacs  (JoUiadi)  <xr  glandnles, 
which  may  be  regarded  as  a  liver  intimately  connected  with  the 
intestine.  In  the  Cirripedia  the  intestine  below  the  stomach  is 
surrounded  by  a  liver  formed  of  many  blind  sacs.  In  the  On£9cide» 
from  two  to  six  long  blind  liver-tabes  are  found,  in  most  of  the 
genera  four,  often  with  dilations  like  a  string  of  beads,  which  are 
described  by  some  writers  as  the  adipose  body  of  these  animals. 
In  Bopyrus  the  intestinal  canal,  according  to  Bathke,  receives 
seven  liver-tabes  on  each  side,  which  lie  behind  each  other  in  the 
length,  an  arrangement  which  recalls  that  in  the  scorpions,  whilst 
besides  an  unpaired  liver-mass,  incised  into  three  parts,  lies  in  front 
of  the  others  on  the  stomach*.  In  Limtdus  there  are  two  veiy  wide 
gall-ducts  on  each  side,  at  some  distance  behind  the^^2t^ntf  /  they 
receive  the  blind  convoluted  tubes,  of  which  the  large  liver-mass  of 
this  animal  consists.  In  the  decapod  crustaceans  only  one  gall- 
duct  is  found  on  each  side,  terminating  in  the  intestinal  canal,  be- 
hind the  lower  orifice  of  the  stomach.  The  liver  is  a  doable  and 
symmetrical  organ,  as  in  most  crustaceans,  and  each  liver  is  divided 
more  or  less  distinctly  into  three  lobes ;  in  each  of  these  lobes  runs 
a  tube,  that  terminates  in  the  common  gall-duct,  and  round  about 
the  tubes  blind  sacs  (JbUicuU)  are  set,  which  unite  as  fingers  do. 
These  follicles  consist  of  three  membranes,  of  which  the  internal 
and  external  present  no  special  structure ;  the  external  is  more  con- 
sistent and  more  intimately  connected  with  the  middle  membrane. 


^   Verm.  8ch/r.  i.  s.  58,  Taf.  Yil.  fig.  38,  i.  g. 

'  In  SquiUa  the  liver  oomiits  of  lateral  blind  aace  divided  into  branches  that 
extend  throughout  the  whole  inteetinal  oanal,  a  diepoeition  which  agrees  with  th»t  in 
BopyruMf  and  may  also  be  compared  with  that  in  AphrodiUa  (see  above,  p.  11 1). 
Above  the  liver,  on  the  dorMl  surface,  lie  the  taiet  or  ffoaria,  which  also  extend  longi- 
tudinally, and  oonslit  of  branched  glandular  lobes.  The  ovofria  of  SquiUa  were  de- 
scribed by  CuTIIB  as  liver.  See  Duvbbkot  Ann,  dea  Se,  ruU,,  2e  Sdrie,  Tom.  vi. 
1836.  pp.  «47— «5'. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEANS.  605 

The  middle  membrane  is  formed  of  a  layer  of  nucleated  cells  and 
granular  tissue,  and  of  cells  with  fat-globules*. 

The  blood-circulation,  which  was  already  more  developed  in 
the  highest  arachnids,  is  here  seen  to  be  more  and  more  perfected. 
In  all  the  heart  is  situated  on  the  dorsal  surface,  and  is  arterial. 
In  the  OniscideSy  the  Stomapods,  and  Inmulus  the  heart  has  the 
form  of  an  elongated  dorsal  vessel,  from  which  on  both  sides 
branches  arise,  that  are  distributed  to  the  different  paits.  In  the 
Lophyropoda  the  heart  is  more  oval,  and  situated  in  the  anterior 
part  of  the  body  on  the  dorsal  surface.  In  the  ten-footed  crus- 
taceans (crays  and  crabs)  the  heart  is  roundish  or  hexagonal,  much 
broader  than  the  main  trunks  of  the  arteries,  and  is  situated  on  the 
back  between  the  third  and  fourth  pairs  of  feet.  The  arteries  in 
the  crustaceans  are  very  differently  disposed ;  in  some  there  seem 
to  be  only  a  few  main  trunks  present,  and  the  blood  to  flow  else- 
where merely  in  the  interspaces  of  the  organs  in  determinate  direc- 
tions, without  being  inclosed  in  vascular  walls.  In  the  ten-footed 
crustaceans,  where  these  vessels  are  best  known,  an  artery  arises 
from  the  foremost  part  of  the  heart,  in  the  middle,  which  is  speci- 
ally destined  for  the  eyes;  and,  besides  some  smaller  branches 
which  it  gives  off,  divides  close  to  the  eyes  into  two  branches. 
Next  to  this  artery,  there  is  one  on  each  side  which  is  distributed  to 
the  antennae  and  neighbouring  parts.  More  behind  there  arise, 
about  the  middle  of  the  heart,  on  its  under  side,  two  arteries,  one 
on  each  side,  which  run  to  the  liver ;  lastly,  at  the  posterior  ex- 
tremity of  the  heart,  there  arises  a  considerable  single  artery, 
which  appears  to  fill  the  office  of  a  posterior  aorta,  and  gives  off 
branches  to  the  intestinal  canal,  to  the  generative  organs,  to  the 
muscles  of  the  abdomen,  &c.  Audouin  and  Milne  Edwards 
name  this  vessel  sternal  artery  {arth's  stemale).  It  presently  di- 
vides into  two  main  branches,  of  which  one  runs  along  the  dorsal, 
the  other  the  abdominal  surface. 

The  veins  in  crustaceans,  even  in  the  most  perfect  order  of  the 
Decapods,  are  represented  by  cells  or  spaces  between  the  organs  of 
the  body,  in  which   the  blood  is  moved  without  proper  walls. 


1  See  T.  F.  G.  Schlbmm  De  ffepate  et  Bile  Orustaceorum  et  MoUuscorum  quo- 
ruTidam,  Berolinii  1844,  4to.  pp.  13 — t6  ;  H.  Meckel  in  Mueller's  ArcJUv,  1846, 
8.  35—38. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


606  CLASS  X. 

These  conyej  it  into  siniises  situated  in  the  middle  of  the  body 
or  along  the  feet,  and  from  which  it  flows  to  the  gills.  From  the 
gills  it  returns  to  a  sinus  that  surrounds  the  heart,  and  often  in  the 
ten-footed  crustaceans  is  described  as  ei  pericardium.  On  the  dorsal 
surface  of  the  heart  are  fissures,  which  during  the  diastole  of  the 
organ  afford  an  entrance  to  the  arterial  blood  with  which  this  sinus  is 
distended  ^.  The  blood  of  crustaceans  is  whitish  or  purple,  sometimes 
red,  as  in  Aptis.  The  velocity  of  the  circulation  is  very  different 
in  different  families  of  this  class.  Cahus,  in  the  cray-fish,  observed 
51  beats  in  a  minute^,  whilst  in  Daphnia  200  beats  of  the  heart 
in  a  minute  were  remarked  by  Jukine  and  Straus  Durgkheim^ 
The  respiratory  organs  in  the  crustaceans  consist  of  gills,  which 
however  are  not  met  with  in  all,  so  that  in  some  the  skin  itself 
appears  to  be  the  only  organ  of  respiration.  Also  it  is  probable 
in  a  few  that,  at  the  same  time  that  distinct  gills  are  present,  the 
skin  is  still  partly  serviceable  for  respiration,  as  in  the  lateral  parts 
of  the  shield-like  shell,  in  which  the  blood  forms  numerous  currents, 
in  Apua  (according  to  Zaddach)  and  in  Argultia,  in  which  last  genus 
VoGT  regards  these  parts  as  the  sole  seat  of  the  respiratory  func- 
tion. The  gills  have  the  form  either  of  plates  that,  consisting  of  two 
membranes,  are  properly  flat  sacs,  or  of  filaments.  In  the  Cirri- 
pedia  both  forms  are  met  with ;  in  AruUijh  (and  the  other  pediculated 
genera,  Lepadiced)  there  are  two  or  more  pairs  of  soft  conical  fila- 
ments which,  with  the  point  turned  upwards,  are  situated  at  the 
base  of  the  pedicle  of  the  drri;  whilst  in  the  non-pediculated  genera, 
the  sea-acorns  (Balanidea),  firinged  plates  at  the  inside  of  the  mantle 
are  present.  In  many  other  genera,  especially  in  the  Isopoda,  the 
gills  appear  under  the  simple  form  of  certain  pairs  of  flattened  sacs; 
at  the  abdomen  the  feet  are  composed  of  two  plates,  of  which  the 


^  Compare  on  the  circulation  of  the  cruBtaceans  amongst  others  the  ohservations 
of  AuDOUiN  and  Milwb  Edwabds  Ann,  des  Sc.  not,  xi.  1817,  pp.  «83— 314  and  pp. 
35»— 393 ;  Milne  Edwards  Hid,  not  des  CrvM.  i.  pp.  94—105  ;  Luhd  in  Okkn's 
Im  1829,  8.  1999,  A.  D.  Kbohk  {Atlacut  jluvialUu)  ibid.,  1834,  b.  518 — 519,  T!af.  XIL 
Beautiful  figures  of  the  heart  and  vessels  in  Attaeus  marinua,  after  the  preparations  of 
HuvTBB,  are  to  be  found  in  the  Cat4dog.  of  the  Physiolog,  Series  of  comp.  anat,  in  the 
Museum  of  ike  BoyaL  Coll,  of  Swgwns,  Vol.  11.  1834.  PL  xv — xviii.  pp.  136 — 140. 

*  G.  G.  Cabcb  Von  den  amseren  LAenthedingungen  der  weiss-  und  halAUUiffen 
Thiere,  1824,  4to.  s.  83.  The  number  of  beats  was  increased  by  the  stimulus  of  wanntb, 
but  became  fewer  and  irregular  under  the  influence  of  galvanism. 

'  Mim.  du  Mushim  v.  pp.  412,  413. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEANS.  607 

external,  of  firmer  stmctnre  and  commonly  beset  with  hairs  at  the 
margin,  protects  as  a  gill-cover  the  innermost  soft  and  sacciform 
plate,  the  proper  gill.  The  normal  number  of  gills  is  five  pairs,  but 
in  the  land  Oniscides  and  AaeJius  there  are  only  three  pairs  deve* 
loped.  In  AaeUus  and  many  marine  OniscideSy  the  gill-covers 
themselves  contribute  to  respiration  \  In  most  crustaceans  indeed 
these  two  chief  forms  of  plates  or  filaments  become  modified  through 
greater  development,  and  each  gill  consists  not  of  a  single  plate  or 
of  a  single  thread,  but  of  a  large  number  of  plates  or  threads.  Thus 
in  LimtduSy  on  the  upper  surface  of  the  five  last  abdominal  feet, 
which  have  assumed  the  shape  of  flat  semicircular  discs,  there  are 
found  five  pairs  of  gills,  each  of  a  hundred  plates  or  more,  whilst 
the  first  pair  of  abdominal  feet  not  bearing  any  gills  at  their  base, 
but  the  external  sexual  organs,  covers  all  the  succeeding  feet  on  the 
under-surface,  after  the  manner  of  a  gill-cover.  In  Squilla  there  are 
five  pairs  of  gills,  in  the  form  of  numerous  filaments  placed  pecti- 
nately  on  a  pedicle,  which  are  attached  to  the  base  of  the  fin-like 
posterior  feet.  In  the  ten-footed  short-tailed  crustaceans  there  are 
commonly  seven  gills  on  each  side,  of  which  that  in  the  middle  is 
the  longest.  They  have  a  pyramidal  form  and  are  divided  longi- 
tudinally by  a  middle  septum  firom  the  base  to  the  apex ;  on  this 
septum  numerous  plates  are  set  at  right  angles  which  make  up  the 
pyramidal  body  of  the  gills,  and  consist  of  folds  of  the  double 
membrane  of  which  the  septum  is  composed;  these  plates  thus 
form  sacs  which  may  be  inflated  through  the  septum.  In  some  long- 
tailed  decapods  also  the  gills  are  leaf-shaped  but  in  most  they  con- 
sist of  a  multitude  of  fine  cylindrical  filaments  which  are  attached 
instead  of  plates  to  each  side  of  the  axis  of  the  gill.  The  gills  are 
more  numerous,  sometimes  even  twenty-one  on  each  side.  In  all  the 
decapod  crustaceans  the  gills  are  situated  imder  the  lateral  parts  of 
the  shell  [carapace)  in  a  proper  cavity  on  each  side,  and  are  attached 
to  the  basal  piece  of  the  five  pairs  of  feet,  or  at  the  same  time  to  the 
hindmost  foot-jaws  also.  The  water  penetrates  to  the  respiratory 
cavity  by  an  opening  on  each  side  at  the  inferior  margin ;  in  the 
short-tailed  this  opening  is  situated  in  front  of  the  basal  piece  of 


1  TBBvniAznTS  Verm.  Sekr,  i.  s.  60—62,  Tab.  ix.  figs.  50—52,  b.  73—75,  Tab. 
zn.  figs.  63 — 65.  Compare  also  Dutxskot  et  Lbbebot7LLKT  Eami  cTtme  MonographU 
da  organea  de  la  retpiration  de  Vordre  de$  OnutaeU  uopodet,  Ann.  des  Sc.  not,  le  S^rie, 
Tom.  XV.  Zoolog.  pp.  177 — 240,  PI.  vi. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


608  CLASS  X. 

the  first  pair  of  feet ;  in  the  long-tailed  it  is  a  fissure  that  extends 
along  the  entire  thorax  on  each  side.  The  water  is  expelled,  on 
the  other  hand,  along  a  fnrrow  which  opens  forwards  \>j  the  side  of 
the  mouth.  In  this  canal  an  oval  lamina  is  situated,  which  is  the 
outermost  lobe  of  the  second  pair  of  maxillsB,  and  produces  by  its 
motion  a  current  forwards  to  force  the  water  out*. 

In  nearly  all  crustaceans  the  two  sexes  are  distinct.  In  the 
Ctrripedia,  indeed,  formerly  counted  amongst  the  Molluscs,  the 
male  and  female  sexual  organs  are  united  in  the  same  individual*: 
[except  in  certain  genera  of  the  Lepadicea^  as  Ibla  and  ScalpeHum 
Leach,  where  there  are  not  only,  according  to  Darwin,  males  and 
females  distinct,  but  also  the  surprising  fact  of  'hermaphrodites 
whose  masculine  efficiency  is  aided  by  one  or  more  complemental 
males','  often  exceedingly  minute,  and  rudimentary  in  structure, 
which  are  permanently  attached  to  difierent  parts  of  the  female.] 
The  ovary  lies  as  an  apparently  granular  mass  in  the  pedicle  oiAna- 
tija,  and  under  the  microscope  is  seen  to  be  composed  of  rounded 
lobes ;  a  tube  which  traverses  the  pedicle  and  opens  into  the  mantle 
above  by  a  fine  aperture  on  the  dorsal  surface  is  the  oviduct.  In 
Balanvs  the  ovary  lies  in  the  walls  of  the  mantle.  [According  to 
Darwin  the  female  organs  consist  of  true  ovaria  (salivary  glands 
Cuv.)  seated  on  each  side  near  the  base  of  the  labrum,  of  unbranched 
ovarian  ducts  and  of  ovarian  branching  tubes  and  coeca.  In  the 
Lepadicea  the  ovarian  tubes  branch  out  in  all  directions  within  the 
peduncle,  and  ova  are  developed  in  the  footstalks  of  their  branches 
as  well  as  at  their  ends.  Two  unbranched  tubes  enter  the  body  of 
the  Cirripede  firom  the  peduncle  and  run  into  the  two  true  ovaria 
situated  at  the  base  of  the  labrum  and  resting  on  the  upper  edge  of 


^  See  MiLNi  Edwards  Recherehes  9ur  le  nnScaniime  de  la  respiration  eha  lea  Oru»- 
tad*,  Ann,  de»  Sc.  not.  le  S^rie,  Tom.  xi.  Zoologie,  pp.  119 — 143. 

'  A  few  jears  ago  Goodsib  described  Bmall  cnurtaceanB,  wiih  five  pairs  of  feet,  as 
the  males  of  Balanus.  Edinb.  new  PkHoe,  Joum,  xxy.  1843,  p.  88,  Ann,  dea,  Sc.  not, 
3ibme  S^r.  I.  1844,  pp.  107 — 1x7.  These  supposed  male  individuals  present  however 
little  or  no  resemblance  to  the  juvenile  form  of  Girripedee,  as  we  have  been  taught  to 
know  them  by  Bcbicsibtbb. 

>  Dabwin  LepadidcB,  185 1,  p.  iSa.  Dabwin  found  the  animals  described  by 
Goodsib  not  to  be  males  but  females  distended  with  ova.  He  considers  them  to  be  the 
females  of  the  unnamed  genus  belonging  to  the  family  of  [oniens,  described  by  Qoojy- 
BIB,  which  live  parasitically  within  the  sac  of  the  Balani.  See  Dabwin  Mowogr.  of 
the  Oirripedia,  BalanidcK.  London,  1853,  p.  171. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEANS.  609 

the  stomach.  These  tubular  glands  are  generally  diyided  ^  the 
end  near  the  mouth  into  a  few  blunt  branches.  Their  precise 
connexion  with  the  two  main  ducts  has  not  been  discovered.  The 
state  of  these  two  masses  yaried  much — ^but  since,  at  times,  they 
contained  aggregations  of  matter  consisting  of  little  balls  closely 
resembling,  in  general  appearance  and  size,  the  ovigerms  with  their 
germinal  yesicles  and  spots,  there  could  be  no  doubt  that  they  are 
ovaria.  Darwin  was  unable  to  discover  the  orifice  by  which  St. 
Anqe  supposes  the  ova  to  enter  the  sac.  His  observations  lead 
him  to  believe  that  the  mode  by  which  they  enter  the  sac  is  quite 
different:  ** Immediately  before  one  of  the  periods  of  exuviation, 
the  ova  burst  from  the  ovarian  tubes  in  the  peduncle  and  round  the 
sac,  and,  carried  along  the  clrculatoiy  channels,  are  collected  beneath 
the  chitine-tunic  of  the  sac,  in  the  corium,  at  this  period  remarkably 
spongy  and  full  of  cavities.  The  corium  then  forms,  or  rather,  (as 
Darwin  believes,)  resolves  itself  into  a  delicate  membrane  envelop- 
ing each  ovum  and  uniting  them  together  in  lamellss ;  the  corium, 
having  thus  far  retreated,  then  forms  under  the  lamellae  the  chitine- 
tunic  of  the  sac,  and  the  last-formed  one  is  immediately  moulted 
with  the  other  integuments  of  the  body.  The  membranes  harden, 
the  lamell®  of  ova  become  detached  from  the  bottom  of  the  sac, 
and  are  attached  to  the  ovigerous  frsena.''  In  the  Balanotdea  the 
branching  and  inosculating  ovarian  cceca  form  a  layer  covering  in 
part  the  basis  of  the  balanus,  and  in  certain  cases  extending  upwards 
between  the  two  layers  of  corium  roimd  the  walls  of  the  shelU.] 
The  testes  lie  on  the  sides  of  the  body  as  small  blind  sacs  that  are 
attached  to  branches  that  coalesce  to  form  larger  stems  like  veins. 
On  each  side  there  arises  from  the  union  of  these  branches  a  wide 
and  tortuous  canal  {vaa  deferem),  which  afterwards  becoming  nar- 
rower advances  towards  that  of  the  opposite  side;  thus  these  two 
tubes  lie  close  together  at  the  base  of  the  caudiform  appendage  of  the 
body,  where  they  unite  to  form  a  ductus  ejaculatoriiLSy  which  opens  at 
the  apex  of  the  appendage  '•  In  some  lower  crustaceans  the  females 
are  much  more  numerous  than  the  males,  which  are  only  imperfectly 


1  Dabwin  LepadicUe,  pp.  56 — 60,  and  Monogr,  of  the  Balamda,  London,  1854, 
p.  100. 

*  Waonee  in  MuELLiB*B  Arekiv,  1834,  s.  467 — 473,  Tab.  vin.  figs.  8 — 11,  13; 
Mabtin  St.  AiraB  M4m.  $ur  Vorganitalion  det  Cirripidet,    Parifl,  1835,  4to.  pp. 
11,  PI.  n.  figs.  4—7. 

VOL.  I.  39 


Digitized  by 


Google 


610  CLASS  X. 

or  noi  at  all  known.  In  certain  of  them  the  males  occur  cmlj  at 
particular  times  of  the  jear,  and  the  females,  like  the  leaf-lioe,  are 
firuitful  without  copulation  through  several  successire  generations, 
as  in  Daphnia  aad,  according  to  Jolt,  in  Artemia.  In  others  the 
males  maj,  on  account  of  their  minuteness,  have  eluded  observation, 
as  in  the  parasitic  genus  Bopyrus,  where  they  are  surpassed  in  size 
bj  the  female  about  four  times.  Besides  the  unequal  size,  the 
full-grown  female  in  this  and  in  other  parasitic  genera  (Siphonos- 
tomes)  often  present  a  very  deyiating  form.  The  sexual  difference 
in  the  common  form  has  not  jet  in  the  higher  crustaceans  been 
sufficiently  investigated  in  the  different  &milies.  In  the  different 
species  of  Limulus  that  difference  is  known  pretty  accurately.  In 
the  long-tailed  ten-footed  crustaceans  the  males  have  larger  daws 
than  the  females,  the  last  a  broader  abdomen  than  the  first. 

As  a  rule  the  internal  and  external  sexual  organs  are  double. 
In  Argulua  there  is  only  one  ovary  with  one  oviduct  opening  be- 
tween the  two  hindmost  natatory  feet,  whilst  however  the  external 
organs  in  the  male  are  double  ^  The  ovaries  are  ordinarily  two 
blind  sacs,  as  for  instance  in  the  Isopods,  elongate  blind  tubes. 
Only  seldom  are  they  divided  into  branches,  as  in  ChandracantJua 
according  to  Bathke,  in  Ajma^  and  Limvlua.  They  pass  into  two 
oviducts,  which  open  each  separately.  In  lAmvlus  the  two  vulvae  are 
near  the  first  pair  of  abdominal  feet,  close  to  the  basis  at  the  dorsal 
surface.  In  the  ten-footed  crustaceans  these  two  external  openings 
are  situated  on  the  cephalothorax,  between  the  feet  of  the  third 
pair,  or  on  the  base  of  these  feet  themselves.  Only  seldom,  as  in 
Bopyrua^  do  the  two  oviducts  coalesce  to  form  a  single  tube  that 
opens  into  a  single  mdva.  Sometimes  there  are  yet  accessory 
female  organs,  for  the  secretion  of  a  covering  of  viscid  fluid,  either 
to  cover  the  eggs,  or  to  take  up  the  yperma^  as  the  two  large  bursa 
copulatrices  in  the  short-tailed  decapods'.  The  testes  also  have  often 


^  Here  at  the  fint  joint  of  the  fourth  pair  of  swimming-feet  is  seen  a  tuberob  with 
a  hook  directed  backward.    JuBim,  Ann,  dM  Mui4um,  vii.  pp.  448,  449»  ^^  ^^'  ^ 

«,  3i  flg.  «i. 

'  Zaddaoh,  De  Apodis  caneriformit  Anatome  et  JEtidoria  woluUonit,  Boniue,  184 1, 
4topp.  51,  5a,  Tab.  I,  fig.  14. 

•  See  Cabus  Tabul,  anat,  comp,  ilhutr,  Faac.  v.  Tab.  3,  fig.  7,  /;  oomp.  MoHi 
Edwards  ffitt.  not.  dea  Orutt.  i.  pp.  171 — 174 ;  according  to  the  obeervationa  of  tiiii 
naturalist  there  is  no  room  for  doubt  respecting  the  function  of  these  parts  (as  po^et 
eopulairieei). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEANS.  611 

the  form  of  two  blind  sacs.  Sometimes,  as  in  the  decapods,  these 
hare  a  more  glandular  aspect,  and  consist  of  an  aggregate  of  many 
follicles.  In  the  long-tailed  ten-footed  crustaceans  the  two  testes 
form  a  single  three-lobed  body,  though  there  are  two  vasade/erentta* 
These  efferent  tubes  open  in  these  crustaceans,  as  also  in  the  short- 
tailed  or  crabs,  at  the  base  of  the  feet  of  the  fifth  pair.  In  these 
animals  the  external  male  organs  of  copulation  have  homy  accessory 
organs  attached  to  the  first  two  abdominal  rings  which  support  the 
penis  in  copulation,  and  which  as  to  their  function  may  be  compared 
with  the  little  bone  that  occurs  in  this  part  in  some  mammals. 

The  eggs  of  crustaceans  after  they  have  been  laid  often  continue 
attached  to  different  parts  of  the  parent's  body,  and  there  advance 
to  further  development.  In  the  Oniscides,  and  many  other  crusta- 
ceans, the  development  takes  place  in  a  brooding  cavity  at  the 
imder  surface  of  the  anterior  part  of  the  body,  where  it  is  covered 
by  a  different  number,  commonly  by  five  pairs,  of  ventral  plates 
lying  on  one  another  like  roof-tiles  *.  In  Daphnia  the  eggs  remain 
for  some  time  in  a  cavity  beneath  the  shell  on  the  back;  in  Cyclops 
they  are  carried  about  in  two  bunches  by  the  female  at  the  base  of 
the  abdomen.  The  same  is  observed  in  many  parasitic  crustaceans. 
In  others  they  are  attached  to  the  feet  by  an  adhesive  fluid  hardened 
into  threads;  in  the  ten-footed  crustaceans,  to  the  feet  of  the  abdo- 
men or  of  the  so-called  tail.  Other  crustaceans  divest  themselves 
of  their  eggs  without  bearing  them  about  on  their  body,  and  attach 
them  to  other  objects.  Thus  the  female  oi  Argulus  foliaceus  affixes 
her  numerous  eggs  (100 — 200)  by  means  of  a  viscid  covering  to 
stones'.  Cypris  also  lays  her  eggs  upon  different  bodies  under 
water,  often  in  heaps  of  a  hundred,  which  she  covers  with  a  green 
thready  matter*. 

The  egg  of  crustaceans,  whilst  still  in  the  ovary,  consists  of  the 
yolk,  the  germ  vesicle,  and  the  vitelline  membrane.  The  yolk  is 
slightly  fluid,  and  consists  of  shapeless  fat-particles  and  cells,  with 
only  a  small  quantity  of  albuminous  fluid.  The  germ-vesicle, 
which  again  includes  different  small  vesicles  (germ-spots),  disappears 
after  impregnation,  as  soon  as  the  egg  enters  the  oviduct.  Here,  on 
the  other  hand,  it  receives  an  external  covering,  a  chorion,  formed 


1  TBBmAinjB  Verm,  S^r.  i.  Tab.  iz.  figs.  51,  54. 
•  JuBWE,  1. 1.  pp.  45a,  453.  •  Steaus,  Mim.  du,  Mus.  vn.  p.  54- 

39—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


612  CLASS  X. 

from  a  coagulable  fluid,  which  has  been  secreted  by  the  oviduct 
This  covering  is  thicker  than  the  vitelline  membrane,  and  between 
the  two  only  a  small  space  or  none  at  all  remains ;  in  the  first  case 
a  watery  albuminous  fluid  occupies  it.  The  production  of  the  germ 
is,  as  in  the  egg  of  many  other  animals,  both  vertebrate  and  inver- 
tebrate, so  also  in  that  of  many  crustaceans,  preceded  by  a  parting 
and  cleaving  of  the  yolk^  There  arise  first  in  the  yolk  a  greater 
or  lesser  number  of  membranous  saccules,  follicles  which  probably 
take  their  origin  from  the  albuminous  fluid  portion  of  the  yolk, 
and  enclose  a  greater  or  lesser  number  of  yolk-cells.  The  germ 
first  appears  as  a  nebulous  grey  spot,  which  consists  of  cells  that 
have  nuclei,  and  probably  arise  from  modified  yolk-cells.  At  first 
the  germ  is  small,  afterwards  the  germinal  membrane  grows  round 
the  whole  of  the  yolk.  It  separates  into  two  layers,  which  may 
be  compared  to  the  serous  lamina  and  the  mtiams  lamina  in  the 
blastoderma  of  vertebrates.  Just  as  in  insects  and  arachnids,  the 
ventral  parts  of  the  walls  of  the  body  are  the  first  that  come  into 
being.  The  parting  of  the  body  into  rings  or  segments  begins  on 
the  ventral  surface.  All  the  appendages  (limbs,  jaws,  feet)  greatly 
resemble  one  another  at  first,  and  on  the  whole  the  anterior  mem- 
bers are  formed  first,  the  posterior  last.  Many  crustaceans  make 
their  appearance  from  the  egg  with  fewer  limbs  than  they  afterwards 
possess.  But  the  development  of  crustaceans  presents  many  dif- 
ferences, in  the  different  orders,  of  which  the  particular  description 
would  demand  too  large  a  space.  Such  an  uniformity  of  the  plan 
of  development,  as  we  observe  in  the  classes  of  vertebrate  animals, 
seems  in  the  lower  classes  of  animals  not  to  occur^. 


^  EbdIi  did  not  perceiye  the  deaving  in  the  eggs  of  AttaeuB  fnarintu,  bat  did  in 
those  of  Cancer  numat.  In  this  kst  Rathkb  also  observed  the  phenomenon,  as  well 
as  in  Oammanu  JluviaHlU  and  O.  Loctuta,  Kobllikeb  in  ErgatUut  and  Oydops, 

*  As  the  oomparative  history  of  development  in  general,  so  especially  has  that  of 
crustaceans,  received  its  clearest  iUustration  from  the  miwearied  and  distanguished 
investigations  of  H.  Rathkb.  We  cite  here  his  UrUenuchunffen  Uber  die  Bildwig  »■ 
JSrUwtcJxlung  des  Fluahrebset,  mit  5  Eupfert.  Leipzig.  1829,  folio  (from  which  ample 
extracts  are  given  with  many  figures  in  the  Ann,  dea  Sc.  natur,  Tom.  xz.  1830, 
pp.  443 — 469);  Ahhandlungen  zur  BUdufigt-und  Entwickdungagesch,  IL  1833,  s.  69— 
94,  (in  AuHlua  ciqucUicut,  Onitcits  murarivs,  2>ajpA»ia,  Lyncetu),  and  especially  for  the 
numerous  investigations  in  very  different  iamilies  of  crustaceans,  his  work,  Zw  Mor- 
phologie,  Rcisebemerhungen  aus  Taurien.  Riga  u.  Leipzig,  1837,  4to.  s.  35 — 15 '•  ^ 
also  the  compressed  review  of  this  subject  by  Bathkb,  in  the  second  edition  of  Bub- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEANS.  613 

In  yeij  many  crustaceans  extremely  remarkable  metamorphoses 
have  be^  observed,  which,  however,  are  confined  to  the  first  period 
of  life ;  long  before  they  are  full-grown,  they  have  attained  their 
permanent  form,  and  after  that  only  undergo  repeated  moultings. 
The  yoimg  of  Cyclops,  already  observed  by  Leeuwenhoeck  and 
afterwards  by  De  Geer,  are  so  unlike  in  form  to  the  parent  animal 
that  O.  F.  Mueller  formed  distinct  genera  of  them,  Nauplius  and 
Amymone;  flat,  oval,  without  tail,  with  four  or  six  feet  very  thick, 
and  radiating  firom  the  body^  Young  individuals  of  Ergasilus, 
Achtheres,  Lemceocera,  present  similar  forms  with  four  or  six  feet, 
according  to  the  observations  of  Nordmann^.  Also  the  Ctrripedia 
present  themselves  at  first  under  such  a  form  as  this,  with  which, 
however,  that  of  the  young  of  Aptta  agrees  still  nearer,  that  has  no 
abdominal  feet,  and  possesses  two  pairs  of  feet,  of  which  the  second 
extends  behind  the  body.  [But  the  larves  of  cirripeds  pass  through 
three  different  stages.  In  the  first  the  larva,  whilst  yet  in  the  sac 
of  the  parent,  is  nearly  globular,  with  lateral  horns.  Posteriorly,  on 
the  sternal  surface,  are  two  other  minute  horns  pointing  backwards. 
These  horns  are  cases  in  which  the  antennae  are  being  developed. 
There  are  three  pairs  of  feet  close  together  in  a  longitudinal  direc- 
tion, some  way  apart  in  a  transverse.  The  first  pair  has  always  a 
single  ramus  or  filament,  not  articulate  in  some  genera,  multi- 
articulate  in  others.  The  abdomen,  a  little  beyond  the  end  of  the 
carapace,  terminates  in  a  slightly  upturned  tail.  The  mouth  is 
undergoing  development  on  a  prominence  between  the  bases  of  the 
feet.  Towards  the  second  stage,  the  most  conspicuous  character  is 
the  great  elongation  of  the  posterior  point  of  the  carapace,  whilst  the 
abdomen  is  prolonged,  and  has  two  very  long  spear-like  processes 
on  its  outside  (Bcdanus  Goodsir),  or  terminates  in  a  single  tapering 
spinose  projection  {Lepas  Thompson).  In  the  second  stage,  the 
body  is  prolonged  behind  the  three  pairs  of  limbs  and  ends  in  a 
blunt  point,  in  which,  probably,  the  three  posterior  pairs  of  feet, 
and  the  abdomen  of  the  larva  in  the  last  stage,  are  developed.    The 


daoh's  Phytidogit,  ii.  s.  448 — 376,  and  his  CommentcUio  de  AnimeUium  Chnutaceorvm 
generatume,    Begiomonti,  1844,  4to. 

1  De  Gkeb  Mimoirtapour  VHiat,  des  Ins,  vii.  pp.  489 — 491,  PI.  30,  figs.  6,  7,  8; 
JUBINB  ffist,  dea  Monocl.;  Bahdohb  BeUr,  zur  NcOurgeach.  einiger  deuiichm  Monocu- 
ItLiorten,  s.  5,  6,  &c. 

*  Mtkrogr.  BeUrcige,  u.  Tab.  u.  fig,  7,  Tab.  iv.  fig.  7,  &c. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


614  CLASS  X. 

mouth  is  more  forward,  there  are  two  simple  eyes,  and  the  smaller 
pair  of  anteimae  has  disappeared.  In  the  third  stage,  the.  larva  is 
much  compressed,  nearly  of  the  shape  of  a  Gtfpris,  and  the  thorax 
and  limbs  hidden  and  enclosed  by  the  carapace  elongated  back- 
wards. The  part  of  the  head  bearing  the  antennae  is  longer  and 
larger  than  the  rest  of  the  body.  The  antennae  are  large  and  con- 
spicuous, consisting  of  three  segments,  of  which  the  second  (a 
sucking  disc)  is  much  the  largest,  the  third  very  small.  The 
antennae  serve  for  walking,  but  their  principal  use  is  to  attach  the 
larva,  the  attachment  being  at  first  voluntary,  but  soon  becoming 
permanent.  There  are  now  two  large  compound  eyes  close  behind 
the  base  of  the  antennae.  The  mouth,  as  in  mature  cirripeds,  is 
situated  on  a  slight  prominence  in  front  of  the  thoracic  limbs.  It  is 
within  the  carapace,  and  still  rudimentary.  The  thorax  consists  of 
six  segments  with  six  pairs  of  feet,  each  with  a  pedicle  bearing  two 
arms  of  two  joints.  The  abdomen  is  small,  but  with  three  seg- 
ments, of  which  the  second  is  the  longest,  and  bears  two  small 
appendages  between  which  the  anus  is  situated.  The  bivalve  shell 
and  compound  eyes  of  the  larva  are  first  moulted:  the  antenna  not 
at  all.  The  young  cirriped  is  closely  packed  within  the  larva,  and 
there  are  two  rudimentary  eyes  posterior  to  the  cast-off  eyes  of  the 
larva.  They  are  situated  beneath  the  integument  on  the  upper 
part  of  the  stomach*.]  Scarcely  less  strange  are  the  changes  which 
most  of  the  decapod  crustaceans  undergo.  The  early  states  of  short- 
tailed  crustaceans  have  been  frequently  recorded  in  systematic 
works  as  distinct  genera.  Thus  the  genus  Zoe  Bosc,  with  large 
eyes  and  a  long  bent  beak  and  a  recurved  hook  on  the  back,  is 
founded  merely  on  individuals  in  the  first  period  of  life  of  Ccmcer 
and  Eji/as*.  These  animals  have  then  a  long  tail,  which  only  at 
a  later  period  is  bent  under  towards  the  breast.  But  many  long- 
tailed  crustaceans  also  imdergo  changes  of  form,  ex.  gr.  Pagurus. 
In  Astacua  marimis  the  feet  are  at  first  provided  with  a  jointed  fila- 
ment, which  corresponds  to  the  flagrum  of  the  auxiliary  jaws.  Of 
all  the  decapod  crustaceans  hitherto  investigated  ^«tocu«  Jlufnatilts 


1  Dabwin,  Lepadidce,  pp.  8 — 15. 

*  See  Rathke  BaUebemerhmffen  aus  Seandinavien,  Neuetie  Schriften  der  \ 
forwkenden  OudUeh.  zu  Danzig,  ni.  4te8  Heft,  1842,  Tab.  iv.  The  discovery  of  the 
aingular  change  of  forms  in  Decapods  was  first  made  by  JoHH  Thomfbon.  Rathkk, 
relying  on  his  own  inyestigations  in  AitaeuM  Jluviatili$,  at  first  doubted^  nftyi  ^^^ 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CBUSTACEAN8.  615 

presents  the  smallest  changes  of  form.  The  Amphipods,  on  the 
other  hand,  come  from  the  egg  in  a  form  similar  to  that  of  the 
perfect  animal.  Many  Isopods^  also,  undergo  only  slight  changes  of 
form ;  many  acquire  another  pair  of  feet  in  addition  to  those  which 
they  had  on  leaving  the  egg.  The  yomig  Limuliy  according  to 
Milne  Edwards,  leave  the  egg  without  that  ensiform  appendage 
or  pointed  tail  which  so  strikingly  distinguishes  the  full-grown 
animal. 

The  crustaceans  cast  their  shell  several  times.  In  yoimger  indi- 
viduals these  moultings  succeed  each  other  at  shorter  periods,  but 
in  full-grown  animals,  at  least  in  the  decapods,  the  hard  calcareous 
shell  is  cast  off  only  once  a  year.  In  the  River-cray  the  moulting 
occurs  towards  the  end  of  summer.  The  hard  shell  begins  to 
loosen  itself  from  the  body,  which  in  the  meantime  is  replaced 
by  a  new  covering  situated  beneath  the  former.  The  animal  makes 
many  movements  and  contortions,  until  at  last  a  fissure  occurs  on 
the  back  between  the  abdomen  and  the  large  cephalothorax,  from 
which  the  animal  with  the  fore  part  of  its  body  and  its  feet  makes 
its  appearance.  At  last  the  hinder  part  of  the  body  divests  itself 
of  its  old  covering.  For  these  observations  we  are  indebted  to 
Beaumub.  In  the  short>tailed  crabs  the  shell  splits  on  each  side 
along  the  epimera.  The  cast-off  shell  presents  penectly  the  form  of 
the  living  animaP. 

As  long  as  the  new  shell  is  still  thin  and  flexible,  the  crays  and 
crabs  are  very  sensitive.  They  then  conceal  themselves  in  holes, 
imtil  the  new  shell  has  attained  sufficient  hardness,  for  which  a  few 
days  only  are  requisite. 

With  the  shell  the  inner  coat  or  the  epithelium  of  the  stomach 
is  renewed  in  the  crays  and  crabs.  When  a  new  internal  tunic  of 
the  stomach  has  been  formed  the  old  one  is  cast  off  and  dissolved  in 
the  cavity  of  the  stomach.  It  has  been  supposed  that  the  two 
round  calcareous  plates  which  are  situated  on  each  side  of  the 


contested  the  obeervations  of  Thokpson,  but  afterwards  admitted,  with  that  upright- 
ness which  always  belongs  to  the  inquirer  after  truth  alone,  his  mistake  respecting  this 
important  discoyery,  and  that  he  had  done  the  English  naturalist  a  wrong ;  Op.  cit. 
8.  46.  See  also  the  ob6er\'ations  of  Du  Cans  on  the  metamorphoses  of  Cancer  mcauu, 
Annals  cf  not.  Hiti,  ni.  pp.  438—440,  PL  xi. 

1  See  B^UMUB  Mim,  de  VAcad.  des  Sc,  17 18,  p.  263  and  foil.,  Ck>LLiN80ir  Phil, 
Trana.  1746  and  1751,  MiLNX  Edwaxixs  Bist,  nat,  da  OruH,  i.  pp.  53 — 57;  oomp. 
also  Btmxb  J0KI8  jiniffuU  Kingdom,  ad  edit.  1855,  pp.  434—436. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


616  CLASS  X. 

Btomach,  and  are  named  crab's-ejes  {oeuli  s.  leqndes  cancramm), 
supplied  the  matter  from  which  the  new  shell  acquired  its  hardness. 
These  little  stony  substances  are  cast  off  with  the  old  tunic  of  the 
stomach,  and  being  freed  from  their  capsules  come  into  the  caTity 
of  the  stomach,  where  they  are  broken  up  and  partly  diiBSolyed. 
Thus  it  is  possible  that  the  calcareous  matter,  taken  up  into  the 
blood,  may  be  useftil  for  the  secretion  of  the  hard  shell  (V.  Baer). 
The  part,  however,  which  the  crab's-eyes  take  in  the  secretion 
cannot  be  great,  when  we  compare  their  weight  with  that  of  the 
calcareous  matter  in  the  shell.  During  the  time  that  the  shell  is 
still  increasing  in  hardness,  no  new  crab's-eyes  are  produced ;  but 
only  after  the  shell  has  attained  its  greatest  hardness  is  calcareous 
matter  again  secreted  on  the  walls  of  the  stomach,  and  new  craVs- 
eyes  again  appear.  Thus  the  production  of  crab's-eyes  would  appear 
to  be  a  vicarious  secretion ;  a  secretion  of  such  constituents  of  the 
blood  as,  if  top  abundant,  would  be  injurious  to  the  organism,  like 
the  secretion  of  urine  for  instance,  but  with  this  difference,  that  the 
calcareous  matter  is  not  set  at  liberty  shortly  after  its  secretion,  but 
remains  accumulated  for  a  long  time  in  continuance  ^ 

The  power  of  restoration  or  reproduction  is  very  great  in  this 
class,  so  that  even  feet,  amputated  or  broken  off,  are  replaced  bj 
new  ones. 

We  will  now  speak  concisely  concerning  the  organs  of  animal 
life.  The  nervous  system  consists,  as  in  articulate  animals  generally, 
of  a  cerebral  ganglion  above  or  in  front  of  the  oesophagus  and  of  a 
ventral  cord,  which  is  formed  of  a  greater  or  lesser  number  of  ganglia 
connected  together  by  two  filaments.  Originally  every  nervous 
ganglion  consists  here,  just  as  we  remarked  formerly  on  the  ringed 
worms,  of  two  lateral  portions.  In  some  crustaceans  this  separation 
of  the  nervous  ganglia  persists  even  in  the  adult  state,  as  in  Cyamus, 
Talitrus  and  Idotea;  the  lateral  parts  are  merely  connected  by  a 
transverse  commissure.  In  the  Oniscidea  the  two  nervous  filaments 
of  the  cord  lie  quite  apart  from  each  other,  and  the  ganglia  still 
indicate  evidently,  by  their  compressed  broad  form,  their  original 


^  Already  in  the  first  edition  of  this  Handbook  I  offered  eBsentially  the  same 
opinion  respecting  the  use  of  the  secretion  of  crab*B-eyee,  I.  bl.  410.  Gomp.  on  this 
subject  y .  Babb  U^ier  die  sogenannte  Emeuerung  de»  Magma  der  Krdm  il  s.  w.  in 
MuBLLEB*B  Archvv,  1834,  s.  510 — 533,  and  Dulk'b  chemical  investigations,  ibid. 
8-  5 ^3^5 ^7^  l>ut  especially  (EsTSBfiEN,  Mublleb*8  Arckiv,  1840,  #.  43i>-440. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEANS.  617 

condition  of  pairs.  The  number  of  the  ganglia  is,  however,  very 
different,  and  varies  from  more  than  sixty  in  aptis  to  two  in  the 
short-tailed  ten-footed  crustaceans.  In  cancer  mcenas  a  cephalic 
ganglion  is  situated  above  or  in  front  of  the  oesophagus ;  from  it  arise 
the  nerves  of  the  eyes  and  of  the  antennae  and  neighbouring  parts. 
From  the  posterior  part  of  this  ganglion  proceed  the  two  nervous 
filaments,  which  form  the  oesophageal  ring,  send  in  the  middle 
a  nerve  to  the  upper-jaws,  and  afterwards  unite  in  the  middle  of 
the  thorax  in  a  ganglion  that  is  excavated  in  the  centre.  This 
annular  ganglion  is  almost  eight  times  larger  than  the  cephalic 
ganglion  in  front  of  the  oesophagus ;  from  its  circumference  nerves 
arise  that  rxm  to  the  feet  and  other  parts,  and,  in  addition,  a  single 
nerve  from  the  back  part,  that  runs  in  the  middle  throughout  the 
tail  and  takes  the  place  of  the  continuation  of  the  ventral  cord,  but 
has  no  ganglia  \  In  this  crab,  consequently,  the  ganglia  of  the 
thorax  and  of  the  anterior  part  of  the  abdomen  are  represented  by 
a  single  ganglion,  which,  however,  by  the  excavation  in  the  middle 
affords  an  indication  of  the  lateral  divisions.  In  the  genus  Majaf  on 
the  other  hand,  the  union  has  attained  the  highest  degree,  and  the 
large  thoracic  ganglion  has  lost  the  excavation  in  the  middle. 
Here  then  there  are  only  two  ganglia  present,  one  for  the  head  and 
one  for  the  thorax  and  rest  of  the  body*.  In  the  long-tailed  ten- 
footed  crustaceans,  on  the  contrary,  there  are  different  distinct 
nervous  ganglia  in  the  ventral  cord,  twelve,  for  example,  in  the 


1  CuyiSB  Xep.  cFAnat,  amp.  n.  pp.  316,  317. 

*  See  AUDOUIN  and  MiLNS  Edwabds  Reeherchea  anat.  awr  le  Sytt,  nerveux  dei 
Cru9tacSs,  Ann.  dea  Se.  not.  xiv.  i8«8,  pp.  76—102,  PI.  1—6. 

A  fdUer  descriptioii  of  the  nenrouB  system  in  different  families  of  the  Crustacea 
would  extend  beyond  the  limits  of  this  Handbook.  I  will  here  only  add,  that  in 
Linmlua  the  cephalic  and  thoracic  ganglia  coalesce  to  form  a  thick  elongated  nervous 
ring,  which  behind  the  oesophagus  is  connected  by  three  transverse  commissures,  and 
from  which  backwards  a  nervous  cord  arises  composed  of  two  closely  connected  nervous 
bundles,  which  in  the  ventral  shield  presents  inconspicuous  gangliform  thickenings,  and 
afterwards  divides  into  two  lateral  portions ;  each  of  these  strings  then  terminates  in 
an  elongated  semilunar  ganglion,  at  the  inferior  extremity  of  which  two  nerves  arise 
that  penetrate  the  caudiform  appendage.  On  the  part  of  the  cephalothoracic  ring  lying 
in  front- of  the  oesophagus  there  are  two  conical  swellings  forwards,  frt>m  which  the 
two  very  long  optic  nerves  arise  for  the  two  compound  eyes  situated  above  on  the 
dorsal  shield.  These  nerves  go  first  forwards  and  upwards,  then  bend  outwards,  and 
afterwards  go  backwards  to  end  at  the  inside  of  the  eyes.  Their  length  is  more  thax^ 
one  quarter  of  that  of  the  whole  animal,  the  tail  included. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


618  CLASS  X. 

lobster.  In  the  hermit-crab  (Poffurus)  there  are,  besides  the  cephalic 
ganglion^  only  six  ganglia,  but  the  form  of  the  nerrous  system  is 
in  other  respects  the  same^* 

The  neryons  system  existing  especially  for  the  organic  life, 
which  we  have  already  noticed  in  insects  and  spiders,  is  not  want- 
ing in  the  crustaceans  also,  however  it  still  in  many  families 
remains  for  the  most  part  or  entirely  unknown.  It  has  been 
especially  investigated  by  Brandt  in  some  Decapodsy  Stomogpoda 
and  Oniscidea.  In  crays  and  in  SquiUa  it  consists  of  a  single 
portion  and  two  lateral  portions.  The  siugle  portion  arises  at  the 
posterior  margin  of  the  cerebral  ganglion,  and  has  no  nervous 
ganglion  that  lies  in  front  of  the  brain  as  in  insects ;  the  lateral 
portions  arise  from  the  oesophageal  band  that  connects  the  cerebral 
ganglion  with  the  succeeding  ganglionic  cord.  Distinct  ganglia  are 
not  present  at  the  origin  of  the  lateral  portions,  but  appear  to 
be  fiised  with  the  oesophageal  band,  which  indicates  a  swelling  at 
the  point  of  origin  of  these  lateral  nerves.  The  system  of  nerves 
spreads  itself  over  the  stomach,  presents  here  one  or  two  ganglia, 
and  finally  divides  into  two  branches  which  axe  distributed  to  the 
liver.  In  PorceUio  Brandt  found  no  single  portion  of  this  system, 
but  only  two  small  lateral  swellings,  situated  behind  the  cerebral 
ganglion  and  connected  to  it  by  two  ihin  filaments,  which  send  fine 
branches  backwards  to  the  stomach'. 

In  most  crustaceans,  common  feeling  on  account  of  the  hardness 
of  the  covering  cannot  be  otherwise  than  very  small.  The  antennas, 
which  are  often  much  developed  and  four  in  number,  are  wanting 
only  in  few,  and,  like  the  whiskers  in  mammals,  may  serve  for  a  fine 
sense  of  touch  even  in  the  dark.  In  like  manner,  probably,  the 
jointed  filaments  of  the  cirrtpediay  and  the  filaments  on  the  foot- 
jaws  of  the  decapods  and  other  appendages  of  the  body,  may  serve 
for  touch  in  many  species.  A  special  organ  for  taste  is  not  known, 
but  the  seat  of  this  sense  appears  to  be  in  the  commencement  of  the 
oesophagus  •.  

^  SWAMMXBDAV  Sijhd  der  Naiwur.  bl.  20^—206,  Tab.  xi.  fig.  ix. ;  oomp.  abo 
OwxK,  CateUogue  of  the  pKytiol,  Seriet  of  the  Miueum  qf  the  OoU,  of  Surgeotu,  it. 
pp.  t6,  17,  who  in  other  species  of  the  same  genus  found  only  four  gangUa  beddes  the 
cerebral  ganglion. 

'  Gomp.  Bkandt  in  his  Bemerhunffen  Ober  die  EinffeweideHerven  der  EveriebraieH, 
dted  above  (p.  479). 

*  According  to  MiLKX  Edwards,  who  appeals  to  his  obserrations  made  with 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CBUSTACEAN3.  619 

In  the  riyer-  and  searcraTs  Rosenthal  first  described  «Dd 
figured  an  organ  as  that  of  smell,  which  afterwards  was  also  fonnd 
in  some  other  deoapoda^  hot  is  wanting  in  most  species  of  this  order, 
as  well  as  in  the  remaining  crustaceans.  At  the  base  of  the  middle 
or  innermost  antennas  he  found  a  triangular  opening  beset  with 
hairs,  which  is  the  entrance  of  a  triangular  cayitj  lined  with  a  soft 
membrane,  in  which  nervous  branches  are  distributed^. 

Just  as  little  is  known  of  the  organ  of  hearing  in  most  animals 
of  this  class.  In  the  ten-footed  crustaceans  it  was  discovered  by 
J.  C.  Fabrictus,  and  Minasi  and  Scarpa,  and  others,  after  him, 
described  and  figured  it  in  the  river-cray  (common  cray-fish).  At 
the  base  of  the  outermost  antennsB  is  a  very  hard  wart-like  ex* 
crescence,  at  whose  point  is  a  round  opening  covered  by  a  tense  and 
veiy  elastic  membrane.  Behind  this  membrane  is  a  vesicle  filled 
with  fiuid,  on  the  walls  of  which  a  nerve  is  distributed  that  arises 
with  the  nerve  of  the  external  antennae  from  the  cerebral  ganglion** 

The  compound  eyes  in  crustaceans  are  formed  on  the  same  plan 
as  in  insects.  Blainville  found  in  them  the  vitreous  humour,  as 
did  JoH.  Mueller  after  him  in  the  eyes  of  insects ;  and  his  descrip- 
tion of  the  eyes  of  PaMnurus  agrees  with  that  which  we  have  given 
above  of  the  compoimd  eyes  of  insects*.  In  many  crustaceans,  for 
instance  in  the  crays,  the  facettes  of  the  cornea  are  not  hexangular, 
as  in  insects,  but  quadrangular ;  in  some  other  ten-footed  crustaceans, 


AuDOunr,  bat  which  haye  not  been  made  farther  known,  this  sense  woold  seem  to  be 
mnch  developed  in  cmstaoeans.    HUt.  not  des  Onut,  I.  pp.  iii,  X13. 

^  See  BosnvTHAL  in  Rbil's  Arehivf,  d,  Phytiol,  x.  181 1,  s.  433,  436,  figs.  1—4. 
Ck>mp.  Trkvibanus  BiologU,  vi.  s.  308,  309.  This  part  is  by  Fabri  considered  to  be 
the  auditory  organ,  PhUoi,  TranBoeL  1843,  p.  333  ;  comp.  however  hereon  Ekiohbon's 
report  in  his  Arehiv  f,  Naturg,  1844,  s.  336,  337,  who  participates  as  little  in  that 
opinion  as  I,  for  my  part,  am  able.  [Additional  investigations  by  Leuokabt,  Archiw 
f,  Naturgeaeh,  1853,  i*  b.  455,  strongly  oorroborate  Fabbx'b  conclunons.] 

'  A.  Scarpa,  AnoUomica  dUquiskionei  de  Auditu  H  O^factu,  'Hcini,  1789,  folio, 
pp.  7,  3,  Tab.  IT.  V. ;  oomp.  also  £.  H.  Weber,  de  Av/re  H  Auditu  hominit  et  aninudium, 
Pan  I.  Lipei»,  1820,  4to.  pp.  8,  9,  Tab.  i.  figs,  t,  1.  The  membraneous  tube  situated 
in  the  pedicle  belongs  to  a  larger  sac  placed  behind  it,  Brandt  Mfdk,  ZoU.  n.  s.  64, 
Tab.  XT.  fig.  13,  a,  a.  In  the  short-tailed  decapods  this  membrane  covering  the  entrance 
to  the  auditoiy  sac  is  represented  as  a  moveable  calcareous  plate.  See  on  this  Uttle 
plate  and  its  peculiar  arrangement  in  Maia,  Milne  Edwards  ffisL  not,  des  Crust. 
I.  p.  194 ;  on  the  auditory  organs  of  Cfrustaeea,  see  T.  H.  Huxlet  ZoUog.  noUs  and 
oUervaiUms  in  Ann,  of  nai,  Hisl.  sec.  S4r.  VoL  vn.  185 1,  pp.  304 — 306,  PL  xrv. 

*  DuoROTAT  Dl  Blainvillb,  De  VorganiseOwn  des  Animaux,  i.  1833,  8vo.  pp. 
433*  434. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


620  CLASS  X. 

in  the  Stomapods,  &c.,  they  are,  howeyer,  hexangular.  In  Limulus 
thej  are  also  hexangular,  not  very  regular,  and  at  the  outside  but 
little  raised.  In  some  crustaceans  the  eyes  are  covered  with  an 
undivided  smooth  cornea^  as  in  Apua;  thej  are  compound  ejes 
with  a  cornea  without  facettes^.  They  make  as  it  were  the  tran- 
sition to  the  clustered  eyes,  placed  in  two  groups  at  the  side  of  the 
head  of  the  Iscpods,  as  Oniscus^  Idotea^  &c. 

The  passive  organs  of  motion  of  crustaceans  are  the  hard  cover- 
ings of  the  body  and  of  the  limbs,  the  dermal  skeleton.  There  are 
also  frequently  productions  of  this  covering  penetrating  inwards^ 
homy  or  hard  calcareous  projections  to  which  the  muscles  are 
attached.  In  Limulus  an  elongated,  rectangular  tendinous  plate, 
somewhat  excavated  on  the  upper  surface,  is  situated  in  the  inside 
of  the  cephalothorax,  just  as  in  spiders,  in  which,  at  the  fore  part, 
are  two  cylindrical  processes  that  pass  iuto  tendons.  This  part  is 
moved  by  many  muscles,  and,  with  its  movements,  those  of  the  feet 
are  also  connected.  The  legs  of  decapods  have  at  every  joint  a 
flexor  and  extensor  muscle;  those  of  the  first  pair  or  of  the  so-called 
claws,  in  accordance  with  the  greater  strength  of  this  pair  of  limbs, 
are  the  most  developed.  The  muscles  of  the  tail  in  the  crays 
(lobsters,  cray-fish,  &c.)  are  divided  into  two  layers;  the  layer 
which  is  situated  on  the  ventral  surface,  that  of  the  flexor  muscles, 
is  more  composite  and  more  powerfully  developed  than  the  layer 
which  lies  towards  the  back*. 

In  art-instincts  the  crustaceans  appear  to  stand  below  most 
insects  and  arachnids.  In  them  the  vegetative  or  organic  life  is 
more  developed  than  the  animal. 

The  geographic  distribution  of  crustaceans  has  not  been  hitherto 
sufficiently  investigated,  although  Latheille,  and  after  him  espe- 


^  See  JOH.  MnELLKBinMxoKEL'B  Archiv,  1839,  s.  54—59,  ^'^^^  m.  fig.  15;  in  Gam- 
marut  pulez,  ibid.  figs.  16,  17;  in  Branchipua,  H.  Bubmbibtkb  in  Mvellbr*8  Arekiv, 
1833,  B.  539— 534»  »•  613,  Tab.  xra.  figs,  1—4.  The  conical  tranaparent  bodies  of  the 
separate  divisions  of  the  eye  are  either  attached  immediately  to  the  cornea  or  have 
lenses  placed  before  them,  which  lie  under  the  cornea.  See  on  these  pecnliaritieB 
Mueller  Handimeh  der  Phytiologie,  11.  s.  309.  The  eyes  of  Limulus  do  not  however 
belong  to  the  division  in  which  Mubllbb  places  them.  The  organs  of  vision  in  Crus- 
taceans are  largely  treated  of  in  R.  Waqneb  Lehrb.  der  vergl.  Anal,,  9te  Auflage, 
nter  Theil,  bearbeitet  von  Db  H.  Fbbt  u.  Db  R.  Leuoxabt,  1847,  b.  loi — 206. 

■  The  tail-muscles  of  the  river-cray  are  described  and  figured  by  Cutibb,  Zepoiu 
d^Anai,  camp,  I.  pp.  413—416,  v.  PL  xiv. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEANS.  621 

ciallj  Milne  Edwards,  have  made  copious  contributions  to  it, 
which  however  are  confined  principally  to  the  order  of  the  decapods. 
With  the  different  peculiarities  that  have  an  influence  on  the  distri- 
bution of  species  we  are  not  yet  satisfactorily  acquainted.  The 
difference  of  salt-particles  in  the  different  seas  comes  here  beyond 
doubt  into  consideration,  and  not  the  mean  temperature  alone ;  the 
relative  depth  also,  the  nature  of  the  coasts,  &c.  On  the  whole, 
the  general  rule,  that  animal  forms,  the  genera  and  species,  are 
more  numerous  in  proportion  as  we  advance  from  the  poles  to  the 
equator,  has  not  such  an  unlimited  prevalence  for  marine  animals. 
In  size  also  and  in  brilliancy  of  colour  the  animals  of  the  polar  seas 
often  contest  the  palm  with  those  of  the  tropics.  Yet  the  short- tailed 
ten-footed  crustaceans,  so  rich  in  species  in  the  seas  of  the  warm 
regions  of  our  globe,  are  almost  entirely  wanting  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  the  poles.  On  the  other  hand,  the  northern  regions  are 
rich  in  forms  of  amphipods,  which  necessitate  the  adoption  of 
many  distinct  genera ;  so  that  the  colder  seas  may  be  regarded  as 
the  proper  home,  the  true  father-land  of  these  cnistcicea^. 


^  H.  Kbobtkb  NatwrhiMoritk  TicUakrifi,  iv.  1842,  pp.  141 — 166.  On  the  geographio 
distribntion  of  Onut<icea  compare  Latbbillb  Mim,  du  Muaium,  iii.  1817,  p.  45;  or 
M^moiret  nvr  divert  sujets  de  VSist.  not.  det  IntecUt,  de  G^ographie  ancienne,  ftc. 
PftriB,  18 19,  8yo.  p.  174;  and  especially  Mjlnb  Edwasds,  Ann.  da  Sc,  ntUur.  sec 
S^e,  Tom.  x.  pp.  119 — 174. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


SYSTEMATIC 
ARRANGEMENT    OF    CRUSTACEA. 


CLASS  X. 

CRUSTACEA- 


ARTICULATE  animals  apterous,  supplied  with  articulate  feet 
both  thoracic  and  abdominal,  breathing  mostly  bj  bianchi»,  some- 
times bj  the  skin,  without  stigmata.  Heart  very  often  distinct, 
aortic,  situated  in  the  back. 

Sexes  in  most  distinct.    Animals  mostly  aquatic. 

Obdeb  L    PcscihpocUu 

Jaws  none.  Feet  of  cephalothorax  placed  round  the  month, 
with  C0Z8B  very  spinose,  performing  the  office  of  jaws.  Abdominal 
feet  resembling  semi-orbicular  lamellae,  bearing  the  branchiae.  Two 
shields,  gibbous  above,  hollowed  beneath,  homy,  hard,  one  covering 
the  cephalothorax,  the  other  the  abdomen. 

Family  L  Xtphosurcu  (Characters  of  the  order.)  Twelve 
pairs  of  feet,  six  attached  to  the  cephalothorax,  six  to  the  abdomen. 
An  appendage  elongate,  acuminate,  carinate  or  gibbous  above, 
plane  beneath,  adhering  by  articulation  to  the  posterior  part  of  the 
abdominal  shield,  covered  by  very  hard  skin. 

Limulus  MuELL.    {Polyphemua  Lam.). 

This  genus  contains  only  few  species,  and  is  the  only  one  in  this 
fiunily.  The  anterior  shield  is  round  forwards,  and  terminates  on 
each  side  behind  in  a  point,  which  extends  along  the  outside  of  the 
second  shield,  which  is  of  less  breadth,  about  as  fsff  as  its  middle. 
This  second  or  abdominal  shield  has  an  irregular  hexangnlar  form, 
and  is  armed  on  each  side  with  seven  sharp  teeth  and  six  moveable 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  628 

awl-shaped  sj^nM  between  them.  The  feet  of  the  Cephaloihorcuc 
have  a  aihear-flhaped  extremity  j  in  the  sixth  pair  the  shear  is  snm<^.]l 
and  ahnoBt  concealed  by  four  lancet-foimed,  homy  laminn,  that 
are  jwoTided  on  the  outside  with  a  projecting  ridga  Below  on  the 
abdominal  shield  are  six  pairs  of  leaf-shaped  natatory  feet,  of  which 
the  first  pair  is  the  largest,  and  almost  entirely  covers  the  rest  on 
the  inferior  snr&ce ;  the  five  following  bear  on  their  dorsal  surface 
the  gills,  which  consist  of  many  plates. 

Above,  on  the  shield  of  the  Gephaiothorax,  are  situated  two 
kidney-shaped  compound  eyes,  very  remote  from  each  other,  and 
more  forward  and  near  the  middle,  dose  to  each  other,  two  very 
small  simple  eyes  of  an  oval  form. 

Oomp.  Bakzaio  OsBervaxiom  nil  Limuh  polifemo  in  Opuscoli  icientijici. 
Bologna,  u.  4to.  1818,  pp.  175 — 285,  and  Van  Dxb  Hobvbk  ReehereheM 
tur  VHUi,  nalhi/r.  et  VAnatonUe  det  IAmnle»,  Avec  7  phnehei.  "Lade,  1838, 
folio. 

a)  Abdominal  »hidd  with  Uut  margmal  iocA  dongaie,  with  a^pex  m  the 
vUddle. 

Feet  cf  the  ieeondpair  alcne  fMyMdaetylom  in  vujUes, 

Sp.  Limuliu  Polyphemue  Latb.,  Guianr  leonogr,,  OrutL  PL  34,  fig.  i, 
DxBiCABKST  CtvmI,  PI.  5 1,  Yait  DEB  HoiVBK  ReehtTch,  PL  VL  (on  the 
easteam  coart  of  America,  espedaUy  of  N.  America). 

b)  Ahdominal  thidd  wUh  lad  tooth  eearcdy  longer  than  the  rett,  hroad, 
with  tihairp  point  marginal, 

*  Feet  of  th^  eecond  and  Mrd  pair  fMnedaOy^^ 

Sp.  LimvUie  moluecanue,  Pclyphemm  gigae  Lav.,  Buicph  Awh.  Sariteik, 
Tab.  xn.,  Yait  dkb  Hoevsn  L  L  PL  i.  The  Cancer  pervereue  or  Balancae; 
this  Bpedes  is  fonnd  on  the  shores  of  the  idands  of  Sunda  and  Molucca ;  its 
Malay  name  is  Mimie.  The  LimtUi  live  constantly  in  pairs,  and  are  also 
sold  in  pairs.  In  the  months  of  July  and  August  they  are  daily  taken  in 
quantities  near  the  roads  of  Batavia,  and  brought  alive  to  nuurket.  The 
Malays  eat  the  eggs  with  avidity,  and  the  flesh  also  is  agreeable  to  them 
and  to  the  Chinese.  These  animals  can  Hve  more  than  a  day  out  of  water; 
when  laid  on  the  back  they  are  not  able  to  right  themselves.  The  tail  is 
a  powerful  instrument  of  defence. 

Lim/ului  langiepina  V.  J>.  HOEVIN  L  L  Tab.  V. ;  on  the  coast  of  Japan. 

**  AU  the  feet  in  loth  aexet  didaOgloue. 
Sp.    Limidut  rotundicavda  Latb.,  V.  D.  Hobvbn  L  L  Tab.  iv.  figs.  1—3. 
East  Indies. 

Note. — Limvhu  vireeeene  ItAXti,  The  species  appears  to  me  doubtful.  A 
single  specimen  mutilated  and  imperfect !»  prsserved  in  the  Paris  Museum ; 


Digitized  by 


Google 


624  CLASS  X. 

I  think  it  iR  only  a  monstrous  yariety  of  LimuluB  molueeanus.  Seveal 
fossil  spedes  are  known  from  the  lithographic  formation ;  see  my  monograph. 
Tab.  7. 

Obder  II.     Ichihyophihira. 

Mouth  suctorial.  Bostrum  tubular,  including  two  mandibles 
setaceous,  acuminate,  formed  of  labium  and  labrum  conjoined, 
sometimes  concealed,  or  a  tubercle  instead  of  haustellum.  Anterior 
feet  supplied  with  hooks  or  acetabula  for  fixing  the  body.  Animal- 
cules, in  the  adult  state,  adhering  parasitically  to  fishes,  often 
deformed,  soft,  with  segments  obsolete.  Females  supplied  with 
oviferous  appendages  (external  ovaries). 

Fi8h4ice,  We  prefer  this  name  to  that  of  ParasUoy  introduoed 
by  WiEGHAinr,  because  in  the  class  of  insects  an  order  of  Fcmuidca 
had  been  preyiouslj  adopted  The  animals  when  young  swim 
freely  about,  by  means  of  feet  with  long  hairs^  and  res^nble  the 
young  animals  of  Cydopa. 

Comp.  on  this  order  Blainyille  MSfnoire  wr  lei  Letnies,  Jounudde 
Phygique,  de  Chim.,  (Fffist,  not.  &c.  Tom.  95,  Paris,  1823,  pp.  372 — 380, 
and  pp.  437^ — 447,  and  by  the  same  the  Article  LemSe  in  Dictionnaire  da 
Scieneanat,  ZZYi.  1823,  pp.  ti2 — 130.  A.  YoK  Nobdmank  Mikrogm- 
phucKe  BeiirUge,  ates  Heft.  Berlin,  1832,  4to.  H.  Bubmbistsb  Beackrei- 
bunff  einiger  Schmarotzerkrdfte.  Nov,  Act,  Acad.  Ocu.  Leop,  xvn.  1835,  PP- 
269—336;  H.  Kbobtbb  Om  SnyUthrebicne,  Natvrh,  Tidukr,  i.  1837,  pp. 
172  andfolL,  pp.  252  and  foil.,  pp.  470  and  foil.,  pp.  605 — 628,  n.  1838, 
pp.  8—62,  K>.  131—157. 

Family  II.  Lemoeacea  {PeneUina  BuRM.)  Body  in  adults  not 
articulate,  cylindrical  or  sacciform.    Articulate  feet  none. 

Lemcea  L.  {Lemoeocera  Blainv.,  V.  NoRDM.).  Body  ventri- 
cose,  mostly  incurved.  Three  or  four  appendages,  branched  at  the 
apex  or  bifid,  around  the  head,  for  fixing  the  body. 

Sp.  Lenuxa  branchicdis  L.,  Sncyl  mith,.  Vert,  PL  78,  fig.  2,  GuiBiK  leonogr., 
Zooph,  PI.  9,  fig.  I ;  with  three  branched  litUe  horns  on  the  head;  the 
ovisacs  are  two  long  tortnous  strings ;  this  species  fixes  itself  to  the  gills  of 
the  cod-fish;  comp.  C.  N.  (Ozbhak)  VUgezogU  Verhanddinffin,  n,  1757, 
bL  282  and  foil.,  PL  14,  m.  bL  232  and  foil.,  PL  23. 

There  was  much  donbt  formerly  respecting  the  place  of  these  gili-worma 
in  the  natmul  arrangement  of  the  animal  kingdom.  CuvnsB  placed  them 
amongst  the  intestinal  worms  (inUstmaux  cavitairetf  see  12.  Ani.  le  Mit. 
m.  p.  255),  as  a  distinct  and  anomalous  family.  The  resemblance  to  some 
other  parasites,  which  had  been  refetred  to  the  Crustacea,  caused  indeed  a 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  625 

Buspicion  that  the  LemcBa  also  might  belong  to  this  class  (Debhabest 
Com,  gin.  t .  2a  CUuk  des  Crmt.  p.  344),  but  it  was  only  after  the  observa- 
tions of  N0BDMAJ7N  on  the  young  form  of  Lemcsocera  eyprinaeta,  L.  etocina 
BuRM.  (Mikrogr.  Beitr,  n.  Tab.  vi.  figs.  5,  6),  that  the  matter  oould  be 
regarded  as  definitively  settled.  The  young  animal  has  three  pairs  of  feet 
and  a  single  eye  in  the  middle  at  the  anterior  part  of  the  body. 

Pennella  Oken^  nob.  Head  clavate.  Two  horns  elongato-conical 
at  the  base  of  head.  Body  straight,  cylindrical,  elongate,  sub- 
eqnally  thick.  Appendages  small,  disposed  in  pairs,  resembling 
fins,  lanceolate,  at  the  anterior  part  of  body  (rudiments  of  feet). 
The  posterior  part  of  body  as  though  pinnated,  with  several  distinct 
filaments.     External  ovaries  round,  very  long. 

Sp.  PenneUafiota,  PermatiUa  JUoaa  Gu.,  GuifiiH  leonogr,,  Zooph.  PI.9,  fig. 
3;  habit,  in  fishes  of  the  Mediterranean. 

Add   genei'a  LemeoneTna  Milne  Edwabds,  and  FemciUus  Y. 

NoBDiCANN,  distinguished  from  PenneUa  by  defect  of  the  posterior 

.  pinnated  part  especially.     Crenus  Lemeanema  perhaps  ought  not 

to  be  separated  from  the  Lemcece;  comp.  the  forms  of  Lemcea  bran- 

chialis  which  Kroeyer  has  delineated,  i.  PI.  3,  fig.  10. 

Spkyrion  Cuv. 

Family  III.  Lemceopoda.  Antenna  small.  Feet  uncinate, 
two  or  more  behind  the  rostrum ;  natatory  feet  none. 

A.  Body  affixed  by  two  round  arms,  grown  together  from  their 
base  throughout  their  whole  length  or  conjoined  at  the  apex  alone, 
terminated  by  an  adhesive  disc. 

AnchoreUa  Cuv.  Body  produced  anteriorly  into  a  cylindrical 
part  like  a  neck,  rugose  transversely.  A  short  peduncle  from  the 
two  arms  coalesced  at  the  base  of  the  neck,  with  adhesive  disc  at 
the  apex. 

Sp.  AnchoreUa  uncinaUi,  Lemcea  vncinata  Mubll.,  NoBDMAim  1.1.  Tab.viii. 
figs.  8 — 12,  The  characters  of  the  genus  apply  only  to  the  female,  as 
is  common  in  the  LemaxB,  The  male,  which  is  much  smaller,  almost 
spherical,  has  a  conical  rostmm,  and  two  pairs  of  thick,  short  hooked  feet 
with  one  krge  and  two  smaller  booklets.  SeeNoBDHANN  1. 1.  Tab.  x.  fig.  i. 

[Pentastoma  Run.  ought  to  be  brought  here  from  the  Entozoa, 
according  to  Yan  Beneden  Mem.  de  VAcad.  roy.  de  Brtixelles, 
1849,  and  Ann.  d.  Sc.  not.  3i$me  S^.  Zool.  Tom.  xi.  pp.  313—348. 
See  also  above,  p.  189.] 

Braokiella  Cuv.  Two  arms  extended  in  front  of  body,  con- 
joined at  the  apex  alone,  often  very  long. 

VOL.  1.  40 


Digitized  by 


Google 


626  CLASS  X. 

A.  Anterior  part  of  body  elongate,  contracted,  wemMmg  a  necL 
G6iiera :  Trachdiastes  Nobdm.,  BrachieUa  Nordh. 

B.  Anterior  part  of  body  oval. 
1*  Abdomen  undivided. 

Genera :  Lemmopoda  Blaiky.,  Bcuanistes  Nobdh. 

Sp.  Biuanitte*  ffuchonis  Y.  Koll^  Ann.  des  WUner  Muae¥mt,  i.  Tab.  i. 
p.  86.  {Tracheliastet  steUifer  KoLL.  ibid.  Tab.  ix.  figs,  i — 8,  seems  to 
belong  to  genua  Lemceopoda.) 

1 1  Abdomen  divided  by  segments. 

Achiherea  Nobdh. 
Sp.    AchJOmt*  perearum  Y.  Nordkakn  L  L  Tab.  TV. 

B.    Body  not  affixed  hj  two  arms. 

Cfhondracanthus  De  La  Roche,  Lemantoma  Blainv.  Upper 
antennsB  subulate,  bi-  or  triarculate,  inferior  uncinate.  Mouth  in- 
ferior, remote  from  the  anterior  part  of  body,  bordered  by  two 
hooks,  scarcely  prominent.  Body  with  various  lateral  appendages 
bifid  or  ramose.  External  ovaries  two.  Conical  tubercles  in  many 
in  the  mid  line  of  the  body,  both  dorsal  and  ventral. 

Sp.  Chondraeanthut  La  Roehei  Guv.  JR.  Ani,  PI.  xv.  fig.  3  (does  not  differ 
perhaps  from  CJumdrac.  gibboiua  Kbostkb,  i.  PL  a,  fig.  4,  pp.  953—257); 
Clumdraeanthut  Trigla  Nordm.  1. 1.  PI.  9,  figs,  i — 4 ;  Lemaa  aselUna  L. 
sec.  KsosTER,  L  L  n.  pp.  135,  136; — ChondraeatUkia  Lophii  IUtejo, 
BeUr.  zur  Fauna  Norwegent.  Tab.  V.  figs.  11 — 18,  &c. 

Clavella  Oken,  Kroeyer,  {Habitus  almost  of  Pe/itcuZw^NoRDM.) 

Lemanthropua  Blainv.,  Epachthes  V.  Nordm.  Superior  an- 
tennae sexarticulate.  Three  pairs  of  feet  behind  the  rostrum. 
Cephalothorax  separated  from  abdomen  by  stricture. 

Sp.  ZemofiMropiu  ptipa  Bubm.  1.  1.  Tab.  xxiv.  figs.  7—- 1 1 ;  LerMmik.  para- 
doxuBf  EpachtKea  paradoxm  Kobdm.,  Burm.  ibid.  ftg.  I4. 

NoU. — ^To  this  family  perhaps  is  to  be  referred  genus  Staurownia  Will, 
not  yet  8u£Bciently  known,  androgynous  in  the  opinion  of  the  author,  para- 
sitic in  AetinicB;  see  Ebiohbom*8  Archivf.  Naturffetch.  1844,  pp.  337—343- 
Tab.  z.  figs.  1—9.  Add  genera  Tueea  and  Seliua  Kbokteb,  1.  L  I.  pp.  476, 
479.    The  last  genus  is  referred  by  the  author  to  the  Srgatilina. 

Myzostoma  Leuckart.  (A  genus,  whose  place  is  uncertain, 
perhaps  to  be  counted  amongst  the  parasitic  crustaceans.) 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  627 

We  h»ye  already  noiioed  tbis  genua  (p.  575).  It  was  regarded  by  Loyiir, 
who  has  treated  of  its  structure  most  exactly,  as  a  form  of  transitioii 
between  the  Trematodes  and  the  ringed  worms.  I  think  that  the  short 
jointed  feet  militate  against  this  disposal  of  it.  The  surface  beset  with 
yibratile  dlia  would  seem  to  remove  it  from  the  crustaceans,  with  which 
however  it  has  the  most  affinity.  The  characters  which  Lov^  g^ves  to 
the  genus  are:  Corpiu  moUe,  depressum,  dUcoideum;  proboscis  retrtKtilu 
mutica;  anvs  dUcretut  art  oppoaitut;  hothria  laleralia  oppoaita ;  pedes  itrferi, 
articulati,  hamifert;  genUalia  mcucula  duplicia  mtUica,  There  are  different 
known  species  of  these  animalcules,  living  parasitically  on  CoTnattUa,  only 
one  or  two  lines  in  size,  of  which  one  is  distinguished  by  conical  cirri,  twenty 
in  number,  at  the  margin  of  the  disc  of  the  body.  See  Lbdokabt  Zoolo- 
gische  BruckstOclce,  iii.  1842,  pp.  5—11,  Lot^n,  Eriohson's  Archiv  /. 
Naturgesch.  1842,  s.  306  foU.  or  Ann.  des  8c,  not,  ie  S4ne,  xym.  Zool, 
pp.  -291 — 298. 

Family  IV.  ErgasiUna.  Cephalothorax  large.  Abdomen  arti- 
culate, made  up  of  many  segments.  Two  or  four  antennae.  Mostly 
four  pairs  of  abdominal  feet  (natatory). 

In  these  parasites  the  similarity  of  form  with  the  genus  Cyclops 
is  yery  conspicuous^  so  that  even  AunouiN  and  Milne  Edwards  at 
first  placed  the  genus  Nioothoe,  discovered  by  them,  with  the  Mono- 
culina, 

A.  Body  elongate.  Two  filiform  receptacles  of  eggs,  at  the 
posterior  extremity  of  body.     Uncinate  feet  behind  the  rostrum. 

Anthosoma  Leach.  Superior  antennae  sex-articulate,  setaceous; 
inferior  antennae  uncinate.  Mouth  produced  into  a  rostrum.  Ce- 
phalothorax oval.  Two  foliaceous  laminae  at  the  back  behind  the 
cephalothorax,  and  three  pairs  of  laminae  under  the  abdomen,  in 
place  of  natatory  feet 

Sp.  Antho8(ma  SmttkU  JjujOB,  CaJUgua  crassus  Ajbildoaabd,  Skrivter  of 
Naturhistorie  SdskaJbd,  m.  3,  1794,  p.  49,  Tab.  v.  figs.  1—3,  Desmabbst 
Cons.  gin.  $.  I.  CfnuL  PL  50,  fig.  3 ;  in  the  mouth  and  on  the  gills  of  sharks. 

Nemesis  Roux. 

Fig.  Gu^Biir  Iconogr,,  Crust.  PI.  35,  fig.  11. 

Dtchelesthium  Herm.  Anterior  antennae  with  seven  joints, 
setaceous,  reflected  backwards ;  posterior  antennae  forcipate,  resem- 
bling two  frontal  chelae,  with  internal  finger  moveable.  Cephalo- 
thorax cordate,  truncated  anteriorly.  Two  mandibles  denticidate 
at  apex,  setaceous,  between  the  folds  of  rostrum,  and  two  palps 

40—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


628  CLASS  X. 

bifid,  furnished  at  the  longer  apex  with  double  seta.  Five  pairs  of 
feet,  the  two  first  uncinate,  the  third  and  fourth  with  apex  bifid, 
acideate,  the  fifth  oval,  simple.  Two  small  oval  appendages  at  the 
end  of  the  last  segment. 

Sp.  JHcheUithiun  Stwrionit  Hebu.,  CaUgus  ohlongut  Abildoaabd,  1.  L  p. 
$a,  Tab.  v.  figs.  4— ii,  Hermann  Mhn.  ofUrol,  Tab.  v.  figs.  *],  8,  Rathkb 
Nov.  Ad,  Acad.  Ccu.  Carol.  Tom.  iix.  Part  i.  1839,  "•  ^^5 — ^53>  '^^ 
XYii. ;  this  elongated  parasitic  crustacean  fixes  itself  by  its  two  shear-shaped 
antennas  fast  to  the  branchial  arches  of  the  stui^geon. 

Lamproglena  NoRDM.  Mouth  a  truncated  tubercle.  Antennse 
four  subulate ;  anterior  larger  with  twelve  rings,  posterior  not  arti- 
culate. Ocellus  single.  Two  pairs  of  uncinate  feet ;  four  pairs  of 
natatory  feet,  imperfect,  very  small. 

Sp.  LamprogUna  jnUcheUa  Kobdu.,  L  1.  Tab.  i.  Milne  Edwasds  Hisi.  det 
Cfrud.  PL  39,  fig.  6. 

B.  Body  oval  or  broad,  depressed,  posteriorly  attenuated.  Two 
sacciform  receptacles  of  eggs  at  the  base  of  abdomen.  Mouth  a 
truncated  tubercle. 

Nicotho^  AuD.  and  Edw.  Cephalothorax  in  adults  divided  by 
a  stricture  into  an  anterior  cephalic  portion,  rotundate,  small,  and  a 
posterior  portion  very  broad;  sides  of  cephalothorax  produced  into 
two  wings  lobed,  inflected  backwards.  Ocelli  two.  Antennas  two, 
setaceous,  small,  ten-jointed.  Two  pairs  of  uncinate  feet.  Four 
pairs  of  natatory  feet. 

Sp.  Nicothoe  AHaci  AvJiOVis  and  Edwards,  Ann.  des  Sc.  not.  dl  1826,  pp. 
345 — 359>  ^^  49>  figB.  I — 9 ;  this  little  animal,  which,  with  its  two  lateral 
lobes  and  the  two  large  ovisacs  situated  behind  them,  reminds  us  at  first 
sight  of  a  four-winged  insect,  a  little  moth  for  instance,  lives  on  the  gills  of 
the  lobster,  and  undergoes  no  such  changes  as  most  of  the  parasites  and 
even  the  monoeuli,  but  has  merely  a  difiTerent  form  of  the  oephalothoraXy 
and  two  fewer  abdominal  rings  and  feet.  The  male  is  not  jiet  known,  as  in 
other  genera  of  this  family.  Ck>mp.  also  Kbokteb  1.  1.  ii.  p.  146,  Tab.  ni. 
^.  7,  and  especially  Bathke  Nov,  Ad.  Acad.  Leof.  Oar.  xx.  1843,  PP> 
103 — To6,Tab.Y.  figs,  i  — to,  and  Van  Bbitsdbn  ikf^m.  twr  U  develcppemaU 
et  VorganiaaHon  des  Nicothoit.  Mim.  de  VAcad.  roy.  de  Belgtyue,  Tom. 
XXIV.  av.  une  pi. 

Bomolochua  NoRDM.  Antennae  two,  with  basal  joint  large, 
thick,  denticulate  above,  the  rest  attenuate,  setaceous.  Feet  bifid, 
setiferous  in  four  pairs. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  629 

Sp.  BomoloehuB  parvuUu  Y.  Nobdil  1.  1.  p.  j^s;^Bamol.  Bdonei  BuBU. 
L  1.  Tab.  XXIV.  figs,  i — 6. 

Ergaaihia  NoBDM.  Antennas  four ;  anterior  setaceous,  sexarti- 
culate,  posterior  quadriarticnlate,  large,  resembling  arms,  with  last 
joint  incurved,  acuminate.  Mouth  inferior,  resembling  a  conical 
tubercle  in  the  middle  nearly  of  cephalothorax.  Ocellus  single, 
frontal.  Four  natatory  feet  divided  into  two  oars.  Abdomen 
attenuated,  terminated  by  double  setiferous  appendage. 

Sp.  ErgagUuM  Sieholdu  KOBDU.  1.  1.  Tab.  n. ;  Erganlut  gihbui  NoBDM.  ib. 
Tab.  m.  figs.  1—6,  &o.  To  this  genus  also  belongs,  as  Kbobyeb  justly 
remarked,  the  LemoBa  Lcwcureti  described  by  Otto  Fabbioiub,  Skrivter  of 
naturh.  SeWedbet,  in.  i,  1794,  p.  «i,  Tab.  m.  figs,  i — 5. 

Family  V.  Caltgina.  Body  suboval,  covered  with  a  test 
above.  Cephalothoracic  shield  large,  broader  than  the  rest  of 
body,  with  anterior  margin  on  each  side  mostly  running  out  into  a 
transverse  process  or  frontal  lamina.  Anterior  antennse  with  two  or 
more,  rarely  with  three  joints,  broad,  short;  posterior  antennaB  biar- 
ticulate,  uncinate,  placed  in  front  of  the  tubular  mouth.  Feet  of 
the  second  pair  uncinate.  Ovaries  external,  filiform.  Animals 
mostly  not  affixed,  living  parasitically  upon  the  body  of  marine 
fishes. 

These  crastaceaDS  appear  to  me,  more  than  the  other  families  of 
this  order,  to  approach  the  Xiphosv/ra,  a  group  that  otherwise  stands 
much  apart 

A.    Lamellose  appendages  on  the  back. 

*  Beceptacles  of  eggs  contortuplicate,  covered  by  shield. 

LoBmargus  Kroeyer.  Anterior  antennas  triarticulate.  Frontal 
laminss  none.  Feet  of  the  fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  pairs  branchial, 
with  oars  large,  lamelliform  and  basal  joints  minute. 

Sp,  LasmarguB  murieaiut  Kboeteb  1.  1.  I.  pp.  487—501,  Tab.  v.  figs.  A— E, 
Milne  Edwabds  Hist,  d,  Oruti.  PL  39,  fig.  s;  found  on  OrihagorUew 
mola, 

Cecraps  Leach.  Frontal  margin  of  cephalothoracic  shield  ex- 
cised in  the  middle,  produced  at  the  sides  into  a  rounded  lobe. 
Anterior  antennae  Particulate.  Feet  of  fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  pair 
with  basal  joints  large,  lamellose,  branchial  and  oars  short,  narrow. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


630  'CLASS  X. 

Sp.  Ceeropi  LatreUUi  Dbbkasest  Oiue.  PI.  50,  fig.  i,  Guiaiv  Jeomogr., 
Onut.  PI.  35,  fig.  8,  Cuv.  jB.  Ani,  6d.  HI.,  OruH,,  PI.  78,  fig.  4;  Uvoion 
the  Tunny,  according  to  Kobdmank  on  the  gills  of  OrthagorvKm  aioIcl 

*  *  Keoeptacles  of  eggs  straight,  ezsert,  cylindiicaL 

PhyUophora  Edw. 

Pandarvs  Leach.    Several  dorsal  shields.   Two  frontal  lamina. 

Sp.  Pcmdartu  Careharia  Lkach,  Bubmsistsr  L  L  Tab.  15 ;— Paniorst 
dentaiui  MiLirs  Edwards  Bist.  d.  Crutt,  PL  58,  fig.  19,  ftc. 

Dmemura  Latr,  {Dinematura  BuBM.  in  part).  Two  dorsal 
shields.  Two  frontal  laminae.  Two  pairs  of  palps.  Rostrum 
acuminate,  produced.  Feet  of  first  pair  terminated  by  two  aculeate 
cirri,  of  second  pair  by  a  strong  incurved  hook.  Feet  of  third  and 
remaining  pairs  bifid;  basal  joints  of  last  pair  minute,  with  large 
branchial  oars. 

Sp.  Dinematuraferox  Kbobter  L  1. 11.  pp.  40^45,  Tab.  i,fig.  5 ; — i>ifMiiMirt 
aUUa,  Panda/nu  dUOtu  Milkb  Edwards  J  imi.  dts  Sc.  neU,  Tome  38, 18331 
PI.  8. 

The  type  of  this  genns  was  for  Latrbillb  the  Calicut  produetut  of  0. 
F.  MnsLLKR  (Entomottr,  PI.  21,  figs.  3,  4,  copied  bkEncycl  mHk.,  OnataCt 
Arachn.  et  Ins,  PL  a68,  figs,  i,  a).  On  this  species,  known  only  imper- 
fectly, compare  Kroetsr  L  L  pp.  45 — 47. 

B.  LamellsB  incumbent  on  back  none.  Ocelli  two  (approximate 
situated  almost  in  the  middle  of  cephalothorax,  yet  more  towards 
the  anterior  margin). 

Caligu8  Muell.  Cephalothorax  running  out  anteriorly  into 
two  transverse  laminae,  produced  posteriorly  by  its  outer  margin 
beyond  the  segment  annexed  to  it,  almost  resembling  a  horse-shoe. 
Furrows  in  the  dorsal  surface  of  cephalothorax  forming  the  figure 
H.    Oviferous  filaments  exsert. 

Add  genera :  Ewryphorua  Nobdil,  Nogagus  Leach  {Din&maiwra 
BuBK.  in  part),  Trebitia  Kboeteb. 

Sp.  CdligvM  htppoglossi  Xroetkr,  Binoculut  pitcinus  O.  Tabbu,  Kroxtsr  I  !• 
Tab.  Ti.  fig.  3;  on  the  holybut;  this  crustacean  has  been  also  figured  (but 
hind-foremost)  by  Bastbr  Natuurk.  Uitap,  n.  Tab.  Vin.  fig.  rx.  h,  R— 
Caligtu  curtut  Muell.,  Monoadus  pitcinus  L.  in  part,  Cali^us  M0eri 
Leach,  Desmar.  Ortut.  PL  50,  fig.  4,  on  different  species  of  Oadut. 

NoU, — DvMmatura  snracilisBvRU.  is,  in  the  opinion  of  the  leamedKBOlTlB 
the  animal  in  an  earlier  state,  not  yet  perfect.     He  thinks  the  same  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  631 

genxm  ChdHmui  BuBK.  contoining  young  CaUgi.  His  conjecture  has  been 
confirmed  by  the  observationB  of  Fb.  Mueller,  vid.  Archivf,  N<Uwrgt»ch, 
1853,  B.  91,  Tab.  IV.  figs.  5,  6. 

Family  VI.  Argulina.  Shell  membranons,  scutifonn,  placed 
npon  cephalothorax,  extending  posteriorly  into  two  wings  that 
receive  the  body  between  them.  Compound  eyes,  two.  Antennae 
four,  concealed  under  cephalothorax,  short;  the  anterior  biarticu- 
late,  recurved,  the  posterior  quadriarticulate.  Rostrum  acuminate, 
situated  in  front  of  aperture  of  mouth.  Six  pairs  of  feet,  the  feet  of 
the  first  pair  being  changed  in  adults  into  two  suctorial  acetabula; 
the  feet  of  the  second  pair  short,  with  basal  joint  aculeate,  the  last 
eight  feet  cloven  into  two  oars  or  pilose  cirri.  Tail  short,  bilobed, 
behind  the  sixth  pair  of  feet. 

Argvlua  MuELL.    (Characters  of  the  family). 

Sp.  Argulfu  fcliaceM  Jxtbuxe,  MonoctUua  foliaeeu$  L.  Fauna  Suee,  9044, 
Hebm.  Mim,  apUrol,  Tab.  Yi.  fig.  11,  KooH  in  Panzer  u.  Hesbioh- 
ScHJBFFSB  Ins.  DeuttcJU.  Heft  186,  Tab.  70,  This  little  parasitic  crusta- 
cean lives  in  fresh  water,  and  attaches  itself  to  fishes  (especially  Chuteroiteui 
punffitius)  and  to  tadpoles.  The  suckers  which  had  originally  the  form  of 
fore-feet,  are  only  developed  after  the  fourth  moult.  Compare  on  this 
species  the  beautiful  memoir  of  Jurine,  the  son,  in  the  Ann,  du  Mu»6um 
d'jffid.  not,  VII.  1806,  pp.  431 — 459,  PI.  16,  from  which  the  figures  of 
DE8MARB8T  {Crutt.  PI.  50)  are  borrowed,  and  C.  Vogt  BeUrdge  swr  Natwr- 
getch,  dor  Schtpeiier-Ontatae.  Nene  Denhchr.  der  aUg,  Schweizeritchen 
CfeselUch.  f,  d.  getammt,  Naiiwrwmentch.  Bd.  vii.  1845,  pp.  1—16^  Tab.  I. 
figs.  I — XI, 

Order  III.    Lophyropoda  Latr.  [Eatomostraca  Edwards). 

Mouth  not  produced  into  a  rostrum,  not  suctorial;  mandibles 
suitable  for  manducation,  maxillae  lamellose.  Feet  never  more 
than  ten,  natatory,  not  foliaceous,  often  cloven  into  two  oars, 
furnished  with  set»  or  cilia.    A  single  eye  or  two  eyes,  sessile. 

Tufi-footedy  or  Oa/r-footed  Grustacecma,  Most  of  the  known 
species  are  from  fresh-water,  and  all  are  of  small  size ;  their  motions 
are  rapid  and  frequently  interrupted 

Comp.  on  this  order: 

MuELL.  Entom.  (Entomotlritca  9eu  Insecta  tettaeea,  qua  in  Aquit  Dania 
tt  NorveguB  repent,  detcriptit  d  iconihuB  iUustravit  O.  F.  Mueller,  Lipsus 
et  Haunioe,  1785,  4to.); — Jurike,  Hitl.  dt»  Monocles  qui  setrouverU  avx 
eimrons  de  Qtniite,  xSao,  4to.  av.  fig. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


632  CLA8S  X. 

Family  VII.  Copepoda  Latr.,  Edw,  {Cydopidm  Bukai.). 
Body  oral,  attenuated  posteriorly,  terminated  by  two  appendages, 
as  if  by  a  forked  tail.  Maxillas  and  foot-jaws  various  in  num- 
ber, lamellose,  setigerous.  Antennae  two  or  (in  many)  four. 
Natatory  feet  mostly  eight,  cloven  into  two  oars. 

This  family  is  veiy  closely  allied  to  Caligtu,  ErgctsUus,  and  some 
other  genera  of  the  preceding  order,  from  which  it  is  distinguished 
by  the  absence  of  the  suctorial  beak,  and  especially  by  the  longer 
antennm. 

A.  Eye  single,  frontal. 

Cydopa  Mueller  [Monoculus  L.  in  part). 

Add  sub-genera :  Cydopaina,  Arpactictu  Edw.  and  I^oiodelphys 
Allmann. 

These  Uttle  aninudi  »re  to  be  met  with  almost  eveiy  where  in  water,  even 
in  puddles,  gnttera,  and  dsteniR  of  rain-water.  The  Cifcloptina  tdpeBtriM  of 
G.  YooT  was  found  at  a  height  of  8500  feet  in  water  of  the  glacier  of  the 
Aar ;  Neue  Denktchr.  der  allg.  Sehtoeizer-CfeBdlsch,  /.  d,  getamnU.  Natur- 
vntaench.  vn.  pp.  17 — 19. 

The  young  (oomp.  above,  p.  611)  have  no  tail,  and  a  smaller  number  of 
feet.  The  adult  female  differs  from  the  male  in  having  two  oval  sacs  whidi 
she  bears  about  with  her,  and  which  are  Med  with  eggs ;  some  species, 
instead  of  two,  have  only  a  single  sac  attached  to  the  middle  of  the  body 
beneath. 

Sp.  Cyclopt  vulgaris  Lbach,  MtmoenUu  quadricamu  L.,  R(BSSL  Im.  m. 
Suppl.  Tab.  98,  MuELL.  EtUom.  Tab.  18,  Desmar.  OrutL  PI.  53,  figs.  1—4; 
very  common  in  almost  all  fipesh  water,  so  that  of  a  certamty  everyone  has 
often  swallowed  this  little  animal.  They  may  be  frozen  in  the  water,  and 
after  continuing  motionless  for  days,  be  restored  when  the  water  is  thawed, 
after  some  hours,  from  their  torpor  to  their  former  activity.  They  are 
ordinarily  thickly  beset  with  Vorli^lot,  The  oopulaiion  and  impregnation 
have  been  illustrated  by  Siebold's  observations  ^ 

B.  Eyes  two. 

Qenera :  FotUia  Edw.,  Cetoehilua  Roussel  be  Yauzemb,  fferaUia 
Philippi,  Peltidium  Philippi,  Saphirina  Thompson,  Cananu9 
Kboeter  (not  Leach). 

Comp.  Milne  Edwabds  Ann,  det  Sc.  not.  Tom.  13,  pp.  295—297,  PL 
14;— R0UB8BL  DS  Vauz^e  DeBcrtjOum  de  Cetochilut  aut^ralu,  Ann,  da 


1  BtUrHgt  zur  Nalurgetch,  der  vnrbellotm  Thiere.  Danzig,  1839,  4to.  pp.  3^— 5©- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  633 

Sc,  not.  26  Q6ne,  Tom.  i.  ZooloffU,  pp.  333—338,  PL  9,  Philipfi  in  WiBO< 
MANir*8  u.  Erichson's  Archiv,  1839,  1840,  1843,  where  Bome  other  genera 
are  proposed  which  are  here  omitted.  Comp.  Lubbock  de  novit  genenhuB 
et  specieb,  CcUanidarum,  Ann.  of  not,  ffitt.  sec.  Series,  Vol.  xi.  1853,  pp. 
*5 — *9>  PP-  ^o* — ^og,  XII,  pp.  115 — ia4. 

Family  VIII.  Ostracoda  [Cypridtna  Edw.).  Body  com- 
pressed, with  segments  indistinct,  included  in  a  bivalve  shell,  with 
dorsal  hinge.  Anterior  antennae  setaceous;  posterior  geniculate, 
pediform.  Two  pairs  of  maxillss;  the  second  pair  or  foot-jaws  with 
a  pectinate  or  flabelliform  appendage  at  the  base.  Feet  undivided, 
acuminate  towards  the  extremity,  slender,  four  or  six. 

The  two  large  jointed  appendages,  especially  useful  in  swimming, 
which  we  have  here  regarded  as  posterior  antennse,  are  by  many 
writers,  even  by  Erichson,  considered  to  be  the  first  pair  of  feet, 
(placed  in  front  of  the  mouth).  On  this  supposition  these  little 
animals  have  not  two  or  three,  but  three  or  four  pairs  of  feet. 

A.  Eye  single. 

Cyprts  MuELL.  (Species  of  Monoculus  L.).  Only  two  pairs  of 
feet  besides  the  posterior  pediform  antennse ;  feet  of  the  last  pair 
recurved  upwards,  concealed  beneath  the  shell.  Abdomen  termi- 
nated by  a  bifurcated  tail. 

Comp.  H.  E.  Stbaus  Mimovre  9ur  lea  Cyp)  it,  Mim,  du  Mm,  d^Higt,  not, 
vn.  1 8a I,  pp.  33 — 61,  PL  I.  and  S.  Fisoheh  Abhandlung  Uber  das  Otnut 
Cyprii.  M4m,  det  savantt  Hrangeri  der  KaUed.  AJcad,  der  WmeMch.  Tom. 
vn.  St  Petersbui^,  1851. 
Sp.  CyprUfuica  Straus  (Monoculua  eonchaeetu  L.?),  Stbaus  1.  l.i.  figs,  i — 
16,  GufiRHf  I&mogr,,  Orutt,  PL  31,  fig.  4,  Dkbmab.  CruH,  PL  55,  fig.  i, 
ftc.     Tliese  a^^p^^^ln  live  in  fresh  water. 

Cythere  MuELL.,  Oytherina  Lam.  Three  pairs  of  feet  besides 
the  posterior  pediform  antennae. 

B.  Eyes  two. 

Cypridtna  Edw.  [and  Asterope  Philippt]. 

Order  IV.     Cirripedia. 

Crustaceans  affixed  in  the  adult  period,  included  in  a  midtivalve 
shell  or  coriaceous  covering  furnished  with  calcareous  points,  as 
though  rudiments  of  shell.     Eyes  in  adults  none.     Six  pairs  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


634  CLASS  X. 

feet,  with  short  fleshy  peduncle,  and  two  cirri,  mtdtiarticnlate, 
homy.  Mouth  with  mandibles  and  maxillae  membranoso-homy. 
Tail  round,  acuminate,  reflected  between  the  feet  towards  the  ven- 
tral surface  of  the  animal. 

Comp.  PoLi  Teatacea  utriu$que  SicUia,  I.  pp.  i  r — 39 ;  CuviSB  MSwuMra 
iur  lea  Animaux  det  Anatifet  et  des  Balanea  {Lepaa  L.)  et  aur  lew  anatamie; 
Mim,  du  Mua.  iFBiM.  not,  n.  1815;— 6.  J.  Mabtdt  St.  Ajtgb  MHuirt 
aur  VOrganiaaition  dea  Cirripldea.  Avee  t  planckea.  Tarn,  1835,  4to. ; — ^H. 
BuBMEiSTEB  BeUrdffezur  Oeachichle  der  Ranket^f&aaer.  Mit  2  Kufferl.  Berlin, 
1834,  4to. — Catal,  comp.  AneU,,  eoU,  of  Swrgeona,  I.  PL  iv.  pp.  255 — 160, 
AnAtomy  of  PentaXaanUa  vitrea  and  BaUmua  tintinnabulum.  See  also  the 
article  Cirrhopoda  by  J.  Goldstrbam  in  ToDD*8  Oyelopcadia,  i.  1836,  pp. 
683 — 694 :  and  especially  DASwnr  Monograph  of  ike  Cirripedia  {Lepadida), 
London,  1851,  and  Monograph  of  ike  Cirripedia  {BalaaUdeB,  VerrmeidtEf 
kc,),  London,  1854. 

With  LiKNiEUS  these  animals  formed  only  a  single  genus  (X^nu). 
Lamasck  was  the  first  who  made  of  them  a  distinct  class,  to  which,  on 
account  of  the  filiform  arms,  he  gave  the  name  of  (Xrrhipedes  {cvrrin 
pedea^).  Most  writers  place  them  amongst  the  molluscs,  although 
the  resemblance  to  articulate  animals  was  apparent  to  many,  and 
GirviEB  shewed  himself  not  averse  to  the  opinion  that  they  ought 
perhaps  to  be  arranged  amongst  these.  The  history  of  their  develop- 
ment, however,  illustrated  by  J.  V,  Thompson*  and  Bcbmeisteb,  can 
leave  no  reasonable  doubt  that  the  cirripedes  belong  to  the  articulate 
animals,  and  amongst  them  do  not  form  a  distinct  class,  but  only  an 
order  of  the  crustaceans.  The  place  alone,  which  we  allot  them  in 
the  series  of  the  crustaceans,  may  perhaps  admit  of  some  doubt,  but 
we  think  that  it  ought  to  be  preferred  to  a  position  at  the  end  of 
the  crustaceans,  which  determines  nothing  respecting  their  true 
affinity.  According  to  us  the  Cirripedia  have  the  same  relation  to 
the  Daphnidea  and  PhyUopoda  as  the  Lemceaoea  to  the  Cop^xxia. 

Although  the  shells  differ  much  in  different  species,  and  some  of 
these  animals  are  pedunculated,  others  not,  yet  the  cirripeds  have 
such  an  agreement  in  internal  and  external  structure,  that  we  have 
eveiy  reason  to  admire  the  sagacity  of  Lini7.£US  who  united  them 
all  in  a  single  genus. 

The  body  of  these  animals  is  in  the  adult  state  inarticulate, 
although  on  the  dorsal  sur&ce,  between  the  different  pairs  of  feet. 


1  Philoaophie  toologique,    Paris,  18091  I.  pp.  37  4,  315. 

>  Zoological  Jleaearchea,  Cork  (1830),  and  Philoa,  Tranaact,  for  1835,  pp.  355— 358# 
PI.  VI. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  635 

a  separation  into  segments  is  indicated.  It  tenninates  backwards  in 
a  thin  tail,  which  earlier  writers  improperly  called  the  proboscis* 
Along  the  yentral  surface  there  are  six  pairs  of  arms,  each  of  which 
bears  on  a  short  pedicle  two  long  filaments  turned  inwards,  that 
consist  of  numerous  joints  and  are  beset  with  hairs.  The  ftniwiiyls 
extend  these  filaments  constantly  during  life,  from  the  opening  of 
the  shell  and  draw  them  into  it  again,  by  which  they  introduce 
within  the  shell  the  water  for  respiration  and  with  it  their  nutri- 
ment 

The  nervous  system  consists  of  a  row  of  six  ganglia,  or  properly 
pairs  of  ganglia,  connected  by  two  nervous  cords.  The  first  ganglion 
is  situated  on  the  short  oesophagus ;  on  each  side  a  nervous  string 
descends — a  ring  being  thus  formed  round  the  oesophagus — ^to  the 
second  ganglion,  which  is  situated  between  the  first  pair  of  feet.  The 
intestinal  canal  is  straight  and  very  short ;  it  runs  along  the  dorsal 
surface  and  terminates  at  the  base  of  the  tail  Through  this  tail 
runs  the  common  efferent  tube  of  the  two  wua  de/erentia  and  opens 
at  its  point.  These  animals  are  bisexual,  with  some  exceptions  (see 
p.  608). 

[The  prehensile  antennie  of  the  larvae  of  Cirripeds  in  the  last  form 
contain  the  ducts  of  the  cement  glands,  which  may  be  traced  firom 
within  the  discs  of  the  antennae  to  the  anterior  or  lower  ends  of  the 
incipient  ovaria.  The  gland  which  secretes  the  cement  appears  to 
be  a  part  of  an  ovarian  tube  specially  modified.  If  the  base  of  at- 
tachment of  a  Cirriped  be  carefully  removed,  the  larval  prehensile 
antennae,  from  which  the  cement  always  escapes,  will  be  found  very 
near  to  its  extremity.  In  sessile  Cirripeds  a  new  cement  gland  is 
formed  at  every  period  of  growth.     Dabwin  Lepadidm,  28,  33  *.] 

Cirripeds  are  found  in  the  seas  of  every  i*egion  of  the  world ;  they 
attach  themselves  to  rocks,  to  many  marine  animals  as  shell-fish, 
turtles,  whales,  to  different  polyparies,  to  marine  plants,  to  the  hulls 
of  ships,  to  the  floating  wreck  of  vessels  that  have  been  lost,  as  frag- 
ments of  wood,  bottles,  &c. 


^  Our  countryman  SlabbeBi  as  I  lately  diflcovered,  was  the  first  who  observed  and 
figured  the  larvse  of  AnaHfa,  without  however  recog^sing  their  true  nature.  See 
Naiu^wh,  VerluM,  Tab.  vm.  fig.  i,  which  almost  entirely  agrees  with  the  figure  of 
Thompson  PHUob,  Trans.  1 1.  fig.  5.  Perhaps  also  PI.  vi.  fig.  i.  of  Slabbxb  is  a  tran- 
sitory form  of  another  species. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


636  CLASS  X. 

Family  IX.  Balancndea,  Shell  sessile,  truncato-conical  or 
tubular,  calcareons,  open  at  the  apex;  calcareous  valves  at  the 
aperture.  Animal  conical,  sometimes  depressed.  (Grenus  BcUanus 
Brug.). 

Seor-AcomSj  Sea-TiUips.  The  pieces  of  shell,  that  form  the  calca- 
reous tube,  shut  upon  each  other  with  teetL  In  some  the  base  is 
closed  by  a  calcareous  plate,  in  which  hollow  tubes  run  fix>m  the 
middle  to  the  margin,  which  communicate  with  other  tubes  in  the 
length  of  the  shell.  Poli  Testae  utriuaque  SicUta,  i.  Tab.  iv.  figs. 
9,  10.  [Branching  and  inosculating  ovarian  tubes.  Dabwin  Bal<i^ 
nidof,  pp.  100,  101.] 

[To  obviate  the  extreme  confusion  of  the  nomenclature,  Darwin 
proposes  the  following  names  for  the  external  parts  of  Balanoids. 

What  is  visible  externally  of  sessile  drripeds  is  composed  of 
shell  and  operculum,  the  operculum  being  generally  seated  a  little 
within  the  orifice  of  the  shelL  The  shell  consists  of  btuis  or  support 
by  which  it  is  attached  (membranous  or  shelly),  and  of  compart- 
ments (8 — 4)  occasionally  all  calcified  together.  The  compartment 
as  the  end  of  the  shell  where  the  cirri  are  exserted  is  called  carina, 
that  opposite  to  it  rostru/m,  those  on  the  sides  are  the  three  lateral 
compartments,  that  next  the  carina  the  carino-lcUeral,  that  next  the 
rostrum  rostro-lcUeral,  and  the  middle  one  simply  the  lateral  com- 
partmenL  These  three  are  rarely  present  together.  Each  com- 
partment consists  of  a  wall  (paries)  which  always  grows  downwards 
and  forms  the  basal  margin,  and  is  furnished  on  the  two  sides  with 
alee  or  with  radii,  or  with  an  ala  on  one  side  and  a  radius  on  the 
other.  The  radii,  not  always  developed,  on  the  upper  part  over- 
lap the  alee,  which  usually  extend  about  half-way  down  the 
compartment.  The  caHna  has  always  two  alas.  The  carino- 
lateral  and  lateral  compartments  have  always  an  ala  on  the  rostral 
side  and  a  radius  on  the  carinal.  The  ro8tro4aleral  (when  present) 
always  radii  on  both  sidea  The  rostrum  normally  has  aloe  on 
both  sides,  but  very  often,  when  fused  with  the  rostro-lateral  com- 
partments, it  has  radii  on  both  sides.  The  i>peTculum  consists  of  a 
pair  of  scuta  and  a  pair  of  terga,  joined  to  the  sheath  of  the  shell  by 
the  opercular  membrane.  On  the  internal  surface  of  the  scutuan 
there  is  almost  always  a  pit  for  the  attachment  of  the  Adductor  scur 
toruan  muscle,  and  beneath  the  adductor  ridge,  often  a  pit  for  the 
depressor  lateralis  muscle. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  637 

A  slit-like  orifice  between  the  opercular  valves  leads  into  the 
sac  in  which  the  body  is  lodged.  The  valves  are  two  on  each  side, 
tergum  and  scuium.  The  tergum  has  three  margins,  the  scutal,  hcucU, 
and  carinaU ;  on  the  basal  margin  a  spur  {ealcar)  depends.  The 
sciUum  has  also  three  margins,  the  hasai,  tergal,  and  ocdudent,  so 
called  from  opening  and  shutting  against  the  opposite  valve.  Dabwin 
BcUanid{jB,  pp.  3 — 7.] 

Coromtla  Blainv.  Operculum  not  articulated  together,  com- 
posed of  two  or  four  calcareous  pieces  united  by  membrane. 

Coronula  Lam.,  Diadema  Bakzani.  Shell  depressed,  conical  or 
suborbicular,  with  very  thick  waJls  excavated  internally  by  radiating 
cells. 

Sp.  Corowida  diadema  L.,  Blainv.  Malaeol.  PI.  86,  fig.  4,  Cuv.  R.  Ani.  id, 
iU.,  Mollvsq.  PI.  139,  fig.  2,  on  the  Fin-fisb,  Bakmemoptera,  Balama 
longimana. 

TtUneinella  Lah.  Shell  tubular  or  cylindrical,  belted  by  trans- 
verse ribs  or  rings.     Operculum  with  four  valves. 

Sp.  TubicmeUa  hakenarum  Lam.  Ann,  du  Mut.  z.  Tab.  30,  fig.  i,  Blainv. 
Malaeol,  Tab.  86,  fig.  5,  Gu^rih  Iconogr,,  MoUutq,  PL  38,  fig.  14 ;  liyee 
paraaitically  in  the  akin  of  the  whale  of  the  soatheni  hemiBphere  {Balama 
MiftUeehu  anlarctica), 

Balamia  Bruo.  (exclusive  of  some  species),  Lam.  Shell  conical, 
composed  of  six  laminss  or  valves.  Operculum  articulated,  subver* 
tical,  consisting  of  four  valves. 

8p.  BalanuM  tulcatut  Lak.,  Lepaa  halaMts  L.,  Bastbb  Naiuurk.  Uitap.  i. 
Tab.  zii.  figs.  7—10 ;  Balanut  miger  Lak.,  Fncjfd.  nUih.  Ven,  PI.  64, 
fig.  4,  Ac. 

A  casta  Leach. 

Creuna  Leach. 

Pyrgoma  Savigny. 

Note. — On  this  and  some  other  genera,  proposed  by  Ranzani^  and 
others,  compare  Milnb  Edwards  in  the  new  edition  of  Lamabck's  Hid, 
not,  dee  Anim,  t.  VerUbree,  v.  1838,  pp.  669—672. 


*  Observationi  eu  %  Balani;  Opu9coli  scietUifice  di  Bologna  i.  1817,  pp.  195 — ^02, 
pp.  269—176,  n.  1818,  pp.  63—93. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


638  CLA88  X. 

Family  X.  Lepadicea  (Blainy.)  s.  Anatiferce.  Animal  sus- 
pended by  a  pedmicle  cylindrical,  flexible.  Shell  mostly  com- 
pressed or  involucram  coriaceous.    (Genus  Anattfo  Britg.). 

[These  Cirripeds  consist  of  a  ctipUtUum,  much  flattened,  and  a 
pedicle  of  vaiions  lengtL  The  capitulum  is  generally  formed  of 
five  or  more  yalves,  connected  together  by  narrow  or  broad  stripes 
of  membrane  :  sometimes  the  yalves  are  rudimental  or  absent,  when 
the  whole  consiBts  of  membrane.  Of  the  valves  the  seuia  are  the 
most  persistent,  then  the  terga,  then  the  carina,  the  rostrum  and 
IcUera  occur  only  in  a  few  (Follicipes),  The  sctUa  and  terga  are 
always  considerably  larger  than  the  other  valves.  Within  the 
capUukum  is  the  sac  which  encloses  the  animal's  body.  The  pednn- 
de  is  usually  flattened,  sometimes  quite  cylindrical  Its  oorium  is 
very  thick,  and  in  those  genera  having  numerous  valves,  scales  are 
found  at  its  conuexion  with  the  capitulum  placed  in  whorls.  The 
peduncle  is  lined  by  three  layers  of  muscles,  running  from  its  bottom 
to  the  base  of  the  capitulimi :  and  the  cement  ducts  may  be  traced 
upon  them  on  each  side  until  they  expand  into  the  two  cement 
glands,  and  which  are  connected  with  the  ovarian  tubea  The 
cement  escapes  through  the  larval  prehensile  antennse,  which  may 
be  always  found  quite  close  to  the  end  of  the  peduncle  if  it  be 
carefully  removed  from  the  surface  of  attachment.  Yid  Dabwin 
Lepadidw,  pp.  28 — 37.     See  aJso  above,  pp  608,  609.] 

Tetralaamis  Cuv.,  Ibla  Gray.  Peduncle  short,  hirsute.  Shell 
with  four  valves,  two  dorsal  long,  narrow,  and  two  ventral  tri- 
angular. 

Sp.  TOraUunUi  hirgultu  Cuv.,  Afiat\fa  quadrivalvU  CuvnsB  MSa^  tur  Us 
AncUifei,  fig.  14,  GuiaiN  Iconogr.,  MoU.  PL  37,  fig.  7. 

Anai^a  Lam.  (Species  from  genus  Anatifa  Brug.).  Peduncle 
smooth,  resembling  intestine,  elongate  in  some.  Shell  with  five 
valves;  the  single  dorsal  valve  narrow,  falciform. 

Qoos&^nund.  Tho  four  pieoes  of  shell  in  pairs  are,  as  in  the  preceding 
genus,  to  be  compared  with  the  opercular  plates  of  the  BaUud  ;  the  single 
piece  of  shell  along  the  back  of  the  animal  earvna  corresponds  to  the  calca- 
reous tube,  and  the  stem  is  as  it  were  an  elongation  of  the  basal  piece  of 
the  tube  of  the  last-named  animals. 

Sp.  AwjOAfa  IcBcis  Lau.,  Lepaa  anati/era  L.,  Blajnv.  MdlacoL  PL  86,  fig.  3, 
Guj^lN  Iconogr,  1.  1.  fig.  i ;  this  species  is  often  thrown  on  our  shores, 
especially  in  the  winter  months.  In  different  districts  of  the  north,  a 
fable  is  current  that  a  species  of  goose  {Anat  hemicU^  has  its  origin  from 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  639 

this  cniBtaoean ;  from  this  ridiculous  popular  fimoy  the  specific  same  gfHm- 
mussel  is  derived. 

Polltcipes  Leach  (and  Scalpellum  ejusd.),  Polylepaa  Blainv. 
Peduncle  rough,  squamose.  Shell  compressed  at  the  sides,  with 
valves  subcontinuous,  unequal,  thirteen  or  more. 

Sp.  PoUicipes  acalpdlum  "Lam.,  Zep<u  walpdluvii  L.,  Gu^bin  Iconogr,  I.  1. 
tg,  4  \—PoUxc.  mitdla,  Lepaa  mUella  L.,  Rumfh.  Amb,  BarUeitkam,  Tab. 
47^  ^.  u,  GuiBiN  L  1.  fig.  3,  Ac. 

Gymnolep(Z8  Blainv.  Conchoderma  Olfers.  Mantle  naked, 
without  valves,  or  with  rudiments  of  valves,  remote  from  each  other. 

Cvneraa  Leach,  Lah.  Calcareous  pieces  five  distinct,  joined  by 
membrane,  small,  with  one  dorsal,  two  above  the  aperture  of  mantle, 
two  others  below  that  apertura 

Sp.  Oineroi  vUtata  Leaob,  Ltpas  coriacea  Poli  Testae.  I.  Tab.  Ti.  fig.  30, 
GuiaiN  Iconogr,  1. 1.  fig.  5  ;  in  the  Mediterranean  sea. 

Otion  Leach.  Two  lunated  valves  at  the  margin  of  the  aperture 
towards  the  peduncle.  Body  with  two  tubular  ear^like  appendages 
pervious  at  the  apex. 

Sp.  Otion  Cktvieriif  Lep<u  aurUa  L.,  Pou  i  1.  fig.  ai,  Gu^bin  Iwnagr.  1. 1. 

Alepas  Rang.  Mantle  without  any  calcareous  pieces,  subpellucid, 
continuous  with  peduncle. 

Sp.  Alepoi  fatcicuUUa  Lsssoir,  Anatife  jaune  iant  coqutUe  Mabtin  Sahtt- 
Angb  M&m,  8wr  let  Cirripidet,  Tftb.  I.  Gui^lN  Iconogr.  1. 1.  fig.  8,  Alep<u 
squalicola  Lov^,  dfverngt  of  konigl,  vet,  AJcad,  PMiardlingwr,  1844, 
pp.  193,  193,  Tab.  III.  (in  this  species,  that  lives  parasitically  on  sharks, 
the  feet  also  are  soft,  and  without  bristles). 

Note, — On  the  fossil  species,  which  are  chiefly  found  in  chalk  strata,  of 
Anatifa  and  PoUicipet  comp.  Stebnstbuf  in  Kbobteb's  Tidekrift  z.  1837, 
pp.  358 — 366,  n.  1839,  PP'  39^ — ^4^5*  *°*^  ^"  *^®  fossil  Lepadida  of  Great 
Britain,  C.  DABwnr's  Monograph,,  1851,  printed  for  the  Pabeontographical 
Society. 

[From  the  investigations  of  Darwin,  recorded  in  his  two  admir- 
able memoirs  so  often  cited,  we  learn  that  his  subclass  of  Oir- 
ripeds  contains  forms  that  dififer  greatly  from  those  of  the  Balor 
noidea  sxALepadicea  and  are  much  less  perfect  in  their  organisation. 
He  divides  the  Cinipeds  into  three  orders — ^the  Thoracica,  Ahdomi- 
ncUia,  and  Apodes,  the  limbs  or  cirri  being  thoracic  in  the  first, 
abdominal  in  the  second,  and  entirely  absent  in  the  third.     In  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


640  CLASS  X. 

Thoracica  three  families  are  included — ^the  BcUamckB  or  sessile  Qini- 
peds,  the  VemuddcB,  (the  genus  Clysia  Leach,  Creusia  Lam.,  Ver- 
ruca ScHUHACHEB,  ScHUK.  Essai  cTun  nouveau  Syst^me  des  Habitor 
lions  des  Vers  testac^Sy  1817.  CopenhaT.),  remarkable  for  their 
quite  aBymmetrical  shell,  and  the  Lepadidce  or  pedunculated  Cir- 
ripeds.  In  the  second  order  of  AbdomincUia  the  seventh  or  last 
cephalic  segment  is  quite  distinct,  and  bears  radimentaiy  org&Ds 
answering  to  the  first  pair  of  foot-jaws  in  ordinary  crustaceans, 
of  which  organs,  and  of  the  segments  supporting  them,  there  is 
no  trace  in  the  Thoracica;  the  seven  succeeding  thoracic  seg- 
ments are  destitute  of  any  appendages ;  but  the  three  segmentB 
of  the  abdomen  bear  three  pairs  of  cirri.  In  the  metamorphosiB 
all  the  first  changes  are  merely  indicated  by  changes  of  fonn 
in  the  egg-like  lai-va,  without  the  development  of  distinct  organs, 
and  the  last  or  pupal  condition,  which  is  attained  within  the  sac  of 
the  parent,  is  very  peculiar  from  the  entire  absence  of  rotatory 
limbs.  There  is  only  one  genus  Cryptophiahis  Dabwin,  and  one 
known  species  Cryp,  mintUvs  Dabw.,  BcdanidcBy  pi  566,  Tab.  23, 
24.  The  third  order  Apoda  is  the  most  peculiar  of  all,  it  resembles 
the  larva  or  maggot  of  a  fly,  the  carapace  is  reduced  to  two  separate 
threads  for  attachment.  The  last  cephalic,  ihe  seven  thoracic,  and 
the  three  abdominal  segments  are  all  destitute  of  appendages.  The 
single  known  species,  Proteolepas  bivincta^  is  parasitic  within  the  sac 
of  Alepas  comuta,  Dabwin  Lepadidof,  p.  165^  Tab.  3^  %.  6.  See 
Dabwin  Balanidce,  pp.  20 — 22.] 

Order  V.  Cladocera  Latr. 
Body  compressed,  included  in  a  homy  shell,  divided  into  two 
parts  by  a  dorsal  fold,  without  hinge.  Head  free,  produced  below, 
terminating  in  a  species  of  rostrum.  Two  small  antennae  at  the 
apex  and  two  larger  at  the  base  of  head,  split  into  two  or  three 
branches.  Feet  foliaceous,  with  four  or  five  pairs.  Abdomen  ter- 
minated posteriorly  by  two  setaceous  appendages. 

Family  XI.  Daphnidea  Straus.  The  characters  of  the  order 
are  those  of  the  single  family.  Single  compound  eye.  Larger 
antennae  ramose,  serving  like  oars  for  swimming.  Ova  in  females 
situated  on  tlie  back  in  a  space  between  the  shell  and  the  segments 
of  the  thorax. 

Polyphemus  MuELL.,  Gephaloculvs  Lam.  Eye  single,  large, 
occupying  almost  the  whole  head.  Larger  antennae  bifid.  Feet 
eight,  exsert  from  shell.     Tail  reflected,  bisetose  at  the  apex. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  641 

Sp.  Polyphemut  ocuku  Mubll.,  {Polyphemw  pedicuku  L.  ? )  Ds  GssR  M^m. 
M.  I.  Int.  VII.  PL  28,  figs,  g,  10,  Muill.  Eniom.  Tab.  xx.  figs.  1—5, 
Dbsmab.  Onat.  PI.  54,  figs,  i,  2,  KooH,  Hbbbioh-Sohjsfvsb  DeuUchl. 
Int.  Heft  187,  Tab.  2. 

Evadne  Loven. 

Compare  S.  L.  LoviN  Ev<idne  Nordmanni,  tin  biaher  unbekanrUes  Enio- 
moUracon,  in  WiBauANK's  Archiv  f.  Naiwrge$ch,  1838,  pp.  143 — 166. 

Daphnia  MuELL.  (and  Lynceus  ejusd.).  Feet  ten,  included  in 
shell,  the  eight  anterior  foliaceous,  ciliated.  Larger  antennas  bifid, 
with  branches  having  from  two  to  four  joints. 

Sp.  Daphnia  ptHex  Latb.,  Monoculua  pulex  L.,  Swammbbdam  Bibl,  not. 
Tab.  31,  figs.  I — lU,  MuELL.  Entomostr,  Tab.  xii.  figs.  4 — 7,  Dbsmabbbt 
Cnut.  PI.  54,  figs.  3 — 5  (borrowed  firom  the  figures  of  Stbaus)  ;  the 
branched  water-flea.  This  species  is  reddish,  especially  in  spring,  and  fix>m 
its  abundance  may  give  a  red  colour  to  the  water,  or  cause  an  apparent 
change  of  it  into  blood,  of  which  Swammbbdam  adduces  a  remarkable 
example,  bL  89,  90. 

In  the  genus  Lynceus  Mdbll.  there  is  a  black  spot  in  front  of  the  eye  ; 
the  antennae  are  usually  very  short.  To  these  belongs  Lynceus  sphoericus, 
&c.  Ebwabds  counts  some  of  the  species  of  Lynceus  Muell.  in  the 
genus  Daphnia,  Baibo  adopts  here  different  sub-genera,  as  MaerothriXf 
Eurycerus,  Chydorus  Leach,  CamptocercuSf  Aeroperus,  AUma,  PleurogDus, 
Peracantha  {Ann.  and  Magaz.  of  Nat.  Hist.  Vol.  xi.  pp.  81 — 95,  1843), 
Bosmina  (ibid.  Vol.  xvn.  1846,  pp.  410 — 413). 

Compare  on  this  genus  H.  £.  Stbaus  Mimoires  svr  les  Daphnia,  M4m. 
du  MusSum,  v.  18*18,  pp.  380 — 415,  PL  19 ;  vi.  1820,  pp.  149 — 162 ; 
also  W.  Baibb,  Annals  and  Magaz.  of  Nat.  Hist.  i.  1838,  pp.  245 — 256. 
PL  IX. 

AccmthocercuB  Schoedl. 

Compare  J.  Ed.  Sohoxdleb,  Ueber  Aeamihocercus  rigidus,  ein  bisher  unbe- 
hanntes  Entomostracon.  Ebiohbon's  Arch.  f.  Naturgesch.  1846,  s.  301 — 
374,  Taf.  XI.  xn. 

Genus  LaUma  Stbaus,  with  bifid  antennse,  differs  from  Daphnia, 

Sp.  Dixphnia  settfera  MuEiiL. 

Oeder  VI.     Phylhpoda, 

Feet  lamellose,  branchial,  in  eight  pairs  or  more :  in  some,  other 
natatory  feet  besides  inserted  behind  the  former.  Two  compound 
eyes. 

Family  XII.  Branchiopoda,  Body  naked,  without  shell.  Eleven 
pairs  of  branchial  feet.  Two  eyes  petiolated  and  a  frontal  ocellus 
sessile. 

VOL.  I.  41 


Digitized  by 


Google 


642  CLASS  X. 

A.  E.  Gbubs,  Bemerkwngen  liber  die  PkifUopoden,  nebtt  eme  Uebenickl 
ihrer  QaUungen  wnd  Arten.     Mit  4  Knpfertafdn.     Berlin,  1853,  8w>. 

LiEViN,  Die  Branchiopoden  der  Damiffer  Gegend.     Mit  xi  To/dn  in 
Stdndribck,   Danzig,  1848,  4to. 

Branchipus  ScH-fiFFER  (in  part),  Latb.,  {Branchicpoda  Latr. 
previously,  Lam.)-  Abdomen  caudiform,  long,  composed  of  from 
six  to  nine  segments,  bilobed  at  the  apex,  or  terminated  by  two 
pinnae.  Antennee  four,  the  superior  filiform  or  setaceous,  the 
inferior  incurved,  resembling  horns,  directed  downwards. 

Sp.  BranchipuB  ttoffnalis,  Cancer  etagnaUs  li.,  J.  C.  Scrjefwmb.  Der  fitck- 
firmige  Ki^enfues,  m.  einer  color.  Kvjpferpl,  Begensburg,  i754y  4^.  Ejusd. 
Elem.  erUomol,  Tab.  19,  figs.  6,  7,  Encyd.  mSth.  Cruetac.  PL  336,  figs.  4—16, 
— Brarhchipua  paludoaiu  Latb.,  Chirocephalm  diaphanut  Pa^osr,  Dss- 
MAB.  Crttat.  PI.  56,  figs.  2—5,  Gu^BiN  Iconogr.,  Oniat.  PI.  33,  fig.  3. 
These  animals  resemble  in  some  degree  the  larva  of  the  common  ephemera, 
so  that  LiNNAUB  himself  was  in  doubt  whether  Cancer  ttagnaUe  was  not 
such  a  larva.  They  live  in  stagnant  fresh  water,  and  in  pools  formed  by 
summer-showers  in  roads.  The  young  animals  do  not  at  first  resemble  the 
old  ones,  have  a  short  oval  body,  and  besides  the  antennae,  two  pairs  of 
jointed  appendages,  of  which  the  first  pair  consists  of  two  long  and  strongly 
developed  rowing  feet,  curved,  bent  backward,  and  beset  with  many  hain ; 
these  parts  afterwards  change  into  the  posterior  antenn»  or  horns  of  tlie 
head ;  the  abdomen  lengthens,  and  only  after  repeated  moultings  acqoixes 
feet,  which  at  first  are  less  numerous  because  the  posterior  appear  later  than 
the  anterior. 

Artemia  Leach,  ArtemMtia  Lam. 

Sp.  Artemia  aalina,  Cancer  eaUntit  L.,  Baokxt  Trana,  of  the  Linn,  Soeiety, 
XI.  Tab.  ziY.  figs.  8 — 10 ;  N.  Jolt  JIutoire  cftm  petit  enutad,  Artemia 
talina  Lbaoh,  &c.  Montpelier,  1840,  4to.  This  little  animal  lives  in  fresh 
water  at  Lymington^  Montpelier,  &c  ;  it  was  named  by  the  English  author 
Brineworm,  and  is  almost  ^  inch  long. — Branchiput  Mulhauaeni  Fischsb, 
Artemia  ealina  Rathke,  Fauna  der  Krym^  M^m.  dee  Sav.  Hrangen  pre- 
aenUt  d  VAcad,  imp.  dee  Sc.  de  St.  Peterebourg,  m.  1837,  vi.  figs.  14— «i; 
in  a  salt-water  lake  of  the  Crimea,  and  probably  also  in  Siberia. 

Eulimene  Latr,     Abdomen  short,  almost  semi-globose. 

Compare  Latbih^lb  in  Cuv.  R.  Ani,  ni.  p.  168,  le  ^t.  iv.  p.  178. 

Family  XIII.  Aspidephora.  Body  either  covered  by  a  clypei- 
form  or  inclosed  in  a  bivalve  shell. 

A.     Eyes  jpetiolate. 

Nebalia  Leach.  Shell  compressed,  plicated  at  the  back,  descend- 
ing by  the  sides  of  the  body,  covering  head,  thorax  and  part  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  643 

abdomen ;  a  moveable  appendage,  resembling  a  rostrum  at  the 
anterior  part  of  the  shell.  Four  antennas,  terminated  by  a  long 
many-jointed  seta,  serving  for  swimming.  Natatory  feet  bifid,  in 
diiFerent  number  behind  four  pairs  of  branchial  feet,  lamellose. 

Sp.  Nd>alia  fferbttii,  Cancer  bipet  O.  Fabr.,  Fcwn,  Groenl,  fig.  a,  p.  946  ; — 
NdKdia  Qeofroy  Edwards,  Ann.  des  Sc.  naiur,  Tom.  zm.  1828,  pp.  297 — 
300,  PL  TV.  GuiRiN  Iconogr.,  Crust.  PL  39,  fig.  2.  Compare  also 
Edwards  Ann.  dea  Sc.  not,  le  B4ne,  ni.  pp.  300 — 311.  To  this  genus 
belongs  also  MonoetUus  roHrattu  Montagu  {TransticL  of  the  Linn.  Soc.  zi. 
^8'  5)>  NdtaUa  Montagui  Thompson. 

B.    Eyes  sessile. 

Limnadia  Brongniart.  Body  inclosed  in  a  bivalve,  oval, 
compressed  shelL  Antennae  four,  anterior  short,  undivided,  pos- 
terior and  exterior  large,  with  a  cylindrical  peduncle  and  two 
branches  setaceous,  multiarticulate.  Feet  (eighteen  to  twenty- 
seven  pairs)  lamellose,  bifid,  with  a  filament  at  the  base  recurrent 
or  ascending  towards  the  back.  Last  segment  of  body  terminated 
by  two  diverging  filaments. 

Sp.  Limnadia  Hermanni  Ad.  Bbongniart,  Mim,  da  Mm.  vi.  1820,  pp.  83 
—92,  Daphnia  gigae  Hebm.,  MSm.  apUrol.  Tab.  v.  figs.  4,  5,  KocH  in 
Hekbich-Soh^ffbr  Deuttchl.  Ins.  Heft  185,  Tftb.  10; — Limn.  nMuritiana 
GufeiN,  Magas.  Zod.  1837,  CL  vn.  PL  11,  figs,  i — 11,  Jcofnogr.f  Crust, 
PI.  33,  fig.  «-    . 

Compare  also  J.  Kbtnioki,  Des  Limnadies  in  the  BtiUet.  de  la  Soc.  imp. 
des  Natv/raL.  deMoscou,  11.  1830/  pp.  173 — iSa,  PL  vn.  Lvmnadia  tetracera. 
This  writer  found  males,  and  observed  the  copulation.  Bbononiart 
observed  only  females. 

Estheria  Rueppell. 

Sp.  Eiiheria  dahalacensis  BuxFP.,  Straus  Durokhsiii,  Museum  Senchenher- 
gian.  n.  1837,  pp.  117—128,  Tab.  vn. 

Apu8  ScHJEFP.,  Limulus  Muell.,  Lam.  Shell  produced  firom 
head  over  thorax  and  a  great  part  of  abdomen,  clypeiform,  thin, 
deeply  emarginate  posteriorly.  Eyes  two,  approximate,  including 
an  ocelliform  point.  Two  inferior  antennae  very  short,  styliform, 
biarticulate.  Mandibles  strong,  gibbous  externally,  with  internal 
margin  straight,  denticulate.  Two  pairs  of  maxillas.  Sixty  pairs 
of  feet;  first  pair  incurved,  filiform,  with  three  very  long  set» 
exsert  beyond  the  shell,  multiarticulate ;  remaining  feet  lamellose. 
Six  last  segments  destitute  of  feet ;  two  setss  at  the  last  segment 
long,  multiarticulate. 

41—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


644  CLASS  X. 

Tbaae  animalB,  on  a  first  impreaaioiiy  seem  to  have  some  conformity  with 
the  genus  LimtUus,  although  they  are  much  smaller.  They  diSer  however 
from  these  greatly,  as  well  in  their  oral  organs,  which  are  formed  on  the 
type  of  insects  (compare  Sayiont  M€m,  sur  Ua  Ani.  s.  v.  i.  pp.  63,  64, 
PI.  vn.)  as  in  internal  structure.  They  undergo,  atf  already  stated  in 
p.  613,  a  metamorphosis  resembling  that  of  Branchipvs.  They  are  found 
in  fresh  water,  canals,  fish-ponds,  and  pools  formed  by  abundant  rain. 

Compare  6.  C.  SoH^FrsB  J>er  Krebsartiffe  kirfet^ftus,  mit  7  Uhtm, 
KupferUrfdn,  Begensburg  1756.  4to,  and  E.  G.  Zaddach,  De  Apodis  can- 
criformu  AntUome  et  Hirioria  evoluHonia,  acced,  tabula  4  liikogr.  Bonne, 
184  T,  4to. 
Sp.  Apui  eaneriformit  Latb.,  Sohavfbb  Monogr,  cit,,  Slem,  eniom.  Tab.  49, 
figs.  I.  II. ;  F.  H.  LosoHOB  NcBtutfoncker,  Tom.  xix.  1783,  Tah.  m. ; 
GuiBiN  Jconogr,,  Onut,  PL  34,  fig.  1. 

Another  smaller  species  has  an  elongate  oval  plate  between  the  two 
filaments  of  the  tail,  and  forms  the  genus  Lepidurua  Lbach;  it  is  the 
Aput  productu8  Latb.,  Mcnoculut  aput  L.,  Dbbmab.  Cfrtui.  PL  59,  fig,  a, 
GuiBiK,  n.  fig.  3. 


Appendix  to  the  Phyllopoda. 

Trildbitea  or  Palceades. 

Fossil  crustaceans.  Shield  cephalic,  rounded  anteriorly,  mostly 
supplied  with  two  lateral  eyes  oval  or  reniform,  often  extending 
posteriorly  on  each  side  into  a  homed  point.  Segments  of  thorax 
iand  abdomen  transverse,  different  in  number,  mostly  divided  by 
two  longitudinal  furrows  into  three  convex  lobes.  The  posterior 
part  of  abdomen  often  undivided  {pygidium).  Body  of  some  con- 
tractile into  a  ball. 

Very  different  opinions  were  entertained  formerly  respecting  the 
TrUcbUes,  Because  the  transverse  segments  in  these  fossil  indi- 
viduals offered  some  resemblance  to  Chitony  Latreillb  was  really  of 
opinion  that  they  ought  to  be  placed  in  the  neighbourhood  of  this 
genus.  Mhn,  du  MuBewm^  vii.  pp.  22 — 32,  R^gne  Ani.  2e  ^t.  iv. 
pp.  202,  203,  whilst  he  had  previously  considered  them  to  be  a 
transitional  form  between  the  crtistctcea  and  the  myriapocla,  between 
LimtUua  and  Glameris  (jB.  Ani,  1^  ^t.  in.  pp.  150,  151).  That 
these  remains  belong  to  the  type  of  the  articulates  was  already 
apparent  to  Linnjeus,  who  collected  the  few  petrifactions  of  this 
division  known  to  him  under  the  name  of  ErUomolitkiis  parcuioxus. 
Wahlenbebg  in  1818  {Aa,  Societ,  Beg.  Scient  Ups.  VoL  vul  p.  1), 
in  a  memoir  in  which  new  species  were  also  described,  illustrated 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  645 

and  oonfinned  this  opinion  of  Likk.£US.  He  thonglit  that  tho 
TrUobUes  bad  the  closest  affinity  with  Limulus,  This  opinion  was 
also  adopted  by  some  other  writers,  although  to  me  the  affinity  with 
Limtdua  appears  certainly  not  to  be  greater,  or  even  not  so  great, 
as  with  Branchipua  or  Aptis,  The  Trilobites  were  probably  gigan- 
tic PhyUopoda  which  peopled  the  seas  of  a  former  world.  The  re- 
semblance to  the  Isopoda  appears  to  me  to  be  rather  an  analogy 
than  a  real  affinity.  That  the  Trilobites  were  possessed  of  small 
natatory  feet  which  were  soft,  and  so  lost  in  the  petrifying,  is  very 
probable'.  They  are  all  confined  to  the  oldest  mountain-strata,  in 
which  petrifactions  occur,  which  preceded  the  coal-formation,  and 
are  found  especiaUy  in  the  Silurian  formation  of  Mubchison  and 
other  modem  geologists. 

Compare  on  this  division  amongst  others  :  A.  Bbongniabt  in  the  work 
published  by  him  and  Dssmabest,  Hist,  natttr.  dea  OrustacSa  fostHea,  Paris, 
1 8a  a,  4to.  pp.  I — 65  ;— J.  W.  Dalman  Ueber  die  PaUxaden  oder  die  ioge- 
nannten  TrUdbiUn  ;  cmt  dem,  Schwedisehm  von  Fb.  Engblhabt.  Mit  6 
Kupfert.  Numberg  1818,  4to  , — ^H.  Bubmeistbb  IHe  organiiotion  der  Tri- 
lobiien,  aus  ihren  Ubtmdigtn  Verwandlen  enivncheU,  Mit  6  Kupfertafdn, 
Berlin,  1843,  4to  ; — E.  BSTBICH  Udier  eimge  bdhmische  TrUobiten.  Berlin, 
1845,  ^^4^9  ^  Stticke,  4to.  m.  Kupfert. ; — ^Db  Emmbioh  Ueber  die  TrUo- 
biten in  y.  Lbonhabd  u.  Bronn,  Jakrbuch  fUr  MinercUogie  1845,  s.  18 — 
67 ;  and  especiaUy  the  admirable  work  of  JOACHIK  Babbande,  with  a  great 
number  of  beautiful  plates,  Sytthne  SUvrien  da  Centre  de  la  Bohime,  ibre 
partie ;  Recherche$  paUontologiquei,  YoL  i.  185a.     Prague  et  Paris,  4to. 

Some  Trilobites  did  not  roll  their  body  up.  To  these  belong  the 
genera: 

Trtnudeus  MURGHISON  {Cryptolithus),  O^ry^wi Brokgn.,  Ceraums 
Green,  Argea  Goldf.,  Brontes  Goldf.,  Paradoxvdes  Buongn., 
Olenus  Dalm.,  Burm.,  Gcnocephalus  Zenker,  Ellipsocephalus  Zen- 
ker, Harpes  Goldf. 

Sp.  OUnuB  Tewini  Dalm.,  EtUomolithtu  paradoxus  Lutn.,  Mm.  Temnianum 
fiohniffi,  t753,  ^ol.  Tab.  in.  fig.  t,  pp.  98,  99,  Dalm.  1. 1.  Tab.  vi.  fig.  3. 

Other  Trilobites  were  able  to  roll  themselves  up,  like  Glomeris  and 
some  Oniscidesy  and  to  bring  the  shield  of  the  tail  to  that  of  the 
head.  They  had,  as  it  seems,  a  harder  shell,  and  commonly  a 
larger  tail-shield.     To  these  belong  : 


*  It  was  principally  because  these  feet  are  not  known  tbat  Latbeillb  arrived  at 
the  singular  opinion  concerning  the  agreement  with  Chiton;  he  says  of  his  own  accord, 
that  under  this  point  of  view  he  must  consider  the  eyes,  which  are  observed  in  many 
Trilobites,  to  be  tubercles. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


646  CLASS  X. 

Galymene  Bronqn.,  Homalonotua  KoENiG,  Asaphus  Brongk. 
(Add  some  other  genera  omitted  here). 

Sp.  Calymene  Blumenbaehii  Bbonon.,  Torbubia  Apporato  para  la  ffui4>ria 
natural  Egpaflola,  Madrid,  1754,  fol.  Tab.  m.  6g.  4,  p.  83 ;  Blumbs- 
BAOH  Abb.  naturhiatar.  Qegenttdnde,  No.  50,  Dalm.  1.  L  Tab.  1.  figs,  a,  3, 
€k-<f  &c. 

Note. — On  these  and  some  other  genera^  more  numerous  than 
seems  to  be  necessary,  consult  the  authors  quoted ;  on  BaJUus  Dalm. 
see  especially  Beybich,  i.  s.  44.  Other  genera,  EwrypUrua  Dekay, 
Cytheriria  HisiNroER,  seem  scarcely  to  have  their  place  here. 

Order  VII.    Isopoda. 

Head  distinct  from  the  segment  bearing  the  first  pair  of  feet. 
Trunk  divided  into  seven  rings  sustaining  seven  pairs  of  feet. 
Feet  of  trunk  all  undivided.  Tail  with  segments  different  in 
number  up  to  seven,  supplied  beneath  with  branchial  foliaceons 
feet.  Mandibles  and  maxillse  mostly  distinct.  AntennsB  four,  the 
lateral  at  least  setaceous.  Eyes  two,  sessile,  in  most  composed  of 
a  cluster  of  ocelli,  in  others  compound. 

Family  XIV.  Epicarides  or  Bopyrina.  Antennae  very  short, 
imperfect,  resembling  tentacles.  Feet  short,  incurved,  hooked. 
Parasitic  animalcules ;  females  much  larger  than  males,  broad,  with 
eyes  none  or  indistinct. 

Bopyrus  Latr.  Five  pairs  of  abdominal  feet  lamellose,  con- 
cealed under  abdomen. 

Compare  H.  Rathke,  Dt  Bopyro  et  Nereide  commentatwnea  antatcmico' 
phyriologiea  duo:.   Oum  tab,  iii  ceneU.  Rig»  et  Dorpati,  i737>  4to. 

The  species  hitherto  known  of  this  and  the  following  genus  live  parasiti- 
cally  on  Palcemonea  {Carides),  in  the  grill-cavity  or  on  the  ventral  surface  of 
these  crustaceans  (Bopyrus  abdominalii  Ebobtbr  on  ffippofyte).  The  sexual 
difference  is  in  these  animals  when  adult  very  great.  The  male  b  elongatey 
narrow,  and  keeps  himself  hidden  between  the  gill-plates  of  the  female. 
The  female  is  much  larger,  broader  and  asymmetrical.  There  are  seven 
pairs  of  short  feet  attached  to  the  trunk,  and  five  pairs  of  gill-leaves  (abdo- 
minal feet)  on  the  abdomen,  which  is  divided  into  six  rings,  of  which  the 
hindmost  is  very  small,  and  bears  no  gills.  The  young  animals  of  each 
sex  are  on  the  contrary  of  similar  form,  with  four  pairs  of  feet  and  long 
posterior  antennie  (Rathkb,  Zw  MorpKologU,  ReisAcmerhrngm  ami 
Taurien,  s.  47 — 51). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  647 

Sp.  JBopyrtu  tquiUarum  Latb.,  Monocfdut  Oranfforum  Fabb.,  Latbeillb 
Otn.  CrvM,  €t  Ins.  Tab.  n.  fig.  4,  fern,,  Gu^bin  leanogr,,  Cruat.  PI.  29, 
fig.  I,  Bathkb  de  Bopyro,  Tab.  i.  This  little  animal  (the  male  is  at  most 
i^  lines  long,  the  female  5  lines)  liyes  under  the  dorsal  shield  on  the  gills  of 
PaUanonea;  on  the  Crangones,  so  nearly  allied  to  them,  and  often  living  in 
the  same  situation,  this  Bopjprui  as  it  seems  does  not  occur  (Rathkb).  The 
fishermen  think  that  these  parasites  are  young  soles  {Plewronedei  tdUa  L.) 

Phryxus  Bathke.     Brancliise  exsert,  bilobed,  in  four  pairs. 

«  Sp.  Phryxm  ffippolytea  Bathkb  BeUrdgt  zur  Fauna  Norwegens,  Tab.  u. 
figs.  I — 10,  pp.  40 — 56.  This  little  animal,  not  different  from  Bopyrtu 
abdanUnalUKBOKYWL  (Tidakrift,  ni.  1840,  pp.  102 — iii,  289 — 299,  Tab. 
I.  n.)  keeps  to  the  ventral  surface  of  HippolyU,  The  full-grown  female  has 
on  one  side  only  a  single  foot  which  is  attached  to  the  first  segment,  whilst 
on  the  other  side,  as  is  usual,  seven  feet  are  found. — Phryanu  crangonit 
Rathkb,  ibid.  Tab.  i,  figs.  13 — 15,  Tab.  n.  figs.  11,  11. 

lone  Latr.  Branchial  feet  in  six  pairs,  exsert,  filiform,  arbor- 
escent In  female. 

Sp.  OnUciu  ihoracieuM  Momtaqu,  Tratuae,  of  the  Linn.  Soc.  Vol.  iz.  p.  103, 
PL  3,  figs.  3,  4,  Dbsicab.  Ortut.  PI.  46,  fig.  10,  Gu^bin  Iconogr.,  Cnat. 
PI.  46,  figs.  I,  2 ;  compare  also  Audouin  and  Milnb  Edwabdb  Ann.  des 
Se.  not.  Tom.  iz.,  Edwabdb  Hut.  ncA.  dea  Ortut.  PI.  33,  figs.  14,  15.  This 
species  lives  on  the  gills  of  CaUioTuusa  whterrtmea, 

Kepon  DxJVERNOY  (Cepon),     Feet  unarmed,  with  last  joint  sub- 
dilated.     Abdomiual  feet  with  pinnated  branchiae. 

Sp.  Cfpon  t^pttf,  DUYSBNOT  Ann.  de$  8c.  natttr.  20  S^rie,  Tom.  zv.  184 1, 
Zociog.  pp.  no — 123,  PI.  4,  B,  figs,  i— 11. 

Family  XV.  Cymothoadea.  Head  small.  Mandibles  Aimished 
with  a  large  palp.  Feet  of  trunk  in  seven  pairs,  either  all  or  the 
anterior  terminated  by  a  hook  incnrved  and  moveable.  Body  oval, 
depressed.  Posterior  part  of  abdomen  or  tail  composed  of  from 
three  to  six  segments,  with  last  segment  {pygidium)  large,  scutiform. 
Feet  of  caudal  segments  lamellose ;  feet  of  last  pair  terminated  by 
two  oars  or  oval  styles,  exsert  on  each  side  near  the  pygidium. 

Comp.  the  article  OyrrwthoadSea  by  W.  E.  Leach,  Dictumnaire  dea 
Sciencea  natur.  zii.  pp.  338 — 354. 

Cymothoa  Fabb.  Antennae  short,  inserted  under  the  exsert 
frons.  Eyes  two,  lateral,  situated  at  the  margin  of  head.  Seven 
pairs  of  feet ;  feet  terminated  by  a  hook  incurved  and  moveable, 
bent  and  hidden  under  the  trunk. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


648  (LASS  X. 

Urozeuctua  {Owrozeuktea  Edw.).     Tail  undivided,  with  segments 
ooalesoed. 

Cymatlioa  nob.  Tail  composed  of  six  segments,  distinct,  moveable. 

Sub-genera:  Cym/Ahoa  Lkach,  Livoneca  Leaoh,  Anilocra  Leach,  Edw. 
(AnUocra  and  CanoUra  Lbach),  NerocUa  Leach,  £ow.  Comp.  W.  £. 
Leach,  1. 1. 

These  animals  liye  parasiticallj  on  different  fishes.  The  young  animals 
have  a  larger  head,  the  eyes  more  conspicuous^  a  pair  of  feet  less  on  Uie  trunk, 
and  a  long  abdomen.  See  MiLNB  Edwabss  Ann,  dea  8e.  not,,  sec.  S^rie;, 
Tom.  Ill,  ZooL  PI.  14,  fig.  3. 

Sp.  Cymothaa  cutrum  Leach  {Onucui  cairum  L.  in  part),  Dbbhaii.  OmM. 
PL  47,  figs.  6,  7,  Cuv.  JL  Ani.  H.  ill.,  Crust.  PI.  65,  fig.  i ;  in  the  Baltic ; 
— OyvMthoa  Banktii  Leach,  Milne  Edwards  Ann.  de»  Sc.  nai.  1.  L  fign. 
I,  2  (copied  in  Gu^iN  Iconogr,,  Crutt,  PI.  29,  fig.  7,  under  the  name  of 
CyvMtk.  trigonoeephjala),  from  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  &c. 

Alitrcpus  Edw.  Antennae  not  covered  at  the  base,  setaceous. 
All  the  feet  of  trunk  slender,  terminated  by  a  hook.  Eyes  two, 
marginal. 

Sp.  Aliiroput  typua  MiLHE  Edwards,  HiiL  not.  det  Onut.  PI.  33,  fig.  i ; 
from  the  bay  of  Bengal. 

^ffa  Leach.  Antennae  not  covered  at  the  base,  anterior  with 
basal  joints  broad,  plane  and  apex  setaceous,  multiarticulate. 

Sub-genera :  Fterdas  Gu^n,  Rocinda  Leach  ;  with  eyes  lai^gey 
contiguous,  or  confluent  anteriorly. 

Comp.  GniRiN  Magasin  de  Zool.  1S36,  Crust.  PI.  20. 

Sp.  JSga  emarginaia  Leach,  Desmar.,  Crust.  PI.  47,  figs.  4,  5; — jBga 
bicarinata  Leach,  Rathke  Beitr.  zur  Fauna  Norwegma,  Tab.  VL  figs,  i — 
18,  pp.  «5— 35. 

Oirolana  Leach. 

Ewrydice  Leach,  Edw.  {Eurydice  and  species  of  Ndocira  Leach). 

Serolis  Leach.  Antennae  four,  long,  not  covered  at  the  base, 
with  basal  joints  thicker,  setaceous  at  the  apex.  Eyes  two,  large, 
reniform,  situated  in  a  tubercle,  remote  from  the  margin  of  head. 
Trunk  broad,  marked  by  a  longitudinal  furrow  on  each  side. 
Abdomen  with  only  three  or  four  segments  distinct,  the  last  very 
large.  Feet  of  the  first  pair  (or  in  males,  of  first  and  second)  thick, 
short,  with  strong  incurved  hook. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  649 

Sp.  Serolu  FabrieU  Lbach,  Cymothoa  paradoxa  Fabr.,  Bucklaixi)  Mineral, 
and  Gfoloffy,  London,  1836.  PI.  45,  figs.  6,  7  (after  a  drawing  by  Curtis), 
Cuv.  JL  Ani,  id,  tU,,  Crust,  PI.  64,  fig.  3,  &c.  This  genus  in  the  two 
longitudinal  furrows  on  the  back  of  the  trunk  bears  a  strong  resemblance 
to  the  fossil  Trilobites,  but  there  is  no  proper  affinity  on  this  account. 

Family  XVI.  SphcBromida,  Body  broad,  oval,  frequently  con- 
tractile into  a  ball.  Head  large,  broad.  Feet  not  fixing  themselves 
by  hooks.  Tail  small,  mostly  composed  of  only  two  segments,  the 
first  five  having  coalesced  to  form  one.  The  last  pair  of  caudal 
feet  with  only  a  single  moveable  lamella  extended  near  the  outer 
side  of  pygidium.     Foot-jaws  resembling  palps. 

ATlcinits  Edw.  First  and  second  pairs  of  feet  terminated  by  a 
large  moveable  hook,  subcheliform ;  remaining  feet  gressorial, 
slender,  terminated  by  a  straight  claw.  Body  depressed,  plane. 
Antennae  long,  setaceous. 

Sp.    Ancin/uM  depresttu  Milnb  Edwards,  ffist,  not.  dea  Orutt,  PL  37,  fig.  17. 

Sphceroma  Latr.  Feet  of  trunk  all  gressorial,  slender,  termi- 
nated by  a  short  claw,  often  bifid.  Body  gibbous  above,  contrac- 
tile into  a  ball  {Onisci globatores). 

Sp.  Sphceroma  aerratum  Leach,  Onitcva  globator  Pallas,  SpicU,  Zool.  iz. 
Tab.  4,  fig.  18,  Dbsmab.,  Crust,  PL  47,  fig.  i ;  from  2'"  to  morerthan  5"' 
long,  in  the  Atlantic  ocean,  the  Mediterranean  and  the  Black  Sea. 

Note. — Grenus  Zuiara  Lbach  is  scarcely  distinct. 

Add  sub-genera :  Cymodocea  Leach,  NcRsea  Leach  (and  CUiccBa 
ejusd.),  Camnpecopea  Leach,  Cerceis  Edw.,  Amphoraidea  Edw.,  Cassi- 
dina  Edw. 

Family  XVII.  Pramztdea.  First  two  segments  of  trunk  in- 
distinct or  joined  with  the  head,  destitute  of  feet.  Five  pairs  of 
feet  of  trunk.  Antennee  four,  setaceous,  unequal.  Posterior  part 
of  abdomen  or  tail  with  six  segments,  supplied  with  foliaceous 
appendages  at  the  apex. 

Anceus  Risso,  Onaihia  Leach.  Head  large,  almost  square, 
armed  anteriorly  with  two  horns  porrect,  falcate  (mandibles?). 

Sp.  Anceua  fot^icularius  Risso,  Dxbmab.,  Crust.  PI.  46,  fig.  7  (not  fig.  6), 
GufiwN  Iconogr.,  Crust.  PI.  27,  fig.  7; — Anceus  maxillaris  Lam.,  Cancer 
maaeUlaris  Montagu,  Linn.  Trans,  vii.  1804,  Tab.  vi.  fig.  «,  Dmmab. 
Crust.  PI.  46,  fig.  6. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


650  CLASS  X. 

Prantza  Leach.  Head  triangulax,  narrower  than  thorax.  Man- 
dibles not  exsert.  Trunk  in  females  consisting  of  only  three 
segments,  the  last  three  being  confluent,  and  forming  a  single 
oval  scutum  broader  than  the  preceding  segments. 

Sp.  Praniza  ecendatc^,  Onitcui  marinus  Slabbkb,  Slabbsk  Natuurk.  Verftut, 
Tab.  IX.  figs.  I,  1  (copied  in  Eneyd.  nUth.,  Int.  et  CrtuL  PL  519,  figs.  24, 
35),  Montagu  Trans.  Linn.  xi.  Tab.  iv.  fig.  2,  &c. 

Compare  on  this  genus  J.  O.  Wbstwood,  Ann.  det  Se.  natur.  Tom.  xxyh. 
1831,  pp.  316— 33«i  I*L  6- 

Family  XVIII.  Ontsctdes.  Two  middle  antennae  very  short, 
of  only  one  or  two  joints.  Last  segment  of  tail  short,  with  the 
appendages  of  the  last  pair  of  caudal  feet  concealed  or  styliform. 

Comp.  J.  F.  "BsLAunn  Conspectus  Monographice  Oruslaceorum  Oniseodorum 
Latbbillii,  Bulletin  de  la  8oci4t£  imp.  des  Natural,  de  Moscou,  Ti.  1833, 
pp.  17T — 193,  Tab.  IV.  figs.  6 — 41. 

These  Isopoda  may  be  named  Land-AssdUy  for  although  some  of 
them  keep  to  the  searshore,  they  do  not  live  in  water.  The  most 
live  under  stones,  bark  of  trees,  in  chinks  of  walls,  &c.  They  gnaw 
various  substances.  At  night  especially  they  seek  their  food,  which 
consists  principally  of  vegetable  matters. 

A.  Oniscinea.  Basal  joint  of  the  last  pair  of  abdominal  feet 
short,  not  produced  beyond  the  last  segment  of  abdomen.  Antennse 
geniculate,  with  from  six  to  nine  joints  (the  five  basal  joints  thicker, 
the  terminal  seta  with  one  or  two,  three  or  four  joints). 

T^los  Latr.  External  antennas  moderate,  with  nine  joints,  the 
four  terminal  joints  forming  a  short  seta.  Last  pair  of  abdominal 
feet  lamellose,  concealed  under  abdomen.  Body  contractile  into  a 
ball. 

Sp.  Tylos  Latreillii  Audouin,  T^los  armadiUo  Latb.,  Cloporte  Savtgnt, 
Deser.  de  VEgypU,  Crust.  PL  13,  fig.  r,  Gu^iN  Iconogr.,  Crust  PL  31, 
fig.  4,  Edwards,  Cov.  R.  Anim.  H.  iUtutr.,  Crust.  PL  70,  fig.  a. 

The  first  four  pairs  of  abdominal  feet  have  a  broad  quadraogular  append- 
age,  in  whicb  longitudinal  cavities  with  blind  branchings  are  found.  They 
open  at  the  inferior  margin  by  a  row  of  small  foramina,  and  take  up  air 
for  respiration.    The  animal  lives  on  the  coasts  of  Egypt  and  Algiers. 

Armadillo  Latr.  External  antennse  with  seven  joints.  Styli- 
form appendages  of  last  pair  of  feet  short,  not  prominent.  Body 
contractile  into  a  ball. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  651 

Sp.  Armadillo  variegatus  Latb.,  ArfnadHlidium  puitulatum  Edwards, 
YiLLXRS  Entom.  Linn,  Tab.  xi.  fig.  i6,  Dbbmarkst  Crrul.  PL  49,  figs. 
6,  7,  &c. 

To  this  division  belong  the  MiUepedce,  more  used  in  medicine  formerly 
than  at  present.  Armadillo  officinarum,  Bbaitdt.  u.  RaTzkburo  Mediz, 
ZooL  II.  Tab.  43,  figs.  8—10,  Cuyier  R.  Ani.  id.  ill,,  Crutt.  PL  17, 
fig.  4 ;  from  the  south  of  Europe  and  Syria. 

Sub-genera :  ArmadiUidium  Brandt,  Diploexochus  ejusd.,  Cvharia 
ejusd,  ArmadiUo  ejusd. 

Oniscus  nob.  (species  from  genus  Ontscus  L.,  Porcellio,  Ontscus, 
Philoscia  Latr.).  External  antennae  with  from  six  to  nine  joints. 
External  appendage  of  last  pair  of  abdominal  feet  styliform,  exsert. 

Deto  Gv^XDS,  External  antennse  with  nine  joints,  the  four  ter- 
minal joints  small,  forming  a  very  short  seta.  Styliform  appendages 
at  last  segment  of  body  elongate. 

Sp.    Deto  tekynata  Gu&in,  Magcu,  de  Zool,  1836.  Crust,  PL  14. 

Platyartkrus  Brandt. 
Trichoniscua  Brandt. 

NoU. — In  these  genera  the  external  antennse  are  six-jointed. 

Oniscus  Latr.  External  antennsB  with  eight  joints,  inserted 
under  the  anterior  margin  of  head,  which  is  somewhat  prominent. 
Body  not  contractile  into  a  ball. 

Sp.  Oniacus  asellut  L.,  Oniscus  mvrariiu  CxTV.,  Dk  Gxer  Mim,  p,  s,  A  Vllist. 
des  Ins,  vii.  PL  35,  fig.  3,  Gboffr.  Ins.  n.  PL  xxii.  fig.  i,  Brandt,  u. 
Batzeburo  Medizin.  ZooL  ii.  Tab.  xii.  fig.  7 ;  the  edlar-oniscus,  mostly 
7'"  or  8'"  long,  ash-grey  above,  with  yellow  spots  on  the  side.  This  little 
ftTitmal  is  very  common  on  walls  in  moist  places. 

FarceUio  Latr.  External  antennae  with  seven  joints.  Body  in 
most  not  contractile  into  a  ball. 

Sp.  Parcellio  scaber  Latr.,  Brandt  u.  Batzbburo  Mediz,  Zool.  n.  Tab.  xii. 
fig.  6,  Gu6rin  Iconogr.,  Crust,  PL  31,  fig.  7.  In  PorceUio  and  Armadillo 
(not  in  Oniscus)  the  external  plates  or  coyers  of  the  two  anterior  abdominal 
feet  have  a  whitish  body,  which  is  hollow  internally,  and  receives  air  from 
a  fissure  by  many  openings.  See  Duyernot  et  Lkrbboullet  Ann.  des  Se, 
nal.,2e  B6ne,  Tom.  XV.  184 1.  Zool.  pp.  197,  198;  comp.  V.  Sirbold  in 
Mueller's  Archiv,  Jahre^>ericht,  p.  141.  Lereboullbt  found  a  similar 
structure  in  the  external  plate  of  the  first  five  abdominal  feet  of  two  species 
of  PorceUio,  which  roll  themselves  up,  whence  he  named  one  of  these  Pore. 
armadUloides.  Already  Ds  Geer  had  noticed  such  a  species  that  rolls 
itself  up,  Oniscus  eonvexus,  vii.  p.  553,  PL  35,  fig.  11. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


652  CLASS  X. 

Philoscia  Latr.  External  antennse  with  eight  joints,  naked  at 
the  ba^ie.  Segments  of  tail  abruptly  narrower  behind  the  last 
segment  of  trunk. 

Sp.    Onitctu  mtucorum  Guv. 

B.  Ligiea,  Basal  joint  of  last  pair  of  abdominal  feet  slender, 
elongate,  exsert,  terminated  by  two  long  styles.  External  antennse 
terminated  by  a  seta  composed  of  several  (twelve  to  twenty)  joints, 
long. 

Ltgta  Fabr. 

Sp.  Ligia  oceanica  Fabb.,  Basteb  Naiuurk,  Uitspann.  n.  Tab.  xm.  fig.  4, 
Desmab.  Oriut.  PL  49,  figs.  3,  4 ;— Ligia  italica  Fabr.,  Gu^tK  leonogr., 
OrvM.  PL  31,  fig.  5,  &c.  These  animals  live  od  the  sea-coast,  but  often 
leave  the  water  and  climb  on  stones,  piles,  kc  This  genus  forma  the 
tnmsition  to  the  water-onisci. 

Some  s])ecies,  in  their  antennse  resembling  Ligia,  have  at  the  last 
abdominal  feet  a  bifid  basal  piece,  and  at  the  extremity  of  these  two 
pedicles  is  a  filiform  appendage.  They  live  under  stones  or  under 
moss,  in  moist  meadows,  in  decaying  wood,  <fcc  They  form  the 
genus  Ligidium  Brandt,  Zia  Koch,  in  Hekrich-Schjsffer  DeuUehL 
Ina.  Heft  180. 

Sp.  Ligidium  Pertonii  Brandt,  Oniscus  agilit  Pbbsoon,  Panzer  DeuUM. 
Ins.  Heft  9,  Tab.  14,  ftc. 

Family  XIX.  Asellota,  Antennse  four,  distinct.  Terminal 
appendages  of  last  pair  of  abdominal  feet  produced  beyond  the 
body  like  a  tail.    Last  segment  of  tail  large,  scutiform. 

A.  First  pair  of  feet,  either  similar  to  the  rest,  or  thickened  at 
the  apex,  and  with  hook  single. 

f  Four  antennae  unequal,  external  much  longer  than  internal. 
*  All  the  feet  similar,  tenninatcd  by  short  double  claw. 
Oniscoda  Latr.  {Jantra  Leach). 
Jasridina  Enw. 
Sp.    Janira  Nordmanni  Rathkk,  Fauna  der  Krym,  p.  388,  Tab.  VI.  figs. 

JcBra  Leach. 

Sp.    JcBra  nivalia  Kboetxb,  Cfrdnland'i  Amfipoder,  TVb.  iv.  fig.  «i. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  653 

*  *  Anterior  feet  short,  thickened  at  the  apex,  furnished  with  hook  in- 
curved. 

Munna  Kroeyer.  External  antennae  very  long.  Feet,  except 
the  first  pair,  longer  than  body.     Tail  destitute  of  appendages. 

8p.  MuTvna  BoeclcU  Kboeteb,  Tidnhrifi,  ii.  1839,  PP>  61  a— 616,  with  plate. 
(The  specimen,  described  by  Ejlostsb,  seems  not  to  have  been  full  grown). 

AsdliM  Geoffr.,  ScHiEFFER,  Latr.  External  antennae  elongate. 
Feet  shorter  than  body.  Two  abdominal  appendages  terminated  by 
two  elongated  filaments. 

Sp.  Asellua  vtdgarU  Latb.,  OniteuB  aqualiciu  L.,  Gbofvb.  Jn$.  n.  PL  22, 
fig.  2,  Db  Gsbb  M^m,  p,  t.  d  Vffiat.  dea  Ins.  vii.  PI.  31,  Desmab.  CrtttL 
PL  49,  figs.  I,  2,  Tbevibands  Verm,  Schr,  i.  Tab.  x.  figs.  56,  57.  This 
species  is  very  common  in  wet  ditches,  and  is  almost  i"  long.  The  little 
animal  passes  the  winter  in  the  mud.  It  differs  from  the  genus  Onisctu,  to 
which  LiNNJBUB  united  it,  in  the  tail,  which  is  covered  above  by  only  a  single 
shield-like  plate,  and  further,  in  the  greater  development  of  the  middle 
antenns  and  in  the  feet,  which  increase  in  length  from  the  head  to  the  tail. 

Limnoria  Leach.  Four  antennae  short,  subequal.  Body  cylin- 
drico-linear. 

Sp.  Limnoria  terebroms  Leach,  Trans,  of  (he  Linn.  Soc.  xi.  pp.  370,  371 ;  a 
small  animal  (i — 2'")  which  perforates  the  piles  and  wood- work  of  marine 
jetties,  and  in  a  short  time  may  destroy  them. 

B.  First  pair  of  feet  short,  thick,  terminated  by  a  didactylons 
chela. 

Apseudes  Leach.  Tail  composed  of  six  segments,  terminated 
by  two  long  filiform  appendages  of  the  last  pair  of  feet. 

Sp.  Apseudes  talpa  Lbach,  Cancer  gammarus  talpa  Montagu,  Trans,  of  the 
Linn.  Soc.  ix.  p.  98,  PI.  4,  fig.  6  (this  figure  is  copied  in  the  JEneyd.  mSthod., 
Crust.  H  Ins.  PL  336,  fig.  16,  Desmab.  Crust.  PL  46,  fig.  9).  Milne 
Edwabdb  has  given  a  better  figure,  Cuv.  R.  Anim.  id.  iU.,  Crust.  PL  61, 
fig.  I. 

Tanaia  Edwards. 

Sp.  Tcmais  Cavdinii  Milne  Edwabdb,  R4sumi  d^Entom.  pa/r  MM.  Audouin 
H  Edw.  {Encycl.  portative,  1819),  i.  p.  181,  PL  29,  fig,  i,  Edw.  Hist.  not. 
des  Crust.  PL  31,  fig.  6. 

Comp.  on  this  genua  Kboeteb,  Naturh.  Tidsskr.  IV.  1842,  pp.  167—187. 
Tab.  II.  figs.  i—M. 

Zeuxo  Templeton. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


654  CLASS  X. 

Crossurus  Rathke.    (Not  different  perhaps  from  genus  Tanais), 

Note, — ^Add  genus  Rhoea  Edw.  {Ann.  des  Sc  N(tL  xni.  1828, 
pp.  292—296,  PL  13  a),  unless  it  be  better  to  refer  it  to  tke 
Amphipoda.  Genera  Eupheus  and  Olisca  Risso,  seem  to  be  un- 
certain, and  require  confirmation  by  more  diligent  observation. 

Perhaps  also  will  have  to  be  placed  here  amongst  the  Isopoda,  OniuMt 
arenarius  Slajbber  Naiuurk,  VeriuM,  Tab.  n.  fig.  4,  genus  Ptaygocera 
Latb.,  Cuv.  M.  Am.  and  ^  1829, 17.  p.  124. 

Family  XX.  Idoteidea.  Tail  mostly  composed  of  only  three 
distinct  segments,  with  last  segment  large,  scutiform.  Abdominal 
feet  branchial;  last  pair  of  feet  forming  opercular  laminsB  covering 
the  branchiae  beneath.  No  appendages  exsert  in  the  last  segment 
or  at  the  sides  of  tail.  Antennae  four,  very  frequently  unequal,  the 
middle  approximate.     Mandibles  destitute  of  palps. 

Anthura  Leach.  Four  antennse,  short,  subulate.  Body  slen- 
der, vermiform.  Anterior  feet  incrassated,  terminated  by  an  in- 
curved hook.     Tail  with  two  distinct  segments. 

Sp.  Anthura  gracilU  Leaoh,  Onisctu  gracilia  Moktaou,  Desmab.  OiuC.  PL 
46,  fig.  13,  MiLNB  Edwards  Hist.  not.  des  Crtut.  PI.  31,  figs.  3^5. 

Idatea  Fabr.  Middle  antennse  short,  with  four  joints,  the  last 
elongate,  cylindrical;  external  antennee  large,  with  first  five  joints 
thicker,  the  rest  more  slender,  running  into  a  terminal  seta.  All 
the  feet  of  trunk  terminated  by  an  incurved  claw;  those  of  the  first, 
second  and  third  pairs  raptorial,  incrassated  at  the  apex  and  turned 
forwards.  Branchial  feet  of  tail  covered  by  the  last  pair  of  feet 
changed  into  two  valves  articulated  by  means  of  a  hinge  to  the 
last  segment. 

Sp.  Idotea  entomon  Fabb.,  Onitetu  entamon  L.  (in  part),  Pallas  SpiciL 
ZooL  IX.  Tab.  v.  figs,  i — 6,  Ds  Gebb  MSm,  p.  s.  d  rffitt.  de»  Ins,  yi.  PI. 
33,  figs.  I — 10,  Bathkb  Beitr.  zwr  Oesch.  dtr  7%t«no6ft,  i.  Danzig,  1820^ 
Tab.  iv.  This  animal  was  found  in  the  Baltic  Sea ;  it  attains  a  length  of 
\"  9"'.  Its  two  small  black  eyes  are  situated  at  the  side  of  the  head  in  a 
round  pit,  and  are  not,  as  is  erroneously  supposed,  simple,  but  each  of  them 
consists  of  a  group  of  more  than  50  small  oval  eyes  placed  dose  together. — 
Idoita  Lichtensteinii  Kbaubs,  SOdqfrik.  Cfrustaceen,  Stuttgart^  1843,  Tab. 
IV.  fig.  4. 

Idotea  Unearis  Latb.,  Stenosama  lineare  Lxaoh,  Babteb  Natuurk,  UUap. 
n.  Tab.  xin.  fig.  1,  Bbsmab.  Crust,  PI.  46,  fig.  11;  from  the  Baltic,  about 
i"  long. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  655 

To  this  division  also  belougs  Onucua  viridu  of  Slabbbb,  Natuwh.  Ver- 
lust.  PI.  12,  figs.  4,  5,  which,  according  to  MiLNS  Edwards,  forms  a 
distinct  genus. 

Arcturvs  Latr.  Feet  of  first  pair  short,  palpiform.  Feet  of 
second,  third  and  fourth  pair  ftimished  with  long  hairs,  with  last 
joint  plane,  elongate.     External  antennas  of  the  length  of  body. 

Sp.  Archmfs  Bafini  Webtw.,  Idotea  Bafini  Sabine,  Milne  Edwards ^uf. 
not,  des  Crust.  PI.  31,  fig.  ij — Arctunu  longicomit  Westw.,  Gu^in 
leonogr,,  Crutt.  PL  31,  fig.  2;  in  this  species  the  first  four  pairs  of  feet 
stand  very  remote  from  the  last  three. 


Order  VIII.    AmpMpoda, 

Eyes  sessile.  Four  antennae,  the  two  middle  inserted  above  the 
lateral.  Mandibles  mostly  furnished  with  palps.  Two  pairs  of 
maxillae  and  one  pair  of  foot-jaws.  Trunk  mostly  divided  into 
seven  distinct  segments,  bearing  seven  pairs  of  feet  not  cloven  into 
two  oars.  Membranous  vesicles  for  respiration  adhering  to  the  base 
of  some  of  the  feet. 

We  unite  here,  after  the  idea  of  Kroeyer,  the  LcBmodipoda  of 
Latreille  with  the  order  of  the  Amphipods  ;  see  Kroeyer  Tid9- 
shift,  IV.  1843,  pp.  490—495. 

Section  I.  LoBmodipoda,  Posterior  part  of  abdomen  or  tail 
short.  First  segment  of  trunk  conjoined  with  head,  an  oblique 
furrow  alone  on  each  side  indicating  the  separation;  feet  of  this 
segment  inserted  forwards,  beneath  the  head.  Two  or  three  pairs 
of  branchial  vesicles  in  the  anterior  part  of  Irunk. 

Lasmodipoda  from  Aai/uio«  and  hiwov^;  these  aminala  were  thus 
named  because  they  have  two  feet  under  the  head,  as  though  at  the 
throat.  They  do  not  swim,  but  creep  on  marine  plants  and  animals 
in  search  of  food.  The  posterior  part  of  the  body  is  little  developed. 
In  most  the  feet  are  wanting  in  those  rings  that  carry  gill-vesicles, 
and  conversely  the  gill-vesicles  are  wanting  on  those  rings  that  have 
feet. 

Family  XXI.     Lcemodipoda,    (Characters  of  the  section). 

Phalanx  I.  Cyamea.  Body  oval,  mostly  much  depressed,  with 
transverse  segments.     Antennae  with  four  joints,  the  last  slender; 


Digitized  by 


Google 


656  CLASS  X. 

inferior  anteim®  small.  Two  pairs  of  cylindrical  branchise  at  the 
second  and  third  segment  of  the  trunk,  in  place  of  feet  Feet 
strong,  terminated  by  an  incurved  hook,  in  five  pairs.  Mandibular 
palps  none.  Females  furnished  with  large  laminae  at  the  base  of 
branchiae,  covering  the  eggs. 

Cyamus  Latr.    (Species  of  Oniscus  L.). 

Sp.  Cyamui  eeti  Latb.^  Oniscus  eeti  L.,  Pycfiogonwnceti  Fabs.,  Pall.  Spk. 
ZoU.  Fasc.  IX.  Tab.  14,  Ds  Gkeb  Mhn.  p.  serv,  d  VHist,  des  Ins.  vn.  pp. 
540 — 544,  PI.  42,  figs.  7,  8,  Tbeviranus  Verm,  Schr.  n.  pp.  3 — 10,  Tab.  L 
Thifl  GruBtacean,  whose  length  is  about  i"  and  more,  lives  on  JBakma  Umgi- 
mana;  Cyamus  errcUictu  RouBSEL  DB  Yauz.,  on  the  whale  of  the  southem 
hemisphere,  is  an  allied  species.  Cyamtu  gracilis  Roues,  db  Yaui.  is 
smaUer  and  more  elongate  than  the  other  species,  and  thus  approaches  to 
the  form  of  the  next  division. 

Comp.  on  this  genus,  besides  the  anatomical  notices  of  G.  R.  TBEYiBAinis^ 
RoussEL  DE  YauzAmb,  Ann.  des  Sc,  not.,  ae  S^rie,  Tom.  i.  1834,  Zool.  pp. 
439 — »65,  PL  8,  9,  and  Kbobteb  Natuurh.  Tidsskr.  nr.  pp.  474—489. 

Phalanx  II.  Gaprdlina.  Body  mostly  elongate,  the  length  of 
the  segments  surpassing  their  breath.  Feet  slender.  Branchi» 
vesicular  at  the  base  of  feet.  Mandibles  often  furnished  with 
palp  triarticulate.  Superior  antennsB  setaceous  at  the  apex, 
multiarticulate. 

Caprella  Lam.  Five  pairs  of  feet,  arranged  in  an  interrupted 
series,  all  terminated  by  a  subcheliform  hand.  Two  pairs  of  bran- 
chial vesicles  in  the  second  and  third  segments,  in  place  of  feet. 
Abdomen  very  minute,  made  up  of  a  single  or  of  two  segments, 
supplied  with  appendages  or  rudiments  of  feet. 

Sub*genera:  (7<ipreZZaand^^f»naKB0BTEB.  Sp.Copfie^^tncarwLATB., 
Cancer  linearis  (L.  X),  Hbbbst  Kraihen  und  Krebse,  rr.  p.  141,  Tab.  36, 
figs.  9,  10  \— Oniscus  scdhpendru^desYAi^,,  Spic,  Zool.  ix.  Tab.  4,  fig.  15, 
Caprella  lobata  Latb.,  Gu^in  Jconogr.,  Crust.  PI.  iS,  fig.  1 ;  to  this  or 
to  Capr.  acviifrons  Dbsh.  the  figure  of  Babteb,  Naiuwrh.  UOsp.  r.  PL  rr. 
fig.  1,  seems  also  to  belong. 

Podaliriu8  Kroeyer. 

Gercopa  Kroeyer.  Three  pairs  of  branchial  vesicles,  the  first 
pair  at  the  base  of  the  second  pair  of  feet,  the  rest  in  place  of 
feet.     Abdomen  distinct  qidnquearticulate. 

Sp.    Cerrops  ffolbodli  Kroeter  1.  1.  Tab.  VL  figs,  i — 13. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  657 

Leptomera  Latr.  {Proto  Leach).  Seven  pairs  of  feet,  arranged 
in  a  continuous  series.  Fifth  pair  of  feet  shorter,  furnished  with  a 
small  claw,  slightly  moveable.  Three  pairs  of  branchial  vesicles  at 
the  bases  of  the  second,  third  and  fourth  pairs  of  feet.  Abdomen 
small,  uniarticulate,  with  four  appendages,  elongate,  biarticulate. 

Sp.  Leptomera  pedaia,  Ckmmarut  pedatu$  Abildoaabd,  Mubllbb  Zool, 
domic.  Tab.  loi,  figs,  i,  i,  GuiBiir  leonogr,,  Onut.  PI.  ^8,  £g.  3.  Aooording 
to  Kbostbb  Leptomera  vetUrieoea  Dbshabkst,  SquiUa  vetUrieota  Mubll. 
Zool.  dan.  is  the  female  of  this  species.  To  it  belongs  also  Phthisica 
marina  Slabbbb  Naiuurk.  Verluet.  PL  x.  figs,  i,  1. 

The  genos  Proto  of  Dbsmabxst  {Crtut.  p.  176)  rests  on  imperfect  observa- 
tions, and  appears  not  to  differ  from  Naupredia  Latb. 

Section  II.  Genuine  Amphipoda.  Head  distinct  from  the  first 
segment  sustaining  a  pair  of  feet  Segments  of  trunk  mostly  fur- 
nished with  a  distinct  lateral  part  {epimeron).  Mandibles  supplied 
with  palp.  Tail  made  up  of  several  segments,  furnished  with  bifid 
feet.    Body  mostly  compressed,  arcuate. 

Gomp.  MiLNB  EowABDS  Ann.  des  Sc.  nat.  zx.  1830,  pp.  353 — 399,  and 
H.  Kbobtbb  Oroenland^t  Amfipoder.  Kjdbenhavn,  1838. 4to.  (printed  sepa- 
rately firom  vn.  Th.  der  Kongd.  Damhe  Videntkabemes  SeUhabt  naturvid. 
og  mathem.  Afhandlingerj  p.  129,  Ac.) 

Family  XXII.  Hyperina  or  Uroptera.  Foot-jaws  smaU,  not 
covering  the  cibarious  organs.  Head  large.  Last  abdominal  feet 
at  the  apex  of  tail  mostly  resembling  a  fiabelliform  fin,  foliaceous. 

Oxycephahia  Edw. 

Pronoe  GuiSrin. 

Typhis  Kisso,  Edw. 

Sp.  TyphiiferuB  Edw.  Ann.  dea  Sc.  not.  1. 1.  PI.  1 1,  fig.  8,  Guisnr  Iconogr., 
Crud,  Fl.  17,  fig.  8 ;  in  the  Atlantic  near  the  Canary  Islands.  This  genus 
and  the  preceding  are  remarkable  for  their  long  inferior  antennn,  which 
are  bent  at  three  acute  angles. 

Phronima  Latr.  Antennse  two  short*  Fifth  pair  of  feet  elon- 
gate, terminated  by  a  hand  broad,  didactylous.  Tail  elongate, 
with  five  distinct  segments,  the  sixth  segment  coalesced  with  fifth. 

Sp.  Phronima  $edeniaria  Latb. ,  Cancer  9edeniariu$  F0B8K.,  H1BB8T  Erabben 
und  Krebte,  n.  p.  136,  Tab.  16,  fig.  8,  Latb.  Qmsr.  CrueL  et  Int.  Tab.  u. 
figs.  1,  3 ;  this  animal  is  found  in  the  Mediterranean,  where  it  lives  in  a 
kind  of  gelatinous  keg,  open  at  both  ends,  probably  from  a  dead  Beroi. 

VOL.  I.  42 


Digitized  by 


Google 


658  CLASS  X. 

Primno  Gu^RlN. 
Themisto  Gu^rin. 

See  GulRiN  JI£Sm.  delaSoc,  tTffiit.  ntU.  de  Parit,  19.  pp.  37^3^i 
PL  43  ;  Kboxtbb  Oroenl,  Amjip.  pp.  63—68,  Tdh.  TV,  figs.  16,  17. 

Phraatna  Bisso,  Dactylocera  Latb. 
Anchylomera  Edw. 
Hieraoonyx  Orjsisxs, 

Hyperia  Late,  Antenn®  four.  Feet  slender,  terminated  by 
an  incuryed  hook.    Trunk  broad,  gibbous  above;  tail  attenuated. 

Zestrigonua  Edw.,  Tyro  Edw.,  Phorcus  Edw.,  Hyperia  Edw., 
Jf<5^oecfw  Kbobteb. 

8p.  Byptrioi  LatrmXHi  Edw.,  Awn,  <ki  &.  wot.  zx.  PL  11,  figB.  1—7. 
GuiBiN  Iconogr,,  Orutt.  PL  95,  fig.  5;  ffidla  Or&^ii  Stbaub-Dubge* 
Hxnc,  MSm,  du  Mui.  xnn.  1829,  PL  4. 

Note, — ^Genus  Davra  Edw.,  is  distinguished  by  having  only  two 
short  anteniue,  and  by  the  second  pair  of  feet  being  didactyloos. 
MeMkvA  ElaoETEB,  furnished  with  four  short  subulate  autenne, 
differs  from  the  other  Hyperia  by  the  first  and  second  pairs  of  feet 
being  shorter  and  terminated  by  a  didactylous  chela.  Gmenl. 
Amfip,  pp.  60—63,  Tab.  iv.  fig.  15. 

Family  XXIII.  Oammarina.  Foot-jaws  large,  conjoined  at 
the  base,  forming  an  accessory  inferior  labium,  covering  the  ciba- 
rious  organs;  cloven  anteriorly  into  two  laminae,  and  on  the  outside 
sustaining  an  articulate  palp.  Last  caudal  feet  terminated  by 
appendages  styliform,  more  rarely  foliaceous,  not  resembling  a  fin. 
Head  congruous. 

Gomp.  H.  Eboitxb  Nye  norduhe  Slagter  og  Arter,  kenJOrende  til  Famir 
Um  Oammarina,  TSdnhnfi.  iv.  1843,  pp.  141 — 166. 

A.  Lateral  parts  of  segments  of  trunk  [epimerc^  moderate,  not 
covering  the  bases  of  feet.  Abdominal  feet  six;  the  last  terminated 
by  two  small  oVal  laminae. 

Vibilia  Edw. 

Corophium  Latr.    Two  inferior  antennae  large,  thick,  pediform. 

Sp.  Cwrofhivm  lonffieome.  Cancer  grostipei  L.,  Oni$Gu$  wlutator  Pill., 
MieeeU.  Zocl.  Tab.  it.  fig.  30,  J^.  Zod.  ix.  T»b.  4,  fig.  9,  Gbovot. 
Zcophjflae,  Tab.  xvn.  fig.  7,  Gu^rik  Iconoffr,,  Onut.  PL  27,  ^.  i. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  659 

Add  genera :  Cerapua  Say,  AtyUia  liKAca,  Fodoeenu  Leach,  &c. 
Gomp.  MiLNB  Edwabds,  ffiH.  NaL  des  Crust,  m.  pp.  6% — 70. 
Genus  Erickthanius  Milnb  Edwabbs,  on  the  authority  of  Kboeyeb, 
does  not  differ  from  Podacerus^  but  rests  on  a  sexual  difference  of 
the  males.     Tidsshr.  lY.  1842,  pp.  163,  164. 

B.  Four  first  segments  of  tnmk  with  epimera  large,  covering 
the  bases  of  feet.  Abdominal  feet  six;  the  last  terminated  by 
styles,  serving  with  the  apex  of  the  incurved  tail  for  jumping. 

Body  depressed.  Anterior  either  all  or  the  inferior  terminated 
by  a  filament  setaceous,  multiarticnlate. 

TaUirus  Latr.  Mandibles  furnished  with  a  rudiment  only  of 
palp  or  destitate  of  palp.  Superior  antennas  not  longer  than  head, 
shorter  than  the  pedicle  of  inferior;  inferior  elongate* 

Gtonera  :  TdUtrue  and  OrehegUa  Leach. 

Sp.  TaHifUM  ioUator  E0W.»  C(xncer  loeutta  L.,  Pall.  Spie.  Zool.  ix.  T»b.  4^ 
£g,  7,  Dbsmab.  Onut.  PL  45,  fig.  2,  Cuv.  JL  AnL  id.  ill,  Onut,  PI.  59, 
fig.  3.  ThiB  little  animal,  about  )"  in  size,  is  veiy  conunon  on  the  Dutch 
coast,  where  it  is  constantly  progresBing  in  the  sand  by  jumping. 

Orchettia  is  distinguished  by  the  sheer^shaped  form  of  the  first  and 
second  pairs  of  feet;  the  second  pair  has  a  large  oval  joint  at  the  apex,  on 
which  the  moveable  curved  daw  is  set;  here  belongs  Orehedia  Uttorta 
JjitAOH,  Basteb  Natuurk.  Uittp.  n.  Tab.  3,  figs.  7^  8,  Dksicab.  Crutt, 
PI.  45,  fig.  3. 

Gamfnarus  Latr.     (Species  from  genus   Cfammarus  Fabr.). 

Mandibles  famished  with  palp.  Superior  antennee  always  longer 

than  the   peduncle  of  inferior,  sometimes   longer  than  inferior 
themselyes. 

Sub-genera:  Lysianassa  Edw.  {Anoni^  !^boeter),  AUbrotua 
Edw.  (JJyaicmoMa  previously),  Phliaa  Qcvisss^  Actmthonotus  Owen, 
Iseta  Edw.,  Anisopua  Templet.,  Amphitoe  Leach,  Gammarut  Edw., 
Isehyrocerus  ELboeteb,  Leucothoe  Leach  {Lycesta  Say.)  and  some 
others  proposed  by  Kroeyer  1.  L 

Sp.  ChtMMuruM  fuvialUU  Edw.,  OammaruM  ptdex  KooB,  B<bs>l  /im.  m. 
Suppl  Tab.  62 ;  KocH  and  Gbbtais  distinguish  this  species  as  Oammarut 
Raudii  from  Chmmarut  ptdex  Fabb.,  Dbbxab.  Onult,  PI.  45,  fig.  8,  Qaimr 
marus  fotwrvm  KooH  in  Hsrrioh-Sohafrb  DtniUchl.  Int.  Heft  138, 
Tab.  I.    L1KKAU8  has  confounded  not  only  these  two  species,  but  also 

42—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


660  CLASS  X. 

othen,  M  OrehaHa  UUorta,  under  the  niune  of  Ccmeerpidet,  SjfA  Mi,  ed. 
la,  I.  p.  1055 ». 

OamnuMTUS  ptdex  Fabb.,  Gsby.  is  rerj  oommon  in  ponds.  The  female 
carries  her  eggs  under  the  body  »t  the  hase  of  the  feet»  until  the  young 
emerge.  B<B8IL  ssw  the  animals  nibbling  »t  roots,  fraxtB,  and  other  parii 
of  plants  which  he  gave  them.  Usually,  however,  they  live  on  animal 
food,  and  according  to  Di  Geer,  do  not  spare  eren  the  bodies  of  their 
companions.  They  attain  a  length  of  about  1".  The  hinder  end  of  tlie 
body  is  always  bent  downwards.  Compare  also  on  this  species  J.  C 
Zevkbb  J>e  Crammari  pulicis  Fabb.  ffiM.  naiurali  et  »anffuim$  dratitu 
commentaHo,  Aecedit  Tab.  cm.  Jens,  1833,  4to,  and,  on  the  diffuenoe  of 
the  two  species,  Gbbvaib  Ann.  da  8e.  ntU.  le  S&ie,  iv.  1835,  Zodit^ 
pp.  117,  138. 

Order  IX.     Stamatcpoda. 

Two  compound  ejes,  placed  on  a  biarticnlate  moveable  petiole. 
Antennas  four,  placed  nearly  in  the  same  horizontal  row;  internal 
long,  terminated  bj  two  or  three  multiarticulate  sets,  extenud 
mostly  famished  at  the  base  with  an  oval  ciliated  lamina.  Feet  of 
trunk  mostly  in  seven  or  six  pairs,  more  rarelj  eight.  Mouth 
inferior,  often  situated  between  the  bases  of  anterior  feet.  Branchiae 
mostly  adhering  to  the  caudal  feet,  more  rarely  to  the  thoracic,  never 
covered.  Tail  mostly  terminated  posteriorly  by  a  foliaceous  pinna. 
Shell  thin,  in  many  almost  membranous. 

Family  XXTV.  Unipekata,  Body  elongate,  narrow.  Cephalo- 
thoracic  shield  elongate,  often  produced  over  the  back  of  the  ante- 
rior segments  of  trunk.  Anterior  segment  of  cephalothoracic  shield, 
bearing  the  middle  antenna  and  eyes,  distinct.  One  pair  of  max- 
illiform  feet  slender,  elongate.  Seven  pairs  of  feet  in  trunk  or 
thorax;  first  pair  large,  with  last  joint  mostly  felcate,  dentate  in- 
ternally; second,  third  and  fourth  pairs  shorter,  approximate  to 
mouth,  terminated  by  an  oval  hand  and  moveable  hook;  three  last 
pairs  slender,  remote,  mostly  furnished  with  a  styliform  appendage. 
Of  caudal  feet  six  pairs;  the  first  five  mostly  bearing  branchite  of 


^  From  a  passage  in  the  Fanna  Suecica  p.  246  "habiieU  ad  Uttora  marit  vulgar 
HmvMU*  it  would  seem,  that  Liknaub  probably  by  Cancer  pulex  had  a  species  in  viev 
different  from  (romffiantf  pulex  or  JiuviatUis,  perhaps  Oammartts  loeutta  Fabr.  ;  that 
he  also  confounded  OrchetHa  with  it  appears,  however,  from  his  citation  of  Bastbs. 
Henoe  it  is  impossible  to  quote  with  justice  Cancer  pulex  L.  as  a  synonym  of  » 
determinate  species. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  681 

many  filaments  set  pectinatelj  on  a  peduncular  cirrus;  last  pair  ter- 
minated bj  two  laminsB  oval,  depressed,  forming  the  pinna  of  tail. 

SquiUa  Fabb.  (in  part).  Cephalothoracic  shield  tripartite  from 
two  longitudinal  furrows,  not  covering  the  last  segment  of  trunk 
at  least,  mostly  not  covering  the  three  last  segments.  Branchias 
distinct  adhering  to  the  first  five  pairs  of  abdominal  feet. 

Comp.  Latbsilue  Encyd,  mith.,  BUt,  not,,  Int,  Tom.  x.  pp.  467 — 475. 

Caronia  Latb.    Six  last  feet  of  trunk  with  appendage  oval,  plane, 
membranous. 

Sp.   CoronU  ioolopendra  Latb.,  GuiBiN  Iconogr,,  Onut»  PL  14,  £g,  1,  &c. 

SquiUa  Latr.  (and  Oo7U>dactylu8  ejusd.).     Six  last  feet  of  trunk 
with  appendage  elongate,  styliform. 

Sp.  SquiUa  BcyUairw  Fabb.,  Buhphiub  AnA,  BariteUkam,  Tab.  ni.  fig.  r  ;— 
SquiUa  ehimgra  Hkbbst,  KrdNtm,  Tab.  34,  fig.  1,  Latbeillb  EneycL 
mith,,  Crutt.  et  Ina,  PL  325,  fig.  a.  These  species,  in  which  the  tennioal 
joint  of  the  shears  is  almost  or  entirely  toothless  and  swollen  at  the  base, 
form  the  genus  Qonodactyhu  Latb.  In  most  species  this  joint  is  small, 
canred  and  densely  toothed  within.  As,  for  example,  SquUla  mantU  Fabb. 
(Cancer  immH»  L.  in  part),  Dbsmab.  Croat,  PL  41,  fig.  9,  from  the  Medi- 
terranean, SqviUa  maculata  Bumfh.  Tab.  dt.  ^.  b,  finom  the  Mo- 
luccas, Ac 

SquiUerichthm  Edw. 

Erichtkus  Latr.,  Smerdis  Leach.  Shell  of  cephalothorax  not 
sulcate,  produced  over  the  last  three  segments  of  trunk.  Rudi- 
ments alone  of  branchiae,  adhering  to  the  first  pair  of  caudal  feet,  or 
branchisB  none  distinct. 

Sp.  Brichlkm  vUreui  Latb.,  SqttUla  vtirea  Fabb.,  Smerdit  vulgarit  Lxaoh, 
Dbbm.  Cnut.  PL  44,  fig.  1,  Ac. 

Alima  Leach. 

CJomp.  on  this  and  the  preceding  genus,  Lbaoh  in  Tuokbt's  Nourratvfit 
of  on  JBxpedition  to  explore  the  river  Zoiire,  London,  181 8,  4to,  pp.  415, 
416,  and  fig.  PL  xi. 

Family  XXV,  BipeUcUa.  Cephalothoracic  shield  membranous, 
pellucid,  produced  over  the  segments  of  trunk.  Middle  antennas 
terminated  by  two  filaments.  Six  pairs  of  feet  slender,  elongate, 
furnished  with  a  cirrus  multiarticulate,  pilose. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


662  CLASS  X. 

FhyUosoma  Leach.  Body  depressed,  covered  by  two  shidda, 
the  first  oval,  the  second  transverse,  placed  above  the  trunk.  Eyes 
set  upon  a  long  petiole. 

Gomp.  LXAOH  in  Tuokit's  EtpedU,  to  the  Zaire,  pp.  416^  417,  and  fig. 
PL  II.,  Journal  de  Physique,  Tom.  86,  18 18,  pp.  306,  307,  Gii^Bnr  Jf^ 
iur  rOrgamitaiion  dee  PhyUoaomee  ft  Mcnographie  de  ce  genre  de  CVatif. 
Magasin  de  Zocl.  1833,  CL  vn.  PI.  6 — 13,  C.  Gigknbaue  UeberPhfimma 
in  SiEBOLD  and  Koilltksb  Zeiitch.  /.  wieaeiMch.  ZooL  v.  1853,  p.  351- 
The  latter  author,  from  *the  consideration  of  the  circulationy  which  in  lis 
more  minute  details  agrees  with  that  of  the  decapods,  thinks  that  PkyUo- 
soma  ought  to  be  arranged  with  these. 

a)  Eaotemal  antenna  setaceous,  longer  than  internal.  Abdomen  distinci 
firom  trunk,  divided  into  segments,  with  terminal  innna. 

Sp.  Phyllosoma  commune  Tuokkt  1.  1.,  ¥rith  fig.,  Dxsmab.  OrwsL  PL  44t 
fig.  $,—PhyUosoma  davicome  Tuokbt  ibid,  with  fig.,  Dbskab.  ilnd.  fig.  4* 

b)  EaOeimdl  anOmnos  lamellote,  increased  by  a  lobe  at  the  baae,  barter  than 
internal.  Abdomen  yery  short  or  triangular,  oontinuous  with  the  shield 
of  trunk. 

Sp.  Phyllosoma  laticome  Tuokbt  L  L,  Cancer  eassideus  J.  Fobsteb,  Natar- 
fors^Ker  xvii.  pp.  ao6 — 213,  T^b.  5. 

Most  of  the  species  come  from  the  Indian  and  Afiican  seas;  yet  one 
species  from  the  Mediterranean  is  known.  These  animals  gaye  occasiofD  to 
the  name  of  the  fiunily  which  does  not  apply  to  the  following  genus. 

Amphvm  Edw.  Shell  elongate,  oblong,  continaoas,  covering 
head  and  all  the  segments  of  trunk.  Tail  narrow,  conical,  com- 
posed of  seven  segments,  terminated  by  a  flabelliform  pinna.  Ex- 
ternal antennas  long,  famished  with  an  oval  scale  at  the  base, 
filiform. 

Sp.  Amphvm  Iteynaudii  Milkb  Eowabds,  Ann.  de  la  Soe.  entomoL  L  1831, 
pp.  336—340,  PI.  la  ▲,  ffist.  not.  des  Crust.  PL  18,  fig.  8. 

Family  XXVI.  Caridundea  or  Schtzopoda.  Shell  covering 
head  and  trunk,  descending  to  the  sides  over  the  bases  of  feet,  com- 
pressed. Abdomen  long,  made  up  of  seven  segments,  the  seventh 
with  two  lamellsB  of  the  last  abdominal  feet  on  each  side  composing 
a  flabelliform  pinna.     Feet  of  trunk  slender,  natatory. 

This  fiunily  forms  by  its  habiius  the  transition  to  tiie  folloiring) 
from  which,  however,  it  differs  by  the  absence  of  shear-shaped  feet 
and  by  the  gills  not  being  included  within  the  shell 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  663 

Leudjkr  THOMPSON,  Edw.  Head  narrow,  produced  into  a  pe- 
duncle sustaining  the  antennsa  and  petiolate  eyes,  longer  than  the 
thoracic  shield.  Abdomen  slender,  elongate,  with  segments  oblong. 
(Branchiae  unknown.) 

Compare  Eowabdb  HuA,  not,  dea  Cnut.  n.  pp.  467 — ^469,  FUte  36, 
fig.  TO.     Habit,  excepting  the  head,  nearly  that  of  Alima, 

Thyaanopua  {Thysanopoda  Edw.).  Shell  anteriorly  acuminate,  or 
supplied  with  a  rostrum.  Maxilliform  feet  none.  Eight  pairs  of 
feet  of  trunk;  first  seven  slender,  supplied  with  a  cirrus  or  long 
external  oar.  Branchiae  ramose,  fasciculate,  adhering  to  the  base 
of  thoracic  feet,  free.  First  fire  pairs  of  abdominal  feet  bifid, 
natatory. 

Sp.  ThjfMnoput  trieutpidaiut  MuiKB  Edwards,  Atm,dei8c.  not,  Tom.  XUL 
1830,  pp.  451—460,  PL  19,  ffitt,  not,  de$  Crmt.  PL  a6,  fig.  i. 

Cynthia  Thompson. 

Myais  Latr.  Shell  with  rostrum  none  or  very  short  anteriorly, 
deeply  emarginate  posteriorly.  Antennae  long,  external,  with  a 
basal  lamellose  appendage.  Two  pairs  of  maxilliform  feet.  Six 
pairs  of  feet  of  trunk  natatory,  furnished  with  a  long  external 
articulate  cirrus.    Branchiae  none  distinct. 

Sp.  Mysis  JUaeuoia,  Cancer  Jiexitosus  Muell.^  Zod.  danie.  Tab.  66,  figs.  1—9, 
Hbbbbt  KttMen,  Tab.  34,  figs.  8,  9,  Bathke  Beitr.  eur  Fauna  Norweffens, 
pp.  18 — 20,--JtiynM  oculata,  Cancer  oculahu  O.  F.  Fabbioo  Fauna  GranU, 
pp.  945,  fig.  I  (copied  in  Hbbbst  Tab.  34,  figs.  5,  6),  Ac.  The  size  of  the 
species  of  this  genus  varies  from  6'" — i" ;  their  synonymy  is  stUl  very 
nncertain  and  confused. 

The  thin  dorsal  shield  or  the  shell  probably  senres  for  respiration,  as  in 
Apu8,  Compare  on  the  stmcture  of  this  genus  H.  Fbbt  u.  Lxugkabt, 
JBeUrdffe  eur  Kenaitniee  mrbeUoeer  Thiere,  Braunschweig,  1847,  4to,  s. 
no— 130. 


Family  of  uncertain  position.     Oumaoea  Kboeter. 
Cuma  Edw. 

Compare  Edwabdb  Ann,  dee  Se,  not.  zm.  1848,  pp.  194—- 296. 
Edwabds,  at  a  later  period  {ffiet.  not,  dee  Cruei,  m.  p.  553)  announced 
the  opinion  that  this  genns  has  no  founda*km»  and  that  the  little  animal 


Digitized  by 


Google 


661  CLASS  X. 

obfenred  by  him  might  fbbUj  be  the  brm  of  aome  decapod.  KBOmi 
{Tidtihr.  ni.  1841^  pp.  503—534)  hss  refuted  this,  hftTin|^  ibond  other 
species  of  this  form,  uid  females  with  eggs  in  a  sac  beneath  the  abdamau 
Cfuma  is  thus  an  adult  animaL  It  has  no  eyes,  almost  the  fbnn  of  a 
long-tailed  decapod,  but  fiye  thoracic  rings  are  not  ooTered  by  the  sheD. 
The  superior  antenns  are  short,  the  inferior  in  the  fiemale  Ytry  short  and 
rudimentary,  in  the  male  long.  The  feet  haye  no  shears.  These  anioBsb 
resemble  the  Caridina,  but  perhaps  better  still  might  they  be  rc&fred  to 
the  stomapods.  GrOODSiB  and  Kboxteb  hftve  adopted  some  new  genera 
in  this  small  fiunily:  Leueon  Kboitxb,  Bodolria  Goodbib  and  Alatna 
GooDsm,  which  last  genos,  howeyer,  Kb(»tkb  characteriaes  dilfiratly. 
See  hereon  Tid$8krift,  iVy  Maekke,  n.  1846,  pp.  133—111. 

Obdeb  X.     Decapoda. 

Two  compoimd  eyes,  placed  on  a  petiole  moveable,  biarticulate. 
AntennsB  four.  Carapace  large,  covering  head,  thorax  and  anterior 
abdomen.  Branchiae  adhering  to  the  base  of  the  posterior  maxilli- 
form  feet  and  of  the  feet  of  trunk,  pyramidal,  covered  by  the  sides 
of  the  shield.  Mostly  three  pairs  of  maxilliform  feet,  in  a  few  only 
two  pairs.  Feet  of  trunk  not  changed,  almost  always  in  five  pairs, 
in  some  six.    Mandibles  almost  always  furnished  with  a  palp. 

Most  crustaceans  of  this  order  have  a  very  hard  covering,  and  to  it^ 
with  the  exception  of  the  Limtdiy  the  largest  spe<aes  belong :  bat 
there  are  many  small  ones  alsa  It  is  the  most  numerous  and  the 
most  important  to  man  on  account  of  the  quantity  of  edible  speoBB. 

Section  I.  Macraura.  Post-abdomen  large,  often  longer  than 
cephalothorax.  Penultimate  segment  with  lateral  appendages  form- 
ing with  the  last  segment  a  terminal  pinna  of  the  tail,  mostly 
flabelliform. 

Antennae  long,  the  middle  exsert,  terminated  by  two  or  three 
setaceous  filaments.  Vulvae  situated  in  the  first  joint  of  the  third 
pair  of  feet. 

The  third  pair  of  foot-jaws  are  elongate,  whilst  on  the  contrary 
they  are  broad  in  the  following  division  and  cover  the  oral  apparatus. 
The  caudal  feet  are  mostly  more  developed  than  in  the  following 
division,  and  serve  for  swimming.  The  shell  is  not  so  thick  as  in 
the  BrachyxMra  and  at  the  same  time  less  hard 

Family  XXVII.  Caridina.  Middle  antennae  inserted  mostly 
above  the  lateral,  more  rarely  in  the  same  horizontal  plane  as  lateral. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  665 

Peduncle  of  lateral  antennse  entirely  corcred  by  a  large  scale. 
Body  compressed,  with  post-abdomen  incurred.  Integuments  thin, 
almost  membranous. 

Acetea  Edw.  Maxilliform  feet  in  two  pairs.  Only  four  pairs  of 
feet  of  trunk,  the  last  two  pairs  being  deficient;  all  filiform,  long, 
none  didactylous. 

Sp.  Ac€te$  indicut  Edwabdb,  Ann.  dea  Se.  noL  zn.  1830,  p.  350,  PL  xi. 
fig.  I. 

Serffestes  Edw.    Maxilliform  feet  in  two  pairs.    Feet  of  trunk 
in  six  pairs,  filiform,  slender,  last  pair  yeiy  small,  none  didactylous. 
Sp.  8erg.  oOanHcua  MiLNi  Edwabds,  Ann,  da  Se,  ma.  xix.  PI.  x.  fig.  i. 

PencBua  Fabr.  Feet  slender,  furnished  with  a  palpiform  lamel- 
lose  appendage  at  the  base;  three  anterior  pairs  armed  with  a  small 
didactylous  chela.    Lateral  antennas  yeiy  long.     Shell  carinate. 

Sp.  Peiugus  nUcaiui,  Pakenwn  mdeaiut  Oliy.,  Edw.  ffiti,  not,  dea  OruH, 
PI.  25,  fig.i ;— Pemna  tr%auicaiu9  Lxaoh,  Desmab.  Oru$t.  PL  39,  tg,  3  ^-~ 
Pencev*  adifenu,  Cancer  aetifenu  L.,  Seba  l^eaaur,  m.  Tab.  17,  fig.  9 
(copied  in  Encyd.  nUth.,  Ortut,  PI.  igj,  ^g,  4)  &c. 

Add  genera:  Sicyonia  Edw.,  Euphema  Edw.,  Stenopua  Latr., 
Ariiteus  Duvkknot. 

^pJiyra  Eoux. 

Pasiphasa  Sationt.     (In  these  and  the  following  genus  only  two 
anterior  pairs  of  feet  are  didactylous.) 

Oplophorus  Edw. 

Pal(jem(m  Dald.,  Fabr.  Middle  antennae  superior,  with  three 
setflB.  Shell  carinate  in  the  middle,  keel  produced  anteriorly  into 
a  recurved  serrated  rostrum.  Feet  of  trunk  in  fire  pairs,  without 
palp  or  lateral  appendage ;  two  anterior  pairs  didactylous. 

Sp.  Pakmon  aquiUa  Fabr.,  Cancer  aquUla  L.,  Bastes  Naiuurh.  UUapann, 
n.  Tah.  ra.  fig.  5,  Gu^bin  leonogr,,  CruaL  PL  22,  fig.  i ;  the  prawn 
(aleurhrab,  creffette,  aaUeocque)  ftc.  A  fonil  species,  from  the  lithogmphio 
stone^  Palamon  apimpea,  of  which ^Bajbb  (Oryelogr.  Norica,  1758,  Tab. 
vm.  Svppl.  fig.  9)  and  Waloh  and  Ejtobb  haye  given  figures,  the  last  of 
which  is  copied  by  Debhabbst  CruaL  foaaUea,  Tab.  xi.  ig.  4,  appears  to 
stand  between  Pakanon  and  SergeaUa  and  has  long  spines  on  the  fore  feet. 

Add  genera :  PcmdaluB  Leach,  Lysmata  Bisso. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


666  CLASS  X. 

Htppolyte  Leach.  Middle  anteime  siqierior,  with  two  sete,  the 
external  seta  excavated  beneath,  external  antennie  with  a  lamel- 
lose  appendage  elongate,  obtoBe,  and  a  long  mnltiarticalate  ^ta. 
Shell  carinate,  supplied  anteriorlj  with  a  serrated  frontal  rostrom. 
Third  pair  of  maxilliform  feet  narrow,  mostly  furnished  with  a 
pilose  palp  at  the  base.  Fire  pairs  of  feet,  the  two  anterior  didac- 
lylous.  Abdomen  gibbous,  with  third  segment  large,  fourth  in- 
flected beneath,  and  incurred. 

Sp.  HippclyU  Sowerh^  Lsach,  Dbsmab.  Onut.  PL  39,  fig.  i,  Ac.  Gompare 
on  this  gwofl  H.  Kbostxk  in  KonffeL  IkmtU  VidenHr.  Stbk.  nofwr.  eg 
math.  Afh,  ix.  1849,  pp.  109 — ^360. 

Bhynehocmetea  Edw. 
GncOhophyllutn  Latr. 

Alpheua  Fabr. 

PonUmia  Tjltil 

Sp.  PonUmia  tjprrketM  La9B.,  Alpheut  piimopk^lax  OtTO,  Nov,  Act.  Acad, 
Oce$,  Leop,  Carol,  zn.  1818,  Tab.  xu.  figs,  i,  9. 

Add  genera :  Athanaa  Leach,  NiJIca  Kisso,  Atya  Leach  and  some 
others,  on  which  see  Milzte  Edwabds,  ffisL  ncU.  des  CrutL  n. 
pp.  347—366. 

Orangon  Fabr.  Four  antenna  inserted  almost  in  the  same 
plane,  dilated  at  the  base,  terminated  bj  a  double  filament.  Shell 
depressed,  with  a  yery  short  anterior  process.  Five  pairs  of  feet, 
first  pair  thicker  than  the  rest,  subdidactjlous,  with  internal  finger 
very  short,  immoveable. 

Sp.  Orangon  vulgaria  Fabb.,  Oaneer  erangon  It.,  Bobsbl  Ins.  m.  Tth.  63, 
Babteb  Natuurk.  UUtp.  n.  Tftb.  m.  figs,  j — 4,  Th.  Bell  BriL  CnuL^ 
p.  156.  The  Shrimp,  erepette  ;  attains  a  length  of  fdllj  a" ;  the  second  pur 
of  feet  iB  about  aa  long  as  the  third ;  this  species  is  Yery  oommon  on  our 
shores,  and  weU  known  on  account  of  the  agreeable  taste  of  its  fiesh.  In 
some  other  species  the  second  pair  of  feet  is  very  short.  Theij  form  the 
genus  Egeon  Riaso,  PoniophiUu  Lsaoh. 

Add  genera :  Sabinea  Owen,  Argia  Kboeter. 

Compare  Kboitxb  Tidsshr.  iv.  1849,  pp.  26^,  168. 


^  A  HiMory  of  BrkUK  Onutaeea,  by  Th.  Bbll.    London,  1844  to  1848,  8vo.  (only 
Ti.  parts  have  yet  appeared ;  this  work  contains  yery  beaiitiftil  wood-cots). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CBUSTACEA.  667 

Family  XXVIII.  Astadna.  Four  antennse  inserted  in  nearly 
the  same  transverse  line,  unequal,  the  middle  with  two  setae,  shorter. 
Anterior  feet  chelate.  Shell  mostly  hard,  calcareous.  Branchisd 
fasciculate,  composed  of  cylindrical  filaments. 

Astcums  Gronoy.,  Fabb.  Lamellar  appendage,  dentiibrm  or 
hastate,  mostly  small,  at  the  base  of  lateral  antennae.  Three  first 
pairs  of  feet  didactylous,  first  pair  large,  thick.  Caudal  pinna  with 
lateral  lamellae  bipartite  transversely. 

Nephfrop8  Leach.  Scale  at  the  base  of  external  antennse  longer 
than  the  peduncle.  Eyes  large,  reniform.  Frontal  rostrum  elongate, 
denticulate  on  both  aides. 

Sp.  Nephropi  norwegieui  Iaacb,  Oaneer  nonoegicui  h,,  DiSM.  Onut,  PL  37, 
^.  I,  Gir^Biir  Iconogr,,  OnuL  PI.  19,  fig.  i. 

Astacus  Lbaoh  {Astacua  and  HoTnavrua  Edw.). 

a)  Last  segment  of  thorax  mobile.  Sqnama  of  external  antenns 
mobile,  acuminate.    A$tacu», 

AMaeua  JkmaHlU  Fabb.,  Chmeer  oMaem  L.,  BaexL  Ins,  m.  Stippl, 
Tab.  54—^1,  Guiaiir  Iconogr,,  Onui,  PL  19,  fig.  2,  HsBBiOH-SoHAFras 
DeittecAZ.  Int.  Heft  186,  Tab.  13 ;  the  cray-fith,  rwer-eray;  attains  a  length 
of  3"  to  4".  Of  this  species,  which  is  dispersed  almost  over  the  whole  of 
Europe,  there  are  some  Tarieties  which  KooH  considers  to  be  species. 
HXBBIOH-SOHAFVES  L  L  Heft  140,  186. 

h)  Last  segment  of  thorax  cohering  with  penultimate  by  an  immoYe- 
able  connexion.  Scale  of  external  antenns  small,  dentiform.  QouMMru* 
OT  ffomartu. 

Sp.  Attaew  marinus,  Cancer  ffammanu  L.,  Basteb  Natwvrk.  UiUp.  n. 
Tab.  I.  DiBXAB.  Onut,  PI.  41,  ^.  i,  the  Muter,  eea-erap;  on  the  coast  of 
Norway  eq>eciaUy. 

Compare  on  the  different  species  of  this  genus  Ebiohsov  Archiv,  1S46, 
pp.  86—103,  375—377. 

Eryon  Desxab.  (Fossil  genus ;  see  Diskab.  BitL  not.  de»  Onut. 
foBiUet,  p.  128.) 

Sp.  Bryan  CvmerU  Disk.,  Bajsbi  Oryeiogr,  nor.  Tab.  8,  Suppl,  fig.  i, 
DiaXABBOT  Onut.  foes.  PL  10,  fig.  3,  in  the  lithographio  stone ;  compare 
Bbovn  Lelh.  ffeogn.  pp.  473,  474. 

Thalasaina  Latb.  Scale  at  the  base  of  external  antennae  mostly 
none,  in  a  few  veiy  small.  Fonr  anterior  feet,  sometimes  only 
two,  didactylous.  Lateral  lamellae  of  caudal  pinna  undivided. 
Posterior  part  of  abdomen  or  tail  elongate. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


668  CLASS  X. 

Compare  Lxaoh  On  the  ckaraeUn  nf  <&«  peniM  Hifclaesinft  of  liATBXQU, 
ZwA,  Hue.  in.  1817,  pp.  17,  18. 

t  Aeeenofry  hranckial  offpmdaget  Cj^ndrieal,  diekoiomous,  adkermg  to 
the  abdominal  feet. 

CaUinidea  Edw. 

Callinisea  Edw.,  Isea  Gu^bin. 

Compare  Gu^BiN  IktcripHon  d'un  noupeau  gmre  de  enutaee  wtacnmrc 
Ann.  de  la  8oe.  entom.  de  France,  i.  1833,  pp.  295 — 300. 

1 1  EiBtemal  Inxtnehia  none, 

a)  Four  anterior  feet  didactyUme, 

ThaloBsina  Latb.  (in  part),  Leach,  Axius  Lkach,  CMianasia 
Leach. 

Sp.  Thalateina  eeorpionidet,  Cancer  anomalut  Hibbst,  Lxaoh  Zoeil.  Mite. 
Tab.  130,  Desxab.  CrvM,  PI.  35,  fig.  i,  Gu&iK  leonogr.,  Oruet.  PL  18, 
fig.  4  ;  from  the  coast  of  Chili ; — OalUanaeea  eubterranea  Lbach,  Dxsxab. 
Cfrtut.  PI.  36,  fig.  7,  GuiRlN  Iconogr.,  Cruet.  PL  19,  ^.  4,  on  aome  parti 
of  the  English  coast  and  in  the  Mediterranean.  According  to  Edwabds 
CaUian.  laUcauda  Otto,  Nov.  Act.  Acad.  Ccee.  Leop.  Car.  Tom.  Jjr. 
Tab.  a  I,  fig.  3,  is  not  specifically  different  from  it. 

b)  Two  anterior  feet  alone  didadyloue. 

Genera :  Gebia  Leach  and  Glaucothoe  Edw.   {Prophylax  Latb.  9) 

ilTo^— -Genus  MegcUopa  Leach,  Megalops  Edw.,  placed  here  by 
Latbeille  between  GcUcUhea  and  the  preceding  genera,  most  be 
suppressed ;  from  the  observations  of  Thompson  and  Rathke  it 
belongs  to  the  earlier  forms  of  brachjurous  Decapods.  The  same 
conclusion  is  to  be  formed  respecting  Monol^oia  Say. 

Thoicfson  Phil.  Trane.  1835,  PP*  358—361,  PL  ▼. ;  Bathxx  BeUr.  c 
Verffl.  Anat.  1841,  p.  46. 

Oahihea  Fabr.  Middle  antenna  short,  geniculate,  terminated 
at  the  apex  by  two  setae ;  external  long,  with  elongate,  multiarticu- 
late  seta,  without  a  scale  at  the  base.  First  pair  of  feet  large, 
chelate;  fifth  pair  of  feet  slender,  recurred.   Shell  ovate,  depressed. 

Galathea  and  Grimothea  Leach. 

Sp.  Oalathea  ttrigoea  Fabb.,  Cancer  etrigotut  L.,  Dbsm.  Cnut.  PL  33,  fig.  '/ 
GuibiN  leonogr.,  Cruet.  PL  17,  fig.  3. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  669 


JEgha  Leach. 


Sp.  JBgUa  Icevit,  Qolathea  loms  Latb.,  Encyel.,  ffiti,  not,  CruH,  PI.  308, 
fig.  9,  DSSMAB.  CruM,  PL  33,  fig.  1. 

ParceUana  Lam.  Middle  antenna  very  short,  hidden  beneath 
frons,  with  double  seta,  external  long,  terminated  by  a  mnltiar- 
ticulate  seta,  and  without  scale  at  the  base.  First  pair  of  feet  didac- 
tjlous,  large,  depressed,  with  chela  large ;  fifth  pair  of  feet  slender, 
recurved.  Shell  depressed,  suborbicular.  Tail  reflected  under 
thorax. 

Sp.  PorceUana  longieomU  Latb.,  Cancer UmgieomUTssvAST,  £neyel.  nUth,, 
Ins.  et  Orrui,  PI.  975,  fig.  3,  Bill  Brit.  Crual,  PL  T93 ;  in  the  Baltic, 
also  on  onr  ooasts.  This  genus  fonnfl  the  tranaition  to  the  Decapoda 
hraehywra.  Lbaoh  distinguishes  this  and  some  other  species  of  PoreeUana 
by  the  name  PUidia,  as  a  separate  genus. 

Family  XXIX.  Lorioaia  {Locustce  Latr.).  Four  antennas 
inserted  almost  in  the  same  transverse  line,  middle  filiform,  bisetose 
at  the  apex,  external  without  scale  at  the  base.  Feet  monodacty- 
lous,  subequal.     Sternum  broad  posteriorly.     Shell  hard. 

Paltnurus  Dald«,  Fabr.  External  antennae  setaceous,  yery 
long,  thick  at  the  base,  aculeate.  Shell  muricate.  Eyes  large^ 
approximate. 

To  this  genus  belong  different  species  of  large  crustaceans,  which  in- 
habit rocky  places  in  various  seas.  In  the  Mediterranean  is  found  Pali* 
nwrua  vtdgaru  Latb.,  Cancer  homarfu  L.  (excL  Synon.),  Dbshab.  Onui, 
PL  31 ;  the  Greeks  named  this  animal  KopafiSs,  the  Romans  locutta,  from 
which  the  French  name  langotute  is  derived.  The  flesh  and  also  the  eggs 
of  these  crays  are  renowned  as  delicacies.  Amongst  the  exotic  species, 
there  are  many  of  which  the  internal  antenna  have  two  long  filaments,  as 
PaUrwriu  gtdtahu  Latb.,  Encyd.y  Ins.  et  Crust.  PL  315,  from  the  West 
Indies,  Pal.  japmicus  Y.  Siebold,  Db  Haan  Fa/un.  japon.,  Crust.  Tab. 
41,  4«,  &c 

ScyUanis  Fabr.  Lateral  antennae  without  filament,  peduncles 
with  joints  foliaceous,  plane,  broad.  Eyes  mostly  very  remote. 
Fifth  pair  of  feet  in  females  subchelate,  with  two  small  fingers. 

Sp.  ScyUarus  arctus  Fabb.,  Cancer  arctus  L.  (ezd.  Synon.),  Sulzbb  Gfeseh. 
der  Ins.  Tab.  31,  fig.  Z,  Cuv.  jR.  Ani.,  id.  ill.,  Crust.  PL  45,  fig.  i ;  in  the 
Mediterranean.  In  ScyUarus  oricntalis  Fabb.,  the  eyes  stand  still  further 
apart,  entirely  at  the  margin  of  the  shell,  which  is  very  broad  forwards 
and  becomes  narrower  backwards.  Rumph.  Amb.  Raritk.  Tab.  n.  fig.  D, 
Dbshab.  Cnalt.  PL  31,  fig.  i.  This  species  forms  the  genus  Thmus 
Lbach.     In  some  species  from  foreign  seas  the  eyes  are  placed  more  in  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


670  CLASS  X. 

middle  of  the  sheU,  and  thia  is  very  broad,  and  indaed  deeply  on  eacii  ode. 
They  form  the  geniu  IhacuM  Lsaoh  ;  to  it  belonga  ScjfUanu  aMtanHaa 
Fabu,,  Bumph.  L  L  fig.  o. 

Familj  XXX.  Anamura  {Ariomala  Latr.).  Four  antenns 
inserted  iiearlj  in  the  same  transverse  row,  or  middle  superior; 
external  antennae  without  scale  at  the  base.  Eyes  placed  on  a 
petiole,  Tery  often  elongate.  Two  or  firar  posterior  feet  less  by  far 
than  the  rest.  Abdominal  feet  imperfect,  small,  deficient  in  some 
of  the  segments.  Lateral  appendages  of  penultimate  segment  of 
abdomen  reflected  at  the  sides,  never  composing  a  flabelliform 
pinna. 

Phalanx  I.  Pagurina  {Poffuridce  Bell).  First  pair  of  feet 
didactylous,  chelate.  Appendages  of  penultimate  segment  of  abdo- 
men short,  composed  mostly  of  two  parts,  incurved,  inserted  on 
a  short  peduncle,  not  foliaceous.  Integuments  of  abdomen  often 
soft,  membranous. 

PaguTus  Dald.,  Fabr.  Abdomen  contorted,  membranous,  sup- 
plied with  thin  calcareous  laminae  scattered  in  the  back.  Foorth 
and  fifth  pairs  of  feet  very  short,  subequal. 

Fagurtu  Latr.     Middle  antennsB  short,   with  two  very  short 
terminal  sets. 

Sp.  Pagwrut  BemkardHi  Fabb.,  Cancer  BemKardug  L.,  Bwamxesdax 
Bifbd  d«r  Nat.  Tab.  xi.  Dbbhab.  OmT.  PL  30,  fig.  9,  the  hermit'cnb; 
Uyet  in  different  torbinated  BheUa,  when  fiiU-grown  in  the  shell  of  Bttc- 
cinmm  ufuletfttm. 

iVbte.—Add  genua  CanetUvM  Edw. 

Compare  Milnb  Edwabdb  Ob9ervalums  tur  let  Pagwree,  &c..  Awn.  da 
Sc,  ma.  ie  S^e  n.  1836,  Zool.  pp.  157—188,  PL  13,  14 ;  ejnad.  i^ 
^[uetquee  notsveUet  eephes  du  genre  Pagvire,  Ann.  dee  Sc.  mU.  siteie  86ne  x. 
1848,  Zool.  pp.  59—64. 

Goonolnta  Latb.     Middle  antennae  long,  with  peduncle  elongate 
and  two  unequal  setSB,  one  of  them  long. 

Sp.  Cfamchita  J>i4)gene9  Latb.,  EneycL  m&h.,  Orud.  PL  284,  figs.  3,  3i 
Edwabdb  ffiel.  nai.  dee  Onut.  PL  11,  figs.  11 — 13. 

Birgus  Leach.  Abdomen  broad,  covered  above  by  a  tabulate 
calcareous  crust,  membranous  below.    Fourth  and  fifth  pairs  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  671 

feet  chelate,  unequal,  the   last  much  smaller.    Middle  antennae 
elongate,  with  two  unequal  setae  at  the  apex. 

Sp.  Sirgui  UUro,  Pagwnu  UOro  Fabb.,  Dsbmab.  Cfruit,  PL  30,  fig.  3. 

Phalanx  11.  Htppaidea.  First  pair  of  feet  monodactjlous  or 
subchelate.  Four  or  six  following  feet  with  last  joint  pinniform, 
lamellose.  Fifth  pair  of  feet  short,  thin,  incurved.  Penultimate 
segment  of  tail  with  two  appendages  on  each  side  lamellose,  oval, 
ciliate.     Shell  ohlong. 

Hippa  Fabb.  (exclusive  of  some  species).  External  antennae 
very  long,  terminated  hy  a  multiarticulate  ciliated  seta.  First  pair 
of  feet  with  terminal  joint  lamelliform. 

Sp.  Hippa  emeriia,  Cancer  emerihu  h,,  DiaCAB.  Cfruti.  PL  39,  ^,  ^,  on  the 
coast  of  Bnzi]. 

Remipea  Latb.  Middle  antennae  bisetose  at  the  apex,  longer 
than  external.    First  pair  of  feet  long,  with  last  joint  acuminate. 

Sp.  Bemipa  tettudinariui  Latb.,  Hippa  adactyla  Fabb.,  Cut.  K  AnLid,  i. 
PL  la,  fig.  2,  Besxab.  Onut,  PL  29,  fig.  i,  from  the  ooaat  of  New 
Holland. 

AUninea  Dald.,  Fabr.  (in  part).  Middle  antennaa  longer  than 
external,  terminated  hj  a  single  seta,  very  long.  Anterior  feet  sub- 
chelate, with  moveable  finger  incurved.  Shell  oblong,  with  anterior 
margin  broader,  almost  straight. 

Sp.  Albunea  tymnuta  Fabb.,  Bbsmab.  Cnut,  PL  39,  fig.  5,  Gu^bik  leonogr., 
OniM,  PL  15,  fig.  I,  from  the  Indian  Ocean. 

Section  II.  Decapoda  brachyura  {KleiatagnathaYKBR.).  Tail 
or  posterior  part  of  abdomen  small,  reflected  forwards,  almost 
always  received  in  a  furrow  of  sternum,  not  terminated  by  a  pinna, 
with  appendages  filiform,  in  females  oviferous,  not  natatory.  Third 
pair  of  maxilliform  feet  broad,  covering  the  cibarious  organs.  Vulvae 
mostly  situated  in  sternum,  between  the  bases  of  third  pair  of  feet. 

Antenn»  short ;  middle  received  in  a  farrow  under  the  anterior 
margin  of  shell  in  most,  terminated  by  a  double  subulate  seta. 

A.  Two  or  four  last  feet  inserted  towards  the  back,  not  in  the 
same  plane  with  anterior  feet. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


672  CLASS  X. 

Familj  XXXI.     Xaicpoda  Latb. 

t  VultXB  at  the  base  cf  third  pair  qfjeet. 

Banina  JjAM.  (Species  of  Albunea  Fabr.).  Anteiui»  short. 
Shell  oblong,  oval  or  obtrigonaL  ChelsB  compressed.  Tail  short, 
extended. 

Sp.  JZohmm  daUata  Ljltb.,  Cancer  rammwM  L.,  Rumfh.  AwA.  Itarileiik. 
Tab.  vii.  ^.  T,  ▼,  GuiBiH  Jamogr.,  CrutL  PL  14,  fig.  3,  D»  Haam 
Ormd,,  Fmm.  Jap.  Tah,  xxxiT.  zxxt.  figs.  1—4 ;  from  tlie  Uand  of 
Hamitiiii  to  Ji^Mn. 

NcU. — ^Add  genen:  Natopui  Di  Haah  {Noiopui  donipet  from  wliich 
SaninMm  Edw.  fcarody  diffen),  RaniUa  £dw.  and  Lyreidut  Di  Haas. 

Hamola  Leach.  External  antennae  terminated  by  a  long  seta, 
middle  not  received  in  a  sulcus  of  firons.  Shell  oblongo-quadrate, 
spinose.  Tail  inflected  beneath.  Feet  elongate ;  fifth  pair  of  feet 
dorsal,  subcheliform. 

1^.  Homola  tphUfrom  LiaOH,  Dismab.  Onui,  PL  17,  fig.  i,  from  the  Hedi- 
ternuiean.    Thu  genus,  like  the  preoeding,  liM  allumoe  with  Hippo. 

Lithodea  Lats.  Shell  obcordate,  anteriorly  rostrate,  aculeate 
and  tuberculate.  External  antennas  terminated  by  a  long  seta. 
Tail  inflected  beneath.  Second,  third  and  fourth  pairs  of  feet  long, 
spinose ;  fifth  pair  of  feet  minute,  almost  hidden  under  the  posterior 
margin  of  shell,  cylindrical,  with  apex  didactylous,  obtuse. 

8p.  JAAodei  aretiea  Lax.,  Cancer  ffu^  (excL  Syn.)  PoNTOFpmAjr  Narffa 
Naiurl,  Hid.  n.  p.  186  (with  fig.  »t  p.  176),  HnBST  KnAhm,  Tih.  xr., 
Dbucab.  CruM.  PL  45.  This  species,  living  in  the  North  Sea,  is  named 
Trcldkrahbe^  DeviTt  Crab.  The  feet  measure  foUy  4  feet,  although  the 
shell  18  not  laiger  than  5  inohee. 

Droma  Dald.,  Fabr.  Internal  antennas  received  in  sulcus  of 
frons.  Shell  orbicular,  very  convex.  Feet  short  or  moderate ;  four 
or  more  rarely  {Dynomene  Latr.)  two  last  dorsal,  subcheliform  at 
the  apex. 

Sp.  Dr^mia  Jtumpkii,  Caneer  DronUa  h.,  Rumph.  Amb.  RarUeUk.  Tab.  zi. 
fig.  I ; — Drfmianodipet'LA.TK.,  Guiaor  leonogr.,  Crud.  PL  14,  fig.  66,  &c 
lliese  eruBtaoeans  leize  with  their  hind  feet,  which  are  placed  on  the  back, 
different  objects  met  with  in  the  lea,  Alcffonidia,  aponges,  &c.,  and  fix 
them  aa  a  covering  on  the  shelL 

tt  Female  orifices  of  generation  in  the  middle  of  sternum, 
between  the  bases  of  third  pair  offset. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  673 

Dorippe  Dald.,  Fabr.  Shell  depressed,  anteriorly  narrower, 
truncated.  Second  and  third  pairs  of  feet  very  long,,  with  last 
joint  long,  sutulate ;  fourth  and  fifth  pairs  dorsal,  short,  sutcheli- 
form.     Tail  inflected  downwards. 

Sp.  Dorippe  ktnata  'Boao,  Cancer  lanattu  L.,  Desicab.  Onut.  PL  17,  fig.  7  ; 
from  the  Mediterranean. 

B.  Feet  all  in  the  same  horizontal  plane  inserted  at  the  inferior 
surface  of  sternum.     Tail  always  inflected  downwards. 

t  Area  of  mouth  (space  bounded  by  the  third  pair  of  maxilli- 
form  feet)  triangular,  anteriorly  narrower,  often  produced  almost  as 
far  as  the  anterior  margin  of  shell.  Third  pair  of  maxilliform  feet 
slender  or  narrowed  anteriorly,  triangular. 

Family  XXXII.     Oxystomata  Edw.  (in  part). 

Corysiea  Latr.  External  antennsB  setaceous,  ciliated,  very  long. 
Shell  oblong,  oval.  First  pair  of  feet  cheliform,  the  rest  with  last 
joint  subulate,  acute,  elongate. 

Sp.  Ccryttei  denkUtu,  AUmnea  deniata  Fabb.,  Dxbmab.  Cfntd.  PI.  3,  fig.  7, 
Bell  Brit.  Orutt,  p.  149,  buries  unclar  the  sand,  sending  out  the  antennn 
alone  above  it;  the  males  haye  shears  of  twice  the  length  of  the  body.  This 
species  is  found  on  the  English  and  French  coasts. 

AteUcyclus  Leach. 

Add  genus  Hiia  LSAOH  and  some  others,  on  which  see  Milkx  Edwabds 
HkL  not,  dee  Orutt.  n.  pp.  141— 151. 

Leucosta  Fabr.,  Latr.  External  antennae  very  small,  internal 
concealed  in  little  pits.  Eyes  minute.  Shell  solid,  mostly  rotundato- 
ovate*  Branchial  cavity  closed  below,  no  fissure  at  the  bases  of 
maxilliform  feet.    Tail  with  four  or  three  segments. 

Several  sub-genera  proposed  by  Leach  :  Iphis,  I^ureia,  Peraephona, 
Ixa,  FhUyra,  Ebcdia,  Myra,  Ilia,  Add  Oreophorus  Bxnspp. 

Note. — Here  also  Bellia  Edw.,  a  new  genus,  seems  to  be  referrible.    See 
Ann.  dee  Se.  not.,  si^me  S^rie,  Tom.  ix.  1848,  Zodog.  p.  191. 

Sp.  Leueoeia  crcmolarie  Fabb.,  Dbsmab.  Ortut.  PI.  97,  fig.  1. 

HepcUus  Latr. 

Matuta  Fabr.    Antennae  short,  external  minute.    Two  anterior 
feet  short,  with  chela  concave  internally,  crested  above ;  remaining 
VOL.  I.  43 


Digitized  by 


Google 


674  CLASS  X. 

feet  with  last  joint  lamellose,  lanceolate  or  oval.  Shell  snborbicolar, 
with  anterior  margin  dentate,  with  a  strong  spine  on  each  side  pro- 
duced above  the  second  pair  of  feet. 

Sp.  Matvia  victor  Fabb.,  Rumph.  Amb.  BarUeUk.  T»b.  TO.  8»  Dismab. 
Cnut,  PL  7,  fig.  5 ;  in  the  Indimn  Ooean,  also  in  the  Bed  Sea. 

Orithyia  Dald.,  Fabr,  Shell  mnricate  oval,  truncated  anteriorly. 
Fifth  pair  of  feet  terminated  by  an  oval  lamina. 

Sp.  Orylkia  fnomiUaini  Fabb.,  Dbsmab.  Cry/d,  PI.  19,  fig.  i,  GulEBni  letmcgr., 
Onut,  PL  I,  fig.  3  ;  from  the  Indian  Ocean  and  the  coast  of  China. 

MuTtia  Leach. 
PUUymera  £dw. 

Calappa  Dald,,  Fabr.  External  antennsB  short,  with  basal 
joint  broad.  Shell  short,  convex,  broader  posteriorly,  covering 
with  its  margin  produced  the  contracted  feet  First  pair  of  feet 
with  cheliB  large,  compressed,  crested  above,  with  inner  concave 
side  excised  at  the  outer  margin  of  shell.  Remaining  eight  feet 
with  last  joint  styliform, 

Sp.  Oalafpa  granulata  Fabb.,  Caneer  granulaUu  L.  (exd.  Synon.),  Hibbst 
Krahben  i.  Tab.  11,  figs.  75,  76,  Cuv.  R,  AtU.,  id.  itt.,  Oruti,  PL  38,  fig.  i, 
from  the  Mediterranean  i-^Cdlappa  tubercuUOa  Fabb.,  Bbsxab.  Crud. 
Fl.  10,  fig.  I ;  Bed  &e^  Indian  Ocean,  kc 

iVbfo.— Add  8ub-genu8  Oafnara  Db  Haan.     Sp.   Calappa  fonUcata, 
Caneer  calappa  L. 

tt  Area  of  mouth  quadrate,  anteriorly  remote  from  the  margin 
of  shell.     Maxilliform  feet  broad. 

Family  XXXIIl.  Majacea  De  Haan,  Oxyrhyncha  Edw. 
Space  between  the  origin  of  middle  antennae  and  the  area  of  mouth 
large,  scarcely  broader  than  long.  Shell  triangular  or  subovate, 
anteriorly  narrowed,  mostly  running  into  a  frontal  rostrum.  Feet 
mostly  elongate,  never  natatory. 

Inachtis  Fabr.  (in  part).  Feet  slender,  very  long,  elongate; 
second  pair  very  often  longer  than  first.  Third  joint  of  maxilliform 
feet  obtrigonal  or  obovate,  sustaining  the  fourth  on  its  apex. 

Leptopodia  Leach.      Rostrum  very  long.      Peduncle  of  eyes 
short. 


I 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  675 

Sp.  Inaeku9  tagittariut  Fabb.,  Dbbmab.  Crutt,  PI.  i6,  fig.  i,  Gu^tn 
lamogr.,  Orust,  Fl.  1 1,  fig.  4 ;  finom  the  West  Indies. 

Nole.-—QeaauB  PaOolm  Lsaoh  to  be  obliterated;    comp.   Di  ^Ian 
Fauna  Japan,,  Crrut.  p.  89. 

LaitreiUia  Roux.     (Is  this  its  place  ?) 

Stenorhyrichua  Lak. 

Inaehu8  Leach.  Peduncles  of  eyes  capable  of  concealment  back- 
wards in  a  pit.  Rostrum  short.  First  pair  of  feet  in  males  longer 
than  shell,  in  females  short 

Sp.  Inachut  Scorpio  Fabb.,  Cancer  Doraettensis  Penn.,  Debmab.  Crust, 
PL  34,  fig.  I,  Bell  Brit.  Cnut.  p.  13,  in  the  North  Sea  and  the  Atlantic 
ooean. — Inaehut  leplochirut  Lsaoh,  Bell  L  1.  p.  18. 

Macrochira  Db  Ha  an.  Shell  cordate,  posteriorly  broad,  tuber- 
culate  and  spinose,  with  rostrum  bifid,  and  horns  diverging.  Chelse 
cylindiical,  in  adult  males  surpassing  in  length  the  second  feet. 
Tail  with  seven  segments  in  both  sexes. 

Sp.  Inackus  Kcempferi  Db  Haan,  Faun,  Japan,,  Cnut,  Tab.  35 — 48,  a 
very  interesting  crustacean  which,  according  to  the  characters  of  the 
oral  organs  belongs  to  Inacku8,  but  by  its  size  and  by  the  long  fore-feet 
or  shears  in  the  male  differs  from  it.  These  may  attain  the  length  of 
4  feet^  and  the  thickness  of  the  thigh-bone  of  a  man,  as  was  already 
figured  by  ELsMFFSB,  Bctcknjv.  van  Japan,  Amsterd.  1733,  fol.  p.  100, 

PL  XIV,  A. 

Campo8cia  Latb.,  Oncinoptis  De  Haan,  Ev/rypodiua  Guj^sin, 
AehcBus  Leach,  Microrhynckiu  Belk  Here  also  De  Haan  refers 
genus  ffalinvus  Latr.,  resembling  the  Maja  and  FiacB. 

Sp.    ffalimua  ariea  Latb.,  GtJ^BiN  Iconogr,,  Crust,  PL  9,  fig.  1, 

Egeria  Latr.  Feet  slender,  very  long;  second  pair  longer 
than  first.  Third  joint  of  maxilliform  feet  quadrate,  receiving  the 
fourth  joint  in  the  upper  margin  at  the  internal  angle. 

*  ShdU  triangular,  ttith  rostrum  two-homed, 

Ev/rypodiu8  Guerin. 

**  SheU  orbicular,  vnik  rostrum  short,  narrow,  the  apex  entire  or  emar- 
ginaJte. 

Dodea  Leach,  Egeria  Latr.,  Libinia  Leach. 

Sp.  Egeria  araehnddes  Latb.,  Buhph.  AmiK  RarUeiik,  Tab.  vni.  fig.  4 ; 
East  Indies. 

Maja  Lam.  (exclusive  of  species).  Feet  moderate,  first  and 
second  pairs  longer.     Third  joint  of  maxilliform  feet  of  third  pair 

43-2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


676  CLASS  X. 

quadrate,  receiving  the  fourth  joint  at  the  internal  angle  of  the 
superior  margin.  External  antennse  with  seta  pretty  long,  sub- 
ulate, with  elongated  joints,  first  joint  large,  grown  to  the  shell,  with 
the  external  margin  shutting  in  the  orbit  beneath.  Shell  mostly 
longitudinally  triangular,  or  oval,  spinose,  with  rostrum  bicomute. 
Abdomen  in  most  composed  of  seven  segments. 

Piaa  Leach  (and  Lissa  ejusd).  Add  sub-genera :  iTyow  Leach, 
Mydppa  Leach,  Leucippa  Edw.,  Pericera  Lata.,  Herhtiia  Edw. 

Sp.  Hya$  araneut  Lkaoh,  Cancer  araneHi  L.,  Guy.  R  Ani.,  itL  HL,  CnuL 
PI-  33*  fig-  «i  Bill  BrU.  Cruat,  p.  31. 

Maja  Lax.  (exclusive  of  several  species).  Add  sub-geneia: 
AcarUhonyx  Latb.,  Chorintu  Leach,  Mithra  Leach  and  some 
others.     Comp.  De  Haak  1.  L  pp.  81 — 83. 

Sp.  Maja  iquinado  Latb.,  Cwneer  iquinado  Hkbbst,  Dbsxab.  OnuL  PL  31, 
Bill  Cntd.  p.  39 ;  on  the  S.  and  W.  coastB  of  England,  in  the  Meditei^ 
ranean,  &o. 

Parthenope  Fabr.  First  pair  of  feet  very  long,  geniculate  at 
the  chela,  remaining  feet  moderate:  (Third  joint  of  maadlliform 
feet  as  in  Maja.)  Basal  joint  of  external  antenn®  not  concrete 
with  shell,  not  closing  the  orbit.  Shell  mostly  triangular,  often 
broader  than  long,  tuberculate.    Rostrum  short. 

P(Mihenope  Fabb.,  Leach  (and  Larabiua  Leach). 

Sp.  PartheMpe  korrida,  Caneer  horridus  li.,  Ruxph.  AwUt.  BariUiik.  Tab. 
n.,  Dbsmab.  Cntae.  PI.  40,  fig.  i ;  from  the  Indian  Ocean. 

(Ethra  Leach,  Lam. 

Cryptopodux,  Edw, 

NqU. — ^Theie  sub-genera,  acarcely  distinct,  diffsr  from  Partkmop*  in  tbe 
feet,  as  in  Oalappaf  concealed  under  the  sheik 

Family  XXXIV.  Cancrina  {AroucUa  and  Quadrtlatera  Latb., 
Catometapa  and  Cyclomelapa  Edw.).  Space  between  the  origin 
of  middle  antennae  and  area  of  mouth  short,  transverse,  much 
broader  than  long.  Shell  never  running  anteriorly  into  a  firontal 
rostrum. 

A.  Fourth  Joint  of  nuzxiUtJormJeei  placed  upon  the  middle  ogpex 
or  the  external  angle  of  third  joint. 

Shell  mostly  svhquadrate  or  trapez^orm,  with  frona  declminff  or 
perpendicularly  injlected. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  677 

Pinnoteres  Latr.  Shell  orticulate.  Peduncles  of  eyes  shgrt. 
Chelss  short,  thick. 

Sp.  PinnoUrei  pwtm  Lata,  (and  Pttm.  mytilorum  ejosd.),  Ccmeer  piswn  L., 
Fabb.,  Babteb  Natuurk.  UUsp.  n.  Tab.  lY.  figs,  i,  3,  CuY.RArU.,  id.  ill., 
OruH,  PL  19,  fig.  I,  Bkll  Brii.  OrutL  p.  lai;  in  muflsels.  Another 
species,  PinnoUret  vetenttn  'Bo^a,  lives  in  Pinna  and  was  supposed  by  the 
ancients  to  warn  this  bivalye  against  impending  danger  (see  CIOXBO  de 
Finib.  mal,  et  hon.  in.  Cap.  39,  the  mid.). 

The  females  are  larger,  have  a  broader  shell  and  especially  a  much 
broader  tail  than  the  maleSk 

Sub-genera:  Xanthatia,  Pinniooa  Whitb,  Ann,  of  not.  Eitt.  xviu. 
pp.  176,  177. 

Orapsus  Lam.  Shell  depressed,  subquadrate,  with  firons  broad 
and  lateral  margins  almost  straight,  i&jes  placed  at  the  lateral 
angles  of  shell  upon  short  thick  peduncles.  Middle  antennas  hori- 
zontal, concealed  under  the  teflected  irons.    First  pair  of  feet  short. 

Sp.  Qraptua  pidua  Latb.,  Cancer  grapam  L.,  Besicab.  Cru$t.  PI.  t6,  fig.  i, 
Cut.  R,  Ani.f  id,  ill.,  Cruat.  Fl.  aa  'y—Qrapavfi  vaariegaUu  Latb.,  Cane, 
varieff.  Fabb.,  GuisiN  Jeonogr.,  Onui,  PI.  6,  fig.  i. 

Add  genera:  Sesarma  Edw.  {Pachyaoma  De  Haan),  Tcuruna 
Edw.  {Trichopu8  De  Haan),  FaetLdograpsiu  Edw.  and  some  others, 
which  must  be  here  omitted. 

Oecardnvs  Leach.  Shell  cordate,  anteriorly  broader,  turgid, 
posteriorly  truncated.  Peduncles  of  eyes  short,  received  in  rounded 
furrows. 

Sp.  Qecwmnut  ruricola.  Cancer  ruricola  L.,  Dxsmab.  OnuL  PI.  17,  fig.  2, 
ftc ;  from  S.  America. 

This  genus  contains  the  so-called  land-crabs,  that  live  in  woods.  Some 
betake  themselves  at  a  certain  time  of  the  year  to  the  sea  to  lay  their  eggs, 
and  undertake  the  journey  in  large  troops,  as  travellers  relate,  in  a  straight 
line,  finom  which  they  cannot  be  turned  by  any  opposition. 

Flagusia  Latb.  Frons  excised  on  both  sides  for  middle  an- 
tennae denuded  above,  porrect.  Shell  broad,  narrowed  anteriorly. 
First  pair  of  feet  short. 

Sp.    Plagutia  clavimana,  Dbbxab.  Cnut.  PL  14,  fig.  2,  9^, 

Ocypode  Fabr.  Shell  quadrate  or  trapeziform,  anteriorly 
broader.  Middle  antennse  short,  with  two  very  small  seta? ;  lateral 
antennae  small.  Eyes  placed  on  long  peduncles.  Chela  in  males 
often  very  large  on  one  side,  far  surpassing  the  chela  of  the  other 
side. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


678  CLASS  X. 

Gdatimus  Latr.  Pedcmcles  of  ejes  slender,  cylindricaly  with 
ejes  termlnaL     Shell  broader  than  long,  trapesiform. 

Sp.  OdoMimmi  vocamt.  Cancer  toeamg  L.,  Di  Gkib  M^m.  p.  s.  a  FHuL  de$ 
In§.  m.  FL  36,  fig.  la,  friHn  the  ocMsi  of  BnzQ.  Comp.  Limr.  Anum. 
Aead,  ti.  p.  414  ; — Gtiatin^  Mariomit  DxsM.  Cnut,  V\.  13,  fig.  i,  &c 

Ocypode  Latb.  Peduncles  of  eyes  acuminate,  with  a  horn  pro- 
duced beyond  the  eye&     Shell  subquadrate. 

Sp.  Ocypode  eeratopktkalma  Fabr.,  Caneer  enrtor  L.,  Pallas  SpicU.  ZaoL 
IX.  p  83,  Tab.  T.  figs.  7,  8,  Dbskas.  CruM.  FL  12,  fig.  i ;  from  the  Bed 
Sea  and  the  Indiaii  Ocean. 

Add  genera  Uca  Leach,  Carditoma  Latb.,  MixerophthalmusIjATSLy 
CleiHosiama  De  Haak,  Hymenosama  Leach,  MydUris  Latb.,  Doto 
Ds  Haak,  dux  CompL  De  Haak  Faun,  Japon^y  CrusL  p.  5, 
ppi  24 — 30.     Here  also  belongs  genus  ffalicarcinus  Whitel 

B.  Fourth  joint  of  nuuciUifyrm  fiet  placed  on  the  inner  angle  of 
third  joint. 

Shell  mostly  arcuate  anteriorly,  with  margin  convex,  tnmcated 
posteriorly. 

Telphusa  Latb,  Shell  depressed,  smooth,  cordate,  broad.  Ex- 
ternal antennse  very  short,  inserted  near  the  peduncles  of  eyes. 

Sp.  TelphuM  jluriatilis  Latb.,  Cfrabe  de  rivih^  Olitier,  VojfOffe  done 
V Empire  Othamam,  FL  30,  itg.  1,  Dksmab.  OnuL  PL  15,  fig.  3 ;  in  fresh 
water  in  the  south  of  Italy,  Greece,  Egypt^  Ac 

Here  belong  also  the  genera  Boecia  Edw.  and  Tridkodtutiflue  Latb. 

Eriphia  Latb.  Shell  cordate  or  trapeziform.  External  antennae 
exsert,  remote  at  their  insertion  from  the  petioles  of  eyes. 

Sp.  JSriphia  epinifrtnu  Latb.,  Cancer  epinifrone  Hebbst,  Fabb.,  Dbbmab. 
Cnut.  PL  14,  fig.  1. 

Add  genera  RuppeUia  Edw.,  {Eudora  De  Haak),  Trapezia  Latb. 

Cancer  Fabr.  (species  from  Cancer  L.,  div,  brachyurJ).  Shell 
broad,  anteriorly  arcuate,  gibbous.  Chelae  thick.  Eight  remaining 
feet  with  last  joint  styliform,  not  natatory.  Third  joint  of  maxilli- 
form  feet  of  third  pair  quadrate. 

1^.  Cancer  poffurut,  Platycarcinue  pagurue  Latb.,  Edw.,  Dbsmab.  Omtt. 
PI.  8,  fig.  I ;  Bell  Brit.  Cruel,  p.  59 ;  the  common  eea-crah ;  6  inches 
broad  or  broader,  the  shell  reddish  brown,  granularly  uneven  and  on  each 
side  with  nine  incisures  or  grooves ;  the  shears  smooth  and,  as  in  other 
species  of  this  division,  black  at  the  point ;  this  species  is  edible  and 
very  tasty. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CRUSTACEA.  679" 

Compare  on  this  genus  Th.  Bill  OhaervaHons  on  the  geMU  CairciMU  &c. 
TranaacL  oftheZooL  Soc,  I.  4,  1835,  PP»  335— 343»  PL  43—47- 

Add  genera :  Oonoplax  Leach,  PUumrms  Leach,  Xamiho  Leach, 
and  some  others  proposed  by  De  Haan. 

Poriunua  Dald.,  Fabr.  Shell  depressed,  posteriorly  truncated, 
mostly  transverse,  broader  than  long.  Two  last  feet  natatory,  with 
tarsus  depressed,  flat. 

A.  Two  posterior  fed  alone  ncBkUory. 

dvtdnuB  Leach.  Tarsus  of  fifth  pair  of  feet  narrow,  lanceolate. 
Petioles  of  eyes  short 

Sp.  Ca/rti'MU  mcenae,  Cancer  motnaa  h.,  Bastxb  Naiuurk.  UiUp,  n.  Tab.  ii., 
BsLL  Srit.  Cnut,  p.  76 ;  the  $hore-crab :  forward  between  the  eyes  the 
shell  has  three  points,  and  on  each  side  at  the  margin  five  triangular  teeth. 
This  crab  is  very  oonunon  on  our  shores. 

Portanus  Leach.  Tarsus  of  fifth  pair  of  feet  dilated,  oval. 
Petioles  of  eyes  short. 

Add  sub-genus  ThalaMUa  Latb.  and  genus  Lupa  Leaogs  in  part. 
Sp.    Portunue  puber  Leaoh,  Cancer  puber  IL,,  Dksmab.  Cruat,  PL  5,  ^.  i, 
Bill.  Brit.  Crud,  p.  90. 

Podophthalmus  Lah.  Tarsus  of  fifth  pair  of  feet  dilated,  oval. 
Peduncles  of  eyes  cylindrical,  very  long,  produced  as  feir  as  the 
angles  of  shell,  received  in  a  canal  in  the  margin  of  shelL  Shell 
short,  transverse,  depressed,  on  both  sides  at  the  anterior  angle  bi- 
spinose. 

Sp.  Podophihalmtu  epinoeue  Lam.,  Latb.,  Portunue  vigU  Fabb.  Suppl, 
Enkm.  ayet.  p.  365,  Desmab.  CmM,  PL  6,  fig.  i,  GuiBiN  Iconogr,,  Cnut. 
PL  I,  itg,  5  ;  from  the  Indian  Ocean. 

B.  Fovr  poire  of  feet  natatory,  mth  taraua  foliaeeona. 
PUUonychua  Latb.  (and  Polyhms  Leach,  and  species  of  genus 

Lupa  Leach,  sub-genus  Neplmvaa  De  Haan). 

Sp.  PolyUue  Henslomi  Leaoh,  Deskab.  Cnut.  PI,  7,  fig.  i,  Bell  Brit. 
Cruet,  p.  116. 

Lupa  pdagica  Leaoh,  Catieer  pdagicue  L.,  Bumfh.  Amb.  Rariteitk. 
Tab.  vn.  fig.  b,  Desmab.  Cnut.  PL  6,  fig.  2,  De  Haan  Cnut.  Jap,  PL 
IX.  X. ;  this  beautiful  species  with  smooth  shell  running  into  a  sharp  point 
on  each  side  between  the  second  and  third  pairs  of  feet,  is  found  in  the  Bed 
Sea,  the  whole  Indian  Ocean,  and  especially  on  the  coast  of  Japan,  where 
it  is  very  common,  and  a  fayourite  food  of  the  natives. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ON   MOLLUSCS  IN  GENERAL'. 


In  what  precedes  we  have  treated  of  the  greater  part  of  those 
animals  that  have  no  internal  skeleton  or  ho  vertebrse.  There  still 
remain  however  for  our  consideration  many  that,  in  the  system  of 
LinncBus,  were  referred  to  the  class  of  worms,  but  which  by  Cuvier 
were,  first  as  a  class,  afterwards  as  a  larger  group  constituting  a 
primary  form  {typus),  collected  together  and  separated  from  the  rest 
of  the  worms*.    Since  they  do  in  reality  form  such  a  group,  which 


^  Compare  on  this  diyiid<Mi  of  the  Animal  Kingdom^  amongst  othen : 

M.  LiBTXB  Exerdtatio  anatomiea  de  CoeMeii  numime  terratribuM  et  Limaeibus. 
Londini,  1694,  Svo. 

EjuwL  jETut.  nve  Synopns  meik4)d.  Conehyliorum  et  Tabtdarum  ctiuUomiearum  edUio 
aUera,    Reeenxwi  H  indieihui  aunt  6.  Hudisford,  Oxonii,  1770,  folio. 

M.  AOAKBOK  BiM.  nafur.  dn  SinigaL  Coquillagei,  Avec  19  fL  Paris,  1757,  4to. 

J.  X.  Fou  Taltaeea  utriuMque  SieilitB  eorumfue  kiMoria  H  anaUMne,  TahuUt  an, 
illtutrata,  PamuB,  fol.  Tom.  I.  1791,  Tom.  n.  1795,  Tom.  m.  Pan  prima  potthwna  ; 
edid,  S.  Dellb  Chujx,  Parme,  JS26,  Pan  altera,  aueton  S.  Dbllb  Ghiajs,  Panua, 
1817  (this  part  remains  unfinished). 

CuviSB  MSmoirti  pour  iervir  d  VHUbtire  H  d  FAnatonie  dea  MoUutjuet,  atcc 
35  PI.  Paris,  1817,  4to. 

E.  FoRBBS  and  8.  Hanlit  Nat,  ffut.  of  British  MoUutca  and  ikeir  SkdU, 
London,  1848 — 50,  8vo. 

Q.  J0HK8TOK  An  Introd,  to  Coneht^ogy ;  or  ElemenU  of  the  natural  HitL  0/ 
MoUutcoue  AnimcUt.    London,  1850,  8to. 

As  manuak  the  following  especially  may  be  consulted : 

Laxarck  Biit.  fiat,  det  Animaux  »ant  VerUbra,  le  idit,  par  Deshatbs  et 
MiLKE  Edwabds,  Tom.  vi.  1835  ;  H.  Ducrotat  db  BLAnrviLLR  Manud  de  Malaeo- 
iogie  et  de  Conchologie,  i  Vol.  8vd,  Paris  et  Strasbourg,  1835—1827,  ayec  107  Planchet, 
and  a.  P.  DxsHATBS  Traiti  elSmeniaire  de  Conchdogie,  Paris,  1838  and  folL  8to. 
(hitherto  only  9  numbers  have  appeared).  We  shall  principally  refer  to  these  two 
last  works,  besides  Gu^iv's  Iconographie,  for  the  figures,  and  only  occasionally  quote 
more  extensive  works  of  plates,  as  those  of  Mabtini  and  Chbmnitz,  Kibkbr,  ftc. 

'  See  p.  33  and  208.  To  the  works  of  Cuyibb  referred  to  in  the  last  of  these 
pages,  there  ought  to  have  been  added  one  that  was  printed  separately  from  the 
Decade  philoeophique,  a  journal  with  which  I  am  not  further  acquainted,  and  which 
now  lies  before  me :  it  is  entitled,  Mimoire  tur  la  etrueiure  interne  et  exteme  et  eur  let 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ON  MOLLUSCS  IN  GENERAL.  681 

may  be  compared  with  that  of  the  vertebrate  animals,  to  which  four 
classes  belong,  it  is  not  inexpedient,  before  we  pass  to  the  consi- 
deration of  the  different  classes  which  have  here,  with  more  or  less 
propriety,  been  adopted,  to  indicate  the  common  characters  which 
distinguish  the  molluscs  from  the  rest  of  the  worms. 

The  body  of  these  animals  is  covered  by  a  skin,  soft  and  con- 
stantly moist,  to  which  the  muscles  are  attached,  and  in  which  or  on 
which  a  calcareous  secretion  is  usually  effected.  The  external  in- 
tegument, which  indeed  has  also  been  named  mantle  (although 
properly  a  free  production  on  the  dorsal  surface  ought  alone  to  bear 
that  name),  encloses  as  well  the  intestines  as  the  nervous  system 
also.  The  central  parts  of  this  nervous  system  consist  of  ganglia, 
which  either  form  a  ring  round  the  oesophagus  or  lie  more  dis- 
persedly,  but  not  behind  each  other  in  a  row  on  the  abdominal  sur- 
face, as  is  the  case  in  the  insects.  The  molluscs  ordinarily  present  a 
much  less  similarity  of  the  right  and  left  half  of  the  body  than  the 
articulate  animals  already  reviewed  by  us,  or  the  vertebral  animals 
to  be  considered  in  the  sequel.  Many  have  no  head  distinct  from 
the  rest  of  the  body.  Th«  organs  of  sense  are  on  the  whole  slightly 
developed.  In  the  most  composite  molluscs  however,  in  the  S^ice 
and  other  Cephalopods,  there  are  found  not  only  two  highly  de- 
veloped eyes,  but  also  rudiments  of  auditory  organs.  The  move- 
ments are  on  the  whole  creeping  and  slow.  Some,  that  live  in 
water,  are  immoveably  attached  to  different  objects.  Many  headless 
bivalve  molluscs  have  indeed  a  springing  motion,  yet  this  is  in  a  far 
less  degree  successive  than  in  articulate  animals. 

The  inferior  degree  of  development  of  the  organs  of  animal  life 
is  the  cause  that  many  writers  of  the  present  day,  as  Linnjeus 
formerly,  still  place  the  molluscs  lower  than  the  insects  in  the 
arrangement  of  the  animal  kingdom. 

More  perfect  than  the  organs  of  animal  life  are  those  of  the  vege- 
tative, those  for  secretion,  nutrition,  and  propagation.  The  respi- 
ratory organs  are  usually  gills.  In  most  molluscs  a  heart  is 
present,  which  receives  the  arterial  blood  from  the  organs  of  respi- 
ration, and  distributes  it  by  arterial  tubes  to  the  different  parts  of 


affiniU$  des  animaux  auxqueli  on  a  donvA  le  nom  de  Yen.  From  this  memoir  read  in 
1795  before  the  Soe,  d'Hist,  not.  of  Paris,  it  appears  that  even  thus  early  the  class  of 
the  molluscs  was  distinguished  by  CuviER  and  defined  as  in  his  later  works. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


682  ON   MOLLUSCS 

the  bodj.  Capillaries  are  wanting,  and  the  veins  are  replaced  hy 
sinuses,  which  have  no  proper  walls,  bnt  are  excavated  in  the 
different  parts  of  the  body.  The  blood  of  moUnscs  is  commonlj 
white  or  whitish  blue.  Some  moUnscs  are  bisexual,  and  require 
mutual  impregnation;  in  others  the  sexes  are  distinct.  The  mast 
are  oviparous.  The  eggs  are  surrounded  by  a  thin  shell  {Chorion) y 
between  which  and  the  yolk  in  some  an  albuminous  fluid  is  inter- 
posed, and  which  is  sometimes  homy,  and  but  seldom  covered  with 
calcareous  incrustation.  Often  the  eggs,  when  laid,  are  connected  in 
bunches,  or  adhere  to  each  other  by  a  gelatinous  mass.  The  num- 
ber of  species  that  live  on  land  is  small  in  comparison  of  the  much 
greater  quantity  of  species  that  live  in  fresh,  and  especially  in  salt 
water. 

Before  we  proceed  to  the  division  of  the  molluscs,  we  would 
treat  shortly  of  the  shells  which  cover  the  body  in  most.  The  uni- 
valve shells  are  called  cochlecBy  the  bivalve,  as  those  of  mussels, 
conchcB.  There  are  also  some  molluscs  that  are  covered  by  many 
pieces  of  shell.  Such  a  multivalve  shell  {testa  multivalvis)  has  the 
genus  Chitorij  where  transverse  calcareous  plates,  lying  behind  one 
another  in  a  row,  cover  the  back.  The  bivalve  shells  are  thicker 
at  the  part  where  they  are  connected  with  each  other.  This  part  is 
named  thejxnnt  {apex).  At  the  point  there  are  on  the  margin,  within 
the  shell,  usually  projections  and  hollows,  which  mutually  fit  into 
each  other,  and  to  which  the  name  of  hinge  {cardo)  is  given.  When 
this  margin  is  smooth,  there  is  said  to  be  no  hinge  {testa  acardis). 
In  front  of  the  point  a  slight  depression  is  seen  on  the  shell,  which 
is  named  the  male  depression  {lunuUiy  by  Linnaeus  anus) ;  behind 
the  point  is  a  chink,  ordinarily  smaller  and  more  elongate,  iii^Jlssure 
{fissura^  in  French  Scussony  with  Linn^us  vulva).  On  this  the  l^a- 
ment  is  usually  situated  which,  formed  of  elastic  homy  fibres,  runs 
transversely  from  one  shell  to  the  other.  Where  this  ligament,  as  in 
most  of  the  bivalve  molluscs,  is  attached  to  the  outside  of  the  shells, 
it  is  obvious  that  they  will  be  opened  by  its  contraction.  Yet 
even  where  the  ligament  is  placed  internally  the  two  shells  are 
separated  from  each  other  by  its  elasticity,  because  in  this  case  the 
fibres  are  forcibly  compressed  by  the  shell  when  closed.  In  those 
bivalve  molluscs  which  move  freely,  the  opening  of  the  shell  is 
turned  downwards,  the  point  upwards,  and  the  ligament  backwards. 
LiNNiEUS,  in  his  description,  placed  the  bivalve  shell  with  its  point 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN  GENERAL.  683 

downwards,  and  turned  the  ligament  forwards.  Blainville,  on 
the  contrary,  described  it  in  the  position  which  we  have  indicated  ^ 

In  the  univalves  {cochlew,  testcB  univalves,  aubbivalves)  the  fol- 
lowing parts  may  usually  be  distinguished.  The  extremity  of  the 
spire  is  called  the  point  (apex),  which,  when  the  animal  is  alive  and 
in  motion,  is  turned  upwards  and  backwards.  Ordinarily  the  cavity 
of  the  shell  terminates  in  a  point  at  this  part,  but  it  is  sometimes 
truncated  horizontally  {apex  decollatus  s.  truncatus),  which  must  not 
be  mistaken  for  an  accidental  firacture  which  always  leaves  an  open- 
ing. In  some  imivalve  shells  (as  in  the  genus  Patella),  the  cavity 
between  the  point  and  the  aperture  is  neither  twisted  to  the  right  or 
left,  nor  forwards  or  backwards.  In  most,  on  the  other  hand,  this 
cavity  is  turned.  Usually  all  the  turns  run  obliquely  from  above 
downwards  {turbinated  shells,  cochlea  turbinata  et  iurrita);  yet  in 
some  the  wreaths  or  turns  run  from  left  to  right  in  a  transverse 
direction,  whereby  the  last  wreath  includes  the  rest  externally  {testa 
convoltUa  s.  involuta,  the  involute  shell,  as  in  the  genera  Conus  and 
Oliva),  whilst  others  again  are  turned  in  one  and  the  same  vertical 
plane,  from  behind  forwards  and  from  above  downwards  {cochlea 
revoluta,  as  in  the  genus  Nautilus). 

The  opening  {apertura)  of  the  shell  is  opposite  to  the  point. 
That  part  of  the  cavity,  which  is  visible  within  the  mouth,  is  called 
the  throat  {Jaux).  The  mouth  may  be  excised  with  a  sinus  ante- 
riorly {apertura  emarginata).  Whenever  it  terminates  forwards  in 
a  channel  {apertura  canalifera),  then  the  tube  is  called  the  tail 
{cauda  s.  rostrum).  At  the  mouth  the  external  margin  {labium 
exterius  s.  labrum)  is  distinguished  from  the  internal  margin  {labium 
internum  s.  margo  columeUaris).  The  spindle  {columella)  is  that 
part  which  runs  in  the  middle  of  the  shell  directly  from  the  point  to 
the  aperture,  and  round  which,  as  an  axis,  the  wreaths  are  turned. 
Such  a  calcareous  axis  is  not  present  in  all  univalve  shells;  to  see 
this  part  distinctly,  a  shell  sawn  longitudinally  must  be  provided. 
At  the  internal  margin  of  the  aperture  there  is  often  on  the  ex- 
tremity of  the  spindle,  especially  in  the  shells  of  younger  molluscs,  a 
cavity  which  is  called  navel  {umbilicus).  Shells,  in  which  this  aper- 
ture is  wanting,  are  named  imperforate  {cochlear  imperforatas). 


^  That  which  with  Linnaub  is  the  right  and  the  left  shell  still  preserves  this 
name,  since  he  turned  the  bivalve  not  only  upside  down,  but  also  the  fore  part 
backwards. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


684  ON   MOLLUSCS 

The  internal  cavity  of  the  shell  may  extend  uninterraptedly 
through  all  the  turns  {cochlea  monothalaviia  s.  uniloculars)^  or  may 
be  divided  by  several  partitions  {cochUa  polythalamicL).  A  cylindri- 
cal tube  traversing  these  partitions  is  named  siphon  (stpho).  Such 
a  many-chambered  shell  is  that  of  the  genus  Nautilus. 

Cover  {operculum)  is  the  name  given  to  a  round  calcareous  or 
sometimes  homy  lamina,  which  in  many  molluscs  is  attached  to 
the  uppermost  and  hindmost  part  of  the  so-named  foot,  and  which, 
when  the  animal  retracts  itself  within  the  shell,  closes  the  aperture. 
Sometimes  a  spiral  line  is  seen  on  this  part,  as  for  instance  in 
the  genus  Turbo.  Some  writers  name  the  shell,  in  this  case,  testa 
suhhivalvis. 

Finally,  according  to  the  direction  of  the  wreaths,  univalve 
shells  are  distinguished  as  right-  and  left-turned.  In  most  of  them, 
when  placed  on  the  aperture  with  the  point  backwards,  the  external 
margin  of  this  is  on  the  right  side,  and  the  turns  run  from  the  point 
to  the  aperture  from  the  left  side  to  the  right  {cochlea  dextra).  If 
the  converse  takes  place  and  the  external  margin  of  the  aperture 
lies  on  the  left,  then  the  turns  run  from  the  right  to  the  left  side 
{cochlea  sinistra  s.  contraria),  and  with  this  a  displacement  of  the 
internal  organs  is  connected.  Some  species  of  molluscs  have  such  a 
left-handed  shell  as  the  rule,  and  in  others  (as  in  Helix)  shells  of 
this  sort  occur  as  varieties  or  deviations,  just  as  a  displacement  of 
the  internal  organs,  of  the  heart  at  the  right-side,  &c.  has  been  also 
observed  occasionally  in  man*. 

What  has  been  stated  may  suflSce  for  the  explanation  of  the 
most  common  and  necessary  terms'.  But  for  the  general  anatomy 
and  physiology  it  is  desirable  to  contemplate  shells  in  another 
point  of  view,  and  to  investigate  the  mode  of  their  origin  and 
composition. 

The  formation  of  shells  is  effected  by  the  external  integument 


^  On  such  left-tamed  anail-shellB  Chbicnitz  has  published  Tarious  remarks  and 
observations  in  the  Journal  Der  Naturfoncher  viiL  s.  163 — 178,  Xli.  s.  76 — 84, 
That  from  the  left-handed  variety  of  HeUx  Pomatia  right-handed  young  are  again 
produoedi  was  observed  by  him  with  perfect  certainty  ;  ihid.  xvn.  s.  i — 11. 

'  Comp.  A.  MuRRAT  Fundamenla  Testaceoloffiee,  Upsalin,  1771,  4to,  (also  trans- 
ferred to  LiKK.  Amomit.  Acad.  vni.  pp.  107 — 150);  Blaiitvills  in  Diet,  det  Sc  not, 
X.  pp.  168 — 27$,  article  Cdnehologie  (and  the  same  writer  in  his  Manual  cited  above) ; 
Deshates,  article  CoquiUe,  DicHonn,  clastigvit  dPBui,  not  Tome  iv.  1813,  pp.  431 — 
449,  &c. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN   GENERAL.  685 

or  mantle  of  molluscs.  B^aumub^  has  illustrated  the  formation  hj 
his  experiments.  He  found,  on  boring  the  shells  of  living  snails,  the 
aperture  to  become  closed  again  by  a  thin  layer  occupying  the  whole 
of  it,  to  which  other  layers  were  afterwards  added.  Thus  there  was 
no  calcareous  matter  secreted  at  the  edge  of  the  aperture  by  vessels 
running  in  the  shell,  as  in  the  reparation  of  bones  where  the  forma- 
tion of  new  osseous  matter  proceeds  from  the  extremities  of  the 
fractured  bones.  When,  however,  Reaumur  supposes  that  the  forma- 
tion of  shells  is  a  mechanical  transudation,  that  the  secretion  of  lime 
on  the  upper  surface  of  the  mollusc  may  be  compared  to  calcareous 
incrustations,  which  in  certain  waters  and  springs  are  formed  round 
bodies  immersed  in  them,  that  the  skin  of  the  animal,  like  a  sieve, 
permits  an  adhesive  fluid  loaded  with  calcareous  particles  to  escape, 
and  that  this  fluid  by  evaporation  and  rest  loses  its  watery  particles, 
then  his  representation  bears  too  forcibly  the  character  of  off-hand 
ideas  respecting  living  beings,  and  PoLi  is  so  far  justified  in  calling 
the  origin  of  shells  an  organic  origin,  and  in  rejecting  this  mechani- 
cal explanation.  It  is  clear  that  shells  by  the  addition  of  new 
laminae  become  thicker.  In  a  shell  several  layers  or  calcareous 
scales  lie  upon  each  other,  which  in  bivalves  originate  from  the 
point;  hence  the  shell  is,  at  this  part,  of  greatest  thickness,  and 
becomes  gradually  thinner  towards  the  margin.  Thus  every  shell 
consists,  as  it  were,  of  many  others,  all  of  which  becoming  larger 
and  larger,  lie  under  each  other,  whilst  the  innermost,  the  last 
formed,  extends  beyond  the  others  at  the  margin.  In  oyster-shells 
and  many  other  bivalves  this  may  be  clearly  seen,  and  snail-shells 
also  indicate  the  same;  in  younger  univalves  the  number  of  turns  is 
fewer;  the  larger  shells  of  the  same  species  present  a  greater  num- 
ber of  wreaths  than  the  smaller,  without  however  those  wreaths, 
that  were  already  present  in  the  young  ones,  increasing  in  size.  So 
also  the  spines,  tubercles,  and  other  excrescences  of  imivalves  are 
at  first  short  and  obtuse,  and  become  larger  and  more  acute  by  the 
addition  of  new  layers.  The  increase  however  is  not  at  all  times 
uniform,  but  in  the  cold  of  winter  and  the  great  drought  of  summer 


^  Dela  formation  el  de  VdeeroiisemerU  des  eoquillet,  MSm.  de  VAcad.  royale  de»  Sc. 
1709,  Paris,  1733,  pp.  364—400;  Paris,  1741,  pp.  303—311 ;  comp.  also  Pou  Teatae. 
utriutque  SicUice,  Tom.  I.  (in  the  introduction}  and  HsuBiKOSB  Syttem  der  Sialologie. 
Eisenach,  1823,  i.  ates  Heft,  s.  236 — 242, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


686  ON   MOLLUSCS 

is  suspended*  Hence  stronger  stripes  arise,  which  indicate  sttcoe»- 
sion  in  growth,  and  are  the  traces  left  of  it. 

As  to  chemical  composition,  besides  some  other  less  constant 
constitnents  and  a  small  quantity  of  phosphate  of  lime,  mdyalye 
and  bivalye  shells  consist  principallj  of  carbonate  of  lime  and  an 
animal  substance,  a  membranous  guhsiratum^  that  remains  after  the 
calcareous  matter  has  been  dissolved  by  acid,  and  is  usuallj  Teiy 
nnall  in  quantity  compared  with  the  calcareous  matter.  FoLi, 
when  he  exposed  the  membrane  to  the  fire,  saw  it  quickly  take 
flame,  on  which  he  perceived  a  smell  like  that  of  burning  horn;  a 
spongy  carbon  remaiued. 

This  conducts  us  to  a  correct  view  of  the  nature  of  shells, 
which  belong  to  the  same  tissue  as  horn,  hair,  and  in  part  also 
scales,  f.6.  to  homy  tissue.  In  most  animals  the  dermal  skeleton 
(such  is  the  name  given  to  the  hard  parts  placed  externally,  to 
which  the  muscles  are  attached,)  is  homy,  whilst,  on  the  other 
hand,  cartilage  is  almost  always  the  foundation  of  an  internal 
skeleton,  especially  of  a  trae  neural  skeleton.  The  microscopic 
stracture  of  bivalve  and  univalve  shells  has  been  chiefly  illustrated 
by  the  investigations  of  Carpenter.  In  some  bivalves  the  entire 
substance  of  the  shell  consists  of  layers  of  membrane,  without 
visible  cells,  in  others  such  a  membranous  tissue  forms  the  inside  of 
the  shell,  whilst  on  the  outside  columnar,  often  hexagonal  cells  are 
visible  under  the  microscope,  which  to  the  naked  eye,  or  with  the 
use  of  a  lens,  look  like  fibres.  They  stand  nearly  at  right  angles 
on  the  surface  of  the  shell  from  within  outwards,  and  are  filled 
with  carbonate  of  lime.  In  each  layer  they  are  at  that  part  onlj 
which  projects  beyond  the  edge  of  the  preceding  layer;  thus  they 
have  been  secreted  by  the  edge  pf  the  mantle,  whilst  the  whole 
mantle,  in  every  new  formation  of  a  layer,  produces  a  membrane 
that  covers  the  inner  surface  of  the  entire  shell.  The  univalve 
shells  of  the  gasteropodous  molluscs  have  only  a  small  quantity  of 
organic  substance;  in  many  three  layers  of  plates  may  be  distin- 
guished; the  direction  of  these  plates  is  different,  and  those  of  the 
middle  layer  intersect  those  of  the  external  and  internal  at  right 
angles.  Every  plate  consists  of  a  row  of  long  columns,  or  pris- 
matic cells,  which  axe  arranged  side  by  side^. 


>  See  W.  B.  Carpenteb  Annals  of  Nat,  Hidory,  VoL  xn.  1843,  PP.377— 39<'f 
Pi.  xni.  XIV.  Mid  espedaUy  his  Uter,  more  general  investigations,  announced  in 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN   GENERAL.  687 

In  many,  especially  bivalve  shells,  a  homy,  brown-yellow 
oiitennost  covering  is  found,  which  has  been  named  epidermis  or 
re/o/Nii^j  periostracum  also  (in  French  Drap  marin).  Sometimes  it 
is  hairy  or  divided  into  scales,  which  however  are  more  apparent  at 
the  margin  of  the  shell,  having  been  worn  off  from  the  parts  pre- 
viously formed.  This  membrane  has  been  regarded  as  a  continua- 
tion of  the  cuticle  of  the  mantle,  by  which  this  is  connected  with 
the  margin  of  the  shell.  More  correctly,  perhaps,  this  covering  may 
be  explained  from  a  confluence  of  the  intercellular  matter,  a  resi- 
duum of  the  formless  homogeneous  substance  (the  csyioblastemaYy  in 
which  the  cells  filled  with  lime  were  formed.  Let  it  be  supposed 
that  at  the  outer  margin  of  every  layer  this  substance  remains 
without  cells,  and  consequently  hardens  like  horn.  If  these  edges 
should  close  upon  each  other,  then  a  smooth  epidermia  will  arise;  if 
they  should  remain  more  distant  from  each  other,  then  a  scaly,  floc- 
culent  or  hairy  covering  will  be  formed. 

The  colours,  presented  by  bivalve  and  univalve  shells,  are  de- 
posited only  in  their  outermost  parts,  the  inner  layers  axe  white. 
This  may  be  explained  by  the  circumstance,  that  the  colouring 
matter  is  secreted  especially  by  the  edge  of  the  mantle.  But  the 
mantle  grows  with  the  animal,  and  thus  each  succeeding  layer  of 
the  shell  is  coloured  at  its  outer  margin  alone,  whilst  its  remaining 
portion,  secreted  by  the  rest  of  the  surface  of  the  mantle,  remains 
white.  In  this  way  a  series  of  coloured  edges  arises,  which,  closing 
upon  each  other,  form  the  outermost  coloured  surface  of  a  shell. 
There  are  however  some  univalves  (the  genus  Cyprasa  and  some 
OUwb)  in  which,  when  full  grown,  the  colours  are  deposited  not  on 
the  surface  alone,  but  also  in  a  deeper  layer,  whilst  at  the  same 
time  the  superficial  and  the  more  deeply  lying  colours  are  different. 
These  molluscs  are  at  first  covered  with  a  thin  shell,  of  which  the 
colours  must  be  ascribed  to  the  edge  of  the  mantle.  As  the  animal 
grows,  lateral  appendages  of  the  mantle  are  developed,  which  throw 
^emselves  like  wings  over  the  shell,  and  secrete  on  their  outer 


BepwiM  of  ike  Brititk  Auociation  for  1844  wid  1847.    The  chief  puticulan  of  theae 
inveetigatioiui  may  be  also  found  in  the  Article  SheU  by  the  same  writer  in  ToBD's 
Cfjfdopaedia,  TV.  1849,  P-  55^^  ^* 
1  Page  17,  18. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


688  ON   MOLLUSCS 

surface  a  calcaxeous  layer  as  hard  as  ivory  and  of  a  different  colour, 
which  covers  the  preceding  layers*. 

Many  bivalve  and  univalve  shells  have  on  their  inner  snrface 
lively  and  glancing  colours,  which  must  not  be  confounded  with 
the  external  colours.  They  are  the  play  of  colours  from  the  refrac- 
tion which  is  seen  to  arise  on  the  transmission  of  white  light 
through  a  prism,  and  which  causes  the  beautiful  phenomenon  of  the 
rain-bow.  The  mother  of  pearl  therefore  is  not  to  be  ascribed  to 
any  special  colouring  matter,  but  to  very  fine  streaks  and  folds  of 
the  internal  membrane  of  the  shells '.  It  continues  even  after  the 
carbonate  of  lime  has  been  removed  by  an  acid,  and  Carpenter 
observed  that  the  play  of  colour  disappeared  when  he  extended  the 
membrane  with  needles  so  that  the  folds  were  obliterated*.  These 
changes  of  colour  are  particularly  beautiful  in  the  genus  Hcdiotis^  a 
species  of  which  is  used  by  the  Japanese  to  ornament  the  lackered 
furniture  of  their  houses. 

Whenever  the  fluid,  which  forms  this  innermost  layer  of  bi- 
valves, is  efiused  in  the  form  of  small  drops,  pearls  arise,  which 
have  frequently  a  very  irregular  shape.  These  may  accordingly 
exist  in  very  different  species  of  bivalves,  also  in  turbinate  uni- 
valves; yet  they  arise  usually  in  bivalves,  and  especially  in  Melea- 
ffrina  margaritifera  and  Unio  margarittjerus.  The  former  species 
of  conchifer  is  fished  in  the  Persian  gulph,  the  last  is  found  in 
fresh  water  in  different  parts  of  Europe,  and  also  in  our  country. 
According  to  Home,  pearls  have  undeveloped  eggs  for  a  nucleus, 
which  have  remained  accidentally  on  the  outside  of  the  mantle 
within  the  shell.     Such  may  often  be  the  case,  but  there  is  no 


1  BBuauiiBB  in  the  Jowmal  SJSUU  Nat.  l.  179a,  pp.  307—315,  quoted  by 
SoHWEiooKB  ffcmdb.  der  NcOwrgeMck.  der  dsdetUoten  wtffeglkd,  Thiere,  b.  681.  A  dif- 
ferent opinion  of  Bbuoui&e,  that  the  animal  of  OjfproM  leaves  its  sheU,  and  fonne  a 
new  one,  though  adopted  by  Lakarck  and  Sohwzioobb,  can  no  longer  be  defended ; 
compare  Dbbhateb  in  the  new  edition  of  Lamabox  ffiM,  nai,  det  Animmix  «.  Vert^- 
brea,  x.  p.  485. 

*  This  was  first  announced  by  Bbiwsteb  Phil.  Tram.  18 14.  If  a  drop  of  sealing- 
wax  be  allowed  to  fall  on  a  mother  of  pearl  shell,  the  surface  of  the  wax,  which  has 
been  in  contact  with  the  shell,  presents  the  same  colours.  It  may  be  supposed  that 
this  was  an  impression  of  the  surface.  But  it  appears,  that  in  this  experiment  a  thin 
scale  of  the  surface  of  the  shell  remains  adhering  to  the  wax, 

3  AnncUt  of  Nat.  Hid.  xii.  p.  383. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IN   GENERAL.  689 

reason  why  the  formation  of  pearls  should  not  be  ascribed  also  to 
other  irritants  affecting  the  mantle.  It  has  been  observed  at  least 
that  injuries  of  the  shells  and  wounds,  caused  by  boring  worms, 
have  had  the  production  of  pearls  for  a  consequence;  and  the  secret 
of  LiNN^us  for  favouring  the  production  of  pearls  (in  Unto)^  con- 
sisted, most  probably,  in  boring  the  shell  in  different  places  in  con- 
chifers,  which  were  submitted  to  these  experiments^. 

The  shells  of  molluscs,  from  their  variety  of  colour  and  form, 
constitute  no  small  part  of  the  ornament  of  natural-history  collec- 
tions. The  knowledge  of  conchology  is  of  the  highest  interest  to 
the  Geologist,  since  the  petrified  and  extinct  species  afford  im- 
portant characters  for  distinguishing  the  different  strata.  But, 
more  than  this,  the  knowledge  of  the  molluscs  is  of  great  value  to 
general  physiology.  To  the  celebrated  Danish  zoologist  of  the  last 
century,  O.  F.  Mueller,  the  honour  is  principally  due  of  having 
raised  this  part  of  natural  history  from  the  fondness  of  collectors  to 
the  scientific  contemplation  of  naturalists;  it  was  his  impressive 
exhortation  that  thenceforward  attention  should  not  be  confined 
solely  to  the  hovse  or  the  shell,  but,  above  all,  be  extended 
to  an  accurate  investigation  of  its  inhabitant*.  Already  had  SwAM- 
MERDAM  in  Holland,  and  Martin  Lister  in  England,  investi- 
gated the  internal  structure  of  some  molluscs.  PoLi  and  Cuvier 
made  this  subject  a  primary  object  of  their  numerous  inquiries,  and 
thus,  in  the  course  of  the  last  fifty  years,  and  even  in  our  own  day, 
through  the  labours  of  Delle  Chiaje,  Owen  and  others,  a  clear 
and  extensive  view  has. been  obtained  of  a  field  of  comparative 
anatomy  that  previously  was  almost  unknown.  This  was  an  inesti- 
mable gain  for  a  science  which,  if  it  is  indeed  to  exercise  an 
important  influence  on  physiology,  must  not,  in  any  sense,  be 
limited  to  a  few  classes  of  animals,  but  must,  in  reality,  be  com-, 
paring  J  and  must  compare  generally. 


*  Compare  Ghsmnitz  Vom  Ursprunge  der  PerUn,  Naiu/ifortcher,  xxv.  Halle,  1791, 
8.  Ill — 130,  and  Bkokmann'b  QeBchichie  der  Erfindungen,  cited  there.  On  the  origin 
of  pearls  from  eggs  of  Conchifera  see  Phil.  Trans.  1674,  Vol.  ix.  pp.  11,  11,  and 
egpedally  E.  Homb  in  Phil,  Transact,  for  the  Tear  1816,  Part  3,  pp.  338—341.  This 
peculiarity  had  already  been  observed  in  1673  ^7  ^  T)9Xie,  H.  Abnoldi,  at  Christiana 
in  Norway, 

*  See  his  Vermium  terrettrium  et  JUtviatilium  ffistoria,  Hauni»,  1774,  4to.  Tom.  ll. 
Prsefat.  p.  i. 

VOL.  I.  44 


Digitized  by 


Google 


690  ON  MOLLUSCS  IN  GENERAL. 

Some  mollnBCS  have  no  head  distinct  from  the  bodj.  Heie  the 
principal  mass  of  the  neryons  system  is  not  placed  near  to  or  aboTe 
the  mouth,  but  if  nerrous  ganglia  be  found  in  this  situation,  they 
are  inferior  in  development  and  size  to  other  nervous  ganglia; 
no  nerves  for  special  organs  of  sense  arise  from  the  nervous  mass 
situated  above  the  oesophagi.  The  mouth  conducts  immediately 
into  the  oesophagus,  and  has  no  teeth  or  tongue.  These  are  named 
headless  moUuecs  {Aaphala).  The  other  molluscs  have  a  head  more 
or  less  clearly  distinct.  The  head-bearing  moUuscs  {Cephalophara 
or  moUusca  encephala)  are  more  perfectly  organised,  and  amongst 
them  alone  are  species  found  which  live  on  land;  most  of  the 
species,  however,  reside  in  the  water,  like  the  acephalous  molluscs. 
These  last  may  be  arranged  in  two  classes,  the  mihed  and  the 
bivcdve  acephalous  molluscs. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CLASS  XI. 
TUNICATES  (TUNICATA)\ 

The  Tunicates  are  acephalous  molluscs  without  shells.  The 
external  covering  is  perforated  by  two  openings,  in  other  respects 
like  a  sac  and  entirely  closed,  of  various  thickness  and  hardness,  in 
some  gelatinous,  in  others  leathery.  It  consists  of  a  tissue  that  is 
sometimes  very  composite,  includes  cells,  fibres,  nuclei,  crystals  also 
of  carbAaate  of  lime,  and  of  which  the  fundamental  matter  contains 
no  nitrogen,  but  only  oxygen  and  hydrogen,  and  agrees  in  compo- 
sition with  the  vegetable  cell-membrane  {cellulose)^  as  was  first 
discovered  by  C.  Schmidt  in  Ascidta  mammilaria  *. 

The  intestinal  canal  forms  in  most  of  the  Salpm  some  convolu- 
tions, which  are  united  to  form  a  clue  which  occupies  a  small  part 
alone  of  the  cavity  of  the  body,  and  to  which  Fokskal  in  his 
descriptions  gave  the  unmeaning  name  of  Nucleus.  In  Salpapennata 
8.  cristaia  Cuv.,  however,  the  intestinal  canal  runs  straight  from 
the  mouth  to  the  opposite  end,  and  has,  close  above  and  behind  the 
mouth,  an  expansion  or  stomach  that  terminates  blindly  and  lies  in 
the  opposite  direction.  The  mouth,  placed  internally  and  bordered 
by  a  tortuous  band,  is  properly  only  the  beginning  of  the  oesopha- 
gus. A  furrow  in  the  middle  of  the  body  runs  from  the  opening 
of  the  common  integument,  by  which  the  water  is  introduced,  to 
this  commencement  of  the  oesophagus,  and  serves  probably  to  con- 
duct towards  it  the  food  that  is  conveyed  with  the  water.  [Above 
this  fturrow  or  semicanal,  in  the  substance  of  the  inner  mantle  is 
an  organ,  called  by  Huxley  endostyle^  a  long  tubular  filament 
with  thick  refracting  walls.     It  is  of  various  length,  very  short  in 

^  Compare  on  this  class  : 

CuviKB  Mimoire  tv/r  let  ThaUdes  et  let  Biphoret,  Ann.  du  MutSum,  iv.  1804,  pp. 
360 — 38a,  PL  68  {Mimai/res  awr  lei  MolUu^pies,  No.  19) ;  Mimoire  tur  let  Aecidiet  et 
Uur  AnaUmie,  MSm,  du  Muaium,  n.  181 5,  pp.  10 — 39,  PI.  I. — in.  {M6m,  eur  let 
Mollutquee,  No.  20.) 

J.  C.  Sayigitt  Mimoiret  sur  lee  Anima/ux  tans  verUhret,  n.  premier  fascicule,  Paris, 
1816,  8vo. 

■  Zitr  vergleiehenden  Phytiologie  der  trirbeUaten  Thiere,  1845,  s.  62 — 65.  Extensive 
microscopic  inyestigations  respecting  the  structure  of  the  external  oorering  in  many 
twniotOa,  iUustrated  by  beautiful  figures,  have  been  published  by  Loxwiq  and  Koelli- 
KXB,  Ann,  da  8e,  natur,  si^me  S^rie,  v.  1846,  pp.  193—338. 

44-2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


692  CLASS  XI. 

Doltolumy  extending  in  some  Salpw  as  far  as  the  oesophageal  aper- 
ture. The  tube  is  closed  posteriorly,  but,  according  to  Leuckart, 
communicates  anteriorly  with  the  longitudinal  semicanal.  Its  walls 
are  composed  of  large  nucleated  cells,  arranged  perpendicular  to  its 
cavity,  and  Leuckart  suggests  that  it  may  perform  a  secreting 
function.  Huxley  has  seen  it  in  SalpcBy  Pyrasomaia  and  certsdn 
BotryllidcBy  as  well  as  in  Cynthia,  and,  as  it  seems  to  be  figured 
by  Savigny  and  others,  it  may  perhaps  be  concluded  to  be  common 
to  the  Tunicata  ^] 

In  the  AscidicB  the  intestinal  canal  usually  forms  two  bends, 
which  lie  toward  each  other,  and  have  their  convexity  facing  back- 
wards. The  intestinal  canal  commences  at  the  bottom  of  the 
branchial  cavity,  and  becomes  narrower  posteriorly.  The  stomach 
is  sometimes  merely  indicated  by  a  first  expansion  of  the  intestine, 
which  is  not  sharply  defined;  in  other  cases  its  form  is  elongate  and 
cylindrical,  as  in  Didemnum  and  Botryllus^.  The  extremity  of  the 
intestinal  canal  mounts  higher  than  the  commencement  of  the 
oesophagus,  in  the  direction  of  the  second  tubular  opening  of  the 
external  integument  of  the  body.  The  liver  lies  as  a  stratum  of 
glands  on  the  walls  of  the  stomach  or  the  intestinal  canal.  Salivary 
glands  have  as  little  been  met  with  here  as  in  the  bivalve  molluscs. 

The  blood-circulation  of  the  tuniccUa  presents  the  remarkable 
phenomenon,  that  the  direction  in  which  the  blood  streams  from 
the  heart  is  at  intervals  altogether  reversed,  so  that  the  heart  alter- 
nately drives  the  blood  to  the  branchiae,  and  may  be  called  venous, 
and  alternately  receives  the  blood  from  the  branchiae  and,  as  in  the 
rest  of  the  invertebrates,  is  arterial.  This  peculiarity  was  first 
discovered  in  1821  by  Van  Hasselt  in  Salpa*,  but  was  afterwards 
observed  by  Lister,  Milne  Edwards,  Van  Beneden  and  others, 

»  [See  HuxLBT  Phil.  Trana.  185 1,  p.  588.] 

*  See  Sayignt  Mim.  n.  PI.  zx.  zxi.  On  the  intestinal  canal  of  Aseidia  compare 
CuviXB  Aacidies,  PI.  i,  fig.  5  ;  CcOalogw  of  the  Physiol.  Series  of  Comp.  Anat.  of 
the  Mtiseum  of  the  Boyal  College  of  Surg.  i.  PI.  5,  fig.  i,  Phallusia  nigra  Sav.,  and 
Van  Benxden  Jtecherchee  awr  V Embryogenie,  VAnatomie  et  la  Phyeidlogie  da  Aacidiet 
rimplee,  Mim.  de  PAcad.  royale  de  Belgiqne,  Tome  xx.  1846,  PI.  i.  fig.  6. 

*  Alg.  Kotut-en  Letterbode  iSai,  I.  bL  1x5,  116  (translated  in  Ann.  dee  Se.  no/,  ni. 
pp.  78—81).  Afterward  Mbtxn  in  his  Voyage  obserred  this  motion  of  the  blood  in 
two  opposite  directions  in  Salpa  also;  Act.  Acad,  Ccet.  Leop.  Carol,  xvi.  l  p.  377. 
With  this  in  some  degree  may  be  compared,  what  was  observed  by  J.  Muellsb 
(Meckel's  Archiv,  1828,  s.  32 — 29)  in  Nephdis  respecting  the  inconstancy  of  direction 
in  the  blood-current,  and  by  E.  H.  Wkber  (ibid.  pp.  399,  400)  in  young  leeches. 


.    Digitized  by 


Google 


TUNICATES.  693 

in  different  species  of  simple  and  compound  Asctdtce,  so  that  it  may 
be  safely  concluded  to  be  a  common  property  of  the  animals  of  this 
class.  The  heart  has  an  elongate  form  and  does  not  exhibit  any 
sudden  expansion  and  contraction,  but  a  sinuously  progressive 
constricting  and  widening,  which  is  similar  in  form  to  the  peri- 
staltic motion  of  the  intestinal  canal.  Besides  larger  vessels  the 
blood  moves  in  interspaces  which  have  no  proper  walls. 

The  respiratory  organs  are  gills  which  are  very  different  from 
those  of  the  bivalve  molluscs.  In  the  genus  Salpa  the  gill  is 
extended  as  a  longitudinal  band  running  obliquely  in  the  inner 
cavity  of  the  tubular  body,  with  many  transverse  grooves  closely 
arranged  side  by  side.  In  the  Ascidice  the  respiratory  organ  forms 
a  sac  at  the  bottom  of  which  the  entrance  to  the  oesophagus  is 
situated.  The  very  thin  membrane,  of  which  the  sac  consists, 
presents  transverse  and  longitudinal  stripes  that  cross  each  other  at 
right  angles  like  trellis-work,  to  which  a  net-work  of  blood-vessels 
corresponds.  The  gills,  as  well  of  the  SalpoB  as  of  the  AsddioBy 
are  beset  with  vibratile  cilia  ^. 

Male  and  female  organs  are,  at  least  in  the  Ascidtce,  imited  in 
the  same  individual.  Often  they  are  intimately  connected  with  each 
other  and  are  only  to  be  distinguished  by  microscopic  examination 
of  their  content.  Some  Ascidice,  as  Ascidia  ampuUaris  V.  Bened., 
have  c^uite  a  double  apparatus  of  sexual  organs,  which  lies  behind 
in  the  intestinal  sac  on  each  side  of  the  intestinal  canal.  In  some 
the  oviduct  is  wanting,  in  others  no  vas  deferens  exists;  a  single, 
long,  tortuous  canal,  which  is  present  in  the  compound  Ascidice, 
and  is  generally  held  to  be  the  oviduct,  ought,  according  to  Milne 
Edwards,  to  be  regarded  as  the  vas  deferens.  In  the  Ascidice, 
besides  the  usual  propagation  by  impregnated  eggs,  a  multiplication 
by  buds  has  also  been  detected*. 


^  Milne  Edwabds  and  before  him  Lister  admit  openings  like  fissures  between  the 
quadrangular  meshes  by  which  the  water  is  expelled  from  the  branchial  sac  (Milne 
Edwabds  Ohterv.  s.  I.  Ate.  comp.  pp.  17 — 20).  It  is  difficult  to  determine,  in  speci- 
mens preserved  in  spirit,  whether  they  are  really  openings  or  spaces  closed  by  a  trans- 
parent membrane.  [Huxley  says  that  in  Pyroaoma  the  respiratory  cavity  communi- 
cates freely  by  means  of  apertures  in  the  branchial  network  with  the  post-branchial  or 
anal  cavity.    PhU.  Trans.  1851,  p.  581.] 

*  Compare  for  some  other  peculiarities,  the  notice  of  the  different  genera  in  the 
Bystematic  arrangement,  in  which  also  the  remarkable  propagation  of  the  Salpce  is 
noticed. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


694  CLASS  XI. 

The  nervous  ajstem  presents  a  single  ganglion,  which  in  the 
AscidicB  is  placed  on  the  internal  covering  of  the  bodj,  usually 
regarded  as  the  mantle,  between  the  two  tabes  into  which  the  body 
is  elongated.  Besides  other  nerves  which  radiate  &om  this  ganglion, 
there  appears  to  arise  from  it  a  nervous  ring  that  surrounds  the 
tube  by  which  the  water  penetrates  (the  oral  and  respiratoiy  tube). 
Other  ganglia  which  are  noticed  in  Ascidians  bj  some  writers,  are  at 
the  least  to  be  regarded  as  donbtful  ^.  In  Salpa  a  ganglion  (or  a 
nerve-mass  formed  of  several  ganglia  united)  lies  close  behind  the 
anterior,  broader  opening  on  that  surface  of  the  body  which  is  directed 
upwards  •.     Several  nerves  run  radiately  from  this  nerve-mass. 

Vestiges'  of  organs  of  sense  are  not  entirely  absent.  In  the 
Ascidice  at  the  branchial  aperture  a  circlet  of  small  filiform  feelers, 
sometimes  digitally  incised  or  pennated,  is  found.  In  the  ScUpa 
there  lies  in  front  of  the  central  mass  of  the  nervous  system  an 
organ  of  an  elongated  form,  consisting  of  two  laminsB  with  an 
internal  margin  smooth  and  an  external  striated,  which  Eschricht 
regards  as  an  organ  of  feeling  and  compares  with  the  four  lamellsQ 
which  surround  the  mouth  in  bivalve  molluscs'.  Organs  of  sight 
also  have  been  observed  in  the  Ascidice,  There  are  found  both 
around  the  branchial  aperture  of  the  mantle  and  around  the  aper- 
ture towards  which  the  extremity  of  the  intestinal  canal  proceeds, 
a  ring  of  eye-points,  often  of  a  yellow  colour  *.     [In  Salp^a  a  vesicle 


^  ThvLB  SoHALK,  whose  IHateri,  de  Aacidiarum  Stmetura  I  un  aoquainied  with 
from  citations  alone,  records  a  nerve-ganglion  in  the  posterior  part  of  the  body, 
between  the  convolutions  of  the  intestine ;  Grant  speaks  even  of  three  ganglia,  (hi- 
lines  of  Comp.  Anai.  i8ii,  pp.  205,  106.  Compare  on  the  nervous  system  of  the 
AaciduB,  Cuvikr  Sur  let  Atcidies,  p.  15,  PI.  n.  fig.  1,  0,  fig.  5,  g,  Saviqnt  M6m.  h 
pp.  117,  118,  PL  X.  fig.  2,  I  D,  &c. 

'  This  position  of  the  central  portion  of  the  nervous  system  caused  EscHSlCBT  to 
give  to  the  surface  the  name  of  ventral  side.  See  on  the  nervous  system  of  Salpa 
Metkn  1.  1.  s.  395,  and  the  fig.,  Eschricht  Anat.  physioL  UndenSffdae  over  Salperne. 
Kjobenhavn,  1840,  4to,  printed  from  the  Vidensk.  SeUk.  Naturvid.  og  math.  Skr.  vni. 
pp.  12 — 14,  Tab.  I,  fig.  ^u,  Tab.  ii.  fig.  8u,  fig.  13;  Milme  Edwards  in  CxmaB. 
Ani.,  ed,  Ul.,  MoUusq,  PL  120,  fig.  i  6,  a,  PL  121,  fig.  2  a,  h,  fig.  2  h, 

'  [HUXLBT  Anat.  of  Scdpa  and  PyrotomOy  Ph.  Trans.  185 1,  p.  571^  calls  this 
'*  Idnglichea  organ**  of  Esohrioht  " Usnguet."  He  supposes  that  it  may  subserve  the 
gustatory  function.  It  floats  freely  in  the  respiratory  cavity  to  which  it  is  attadted  by 
its  base.] 

^  Grant  OrUUnei,  p.  361,  says  that  in  Aicidia  {PhaUusia)  iniatinedda  eight  red 
eye-points  lie  round  the  branchial  opening,  and  six  around  the  efferent  tube ;  so  abo, 
according  to  the  investigations  of  Will  in  various  species  of  Cynthia  Sav.  and  Ckte- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


TUNICATES.  696 

attached  to  the  lower  snrfiEU^  of  the  nerve-mass  and  contaming 
calcareous  bodies  would  seem  to  represent  the  auditory  capsule  and 
its  otolithes  ^.]  Such  an  organ  abo,  but  containing  a  concrement  of 
a  more  composite  form,  was  discovered  by  Eschricht,  similarly 
situated  in  a  simple  Ascidian  Chelyosoma  Madeayanum,  and  noted 
as  the  auditory  organ  *  in  1841. 

The  muscular  system  in  Ascidtce  consists  of  a  layer  of  fibres, 
which  cross  each  other  on  the  inner  covering  of  the  body  (the  so- 
called  mantle),  but  ran  principally  in  a  longitudinal  direction.  In 
the  SaljHB  muscular  bands  are  seen  remote  from  each  other,  which, 
like  a  girdle  not  entirely  closed  at  one  part,  surround  the  internal 
cavity  of  the  body,  the  respiratory  space.  These  bands  consist  of 
fibres  that  run  parallel  to  each  other  in  the  direction  of  the  bands, 
and  thus  form  a  right  angle  with  the  longitudinal  axis  of  the  body. 

On  the  position  of  these  animals  in  the  natural  system  there 
can  exist  no  doubt  when  they  are  referred  to  the  common  type  of 
the  molluscs.  They  must  be  regarded  as  the  lowest  division  of 
these  animals,  that  immediately  close  in  upon  the  bivalves.  The 
compound  Ascidians  in  propagating  by  gems  remind  us  of  lower 
animals  of  the  class  of  the  Polyps.  More  especially  still  do  the 
Ascidians  resemble  the  Bryozoa  (comp.  I.  pp.  92, 93),  but  we  should 
prefer  to  tmite  these  last  with  the  MoUusca^  rather  than  on  account 
of  this  affinity  to  separate  the  Tunicata  firom  the  MoUusca. 

Species  of  this  class  are  met  with  in  all  seas.  The  Saljm  are 
numerous  in  the  Mediterranean  and  in  the  ocean,  especially  between 
30^  and  40*  N.  and  S.  Lat.,  in  colder  regions  and  in  higher  latitudes 
they  are  of  more  rare  occurrence  although  they  extend  to  60**  N. 
and  S.  Lat.,  and  were  once  observed  near  the  Norwegian  coast  even 


Una.  V.  BEinEDBN  in  a  spedes  of  Atcidia  named  by  him  Aaeidia  vitrea,  fomid  eight  eyes 
at  both  openings;  Rech.  9, 1,  Atcid.  Hmples,  p.  6i,  PL  iv.  fig.  «.  In  Atcid.  ampuUoidei 
Y.  Bbn.  such  eye-points  cannot  be  seen,  but  when  young  and  still  moving  freely  the 
animal  has  one  or  two  black  eye-points ;  ibid.  p.  40. 

1  [Huxley  L  1.  p.  571,  PL  xvi.  fig.  a.] 

*  EscHBiCHT  Anatomisk  BederweUhe  of  Chelyo9oma  Madeayam/um  of  Sowebbt, 
Kjobenhavn,  1841,  quoted  by  Siebold  Ver^.  Anat,  i.  p.  a6o  (note),  who  suspects 
from  the  figures  of  Dellb  Ghiajb  and  SAVioirr  that  the  organ  exists  very  generally  in 
this  class.  Milne  Edwabdb  (see  the  figures  of  Salpa  referred  to  above  in  the  illas- 
trated  edition  of  Guvieb)  thinks  that  it  must  be  regarded  as  an  organ  of  vision. 
That  Mbtbn  had  observed  this  organ  lying  above  the  central  nerve-mass,  I  collect 
from  his  figure.  Tab.  xxvii.  fig.  18. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


696  CLASS  XI. 

in  62°  N.  Lat.*  They  appear  on  the  coasts,  however,  only  raiely, 
but  keep  by  preference  in  the  open  sea,  fax  .from  the  continent 
Ascidians,  as  well  compound  as  simple,  occnr  in  much  higher  lati- 
tudes; Boltenia  omfera  was  discoyered  in  Davis's  Straits  at  69* 
N.  L.,  Synoicum  turgena  in  Phipps's  voyage  at  the  north  coast  of 
Spitzbergen.  Species  of  all  the  forms,  nay,  even  of  most  of  the 
sub-genera,  are  found  in  the  Mediterranean  sea;  the  apparent  pre- 
ponderance in  number  of  species  in  this  sea,  above  all  others,  may 
however  be  principally  ascribed  perhaps  to  this,  that  its  productions 
have  been  more  perseveringly  investigated  by  numerous  observerB, 
than  those  of  the  other  seas. 


^  In  the  autumn  of  1839  in  great  numbers  near  the  island  Brtmamgmr;  Sabs 
Fauna  littoraUi  Nfyrvegia,  Christiaoay  1846,  folio,  p.  63. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


SYSTEMATIC 
ARRANGEMENT    OF    TUNICATES. 


CLASS  XI. 
TUNIOATA. 


Animals  without  distinct  head,  inclosed  in  an  external  covering 
coriaceous  or  membranous,  and  furnished  with  two  apertures.  A 
second  tunic  included  in  the  former,  perforated  by  two  orifices  cor- 
responding to  the  apertures  of  the  external  covering.  Cibarious 
canal  with  mouth  and  anus  internal,  concealed.  Bespiration  bran- 
chial, branchise  situated  internally  in  front  of  the  internal  mouth  or 
the  commencement  of  the  oesophagus,  of  different  form  in  different 
cases,  never  divided  into  four  laminae.  Heart  tubular,  propelling 
the  blood  in  a  mutable  direction. 

Order  I.    Thaliacea, 

Body  prismatico-cylindrical,  with  two  apertures  opposite,  sub- 
terminal.  Covering  pellucid,  thin,  rigid.  Animals  swimming 
freely,  drawing  in  the  water  by  one  aperture,  expelling  it  by 
the  other. 

Family  I,  Salptna.  (Characters  of  the  order  those  also  of  the 
single  family.) 

Salpa  FoRSK.,  Ghel.,  Cuv.,  Lam.,  species  of  Hohthurta  L. 
( Thalia  Brown,  Blumenbach,  Dagyaa  Banks  and  Soland.,  Gmel., 
Home).  Branchiae  extended  obliquely  through  the  internal  cavity 
of  body.  Form  in  each  species  two-fold,  the  solitary  progeny  alter- 
nating with  the  associated. 

Comp.  P.  FobbkIl  JkBcripUanea  animalivm,  Hauniffif  i775>  PP*  '^^ — 
117;  quad.  Icon.  Rer.  natur.  ibid.  1776,  Tab.  35,  36;  Cuv.  Mim,  (▼.supra 
p.  691) ;  A.  Ds  Chamibso  Ih  AiMmalibu»  qmbvMdain  e  CUum  vemUtm. 
PoBciewLvM  I.  Z>«  SaJ/pa.  Berolmi,  18 19,  4to;  Mbtbit  L  i.;  Esghbioer 
1. 1. ;  Kbohn  ObHTvalumt  tur  lajf^tUraUan  ei  le  dSvdoppetneiU  det  Biph/om, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


698  CULSS  XI. 

Arm.det  Se.  not,,  zUme  Sirie,  yl  1846,  Zoclogie,  pp.  no — 131.  Huzliy 
ObaervaJtioni  upon  the  Anatomy  and  Phynoloffy  of  Salpa  cmdPynmoma.  PhiL 
Trans.  185 1,  Pt.  n.  p.  567. 

The  species  of  Salpcs  ore  verj  generallj  dispersed ;  sometimeB 
they  are  met  with  in  incredible  quantities  together ;  notwithstand- 
ingy  these  animals  a  century  ago  were  entirely  unknown.  The  first 
announcement  of  them  was  made  by  P.  Bbowk  in  his  CvoU  and 
Natural  History  of  Jamaica^  published  in  1756,  under  the  name  of 
Thalia;  afterwards  followed  the  description  of  the  species  observed 
in  the  Mediterranean  and  Bed  Sea»  under  that  of  Salpa  by  the 
Danish  traveller  Fobskal'.  Bosc  and  Cuyier  next  pointed  out 
the  resemblance  of  these  animal  species,  described  under  two  di£^ 
ent  names,  which  ought  to  be  referred  to  the  self-same  genus. 

The  body  has  an  aperture  at  each  extremity,  but  these  apertures 
have  a  different  form.  The  one  is  broad  and  transverse,  and  presents 
a  valvular  membrane,  inasmuch  as  one  of  its  margins  is  reflected 
inwards.  The  valvular  membrane  prevents  the  efflux  of  the  water, 
which  flows  inwards  by  this  opening  and  which  is  expelled  by  the 
opposite  one  from  the  contraction  of  the  body.  This  expulsion  of  the 
water  is  the  means  by  which  the  animal  moves,  so  that  the  narrower 
opening  is  tiumed  backwards.  Cuvieb  thought  that  this  opening 
was  the  anterior,  and  that  thus  the  animal  moved  backwards. 
Since,  however,  the  stream  of  water  conducts  also  the  food,  and 
since  in  the  Aacidia  the  entrance  to  the  oesophagus  is  situated 
behind  in  the  respiratory  sac,  the  common  opinion,  that  the  broad 
opening  is  the  anterior,  deserves  to  be  preferred  to  this  idea.  The 
intestinal  canal  is  situated  on  the  outside  of  the  respiratory  cavity, 
in  the  space  intervening  between  the  external  and  internal  covering, 
but  terminates  by  both  its  apertures  in  the  respiratory  cavity. 

These  animals,  according  to  the  testimony  of  Pjebon,  Tilbbittb, 
Meyen  and  others,  are  usually  phosphorescent  by  night.  The  Salpa 
are  met  with  at  one  time  singly,  as  distinct  individuals,  at  another, 
imited  either  in  rings  or  in  long  chains,  of  which  the  arrangement 
is  various,  yet  similar  in  individuals  of  one  and  the  same  speciea 
These  are  attached  to  each  other  by  tubercles  or  prolongationa 
Chakisso,  from  his  observations  on  living  animals,  arrived  at 
the  conclusion,  that  successively  a  generation  of  distinct  Salpa 
alternates  with  that  of  Salpa  connected,  and  forming  a  chain. 
Thus  a  metamorphosis  occurs,  which,  however,  does  not  take  place 


1  Bbuoui^b,  who  gftve  in  the  JBneyd.  method,  an  extract  from  the  deacriptioDs  of 
FoRSK.,  changed  the  n«me  Salpa  into  Biphora,  which  has  found  no  genenl  aooeptuce. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


TUNICATA.  699 

in  the  same  individual,  but  in  two  suooeeding  generations.  The 
parent  animal,  for  instance,  always  resembles  her  grand-daughter 
and  her  sister,  not  her  daughter,  which,  again,  resembles  the  pre- 
ceding generation.  This  conclusion  seemed  to  most  succeeding 
observers  so  strange,  that  they  thought  it  could  not  be  adopted ; 
Meyen  supposed  that  these  animals  are  always  bom  as  single 
individuals,  and  only  become  united  subsequently.  ISTevertheless, 
EscHRiCHT  discovered  within  single  individuals  embryos  connected 
together  in  a  wreath,  so  that  hereby  Chamisso's  conclusion  was 
established,  that  chains  of  connected  Salpa  were  formed  even 
within  the  parent.  Steenstbup  brought  this  peculiarity  in  the 
propagation  of  the  ScUpce  into  xmison  with  other  phenomena  in  the 
animal  kingdom,  in  his  interesting  work,  Om  FoHplantning  og 
Udvikling  gjenem  Generationsrackker,  (see  above,  p.  70),  and  the 
meritorious  Norwegian  observer  Sabs,  completely  confirmed  it 
{Faun,  lUtor.  Norvegias).  With  it  too  the  numerous  observations 
lately  communicated  by  Krohn,  are  in  accordance.  The  solitary 
Salpw  are  sexless,  and  are  propagated  by  internal  germs  or  buds 
connected  in  strings.  Hence  the  associated  form  appears  to  be 
the  most  perfect,  that  in  which  organs  of  propagation  are  developed, 
(and  organs  of  impregnation  also,  testes) ;  each  individual  of  the 
associated  Satpcs  produces  only  a  single  young  ona 

Sp.  Salpa  maadma  FoBSK.  lean.  Tab.  xxxv.  fig.  ▲,  Milne  Edwards,  Cuv. 
R.  Ani.,  id,  iU.,  Moll,  PI.  120,  m,  fig.  i  (here  belongs,  according  to 
Kbohn,  ScUpa  Forshalii  Lesson  and  the  solitary  form  Salpa  africama 
FoBSK.);— 5.  runcinaia  Chavisso  1. 1.  fig.  v.  Salpa  funformia  Cuv.  M6m, 
8,  I.  Biphort8,  fig.  10,  Sabs  1. 1.  Tab.  vin.  figs.  44,  45,  Tab.  ix.  \^Salpa 
pinnata  Fobbk.,  S.  crittata  Cuv.,  Fobsk.  Icon,  Tab.  cit.  fig.  b,  Cuv.  Mim, 
figs.  I — 3,  IT,  Chahisso  L  L  fig.  I  (associated form  arranged  in  a  circle)  &c. 

Note, — The  species  of  SalpCB  are  not  yet  sufficiently  known,  of  many  at 
least,  the  synonymy  is  very  difficult,  full  of  doubt.  Kbohn  1.  L  has  endea- 
voured to.  tmravel  the  species  from  the  Mediterranean.  To  the  authors 
already  ctted,  the  French  voyagers  QuoT  and  Oaimard  Voyage  de  rAttro- 
lobe,  Zoologie,  Tom.  iii.  1835,  pp.  559 — 598,  PI.  86—89,  m«  to  be  added. 

Anchinia  EscHSOH.,  Rathkb.  Small  Salpce  aggregated  in  a  single  row 
to  a  geUtinous  filament.    See  Wieomann's  Archiv,  1835,  I.  p.  85. 

Doliolwm  QuoY  and  Gaih.  [Body  cask-shaped.  Branchise  in  two 
bands  with  perpendicular  bars,  one  on  the  dorsal  {hcsmaC)  the  other 
on  the  ventral  {TiewraV)  surface  of  the  respiratory  cavity,  converging 
and  passing  into  each  other  posteriorly.] 

DoUolum  Otto  differs  from  that  bearing  the  same  name :  whether  it  be 
a  Beroi  or  a  mntUated  Salpa,  I  know  not.  Comp.  Nov.  Act.  Acad,  Lcop, 
Car,  XI.  Tab.  41,  fig.  4. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


700  CLASS  XI. 

[Sp.  DoliUum  dentieulaium  QuOT  Kod  Gajm.  The  openings  of  the  bnnuiul 
cavity  are  short  tabes,  the  anterior  denticiilate,  the  posterior  sonomidfldby 
fine  filaments.  S.  Pacific.  If  it  be  ever  aggregated,  it  has  not  been  met 
with  in  this  state.  HuxuBT  On  DoUoium  and  Appendietdaria,  Phil.  IVou. 
i85«*  PP-  599»  ^3] 

[AppendicuUma  Chamisso,  Quot  and  Gaiil  (Oikopteura  Mebtkhs). 
Body  irregalarly  OTate,  with  a  long  appendage  attached  to  the 
dorsal  sur&ce  at  the  posterior  part,  and  making  a  large  angle  with 
the  axis  of  bodj.  Opening  into  the  respiratory  cavity  anterior, 
outlets  two  short  tubes  ciliated  where  thej  leave  the  cavity,  open- 
ing immediately  on  the  dorsal  surfiioe  in  front  of  the  base  of 
appendage*.     No  proper  branchias. 

There  has  been  much  doubt  respecting  the  pUoe  and  the  nature  of 
Appendictdaria,  Chamisso,  who  found  his  species  in  the  N.  Pacific^  con- 
sidered it  to  be  a  Meduta  allied  to  genus  Otdum,  Ebohsoholti,  who 
observed  the  same,  or  a  nearly  allied  species,  in  the  South  Sea,  refSened  it 
to  the  Heteropod  MoHuscs,  whilst  Msbtbns,  who  voyaged  in  the  nmc 
seas,  thought  it  was  a  Pteropod  related  to  Clio.  See  Chamibso  Nov,  A<i. 
Acad.  Oca.  Leopol,  Car,  x.  Ft.  1,  p.  361,  Esohscholtz  in  Okih's  Zm. 
1895,  s.  736,  Mertens  MSm.  de  VAead.  imp.  de  St.  POehbowg,  183T, 
Tom.  I.  p.  905.  Lbuokabt  {Zoolog.  Unienwk.  n.  1854,  pp.  80^  81) 
regards  Appendieularia  as  a  lanral  state  of  some  Ascidian,  all  of  which  haw 
an  appendage  in  the  early  condition,  whilst  with  Huxlet  {On  Appeadkar 
laria  and  Doliolum,  Phil.  Tram.  1851,  p.  595)  and  Geqenbaubb  (Soebold 
and  KoLUKBR'sZettoeA.  /.  tnHmach.  Zod.  B.  vi.  1855,  p.  406,  &c.)  it  ii  an 
adult  form. 

Sp.  Appendictdaria  Jtabdlum  Chavisbo,  see  Huxlet  1.  cit.,  who  found  the 
testis  in  the  fully  developed  condition  abounding  with  MpermaUma:  the 
ovary  has  not  been  ascertained ;  coast  of  SootUnd,  and  common  in  the 
Bristol  Channel  near  Tenby.  For  a  description  of  four  Meditemnesn 
species,  with  the  anatomy,  see  Geoenbaueb  loc  cit.] 

Anckinia  EsoHSOH.,  Bathes.  .Small  Sa^pa  aggregated  in  a  singk  row 
by  a  gelatinous  filament.     See  Wibomanit's  Archiv,  1835,  i.  p.  58. 


1  [These  tubes  were  fint  discovered  by  GBOEiniAUBR,  but  from  the  great  tmspsr 
rency,  he  did  not  detect  their  openings  on  the  sur&oe  of  the  animals,  but  supposed  them 
to  oondiiH  the  fluid  from  the  respiratoiy  cavity,  in  order  either  to  mix  it  directly  with  the 
blood,  or  by  expanding  more  largely  to  bring  it  in  near  contact  with  the  blood  through 
their  thin  walls.  See  his  paper,  pp.  415,  416.  Huxlbt,  as  well  by  direct  obsemtion 
as  by  feeding  his  animals  on  indigo,  saw  clearly  the  external  apertures  of  the  tubes  in 
front,  and  on  each  side  of  the  anus.  In  one  observation  he  found  the  current  to  set  m 
at  these  apertures,  and  out  at  the  anterior  opening  of  the  respiratory  sac  See  hit 
paper  on  Appendictdaria  JUibdlum,  Quarierlif  Journal  qf  Microi,  Se.  No.  15,  1856, 
pp.  181— 191.] 


Digitized  by 


Google 


TUNICATA.  701 

Order  II.     Tethyonidea. 

Body  sacciform,  with  two  apertures  mostly  approximate.  Cover- 
ing coriaceous  or  gelatinous,  mostly  opaque.  Branchial  sac  large, 
reticulato-fenestrate,  with  rectangular  areolae;  the  beginning  of 
oesophagus  situated  at  the  bottom  of  this  sac.  Animals  mostly 
affixed.     Propagation  oviparous  and  gemmiparous. 

To  this  order  some  compound  animals  belong  which  were  formerly 
referred,  for  the  most  part,  to  the  Alcyonidia  (see  above,  p.  78). 
The  discovery  of  their  tnie  affinity  is  one  of  the  most  interesting 
results  of  the  accurate  investigations  of  Savigny.  Compare  on  this 
order  the  above-eited  works  of  this  author,  as  well  as  those  of  Milns 
Edwards,  Van  Beneden,  kc 

Besides  the  two  divisions  of  Aacidite  into  simple  and  compound, 
Milne  Edwards  has  adopted  a  third,  that  of  the  social  Ascidice, 
which  are  distinguished  by  forming  gems,  without  being  grown 
together  like  the  compound  Ascidiana.  This  gemmation  has,  how- 
ever, been  noticed  in  a  species  ordinarily  simple^,  and  may  perhaps 
occur  in  all  the  animals  of  this  division. 

Young  Aaddiatia,  which  do  not  originate  in  gemmation  but 
proceed  from  eggs,  undergo  an  interesting  metamorphosis.  In  the 
early  stage  they  move  freely,  and  are  provided  with  a  long  tail,  as 
was  communicated  by  Milne  Edwabds  {Ann,  dea  Sc.  ncU.  xv.  p.  10), 
as  early  as  1828,  and  was  afterwards  more  fully  described  by 
Y.  Beneden  and  others.  They  fix  themselves  by  that  extremity 
which  is  opposite  to  the  tail,  which  they  then  lose'.  In  compound 
Aaddiana,  according  to  the  observations  of  Sabs  on  BotryJlua,  such 
a  cercarisB-form  larva  may  already  enclose  a  group  (eight)  of  united 
Aacidiana,  Thus,  even  before  the  Aacidia  has  become  attached,  by 
the  division  of  the  gem  the  commencement  is  made  of  a  colony 
which  is  capable  of  further  multiplication  by  the  formation  of 
gems.     Not,  however,  in  all  compound  Aacidicma  is  this  original 


1  AocordiDg  to  BoHADBOH  in  Aacidia  iniettinalis  {PhaUusia  inteBtinalit  Say.).  See 
J.  B.  BoHADSOH  De  quibusdam  Animalihui  marinis.  Dreads,  1761,  4to,  pp.  132 — 
135,  Tab.  X.  fig.  5. 

*  As  to  the  question,  whicli  is  the  anterior  and  which  the  posterior  extremity  of 
tl^ese  Cercariae-fonn  larvae,  consult  R.  Lsuckabt  Ueber  Morphologie  und  die  Ver- 
wmdiKhqftiverhaUniite  der  WirheUotm  Thiere.  Braunschweig,  1848,  8vo,  s.  173,  174. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CLASS  XI. 
to  be  detected,  not  st  leasts  aeooiding  to  Miuns  Edwabds, 


Familj  IL  Lucioe.  Apertures  of  cctBcnal  ooTering  opposite, 
termiiial.  Branchial  sac  girdled  anteriorlj  hj  a  menibniioiis  denti- 
calate  ring,  open  posteriorlj.  Several  animals  aggregated  to  fam 
a  componnd  bodj  swimming  fireelj,  cylindrico-conical,  hollow 
internally. 

PyroBoma  Pl^SON. 

This  genus  of  compomid  AscidioB  was  first  discovered  by  Pebon  and 
his  feUow-Yoyagers  in  the  Atlantic  ocean  under  the  Tropics,  when  in 
a  dark  night  numerous  specimens  of  it  appeared  to  form  a  broad 
band  of  light  acroas  the  sea.  From  this  phosphoric  quality,  the 
name  (^Fire-body)  is  derived.  At  first  these  compound  animaJH  were 
supposed  to  be  a  single  M^im^l^  and  the  single  individuals  of  which 
a  PyroBoma  is  compounded,  to  be  little  tubercles  on  the  sor&oe 
of  the  animal  See  PiaoK  Mem,  9wr  le  nauveau  gtm/re  Pyrowma^ 
Ann.  du  Musewn^  iv.  pp.  437 — 446.  For  a  more  accurate  know- 
ledge of  this  remarkable  genus  we  are  indebted  almost  exduaivelj 
to  the  investigfttions  of  SAViomr.  The  compound  body  is  a  much- 
elongated  cone,  ordinarily  six  or  seven  inches  in  length,  open  at 
one  end  and  at  the  other  closed  and  bluntly  rounded  oK  The 
little  animals  are  placed  perpendicularly  to  the  axis  of  the  cone,  in 
circles  more  or  less  irregular,  whilst  the  posterior  openings  of  their 
body  terminate  in  the  cavity  of  the  cona  The  gem,  according 
to  the  observations  of  Saviont,  is  already  cloven  into  four  animftls 
even  before  they  are  bom.  This  is  the  conmiencement  of  the  cylin- 
der or  cone,  which  may  be  imagined  to  be  formed  of  a  series  of 
circles  or  girdles  of  small  Ascidias  behind  each  other  of  increasing 
size ;  the  thinner  closed  extremity  of  the  compound  body  is  thus 
the  first  formed.     Consult  Saviont  L  dt.  pp.  58,  206. 

Sp.  Pyro9oma  aOanUeum  Pl^aOK,  1.  L  PL  fi,  Vnyage  omx  Terru  Auttrala, 
^  30,  ^-  I  \—Pyromma  giffonieum  LisusuB,  Satiovt  Mim,  n.  PL  4, 
fig.  7,  PL  «a,  23,  Blaihv.  Malac.  PL  85,  fig.  6,  Cuv.  R,  Afd.,  4d,  iU,, 
Moll.  PL  133;  in  the  Mediterranean :  there  is  still  %  smaUer  gpecieB  in 
the  Bame  sea  in  which  the  individual  *Jiit«%ln  are  placed  in  regolar  cirdes 
round  the  cone ;  Pyrot.  degant  LssuiUB. 

Family  III.  Asctdice.  Apertures  of  external  covering  not  oppo- 
site, mostly  approximate.  Branchial  sac  closed  posteriorly.  Animals 
either  single,  or  congregated  into  a  common  body,  affixed. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


TUNICATA.  703 

A.  Compound  Ascidians.  Common  body  gelatinous,  or  gela- 
tinoso-K^oriaceons,  polTmorphous,  often  expanded,  incrusting  the 
surface  to  which  it  adheres. 

BotryUus  G^ertner.  Body  of  the  animalcules  not  distinguished 
into  thorax  and  abdomen ;  branchial  aperture  circular  without  rays. 
Several  clusters  of  animals,  each  of  them  mostly  stellate. 

Sp.  BotryUut  Sehloueri  Say.,  Alqfonvum  Sehloueri  L.,  BctryOus  tteUatus 
Gmrtv.,  Pall.  SpU.  Zool.  z.  Tab.  iv.  figs.  1—5,  Saviont  1. 1.  Tab.  xx. 
fig.  5  ;—Boiryllu8  polycycltu  Savignt  1.  1.  Tab.  iv.  fig.  5,  Tab.  xxi.  (re- 
peated in  Gu^iK  Iconoffr,,  MoUtuq.  PL  35,  fig.  i).  In  this  and  other 
species  every  group  has  a  common  central  cavity,  into  which  the  posterior 
aperture  of  each  several  animalcule  opens.  In  other  species  the  several 
animalcules  are  not  placed  circularly  round  such  a  cavity,  and  the  two 
openings  of  the  body  are  closer  together.  The  common  mass  is  penetrated 
by  canals.  Here  belong  the  species  which  SAyiGKT  refers  to  his  first  divi- 
sion of  BotryUus;  Milne  Edwabds  forms  of  them,  with  the  addition  of 
some  new  species  first  described  by  him,  a  separate  gemiB  under  the  name 
o{  £otryU<4de9. 

Didemnum  Sav.  (and  Euccdium  ejusd.)  Common  body  sessile, 
incrusting,  without  central  cavity.  Animalcules  divided  into  two 
separate  parts,  with  branchial  sac  separated  like  a  thorax  from  the 
abdomen.  Anal  orifice  without  rays.  Many  groups  of  animals 
collected  in  a  common  body. 

a.  Branchial  orifice  rotundate,  destitute  of  rays. 
Eucodiwm  Sav. 

h.   Branchial  orifice  with  six  equal  rays  or  lobes. 

DidmMwm  Sav.,  Didenmum  and  Leptodinmn  Milne  Edw. 

Sp.  Didemnum  candidum  Sav.  1. 1.  PI.  nr.  fig.  3,  PI.  xz.  fig.  z,  Cuv.  S, 
AfU.,  MoU,  PI.  129,  fig.  3,  &c. 

Polydinvm  Sav.  (and  Aplidium  ejusd.)  Common  body  sessile, 
polymorphous,  often  incrusting.  Many  groups  of  animalcules  col- 
lected together  in  a  common  body.  Animalcules  divided  into  three 
separate  parts,  with  ovary  and  heart  behind  abdomen  contained  in 
the  last  part.    Branchial  orifice  sexradiate;  anal  orifice  without  rays. 

Sp.  Pclydimm  conddUOum  Sav.  L  1.  PI.  iv.  fig.  1,  PL  xvm.  fig.  i,  Ou^Bnr 
Iconogr.j  MoU.  PI.  35,  fig.  4 ;  on  the  coasts  of  the  island  Maoritius ; — 
Apfidiwm  ficm  Sat.,  Alcycnium  Jictu  L.,  Ellis  OoraUines,  PI.  xvn.  fig. 
b.  B,  Ac, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


704  CLASS  XI. 

NoU, — Here  also  ia  to  be  referred  sub-genuB  AnMrimevtm  Edw.  (belter, 
perhaps,  Amarewnum  from  d/ia/>6(^,  on  account  of  the  channelled  canak 
that  permeate  the  oonmion  body  like  doacce  or  sewers).  Sp.  ii«Mir.  pnii- 
ferum  MiLKi  Edw.  ObtervcA,  $.  I.  Ate.  comp.  PL  I.  fig.  3,  Awior.  onreMi 
Milks  Edw.,  Cut.  JL  Ani.,  id.  iU.,  MoU,  PI.  130,  fig.  i,  Paraacidia  Milhi 
Edw.,  a  new  genus  different  from  all  its  congeners  by  the  octoradiate  bian- 
chial  orifice:  R.  Ani,  ibid.  fig.  5. 

Diatomus  G^RTN.,  Diatoma  Sav.  (a  name  to  be  rejected  as  pre- 
viously ascribed  to  a  genus  of  Entozoa).  Common  body  sessfle, 
coriaceous,  polymorphous.  Several  groups  of  animalcules.  Ani- 
malcules divided  into  three  separate  parts.  Six  radii  in  the  branchial 
and  in  the  anal  orifice. 

^.  JHdomut  varioloiut  Gartnkb,  Pall.  SpicU.  Zoolog.  Faac.  x.  Tab.  iv. 
fig.  7  a.  A,  &c. 

SigiUina  Sav. 

Synoicum  Phipps,  Sav.  Common  body  erect,  cylindrical, 
coriaceous,  adhering  by  the  base.  Animalcules  divided  into  three 
parts,  elongate,  arranged  in  a  circular  group  at  the  incrassated  apex 
of  the  common  body.  Branchial  orifice  with  six  equal  rays,  anal 
aperture  with  unequal  rays,  three  larger  and  three  small,  subihdis- 
tinct. 

Sp.  Synoicum  turgens  Phipps,  Voy<»ge  towards  the  North  Pole  in  1773,  Lon- 
don, 1774,  4to,  pp.  199,  900,  PI.  xin.  fig.  3,  Sat.  MSm.  1.  L  PL  m.  fig.  3, 
PL  XV. 

Diazona  Sav.  Common  body  gelatinous,  sessile,  orbicular, 
excavated  in  the  middle.  Animalcules  divided  into  three  separate 
parts,  arranged  in  several  concentric  series.  Six  equal  rays  at  the 
orifice  of  the  branchial  and  of  the  anal  aperture. 

Sp.  DicoBona  violacea  Sat.,  Poiyelinum  diatona  Cut.  JR.  Ani.,  ^  i.  Tab.  XL 
fig.  6,  4d.  a.  Tab.  xiT.  fig.  6,  Sationt  1.  L  PL  n.  fig.  3,  PL  xn.  The 
entire  system  resembles  a  compound  flower  or  an  Actinia^  and  attvns  a 
diameter  of  six  inches ;  the  colour  is  a  handsome  Tiolet.  This  species  has 
been  found  in  the  Mediterranean  on  the  Spanish  coast. 

B.  Simple  Ascidians,  solitary  or  associated  by  gemmiferous 
stolons.  External  integument  sacciform,  coriaceous  or  gelatinous, 
with  two  apertures  approximate.     (Genus  Asdiia  L.) 

The  non-pedunculated  sacciform  spedes  have  been  long  known, 
and  were  well  described  by  Aristotle  under  the  name  of  r^fivw. 
De  Aninu  Hist.  iv.  Cap.  6.  LnrNiEUS  at  first  named  this  genus 
Tethya,  but  confounded  with  it  dififerent  animals  which  alone  now 
keep  this  generic  name.    Baster  on  that  account  gave  to  this  genus 


Digitized  by 


Google 


TUNICATA.  705 

the  name  of  Aacidivm  (I^atuurk.  UUspanningen,  L  bl.  97),  and 
LiNKiBUS,  in  the  twelfth  edition  of  his  Syatema  NaturcRy  changed 
this  name,  without  any  reason  that  I  am  aware  of,  into  Ascidia. 

These  Aacidice  or  bag-pipea  (zakpijpen),  as  Baster  names  them, 
are  always  attached  to  other  bodies,  to  rocks,  shells,  crabs,  &c.  Often 
several  individuals  are  united  in  a  single  group ;  they  never,  how- 
ever, form  such  a  compound  body  as  the  preceding  genera,  which 
are  distinguished  by  the  orifida  analia  being  always  turned  towards 
each  other,  and  more  or  less  really  united,  (Savigny,  op,  cit.  p.  120), 
whilst  the  external  covering  is  common  to  all  the  individuals  that 
combine  to  form  the  group. 

These  animals  ingurge  water  tiirough  the  branchial  aperture,  and 
eject  it  chiefly  by  the  same  aperture  in  jets,  which  may  serve  as 
a  defensive  means  for  chasing  flnimalfl  away  that  attack  them. 
CuviEB  asserts  that  the  expulsion  of  water  can  be  performed 
through  the  branchial  aperture  alone.  Those  writers,  however,  who 
have  observed  them  alive,  are  unanimous  in  their  testimony  that  the 
ejection  of  water  is  eflected  through  both  apertures.  Casus  tells, 
that  in  a  large  specimen  of  Aacidia  microcoarnua  he  saw  an  opening 
furnished  with  a  membranous  valve,  which  appeared  to  lead  from 
the  branchial  sac  to  the  porua  cmalis.  Other  writers,  however,  do 
not  speak  of  such  an  opening.  On  the  supposition  of  Lister  and 
Milne  Edwards  that  the  branchial  sac  is  perforated  like  a  sieve 
(see  above,  p.  693),  the  matter  may  be  explained  without  difficulty. 
Whether  Aaddicma  also  ingurge  water  by  the  doacal  aperture  afler 
a  vacuum  in  the  giU-sac  has  been  caused  by  contraction,  as  Savigny 
suspected  {op,  cit,  p.  100),  deserves  further  investigation. 

Aaddicma  live  on  small  organic  particles,  which  are  brought  with 
the  water  into  the  respiratory  sac  and  thence  to  the  (esophagus  that 
opens  at  its  bottom.  Sometimes,  indeed,  small  cnistaceans  have 
been  found  in  the  sac,  but  they  would  seem  to  have  arrived  there 
fortuitously;  for  when  they  have  been  ingurged  by  an  Aacidian  they 
are  rather  hurtful  than  beneficial,  and  in  some  cases  even  injure  the 
tissue  of  the  gills. 

Etbsnhardt  has  published  observations  from  which  it  appears  that  the 
body  of  Ascidians  in  a  singular  manner  may  change  into  a  formleas  mass, 
on  which  other  Ascidians  attach  themselves,  and  take  root.  Nov,  Act, 
Acad,  0(88,  Leop.  Ca/roL  Vol.  xi.  1813,  pp.  249 — 372. 

Gomp.  also  on  these  animals  (besides  the  works  of  CuviER,  SAViomr  and 
Van  Benedsn  already  cited)  Garub  Beitrdge  zur  Anatomic  und  Phynologie 
der  Seetcheideny  in  Meckel's  Arch,  f,  die  Phynol,  n.  18 16,  s.  569—590 

VOL.  I.  45 


Digitized  by 


Google 


706  CLASS  XI. 

(the  figoree  rdating  to  this  memoir  were  aim  given,  better  executed,  in 
Pt  X.  of  the  Ncv,  Act,  Acad,  Cm.  Leap.  Car,  i8ax,  p.  423)  ;— W.  SwMac 
LiAT  Anatomical  ObiervoHona  on  the  Tunicata,  Linn,  TVancxiY.iSis,  pp. 
527 — 555; — Philifpi  Bhopakea  cin  neuea  Cfenui  der  wnfacken  AaadieM, 
Muellrb's  Arckiv,  1843,  pp.  45 — 57  (which  memoir  containB  some  nokioeB 
on  different  simple  ABcidiMui  found  by  the  author  near  Naples). 

A.  External  tunic  ffelaiinoiu.  Two  orifices,  either  wUhovi 
distinct  rays,  or  furnished  with  more  than  /our  rays. 

Perophora  WiEGM,  Body  compressed,  sacciform,  placed  by 
means  of  a  short  petiole  on  a  creeping  tabe,  connecting  seyeral 
individuals.  Branchial  sac  ample,  produced  to  the  posterior  part  of 
body. 

Sp.  Perophora  Luteri,  a  small  animalcule  living  sodallj,  fixed  on  Confena 
donffoia  by  a  creeping,  cirrus-bearing  pedide :  found  by  Listkb  on  the 
English  coast,  PhU,  Trane,for  1834,  Pt.  a,  pp.  378—382,  PI.  xi.  In  the 
pedide,  connecting  the  animal,  a  double  blood-current  was  ofaeerved.  The 
name  Perophora  is  given  to  this  genus  of  Aicidia  by  WiBOiEAinr  in  hii 
Meport  on  the  Advancement  of  Zoology  m  1834,  Archiiv  /.  Nahurgeech,  1835, 
I.  s.  309. 

Claveltna  Sav.  Branchial  and  cloacal  pore  without  rays.  Bran- 
chial sac  short,  destitute  of  papillae,  not  plicated.  Body  oblong, 
attenuate  at  the  base,  petiolate. 

8p.  Clavdina  horealii  Sav.,  Aeeidia  davata  Pall.,  SpieU.  Zocl.  x.  Tab.  i. 
fig.  16,  Sav.  1.  L  PI.  i.  f^.  3,  PI.  xi.  fig.  a.  In  the  North  and  Polar  seas ; 
Clavel.  lepadiformu  Sav.,  Aeeidia  Upadtformie  O.  F.  Mdblleb,  Zool. 
Dan,  Tab.  79,  fig.  5,  Hilki  Edwa&ds  Obeerv.  FAee.  Tab.  l  ^.  i.  Tab.  11. 
fig.  1,  ftc. 

Sub-genus :  BhopalcBa  Philippl  Bnmchial  pore  sexradiate,  anal 
octoradiate.  Branchial  sac  shorty  beset  with  papill»,  with  transverse 
8tri»  subindistinct.  Body  elongate,  davate,  petiolate,  with  covering 
pellucid. 

Sp.    Shop.  neapoUtana  Philippi  1.  L  Tab.  iv. 

PhaUusia  Sav.  Body  sessile,  mostly  oblong.  Branchial  pore 
mostly  with  eight  or  nine  radii,  cloacal  pore  sexradiate.  Branchial 
sac  not  plicated,  ample,  descending  to  the  bottom  of  internal  tonic 
or  reflected  at  the  bottom. 

Sp.  PhaUusia  mammiOata,  Ateidia  mammillata  Oov.  Mim,  «.  I,  Aeddiet. 
PI.  m.  J^.  Ani,,  td,  ill.,  Moll.  PL  115,  fig.  i ;  in  the  Meditemmean.  The 
thick,  white,  gelatinous,  semi-transparent  external  tunic  presents  under  the 
microscope  large  oval  vesicular  cells,  without  nuclei;  this  spedes  atUuitf 
a  size  of  more  than  4  inches,  &c. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


TUNICATA.  707 

B.     External  tunic  corictceous,  hard.     BranchicU  orifice  cmd  cmal 
cloven  irUofov/r  rays.     BrancJUal  sac  plicate, 

Cynthia  Sav.     Body  sessile. 

Sp.  CynUiia  papillata  Sav.,  Ascidia  papUlota  L.,  Bohadsoh  de  quihutd. 
Anim.  mar.  p.  130.  Tethyon  eoriaeeum,  Tab.  z.  fig.  i,  CuY.  Mim.  PI.  ii. 
figs.  1—3,  Bang  in  Gu^rik  Mag.  de  Z06L  1834,  CI.  v.  PI.  43;  Mediter. ; 
— OyniKia  microcogmuBf  Aacidia  microcotrMts  Cuv.,  Ascidia  Cuvierii  Phi- 
LiFFi,  Guv.  1.  L  PI.  I.  figs.  1—6;  the  surface  of  the  hard  and  wrinkled 
covering  is  often  beset  with  sertnlariffi,  corals  and  conchifers ;  this  species 
also  is  found  in  the  Mediterranean  Sea. 

Sub-genus :  Dendrodoa  Mag  L. 
Sp.    Jkndrodoa  fflandaria  Mao  Liat  I  L  Tab.  10,  p.  547. 

Boltenia  Sav.     Body  oval,  placed  on  a  round  petiole. 

Sp.  SoUmia  fvM/ormis  Sav.,  Vortiedla  BoUeni  L.,  Ascidia  daivaUt  Shaw 
(not  Pall.),  J.  E.  Boltsn  ^m^.  a(2  C.  A.  LiNKi  de  novo  qvodam  Zoophytor. 
ffenere,  Amstelrod.  1771,  4to.  c.  Tab.  color. ; — Boltenia  or(f«ra  Sav.,  Ascidia 
pedunculata  Shaw,  Vortiedla  ovifera  L.,  Saviont  1. 1.  PL  l  fig.  i,  B, 
Blaikv.  MoLacol,  PI.  8,  fig.  3,  &c. 

Subgenus :  Cystingia  Mac  L. 

Sp.  OysHngia  QriffitKsii  Mao  Lbat  L  L  Tab.  19,  pp.  540 — 545,  near  the 
North  Polar-circle  in  Foo^Channdf  met  with  in  Pabbt'b  expedition. 
Perhaps  it  belongs  to  sub-genus  Boltenia  legumen  Lbssov,  Oentur,  tool. 
^^  5i  %•  I.  pp.  i49»  150. 

0.     Ext&mal  tvmic  hard,  composed  of  separate  scuteUa.     Body 
sessile. 

Ghelyosoma  SoWERBY.  Body  depressed,  discoidal,  adhering  to 
foreign  bodies.  Orifices  conical,  both  closed  by  six  triangular 
valves. 

Sp.  Ohdyosoma  Madeayan/um,  Zoological  Journal,  1819,  xvii.  p.  46,  D. 
F.  Esohbioht  AnaUynvisle  Beshrivelse  af  Chdyos,  Madeayamum,  Vidensk. 
Sdsh.  naturvid.  og  riuUh.  Shr.  ix.  1843,  pp.  i — 16,  Tab.  I. 


Note. — It  may  suffice  here  simply  to  name  the  genera  Pedotethis 
and  Syphonotethis,  of  which  the  author,  Gebvais,  has  given  the 
names  alone  {Ascidies,  Diet.  tmiv.  cTHist.  not.  n.  1842,  pp.  207, 
208). 


Digitized  by 


45—2 
Google 


CLASS  XII. 
CONCHIFERS  {COFCHIFERAf. 

With  Lamarck  we  unite  all  the  bivalve  molluscs  in  a  single 
class,  which  also  contains  the  Brtzch'opoda  of  CuviER,  They  are 
acephalous  molluscs,  of  which  the  mantle  is  always  more  or  less, 
and  often  entirely,  cloven  into  two  laminse,  and  which  are  covered 
by  a  bivalve  shell.  Their  respiratory  apparatus  is  external,  and 
situated  either  between  the  mantle  and  the  body  in  form  of  plates, 
or  in  the  substance  of  the  mantle  itself. 

The  intestinal  canal,  very  various  in  length,  is  closely  sur- 
rounded by  the  other  viscera.  The  oesophagus  is  short,  or  there 
exists  no  oesophagus  obviously  distinct  Ordinarily  a  stomach  is 
present,  yet  in  Ligula  the  intestinal  canal  is  almost  of  the  same 
width  throughout;  and  in  OrbicuJa  also  a  stomachal  expansion  is 
not  apparent.  Salivary  glands  are  not  present  in  the  LameUi- 
hranchiata  ;  in  the  Brachiopoda  it  is  doubtful  whether  one  of  the 
glandular  masses,  that  surround  the  intestinal  canal,  is  to  be 
regarded  as  a  salivary  gland'.  Largely  developed  on  the  other 
hand  is  the  liver,  which,  as  in  the  rest  of  the  invertebrate  animals, 
receives  arterial  blood  alone,  and  has  no  gall-bladder.  Numerous 
lobes,  consisting  either  of  blind  sacs  or  of  branching  coecal  tubes, 


^  Most  of  the  general  works  on  this  class  treat  also  of  the  rest  of  the  moUaacs,  and 
have  been  partly  cited  above.  Here  belongs  especially  the  great  work  of  Polt.  Com- 
pare besides,  the  article  Ckmchifera  of  Dishatxs  in  Todd's  CyclopcBdia  of  Anatomy  and 
Pkytiology,  i.  1836,  pp.  694 — 716,  and  B.  Gabnsb,  On  the  Anatomy  of  the  UmdU- 
hxmckiate  Conchifera,  Tran:  af  the  Zool.  Soe,  ii.  a,  pp.  87 — loi,  PL  18 — ao. 

*  In  Ligula  AnaHna  CuviXB  observed  a  difference  of  colour  in  these  glandular 
masses,  which  led  him  to  consider  the  round  white  gland,  situated  in  the  middle,  to  be 
salivaiy,  the  lateral,  divided  into  many  lobes,  and  yellow  brown,  to  be  a  liver.  Owes 
could  not  perceive  such  difference  of  colour  in  Lingula  Audd>ardii,  and  supposes  that, 
in  the  specimens  examined  by  Cuyiib,  it  was  to  be  ascribed  to  some  accidental  cause, 
as  bleaching  by  the  spirit  in  which  the  animals  were  kept  (Trans.  Zool,  Soc.  I.  p.  15  7)* 
I  must,  however,  observe  that  the  specimen  examined  by  me  gave  the  same  results  as 
CuviBfi  has  noticed,  although  I  do  not  regard  difference  in  colour  as  a  certain  proof  of 
difference  in  function.  In  the  other  genera  of  JBraehiopoda,  whiph  I  have  not  examined, 
TorebrtUula  and  Orbiada,  Owkn  found  no  glands  except  the  liver. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CONCHIFEES.  709 

• 
Bxurround  the  stomach  and  intestme,  and  pour  the  hile  by  more  than 

one  opening  into  their  cavity.  In  many  LameUibranchtata  there  is 
found,  either  in  a  blind  appendage  at  the  undermost  part  of  the 
stomach,  or  in  the  intestine  itself  below  the  stomach,  a  transpa- 
rent elongated  organ  (the  crystal  style),  on  that  extremity  of  which 
that  projects  freely  into  the  stomach,  a  small  membranous  cartilagi- 
nous protuberance,  divided  into  three  or  more  irregular  processes 
or  points,  is  seated  ^  The  use  of  this  apparatus  is  not  yet  rightly 
understood.  Poli  thinks  the  elasticity  of  the  organ  may  press  the 
points  of  the  protuberance  towards  and  into  the  openings  of  the 
gall-ducts,  and  thus  moderate  the  influx  of  bile  when  not  required ; 
but  such  a  regulator  is  unexampled  in  the  animal  kingdom.  That 
the  style  may  effect  the  recoil  of  the  foot,  has  been  suggested  by 
Garner,  without  any  accurate  explanation  of  the  mode  in  which 
this  is  produced,  whilst,  at  the  same  time,  the  free  projection  into 
the  stomach  of  the  tricuspid  protuberance  remains  unexplained. 
We  confess  rather  that  we  do  not  yet  understand  the  organ, 
because  we  can  compare  it  with  no  other  in  the  rest  of  the  classes 
of  animals. 

The  circulation  of  the  blood  has  in  this  class  always  a  central 
organ,  a  heart  with  a  single  ventricle,  sometimes  two  hearts  remote 
from  each  other;  for  instance,  in  the  Brachiopoda  and  in  Area 
amongst  the  LaTnellibranchicUa*.  In  this  case,  however,  the  two 
hearts  ftilfil  the  same  oflSce  on  each  side  of  the  body,  and  are  both 
arterial  like  the  single  heart  in  the  rest  of  the  acephalous  molluscs : 
the  blood,  namely,  flows  from  the  gills  to  the  heart,  not  from  the 


1  Poli  names  this  protuberance  aagitta  trictapuj  see  on  this  snbject  his  celebrated 
work  Testae,  utr.  Sicil,  i.  IrUrod.  p.  41,  and  the  figures  for  example,  from  PhoUu 
dactylus,  Tab.  vn.  figs,  g,  10,  1 1,  from  Tellvna  planata,  Tab.  xiv.  figs.  9,  to,  from 
Cardium  ruttumm,  Tab.  XYI.  figs.  13,  &c.  The  circumstance  that  the  crystal  style  is 
sometimes  not  to  be  found,  and,  as  V.  Siebold  thinks,  is  developed  and  disappears 
periodically  (Lehrb.  d.  vergL  Anai,  i.  s.  363,  note  15),  indicates  an  analogy  with  the 
lapidet  eancrorum  (see  above,  p.  616)  that  promises,  perhaps,  to  throw  a  clearer  light 
upon  it. 

*  For  the  Brachiopoda  compare  Cuyibb  Mimoire  twr  VAnimal  de  la  Lingvla, 
MSmoiret  tw  Ub  Moll.,  and  Owen,  LeUre  d  M.  Milne  Edwabdb,  Ann.  d.  Sc.  Nat., 
3i^e  S^rie,  ZooL  iii.  1845,  PP;  3^5 — 3*Oi  »l8o  Huxlet  Contributions  to  the  Anatomy 
of  the  Brachiopoda,  in  Proceedings  of  the  Roy.  Sac.  Vol.  vn.  pp.  106 — 117,  1854,  who 
throws  some  doubts  upon  the  office  of  the  so-called  hearts ;  their  number,  also,  he 
states  to  be  in  some  cases  four.  For  Area  see  PoLi  Test,  utr.  Sic.  u.  pp.  189,  183, 
Tab.  XXY.  fig.  9. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


710  CLASS  XII. 

heart  to  the  gills.  When  a  single  heart  is  present,  it  is  usually 
seated  between  the  two  membranous  triangular  auricles  that  have 
their  points  turned  towards  the  heart.  From  the  heart  arise  the 
arteries,  which,  however,  do  not  pass  from  capillaries  into  yeins ; 
the  arterial  blood  flows,  according  to  the  interesting  discoyeiy  of 
Milne  Edwards  S  not  through  closed  vessels,  but  in  reticular  inter- 
spaces [lacuncB),  which  are  emptied  into  larger  venous  sinuses,  [or 
rather  the  so-called  close  vessels  expand,  their  attenuated  proper 
tunic  being  continued  into  these  lacunae  and  sinuses']. 

The  respiratory  organs  are,  in  the  Brachicpoda,  situated  on  the 
mantle,  or  the  vascular  mantle  itself  serves  for  respiration.  In  the 
Lamelltbranchtata  the  gills  lie  as  plates  between  the  margins  of 
the  mantle.  Ordinarily  two  gills  are  present  on  each  side.  Each 
gill  consists  of  two  plates,  which  are  more  remote  &om  each  other 
on  the  dorsal  surface,  and  coalescent  at  their  free  outer  margin. 
Sometimes  the  triangular  spaces  which  are  thus  formed  in  the  gills 
are  capable  of  a  great  extension,  and  serve,  as  in  AnodarUa,  as  tern* 
porary  repositories  for  the  eggs, — brooding  cavities.  On  each  plate 
numerous  transverse  stripes  or  projecting  lines  are  seen,  along 
which  the  currents  of  blood  pass  in  the  gills.  In  Arca^  Peden^  and 
8pondylu8,  each  of  these  projecting  lines  is  changed  into  a  free  fila- 
ment, and  the  gills  thus  consist  here  not  of  plates  but  of  threads, 
which,  though  separate,  are  still  from  their  numbers  placed  close 
together'.  The  gills  in  this  condition  resemble  those  of  bony 
fishes,  whilst  the  laminated  structure,  which  in  the  ZameZ2t%ran- 
cJiiaia  is  that  generally  prevalent,  occurs  in  these  fishes  (in  Xiphias 
gladiua)  only  as  the  exception.  Another  deviation  from  the  ordi- 
nary type  of  the  gills  is  seen  in  some  genera  of  LameUtbranckiaia 
in  the  number  of  these  organs,  when  on  each  side,  instead  of  two, 
only  a  single  gill  is  present*.     From  the  common  opinion  that  the 


^  Ann.  da  Se,  Nat,  3i^me  S^rie,  in.  1845,  pp.  300—304. 

3  [Vid.  Owen  Introductixm  to  the  Anatomy  of  Ter^fratula  in  DAVmsoK's  Mono- 
graph on  Fossil  TerebratulcBf  published  by  the  PalseoniographicAl  Society,  1853,  pp- 
15,  16,  and  PI.  III.  fig.  I.  This  structure  of  the  spaces  in  which  the  blood  flows  was 
first  explained  by  Hunter,  and  exists  equally  in  insects  and  crustaceans.  Owxir  L  1. 
pp.  17,  18.] 

>  Meckel's  System  der  vergl  Anat.  vi.  1833,  P-  ^-  ^^  SoUnomya  the  gills  also  are 
feather-shaped;  seePHiLiFPi  in  WiEQMAVS*BArehivfarNaturge8ehickte,  1. 1835,  ^  ^75- 

*  In  Anatina  and  Pholadomya  Soweebt  the  gill-plates  on  each  side  are  so  grown 
together  as  to  form  a  single  gill ;  Owen  Lectures  on  the  Oomp.  Anat,  of  ths  iwiert. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


COKCHIFEBS.  711 

plates  described  are  gills,  Bojanus  entirely  recedes ;  he  thinks  that 
the  only  office  of  these  organs  is  the  custody  of  the  eggs,  whence 
he  does  not  name  them  gills,  but  brood-receptacles  {BrutMUer). 
Accordingly  he  has  described  an  entirely  different  organ,  not 
noticed  previously,  as  a  respiratory  organ*.  According  to  his  ob- 
servations the  venous  blood,  that  flows  back  from  the  organs  of 
the  body,  is  conducted  to  an  elongated  venous  sinus  situated  at 
the  dorsal  surface  beneath  the  heart.  Close  to  this  sinus  are 
two  spongy,  dark-green  or  brown  sacs,  which  are  very  rich  in  ves- 
sels, and  receive  all  the  blood  from  the  venous  sinus.  BojANUS 
was  of  opinion  that  these  organs  serve  for  respiration,  and  are 
lungs;  from  each  sac  arises  a  single  vascular  stem,  which  runs 
along  the  two  gills  of  its  own  side.  From  the  parts  which  BojANUS 
names  lungs,  come  also  some  short  vessels,  which  run  immediately 
to  the  heart,  but  the  greater  part  of  the  blood  that  flows  in  them 
goes  to  the  two  vascular  stems  of  the  gill-plates. 

The  investigations  of  Bojanus  have  made  us  much  more  accu- 
rately acquainted  with  the  circulation  of  the  blood  in  LameUt- 
branchtata,  than  what  had  previously  been  written  upon  it.  The 
mode,  however,  in  which  this  anatomist  explained  what  he  observed, 
is  exposed  to  many  objections.  If  his  opinions  be  not  adopted,  it 
is  not  clear  what  appellation  ought  to  be  assigned  to  the  organs 
described  by  Bojanus.  At  the  present  day  it  seems  that  these  so- 
named  lungs  are  very  commonly  regarded  as  kidneys*.  On  this 
supposition,  however,  it  remains  unexplained  why  they  receive 
all  the  venous  blood  of  the  body.  This  circumstance  deserves 
special  consideration,  whenever  a  conclusion  is  attempted  con- 
cerning the  nature  of  these  organs.  Hence  it  Is  that  I  offered, 
now  more  than  twenty  years  ago,  the  opinion  that  these  so- 
called  lungs  are  venous  sinuses,  as  much  as  the  part  that  lies 
between  them,  which  Bojanus  himself  named  sinus  venostis;  they 


Animals,  p.  383.  AIbo  in  Lueina  and  Corbia  Yalanoiekkes  found  only  a  single  gill 
on  each  side  ;  Campte$  rmdm,  9  Juin,  1845, 

^  L.  H.  BojAKUS  Sendachreiben  d  Mr  le  Chevalier  G.  De  Cuvieb  aber  die  Aihem-  und 
Krtida'uf'werkzeuge  der  zweiacluudigen  Muscheln  irubeaondere  des  Anodon  cygneum. 
Mit  abbildungen,  4to.  (Printed  separately  from  Oeen'b  Isis  in  1820,  Heft  7).  PoLi 
speaks  in  different  parts  of  his  work  of  this  organ,  under  the  name  of  visciis  tettaceum, 

^TnxviRAiras  Zeitachr.f,  Physiol,  i.  1824,  s.  53  ;  Cajixjb  Lehrbuch  derZooUmie,  2te 
Aufl.  n.  1834,  8.  650;  Y.  81EBOLD  Lekrb.  d,  vergl.  Anat,  i.  s.  281 — 284. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


712  CLASS  XII. 

are  parts  which  correspond  to  the  lateral  venous  sinnses  of  the 
decapod  crustaceans  (see  above,  p.  605),  and  to  the  two  latenl 
venous  hearts  in  the  Cephalopoda  dtbranchuzta^.  Consequently  the 
two  arterial  stems  of  the  gills  convey  venous  blood,  which,  having 
become  arterial  in  the  gills,  is  brought  back  to  the  heart  by  four 
branchial  veins  (two  on  each  side).  The  walls  of  these  venous 
sinuses  may  at  the  same  time  be  regarded  as  secreting  organs, 
which  correspond  to  the  appendages  of  the  veins  in  the  Cqfhalopoda, 
Each  of  these  sinuses,  moreover,  is  situated  in  a  cavity  or  a  space 
with  thin  walls,  to  which  the  water  has  free  access  bj  a  fissure 
which'  opens  close  to  the  external  opening  of  the  genital  organs. 

Besides  the  circulation  of  the  blood  in  vessels  and  in  spaces 
without  proper  walls,  as  already  described,  another  system  still  of 
canals  or  interspaces  has  been  discovered,  that  is  filled  with 
water  in  conchifers,  as  in  many  other  invertebrate  animals'.  It  is 
probable  that  in  the  description  of  the  circulating  system  of  the 
blood,  a  confusion  with  these  canals  has  occasionally  occurred'. 

It  wai^  generally  supposed  formerly,  that  all  the  conchifers 
were  of  one  sex,  not  so  much  bisexual,  as  indeed  all  female,  there 
being  no  other  organs  of  propagation  except  ovaries\  But  if 
such  were  really  the  case,  these  animals  ought  not  to  be  styled 
female,  but  sexless.  An  organ  for  the  preparation  of  germs  covid 
not,  when  the  germ  required  no  impregnation,  be  an  ovaiy;  the 
germ  which,  without  the  influence  of  sperma  is  developed  into  a 
new  animal,  ought  rather  to  be  named  a  detached  bud  than  an 


1  In  a  letter  to  my  deceased  friend  NiTZSOH  of  Halle,  Msckel's  Arekivf.  AnaLu, 
Phydol.  i8i8,  8.  503,  and  in  the  fint  edition  of  this  Handbook,  n.  bL  35.  What 
V.  SiBBOLD  advances  as  my  opinion,  and  with  which  he  professes  to  agree,  that  the 
parts  described  by  Bojanus  correspond  to  the  appendages  of  the  veins  in  Oephalopodt, 
is  not  mine,  but  indeed  a  later  guess  of  Bojakus  himself  {Isu  1820),  who  in  fact  had 
too  much  love  of  truth  to  conceal  that  his  opinion  respecting  the  respiration  <^ 
conchifers  was  something  of  a  paradox  {eine  in  ironiscKer  AnwancUung,  etwat  heck  tuid 
paradox  atugetprochene  Meinung), 

*  Dkllb  Ghiajb  Memcrie  nUla  ttoria  e  noUmia  degli  aninuUi  9ema  voriAftj  n. 
p.  359,  and  foil.  pp.  369,  270 ;  Y.  Basb  in  Fbokikp'b  Noluen,  i8a6. 

*  Ck)mpare  on  this  point  V.  Siebold  Lehrb,  der  vergl.  AnaL  i.  s.  979 — 181.  [^ 
Letdio  Ud),  Cyclat  cornea  Lam.,  Mueller's  Ar^Mv,  1855,  pp.  54 — 57,  firom  whoae 
observations  it  would  seem  that  the  opinion  of  Delle  Chiajb,  that  the  fine  pores  and 
canals  of  the  water-system  communicate  with  that  of  the  blood,  is  perfectly  conrect] 

^  Even  in  the  work  of  Debhayeb,  TraiU  de  Oonehyliol,,  begun  a  few  yean1»ck, 
this  statement  is  found  p.  384. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CONCHIFERS.  713 

egg*-    We  have  already  seen  above  in  the  case  of  the  sea-nettles 

and  echinoderms,  that  the  sexual  glands  {ovarian  testes)  might  agree 

entirely  in  position  and  external  form,  so  that,  without  microscopic 

investigation  of  their  contents,  it  could  not  be  determined  whether 

they  were  feminine  or  masculine,  whether  they  served  to  prepare 

the  germ  or  to  impregnate  it.     In  the  Brtzchtopada  the  ovary  alone 

is  known  hitherto,  which  lies  behind  the  liver ;  from  the  ovary  the 

eggs  arrive  at  the  lobes  of  the  mantle,  and  cover  the  blood-vessels 

that  are  distributed  there^     In  the  LamellibranchtcUa  Prevost 

discovered  in  1823  distinct  sexes  in  Uh{o\    In  the  male  sex,  in 

place  of  the  ovary,  a  similarly  formed  part  is  found,  filled  with 

white  fluid,  which  swarms  with  seminal  animalcules.     Pkevost 

saw  neither  from  these  nor  from  those  that  had  ovaries  any  young 

ones  proceed  when  he  kept  them  apart,  but  did  when  two  were 

placed  in  contiguity.    These  observations  were  confirmed  some 

years  afterwards  by  others  of  the  same  kind,  of  Wagner,  Milne 

Edwards,  and  others,  and  especially  by  very  exact  investigations 

of  C.  T.  Von  Siebold*.     In  the  mean  time,  this  interesting  pecu- 

.  liarity  is  no  new  discovery  of  the  last  years ;  and  the  observations 

which  have  been  alluded  to  tend  to  the  confirmation  rather  of  what 

had  already  been  observed  by  Leeuwenhoeck  a  century  and  a  half 

earlier^.    The  spermatozoa  have  a  long  thin  tail  and  a  conspicuously 

distinct  body,  like  a  knob,  which  is  very  small  and  elongated. 

The  testes  in  the  male  individuals  are  situated  at  the  same  part  as 

the  ovaries  in  the  females ;  they  open  at  the  same  place,  and  appear 

in  the  arrangement  of  their  blind  tubes  to  agree  with  the  ovaries. 

Now  that  it  has  been  admitted  that  difference  of  sex  exists  in  the 


*  Mubllkb's  Physidoffie,  n.  p.  6i8. 

*  Cuyim  could  not  trace  the  orgiuis  of  propagation  in  Lingula;  OwXN  describes 
them  very  briefly  in  TerebraiiUa  and  OrhietUoy  Trant,  ZooL  Soe,  I.  pp.  152 — 156,  PL  21, 
fig.  11^,  i6r,  PI.  33,  fig.  iiw,  fig.  T5f»;  in  these  figures  the  eggs  are  represented 
partly  in  the  mantle ;  there  are  eggs  also  lying  on  the  mantle,  which  O.  F.  Mcellbb 
described  and  figured  as  ovarium  ramosum  in  Orhicula,  Zool.  Danic.  Tab.  4,  fig.  7. 
[See,  however,  Owkn's  further  description  of  the  geuerative  organs  in  Terebratula,  in 
his  Introduction  cited  above,  p.  710  and  Plate  in.  fig.  i.  He  concludes  that  Ter, 
Jlaveieent  is  diceceous.] 

*  De  la  g&iUnUion  de  la  moule  de»  peirUres,  MSm,  de  la  Soc,  de  Phytique  et  d'B^itt, 
Nat,  de  QeiUve,  iii.  i,  pp.  11 1  and  foil. 

^  See  these  observations,   illustrated  by  figures,   in  Mublleb*8  Archiv,    1837, 

8.  381— 39«' 

*  A.  Van  Lbbuwenhosok  Vijfde  vervolg  der  Brieven,  Delft,  1696,  4to,  95vte  Mis- 
sive, bk.  136—155  ;  see  especially  bl*.  145. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


714  CLASS  XII. 

LcaneUibranchtataj  perhaps  hereafter  external  sexual  difference 
will  be  looked  for.  In  AnodanUiy  at  least,  the  females  may  be 
recognised  by  their  more  convex  shells  ^  However  all  LcmutJUr 
branchtaia  are  not  of  different  sex ;  Peden,  for  instance,  according 
to  Milne  Edwards,  is  hermaphroditic';  also  in  CydaSy  besides 
the  ovaries,  two  testes  are  present'. 

The  structure  of  the  ovaries  has,  by  the  investigations  of  Polt, 
become  known  in  many  genera  of  Lamellibranckiaia,  The  two 
ovaries  lie  on  each  side  of  the  intestinal  canal  and  the  liver,  and 
consist  of  tubes  that  divide  into  branches  terminating  blindly; 
they  have  often  a  proper  colour,  ordinarily  red  or  rose-red,  by 
which  they  are  distinguished  from  the  neighbouring  parts.  The 
eggs  pass  from  the  ovary  by  an  aperture  situated  on  each  side  of 
the  foot  or  the  abdomen,  at  the  inside  of  the  opening  of  the 
vacuities  in  which  the  venous  sinuses  are  contained.  In  the  same 
situation  lie  the  apertures  by  which  in  the  male  conchifers  the 
sperma  is  evacuated.  Afterwards  the  eggs  proceed  along  the  foot 
into  an  opening  between  the  foot  and  the  inner  gills,  and  arrive 
at  the  canal  of  the  inner  gills,  which  conducts  to  the  cloaca.  From 
here  the  eggs  are  carried  to  the  lobes  of  the  mantle,  or  they  come 
outward  and  are  brought  by  the  respiratory  streams  firom  behind 
into  the  canal  of  the  external  gills,  and  deposited  between  the 
plates  in  the  saccules  of  these  gills,  as  in  Unto  and  Anodonia*. 


^  y.  Subold  op,  cit.  8.  391 ;  Kibtlanb  appears  to  have  remarked  this  difference 
in  Unio  also. 

*  Ann.dcB  Se,  Nat.  le  Sine,  ZTin.  1842,  ZooloffU,  pp.  sat,  323,  H.  10,  fig.  i> 

*  Waokkb  found  tpermatozoa  in  all  the  individuals  of  OycUu  cordata  which  be 
investigated ;  Wisgmaitn'b  Archiv,  1835,  n.  b.  218,  Tab.  ni.  fig.  8.  The  presenoe  of 
two  tettet  and  two  ovaria  in  genus  CtfcUu  was  observed  by  V.  Sikbold,  Hubllsb'b 
Arekiv,  1837,  s.  383,  384.  [See  on  the  genital  organs  of  LamdUbraxkchiaUi,  H.  Leoazb- 
DuTHiBBa  Ann.  de»  Se.  Nat,,  ZoU.  4i^e  Serie,  Tom.  n.  pp.  155—348.  He  addi 
Offrea,  so  much  contested,  to  the  list  of  the  hermaphrodites.  Peden,  which  ii  vsaaltj 
bisexual,  has  one  spedes  {Peden  variut)  unisexual,  whilst  Cardium,  usually  uniseznalt 
has  Oardium  terratum  and  Card,  hnigaium  bisexual.  In  some  hermaphrodites,  the 
sexual  organs,  though  united  in  the  body  of  the  same  animal,  are  quite  distinct  (Ptde^ 
&c.),  in  others  they  are  quite  confused,  (Odrea).^ 

*  The  figure  of  PoLi  Testae,  u^utq.  SicU.  I.  Tab.  rx.  fig.  18,  gives  a  good  ides  of 
these  chambers  formed  by  transverse  septa,  triangrular  and  much  elongated,  which  have 
their  bases  turned  to  the  dorsal  side  of  the  gills.  POLI  and  most  observers  have  fouoa 
the  eggs  in  the  external  giUs  alone,  BojakT7B  occasionally  found  some  in  the  intenial 
also.  Thus  the  respiratory  function  is  not  prevented  by  these  eggs ;  but  only  parti*"/ 
interrupted,  and  since  there  are  many  conehifera  in  which  the  gills  do  not  serve  for  tbe 
reception  of  eggs,  there  is  the  less  reason  for  refumng  to  these  organs  the  fanetion  of 


Digitized  by 


Google 


C0NCHIFER8.  715 

Here  the  eggs  remain  for  development.  Since  the  young  Anodonts 
and  Unios  in  the  early  period  of  life  have  a  form  differing  from 
the  perfect  animal,  they  have  by  some  writers  been  regarded  as 
parasites  that  live  in  the  gills^.  It  is  almost  needless  to  say  that, 
in  the  Lamdlibranchiaia,  where  the  sexes  are  distinct,  there  is  no 
copulation.  The  eggs  must  leave  the  ovarium  previously  to  im- 
pregnation. 

The  nervous  system  was  by  Polt,  whose  investigations  have 
contributed  so  much  to  the  knowledge  of  the  structure  of  con- 
chifers,  described  as  aqui-vascular  system,  since  the  wide  neurilema 
admitted  impletion  with  quicksilver.  Mangili  contested  this 
opinion.  He  observed  four  nervous  ganglia  in  Anodonta^  two  at 
the  side  of  the  mouth,  one,  the  largest  of  all,  in  the  foot,  and  a 
fourth  under  the  posterior  occludent  muscle  of  the  shell,  from  which 
ganglion  the  nerves  for  the  gills  and  the  mantle  arise.  All  these 
ganglia  are  mutually  connected  by  nerve-filaments'.  This  may  be 
regarded  as  the  first  exposition,  in  some  measure  accurate,  of  the 
nervous  system  in  this  class.  As  the  rule,  three  central  nerve- 
masses  may  be  admitted  in  the  Lamellibranchiatay  each  consisting 
of  two  lateral  ganglia,  of  which,  however,  the  first  two  alone  are 
constantly  distinct  from  each  other.  These  lie  near  the  mouth,  and 
are  connected  by  a  longer  or  shorter  transverse  arched  filament,  a 
commissure  which  runs  in  front  of  the  mouth.  On  each  side  there 
arises  from  these  ganglia  a  long  nerve-cord  that  runs  to  the  poste- 
rior nerve-mass,  the  ganglia  abdomtnalta,  often  connected  in  a  single 
ganglion,  and  thus  forms  a  wide  ring  which  may  be  compared  to 
the  oesophageal  ring  in  other  invertebrate  animals.     The  second 


reflpiration,  so  generally  attributed  to  them ;  to  say  nothing  of  the  male  indiyiduals  in 
which  the  temporary  function  for  the  gills  of  brooding  organs  entirely  falls  to  the 
ground. 

^  J.  Bathkb  (Shritfter  of  nat.  SeUhahet,  iv.  i,  1797,  pp.  166,  167,  and  after  him 
L.  Jaoobson  KongeL  Damke  Videntkab,  SeUkaJbs  NaturM,  og  McOhem,  Afhandlinger, 
m.  1828,  pp.  ^6S,  269),  described  the  animal  living  in  the  gills  as  a  distinct  species 
under  the  name  of  Glochidium.  The  observations  of  Y.  Baeb  (Mecksl's  Archiv^ 
1830,  8.  331)  and  especially  of  Cabub  (Neue  UfUertuehungen  Hb.  d,  ErUmckelungigtsck. 
wucrer  FlvMnm$ehel,  Leipsig,  1832,  4to,  printed  separately  from  the  Act,  Acad,  Cast, 
Zeop.  Cofid.  zvi.  i)  have  now  cleared  this  matter  up.  The  young  animals  have 
a  triangular  bivalve  shell,  which  gapes  open,  and  has  at  the  outer  margins  an 
appendage  or  hook  turned  inwards  and  furnished  with  small  spines.  Gomp.  also 
QUATBBFAGEB,  Ann,  dcB  Sc,  NcU,  sec.  S^rie,  v.  1836,  Zool,  pp.  321 — 336,  PI.  la. 

'  Nuove  JUeherche  zootomMchc  sopra  alcuni  specie  di  Conckiglie  hivcUvi,  Milano, 
1804 ;  translated  into  German  in  Bsil's  Archiv,  ix.  s.  113—220,  Taf.  xh. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


716  CLASS  XII. 

nerve-mass,  the  par  pedalt^  also  connected  with  the  first  ganglia  by 
two  shorter  strings,  is,  in  those  genera  that  have  no  foot,  feebly 
developed,  or  according  to  Garner,  even  absent.  The  nerve- 
ganglia  are  osoallj  distinguished  bj  a  red  or  orange  colonr^.  The 
nervous  system  of  the  Brachiopoda  is  not  yet  perfectly  known,  but 
seems  to  be  formed  after  a  different  typu8^. 

Amongst  the  parts  which  may  be  regarded  as  the  seats  of  senses, 
the  conical  cirri  are  first  to  be  noticed,  which  -are  present  sometimes 
along  the  entire  margin  of  the  mantle  of  the  LamellibrancAiata,  or  on 
some  parts  of  the  mantle,  at  the  opening  of  the  siphon  for  example, 
and  which  in  the  Brachiopoda  are  changed  for  long,  stiflF,  glistering 
hairs.  The  mouth,  moreover,  in  the  Lamellibranchiata  is  surrounded 
by  two  pairs  of  transversely  striped  organs  of  touch  of  considerable 
size,  triangular,  elongated  or  oval  laminse,  which  some*  consider  to 
be  accessory  gills,  from  their  external  resemblance  to  these  organs. 
In  the  Brachicpoda  there  are  two  long  arms,  beset  pectinately  with 
filaments  like  a  finnge,  situated  at  the  side  of  the  mouth,  where 
they  are  rolled  up  in  a  spiral  form,  and  concealed  within  the  shell. 
Organs  of  vision  have,  of  late  years,  been  shewn  by  microscopic 
investigation  to  be  present  in  Pecten,  Spondylus,  and  many  other 
genera  amongst  the  Lamellibranchiata^  as  green,  red-yellow,  or 
brown  tubers,  shining  brightly,  and  often  set  upon  a  small  pedicle 
at  the  margin  of  the  mantle.  In  different  species  more  than  a  hun- 
dred such  eyes  have  been  counted*. 


^  Compare  R.  Guutkb  On  the  nervoiutyMem  ofMoUutcouM  AnimaU,  Tnuu.  of  Linn, 
Soe.  XVII.  1835,  PP-  485—488,  PI.  14;  Blahchahd  Ol>$ervation»  swrle  SyaUme  nenvuz 
da  MoUusqnea  lamdlibranehei,  Ann.  des  Se,  not.,  3i^me  S^rie,  in.  1845,  PP*  3^' — 34Pf 
PI.  12.  Here  may  be  found  a  copious  historical  review  of  this  subject.  The  two  small 
nerve-ganglia  that  lie  near  the  oval  ganglia  in  Ottrea  (Brandt  and  Katsebtjeq  Median, 
Zool.  II.  s.  340,  341),  Blanchard  regards  as  answering  to  the  par  pedale  (here  want- 
ing according  to  Garner).  Nervous  branches  that  arise  from  the  lateral  ccmmiissunl 
string  of  the  first  and  hindmost  pair,  on  which  in  some  species  {SoUUf  Area)  even  gan- 
gliform  swellings  are  observed,  correspond,  so  it  appears,  to  the  sympathetic  nervons 
system  of  articulate  animals,  especially  to  the  lateral  portions  of  it  in  the  crays,  which 
in  like  manner  arise  from  the  collar  round  the  neck  (see  above,  p.  618).  Those  UaneQi- 
branchiates,  which  are  provided  with  a  tubular  prolongation  of  the  mantle,  have  often 
between  the  muscles,  that  retract  the  tube,  small  nerve-ganglia  in  addition. 

■  CuviSR  Mim,  9ur  la  LxnguU,  p.  8,  speaks  very  indecisively  on  this  point;  Owiif 
describes  a  nerve-ganglion  between  the  basal  pieces  of  the  two  arms,  and  two  others  at 
the  side  of  the  mouth.  Tram,  of  Zool.  Soe.  I.  p.  156.  [On  the  nervous  system  oiTcrt- 
hratula  see  Owbn  Introduct.  &c.  pp.  11,  13  (cited  above,  p.  710).] 

'  PoLi  spoke  of  such  eyes  tmaroffdino  colore  coruMsanteM,  which  are  situated  on  the 
larger  cirri  of  the  border  of  the  mantle  in  f^ponflylus  (ii.  p.  107)  and  Pccten  Jacobtgvf 


Digitized  by 


Google 


C0NCHIFER8.  717 

As  auditory  organ,  Sieeold  regards  a  part  met  with  by  him  in 
CydaSy  Anodonta,  UntOy  Mya,  Gardium,  Tdlina,  &c.,  an  organ 
situated  in  front  of  and  near  to  the  nerve-mass  of  the  foot.  Here 
namely  on  both  sides  he  found  a  vesicle  in  which  a  flat,  round, 
transparent  nucleus  is  in  free  motion.  The  nucleus  is  a  concrement 
comparable  to  the  lapilli  in  the  auditory  sac  of  the  bony  fishes^. 
Neither  of  this  enigmatical  organ  nor  of  eyes  has  any  vestige  been 
met  with  in  the  Brachiopoda. 

The  motions  of  these  animals  are  very  simple.  Many  Lamelli" 
branchiata,  and  all  the  Brachiopods,  are  fixed  to  their  places,  and 
are  not  able  to  move  from  them.  Otlier  conchifers  have  a  springing 
motion  by  means  of  the  footy  a  name  given  to  a  production  of  the 
abdomen  which  is  muscular  and  very  firm,  possesses  great  con- 
tractility and  irritability,  and  may  assume  very  difierent  forms*. 
By  means  of  it  bivalves  move  at  the  bottom  of  the  water  in  which 
they  live. 

The  geographic  distribution  of  conchifers  deserves  a  more 
special  investigation  than  has  hitherto  been  bestowed  upon  it. 
All  conchifers  live  in  water,  part  of  them  in  fresh  water,  but 
the  greatest  part  in  the  sea.  Amongst  the  genera  that  live  in 
the  sea  are  some  of  which  species  are  met  with  in  all  parts  of 
the  world,  as  genera  Solen,  Myay  Anattnay  Mactray  Tellina,  Lu' 
ctruiy  DonaXy  VenuSy  Cardiumy  Arcay  Pectunculiis,  Mytilu3y  PecteUy 
Ostrea,  It  is  however  far  from  the  fact  that  all  these  genera 
are  found  in  like  manner  in  difierent  seas ;  of  the  genera  VenibSy 
Cardiumy  Arcay  Oatreay  the  species  are  much  more  numerous  in 
the  Indian  Sea  and  the  South  Pacific,  than  in  seas  of  the  northern 
hemisphere.    Olycimerts  appears  to  be  a  northern  form,  of  which 


(ib.  p.  153);  they  are  particularly  large  and  conspicuous  in  the  species  last  named 
(Tab.  17,  figs.  5,  14);  PoLi  was  not  able  to  investigate  their  internal  structure;  and 
the  later  writers  on  the  molluscs  neglected  this  peculiarity  altogether.  Only  vdthin 
the  last  few  years  has  it  been  adequately  illustrated  by  Gbuba  (Muellbb's  Archiv, 
1840,  s.  14,  Taf.  III.  figs.  1,  3),  Ebohk  (ib.  s.  381  —  386,  Taf.  XI.  fig.  16)  and  Will 
(Fbobiep's  Neue  Noiizen,  xziz.  Bd.  January,  1844,  No.  633,  623). 

*  C.  Th.  Von  Siebold  Ueher  ein  rdtkselhaftiges  Organ  einiger  Birndven,  Muellsb's 
Archiv,  1838,  s.  49—54  (transferred  to  Ann,  des  Sc.  not.,  sec.  S^rie,  x.  Zool.  p.  311), 
and  WiEQMAiffN's  Archiv,  1841,  Ueb,  d,  Gehdrorgan  der  MdUushen,  s.  148  and  foil, 
Ann,  d.  Sc.  not.,  sec.  S^rie,  xix.  p.  193,  PI.  1  B,  fig.  i.  [Also  Lbydig  Ueber  Cyclai 
cornea,  Muelleb'b  Archiv,  1855,  pp.  51,  5a.  PI.  vi.  fig.  x8.] 

'  See  Poli,  i.  Introd.  p.  37. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


718  CLASS  XIT. 

genuB  the  only  species  hitherto  known,  Qlycimeris  siliqua,  is 
found  very  abundantly  on  the  great  bank  of  Newfoundland.  More 
numerous,  on  the  other  hand,  are  the  forms  which  occur  excln- 
sively  in  warm  seas  or  in  the  southern  hemisphere,  or  of  which 
one  or  only  a  few  species  are  met  with  in  the  Medit^raaean 
or  the  Red  Sea.  We  mention  here  the  genera  GrcLaacjUella^  Tri- 
dacna,  Hippopua^  MaUeuSy  Avicula,  Meleagrina,  Spondyltis  (and 
the  genus  Plicatula  united  with  it),  VuUeUay  Placuna.  The  fre- 
quent occurrence  of  well-preserved  remains  of  this  class  in  differ- 
ent mountain-strata  affords  an  assistance  of  the  highest  interest  to 
the  investigations  of  geologists  towards  a  true  knowledge  and 
distinction  of  those  strata.  Of  some  genera  the  extinct  species  are 
much  more  numerous  than  those  now  living ;  some  genera  which 
formerly  peopled  the  sea  have  entirely  disappeared  in  the  present 
period  of  the  history  of  the  earth.  It  is  remarkable  that  of  the 
genera  now  living  and  which  also  count  extinct  species,  whenever 
these  last  are  veiy  numerous,  by  far  the  most  of  the  living  species  are 
now  met  with  either  exclusively,  or  principally,  in  the  Indian  ocean 
and  in  the  southern  Pacific.  Of  the  genus  Trigonta,  a  single  living 
species  alone  is  now  known,  and  this  is  found  in  the  South  Sea  at 
New  Holland,  whilst  numerous  fossil  species  belong  to  it,  especially 
from  the  Jura-  and  chalk-formations.  The  genera  SporidyluSy  Lima, 
Avtcula,  Crassatella,  Area  and  others,  tend  also  to  prove  the  same. 

Regarding  the  fresh-water  conchifers,  we  would  call  attention 
to  the  great  number  of  species  of  the  genus  Unioy  which  occur  in 
the  western  hemisphere,  especially  in  North  America. 

The  Brachiopoda  in  their  geological  and  geographical  distribu- 
tion offer  much  that  is  peculiar.  Of  Orhicula  and  Terfhrcutula 
species  occur  both  in  the  north  and  in  the  south ;  species  are  known 
from  the  Indian  ocean  and  from  the  Mediterranean,  from  the  South 
Sea  on  the  west  coast  of  America,  and  from  the  North  Sea.  At 
the  same  time  of  these  genera  the  species  in  the  southern  seas  are 
more  numerous,  and  the  few  species  of  Lingula  are  all  from  the 
southern  hemisphere.  Extinct  species  of  TerebrcUula  are  uncom- 
monly numerous,  and  occur  in  very  old  as  well  as  in  more  recent 
formations.  Thus  the  Brachiopoda  make  one  of  the  few  fonnB 
which  are  restricted  to  no  limited  period  of  the  history  of  the 
earth,  and  have  survived  its  various  catastrophes. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


SYSTEMATIC 
ARRANGEMENT    OF    CONCHIFERA. 


CLASS  XII. 
CONCHIFERA. 


Animals  without  distinct  head,  covered  on  each  side  with 
a  lamina  of  mantle.  Shells  two,  incumbent  on  mantle.  Heart 
aortic.  Respiration  branchial,  with  branchiae  mostly  lamellose, 
running  out  near  the  margins  of  body  on  each  side,  covered  by 
mantle;  in  some  the  mantle  itself  discharging  the  oflSce  of 
branchiae.  Some  hermaphrodite,  others  with  sex  distinct:  all 
aquatic. 

Order  I.     Palliohranchiata  or  Brachicpoda. 

Body  depressed,  covered  with  mantle,  bilobed,  open.  Branchiae 
grown  to  the  mantle  or  not  distinct  from  mantle.  Heart  double, 
arterial.  Two  long  arms  convoluted  in  form  of  a  spiral,  armed 
with  cirri  or  cilia.  Mouth  simple  at  the  base  of  arms.  Shell 
bivalve,  affixed,  sessile  or  petiolate,  adhering  to  mantle  by  several 
oblique  muscles. 

Family  I.    Brachiopoda.    Characters  those  of  the  order. 
On  this  order  and  fiunily  may  be  compared  : — 

CuvnsB  Mhn.  vwr  V Animal  de  la  LingtUa,  Ann,  du  Mvs.  l  1803, 
pp.  69 — 80,  PL  V.  reprinted  in  his  M^movrea  sfwr  VHiat,  et  VAnat, 
des  Mollusq,  No.  21. 

Bboderip  Desoriptiona  of  807ne  new  species  of  Brachiopoda,  Tra/ns. 
Zool.  Soc,  L  pp.  Ul— U4. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


720  ciJLSS  XII. 

Owen  On  the  Anatomy  of  the  Brachtopoda;  ib,  pp.  145 — 164, 
PL  22,  23  (both  these  memoirs  are  translated  and  reprinted  in  the 
Ann.  dea  Sc  Nat.,  sec.  S^rie,  in.  1835,  pp  26 — 30 ;  52 — ^77). 

R  Owen  Lettre  d  M.  Milne  Edwabds  sitr  VappareU  de  la  Circur 
hUion  chez  lea  MoUuaqu^a  de  la  classe  des  Brctchiopodes,  Ann.  des  Sc 
Nat.,  3iSme  S6rie,  ni.  1845,  ZooL  pp  315—320,  PL  4. 

W.  Kino  Eemarke  an  certain  Genera  belonging  to  the  Class  FaUuh 
branchiata,  Annals  of  Natur.  History,  xviiL  1846,  pp.26 — 42; 
83—94. 

Owen  On  the  Anatomy  o/ Terebratula,  Introdttction  to  the  British 
Fossil  Brachiopoda  by  Davidson.  Printed  for  the  Palseontographical 
Soc  1854,  pp  4—22. 

The  chief  characteristic  of  this  division  consists  in  the  respira- 
tory organs.  In  LigtUa,  on  each  lobe  of  the  mantle  on  the  inside, 
two  main  trunks  are  seen  that  ran  longitudinally  and  return  the 
blood  to  the  heart,  which  is  double,  as  we  have  seen  above,  at  the 
part  where  the  two  are  most  remote,  and  converge  obliquely  to  the 
free  margin  of  the  lobe  of  the  mantle  in  the  form  of  an  inverted  Y. 
Lateral  and  parallel  branches,  that  make  a  right  angle  with  the 
trunk,  form  an  elegant  pectinated  design  on  the  lanunse  of  the 
mantle.  It  is  these  vascular  divisions  which  compose  the  respiratory 
organs ;  the  gills  are,  therefore,  attached  to  the  mantle,  or  rather  the 
mantle  itself  is  the  seat  of  respiration.  From  this  disposition  that 
which  presents  itself  in  Orbicula  and  Terebratfda  differs  more  in 
appearance  than  in  reality.  The  respiratory  function  is  not  limited 
here,  as  in  LigtUa,  to  a  part  of  the  mantle,  but  is  distributed  over 
the  whole  of  it,  whilst  two  vascular  stems  on  one  lobe  and  four  on 
the  other  are  formed  from  numerous  branches,  and  bring  back  the 
arterial  blood  to  the  double  heart  (Owen  Transact.  ZooL  Soc  i. 
pp  147,  148,  154).  The  two  hearts  do  not  receive  the  blood 
immediately,  however,  in  these  molluscs,  from  the  stems  of  the 
branchial  veins,  but  these  last  pour  it  into  a  sintLS,  from  which  it  is 
taken  up  by  the  free  and  wide  opening  of  the  two  auricles  of  the 
heart  (Ann.  des  Sc  NaL  3ieme  sierie,  in.  pp  316 — 319). 

A  second  character  of  this  order  is  afforded  by  the  two  so-named 
arms,  which  lie  rolled  up  with  their  convex  side  outwards  near  the 
mouth,  and  are  margined  with  cirri  or  filaments.  In  TerebraJtida, 
where  these  filaments  are  long  and  fine,  these  two  arms  thus  acquire 
the  external  appearance  of  gills,  and  have  accordingly  been  so  named 
by   earlier  writers,   ex.   gr.   Pallas   MisceU.   ZooL    1766,  p.  182, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CONCHIFEBA.  72t 

GBUin>LEB  Nat/wrfoTicher^  u.  1774,  pp.  82,  83.  The  anns  have 
in  their  axis  a  tendinouB  canal  closed  at  the  extremities,  which, 
according  to  Owen,  is  filled  internally  with  a  fluid.  Muscular  fibres 
which  surround  the  canal  force,  in  his  opinion,  this  fluid  to  the  outer 
extremity,  and  thus  cause  the  arms  to  unfold. 

In  the  third  place  the  Brachiapoda  are  characterised  by  the 
absence  of  an  elastic  ligament,  which  in  the  Lamellibranchiates 
exists  at  the  hinge  of  the  shells  and  works  antagonistically  with  the 
adductor  muscles.  Thus  the  shell  is  opened  here  by  the  arms, 
or  also,  in  TerebrcUtdaf  by  the  elasticity  of  a  composite  apparatus  of 
thin  calcareous  loops  which  are  attached  within,  to  the  surfiace  of 
the  lesser  imperforate  shell  Hence  arises  a  more  complex  dispo- 
sition of  the  muscular  system,  which  is  formed  of  different  oblique 
bundles  in  place  of  the  single  or  double  adductor  muscle  found  in, 
the  Lamellibranchiates. 

I.    Shell  hingeless. 

lAngula  Brug.,  Lam.  Shell  subequivalve,  flattened,  oblong, 
thin,  gaping  at  both  ends,  aflSxed  by  a  peduncle  fleshy,  cylindrical, 
hollow  internally. 

Sp.  Lingula  anatina  Lam.,  Blainy.  PI.  51,  fig.  $,  Gu^in  Iconogr.,  MoU, 
Fl.  36,  fig.  I ;  from  tbe  East  Indian  Ocean.  Fonnerly  detached  shellfl 
alone  of  this  animal  were  known ;  such  a  single  shell  is  figured  by  RuM- 
PHius  Amb,  RariteUk,  Tab.  ZL.  fig.  L.  LiKNiiUS  named  such  an  one 
Patella  vnguia.  The  first  account  of  two  shells  connected  together  was 
given  by  Gheukitz  {NoAwrfoncker,  xxii.  1787,  pp.  13— 3a,  Tab.  m.). 

Of  late  years  a  few  other  living  species  of  this  genus  have  been  disoovered. 
Compare  Bbodkbip  1.  1.  and  on  the  anatomy  of  Linffula,  besides  Cuyibb 
and  OwKK,  as  cited  above,  also  C.  Yoot  Neue  DeiikichrifUn  der  dUg, 
Schweizer  QeadUchaftf,  d,  gea,  Naturms$,  vii.  Nenchatel,  1845,  ^"^  ^  ^^f* 

Fossil  spedes  also  of  this  genus  are  found,  especially  in  the  Silurian 
formation,  also  in  the  mountain-Ume.  In  the  Mutchd-kalk  and  hunter  Sand^ 
atein  Lingula  tenuimma  is  found,  Bbonn  Leth.  geogn.  Tab.  ZIL  ^.  6  B. 

Orbtcula  Cuv.,  Lam.  Shell  inequivalve,  orbicular.  Affixed 
valve  plane,  cloven  in  the  disc ;  superior  valve  conical. 

Sp.  Orbicula  Norwegica  Lam.,  Patella  anomala  Mukll.,  Zod.  Danic.  Tab. 
v.,  Blaimt.  Malacol.  PI.  55,  fig.  5 ;  attached  to  rocks  and  shells  in  the 
North  Sea; — Orbic.  lameUoea  Bbodeb.,  Troate,  Zool  Soc.  Tab.  23,  fig.  2,  on 
the  coast  of  Peru,  &c. 

Ncte. — Genus  DUcina  Lam.  to  be  abolished,  not  being  distinct  from 
Orhietda;  see  G.  B.  Sowbrbt  Trans.  Linn,  Soe.  xm.  p.  473. 

VOL.  I.  46 


Digitized  by 


Google 


722  CLABS  XII. 

Crania  Betzius,  Bruo.  Shell  inequiTalye,  suWbicolai. 
Affixed  valve  plane,  with  four  muscular  impressions  intemallj, 
the  two  middle  almost  confluent  to  form  one. 

8p.  Crania  ringem  HoimroH.,  Awmia  tvMneda  Pou,  TOL  «er.  SiaL  n. 
Tab.  30,  BLAJory.  Malac,  PL  59,  fig.  a ;  Medhemneui.  Tbii  ^wciei  ii 
oomiiionly  oonfoimded  with  Anomia  cnmiolaint  L.j  which  b  fosnl,  fike 
many  other  species,  firom  the  chalk-foxmation. 

Compare  A.  J.  Rnzius  Crania  oder  Todteniopfi-MvMM,  Sdirifta  da 
Berliner  ChteUick,  fuOwfortekender  Freumde,  Bd.11.  8.66,  Sowikbt  Jnnif. 
Linn,  8oe,  xm.  pp.  469^-479,  Tabw  16. 

II.     Shell  furnished  with  hinge. 

Calceola  Lam.  Fossil  genus  [of  the  Devonian  period,  Davidson 
Introdtict.  &c.  p.  121]. 

Thecidea  Defr. 

Terebratula  Lhwtd,  Brug.  (species  of  Anomia  L.).  Shell 
inequivalve,  subtrigonal.  Apex  of  larger  (ventral)  valve  perforated 
by  a  round  aperture  transmitting  a  short  affixed  peduncle.  Hioge 
with  two  teeth.  Internally  two  calcareous  branches,  slender, 
arcuate,  rising  from  the  disc  of  the  lesser  (dorsal)  valve,  forming 
the  support  of  the  arms. 

[The  ^(8re6rah<Zu2eBhave  been  subdivided,  in  the  interest  of  Geology, 
into  genera  and  Bub-genera,  chiefly  according  to  the  extent  and  form 
of  the  calcareous  appendage.  In  the  true  Terehrattda  the  appendage, 
variable  in  length,  is  formed  of  two  rihand-shaped  lamellaB  fixed  to 
the  oniral  base  alone,  and  more  or  lees  folded  back  upon  itself 

Tertir<Uulina  D*Obbio.  The  crural  processes  united  to  fonn 
a  calcareous  band  behind  the  mouth,  and  the  reflected  loop  always 
in  front  of  the  moutL] 

Sp.  TerAraltMla  (Ter^braiMnti)  eap^i  mrpenUt  Luc.,  Anomia  caput terpa^ 
L.,  BneyeL  mUh.,  Ver§,  PL  946,  fig.  7,  Bluky.  MalacoL  PL  52,  fig.  6;  in 
the  AtUntio  ooean,  the  North  Sea,  the  Soottiah  ooast. 

[Terebraiella  DObbio.  DifiTers  from  Terdfratula  by  its  loopbeiog 
doubly  attached ;  the  lamells  proceeding  from  the  crural  base,  befors 
attaining  their  greatest  length,  sending  off  a  flat  horizontal  process 
likewise  affixed  to  a  more  or  less  elevated  longitudinal  septum.] 

Sp.  Terebratula  (Terebraiella)  dorwta  Lah.,  Blaiky.  MalucoL  PL  51,^-  h 
from  the  Btraita  of  MageUan,  &c. 

[Megerlia  King,  Kra/usia  Davidson,  Morriaia  Dav.,  Maga^ 
SowERBY,  Bauehardia  Dav.,  Agriopi  Delongschamps,  Megathyris 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CONCHIFERA.  723 

D*ORa,  RhyneonMa  Fischeb  (anatomy  by  Owen  Zool.  Trans, 
YoL  L  pt  2).  On  all  the  genera  of  this  division  see  especiallj 
Davidsok  on  the  dassiBcation  of  recent  Brckchiopoday  Arm.  a/nd 
Mag,  of  Nat,  Hist,  new  ser.  ix.  1851,  pp.  361—377.] 

Much  more  numerous  than  the  recent  speciei  are  the  foasi],  amongst 
which  we  cite  that  alone,  on  account  of  its  peculiarly  symmetrical  form, 
which  Fabio  Ck)LONHA  likened  to  two  mussels  joined  together:  Terebrahda 
diMc&tdea  IjAM,,  TerOratula  diphya  Coh,,  VOF  BuoH  Encyd,  miih,,  Vers, 
PL  340,  fig.  4,  from  the  chalk-formation^  especially  found  in  Italy. 

Ciomp.  L.  Voir  BuoH  Udter  Terdnrateln  mit  evnem,  Veraueh  tie  su  dauifi- 
drtn  und  zu  heackmben,  vmI  3 lUho^.  To^dn,  Berlin,  1834,  4to.  (Ahhandl. 
der  Ahad.  der  Witsensck.  in  Berlin,  PhyHk.  Klaate  1833). 

Spirifer  Sowerby,  DeUhyris  Daul,  Trigonotreta  Koenio,  Bbonk. 
Foramen  of  larger  Talve  triangular,  marginal  Supports  of  arms 
rolled  spirally. 

Gomp.  SowxBBT  Linn.  TramaCt,  xn.  p.  5T4,  fig.  9; — L.  Yov  BnoH 
Ueber  Ddthyria  oder  Bpvrifer  und  Orihis,  nUt  1  Utkogr.  Taf,  Berlin,  1837. 
4to.  (Abh.  der  Akad.  in  JBerlin,  Physik,  Kl.  1836). 

The  shells  are  usually  m«ch  extended  in  the  breadth,  as,  Spirifer  tpe* 
eioius  Bbokn,  Leth,  geogn.  Tab.  n.  fig.  15. 

All  the  species  belong  to  the  older,  in  great  part  to  the  transition-forma- 
tions. In  the  Liat  or  lowest  oolitic  strata,  the  last  species  of  this  genus  is 
found,  Spirifer  WcUcoUii,  which  is  thus  met  with  no  more  amongst  the 
remains  of  living  creatures. 

y'-  Produdua    Sowerby,   Strophomma  Rafin.,  Beonn,  Leptena 

^  Dalm.     Hinge  linear,  straight.     Shell  ineqtdvalve,  alate,  dmost 

semiorbicular,  with  larger  valve  gibbous,  imperforate. 

'^^  An  entirely  extinct  genus  from  the  oldest  periods  of  the  history  of  our 

r>>  earth.    Desha  yes  thinks  that  these  oonchifera  were  not  attached,  but 

^..,  moved  freely  like  most  of  the  lamellibranchiates.    Sp.  Productus  tuhtUiferua 

^.  Besh.,  Strephomena  acvleaia  Bbokit,  Zethcea  geogn.  Tab.  m.  fig.  i,  &c. 

^^^  Some  writers  distinguish  Strophomena  as  a  distinct  genus  from  Produdua, 

See  on  this  and  other  genera  which  we  here  omit,  W.  Kino  in  Awn.  and 

« ,  Magaz,  of  Nat  Hiit,  Vol.  x8,  1846,  pp.  26 — 49  and  pp.  83—94,  and  on 

I  p.  Producttu  L.  Von  Buoh  in  Ahhandl,  der  Akad,  in  Berlin,  Phynk,  Klaue, 

1 84 1.    The  admirable  Monograph  of  Davidbon,  On  the  British  Oolitic  and 

Liamc  Braddopoda,  with  an  introduction  on  the  daesification,  and  a  chap- 

if'  ter  by  Cabpentsb,  On  ike  intimate  Hrwtwre  of  the  ihdU  of  Brachiopoda, 

r;i>  besides  that  of  Owen,  already  cited  on  the  Anatomy,  were  published  for 

^,^;  the  Pabeontographical  Society  of  London  in  the  years  1851,  1859,  1854, 

''  ^  and  are  especially  referred  to  in  this  division. 


Order  II.     Laviellibranchiaia, 
Body  compressed,  covered  on  both  sides  by  a  lamina  of  the 
mantle.     Branchise  at  the  sides  of  the  body  placed  under  each  lobe 
^"  46—2 


r-i'- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


724  .  CLASS  XII. 

of  mantle,  mostly  lamellose,  two  on  each  side,  more  rarely  pectinate, 
composed  of  thin*  fimbriae  or  lacinias  crowded  together.  Four  lameUi- 
form  tentacles  in  by  far  the  most,  oval  or  triangular,  placed  in  paiis 
at  the  sides  of  mouth.  Two  lateral  shells  incumbent  on  mantle, 
conjoined  by  an  elastic  ligament  at  the  back. 

On  the  internal  structure  of  these  lamellibranchiate  oonchifen, 
what  was  needful  has  been  already  said  above.  The  beard-threads, 
named  byssua,  still  require  a  short  notice.  At  the  foot  of  the 
oonchifers  (see  above,  p.  717)  there  is  often  situated  a  bundle  of  haiis 
or  filaments  to  which  the  name  of  hyssua  has  been  given ;  sometimes 
these  filaments  are  united  into  a  common  mass ;  they  are  attached 
in  a  cavity  at  the  base  of  the  foot  by  a  peculiar  substance  secreted 
there  (conjunctive  matter).  Prom  the  cavity  a  furrow  nms  to 
nearly  the  extremity  of  the  foot,  and  along  this  furrow  is  situated 
the  glandular  tissue  by  which  the  bt/sstu  is  secreted.  R£AU)n7B 
maintained  that  these  homy  threads  were  spun  just  like  the  web  of 
caterpillars  and  the  nets  of  spiders.  With  the  assistance  of  the 
muscular  foot  these  threads  are  directed  to  determinate  situations 
and  caused  to  adhere  there  firmly  by  their  broad  disciform  extremi- 
ties ;  they  grow  again  if  out  o£ 

Gomp.  A.  MuBLLKB  de  Byuo  Acephalonm  Aceed.  Tab.  n.  Befrolini, 
1836,  4to,  and  in  Wieomann*s  ArMv,  1837,  s.  i — 39,  Tab.  I.  u.  Varioui 
opinions  of  writen  on  these  filaments  were  noticed  in  the  first  edition  of 
this  Handbook,  11.  biz.  37. 
Several  conchifers,  which  are  not  attached  by  (y^^u^filaments, 
grow  fast  by  one  of  the  two  valves  to  rocks  or  different  substances 
fomid  in  the  sea.     That  some  of  them  move  freely  and  get  over  the 
ground  with  their  foot  has  been  already  noticed  (p.  717).     The  two 
valves  of  the  shell  are  separated  from  each  other  by  the  elastic 
ligament  situated  at  the  hinge  behind  the  point  (p.  682).     White 
compact  muscular  fibres,  which  run  transversely  from  one  valve  to 
the  other,  close  the  shell  on  the  other  hand.     These  bundles  leave 
impressions  on  the  interior  of  the  shell,  two  on  each  valve,  the  one 
before,  the  other  behind,  if,  as  in  most  of  these  animals,  two  adductor 
muscles  be  present ;  if,  on  the  contrary,  as  in  the  oyster,  there  be 
only  one,  then  only  a  single  muscular  impression  is  to  be  seen  on 
each  valve,  situated  nearly  in  the  middle. 

PoLi  made  many  experiments  with  regard  to  the  foroe  of  these  mitfcles 
in  living  conchifen.  Thus  he  states,  for  instance,  that  the  adductor  fDn8<^^ 
in  the  animal  of  the  Noah*8  shell  {PechmcvZus)  can  oyercome  the  resisttfice 
of  5olbfl.y  and  that  more  than  70  lbs.  are  required  to  tear  them  dtm^er. 
The  shell  weighed  only  one  pound,  the  animal  its^f  only  4  ounces. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CONCHIFERA.  725 

A.  Mimomyartd.  Muscular  impression  single,  subcentral.  In- 
ternal ligament  received  in  a  cardinal  pit,  partially  visible  on  the 
outside  in  some,  mostly  included. 

The  single  adductor  muBcle  here  corresponds  to  the  posterior  adductor  of 
those  conchifera  that  have  two  of  them.  All  the  ringle-muaded  oonchifers 
live  in  the  sea. 

Family  II.  Ostracea.  Mantle  open.  Foot  none  or  a  small 
rudiment  of  foot,  not  byssiferous.     Shell  irregular,  lamellose. 

Anomia  Brug.  (Species  of  genus  Anomia  L.).  Shell  inequi- 
valve,  thin,  one  valve  flat,  perforate  or  emarginate  towards  the 
point,  the  other  larger,  more  gibbous  at  the  base.  Animal  {Echion 
PoLi)  with  foot  small,  tentacles  at  mouth  none,  margin  of  mantle 
cirriferous,  adhering  to  marine  bodies  by  a  muscular  cord  perforat- 
ing the  shell  and  inserted  into  the  calcareous  cover. 

The  name  Anomia  was  first  employed  by  F.  Columna  {DePwrpu/ray 
KomsB,  1616)  and  given  to  those  oonchifera  which  are  now  named 
TerdiToivla.  LiNN^fiUS  united  with  these  some  very  different  oon- 
chifers also  under  the  name  of  AnomMt,^  although  what  he  says  in  the 
description  of  the  characters  of  this  animal  (Sys,  N<U,y  ed.12,  l  p.  1 150) 
applies  to  jTere^ro^ti^  alone.  BBnouiKBE(J^7u;^cZ.97i^^A.,  Vera,  i.  p.  70) 
was  the  first  who  gave  the  name  of  Anomia  to  the  present  genus 
and  placed  it  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  oysters.  From  these, 
however,  it  difiers  by  many  essential  characters,  so  that  Deshayes 
has  placed  it  even  in  a  separate  family.  There  are  properly  three 
muscles  of  which  the  impressions  are  seen  on  the  convex  valve,  but 
on  the  flat  valve  only  a  singular  muscular  impression  appears.  This 
impression  is  that  of  the  muscle  which  corresponds  with  the  central 
depressor  of  the  oyster ;  the  two  other  muscles,  which  are  attached 
to  the  convex  valve,  go  through  the  aperture  of  the  flat  valve  and 
fix  themselves  to  the  calcareous  cover,  which  is  often  very  hard, 
whence  it  is  named  by  several  writers  a  little  bone  (ossiciUum).  By 
that  cover  the  shell  is  attached  to  other  conchifera  or  to  rocks.  See 
Deshayes  DicL  Univ.  d^Hiet  Nat  i.  1841,  pp.  557 — 559,  and  the 
figures  of  the  three  muscles  in  Pou  Testae,  uf/r,  SidL  Tab.  30,  fig. 
1,  and  in  Cuv.  E.  Anl,  id  ill,  Moll.  PL  79. 

Sp.  Anomia  Ephippium  L.,  Listbb  Conch.  104,  Gheuk.  Tab.  76,  figs.  699, 
693,  Blainv.  Malacol.  PI.  59,  fig.  31,  Cuv.  R.  Ani.,  4d,  %U.,  Moll.  PL  79; 
Mediterranean,  Atlantic;  this  spedeB  i§  very  flat,  the  shell  is  mostly  of  a 
whitish  colour ;—iitiont.  eepa  L.,  PoLl  Tab.  30,  figs,  i,  8,  is  more  convex, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


726  GLASS  XII. 

mauJlBt,  roddish-puzpley  and  is  foand  in  tlie  aame  seas.  Tlie  tpedes  of 
Anomia  are  difficult  to  chsrscterise,  and  sre  not  yet  sufficiently  dktuh 
gnished.    The  fossil  species  occor  especially  in  tertisiy  farmatioiii. 

PlcLCunaTiomia  Bbode& 

Comp.  Proceedings  of  ike  Zool,  Soe.  qf  London,  183a,  pp.  ft8,  39. 

Placuna  Brug.  (Species  of  Anomia  L.}.  Shell  free,  sabeqni- 
Talve,  flattened,  thin,  lamellose.  Hinge  interior,  with  two  linear, 
divaricate  crests,  converging  in  the  apex  in  one  valve,  received  in 
two  similar  grooves  in  the  other  valve.    Animal  nnknown. 

%>.  Plaetma  jptocewto,  Anomia  plaeenia  L.,  Bujinr.  Malae.  n.  60,  fig.  3, 
GuiBiir  Iconogr.,  MolL  PL  37,  fig.  7,  Indian  Sea ;— P^acfUM  mUs  Lax., 
CHiMif.  Tikb.  79,  fig.  714,  HouTTUTir  Nat.  JHiM,  L  15,  PL  119,  Ac.  (under 
the  name  of  Ostrea  qpMppium),  &c. 

Carolia  Caktrains. 

Comp.  Bulletin  de  VAead.  royale  dee  8c.de  BrtuuUee,  v.  X858,  pp.  in 
— 113. 

Ostrea  L.  (in  part),  BnUQ.  Shell  adhering,  inequivalve,  lamel- 
lose, irregular,  with  left  valve  inferior,  aflixed,  and  right  superior, 
plane,  thinner.  Hinge  edentulous,  a  little  cardinal  pit  receiving  the 
ligament  Animal  {Peloria  PoLi)  with  body  compressed,  foot  none, 
margins  of  mantle  thick,  ftimished  with  a  double  row  of  short 
fimbrise. 

Sp.  Oehnea  ednlie  L.,  Babtib  NaiuwHL  Uitap.  X.  pp.  71--81 ;  Bladit. 
Malaeol,  PL  60,  fig.  i,  Poli  Teeiae.  utr.  SicU.  n.  Tab.  39,  fig.  i,  Ciir.  iZ. 
Ant.,  id,  UL,  Moll.  PL  73,  fig.  i ;  Ojrter,  (Eeter,  ffvitre,  Aneler;  in  the 
North  Sea»  Mediterranean^  &c. ;  on  the  sea-banka  at  the  Helder  and  on 
the  TezeL  This  well-known  speciee  difien  much  in  aiae  and  in  the  form  of 
the  shell,  as  will  appear  at  onoe  from  a  comparison  of  the  figures  cited. 
The  oysters  fished  on  the  oyster-banks  of  Zealand  become  laige  in  a  shorter 
time  than  the  English,  and  have  flatter  and  less  hard  sheUs.  Compare  od 
Oyster-banks,  bemdes  Babtib  loe.  cit.  CABBomno.  in  Magaein  deZod,  par 
Gu^iK,  1845. 

Oetrea  vifyiniana  List.,  Gmsl.,  Listeb  Oonek.  Tab.  too,  ^.  341  '^'^' 
aoi,  fig.  35,  JBncyd.  miikod,,  Vere.  PL  79,  figs.  1—5 ;  frt>m  the  coast  of 
N.  America,  differs  by  its  greatly  elongated  form,  and  attains  the  remark- 
able length  of  2  decimeters  (nearly  8"). — ^By  its  maigin  folded  in  a  singolar 
manner  at  acute  angles  and  its  yiolet-red  colour,  is  distinguished  Oitrai 
erieta  gaUi  Chbmn.,  MytUue  oriMa  galU  L.,  Rumfh.  Amb.  JRarUeUk.  Tab. 
47,  fig.  D,  Blainv.  Malac,  PL  60,  fig.  1,  GuiBiN  Iconogr.,  MdL  PL  44» 
fig.  7. 

There  are  many  fossil  species  of  this  genus  both  in  the  seoondaiy  aod 
tertiary  formations.    Comp.  Lamabck  Awn.  dn  liue.  Tin.  pp.  159^'^' 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CONCHIFERA.  727 

ZIT.  PL  90— 93,  93,  figs.  I,  9.  In  the  nuyunt  of  St  Peter  is  found  Oitrea 
larva  of  which  the  elongated  crooked  shell  with  folded  margins  has  some 
resemblanoe  to  the  larra  of  an  insect. 

In  some  spedes  the  inferior  shell,  when  the  individuals  are  older,  is 
curved  upwards  at  the  point  and  very  thick.  Of  these  Lamabok  formed 
his  genus  Gryphaa.  (Sp.  Qryphcea  anffuUOa  Ljlm.  from  the  coast  of  Peru.) 
These  forms  in  the  fossil  state  especially  abound  in  the  Oolite  and  Lias 
formations  (as  Qryphaa  arcwUa  Lam.,  Blaikv.  Malae.  PL  59,  fig.  4, 
Bbonn  Lethaa,  Tab.  19,  figs.  ia,h);  hence  the  name  (TrKpAtfo-Ztmestone, 
in  geological  works.  In  Exogyra  Sat,  Sow.  the  point  is  not  bent  upwards, 
but  sideways.   Species  of  this  form  occur  especially  in  the  chalk-formations. 

Family  III.  Pectinidea.  Mantle  open  with  margin  thick, 
tentaculate,  often  ocelliferous.  Foot  small.  Shell  regular  or  sub- 
regular,  solid,  often  marked  "by  longitudinal  ribs,  mostly  auriculate. 

8p<mdyhi8  L.  Shell  inequiyalve,  adherent,  mostly  auriculate, 
Tude  or  muricate.  Hinge  with  two  strong  teeth  in  each  valve  and 
pit  of  ligament  intermediate.  Animal  {ArgiLs  PoLi)  with  body 
compressed  and  margin  of  mantle  cirrate  and  ocelliferous.  Foot 
small,  disciform,  supplied  with  a  middle  cylindrical  filament  sus- 
taining an  oval  capitulum.    Adductor  muscle  very  large,  central. 

Sub-genUs :  PliccUula  Lam.  Shell  inauriculate,  plicate ;  inferior 
valve  without  ertemal  cardinal  area. 

1^  S^pandyhu  pUeatut  L.,  PUccEhda  ramota  Lam.,  Chimn.  Conekyl,  Tab. 
4l>  figB-  479f  4So;—PUeatula  erittata  Lam.,  BLAnrv.  Malae,  PL  62,  fig.  2, 
Gu^nr  leonogr,,  McU.  PL  15,  fig.  9,  &c.  There  are  also  fossil  species  of 
thisfonn. 

Sub-genus  :  Spwidylus  Lail  Shell  mostly  auriculate.  Inferior 
valve  produced  beyond  the  hinge,  area  in  superior  trigonal,  flat, 
mostly  divided  by  a  median  furrow. 

8p.  SpondyluB  Cfcederopui  L.,  Pou  Tet^.  vtr.  SieU.  n.  Tab.  ii,  figs.  90,  11, 
Tab.  ai,  Sncyd.  nUth,,  Vert,  PL  190,  fig.  i;  in  the  Mediterranean;— 
Spcndyl,  americanuB  Lam.,  Guia.  Iconogr,,  Moll,  PL  2$,  fig.  8,  &c. 

Fossil  spedes  of  Spondylug  are  found  in  the  chalk-formation.  To  Sp&i^ 
df^,  moreover,  some  fossil  genera,  whose  characters  are  of  no  sufficient 
Talue,  are  referred  by  Dbshatss,  as  Podopdt  Lam.,  PackytcB  Dunu, 
JHanchora  Sowbbbt.  Comp.  Ann,  de$  Sc.  naiwr,  xv.  iSaS,  pp.  497 — 434, 
and  the  second  edition  of  Lamabok  Jlitt.  fuU,  des  AfU,  i.  vtrUhr,  Tn.  pp. 
195—198. 

Etnnttea  Defr.  Shell  irregular,  subovate  or  orbicular,  auriculate, 
aflSxed.  Hinge  edentulous,  pit  of  ligament  narrow,  deeply  cut 
out. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


728  CLASS  XII. 

Comp.  DiFBAFOi  Diet.  de$  Se.  natur,  XXIL  i8«i,  pp.  169,  n^i 
Debhatis  Diet,  dcM.  d^HiM,  ntU,  Tin.  pp.  aoo,  101.  This  genue  itudi 
as  in  the  middle  between  SpondyUu  and  Peeten.  Besides  the  fosml  ipeciet 
upon  which  Defbance  has  founded  it  {Hinniles  C<frU9ii,  Blaihy.  Mdae. 
PL  61,  fig.  i),  DB8HATB8  refers  to  it  Peelen  nnuonu  Lax.,  Oj<rai<MMta 

GXEL. 

Pecien  Brug.  (Species  of  Ostrea  L.).  Shell  free,  inequiTalve, 
mostly  ribbed  with  longitudinal  rays,  auriculate,  with  apical  margin 
straight  and  apices  contiguons.  Hinge  edentulous,  with  small 
cardinal  pit  internal,  receiving  the  ligament.  Animal  {ArgusTou) 
orbicular,  with  mantle  margined  by  cirri  and  ocelliferous  tentacles, 
the  foot  small,  sometimes  byssiferous. 

Bp.  Peeten  Jacobonu  Lav..  Otlrea  Jacdbcea  L.,  Pou  Tett,  ttfr.  SieO.  Tab.  97, 
figs.  I,  2 ;  Blainy.  Malaeol,  PI.  60,  fig.  4  ;—St  Jamet*  tkeU,  Meditemneu ; 
the  shell  is  with  us  often  used  for  stewing  oysters,  but  the  animal  itself  is, 
when  roasted,  veiy  agreeable  aocording  to  Poll  This  species  also  is  found 
fossil  in  newer  tertiary  formations  in  Italy. — PecUn  pleurtmeeUa  JjM^l, 
Otlrea  pUuroneetes  L.,  RuicPH.  Amb,  Jtariteitk.  Tab.  45,  figs.  A,  B,  Bladtt. 
Malae,  PI.  60,  fig.  5,  Cuv.  Jt,  Ant.,  id,  UL,  MM.  PL  75,  fig.  i.  Areiy 
numerous  genus,  of  which  many  extinct  species  are  found  in  the  seoondaiy 
fonnations. 

iWum  Brug.  Shell  free,  inequivalve,  elongato-trigonal.  Hinge 
edentulous.  Inferior  valve  emarginate  near  the  point.  Animal 
with  mantle  cirri  and  ocelliferous  tentacles.  Foot  byssiferous,  the 
byssus  passing  through  the  excised  valve. 

8p.  Pedum  tpondyloXdeum  Lam.,  Eneyd.  mHh.,  Vert.  PI.  17S,  Bladit. 
Malae.  PI.  61,  fig.  6,  Cuv.  R.  Ani.,  id.  iU.,  MoU.  PI.  76,  fig.  4,  Deshatm 
Conekyl.  PL  48,  figs.  4—6.  In  the  Indian  ocean  and  the  South  Pacific; 
by  QuoT  and  Gaimabd,  who  first  described  the  animal  of  this  shell,  this 
species  was  found  yeiy  numerous  at  the  Island  Vanikoro. 

Lima  Beug.  Shell  free,  subequivalve,  inequilateral,  oblique, 
frimished  with  small  auriculas,  subgaping  at  the  side.  Hinge 
edentulous.  Animal  {Olaticua  PoLi)  with  mantle  margined  with 
long  annulate  cirri  and  without  ocelliferous  tentacles.  Foot  cylin- 
drical, rugose,  clavate,  sulcated  at  the  apex.  (Animals  swimming 
hj  contraction  of  the  valves.) 

Sp.  Lima  tquamota,  Ottrea  Lima  L.,  Poli  Te$t.  utr,  SiciL  11.  Tab.  48,  Bgt. 
91—94,  Blainy.  Malac.  PL  61,  fig.  3,  &c.  The  fossil  genus  Phgioitema 
SowsBBT,  Lam.,  contaios  different  species  which  belong  to  Podopti^  or 
rather  to  Spondylut.  The  remaining,  according  to  the  remark  of  DssHATtfy 
ought  to  be  united  with  the  genus  Lima,  for  instance  Plagioikma  gigos^' 
tewn  froijA  the  Lias-formation. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CONCUIFEIU.  729 

Family  IV.  Malleacea.  Mantle  open,  produced  posteriorly. 
Foot  conical,  Bulcate,  mostly  byssiferous.  Ligament  internal,  often 
divided  and  contained  in  several  little  pits.  Shell  lamellose,  pearly 
within,  often  deformed,  undulato-plicate. 

We  transfer  also  to  this  group  the  genus  ViUseUa,  as  was  done  by 
Deshayes,  who  on  the  other  hand  removed  Avicula  from  it,  which 
genus  we  with  Lamarck  leave  in  this  family.  The  characters  of  the 
group  are  not  yet  sufficiently  determined,  for  the  animals  of  these 
shells  are  hitherto  only  imperfectly  or  not  at  all  known.  Some 
genera  exist  only  in  the  fossil  state. 

Inoceramus  Sowerbt.  Shell  inequivalve,  with  points  approxi- 
mate. Hinge  straight,  incrassate,  furnished  with  a  row  of  foveolse 
for  the  reception  of  the  divided  ligament.    (Fossil  genus.) 

Many  foseil  species,  especially  from  the  Chalk-period,  are  contained  in 
thiB  genus,  whilst  none  from  the  tertiary  formations  are  known.  Debhatxs, 
as  also  GoLDFUSS  and  Bronn,  now  unite  the  genera  CatiUus  and  Myti- 
loldes  of  Brokoniabt  with  this.  Compare  the  article  Inocerame  of  Dbs- 
HATBS,  Diet,  univ,  cTffist.  not.  vn.  1846,  pp.  53,  54,  and  Bboitn  Ldh, 
ffeogn.  pp.  689 — 696  (first  edition). 

Pachymya  Sowebby  ? 

This  genus  Dsshateb  united  formerly  with  Catillui,  and  now  with  Ino-' 
ceramiu;  compare,  however,  Bbonn  loc.  cit.  pp.  696,  697.  There  is  only 
one  species  known,  also  from  the  chalk-formation:  Pachym.  gig(U  Sow., 
Bbonn  leth.  ffeogn.  Tab.  31,  figs.  9  a,  b. 

Pema  Brug.     (Species  of  Ostrea  L.).    Shell  flattened,  subequi- 

valve,  at  the  anterior  side  gaping,  an  apertnre  emitting  the  byssus. 

Hinge  straight,  linear,  edentulous,  with  parallel  furrows  receiving 

the  divided  ligament. 

Sp.  Pema  itogtmum  Lam.,  Ofitrea  Uogonum  L.,  Rukfh.  Anib.  Jtariteiik. 
Tab.  47,  fig.  J,  Cuv.  Jt,  Anim.,  id.  ill., Moll.  PI.  81,  fig.  i;  Ind.  Ocean;— 
Pema  femoralis  Laic,  and  P,  canina  Lam.  are,  according  to  Dbbhates, 
only  varieties  of  this  species. — Pema  ephippium  L.,  GufeiN  Iconoffr., 
MM.  Pi.  36,  fig.  3,  &c.  Some  fossil  species  also  of  this  genus  from  the 
secondary  and  tertiary  formations  are  known. 

OervilUa  Defr. 

A  fossil  genuB  nearly  allied  to  Pema,  of  which  species  from  the  oolite- 
and  chalk-period  are  known. 

Grenatula  Lam.  Shell  thin,  flattened,  lamellose,  not  emarginate 
for  the  passage  of  byssus.  Hinge  edentulous,  linear,  crenate  at  the 
margin,  with  semicircular  pits  receiving  the  ligament. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


730  CLASS  xn. 

Oomp.  Laxabck  Ann,  du  MtuHm,  UL  pp.  15 — 31,  FL  a. 

Sp.    Orenatvla  avicularu  Lam.  1.  L  PL  9,  figs,  i,  a,  Cuv.  R,  Ani.,  id,  UL, 
Moll,  PI.  81,  fig.  9 ;  in  the  seas  Bunounding  the  South  American  ooafte. 

Vulsella  Lam.  Shell  irregular,  elongate,  thin,  stibeqmvalTC, 
free.  Hinge  in  both  valves  famished  with  a  tubercle  cut  out 
with  a  conical  pit  for  receiving  the  ligament. 

Sp.    VuUdla  Unguatula  Lam.,  Mya  vuUeUa  L.,  RuMPH.  Amh.  SarHeiti.  Tab. 

46,  Bg,  A,  Blauty.  Malaeol.  PL  62,  fig.  5,  from  the  Indian  ocean,  &c 
Some  spedes  are  met  with  amongst  corals,  others  in  sponges.  One 
spedes  from  the  tertiary  formation  is  known  ( Vtdtdla  deperdUa  IiAJC,  frtxn 
the  ealeaiirt  grouier),  and  a  few  from  the  chalk-period. 

MaUeua  Lam.  Shell  subequivalve,  rude,  often  undulate,  de- 
formed, elongate,  flattened,  auriculate,  emarginate  anteriorly  for  the 
passage  of  bjssus.  Straight,  triangular,  sinus  between  the  two 
valves;  points  small,  divaricate.  Hinge  edentulous;  cardinal 
fossula  oblongo-conical,  receiving  the  ligament. 

Sp.    MaUeut  vutgarii  Lam.,  Otirea  maUau  L.,  RuMPH.  Amb.  BarUeUk.  TA, 

47,  fig.  n.;  D'ABOBiryUiLX  Coneh^iologie,  1757,  4to,  PL  19,  Sg.  1, 
Blainy.  Malae.  PL  63,  fig.  4;  this  shell,  commonly  caUed  the  PoUtk 
Hammer,  is  found  in  the  East-Indian  Ocean.  On  account  of  its  rarity  in 
collections,  MaUeui  albut  Lam.,  Chemnitz  Conehyl.  Tab.  906,  from  the 
South  Sea»  may  be  noticed. 

Avtcula  Bruq.,  Deshates.  Shell  subequivalve  or  inequivalve, 
often  squamose  externally.  Hinge  edentulous  or  with  one  or  two 
small  teeth.  Area  oblique,  submarginal,  sometimes  subindistinct 
for  the  internal  ligament.  Internal  surface  of  valves  pearly. 
Animal  compressed,  with  mantle  open,  the  margin  incrassate, 
cirriferous.  Foot  conical,  vermiform,  with  byssus  thick,  the  fila- 
ments sometimes  coalesced. 

Sub-genus :  Avicula  Lail     Shell  oval,  oblique,  with  ears  large* 
A  cardinal  tooth  in  both  valves  beneath  the  points. 

Sp.  Avicula  aemimgiUa  Lam.,  MyHUu  ffirundo  L.  in  part,  Blainv.  Maiae. 
Pi-  <53,  fig.  S;—Avic.  Tarmtina  Lam.,  Poli  Teatac,  utr.  Sk.  Tab.  32,  fig^ 
1 7 — 31,  &c.  Fossil  species  also  from  the  Muachd-haOe  and  other  fonnationB 
are  known. 

Mdectgrina  Lail    Shell  suborbicular,  with  ears  not  produced  and 
hinge  edentulous. 

Sp.  Avicula  margarUifera,  MytUua  marffarUiferut  L.,  Bumps.  Amb,  Bari- 
teiih  Tab.  47,  figs.  F,  a;  D'Abqknt.  PL  oo,  fig.  a,  Blaint.  Malac  PL 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CONCHIFEBA.  731 

35  bis,  fig.  7,  Cuv.  R.  AnL,  4d.  iU.,  Moll  PL  85,  fig.  i;  the  pearl'theU, 
The  shell  is  sometimes  four-cornered,  with  round  margin,  greenish-brown 
striped  with  white  spots,  nacreous  within,  yellow  or  blueish  white.  This 
oonchifer  produces  the  finest  pearls,  and  is  found  in  the  Persian  gulf  and 
in  the  Indian  ocean  at  Ceylon  and  Borneo,  in  the  straits  of  Malacca^ 
ftc.  The  largest  pearls  are  found  in  the  deepest  places,  as  in  the  Persian 
gulf  near  the  island  Kharrak,  where  they  Ue  on  yery  deep  banks.  The 
Persian  pearls  are  bard,  and  consequently  more  esteemed  than  those  of 
Ceylon,  which  are  often  subject  to  desquamation. 

B.  Dvmyaria.  Two  muscular  impressions,  mostly  remote, 
sometimes  approximate.    Ligament  of  yalyes  external  in  most. 

Family  V.  Mytilacea.  Mantle  cloven  anteriorly.  Foot  conical 
or  tongue-shaped,  byssiferous.  Two  muscular  impressions  in  each 
valve  remote.    Anterior  adductor  muscle  often  very  small. 

Pirma  L.  Shell  fragile,  thin,  often  imbricato-squamose,  elongate, 
triangular,  angustate  towards  the  points.  Hinge  edentulous ;  liga- 
ment marginal.  Animal  {Ckimoera  PoLi)  with  foot  vermicular, 
subulate,  transversely  rugose,  delivering  at  its  base  the  byssus 
of  long,  dense,  silken  filaments.  Anterior  adductor  muscle  near  the 
apices,  posterior  larger,  subcentral.  A  conical  contractile  appendage 
at  the  posterior  part  of  mantle  {prdchea  PoLi). 

The  shells  are  large,  triangular,  thin,  and  rery  small  at  the  point ;  along 
each  shell  there  runs  lengthwise  a  keel-shaped  eminence  sometimes  feeble, 
for  each  is  formed  of  two  sur&ces  that  meet  at  an  obtuse  angle.  The 
animal  penetrates  the  sand  with  the  point  of  the  shell,  and  fastens  itself 
above  it  by  the  byssus  to  other  objects.  The  silky  byssus-threads  of  species 
from  the  Mediterranean  are  used  in  Calabria  and  Sicily  as  guards  for 
gloves,  stockings,  purses,  fto. 

Sp.  Pinna  nchilU  L.,  Piwna  muHcata  POLI,  Te^tacea  vJtr,  Sic,  Tab.  34,  fig. 
I,  Blaiky.  McUae.  PI.  64,  fig.  i ; — Pinna  rotundata  L.  (and  P.  fqtmmota 
Ghbll.,  Lax.),  Listeb  Tab.  374,  fig.  215,  JBneyd,  mHh.,  Ver$,  PI.  ooo, 
fig.  9,  Ac.  Many  fossil  species  of  this  genus  from  the  secondary,  and  some 
from  the  tertiary  formations  are  known ;  to  the  last  belongs  Pinna  margari- 
taeea  Lax.,  Ann,  d/it  Mtu.  ix.  PI.  1 7,  fig,  3,  from  the  ealcaire  grottier, 

Mytihs  L.  (in  part),  Bruq.  Shell  elongate,  not  squamose, 
rather  smooth,  equiyalye,  with  points  placed  forward,  hinge  edentu- 
lous or  with  two  teeth  obsolete.  Ligament  dorsal,  linear,  received 
in  a  narrow,  elongate,  marginal  sinus.  Two  muscular  impressions, 
the  anterior  very  small.  Animal  {CaUitnche  PoLl)  with  foot 
lingulate,  canaliculate,  byssiferous,  the  mantle  concrete  posteriorly 


Digitized  by 


Google 


732  CLASS  XII. 

to  form  a  small  anal  tentaculiferous  canal.     Labial   palps  four, 
elongate,  lanceolate. 

MytUvs  Lam.     Points  terminal 

Sp.  Mytilut  edulis  L.,  Babteb  Naiuurh,  Uitsp.  i.  117 — 117,  Tab.  ZL  figi. 
9—1 1,  Ctjy.  JH,  Ani,,  4d.  ill.,  MoUusq,  PI.  89,  tMuad.  The  shell  is  elongate 
and,  after  the  epidermis  has  been  removed,  purplish-blue.  This  species  u 
found  in  the  North  Sea  and  the  Mediterranean.  Mussels  grow  quickly, 
and  are  already  edible  in  the  second  year.  Sometimes  they  are  injurious, 
and  in  the  spring  with  us  they  are  less  pleasant  to  the  taste ;  as  experience 
in  Zealand  has  taught,  they  are  best  from  July  to  January.  Some  con- 
stitutions cannot  endure  mussels,  and  this  has  in  part  contributed  to  give 
these  conchifers  a  bad  name,  as  though  they  were  sometimes  poisonous. 
The  eggs  are  not  taken  up  by  the  gills,  as  in  AnodotUa  and  Uhio,  but  by 
the  mantle.  Compare  for  the  anatomy  of  the  mussel  A.  Ds  Hside  Ana- 
tome  Mytili.  Amstelod.  1683,  8vo,  PoLi  Teat,  utr.  Sicil.  n.  pp.  197 — 107, 
Tab.  31,  G.  R.  Tbbvibanub  ZatocAr. /.  Pkytiol,  i.  1824,  s.  41 — 47,  Tab. 
T.  figs.  26 — 29.  For  the  other  species  of  this  genus,  see  Lailabck  Hid. 
not,  da  Ani.  »,  v.  and  Dbshates  Encyd,  nUth.,  Ven,  n.  pp.  557  and  foIL 

Modiola  Lam.     Points  sublateraL 

Sp.  Modiola  tvUpa  Laic.,  Encyd,  m&h,,  Ver$.  PI.  221,  fig.  x,  from  the  golf 
of  Mexico,  &c. 

There  are  elongated  species,  that  penetrate  into  stones,  of  which  Cuvieb 
forms  the  sub-genus  LUhodomut,  Sp.  Mytiltu  lithophagua  L.,  Mod.  litko- 
phaga  Lam.,  Blainy.  Malac.  PL  64,  fig.  4.^ 

Tichogonia  RosSM.,  Dreissena  V.  Beneden.  Shell  elongate, 
trigonal,  inflated  posteriorly,  flat  or  subconcave  anteriorly.  Points 
terminal ;  internal  septum  near  the  points.  Mantle  anteriorly  con- 
crete, excised  for  foot.     Anal  trachea  distinct. 

Sp.  Tichogonia  Chemnitzii  Rosshaesslkr,  Mylilui  polymorphta  J(unatilis 
Pall.,  Mytilui  Bagenii  V.  Baer,  Deshateb  Conchyl.  PI.  37,  figs.  9— ii> 
&c.  Pallas  first  discovered  this  species  in  the  Wolga ;  in  Holland  it  was 
first  met  with  in  the  sea  of  Haarlem  by  H.  W.  Waabdbivbubo,  ^0 
described  it  under  the  name  of  Mytilua  lineatu8  Lax.,  with  which.  However, 
it  does  not  agree  (Ann.  Acad.  Lugd.  Bat.  1826,  1827,  CommaU.  de  Moll 
indig.) ;  it  occurs  also  round  Leyden  in  the  Cingels  and  elsewhere.  YaV 
Bbhxdbn  has  given  a  further  account  of  this  animal  m  Ann.  det  Sc  nai., 


^  In  the  columns,  which  are  the  remains  of  the  temple  of  Serapis  in  the  gulf  oi 
BaisB,  an  entire  segment  is  seen,  which  is  pejf orated  by  these  animals,  about  22  feet 
above  the  surface  of  the  sea;  see  PoLi  Tett,  utr.  Sic.  n.  p.  216;  recent  geology  has 
borrowed  a  proof  from  this  of  the  depression  and  upheaving  of  the  gfround  fitnn  which 
so  many  phsnomena  receive  their  explanation.  Compare  the  well-known  work  of 
Ltkll  PrincipUi  of  Geology. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CONCUIFERA.  733 

Bee.  S^rie,  m.  1835,  pp.  193—2x3,  PI.  vni.;  Cantrainx,  who  pUees  this 
geDHfl,  on  account  of  the  m&ntle  for  the  most  part  united,  not  in  this  family, 
but  in  Bystomya,  names  it  Mytilina.  Ann,  dea  Sc.  not.,  sec.  S^rie,  Yii.  pp. 
309 — 313.  It  agrees,  however,  very  closely  with  MytUui,  as  well  in  the 
shell  as  in  the  animal. 

Family  VI.  Arcacea.  Mantle  cloven  anteriorly,  not  produced 
into  a  trachea.  Foot  large,  in  some  serving  for  creeping,  in  others 
furnished  with  byssus  homy,  lamellose,  not  divided  into  filaments. 
Branchiae  composed  of  loose  filaments.  Shell  regular,  with  points 
remote.  Hinge  with  numerous  teeth  arranged  in  a  row.  Two 
muscular  impressions  remote. 

Area  L.  (in  part).  Hinge  linear,  straight.  Shell  transverse, 
inequilateral,  with  points  distant,  a  large  area  intervening.  Animal 
(Daphne  PoLi)  with  foot  compressed,  cloven  longitudinally,  mostly 
adhering  by  means  of  lamellose,  homy  byssus  to  marine  bodies. 

Sp.  Area  Noes  L.,  Rumph.  Amb.  Rariteitk,  Tab.  44,  fig.  p,  Encycl.  mith,, 
Ver9.  PI.  303,  Blainv.  MalacoL  PI.  65,  fig.  2 ;  in  the  Mediterranean  and 
the  Atlantic;  the  NoaKz  Arc;  the  boat-like  form  occasioned  the  generic 
name. — Area  tortuosa  L.,  Rumph.  1.  1.  Tab.  47,  fig.  k,  Encycl.  mHh.,  Vera, 
PI-  305^  fig.  I,  Blainv.  Malae.  PI.  65  bis,  fig.  i,  from  the  Indian  Ocean, 
&c.  A  very  numerous  genus,  of  which  also  fossil  species  occur,  some  in 
secondary,  but  the  most  in  tertiary  formations. 

CucullcBa  Lam.     Shell  ventricose.     Hinge  terminated  at  each  end 
by  ribs  exsert,  parallel  to  the  margin,  vaiious  in  number. 

Sp.  Area  eucullua  GmEL.,  CucuUcea  aurieulifera  Lam.,  Blainv.  Malae.  PL 
65,  fig.  4 ;  from  the  Indian  Ocean.  The  fossil  species  of  this  small  group 
are  the  more  numerous,  since  amongst  the  animal  world  now  living,  only 
this  single  one  is  known. 

PectunculiL8  Lam.  (Species  oi  Area  L.).  Shell  orbicular,  thick, 
shut.  Hinge  arcuate,  with  teeth  oblique,  the  median  obsolete. 
Animal  {Axinoea  PoLl)  with  foot  hatchet-shaped,  serving  for  creep- 
ing, very  large,  compressed,  not  byssiferous ;  heart  single. 

Sp.  PectuneuluB  piloaus  Lam.,  Area  pUoaa  L.  (and  glycimeris  in  part),  Bo- 
NANNi  Beereat.  Mentis  H  Oculi,  Komse,  1684,  fig.  80,  PoLi  Teat.  vir.  Sie, 
Tab.  26,  figs.  1,  3,  Gu^iN  Iconogr.,  Moll.  PI.  ^7,  fig.  6,  Dkshayes  Con^ 
chyl.  PI.  34,  figs.  13,  24^;— Peat,  fflycimeria  Lam.,  Desh.  1.  1.  figs.  21,  22, 


1  The  shells  of  this  species  are  nsed  by  the  Sicilians,  acoording  to  the  account  of 
FoLi,  for  making  cameos. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


734  CLASS  XII. 

fto.  Many  extinet  fossil  species  also  of  this  genus  oocor,  whilst  the  newv 
tertiBiy  formatioBs  oontun  also  the  named  living  species  in  a  fosnl  sUk. 
See  on  these  fossil  species  Lamarck  Ann.  du  Mum.  ti.  pp.  915—117,  n. 
Fl.  18,  figs.  6--9,  and  Duhates  Deter,  det  Chquittet  fo$§.  de$  enviftmi  de 
Paris. 

Family  VII.  Trigoniacea,  Mantle  cloven  anteriorly,  trachea 
none.  Foot  not  byssiferous,  serving  for  creeping.  Shell  equivalve, 
inequilateral,  hinge  with  several  teeth,  arranged  in  two  rows 
diverging  from  the  point.  Points  contiguous,  or  slightly  remote. 
Two  muscular  impressions  remote ;  internal  surface  of  valves  often 
pearly. 

Nucula  Lam.    Shell  transverse,  with  points  contiguous.    Hinge 

linear,  broken,  interrupted  by  a  pit  for  receiving  the  internal  Uga- 

ment,  with  numerous  teeth. 

Sp.  NucvXa  fnargaritaeea  Lax.,  Area  nueleut  L.,  Blainv.  Malae.  FL  65, 
Bg.  s,  DssHATKB  Coneh^  FL  ^  figs.  1 1— 13 ;  in  the  North  Sea  and  Medi- 
terranean. This  species  also  ooours  fossil.  The  foot  of  theae  oonchifen 
resembles  that  of  Peelunculut,  This  genus,  which  has  filiform  gills,  might 
be  left  in  the  preceding  fiunily.  Of  late  years  many  species  haye  heoome 
known,  especially  through  the  English  voyager  Cvifxuia.  They  are  aU 
small  oonchifen. 

Trtgonia  Bruq.  Shell  trigonal,  sometimes  suborbicular.  Car- 
dinal teeth  oblong,  grooved.  Ligament  external,  marginal.  Foot 
elongate,  geniculate,  with  the  apical  portion  received  in  a  groove 
on  the  inferior  surface  of  the  basal  portion. 

6p.  Trigonia  peelinaia  Lam.,  Tri^n.  margaritaoeOf  Ann.  du  Mut.  IT.  pp. 
355—357,  Fl.  67,  ^,  I,  BLAlNvnJiB  Malac.  FL  70,  fig.  i;  in  the  S. 
Facifio.  This  is  the  only  species  now  living  which  is  known  of  this  genus, 
of  which  numerous  fossil  spedes  occur,  partly  in  the  older  seoondaiy 
formations.  Here  belongs  also  the  genus  Myopkoria  BftONV  Zetk.  geogn> 
I.  pp.  168 — 174,  from  the  Mmehdrkalk,  Especially,  however,  are  the 
species  of  Trtgonia  numerous  in  the  Jura-  and  Chalk-formations.  Camp* 
also  AQA88I2  JEhides  eritiquet  tw  let  Mollu$que$,  ire  livraitan,  NeufchaH 
1840,  4to. 

Family  VIII.  Naiadea.  Mantle  mostly  cloven,  sometimes 
concrete  posteriorly  and  produced  into  two  short  trachese.  Foot 
compressed,  byssus  none.  Four  oval  buccal  tentacles.  Shell 
transverse,  inequilateral,  pearly  within.  Two  muscular  impressions 
distinct,  remote.    Ligament  external. 

This  family  contains  fresh-water  conchifers.  LnmiEUB  united  the 
species  known  to  him  partly  with  Myct,  paiiily  with  MytUu$.  They 
might  perhaps  be  all  united  in  one  large  genus  Unto, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CONCHIFERA.  735 

Phalanx  I.     Bhdl  regular^  freSy  with  points  approannuUe, 

Unto  Bruo.  Animal  {lAmnoea  PoLi)  with  mantle  cloven,  con- 
crete posteriorly  by  a  commissure  about  the  anus,  surrounding  the 
anus  with  a  trachea  like  an  aperture.  Posterior  margin  of  each 
lobe  of  mantle  furnished  with  cirri  or  tentacles.  Branchiae  of  each 
side  coalesced  behind  the  foot.  Shell  thick,  pearly  within,  with 
points  most  frequently  decorticate.  Hinge  mostly  with  two  teeth 
in  each  valve,  the  anterior  thick,  obliquely  striated,  the  posterior 
compressed  like  a  lamella,  elongate,  sometimes  obsolete.  (Teeth 
of  left  valve  bipartite  by  a  groove  for  receiving  the  teeth  of  the  op- 
posite valve.) 

This  genus  is  very  numerona  in  species,  especiaUj  in  North  America. 
The  knowledge  of  these  species  is  attended  with  great  difficulties,  since  the 
naturalists  who  have  described  them  have  dispersed  their  descriptions, 
partly  in  Magasdnes,  which  are  entirely  unknown  in  Europe,  and  at  the 
same  time  have  paid  little  regard  to  the  contemporary  or  previous  labours 
of  one  another.  We  mention  here  only,  as  the  most  accessible,  the  papers 
of  Rafikesqus  (Ann.  des  Sc.  phynque*  de  MM.  Bobt  db  St.  Vinosnt  et 
Dbapisz,  y.  pp.  387  and  foil.),  J.  Lea  (Americ,  PhUos,  TrcmMoct,,  new 
Seriet,  ni.  Philadelphia,  18^8,  pp.  a59— 463;  m.  Pt.  2,  1830,  pp.  403 — 
457,  IV.  Pt.  I,  pp.  63— i«i),  and  the  memoir  of  De  F^ussao,  in  great  part 
bibliographical,  in  Gu^in's  Magtuin  de  Zoologie,  1835,  '^  which  the 
descriptions  of  Th.  Sat  and  others  are  cited. 

The  form  of  the  numerous  shells  of  this  class  is  very  different.  For  some 
of  the  forms  distinct  genera  have  been  adopted.  Thus  Lamarck  distin- 
guishes the  species  with  a  triang^ular  shell  and  transverse  striie  on  the  teeth 
of  the  hinge,  by  the  name  of  Ccutalia  (Sp.  Cattalia  ambigua  Lam.,  BLAiifT., 
Mtdacol,  PL  67,  fig.  4,  from  S.  America).  The  species  that  have  an  oblique 
shell,  and  at  the  posterior  margin  present  a  large,  flat,  triangular  pro- 
longation, he  unites  under  the  genus  Hyria,  (Sp.  Unio  tyrmalophorua  O. 
Fabb.\  Hyria  avictUarU  Lam.,  Mya  aymuOophora  Gbonov.  Zoophylac, 
Tab.  xvni.  fig.  I,  Unio  corruff(Uu8  Blainv.,  Malacol.  PI.  67,  fig.  i ; — Jfyria 
corrugata  Lam.,  Encycl.  m6tk,,  Ver$,  PI.  247,  fig.  2.)  The  other  species 
Lamabck  leaves  together  under  the  genus  Unio.  But  besides  Ccutalia  and 
Hyria  great  varieties  of  form  are  found,  of  which  sub-genera  might  be 
made,  as  Unio  orbictUatus  Hildb.  or  Unio  tvbrotundiu  Kafin.  of  a  round 
form*,  Unio  arcarformis  Lea,  with  a  flat  broad  surface  behind  the  points, 
&c.  In  European  species  the  shell  is  usually  less  different  in  form,  elongate, 
forwards  round  and  obtuse,  backwards  pointed  and  prolonged. 


1  O.  Fabbioiub  in  Kongd.  Damke  Vidmahab,  SeUkahs  Naturvidenth.  Afkand' 
Unger,  i.  1814,  pp.  55— ^i* 

*  See,  for  example,  Unio  verrueo»a  Yalbno.,  in  Humboldt  et  Bonflakd  BecueU 
eTObierv.  de  Zool,  d  d'Anat.  eomp.  n.  PI.  53,  fig.  2. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


736  CLASS  XII. 

Sp.  Unto  pidorum  Lax.,  Mya  pietorum  L.,  SruKM  Fautk.  Oerm.  yl  Hefk  t. 
Tab.  a,  Unto  rottnUa  PriiFPZB  Jkttlteke  Land-  und  Wanrrtchu.  L  Tab.¥. 
Eg.  8 ; — Unto  wuirgariHfenu  Rets.,  Nilsov,  Mya  marffaritifera  L.,  Unio 
ginuala  Lam.  (and  Unio  eUmffota  Lam.),  Sohbobtes  GtMckiekU  der  PUut- 
eonchyl,  1779,  4to,  Tab.  lY.  fig.  i,  Pfxiffkb  L  L  Tab.  v.  ^.  11,  ftc  Tfai* 
species,  like  the  Mdeagrinaj  produces  fine  pearls  (see  above,  p.  688). — ^Ai 
a  very  large  species  from  N.  America  we  note:  Vnio  undulaHu  Sat, 
Unio  Peruviana  Lam.,  Bneyd.  mHk.,  Van.  PL  148,  ^.  7,  VAUorcisssia 
in  Humboldt  et  Bonp.  Obg.  de  Zool.  H  iTAnat.  comp,  11.  p.  239,  PL  54, 
fig.  3. 

Anodonta  Brug.  The  inhabitant  of  the  shell  {LimruBa  Pou) 
of  the  same  form  as  the  animal  of  the  preceding  genus.  Shell 
mostly  thin,  transverse,  elongate  posteriorly,  rotmidato-troncate 
anteriorly.     Cardinal  margin  edentulous,  linear. 

Biver-muud.  This  genus  differs  from  the  preceding  in  the  greater  thm- 
ness  of  the  shell,  and  especially  by  the  absence  of  hinge,  but  the  animal  is 
entirely  the  same  as  in  the  genus  Unio,  with  which  too  Dkshatss  unites  it 
In  the  shell  also  Unio  dtpretta  V.  Mukhlfibld  (Pfkiffsb  L  L  n.  s.  32, 
33,  Tab.  Tin.  figs.  3,  4)  forms  the  transition  to  Anodomta.  Hie  spedes  of 
Anodonta  are  much  less  numerous,  and  exhibit  fewer  varieties  in  the  form 
of  the  shell,  than  those  of  Uni4i, 

Sp.  Anodonta  cygnea  Lam.,  MytUus  cygneut  L.,  Blainv.  Malae,  PL  66,  fig. 
I,  Pfeiffbb  1.  L  I.  Tab.  yl  ^,  4,  (on  account  of  the  coalesoenoe  or 
growing  together  of  the  shells  on  the  dorsal  side  above  the  ligament,  Lka 
forms  of  this  species  and  some  others,  the  genus  SympKynota;  such  a  ooo- 
nexion  also  occurs  in  certain  species  of  Unio);  Anod,  anatina  Lam.,  Myfi- 
Itu  anatinui  L.,  Pfkiffsb  Tab.  vi.  fig.  a,  &c. 

Fossil  species  both  of  Unio  and  Anodonta  occur  in  the  coal-formation. 
In  the  Oolite  and  Lias  shells  are  found  which  were  formeriy  referred  to 
Unio,  but  now  constitute  the  genus  Cardinia  of  Aoassiz,  Padkyodon 
Stutchburt  {Unio  hybrida,  Unio  concinna  Sowkbbt,  &c.).  See  Stdtch* 
BUBY  Annals  and  Magaz.  of  Nat.  Bitt.  vin.  1841,  pp.  481 — 485. 

Iridtna  Lam.  Animal  with  lobes  of  mantle  concrete  poste- 
riorly and  furnished  with  two  short  tracheae.  Shell  transverse, 
elongate,  with  hinge  edentulous,  linear,  sometimes  crenate. 

Sp.  Jridina  exotica  Lam.,  Le  mutel  Adanson,  Hist.  not.  du  SSnSgal,  Co- 
quillage»,  PL  17,  fig.  21,  Blainv.  Malae.  PL  66,  fig.  3,  in  West  Africa  and 
in  the  Nile ;  the  animal  is  described  and  figured  by  Debhates,  MHh.  de  to 
8oe.  d'Hitt.  not.  de  Paris,  in.  18^7,  pp.  i— 16,  PI.  i;—Irid.  mftmi  DisH., 
, Anatina  rubens  Lam.,  Sncycl.  mith..  Vers.  PL  aoi,  fig.  i. 

Phalanx  II.     Shell  affixed^  irregular. 

Etheria  Lam.     (JEtherta).    Mantle  cloven,  with  margin  cirri- 
ferous.     Four  tentacles  round  the  mouth  oblong,  rotundate.     Liga- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CONCHIFERA.  737 

ment  external,  penetrating  partly  internally  into  a  groove.    Hinge 
callous,  edentulous, 

Lamabok,  who  first  made  this  genus  known,  thought  that  it  was  found 
in  the  sea.  It  was  placed  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  Oysters,  from  which, 
however,  the  shell  differs  by  the  two  muscular  impressions.  Sinoe  that 
time  these  oonchifers  were  found  in  the  Nile  by  the  traveller  Caillaud. 
The  animal  was  afterwards  described  and  figured  by  Rang  and  QuoT.  It 
agrees,  as  Rako  remarks,  with  that  of  Unio  and  Anodonta,  so  that  in  fiMst 
the  EthericB  might  be  shortly  characterised  as  irregular  AnodorUa  with  one 
of  the  two  shells  attached. 

Comp.  Lamabok  Ann,  dv  Miisium,  x.  pp.  398 — 408,  PL  ag — 32 ;  F^ 
BUSSAO  Notice  t,  I.  EthMt$  trouvies  dana  le  Nil,  Mim,  de  la  Soc,  d*ffitt. 
not,  de  Paris,  i.  1813,  pp.  353 — 372 ,*  Rang  et  Caillaud  Mhn.  wwrle genre 
£thSrie  et  descr.  de  wn  Animal,  Nouv,  Ann,  du  MtuSum,  iih  1834,  pp.  138 
— 144,  Qdot  in  Lesson  lUtutr.  de  Zoologie,  PL  58,  59  (1835). 

Sp.  Etheria  Lamoflrckii  F^usa.,  Eth,  elUptica  Lax.  (and  JSth,  trigoniula 
ejusd.).  Arm,  du  Mus,  x.  PL  29,  30,  fig.  i,  BLAimr.  Malae.  PL  70  bis,  fig. 
4,  &c.,  Gu^BiH  leonogr,,  MoUuaq,  PL  a 6^  fig.  8. 

All  the  known  species  live  in  fresh  water  in  Africa,  and  would  seem, 
with  Iridina,  to  represent  the  Uniones  so  numerous  in  America^  which 
are  not  abundant  in  Africa. 

Family  IX.  Carditacea.  Mantle  cloven.  Foot  compressed, 
sulcate,  not  tyssiferous.  Tentacles  around  the  mouth  divided  into 
several  lobes.  Shell  regular,  free,  inequilateral,  equivalve.  Two 
muscular  impressions  remote.  Teeth  of  hinge  mostly  two,  in  some 
a  single  tooth,  the  anterior  being  obsolete. 

Cardita  Brug.  (exclusive  of  species),  Deshates  [Cardita  and 
Venericardta  Lam.).  Shell  suborbicular,  transverse  or  oblique, 
often  costate  longitudinally. 

An  historical  reyiew  of  the  genus  CardiUi,  and  of  the  modifications  it 
has  undergone,  was  given  by  Dbshayeb  Encyd,  mith,,  Vers.  n.  1830,  pp. 
194 — 196.  All  the  species  now  living  are  marine,  mostly  small  or  only  of 
moderate  axe.  The  fossil  species  are  numerous,  especially  in  the  calcaire 
gromer,  as  Cardita  imbrtcata,  Venericardia  imbricata  Lam.,  Libtbb  Biet. 
Conchylior,  Tab.  497,  BLAnrv.  Malacol.  PL  68,  fig.  3,  Dbbhatbb  Conchy 
liol.  PL  3r,  fig.  6,  &c. 

Family  X.     Chamacea.     Mantle  excised  with  a  middle  aperture 
for  the  foot,  and  furnished  with  two  distinct  foramina  in  the  tentacu- 
late  margin  (trachea  of  mantle  and   trachea  of  gills),   elsewhere 
VOL.  I.  47 


Digitized  by 


Google 


788  CLASS  XII. 

closed.    Foot  round,  geniculate,  not  byssiferons.    Shell  insular, 
inequiyalTe,  adhering.     Two  muscular  impressions  remote. 

In  all  the  preceding  fiunilies  of  the  Dvmya/ria  the  mantle  is 
entirely  open  at  the  anterior  part.  In  the  foUowiiig  £eanilie8  the 
marginR  of  the  mantle  are  united  anteriorly.  Amongst  these  the 
IH^Bent  fiunily  is  distinguiahed  by  its  irregnlar  shell,  just  as  the 
^theriaoea  are  amongst  the  preceding  &milies. 

Chama  L.  (in  part),  Bruo.  Shell  irregular,  mostly  imbricate 
or  lamellose,  with  points  incurved.  Hinge  with  single  oblique 
tooth  in  each  valve,  received  in  a  little  pit  of  the  other  valve. 
(Animal,  Rilopua  POLI,  comp.  characters  of  fBuooily.) 

Sp.  Chama  Lazamu  li.,  Ckama  damcBcomu  Lam.,  Bumph.  Amb.  Mariieitk. 
Tab.  44,  fig.  3,  D'Akosnvills  OonehyL  PL  to,  fig.  r,  Chemst.  Otmehr 
lienhab.  Tab.  51,  figs.  507,  508 ;  Eut  Indiet ;— Chama  maoeropkffUa  GHun. 
1.  L  Tab.  52,  figs.  514,  515,  Cuv.  R  Ani,,  id,  iU,,  MoU,  PL  95,  fig.  «,  &c 
All  the  species  of  this  fiamily  live  in  the  sea. 

Cleidothenu  Sowerby. 

Sp.  Chama  aCbida  Lav.,  CUidoikerus  chamoldes  Sow.,  Dbshatks  CcmckyUol, 
PL  99,  figs.  1—5 ;  fi^>m  the  Soath  Sea  at  New  Holland. 

Dieeraa  Lak.  Points  large,  divaricate,  contorted  into  irregnlar 
spires.     Cardinal  tooth  very  large,  thick,  incmrved. 

A  fossil  genus,  of  whioh  two  or  three  species  are  known  from  the  upper- 
most oolite  and  chalk  fonnations. 

Sp.  IHceras  arietina  Lam.,  Dksh.  Conchf^icl.  PL  28,  figs.  4 — 6,  Cur.  R- 
AfU,,  id.  m.,  MoU,  PL  95,  fig.  I ;  this  species  was  first  disooTored  by 
DSLUO  in  the  chalk  strata  of  Mont  Sal^  Saussubb  Voyaga  dam  laAlpa, 
I.  PL  n.  figs.  1—4  (M.  Svo.  Neuchatel,  1803,  pp.  277—180).  Comp.  on 
Dieerat  Lamabok  Ann,  du  Mua,  vi.  pp.  298 — 301,  and  Deshatss  Did, 
cUm,  tTEitt.  not,  v.  1824,  pp.  465—467. 

Appendix  to  Gkamacea. 

Family  of  uncertain  position,  Sudista  or  RudistcB,    Fossils  in 
cretaceous  strata* 

Superior  valve  operculiform,  smalL     Inferior  aflfixed,  elongate, 
often  divided  internally  by  septa. 

The  fossil  conchifers  designated  by  Lamabck  under  the  unintel- 
ligible name  Rudistes,  with  which,  however,  as  Deshates  remarks^ 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CONCHIFERA.  739 

the  genua  ffippuaHies  (placed  by  Laxabck  amongst  the  Cephalopoda) 
should  be  united  {Ann,  dea  Sc  not  y.  1825,  p.  205,  xv.  pp.  258— 
266)  seem,  when  the  genera  Crania  and  Calceola,  belonging  to  the 
Brachiopoda  have  been  separated  £rom  them,  to  be  allied  to  the 
Chamctcea;  they  had  probably,  however,  an  entirely  open  mantle, 
like  the  jEtheriacea,  Oai/reacea  &a  (Deshates  Encyd,  meth,.  Vers. 
ni.  p.  918).  The  Hippurttea,  large,  elongate,  conical  shells,  resem- 
bling in  some  degree,  as  to  external  form,  the  horns  of  mammals, 
were  first  discovered  at  the  foot  of  the  Pyrenees  by  Picot  La 
Petbouse.  Goldfuss,  however,  and  D^Obbigkt  also,  is  of  opinion 
that  these  EudisUe  belong  to  the  Brachicpoda  and  by  no  means 
to  the  Lamellibranchiata  {Ann.  des  Sc.  mU.,  sea  S6iie,  xvui.  1842, 
pp.  173 — 192),  in  which  they  now  find  many  supportera 

Genera:  HippurUes  Lail,  Caprina  D'Obbignt,  Sphcerulites 
Debmoul.  (and  Radiolites  Lah.)  Desh.  {BirostrUes  Lam.  a  fictitious 
genus  £rom  the  internal  mould  of  SphcenUUes.) 

Comp.  Deshatxs  in  Lamabck  Bitt.  not,  dea  ArU.  s.  vert.,  ie  ^  vn. 
1836,  pp.  178—397,  PIOOT  Db  La  Pbtbousb  JM  novU  qiUbuad.  Orihoeeror 
Htum  et  OetraeUum  apecieb.  Korimb.  1781,  foL;  Dbshatbs  Saaai  eur  lea 
SphSrtUitta  (BvUH.  delaSoe.  cTSiat.  not.  deBordeaux,  1. 1817);  O.  Bollakd 
Du  BoQUAV,  J)«aeripHon  dea  eoquiUeafaaaiUa  de  lafamiiUe  dea  Budiseea,  qui 
ae  irouvent  d^na  le  terrain  critaei  da  CorbUrea.  Avec  planches.  Carcassone, 
1841,  4to. 

Family  XI.  Tridctcnocea*  Mantle  with  lobes  for  the  greatest 
part  concrete  in  the  margin,  furnished  with  a  superior  aperture  for 
the  passage  of  foot,  and  two  small  inferior,  the  anterior  anal,  the 
posterior  respiratoiy.  Four  tentacles  round  the  mouth  elongate, 
acuminate.  Foot  thick.  Ligament  external,  narrow.  Two  adduc- 
tor muscles  approximate  or  confluent ;  muscular  impression  single, 
little  distinct.     Shell  regular,  equivalve,  free. 

CuviEB  {Eigne  Anim.  IL  1817,  p.  475)  remarked  that  in  the 
conchifers  of  this  &mily  there  is  only  a  single  adductor  muscle. 
Consequently  Lamabck  placed  the  genus  Tridacna  subsequently  in 
the  division  of  the  Monomya/ri4i,  with  which,  however,  it  does  not 
agree.  From  the  figures  of  the  animal  of  Tridacna  mtUica  given 
by  QuOT  and  Gaimard  in  the  narrative  of  the  voyage  of  the  Astro- 
labe (copied  in  Guv.  R  Ani,  ^cL  iU.,  Moll.  PL  96,  fig.  3)  it  seems 
that  two  muscles  are  present  however,  which  lie  close  together,  and, 
although  in  other  species  they  are  confluent  and  form  a  single 
muscle,  this  is  no  reason  for  separating  Tridacna  from  those  fiunilics 
with  which  in  other  respects  this  genus  has  most  agreement. 

47-2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


740  CLASS  xn. 

Tridacna '  BnVQ.  (Species  of  Chama  L.).  -Shell  traMVcree, 
inequilateral.  Points  approximate.  Hinge  with  two  teeth,  placed 
behind  the  points  under  the  ligament ;  the  posterior  in  the  right 
valve  bipartite,  a  groove  receiving  the  posterior  tooth  of  the  left 
valve. 

Hippopus  IiAiL,  lunula  closed     Foot  not  bjasifeTOiis. 

Sp.  Tridaena  Kippopu$  BLABrr.,  Chama  kippoput  L.,  ff^ppaput  maevldM 
Lam.,  Rumfh.  AnJb,  RarUekk.  Tab.  43,  fig.  €,  K.AIW.  Malaatl.  PL  68, 
fig.  a,  GuiBiH  leonogr.,  MoOutq.  PL  19^  fig.  7;  Indi&n  Ooean. 

Tridaena  Lail     Shell  gaping  at  the  lunukt,  with  aperture  orate. 
Foot  byssiferoua 

8p.  Tridaena  tquamoia  Lam.,  Bttxph.  Afiib.  Raritettk.  Tub.  43,  fig.  a,  Auryr/. 
mith.,  Ven.  PL  136,  fig.  i ;  Induuii  Qoean  'y^Tridaena  gigat,  Cktma  gigat  L. 
(in  part),  KUMPH.  L  L fig.  B,  Eme^.  mie^.,  Ven,  PL  335,  %  i.  Thisspedes 
alflo  oooon  in  tbe  Indian  Ocean;  it  is  Uie  lar]^«8t  copchifer  known.  Foi^ 
meriy  it  waa  the  custom  to  ornament  gardens  with  them  as  basins  of  foan- 
tains ;  in  ohnrehes  these  sheDs  sometimes  senre  for  holding  the  holy-water, 
as  two  rery  laige  ones  may  be  seen  in  St  SiUpice  at  Paris;  henoe  the 
derivation  of  the  French  name  hiniUer  for  this  species  of  shell.  Lnm .sus 
records  a  shell  of  this  kind  in  the  MMtmm  Ludoviooe  Ulrica,  that  weighs 
53a  pounds. — In  Tridaena  the  opening  of  the  Umvla  in  older  mdividuak  is 
■mailer,  so  that  the  diffareikoe  between  Ilippopui  and  Tridaena  is  not  very 

Family  XII.  Cardiacea.  Mantle  with  lobes  concrete  posteriorly, 
open  anteriorly  for  the  passage  of  foot ;  two  very  short  trachefls  dis- 
tinct, foraminiform,  with  margin  girdled  by  cirri.  Foot  large,  fisdci- 
form,  not  byssiferoos.  Ligament  external.  Shell  regular,  equivalve, 
free.  Hinge  with  two  teeth  nnder  the  point,  receiving  each 
other  by  mutual  insertion,  and  one  or  two  lateral.  Two  mnscular 
impressions  remote. 

Cardium  L.  Shell  subequilateral,  shorter  posteriorly,  more 
^bbous  anteriorly,  mostly  furnished  with  longitudinal  ribs.  Four 
teeth  in  each  valve ;  with  two  oblique  under  the  points,  receiving 
each  other  crosswise  by  mutual  insertion,  and  two  lateral  remote, 
compressed.  Animal  {Cerastes  PoLi)  with  foot  falciform,  very  long, 
serving  for  jumping. 

Sp.  Ckurdium  eduU  L.,  BiiAiiry.  Malaeol.  PI.  70  bis,  ^.  3,  Bastxb  N^i^i^rL 
Uiiap.  n,  bL  76—78,  Tah.  vin.  figs.  1—4,  Poli  Teat,  utr.  Sic.  i.  Tab.  xm, 
figs.  13—15 ;  on  the  shore  in  the  Korth  and  Mediter.  Seas;  this  biyalTe» 
like  some  other  species  of  this  genus,  is  used  for  food;  the  common  name 
in  Zealand  is  kokkaan. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CQNCHIFERA.  741 

Cardium  i9ocardia  L.,  Rumph.  Arnib,  Rmteitk,  Tab.  48,  fig.  g,  CHXicir. 
Conchyl.  Tab.  17,  figs.  174 — 176,  &c 

Henhtcc^rdittm  Klein^  Spenoler,  Cut.   Valves  oompreased,  a  keel 
dividing  the  anterior  from  the  posterior  plana 

Sp.  CarcUum  henUe<urdium  L.,  RuiCPH.  Amib.  RarUdtk,  Tub.  44,  fig.  H, 
Blautv.  Malac,  PL  70  bis,  fig.  4 ; — Cardkim  carditta  L.,  Lax.,  Bumpb. 
1.  L  Tub.  41,  fig.  E,  fto. 

Of  the  genua  Cardiitm  Spbnolsb  has  given  a  monogniph,  J^kririer  <tf 
naiurhitt.  Sdekahet,  V.  T.  1799,  pp.  i — 60,  Tab.  I. 

The  fossil  species  of  Cardium  are  uncommonly  namerous,  (hey  oocur 
especiaUy  in  tertiary  formations. 

Isocardta  Lam.  Shell  cordate,  with  points  involnte  spirally. 
Two  cardinal  teeth  under  the  points,  compressed,  entering;  a  single 
lateral  tooth  posterior,  elongate.  Animal  [Oloasua  PoLi)  with  foot 
compressed  and  tentacles  of  mouth  elongate,  acuminate. 

Sp.  Isocardia  cor,  Chama  Cor  L.,  Blainv.  Malae.  PL  69,  ^.  9,  Pou 
Testae,  utr.  Sic.  11.  Tab.  xxni.  figs,  i,  9  (i.  Tab.  xv.  figs.  34—36  animal) ; 
Mediterranean,  ftc. ;  also  fossiL  Much  more  numerous  are  the  extinct 
species  of  this  form,  which  fbr  the  most  part  occur  in  secondary  fonnations. 

Opts  Defrance.    Fossil  genus.    Is  this  its  place  ? 

Comp.  Dbshatss  in  Laicabok  ffist,  n.  d.  Ant,  $,  v.  vi.  pp.  519,  500. 

Cyprtcoflrdia  Lam.  Shell  inequilateral,  elongate  posteriorly, 
oblique  or  transverse.  Three  teeth  under  the- points ;  lateral  tooth 
single,  posterior,  compressed,  acute. 

Sp.  Cypricardia  obUmga  Desh.,  Chama  chlonga  L.,  Cypric.  gumaica  Lax., 
Blainv.  Malac.  PL  65  bis,  ^,  6,  Dbbhatbb  ConckyUol.  PL  94,  figs.  8,  9, 
&c.; — ^Here  belong  also  petrified  species  from  the  oolite  and  chalk 
fonnations. 

Family  XIII.  Vmeraxiea.  Mantle  with  lobes  fimbriated  at 
the  margin,  concrete  posteriorly,  open  anteriorly  for  the  passage  of 
large,  compressed,  acute  foot ;  two  tracheae  moderate,  often  coalesced 
at  the  base.  Ligament  external,  short.  Shell  equivalve,  free, 
regular,  shut.  Mostly  three  cardinal  teeth,  diverging  obliquely 
from  the  point;  lateral  tooth  in  some  single,  posterior,  in  most 
none. 

Aatarte  SOWERBY,  Crasshiu  Lam.  Cardinal  teeth  two,  diver- 
gent.    Impression  of  mantle  simple.     Shell  transversely  rugose  or 


Digitized  by 


Google 


742  CLASS  XII. 

striated,    inequilateral,    anteriorly  truncato-rotundate,    orbiculari- 
trigonal  or  oblique,  incrassated  towards  the  points. 

AtloTte  danmonienais  Sow.,  CroMtina  dtmmotUetma  Lam.,  Venui  cnun- 
teUa  Blaikv.  Malac.  PL  75,  fig.  7.  The  fossil  spedes  are  numeroTis  in 
the  later  seoondaiy,  and  in  the  tertiary  fonnations.  C!omp.  Ds  La  Joh- 
KAIBB  NoU  nir  le  genre  Aetarte,  Mimoiru  de  la  Soe.  (THisL  noL  <U  PtaVf 
I.  i8«3,  pp.  127—131,  PI.  VI. 

Venu8  L.  (exclusive  of  species).  Cardinal  teeth  in  some  three 
in  each  valve,  in  others  four  in  left  valve.  Lateral  tooth  none. 
Impression  of  mantle  below  the  posterior  muscular  impression 
deeply  sinuate.    (Animal  Callista  Poll) 

a)  Cardinal  teeth  four  in  Ufi  vahe,  wih  fourth  eionffoie,  eituated  under 
luntda,  compreeeed,  received  in  afaveola  0/ right  valve, 

Cytherea  Lam. 

Venus  lutoria,  Oyth.  lutoria  Lax.,  Venue  chione  L.  (in  part),  Bukfh. 
Amh.  RarOeUh,  Tab.  xui.  fig.  o,  Eneyel,  mSth.,  Vere.  PL  270,  fig.  i.  The 
Chinese  and  Japanese  ooyer  the  inside  of  these  shells  with  gold  aodcolonr^ 
and  use  them  in  a  certain  game. — Venue  Diane  L.,  Ktjmph.  Amb.  BarileUk. 
Tab.  XLvra.  fig.  4,  J^icycL  mith,,  Vere.  PI.  275,  fig.  i,  Houttuyh  Nat. 
Hiet,  I.  i5e  Stuk,  PI.  1 1 7,  fig.  6 ;  East  Ind.  Seas.  This  species  is  described 
by  LiNNJEUB  in  detail  and  metaphorically,  Syet.  not.,  ed.  12,  i.  p.  11 99,  &c. 

b)  Cardinal  teeth  three  in  each  valve,  approximate. 

Vemis  Lam. 

Sp.  Venue  plicata  Gm.,  Lam.  (  Venue  Dyeera  L.  in  part),  D'Abobsv.  Con- 
chyl.  Tab.  11,  fig.  K,  Encyd,  mith.,  Vere,  PI.  275,  fig.  3;  VenutpapiUo- 
nacea  Lam.  (Venue  rotundata  L.),  CuY.  JL  Ani.,  id.  HI,,  MoU,  PL  104, 
fig.  4,  &C.1 

Cyprina  Lam.  Shell  obliquely  cordate,  thick.  Hinge  with 
three  unequal  teeth,  and  lateral  tooth  remote,  posterior,  situated 
under  the  fissure.  Impression  of  mantle  rotundate,  entire.  (Ani- 
mal with  trachess  short,  scarcely  porrect  beyond  the  margin  of 
shell.) 

Sp.  Cyprina  ielandiea  Lam.,  Venue  idandiea  L.,  Muell.  ZooL.  Danie.  Tab. 
28,  Blainv.  Malac,  PI.  70  bis,  fig.  5,  Cuv.  jB.  Ani.,  id.  iU,,  MdH  VI  loi, 


*  The  species  belonging  to  the  genus  Venue  (Venue  and  Cytherea  Lam.)  aw^ 
numerous,  that  they  make  up  nearly  ^  of  all  the  known  lamdUbramfhiata,  so  that  this 
genus  much  surpasses  the  genera  Tellina,  Cardium,  Area,  Oetrea  eixid  Peden  w  ndi 


m  species. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CONCHIFEBA.  743 

fig.  3.  The  Vmus  isUmdiea  of  Bbooohi  (and  Ojfprina  gigoi  Lax.)  a  fossil 
species  irom  the  calcaire  gromer  and  other  tertiary  strata,  does  not  belong 
to  this  genus,  but  to  the  preceding,  Fimw  Broechii  Dsbh.,  Bbokh  Ldh, 
Tab.  38,  fig.  I. 

Family  XIV.  Cychdea.  Mantle  concrete  posteriorly,  fur- 
nished witt  two  tracheae.  Ligament  internal.  Foot  large,  not 
byssiferous.  Shell  equivalve,  free,  gibbouator  ventricose.  Hinge 
with  teeth  under  the  point  Yarious,  sometimes  obsolete,  and 
with  lateral  teeth  gone.    Two  muscular  impressions  remote. 

This  small  fieonily  contains  conchifers  that  live  in  rivers  and 
in  fresh-water  lakes,  like  the  J^aidea,  frt>m  which  it  sufficiently 
differs,  although  Iridina  (see  above,  p.  736),  on  account  of  the 
imited  mantle  and  the  two  trachesa  might  be  brought  to  it.  The 
present  fiunily  is  nearly  allied  to  the  preceding,  whose  place  they 
represent  in  fresh  water. 

Olauconorm  Gray.  Cardinal  teeth  three,  with  middle  one  larger, 
oflen  bifid.     Shell  elongate,  transverse,  with  points  eroded. 

Fresh-water  bivalves,  which  in  external  appearance  almost  resemble 
Anodonta  or  Unio,  They  are  all  exotic.  It  seems  that  some  fossil  fresh- 
water shells,  which  preyiously  had  been  referred  to  the  genus  Venw,  find 
their  true  place  here. 

Oalathea  Brug.,  Lam.,  Potamophila  Sow.  Shell  trigonal,  sub- 
equilateral.  Teeth  under  the  point  two  in  right  valve,  with  a 
small  triangular  median  pit  receiving  the  third  intermediate  tooth 
of  left  valve.  Ligament  prominent,  turgid.  Animal  with  two 
trachesB,  not  concrete,  and  foot  oblong,  compressed. 

Sp.  Galaihea  radiata  Lau.  ( Venus  aubviridis  and  Venus  hermaphrodiia  Ghel.), 
LiSTBB  Canchyl  Tab.  158,  fig.  13,  Encycl.  nUlh.,  Vets,  PI.  ^50,  fig.  i, 
Lahabck  Ann,  du  Mua.  v.  p.  430,  PL  28,  Sakdsb  Rang  Notice  swr  la 
CkUcUhSe,  Ann,  des  Sc,  ncA,  Tom.  xxv.  1832,  pp.  152—164,  PI.  v.  In  the 
rivers  of  W.  Africa;  the  description  of  Bang  first  made  the  animal  known, 
the  shell  alone  of  this  species  having  been  previously  known,  which  some 
writers  stated  to  be  from  Ceylon. 

Cyrma  Lam.  Shell  thick,  ventricose,  corticate,  with  points 
eroded  or  decorticate.  Hinge  with  three  teeth  in  each  valve. 
(Animal  with  two  tracheae  separate  from  the  base  throughout.) 

Sp.  Cyrena  Zeylimka  Lam.,  Blainv.  Malaccl,  PI.  73,  fig.  2 ;  a  larger  variety 
of  this  species  occurs  at  Java,  see  A.  MoussoN,  JHeLand-  wnd  SOsstoasser' 
MoUusken  von  Java,  Zurich,  1849,  ^^o*  Taf.  xm.  All  the  species  of  this 
genus  are  exotic. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


744  CLASS  XII. 

Gyclas  Brug.  (in  part),  Lam.  Shell  ovato-globose,  thin,  timiid 
at  the  points.     Hinge  with  teeth  veiy  small,  sometimes  sabnull. 

Sp.  Cycloi  cornea  Lam.,  TeUima  cornea  L.,  Blaiht.  MaXaceH.  PL  73,  fig.  if 
Pfeiffeb  Sjfilemat.  Anordn.  «.  £eachr.  deuUcker  Land-  vnd  WattendM, 
Oassel,  182 1,  4to,  Tab.  v.  figs,  i,  a,  ahell  brown-yellowy  tnospwent^  blue- 
wbite  within^  4  or  5"'  large;  not  rare  in  the  canalB  of  Holland,  l^e 
species  of  this  genns,  which  is  mach  allied  to  the  preceding,  are  especially 
found  in  Earope,\ut  some  occur  also  in  other  parts  of  the  worid. — ^Pfeitfo 
further  distinguishes  the  genuis  Pindium,  by  the  abeenoe  of  long  fraeiA^ 
which  in  the  animal  of  these  species  are  short  and  grown  together.  Sp. 
CycUu  obUqua  Lax.,  OycU  fontinalit  Lax.,  C^.  cUuoalis  Lam. 

Family  XV.  Lucinacea.  Mantle  open  anteriorly,  concrete 
posteriorly,  and  furnished  with  branchial  apertnre  and  single  anal 
trachea,  or  produced  into  two  tracheas  connate  firom  the  base 
throughout.  Foot  cylindrical,  elongate,  often  vermiform.  Liga- 
ment external  or  subinternaJ  concealed  between  the  exsert  margins 
of  fissure.  Two  muscular  impressions  remote,  large,  with  anterior 
elongate.  Shell  free ;  hinge  variable,  in  some  edentulous,  in  others 
with  two  teeth  under  the  point,  and  one  or  two  lateral  teeth. 

Cyrenotda  Joannis,  Cyrenella  Deshayes.  Shell  ventricose, 
corticate.  Hinge  with  two  small  teeth  divergent  in  right  ralFC, 
and  one  tooth  bifid  in  left  valve;  lateral  teeth  none.  Animal 
with  two  trachesB  concrete  and  four  labial  palps. 

Sp.  CyrenoUla  Dupontia  Joakkib,  Gutianr  Magasin  de  Zool,  1835,  ^0^*^- 
Pl.  64.  Oomp.  Deshatbs,  ibid.  No.  70 ;  Senegal.  This  genus  counts  only 
a  few  spedes,  all  exotic,  from  fresh  water.  According  to  psaHATES  Cyrt- 
ndla  is  a  fresh-water  Lucina,  according  to  Da  Joannis,  a  C^prena  without 
lateral  teeth  at  the  hinge  of  the  shell.  At  all  erents,  this  genus  is  inter- 
mediate between  this  and  the  preceding  Ssunily. 

Lucina  Brug.  Shell  orbiculate,  transversely  striated,  subequi- 
lateral,  with  points  short,  acuminate,  incurved  forwards.  Hinge  vari- 
able. Animal  {Loripes  PoLi)  with  foot  very  long,  vermiform,  respira- 
tory trachea  foraminiform,  anal  conical,  retractile  by  invagination. 

Sp.  Lucina  lactea  Lam.,  Tellina  lactea  L.,  Encycl.  mSth.,  Ven.  PI  ^S6,  fig- 
I,  PoLi  Tulac,  utr,  Sio.  I.  Tab.  XV.  figs.  26 — 79;  hab.  Mediterranesn  ;— 
Lucina  pentylvanica  Lax.,  Venus  pentylvanica  L.,  D'Abqenv.  Ccm^}/^ 
Tab.  «i,  fig.  N,  Encyd,  nUth.,  Vers.  PL  284,  fig.  i ;  hab.  in  the  ocean  »t  the 
coast  of  K.  Amer. ;  Lucina  divaricata  Lax.,  Teilina  divariaUa  h.,  ^^^ 
1.  1.  fig.  25,  Encycl  MSth.,  Vers.  PL  385,  fig.  4,  Dkshatss  Oonch^L  PI-  ^^' 
figs.  9 — 1 1 ;  hab.  in  Mediterranean,  &c. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CONCHIFERA.  745 

Ungutma  Daudin,  Lah. 

This  genus  is  much  allied  to  Lucina,  with  which  D18HATK8  unites  it. 
Ungulina  ohlonga  Lau.,  Blainy.  Mcdae,  PI.  73,  fig.  6 ;  from  the  coast  of 
Senegal  Since  this  animal  penetrates  stones  and  corals,  the  external  form 
of  the  shell  is  subject  to  much  yariety.  See  on  the  animal,  of  which  pre- 
viously the  shell  alone  was  known,  Duyxbkot  Ann.  de»  Sc.  not.  sec.  S6ne, 
Tom.  18,  pp.  no— ia2,  PI.  v.  B.  Gomp.  Deshates  ibid.  Tom.  19,  pp. 
5- II. 

Corbis  Cuv.  Shell  transverse,  gibbous.  Hinge  with  two  teeth 
under  the  point,  and  two  lateral. 

Sp.  Corbis  fimbriata  Lam.,  VefMU  fimbriata  L.,  D'Aboeny.  Conchyl.  Tab. 
21,  fig.  G,  Encyd,  mith.,  Vers,  PL  a86,  fig.  3,  Blainv.  Malac,  PL  71,  fig. 
4 ;  Indian  Sea.  This  shell  is  finely  striated  longitudinally  between  grooves 
running  parallel  to  the  margin.  Hence  the  French  name  la  TricoUe  or  la 
Oorbeille,  of  which  last  the  generic  name  Corlns  is  a  translation.  There  are 
fossil  species  of  this  genus  which  are  as  finely  or  even  more  finely  treliced. 

Family  XVI.  Saxkavina  (or  Lithophagd).  Lobes  of  mantle 
as  to  the  greater  part  concrete,  with  apertm-e  narrow,  anterior,  emit- 
ting the  small  foot.  Tracheae  two,  coalesced  at  the  base,  tentacu- 
late  at  the  opening.  Shell  transverse,  inequilateral,  posteriorly 
elongate,  gaping.  Ligament  external.  Two  muscular  impressions 
remote.  Impression  of  mantle  deeply  sinuate  posteriorly.  (Animals 
living  in  stones,  hence  the  form  of  shell  often  irregular.) 

This  small  family  is  connected  with  the  genus  Veiiut  on  the  one  hand, 
and  with  Oatlrochama  on  the  other ;  perhaps  the  genus  Saacicava  might  be 
placed  in  the  last  family.  They  are  marine  conchifers  like  all  the  following 
families. 

Petrtcola  Lam.  (and  Venerupis  ejusd.)  Hinge  with  two  teeth 
in  each  valve,  sometimes  with  three.  Branchiae  unequal,  external 
smaller. 

Venerupis  Lam.  Tracheie  separate  at  the  apex  alone.  Hinge 
with  three  teeth  in  one  valve,  sometimes  in  botL 

Sp.  Venerupis  irus  LaH.,  Donax  Trus  L.,  Encycl.  nUth.,  Vers,  PL  a6a,  fig. 
4,  PoLi  Test,  utr.  Sic,  11.  Tab.  19,  figs.  25,  16  \  hab.  Mediterranean ; — 
Vener,  perforans  Lam.,  Venus  perforans  MoKtaou.  (Phtlifpi  has  given  a 
figure  of  the  Mollusc,  see  Wieomann  Archivf.  Natwrgesch,  1845,  ^&^*  "^^l- 
figs.  15—18.) 

Petricola  Lam.  Tracheae  coalesced  at  the  base,  free  at  the 
terminal  part  for  nearly  half  their  length.  Hinge  with  two  teeth 
in  each  valve,  or  with  only  a  single  tooth  in  one  of  the  valves. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


746  CLA8B  XII. 

Sp.  Pehrieola  roeedlaria  Lam.,  Dbbh.  Cfomek^iioL  FL  19,  %.  7,  te. (ate 
ftnimal  of  Petricola  lee  Pmuppi  L  L  p.  188,  Tab.  TH.  ligL  11— 14)- 
Foflflil  fpedes  from  the  tertiary  fonnatioiis  aie  known. 

Saxtcava  Fleuriau  de  Bellevue,  Lam.  {HicOella  Dacik, 
Lam.,  By89omya  Cuv.).  Shell  with  tooth  obsolete,  taberculifoim, 
or  edentulous.    Foot  very  large,  often  bjssiferons. 

Sp.  Saxkava  phdadU  Lam.,  MglUut  pkoiadu  L.,  Mukllxk  Zooi.  Daaic 
Tab.  87,  figs.  1—3  (infer.),  Bladit.  MaUuxl.  PL  80,  fi^.  5;  Saadeam 
aretiea  Philifpi,  Solen  minuhu  L.,  Lam.,  J/jyo  aretiea  L.,  SutieBa  mrttka 
Lam.,  Ene^.  vUtk.,  Ven.  PL  934,  f^.  4,  Blaiht.  Malae.  PL  80,  fig.  6 
(named  Momboldu  ruffoi,),  Cur.  12.  AnL,  MoU.  PL  no,  filg.  i,  ftc. 

Family  XVII.  Telltnacea.  Mantle  with  lobes  concrete  poste- 
riorly, margin  tentaculiferons.  Tracheae  two,  separate,  oft^i  very 
long.  Foot  triangular,  compressed.  Shell  transverse,  equivalve, 
inequilateral,  with  posterior  part  often  shorter.  Ligament  external. 
Two  muscular  impressions  remote.  Impression  of  mantle  sinuate 
posteriorly. 

That  margin  of  the  shell  which  is  ordinarily  the  longest,  is  here  often  the 
shortest,  the  hindmost,  namely,  or  that  where  the  ligament  is  situated.  It 
was  an  error,  therefore,  in  Lamabok  to  suppose  that  in  JMmax  the  liga* 
ment  is  displaced,  and  lies  on  the  Umtdaj  it  lies,  as  in  all  bivalye  sheUs, 
behind  the  point. 

Donax  L.  Shell  transverse,  posteriorly  obtuse,  flat.  Cardi- 
nal teeth  two  either  in  both  valves  or  in  left,  a  single  tooth  bipar- 
tite in  right ;  lateral  tooth  single  or  two  lateral  teeth,  snbremote, 
sometimes  obsolete.  Ligament  short.  Animal  {PeroncBa  Poli) 
with  tracheae  long,  distinct,  unequal,  the  inferior  longer ;  cirri  at  the 
orifice  of  anal  (saj)erior)  trachea  simple,  at  the  orifice  of  branchial 
trachea  ramoso-digitate.     Foot  large,  conspicuous. 

Sp.  DoTiax  scortum  L.,  D'Argxkvillb  Conchyl.  PL  9t,  fig.  l,  Blaiht. 
Afalac.  PL  71,  fig.  i,  Dsbhatbs  ConchyL  PL  14,  figs,  n— 15  {Donax 
pttbescais  L.  Yariety);  hab.  Indian  Ocean; — Donax  truneulut  L.,  Pou 
Testae,  ulriusq.  Sicil,  II.  Tab.  19,  figs.  la— 30,  Blainv.  Malae,  PL  71, 
fig.  ),  &c. 

(Cap$a  Lam.  Lateral  teeth  none.)  Sp.  Donax  branlitntU  Bladtv., 
Cap9a  bratHieniii  Lam.,  Bneyd.  wUth.,  Ver$,  PL  «6i,  fig.  10,  Blaiitv. 
Afalac.  PL  71,  fig.  3. 

Psiunmobia  Lam.  (and  Sanguinolaria  ejusd.).  Shell  transverse, 
Bubequilateral,  subhiant  at  both  ends.  Hinge  with  two  teeth, 
more  rarely  with  single  tooth  in  each  valve,  lateral  teeth  none. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


^ 


CONCHIFERA,  747 

Animal  (Peroncea  PoLi)  with  both  tracheas  extremely  long,  sub- 
equal,  and  with  margin  of  mantle  as  though  serrate  with  acuminate, 
conical  cirri. 

Capsa  Bbug.,  Desh.  (not  Lail)  Shell  oonvex.  Hinge  narrow, 
with  two  unequal  teeth  in  each  valve.  Ligament  thick,  elongate. 
Lunula  indistinct. 

Sp.  Psammobia  ruffosa  Sowkbbt,  Rixvb,  SanguinotariarugoBaliAiK,,  Venvi 
d^/loraia  L.,  Ghbmnitz  Conekyl,  Tab.  9,  figs.  79 — 83,  Deshatbb  Oonehyl. 
PI.  13,  figs.  I — 3 ;  this  species  of  sheU  is  met  with  in  the  Atliuitic,  the  Bed 
Sea  and  the  Indian  Ocean,  and  is  amongst  the  most  generally  dispersed 
species.    The  animal  is  still  unknown. 

Sanguinolwria  Lam.,  Desh.  Shell  flat  Hinge  with  two  unequal 
teeth.     Ligament  elongate,  flat. 

Sp.  Psammchia  tangvinoUnia  nob.,  SoUn  aanffuinolentUB  6m.,  SangtUnolarta 
rosea  Lah.,  Ghshn.  Conekyl.  Tab.  7,  fig.  56. 

Paammoibia  Lah.,  Desh.  Shell  flat  Hinge  with  two  teeth 
small,  diverging  or  with  single  tooth.  Ligament  elongate,  gibbous, 
protuberant 

Sp.  Pwmmdbia  veapertina  Lam.,  SoUn  v$aperUnu»  6m.,  Blaiky.  Malacol. 
PI.  77,  fig.  4 ; — Pscmmobia  incamata  Desh.  {Tdlina  ineamala  L.,  Fauna 
9ttee.)f  Ptammob.  feroenns  Lam.  ftc.  These  two  species  occur  also  fossil  in 
tertiary  fonnations. 

Tellina  L.  (exclusive  of  some  species).  Shell  thin,  mostly 
transverse,  inequilateral,  anteriorly  shorter,  rotundate,  posteriorly 
plicate,  with  fold  running  obliquely  from  the  margin  towards  the 
points.  Hinge  narrow,  with  two  teeth  or  single  tooth  in  each 
valve;  in  most  two  lateral  teeth  remote.  Animal  {Peroncea  PoLi) 
with  foot  large,  lanceolate  and  margin  of  mantle  cirrate  with  long 
unequal  trachese,  hiding  deep  under  the  sand. 

The  species  of  this  genus  are  numerous,  especially  in  other  parts  of  the 
world.  In  most  the  shell  is  long  and  flat,  as  Tdlina  radiata  L.,  D'Aboef- 
VILLE  Conekyl.  PL  22,  fig.  A,  Encycl.  mith.,  Vera.  PL  289,  fig.  a,  Blainv. 
Malacol.  PL  71^  fig.  4;  sometimes  ending  behind  with  a  thin  elongated 
part,  as  in  Tellina  ro$traia  L.,  Tellina  Spengleri  Gm.,  Lam.  Encyd., 
Vers.  PL  287,  fig.  5. — In  others  the  shell  is  more  round,  as  TeUina  lingua 
fdia  L.,  Rumph.  L  L  fig.  o,  Gu^n  Iconogr.,  Moll,  PL  31,  fig.  i.  In  the 
North  Sea  is  found  Tellina  fahula  Gmel.,  Lam.,  Gbonoy.  Zoopkylae.  Tab. 
18,  fig.  9,  TeUina  tclidula  Soland.,  Lam.  &o. 

Comp.  on  this  genus  Spenqler  Skrivter  of  noiurk.  Seltlabeif  IT.    2. 
Kjobenhavn,  1798,  pp.  67 — lai^  Tab.  12. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


748  CLASS  xir. 

Tellinidea  Laic.     Posterior  margin  of  shell  without   irregular 
fold 

Sp.  TdUna  Timoreruit  Blainy.,  TeUinide$  Timariennt  Lam.,  Bulehy.  Maia- 
col,  PL  73,  fig.  1,  (DsBHATBS  has  rejected  this  sub-genus,  caUing  to  mind 
that  some  TdUntB  by  slow  degrees  conduct  to  this  form. 

Fragilia  Desu.     Shell  subtrigonal,  gibbous,  anteriorly  rotnn- 

date,  posteriorly  longer.     Hinge  with  two  teeth  diverging  in  each 

valve. 

Sp.  TdlinafragUU  !»,,  Pdrieola  oekroUuea  Lam.,  Poli  Tat,  tttr.  Sie.  i.  T^b. 
XT.  figs,  aa,  34,  Dbbh.  Conchyliol.  PI.  12,  figs.  13 — 35.  Hjbb.  in  Medi- 
terranean. 

Family  XVIII.  Maetracea.  Mantle  open  anteriorly,  concrete 
posteriorly,  produced  into  two  tracheae,  in  some  separate,  in  others 
coalesced.  Foot  compressed,  triangular.  Shell  equivalve,  free. 
Ligament  internal,  received  in  a  pit ;  in  some  an  external  ligament 
as  well  as  an  internal.  Two  muscular  impressions  remote.  Im- 
pression of  mantle  marked  posteriorly  with  a  sinus,  in  some  broad, 
in  others  deep,  narrower, 

Amphidesma  Lam.  (in  part),  Recluz,  Desh.  Shell  rotmidate, 
suborbiculate,  thin.  Hinge  with  two  teeth  in  each  valve.  Liga- 
ment double;  external  short;  internal  in  a  pit  of  hinge  oblique, 
deep,  narrow. 

Sp.  Amphideama  variegata  Lam.,  Encyd.  mith.^  Ver$,  PI.  391,  fig.  3 ;  Indian 
Oceikn  ]—Amph.  $olida  Gbat,  Desh.  ConchylioL  PL  11,  figs.  10 — 12, 
South  Sea,  at  the  coast  of  Peru. 

Syndosmya  Recluz,  Desh.  Shell  transverse,  oval,  thin,  with 
anterior  side  shorter.  Hinge  with  two  teeth  in  right  valve,  with 
intermediate  foveola  receiving  the  single  tooth  of  left  valve.  Two 
lateral  teeth.  Ligament  double ;  external  small,  internal  received 
in  a  spoon-shaped  process.  Animal  with  two  tracheae  long, 
separate. 

Sp.    Syndosmya  dtba,  Amphidama  Boym  Lam.,  Dksh.  Conchy.  PL  8  bis, 
figs.  6—8,  &c. 

TrtgoneUa  Da  Costa,  Desh.  (Species  of  Mactra  Gmel.,  sub- 
genus of  Mactra  Cuv.,  spec,  of  Lutraria  Lam.)  Shell  orbiculato- 
trigonal,  flat,  subequilateral,  with  anterior  side  shorter,  rotundate, 
posterior  subhiant.     Hinge  narrow,  with  two  small  teeth  in  right 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CONCHIFERA.  74& 

valve,  single  tooth  in  left;  a  triangular  pit  receiving  internal  liga- 
ment. External  ligament  small.  Animal  with  tracheae  long, 
slender,  separate,  very  nnequal. 

8p.  TriffoneUa  plana  Lovixr,  Maclra  piperata  Gmkl.,  Lutraiia  compreua 
Lax.,  Blainv.  Malae,  PL  77,  fig.  2;  Babtbb  Natwtrk.  UiUp.  n.  Tab. 
ym.  figs.  5 — 7.  This  species  keeps  itself  deep  in  the  sand  on  sea-coasts, 
and  also  occurs  fossil  in  the  Crag-formation. 

Cumingia  Sowerby. 

8p.  OunUngia  UUinMei  Bbsh.  Oonchylidl,  PL  8  bis,  figs.  9 — 11 ;  all  the 
species  exotic. 

Mesodeama  Desh.  Shell  transverse  with  anterior  side  longer, 
thick,  shut.  Ligament  only  internal,  received  in  a  narrow,  deep 
pit.  Hinge  with  one  or  two  teeth  under  the  point,  and  two 
lateral.     Animal  with  two  tracheae  separate  {Peroncea  PoLi). 

Sp.  Meaodetma  Qiuoyi  Dbbh.,  Conchyl,  PL  10,  figs.  13,  14; — Metodesma 
cornea  Dksh.,  Amphidetma  donaciUa  Lah.,  Poli  Testae,  ulr.  SicU.  Tab. 
ziz.  figs.  8 — II  {Mcietra  cornea,  habitus  almost  of  Donax). 

Onathodon  Gray,  Rangia  Desmoulins. 

Sp.  QnaJ^hodon  euneatut  Gbat,  Dbsh.  Conchyl,  PL  10,  figs.  9—11.  Comp. 
Bang,  Nouv.  Ann,  du  Mue,  ni.  1834,  pp.  917 — 330,  PL  11.  This  species 
lires  in  the  brackish  water  of  the  great  lake  Pontehartrain  in  Louisiana. 

AnatineUa  Sow. 

Sp.  AnatineUa  SOtbaldii  Sow.,  Mya  CHBMir.  Conchyl.  Tab.  3,  figs.  17,  18, 
Dbbh.  Conchyl,  PL  8  bis,  figs.  4,  5. 

Mactra  L.  Shell  transverse,  inequilateral,  subhiant  at  both 
ends.  An  excavated  process  under  the  points  in  hinge,  receiving 
the  internal  ligament ;  cardinal  tooth  bifid  or  forked  in  front  of  pit 
for  ligament.  Animal  {Calliata  Poli)  with  trachea  coalesced,  foot 
compressed. 

Comp.  L.  Sfbholbb  BederiveUe  o>ver  del  Slaegt  Mactra,    Shrivter  of 
natwrhid,  Selakabet,  v.  ).   Kjobenhayn,  1802,  pp.  93 — 128. 

Madl/ra  Lam.  Shell  trigonal,  tumid  at  the  points.  Two  lateral 
compressed  teeth  in  left  valve,  received  between  two  lamella  of 
right  valve. 

Sp.  JfcKrfra  9iMonm  L.,  Poli  TetA,  ulr.  Sic,  i.  Tab.  18,  figs.  10— n,  Blato v. 
Malac,  PL  73,  fig.  5,  Ouv.  R.  Ant,,  id,  iU,,  MoU,  PL  107,  figs.  2,  «a; 
brownish  grey,  with  light  radiating  stris,  purplish  within ;  veiy  common  in 


Digitized  by 


Google 


750  CLAflB  XIL 


tke  Kortk  Sea  ml  MwBiemiMiw  Mmetrm  kdwmem  Cbemx^ 
MmOrm  gUmem  SnsQUOL,  Pou,  L  L  figm.  1—3,  Stsbgub  L  L  Tih.  m. 
%.  I ;  m  the  XedhemnemB.  TUa  genus  coanta  TCfj  mjoiy  Bpeam  fron 
allaafl.     Some  IomB  qpedei  of  h  ako  «c  knpwa,  whiA  oceor  in  the  ter- 

tiaiy  farnutkafc. 

Lutraria  Lax.  (in  part),  Debh.     Shell  tnnsrerse,  elongate  pos^ 
teriorl J,  flattened,  lateral  teeth  nona 

Sp.  ifocfra  lutrmria  L.,  Luhyanm  dlifiica  Lax.,  Chdci.  Cbudlfi.  TUb.  24, 
figs.  X|Oy  X|i,  &C.  Him  ■ob-genna  ■  znach  leas  mmMroiis  tlun  tbe  pre- 
ceding.   The  apedei  died  occvr  alao  fbaafl  in  tcrtijay  formatlnna 


Familj  XIX.  Myacea.  Mantle  sacciform,  with  lobes  almost 
entirelj  conjoined  at  the  margin,  perforated  anteriorly  alone  hj  a 
small  aperture  for  the  transmission  of  foot.  Foot  small.  Tracheae 
mostly  coalesced,  retractile.  Shell  mostly  gaping.  ligament 
internal,  inserted  in  a  tooth  or  spoon-shaped  process,  somewhat 
prominent  at  the  hinge.  Two  mnscnlar  impressions  remote;  im- 
pression of  mantle  mostly  excised  posteriorly  by  a  sinns. 

Phalanx  I.  Osteodeamaoea.  Cochleariform  tooth  in  each  valve, 
receiving  the  ligament  Mostly  a  loose  calcareous  particle  {osaku" 
lum  Desh.)  contained  in  ligament    Two  trachess  often  separate. 

Cardaia  Desh.  (Is  this  its  place?) 

NdU. — ^Habitiia  of  Jmxardia,  Spec  Imeardia  Memi-mleaia  Lax.  ud 
Bomeothera;  two  an  Ibaafl  from  the  more  reeentstnU.  Comp.  Dbbhatu 
in  Laxabck  HiM,  not,  da  Ani.  «.  v.  4dL  2,  vi.  pp.  448 — ^450,  and  GaiBi^ 
MagoM.  de  Zool.  1844,  PI  99 — lot. 

Myochama  Stutchbuby.  Shell  affixed,  irregular,  ineqnivalve. 
Animal  with  short  separate  trachea. 

8p.  Mfoekama  mmnicidei  Stutchburt,  Dish.  OonekyL  PL  8  hla,  figs,  th 
13,  Ac 

Thracia  Leach,  Desh.  Shell  free,  inequivalve,  transverse, 
truncated  posteriorly,  hiant  at  both  ends,  with  umbones  tumid. 
Ligament  double;  external  smalL  Animnl  with  two  trachea 
shprt,  separate. 

Sp.  Thracia  eomexa  DssH.,  Blad^?.  Malaeol,  PL  76,  fig.  6,  Disa.  0»- 
ckyUU,  PL  9,  figs,  i--^;  in  the  N.  Sea»  Mediter.  Ac.  There  are  fa^ 
apeoiea  of  this  genus  in  the  Jura-  and  ChAlk-fonnationB^  and  in  the  tertiai7 
stnia. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CONCHIFERA.  751 

Anatina  JjAU.  Shell  free,  subequivalve,  transverse,  thin,  fra- 
gile. Impression  of  mantle  sinuate  posteriorly.  Animal  with  two 
tracheae  coalesced. 

Sp.  AnaUna  tulrottrata  Lam.,  Solm  anatwiu  "L,,  Bumfh.  Amh,  RarUeUk. 
Tab.  45,  fig.  o,  Blainy.  MaLac,  PL  78,  fig.  6,  Desh.  ConchylioL  PI.  8, 
figs.  20 — 33 ;  in  the  Ind.  Ocean,  &c.  Also  of  this  genus  fossil  species 
occur  in  different  secondary  and  tertiary  strata. 

On  the  animal  of  this  genus  of  oonchifers,  oomp.  H.  Mittrb  Mhn,  ».  I. 
gewre  Anatme,  Gu^bin  Magtu,  de  Zool,  1844,  MoU,  PI.  102 — 104. 

Feriploma  Schumacheb,  Desh. 

Osteodesma  Desh. 

Lyonsia  Tubton,  Desh. 

Sp.  Ancaina  norvegiea  Sowsrbt,  Amphidesma  eorimloidet  Lam.,  Mya  nor- 
wegiea  Ghbmk.  Conchyl,  Tab.  170,  figs.  1667,  1668,  Desh.  Conchyl,  PL 
8,  figs.  13 — 14. 

Myadora  Gbay. 

Phalanx  11.  Myacea.  Ligament  internal,  fixed  to  a  fovea  of 
each  yalve  or  to  a  cochleariform  process  of  one  valve  and  a  fovea  of 
the  other.     Trachesd  coalesced  into  a  fleshy  thickened  cylinder. 

Pandora  Brug.  Shell  inequilateral,  thin,  inequivalve,  right 
valve  flat,  left  slightly  convex.  Hinge  in  flat  valve  guarded  by  an 
exsert  tooth,  other  valve  emarginate  to  receive  the  tooth.  Ligament 
received  in  a  pit  behind  the  hinge  on  each  side. 

Sp.  Paiiidora  rattrata  Lam.,  TeUina  mcequivalvU  L.,  Blainy.  Mtdaedl,  PL 
78,  fig.  5,  Guy.  B.  Ant,,  id.  ill.,  MoU,  PL  no,  fig.  3;  Medit.;  this  species 
occurs  fossil  in  the  orag-formation  of  England.  There  are  also  two  other 
fossil  spedes  from  the  tertiary  formations,  and  some  from  the  Indian  Sea 
known. 

Corbula  Bbug.  Shell  inequivalve,  with  right  valve  more  con- 
vex. Cardinal  tooth  in  each  valve  conical  with  lateral  pit.  Liga- 
ment inserted  in  tooth  of  left  valve  and  in  pit  of  right. 

8p.  Corbula  nudeua  Lam.,  Mya  ificequtvahis  Moktaou,  Encyd,  ffUth,,  Vers. 
PL  200,  ^.  4,  Dksh.  Ocmehyl  PL  8,  figs.  7—9;  in  the  N.  Sea  and  Medi« 
terianean.  Within  the  last  few  years  many  species  from  all  seas  have 
become  known;  the  fossil  species  are  even  more  numerous,  and  occur 
some  in  secondary,  but  in  great  part  in  tertiary  strata. 

ErviUa  Turton.     Shell  inequivalvft     Other  characters  almost 
those  of  Corbula,, 

Oomp.  Beoluz  in  GuiBiK  Magas.  de  Zod,  1844,  PL  95,  96. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


752  CLASS  XII, 

N<Ae. — Genus  Neoera  Gbat,  related  to  the  Corbtdce  should,  on  uooimtof 
the  ossicle  of  the  ligament,  be  removed  to  the  first  phalanx  of  this  family. 

My  a  L.  (exclusive  of  several  species).  Shell  subequiv^Ye, 
transverse,  hiant.  Left  valve  with  single  cardinal  tooth  large,  pro- 
minent within  towards  the  right  valve,  and  received  in  the  fovea  of 
this.  Ligament  inserted  in  tooth  and  cardinal  fovea.  Lnpression  of 
mantle  emarginate  with  a  deep  sinus  posteriorly. 

Sp.  Mya  trwicaia  L.,  Chexn.  Conckyl,  Tab.  I.  figa.  i,  i,  Diae.  Ora«4^. 
PL  8,  figs.  I — 4 ;  Mya  armaria  L.,  Bastkb  Naiuurk,  Uiisp.  n.  bL  71—76, 
Tab.  vii.  figs.  I — 3,  Blainy.  Malaeol.  PL  77,  fig.  i;  on  the  strand  of  the 
N.  Sea  at  Katwijk,  Scheveningen,  the  Swedish  coasts,  &c. — ^l^ere  are 
some  fossil  species  of  Mya  in  the  newer  tertiary  formations,  in  which  alao 
the  two  living  species  mentioned  are  met  with. 

Family  XX.  Pholadomyacea.  Mantle  sacciform,  produced 
posteriorly  into  two  elongate  conjoined  tracheae,  perforated  ante- 
riorly by  a  narrow  aperture,  emitting  the  small  foot.  Shell  hiant 
at  both  ends.  Ligament  external.  Two  muscular  impressions 
remote. 

Pholadomya  SOWERBY,  Desh.  Shell  thin,  transverse,  longer 
posteriorly,  obtuse  anteriorly.  Hinge  edentulous,  inflected.  Im- 
pression of  mantle  excised  posteriorly  by  a  deep  sinus. 

Sp.  Pholadomya  Candida  Sow.^  Desh.  Conehyl,  PI  4,  figs.  4 — 6;  a  W. 
Indian  species  still  extremely  rare  in  collections.  The  fossil  species  of  this 
genus,  that  occnr  in  almost  aU  geological  formations,  are  numerous,  moit 
so  in  the  Lias.  To  these  also  Dbshatjes  refers  the  genera  Lynanatta  Mukn- 
BTSB,  AOABSiz,  and  Platymya  AoASSiz.  Comp.  AOABSiz  JBhtdet  criL  tur 
les  MoUMqv€tf  2elivrai*on,  Keufchatel,  1841,  Ac. 

Ceromya  Agass.,  Desh.  (and  Qreslyia  Agass.). 
Fossil  species. 

Olycimeria  Lam.,  Cystodaria  Daudin.  Shell  thick,  trans- 
verse, inequilateral,  shorter  posteriorly,  rounded  at  both  ends. 
Hinge  edentulous.  Impression  of  mantle  not  excised  posteriorly, 
very  distinct,  with  margin  incrassate,  undate. 

Sp.  Cflycimeris  SUiqua  Lam.,  Mya  iUiqua  SPEiraLXB,  CmexF.  OmekyL  Tsb. 
198,  fig.  1934,  BLAiir7.  Malac,  PL  80,  fig.  3;  comp.  AuDOunr  Mit^-  'w 
P Animal  de  la  GlycinUre,  Ann,  det  Sc.  nai.  Tom.  38,  1833,  pp.  33 '"3431 
PL  14, 15.  Hitherto  the  only  known  species  of  this  genus;  on  the  coasts 
of  Newfoundland. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CONCHIFEBA.  753 

Panopcea  M^N.  La  Ge.  Shell  transverse,  obtusely  rotundate 
at  both  ends,  longer  posteriorly.  Hinge  callous,  with  accessory 
tooth  in  each  valve.  Impression  of  mantle  excised  posteriorly  by  a 
sinus. 

Sp.  Panopcea  Aldrovatidi  M£nabd,  Mya  glycimerii  Gmkl.,  Chxmn.  Conchyl, 
PL  3,  fig.  35,  Dksh.  Conch.  PI.  7,  fig.  i ;  in  the  Medit.  Sea.  A  few  other 
living  species  of  this  genus  are  known;  they  are  large  bivalves  that  in 
some  degree  resemble  Mya,  The  fossil  species  occur  in  the  chalk-fonnation 
and  more  numerously  in  the  tertiary,  to  which  Panopcea  Faujaaii  MiNASD 
belongs,  according  to  Deshates  merely  a  variety  of  Pan,  Aldrotfandi. 
Comp.  M^ABD  DB  LA  Grote  Ann,  du  ifia.  ix.  1807,  pp.  131 — 136* 
PL  IX.  and  VALENOiBinrBS  Archives  du  Mui,  i.  1839,  PP-  '— 33»  ^^  '-~^' 

Family  XXI.  Solenacea.  Mantle  sacciform,  open  anteriorly, 
with  foramen  for  transmitting  foot  which  is  large,  mostly  truncated 
at  the  apex,  or  terminated  by  a  broad  disc.  Tracheae  very  often 
conjoined.  Shell  equivalve,  transverse,  elongate,  gaping  at  both 
ends.    Ligament  external.    Muscular  impressions  remote. 

Solen  L.  (exclusive  of  Anatina).  Shell  inequilateral,  longer 
posteriorly.  Hinge  with  small -teeth,  two  in  left  valve,  one  in 
right  received  between  the  opposite  teeth,  or  with  single  tooth  in 
each  valve.     Ligament  elongate,  often  protuberant. 

Comp.  L.  Spekoleb  Skrivter  af  Naiwrh.  SeUkabd.  Kjobenhayn,  1793, 
m.  2,  pp.  8t — 114. 

Sclecu/rtua  Blainv.  (in  part),  Desh.  Shell  oval,  rotundate  at 
both  ends,  subequilateraL  Ligament  large.  Animal  {HypogoBa 
Pou)  larger  than  shell,  with  foot  large,  lingulate.  Trachea? 
long,  conjoined  at  base  into  a  wide  pipe. 

Sp.  Solen  ttrigilatus  L.,  PoLi  Test,  utr.  Sic,  I.  Tab.  12,  13,  Blainv.  Malac. 
^'  79«  fig'  4;  ui  the  MediterraDeaD.  The  fossil  bivalve  from  the  tertiary 
formation,  referred  by  Laicabok  to  Soiecurtus  strigtdattu  (figured  Ann,  du 
Mus.  xn.  PI.  43,  fig.  5)  is,  according  to  Deshates,  a  distinct  species,  SoU- 
cwrius  LamarcJni, 

SoUfii  Desh.  Shell  transverse,  often  very  long,  with  hinge 
sometimes  almost  terminal  anterior.  Ligament  elongate.  Animal 
(ffj/pogcea  Pou)  with  two  short  tracheae  coalesced  in  most,  in 
some  separate,  with  foot  cylindrical,  truncated. 

Sazor-sheU,  Manches  de  CouteaUj  &c.  The  ancient  names  Solen,  Aulos, 
Donax  (PLnnuB  fftsL  not.  Lib.  xxxn.  cap.  1 1),  already  indicate  the  most 
common  form  of  these  shells.  They  hide  in  perpendicular  holes  in  the 
sands  of  the  beach,  whilst  the  tubes  are  turned  upwards.  Some  species  are 
edible,  and  are  much  esteemed  by  the  Italians,  as  Solen  siliqua,  according 

VOL.  1.  48 


Digitized  by 


Google 


754  CLASS  XII. 

to  Pou.  The  species  are  numerous,  and  the  fossil,  of  whidi  some  cont- 
spond  to  forms  still  living,  beloDg  principally,  though  not  exdosively,  to 
the  tertiaxy  formations. 
Sp.  Solen  vagina  L.,  Pou  Tett.  utr,  Sie.  I.  Tab.  X.  figs.  5,  6,  Blaikv. 
Mataeol,  PI.  79,  fig.  1 ;  in  this  species  the  hinge  lies  almost  entirely  at  the 
anterior  end  of  the  shell,  and  has  only  one  tooth  on  each  valTe.  In  other 
species  it  is  situated  further  backward,  always  however  nearer  to  the 
anterior  than  to  the  posterior  extremity  of  the  shell ;  ex.  gr.  SoUn  leyuwun 
L.  from  the  Medit.,  Solen  radiahu  L.,  RuMPH.  Amh.  BariteUk.  Tah,  45, 
fig.  X,  from  the  Indian  Ocean,  kc, 

Solemya  Lam.  (more  correctly  Solenamya  Menke,  Phiuppi). 
Shell  inequilateral,  shorter  posteriorly,  rotundate  at  both  extremi- 
ties, covered  with  a  periostracon,  produced  beyond  the  margins  of 
shell.  Hinge  callous,  edentulous.  Animal  with  trachea  ehort, 
branchia  on  each  side  single,  plumose,  formed  of  lanceolate  lamellas, 
disjoined,  disposed  in  two  series.  Foot  large,  cylindrical,  termi- 
nated by  a  disciform  expansion,  fimbriated  at  the  margin. 

Sp.  SoUmmya  mediterranean  TeUina  togala  POLi,  i.  Tab.  15,  ^,  10,  Dssh. 
Conchy,  PI.  3,  figs.  15—17.  The  animal  is  tgot^  by  Dsllb  Chiajb 
Memorie  nUla  9Uma  t  NoUm,  d^i  Amim.  «.  v.  Tab.  62,  figs.  10,  11,  Phi- 
LIFPI  in  WiBGifANH  Arckiv  flir  Natwrgetek.  1835,  Taf.  nr.  s.  171— 176, 
and  D£8HATB8  in  Cuv.  R.  Ani,,  id,  UL,  Moll.  PI.  115.  Comp.  abo 
Dbshatm  Eneifd,  mith.,  Ver$.  m.  pp.  956,  g^f, —.Solen  auglralie  Lak., 
Blaif^.  Maiac,  PI.  79,  fig.  i. 

Family  XXII.  Pholadacea.  Mantle  sacciform,  open  ante- 
riorly, with  a  fissure  emitting  the  truncated  foot.  Two  fistulous 
trachea,  very  long,  conjoined  in  most,  contained  in  a  common 
covering.  Branchi®  elongate,  firee  at  the  apex,  produced  within 
the  tracheflB.  Shell  at  each  end  gaping,  with  no  ligament,  a 
styliform  or  spoon-shaped  process  at  the  hinge  in  each  valve 
advancing  into  the  cavity  of  shell. 

Pholaa  L.  Shell  inequilateral,  elongate  posteriorly,  thin,  equi- 
valve.  External  accessory  calcareous  parts  at  the  hinge.  Animal 
[HypogoBa  Polt)  with  foot  short,  thick,  its  disciform  apex  flat  or 
excavated.    Two  long  tracheae  conjoined. 

SUme^horern  (0wXdt  from  ^wX^w,  to  lie  hid  in  a  hole) ;  some  of  these 
animals  live  at  the  bottom  of  the  sea  near  the  strand;  others  penetrate 
very  hard  rocks,  madrepores,  corals,  &c. — From  the  opening  at  the  hinder 
end  of  the  sheU  turned  upwards  proceed  the  two  connected  tubes  into 
which  the  mantle  is  prolonged.  The  mantle  is  thrown  over  the  hinge,  and 
contains  small  supernumerary  pieces  of  shell  of  various  form  in  the  difierent 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CONCHIFERA.  756 

species.  The  points  of  the  shell  are  covered  with  cftlcareons  inequalities, 
which  are  connected  by  transrerse  projecting  parallel  lines  at  the  inside 
with  the  margin  of  the  hinge. 

Sp.  PhoUu  Daetifliu  L.,  PoLi  Test,  utr.  Sic,  i.  Testae,  mulHv.  pp.  40— 50, 
Tab.  vn.  figs,  i— 11,  Tab.  rm. ;  in  the  Mediter.  and  N.  Seas,  edible,  and, 
as  is  said,  of  agreeable  taste.  Plinius  speaks  of  the  phosphorescence  of 
this  animal  in  the  dark,  Sist.  not.  Lib.  IX.  cap.  61 ; — Photos  crispaia  L., 
Chxmv.  Conehyl,  Tab.  loa,  figs.  872 — 874,  Pholas  costata  Lam.  {Phol. 
costatus  L.),  Blaint.  Malae.  PI.  79,  fig.  6,  ftc.  Some  fossU  species  are 
known  from  the  tertiaiy  formations. 

Teredtna  Lam.  Two  valves  furnished  internally  with  cochleari- 
form  tooth,  covered  at  the  hinge  with  a  shield,  grown  to  a  calca- 
reous tube,  elongate,  conical,  closed  at  one  extremity,  open  at  the 
opposite.     (Fossil  species.) 

Sp.  Teredina  penonata  Lam.,  Ann.  dm  Mus.  zn.  PL  43,  figs.  6,  7,  Blautt. 
Malae,  PI.  81,  fig.  5. 

Teredo  L.  Mantle  tubular,  terminated  by  two  trache»  con- 
crete at  the  base,  open  anteriorly  for  the  passage  of  foot,  short,  toun- 
cated.  Shell  equivalve,  gaping  on  both  ends,  small,  covering  the 
anterior  part  of  the  animal  like  a  ring.  Animal  inhabiting  a  cylin- 
drical tube  covered  with  calcareous  substance,  and  adhering  to  it 
by  two  calcareous  pinnae  {palmulce)  placed  at  the  base  of  tracheae. 

Pile-vjorm.  These  animals  live  in  wood,  which  they  perforate  in  all 
directions.  The  cavity  in  which  they  reside  is  covered  with  a  calcareous 
incrustation^  but  the  true  shell  is  bivalve  and  much  smaller  than  the 
mantle.  How  they  penetrate  and  bore  through  the  wood  is  not  yet 
sufficiently  explained.  They  grow  in  the  wood,  and  do  not  first  enter 
it  as  adult  animals,  for  ^e  external  aperture,  towards  which  the  two 
tubes  {tracheei)  are  turned,  is  too  narrow  to  allow  the  inclosed  animal 
to  enter,  however  it  may  have  been  able  to  make  itself  a  way  at  an  earlier 
period. 

LiNKJEUS  placed  this  genus  incorrectly  between  Serpula  and  SabeUa 
(amongst  the  ringed  worms),  and  named  the  bivalve  shell  the  jaws  of  the 
animal.  He  united  aU  the  individuals  that  had  been  described  up  to 
his  time  under  one  species.  Teredo  navalis,  which  is  a  collective  name. 
The  species  even  now  are  fg^  from  being  sufficiently  distinguished.  See 
Spenoleb  Shrivter  of  Naturk.  Selskabd,  n.  i.  Kjobenhavn,  1792,  pp.  99 
— 106,  and  QuATBEFAOBB  M4m,  sur  le  gen/re  Taret,  Ann.  des  Se,  not. 
^hme  S^rie,  Tom.  zi.  1849,  ^ooloffie,  pp.  19—73,  PI.  i.  n.  The  ana- 
tomical investigations  of  the  writer  named  last,  are  the  latest  and  the  most 
complete :  of  the  internal  structure,  to  say  nothing  of  older  writers,  notices 
in  modem  times  have  also  been  given  by  DebhatEB,  in  the  Eeploration 
tcientifique  de  VAlg^rie  (1846),  and  Fbbt  und  Leuokabt  (BeMtge  tur 

48-2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


756  CLASS  XII. 


Ketudmm  vtrMbfO*  mere,  Bramnehw.  1847,  4to,  a.  46  —53).  Hxy  u«t 
aeoocdiiig  \o  QcAlSSrACBB,  of  dktinct  kx,  but  the  made  xttfTidnali  ve 
Biicfa  nrtx  than  the  female. 


For  the  ^stioetioo  of  species  moune  is  had  siiMBgsi  otiher  chanetoi  W 
the  form  of  the  two  nmll  shoTcl-sh^ied  eslcareoos  pistes  whid  sie  pboed 
below  on  the  msntle,  si  the  base  of  the  Uaebea,  and  are  oommonlj  named 
palmmla.  One  qwdes,  &mons  lor  the  injmy  it  caused  to  the  piks  cf  the 
d jkes  in  Hollaad,  in  the  beginning  of  the  last  ceniury  €S|>eciaHy,  migbt  be 
named  Tendo  SeOii  {Teredo  natniii  L.  ei  anctor.  in  part^  Tardo  iaterw 
SnsGLKB).  It  ii  figured  in  the  woik  of  Sklutb  and  in  BunonACH 
Abk,  natmrkukfrueker  Geffeiutdmde,  No.  89.  The  palmmla  are  fixed  00  a 
short  pedide,  inverKly  triangular,  and  terminating  at  the  broad  end  od 
each  side  in  a  points  Piles  that  had  been  driven  only  six  or  seven  weda 
previoQslj  were  seen  to  be  entirelj  eaten  throngfa  by  this  wonn,  sod  robbed 
of  all  their  strength.  In  this  waj  the  island  of  Waldieren  was  in  1730 
threatened  with  destmciion.  From  time  to  time  the  same  misrhii^f  vm 
discovered  in  other  places,  especially  on  the  Zuidersee  near  MedembCk, 
Lambertsliagen,  Ac ;  Wesi-Friesland  was  forced  in  conseqaenoe  to  vaatk 
its  dykes  with  large  stones,  whidi  being  brcm^t  into  the  coontiyfnHn 
abroad,  occasioned  a  great  expense ;  according  to  Mabtdtxt,  Caleekumnt 
der  Natmur,  m.  bL  53,  f.  5,600,000  were  appHed  to  the  first  repair  of  these 
dykes.  Since  the  middle  of  the  Isstcentory  the  mischief  has  miich  diminished, 
so  that  hence  may  be  explained  thefiict,  that  even  in  the  national  mnseoms 
only  a  few  specimens  of  Teredo  are  preserved.  This  injnry  to  oar  djkee 
was  the  occasion  of  many  writings,  whidi  however  contributed  fitUe  to 
the  advancement  of  science.  We  soffioe  oorselves  with  citing  the  large 
work  of  6.  SlLLiUB,  Bietor.  not.  TereditUe.  Traj.  ad  Rhen.  4to.  Foanl 
Teredinet  also  are  found  in  the  tertiary  formations  and  in  the  dialk  staraia. 

Septaria  Lah. 

Sp.  Sepiaria  aireneuria  Lax.,  Serpula peiyUudomia  L.,  Buxfh.  Amh.  Sari- 
teiik.  Tab.  41,  figs.  D,  K.  A  long  conical  tube,  with  irregular  constrictions 
and  corresponding  septa  projecting  internally;  at  the  thin  end  are  two 
calcareous  pipes.  The  description  of  Bukphiub  aheady  indicates  that  the 
enclosed  animal  has  much  agreement  with  Teredo.  Ihis  was  confirmed  by 
the  discovery  of  a  similar  species  in  the  Mediterranean  a  few  years  ago  by 
IfATRiBON  {Sepiaria  mediterramea  DxsH.  Oondkyl.  Pi.  3,  figs.  9, 10).  The 
animal  with  its  small  shell  is  contained  in  the  tube  that  sticks  in  the 
sand.  Periiaps  this  genus  might  be  united  with  Teredo,  as  has  been  the 
Indian  species  figured  by  Hohb  under  the  name  of  Teredo  gigamieuM  (P^^- 
Tranead.  1806). 

Family  XXIII.  Tubicola.  Mantle  saccifonn,  cloven  ante- 
riorly for  the  passage  of  a  rudiment  of  foot ;  two  tracheae  conjoined 
into  a  fleshy  pipe.  Animal  clavate  anteriorly.  Bivalve  shell 
gaping,  without  cochleariform  process,  with  hinge  edentulous 
linear,  contained  in  a  calcareous  tube,  or  concrete  with  the  wall  or 
the  tube. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CONCHIFERA.  757 

Oastrochcma  Spenglee  {Fiatulana  Bkuq.,  Lam.,  and  Oastro- 
chcBna  Lam.).  Shell  thin,  equi valve,  gaping  at  both  ends,  with 
hinge  linear  edentulous,  and  ligament  external  elongate.  Calca- 
reous tube  clavate,  including  the  bivalve  shell.  Mantle  with  a 
small  aperture  for  the  passage  of  a  short  foot,  fiimished  with  a 
small  byssus.     Two  trache®  coalesced,  long,  very  contractile. 

Sp.  Gcutrochcena  mumia  Sfenol.,  FistuUma  elava  Lam.,  Sfbngl.  Shritier 
af  Naturh,  Selskab.  II.  i,  PI.  2,  fig.  i,  Blaiity.  Malae.  PI.  8i,  fig.  3;  on 
the  coast  of  Coromandel ;  the  tube  is  free,  and  gnuns  of  sand  often  adhere 
to  it.  Other  species,  still,  live  enclosed  in  holes  of  madrepores  and  other 
stony  polyparies ;  in  these  the  calcareous  tube  was  seen  above  the  head, 
and  they  were  separated  from  the  preceding  as  a  distinct  genus  {Gcutro' 
chama  Lam.).  [The  name  Ckcena  substituted  for  Otutrochcma  by  A.  J. 
Bbtziub  {Nova  Tetlaceor.  Genera,  Diss.  def.  a  L.  Mubntbb  Phillipbon, 
Lunds,  1788,  p.  19),  although  adopted  by  Sfsnoleb,  has  found  no  fiivour.] 

Clavagella  Lam.  Sheath  tubular,  calcareous,  free  or  enclosed 
in  other  marine  bodies,  clavate,  and  often  covered  with  spines,  or 
terminated  by  a  cloven  disc  or  calcareous  branched  tubes.  One 
valve  fixed  in  the  wall  of  tube,  the  other  firee,  contained  in  the 
cavity  of  tube. 

Most  of  the  species  of  this  geous  are  fossil,  and  occur  in  tertiary  forma- 
tions, as  Clavoffdla  echinala  Lam.,  Ann.  du  Mut»  xn.  PI.  43,  fig.  9,  Clav, 
haceiUaris  DssH.  Conckyl.  PL  I.  figs.  4 — 10.  A  recent  spedes  is  Clav. 
aperia  Sow.,  Cuv.  J2.  Ani.,  id.  ill.,  MoU.  PL  117,  fig.  1,  from  the  Mediter., 
also  Clofvag.  lata  Bbod.,  of  which  the  animal  was  described  and  the  anatomy 
given  by  Owen  ;  see  W.  J.  Bbodbbip  and  B.  Owbn  in  Tranaacb.  of  the 
Zod.  Soc.  I.  3,  1835,  pp.  161—^71,  PL  35,  figs.  1—8,  PL  30,  figs.  8—16. 

AspergiUum  Lam.,  FentciUtis  Brug.,  Arytene  Owen.  Bivalve 
shell  incrusted  in  the  wall  of  calcareous  tube.  Tube  cylindrico- 
clavate,  open  at  the  narrow  part,  at  the  opposite  end  closed  by  a 
disc  supplied  with  numerous  tubular  foramina  and  a  central  fissure. 

Sp.  AspergilluM  Javanum  Lam.,  SerptUa  penit  L.,  Ruhph.  Amb.  RarUeiik, 
PL  41,  fig.  7,  BLAnnr.  Malac.  PL  81,  fig.  2;  from  the  Indian  Sea;— 
Aapergilhim  vagmtferum  Lam.,  Arytene  vaginifera  Lsuok.,  Bukfpell  AU. 
za  der  Reite  im  nSrd.  Afrika,  wirbeUote  Thiertj  1828,  Tab.  xn. ;  in  the  Bed 
Sea.  These  animals  live  in  the  sand  of  level  beaches  and  banks,  and  fix 
themselTes  in  it  with  the  broad  end  of  the  tube.  The  animal,  which  is 
dub-shaped,  became  first  known  through  Busfpell's  TraveU, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CLASS  xm. 

MOLLUSCS  (MOLLUSC A). 

Although  the  name  Molluscs  has  a  more  general  signification, 
and  is  also  so  used  by  us  in  this  work,  yet  we  prefer  employing  it 
in  a  more  limited  sense  for  a  class  of  animals  which,  in  the  former 
edition  of  this  handbook,  we  named  cephalophorons  molluscs. 
Names  of  classes  ought  in  our  judgment  to  be  short  and  not  to  be 
confounded  with  definitions  or  descriptions.  Lamarck  too  has 
already  giren  the  name  of  molluscs  in  the  same  sense  to  this  divi- 
sion of  the  animal  kingdom. 

The  animals  of  this  class  have  a  head  more  or  less  distinct 
from  the  rest  of  the  body.  This  head  usually  contains  special 
organs  of  sense  for  touch  and  vision,  sometimes  even  for  hearing. 
Many  of  these  animals  have  a  shell,  others  are  naked.  Most  of 
them  live  in  water,  but  some  on  land,  which  in  the  two  classes 
immediately  preceding  is  never  the  case.  However  there  are 
amongst  these  animals  very  different  degrees  of  perfection  in  the 
organisation,  yet  we  observe  the  same  difference  more  or  less  in 
other  classes  also  of  invertebrate  animals,  nay  even  in  the  last  class 
of  vertebrates,  that  of  fishes  ^  Accordingly  we  must  here  trace  the 
principal  differences  in  the  arrangement  of  organs  according  to  the 
natural  groups  and  families. 

The  oral  cavity  of  molluscs  forms  a  very  muscular  expansion, 
at  the  base  of  which  lies  an  organ,  usually  named  tongue,  which  is 
covered  by  little  teeth  or  hooks  placed  in  transverse  rows.  In  some 
this  tongue  is  short  and  broad,  in  others  ribbon-shaped  and  long*. 
Above  the  tongue  is  a  transverse  homy  plate  with  projecting  lines 


^  Here  let  it  suffioe  to  point  to  Myxine,  and  especially  Amphtoxfu;  oomp.  also  what 
we  said  above,  pp.  34,  35. 

*  Compare  on  this  eubject  F.  H.  Tbobohbl  Ueber  die  MuncUkeUe  eMeimu^er 
Schnecken,  Wib6Makn*8  ArcKiv,  1836,  Bd.  I.  a.  ^5  7—179,  Tkf.  Dt.  x.,  and  especially 
LoviN  in  Qfvenigt  of  Kongl,  Vetentk-Akademiena  Fl^rhandlingar,  1847,  PP*  i75-~'99» 
who  has  described  and  figured  these  teeth  in  very  many  genera.  That  these  hard  parts 
consist  of  silex  was  observed  by  Hanoook  and  Ehblston  in  SoUt,  Ann.  qfNai.  Jfift- 
XV.  1845,  pp.  9,  10. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCS.  769 

{Helix f  LinMx),  or  at  the  side  of  it  two  jaws  are  found.  The 
intestinal  canal  has  varioos  lengths,  but  is  nsoallj  tortuous  and 
longer  than  the  body ;  it  is  very  long,  for  instance,  in  Chiton  and 
Patellay  and  makes  many  convolutions  which  are  straitly  enclosed  by 
the  liver.  The  oesophagus  is  sometimes  expanded  at  the  lower  end 
like  a  crop,  as  in  Limnceus,  Planarbis,  Nautilus  and  Octopus^  which 
has  longitudinal  folds  like  those  usually  occurring  in  the  oesopha- 
gus. The  stomach  is  in  some,  as  in  Helix,  membranous,  in  others 
muscular.  In  many  this  muscular  stomach  is  armed  internally 
with  hard  parts,  as  in  Scylloea,  Bulla,  Bidlcea,  or  the  inner  mem- 
brane is  homy,  as  in  Tethya  and  the  Cephalopoda,  just  as  it  is  in 
gallinaceous  birds.  There  are  often  found  pieces  of  Crustacea  in  this 
stomach,  whence  it  may  be  concluded  that  a  hard  covering  of  this 
kind  is  serviceable  for  crushing  hard  food.  In  some  the  stomach 
is  compound,  as  in  Onchidium  and  Aplysia,  in  which  three  (or 
in  the  last  named  genus,  according  to  Cuvier,  even  four)  stomachs 
are  present.  The  first  stomach  is  here  membranous,  the  second 
muscular,  armed  internally  with  larger  cartilaginous  teeth  placed  in 
circles  alternately,  and  with  a  single  row  of  smaller  teeth  at  the 
upper  edge ;  the  third  stomach  is  armed  on  its  inner  surface  with 
hooks  which  are  curved  forwards;  the  fourth,  finally,  is  an  elongated 
blind  sac,  which  is  surrounded  by  the  liver.  According  to  Owen, 
this  blind  sac  may  be  a  secreting  organ,  a  pancreas  in  the  simplest 
form,  corresponding  to  the  coecal  appendages  at  the  inferior  orifice 
of  the  stomach  in  fishes^.  As  such  also  he  regards  the  so-called 
second  stomach  in  the  Cephalopods,  a  membranous  blind  appendage 
behind  the"  muscular  stomach,  which  in  Sepia  and  Octopus  incloses 
a  spiral  membranous  valve,  and  in  Nautilus  is  parted  into  many 
chambers  by  thin  transverse  membranous  valves".  The  termina- 
tion of  the  rectum  in  molluscs  is  usually  situated  on  the  right 
side  of  the  body,  always  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  respiratory 
organs. 

Salivary  glands,  which  are  wanting  in  the  preceding  class, 
appear  very  constantly  to  be  present  in  this.     Commonly  there  are 


^  Lectures  on  the  compar.  Anai,  of  the  invert.  Anim.  p.  300;  sec.  ed.  p.  557. 

*  In  some  cephalopods  there  are  foUiculi,  larger  ihan  the  liver  itself,  which  are 
attached  to  the  gall-ducts;  Huntbb  r^rarded  these  as  pancreas  (Pkfsiol.  Gatalogae  I. 
p.  329),  in  which  opinion  V.  Suebold  also  participates.    Lekrh.  der  vergL  Anat. 
».  393- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


79b  ci^ias  xiu. 


twrsf  <diaem.h^  in  BMajr Ccphalopods  mdaome  Cfasten^oda,  as 
ia  fcarirtlMi,  tLtere  are  £?«r;  m  this  cne  tibe  anterior  pair  is  atnatei 
T«fx  c>»e  t>  lie  mi'znih^ 

T^  lircr  is  acTiicL  derel-iped.  A  gall-bladder  is  not  preaent  in  this 
clafls.  asid  i»  secret:-  o  <4  bile  is  not  effioded  fitnn  venous  hai  from 
arterial  U.-od.  In  A/ur  the  liTer  is  diiided  into  four  Imge  lobes. 
In  TaiaoiRa  Ht  lirer  is  doaUe,  one  on  each  side,  w^hilst  there  are 
tlrae  of  tlrm  in  Of^AHimm  Uromii^  each  with  a  distinct  gaU-doct; 
two  of  tLe.*e  docta  implant  themselTes  in  the  oesophagos,  so  that 
tLe  bile  maj  act  opon  the  dijme  as  soon  as  it  is  in  die  stomach. 
In  manj  CepLa!*>{Mds  also  the  lirer  is  formed  of  aeveral  lobes 
distinct  frc*m  each  other.  The  colour  is  yellow-brown  or,  as  in 
Aaif/i7tff ,  dark  wine-coloured  red.  The  finer  stmctme  of  the  liver 
cfAisUts  of  nomer^os  blind  branched  follicles  which  are  ooveied 
intemallj  by  a  stratum  dT  bile-forming  cells'. 

The  urinary  secretion  is  not  wanting  in  Molluscs,  although  it 
has  not  jet  been  determined  in  all  of  them  what  organ  effects  it 
Jacob^jS  first  obe«erTed  that  in  the  calcareous  sac  of  Hdix  and 
LimaXy  which  CuviEH  had  named  the  mucus-secreting  organ\  nric 
acid  is  present,  and  that  this  part  ought  to  be  named  the  kidney  of 
Molluscs'.  This  organ  is  a  sacciform  cavity  provided  internally  with 
numerous  folds  or  laming  whidi  is  situated  near  the  heart  and  has 
an  efferent  duct  that  terminates  close  to  the  respiratory  i^xertore. 
In  the  Ctenobranchiates,  as  Murex  and  Bucdnumj  the  same  is 
described  as  the  organ  which  secretes  the  purple  fluid,  and  the  dact 
opens  into  the  branchial  cavity.  In  the  cephalopoda  the  spongy 
appendages  of  the  venous  stems  are  to  be  regarded  as  kidneys^ 

[In  several  families  of  this  class  it  has  been  shewn  that  in 
those  molluscs  which  live  in  water,  the  urinary  organ  performs  still 


^  Comp.  J.  Fbavk  J>e  ffepate  MoUuiconun,  Berolini,  1844,  8yo,  T.  F.  G.  Schlbu 
(•M  ftbo^e,  p.  605),  H.  O.  LiKDiTKR  NonnuUa  de  Hepaie  H  Bile  everiArtOorum,  Boo- 
liiii,  1844,  Sfo,  H.  Mboeel  in  Musllbr's  Arehiv,  1846,  a.  9 — 12. 

*  Organe  dc  la  tntcoiiU,  aee  Ann,  du  Mus.  vu.  p.  165,  PL  8,  figt.  i^  3,  4*  ^>  *> 
PI.  9,  fig.  8,  b  b,  fig.  10,  c  {Mimoire  nir  let  MM,  No.  xi);  M.  Lister  described  the 
Mme  orgAn  under  the  n^me  of  viteui  Hnerewn,  ExercUat,  anat,  de  Ooddeit,  Londini, 
1694,  Tab.  I,  fig.  I,  d. 

*  Journal  de  Physique,  Tom.  gi,  p.  318,  MiOKXL*8  Archiv,  vi.  i8ao,  pp.  370, 37'  > 
Bidrag  tU  Bdddyrenet  AnaUmie  og  Phytiol,,  Kjdbenhayn,  i8a8,  pp.  34— «8. 

^  See  the  fiill  account  of  obeervations  and  opinions  relating  to  thia  subject  in 
v.  BisnoLD  Lehrh.  der  vergl.  Anat,  s.  391 — ^401. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCS.  761 

another  fdnction,  viz.  that  of  introducing  water  for  its  admixture 
with  the  blood.  In  the  Pteropods,  in  which  HuxLET  first  observed 
it,  Geqenbauer  has  shewn  that  this  sac  with  thick  spongy  walls, 
always  seated  within  the  mantle  and  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the 
heart,  communicates  on  the  one  hand  with  the  respiratory  cavity 
by  an  aperture  provided  with  circular  and  longitudinal  muscular 
fibres,  and  on  the  other  with  the  pericardial  sinus  by  a  tubu- 
lar opening,  which  has  a  sphincter  muscle  and  cilia  at  its  ex- 
tremity*. In  the  Heteropods  it  has  the  same  relations  with  the 
branchial  cavity  and  the  pericardial  sinus' ;  except  that  in  Firi- 
loidea^  which  has  no  respiratory  organ,  it  opens  externally  on  the 
right  side  of  the  body  near  the  vent'.  In  the  Ctenobranchiata 
Leydig  has  shewn  in  Paludina  vivipara,  that  the  triangular  kid- 
ney, situated  near  the  heart,  and  receiving  venous  blood  on  its 
passage  to  the  gill,  communicates  with  a  wide  space  which  is  at 
once  its  expanded  duct  and  a  sac  receiving  water  from  the  gill- 
cavity  by  a  minute  aperture.  The  water  of  this  sac  contains  blood- 
globules,  so  that  a  direct  commtmication  between  the  water  and 
the  blood  may  be  presumed  to  occur  in  the  substance  of  the  kidney^. 
In  the  Oymnohranchiata,  on  the  other  hand,  the  kidney  is  de- 
scribed by  Hancock  and  Embleton  as  a  branched,  tubular, 
spongy  organ,  inextricably  connected  with  the  liver  on  which  it 
lies,  and  opening  by  a  duct  near  the  vent,  but  presenting  no  other 
aperture.  It  receives,  according  to  these  writers,  blood  partly  fi:om 
the  aorta  and  partly  from  a  pulsatory  sac  which  delivers  its  con- 
tents also  to  the  liver.  They  regard  this  sac  as  a  portal  heart  to 
which  the  pericardial  sinus  serves  as  an  auricle*;  though  by  others 
it  is  regarded  as  the  kidney*.] 

The  heart  is  constantly  arterial,  that  is,  it  receives  the  veins  of 
the  respiratory  organs  and  gives  oflf  the  arteries  of  the  body.     In 


^  [HuXLBT  Morphology  of  Cephalous  MdUuaea,  PhU,  Tram.  1853,  P-  43>  (^kc^ei^- 
BAUEB  Untemteh,  Ac.  pp.  10—13. 

*  HuzLST  1.  L  p.  61,  Gbobnbaueb  1.  L  Atalanta,  pp.  iii,  113;  Carmaria,  pp. 
148,  149,  and  ZeiUch,/,  wiuentch.,  Zool.  V.  s.  115. 

'  HuxLXT  1. 1.  p.  33,  Lbuckabt  UnUrswh.  in.  1854,  pp.  55—57. 

*  Lbtsio  Zeitsch.f.  Wisaentch,,  Zool,  n.  pp.  175,  176.  PI.  xin.  fig.  49. 

*  Hancx>ok  and  Embleton  Anatomy  of  Dorit,  Phil,  Trans,  1851,  pp.  116— a «8. 
'  Lbuokabt  Zoolog,  Unlertuch,  in.  1854,  p.  55.] 


Digitized  by 


Google 


762  CLASS  XIII. 

0ome  {Hcdiatis,  Crepidulay  &c.)  the  rectuni,  as  in  most  of  the  li- 
valves,  passes  through  the  heart  Usually  the  veins  of  the  lespi- 
ratorj  organs  are  collected  in  a  membranons  auricle  (olrnim),  to 
whose  broader  part  the  broad  part  of  the  conical  ventricle  of  the  heut 
is  attached.  In  most  of  the  Cephalopods  three  hearts  are  present; 
namelj,  two  lateral  hearts  that  drive  the  venous  blood  to  the  gills, 
and  a  larger  arterial  heart  placed  in  the  middle,  that  receives  the 
veins  of  the  gills.  The  blood  of  molluscs  is  whitish ;  it  is  brown, 
sometimes  green  or  red  in  some  Gymnobranchiatay  where  the  oolonr 
of  the  body  often  depends  upon  that  of  the  bloods  Blood-cor- 
puscles are  present  in  smaller  quanti^  than  in  vertebrate  animals; 
they  are  round,  in  some  degree  flat  and  often  filled  with  little 
granules. 

The  venous  part  of  the  circulating  system  is  always  more  or  less 
imperfect.  Cuvibr  had  noticed  in  Aplysia  as  early  as  the  beginning 
of  this  century,  that,  in  place  of  a  vena  cava  and  of  branchial  arteries, 
spaces  are  present,  which  are  perforated  like  meshes  and  communi- 
cate freely  with  the  cavity  for  the  intestines*.    This  disposition 
was,  however,  regarded  as  an  exception.     Within  the  last  few 
years  it  first  became  apparent,  especially  £rom  the  investigations  of 
Milne  Edwards,  that  a  large  part  of  the  circulating  system  in  all 
molluscs  is  formed  by  interspaces,  which  surround  die  different 
organs  of  the  body  and  are  bounded  by  no  special  walls'.    The 
venous  blood  bathes  the  viscera,  and  is  received  into  the  cavity  in 
which  these  are  contained,  as  into  a  sinus^  before  being  distributed 
to  the  respiratory  organs.    The  vessels  which  conduct  the  blood  to 
these  organs  (the  branchial  arteries),  do  not  originate  in  capillaries, 
but  have  oftien  very  conspicuous  apertures ;  in  some  the  venous  sys- 
tem appears  to  be  entirely  absent,  with  the  exception  of  the  branchial 
veins  which,  conveying  arterial  blood,  run  to  the  heart\     In  some 


1  E.  FOBBEB  in  AnnaU  of  NcA.  HitUiry,  vi.  1841,  p.  317. 

"  Ann,  dtk  Mus,  n.  pp.  499,  300,  Mhn,  #.  I  Moll,  No.  9,  PI.  n.  fig.  h  «•  ^ 
fig"-  h  3- 

'  [See  note  a,  p.  7x0.] 

^  See  MiLKi  Edwards  Ann,  de»  Se,  nai.,  ^\hme  S^r.  Tom.  m.  ZooL  1845*  PP* 
^89— 315*  pp.  34J— 353»  Tom.  vin.  Zool,  1847,  pp.  37—76.  In  Octopus  the  vMoet*! 
cavity,  in  Loligo  the  cavity  surrounding  the  muscular  bulb  of  the  mouth,  forma  a  venous 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCS.  763 

molluscs  the  arterial  system  also  is  imperfect,  especially  in  the 
nudibranchiates*. 

Some  molluscs  breathe  atmospheric  air  by  a  cavity  rich  in 
vessels ;  others,  and  indeed  the  greatest  number  breathe,  as  fishes 
do,  the  air  diffused  through  water  by  means  of  gills.  The  form  of 
the  gills  is  very  various,  as  will  be  explained  in  the  view  of  the 
different  families  in  the  systematic  arrangement.  In  those  that  have 
a  shell,  this  is  a  special  protection  for  the  respiratory  apparatus, 
and  is  usually  situated,  whenever  it  does  not  cover  the  entire  animal, 
upon  these  organs. 

In  the  organs  of  propagation  in  molluscs  great  variety  prevails. 
Some  are  bisexual,  others  have  distinct  sexes. 

In  those  molluscs  in  which  the  sexes  are  distinct,  no  external 
difference  is  on  the  whole  to  be  observed ;  an  extremely  remarkable 
exception  to  this  is  however  formed  by  the  genus  Argonauta 
amongst  the  Cephalopods,  in  which  the  male  individuals  have 
hitherto  been  entirely  unrecognised,  as  will  be  explained  in  the 
sequel  when  we  treat  of  this  genus.  In  some  there  are  no  external 
sexual  or  copulating  organs  present,  and  here,  as  in  the  bivalves,  the 
sexual  difference  can  alone  be  recognised  by  microscopic  investiga- 
tion of  the  content  of  the  secreting  organs,  which  has  been  done 
within  the  last  ten  years  in  Chiton^  Patella^  and  Haliotis  (the  cych- 
hranohiaia  and  aapidohranchiaUi)^  which  were  formerly  supposed 
to  be  all  bisexual  or  rather  female*.  In  others,  on  the  contrary, 
a  copulation  occurs,  at  least  an  approximation  as  in  the  Cephalo- 
pods. Here  there  is  a  penis  also,  which  in  Buccinum  is  of 
unusual  size,  in  the  Cephalopods  short  only.  The  testis  or  the 
ovary  is  single  and  lies  in  the  Gasteropoda  dose  to  the  liver.  In 
Nautilus  the  oviduct  has  a  free  opening  on  each  side,  and  thus  the 
eggs  do  not  come,  as  is  elsewhere  the  general  rule  with  invertebrate 
animals,  immediately  by  a  closed  canal  from  the  ovary. 

Amongst  those  molluscs  which  are  hermaphrodite,  to  which, 
besides  many  Gasteropoda,  the  Pteropoda  belong,  the  arrangement 
of  the  sexual  apparatus  has  been  best  investigated  in  the  genera 
Helix  and  Limax,    In  these  animals,  backwards  close  to  the  liver 


^  In  HaUotia  and  PateUa  Militb  Edwabds  found  an  arterial  cayity  in  thfi  head,  in 
which  the  large  artery  ends  freely  forwards. 

'  Compare  what  we  said  above  on  a  similar  opinion  respecting  bivalYee,  p.  7i3* 


Digitized  by 


Google 


764  CLASS  XIII. 

a  gland  is  situated,  which  consists  of  many  long  blind  sacs  that 
unite  digitally,  whose  branches  or  roots  in  consequence  unite  to 
form  a  single  efferent  duct.  This  duct  then  runs  along  the  inferior 
extremity  of  another  larger  gland,  elongate,  and  often  ending  like  a 
tongae ;  this  last  was  regarded  by  CUYIER  as  the  testtSy  and  the 
smaller  compact  gland  as  the  ovaiy.  An  exactly  opposite  opinion 
was  advanced  by  Tkeviranus*,  which  however  was  contradicted 
by  Carus,  who  found  eggs  in  the  first-named  gland*.  With  this 
other  observations  again  were  in  conflict  which  proved  the  presence 
there  of  spermatozoa.  The  matter  seemed  inexplicable,  until  its 
true  bearing  was  illustrated  by  the  microscopic  investigations  of 
H.  Meckel'.  The  gland  which  Cuvier  names  ovary,  Tretira- 
NUS  testis^  is  both  one  and  the  other ;  it  is  a  double,  truly  herma- 
phrodite gland ;  every  foiliculus  is  double,  and  within  the  external, 
which  contains  eggs,  an  internal  is  enclosed  with  seed  and  sperma- 
iozoa  in  different  states  of  development.  The  tongue-sbaped  organ, 
regarded  by  Cuvier  as  testis,  is  a  gland  secreting  albumen,  and 
covering  the  eggs  with  its  secretion.  Hence  this  organ  becomes 
tumid  subsequently  to  copulation,  as  on  the  other  hand  the  true 
sexual  gland,  according  to  CuviER  the  ovary,  after  the  time  of 
copulation  shrinks  up\  The  penis  is  a  long  filiform  organ,  capable 
of  eversion,  which  in  copulation  is  received  within  a  tube  that  ter- 
minates at  the  end  in  a  round  vesicle  ^ 


1  Ztitadkr.  fm-  Pkynctogie^  I.  1814,  b.  1—30,  Ueber  die  Zeugunffitheik  wd  dU 
Fofiptansumg  der  MoUuaktn.  So  also  PazvosT,  who  found  ipermatoeoa  in  the  compact 
glMid.  M^.  delaSocde  Pkfti^me  H  ^SimL  nai.  de  Otnive,  lY.  v.  tnd  Anm^daSc^ 
mai.  XXX.  1833,  pp.  43~59»  ^^  5- 

*  Cabcb  Beitrage  twrgaunurn  Kenntnim  der  OetehUckistheiU  einigtr  GtuUropodtn, 
MmcLLKR's  Arekir,  1835,  a.  487—499,  Taf.  11,  figs,  i,  1. 

*  MUBLL£B*8  Arckir,  1844,  s.  484,  Tkb.  xiv.  fig.  18. 

*  On  this  account  especaaUy  the  opinion  of  Cttrb  was  contested  by  M.  6.  YxBLOKX' 
in  his  priae  essay,  Comwteniatic  de  Orgamie  gemerationu  m  MoUmtcit  ffotterop.  jmeu94>- 
nieis,  which  contains  sereral  good  figures  and  accurate  descriptions  with  an  laatorial 
review,  very  complete  up  to  that  time  of  the  different  previous  observatiGiif  «d<I 
opinions.  Amm.  Acad.  L,  B,  1836,  1837.  Comp.  also  A.  Paabch  dt  OatieropoAm 
nonnuUorum  kenmapkrodiiieorum  s^ttewuOe  geniiaU  e(  wropoitieo,  Berolini,  1843,  8to. 

'  This  vesicle  was  aleady  compared  by  Dbshatks  and  Prkvobt  to  thepodU  cop*- 
kUive  of  insects  (see  above,  p.  366).  The  last  writer  established  by  actual  obeervatioD 
that  the  penis  in  Limmai  k  received  at  the  time  of  copulation  by  the  pedide  of  tl^B 
vesicle.  Moreover  the  puhnonaiy  gasteropod  molluscs  present  an  anangemeot  vbicb 
is  not  easy  to  reoondle  with  the  opinions  of  Stbnrbup,  whose  jn>tk  we  alhided  to 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCS.  765 

Most  molluscs  are  oviparous;  only  few,  as  Paludina  vivipara 
and  Claustlia  verdricosay  are  viviparous.  Development  from  the 
egg  begins  with  a  cleaving  or  separating  of  the  yolk,  as  has  been 
already  noticed  by  us  in  other  classes  of  animals.  Presently  the 
yolk  begins  after  a  longer  or  shorter  period  to  rotate  round  an 
axis,  which  at  first  occurs  more  feebly,  afterwards  more  rapidly  and 
regularly.  With  this  rotatory  motion  a  progressive  one  is  connected 
by  which  the  yolk  describes  a  circle.  These  motions  are  caused 
by  cilia.  It  is  to  be  remarked,  that,  according  to  the  observations 
of  Sars,  Lov^n  and  others,  young  marine  molluscs  universally, 
though  they  be  afterwards  naked,  possess  a  shell  which  like  that  of 
Nautilus  is  volute  and  covers  the  hind  part  of  the  body.  Also 
these  molluscs  undergo  a  remarkable  change  of  form,  since,  before 
tentacles  appear,  a  large  thin  membrane,  divided  into  two  lobes, 
surrounds  the  mouth.  This  part  [velum)  is  surrounded  by  cilia,  and 
is  the  principal  organ  of  motion.  In  some  molluscs  this  organ  is 
found  to  be  persistent,  most  conspicuously  in  Tethia^  where  the  fine 
cilia  surrounding  the  margin  are  replaced  by  ctrri^. 

The  power  of  restoration  is  in  some  species  of  this  class  very 
great.  In  various  Helices  the  reproduction  of  the  head  that  has 
been  (partly)  excised  and  of  antennae  has  been  observed  by  Spal- 
LANZANi,  Senebieb,  and  Bonnet*.  That  the  entire  head  grows 
again,  as  the  experiments  of  Spallanzani  appeared  to  indicate,  may 
however  be  doubted,  since  the  anatomical  investigation  of  such 
snails  as  had  been  preserved  by  this  observer  in  spirit  afterwards 
proved  that  by  the  excision  the  first  or  cerebral  ganglion  had  not 
been  removed*. 

The  nervous  system  of  molluscs  presents  various  degrees  of 
development  in  the  different  orders  and  families.  It  may  be  re- 
garded as  the  general  type,  that  there  is  a  central  mass  above  and 


(p.  135),  and  it  ia  not  apparent  from  hiB  figures  why  be  confliden  Tab.  n.  fig.  z,  to 
represent  a  female,  fig.  1  a  male  indiyiduai  of  HdixpomaHa, 

^  For  the  sake  of  brevity  it  must  suffice  that  we  cite  the  investigations  of  C.  VoOT, 
9wr  VembryoginiB  des  MoUugquea  gatUropodea,  Ann.  dea  Sc,  not.,  30  S^rie,  Tom.  vi. 
1846,  pp.  5 — 90,  PL  r — 4,  where,  besides,  the  earUer  observations  are  noticed  histo- 
ricaDy. 

*  See  of  the  last-mentioned  (EumreB  dCHitt,  natur.  et  de  PkUoiophie,  Syo.  xi.  1781, 
pp.  I — 61. 

*  ScHWSiooxB  NcUwsfeteh.  der  SkdOU,  unge^^.  Thiere,  s.  639,  630. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


766  CLASS  XIII. 

another  below  the  oesophagus,  each  of  which  consists  of  two  lateral 
portions,  that  either  remain  distinct  or  are  more  or  less  fused 
together  to  form  an  over-  and  an  under-lying  ganglion.     From  the 
central  nerve-mass  situated  above  the  oesophagus,  or  fix)m  the  two 
lateral  ganglia  when  these,  as  in  Patella^  Haliotis^  BuUay  &c,  are 
only  united  by  a  transverse  commissure  above  the  oesophagus,  arise 
the  nerves  of  the  eyes,  of  the  feelers  and  of  the  mouth.     On  each 
side  this  brain-like  central  organ  is  united  with  the  central  mass 
lying  under  the  oesophagus  by  one  or  more  nervous  filaments  (in 
Helix  by  three).     The  nervous  ring,  thus  formed,  surrounds  the 
oesophagus,  and  is  in  many  short,  because  the  central  masses  are 
situated  near  the  fore  part  of  the  body  and  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  each  other ;  only  in  some  is  this  ring  very  long,  as  in  the  -Hete- 
ropoda,  because  the  second  central  mass  is  situated  backwards.    In 
many  nudibranchiates  the  central  nerve-mass  placed   above  the 
oesophagus   is  much   developed,   and  that  which  lies  beneath  it 
feebly ;  in  the  Ctenobranchiata  also  the  first  nerve-ganglion  that  lies 
over  the  oesophagus  is  much  larger  than  the  second  which  lies 
under  it.     The  converse  occurs  in  the  Ptercpoda,  where  the  upper- 
most or  cerebral  nerve-center  is  ordinarily  represented  by  a  trans- 
verse commissure  alone  above  the  oesophagus.     From   the  central 
nerve-mass,   situated  below  the   oesophagus,  and  consisting  of  a 
greater  or  less  number  of  difierent  ganglia,  arise  the  nerves  for  the 
viscera,  the  respiratory  and  generative  organs.     In   some  several 
ganglia  or  nerve-masses  remote  from  each  other  are  present,  as  in 
Aplysia^  where  a  distinct  ganglion  is  situated  backwards  at  the  origin 
of  the  aorta.     The  nerve-ganglia  are  often  coloured  red,  as  in  the 
genus  just  referred  to,  in  LimncBUs^  PlanorbiSy  &c.,  by  a  substance 
situated  under  the  neurilema.     In  various  molluscs  a  nervous  sys- 
tem corresponding  to  that  of  the  visceral  nerves  of  articulate  ani- 
mals has  also  been  observed^,  of  which  the  anterior  portion  consists 
of  small  ganglia  that  lie  at  the  side  of  the  oesophagus,  and  are  con- 
nected by  nervous  filaments  with  the  cerebral  ganglion,  whilst  back- 
ward, firom  one  or  two  ganglia,  branches  are  given  off  to  the  intes- 
tinal canal,  the  liver,  and  the  organs  of  propagation*. 


1  Gomp.  above  ia  the  treating  of  InsectSy  p.  378. 

>  The  nervous  system  has  been  described  and  figured  in  different  Gasteropocis,  espe- 
cially by  GuviSB  in  his  MSmoiretpour  iervir  d  VBiti.  et  d  VAnat,  da  MMaqvu;  see 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCS.  767 

The  organs  of  sense  are  more  developed,  as  a  role,  in  this  than 
in  the  two  preceding  classes.  The  head  is  nsnallj  Aimished  (in 
most  Gasteropoda)  on  the  upper  surface  with  two  feelers,  on  the 
outer  margin  of  which  the  eyes,  sometimes  on  two  little  tubercles 
or  pedicles,  are  situated.  When  the  eye-supporting  pedicles  are 
developed  independently,  two  pairs  of  feelers  are  present.  In 
some  these  feelers  are  hollow  and  can  be  everted  like  the  finger  of 
a  glove  after  they  have  been  drawn  in,  as  may  be  seen  in  the  com- 
mon snail.  Besides  these  feelers  situated  on  the  head,  different 
productions  of  the  mantle  are  probably  the  seat  of  a  finer  sense  of 
touch,  as  the  ctrri  round  its  margin  in  Patella  and  Haliotis.  The 
folded  and  indented  fringe  or  circular  lip  in  the  Cephalopoda^  the 
various  feelers  round  the  mouth  in  NatUiluSy  may  also  be  regarded 
as  organs  of  tact. 

Taste  cannot  be  very  highly  developed,  since  the  tongue,  as  we 
stated  above,  is  homy.  Of  the  organ  of  smell  nothing  certain  is 
known,  although  in  NatUilus  a  part,  first  pointed  out  by  Valen- 
ciennes, situated  close  to  the  eyes,  may  probably  be  regarded  as 
such.  That,  however,  many  molluscs  possess  the  sense  of  smell 
seems  to  be  demonstrated  by  observations;  thus  Swammebdam 
found  that  vineyard  snails,  when  he  brought  fresh  food  near  them, 
came  out  of  their  house  and  crept  quickly  towards  it.  According 
to  CuviER  the  entire  mantle  that  covers  these  animals  may  be 
analogous  to  the  pituitary  or  mucous  membrane  of  the  nasal  cavities, 
and  thus  very  appropriately  the  organ  of  smelP. 

The  auditory  organ  was  known  in  the  Cephalopods  alone  a  few 
years  ago.  In  the  cartilage  of  the  head  two  small  cavities  are 
found,  which  enclose  a  sacculus  filled  internally  with  a  fluid,  whilst 
it  is  surrounded  also  by  a  fluid  substance  and  attached  to  the  larger 
cavity,  in  which  it  is  suspended  by  numerous  fibrous  threads.  In 
this  sac,  in  most  species,  there  lies  a  calcareous  round  or  conical 
little  stone.  The  auditory  nerve  penetrates  the  saccule,  and  divides 
into  fine  branches  on  its  inner  surface.    There  are  neither  apertures', 


ako  Garneb  in  Linn.  Transact.  Tom.  xvii.  cited  above,  p.  716.    For  the  nervous 
system  of  the  Cephalopoda  see  below  on  this  order. 

^  liCfons  SAncU.  comp,  u.  p.  676.  Blainvillb^  who  regards  the  antennae  of  insects 
as  olfactory  organs,  ascribes  similarly  to  the  feelers  of  moUoscs  the  capacity  of  smeU. 
Principes  (TAnai,  comp. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


768  CLASS  XIII. 

nor  other  external  parts  of  the  auditory  organ  present*.  It  is  only 
within  the  last  ten  years  that  a  knowledge  has  been  attained  of  the 
auditory  organs  of  Pteropoda  and  Gasteropods  ;  they  are  two  round 
saccules  filled  with  fluid,  each  containing  a  small  otolite  or  nume- 
rous calcareous  concrements,  and  situated  on  the  central  nerve-mass 
beneath  the  OBSophagus,  or  in  some  behind  the  eyes,  in  which  case 
they  receive  a  nervous  branch  firom  the  cerebral  ganglion*. 

In  most  molluscs  two  small  eyes  are  present,  in  the  Cephalo- 
pods  alone  are  they  large.  They  never  occur  in  greater  number, 
nor  dispersed  over  other  parts  of  the  body,  but  are  always  situated 
on  or  near  the  head;  in  some  they  are  non-pediculate  and  are 
placed  at  the  base  of  the  feeler,  or  stand  on  tubercles  or  sometiines 
at  the  point  of  the  feeler,  as  we  lately  stated.  In  Nautilus  they 
are  seated  on  little  pedicles  at  the  side  of  the  head,  like  hemispheres 
flattened  on  the  anterior  surface.  In  the  rest  of  the  Cephalopoda 
they  lie  in  lateral  excavations  of  the  cartilaginous  ring  of  the  head, 
protected  in  some  degree  by  two  long,  thin,  oval  cartilagiiioiw 
plates  in  front.  In  the  Oaateropoda^  Swammerdam  formerly  mves- 
tigated  the  eyes  anatomically ;  in  our  century  this  investigation  has 
been  repeated  and  extended,  especially  by  Stiebel,  Mueller,  and 
Erohn.  Under  the  skin,  that  in  this  situation  is  destitute  o{  pig- 
ment, lies  the  eye-ball,  enclosed  by  a  proper  membrane  {sclerotica)^ 
which  is  transparent  in  front,  and  sometimes  very  convex  {cornea]- 
The  vascular  choroid,  coloured  by  a  black  pigment,  is  furnished 
with  an  annular  aperture  (just  as  an  iris  is).  A  spherical  lens  and 
a  vitreous  body  occupy  the  interior  of  the  eye-ball,  whilst  the  optic 
nerve  expands  within  the  choroid  into  a  cup-shaped  retinal 


^  See  Scarpa  AnaA,  disquUitumea  de  Auditu  et  O^adu,  Ticini,  1789,  fol.  pp.  5)  ^1 
Tab.  IV.  figs.  7—9,  GuviSB  Mim.  9.  I.  MoUusq,  No.  i,  p.  41,  &c. 

*  See  Etdouz  and  Soulztbt  VIntiituL  Journal  ghUrcde,  &c.  Tom.  VL  1838, 
p.  376;  Kbohk,  Fbobisp^s  neue  NoHgen,  1840,  1841,  s.  310—312 ;  V.  Sikbold,  Wikg- 
mann'8  Arehiv,  1841,  and  Ann,  det  Se.  not.  m  fiWrie,  Tom.  19,  1843,  pp.  193— «"» 
PL  1  B.  These  auditory  yesicles  appear  very  early  in  the  development  of  the  embryo» 
but  are  at  first  simply  filled  with  fluid,  from  which  the  otolite  or  the  calcaz^ons  concre- 
ments are  separated  at  a  later  period  only  and  gradually  by  crystalization ;  see  Fut 
in  Ebiohbok's  Arehiv,  1845,  s.  117 — 222. 

s  Swammbbdam  B^  der  Natuure,  i.  bL  105,  106 ;  Shbbbl  in  Msokkl'b  Ar(^ 
V.  1819,  B.  ao6— axo,  Tab.  v. ;  JoH.  Mubllbb,  Mbckbl'b  Arekivfikr  Anai,  u,  PAjsW- 
1829,  s.  308— 319,  Tab.  VI.  figs.  4—8,  Annal.  dea  Se.  naL  Tom.  i«,  1831,  pp.  7-19  J 
Kbohx,  Muelleb's  Arehiv,  1837,  s.  479—485,  and  ibid,  1839,  «*  33^— 337»  W-  *• 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCS.  769 

In  the  Cephalopods,  the  optic  nerre  is  continued  into  a  large 
reniform  ganglion,  which  is  surrounded  by  a  white  fatty  mass 
divided  into  lobes,  and  is,  with  the  eye-ball,  surrounded  by  a 
common  case,  a  fibrous  membrane,  by  which  a  sac  is  formed,  that 
is  much  larger  than  the  eye-ball,  and  may  be  regarded  as  the  cap- 
sule {orbita)  of  the  eye.  In  front  this  membrane  is  attached  to  the 
common  integument.  There  the  skin  becomes  transparent,  and 
sometimes  forms,  by  duplicatures  or  folds,  two  eye-lids  as  it  were. 
Behind  this  transparent  membrane,  perforated  by  a  round  opening, 
the  eye-ball  is  situated.  A  cornea  is  not  present,  and  thus  also 
there  is  no  anterior  chamber,  unless  the  space  that  intervenes  be- 
tween the  transparent  continuation  of  the  common  integument  and 
the  eye-ball  be  so  named.  Within  the  eye-case  lies  a  tunic  of  a 
silvery  lustre.  The  eye-ball  itself  has  a  cartilaginous  external 
membrane,  which  is  perforated  behind  like  a  sieve  by  the  filaments 
of  the  optic  nerve,  and  in  front  at  the  margin  of  the  lens  forms  the 
circle  of  the  pupil.  This  covering  may  be  regarded  as  sclerotica. 
Within  it  lies  the  expansion  of  the  optic  nerve,  the  retina,  which 
also  contains  a  purple-brown  pigment-layer.  The  lens  is  large, 
elongate,  round,  and  at  the  posterior  surface  more  convex  than  in 
front^. 

The  muscles  of  molluscs  are  attached  in  general  to  the  inner 
surface  of  the  skin.  They  do  not  exhibit  the  transverse  stripes  on 
the  primitive  bundles  which  microscopic  anatomy  has  detected  in 
the  muscles  of  articulate  animals'.    Those  Gastaropods  that  have  a 


figs.  6 — 8.  Kbohn  confirmed  Swamhsbdam's  statement  of  the  independent  existence 
of  lens  and  yitreous  humour;  whether  an  aqueous  humour  also  is  present,  as  Swui- 
MEBDAM  concludes,  he  leaves  undetermined. 

^  On  the  eye  of  Cephalopods  compare  amongst  others  CuYlEB  M4m,  9.  Ub  MoU. 
Ko.  I,  pp.  37— 4i>  PL  I.  fig.  3,  PI.  n.  fig.  5;  D.  W.  S(emhbbino  de  Oculor,  Seetione 
horiaoatali.  Oottingse,  181 8,  fol.  pp.  76 — 78,  Tab.m.;  Krows  Nov,  Ad,  Acad.  Oouar, 
Leop.  Carol,  N.  C.  xvii.  i,  1834,  pp.  339—366,  Taf«  a6;  DuG^  TraiU  de  PhyiiU, 
foomp.  Paris,  1838,  8vo,  i.  pp.  315 — 318.  In  i^au^ti«I  am  not  able,  any  more  than 
OwiN,  to  discover  a  trace  of  the  lens ;  that  this  part  should  have  escaped  through  the 
small  aperture  existing  in  the  middle  of  the  flat  anterior  surface  of  the  eye,  appears  to 
me  probable.     Fresh  specimens  alone  can  afford  a  satisfactory  solution. 

*  That  they  occur  in  Sagiita,  is  in  my  judgment  a  fiirther  proof  that  this  animal  is 
no  mollusc.  In  Cephalopods  also  I  cannot  any  more  than  in  the  muscular  circular 
belts  of  Salpa  (p.  695)  discover  these  transverse  stripes,  though  they  have  been  adopted 
indeed  in  these  animals,  and  also  figured. 

VOL.  I.  49 


Digitized  by 


Google 


770  CLASS  XIII, 

wreathed  shell  are  affixed  to  it  by  a  muscle  which  is  attached  to 
the  uppermost  turn  near  the  columella,  and  descends  along  the  toms 
to  attach  itself  to  the  head  bj  one  portion,  and  to  the  hinder  ex- 
tremity of  the  foot  by  the  other.  This  muscle,  on  its  oontraction, 
serves  to  draw  the  snail  into  its  house. 

Gasteropods  adyance  also  by  creeping  on  the  yentral  disc,  or 
foot,  in  which  they  fix  alternately  the  fore  part,  then  the  hind 
part,  to  the  surface  over  which  they  are  moving,  whilst  the  disc  is 
contracted  into  sinuous  transverse  grooves  that  proceed  from  be- 
fore backwards.  Pteropods  swim  by  means  of  the  wing^like  ap- 
pendages that  surround  the  mouth.  The  same  purpose  is  served  by 
the  flaps  of  skin  on  the  body  of  most  Cephalopods,  which  are 
especially  assisted  when  creeping  on  the  bottom  of  the  sea  and  in 
other  motions,  as  seizing  their  prey,  &c.  by  the  muscolar  arms, 
furnished  with  suckers,  that  surround  the  head. 

Molluscs,  as  to  their  geographical  distribution,   are  not  suf- 
ficiently ascertained,  and  it  is  difficult  to  form  any  general  con- 
clusions £rom  comparison,  since  all  coimtries,  coasts,  and  seas,  have 
not  been  investigated  with  equal  care.    Molluscs  are  more  nume- 
rous than  conchifers  in  great  seas  and  on  rocky  coasts.    In  warmer 
regions  they  surpass  the  bivalves  greatly  in  multiplicity  of  species. 
The  greatest  profusion  of  marine  molluscs,  as  weU  as  to  genera  as 
species,  belongs,  beyond  doubt,  to  the  great  ocean  between  the 
west  coast  of  America,  and  the  east  coast  of  Asia  and  New  Hol- 
land.   Tropical  forms  seem  to  extend  more  widely  in  the  southern 
than  in  the  northern  hemisphere.     Amongst  the  genera  that  are 
most  numerous  in  species,  we  may  here  mention  especially  I\irpura, 
MUra^  CyproM^  and  Ganus;  the  species  of  the  three  last  genera  are 
almost  all  from  the  great  ocean,  and  the  East  Indian  sea.    It  is 
remarkable  that  the  molluscs  on  the  western  and  on  the  eastern 
coast  of  South  America  differ  to  such  a  degree,  that  there  is  scarcely 
a  species  that  is  common  to  both  coasts.    The  genus  Chiton,  so 
numerous  in  species  in  the  great  ocean,  is  represented  by  a  conple 
of  species  on  the  east  coast  of  America.    Species  that  dwell  at  con- 
siderable depths  are  naturally  further  dispersed  than  those  which 
live  more  in  the  neighbourhood  of  coasts.    Consequently  it  is  not 
sufficient  to  ascertain  the  longitude  and  latitude  of  the  districts 
within  which  certain  species  occur ;  the  depth  also  of  the  sea  ought 
to  be  ascertained  in  which  they  commonly  live.    With  the  depth 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCS.  771 

the  number  of  species  decreases,  just  as  that  of  land  animals  does 
the  greater  the  height  is  above  the  surface  of  the  sea.  Amongst 
the  Cephalopods  that  have  a  shell,  and  which  occur  sparingly  in 
the  present  creation,  whilst  in  the  previous  world  they  were  very 
numerous  and  different  in  form,  Naviilua  fs  confined  entirely  to  the 
Indian  and  South  Seas.  Of  the  molluscs  that  live  on  land,  no 
genus  is  more  generally  diffiised  than  Helix,  of  which  some 
hundreds  of  species  are  known^  and  which  occurs  in  all  regions. 
The  species  of  molluscs  are  in  a  greater  degree  than  those  of 
bivalves  confined  to  limited  regions,  and  thus,  on  the  whole,  differ 
more  in  different  countries^. 


^  Interesting  oooiributions  to  the  knowledge  of  the  geographical  dintribution  of 
moUuBCB  have  been  made  m  the  last  few  years  by  the  investigations  of  Sabs,  Forbbs; 
jyOiLBiavr,  Philifpi  and  othen.  Compare  A.  D*OBBiGinr  Reeherchea  aw  les  lots  qui 
jpriiidetU  A  la  didribuiion  giographifue  de$  MoUuaques  c6lier»  fnariiu,  Ann,  de$  Se,  not, 
Ze  84ne,  Tom.  m.  1845,  PP*  '93 — '>^i ;  £•  Fobbbs  On  the  iopogra/phietd  distrtbvtion 
of  fMurvM  Molluaea,  Edinb,  Phil.  Jowm.  New  Ser.  April,  1844,  and  Ann,  des  Se.  not. 
3e  S^r.  Tom.  iv.  pp.  1x7,  118,  and  JjOvts*B  remarks  on  the  geographical  distribution 
of  Scandinavian  Marine  Molluscs,  Cfvenigt  of  Kmgl.  Vetentk,  Ahademiens  Fdrhand- 
linear.  1846,  pp.  252 — 274. 


Digitized  by 


49—2 
Google 


774  CLASS  XIII. 

GlOSHBAUEB  I.  L  8.  IIO.] 

Aooording  to  CAKTBAnn  it  does  not  differ  from  the  preceding  genus,  the 
shell  is  cloYen  at  the  sides  as  in  HyaUa,  L  1.  p.  33. 

Add  genus  Ewryhia  Bako  Ann.  da  Se.  not.  zn.  338. 

Oreseis  Rang.  Shell  subulate,  furnished  with  an  orbicnlai 
opening  anteriorly,  not  cloven  at  the  sides.  Mantle  not  producjed 
at  the  sides. 

Comp.  Bavo  Ann,  de$  Se.  not.  xin.  pp.  305 — 318. 
NcU. — ^Here  also  or  with  the  preceding  genns  is  to  be  placed : 
Sab-genns  Chmeria  Bavo.    See  Ann,  de$  Se,  noL  xn.  p.  311,  PI  45  b, 
figs.  1—8,  y.  BxvsDXir  L  L  PL  4  b. 

SpiraieUa  Blainv.,  Limadna  Cuv.  Body  anteriorly  auriculate 
on  both  sides  with  a  triangular  pinna,  posteriorly  convolute.  Shell 
fragile,  discoidal,  on  one  side  deeply  umbilicate,  on  the  other  widi  a 
spire  slightly  exsert. 

Sp.  SpiraieUa  areUea  nob.,  Li$naeina  heUeinaUi  Lam.,  Blaotv.  Malae,  PL 
48  bis,  ^.  5,  y.  BBKBDSir  Mhn,  mr  la  Litnaeina  aretiea,  Mim.  de  Vie. 
TcyaU  de  £rux,  Tom.  XIT.  1841,  PI.  5.  This  little  animal  is  very  numerous 
in  the  North  Polar  Sea,  and  serves  the  whale  for  food ;  see  O.  FABBiaus 
Faun,  Oranl,  pp.  387 — 389,  by  which  writer  it  is  named  ArffonatUa  arc- 
tiea.  In  Phifps'b  Voyage  towaids  the  N.  Pole  it  is  notioed  under  the  name 
of  Clio  kelicina,  and  it  is  probable  that  Cuyibb  intended  to  name  it  Bdi- 
cina,  a  name  which  we  should  prefer  to  that  of  Limacifui,  which  perhapi 
originated  merely  in  a  mistake. 

Cymbulia  P^RON.  Animal  included  in  shell,  except  two  large 
pinnae,  confluent  [partially,  with  a  middle  lobe  that  represents  the 
foot.  Gegenb.].  Two  contractile  tentacles  in  front  of  mouth. 
Shell  hyaline,  elongate,  cymbiform,  truncated  posteriorly. 

Sp.  Oymh,  Peronii  Cuv.,  PiBON  Ann,  da  Mut,  xv.  PI.  3,  pp.  10 — 11,  GuiBnr 
Iconogr,,  MoU,  PI.  4,  fig.  3,  Y.  Bbkbdbn  M4m,  de  VAcad,  de  Bmx.  zn. 
PI.  X ;  Mediter.  Sea;  according  to  CAirrBADni  these  animals  often  lose  their 
shell.  [The  shell  is  formed  within  the  mantle,  and  normally  is  covered  by 
a  thin  lamella  of  the  same.  This  last  is  easily  torn  and  thus  perfect  speci- 
mens are  rare :  hence  also  the  esse  with  which  the  animal  loses  its  shell 
The  shell  has  the  consistence  of  soft  cartilage  and  contains  ehiiin,  GioKV* 
BAUBB  L  1.  pp.  41,  43.] 

[Ttedemannia  Delle  Chiaje.  Pinnae  conjoined  with  the  foot 
to  form  an  orbicular  di%c.  Mouth  at  the  apex  of  a  long  proboscis, 
very  often  bent  backwards.  Shell  hyaline,  gelatinous,  slightly 
excayated. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCA.  775 

8p.  Tiedmanma  neapoUkma  Y.  Beksd.,  proboBcis  alender,  pinxuD  with 
white  and  yellow  spots  at  the  nuuigin.  Length  2  or  3".  See  Geoenbaub 
1. 1.  s.  54 — 68  for  the  anatomy  and  developmenty  gen.  char.  p.  113.] 

Famaj  IL  Clioidea.  Naked  Pteropods,  with  head  distinct. 
[The  small  foot  on  the  ventral  sturface  never  connate  with  pinnss. 
Gegenb.] 

Fneumoderman  Cuv.  Two  small  pinnae  at  the  sides  of  neck 
with  an  intermediate  grooved  conical  appendage.  Mouth  with 
numerous  pediculated  retractile  suckers. 

Sp.  Pneumodermon  Peronii  Cuv.,  Ann,  du  Mus.  TV,  PI.  59  B,  Blainy.  MaUte, 
PL  46,  fig.  4 ;  this  animal  was  disoovered  in  the  Atlantic  Ocean  by  PfooN, 
and  appears  to  differ  from  that  figured  by  QuoT  and  Gaimabd  in  the 
Toyage  of  the  AOroldbe  (copied  in  Cuv.  R,  ani.,  id,  HI.,  Mofhuq,  PI.  17, 
fig.  7),  where  the  Backers  stand  like  branches  on  two  pedides.  Pneumo- 
dermon vMaoeum  D'Obbiont  has  a  greater  resemblance  to  it,  the  anatomy 
of  which  has  been  given  by  V.  Bekeden  with  figures  in  Mueller's  Arehw, 

1838,  pp.  296—304,  PI.  IX.  X.  There  is  stiU  uncertainty  respecting  the 
respiratoiy  organs,  and  the  name  Pnbuicodbbmon  rests  perhaps  on  a 
mistake.  [Pn,  eUiatum  Gbobkb.,  see  the  anatomy,  Ac.  L  1.  s.  74 — 100. 
The  folds  of  the  integument^  here  absent,  which  serve  for  respiration,  are 
described  in  Pn,  vidaoeum  and  P.  Mediterraneum,  pp.  85,  86.] 

Spongiobrcmchea  D'Ob&     (Is  this  genus  distinct  from  the  pre* 
ceding)) 

D'Orbiont  Voyage  dans  FAmir.  mirid,  (transferred  to  Okbk's  Im, 

1839,  s.  498,  Tab.  I.  iz.  figs.  i~9). 

Clio  L.,  Cltone  Pall.,  Eschricht.  Body  oblong,  acuminate 
posteriorly.  Head  distinct  from  body  by  stricture,  covered  by  a 
bilobed  hood,  crowned  by  six  conical  appendages,  and  two  retractile 
conical  tentacles.  Two  oval  pinnae  at  the  sides  of  neck.  Two 
black  points  (eyes)  in  the  back  of  neck.  Two  genital  apertures  at 
the  right  of  the  ventral  side,  the  anterior  in  front  of  pinnae  for 
the  exit  of  a  very  large  penis,  the  posterior  behind  the  pinnae 
for  the  oviduct.    Anus  behind  these  orifices,  more  in  the  middle. 

Sp.  Clio  lorealU  Quel.,  Clicne  lorealis  Pall.,  Spk,  Zool.  x.  Tab.  i.  figs. 
18,  19,  CxTViBB  Ann,  duMw,  i.  pp.  941 — 150,  PI.  17,  D.  F.  Esohbioht 
Kangl  Danehe  Vdentk.  SeUikaba  Afhandl,  Kjdbenhavn,  1838  (published 
separately  in  German,  AwUom,  UtUerwchungen  U,  d,  CI.  boreal,  Kopen- 
hagen,  1838,  4to.)  The  six  conical  arms  of  the  head  are  beset  with  spots, 
microscopic  suckers.  This  animal  (Whale-bait),  Clio  Umoiema  Phifps, 
lives  with  Clio  helicina  principally  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Greenland  and 
Spttzbergen,  and  forms  the  chief  food  of  northern  whales,  although  scarcely 
i"  long.   CnvuEB  regarded  the  fin-like  appendages  as  respiratory  organs,  but 


Digitized  by 


Google 


776  CLASS  xiii, 

it  WBB  probably  the  reticalated  mtueiiUr  fibers  that  he  took  for  Tcadi 
in  these  dermal  lamells  [Clio  Mediierranea  Gbobvb.,  tentadet  veiy  Bkort* 
no  eye-points;  CI.  JUiv€9cen$  Gkobnb.  G.  thinks  that  the  3,000  sudLcn in 
each  tentacle  described  by  Ebohrioht  are  merely  forms  of  tpiikeUuM,] 

Order  II.     Gasteropoda. 

Molluscs  with  head  distinct,  in  most  tentaculate,  the  inferior 
surface  of  abdomen  flattened  or  grooved,  or  produced  into  a  com- 
pressed lamina.  Some  hermaphrodite,  others  distinct  in  sex ;  many 
aquatic,  some  terrestrial. 

Gasteropoda,  In  most  the  heart  lies  on  the  left  side  of  the  body. 
In  those,  howeyer,  that  have  left-handed  shells  (see  above,  p  684) 
the  heart  lies  on  the  right  side.  In  many  the  sexes  are  distinct; 
others  are  bisexual,  so  that  mutual  impregnation  of  two  or  some- 
times more  individuals  occurs. 

The  inferior  surface  of  the  belly  forms  an  elongate  flattened  disc, 
which  is  very  muscular,  as  is  commonly  known  in  slugs  and  szuuls; 
these  animals,  met  with  everywhere,  give  an  idea  of  the  typu^  of 
this  order.  But  in  others,  this  ventral  disc,  usually  named  foot,  is 
compressed  laterally,  and  serves  for  swimming.  We  separate  these 
molluscs  from  the  rest  as  a  distinct  group. 

Family  III.  A.  Heteropoda.  Foot  compressed,  resembling  a 
fin,  furnished  with  a  disc  or  suctorial  acetabulum.  Branchis  pec- 
tinate or  pinnate.     Sexes  distinct. 

Heteropoda,     These  molluscs  all  live  in  the  sea,  and  usually  swim 
with    the    fin-shaped   foot    upwards,    and    the    back    downwards. 
FoRSKAL,  to  whom  we  owe  the  first  description  of  this  family  of 
animals,  gave  them  the  name  of  Fterobranchea.     The  existence  of 
distinct  sexes  was  discovered  by  Lavrillard  and  Milne  Edwabds. 
[The  part  named  *  Foot'  is  highly  developed  in  this  family,  and  in 
some  attains  a  high  potentiality  (Gegexb.).     It  does  not  exactly 
correspond  to  the  foot  of  Gasteropoda,  but  to  one  part  of  it  alone. 
Huxley  {On  the  Morphology  of  the   Cephaloua  MoUuacOy  FhS. 
Trana.  1853,   Pt.  l  pp.  29—65).     A  foot  has  four  parts,  the/>w- 
podium,  meaopodium,  and  metapodium,  found  in  Heteropods,  and  a 
fourth,  the  epipodmm,  not  found  in  them.     The  fin-shaped  M  0^ 
heteropods  is  the  propodiunu     Besides  the  works  just  referred  to, 
comp.  also,  on  this  division,  Leuckart  Zoologiache  Unterawhun^ 
Drittes  Heft,  Giessen,  1854,  Der  Bau  der  ffeteropoden,  pp.  1—68.] 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCA,  777 

Pterotrachea  FoRSK.,  Firola  Brug.,  PiSron.  Body  naked,  elon- 
gate, with  integument  almost  pellucid.  Two  eyes.  Tentacles  (very 
often)  none.  Head  with  a  fleshy  proboscis.  Branchiae  pinnate, 
free,  at  the  posterior  part  of  back. 

Sp.  Pterotrachea  coronata  Fobbk.,  Icon.  rer.  not.  Tab.  34,  fig.  ▲  (copied  in 
Encycl,  mith.,  Vera,  PI.  88,  Firola,  fig.  i) ;  in  the  Mediterranean.  Lssbukb 
has  given  a  monograph  of  this  genus  in  the  Jowmal  of  the  PhUos.  Soc,  of 
Philadelphia,  of  which  Blainvillb  has  made  use  in  the  article  Firola, 
Dictionn,  dee  Sc.  nai,  Tom.  xvii.  pp.  62 — 68.  Usually  the  tentacula  are 
wanting.  The  species  in  which  they  are  present  were  united  by  D'Obbignt 
under  the  name  of  Cerophora.  Here  belongs  Firola  caudina  Rang, 
Gu6biw  Magae.  de  Zool,  1833,  CI.  ▼.  PI.  3,  Gu^bin  Iconogr,,  MoU.  PI.  11, 
fig.  3  [For  the  Anat.  and  Hist,  of  Development,  see  Gxgbnb.  1.  L  pp. 
153 — 185,  and  Huzlbt  1.  1.  on  the  Anat,  of  Firoloides  {Firola)  L  L  pp. 
30 — 36.  The  auditory  vesicle  was  shewn  by  Lbtdig  AnatonUsch,  Bemar- 
hung,  iib.  Carinaria,  Firola  wnd  Amphicora  Zeitechr.  fUr  tnssenech,  Zool, 
m.  1851,  p.  3^8.] 

According  to  D'Obbigkt  the  singular  genus  Sagitta  (see  above,  p.  346) 
should  be  placed  here. 

Cartnarta.  Body  elongate.  Head  with  two  long,  subulate  ten- 
tacles, and  two  sessile  eyes  behind  the  base  of  tentacles.  A  small 
shell  at  the  posterior  part  of  back,  thin,  pellucid,  conical,  com- 
pressed, with  apex  turned  backward. 

These  animals  have  much  resemblance  to  the  preceding  genus,  and 
CuviEB  at  first  thought  that  the  Pterotrachecs  described  by  FobskIl  had 
only  accidentally  lost  their  shell.  Mdmairee,  MoU.  No.  18,  p.  31.  They 
differ,  however,  by  the  constant  presence  of  two  tentacles  in  front  of  the 
eyes  and  by  small  inequalities  or  tubercles  on  the  skin. 

Sp.  Ca/rinaria  cymbium  {Argonauta  Cymbium  L.?)  Ann.  dee  Sc,  not,  xvi. 
PI.  I,  GuiBiN  Iconogr.,  MoU,  PI.  11,  fig.  i,  PoLi  Teetac.  vir.  Sic,  in. 
Tab.  44,  figs.  I — II ;  in  the  Medit.  Sea.  Pou  and  Dellb  Ghiajb  gave  an 
anatomical  description  of  this  animal  {Test.  in.  pp.  26 — 35,  and  Memorie 
Sulla  Storia  e  Notom.  degli  Anim.  a.  v.)^  which  was  afterwards  completed 
by  MiLNB  Edwabds  as  to  several  remarkable  peculiarities,  Ann.  desSc.  not, 
sec.  S<«r.  Tom.  18,  Zool.  pp.  313—329,  PL  X.  fig.  3»  PL  xi.  The  remark 
of  liVSTXMVS,  that  the'  shell  is  not  larger  than  a  grain  of  sand,  does  not 
apply  to  this  species,  which  therefore  has  also  been  often  confounded  with 
CaHna  vitrea,  a  larger  species  from  the  Indian  Ocean  ;  Mabtiki,  Tab.  18, 
fig.  163,  Blainv.  Malac,  PI.  47,  fig.  3  a, 

Atlanta  Lesueur.  Head  furnished  with  a  proboscis,  two  cy- 
lindrical tentacles,  and  two  eyes.  Foot  compressed,  acuminate 
towards  the  end,  with  a  suctorial  disc  in  the  margin.  Thin  oper- 
culum, adhering  to  the  ventral  part  below  the  foot.  Shell  very  thin, 
involute,  carinate. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


778  CLASS  XIII. 

%>.  AiUmia  Permii  Lbbubub,  Cfofne  ^ Amman  Lamanoit,  Vofogt  d/t  Li 
Pbtbouss,  pi.  63,  figs.  1—3,  BLAnry.  Malac  PL  48  \nB,  fig.  9;  AUmta, 
Keraiudrtnii  Lbsueub;  this  species  fonns  the  genus  LadoM  CAaT&Aixi, 
McUaeol.  midUerr.  Compare  on  these  small  animals  tliat  oocmr  in  &e 
Mediterranean  and  in  warm  sones  of  the  AUantic  Ocean,  Rako  Mim.  dt 
la  Soc.  fFffitt.  not.  Tom.  m.  1837,  pp.  373—380,  PI.  9,  and  D'0rbig5T 
Voyage  (see  Oksn's  In»,  1839,  pp.  511 — ^519). 

B.    Oasteropoda  namudta. 

Foot  serving  for  creeping,  flattened  or  grooved. 

Section  I.  In  some  no  distinct  organs  of  respiration,  in  others 
naked  dorsal  branchise,  appendages  or  various  productions  of  the 
common  integuments. 

We  part  the  common  or  normal  Gasteropoda  into  three  diyiaions,  aoomd- 
ing  to  their  respiratory  oi^gans,  and  unite,  as  was  proposed  b j  the  yoonger 
Lbuckabt,  the  Qymnolmmehiata  and  Apneutta  under  the  name  of  Jkrma- 
tobranckiata  of  DuK^BiL ;  see  B.  Lkuokabt  Ueber  Morfihologie  der  vkMI. 
Thiere,  1848,  s.  178. 

Family  FV.  Dermatobranchiaia  s.  Oymnobranchtata,  Cha- 
racters of  the  section;  Naked  Gasteropods,  hermaphrodite,  marine, 
often  swimming  on  the  back,  with  foot  supine. 

The  I^udibranchiates  {nudtbranehea)  of  CuviBR  have  been  eepe- 
ciallj  investigated  in  the  latest  times.     By  Quatbefages,  in  many 
an  intestinal  canal  divided  into  branches  was  discovered,  or  rather  a 
branching  appendage  of  the  same,  such  as  we  have  already  noticed 
in  Distama,  in  some  ringed  worms,  in  jlcortno,  in  Phalangwm,  kc. 
These  blind  branches  discharge  at  the  same  time  the  office  of  liver. 
(Quatbefages  gave  to  this  arrangement  the  name  of  Fhlebenterismus 
(see  Ann.  dea  Sc  not.,  3idme  S^rie,  Tom.  iv.  p.  83),  which  has  caofied 
much  misconception.)     In  some  it  would  seem  that  no  heart  is 
present  j  whilst  there  are  such  conflicting  opinions  on  this  point,  ve 
consider  it  inexpedient  to  found  an  arrangement  upon  it,  which 
might  afterwards  be  subverted,  and  therefore  cannot  adopt  the 
&milies  of  Anangia  and  Angiophora  (Y.  Sisbold  Lehrb.  d.  vargl 
AnaL  I.  a  297).     As  little  do  we  feel  ourselves  justified  in  sepa- 
rating the  Apneugta  from  the  GynmobranchiatcL   Those  Gasteropods 
alone  can  be  regarded  as  Apneiuki,  which,  as  Lisaoaoma,  have  no 
external  dermal  appendages. 

Compare  Aldeb  and  Hakoook  in  dilforent  paits  of  the  Aw»ai*  wd 
Magaz.  of  Nat,  ffia,,  and  their  Monognqih  of  tke  JBrUM  Nudibran^i^ 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCA.  779 

MoUuica,  wUhpUUei,  fto.,  published  by  the  Ray  Society,  London,  1845 — 
1854,  six  parts,  also  Quatbifaqbs  in  the  Annala  des  Se.  not.  since  1843. 

A.     BrtmehioB  none, 
Lisaosoma  Koelliker  and  Quatbef. 

Limapontia  JoHNST.,  Chaltdts  QuATBEF. 
Actasonia  Quatbbf. 

Phyllirhoe  Peron.  Body  naked,  compressed,  with  two  very 
long,  subulate  tentacles.    (Organs  of  respiration  unknown.) 

Comp.  PIebon  Ann,  du  Mua,  TV,  p.  65,  PL  n.  figs,  i — 3;  QuoT  et 
Gaimabd  Voyage  de  VAttrdabc,  Zoologie,  n,  1833,  pp.  403—410,  PL  18, 
figs.  10—18 ;  [H.  MuBLLKB  und  G.  Gxosnbauxb  Ueber  PhyUirkoe  bucepha- 
Itm  in  KoBLLiKXB  u.  Siebold's  Zeittchr.  f,  wmmimcA.  ZooL  y.  1854,  PP* 
355 — 37 1»  ^B^*  Xi^-  I^^OK  placed  this  animal  as  well  as  all  the  Hetero- 
pods  amongst  the  Pteropoda,  Lamabok  amongst  the  ffeteropoda,  Bang 
amongst  the  Sdlpa,  Etdouz  and  Soulktbt  from  the  structure  of  the 
animal  first  removed  it  to  the  NttdibranchieUa,  The  form  of  the  nervous 
system,  the  pouch-like  appendages  of  the  intestinal  canal,  and  the  disposition 
of  the  genital  organs,  all  refer  it  to  this  division,  although  from  the  com- 
pressed form  of  the  body  the  foot  be  not  distinguishable  from  the  rest  of 
the  integument.  In  the  md  Edit,  of  his  work  Van  dxb  Hoeybn  placed 
gen.  PhyUirhoe  amongst  the  Heteropods.  He  now  authorises  its  removal 
to  this  place  in  the  English  Translat.  of  his  Handbook.  See  the  Anatomy 
Ac.  in  the  mem.  of  Muellbb  and  Gbqbkb.] 

Cenia  (previously  Ictis)  Aldeb  and  Hancock. 

Note. — Comp.  on  those  genera  destitute  of  branchiee,  the  synonymy  of 
which  is  very  obscure,  QuATBEFAOBsifi^m.  tier  let  Oatteropodes  phlebenUrfy, 
Ann.  detSe.  not.,  30  S^rie,  I.  Zool.  pp.  149 — 183,  and  J.  Aldbb  and  Han- 
cock on  a  proposed  new  order  of  Chuteropodous  MoUtuca,  Ann.  of  Natw. 
HisUny,  sec.  Series,  1. 1848,  pp.  401 — ^415,  PL  19,  20.  Genus  Pelta  Quatbbf. 
if  in  reality  it  agrees  with  the  Mollusc  described  by  the  English  authors 
A.  and  H.  {Ann,  of  Not,  Hitt,  xviii.  1846,  p.  289)  cannot  be  united  with 
these  dermaU^anchiata  or  abranchiaia, 

AcUBon  Oken,  Elysia  Eisso,  Cantbaine.  Body  subcylindri- 
cal,  limaciform,  bordered  by  a  depressed  expansion,  acuminate 
posteriorly.  Two  tentacles  auriculate,  subclavate,  not  retractile. 
Two  eyes  behind  the  tentacles.  Anus  lateral,  (sometimes  middle, 
posterior?)  on  right  side. 

Sp.  Aetcdon  viridis,  Aplytia  viridis  Montagu,  Linn.  Trant,  Tom.  vn,,  Quatbe- 
FAOEB  L  L  PL  3,  lag.  1.  Comp.  Okbn  Zool.  i.  181 5,  p.  307,  and  especially 
G.  F.  AUJCAN  on  the  Anatomy  of  Actceon,  Annals  of  Nai.  ffitt.  YoL  16, 
1845,  pp.  145— 16«,  PI.5— 7- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


780  CLASS  XIII. 

Plcicobrav,chu8  Y.  Bjlss. 

Comp.  Van  Habsxlt  in  BvUet,  univ.  Db  FsBUsaAO,  1824,  Oct.  p.  14a 
Scarcely  diBiinct  from  the  preceding  genua,  with  which  it  Jb  conjoined  by 
LoT&sr. 

B.    Brcmchia  eoctemal  <U  the  tides  ofhacky  nwnyerofu^  teniaadiform, 
t   Vent  paeteriar,  in  the  middle  a/back, 

Janus  Verany,  Antiopa  Ald.  and  Hanc. 

Comp.  QuATRSFAQES  Ann.  des  Sc.  nai,  30  S^rie,  xi.  1849,  pp.  76-— 90, 
PI.  3,  4.  8p.  Janus  Spinola,  £olidia  ctidaUk  Dkllk  Chiajs.  See  also 
Ann,  qf  Nat,  Hist,  sec.  Series,  i.  p.  190. 

Proctanotus  ( Venilia  previously)  Ald.  and  Hanc. 

Comp.  Aldsb  and  Hajbtcogk  AnnaU  of  Nat.  HiH.  13,  1844,  pp.  161— 
164  and  p.  407,  PL  4.  Here  also  is  to  be  referred  as  it  seems  g^enus  Zefikf' 
rina  Quatbbf.  [According  to  Aldbb  and  Hasoock  the  two  ^jSx  in  thkt 
four  linear  tentacles  are  seen  from  above  in  Zephyrina,  whilst  in  ProdonotuM 
the  two  larger  are  dorsal  and  the  smaller  arranged  at  the  sidee  of  the  Telum 
which  covers  the  head.    Monograpk.  No.  y.  Proeton."] 

t+   Vent  lateral,  to  the  right. 

Alderia  Allman. 

Comp.  Allman  Ann.  of  Nat.  ffitt.  ToL  17,  1846,  pp.  i — 5. 

Stiliger  Ehrenb. 
Fterochtlus  Alder  and  Hanc 

.iSolidta  Cuv.  {^^lis  or  Eolis  auctor.).  Tentacles  four. 
Angles  of  foot  lateral,  the  anterior  mostly  produced.  Branchiss 
placed  at  the  sides  of  back,  numerous,  tentaculiform,  emitting 
stinging  filaments  at  the  perforate  apex. 

Sp.  jBoUdia  papulosa,  Limax  papillosut  L.,  Sytt.  not.,  Bastbb  Natvmrk 
Uitsp.  I.  Tab.  z.  fig.  i,  bl.  93,  94,  Ann.  of  Nat.  HUt.  XY.  PI.  I.  fig.  h 
Aldbb  and  Hanc.  Monog.  Pt.  yi.  Fam.  3,  PL  9 ;  this  liUle  animal  attains 
a  length  of  1  inches.  Comp.  Hancock  and  D.  Emblbton  on  the  Anatomy 
of  Eolis,  Ann.  of  Nat.  HUtory,  XV.  1845,  pp.  i — 10,  pp.  77 — 88,  sec. 
Series,  I.  1848,  pp.  88—105,  ^^^^  u.  Lbuckabt  BeUr.  z.  KmnJtnim  wfMk- 
ser  Thiere,  1847,  "•  54 — <^4*  '^^  ccBcal  branches  of  the  intestinal  caoal 
are  extended  in  the  Eolidoe  into  the  branchial  appendages.  These  app»- 
dages  have  at  the  point  a  small  vesicle,  from  whence  filaments  resembling 
spermatozoa  (nettle- threads,  see  above,  p.  99)  come  to  view.  Ann.  of  Nat. 
Hist,  XV,  PI.  IV.  PI.  V.  figs.  1— II. 

In  the  neighbourhood  of  JBolidia  some  genera  or  sub-genera  of  IsUr 
authors  may  be  placed,  all  of  which  cannot  be  noticed  here.    BoiidvM 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCA.  781 

QuATBEF.  princip«Uy  differs  by  the  absence  of  the  Uteral  prolongations  of 
the  foot,  which  Guvikb  regarded  as  a  third  pair  of  tentacles  in  jEolidia, 
See  QuATBSFAOES  Ann.  de»  Sc.  not.,  ae  S^rie,  Tom.  xix.  Zoologie,  pp. 
971—313,  PL  II ;  oomp.  Aldeb  and  Hanoook  AnndU  of  Nat,  Hiti.  xiY. 
1844,  pp.  125—129. 

Tergipes  Cuv.  {Amphorina  QuATREP.,  and  Pstlocerus  Menke). 
Branchiae  clavate  or  obovate,  not  numerous,  placed  in  a  double  row. 
Tentacles  four  or  two. 

Sp.  Tergipes  laemulatiis,  Limax  Tergipet  Forse.,  Icon.  rer.  natur.  Tab.  XVT. 
Hg.  E ;  Tergipet  psilocerua  nob.  L.  BoxxE,  Verhandel,  van  het  Zeeuwech 
Oenootah,  in.  1773,  pp.  296—298,  PI.  (p.  318)  fig.  3 ;  on  the  sea-wiers  of 
the  island  of  Walcheren.  (This  little  animal  certainly  does  not  differ 
notably  from  AmpTtorina  Alberti  Quatb.  Ann.  dee  Sc,  not,,  30  S^rie,  i. 
H.  ni.  fig.  5,  which,  however,  is  smaller.) 

Comp.  on  Tergipes  A.  Y.  Nobdmaitn  Versttch  einer  Monographie  von 
Tergipes  Sdwardsii,  Mhn.  de  VAcad,  de  St.  Petersbourg,  sammls  Grangers, 
Tom.  TV.  1845,  (given  in  part  in  Ann,  des  Sc.  not,,  30  S^rie,  y.  1846, 
pp.  109 — 160,  PL  I.)  The  generic  name  of  Tergipes  rests  on  an  observa- 
tion that  the  animal  creeps  on  its  back  by  means  of  the  branchis,  which  is 
very  doubtful. 

CaUwpoM  D'Obbiokt. 

Comp.  D'Obbiont,  Gu&ik  Magca.  de  Zocl.  181 7,  MdU.  Pl.  108 ;  Aldeb 
and  Hakoook  Ann.  of  Nat.  Hist.  xii.  p.  233,  Milne  Edwabds  Ann,  des 
Sc.  not.  ae  S^rie,  xvin.  1843,  p.  33,  PI.  x.  fig.  1. 

Hermcea  LovfiN, 

Comp.    Qfversigt  af  Kongl.  Vetensk.  AJcad,  Birhandl,  1844,  p.  50. 

CavoUna  Brug. 

C.     BrcmchicR  dorsal,  cloven,  peniciUate  or  wrboreacent 

FlaheUina  Cuv. 

OUmcus  FoRSTER,  Body  elongate,  posteriorly  subulate  or  fili- 
form. Four  short  tentacles.  Branchise  digitate  or  palmate,  lateral, 
three  on  each  side. 

Sp.  Qlaucus  hexapterygius  Cuv.  Ann.  du  Mus.  vi.  PL  61,  fig.  11,  pp.  427 — 
430  (Mim,  swr  les  MoU,  No.  6),  R.  Awi.,  id,  HI.,  PI.  29,  fig.  3 ;  although 
the  figure  in  Blumeitbaoh  Ahh.  naturh,  Oegenst.  No.  48,  has  eight  and  not 
six  branchiffi,  QuoT  and  Gaihabd  are  of  opinion  that  this  species  denoted  as 
Cflaueus  aUanOcus  cannot  be  separated  from  the  preceding,  and  that  only  a 
single  species  of  it  is  known ;  comp.  Vogage  de  V Astrolabe,  n.  pp.  279 — 283 ; 
also  G.  Bekkett  always  saw  only  six  branchiffi ;  he  observed  that  the  animal 
attacked  and  swallowed  Porpitce  that  were  placed  in  a  glass  with  it.    The 


Digitized  by 


Google 


782  CLASS  XIII. 

oolour  is  purpUBh  or  blue  and  ihe  length  neariy  i)  incheB.  See  Prooui. 
Zod,  Soe.  1836,  pp.  113— 189.  Theee  uiiiiudi  an  found  in  the  AUaotk 
Ooean  prindpaUy  between  the  tropics. 

ScyThea  L.  Body  oconpressed,  with  foot  farrowed  longitudi- 
nallj.  Head  frunished  with  twotentaclea.  Back  with  two  expan- 
sions or  membranous  and  flexible  wings  on  each  side.  Branchis 
penicillate,  composed  of  filaments,  scattered  over  back,  especially 
crowded  in  the  wings. 

Sp.  SeyUfBa  pdagica  L.,  Guv.  Ann,  du  Mum.  yi.  pp.  416,  417,  PL  61,  figs. 
I — ^,  MoUusq,,  Mim,  vi. ;  Blaott.  Malae,  PL  46,  fig.  5  ;  this  spedei 
attaches  itself  by  its  furrowed  foot  to  Fueui  natant,  and  is  found  m  the 
Atlantic  ocean ;  ScyU.  ghomfodentis  observed  by  FoBaKAi*  in  the  Bed  Ses 
appears  to  be  the  same  species.  Jkier.  AninuU.  p.  103^  ^.,  Tab.  39, 
figs.  C.  c.    Anatomy,  Ald.  and  Haitc.  Mcnogr.  Fam.  2,  Fl.  5. 

Dot(f  Ok£n\  Melibea  (or  Meltbasa)  Bang.  Body  limaciform, 
with  foot  narrowed  posteriorly.  Month  with  a  circular  velum. 
Two  filiform  tentacles,  defended  by  an  ample  cup-shaped  sheath. 
Branchias  papillose,  grouped  in  muricate  clavae,  disposed  in  a  double 
lateral  row  on  the  back.  Apertures  of  generation  and  of  rectum 
at  the  right  side. 

Sp.  Dato  coronata,  Dorii  eoronaia  Gkkl.  (species  of  IWAmmo  Cut.),  Bojcmi 
Verk.  van  hd  Zeemnck  Oenoottek,  i.  1769,  Tab.  m.  bL  314,  eo^  or 
erowmL  Sec^ilug  Johnston,  Ann.  of  Nat,  ffiit.  i.  p.  117,  FL  3,  ilgs. 
5—8,  D'OiiBioNT,  QufoiN  Moffoain  de  ZooL  1837,  MoOmq.  PL  105, 
Anatomy  in  Ald.  and  Hang.  Manogr,  Fam.  3,  PL  4. 

Tritonta  CuY.  Body  subtetragonal  or  compressed,  elongate, 
anteriorly  rotundate,  posteriorly  acuminate.  Apertures  of  genera- 
tion and  of  rectum  at  the  right  side,  with  vent  situated  behind  the 
genital  orifice.  Two  tentacles  retractile  into  a  sheath.  Circular 
velum  in  firont  of  mouth.  Two  lateral  maxiUse,  acute,  with  margin 
denticulate.    Branchise  arborescent  at  the  sides  of  back. 

a)     WUh  arbore$eeiU  brancMce  remde,  and  theaih  tf  tentaelet  with  mar^ 


DtndrorwtuB  Ald.  and  HANa 

Sp.  TriUmia  ar&orsMSM  Guv.,  Dofit  aii%orueen»  Gu.,  Cuv.  Mothuq,,  Mim,  6, 
figs.  8—10  (probably  not  specifically  different  from  Dorit  eenina  GmOm 
ike  amdered  Sea-ilug  Bommb,  L  L  ni.  bL  390,  fig.  i).     Compare,  on  tb< 


*  Lekrh,  der  ZooUgie,  i.  1815,  s.  173. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


M0LLU8CA.  783 

soond  which  thu  little  aaiinal  prodnoee  under  water,  GsAlv  Atm,  dm  Se. 
not,  ym.  pp.  izi,  113,  and  S.  Bbid  Ann.  of  Nat.  Sut.  xvn.  p.  389. 

b)     With  branchke  dupoaed  in  a  continwnu  Hiria;  vnth  cup  of  tentacUi 
etUirt. 
Trilonia  Ald.  and  HANa 

Sp.  TrUonia  ffombergii  Cur.  Ann,du  Mua.  i.  pp.  418—498,  PL  31, 33,  MoU,, 
Mim.  4 ;  BiAiHV.  PI.  46,  figs.  6,  &c. 

Polycera  Cuv.  Body  attenuate  posteriorly  with  belly  flat, 
covered  by  a  loose  membrane.  Dorsal  branchias  in  little  branches 
or  plumose,  covered  with  membranous  laminae  or  papillae.  Veil  of 
head  running  out  anteriorly  into  several  cirri  or  tentaculiform 
laciniae.    Two  clavate  tentacles. 

jEgirus  Ijoy£s.    Tentacles  ya^inate,  simple. 

Sp.  Pdycera  puncHlueeru  D'Obbiokt,  Guiaiir  Magarin  de  Zool,  1837, 
MoUusq.  p.  106. 

Pdycera  Loven.     Tentacles  naked,  annulate  with  transverse 
lamellsd. 

Sp.  Pchfcera  comuta,  DorU  cormUa  Abildqaaxd,  Zocl.  Jkmiea,  Tab.  145, 
figg.  I — 3,  Blainv.  Malac.  PL  46,  fig.  10 ;  aocordiDgtoLoviNl^om^tMui- 
rilvmeata  Mubll.  Zool.  Dan.  Tab.  17,  figs.  ^--6,  Tab.  138,  figs.  5,  6,  and 
Pclyeera  omaita  D'Obb.,  Gubbin  Mag.  1.  L  PL  107,  ought  to  be  brought 
under  the  same  Bpeciee.  Comp.  on  this  genus  Aldkb  Annals  of  Nat. 
Hist.  VI.  1841,  pp.  337 — 34a,  PL  IX.,  Fbbt  u.  Lbuokabt  BeUr.  twr 
Kenntniaa  vfirhdl.  Thiere,  s.  66 — 70. 

Teihya  L.  Body  somewhat  oblong,  depressed,  famished  ante- 
riorly with  a  broad  funnel-shaped,  fimbriated  veil,  behind  the  veil 
contracted  into  a  species  of  neck.  Mouth  proboscidious,  retractile, 
in  the  bottom  of  velum.  Two  conical  tentacles  at  the  base  of 
velum,  margined  by  a  broad  cup-shaped  sheath.  Apertures  of 
generation  and  vent  at  the  right  side,  in  the  anterior  part  of  body. 
Two  rows  of  branchiae  at  the  sides  of  back;  cirrose  pectinate 
branchiae  alternating  with  smaller  bundles. 

Sp.  Tdhy  leporvna  L.,  Boitdslbt  Piac.  p.  536,  tetiia  leporit  marmi  Speciet, — 
CuY.  Ann.  du  Mu9.  xn.  pp.  359 — 170,  PL  44,  Mim.  rar  lea  MoU.  vn., 
Blaiky.  MalaeU.  PI.  46  bis,  fig.  9 ;  in  the  Mediterranean ;  the  Tdh,  fmr 
hria  L.,  Bohadboh  Dt  qanhvad.  Ainin.  marin.,  Tab.  v.  figs,  i,  7,  appean 
not  to  dif^  firom  it.  Dbllb  Chiajx  adopts  two  species,  as  does  Linn^ous, 
Memorie,  m.  p.  138,  but  his  Teth.  fimbria  is  not  that  of  Ldtnaus,  which  is 
distinguished  by  the  absence  of  filaments  at  the  margin  of  the  vdwn. 

Triopa  JoHNST.  (species  of  Trttonia  Cuv.,  species  of  Euploca^ 
mu8  Phil.). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


784  CLAS  xm. 


Spi  Tiiapm  dmn^BT^  J>wm  i  imi^i  m  If wm ,  ZmL  Ahl  Ta^  17.  fiai.  e-^ 
.Ami.  <  JKk.  JImC.  e.  f^  1x4^  IIS  ^X"^'  Ai^  XT 


F^^mtcpitfias  Leuck.   PEaesMoom*  CuT.  from  trpoei^  cmr . 

Malia  LeUi'  k_  E^tp^rjmmiu  PhiL- 

C»ip.  T.irmgy  Br^aa  A^imnl.  fmrwmd.  ZkaenfL  ^  xf^  Tak.  x.ff.  l 


ITur.  IT,  c^.«a^  pp.  98 — 90^  PL  m.  i^L  u  x. 

/Acru  L.  CcT.  Bj-It  fiat  or  gibb«:'U3  &b^T^,  wirh  &bd>?tiKB  £aL 
cn-T^er^  hj  &  l<oe  membrane,  acd  pILcat*>iiijr^iiiafie.  Tent  p«:«- 
terl'  T  d-  r«L  in  tie  miJ  line  c^f  bjilj.  sanvjozided  bj  bnocoed  .r 
plinnefl  bnnchix  <iL«p:t?ed  in  &  circle.  Apertareg  of  gaiaxtijn  11 
the  rijh:  «:ie-  Tentacles  £•  or.  two  in^ri-T  Tesdz^es  of  toI  li 
the  pr  V  M'ii  oa  m:atn.  tv  j  *nperi«>r  letzactile  within  tiLbeSw  in^i^- 
Ute  wirh  tran^rer^e  lame''- 


m  ^...li.  JTml  IT.,.  44;  «iA  fid. 


Darit :  wot  tii«  crrdi)3e  «f  Cutub 

CmL,  Ur^.  CunL  ttti    p^  <rj — 52X,  Tib.  3^  17,  awl  G.  Jumsatos 

5i,  Hajtoocx  ana  Emkcos  «•  Ac  ^a^Mif  «^  Avu^  MA.  TV«m.  iSfL 
pp.  JOX--jfi. 

Spu  DnriM  Afy%  L^  Bnganw  4^  \n\\mwi  Amim^.  mm.  IUl  t.  %l  4,  £> 
DiUA  Chultk  Jfflii^  Ikr.  jS,  igiw  i — %  %atL,  fap  wd  abore,  j'^  Iok^. 
«'  fariMd:  m  the  Mafits.;  »  fct  ^wm  of  imHii  ■»  «ms  m  dbe 
Kovtk  Sa:  />prir  twitmi^m  CcT^  Jossar.,  Alh.  aid  Hasbl  Mmtogr, 
Faa.  L  Fl.  3;  i>!>rw  jfaf^to  Gmil.,  Bcmddi  r<r*.  «m  i^  Zia—fci  <^ 
■irtMl.  m.  p^  51S,  %.  4  idocB  k  fifcr  frvB  /Wit  Ihmi^h  0»t.,  i>. 

pl7iW  JogCTT.r^ 

AoCeL — ^Add  Mme  ^Ruexm  of  modern  wmen^  rSUerM  lyOBHBST, 
OMdUdkmi  Blaist^  dmiodariM  F<mdb. 

Sectioo  EL  Organs  of  icspiiatkA  biandiiae,  inrfaiM  in  mantk, 
or  ooTcied  br  free  margin  of  mantle. 

Fanulj  Y.  ffypobrameiiaia,  Naked  gasteropoda,  henna|^iio- 
dite,  marine.  Branchial  lamellje  sitoated  on  eadi  side  in  a  bnow 
between  die  mantk  and  foot,  tnnsrene,  in  a  single  row. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCA.  786 

The  heart  lies  in  these  mollusos  in  the  middle  of  the  bodj  on  the 
dorsal  surfiEtoe,  and  receives  the  blood  from  the  gills  placed  on  each 
side.  Milne  Edwabds  unites  this  fiunily  with  the  preceding  and 
the  next  following  into  a  common  order  under  the  name  of  Opia- 
thobrcmchia.  This  family  approaches,  however,  very  near  to  the 
preceding,  and  especially  to  the  genera  Doris  and  Tritania. 

Phyllidia  Cuv.  Head  with  four  tentacles,  the  two  superior 
retractile  within  a  cavity.  Anna  in  posterior  and  middle  part  of 
back. 

Comp.  CnnXB  Ann.  du  Mm.  v.  pp.  166—276,  PL  xvin.  MoUmq.,  M4m. 
"vm, 

Sp.  Phyllidia  trilineata  Cuv.,  Phyll,  varicoia  Lau.,  Cuv.  1.  c.  figs,  i — 6, 
Blainv.  Malac.  PI.  47,  fig.  z ;  in  the  Indian  and  Red  Beam,  ms  also  PhyU 
Udia  putitUota  Cuv.  ibid.  fig.  8,  Lsuckabt  in  AUcu  zu  der  Meite  von 
E.  RuEPFSLL,  Wvrbelloie  Tkiert  det  roihen  Meeres,  p.  36,  Tab.  zi.  fig.  i. 

Pleurophyllidia  Meck.,  Diphyllidta  Cuv.,  Armina  Eafin.  (on 
the  authority  of  Cantraine),  Lingudla  Blainv.  Head  with  two 
tentacles  placed  towards  the  back  at  the  anterior  margin  of  mantle. 
Frontal  veil  with  angle  produced  on  each  side.  Vent  in  right  side, 
behind  genital  foramen.     Mantle  acuminate  posteriorly. 

Sp.  Plewrophyllidia  lineaia,  DiphyU.  linecOa  Otto,  Nov.  Act,  Acad.  Ocu,  Nat. 
Cur.  xvu.;  Dblls  Chiajb  Memorie,  i.  p.  ia8,  Tab.  10,  figs.  11 — so; 
Mboksl  Archiv  /.  d.  Phytiol.  vni.  1823,  Taf.  n.  figs.  1—7,  s.  190 — 207, 
CAMTBAiins  Malac  mediterr.  p.  63,  PI.  2,  fig.  4,  in  the  Mediter.  and  aooord- 
ing  to  Loy&r  in  the  North  Sea  also.  DiphyU.  verruco$a  Cantb.  ibid.  fig.  3. 
Comp.  ZHphyll.  oceUata  Dbsh.,  R.  Ant.,  4d.  ill.,  Moll.  PI.  31,  fig.  2.  (The 
spedmen  from  the  collection  of  Bbuohans,  on  which  Cuvibb  founded  this 
genns,  now  in  the  Rijkt  Muttwn  of  Leyden,  DiphyU.  Brugmanni  Cuv.,  is  of 
one  colour,  pale  and  with  a  smooth  mantle.) 

Family  VI.  Plearobrarichvxta,  Marine  gasteropods  hermaphro- 
dite, naked  or  furnished  with  a  small  internal  shell,  more  rarely 
external.  Branchiae  composed  of  divided  laminae  resembling  leaves 
pinnatifid  or  supradecomposed,  on  one  side  only,  where  are  also  the 
vent  and  orifices  of  generation,  mostly  situated  on  the  right  side  or 
backwards  on  the  back,  more  or  less  covered  by  the  mantle. 

This  family,  named  by  Cuvisr  TeetihrcmcheBy  which  was  trans- 
lated by  many  writers  FoTnatobranchia,  by  Menke  Crypaibrcmchia, 
has  no  greater  claim  to  this  name,  or  even  less  than  many  other 
divisions  of  molluscs.  We  adopt  therefore  the  name  of  PUwrchrcmr 
chioUa  instead  of  the  sesquipedale  of  Blaik  ville  Monopleurobranchiata 
VOL.  I.  50 


Digitized  by 


Google 


786  CLABS  XIII. 

reoeived  bj  us  in  the  first  edition  of  this  Handbook,  n.  U.  89.  We 
see  that  in  this  ire  have  been  anticipated  by  €kuT  and  Rkkts. 

Umbrella  Lam.  {Gagtrcplax  BhAlSY.). 

Heurobranchus  CuT.  Bodj  with  fiat  abdomen,  a  fmrrow  be- 
tween the  mantle  and  abdomen  reoeiying  the  branchiae  on  tiie  right 
aide.  Mantle  covering  the  whole  of  back.  Yelnm  in  front  of 
month  acuminate  on  each  side.  Two  tnbnlar  tentacles  fissnied  by 
an  external  {nnow.  Vent  behind  branchia  in  right  side  Shell 
dorsal,  contained  in  mantle,  homj  or  calcareous. 

Compu  OB  this  genos  CumB  Ann.  du  Jf«f.  t.  p.  366  and  foIL  PL  Tm. 
MoUm$q.,  Mim.  vm. 

Sp.  Flemno^.  Peronii  CUY.,  1.  L  6g8.  i,  7,  JL  Ami.,  id.  Ql,,  MalL  FL  31, 
fig.  r;  from  the  IndUn  Sea; — Pleurobr.  Fontalii  LiUCK.,  Fobsk.  Iftm. 
ibr.  natmral.  Tab.  iS,  ^.  a,  Lepns  9unrinm$  Ruvrpbll,  AUat  L  L  TUi.  5.. 
fig.  3;  in  the  Bed  Sea;— PZoir.  iahtdiMariia  Cavtb.,  Plemr.  Ponkali 
Dkllb  Chiajb,  Memorie,  PL  41,  fig.  11;  fixnn  the  Mediter.  &c.  Comp. 
CABTMAnn  Jfolof .  nUd.  pp.  87 — 90. 

FleurobrancluBa  Meck.,  Pleurdbranchidium  Blaint.  Four  ten- 
taculiform  laciniae,  not  retractile.  Yent  aboTe  branchia  in  the 
right  side.     Shell  none.    Mantle  shorter  than  bodj. 

Spw  PUmnlbfwikdkaM  Medhdii  Cur.,  Bbllb  Chiajb  Meautrie,  FL  40^  fig.  n. 
Cabtbaibb  L L  PL  m.  ^.  3 ;  from  the  Mediterr.  Sea.  Comp.  &  F.Liri 
Dml  de  PiemrobramcktBa.  Habe^  1813,  c.  fig. 

Aplysia  L.,  GxEL.  {Laplysia  L.,  typogr.  error,  Lam.).  Body 
oblong,  Umadform,  mostlj  margined  by  a  broad  Telnm  reflected 
over  the  back.  Two  contractile  tentacles,  conical,  snlcated,  in  the 
npper  part  of  head ;  two  productions  of  the  Telnm  surrounding  the 
mouthy  forming  as  it  were  a  second  pair  of  inferior  tentacles.  Eyes 
sessile  in  firont  of  base  of  superior  tentacles.  Branchiae  doisal, 
covered  by  a  production  of  mantle,  with  an  operculum  including  a 
flat  membranoso-comeons  or  calcareous  ahelL 

Comp.  Saitdbb  Rabo  HttL  md,  dm  Ajdyna.  Ptais,  1828,  foL 

Dolahdla  Lail  Operculum  <^  branchiae  towards  the  posterior 
part  of  back,  including  a  cakareous  shell  Body  mostly  tronoated 
posteriorly  with  an  orbicnlar  declining  area. 

Sp.  Ajiy&ia  RrnmfkH  Rabo,  Dtdabdla  Rumjpkn  Cut.,  Buvpr.  Awdt.  Ran- 
tekik,  IUk  X.  fig.  5  (Tkb.  XL.  fig.  B  the  shfiD);  Cur.  Am^.  du  Mv9,  t.  p- 
437  and  fcXL,  PL  39,  figs.  1—4,  MoR.,  MHl  13,  Bab«  L  1.  PL  i. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCA.  787 

Aplysia  a/actor.  Body  elongate,  not  truncated  posteriorly,  angus- 
tate.  Dorsal  operculum  of  branchiie  including  a  membranous  homy 
shell. 

Comp.  BoHADSOH  De  qmbu9d,  animaUb.  tMrima,  pp.  x — 53,  Tkb.  I. — nr. 
CuYiSB  Ann,  du  Mtu,  n.  pp.  287 — 314,  PL  ii.  MoUuaq.,  M6m.  iz.;  Dsllx 
Chiajb  Memorie,  i.  pp.  15 — 76,  Tab.  n. — y. 

These  animalH,  on  a  fint  impresmon,  resemble  gigantic  slugs  {Limacea). 
The  ear-shaped  tentacles  have  given  occasion  to  stamp  this  genus  with  the 
name  of  Seorhare  (Lepua  fMurimu).  They  live  on  /vci;  and  shed  a  purple 
fluid  at  the  margin  of  the  mantle. 

Sp.  Apiyna  depilana  L.,  Bohadbch  1. 1  Tab.  i.— iv.  Rang  L  1.  PL  16, 
GuviEB  R.  Am.,  id,  HI,,  Moll,  PL  33 ;  one  of  the  largest  species;  of  this 
Mediterranean  species,  under  the  name  of  Lemcsa,  Bohadbch  gave  L  cit. 
a  detailed  description  and  a  masterly  anatomical  investigation.  In  that 
and  in  other  seas  still  different  species  of  this  genus  are  found.  The  eggs 
are  laid  in  long  tortuous  strings.  The  development  of  Aplysia  has  been 
observed  by  Van  BlirsDSN,  Ann.  des  Sc,  not,  se  S^rie,  zv.  pp.  133 — 12 8, 
PL  I. 

Notarchu8  Cuv. 

Bursatella  Blainv. 

Note. — ^Bang  1.  L  concludes  that  these  genera  form  sections  only  of  the 
great  genus  Aplysia,  Of  Notarchtu  the  same  has  been  noted  by  the  cele- 
brated voyagers  QuOT  and  Gaiilabd,  Voyage  de  VAUrolahe,  Zoologie,  u. 
p.  31a. 

Gastropteron  Meck.  Tentacles  none.  Margins  of  foot  ex- 
panded into  ample  wings.  Shell  none.  Branchise  pectinate, 
almost  entirely  naked;  a  small  duplicature  of  mantle,  produced 
beyond  the  body  into  a  filiform  lacinia. 

Sp.  Ckutropteron  Meckdii  J.  F.  J.  KoBSSy  Diss,  de  Pteropodum  ordine  et 
novo  ipdiM  ffenere,  HalsB,  181 3,  4to,fig8.  11 — 18,  (Jlio  Amati'DvLLE  Chiaje, 
Memorie,  pp.  53 — 59,  Tab.  n.  figs,  i — 8;  CAin'RAiNB  L  1.  PL  4,  fig.  4;  a 
small  mollusc  from  the  Medit.  Sea,  of  a  rose-red  colour ;  the  only  species 
hitherto  known. 

Acera  Mueller  (in  part),  Lam.  {Daridium  Meck.,  Lobaria 
Blainv.).  Tentacles  none.  Veil  of  head  large,  separated  from 
mantle  by  a  transverse  furrow.  Vent,  orifice  of  generation,  bran- 
chisB  and  heart  placed  at  the  right  side;  branchiae  posterior.  A 
small  shell  included  in  the  posterior  part  of  mantle,  flat,  calcareous 
at  the  incurved  apex,  elsewhere  membranous,  thin. 

Comp.  on  this  and  the  two  following  genera  CuvnBB  Ann,  dv>  Mue.  xvi. 
pp.  I — 18,  MoUueq.,  M4fn.  x. 

50—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


788  CLASS  xin. 

Sp.  Aeera  eamoia  CvY.,  Ami.  du  Mw,  L  1.  p.  lo,  PI.  L  figs.  15—19,  MHk. 
«.  I.  MoU,  1.  L  PL  3,  figs.  15—19*  J2.  ^ni.,  id,  m,,  McU.  PL  35,  fig.  1.  See 
on  another  species  from  the  Mediterranesiiy  Cahtsaivr  op.  dt.  pp.  73,  74- 

BuUa  L.  (in  part),  Brug.  Velum  of  head  large,  separated  from 
mantle  hj  a  transverse  furrow,  in  some  produced  Into  four  lacinis 
or  tentaculiform  appendages.  Vent,  orifice  of  generation,  bianchise 
and  heart  placed  at  the  right  side.  Foot  shorter  than  body,  with 
lateral  margin  produced,  undulato-plicate.  Shell  thin,  convolute, 
with  aperture  large. 

BuUasa  Lail  {Philine  Ascan.,  Lobciria  Muell.,  Gxel.,  species  of 
Bidla  L.).  Shell  very  thin,  concealod,  not  afiixed  by  muscles^  with 
very  wide  aperture,  and  lip  alone  slightly  involute. 

Sp.  BuUa  aperia  L.,  Qm.  (m  part),  Lobaria  quadrHoba  Muxll.,  Gmkl., 
MusLUEB  Zool.  Danie,  Tsb.  100,  figs.  1—5,  Guv.  R,  Ani,,  id.  UL,  MoU., 
^  ZSf  fig.  I ;  in  the  Mediterraneftn  and  North  Sea. 

BuUa  Lail  {Scaphander  Montf.,  Altctda  Ehbenb.,  dec)  Shell 
external  affixed  by  muscles,  involute,  with  spire  little  exsert  or 
depressed 

Sp.  Btdla  amptdla  L.,  Bumfh.  Ami.  RariteUk.  Tab.  37,  ^.  q,  BLAUrr. 
Maiaeol.  Fl.  45,  fig.  ii ; — the  apex  is  somewhat  projecting  in  JBmBa  ApUMft 
{BuOa  AmpUuibre  L.),  Bncyd.  mitk.,  Ven.  PL  359,  fig.  1,  Blaihv.  MoJm. 
L  L  fig.  10,  &c.  There  are  also  foeaU  speciet  of  this  gemu,  almost  sU 
from  the  tertiary  formationa. 

Naie,'^Po8ierobraneh€Ba  D'Ohmgnt.  A  genus  related  to  the 
AoercBy  sheU  none,  but  dififering  from  its  oongenens  by  the  branchis 
placed  on  the  left  tide. 

Sp.  Potterobr.  maevXata  D'Obbiont,  Voyage  dam  VAmSr.  mirid.  (reprinted  in 
Okin's  Ins,  1839,  pp.  516,  527;  oomp.  also  Trobohil,  Wivgk.  Ar^v, 
1838,  n.  p.  181). 


The  new  genera  Lobiger  and  Lophooenie  Krohn,  if  indeed  thej 
belong  to  this  fiunily,  must  as  it  seems  be  placed  near  Aplysia. 

Gomp.  KrokSj  iw  deva  nowwaiut  gmn$  de  CkuUropcdet,  Ann.  det  Se. 
fMl.  30  S^e,  yn.  pp.  53--60,  PI.  n. 


Family  VH.  Cydobranehiata.  Grasteropods  with  branchi« 
foliaceous  or  pyramidal,  arranged  in  rows  on  each  side  under  the 
margin  of  mantle.     Sexual  organs  without  organs  of  copulation. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCA.  789 

Sexes  distinct.  Tongue  long,  lineax,  mostly  beset  densely  with 
teeth  and  barbs.  Shell  resembling  a  shield,  dorsal,  not  turbinated, 
with  aperture  ample. 

The  position  of  the  branohiBB  brings  this  fiunily  into  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  the  ffypobranchiatiiy  and  thus  Lamabck  refers  Fatdla 
and  Chiton  with  Phyllidia  to  the  same  family.  In  other  respects, 
however,  there  exists  much  difference  amongst  these  animals,  as  at 
once  appears  from  the  disposition  of  the  sexual  otgans,  since  in 
this  division  the  sexes  are  distinct  Still,  in  a  natural  sequence  of 
the  animal  kingdom,  the  CyclobrcmchicUa  ought  to  form  as  it  were 
the  transition  of  the  Ctenobrcmddata  to  the  three  preceding  fiunilies^ 
the  OpisthobranchicUa  of  Milne  Edwabds. 

That  some  indiyidualfl  of  Patdla  are  fiemale,  othera  male,  was  obsenred 
by  Gbat  {Annals  of  Nat.  Bitt.  i.  p.  48a),  by  Mnjrs  Edwabds  (Anndlei 
det  Se.  not,,  se  S^e,  xni.  p.  376),  by  Pstkbs  and  BoBiir  (Mukllxb's 
Archiv,  1846,  8.  134)  and  by  Waonbb  (besides  in  Patella)  ako  in  Chiton 
{Annali  of  Nat.  Hitt.  VI.  p.  70). 

Chiton  L.  Shell  multivalve,  made  up  of  (eight)  testaceous 
scales  arranged  in  a  longitudinal  row,  incumbent  on  back.  Mantle 
at  the  circumference  not  covered  by  shell,  with  margins  hard, 
coriaceous,  often  aculeate  or  squamose.  Ventral  disc  elongate, 
narrower  than  body.  Eyes  and  tentacles  none ;  head  crested  by 
a  wavy  veil. 

With  LiNK.£US  there  are  three  genera  of  Testacea  muUivaZvia : 
ChUony  Lepaa  and  Phohs.  The  last  genus  belongs  to  the  Conchifera 
or  BivcUvia  ;  Lepaa  is,  as  we  stated  above,  a  family  of  the  Crustaceck. 
Thus  there  remaios  the  genus  GhUon  alone  as  a  true  multivalve 
mollusc.  That  it  has  no  affinity  or  true  similarity  with  the  Cirri- 
pedia  (Lepaa  L.),  to  which  Blainville  united  it  under  the  name  of 
Malacoentoma,  now  requires  no  demonstration ;  but  many  authors, 
both  of  earlier  and  later  periods,  still  maintain  that  it  differs  too 
remarkably  from  the  rest  of  the  Gasteropods  to  allow  it  to  remain 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  Patella,  and  that  it  forms  the  transition  to 
the  ringed  worms  (Milne  Edwabds  Ann,  dea  So,  noLy  3e  S^e,  ix. 
1848,  p.  110).  It  appears  to  us  that  these  writers  attach  too  much 
weight  to  tbe  external  resemblance  of  the  pieces  of  shell  to  rings  of 
articulate  ftnimiiliL  In  the  internal  structure  there  is,  perhaps,  with 
the  exception  of  the  remarkable  occurrence  of  two  oviducts  (or  vaaa 
deferentia),  and  two  sexual  apertures  placed  at  the  side,  nothing  to 
be  met  with  that  can  indicate  a  remote  affinity  with  the  ArticvJ<Ua, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


790  CLASS  XIIX. 

Gbmpare  for  the  Anatomy  of  Ckiion,  Pou  Tuiae.  utr.  Sie.  i.  MuUwah. 
pp.  I — lo,  Tab.  ni.;  Cuvieb  MSm,  pow  tervir  d  VHui.  nai.  ei  AT  Anal,  da 
MoUuiq.  No.  i8,  pp.  3i — 2S,  PI.  m.  figs.  8—14,  and  A.  Th.  Middehvoeft 
JBeKhreibung  u.  Anatomie  n€uer  CkUanen,  Mhn.  de  TAcad.  impfr,  da  Se. 
de  St.  P^tenbowrg,  6e  S^rie,  Tom.  vi.  1848,  pp.  67—315,  ay.  14  pL 

The  species  of  this  genus  are  very  numerous  and  difficult  to  distingiuih 
otherwise  than  by  accurate  measurements  of  the  comparative  length  and 
breadth,  the  greater  or  lesser  inequality  &c.  of  the  pieces  of  sheU,  and  bj 
the  nature  of  the  maigins  of  the  mantle  which  are  not  covered  by  the  dor- 
sal shields.  In  some  species  these  margins  of  the  mantle  oover,  as  thoagfa 
they  came  together  by  continued  growth,  the  dorsal  shields,  so  tiiat  the 
shell  is  concealed  within  them.  Of  these  Middsiomrff  forms  the  sob- 
genus  CryptochiUm  (Sp.  OryptochiUm  Stdieri  Meddekd.  L  L  Taf.  i.  figs,  i,  1, 
CkUon  amictdatui  Sowerbt,  Oonchol.  lUtutratums,  ChiUmes,  fig.  80, 
Reeve  Conchologia  tyttem,  n.  PI.  133,  133,  fig.  80;  from  which  Chitnii 
aimieylal¥M  Pall.,  according  to  Middend.,  does  not  differ).  The  remaining 
species  form  the  sub-genus  PhanoehiUm  Middend.,  in  which  the  branchie 
are  sometimes  situated  backwards  and  the  row  of  pieces  of  shell  is  inter- 
rupted by  the  mantle  {DUhackUan  Middekd.,  ChUondtm  Lail,  Sp.  ChiHh 
ndlitt  lasvU  Lah.,  Blaiitv.  Malae.  PI.  87,  fig.  5);  or  the  pieces  of  sheU  dose 
upon  one  another  and  the  brancluse  are  placed  round  about  at  the  sides  of  the 
mantle  {HamachUon  Middend.)  To  this  last  division  belong  most  of  the 
species  of  the  genus  Ckiton  of  LamaBCK.  On  account  of  its  slse  we  notice 
ChiUm  gigax  Spenol.,  Ghemn.  Cimckyl,  Tab.  96,  fig.  819,  Encyd.  mcth., 
Ven.  PL  i6t,  fig.  3  (figured  in  the  young  state  by  F.  Kbaubs  SSdafrik, 
MoUiuk.  Tab.  m.  fig.  3). 

Compare  also  on  the  species  of  the  genus  Chiton,  Spekolxb  Skrivter  of 
naturh.  SdtkabH,  IV.  i,  1797,  pp.  62—103,  Tab.  6,  and  J.  E.  GvjLxAnwdi 
of  Nat,  HUL  XX.  1847,  p.  131  and  foil. 

Patella  L.  (exclusive  of  several  species).  Shell  univalve, 
covering  body  entirely  above,  clypeate  or  retuso-<;onical.  Branchia) 
placed  under  the  margin  of  mantle,  lamellose,  lateral,  disposed  in  a 
series  surrounding  the  body.  Head  with  two  tentacles  acuminate, 
bearing  the  eyes  externally  at  their  base. 

Limpets.  A  yery  numerous  genus  of  molluscs.  The  intestinal  cual 
which,  as  in  the  preceding  genus,  is  veiy  long  and  forms  many  convolutioDf 
runs  with  the  rectum  upwards,  so  that  the  vent  is  placed  under  the  head 
on  the  right  side,  whilst  in  Ckiton  it  lies  in  the  mid  liue  at  the  posterior 
extremity  of  the  body.  The  nervous  system  presents  a  band  lying  tran^ 
Tersely  upon  the  oesophagus  and  swelling  on  each  side  into  a  ganglion, 
irom  which  the  nerves  for  the  eyes,  the  feelers  and  the  neighbouring  parts 
arise.  Two  nervous  filaments  descend  on  each  side  and  form  a  transvene 
ganglion,  irom  which  nerves  arise  for  the  foot,  the  viscera  and  the  drcalar 
muscle  that  attaches  the  animal  firmly  to  its  shell.  Compare  Cuyibb  M^n- 
9ur  let  MoUuaq.  No.  18,  pp.  15—19,  PI.  n.  figs.  8—19,  and  the  fig.  of 
Patella  algira  DxflH.  in  Cuv.  R.  Ant.,  id.  iU.,  MM.  PL  66. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCA.  791 

ip.  Patella  tmlffota  L.,  BLAimr.  Malacol.  PL  48,  fig.  i,  PI.  49,  fig.  i ;  PaieUa 
granoLina  L.,  LiSTBB  Conchyl,  Tab.  534,  fig.  1$;— Patella  wmpreua  L., 
L18TBB,  Tab.  541,  fig.  35,  Blainv.  PI.  49,  fig.  a,  &c. 


Appendix  to  the  CyclobranchicUa. 

Nematobranchia  Menke  {Ctrrobranchiata  BlAlNV.).  (An  ab- 
noTinal,  aberrant,  family.) 

Dentalium  L.  Shell  tubular,  elongato-conical,  subarcuate,  per- 
vious at  both  extremities,  with  posterior  aperture  narrow,  a  fissure 
often  extending  upon  the  shell.  Animal  conical,  eyes  none,  bran- 
chiae composed  of  many  cirri  arranged  in  two  fasciculi. 

The  genus  Dentalium,  placed  by  Limr^us  with  PaUHla.  and  referred  by 
later  writers  to  the  ringed  worms,  belongs  in  reality,  according  to  the 
investigations  of  Sayignt  and  Dbshatbb,  to  the  MoHueca,  although  it  is 
difficult  to  unite  that  genus  with  any  of  the  other  fiunilies.  It  forms  a 
small  group  between  the  Heteropoda  and  Aspidcbranchiata  (Emarginvla), 
The  species  are  numerous ;  many  are  extinct,  and  occur  in  various  tertiary 
and  secondary  formations. 

Sp.  Dentalium  dephamitinum  L.,  Mabtini  Conchyl.  Tab.  i.  fig.  4  a,  Desh. 
(see  below)  PL  ivn.  fig.  .7 ;— Dctrf.  ErUalie  L.,  Debh.  PI.  xv.  fig.  7,  xvi. 
fig.  «,  Gu^iN  Iconogr.,  Annel.  PI.  3,  fig.  i,  Cuv.  R,  Ani.,  id,  ill.,  Annel. 
PI.  7,  &c. 

Comp.  on  this  genus  Debhatbs  A  natomie  et  Monographie  du  genre  Den- 
tate, Mim,  de  la  Soc,  d^ffiet,  not,  11.  Paris,  1825,  pp.  321 — 378,  PL  15—18. 

Family  VIII.  AsptdohrancMata.  Shell  clypeiform,  in  most 
not  turbinate,  with  very  laxge  aperture,  incumbent  on  the  pectinate 
branchiae.  Heart  with  two  auricles,  perforated  by  the  rectum  as  in 
Acephula.  Organs  of  sex  distinct,  some  individuals  male,  others 
female. 

Lottia  Gray  {Patelloide  QuOY  and  Gaim.).  Branchia  pectinate, 

placed  on  the  right  side  and  forwards,  often  emerging  beyond  the 

mantle.     Shell  conical,  often  thin. 

Note. — A  genus  very  similar  to  the  Paielke,  but  different  in  the  structure 
of  the  branchiiB.  Comp.  QuoT  et  Gaihabd  Voyage  de  rAetrolabe,  Zoolo- 
gie,  m.  1834,  pp.  349 — 366.  Sp.  Lottia  tettudinaria,  Patella  testudinaria 
Xi.,  Lax.  ;— Patella  virginea  Mubll.,  LoUia  pulcheUa  Fobbes.  Comp. 
Aldbb  Ann.  of  Nat.  Hist,  Ym.  1841,  pp.  404 — 406. 

Parmophonts  Lam.  Shell  oblong,  oval,  depressed,  clypeiform, 
not  turbinate,  with  margin  entire,  apex  subincurved,  not  perforate. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


792  CLASS  XIII. 

Mantle  with  margin  reflected,  covering  the  circmnference  of  shell. 
Tentacles  thick,  conical,  bearing  the  eyes  externally  at  the  base. 

Sp.  Parmophorta  auttralu  BLAnrv.,  Malacol,  PL  48,  fig.  2,  Ccvub  JL  Am., 
id,  Ul.,  MoU.  PL  65,  &c. 

Emarginula  Lam.  Shell  scutellato-conical,  anteriorly  emaigi- 
nate.  Mantle  famished  with  a  single  row  of  tentacles  at  the 
margin  of  foot,  incised  anteriorly,  under  the  emargioate  part  of 
shell.     Eyes  set  on  tubercles  at  the  base  of  tentacles. 

Gomp.  CuYiSB  Mifa,  awr  lu  MoUuaques,  No.  18,  pp.  14,  15,  PL  n.  figs. 
3-7. 
Sp.    Emarg,  fitmura  Lam.,  Paidlajumura  L.,  Muxllsb  Zool,  Danic  Thb.  14, 

fig".  7—9- 

Of^hifl  genua,  as  of  the  preceding,  fooail  species  are  found.  See  La- 
ICABOX  Ann,  du  Mut,  i.  pp.  383,  384 ;  vi.  PL  XLin.  figs.  5,  6. 

Fissurella  Brug.  Shell  clypeiform,  with  vertex  perforate. 
Sides  of  foot  margined  by  mantle,  rugose,  without  tentacles. 
Mantle  with  an  oval  aperture  on  the  back,  corresponding  to  the 
perforation  of  the  shell,  leading  to  the  branchial  cavity.  Anus 
placed  below  the  fissure  of  mantle.  Eyes  sessile,  placed  externally 
at  the  base  of  tentacles. 

GuTiEB  ifoUutq.  L  L  pp.  12 — 14,  PL  n.  figs,  i,  1. 
Sp.    FiuwreUa  grcBoaf  PateUa  graca  1..,  Blainv.  Malaeol,  PL  48,  fig.  3,  kc 

This  genus  also  is  met  with  fossil ;  see  Laxabck  Ann,  du  Mu».  I.  p.  312. 
The  fossil  species  are  principally  from  the  tertiary  formationB,  some  firom 
the  Chalk-period. 

Haliotis  L.  Shell  depressed,  auriform,  with  aperture  very 
ample,  spire  very  short.  Head  with  two  very  long  tentacles,  and 
two  oculiferous  tubercles  behind  the  tentacles.  Branchial  cavity 
placed  to  the  left,  including  two  lamellose  pectinate  branchise. 

Sub-genus  StamcUia  Helblikg,  with  addition  of  StomcUella  Lajl 
Shell  imperforate,  with  spire  prominent. 

Sp.  HaUotii  itnpefforata  Chxhn.,  Gh.,  J^ofnaHa  phymUis  Hxlbl.,  HSivs- 
CHEN  Hcsturfaneker,  ZTiu.  1782,  pp.  19,  ao,  Tab.  n.  fig.  18,  Blahtt. 
Malaeol.  PL  49  biB,  fig.  4. 

Sub-genus  :  Haliotis  Lah.  Shell  perforate  by  a  row  of  foramina 
near  the  left  margin,  pearly  within. 

Seoreara,  Feelers  pass  through  the  holes  of  the  shelL  These 
holes  are  closed  up  in  the  hinder  part  of  the  shell  as  the  aninuJ 
grows,  and  at  the  same  time  new  ones  are  formed  more  forwards. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCA.  793 

In  front,  in  the  margin,  an  excision  is  seen  in  the  direction  of  the 
holes,  which  afterwards,  during  the  growth,  becomes  changed  into 
a  hola  The  ventral  disc  or  foot  is  adorned  with  a  double  row  of 
feelers,  tubercles,  and  fringes.  The  animal  is  attached  to  the  shell 
by  a  large  oval  muscle.  The  branchial  cavity  opens  by  a  fissure  of 
the  mantle  on  the  right  side,  under  the  foremost  holes  of  the  shell. 

Comp.  CuviER  Mollvaq,  L  L  pp.  6—12,  PL  i.  figs.  9 — 17. 

Sp.    ffaliotis  parva  L.,  ffal,  eanaliculata  Lam.,  Gu^in  Iconogr.,  Moll,  PL 
^S>  fig*  I ;  HaliotiM  Mida  L.,  Libtbb  Conchyl.  Tab.  613,  fig.  5,  Ac. 

Many  speciee  of  ffaHotis  bear  a  great  resemblance  to  each  other,  and  are 
difficult  to  disthigaish.  Some  fosail  specimens  of  this  genus  are  met  with 
in  the  tertiary  formations. 

Family  IX.  Aulobranchiata,  Shell  irregular,  tubular,  with 
turns  twisted  spirally  at  the  apex*  Branchiae  pectinate.  Sexes 
separate. 

SiUqiuiria  Brug.  Shell  thin,  tubular,  loosely  spired ;  aperture 
rotundate,  emarginate,  with  an  incisure  running  with  the  spires  to 
a  short  distance  from  the  apex.  Mantle  cloven  in  the  same  part ; 
pectinate  branchiae  placed  at  the  fissure  of  mantle. 

Sp.    SUiquaria  anguina  IjAM.,  SerptUa  anguina  L.,  Blaiky.  Malacol.,  Prin- 
cipet,  PI.  I.  fig.  II. 

Magihis  MoNTPORT. 

Comp.  £.  RuEFPKLL  USmoire  swr  U  Ma^ui  arUiquut  Montf.  ;  Mimoiret 
de  la  Soc.  d^HUt,  not,  de  Strcubaurg,  Tom.  i.  Livr.  a,  1833,  ^^'  ^g-  Accord- 
ing to  BuEF.  this  animal  belongs  rather  to  the  pectinibranchiate  molluscs 
than  to  this  family ;  it  lives  in  the  Red  Sea  inclosed  in  cavities  of  Mean- 
drina, 

Vermetm  Adanson.  Shell  thin,  tubular,  loosely  spired,  with 
spire  adhering  at  the  apex,  elsewhere  loose.  Aperture  orbicular, 
with  margins  connected.  Head  with  two  tentacles,  oculiferous  exter- 
nally at  the  base.  Appendage  of  body  replicate  downwards,  mostly 
ftimished  with  an  operculum.  Branchiae  arranged  in  a  conical 
series,  at  the  left  side  of  respiratory  cavity. 

Sp.    Vermettit  lumhricdlu,  Serpula  Iwmbricalts  L.,   Blautt,  Mtdacol.  PI. 
ZXUY.  fig.  I,  Ac. 

Family  X.  Ctenobranchiata.  Shell  spirate  or  conical.  Bran- 
chial cavity  contained  in  the  last  turn  of  shell,  open  externally  by 
a  large  fissure  between  body  and  margin  of  mantle,  containing 


Digitized  by 


Google 


794  CLASS  XIII. 

three  branchiae,  two  or  a  single  one,  composed  of  nnmeioiis  leaves, 
arranged  parallel  like  the  teeth  of  a  comb. 

Very  rarely  in  place  of  branchiae  a  vascnlar  network  in  the  walk 
of  respiratory  cavity.  Sexes  separate,  external  organs  of  copula- 
tion distinct. 

Fectinibranchiaie$»  In  all  two  feelers  and  two  eyes  are  present ; 
these  last  are  often  pediculate.  The  mouth  has  the  form  of  a  pro- 
boscis, of  which  the  structure  has  been  described  at  length  by 
CuviEB  in  the  whelk  {Buccinum).  It  consists  of  two  tubes,  which 
push  one  into  the  other  and  are  connected  ^together  by  the  upper 
margin,  so  that  when  the  innermost  tube  is  tmroUed  and  elongated, 
the  outermost  becomes  shorter.  This  instrument  is  moved  by  many 
muscles^.  The  hinder  part  of  the  body  contains  the  liver  and  the 
sexual  organs.  The  sexes  are  distinct.  In  the  male  the  penis  is 
situated  on  the  right  side,  behind  the  head,  and  in  some,  as  in  the 
whelk,  is  very  larga  It  is  folded  round  and  concealed  in  the  re^i- 
ratory  cavity,  but  is  not  retracted  within  the  body,  except  in  the 
genus  PcUtulinaf  where  it  is  protruded  and  retracted  through  an 
aperture  in  the  right  tentacle,  which  had  been  observed  already  by 
Lister,  but  was  afterwards  incorrectly  denied  by  Drapaskauix 
Through  the  penis  runs  a  tortuous  canal,  which  on  copulation, 
when  that  organ  is  erected,  probably  loses  its  tortuosities.  Ac- 
cording  to  Basteb  and  Blaikville,  the  shells  indicate  a  difference 
of  sex,  and  those  of  the  female  are  wider,  particularly  in  the  last 
wreath*. 

The  females  secrete  a  kind  of  common  envelope  for  the  eg^ 
which  they  deposit  at  the  same  time  with  the  eggs.  On  our  shores 
roimd  diunps  of  yellow  vesicles  may  be  frequently  observed,  which 
resemble  bunches  of  grapes,  and  are  the  masses  of  whelk's  egg^  in 
question*.     According  to  Cuvibr,  this  envelope  is  secreted  by  a 


1  Ann,  du  Mua,  xi.  1808,  MSmoiret  t,  I,  Moll,  No.  17,  pp.  6,  7,  figs.  8—10. 

>  See  Basteb  Natuurk,  UiUp.  i.  bl.  39,  40;  Blainv.  Journal  de  Physique,  xciv. 
p.  91;  Mbokbl's  Arehiv  /.  d,  Phytiol.  vn.  s.  571—573,  1822.  Bastxr  sayi  th»t  in 
Buecinum  the  Bhell  of  the  male  ia  somewhat  smaller^  that  it  has  a  greater  number  of 
wreaths,  but  which  are  thinner  than  thoee  of  the  female. 

*  See  figares  of  them  in  Basteb  NiXtwirh,  UiUp,  i.  Tab.  V.  figs.  2,  3  of  Svceinum 
undatum;  Tab.  vi.  figs,  i — 3,  of  a  species  of  Murex,  Gomp.  ibid.  bl.  38 — 45;  mc 
also  Lund  RecKerchet  9wr  lea  Envdopptt  d^mufi  dea  GastSropodes  peetinibranchet,  Awt, 
det  Sc.  nat,  ae  S^rie,  i.  Zoologie,  pp.  84—111.  By  Abistoteles  these  masses  of  egga 
are  called  /ueXiKtjf/Ku  (translated /avo^mo);  he  did  not,  however,  suppose  that  shdled 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCA.  795 

lamellate  or  cellular  organ  situated  in  the  respiratory  cavity  near 
the  gills,  and  of  which  the  interspaces  are  filled  by  a  slimy  fluid. 
This  organ,  however,  occurs  in  the  male,  although  less  developed*. 

Phalanx  I.  Capulmdea,  Shell  conical  or  orbicular,  scarcely 
turbinate.  Aperture  very  large,  without  any  sinus  or  canal. 
Operculum  in  some  none,  in  others  subintemal. 

Stffaretus  Adans.,  Cryptostoma  Blainv.  Shell  orbicular  or 
oblong,  auriform,  concealed  imder  the  foot  reflected  towards  the 
back.  Aperture  ample,  entire,  with  labium  effuse,  dilate,  patent. 
Cavity  of  branchisB  furnished  with  a  semicanal,  in  connexion  with 
an  incisure  of  mantle,  and  containing  two  pectinate  branchiae. 
Head  with  two  tentacles  depressed,  conical,  furnished  with  a  tuber- 
cle at  the  base.     (Eyes  none  ?) 

Sp.  Sigaretus  haliotoideus  JjAM.,  Hdiat  haiiotoidea  L.,  Ruhph.  Afnh.  Rari- 
teitk.  Tab.  40,  fig.  B,  Adanbon  CoquUl.  PI.  i,  fig.  2,  Ac.  This  genufl  la 
allied  to  Natica  in  the  following  division. 

Coriocella  Blainv.  {Sigaretus  Cuv.,  LameHaria  Montagu, 
LovjfiN.  Shell  with  aperture  ample,  auriform,  thin,  homy,  con- 
cealed under  mantle.  Two  eyes  at  the  base  of  tentacles.  Tongue 
armed  with  barbs,  very  long,  spirally  convolute. 

CJomp.  Cuv.  M6m,  ».  Z.  MoUtiaqs  No.  18,  pp.  a— 6,  PL  i.  figs.  1—8. 

Sp.  Sigaretus  Tonganua  QuoT  and  Gaim.,  Attrolahe,  Zool,  n.  p.  317,  Cuv. 
R,  Ani.,  id.  ill.,  MoU.  PI.  49,  fig.  2,  &c. 

Siphona/ria  Sow. 

Is  this  its  place  ?  Comp.  Blaikv.  Diet,  det  8c.  not.  Tom.  3a,  p.  ^67, 
Malaecl.  p.  475,  Rebvb  Conekol.  syst.  ii.  pp.  19,  20,  Michblin  in  Gu6iiN 
Magaa.  de  Zool.  1831,  1831. 

Calyptrcea  Lam.  (and  Crepidula  ejusd.).  Shell  with  aperture 
ample,  orbicular  or  oblong,  convex  on  the  back.  Branchial  series 
single,  of  filaments  often  very  long.  Tentacles  triangular ;  eyes  at 
the  base  of  tentacles  towards  the  outside. 

CcUj/ptrcBa  Lam.  Shell  conoid  with  base  orbicular.  A  calcai*eous 
lamina,  conical  or  spiral,  in  the  cavity  of  shell,  and  adhering  to  its 
apex. 

^yiiTTntlg  proceeded  from  them,  bat  imagined,  according  to  the  notions  then  prevalent, 
that  these  originated  from  slime  and  putrefaction.  De  Hist.  Animal,  v.  c.  15  initio. 
^  CuviEB  Mim.  8vr  lea  MoUusq.  1.  1.  p.  $,  and  fig.  3/. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


796  CLASS  XIII. 

Sp.  Calyptrixa  equetiris  Lam.,  PateUa  equetlrit  L.,  Buxfh.  Amh,  RarUaiL 
Tab.  40,  figs.  F,  Q;  D'ABOBinr.  PI.  a,  fig.  k,  Bladty.  Maiaad.  PL  49  fai% 
fig.  1 ;  habitat  Indian  Ocean.  Comp.  on  this  genus  Dbbhatib  Mimoin 
awr  la  Calypirie,  Ann.  det  8e.  naL  m.  1824,  pp.  535 — 344;  BwmBir 
DeaeripHom  of  tome  new  tpec.  of  Calyptreeidea,  TnauaeL  <iftke  ZooL  SocL 
St  1835,  pp.195— ao6,  PI.  17— «9;  OWBF  On  the  Anatomy  tfCai^ftraidte, 
ibid.  pp.  107 — an,  PI.  30. 

Sub-genera:  Calypeopns  Lbss.,  Zoo{.,  Coq.  p.  399,  lUuttr,  de Zool.  PL  « ; 
.6dAe(2af)Aitf  OwXN  (with  calcareous  lamina,  affixed  by  its  base). — Comp. 
Rbevb  Conch.  9yH,  u.  pp.  31,  3a. 

CrepidtUa  Lail  Shell  oyate  or  oblong,  with  apex  mcaired,  in- 
clined towards  margin.  Aperture  partly  closed  hy  a  horizontal 
lamina. 

Comp.  CuTiSB  MoUuaq.,  M4m.  18,  pp.  10,  a i,  PI.  m.  figs.  3 — 7. 

Sp.  Orepidula  poreellana  Lax.,  PaUUa  poredlcma  L.,  Rumfh.  Amb.  Rari- 
tekk.  Tab.  40,  fig.  o;  Blaihv.  Mdlacol.  PL  49  bis,  fig.  3,  kc. 

Sub-genus  Cfrq^ipatdia  Lsss.,  ZooL,  Coq.,  III.  de  Zool.  PL  4a. 

Capulus  MoNTFORT,  Pileopsis  Lam.  Shell  obliquely  conical, 
with  apex  incurved  backwards.  Animal  with  long  proboscis, 
deeply  chanelled  above.  Eyes  set  on  tubercles  or  petioles  at  the 
outside  of  tentacles.  Neck  furnished  beneath  with  a  folded  velum. 
Branchial  series  single,  composed  of  narrow  laminae. 
Comp.  CuYiiB  1. 1.  pp.  19,  ao,  PL  in.  figs,  i,  a. 

Sp.  Capvlua  hungartcui,  Patella  unga/rica  L.,  D'Abgsht.  PI.  4,  fig.  3,  Cur. 
R.  Ani.,  id,  ill,  MM.  PI.  47,  ^.  7,  ko. 

Hipponyx  Defb.     With  lamina  basal,  calcareous. 

Sp.  Oa^pvUki  cornucopia,  PUeopHi  comu  eopioB  Lam.,  Blaikt.  MtUac.  PL  b^ 
fig.  I,  Bbonn  Ldh.  geogn.  Tab.  40,  fig.  la;  fossil  in  the  ealcaire grottitr. 
This  sub-genus  is  related  to  Capulue  as  Lithedaphue  is  to  CalyptrcM.  Some 
species  still  living  are  known,  and  some  others  fosnl,  all  from  the  tertiary 
formations. 

Phalanx  II.  Trochotdea.  Shell  spiral,  with  aperture  entire, 
not  canaliferous ;  animal  mostly  furnished  with  an  operculum. 

PileollAS  COOKSON,  SOWERBY. 

Comp.  Deshatxs  Sneyd.  nUth.,  Vert.  m.  p.  764.    Fossil  genus. 

Navicella  Lam.,  Septaria  Feruss.  Shell  elliptical,  or  oblong, 
convex  above,  concave  below,  with  apex  subspiral  inflected  as  far  as 
the  margin.  Labium  flattened,  narrow,  transverse.  Operculiun 
concealed,  flat,  irregular,  at  the  upper  part  of  foot.     Animal  with 


Digitized  by 


Google 


J 


MOLLUSCA.  797 

long  tentacles  not  retractile,  and  eyes  petiolate  at  the  outside  of 
tentacles. 

Sp.  NaviceUa  elUpHca  Lam.  {Patdla  nerUoHdea  L.  X),  Meubohen  NcBtur- 
foncher,  xii.  Tib.  5,  fig.  i,  Encyd,  mHh,,  Vers,  PL  456,  fig.  i,  BLAimr. 
Malcbcol,  PL  36  bis,  fig.  i,  PL  48,  fig.  5,  &c. ;  fresh-water  molluscs  from 

-    the  tropical  regions. 

Nerita  L.  (in  part).  Shell  spiral,  planato-ovate  or  semiglobose, 
imperforate.  Aperture  semiorbicular,  with  columellar  margin  or 
lahium  dilate,  transverse,  truncate.  Foot  of  animal  broad,  furnished 
with  operculum;  eyes  set  on  petioles  or  tubercles  at  the  base  of 
tentacles,  towards  the  outside. 

*  Flnyiatile  species,  with  shell  mostly  thinner  and  lip  edentulous.  NeriHna 
-Lam, 

Sp.  NerUaJlwviatilU  L.,  Swajocsbdam  Sibl.  not.  Tab.  X.  ^.  «,  PvEirrsB 
Land-  und  Wasaendin,  i.  Tab.  4,  figs.  57 — 39,  &c. 

*  *  Marine  species,  with  shell  thicker  and  lip  often  dentate.    NerUa  Lam. 

Sp.  NerUa  Pdoronta  L.,  Encyd.  mith,,  Vers,  PL  454,  fig.  9,  Blainv.  Malac, 
PL  36  bis,  fig.  6,  &c.     Species  many,  some  fossil. 

Narica  Recluz  (species  of  Sigaretua  Lam.),  Merry  a  Gray. 
Shell  subglobose,  umbilicate,  with  short  spire.  Aperture  ample, 
semiorbicular.  Operculum  homy.  Head  proboscideous ;  two  tri- 
angular tentacles  bearing  very  small  eyes  externally  at  the  base. 
Single  branchia,  with  triangular  leaflets,  contained  in  a  large 
respiratory  cavity. 

Sp.  Nor,  eanceUata  Bxoluz,  Sigaretui  eanceUaiiu  Lam.,  Bsoluz,  Gu&iy 
Magoi.  de  Zool.  1845,  MoU,  PL  119.  Comp.  on  this  and  other  species  of 
this  genus,  all  of  which  live  in  the  sea^  BaoLUZ  op.  dt. 

Velutina  Gray,  Blainv. 

•  Sp.  Vdutvna  haliot&Sdea,  BuUa  vdutma  MuxLL.  Zod.  Ikmic.  Tab.  loi,  figs. 
I — 4.  ^o  this  species  O.  F.  Mubllbb  refers  ffeUx  halwMdea,  which  we 
noted  above  at  StgarOus,) 

Nattca  Lam.  {NeritcB  vmbilicaUB  L.).  Shell  subglobose,  umbi- 
licate, with  spire  short  and  last  wreath  tumid,  large.  Aperture 
semiorbicular,  with  lip  oblique,  edentulous,  callous.  Head  of 
animal  with  broad  velum ;  tentacles  two ;  eyes  small,  sessile  at  the 
base  of  tentacles.    Foot  very  ample. 

Sp.  NcAica  mammilla  Lam.,  NerUa  mammilla  L.,  Rumph.  Amh,  RariteUk, 
Tab.  i«,  fig.  P,  Blainv.  Malacd.  PL  36  bis,  fig.  5,  &c.  Species  numerous. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


798  CLASS  XIII, 

Note, — G«nus  Deshayeaia  Raulin  {Ouisis  Magaa.  1844,  M<^ 
111),  fosaily  intermediate  between  Neriia  and N(U\ca^  still  appean to 
be  more  nearly  related  to  the  NatwuB, 

Janthina  Lam.  Shell  Tentncoae,  thin,  pellucid.  Aperture 
triangular.  Columella  straight,  produced  beyond  the  margin  of 
aperture.  Animal  with  proboscis  large,  cylindrical,  and  two  tenta- 
cles deeply  cloven.  A  yesicular  or  spumose  organ  adhering  to 
foot.     Operculum  none. 

Comp.  on  thiB  genuB,  CuviSB  ^nn.  du  Mu$.  xi.  pp.  X3i — 130,  MoB^t 
Mhn.  15,  pp.  1 — 10,  figs.  I — 8. 
Sp.  Janthina  communis,  ffdix  Janthina  L.,  RuKFH.  Amb.  Ra/riUUk,  TA. 
XX.  fig.  1,  Blajnv.  Malacol.  PI.  37  bis,  fig.  i ;  in  the  Mediter.  Sea  and  in 
the  Atl.  Ocean,  in  wann  climates.  The  foamy  organ  at  the  foot  seireB  for 
attaching  the  covering  of  the  eggs,  and,  according  to  "Rajxq,  is  afterwarde 
cast  off.     Is  this  oi^gan  peculiar  to  the  females? 

Scalarta  Lam.  Shell  turrite,  with  ribs  longitudinal,  compressed, 
interrupted.  Aperture  rotundate,  with  margins  connected,  margi- 
nate,  reflected.  Animal  with  long  retractile  proboscis ;  eyes  sessile 
at  the  base  of  tentacles.     Operculum  homy. 

Sp.  Scalaria  pretio§a  Lax.,  Twrbo  $ealari»  L.,  Ritkph.  Amb,  RarkeilL  Tab. 
49,  fig.  A,  Gu^iN  Iconogr,,  Mod.  PI.  i  a,  fig.  11 ;  the  true  winding  ttair, 
from  the  Indian  Ocean ; — Seal,  communis  Lam.,  Turho  claihrut  L.,  Blact^- 
Malae,  PL  34,  fig.  a;  in  the  AtL  Ocean,  the  North  8ea»  the  Hediter. 
There  are  ▼arions  fossil  species  from  the  tertiary  formations.  Comp. 
Lamabok  Ann.  du  Mut.  v.  pp.  113—214,  viii.  PL  37,  figs.  3—5. 

Pyramidella  Lam.  Shell  turrite.  Aperture  entire,  scmioval, 
with  labrum  acute.  Columella  with  three  transverse  folds.  Oper- 
culum homy.  Tentacles  broad,  long,  sulcate ;  eyes  sessile  at  the 
base  of  tentacles. 

Sp.  Pyramid,  dolabrata  Lam.,  Trochus  dolahraiut  L.,  Blaint.  Malac.  PL 
II,  fig.  4,  Cuv.  R.  Ani.,  id.  ill.,  Moll.  PL  45,  fig.  3  ;—jPyr.  roi^rKWW 
Gu^BiN,  Magaa.  de  Zool.  1831,  MoU.  PL  a,  kc.    (Species  marine,  exotic.) 

Tomatella  Lam.  (in  part).     Shell  convolute,  oyato-cylindrical, 

frequently  transversely   striated.     Aperture  entire,    oblong,  with 

external  margin  acute.     Columella  plicate.     Operculum  homy. 

Sp.  TomaieUa  fatciata  Lam.,  Voluta  tomoHlis  L.,  Encyd,  m&h..  Vert,  FL 
ASh  fig-  3>  Blainv.  Malae.  PL  38,  fig.  5,  Ac. 

Trochtis  L.  Shell  turbinate,  with  aperture  sinuoso-quadrangu- 
lar,  depressed,  obliquely  truncated.  Animal  with  mantle  often 
appendiculate  on  both  sides. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSa^.  799 

Solm/nwm  Lail  Shell  orbicular,  oonioo-depressed,  umbilicate, 
with  umbilicus  patulous,  crenulate  or  dentate  at  the  internal  margins 
of  Tfrreaths.     Columella  nona     Operculum  homy. 

Sp.  Trochus  perspeeUtms  L.,  Solarium  perspectivum.  Lam.,  Libtbb  Conch, 
Tab.  636,  fig.  24,  BuMFH.  Anib.  JRariieitk,  Tab.  37,  fig.  l,  &c. 

Euonvphalua  Sow.  (fossil  genus). 

BifironUa  Desh.,  Schizoaioma  Bbonn. 

Rotella  Lam.     Shell  orbicular^  shining,  imperforate.     Spire  Very- 
short,  subcorneal     Columella  callous,  convex. 
Sp.  Trochua  vetHaHus  L.,  Rotella  UneokUa,  &c. 

Trochtis  Lam.  Shell  conical,  in  some  mnbilicate,  in  others 
imperforate.  Aperture  transversely  depressed,  with  margins  dis- 
joined above.  Columella  arcuate,  somewhat  prominent  at  the  base. 
Operculum  mostly  homy,  more  seldom  calcareous. 

Topt,  Oomp.  on  the  animal  of  this  genus  Cuvieb  Ann.  du  Mus,  XI. 
pp.  184,  185,  Moll,  M6m.  16,  pp.  15,  16,  fig.  13. 
Sp.  Trochus  solaria  L.,  Chehn.  Conchyl.  Tab.  173,  figs.  1700,  1701,  Beeyb 
Conch.  Syal,  n.  PI.  114,  figs,  i,  1 ; — Troch.  niloticua  L.,  Bumfh.  Amb, 
Jiariieitk.  Tab.  2j,  fig.  A,  JEncyd.  mith.,  Vera.  PI.  444,  fig.  i,  &c.  Trochua 
Cookii  Chemk.,  Lam.,  Lesson,  IU.  de  Zool.  PI.  15,  from  which  Lessok 
forms  the  genus  Cookia,  belongs,  according  to  Bebhates,  to  Jhirbo. 

Trochua  conchyliophorua  Bobn.,  Gm.,  Cuv.  R.  Ani,  €d.  ill.,  Moll.  PI.  41, 
fig.  3.  This  species  causes  little  stones  and  pieces  of  bivalves  from  the 
bottom  on  which  it  creeps  to  adhere  to  its  shell;  these  foreign  bodies  in 
time  grow  to  the  shell  which  thus  acquires  a  very  irregular  appearance. 
Lamabck  confounded  with  this  species,  from  the  West  Indian  Seas,  a 
fossil  species  from  the  tertiary  formations,  which  presents  the  same  pecu- 
liarity, under  the  name  of  Trochus  agglutinana.  Gomp.  on  the  fossil  species 
Lamaeoe  Ann.  du  Mua.  Vf.  pp.  46—51,  vii.  PI.  xv.  figs.  5 — 7. 

Monodonta  Lam.,  Labia  Oken. 

Delphinula  Lam.  Shell  umbilicate,  subdiscoidal  or  conical, 
with  wreaths  rough  or  angulate.  Aperture  entire,  rotund,  some- 
times trigonal,  with  convex  margins.  Operculum  homy  or  calca- 
reous. 

Sp.  Ddphimda  laciniata,  Twrbo  Ddphinua  It.,  BuMFH.  Amb.  Rariteitk.  Tab. 
aq,  fig.  H,  BLAnrvriLLB  McUaeol,  PI.  33,  fig.  3,  fto.  This  genus  is  scarcely 
distinguishable  from  the  preceding,  but  has  a  circular  aperture  separate 
from  the  columella. 

Turbo  L.  (in  part),  Lam.  Shell  conoid  or  subturrite,  with  wreaths 
rotundate.  Aperture  entire,  rotund,  not  deformed  by  the  penultimate 


Digitized  by 


Google 


800  -  cMss  xiiT, 

turn,  with  margins  disjoined  above.  Colmnella  arcoate,  flat- 
tened, not  truncated  at  the  base.  Animal  with  slender  acuminate 
tentacles  and  pedunculate  eyes  at  the  outside  of  tentacles.  Opercu- 
lum mostly  thick,  calcareous. 

The  species  of  this  genus  are  very  numerous.  Those  which  sluae  nacreoni 
and  silvery  within,  with  a  mostly  very  thick  operculum,  are  more  espe- 
cially named  Tvf^,  as  Turbo  chrysottomui  L.,  Rukph.  Amh.  Rariiatk, 
Tab.  19,  fig.  B,  Turbo  a/rgyrottomm  L.,  Ohsmk.  Oonchyl.  Tab.  177,  figs. 

1758,  1759,  ^^^-  ^'  '^**-'  ^'  *^'>  ^^'  PI-  4«.  fig-  If  &c- 

The  species  which  have  no  nacreous  splendour  internally,  and  which 
have  constantly  a  homy  operculum,  are  united  imder  the  following  sab- 
genus. 

LUtorina  FiBUS& 

Sp.  Twrbo  liUoreut  L.,  Alikruih,  Vigneau,  OwgnOU;  Swaxmkbd.  BM.  not. 
I.  pp.  180—185,  Tib.  IX.  fig.  14,  Babtib  Natuur,  UUtp,  i.  pp.  127,  128, 
Tab.  14,  ^,  I ;  this  little  snail,  boiled  with  salt,  is  eaten  in  Zealand. 

Phastanella  Lam.  Shell  ovate  or  conical,  solid,  imperforate. 
Columella  smooth,  rotundate.  Aperture  ovate,  longitudinal.  Animal 
with  two  laciniate  labia.  Two  long  conical  tentacles ;  eyes  seated 
in  tubercles  at  the  base  of  tentacles.  Body  margined  by  a  laciniate 
membrane. 

Comp.  CuYDEB  Ann,  du  Mm,  xi.  pp.  130—135,  Mim^  9,  L  Moll.  No.  15, 
pp.  10—15,  figs.  9—13. 
Sp.  PkatianeUa  hulimoidea  Lam.,  Buccinum  aiutrdU  Gicbl.,  BLAnrv.  Moda- 
col,  PI.  37,  fig.  5,  from  the  S.  Pacific,  at  New  ZeaUnd  and  New  HoUand 
Some  species  of  this  genus  of  Lamabok  an  referred  by  Dbshatbs  to  genus 
Littorina,  There  are  some  fossil  species  of  PheuianeUa  from  the  tertiaiy 
formations;  Lamabok  Ann.  dn  Mus,  IT.  pp.  195 — 397,  vm.  PI.  60,  fig.  i. 

Turritella  Lam.  Shell  elongato-conical,  acuminate,  turbinate. 
Aperture  circular,  entire,  with  margins  disjoined  above,  labnun 
emarginate  by  a  sinus. 

Sp.  Turritdla  hiemsfulata  Lam.,  Blainv.  Mabtcol.  PL  a  r,  fig.  3;  TiarriteUa 
dupliccOa  Lam.,  Turbo  duplicahtt  L.,  Rseye  Conch,  SyH,  n.  PL  234,  fig.  r, 
ko.    To  this  genus  belong  nmnerous  fossil  spedes. 

Paludina  Lam.  Shell  turbinate,  with  rotundate  wreaths. 
Aperture  subrotund,  somewhat  oblong,  angulate  above,  with  mar- 
gins connected,  acute.  Operculum  homy,  orbicular.  Animal  with 
tentacles  acuminate,  eyes  sessile  at  the  base  of  tentacles,  mantle 
alate,  appendiculate. 

Sp.  Pcdudina  vivipara  Lam.,  Hdix  vitnpara  L.,  Swammerdam  Bibl.  not.  i. 
pp.  169—180,  Tab.  IX.  figs.  15—18;  Cuv.  Ann.  du  Mm,  XT.  p.  170,  MoR, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCA.  801 

Mim.  15;  Pfeiffeb  Land-  u.  Wanerachn,  i.  Tab.  iv.  figs.  4«,  43;  Stubm 
DetUschl.  Faun.  vi.  2 ;  Blainv.  MalacoL.  PI.  36,  fig.  4  ;  the  shell  is  a  duU- 
green,  with  red-brown  bands  and  very  convex  wreaths.  The  right  tentacle 
is  perforated  in  the  male  individuals  with  an  aperture  which  gives  passage 
to  the  penis.  The  gills  consist  of  three  series  of  filaments.  This  snul,  com- 
mon in  fresh  water,  is  viviparous,  and  the  females  are  full  of  young  in 
spring.  It  is  found  in  Holland  in  canals  and  other  fresh  water,  in  the 
mud  or  hiding  under  stones,  also  creeping  under  water-plants,  &c.  [Con- 
sult especially,  in  addition  to  the  works  cited  above,  LsTDio  Ud>er  Palu- 
dina  vivipara,  ein  BcUrag  sur  ndkem  KenrUnist  dietes  Thiers  in  emJbryo- 
logitcher,  anatomischer  und  Kitklogueher  jBeziehunff,  in  Sikbold  u.  Koel- 
likeb'b  Zeittch,  /.  vnssenck  Zool.  ii.  1850,  pp.  H5— 197,  PI.  xi.  xn. 
xni.] 

Valvata  Muell.  Shell  discoidal  or  conical,  with  cylindrical 
wreaths.  Aperture  rotundate.  Animal  furnished  with  homy  orbi- 
cular operculum,  with  foot  anteriorly  truncate  or  emarginate,  with 
two  slender  tentacles,  and  with  eyes  sessile  at  the  base  of  tentacles. 

Sp.  FaZrato  pwCTfwiMF^usa.,  Lam.,  Cyclottoma  obtusum  Dbap.,  Pfkiffeb 
Land-  u.  Wiutertchn,  i.  Tab.  iv.  fig.  33,  Stubm  Deutschl,  Fauna,  vi.  Heft 
4,  Tab.  a,  Blainv.  MalacoL  PI.  34,  fig.  4,  in  fresh  water,  canals,  &c. 

Cyclostoma  Lam.,  Draparx.  Shell  conical,  short,  with  cylin- 
drical wreaths,  the  last  ample,  tumid.  Aperture  regular,  rotund, 
with  margins  connected  orbiculately,  reflected  by  age.  Animal 
with  a  thin  orbicular  operculum,  two  tentacles,  and  petiolate  eyes 
at  the  base  of  tentacles. 

Sp.  Cyclottoma  elegant  Drapabn.,  Nerita  eUgant  Muell.,  Blainv.  Malacol. 
PL  34,  fig.  7,  Pfbiffbb  Land-  u.  Wattertchn.  I.  Tab.  iv.  figs.  30,  31, 
Gu^iN  Iconogr.,  MoU,  PI.  ii,  fig.  12,  &c.  This  genus  also  counts  many 
fossil  species  from  the  tertiary  formations. 

These  animals  differ  from  the  rest  of  this  family,  inasmuch  as  they  do 
not  live  in  water,  but  in  moist  places,  and  breathe  atmospheric  air.  Also 
they  have  a  vascular  net  in  place  of  gills,  and  on  this  account  might 
belong  to  the  following  family,  if  the  whole  form  of  the  body  and  the 
internal  structure  did  not  remove  them  from  the  Pneumonica  and  place 
them  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Turbo. 

Helictna  Lam. 

Ampullaria  Lam.  Shell  globose,  ventricose,  umbilicate,  with 
spire  short,  obtuse,  sometimes  discoidal.  Aperture  entire,  oblong. 
Animal  furnished  with  operculum,  with  long  tentacles,  and  petiolate 
eyes  at  the  base  of  tentacles.  Respiratory  cavity  large,  containing 
a  pectinate  branchia  composed  of  a  row  of  lamellee,  and  a  vascular 
pulmonary  cavity. 

VOL.  1.  51 


Digitized  by 


Google 


802  CLASS  XIII. 

Sp.  A  iiyiJanq  /wcMrta  Lax.,  JTeliv  ampuUaeea  L.,  Bukph.  Amh.  BarUatt. 
Tkb.  47,  fig.  ^  £nc!fcl.  mStk.,  Van,  PL  457,  figs.  3,  a,  B>  Ac.  Fresh-water 
molhiBcs  of  tropicil  ooontricv,  much  Allied  to  Paludina  and  Cydottoma 
See  F.  H.  Tho6CHXL  Anaiomie  vom  AmpuUaria  wreeui  vmd  ueber  die  Gai- 
tmmg  LaniMtM  MoSTT.  in  Ebzchboh's  Arckiv  /.  NiUnrgekk.  1845,  s.  197 — 
916,  Tkf.  8.    To  AmpviUana  belongs  also  Planorbu  Oomu  Arietis  Lam. 

Planaxis  Lam. 

Sp.  PtamaxU  nUcaUt  Lam.,  Blaiky.  Malaeol.  PL  16,  fig.  14. 

lii$9oa  Fremixv.  Shell  mostly  turrite,  sometimes  globose, 
with  oval  aperture,  labram  incrassate,  exsert  anteriorly  and  sub- 
arcnate  near  the  columella,  the  apex  acuminate.  Opercnlnni 
homy.  Tentacles  elongate.  Eyes  placed  at  the  base  of  tenta- 
cles.    Foot  oblong,  anteriorly  truncated,  posteriorly  acuminate. 

TbJB  genus  ooosists  of  small  marine  animals,  whose  little  shell  has  some 
resemblance  to  Tmrbo  or  Scalaria,  and  of  which  the  numerous  species  have 
become  known  in  the  last  few  years  alone;  there  are  also  many  fossil 
species,  almost  all  from  the  tertiaiy  formations.  Compare  Dbshatu  in 
Lamakck  ffiat.  mat.  da  Anu  s.  veri.  w  ^  Tin.  pp.  461 — 485 ;  J.  Aldkb 
Anm,  of  NaL  Mut.  XUL  pp.  323 — 318;  Lov^sr  Ind,  MoUuteor.  dfvenigi, 
1846,  i^  94 — 36. 

Mehnia  Lam.  Shell  torrite,  with  apex  often  decorticated, 
eroded.  Aperture  entire,  OYate  or  oblong,  efinse  at  the  base. 
Columella  smooth.  Operculum  homy,  elongate.  Animal  elon- 
gate, with  foot  small,  and  two  elongate  filiform  tentacles. 

JWle. — ^Gienus  Pirena  Lax.,  Pyrena  Meztke,  Gray  is,  according 
to  Dbshates,  to  be  abolished  Smooth  and  shining  marine  species 
of  Mdania  form  the  subgenus  E%d%ma  Risso.  The  rest  of  the 
species,  aU  fluviatile,  form  the  sub-genera  Mdania,  and  Mdanopsis 

FEBU8&,  LaJL 

Sp.  Mdania  awutnda  Lax.,  ffdix  awutrula  L.,  RuvPH.  Amb.  RariteUk.  Tah. 
33,  fig.  P,  r;  Blahty.  Malaeol.  PL  35,  fig.  7;— ifefcmia  RangU  DssH., 
Mdam,  tuberculota  Rang,  Gu^bik  Mag.  de  ZooL  1832,  McU.  PI.  13  (a  fig. 
with  the  animal)  ftc  The  species  are  especially  numerous  in  the  riverB  and 
fireeh  waters  of  the  Sanda  Islands ;  comp.  Mousaoir  MoUuthen  von  Java, 
1849,  "•  ^5 — 79*  ^^  European  species,  Melan.  helvetica  Michkldt,  GviiB. 
Mag.  de  Zoei.  1831,  MoU.  PL  37,  forms  the  tgpue  of  the  gen.  Pgrguia  Dl 
Chbibtof.  and  Jan.  ;  Dsshates  thinks  this  species  ought  not  to  be  sepa- 
rated from  Metania;  others  refisr  it  to  Paludina. 

{Mdanopns.  Columella  truncated,  disjoined  firom  labrum  by  a 
sinus.) 


Digitized  by 


Google 


M0LLU8CA.  803 

Sp.  Meiania  buceinoidea  Oliv.,  JBuceinnm  prceromim  L.,  Olit.,  Voyoffe,  PI. 
17,  fig.  8,  RiKYX  Conehyl,  8yd,  n.  Tab.  195,  fig.  t,  kc,  Comp.  on  the 
species  of  this  lub-genua  F&ubbac  Monogr,  det  etp^cci  vivantea  et  fossilet 
du  ffenre  MSlanopnde,  MSm.  de  la  Soc.  d^ffitt.  not  de  Paris,  i.  1823,  pp. 
13a— 164,  PL  7,  8. 

Phalanx  HI.  Cerycoidea  {Buceinoidea  Cuv.).  Cochlea  spiral, 
with  aperture  emarginate  or  canaliculate  towards  the  columella,  a 
canal  receiving  the  tube  of  mantle. 

Cerithium  Adans.,  Brug.,  Lam.  Shell  turrite.  Aperture 
oval,  oblique,  terminated  by  a  short  canal  truncated  or  recurved. 
Animal  with  two  tentacles  acuminate,  furnished  with  an  oculiferous 
tubercle  towards  the  base. 

«6p.  (krilAitm  patuttre  Lam.,  StvomJtms  paluttrU  L.,  Rukph.  Amb.  BofrUeUk, 
Tkb.  30,  fig.  q;  Blaikv.  Malaeol,  PL  to,  fig.  4; — Oeriih.  tdtteopivm, 
Troehu  tdacopium  L.,  Rumph.  Amh,  RarUeiik,  Tab.  a  i ,  fig.  11,  D'AEOmrv. 
Conehyl.  Tab.  1 1,  fig.  a,  Blainv.  Malae.  PL  32  bis,  fig.  1,  &c.  A  very 
numerous  genus  of  which  the  species  live  in  great  part  in  the  sea,  partly 
in  brackish  water  or  at  the  mouths  of  riyers.  The  fossil  species  which  are 
still  more  numerous  (more  than  300  according  to  Dbshatbs),  are  ahnoet 
an  limited  to  the  tertiary  formations.  Amongst  these  Cerithium  giganteum 
deserves  to  be  noticed,  a  species  found  in  France  near  Orignon. 

The  sub-genus  Potamides  (Ann,  du  ifttf.  xv.  pp.  367 — 370)  is  usually 
not  aooepted  by  later  writers. 

FoBtigieUa  Resve. 

Sp.  PatHg,  carinata  Rbeyb,  Ann.  of  Nat.  ffitt.,  second  series,  n.  1848,  p.  66. 
(MabUuB  of  Turritella,  characters  almost  of  CeriiMum,) 

Pleurotoma  Lam.  Aperture  produced  into  an  elongated  straight 
canal.  Shell  turrite  or  fusiform.  Columella  smooth.  Lip  cloven 
or  emarginate  bj  a  sinus.  Two  conical  tentacles ;  ejes  at  the  base 
of  tentacles  extemallj.     Operculum  homj. 

Sp.  Pleurotoma  habylonia  Lam.,  Mwrex  hdbylonius  L.,  RiTHFH.  Am^.  Rari- 
teUJs.  Tab.  ^9,  fig.  L,  Blainv.  Malaeol.  PI.  15,  fig.  3,  Cuv.  R  Ani.,  id.  iU., 
MoU.  PI.  60,  fig.  1,  &c.  A  numerous  genus,  of  which  also  several  fossil 
species  are  known. 

Fu8U8  Brug.  (in  part),  Lam.  Shell  destitute  of  spines ;  aper- 
ture produced  into  a  long  straight  canal.  Columella  smooth. 
Labrum  entire.     Operculum  homy. 

Fu9U8  Lax.     Shell  fusiform,  spire  elongate,  ventricoae  in  the 
middla 

51—2 

Digitized  by  VjOOQ IC 


804  CLASS  XIII. 

Bp.  Fuiut  syraeutantu  Lam.,  Mwrex  tyracutanuB  L.,  Poli  Tettac,  utr.  Sic  m. 
Tab.  48,  figs.  II,  12,  Blaiky.  Malacol,  PL  15,  fig.  j;—Fusut  eoUmau 
Lam.,  BncyoL  m^.,  Ver$.  PI.  427,  fig.  i,  &c. 

Pyrvia  Laic  (excL  some  species).     Shell  subpyriform,  wiih  short 
spire. 

Sp.  Pyrvia  mehnffena,  Mvrex  Mdongena  L.,  Rumfh.  Amb.  Bariieitk.  Tab. 
xxiy.  fig.  2,  Blainy.  Malae,  PI.  17,  fig.  3; — Pyr.  pervena,  Mvrex  peroer- 
tus  L.,  Bncyd  Ven.  PI.  43$,  fig.  4,  Bekvx  OondL  Sytt.  n.  PI.  136,  figs. 
5,  Ac. 

Murex  L.  (in  part),  Brug.  Shell  spiral  with  transverse  tuber- 
cles or  spines  in  rows.  Aperture  rotundate,  produced  into  a 
straight  canal ;  columella  smooth.     Operculum  homy. 

MtMrex  Laic     Shell  with  homy  tubercles  or  spines  disgpsed  in 
several  longitudinal  rows.     Canal  of  aperture  often  very  long. 

Sp.  Mwrex  Brandarii  It.,  Poli  Teatae.  utr.  SicU.  m.  Tab.  49,  fig.  8,  Guianr 
Iconoyr,,  MoU.  PL  19,  fig.  i,  Leiblkin,  HKUSiNaEB's  Zeittchr,  f.  die  oryan. 
Phyeik.  EiBenach,  1827,  I.  Heft  t,  pp.  i — 33,  Tab.  I.  Ann,  deeSe.  naL  XTf. 
pp.  176 — 306,  PL  10,  11;  Mediter.  Sea; — Mwrex  Tribvlua  It.,  Mwrex 
cramtpina  Lam.,  Blainv.  Malac.  PL  17,  fig.  2  ; — Murex  ienuiapma  Lam. 
(Mur.  Tribvlua  var.  L.),  Bumph.  Amb.  Bariteiik.  Tab.  26,  fig.  3,  Kuhxb 
iS^.  ff^nfral  des  Ooq.  viv,,  ca$Mliftre»,  m.  PL  6,  ^,  1,  PL  7,  fig.  1 ; — 
Murex  ffauttdlum  It.,  Blainy.  McdaeoL  PL  19,  fig.  5,  Gu&ik  leonogr., 
MoU.  PL  19,  fig.  2,  &C.   Of  thifl  genofl  also  there  are  various  foBtal  spedes. 

RcmeUa  Lam.     Shell  ovate  or  oblong,  with  ribs  compressed,  vari- 
cose, opposite,  remote  at  the  middle  part  of  the  wreath. 

Mwrex  Rama  L.  (in  part),  RamtUa  erumena  Lam.,  Bumfh.  Jm&.  Jtorv 
teilk.  Tib.  14,  fig.  o,  Eneyel.  fn&h..  Vera.  PL  411,  fig.  3,  &e. 

Triton  Montf.,  Lam.     Shell  ovate  or  oblong,  with  varices  rare, 
not  forming  longitudinal  series. 

Sp.  Mwrex  TrilUmia  L.,  ^Vtton  xariegatwn  Lam.,  Bumph.  AnA.  Rariieiti,  Tab. 
38,  fig.  B  and  I,  Eneyel.  mith..  Vera.  PL  421,  fig.  2,  Blainv.  MalaeoL  PL 
iS«  %•  3;  from  the  Indian  Ocean; — Triton  nodiferum  Lam.,  Poli  Teai. 
vtr.  Sie,  m.  PL  49,  fig.  9 ;  from  the  Medit.  Sea.  To  this  last  species 
belongs  the  anatomical  deecription  of  K.  W.  Etsikhabot,  Mbcxzl's 
Archivf.  d.  Phyaiol.  vin.  1823,  pp.  113 — 317,  Tab.  m. 

Fasctolarta  Lam.  Aperture  ending  in  a  straight  canal.  Shell 
oblong,  scarcely  tuberculate.  Columella  furnished  with  two  or 
three  oblique  folds. 

Sp.  Faaciolaria  tulipa  Lam.,  Murex  Tulipa  L.,  Bumph.  Amb.  Rariteitk.  Tab. 
49,  fig.  H,  Blainy.  Malac.  PL  17,  fig.  2. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCA.  805 

TurbtneUa  Lam.  (species  of  Valuta  L.).  Shell  turbinate  or 
subAisiform,  with  aperture  terminating  in  a  canal.  Columella  with 
three  or  more  transverse  compressed  folds. 

Sp.  TwbineUa  pifrum  Lam.,  Volwta  Pyrum  L.,  Rumph.  Amh,  BarUeiik.  Tab. 
36,  fig.  7,  Gu^iN  Iconogr.,  MoU.  PI.  20,  fig.  g;—lhfrbm.  craticuUUa 
Lam.,  Mwrex  craticuUUut  L.,  Encyd,  mUtk.,  Vers,  PI.  419,  fig.  3.  With 
the  exception  of  this  species,  Lutnaub  in  the  hut  edition  of  the  Sytt,  n(U, 
brings  the  species  of  this  genus  known  to  him  to  VoliUa.  The  species  are 
numerous  and  resemble  in  form  either  Fusua  or  Pvndd,  from  which  they 
differ  by  the  transversely  striped  columella  alone. 

Cancellarta  Lam.  Shell  oval  or  turrite,  mostly  reticulate  with 
transverse  stripes  and  longitudinal  rugee.  Aperture  ending  in  a 
short  canal.  Columella  with  transverse  folds;  labrum  iurrowed 
internally.   . 

Sp.  CanceUaria  raiculcUa  Lam.,  Valuta  reticulata  L.,  D'Aboskv.  Conck,  PL 
17,  fig.  M,  Encycl.  mith.,  Vers.  PI.  375,  fig.  3,  Blaikv.  Malacol,  PI.  22, 
fig.  I,  &c.  GifyiEB  regarded  this  genus  as  a  sub-division  of  Valuta; 
Deshates  is  inclined  to  place  it  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Tomatdla,  There 
is  no  operculum  present.  Many  fossil  spedee  from  the  tertiary  formations 
are  known. 

Struthiolarta  Lam. 

Sp.  Strutkwlaria  nodulosa  Lam.,  Mwrex  pes  sbrutkiocameli  Ghemv.,  Spen- 
GLEE  NcUurforscher,  xvn.  Tab.  u.  figs,  a,  b,  Blauiv.  MaJUtool,  PI.  17, 
fig.  10,  ftc. 

Rostellaria  Lam.  (in  part),  Chenopus  Philippi,  Aparrhais 
Petiver,  Gray. 

Sp.  Strombus  Pes  peUcani  L.,  PoLi  Test,  utr,  SicU.  in.  PI.  48,  figs.  7—10, 
Blainy.  McUac,  PI.  11,  fig.  6,  kc, 

Stromhis  L.  Shell  turrite,  with  labrum  dilated  into  a  very 
ample  wing  excised  towards  the  canal  by  a  sinus.  Canal  straight 
or  inflected  by  the  columella  obliquely  outwards.  Operculum 
homy.  Tentacles  bifid,  the  internal  lacinia  conical,  the  external 
peduncle  cylindrical,  oculiferous  at  the  apex. 

*  Canal  subulate;  sinus  of  lahrvm  contiguous  to  the  canal.    Spec,  of 
Rostellaria  Lam. 

Sp.  trombus  Fusus  L.,  JRostellaria  rectirostris  Lam.,  D'Abgbny.  Conch,  PI. 
10,  fig.  D,  Reeve  Conch,  Syst,  n.  Tab.  346,  fig.  4; — Boslell,  curvirostra 
Lam.,  Encyd.  mSth,,  Vers.  PL  411,  fig.  i,  Blainy.  Malacol.  PI.  16, 
fig.  I. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


806  GLASS  XIII. 

*  *  Canal  dongaU;  iinrn  of  labrum  not  wntigwmt  to  oanal,  Lakmm 
produced  into  digitcUe  laeinuB,    Pterocera  Lam. 

Sp.  Stromima  Ckiragra  L.,  Libtbb  Omck.  PI.  870,  fig.  34;— Srom^itf  Scot- 
piua  L.,  D'Akoenv.  Conch.  PI.  14,  fig.  b,  Blainy.  Malae,  PL  15,  figs.  3, 
4,  GuiBiN  Iconogr.,  Moll,  PL  21,  fig.  z,  &o. 

*  *  *  Canal  tkort,  emarginate  or  trttneaied.  Sintu  of  lahrtan  diatimet 
from  eancU.  Labrum  in  more  adult  theUs  expanded  into  a  teing  simfle, 
entire,    Sironibue  Lax. 

Sp.  Strombue  gigae  L.,  Listxb  Conekgl.  Tab.  863,  ^.  18  ;—Strombue  latietC- 
mu8  L.,  L18TBB  Tab.  861,  fig.  t8  (856,  fig.  la  young)  i—Slromhua  ladigi- 
nonu  L.,  Cur,  S,  Ani.,  €d,  iU,,  Moll,  PI.  61,  fig.  i,  Ac 

Cassis  Lam.,  Cassidea  Bkug.  (spec,  of  Buccmum  L.).  Shell 
yentricose  or  inflated,  with  spire  short  Aperture  longitudinal, 
terminating  in  a  short  canal.  Columella  transyerselj  plicate  or 
rugose. 

a)  Canal  incurved  obli^uelg  iotkel^  and  upmarde  or  tMbtbraighi,  Ca§- 
eidaria  "Lau, 

Sp.  Caatit  eehinophora,  Buccinum  edUnopkomm  L.,  BmcPB.  Amb,  RasriUitk. 
Tib.  37,  fig.  I,  Gu^BiN  icmogr,^  MoU,  PL  16,  fig.  6,  fto.— The  genua 
Oniecia  SowBBBT  it  diatinguished  by  a  abort  csnal  and  a  lamina,  covered 
with  granular  inequalities,  extending  fi!t>nL  the  oolumeUa  over  the  last 
wreath :  CasHdaria  Oniecua  Lax.,  Strombua  Oniacue  1,.,  Ac.  See  Rbevx 
ConcK,  Sgal,  n,  pp.  210 — 212,  PL  353,  354. 

b)  Canal  aacending,  exeieed  deeply  towarda  ike  extremity.    Cauia  Lax. 

Sp.  Oaaaia  eomuta  Lax.,  Buccinum  eomuHtm  L.,  Libtbb  Oonchyl.  Tab. 
1008; — Caaaia  tuberoaa  Lax.,  Buccinum  tuberoaum  L.,  Encgcl,  mitk,,  Vera. 
PL  406,  fig.  r,  PL  407,  fig.  3,  Blainy.  MalacaiL  PL  33,  fig.  i  ^—CaaaU 
glauea  Lax.,  Buccinum  giaucum  L.,  Ruxph.  Amb.  Bariieiik.  Tab.  35,  figs. 
A  and  4,  Cnv.  R,  Ani,,  id.  HI.,  Moll.  PL  56,  fig.  i,  &a 
FoBsil  species  also  of  this  genua  are  found. 

Purpura  Brug.  Shell  oval,  often  tuberculate,  with  spire  short, 
last  wreath  ample.  Aperture  terminating  in  a  sinus  oblique,  sub- 
canaliculate.  Columella  smooth,  acuminate  towards  the  apex. 
Operculimi  thin,  homy. 

DvcLOB  {Ann,  dea  Se,  nat,  xxv.  1833,  pp.  90—95,  xxvi.  pp.  103—113), 
Dbshates  {EncycL  miih..  Vera,  m.  pp.  838 — 845)  and  Blaibyille  {Nomf, 
Ann,  du  Mua.  I.  pp.  189 — 363)  have  united  under  the  name  of  Purpura, 
besides  Monoeeroa  and  Bicinula  of  Laxabck,  also  Concholqm  Lax.  ;  they 
regard  these  genera  merely  as  divisions  of  a  great  genus,  to  which  more 
than  300  species  now  belong. 

Bicinula  Lam.  Aperture  oblong,  narrowed  by  unequal  teeth  at 
the  columella  and  the  internal  surface  of  labrum.  Shell  often  tu- 
berculatoHspinose. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCA.  807 

Sp.  Pwrpwra  riciniMf  Mv/rex  Memui  L.,  Riemula  wrackwAdM  Lam.,  Enc, 
nUth.,  Vers,  PL  395,  fig.  ^i—Jiicinula  horrida  Lam.,  Blainy.  Malac.  PL 
22,  fig.  2,  &c. 

Purpura  Lah.     Aperture  dilated,  with  columella  short 

Sp.  Purpura  peniea  Lam.,  Buceinum  persieum  L.,  BuMFH.  Atnif,  HariteUk. 
Tab.  27,  fig.  b/  Blaihy.  McUacol,  PL  14,  fig.  3.  (Most  of  the  spedea 
belong  to  this  division,  of  which  fossil  speoies  also  occur.) 

{Monoceroe  Lam.  differs  from  the  Purpura  by  a  conical  tooth  at  the  in- 
ternal mai-gin  of  labnim.  Sp.  Purpura  monodon,  Monoceros  imbricattim 
Lam.,  Buccinum  monodon  Gmel.,  Blaint.  Malac,  PL  17,  fig.  3,  &c. 

Conchol^pas  Lak.    Vertex  not  spired,  inclined  obliquely  towards 
labium.     Aperture  longitudinal,  oblique,  very  ample. 

Sp.  Purpura  eonchoUpM  nob.,  OimchoUpas  peruvianui  D'Arobitv.  Conch. 
PL  a,  fig.  D,  Blaimv.  Malacol.  PL  94,  fig.  i,  Lessoit  lUuMtr.  de  ZooL  PL 
27  (a  figure  with  the  animal).  This  singular  shell,  which  at  first  sight 
might  be  taken  for  a  single  conch  of  a  bivalve,  was  received  by  Gmblin 
into  the  thirteenth  edition  of  the  SyH.  not,  under  the  name  of  Patdla  lepas, 

Harpa  Lam.  Shell  ovate,  turgid,  with  longitudinal  parallel 
ribs.  Aperture  oval,  terminating  at  the  apex  in  an  excised  sinus. 
Columella  laevigato-gibbons,  oblique.  Spire  short.  Animal  with 
foot  large,  semicircular  anteriorly,  and  operculum  none.  Tentacles 
conical,  incrassate  at  the  base,  oculiferous  on  the  outside. 

Sp.  Harpa  imptrialU  Lam.,  Buccinum  cosUUum  L.,  D'Abgbnv.  Conchyl., 
Append.  PL  iy  fig.  P,  Chemn.  Tab.  15a,  fig.  1451; — Harpa  veniricoea 
Lam.,  Buccinum  Harpa  L.  (in  part),  EncycL  nUtk,,  Vers.  PL  404,  fig.  i, 
Gui^iK  Iconoffr.,  Moll.  PL  18,  fig.  i.  Comp.  Rbtnaud  Obdervations  swr 
V Animal  de  la  Harpe,  Mim.  de  la  JSoc,  d^Hisl.  not,  de  Parte,  v.  1834,  pp. 
33—40,  PL  3- 

Dolium  Lam.  Shell  thin,  ventricose,  smooth,  surrounded  by 
transverse  ribs.  Aperture  longitudinal,  terminated  anteriorly  by  a 
sinus.  Columella  oblique.  Labrum  transversely  crenate.  Spire 
short.     Foot  large,  without  operculum. 

Sp.  Dolium  perdix  Lam.,  Buccinum  Perdix  L.,  D'Aboenv.  Conchyl.  Tab. 
17,  fig.  A,  Mabtini  Tab.  117,  fig.  1079,  GufiRiif  Iconogr.,  Moll.  PL  17, 
fig.  10,  Cuv.  JL  Ant.,  id.  ill.,  Moll.  PL  54,  fig.  2  ;—J)olium  galea  JjAM., 
Buccinum  galea  L.,  Mabtiki  Tab.  1 16,  fig.  10^,  PoLi  Test.  utr.  Sic.  ni. 
PL  47,  figs.  3,  4 ;  ib  gigantic  species  from  the  Mediterranean  Sea. 

Buccinum  L.  (excl.  many  spec),  Lam.  (add  genus  Nassa  Lam.). 
Shell  ovate  or  ovato-conical,  gibbous.  Aperture  longitudinal, 
emarginate  by  a  sinus  towards  the  apex.     Operculum  homy. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


808  CLASS  XIII. 

Sub-genera :  Nassa,  Buccinunh,  Tritonium  Muell.  and  Debhatis 
(species  of  Bticdnwrn  Lam.).  Comp.  Deshates  in  Lahabck  Hist 
not,  dea  Ani,  a.  vert,  x.  pp.  151,  152. 

Sp.  Buccinum  undaiwn  h.,  Encyd,  mOh,,  Yen.  PL  399,  fig.  i,  Blaxst. 
Malae,  PL  ^2,  fig.  4.  (See  an  anatomicid  description  of  this  spedes  bj 
CuviBB,  Ann.  du  Mtu.  xi.  pp.  447 — 457,  Mim.  s.  I.  MoUutq.  No.  17.) 

To  Buccinum  belongs  also  the  genus  Ebuma  Lam.  (with  the  excLouon  of 
Ehuma  glabrata,  Ancillaria  glabrata  Soweebt).  Sp.  Bttccinum  tpiraimm 
L.,  BUMFH.  Amb.  Bariteid.  Tab.  49,  fig.  D,  Encyd,  mith..  Vers.  PL  401, 
fig.  4. 

Terebra  Brug.  (species  from  genus  Terehra  Adans.),  Subula 
Schumacher,  Blainy.  Shell  turrite,  subulate.  Aperture  longi- 
tudinal, much  shorter  than  spire,  excised  at  the  apex  by  a  sinus. 
Columella  oblique,  plicate ;  labrum  with  margin  acute,  thin.  Oper- 
culum homy. 

Sp.  Tertbra  mactUata  Lau.,  Biiccinum  maculatum  L.,  D'Abqbitv^illb  Com- 
ckyl.  PL  II,  fig.  A,  Encyd,  mith.,  Ven.  PL  402,  fig.  i. 

Conus  L.  Shell  convolute,  conical.  Spire  short,  sometimes 
acuminate,  mostly  flattened.  Aperture  narrow,  longitudinal,  eden- 
tulous. Columella  short.  Animal  with  foot  anteriorly  truncated, 
posteriorly  attenuate,  rotundate,  with  homy  operculum ;  head  with 
two  tentacles  subulate,  bearing  eyes  on  the  outside  towards  the 
apex. 

Sp.  Cmua  imperialis  li.,  RuuPH.  Amb.  RariicUk.  Tab.  34,  fig.  H,  Encydop. 
mith.,  Vers.  PL  319,  figs,  i,  2,  Blainv.  Malctc.  PL  26,  fig.  5;— Cwta 
gloria  maris  Chemn.,  Conch.  Tab.  143,  figs.  1324,  1325,  Enc.  nUth.,  Vers. 
PL  347,  6g.  7.  A  very  numerous  genus  of  more  than  300  species  (aooord- 
ing  tu  Debhatbs,  Lamabck  Bist.  not.  d.  Am.  s.  v.,  sec.  id.  xi.  p.  7). 
Beautiful  figures  of  many  species  are  found  in  the  Encyd.  mith..  Vers.  PL 
315 — 347.  Almost  all  are  from  the  tropical  seas ;  many  fossil  species  from 
the  tertiary  formations  are  known. 

Voluta  L.  (exclusive  of  many  species).  Lam.  Shell  ovate,  very 
often  ventricose,  with  apex  obtuse.  Aperture  longitudinal,  excised 
towards  the  end  by  a  sinus.  Columella  obliquely  plicate.  Ani- 
mal without  operculum. 

Sp.  Voluiu  cethiopica  Lau.  {Voluta  cethiopica  L.  in  part),  Encyd.  mith.. 
Vers.  PL  387,  fig.  i,  Cuv.  B.  Ani.,  id.  Ul.,  MoU,  PL  52,  fig.  i,  Ac. 

Volvaria  Lam.  (in  part),  Sowebbt. 

Species  fossil.    Comp.  Rsbys  Conchol,  Syst,  n.  pp.  246 — 248. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCA.  809 

Mitra  Lam.  Shell  mostly  fusiform,  with  apex  acute.  Folds 
of  columella  suboblique,  transverse,  decreasing  forwards.  Aper- 
ture narrow,  broader  anteriorly,  terminated  by  a  deep  oblique  sinus 
ascending  upwards.  Animal  with  tentacles  oculiferous  externally  at 
the  sides  or  at  base ;  exsert  proboscis  surpassing  the  shell  in  length. 

a)  Wiih  ipire  dongaU, 

Sp.  MUra  tpigcopalie  Lam.,  VoltUa  mitra  L.  (m  part),  Bumfh.  Amh,  Rari- 
teith.  Tab.  ig,  fig,  K,  D'Argbnvillb  ConchyL  PI.  9,  fig.  0,  Blajnv. 
Malacol.  PI.  2S  bia,  fig.  i,  Kienbb  Coq.  viv.,  Columellaires,  MUre,  PL  i. 
fig.  I  (fig.  wiih  the  animal) ; — Mitra  vulpeetda  Lam.,  VoltOa  ViUpecula  "L,, 
GuiRiN  Iconogr.,  MM,  PI.  17,  fig.  i. 

b)  With  tpire  shorter,  {ffahitut  nearly  of  Conus.)  Conohdix  Swains., 
SowEBBT,  Imbricaria  Schumachsb. 

Sp.  MUra  dadylua  Lam.,  Valuta  Dactylut  L.,  Blainy.  MalacoL  PI.  38  bis, 
fig-  3>  Gu&lN  Iconogr.,  Moll.  PI.  1 7,  fig.  2. 

Margtnella  Lam.  (with  addit.  of  several  spec,  of  Volvarta  ejusd.). 
Shell  ovato-oblong,  smooth,  with  short  spire.  Aperture  scarcely 
sinuate.  Columella  with  folds  transverse,  oblique,  subequal.  La- 
brum  incrassated  externally. 

Sp.  Marginella  faha,  VoltUa  Faba  L.,  Encycl.  m^th.,  Vera.  PI.  377,  ^.  1, 
Blainy.  Malac.  PI.  30,  fig.  5,  &c. 

Terebellum  Lam.  Shell  convolute,  subcylindrical,  with  apex 
acute.  Aperture  longitudinal,  narrow,  broader  towards  the  end, 
terminated  by  sinus.  Columellar  margin  produced  with  apex 
truncated  beyond  labrum.  (Animal  with  tentacles  filiform,  oculife- 
rous at  the  point.) 

Sp.  Terd)dlum  tubuUUumt  BuUa  terebellum  L.,  Humph.  Anib.  Mariteilk.  Tab. 
30,  fig.  B,  Blainy.  Malac.  PI.  37,  fig.  i,  Adams  and  L.  Bseyb  Mdlusca 
of  the  Voyage  of  H.M.8.  Samarang,  1848,  PI.  ix.  fig.  6  (a  fig.  of  the  animal 
with  the  shell)  in  the  Ind.  Ocean.  Terebellum  convohUum  Blainy.  1.  L 
fig.  a  a  foflsil  species  from  the  calcaire  grostier. 

Columbella  Lam.  Shell  oval,  spire  short.  Aperture  emargi- 
nate  towards  the  end.  Labrum  gibbous  internally,  often  denticu- 
late, narrowing  the  aperture. 

ColwnheiUa  ruatica  Lam.,  Valuta  nutiea  L.,  PoLi  Teat.  utr.  Sic.  iii.  PI. 
46,  figs,  s^—41  y—ColurnbeUa  atrombiformia  L.,  Blainy.  Malac.  PI.  30, 
fig.  5.  &c. 

Ancillaria  Lam.  Shell  oblong,  smooth.  Aperture  longitudinal, 
sinuate  towards  the  end.  Columella  tumid,  contorted.  Spire  short, 
with  sutures  of  wreaths  not  canaliculate. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


810  CLASS  XIII. 

Sp.  AneiUaria  cinnamonea  Lam.  {BtdlA  eypraa  L.  I),  &c.  (A  geons  narcdy 
distinct  from  Oliva^  of  which  perhaps  it  is  to  be  regarded  as  a  sub-generic 

section.) 

Oltva  Brug.,  Lam.  Shell  smooth,  subcylindrial,  convolute, 
polished,  with  spire  short  and  sutures  canaliculate.  Aperture 
longitudinal,  terminating  in  a  sinus.  Columella  obliquely  striated. 
Labrum  somewhat  thick,  with  margin  inflected  towards  the  aper- 
ture. Animal  with  foot  elongate,  furnished  anteriorly  with  a 
triangular  lobe,  without  operculum;  tentacles  incrassated  at  the 
base,  oculiferous  on  the  outside,  attenuated  at  the  apex. 

Sp.  Oliva  porphyria  Lam.,  Voluta  porphyria  li,,  D*ABOJiinriLLB  Conck.  PL 
13,  fig.  K,  Encycl.  tn^lh.,  Vers.  PL  361,  fig.  4,  Reeve  Conch,  SyH,  n,  PI. 
a 7 3,  fig.  I ; — Oliva  maura  Lam.,  Voluta  (Hiva  L.  (in  part),  Rumfh.  Amb. 
Rariteitk,  Tab.  39,  fig.  a,  Cuv.  R,  Anim,,  €d.  iU.,MoU,  PL  51,  fig.  3,  ftc 
The  species  are  numerous,  many  much  resembling  each  other,  and  on 
account  of  the  manifold  varieUes  which  some  present,  difficult  to  distin- 
guish. There  are  also  some  fossil  species  known,  which  occur  in  the  ter- 
tiary formations. 

Ovula  Brug.  Shell  involute,  turgid,  polished ;  spire  concealed^ 
Aperture  longitudinal,  narrow,  produced  at  both  ends  beyond  the 
columella,  with  columellar  margin  edentulous.  Labrum  often  in- 
crassated, inflected,  flat,  transversely  crenate. 

Sp.  Omda  oviformia  Lam.,  Bulla  Ovum  L.,  Rvmfh.  Amb.  Ba/nieUk,  Tsb.  38; 
fig.  Q,  Blainy.  Malac.  PL  31,  fig.  i ;  white,  the  outer  margin  of  the  moath 
toothed,  just  as  in  Cypraea,  from  which  genus  this  species  is  in  fact  distin- 
guished merely  by  the  smooth,  convex  inner  margin.  The  animals,  more- 
over, of  the  two  genera  are  vexy  similar.  In  other  species  the  external 
margin  is  smooth ;  such  is  the  case  in  Ovula  vnha  Lam.,  Bulla  Volva  L., 
Blainv.,  L  L  fig.  3,  where  it  tenninates  at  both  sides  in  a  long  tube. 

Cyprcea  L.  Shell  involute,  polished,  convex  above,  flattened 
at  the  aperture.  Aperture  straightened,  longitudinal,  effiise  at 
both  ends.  Either  labium  transversely  crenate.  Spire  very  small, 
concealed  in  adults.  Animal  with  tentacles  conical,  the  eyes 
placed  externally  at  the  base  of  tentacles,  foot  broad,  operculum 
none ;  mantle  very  ample,  reflected  upon  the  shell  at  the  sides. 

Porcelain  ahells.  A  very  numerous  genus  (about  ^00  species  are  known), 
which  is  defined  very  naturally.  The  shell  of  the  young  animal  difiers 
mudi  firom  that  of  the  adult;  it  is  thin,  differently  coloured  and  without 
teeth  at  the  aperture,  the  wreaths  also  being  then  visible  (see  above,  p. 
687,  and  compare  the  figure  of  Cyprcea  exanthema  in  the  young  state, 
Encycl.  mith.,  Vera.  PL  349,  or  in  Blainy.  Malac,  PI.  30,  fig.  1). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCA.  811 

Sp.  (}yprmk  ArgM  L.,  Ruvph.  Tab.  38,  fig.  d,  Bneyd.  mSth,,  Vers,  Fl.  350, 
fig.  I  ;—OypraM  varMaria  Lam.,  City.  R  Ani,,  id.  iU.,  Moll.  PI.  49,  fig. 
4  (a  fig.  of  the  aniinal  with  the  shell  transferred  from  QuoT  et  Gaimabo 
Vay.  de  VAttrol.)  i—OjfprcBa  mtmda  L.,  Rumfh.  Amb.  Bariteitk,  Tab.  39, 
^.  0,  Encycl.  tneth,,  Vers.  PI.  356,  fig.  3,  a  species  known  by  the  name  of 
Kauri  {Cowry),  which  serves  for  small  money  in  some  countries  of  Africa 
and  India. 

Section  III.  Cavity  for  respiration  furnished  with  a  network 
of  vessels  running  on  its  walls,  opening  ektemally  by  an  aperture 
of  mantle. 

Family  XI.  Pneuman{ca{Coelopnoa  ScHWEia.).  Hermaphrodite 
molluscs  breathing  air,  most  of  them  terrestrial,  others  aquatile, 
ascending  to  the  surface  of  the  water  for  respiration.  Some  naked, 
others  testaceous. 

This  division  of  Mollnscs  is  treated  of  at  length  in  the  iUnstrated  work  of 
Db  F^ubsao,  Hittcirt  natur.  des  MoUutques  terrutres  ei  Jhiviatiles,  Paris, 
1 8 19  and  foU.  Dbbhatjis,  after  the  death  of  FfBUBSAO,  began  the  con- 
tinuation which  was  completed  in  1851. 

I.     Operculum, 

Ampullacera  QuOT  and  Gaim. 

Note. — Shell  of  AmpuHaria.  Head  bilobed,  with  rounded  lobes  in  place 
of  tentacles.  Here  belong  the  species  of  A  mpullaria  (AmpuU.  avdlana  and 
Amp.  froffUis)  of  Lamabck.  The  genus  seems  to  me  to  be  of  uncertain 
position. 

n.     Operculum  wme  true. 

Phalanx  I.  Eyes  at  the  base  of  tentacles.  Two  tentacles 
only.     The  most  aquatic. 

Ancylus  Geoffr.  Shell  thin,  obliquely  conical,  with  apex 
acute,  inflected  posteriorly.  Aperture  oval,  with  margins  very 
simple.     CJreeping  body  entirely  covered  by  shell. 

Sp.  AncyluB  lacustris  Muell.,  Patella  lacustris  1,.,  PFEirFEB  Schn.  i.  Pi.  iv. 
fig.  46 ; — AncyluB  Jluviatilu,  Patdla  JUgnatUis  GiCBLUi,  Blaint.  Afalaeol. 
PL  48,  fig.  6,  Stubm  DeuUchl.  Fauna,  vi.  Heft  4,  Tab.  9,  Pfsiffeb  1.  1. 
fig.  44. 

Concerning  the  place  of  this  genus  in  the  natural  arrangement  opinions 
are  at  yarianoe.  Tbxvirakus  thought,  from  the  anatomical  investigation 
of  Ancyl.  fiuviatilit,  that  the  genus  might  indeed  have  some  affinity  with 
LymruEuSf  but  still  does  not  belong  to  the  pneuinmUca,  because  on  the  left 
side,  between  the  mantle  and  the  border  of  the  ventral  disc,  a  gill  is  situated 


Digitized  by 


Google 


812  CLASS  xnL 

in  fonn  of  a  long  Inf.  Tsxvnujnjs,  aooonfin^y,  tumymita  tkb  aunl 
with  Pleurobranekut,  but  remarks  at  the  ame  time  that  in  thie  laat  gm» 
the  gill  liee  on  the  right  side,  and  hae  many  tnasrene  folds,  whikt  that  of 
Aneylui  preeenti  an  entirely  smooth  snz&ce.  (Zoledbr.  fwr  Pkytiaiagkj  Vf. 
1,  1831,  B.  194—197,  Taf.  xvn.).  Tioscbsl  icfets  AmejfimM  to  the  Bgpo- 
Wanekiaia  (see  WixoMAinr's  Ardkiv,  1838,  n.  s.  ^5).  Bat  ainoe,  however, 
YooT  has  subsequently  remaiked,  that  these  animik  appear  to  breathe  air 
alone,  and  that  it  has  by  no  means  been  proved  that  the  leaf4ike  organ  if 
really  to  be  regarded  as  a  gill  (Mukllke'b  Ardkiv,  1841,  s.  35 — 38),  wcitil 
think  that  Ancj^ui  must  remain  amongst  the  fmemmomiea  laqmatSia, 

LtmruBus  Cuv.,  LymruBa  Lajc.  Tentacles  broad,  short,  com- 
pressed, triangular,  not  retractile.  Eyes  placed  between  the  bases 
of  tentacles.  Shell  thin,  oblong,  sometimes  turrite;  spire  exsert 
Aperture  entire,  longitudinal.  Labrum  acute,  ascending  towards 
columella  and  forming  an  oblique  fold. 

Mud-tnaU.  These  animals  have  a  thin  shell;  the  last  wreath  is  very 
wide  and  round.  On  the  right  side  of  the  animal  is  the  respiratoiy  sper- 
ture,  the  walls  of  which  can  be  elongated  as  a  tube,  and  thos  extend  abo?e 
the  water.  Such  Lb  the  case  when  the  animal  respires  at  the  saAce  of  the 
water,  with  the  foot  or  the  ventral  disc  tumed  upwards.  The  apertures  of 
the  sexual  organs  lie  far  apart  Under  the  right  feeler  is  the  aperture 
which  transmits  the  penis,  under  the  respiratory  aperture  that  of  thefemak 
organs.  To  this  it  is  to  be  ascribed  that  in  copukting  one  individasi  ii 
connected  with  two  others,  one  of  which  impregnates  it  whilst  the  other  in 
impregnated  by  it.  In  this  way,  hanging  together,  th^  often  form  seveni 
long  chains.  (Vok  Basb  has,  however,  observed  self-impregnation  also  in 
Limnetut  awrieularu,  MuBLUm's  Arekiv,  n.  1835,  s.  114.)  These  snsik 
live  on  water-pUnts. 

Compare  Swahmbsdam  Bijbd  der  NaL  i.  U.  164—169,  Tub.  ix.  ^.  4;— 
CuviBR  Ann.  du  Mus.  vu.  pp.  185—193,  PI.  x.  figs.  1— 11,  MoUusq.,  Min. 
Ko.  14;— Stikbkl  DUseri.  inmtg.  nttrnt  Limtui  stoffnalit  Anatomen,  Got- 
tingn,  18 15,  4to,  c.  tabulis  1, 

Sp.    LimiMeuM  ttagnaiit,  ffdix  dagnalis  L.  (703),  Bladtv.  Malae.  PL  37i 
fig.  I ;  Pfsiffsb  Schn.  I.  Tab.  iv.  fig.  19,  &c. 

Sub-genu8  Amphipeplea  Nilsson.    Mantle  inyolving  dieU    Shell 
subglobose ;  spire  obtuse,  scarcely  prominent. 
Sp.    Limnceut  glutinotut  DBATAiur. 

Physa  Draparn.  {Bulinu8  Adans.)  Tentacles  slender,  seta- 
ceous, long.  Foot  long,  anteriorly  rounded,  posteriorly  narrow,  acute. 
Margins  of  mantle  sometimes  fimbriate,  reflected  over  shell.  Shell 
oval  or  oblong,  often  left-handed ;  aperture  longitudinal,  produced 
anteriorly,  enlarged. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


HOLLUSCA.  813 

Sp.  Phyta  fontinaZii  Drap.,  BuUa  fonttnalis  L.,  Stubm  Deutschl,  Fauna, 
VI.  Heft  4,  Tab.  lo; — Phyia  hypnorum  Dbap.,  Bulla  hypniorumli.,  Stubm 
1.  1.  Tab.  II,  Cuv.  U.  Ani,,  id,  iU.,  MoO,  PI.  i6,  fig.  5. 

Planarbis  Brug.  Tentacles  setaceous,  very  long.  Foot  short. 
Shell  disciform,  with  all  the  wreaths  conspicuous  on  both  sides. 
Aperture  almost  lunate,  with  margin  not  reflected.  ^ 

These  snails  live  with  Limnaut  in  stagnant  fresh  water,  and  hare,  how- 
eirer  remarkably  the  external  form  differs,  almost  the  same  internal  structure 
as  the  species  of  that  genus.  Compare  Swammsboam  B^bel  der  Nat.  1.  bL 
186 — 189,  CuviEB  Arm.  du  Mu9.  vn.  pp.  194 — 196,  PI.  x.  figs.  i« — 15, 
MoUtuq.,  Mim,  14. 

Sp.  Planorhit  comeus,  Hdix  cornea  L.,  Blaikv.  Malaeol.  PL  37  bis,  fig.  3, 
Stubm  L  L  Tab.  4,  Gu^bim  Iconogr.,  MoU,  PI.  7,  fig.  1,  &;c. 

Auricula  Lam.  (spec,  from  genus  Voluta  L.).  Two  conical 
tentacles.  Shell  oval  or  oblongo-orate.  Aperture  longitudinal, 
with  labrum  often  reflected.     Columella  folded. 

To  this  genus  belong  species  that  live  on  land,  although  elsewhere  these 
molluscs,  like  Hdix,  are  distinguished  by  four  tentacles.  Different  genera 
have  been  adopted  here,  as  Carychium  Mukll.  and  ScarabuM  Montf., 
Scarabcea  Cut.  This  bst  genus  is  distinguished  by  a  shell  longitudinally 
compressed  into  a  margin  on  each  side  (carinated). 

Compare  Dbshatbs  Diet,  univers,  cTffiat.  not.  1.  1842,  pp.  345 — 348, 
the  article  Awicule;  Tbosohxl  in  Wieqmank'b  Archiv,  1838, 1,  pp.  102 — 
308,  on  Scardbiis,  and  Kkbvb  on  the  same  sub-genus,  Ann.  of  Nat.  Hut, 
IX.  pp.  218 — 221. 

Sp.  Avrieida  mida,  VohUa  Aurit  Midoi  L.,  D'Abokky.  Conchyl.  PL  10, 
fig.  o,  Encyd.  mSth.,  Vers.  PL  460,  fig.  6,  Gu^bik  Iconogr.,  Mollusq.  PL 
7,  fig.  7,  QuoT  et  6aih.  Attrolabe,  Zool.  PL  14  (fig.  with  the  animal,  trans- 
ferred in  GuviXB  R  Ani.,  id,  iU.,  MoU,  PL  27,  ftg,  i) ;  New  Guinea,  not 
far  from  the  shore ;  Awricvlajttdas,  VohUa  AurU  Judce  L.,  Blainy.  Malaeol. 
PL  38,  fig.  I ; — Aurictda  tcaraJbaa,  Hdiz  ScaaraboBUB  L.,  Scarabus  tmbrium 
MoKTF.,  Chexk.  Tab.  136,  figs.  1249, 1250,  Bejcve  Ann,  of  Nat.  Eitt.  L  L 
PI.  4,  fig.  1 1 ;  lives  in  the  E.  Indies,  in  woods  at  the  roots  of  trees,  ko. 

Phalanx  II.  Eyes  at  the  point  of  tentacles.  Tentacles  most 
frequently  four ;  two  superior  placed  more  backwards,  larger ;  in- 
ferior short  (sometimes  obsolete).  MoUusca  pneumonica  terrestria 
aut  amphibia. 

A.     Testacea  (Helicina), 

Pupa  Drap.,  Lam.  (spec,  of  Turbo  L.).  Animal  with  inferior 
tentacles  very  short  or  none  {Vertiffo  Muell.).  Shell  elliptical  or 
cylindrical,  with  aperture  semirotund,  in  most  dentate. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


814  CLASS  XllL 

Sp.  Pupa  muaeorum  Lail,  Turbo  muteorum  L.,  PmmB  SAn.  i.  Tib.  3, 
figs.  17,  jS;—Pupa  mumia  Laic,  Blaihy.  Malae.  PL  38,  fig.  5,  fcc 
Add  genus  Ckcmdrvi  CuY. 

ClauatUa  Drap.,  Lam.  (species  of  Turbo  L.).  Animal  with 
inferior  tentacles  veiy  short  Shell  very  often  thin,  fiisiform,  with 
apex  sbmewhat  obtuse.  Aperture  snboTate,  with  margins  at  each 
side  connate,  reflected.  (In  the  last  vrreath  in  most  a  testaceous 
lamella  adhering  to  columella  by  a  thin  elastic  pedicle^.) 

This  genus  is  much  allied  to  Pupck,  and  may,  as  Deshatbs  deddes,  be 
united  with  it.  In  most  of  the  species  the  sheQ  is  left-haiided.  Sndi  ■ 
the  case  with  aU  the  European  species,  which  are  small,  aod  are  found  os 
trunks  of  trees,  on  the  ground  amongst  faUen  leaves  and  on  stones.  Sp. 
ClaudLia  rugo$a  Dbap.,  HeUx  penena  Mubll.,  Pfstffbb  Sckti.  i.  Tth. 
HI,  fig.  30.     Here  also  belongs  the  genus  Cylindrdla  Ptkeffbii. 

BuUmus  Deshayes,  nob.  {Bulimua  and  Ackattna  Lam.,  species 
of  genus  Bulimus  ScoPOLl,  Brug.).  Animal  with  four  distinct 
tentacles,  and  foot  lanceolate  posteriorly.  Shell  ovate,  more  rarelj 
oblong,  cylindrical,  with  last  turn  rather  large,  and  apex  of  spiie 
somewhat  obtuse.     Aperture  longitudinal.     Columella  smooth. 

AchctUna  Lam.     Columella  truncated  towards  the  end,  not  con- 
tinuous with  margin  of  aperture.     Labrum  always  acute. 

8p.  Svlimut  virginetu,  BvBa  virffiihea  L.,  D'Abokkt.  Ooneh^.  PI.  ii^  fig- 
K,  Blainv.  Malae.  PI.  38,  fig.  2,  Cuv.  R.  Ani.,  id.  ill.,3foa.  PL  «5,  fig.  4; 
South  America ; — BvJimut  columna,  ffdix  columna  Guel.,  EnqfcL  miih.f 
Ver$.  PL  459»  fig.  5,  Blaihy.  Malae.  PL  40,  fig.  3,  kc. 

JBviimits  Lam.    Columella  not  truncated,  continuous  with  mai^ 
of  aperture.    Labrum  often  reflected,  incrassated  (spec,  of  Melix  L). 

Sp.  BvlifMU  lubriau  Bbug.  {ffelix  iubcylindriea  L.  ?),  Sturm  DevttckL 
Fauna,  vi.  Heft  4,  l^b.  4,  Pfeiffxb  Sdm.  i.  Tab.  4,  fig.  6.  BuUmut 
citrinui  Bruo.,  Helix  perversa  h.,  D'AROXNvn.LB  Conch.  PL  9,  fig.  ^f 
MouBSOK  Tab.  XX.  fig.  5,  fto. 

Helix  Brug.    (Species  from  genus  Helix  L.).     Four  distinct 

tentacles.     Shell  orbicular  or  depresso-conical.    Aperture  broader 

than  long,  lunate,  with  penultimate  wreath  prominent  intemallj. 

Comp.   Dbshatrs  Did,  cUusiq.  SHUt,  not,  vm.  1815,  pp.  74—^ 
Encyd,  mStk.,  Ven.  n.  pp.  188—366,  under  Helix, 


^  Compare  on  this  part,  to  which  the  genus  dautiHa  owes  its  name,  J.  E.  GbaI 
in  Annalt  of  Nat,  Hitt,  V.  p.  143.  It  is  no  operculum,  but  rather  a  modification  of  tbe 
tooth-like  prominence  at  the  aperture  of  the  sheU  occurring  in  many  moUusoB. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCA.  815 

t  Apertwn  twmed  upwardt,  dcntaU  on  each  nde, 
Anostoma  Fischer,  Lah. 

Sp.  ffdix  ringens  L.,  D'Arosny.  Conchyl,  Fl.  38,  figs.  13,  14,  Blainv. 
Malac,  PI.  39,  fig.  4;  habit,  in  £.  Indies^. 

I I  Aperiwre  inclined  downwards,  tkell  <it  the  periphery  ecmnaie  er  wb- 
earinate,  moeUy  depreend,    Ldbrum  often  r^fUeied,  eomeUmet  denttUe, 

CarocoUa  Lam. 

Sp.    Helix  Lapicida  L.,  Pfeiffsb  8chn.  i.  Tab.  n.  fig.  26;^JIelix  OaroeoUa 

L.,  D'Abobnv.  Conch,  Tab.  8,  fig.  d,  Gu6rik  Iconogr,,  MoU.  PL  6,  fig.  i; 

from  the  £.  Indies,  &c. 

I I I  Aperture  inclined  downwards.  Shell  rounded  at  the  margin,  moet 
frequently  eubglobose. 

Ifelix  Lajl 

Sp.  ffdix  Pomatia  L.,  Sturm  Devtseld.  Fauna,  yi.  Heft  i,  Pfeiffer  Schn» 
I.  Tab.  n.  fig.  9,  Cuv.  R,  Ani.,  Sd,  ill.,  Moll.  PI.  2 1.  The  Vineyard-Snail,  le 
grand  Escargot.  The  name  Pomatia,  from  Jlufia,  cover  {cochlea  opercvlarie), 
was  given  to  this  animal  on  account  of  the  closure  of  the  aperture  of  the 
shell  in  winter  that  occurs  in  this  and  other  species.  In  autumn  the  animal 
retracts  itself  within  the  shell,  and  then  a  false  operculum  (epiphragma)  is 
secreted^  which  is  pushed  off  in  spring  when  the  snail  again  creeps  out  of 
its  house.  During  the  winter  these  snails  in  our  temperate  climate  take  no 
food,  but  lie  asleep ;  in  Hke  manner,  in  tropical  regions  the  species  of  this 
genus  in  the  dry  months  fall  into  a  state  of  insensibility. 

Por  the  anatomical  particulars  we  refer  to  Swammerdam  JBijbd  der  Nat, 
I.  pp.  97 — 147;  CuviBB  Ann.  du  Mue.  vn.  1806,  pp.  140 — 184,  MoUuaq., 
Mim.  No.  1 1 ;  and  Wohnligh  Dim.  anat.  de  Hdice  pomatia  cum  tab,  am, 
Wirceburgi,  18x3,  4to.  In  all  the  species  of  Hdix  there  is  found  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  the  sexual  organs  a  thick-walled  pear-shaped  purse,  in 
which  a  dart-shaped  calcareous  stile  is  contained ;  this  ox^gan  is  annually 
renewed,  just  like  the  cover  of  the  mouth  of  the  shell. 

Hdix  advpersa  MuELL.,  Sturm  DeiUechl.  Fauna,  yi.  Heft  vi.  Tab.  4 ; 
this  species  nearly  attains  the  size  of  the  preceding; — Hdix  nemordlie  It., 
Sturm  1.  1.  Heft  2,  &c.  On  this  and  other  native  species,  the  figures  of 
Pfeiffer  and  Sturm  may  be  compared.  This  genus  is  also  remarkably 
numerous  in  exotic  species. 

Sucdnea  Drap.  Animal  larger  than  shell,  not  entirely  covered 
by  it,  with  four  tentacles  short,  especially  the  inferior.  Shell  ovate, 
with  spire  short ;  aperture  ample,  longitudinal,  with  labrum  acute, 
columella  short. 


^  Some  fossil  shells  from  the  tertiary  formations  are  known,  which  also  have  an 
aperture  turned  upwards ;  but  this  is  round  and  not  toothed.  They  form  the  genus 
StrophotiMML  DebhateS)  and  might  be  brought  to  Oyeloitoma  (p.  801).  See  Dbbhates 
M&m.  »ur  le  StrophottOTne,  Ann.  dee  Sc.  not,  xiii.  1826,  pp.  481—287. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


816  CLASS  XIII. 

Sp.  Suecinea  amj^tbia  Dbap.,  Hdixpuiru  L.,  Bladty.  Malae.  PL  38,  fig. 
4,  Stdbm  DeutacM.  Fauna,  vi.  Heft  i,  Pfeiffeb  Sekn.  i.  Tab.  l  fig.  4, 
Tab.  m.  figs.  36 — 38 ;  very  oommon  in  canals,  on  water-plants^  &c. 

Vitrina  Drap.,  Lam.  {Heltcolimax  F^RUSS.).  Body  elongate, 
limaciform;  mantle  with  an  appendage  reflected  over  the  shell; 
tentacles  four,  two  inferior  very  short.  Shell  depressed,  small, 
very  thin,  imperforate,  with  spire  short.  Aperture  large,  rotundato- 
lunate. 

Gomp.  D*AUDSBABD  FisusSAO  Nahuforweker,  Vol.  29,  pp.  336 — 141, 
Tab.  I. 
Sp.  Vitrina  peOucida  Dbap.,  ffdix  peUueida  MuxLL.,  Vitrina  henfiina 
Pfkiffxb,  Stubm  DeuUchi,  Fauna,  vi.  Heft  3,  Tab.  16,  GufetiN  letmogr., 
MoU.  PI.  5,  fig.  3;  on  water-plants,  and  on  the  ground  amongst  mo»ei 
and  fallen  leaves. 

B.  Nuda.  Shell  none  or  concealed  beneath  the  mantk 
small.     Limacina, 

Ltmax  L.     Tentacles  four. 

Farmacetta  Cut.  Mantle  placed  upon  the  back,  emarginate  in 
the  middle  of  right  margin,  including  posteriorly  the  shell  spired 
obsoletely.  Orifice  of  respiration  and  vent  below  a  fissure  at  the 
right  side  of  mantle,  generative  aperture  between  the  tentacles  of 
the  right  side. 

Sp.  Parmacdla  Olivierii  Cuv.,  Ann.  du  Mva.  v.  PI.  xxix.  figs.  12—15; 
MoUutq.,  Mim,  xn. ;  Blainv.  MalaeoL  PL  XLI.  fig.  3,  GuiSBDr  Iconoffr,, 
MoUiuq,  PL  V.  fig.  5,  &c. 

TeHaceUa  Lam.  Bespiratoiy  cavity  and  vent  above  the  posterior 
extremity  of  body.  Small  mantle  situated  in  the  same  place,  in- 
cluding a  very  small  shell  spired  obsoletely  at  the  apex.  Aperture  of 
generative  organs  below«the  larger  tentacle  of  right  side. 

Sp.  Tettacdla  halioHdea  Cuv.,  Ann.  du  Mut.  v.  p.  440,  PL  xxix.  figs.  6— 
1 1,  MaUusq.,  M6m.  ill.,  Blautv.  Malacol,  PL  xu.  fig.  2,  GcAbht  Ico- 
nogr,,  MoUu$q.  Pi.  v.  fig.  4. 

Vaginulua  Lam. 

Limax  Lam.  Body  oblong,  naked,  creeping,  convex  on  back,  fur- 
mshed  anteriorly  with  a  coriaceous,  subrugose  mantle,  and  below 
with  a  longitudinal  flat  disc.  Branchial  cavity  under  the  shield  or 
small  mantle,  in  the  anterior  part  of  back.  Respiratory  orifice  and 
vent  placed  in  the  right  side ;  generative  orifice  beneath  the  ligl^t 
tentadea 


Digitized  by 


Google 


BIOLLUSCA.  817 

Ground-slug,  PcUh-slug.  The  mantle  is  here  small  and  in  Bome  contains 
a  calcareous  grit,  in  others  a  small  shell.  At  the  hinder  end  of  the  body  is 
a  small  aperture,  irom  which  adhesive  raucous  threads  proceed.  Here 
the  viscera  are  placed  in  the  body  and  not  in  the  mantle,  as  in  the  snails 
(Helices),  The  internal  structure  however  has  much  resemblance  to  that 
of  the  Helices;  but  the  calcareous  dart  and  the  purse  that  contains  it  are 
here  absent. 

These  animals  live  on  herbs,  fruits,  &c.,  and  dwell  in  moist  places. 

Comp.  Guv.  Ann.  du  Mus,  vii.,  MoUusq.,  Mim.  xi. 

Sp.  Limax  einereus  Muell.,  Limax  maximus  L.,  Blaiitv.  Malacol.  PI.  xu. 
fig.  5 ;  Stdbm  Dtulschl.  Fauna,  vi.  Heft  i ; — Limax  ater  L.,  Stubu  1.  1. 
Heft  I. ;  Limax  rufiu  L.,  Stu&m  1.  1.  Heft  I.,  Blainv.  1.  1.  fig.  6,  &c. 

OncMdium  (Buchanan)  Cuv.,  Peronia  Blainv.  Tentacles 
four.  Body  oblong,  creeping,  marginate  everywhere  by  thick 
mantle.  (Orifice  for  the  passage  of  penis  under  the  right  tentacle ; 
vent,  respiratory  foramen  and  aperture  of  female  genitals  beneath 
the  posterior  extremity  of  mantle.  Veil  emarginate  over  the  mouth, 
or  two  auriform  appendages  at  the  sides  of  mouth.) 

Half  a  century  ago  a  slug-like  animal  was  first  discovered  by  Buchakan 
in  Bengal,  on  the  leaves  of  Typha  dephanHna,  to  which,  on  account  of  the 
many  small  tubercles  on  the  back,  he  gave  the  generic  name  cited  above 
(derived  from  6yKos).  See  Linn,  Trans,  v.  pp.  132 — 134.  The  animal  dis- 
covered by  B.  has  not,  to  my  knowledge,  been  described  more  particularly 
by  any  later  observer;  the  animals  to  which  CuviJiB  gave  this  generic  name 
Uve  in  the  sea  near  the  shore,  and  also  come  on  land.  According  to 
Ehbenbbbo  {Symbol,  physic.,  EverUbr.  i.)  there  are  seen  behind  on  the  back 
arborescent  appendages  which  contract  when  the  animal  is  on  dry  land  and 
which  may  be  regarded  as  gills.  Thb  animal  may  thus  form  the  transition 
to  the  Qymndbranchiata  and  have  an  affinity  to  Doris, 
Sp.  OncMdium  Peronii  Cuv.,  Ann.  du  Mus.  v,  pp.  37 — 51,  PL  vi.;  Moll,, 
MSm.  No.  13,  Peronia  mawrUiana  Blaikv.  Malacol,  PL  46,  ^.  7. 

Note. — Peronia  ferruginea  Less.  III.  de  Zool.  PL  19,  is  it  an  Onchidoraf 

Order  III.     Cephalopoda. 

Molluscs  with  distinct  head,  the  organs  of  motion,  tentacles  or 
arms,  crowning  the  mouth.  Body  sacciform,  open  anteriorly. 
Sexes  distinct.  Respiration  branchial.  Animals  all  marine,  tes- 
taceous or  naked. 

CephalopocU,  These  animals  present  clear  vestiges  of  an  internal 
cartilaginous  skeleton.  In  the  head  is  found,  in  most,  as  in  Sepia, 
Loligo  and  Octopus,  a  cartilaginous  ring,  through  the  aperture  of 
which  the  oesophagus  passes  and  of  which  the  uppermost  part  covers 
VOL.  I.  52 


Digitized  by 


Google 


818  CLASS  XIII. 

the  oerebnd  gangjiim,  the  lowest  oontains  the  aoditoiy  oigajia,  and 
the  latenJ  puts,  broad  and  excavated  like  a  eup,  receive  the  eyea 
The  orbits  are  goarded  in  front  by  two  elongated  cartilaginous  plates, 
which  are  attached  by  their  base  to  the  cartilaginous  ring  and  else- 
where are  extended  freely  over  those  cavitiea  In  the  S^na  there  is 
an  additional  triangular  cartilage,  of  which  the  point  is  attached  to  the 
ring;  the  base  tamed  towards  the  armSy  and  to  which  the  muscles 
of  the  arms  are  affixed.  In  Sqna  and  Lcligo  there  are  farther 
found  two  catilaginoos  plates  on  the  back,  and,  on  each  side  of  the 
body,  an  elongated  flat  cartilage  which  supports  the  lateral  expan- 
aioDB  of  the  mantle  or  the  fins'.  In  the  NautUua  there  is  only  one 
cartilage  present  in  the  head,  which  lies  beneath  the  oesophagos,  but 
does  not  enclose  this  annularly,  and  is  prolonged  on  each  side  to  the 
fimneL  The  eyes^  which  in  this  genus  are  placed  on  pedicles  at  the 
tide  of  the  head,  are  not  protected  by  this  cartilage. 

The  head  of  these  molluscs  is  round  and  broad  and  separated  by 
a  constriction,  as  by  a  neck,  from  the  body.  Around  the  mouth  an 
placed  in  meet  eight  or  ten  arms;  in  Xauiilugf  on  the  oontrazy, 
several  membranous  sheath-like  appendages^  perforated  internal] j, 
in  which  thin  cylindrical  tentacles,  capable  of  extension  and  retzac- 
tioUy  are  indoeed  Where  eight  or  ten  arms  are  present^  eight  of 
ihem  have  constantly  a  somewhat  conical  form  and  stand  in  a  circle 
round  the  mouth  On  the  upper  sur&oe,  that  which  feuyoR  towards 
the  mouth,  these  ei^t  arms  are  oovned  with  numerous  suckers,  bj 
which  they  attach  themselves  to  difforent  bodiea  (In  the  ten-armed 
two  are  placed  on  the  oatside  beyond  the  circle  of  the  other  ei^t  on 
the  ventral  surfiM»,  and  can  by  retortion  be  drawn  entirely  within 
the  body.  Already  had  Ajustotui  distinguished  these  two  from  the 
other  anna  under  the  name  of  proboiddesS)  The  arms  are  hollow 
internally,  for  the  passage  of  the  artery  and  nerve ;  radiating  mus- 
cular fibres  run  from  the  middle  outwards,  and  on  the  surfiAoe  is  a 
layer  of  circular  and  longitudinal  muscular  fibres,*  by  which  all  the 
various  motions  of  retraction,  contraction,  flexure  and  convolution 
become  possible,  which,  on  the  seixure  of  prey,  are  executed  by 
these  ofgana 

Under  the  head  is  situated  a  ccmical  organ,  which  is  open  at  the 
extremity,  the  frumel  (injundibulum)  formed  by  an  extension  of  the 
mantle  and  provided  with  muscular  walla.     In  Haniilus  it  has  two 


^  See  0.  A.  QcBVvm  in  Msckkl's  Arckiv  /Or  dU  Pkytioiogie,  iv.  iBiS,  a.  334" 
338,  Tab.  rr.  fig.  I. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


M0LLU8CA.  819 

margins,  like  a  rdled  lea^  free  beneath,  which  are  thrown  one  over 
the  other ;  in  the  other  Cephalopoda  it  opens  at  the  anterior  extremity 
alon&  Below,  this  funnel  passes  into  the  cavity  within  which  the 
giUs  are  situated,  and  into  which  the  terminations  of  the  sexual 
oigans  and  of  the  intestinal  canal  open.  The  contraction  of  the 
funnel  forces  out  the  water  at  its  opening  below  the  head.  Before 
the  opening  there  is  usually  placed  a  valTular  organ  (not  unlike  an 
epiglattia),  by  which  the  reflux  of  the  water  is  {vevented. 

The  mouth  lies  in  the  middle  between  the  arms,  surrounded  by  a 
circular  fold  of  skin.  Here  are  seen  two  large,  curved,  homy  jaws, 
which  resemble  in  some  degree  the  bill  of  a  parrot,  and  of  which  the 
lower  overlaps  the  upper  and  smaller.  Between  the  jaws  is  placed 
a  membranous  tongue,  which  is  soft  at  the  point  and  beset  with 
papilke,  but  elsewhere  is  covered  with  hard,  homy  plates  and 
spinesL  In  the  sac  of  the  mantle  most  of  the  viscera  (with  exception 
of  the  gills)  are  situated  in  a  proper  cavity,  which  is  distinct  from 
that  of  the  gills  that  opens  externally  through  the  funnel 

The  respiratory  organs  are  two  or  four  gills,  which,  pointed  ooni- 
cally,  run  obliquely  upwards,  and  are  situated,  one  or  two  on  each 
side,  in  the  base  of  the  sac,  which  terminates  in  the  funnel  They 
are  afiBxed  here  to  a  fleshy,  projecting  margin,  and  consist  of  mem- 
branous leaflets,  incised  at  the  edge,  each  of  which  is  affixed  by  a 
separate  stalk  to  the  projectii^  margin.  In  those  that  have  only 
two  gills,  a  venous  heart  is  situated  at  the  base  of  each  of  these ;  in 
the  NcmtUu8y  that  has  four  gills,  these  two  venous  hearts  are  not 
present.  On  the  large  venous  stems  which  conduct  the  venous 
blood  towards  the  gills,  spongy  appendages,  usually  of  a  brown- 
yellow  colour,  united  in  bundles,  and  sometimes  subdivided  blind 
foUicuU^  which  we  noticed  above  (p.  760)  as  kidneys,  are  situated. 
The  cavities  in  which  these  veins  lie,  are  washed  by  water  that  has  a 
free  access  to  them  through  special  apertures  in  the  branchial  cavity. 

The  sexual  organs,  in  both  sexes,  are  situated  in  the  base  or  pos- 
terior extremity  of  the  visceral  saa  The  ova/nvm  is  in  all  single, 
although  in  many  two  oviducts  are  present,  which  then,  however, 
arise  from  a  short  common  canal.  This  ovary  consists  of  a  sac  with 
thick  waUs,  on  the  inside  of  which,  the  eggs  inclosed  in  proper  cap- 
sules, are  affixed  by  pedicles.  For  the  secretion  of  the  envelop  of 
the  eggs  there  is  a  glandular  organ,  which  in  Octopus  surrounds  each 
oviduct,  or  the  walls  of  the  oviduct  itself  are  thickened  towards  the 
extremity  by  a  glandular  tissue  which  supplies  the  same  secretion. 
One  or  two  glands  composed  of  many  laminee,  which  however  are 

52-2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


820  CLASS  XIII. 

wanting  in  OctopuB,  are  present  in  females,  without  any  oonnexioa 
with  the  oviducty  and  probably  secrete  an  external  cofvexmg,  or  an 
adhesive  substance,  by  which  the  egg?  are  attached  to  each  other. 
The  testis  in  the  nude  agrees  for  the  most  part  with  the  oTsry  in 
external  form  and  in  situation.  It  presents  a  sac  in  which  a  bundle 
of  glandular  tubes  that  secrete  the  seed  is  found.  The  efferent  duct 
is  narrow  and  very  tortuous,  and  afterwards  passes  into  a  wider 
canal  with  internal  folds,  into  which  also  an  elongated  ^and 
{prostata  9)  situated  laterally  efiuses  its  secretion.  This  canal  tenni- 
nates  in  a  muscular  purse  with  thin  walls,  in  which  lie  whitish  cj- 
lindrical  bodies,  about  half  an  inch,  and  sometimes  much  more  in 
length,  and  which  move  when  they  are  moistened  long  after  the 
death  of  the  animal :  which  motion  Nerdhax  has  fully  described  \ 

NsEOHAM  compares  these  BinguUtr  little  machines^  as  he  names  the 
organs,  with  the  Spermaioxoa  of  other  animals,  {rom  which  however  ihej 
differ  in  their  siie  and  their  composite  stnicture.  This  is  not  exactly  the 
same  in  the  various  genera,  yet  it  agrees  in  the  chief  point  that  in  the 
cylindrical  body  an  elongated  sac  with  thin  walls  and  filled  with  a  white 
fluid  (iperma)  is  situated,  and  extends  to  one  of  its  extremities,  whilst  it 
the  other  end  there  is  a  filament,  turned  spirally,  and  contained  in  a  long 
thin  tube,  which,  after  a  pear-shaped  expansion,  is  attached  by  a  short 
pedicle  to  the  elongated  sac  at  the  other  extremity.  On  contact  with  water 
the  cylindrical  body  is  opened,  probably  by  endosmose,  and  this  occasioiH 
the  expulsion  of  the  spiral  organ  which  draws  out  with  it  the  attached  sac 
Within  the  sac  is  contained  a  white  sperma  with  cylindrical  apermatotoa 
terminating  in  a  long  fine  filament.  The  Needkamian  bodies  are  thus  not 
spermatozoa,  but  they  contain  tpermaUuoa;  they  are  teed^nachimsg,  cap$uke 
§eminit  or  iperfnaiophore$,  as  Milkb  Edwards  has  named  them*. 

The  male  Cephalopods  hare  a  short,  very  thick,  conical  and  per- 
forate penis,  which  is  situated  at  the  side  of  the  rectum  at  the  same 
part  where  the  extremity  of  the  oviduct  lies  in  the  females  attached 


1  NouvtUm  dicouvertm  faitet  awe  U  Mieroteope,  par  T.  Nskdham,  tradttitet  dc 
VAnghU,  Leide,  1747,  8vo,  pp.  44—^7-  London,  1745.  Henoe,  also,  these  oigans 
aie  named  Needkamian  bodies,  although  they  had  been  preyiously  obserred  by 
SWAMMBBDAX  (Bijhd  der  Nat,  Tab.  Lll.  figs.  6,  7).  Some  regard  these  litUe  cylinders 
as  real  animals ;  see  G.  C.  Cabus  Needkamia  eacpuUoria  eepice  ofieinalis,  heeehreAen 
und  abgebiidH:  iVbix  Aei,  Acad,  Can.  Leop,  Carol,  xxix.  PI.  i.  1839. 

•  Compare  A.  Kbohk,  Fbobup's  Neue  Notiuii,  xn.  Bd.  §  17— «3.  October,  1839, 
Philippi  in  Muillib's  ArcAiv,  1839,  §  310— 3"»  Taf.  xv. ;  Pwaas  ibid.  §  98—100, 
and  MiLifB  Kdwabds  Aim.  dee  Sc,  nctfur.,  «e  S^rie,  xvin.  184 1,  pp.  3«  1—347,  ^f^ 
many  figures.  In  a  well-preserved  specimen  of  a  male  Nautilue  I  found  the  whole 
frwrto  Needhami  {rwcula  aeminalit)  filled  by  a  single  cylindrical,  long,  and  tortuooii 
canal,  within  which  was  a  fine  spiral  filament. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCA*  821 

in  the  gill-sac.     Whether  an  introductioii  of  this  organ  into  the 
funnel  of  the  female  takes  place,  is  not  sufficiently  cleared  up. 

[In  certain  genera  of  Cephalopods  there  is  a  very  remarkable  ac- 
cessory organ  of  propagation  in  the  males,  which  we  now  proceed  to 
notice.  Amongst  the  doubtful  genera  of  Entozoa  (p.  188)  ffectoco- 
tylua  is  recorded.  It  was  first  noticed  by  Delle  Chiaje  in  Argo- 
natUa\  and  by  him  referred  to  the  genus  Trichoc^fuUua  by  the 
name  of  Trichocephaltia  cLcetaibvlaria,  Afterwards  what  was  sup- 
posed to  be  another  species  of  the  same  genus  was  detected  in  Octo- 
pvs  granulastia  Lam.  by  Laubillabd,  and  described  by  Cuyier*. 
This  presented  more  than  100  suckers,  whereas  that  of  Delle 
Chiaje  had  only  35,  whence  it  was  named  by  Cuyieb  Hectoootyle 
from  cKaroV.  KoELLiKER*,  from  his  examinations  of  the  Hectocotylus 
of  Argonofuta,  and  of  another  discovered  by  Y^rant  in  Tremoetopua 
violacetLSf  declared  it  to  be  the  male  indiyidual  of  these  animals 
respectiyely,  and  not  a  parasite.  This  opinion  was  afterwards 
shewn  to  be  unfounded,  for  Yeslany*  found  in  several  specimens  of 
a  Cephalopod,  called  by  him  Octopus  Ca/rena  (male  Oct,  grcmvlostit 
Lam.),  that  the  3rd  arm  on  the  right  side  was  longer  and  thicker 
than  the  rest,  and  had  a  bladder  at  its  extremity,  whilst  Philippi, 
in  a  specimen  examined  by  him,  saw  the  same  arm  &11  off  on  being 
touched,  and  found  it  to  resemble  exactly  the  Hectocotylua  described 
by  CtTViEB. 

At  an  early  period  the  Hectoeotylua  arm  is  developed  in  its  future 
position  in  a  pediculated  vesicle  in  which  it  is  rolled  up.  The 
vesicle  alone  contains  chromatophores*.  As  the  development  pro- 
ceeds, the  containing  vesicle  or  bladder  shews  a  fissure  on  that  side 
which  is  towards  the  mouth  of  the  Cephalopod  fix)m  which  the  hec- 
toeotyhu  emerges ;  but  since  the  latter  is  attached  throughout  a  con- 
siderable portion  of  its  length  to  the  inner  surface  of  the  otl^er  side  of 
the  bladder,  this  last  is  turned  inside  out  when  the  hectocotylus  has 
escaped,  and  continues  to  be  attached  to  it  on  its  dorsal  surfiice.  The 
structure  of  the  hectocotylus  is  the  same  as  that  already  described  of 
the  other  arms,  except  that  in  the  central  canal  is  an  elongated  mus- 
cular pouch,  closed  at  the  near  end  and  terminating  in  a  fine  tube, 
and  that  there  is  a  filament  at  the  end  of  the  hectocotyltis  (which  has 


^  Memorie,  n.  p.  22^,  PL  xvi.  fig.  1. 

*  Ann,  det  Sc,  nal,  xvm.  1819,  pp.  147—156. 
^  Ann,  of  Natural  History,  1845. 

*  MoUtuqwi  mediterranSen$,  ihre  Partie.  G^nes,  1847 — 1^54»  >•  34  '^^  ^^^>  ^^  4i- 

*  See  p.  834. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


822  CLASS  XIII. 

been  developed  in  its  own  proper  vesicle  within  the  larger  bladder,  and 
of  which  the  remains  continue  attached  at  the  extremity  of  the  hee- 
tocotylus  afler  it  has  allowed  the  filament  to  escape).  The  filament  is 
tubular^  its  cavity  is  continuous  with  that  of  the  hedoootyhu^  and  is 
open  at  its  extremity.  The  tube  of  the  elongated  pouch  runs  in  the 
central  cavity  of  the  heotocotylus  and  of  its  continuaticHi^  the  fila- 
menty  and  opens  at  the  extremity  of  the  latter  externally.  The 
pouch  or  sac  is  found,  when  the  hectocatyltu  is  fully  developed,  to 
contain  a  spemuUophore,  and  it  was  the  presence  of  ^^ermatozoa 
and  of  an  organ  apparently  for  the  secretion  of  them  in  the  interic^- 
of  the  hectocotylusy  when  found  attached  to  the  respiratory  cavity  of 
the  ArgonaiUa,  that  induced  Koellikeb  to  suppose  the  ffectoeoiylus 
to  be  the  male  of  the  ArgonatUa,  H.  Mueller  found  this  Hedoco- 
tylu8  in  its  state  of  imperfect  development  on  that  male,  which  is 
much  smaller  than  the  female,  and  has  no  shells  The  hectoootylus 
arm  is  the  second  of  the  left  side  in  A,  Argo,  the  third  of  the  rig^t 
side  in  Octopus  granuhstis,  {TremotAopus  Cwrena  Yer.)  whilst  the 
hectoootylus  only,  and  not  the  male  of  Tremoctopus  violaeeus  Dqj£ 
Ghiajb,  has  hitherto  been  discovered. 

The  sexual  organs  of  the  hectoootyliferous  males  are  constructed 
on  exactly  the  same  plan  as  those  of  the  males  o£  ordinary  Cephalo- 
pods.  The  vm  de/erena  opens  at  last  into  the  respiratory  sac,  so 
that  the  idea  of  a  communication  between  it  and  the  sac  of  the  hec- 
toootylus arm,  entertained  by  some,  is  untenable.  How  then  is  the 
spennatophore  transferred  to  this  sac )  Yogt'  thinks  that  the  spot- 
ted pocket  (the  bladder  in  which  the  hectoeoiyhis  was  originally  de- 
veloped, and  which  is  now  turned  inside  out^  with  a  fissure 
through  which  the  arm  has  passed)  serves  as  a  receptacle  for  the 
spermatophore,  which  has  been  transferred  to  it  by  the  long  filament 
of  t]|e  hectoootylus  embracing  it ;  at  the  same  time  he  denies  the  ex- 
istence of  the  muscular  sac  in  the  interior.  Leuckakt',  however^ 
has  established  the  existence  of  this  last,  and  has  found  a  communi- 
cation between  the  spotted  bladder  and  the  side  of  the  muscular  sac 
attached  to  it,  namely  a  canal  by  which  they  oommunicata  It  is  not 


1  See  H.  MuELLEB  Ueber  das  Mdnnchen  von  Argonauta  Argo  und  die  Reetoeotylai, 
SiEBOLD  u.  KoLLiKSB*8  ZeUtchr.  fir  wi$9ensck.  Zool  TV,  185a,  pp.  i — 35,  PI.  i.  ibid, 

pp.  34^—359- 

*  VfRANT  et  VooT  Swr  la  not,  de»  HecHoeoiyUs,  Ann.  du  Se.  not.  T.  xvn.  pp.  148, 
191,  PL  6—9,  at  p.  155. 

*  JjEUOHAXt  Die  HwtocGfyU€  von  Oetoptu  Oarentt,  Zoel,  ThUitrmtck,  Hell  m.  6ies- 
sen,  1854,  pp.  91—109,  Tab.  a,  at  p.  103. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


M0LLU8CA.  823 

impossible  that  the  spermatophore  may  be  transferred  in  some  casesy 
in  the  vaj  supposed  bj  Y ogt,  but  not  always.  For  the  spermatophore 
has  been  found  in  the  hectocatf/lu8y  whilst  the  filament  was  yet  in- 
closed in  its  proper  sac.  In  this  case  the  other  arms  may  have 
effected  ihe  transfer,  as  Leuckart  conjecturea  After  it  has  been 
brought  thus  far,  the  propulsive  force  of  the  spiral  portion  of  the 
spermatophore  must  be  supposed  to  come  into  play  in  order  to  begin 
the  passage  through  the  tube  of  communication  with  the  muscular 
pouch  of  the  heetocotylus,  whose  walls  are  also  muscular.  The  fila- 
ment at  the  end  of  the  hectocotylui  has  been  very  generally  supposed 
to  act  as  a  peni&  H.  Muellbb  found  as  many  as  six  of  them 
within  the  capsule  of  the  ovary  in  Argonawta  Clio,  that  had  been 
broken  off',  and  two  others  in  one  of  the  oviducts,  so  that  no  fewer 
than  eight  males  would  seem  to  have  fecundated  this  individual. 

It  is  presumed  that  when  the  kectocUyluB  arm  has  been  cast  ofi^ 
it  may  be  successively  reproduced.] 

The  eggs  are  laid  in  heaps,  or  are  connected  with  each  other  in 
cluster's  by  pedicles  and  an  adhesive  substance.  In  this  respect 
great  variety  prevails  in  the  different  genera.  In  Loligo,  many  eggs 
are  united  in  strings  of  a  gelatinous  substance;  in  Sqna  they  are 
very  large  and  surrounded  by  a  homy  dark  envelop,  which  is  pro- 
duced into  a  pedicle  at  one  extremity,  and  by  which  the  eggs  are 
attached  to  each  other,  or  to  foreign  bodies. 

In  the  development  of  the  embryo,  when  the  egg  has  been  laid, 
grooves  are  formed  in  that  part  of  the  yolk  where  was  previously 
the  germinal  vesicle,  and  which  do  not  extend  over  the  whole 
yolk.  Here  the  embryo  afterwards  appears  as  a  disciform  germ,  at 
first  flat  ahd  round,  in  which,  at  an  early  period,  different  inequali- 
ties indicate  the  first  existence  of  the  mantle,  of  the  eyes,  and  of  the 
funnel,  formed  at  first  of  two  separate  halves.  This  germ-disc  be- 
gins to  swell  graduaUy  in  the  center,  extends  itself  constantly  further 
towai-ds  the  circumference,  and  finally  surrounds  the  entire  yolk. 
In  this  way  a  part  of  the  yolk-sac  between  the  arms  at  the  ventral 
surface  is  included  in  the  mantle,  so  that  afterwards  an  internal  as 
well  as  an  external  yolk-sac  is  found,  the  two  being  connected  by  a 
narrow  pedicle*. 

1  [Op.  cU.  p.  354.] 

>  Fonnerly  it  was  supposed  that  the  yolk-sac  is  connected  ^nth  the  mouth  by  means 
of  this  pedicle  (Cavoliki);  Guvhb  presumed  a  connexion  with  the  oesophagus  j  see 
his  memoir  aur  let  ornfa  de  Seiehea,  Nouv,  Aim.  du  Mua.  I.  1833,  pp.  153 — 160,  PI.  8. 
The  chief  work  that  we  now  possess  on  the  development  of  these  animals  and  from 
which  we  have  borrowed  what  has  been  announced,  is  A.  Kobllikxr  BrUvfichelunffa- 
geachicJUe  der  Cqahahpodm,  Zurich,  1843,  4to. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


834  cuiss  XIII. 

The  nervous  system  is  kigelj  developed  in  the  Cephalopoda,  and 
in  most  of  the  genera  the  central  masB  for  the  head  (the  cerebral 
mass)  is  endoeed  in  the  cartilaginoiis  ring,  which  we  have  already 
noticed.     Beneath  the  oesophagos  a  considerable  nerve-mass  is  situ- 
atedy  which  in  Xauiilus  is  divided  into  two  transverse  bands,  one  in 
front  of  the  other.     From  the  anterior  portion  of  tlus  central  mass 
(or  from  the  first  of  the  two  half-rings,  situated  nnder  the  cesopha- 
gns  in  XauiilHs)  the  nervons  trunks  for  the  arms  arise,  ot  for  the 
tentacles  surrounding  the  head.     In   OetopuSj  Sepia,  and  Loligoj 
these  anterior  portions  form  on  eadi  side  a  large,  flat  gan^<xi,  from 
the  anterior  margin  of  which  the  brachial  nerves  of  that  aide  radiate 
{gamglumM  en  paUe  d'oie  CuYiKa).     From  the  posterior  portion  arise 
at  the  side  thick  nervous  stems  for  the  mantle,  which  in  Lcli^j 
Sfpia,  Ckiopus,  Ac.  terminate  in  two  lai^  ganglia,  from  which  the 
nerves  radiate  at  acute  angles;  in  yautiltu  these  lateral  gangiia 
wUiiaia  are  wanting.     In  addition  there  arise  from  the  middle  of 
the  posterior  margin  of  this  portion  two  nervous  trunks^  at  first  laid 
dose  together,  from  which  the  nerves  for  the  viscera  arise.     'From 
the  portion  situated  above  the  cesophagus  nerves  arise  for  the  mus- 
cular mass  that  surrounds  the  jaws,  or  these  come  from  the  gang^on 
of  the  sympathetic  system  placed  above  the  oesophagus  (gangiian 
pkaryngtum)  as  in  Sfpia  and  Loiigo,    From  the  lateral  oommiasnres 
of  this  portion,  by  which  it  is  connected  with  the  central  mass  situ- 
ated beneath  the  oesophagus,  the  two  remarkable  optic  n^ves  arise, 
which  terminate  in  kidney-shaped  ganglia;  lower  down  arise  the 
two  short  auditory  nerves  which  penetrate  into  the  cartilaginous 
ring  of  the  head.     The  sympathetic  nervous  system  has  a  ganglimi 
(gangfioH  labiale)  seated  under  the  oesophagus,  and  one  on  the  sto- 
mach formed  by  the  union  of  two  nervous  stems. 

On  the  organs  of  sense  in  this  order,  what  we  have  stated  above 
(pp^  7G6 — 7i>d)  may  be  referred  ta  The  skin  of  the  Cephalopoda  is 
distinguished  by  a  diange  of  colour  exhibited  during  the  life  of  the 
animal,  and  depending  upon  a  peculiar  stratum  of  saccules  fiUed 
with  pigment-granules  {t^romaiophores  of  Saxoiotanni  and  Wag- 
xer),  which  are  connected  by  a  delicate,  elastic^  membranous  tissua 
These  organs  lie  immediatdy  under  the  cuticle,  and  by  alternate 
contraction  of  the  vesides,  containing  red,  blue,  or  yellow  colouring 
matter,  a  lively  play  of  colour  arises  in  definite  situations,  espedaUy 
in  Loiigo  and  Argonauia^. 


>  CompMv  R.  Wa65KB  in  OKKir*8  Im,  1835,  pp.  159—161,  Wuoxaks  mid  Ebich- 
SOn's  Arrkirf.  Xfttmryetrk,  1841,  s.  55 — 38. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCA,  825 

On  this  order,  which  many  writers  separate  as  a  distinot  dass  from  the 
rest  of  the  Molluscs,  compare, 

CuYiXB  Mimovre  ntr  CephalopodeB  et  §ur  leuranatomie,  MoUuaq,,AfSm,  i. 
with  4  plates. 

R.  OwBN  Cephalopoda  in  Todd*b  Oydopcedia,  i.  pp.  517 — 563. 

F^UBSAO  et  D'Orbiont  Monographie  des  Cephalopodet  erpptodibrancka. 
Paris,  1834 — 1843.     i81iynusoD8. 

A.     Tetrabranchtata. 

Family  XII.  Nauttlacea.  Branchidd  four.  Funnel  cloven 
beneath,  with  two  lamellss  covering  each  other  obliquely.  Tenta- 
cles numerous,  contractile,  vaginate.  Shell  external  revolute,  spiral, 
poljrthalamous,  hard;  with  septa  perforated  in  the  middle;  last 
chamber  ample,  including  the  animal,  with  a  membranous  tube 
(siphon)  produced  from  the  posterior  part  of  the  abdominal  sac 
through  the  foramina  of  the  septa  into  the  other  chambers. 

Nautilus  L.  (in  part),  Lam. 

Sp.  NauHlus  PompHiut  L.,  Rumph.  Amb.  JRariieitk.  Tab.  xvii.  figs.  ▲,  0, 
Blainv.  Malacol.  PI.  iv.  fig.  8 ;  Gu^bin  Iconogr.,  MoUvsq.  P.  k  fig.  7 ; 
the  pearly  nautUut;  the  shell  attains  a  size  of  more  than  J  foot ;  on  the 
inside  it  is  whitish  with  a  pearly  lustre,  on  the  outside  milk-white,  with 
orange  or  red-brown  stripes.  This  species,  the  only  one  of  the  seventeen 
species  recorded  by  Liknjkus  that  has  remained  in  the  genus  Nautilus,  is 
found  in  the  Indian  Ocean,  the  Islands  of  the  Moluccan  Archipelago,  &a 
Nautilut  wnUnUcatua  Lam.,  in  the  shell  of  which  the  last  wreath  does  not 
cover  that  which  precedes  it,  is  in  other  respects  comformable  to  the  above. 

Notwithstanding  the  shell  is  not  altogether  rare,  the  animal  of  the  pearly 
Nautilus  was,  until  within  the  last  few  years,  known  only  irom  a  very  im- 
perfect figure  of  RuiCPHius.  Owen  was  the  first  who  gave  a  good  descrip- 
tion and  a  careful  anatomy  of  this  interesting  animal  {Memoir  on  the  pearly 
Nautilus,  with  iUuttrationt  of  its  external  form  and  internal  structure. 
London,  183),  4to).  Besides  the  characters  already  given  above,  it  is  dis- 
tinguished from  the  rest  of  the  Gephalopods  now  living  by  the  absence  of 
the  Ink-sac.  The  head  is  covered  by  a  large  membranous  hood,  which 
represents  exactly  the  circumference  of  the  aperture  of  the  shell,  and  arises 
from  the  expansion  and  coalescence  of  the  cases  of  the  uppermost  pair  of 
tentacles.  The  pediculated  eye  is  partly  covered  by  the  over-hanging  mai^n 
of  the  hood.  Beside  the  19  or  90  larger  external  tentacles,  the  mouth  is 
surrounded  by  two  pairs  of  flat,  finger-shaped  lappets,  each  of  which  encloses 
19 — 16  smaller  tentacles,  but  in  other  respects  similar  in  structure  to  the 
hunger.  If  a  male  specimen  observed  by  me  be  not  a  monstrosity,  then  it 
may  be  concluded  that  in  these  organs  a  sexual  difference  is  presented  ; 
(compare  Tijdsschrtfi  voor  de  Wit-en  Natuurk.  Welenschappen,  published  by 
the  Koninld.  Nederl.  Instituul,  i.  1848,  biz.  67—73,  ^1«  i-  ^^-  '—3)»  Trans. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


826  CLASS  XIII. 

</  ZoU.  8oe.  lY.  1 85 1,  pp.  76,  tf.  [From  letten  of  Yak  dkb  HoBrnr, 
July  aad  Sept.  1855,  it  appears  that  the  above  was  no  aboormity  but  the 
usual  oonfoimation  of  the  males.  "  I  have  had  the  opportunity,"  he  adds, 
"  of  examining  recently  two  other  male  specimens,  and  hope  to  have  time 
to  publish  this  year  or  the  following,  some  new  observations  on  the  struc- 
ture ....  The  male  differs  from  the  female  by  the  absence  in  the  mantle  of 
the  lamellated  glandular  apparatus  (Owen's  Mem,  p.  43,  PL  Tin.  fig.  10), 
and  by  a  different  number  of  the  digitations.  (These  are  less  nomenms  in 
the  female.)  A  chief  difference,  however,  is  the  presence  of  the  great 
conoid  body  at  the  left  side  (see  my  Con^nbuUong,  p.  47,  PL  7,  figs.  10^  11). 
This  singular  body  has  at  the  extremity  and  on  the  outside  a  large  disc 
perforated  by  the  orifices  of  numerous  crypts.  As  the  spermatophores 
(Kbbdhak'8  mocAtMt)  after  their  passage  through  the  penis  are  iadoaed 
in  a  bag  formed  of  two  coats,  of  a  brown  colour,  and  of  neariy  half  an 
inch  in  diameter,  I  believe  that  the  glandular  apparatus  may  secrete  this 
envelop,  and  that  consequently  it  is  a  physiological  analogon  of  the  glan- 
dular apparatus  described  by  Owxv  in  the  mantle  of  the  female.  The  fold 
connecting  the  labial  processes  at  the  inferior  nde  above  the  funnel  is  in 
the  male  of  a  different  conformation,  (see  CotUrib,  pp.  16,  37).  The  fiae 
folds  of  the  actemal  labial  processes  are  totally  wanting,  and  instead  of  the 
so-called  olfactory  oi^gan  at  the  commissure  of  the  internal  labial  prooeasn, 
there  is  the  cushion-like  part  (with  8 — 1 1  digitations),  (ConJtrQt,  PL  8,  ftg.  9). 
As  to  the  internal  genital  organs  of  the  male^  a  large  gland  (teiCu),  whidi 
in  .bulk  surpasses  all  the  otiier  organs  of  the  body,  except  the  liver.  Is 
situated  ezactiy  where  the  ovaiy  is  in  the  female ;  another  smaller,  flat 
gland,  more  at  the  fore  part,  seems  to  secrete  the  BpenMOftpkmu ;  a  bag 
with  an  imperfect  internal  septum  receives  these  spermotopAoree  and  brings 
them  to  the  conical  penis,  which  is  situated  not  exactly,  but  nearly,  as  is 
the  vulva  (more  in  the  mid-plane).**] 

The  genus  NavUlus  occurs  also  fossQ  in  secondary  and  tertiary  formations. 
It  is  the  only  genus  still  extant  of  a  very  numerous  division  of  the  Cepha- 
lopods,  which  lived  in  the  seas  of  a  former  world  and  of  which  the  remains 
are  met  with  in  mountun  strata,  espedaUy  in  the  older  seoondaiy  fonna- 
tions.     Here  belong  the  Amvumites. 

Fossil  genera  related  to  Nautilus  : 

Clymenia  Muenster. 

Comp.  Mim.  mr  lu  Clyminea  H  le$  QoniaUtu  du  ealeairt  de  tramiUm 
du  Pichidgdtirgt  par  U  Compte  De  Mukksteb,  Ann,  da  Se.  nai,,  le  S^e;,  n. 
1834,  Zool.  pp.  65—78,  PL  I.— L.  Voif  BuoH  Ueber  GaniaHien  und  Cly- 
menien,  in  Sehienen,  Phytikal.  Abhandl,  der  BerL  Akad,  der  Wi$$endi.  1838 
(section  of  genus  NautUut  according  to  V.  Buoh). 

Lituitea  Bretn,  Mont. 

Sp.  Lituitet  eonwlvani  SohiiOTR.,  Brokit  IMom  geogn.  Tab.  1. 1%,  3. 
Campylites  Desu.,  Oyrtocera  QoLDFUSS. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


M0LLU8CA.  827 

Orthoceratites  Breyn.  Shell  elongato-conical,  straight,  poly- 
thalamous,  with  septa  perforated  by  siphon  middle  or  subcentral. 
(Straight,  not  spiral  NatdiU.) 

8p.  Orthoceratites  regularis  SOHLOTH.,  Bbonn  Loh,  geogn.  Tab.  I.  fig.  lo,  in 
ThfyMckieferhdh  {Werdock  shale f) 

Gen.  Actinocerat  Bbonn  does  not,  according  to  Qubnstedt,  differ  finom 
Orthoceratites. 


Appendix  to  the  Nautilacea.  Family  of  Ammanitacea.  Shell 
poljthalamoiis,  with  siphon  external,  marginal.  Septa  at  the  margin 
lobate,  sinuate. 

Comu  Atnmonis,  These  petri&ctions  are  of  various,  some  of  very  re- 
markable, size.  If  the  animal  was  placed,  as  we  may  conclude  from  analogy, 
within  the  shell  as  Navtdus  is,  the  siphon  would  lie  on  the  ventral  side 
towards  the  margin  of  the  funnel,  and  the  expression  Sipho  dorsalis,  used 
by  Paleontologists,  is  consequently  incorrect. — Ammonitet  are  met  with  in 
great  numbers,  especially  in  the  transition  and  older  secondary  formations. 
In  the  lowest  chalk-strata  they  are  still  numerous,  but  afterwards  decrease 
rapidly  and  after  the  chalk-periods  are  met  with  no  more  on  our  earth. 

Compare  G.  De  Haax  Spedmeih  inaug.  exhibens  Monographiam  Ammo- 
niteorum  et  Ooniatiteorum,  L.  B.  1825,  8yo;  L.  Db  Buoh  Note  tur  les 
Ammonites,  Arm,  des  Sc,  not.  zvu.  1829,  pp.  267 — 275 ;  Sur  la  didribtUion 
des  Ammonites  en  famiUes,  Ann.  des  Sc  not.  zvin.  1829,  pp.  417 — 426; 
Ueber  Ammoniten,  fiber  ihre  Sonderung  in  Famtlien,  &c.,  PhysUc,  Abhandl. 
der  Berliner  Akad.  d.  Wissensch,,  aus  dem  Jahre  1830;  l/d>er  Ceratiten, 
ibid.,  a.  d.  J.  1848;  F.  A.  Quenstei>t  IHe  Cqthalopoden,  Nebst  einem 
AUas  von  36  Tafeln.    Tttbingen,  1849,  8vo. 

Ammonites  Breyn.     Shell  spiral,  discoi'dal. 

Sub-genera:  GaniatUes  De  Haan,  CercdUes  ejusd.  and  some 
others  seem  only  to  form  sections,  with  species  passing  from  one 
section  into  another. 

Sp.  Ammonites  nodosus  Bbuo.,  Ceratites  nodosus  Db  Haak,  Bbokx  Ldh, 
geogn.  Tab.  xi.  fig.  20;  V.  BuoH  Ueb.  Ceratiten,  Tab.  i.  n.  fig.  i,  from  the 
MuscheOcaUc,  The  species  of  the  section  of  QoniatUes  are  found  in  the 
transition  formations. 

Scaphitea  PARKINSON. 

Hamttes  Sowerby.  Shell  incurved  at  the  apex,  produced  into 
a  straight  tube. 

Sp.  Hamites  rotwndus  Sowerby,  Bbonn  Leih,  geogn.  Tab.  zzznT.  fig.  9,  from 
the  chalk-formations. 

TurruUtes  Montf.,  Lam.,  Twrriies  Db  Haan. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


828  CLASS  XIII. 

Baculites  Lah.     Shell  straight,  conical. 

S^  Homlafet  Fm^adi  Lam.,  Faujab  ds  Sr  Fokd  Hiat.  ttof.  de  la  moiie  de 
Si  Pierr€y  PL  2t,  figs,  i,  $.  QuurariDT  nnitee  with  this  Baeulileg  ameept 
Lam.  and  BaeuiiU$  verfeftra/w  Beoitk,  Leik,  geogn.  Tkb.  xxxm.  fig.  6. 
Th«M  mkI  BaeuiiUt  neoeoMtfum  D*Orb.  are  spedeB  from  the  chalk-for 
matioDB,  BmnalUa  mnutrimt  QunremDT,  Tkb.  21,  fig.  15,  ia  hitherto  the  only 
known  speciee  from  the  /iira-fornuition. 

B.     D!branchi<Ua, 

In  this  division  of  Cephalopods,  to  which  most  of  the  species  now 
liTing  belong,  the  funnel  is  dosed  below.  There  is  an  organ  for  the 
secretion  of  a  black  floid,  which  the  aildmal  can  eject  through,  the  liin- 
nel,  the  ink-sac  In  the  genos  Octopus  this  ink-sac  is  endoeed  within 
the  liver^  but  in  the  rest  is  remote  from  it.  The  colouring  matter  of 
some  spedes  is  used  as  a  paint,  Sepia,  Since  some  observations  haTe 
indicated  the  presence  of  an  ink-sac  in  the  fossil  Belemnites^y  it  may 
probably  be  conduded,  with  Owen,  that  these  petrifiuitions  are  in- 
ternal sheUs  of  Cephalopoda  dibranehiataj  which  conduaion  has^  in 
&ct,  been  since  established  by  the  obeenration  of  petrified  animals*. 

Family  XIII.  Decacera  s.  Sepiacea,  Arms  ten,  two  longer 
than  the  rest,  round. 

Beleninites  Breyx,  Lam.  Shell  fossil,  conical,  including  inter- 
nally a  multilocular,  shorter  portion  (alveolites). 

Beifmniia  or  dart-tloikts ;  thiu  named  on  aooonnt  of  thdr  dart-like  form. 
T^Mwe  petrifibctionfl  are  found  abundantly  in  the  aeoondafy  mountains  of 
the  ooUte  and  chalk-periods.  Compare,  amongst  others,  Ducbotat  DI 
BXiAiimLLi  Mfm.  aur  let  BdemniieM,  Paris,  1837,  4to;  J.  S.  Miller 
Obtrvaltuma  on  Bdemm,,  Tnmsaet,  of  the  OeoL  Soe,  of  London,  sec.  Series, 
n.  1839,  pp.  43 — 67,  PI.  6—9;  Bronh  Letk.  geogn,  pp.  403 — ^418,  pp. 
714—730. 

Sptrula  Lah.  Animal  with  ten  tentacles,  two  longer.  Shell 
placed  in  the  posterior  part  of  animal,  thin,  spiral,  with  wreaths 
not  contiguous.  Partitions  concave,  perforated  by  siphon  at  the 
inside. 


1  A0A89U  in  V.  LsoRHASD  u.  Bronn  JVevei  Jakrh.  JUr  Mineralogie,  Cfeognome  il 
Oeol,  1835,  8.  163,  BucKLAKD  Oeologg  and  Mineralogy,  London,  1836,  8to,  {Bridge- 
water  TrtaUtes,  vi.)  p.  374,  PI.  44',  fig.  7,  PL  44". 

'  Loiiuru  on  the  comp.  Anai.  and  Phgtiol.  of  invertebrate  Animalt,  p.  337,  snd  ed. 
pp.  597—^3- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCA.  829 

Of  thifl  shell  the  animal  is  known  from  only  imperfect  figures,  and  some 
specimens  not  entirely  perfect.  See  E.  J.  Gray  AnnaU  of  Nai,  ffist.  xv. 
pp.  257 — 960,  PI.  zv.  A  mulilated  specimen,  investigated  by  Owen  in 
1848,  has  afforded,  however,  by  the  anatomical  particulars  of  internal 
structure  the  certainty  that  the  animal  resembles  the  Sepiacea  or  Deeactra, 
There  are  two  gills,  two  lateral  or  venous  hearts,  an  ink-sac,  a  membranous 
tubular  siphon,  kc,  Sne  B.  Owen  in  Zocloffy  of  the  Voycige  of  H.  M,  S. 
Samarang,  under  the  command  of  Oapt.  Sir  Edwabd  Beeoheb,  MoUvsca, 
Part  I.  London,  1848,  pp.  6 — 17,  PL  iv. 

Sp.  Spirtda  Peronii  Lah.,  Nautilus  tpirula  L. ;  the  shell  has  been  several 
times  figm^,  as  in  RuMFH.  Amb.  JlariteUk,  Tab.  90,  fig.  i,  D'Aboenv. 
Conchyl,  PL  5,  fig.  o,  o,  &c. 

Sepia  Lam.  (species  from  genus  Bepia  L.).  Body  sacciform, 
depressed,  margined  on  each  side  by  a  narrow  membrane  or  longi- 
tudinal fin.  A  calcareous  lamina  elongate,  dorsal,  included  in 
mantle. 

Seiche,  DirOenfiach,  Sea-caly  Ink-fish,  Cuttle-fish,  The  calcareous  plate  in 
the  back  consists  of  many  laminae.  This  part,  known  as  os  SepicB  is  used 
by  miniature-painters  for  polishing  ivory  plates  and  forms  a  component  of 
some  tooth-powders. 

Sp.  Sepia  officvndlis  L.,  Bbakdt  u.  Ratzebubo  Mediz,  Zool.  11.  Tab.  31, 
fig.  T ;  Gu^iH  Iconogr,,  Moll,  PL  I.  fig.  4,  &c.  Gabub  has  given  coloured 
figures  from  living  animals,  Nov.  Act.  Acad.  Cos,  L,  C,  Nat.  Curios,  xii. 
1824,  pp.  313— 3^^*  Tab.  28—32. 

Sepioteuthis  Blainv,,  Chondrosepia  Leuck. 

Loligo  Lam.  Body  elongate,  pinnate  posteriorly  on  each  side. 
An  elongate,  narrow,  homy,  lamina  at  the  back,  covered  by  mantle. 

Sp.  Lcligo  vuUfaris,  Sepia  loligo  L.,  Blainv.  Malacol.  PL  3,  fig.  2,  Cabus  1. 1. 
Tab.  29,  fig.  I,  &c. 

Ommcu^ephes  D'Orr,  OmmuUostrephea  Lov^. 

OnychoteiUhis  Liohtenst.   The  longer  or  all  the  arms  armed  with 
homy  hooks. 

Onychoteuthis  Fabrieii  Moelleb,  Sepia  loligo  Fabb.,  Favma  Grcenl.  / — 
LoUgo  Banksii,  LoUgo  leptura,  Loligo  Smithii  Leach  in  Tucket's  Expedi- 
Hon  to  the  River  Zaire. 

Sqnola  Leach. 

Sp.  Sepiola  Jtondeletii,  Sepia  sepiola  L.,  Blainvillb  Malacol.  PL  n.  fig.  3. 
Comp.  R.  E.  Gbant  on  the  anatomy  of  Sepiola  vulgaris  Lbaoh,  Ac. 
Transact,  of  the  Zool.  Sor.  i.  1833,  pp.  77—86,  PL  11. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CLASS  XIII. 

Bessia  Owen. 

Loligapsia  Lam.,  Perothis  Eschscholtz,  Bathke. 

Laicarck  hM  described  this  geniu  m  huTiiig  only  ogiit  ainiB ;  the  feog 
tentaeula  are  often  torn  off.  In  common  with  Crtmehia  this  genus  has  no 
membranous  valye  in  the  fonneL  These  animals  are  neariy  transpsrat; 
the  eight  arms  are  short ;  the  body  is  conical,  posteriorly  narrow  and  whh 
two  ronnd  fins  at  the  extremity.  Compare  Bathkx  Peratkia  a»  nemei 
QmvsderCepkalopoden,  Mim.  freaenUa  d  VAcad.  impir.daScde  Sfeten- 
Ixmrg,  n.  1835,  PP-  149— '7^- 

Cranchta  Leach. 

8p.  Cfranchia  90ahra  Leaoh  in  Tuokkt'b  figwd.  to  the  JUmt  Zinre,  p.  410. 
The  fins  are  situated  quite  at  the  end  of  the  body  and  the  dorsal  sui&oe  of 
the  mantle  is  grown  fSiist  to  the  head. 

Family  XIV.  Octocera  s.  Octapoda.  Arms  eight,  large,  often 
very  long,  surrounding  the  mouth  in  a  circular  row.  Body  sacci- 
form, without  fins.     Funnel  without  valve. 

Arffonauta  L.  Arms  furnished  with  a  double  row  of  acetabula 
(suckers),  the  two  superior  expanded  into  a  membrane  towards  the 
extremity.  Shell  thin,  involute,  external,  unilocular,  with  spire 
bicarinate. 

This  remarkable  shelled  animal  excited  long  ago  the  admiratiosi  of  the 
ancients ;  see  Puinus  JTuC.  Nat.  ix.  cap.  99.  It  was  supposed  that  it  made 
use  of  its  fin-shi^ed  arms  as  a  sail,  and  thus  in  still  weather  oould  swim  on 
the  surface  of  the  sea;  but  the  obeerTations  of  Rano  (Gulbinr  Maganm 
de  Zool.  1837^)  have  not  confirmed  this  opinion;  these  arms  lie  expanded 
along  the  outside  of  the  shell  and  serve  to  fasten  the  animal  in  its  sheD, 
which  is  not  attached  to  it  by  any  muscles.  Many  naturalists  (RAFonssQUi, 
LSAOH  and  others)  thought,  that  this  animal  like  the  homit^^aibb  {Poffunu) 
lived  parasitically  in  a  borrowed  shell,  and  that  the  shell  of  Argtmaiita 
belonged  to  some  unknown  species  of  mollusc.  Apoordingly  this  genus  of 
Odopoda  was  named  as  a  new  genus  Oeythoi,  Although  this  animal  can 
readily  move  from  its  shell,  just  like  some  Pteropoda,  this  opinion  is  now, 
however,  sufficiently  refuted.  For  the  discrepant  form  of  the  male  indivi- 
duids  which  have  no  sheU  see  above,  p.  Sic — 815. 

On  the  anatomy  of  Arffonauia  compare  Foli  Teat.  utr.  Sicil.  Tom.  ni. 
and  Van  Bbvsdxk  Nouv.  M4m.  de  VAeadSmie  royaU  detSe.de  BruxeOee^ 
Tom.  XI.  1833. 


^  PoLI  adopts  this  notion  of  the  ancients,  and  he  has  even  figfured  the  animal  in 
accordance  with  it  (TVufac.  tUr.  Sicil.  ni.  Tab.  40),  but  says  that  he  has  never  himself 
seen  the  sails  of  the  Ai*fronanla, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


MOLLUSCA.  831 

Sp.  Argonauia  Argo  L.,  Poli  L  1.  Tab.  40 — 43,  Blainv.  MdUbc,  PL  i.  fig.  i, 
PI.  I.  bis;  Rakq,  GuiBiN  Magaa.  de  Zool.  1837,  MoU.  PI.  86—88,  from 
the  Medit.  Sea; — Argonauia  tvhercuUUa  Lah.,  Rumph.  Amb»  JRariteitk, 
Tab.  i8y  figs.  I,  4,  D'Aboeny.  Conchyl,  PI.  5,  fig.  o,  from  the  Indian 
Ooean,  &c. 

Nate. — Here  would  seem  to  be  the  place  of  BeUerophon  Mont. 
fossil,  from  the  oldest  strata. 

Octopus  Lam.    Body  naked.     Two  homy  lamellse  in  the  back, 
inclosed  in  mantle.     [Polypus  of  the  ancients.) 

Amongst  these  naked  eight-armed  Gephalopods  there  were  some  species 
of  which,  as  in  the  last,  females  alone  were  known,  and  of  these  it  is  that 
the  heetocotyltu  of  the  male  (now  in  some  instances  known)  has  been  found 
attached  in  the  sac  of  the  mantle  or  in  the  funnel,  as  Octopu*  gramdoau$ 
Lam.  and  Tremoctopus  violaceui  Dxllb  Chiaje.     See  above,  p.  820. 

Octopus  auct     With  a  double  row  of  suckers  in  the  arms. 

Sp.  Octopus  vulgaris,  Sepia  Octopus  L.,  Blaikv.  Malacol.  PI.  2,  fig.  i,  Cuv. 
JZ.  Ant.,  id.  iU.,  MoU.  PL  I. 

Tremoctopus  Dells  Chiaje. 

Sp.  Tremoctopus  violaceus  Dellb  Chiaje,  Memorie,  Tab.  70,  1830. 

Eledone  Leach  {Ixclmvn  Abistot.).     With  a  single  row  of  aceta- 
bula  in  arms. 

Sp.  Octopus  moschatus  Lam.,  BLAimr.  Malacol,  PI.  a,  fig.  a,  Cuv.  X.  Ant,, 
id.  iUustr.,  MoU.  PL  2,  fig.  i. 

Oirroteuthis  Eschbicht. 

Sp.  Oirroteuthis  MuUeri,  Ebchbioht  Nov.  Act.  Acad.  Ocbs.  Carol.  N.  Cur. 
zym.  2,  1838,  pp.  637 — 634,  Tab.  46 — ^48.  A  broad  membrane  connects 
the  arms  almost  as  far  as  the  extremity.  This  species  is  a  native  of  the 
coasts  of  Greenland. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATES. 


Plate  L    Inpusories,  figs.  1 — 6;  Polyps,  figs.  7 — 12. 

Fig.  1.  Vibrio  lineola,  p.  45,  after  Ehbenbebg  InfusuyM-ihierchen^  TaU 
V.  ^.  4,  (very  higldy  magnified,  nat.  size  ^^  line). 

Fig.  2.  Atho^  dijluem,  p.  46,  after  Ehrenbeeo,  Tab.  vm.  fig.  12, 
(magnified,  nat.  size  ^  line). 

Fig.  3.  Siderdina  calcttrap(ndeSf  p.  49,  magnified  about  8  times,  after  a 
specimen  from  Mont  St  Pierre. 

Fig.  4.  C}il(Miiidomona8  pulmscultM,  p.  51,  after  Ehbenbebo,  Tab.  iil 
fig.  X.  B,  (highly  magnified,  nat  size  ^  line). 

Fig.  5.  Eerona  mytUm,  p.  55,  after  Ehrenbbrg,  Tab.  xu.  fig.  ix. 
(magnified,  nat.  size  J  line). 

Fig.  6.  Varticella  nebuli/era,  p.  58,  after  Ehbenbebo,  Tab.  xxv.  fig.  1, 
(magnified,  nat.  size  of  the  bell  ^  line). 

Fig.  7.  Hydra  griaea  L.,  p.  73,  from  nature,  nat.  size ;  a,  a  single  polyp, 
extended;  6,  the  like  retracted;  c,  a  polyp  with  two  young  buds 
t,tt;  the  last  still  very  incomplete. 

Pig.  8.  Clava  parasitica,  Hydra  muUicomis,  p.  75,  aft»r  Fobsk.  Icon, 
rer.  natvflr.  Tab.  xxvi.  ^g,  6,  b. 

Fig.  9.  Goryne  Qjebts,,  Syncoryne  ramosa  Ehbekb.  p.  75,  highly  magni- 
fied, after  LovfN,  Wibom.  Archiv,  1837,  Tab.  vl  ^g.  19  6,  b  bell- 
shaped  excrescences  with  ^gs ;  comp.  p.  70. 

Fig.  10.  Campamdaria  {gda4,ino8a\  p.  76,  in  the  embryonal  state, 
magnified;  b,  in  a  more  developed  condition,  in  which  it  is 
about  to  quit  the  ovary;  after  Yan  Beneden  M^m,  de  VAcad, 
de  BruoB,  Tom.  xvil  PL  n.  figs.  9,  18. 

Fig.  11.  A,  B,  c,  Tvhipora  musica  L.,  p.  82,  aftier  Fbeycinbt  Voyage  de 
rUra/nie,  ZooL  PI.  88.  a,  development  of  a  young  polyp  c;  a, 
empty  tube,  firee  of  its  polyp ;  by  more  developed  polyp,  opened 
longitudinally  d,  e;  b,  upper  extremity  of  a  polyp  with  the  8 
tentacles  and  the  mouth  in  the  middle ;  c,  longitudinal  section 
of  a  tube ;  here  the  animal  is  seen,  and  below  it  the  eggs  within 
the  tube,  attached  to  long  filaments. 
VOL.  1.  53 


Digitized  by 


Google 


834  EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES. 

Plate  II,    Polyps. 

Fig.  1.     Anthdia  glauca^  p.  77. 

Fig.  2.     Xenia  umbellata,  p.  77,  both  after  Saviont  DeaeripL  de  VEg^, 

Polypes,  PL  i. 
Fig.  3.     CoraUium  rubrumy  p.  83,  magnified,  after  Milke  Edwabds,  Cu- 

TIER  JR.  Ani,,  Zoophytes,  PL  80,  fig.  1.    a,  a,  a,  three  polype,  of 

whioh  the  two  lowest  are  retracted  within  the  bark ;  6,  6,  bark ; 

e,  stony  axis. 
Hg.  4.     Mopsea,  Isis  eUmgaia,  Espeb,  p.  83,  after  a  spedmen  in  the 

National  Museum  of  Nat  Hist  at  Leyden. 
Fig.  5.     Caryophyllia  ramea  Lail,  p.  86,  after  Milnb  Edwabds,  Cuyieb 

R  Ani.,  Zoopk,,  PL  83,  fig.  1. 
Fig.  6.     Actinia  corioMa  Cuv.,  p.  91,  after  Rapp  Polypen  und  AcHnietif 

Ta£  l  3,  4.     a,  in  the  oontracted  state ;  b,  expanded. 
Fig.  7.     Halodactylus  diaphanus  Fabbe,  p.  96.     a,  the  gelatinous  polj- 

pary  of  nat  size,  after  Yan  Beneden  Bryozoaires;  b,  a  polyp 

magnified  80  times,  after  Fabbe  Phil  Trans.  1837,  PL  26, 

fig.  7. 

Plate  IIL    Polyps,  fig.  1 ;  Sea  Nettles,  figs.  2 — 8. 

Fig.  1.    PlymaUUa  criHata  Lam.,  p.  96,  after  Tbehblet  Pdf^.  PL  x. 

figs.  8,  9.     Fig.  A,  natur.  size;  fig.  b,  three  polyps  magnified,  of 

which  one  is  retracted  within  its  cell,  and  another  still  young 

and  undeveloped. 
Fig.  2.     VdUUa  seaphidia  Pebon,  p.  110,  after  PiaoK  Voyage  aux  ierret 

Ausir.  PL  xxz.  fig.  6. 
Yig.  3.    Porpikt  wmbella  Eschsch.,  p.  Ill,  aft«r  Pebon,  PL  xtxt.  figs.  6 

and  6  a;  A,  fixim  the  dorsal  surfiuse,  b,  from  below. 
Fig.  4.     Diphyes  eampanulifera  Eschsoh.,  p.  118,  after  Qvoy  and  Gai- 

MABD  Ann.  des  Sc.  not.  x.  1827,  PL  l  figs.  1,  3.     a,  the  animal 

consisting  of  two  pieces,  nat  size  b. 
Fig.  5.     Cydippe  pileus  Eschsch.,  p.  121,  after  Milne  Edwabdb  in  Cuyieb 

B.  Ani.,  Zooph.,  PL  56,  %  2. 
Fig.  6.     Cassiopea  borbonica  Delle  Ohiaje,  p.  123,  after  the  figure  of 

Dellb  Ohl^ue  reduced  in  Gui^bin's  Iconographie. 
Fig.  7.     ^quorea  violacea  Milne  Edwabds,  p.  125,  after  the  figure  in  tke 

Ann.  des.  Sc  noL,  2e  S^e,  Tom.  xyl  PL  l  fig.  1. 
Fig.  8.     Nettle-organs  (pp.  99,  100),  from  Pelagia  nocHluca  (p  124), 

after  Wagnsb  Icoti.  Zootofn.  Tab.  xxxiii.  figs.  x.  xl    a,  when 

slightly  magnified  the  round  Yesides  amongst  the  pigment- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


EXPLANATION   OF  PLATES.  835 

granules  are  seen ;  a,  a,  filaments,  b,  cell  a  more  highly  magni- 
fiedy  with  the  filament  everted;  c,  filament  lying  in  the  cell 
rolled  in  a  spiral 

Plate  IY.    £chinodebh& 

All  the  figures  of  this  plate  are  taken  from  specimens  in  the  B^ka- 
Museum  of  Nat  History  at  Leyden. 

Fig.  1.  Ophidepis  imbricata'NLxjmjj.  et  Tbosch.,  p.  147,  1^  the  nat  size, 
seen  from  the  under  surfaoa  To  save  space,  the  basal  pieces 
alone  of  four  of  the  arms  are  delineated ;  a,  a,  fissures  near  the 
arms. 

Fig.  2.  Under  sur&ce  of  a  ray  from  a  Japanese  species  of  Astropecteriy 
p,  148,  nat.  size.     Two  rows  of  terUaeula  are  seen  here. 

Fig.  3.  Greasier  hivlcus  Muell.  et  Tbosch.,  p.  149,  seen  from  above,  of 
nat.  size;  the  left  side  is  in  great  part  removed,  a,  anus;  5, 
Madrepore-plate  (verruca  dorst);  compare  p.  148. 

Fig.  4.  A  ray  of  the  same  species  opened  a,  Sand-canal  or  stone 
canai;  see  p.  148. 

Fig.  5.  Under  sur&ce  of  part  of  a  ray  of  Asterias  (Asteracanthum) 
rubens,  p.  149,  nat  size.  Four  rows  of  tentacles  are  seen; 
see  p.  149. 

Fig.  6.  Spaiangus  purpureuSy  p.  152,  seen  from  above,  reduced  one  half 
There  are  four  apertures  of  the  genital  organs  (avcma  and  testes) 
and  four  circumscribed  amlmUicra, 

Fig.  7.  Oidaris  imperialis  Lam.,  p.  156,  after  a  specimen  from  the  Bed 
Sea.  The  spines  have  been  removed  in  order  that  the  form  of 
the  shell  and  the  tubercles  on  which  these  spines  are  implanted 
might  be  shewn.  There  are  five  sexual  apertures  round  the 
vent,  on  the  same  number  of  small  pentangular  plates  of  which 
the  hindmost  is  the  largest :  between  them  are  the  five  eye- 
plates.  The  am6««2aora  here  run  quite  through.  Compare  pp.150, 
151. 

Fig.  8.  A  spine  of  Cidariies  glandifenis,  or  so-named  pierre  jtuia^ique, 
fossil  from  the  Jura  formation. 

Plate  V.    Fig.  1,  Bchinodbrms  ;  figs.  2 — 7,  Intestinal  Wobms  ; 
figs.  8,  9,  RonFEBa 

Fig.  1.     Sipunculus  nudus,  p.  160,  after  Gbube  in  Mueller's  Archw, 
Fig.  2.     Ccenurus  cerebralis,  p.  182,  after  Bremseb  Icones  helminth.     A 
part  of  the  common  bladder,  with  two  worms  highly  magnified. 
Fig.  3.     Gysticercus  lanfficoUis,  p.  182,  magnified ;  after  the  same,  ibid, 

53—2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


836  EXPLANATION   OP  PLATES, 

Fig.  4.  Tamia  pliccOa,  pp.  180,  181,  the  head  and  anteri(»-  part  of  the 
bodj  nat  size,  after  a  specimen  in  the  Rijks-Muaetun,  Leyden. 

Fig.  5.  Echinorhynchua  gigas,  p.  184 ;  A,  nat.  size,  B,  head  of  the  same 
species  magnified.     After  Bremser  Icones  hdmijUhtan, 

Fig.  6.  Triatoma  grantUaium,  p.  186,  magnified  two  diameters  ;  from  a 
specimen  in  the  Bijka-Miueum,  Lejden. 

Fig.  7.  Aacaris  l^9U}pUra,  p.  190,  nat  size,  a,  head,  b,  tail,  both  magni- 
fied ;  after  Brehsbb  Icariea  helmirUhum. 

Figs.  8  and  9,  from  Ehrenbbbg's  Injuai4ma-thierchen.  Fig.  8,  Furcur 
laria  gracilia,  p.  204 ;  fig.  9,  FkUodina  megcdo^richa,  p.  205  ; 
both  highly  magnified. 

Plate  VI.     Ringed  Worms,  Insects. 

With  the  exception  of  fig.  3  0,  all  the  figures  are  fix>m  nature  and  of  the 
natural  size  unless  the  contrary  be  expressed. 

Fig.  1.     Gordiua  aquaiiciia,  p.  194. 

Fig.  2.  Planaria  torva,  p.  223,  magnified  two  diam.  b,  head  with  tvo 
eyes. 

Fig.  3.  Hirvdo  fnedicincUia,  p  226.  b,  ring^  fix>m  the  middle  of  the 
body  on  the  ventral  sur&oe,  magnified  two  diamet^^  c,  the 
anterior  part  of  the  head,  from  the  inferior  surfiuse  with  the 
margin  that  surrounds  the  mouth.  Three  fissures  are  seen  firom 
which  the  jaws  proceed.  This  magnified  figure  is  copied  fcom 
that  of  Brandt  u.  Ratzeburg  Mediz.  Zool,  n.  Ta£  xxvul 
fig.  10. 

Fig.  4.  A,  Serpula  bteomia  Saviont,  p.  236.  b,  the  anterior  part  of  the 
inferior  surface  shewing  the  opercfUum. 

Fig.  5,  JTermelUiy  p.  236.  A  new  species  fr:om  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope. 

Fig.  6.  Lj/caria,  p.  241.  The  anterior  part  with  proboada  exserted. 
A  new  species  fit)m  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

Fig.  7.  PolyodmUea  maxUloaa^  p.  245.  a,  the  anterior  portion  with  the 
proboada  exserted,  b,  the  proboada  on  the  inferior  sur&oe  with 
the  four  jaws. 

Fig.  8.  Olomeria  owtlia,  Sphoeropcsua  inaignia  Brandt,  p.  292.  a,  the 
animal  roUed  together,  b,  the  head  and  anterior  rings  from  the 
side,  and  c,  fix)m  before ;  d,  antenna ;  o,  first  pair  of  feet ;  h,  two 
rings  frx)m  the  middle  of  the  body  with  fo\ir  pairs  of  feet 
(d— H  magnified). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


EXPLANATION  OF   PLATES.  837 

Plate  VIL    Insects. 
With  the  exception  of  figs.  4  and  5,  all  the  figures  are  fix»m  nature. 

Fig.  1.     LUkobma  forficatus,  p.  294.     Natural  size. 

Fig.  2.  Oral  organs^  head  and  antennae  of  a  large  Scolopendra,  slightly 
magnified,  a,  head;  b,  antenna;  a  a,  upper  jaws;  &  h,  under 
jaws;  c,  under  lip;  d',  first;  d'\  second;  rf'",  third  pair  of  feet. 

Fig.  3.  Oral  organs  of  GryUotcUpa  vulgaris,  magnified,  illustrating  p.  249. 
A,  upper  lip;  B,  upper  jaws;  c,  under  jaws;  c'c',  palps;  (/V, 
galea  or  helm  of  the  lower  jaws  (internal  palps);  D,  under 
lip  with  its  palps  d  d. 

Figs.  4,  5.  Head,  spiral  tongue  and  other  oral  organs  of  Noctua  poce, 
magnified ;  after  SAViaNY  Memaires,  i.  PL  in.  ^g,  1.  Compare 
p.  250. 

Fig.  4.  A,  basal  piece  of  antenna,  a  a,  compound  eyes;  bh, 
upper  jaws;  </,  under  jaws  (spiral  tongue) ;  rf'  d\  attachment  of 
the  palps  of  the  under  lip  that  have  been  removed. 

Fig.  5,  The  under  lip  c,  with  its  palps  </  </,  divested  on  the 
left  side  of  the  hairs  with  which  they  are  beset. 

Fig.  6.  Intestinal  canal  of  GryUotaXpa  vulgaris,  natural  size,  to  illustrate 
pp.253 — 256;  a, oesophagus;  b,  crop  or  proventriciUus;  c,  muscular 
stomach,  with  two  blind  appendages  near  its  inferior  orifice ;  d,  e, 
stomach,  or  duodenum,  according  to  M.  de  Serbes;  g,  h,  intes- 
tinal canal,  slightly  unrolled,  as  in  6 ;  ^  the  short  and  numerous 
urinary  vessels,  which  terminate  by  a  common  efferent  duct  at  g. 

Fig.  7.  The  two  secretory  tubes  of  the  web  in  Cossus  ligniperda,  natural 
size,  see  p.  392. 

Fig.  8.  A  Grylhtalpa  vulgaris  not  yet  full  grown,  shewing  the  air-slits 
{stigmata)  1 — 10,  see  p.  261.  This  figure  may  serve  at  the  same 
time  as  an  example  of  imperfect  metamorphosis,  see  p.  273. 

Fig.  9.  A  portion  of  a  stem  of  the  air-tubes  with  three  branches  from 
a  large  Scolopendra,  see  p.  259. 

Fig.  10.  Internal  sexual  organs  of  male  GryUotaXpa  vulgaris,  magnified 
two  diameters,  to  illustrate  pp.  267 — 269  ;  a  a,  testes;  b  b,  efferent 
vessels;  c  c, prostate  (blind  tubes,  pp.  268,  269);  </,  such  a  tube  un- 
rolled; d,  base  o£  penis,  covered  on  the  upper  surface  with  small 
blind  vascules  like  vUli  (Cowprr's  glands  ?). 

Fig.  11.  Internal  sexual  organs  of  female  of  the  same  species;  a  a, 
ovaries;  bb,  oviducts;  c,  blind  sac  (recepiaculum  seminis),  of 
which  the  very  fine  duct  c'  terminates  in  the  va^gina.  See  pp.  265, 
266. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


838  EXPLAKATI09  OF  PLATES. 

Fig.  12.  NenrooB  system  of  GrydoUdpa  ru^j^aHt  magnified  two  < 

see  p.  276 ;  1,  first  nerre-gui^oii  with  the  optie  ncrres  and 
thoae  of  the  anteimjSy  bdiind  it  a  rin^  thnni^  wkidi  the 
oesophagiis  passes ;  2 — 10,  the  saooeeding  nerre-gang^ik 

Fig.  13.  Head  and  firat  piece  of  thorax  {prcdtorax,  eondd)  c^GryOatalpa 
vulgaris  seen  fi*om  aboTe,  sUghtlj  magnified;  A,  A,  oomponnd 
eyes;  a,  a,  simple  ejes^  oeeUi  or  stemmaia.     See  p.  349. 

Fig.  14.  A  small  piece  of  the  cornea  of  a  compoond  eye  firam  Spkmx 
airapoi,  with  the  hexangnlar  /aceUe$^  magnified  200  diametos; 
see  p.  279. 

Fig.  1^.  A  piece  of  the  under  surfiioe  of  an  upper  wing  from  Nym^fUtii 
wrticcBf  p.  411,  magnified  more  than  40  diameters,  and  drawn  by 
means  of  incident  light.  The  snr&ce  divested  of  scales  then 
appears  black ;  the  places  for  the  attachment  of  the  scales  are 
seen  as  white  pointsi     Comp.  p.  390. 

Fig.  16.  Scales  firom  the  upper  surface  of  the  upper  wing  of  the  sune 
insect,  magnified  about  75  diameters,  and  drawn  by  means  of 
transmitted  light  under  a  microscope  of  Obebhaubeb,  p.  390. 

Plate  VIIL    Insects. 

Fig.  1.    Scales  of  MachiUs  mariiima,  p.  297,  seen  under  the  microso^ 
Fig.  2.     LepUma  ioccharina  (p.  298) ;  magnified  and  seen  on  the  under 

surface,  after  G.  R  TBEViRAinjs  Verm,  Schr.  n.  Tabi  n.  fig.  I. 
Fig.  3.     TrichoiieeUi  Equi  magnified,  as  an  examfde  of  Mallaphaga, 

pp.  301,  302,  after  Gublt  Magaz,  f.  d  gesammt.  Thierheilt  ix 

Tab.  I.  figs.  4 — 6.     a,  from  aboye ;  b,  from  below,  attached  to  a 

hair;  c,  the  jaws;  the  absolute  size  is  indicated  by  a  line,  as  is 

also  done  in  figs.  2  and  4. 
Fig.  4.     Ptdex  penek'onSf  male,  (p.  305). 
Fig.  5,    The  pregnant  female.     Both  this  figure  and  the  preceding  after 

DuMiuL  C<m$.  ghi.  $,  I  Ins.  PL  53,  figs.  4,  5. 
Fig.  6.     Xenos  Peckii,  female,  (p.  307),  after  Kirbt  Linn.  Transact  xi., 

magnified ;  a,  a,  the  shield-coyers  (elytra). 
Fig.  7.    Xenos  Rossiij  female,  magnified,  aft^r  Y.  Siebold. 
Fig.  8.     Bombylius  discolor,  p.  334. 
Figs.  9,  10,  Upper  wings  of  ffymenoptera,  fig.  9  of  Apis  meUi/ica,  fig.  10 

of  Bombus;  pp.  347,  348 ;  m,  e,  outer  margin  {tnargo  exterior); 

Of  apex ;  6,  base ;  m,  p,  posterior  margin ;  m,  t,  internal  mazgin; 

s,  t,  stigma;  A^rculius;  c,  cubitus;  c,  r,  ceUula  radialis;  c,Cy  e,ey  c,c, 

esUuloi  cubiiales;  c,  d,  ceUula  disc<ndaKs;  e^  c,A^  oMvla  hmtf- 

ales;  n,  6,  nervi  hrachidles. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES.  839 

Fig.  11.  Vespa  vulgana,  p.  362. 

Fig.  12.  Mellmus  arvensia^  p.  367. 

Fig.  13.  Trogtis  kUorius,  p.  381. 

Fig.  14.  Sirex  gigas,  female,  p.  386. 

Fig.  15.  The  larva  of  this  insect,  after  Rcesel. 

Fig.  16.  The  larva  of  Cimbex  variabUisy  p.  389,  afber  Rcesel. 


Plate  IX.    Insects. 

Fig.  1.     Caterpillar  of  Cerura  virnda,  p.  403,  after  Rqbsbl. 

Fig.  2.  Sphinx  convolvuti,  p.  406,  seen  from  below.  At  Oy  the  wing- 
hooklet,  retincKMLv/nhy  is  seen,  p.  393. 

Figs.  3,  4.  Pupae  of  butterflies.  Fig.  3,  a  pupa  hanging  free,  as  in  the 
Tetrapoda,  p.  410  j  flg.  4,  a  pupa  feuitened  by  a  transverse  thread, 
as  in  the  ffexapoda,  p.  409. 

Fig.  5.     SaJtyrus  jEgeria,  p.  410. 

Fig.  6.  Case  of  a  larva  of  Phryganeay  p.  414,  opened  to  shew  the  smooth 
internal  surface. 

Fig.  7.     Larva  of  the  Antrlion,  MyrmeUonf(yrmiccvn%imj  p.  419. 

Fig.  8.  A,  larva;  b,  pupa  of  a  lAbeUuUiy  pp.  420, 421,  after  Ltonst  :  a, 
mask-like  under  lip ;  &,  rudiments  of  the  wings. 

Figs.  9 — 11.  Left  upper  wing  oi  LibeU<B,  p.  421;  fig.  9,  jEahna  grandis, 
fig.  10,  LiheUida  depressa,  fig.  11,  jEahna/arcipaUi  ;  a,  triangu- 
lar wing-celL 

Fig.  12.  Agrion  puella  or  furecUum  Chabp.,  p.  422. 

Fig.  13.  Head  of  a  Cicada  as  an  example  of  the  beak  {rosirum)  of  the 
ffomoptera  (p.  430);  A,  seen  from  below;  b,  from  the  side;  q, 
in  frt)nt;  a,  in  ^g.  A,  the  sucker;  5,  6,  the  insertion  of  the  first 
pair  of  feet;  c,  the  antennie.  In  fig.  c,  the  three  filaments 
which  are  enclosed  in  the  sheath  of  the  sucker,  are  represented 
after  the  sheath  has  been  removed. 

Fig.  14.  Anterior  or  upper  wing  of  a  Cicada;  this  wing  is  entirely  mem- 
branou&     Comp.  fig.  16. 

Fig.  15.  Fulgaraf  p.  437;  FtUgora  macukUa  Oltv.     East  Ind.,  nat  size. 

Fig.  16.  Fore-wing  of  Bdostama  indictim,  (p.  441),  to  illustrate  the 
characters  of  the  Hemiptera  keieropteray  p.  439. 

Fig.  17.  N^M,  p.  441 ;  iTepa  rubra  from  Java^  much  resembling  ^epa 
cinereay  but  larger. 

Fig.  18.  Redwwm  peraofiatus,  p.  444.  It  is  the  specimen  to  which  I 
referred  in  the  note  in  p.  276,  and  which  is  distinguished  by  the 
shortness  of  one  of  the  feet,  (the  second  on  the  left  side). 


Digitized  by 


Google 


840  EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES. 

Fig.  19.  Head  of  a  Reduvius  from  the  side,  as  an  example  of  the  sacker 
{rostrum  frarUcde)  in  the  ffeteroptera;  see  p.  439. 

Plate  X.    Insects. 

Fig.  1.     Gryllua  ccsrulescejis,  p.  453. 

Fig.  2.     Phyllium  aicci/oliumy  p.  460,   a  female,  the  figure  somewhat 

diminished. 
Fig.  3.     Head  of  a  species  of  EmpuaOy  to  exhibit  the  pectinate  antenns, 

the  character  of  the  males,  p.  461. 
Fig.  4.     BUUta  lappaniea,  p.  462. 
Fig.  5,     Eumarj^UB  marffinattu,  p.  469. 
Fig.  6.     Adeamua  Wallu^ii  Hope,  from  Java,  as  an  example  of  Ceramby- 

eina,  Lamioky  p.  478. 
Fig.  7.     EvUimuB  aeaptdosua  Ohevrolat,  as  an  example  of  th«  Curai- 

lumita.     This  species  belongs  to  the  same  sub-genus  as  Cureulio 

imperuUia,  p.  487. 
Fig.  8.     LyUa  vesicaiortay  the  Spanish  flj,  p.  500. 
Fig.  9.     MelolorUha  vulgaris,  p.  514. 
Fig.  10.  Under  jaw  of  a  Carabus  magnified,  to  illustrate  the  primary 

characteristic  of  the  (hrabieinaf  namelj  the  two  palps,   see 

p.  545. 

Plate  XI.    Arachnids  and  Cbustaceans. 

Fig.  1.  Oral  organs  and  shears  (first  pair  of  unchanged  feet)  of  PorUmus 
momcbs,  p.  679.  See  p.  600 ;  a,  upper  jaws;  a',  palps;  5,  first  pair 
of  under  jaws ;  c,  second  pair  of  under  jaws ;  d\  first ;  cT',  second ; 
d'"y  tliird  pair  of  foot-jaws;  Jl,  flagrumy  or  the  palp  attached  to 
these  jaws;  a,  first  pair  of  unchanged  feet,  the  shears  or  claws. 

ilg.  2.  Oral  organs  and  first  pair  of  feet  of  Scorpio  reticukOuSy  natural 
size.  According  to  the  theory  of  Savigny  (p.  557),  the  upper 
jaws  p'*  correspond  to  the  second  pair  of  foot-jaws  of  the 
decapod  crustaceans;  the  under  jaws  p'^'  to  the  third  pair  of 
these  foot-jaws ;  the  first  pair  of  feet,  /S,  correspond  to  the 
second  pair  of  feet  of  the  decapodck  Between  these  feet  two 
triangular  plates  are  seen ;  see  the  note^  p.  557. 

Fig.  3.  Nymphon  grossipes  (p.  573)  in  its  first  state,  magnified  (natural 
size  about  \  line);  after  Kboeteb's  Tidsskr.  in.  PL  3,  fig.  26 ; 
^g,  4;  comp.  p.  571. 

•Fig.  4.  Pycnogonum  lUtorale,  p.  573,  after  GuiiUN  Ioonogr.y  Araehn. 
PL  4,  fig.  1,  nat  siza 


Digitized  by 


Google 


EXPLANATION   OF  PLATES.  841 

Fig.  5.     Ixodes  Eicimu^  p.  577,  magnified  after  Gublt  Magazin  /,  d 

gesamnU.  Thierheilk,  ix.  Tab.  L  fig.  18. 
Fig.  6,     Tdypkonua  proacarpio  Latb.,  p.  586,  nat.  siza     Fig.  6  (,  the 

oephalothorax  from  the  side,  to  shew  the  lateral  eyes  a. 
Fig.  7.    I^',p''\  oral  organs  of  the  same  arachnid;  p",  upper  jaws;  />"', 

under  jaws ;  magnified  two  diameters. 
Fig.  8.     Dorsal  vessel  or  heart  of  TelyphonuSy  with  the  adipose  body, 

magnified. 
Fig.  9.     Nervous  system  of  Telyphonus^  magnified. 

Plate  XII.    Arachnids  and  Chustaceans. 

Fig.  1.     An  upper-jaw  of  Epeira  diadema  laid  open,  with  the  salivary 

duct,  magnified,  from  Treviranus   Ueb.  den  innem  Bau  der 

ArachnideUy  Tab.  IL  fig.  21,  see  p.  560. 
Fig.  2.     Spinnarets  of   Arcmea  tUrox  (see    p.  588),   magnified,    after 

Treviranus  op,  ciL  Tab.  v.  fig.  43;  a,  vent;  6,6,  larger  and 

anterior;  c,  c,  smaller  posterior;  d,  d,  lateral  posterior  papillae, 

accessory  feelers  according  to  Treviranus  {palpi  accessorii). 
Fig.  3.     LimuLiia  mohiccanua,  p.  623,  reduced.     A  female  seen  on  the 

under  surface. 
Fig.  4.     Argvlua  foliaceua,  p.  631,  on  the  under  surfiice,  laying  its  eggs ; 

after  Jurine  Ann,  du  Mvs,  vii.  PL  xxvl  fig.  3. 
Fig.  5.     AnaH/a  leevis,  p.  638 ;  one  side  of  the  shell  is  removed  to  exhibit 

the  animal  in  its  natural  position;  nat  size. 
Fig.  6.     Daphnia  pulex,  p.  641,  a  male,  magnified  after  Straus  MeTru  du 

Mu8.  V.  PL  XLix.  fig.  18. 
Fig.  7.     Idoiea  entomon,  p.  654,  nat.  size. 
Figs.  8 — 10.     Portunvs  McsnaSj  p.  679,  nat  size;  ^,  8,  from  above, 

fig.  9,  under  surface  with  the  tail  lying  on  it,  fig.  10,  the  tail 

thrown  back. 

Plate  XIII.     MoLLUSca 

Fig.  1.     GhUon  Cummingii.      Example  of  a  multivalve  shell,  p.  682 ; 

comp.  p.  789. 
Figs.  2—7.     Examples  of  bivalves,  p.  682. 
Fig.  2.     Terebralvlcu     A  species  from  New  Guinea,  see  p.  722.   a,  ventral 

shell  with  apex  perforated ;  B,  dorsal  shell  from  the  inside  with 

the  calcareous  arc. 
Fig.  3.     Shell  of  Avicula  {Meleagrina)  margarUi/era,  pp.  730,  731.     On 

the  inside  are  seen  some  pearls  attached,    a,  impression  of 

the  adductor  muscle. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


842  EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES. 

Fig.  4.    Area  tortuoia  L.,  p.  733. 

Fig.  5.  Shell  of  Trigonia  peeUnata  Lax.,  p.  73i.  Fiom  t^  insadt^  to 
shew  the  hinge  {cwrdo)» 

Fig.  6.  Vmu$  Dume  L.,  Cytherea  Diane  Lajl,  pi  742.  The  sheD  is 
placed  in  the  position  aooording  to  which  Lm jeus  hae  described 
it  (see  the  note,  p.  683),  namelj,  with  the  point.  A,  downwards; 
the^tfttra,  b,  forwards ;  the  lunula,  a,  badcwarda. 

Fig.  7.  Venua  {Cj/therea)  erycina  Lam.  Right  Talye  from  within,  a,  the 
point;  a,  lunolar  cavity;  by  fissnre;  e,  hinge;  d,  impression  of 
the  anterior;  «,  of  the  posterior  adductor  mnsde;  /,  impression 
of  the  mantle;  g,  g,  inferior  maigin  of  the  shdL  In  this  figme 
the  shell  is  placed  in  its  natural  position.  On  the  left  side  the 
fore  end  is  placed,  which  the  animal,  when  moviog,  directs  for- 
wards. 

Figs.  8 — 11.     Examples  of  univalve  shells  or  cochlecsy  p.  683. 

Fig.  8.     Shell  of  Pwrpura  ConcholepaSy  p^  807. 

Fig.  9.     Shell  of  PaUUa,  p.  790  ;  PateUa  umbeUa  Gm. 

Fig.  10.  Shell  of  Scalaria  imperialiSy  p.  798. 

Fig.  11.  Shell  of  BtUimus  cUrinua  B&uo.,  p.  814.  Example  of  a  Cochlea 
einiatra,  see  p.  684. 

Plate  XIV.    Molluscs. 

Fig.  1.  Shell  of  Oliva  erythroHoma  Lah.,  p.  810 ;  example  of  an  invo- 
lute sheU,  p.  683.  a,  the  aperture ;  a,  external  margin ;  6,  in- 
ternal margin. 

Fig.  2.  Shell  of  Nautilus  PompUiua  L,  divided  in  the  midplane,  p.  825, 
an  example  of  a  shell  rolled  upon  itself,  and  afc  the  same  time 
many-chambered  {cochlea  revoluta,  polythalanUa)  pp.  683,  684; 
A,  A,  the  last  chamber,  or  cavity,  in  which  the  animal  lies;  a,  a,  a, 
the  siphon  which  traverses  the  successive  chambers. 

Fig.  3.     A  cover  (Operculum)  of  Turbo,  from  the  inside ;  see  p.  684. 

Fig.  4.  Salpa  (runcinata  f)  p.  699.  Of  the  natural  size,  from  a  specimen 
presented  to  me  by  Prof  Y.  Beneden.  a,  the  animal  seen  fix>m 
the  surface  which  is  oommonly  turned  upwards,  according  to 
EsctfRicHT  the  ventral  sur£ftoe.  Here  the  muscular  belts  extend 
throughout ;  b,  the  animal  seen  frt>m  the  opposite  side,  where 
the  muscular  belts  are  interrupted ;  a,  (in  ^g,  a)  the  fissured 
aperture  which  the  animal  turns  forwards;  ft,  the  posterior 
aperture ;  c,  the  so-named  nucleus,  or  the  collection  of  the  vis- 
cera ;  d,  the  iaUpa  chain  in  process  of  development ;  /,  g,  muscular 


Digitized  by 


Google 


EXPLANATION  OP  PLATES.  843 

belts ;  ky  the  gill ;  Z,  the  heart ;  r,  dorsal  folds  {endottyle  ?) ;  t, 
langaet ;  b,  (in  b)  the  cerebral  ganglion. 

Fig.  5.  Ascidia  (fiynthia)  Momus^  p.  707 ;  after  Savignt  Mhnoirea,  n. 
PL  Yi.  fig.  1.  A,  respiratory  aperture ;  B,  cloacal  aperture ;  c,c,e, 
outer  coyering,  of  which  one  half  is  removed  in  order  to  shew 
the  internal  envelop  d  (the  nuintle) ;  e,  muscular  fibres  on  the 
mantle. 

Figs.  6,  7.  Fig.  6.  Lingtda  anatina  Lam.,  p.  721 ;  after  QuriESiAnn.  du 
Mils.  I.  fig.  6.     The  animal  in  its  shell  with  the  peduncle  b. 

Fig.  7.  The  animal  removed  from  the  shell,  one  of  the  laminn 
of  the  mantle  thrown  upwards ;  a,  the  cerebral  ganglion,  accord- 
ing to  Cuvieb;  b,  mouth;  c,c,  the  two  arms ;  d,d,d,d,  pectinated 
gill-folds  on  the  mantle. 

Fig.  8.  The  animal  of  an  Anodonta  in  the  shell,  of  which  the  right  valve 
is  removed,  as  an  example  of  LamellibranchicUes,  pp.  723,  724 ; 
oomp.  PL  15,  fig.  1 ;  a,  shell  (left  valve  from  the  inside) ;  b,  b, 
the  two  laminae  of  the  mantle  j  c,  c,  outermost  gills ;  d,  e,  inner 
gills;  g,  the  flat  ventral  disc  projecting  between  the  gills ;  *  ten- 
tacles round  the  mouth,  those  of  the  right  side  alone  are  seen; 
t  mouth  ;  a,  anterior  adductor  muscle ;  b%  V,  the  posterior 
border  of  the  mantle  beset  with  fringe-like  appendages. 


Plate  XV.    Molluscs. 

Fig.  1.  A  transverse  section  of  ATwdcmta  ancAina^  schematic  after  Neu- 
WYLEB,  Neu/6  DerJcschr.  der  allg.  Schweizer,  GeadUch.  Jur  die 
geaaamnten  N(Uv/nm8aen8chafien,  Bd.  vl  1842,  Tab.  1 ;  a,  a,  (,  (, 
and  ^,  as  in  fig.  8  of  the  preceding  plate;  c,  external  laminss  of 
the  outer  gills  with  the  dorsal  side  attached  to  the  mantle ;  d, 
internal  lamina  of  the  outer  gill ;  «,  external ;  f^  internal  lamina 
of  the  inner  gill ;  A,  heart,  traversed  in  the  middle  by  the 
rectum. 

Fig.  2.  Solen  legvmen  L.,  p.  754 ;  after  Poli  Test,  utr,  SicU.  l  Tab.  xl 
fig.  15  ;  A,  the  foot  projecting  at  the  anterior  extremity  of  the 
shell ;  B,  c,  the  two  tubes  (tracheae)  coming  into  view  from  the 
shell  behind. 

Fig.  3.  Clio  borealia  Ghel.,  p.  775 ;  after  Eschkicht  Anat,  Untera, 
Tab.  L  fig.  3 ;  the  animal  is  represented  from  the  ventral  sur&ce ; 
a,  a,  fin-like  appendages ;  (,  b,  conical  appendages ;  c,  c,  tentacles 
of  the  head ;  d^  everted  penis  with  a  vesicle  d'  at  the  base. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


844  EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES. 

Fig.  4.  The  oentnl  neirooB  system  of  Hdix  Pamaiia  L. ;  after  Bkasst 
and  Ratzebubg  Mediz.  ZooL  n.  Tab.  34,  fig.  12;  eompare  p.  766 ; 
1,  ganglion  sitimted  above  the  OMophagas;  2,  bdow  it. 

Fig.  5.  Blood-circulation  of  Jlelix  Fomatia  L. ;  after  Cutier,  as  an 
example  of  the  Ptieumanica,  p.  811 ;  a,  heart;  c,  auricle,  both 
lie  in  the  pericardial  sac,  hud  open;  b,  Vy  artmee;  e,e,  Teaons 
currents,  from  which  the  pulmonary  veins  in  the  ie^irat<»7 
cavity  arise,  which  pass  into  the  trunk  d  that  runs  to  the 
auricle;  f^f^  calcareous  sac  or  kidney  which  surrounds  the  peri- 
cardiuuL     Compare  pp.  760,  761. 

Fig.  6.  Limax  cUer  L.,  the  anterior  portion  of  the  animal,  after  Brandt 
u.  Ratzbb.  op.  eii.  Tab.  38,  fig.  3,  {Arion  empirioorum  brunneusy 
A,  respiratoiy  aperture  at  the  margin  of  the  mantle.  See 
p.  817. 

Fig.  7.  Circulation  of  the  blood  in  a  cephalopod  mollusc,  LoUgo,  afto- 
CuviBB  TM.  elem.  de  VHui.  not,  des  Animaux;  a,  vena  cava, 
which  divides  into  two  branches;  b,  b,  lateral  or  venous  hearts; 
e,  c,  branchial  veins;  d,  d,  space  where  the  gills  are  situated ;  /, 
the  middle  or  arterial  heart ;  g,  g,  g,  arteries.  The  direction  of 
the  current  is  indicated  by  arrow&     Compare  pp.  762  and  819. 

Fig.  8.  A  small  specimen  of  Sepia  officinalis  L.,  p.  829;  after  Casus 
Nov.  Act.  Acad.  Ccbs.  Natwr.  Curios,  xil;  a, a, a, a, o, a, o, a,  the 
eight  conical  arms,  the  two  long  thin  arms  are  seen  at  b,  6;  c, 
funnel;  comp.  pp.  818,  819. 

Hg.  9.  Detached  arm  {Hectocotylus)  of  a  male  individual  of  Argonauia 
argo  serving  for  copulation  (magnified  about  three  diameters) ; 
after  Koeluksb  {Berickte  der  Zoot.  Anstak  zu  WiinAurg^  1849, 
Tab.  L  fig.  19);  comp.  pp.  821—823. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


.'J     .;  J 


/'ly.  /. 

/>«/.  2 

J   , 

>v' 

L         -     ■ 

_  ..-- 

- — "-o 

4- 

7 


I'i^.j. 


7/.y/fy^r/, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


v'.r,p2 


y^*/ 


1^-.  Kil^S 


A/Vy/.v^    ,.v. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


"fv^  ^c.;5*s 


^^'-t 


%rrrfrfjir]rf7^^ 


-ii ^::^ 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


v.r  ;.^ 


/£»,« 


>far.d. 


Gedr^LHOfot-.  t^Dre^den 


j7:y9,r,.'A  .„•. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


^.  JiftH'/f    Jff  . 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


VI  p6. 


//  Jiru,-/,   ..y 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Y.I.p.7. 


//.  /frur/,  .«• 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


^■p 


//  /SfUf/t  j-f . 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


V^l.p  ^ 


//  //rftr/t  jTf  . 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


V.I.p9. 


ff./frucA  se 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


V.I.p  ]Q  . 


/Tlfrurh  sc. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


V.I.p.ll. 


//.^rud^A  sc. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


y.i.pj2. 


ff  J9r//r^  sc. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


V.  r.p  io . 


//  A/vy,/,    s. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


V.I.p.J4. 


//.  /.v/./^ 


Digitized  by 


Google 


f 


*' 


Digitized  by 


Google 


VI.-p  15 


Digitized  by 


Google 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ALPHABETICAL  INDEX 


07  THE 


LATIN    GENERIC    NAMES. 


A. 

Abyla.  ii8. 
Acsenitus.  381. 
AcaDthia.  445. 
Acanthomera.  337. 
Acarufl.  575. 
Acera.  787. 
Acetes.  665. 
Acheta.  456. 
Achiaa.  321. 
Acoetes.  245. 
ActsoD.  779. 
Actinia.  90. 
Actinocrinites.  144. 
Aotinodendron.  91. 
Actinophrys.  51. 
Actora.  319. 
Adelinm.  493. 
Adelostoma.  498. 
Adeona.  93. 
MgA.  648. 

Mg\e&.  669. 

JEolidisk,  780. 

.^k>losoma.  229. 

.^^norea.  125. 

.^Esalus.  507. 

i^hna.  422. 

uEthalia.  436. 

Agalma.  115. 

Agahnopsia.   115. 

Agaricia.  86. 

Agathidiom.  538. 

Aglaiflma.  it 9. 

Aglaura.  242. 

Agra.  552. 

Agrion.  422. 

Agyrtes.  534. 

AkiB.  498. 

Albunea.  671. 

Alcides.  484. 

Alcyonidia.  78. 

Alcyonium.  79. 

Alderia.  780. 

Aleochara.  531. 

Aletirodes.  432. 


Alima.  661. 
Alitropus.  648. 
AUecula.  492. 
Alomya.  381. 
AlpheuB.  666. 
Alysia.  379. 
Amerhinus.  484. 
Ammonites.  827. 
Ammothea.  79. 
Amceba.  46. 
Amphicoma.  511. 
Amphidesma.  748. 
AmphileptuB.  55. 
Amphiuome.  243. 
Amphion.  662. 
Amphistoma.  185. 
Ampbiitrite.  235. 
Ampullacera.  811. 
Ampulbbria.  801. 
Amydetes.  524. 
Anancbytes.  152. 
Anaspis.  502. 
Anatifa.  638. 
Anatina.  751. 
Anatinella.  749. 
Anceus.  649. 
Anchorella.  625. 
Ancbvlomera.  658. 
Ancillaria.  809. 
AncinuR.  649. 
AncuU.  784. 
Ancylus.  811. 
Ancyracantbus.  192. 
An<b%na.  358. 
Anekstes.  525. 
Anguillula.  193. 
Anguinaria.  95. 
Anisoniera.  343. 
Anisonyx.  511. 
Anisotoma.  538. 
Anobium.  520. 
Anodonta.  736. 
Anomala.  512. 
Anomia.  725. 
Anoplognatbus.  513. 


Anotia.  437. 
Anthelia.  77. 
Anthia.  552. 
Anthomyia.  321. 
Autbopbora.  356. 
Antbopbyllum.  86. 
Antbosoma.  627. 
Antbrax.  334. 
Anthribus.  489. 
Antbrobia.  589. 
Antbura.  654. 
Antipatbes.  84. 
Aonis.  239. 
Aphidius.  379. 
Apbis.  432. 
Apbodiua  519. 
Apbrodita.  246. 
Apiocrinites.  144. 
Apis.  352. 
Aplysia.  786. 
Apolemia.  115. 
Apseudes.  653. 
Apus.  643. 
Aradus.  445. 
Aranea.  592. 
Area.  733. 
Arcella.  48. 
Arcturus.  655. 
Arenicoki.  237. 
Argonauta.  830. 
Argulus.  631. 
Argus.  593. 
Argyroneta.  591. 
Aricia.  239. 
Armadillo.  650. 
Articerus.  532. 
Asapbus.  646. 
AscaUpbus.  420. 
Ascaris.  190. 
Aseffena.  591. 
Asefius.  653. 
Asilus.  331. 
Asindulum.  342. 
Aspergillum.  757. 
Aspidisca.  55. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


846 


ALPHABETICAL  INDEX 


AspisteB.  ^AO. 
ABtocufl.  607. 
AsUrte.  741. 
Aatasia.  51. 
AflteriM.  147. 
AMnsa.  86. 
Atax.  581. 
Atelecyolus.  673. 
AthoiybU.  113. 
Atlanta.  777. 
Attelabus.  488. 
Attus.  597. 
AulacoB.  383. 
AuletM.  488. 
Auricula.  813. 
Avicula.  730. 
Ajunophorut.  559. 


Bacttlites.  818. 
Badister.  ^49. 
Balanufl.  037. 
BanohuB.  38a. 
BaridiuB.  484. 
BaasuB.  381. 
Bdella.  581. 
B«leiimit6B.  8a8. 
BeloBtoma.  44a 
Bembex.  369. 
Bembidium.  546. 
BeriB.  337. 
Bero«.  III. 
BiMo.  340. 
BibliB.  41a 
BiiguB.  670. 
BittacuB.  415. 
BlapB.  49jr. 
Blatta.  461. 
Boltenia.  707. 
BombuB.  355. 
BombyliuB.  333, 
Bombyx.  403. 
BomolochuB.  6a8. 
Bonellia.  161. 
BopyruB.  646. 
BoreuB.  416. 
BoBtrichuB.  530. 
BothriooepbaluB.  179. 
Botryllus.  703. 
BotyB.  395. 
Bk^ohiella.  615. 
BraohinuB.  551. 
BraohioDUB.  9or. 
BrachyoeruB.  487. 
Braohyopa.  318. 
Braoon.  380. 
Branobiobdella.  916. 
BrancLipuB.  649. 
BraBBolis.  410. 
Braula.  313. 
BrentuB.  488. 


BrochuB.  489. 
Buccinum.  807. 
BulimuB.  814. 
Bulla.  788. 
BupreBtiB.  517. 
Buraaria.  54. 
Bunatella.  787. 
ByrrhuB.  538. 


Oalandra.  483. 
Galappa.  674. 
CalatbuB.  550. 
Galoeola.  731. 
GaliguB.  630. 
Call^ira.  11 1. 
Callioera.  336. 
Callirhipis.  515. 
Galobata.  319. 
Calymene.  646. 
CalypticuB.  431. 
CalyptFBea.  795. 
CamarotuB.  488. 
Gampanularia.  76. 
Campy lites.  826. 
Campylomyza.  341. 
CaDoellaria.  805. 
Cancer.  678. 
CanopuB.  448. 
CapreUa.  656. 
CapBUB.  446. 
CapuluB.  796. 
CarabuB.  547. 
Cardilia.  75a 
Cardita.  737. 
Cardium.  740. 
Carenum.  550. 
Garinaria.  777. 
GamuB.  324. 
GaiyocriniteB.  144. 
GaryophyllttUB.  178. 
Garyopbyllia.  86. 
GaBBida.  473. 
GaBBiduloB.  154. 
Gassiopea.  113. 
GasaiB.  806. 
GaBtnia.  406. 
GataaoopuB.  552. 
GatoM,  534. 
Gavolina.  781. 
Gebrio.  515. 
Geddomyia.  341. 
GeoropB.  619. 
Cdlularia.  94. 
GelyphuB.  320. 
Genia.  779. 
GentriB.  356. 
Gephalotes.  55a 
Gephea.  123. 
GephuB.  386. 
Gerarabyx.  479. 


GenmioB.  360. 
Geraphrcm.  574. 
GercomonaB.  50. 
Geria.  326. 
Gerithium.  803. 
Gerocoma.  501. 
Geromya.  752. 
Gerophytum.  527. 
GeroplaiaB.  342. 
Gerura.  402. 
Cestum.  120. 
Getonia.  509. 
Ghstogaster.  229. 
GhetonotuB.  202. 
GhaetopieruB.  237. 
GhalciB.  377. 
Ghama.  738. 
GhdracanUras.  191. 
Ghelifer.  584. 
Ghdyoeoma.  707. 
ChenuBB.  435. 
GhereiB.  597. 
CheyletuB.  581. 
Ghilodon.  54. 
Ghionea.  343. 
Ghirodota.  159. 
GhironomuB.  344. 
GhiroBoeliB.  490. 
Chiton.  789. 
Chlenius.  549. 
Ghlamidodon.  55. 
Ghlamidomonas.  51. 
CholuB.  484. 
GhondracanthuB.  626. 
ChrysiB.  372. 
GhryBomela.  471. 
Chiysotoxum.  326. 
Cicada.  438. 
Gicindela.  554. 
Cidaris.  156. 
Gimbex.  389. 
Gimex.  447. 
GionuB.  484. 
Girolana.  648. 
GirratuluB.  238. 
GiB.  520. 
Cistela.  492. 
Gladocora.  86. 
GlauBilia.  814* 
Clara.  74. 
Clavagdla.  757. 
darelina.  706. 
Glavella.  626. 
Ckviger.  532. 
Gleodora.  773. 
Glepeine.  225. 
GleroB.  522. 
Glidius.  533. 
Glinocen,  329. 
GKo.  775. 
Glotho.  591. 
Ghibiona.  591. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


OF  THE  LATIN  OEJSTERIC  NAMES. 


847 


Clymene.  «33. 
Clymenia.  8^6. 
Clypeaster  (Echinoderma^ 
to).  154.  (Inteela),  468. 
Gnodalon.  493. 
Cobaz.  437. 
GoocmeUa.  467. 
C00CU8.  431. 
GGelopa.  319. 
GoBXiosia.  3)0. 
Osnomyia.    336. 
CoBDunis.  1 8a. 
GoUetes.  359. 
Golliaris.  554. 
Colpoda.  54. 
Golpodes.  550. 
Columbella.  809. 
Colorua.  101. 
Colydimn.  536. 
ComatulA.  145. 
Gonops.  335. 
Goniis.  808. 
Gonvoluta.  331. 
Gopris.  518. 
Goptodera.  552. 
Corbia.  745. 
Gorbula.  751. 
Gordisies.  551. 
Gordyla.  34a. 
Gordylura.  317. 
GoreuB.  447. 
Goriooella.  995. 
Goronula^  637. 
Gorophium.  058. 
Gonyra.  55a. 
GofyDe.  75. 
Goiymorpha.  76. 
Gorysies.  673. 
Go88onu8.  483. 
GoasuB.  403. 
GosByphus.  494. 
Goxeiufl.  4^4. 
Grabro.  307. 
GrambuB.  394. 
Granohia.  8^0. 
Gntngon.  606. 
Grania.  731. 
Grenatula.  719. 
GreBeis.  774. 
Greusia.  637. 
GriooeriB.  474. 
GriBtateUa.  96. 
GrypticuB.  407. 
GryptocepbaloB.  471. 
GiTptomonaB.  50. 
GiyptopbagUB.  536. 
GryptopB.  395. 
GryptorfaynchuB.  484. 
GiyptoB.  381. 
GtenipuB.  550. 
Gtenodaotyla.  551. 
Gtenostoma.  554. 


GtenuB.  595. 
Gucujus.  536. 
GucuIlanuB.  189. 
Gulez.  345. 
Guma.  663. 
Gumingia.  749. 
Gurculio.  486. 
GyamuB.  656. 
Gyamea.  134. 
GyathocriniteB.   144. 
GychruB.  548. 
C^cUb.  744. 
C^dooepbala.  516. 
GyclopB.  633. 
GycloBtoma.  801. 
Gydippe.  I3i. 
Gylaa.  488. 
Gymbnlia.  774. 
C^moihoa.  647. 
Gynipa.  385. 
C^mthia       {Crust,),  663. 

(Tun.),  707. 
Gyphomyia.  337. 
(^bon.  534. 
C^naa.  810. 
(^pricardia.  741. 
Gypridina.  633. 
Carina.  743. 
CypriB.  633. 
Gyrena.  743. 
Gyrenolda.  744. 
C^ufl.  333. 
GystioerciiB.  183. 
Gythere.  633. 

D. 

Dacne.  470. 
DanaiB.  411. 
Dapbnia.  641. 
DaBcUluB.  534. 
Delpbax.  437. 
Delphiniila.  799. 
Demeirias.  551. 
Dentalium.  791. 
Derbe.  437. 
DermaleichuB.  576. 
DennanyBBus.  578. 
DeimesteB.  537. 
DeroBtoma.  333. 
DesmooeruB.  477. 
Diansea.  133. 
Diaperis.  494. 
Diapria.  375. 
Diazona.  704. 
DicbeleBtbium.  637. 
Diooelus.  549. 
Dicranopbora.  338. 
Dictyoptera.  534. 
Didemnum.  703. 
Difflagia.  48. 
DilopbuB.  340. 


Dinemura.  630. 
DinocbariB.  303. 
DinopbyslB.  53. 
Diopatra.  343. 
Diopbrys.  55. 
DiopBiB.  319. 
DiphyeB.  118. 
DiploBtomum.  185. 
Diplozoon.  187. 
Dircaea.  491. 
DiBtoma.  184. 
DiBtomuB.  704. 
Dixa.  343. 
DolicbopuB.  339. 
Dolium.  807. 
DolomedeB.  595. 
Donacia.  475. 
DoDaz.  746. 
Dorippe.  673. 
DoriB.  784. 
DortbeBia.  433. 
DoryluB.  366. 
Doto.  783. 
DrasBUB.  591. 
DriloB.  533. 
Dromia.  673. 
DromiuB.  551. 
Dxyinus.  374. 
DryopB.  540. 
DryopbtboruB.  483. 
S'TPto.  553. 
DysaBter.  153. 
Dysdera.  590. 
DyaideB.  520. 
I>ytiBCii8.  543. 


Eofainiacua.  574. 
EcbinoooocuB.   181. 
EcbinoDeua.  154. 
Eobmorbyncbua.  184. 
EobmoBpbceritea.  143. 
EcbinuB.  155. 
Edwardaia.  93. 
Efferia.  675. 
EUpbruB.  546. 
Elater.  535. 
ElencbuB.  308. 
Eleutberia.  74. 
Elraia.  540. 
Emaiginula.  793. 
Empia.  333. 
Encauatea.  470. 
Enoeladua.  550. 
Encbelya.  54. 
Encby^us.  330. 
Encrinua.   144. 
Encyrtua.  376. 
Endeia.  573. 
Endomycbua.  468. 
Enoplua.  194. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


848 

Enteroplea.  203. 
Epeira.  594. 
Ephemera.  433. 
Ephesia.  240. 
Ephippium.  338. 
Ephyn.  665. 
EpichariB.  356. 
EpiBcapha.  470. 
EpistyUs.  59. 
EpitragoB.  493. 
Epomifl.  549. 
EreeoB.  597. 
ErgaeiluB.  610. 
ErichthiiB.  661. 
Eriodon.  589. 
Eriphia.  678. 
ErodiuB.  498. 
ErotyluB.  469. 
Erasa.  no. 
Enrilia.  50. 
Erycina^  408. 
ErythneuB.  581. 
Eschara.  93. 
Etheria.  736. 
Euoera.  356. 
Eucheila.  551. 
EuchlaniB.  201. 
EucnemiB.  527. 
Eudozia.  119. 
Euglena.  52. 
Eurioeaa.  355- 
Euumene.  642. 
EulophuB.  376. 
EumeaeB.  300. 
EamorphuB.  469. 
Eunice.  243. 
EuploteB.  55. 
Euprepia.  401. 
Euryale.   X46. 
Eurychora.  498. 
Eurytoma.  377. 
Evadne.  641. 
Eyagora.  79. 
EraDia.  383. 
Explanaria.  86. 
Eytaifl.  580. 


FaBciularia.  804. 
Feronia.  549. 
Fibularia.  154. 
FiguluB.  507. 
Filaria.  191. 
FiliBtota.  59>- 
FisBurella.  792. 
FlabelliDa.  781. 
FUta.  437. 
Floscolaria.  199. 
FluBtra.  94. 
FoenuB.  383. 
Forficula.  463. 


ALPHABETICAL   INDEX 

Formica.  363. 
FragUia.  748. 
Fulgora.  437. 
Fungia.  87. 
Funiculina.  80. 
Furcularia.  204. 
FuBus.  803. 


GaUthea    (Crutl.).    668. 

{Oonch,).  743. 
Galba.  527. 
GaleodeB.  585. 
Galerita.  553. 
Galerites.   153. 
Galeruca.  473. 
GalguluB.  441. 
Gamasus.  570. 
GammaruB.  059. 
GastrochsBna.  757. 
GastropteroD.  787. 
Gastrus.  315. 
GecarciDUB.  677. 
GeophiluB.  295. 
G^rissaB.  540. 
Geotmpes.  517. 
GerriB.  443. 
Gervillia.  729. 
Gibbium.  521. 
GlaphyruB.  511. 
Glaucoma.  54. 
GUuconome.  743. 
GlaucopiB.  405. 
GlaucuB.  781. 
GlomeriB.  292. 
Glycera.  240. 
Glycimeris.  752. 
Gnathodon.  749. 
Goniada.  239. 
Gonium.  51. 
GordiuB.  194. 
Gorgoniat  83. 
GrapsuB.  677. 
Gromia.  48. 
Gryllotalpa.  457. 
GrylluB.  452. 
Gymnolepaa.  639. 
GymnoBoma.  323. 
GyrinuB.  542. 
GyropuB.  303. 


HsBmoohariB.  228. 
HalictophaguB.  308. 
Haliolis.   792. 
HalipluB.  544. 
Halodactylus.  96. 
Haltica.  472. 
HamiteB.  827. 
Harpa.  807. 


HarpaluB.  549. 
HebruB.  443. 
Hegeter.  498. 
HebeuB.  494. 
Helcon.  380. 
Helicina.  801. 
HeliooniuB.  411. 
Helix.  814. 
Helluo.  553. 
Hellwigia.  382. 
HelophiluB.  327. 
HelophoruB.  54 1. 
HelopB.  493. 
HemerobiuB.  418. 
Hemioosmites.   143. 
Hepatua.  673. 
HepialuB.  4O4. 
Hermsea.  781. 
HermeUa.  236. 
Hermetia.  337. 
Herminia.  396. 
Hesione.  241. 
Hesperia.  40S. 
HeteroceruB.   539. 
HeterocheiluB.   189. 
HeterotanuB  495. 
HexodoD.  515. 
HimantophoroB.  55. 
Hinnites.  727. 
Hippa.  671. 
HippoboBca.  314. 
Hippolyte.  666. 
HippopodiuB.  E16. 
Hirudo.  226. 
HiBpa.  473. 
Hister.  533. 
HoloptiluB.  445. 
HolopuB.  T43. 
Holothuria.  158. 
HolothyruB.  578. 
Homola.  672. 
Horia.  502. 
Hughea.  89. 
Hyalea.  773. 
HyboB.  331. 
HyboBoruB.  517. 
HycleuB.  501. 
Hydatina.  204. 
Hydra.  73. 
Hydrachna.  580. 
Hydractinia.   75. 
Hydrometra.  443. 
HydrophiluB.  541. 
HylflBUB.  359. 
Hylotoma.  388. 
Hyperia.  658. 
HypopblAUB.  494. 


Ichneiutaon.  381. 
Ichthydium.  202. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


OF  THE  LATIN  GENERIC  NAMES. 


849 


Idalia.  784. 
Idia.  32  T. 
Idotea.  654. 
InachuB.  674. 
Inoceramus.  739. 
lone.  647. 

Ips.  535.    ^ 
Iridina.  736. 
leifl.  83. 
Isocardia.  %i. 
lasus.  437. 
Ixodes.  577. 

J. 

Jsra.  651. 
Jantbina.  798. 
Janus.  780. 
Julus.  291. 


L. 

Lacinularia.  100. 
Lacrymaria.  54. 
Lsemargus.  629. 
Lsena.  493. 
Lagiia.  504. 
Lamia.  477. 
Lampyris.  523. 
Lamproglena.  638 
Languria.  470. 
Larra.  368. 
Lasiopiera.  342. 
Latrodectos.  592. 
Lauxania.  320. 
Lebia.  551. 
Lecanocephalus. 
Leiatas.  547. 
Lenticalites.  49. 
Lepadella.  201. 
Lepisma.  208. 
Leptis.  330, 
Leptocorisa.  447, 
Leptomera.  657. 
Leptoplana.  223. 
Leptopus.  442. 
Leptara.  476. 
Lemflsa.  624. 
Lernanthropus 
Lethroa.  517. 
Leadfer.  663. 
Leucospis.  378. 
Leucosia.  673. 
Libellula.  421. 
Libythea.  410. 
Licinus.  549. 
Ligia.  652. 
Ligula.  178. 
Lima.  728. 
Limacodes.  402. 
Limapontia.  779 


192. 


626. 


Limaz.  816. 
Limnadia.  643. 
Limnsus.  812. 
Limnias.  201. 
Limnobia.  343. 
Limnochares.  579. 
Limnoria.  653. 
Limulus.  622. 
Lingula.  721. 
Linyphia.  593. 
Liorhynchus.  191. 
Liosoma.  159, 
Liotheum.  302. 
Lispe.  321. 
Liiisosoma.  779. 
Lithobius.  294. 
Lithodes.  672. 
Lithophilus.  494. 
Litfaosia.  401. 
Lituites.  826. 
Locuata.  455. 
Loligo.  829. 
LoligopsiB.  830. 
Lophosia.  323. 
Lophyrus.  388. 
Lorioera.  549. 
Lottia.  791. 
Loxocera.  317. 
Loxodes.  56. 
Lucanns.  505. 
Lucemaria.  92. 
Lucina.  744. 
Lumbricidus.  231. 
Lumbricus.  231. 
Lumbrineris.  242. 
Lycosa.  595. 
Lyooperdina.  468. 
LycuB.  524. 
Lyda.  387. 
Lygaens.  446. 
Lymexylon.  521. 
Lysidice.  242. 
Lystra.  437- 
Lytta.  500. 

M. 

Machilis.  207. 
Macrobiotus.  574. 
Macrocera.  342. 
Macropeza.  343. 
Macroetoma.  222. 
Mactra.  749. 
Madrepora.  85. 
Maeandrina.  86. 
Ma^uB.  793. 
Maja.  675. 
Malleufl.  730. 
Malthinus.  523. 
Mammillifera.  89. 
Mantioora.  555. 


VOL.  I. 


Mantis.  461. 
Marginella.  809. 
Marsapites.   145. 
Masaris.  360. 
Mastigufl.  533. 
Matuta.  673. 
Megachile.  357. 
Megasoelis.  474. 
Megastelus.  381. 
Megistocera.  343. 
Melandrya.  491. 
Melania.  802. 
MelasiB.  527. 
Me]icerta.  200. 
Melocriniies.  144. 
Meloe.  499. 
Melolontha.  513. 
Melophila.  313. 
Melyris.  522. 
Membracis.  436. 
MermiB.  194. 
Mesodesma.  749. 
MesoBtoma.  222. 
Metopius.  382. 
Microdon.  326. 
Microgaster.  380. 
MicTopeza.  319. 
Microstoma.  222. 
Milesia.  327. 
Miiiola.  50. 
Millepora.  85. 
Mihiesium.  574. 
Minyas.  91. 
Mitra.  809. 
Molpadia.   160. 
Moloris.  498. 
Monas.  50. 
MoooceliB.  223. 
Monodonta.  799. 
Mononyx.  441. 
MonopnlebuB.  432. 
Monostoma.  185. 
Monticularia.  87, 
Monnra.  202. 
Mopsea.  83. 
Mordella.  502. 
Mormolyce.  551. 
Morpho.  410. 
Munna.  653. 
Murex.  804. 
Mursia.  674. 
MuBca.  321. 
Muldlla.  366. 
Mya.  752. 
Myadora.  751. 
Myas.  550. 
Mycetobia.  342. 
Myoetochares.  492. 
MyoetophaguB.  537. 
Mycetophila.  342. 
Mycoris.  444. 
MycteroB.  490. 

54 


Digitized  by 


Google 


850 

MydM.  330. 
Mygale.  589. 
MyUbrifl.  501. 
Mymar.  373. 
Myochama.  750. 
Myopa.  345. 
Mysifl.  663. 
Mynnica.  364. 
Myrmecium.  596. 
Myrmecopfaila.  456. 
Myrmeleon.  419. 
Mytilus.  731. 
MyzoBtoma.  626. 


N. 

Naifl.  319. 
Narica.  797. 
Naaaula.  54. 
Natica.  797. 
NaacoriB.  440. 
Nautilus.  835. 
Navicella.  796. 
Nebalia.  64a. 
Nebria.  547. 
Necrophoros.  533. 
Necydalis.  479. 
Nemertes.  334. 
Nemesis.  627. 
Nemestrina.  334. 
Nemoptera.  418. 
Nemosoma.  536. 
Nemotelus.  338. 
Nepa.  441. 
Nephelis.  125. 
Nephtaea.  78. 
Nephtfays.  240. 
Nephrotoma.  344. 
Nereis.  241. 
Nerita.  797. 
Nioothoe.  628. 
Nilio.  494. 
Nitidula.  535. 
Noctua.  398. 
Nodosaria.  48. 
Nomada.  357. 
Nops.  590. 
NotarchuB.  787. 
Notiphila.  320. 
NoUnlonta.  402. 
Notommata.  204. 
Notonecta.  440. 
NotoxuB.  503. 
Nucleolites.  154. 
Nucula.  734. 
Nummulina.  49. 
Nummulites.  49. 
Nycteribia.  312. 
Nympbalis.  411. 
Nympbon.  573. 
NysM>n.  368. 


ALPHABETICAL  INDEX 


Obrium.  478. 
Oceania.  125. 
Octobotbrium.  187. 
Octopus.  831. 
Ocubna.  80. 
Ocypode.  677. 
Ocyptera,  323. 
Odacaotba.  551. 
Odontobius.   190. 
CEdemera.  490. 
(Enas.  500. 
(Estnia.  315. 
Ogygia.  645. 
Olenus.  645. 
Oletera.  589. 
Olios.  595. 
Oliva.  810. 
OmalisuB.  524. 
Omalium.  530. 
Omopbron.  547. 
Oncbidium.  817. 
Oniscoda.  652. 
Oniscus.  65  T. 
Onupbis.  243. 
Oodes.  549. 
Opatrum.  496. 
Opbion.  382. 
(^biostoma.  189. 
Opbiura.   147. 
Opbrydium.  57. 
Opbryoglena.  54. 
Opis.  741. 
Oplopborufl.  665. 
Orbicula.  721. 
OrbicuHna.  49. 
Orcbestes.  484. 
Oribata.  577. 
Oritbyia.  674. 
Omiukomyia.  313. 
Orpbnus.  517. 
Ortalis.  318. 
Orsodacne.  476. 
OrtbooeraUtes.  827. 
OrtbogoniuB.  552. 
Oiyssus.  386. 
Oscinis.  320. 
Ostrea.  726. 
Otoglena.  203. 
Ovula.  810. 
Oxycepbalus.  657. 
Oxyoera.  338. 
Oxytelus.  530. 
Oxyuris.   190. 
Oaena.  550. 
Osodicera.  343. 


PachycDema.  511. 
Paederus.  529. 


Pagums.  670. 
Pa]»moQ.  iS^. 
Palinurua.  669. 
Pallene.  573. 
Palmyra.  244. 
Paludina.  800. 
Palythoa.  89. 
Pamborus.  548. 
PaoagsBUS.  540. 
Pandarus.  630. 
Pandora.  751. 
Pandorina.  51. 
Panopiea.  753. 
Panorpa.  415. 
Panui^gus.  358 
PapUio.  409. 
Paragus.  326. 
Panmeoium.  54* 
Parandra.  480. 
Paribcea.  573. 
Parmopbonis.  791. 
Pamopes.  372. 
Partbenope.  676. 
Passalus.  508. 
Passandra.  536. 
PateUa.  790. 
Paussus.  538. 
Pavonia.  86. 
Pecten.  728. 
Pectunculus.   733. 
Pedicia.  344. 
Pediculus,  300. 
Pedinus.  497. 
Pedum.  728. 
Pelednus.  383. 
Peliocera.  328. 
Pelobius.  544. 
Pelocopbora.  522. 
Pelogonus.  441. 
Peltis.  535. 
Penaeus.  0(S5. 
Pennaria.  76. 
Pennatula.  8a 
Pennella.  625. 
Pentacrinus.  145. 
Pentacta.  157. 
Pentastoma.  188. 
Pentatrematites.  143. 
Pentbretria.  340. 
Peridinium.  53. 
Peripatus.  238. 
Pex4a.  425. 
Pema.  729. 
Peropbora.  706. 
Petricola.  745. 
Pbalacras.  470. 
Pbalaena.  396. 
Pbalangium.  583. 
Pbaleria.  495. 
Pbailusia.  706. 
Pbania.  323. 
Pbasia.  323. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


OF  THE  LATIK  GENERIC  NAMES. 


851 


PhaaianeRa.  800. 
Phasma.  458. 
Phialma.  53. 
PhilodromuB.  595. 
PhilopteruB.  301. 
Pholiulomja.  752. 
Pholas.  754. 
Pholcus.  592. 
Phora.  317. 
Phoxich^dinm.  573. 
Phronima.  657. 
Phronoa.  658. 
Phiyganea.  414. 
Phrynus.  586. 
PhiTXUB.  647. 
Phjllidia.  785. 
Phyllirhoe.  779. 
Pbjllium.  400. 
Phyllodoce.  140. 
Phyllophora.  630. 
PhylloBoxna.  661. 
Physa.  8 1 3. 
Physalia.  iii. 
Physsophora.  113. 
Pieris.  409. 
PiestuB.  530. 
Pileolua.  796. 
Pixnelia.  498. 
Pinna.  731. 
Pinnoteres.  677. 
PinophiliiB.  599. 
Piopbila.  320. 
Pipunculus.  329. 
Pirnpla.  381. 
Placana.  726. 
Plagusia.  677. 
Planaria.  223. 
Planaxia.  80a. 
Planorbia.  813. 
Platycrinites.  144. 
Platygaster.  374. 
Platypeza.  329. 
Pla^teryx.  398. 
Platypus.  481. 
Pla^^ura.  342. 
Plecia.  340. 
PleuTobranchna.  786. 
PleurobranchuB.  786. 
Pleurophyllidia.  785. 
Pleurotoma^  803. 
PlocamopberuB.  784. 
Ploiaria.  444. 
Pliunatella.  96. 
Pnemnodermon.  775. 
Pneumora.  454. 
PociUopora.  85. 
Podura.  208. 
Pogonua.  549. 
PoUicipefi.  639. 
Pollyxenus.  290. 
Polyarthra.  202. 
Polyoelin.  223. 


Polycera.  783. 
Polyclinum.  703. 
Polydeamus.  290. 
Polymera.  343. 
Polynoe.  245. 
Polyodontes.  245. 
Polyommatus.  408. 
Polyphemus.  640. 
Polystoma.  186. 
Polyzonium.  290. 
Pompilus.  370. 
Ponera.  365. 
Pontobdella.  228. 
Poroellana.  669. 
Porphyrophora.  432. 
Porpita.  III. 
Portunns.  679. 
Poteriocrinitee.  144. 
Potamopbiins.  540. 
Praniza.  650. 
Pray  a.  119. 
Priapulus.  161. 
Primno.  658. 
Prionos.  480. 
Pristina.  229. 
Procerus.  548. 
Procirrus.  529. 
Procrustes.  548. 
Proctonotus.  780. 
Proctotrupes.  375. 
Productus.  723. 
Pronoe.  657. 
Prosoopia.  454. 
Prostoma.  222. 
Prostomis.  536. 
Proteinus.  531. 
Prozichilus.  573. 
Psammobia.  746. 
PsaniB.  326. 
PselaphuB.  532. 
Psilomyia.  318. 
Psocus.  426. 
Psolus.  158. 
Psyche.  402. 
Psychoda.  341. 
Psylla.  435. 
Pterochilus.  780. 
Pterodina.  201. 
Pteromalus.  376. 
Pterophoi-UB.  393. 
Pteroptus.  578. 
Pterotrachea.  777. 
Ptilinus.  521. 
Ptilium.  537. 
Ptiloccra.  337. 
Ptilodactyla.  524. 
Ptinus.  521. 
Ptychoptera.  344, 
Ptygura.  200. 
Pulex.  303. 
Pupa.  813. 
Purpura.  806. 


PycnogonuDL  573. 
Pygaster.  153. 
Pyramidella.  798. 
I^igoma.  637. 
I^ochroa.  503. 
Pyrosoma.  702. 


Ranina.  672. 
Rapbidia.  4x6. 
Rattulus.  202. 
Keduyius.  444. 
Rembus.  549. 
Remipes.  671. 
ReniUa.  81. 
Retepora.  93. 
Rhagium.  477. 
Rhina.  483. 
Rhingia.  328. 
Rhinosimus.  490. 
Rhinotia.  488. 
Rbipicera.  525. 
Rhipidia.  343. 
Rhipiphorus.  501. 
RhiiEophthiridium.  433. 
Rhixophysa.  1x4. 
Rhizostoxna.  123. 
Rhodocrinites.  144. 
Rhynchsenus.  485. 
Rhyphus.  342. 
Rbysodes.  536. 
Rictularia.   189. 
Riflsoa.  802. 
Rophites.  358. 
Rossia.  830. 
Rostellaria.  805. 
Rotifer.  205. 
Rudista.  738. 
Rutela.  512. 

S. 

Sabella.  235. 
Ssenuris.  231. 
Sagitta.  246. 
Sagra.  475- 
Salda.  442. 
Salpa.  697. 
Salpina.  202. 
Sandaius.  525. 
Sapyga.  370. 
Sarcoptes.  570. 
Saigus.  337. 
Saropoda.  356. 
Sarrotrium.  496. 
Satumia.  403. 
Satyrus.  410. 
Saxicava.  746. 
Scalaria.  798. 
Scaphidium.  535. 
Scaphites.  827. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


852 


ALPHABETICAL  INDEX 


SoM^bntu.  516. 
Scftrites.  550. 
SoatophogA.  3x8. 
ScatopM.  341. 
Scaurus.  498. 
ScenopinUB.  339. 
Sciara.  343. 
Soolia.  370. 
Scolopeodra.  395. 
Scoloplofl.  439. 
Soolytua.  481. 
Scorpio.  587. 
Soraptia.  503. 
Scutella.  155. 
Soutellera.  448. 
Scutigera.  194. 
ScyclmiBDUB.  533. 
ScyUna.  781. 
ScyUanii.  669. 
Soytodcfl.  591. 
8eg«8tria.  591. 
Selenops.  594. 
Semblu.  417. 
Sepia.  839. 
Sepidium.  498. 
Sepiola.  819. 
Sepioteuthii.  839. 
Sepsis.  319. 
Septaiia.  756. 
SergMtet.  665. 
Serialaria.  95. 
Seriatopora.  85. 
Serioaria.  40a. 
Sericomyia.  317. 
Serolis.  648. 
Serpula.  33d. 
Serropalpua.  491. 
Sortuiaria.  76. 
StMiia.  405. 
Siagona.  550. 
Sideralina.  49. 
Sigalion.  445. 
Sigalphua.  3S0. 
Sigaretus,  795. 
SigiUina.  704. 
SiUauaria.  793. 
Silpha.  534. 
Silvanua.  537. 
Simulia.  341. 
Stnod«ndron.  507. 
SipboDaria.  795. 
Sipbonophora.  ^go, 
Sipbonoetoma.  934. 
Sipbonotus.  990. 
Sipunculus.  1 00. 
Sirex.  3S6. 
Smyntburua.  999. 
Solemya.  754. 
Solen.  753. 
SparaaioD.  374, 
Sparanus.  594. 
SpatanguB.  159. 


SpercbeoB.  541. 
Spbserocera.  320. 
Spbfleridium.  540. 
SpbaBroma.  649. 
SpbaBroniteB.   143. 
SphasuB.  596. 
SpbeniscuB.  493. 
Spbex.  369. 
Spbinx.  405. 
SpbodruB.  550. 
Spio.  239. 
Spiratella.  774. 
Spiroptera.  190. 
SpiroBtomum.  54. 
Spirula.  828. 
Spirolina.  49. 
Spondylis.  480. 
SpondyluB.  727. 
Squilla.  661. 
Squillericbtboa.  66 1. 
Stapbylinufl.  528. 
Statyra.  504. 
Stenocera.  554. 
StenoBtoma.  490. 
StenotracheluB.  491. 
Stentor.  56. 
StenuB.  529. 
StepbanoceroB.  200. 
Stepbanomia.  114. 
StepbanuruB.  190. 
SteropeB.  503. 
Stlliger.  780. 
StomoxyB.  325. 
Stratiomys.  338. 
StrombuB.  805. 
Strongylium.  492. 
Stat>ngylosoma.  291. 
Strongylostoma.  222. 
StrongyluB.  189. 
Strutblolaria.  805. 
StylocbuB.  223. 
StylopB.  307. 
Suocinea.  815. 
SyoocystiteB.  143. 
Syllis.  241. 
Sympodium.  79. 
Syuagris.  360. 
Synapba.  342. 
Synapta.  159. 
Syncbnta.  204. 
Syndesus.  507. 
Syudosmya.  748. 
Synoicum.  704. 
Synora.  51. 
Syrpbus.  327. 
SyrtiB.  445. 
Systropba.  358. 


TabanuB.  334. 
Tkcbina.  323. 


Tacbyponu.  531. 
TsnJa.  180. 
Tagenia.  498. 
Taliiros.  659. 
TaaaiB.  653. 
Tapbria.  550. 
Tarpa.  388. 
TeffluB.  548. 
TelephoruB.  523. 
Tellina.  747. 
Telpbusa.  678. 
TelypbonuB.  586. 
Tenora.  94. 
Tenebrio.  496. 
Tenthredo.  38S. 
Tentyria.  498. 
TerebeUa.  235. 
Terebellum.  809. 
Terebra.  808. 
Terebratula.  722. 
Teredina.  755. 
Teredo.  755. 
TergipeB.  781. 
TermeB.  426. 
Tetanooera.  317. 
Tethys.  783. 
TetraceliB.  223. 
Tetragnatba.  594. 
TetragonoderuB.  549. 
TetraUsmis.  638. 
Tetrarbyncbafl.   183. 
Tetrix.  452. 
Tettigometra.  437. 
Tettigonia.  436. 
Tbalassema.  161. 
TbalaasiaxitbuB.  91. 
TbalaBBina.  667. 
Tbecidea.  722. 
TbemJBto.  658. 
Tberates.  554. 
Tbereva.  330. 
Tberidion.  593. 
Tbomisus.  595. 
Tbrada.  750. 
Tbrips.  464. 
TbroBcoB.  527. 
Tbyone.  158. 
Tbyreopbora.  319. 
TbyriB.  405. 
ThysaDopuB.  663. 
Tbysanozoon.  222. 
Tidiogonia.  732. 
TietlemaDxiia.  774. 
Tinea.  394. 
TingiB.  445. 
TintinnuB.  59. 
Tipula.  344. 
TmesistaTiua.  478. 
Tomicus.  481. 
Toracaniba.  377. 
Tornatella.  798. 
Tortrix.  395. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


OF  THE  LATIN  GENEBIC  NAMES. 


853 


Toxlcom.  496. 
Trachynotus.  498. 
TrachysceliB.  494. 
Trechufl.  546. 
Triarthra.  aoa. 
Tricelis.  1^3. 
TrichiuH.  510. 
Trichooera.  343. 
Trichoda.  53. 
Trichodecies.  309 
TrichodiBCUB.  5a. 
Tricbosoma.  191. 
Trioocephalu8.  191. 
Trioondyla.  554. 
Trictenotoma.  508. 
Tridacna.  740. 
Trigonia.  734. 
Trigonella.  748. 
Trinucleus.  645. 
Triopa.  783. 
Triplatoma.  470. 
Triplax.  470. 
Tristoma.  186. 
Tritonia.  78a. 
Trochilia.  56. 
TrochiM.  798. 
Trogoflita.  536. 
Trogulus.  582. 
Trogus.  381. 
Trombidium.  581. 
Trox.  517. 
Trypeta.  318. 
Trypbon.  381. 
Tubioolaria.  aoo« 
Tubifez.  330. 
Tubipora.  8a. 


Tubularia.  75. 
Tubulipora.  94. 
Turbinella.  805. 
Turbo.  799. 
Turritella.  800. 

Tylos.  650- 
Xypblocyba.  435. 
T^pbloplana.  2  a  a. 
Typbifl.  657. 


IJlidia.  319. 
Uloborus.  594. 
UloceruB.  488. 
TJlopa.  430. 
Umbelluiaria.  81. 
Umbrella.  786. 
Unio.  735. 
Urania.  407. 
Urceolaria.  57. 
Urocentrum.  57. 
Uropoda.  578. 
Uvella.  50. 

V. 

Yaginicola.  57. 
VaUieria.  95. 
Yalvata.  801. 
Vappo.  338. 
Yelella.  tio. 
Velia.  443- 
Veluima.  797. 
Venus.  741. 
Yeretillum.  81. 


Yermetua.  793. 
Yesicularia.  95. 
Yespa.  361. 
YibiUa.  658. 
"Vibrio.  45. 
Yirgtilaria.  80. 
Yitrina.  816. 
Yolucella.  328. 
Yoluta.  808. 
Yolvox.  51. 
Yortex.  227. 
Yortioella.  58. 
Yulsella.  730. 


Xenia-  77. 
Xenos.  307. 
Xipbydna.  386. 
Xorides.  381. 
Xya.  458. 
Xyela.  387. 
Xylocopa.  358. 
XylopbaguB.  336. 
Xysta.  323. 


Z. 

ZabruB.  549. 
Zelus.  444. 
Zetes.  573. 
ZoantbuB.  89. 
Zygsna.  405. 
Zygoneura.  34a. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


CAMBBIDOE:  PRINTED  AT  THE  URlVKBSnT 


Digitized  by 


Google 


BOOKS 

ON 

BOTANY,  NATURAL  HISTORY  AND  SCIENCE. 


The    CYCLOPEDIA     of    ANATOMY    and    PHYSIOLOGY. 

Edited  bv  ROBERT  B.  TODD,  M.D.  F.R.S.  Fellow  of  the  Roval  Coilefce  of  Physicians,  Physi- 
cian to  King's  College  Hospital,  and  lately  Professor  of  Physiology  and  of  General  and  Morbid 
Anatomy  in  King's  College,  London.  8vo.  with  numerous  noodcuts.  Vol.  I.  price  40#. ; 
Vols.  II.  and  111.  50«.  each ;  Vol.  IV.  £3. 10#. 

*«*  Vol.  V.  completing  the  work,  is  in  tkeprett, 

LECTURES  on  the  COMPARATIVE  ANATOMY  and  PHY- 

SIOLOGY  of  the  INVERTEBRATE  ANIMALS,  delivered  at  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons. 
By  RICHARD  OWEN,  F.R  S.  Hunterian  Professor  to  the  College.  Second  Edition,  greaUy 
enlarged ;  with  285  Woodcuts.    8vo.  21 «. 

PROFESSOR  OWEN'S  LECTURES  on  the  COMPARATIVE 

ANATtJMY  and  PHYSIOLOGY  of  the  VERTEBRATE  ANIMALS,  delivered  at  the  Royal 
College  of  Surgeons  in  1844  and  1846.    With  numerous  Woodcuts.    Vol.  1.  8vo.  14«. 

METEOROLOGICAL     ESSAYS.      By    FRANCIS    ARAGO. 

With  an  Introduction  by  BARON  HUMBOLDT.  Translated  under  the  superintendence  of 
LIEUT.-COLONBL  E.  SABINE,  R.A.  Treasurer  and  V.P.R.S.    8vo.  18t. 

FRANCIS  ARAGO'S  POPUIAR  ASTRONOMY.     Translated 

and  Edited  by  Admiral  W.  H.  S3fYTH,  For.  Sec.  R.S.;  and  ROBERT  GRANT,  M.A.  F.R.A.S. 
In  Two  Volumes.    VoL  I.  8vo.  with  Plates  and  Woodcuts,  price  au. 

OUTLINES  of  ASTRONOMY.     By  Sir  J.  F.  W.  HERSCHEL, 

Bart.  &c.    New  Edition ;  with  Plates  and  Wood  Engraying^s.    8vo.  Price  18«. 

6. 
A  TREATISE  on  ELECTRICITY,  in  Theory  and  Practice.     By 

A.  DE  LA  RIVE.  Professor  in  the  Academy  of  Geneva.  Translated  for  the  Author  by  C.  V. 
WALKER,  F.R.S.  In  Three  Volumes;  with  numerous  Woodcuts.  Vol.  I.  8vo.  price  18«.  Vol. 
11.  price  28#. 

CATLOWS  POPULAR  CONCHOLOGY ;   or,  the  SheU  Cabinet 

arranged  according  to  the  Modem  System.  Second  Edition,  much  improved ;  with  406  Woodcut 
Illustrations.    Post  8vo.  price  14#. 

MAUNDER'S   TREASURY  V  NATURAL   HISTORY;    or, 

Popular  Dictionary  of  Anhnated  Nature.  New  Edition,  revised;  with  900  Woodcuts.  Fcp. 
8vo.  price  lOf. 

ESSAYS  on  NATURAL  HISTORY,  chiefly  Ornithology.     With 

the  Author's  Autobiography.  By  CHARLES  WATBRTON,  Esq.  of  Walton  Hall.  New  Editions 
of  the  First  Series,  price  5e.  6d. ;  and  of  the  Second  Series,  4«.  M.  3  vols.  fcp.  8vo.  with  Views, 
price  10«. 

10. 

MRS.  LEFS  ELEMENTS  of  NATURAL  HISTORY ;  or,  First 

Principles  of  Zoology.  With  amusing  and  instructive  Anecdotes  of  Animals,  and  Woodcuts. 
Fcp.  8vo.  price  U,  6a. 

KIRBY  and  SPENCFS  INTRODUCTION  to  ENTOMOLOGY; 

or,  Elemento  of  the  Natural  History  of  Insects.  Sixth  Edition.  With  PUtes.  3  vols.  8vo.  price 
8U.  6d.— A  cheaper  Edition,  In  crown  8vo.  price  Be, 

London :  LONGMAN,  BROWN,  GREEN,  LONGMANS  and  ROBERTS. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


2 

Books  on  Botany,  Natural  History  and  Science. 


A  NATURALIST'S   SOJOURN    in   JAMAICA.      By  P.    H. 

GOSSB,  Esq.    With  coloured  Plates.    Fbtt  8to.  price  14f . 

LOUDONS  ENCYCLOPAEDIA  of  TREES  and  SHRUBS:  being 

the  Arboretum  tt  FrutUctum  Britaunieum  abrid^;  with  9000  Woodcats.    Svo,  price  SQc 

LOUDON*S  ENCYCLOPEDIA  of  GARDENING :  Comprising 

norticaltare,  Floricolture,  Arboriciiltiire«  and  Landscape  Gardemni^.  New  Edition;  with 
nomerous  WoodcuU.    8vo.  price  50«. 

15. 

A  SYNOPSIS  of  the  BRITISH  FLORA,  arranged  according  to 

the  Natural  Orders:  Containinf^  Vaaculares,  or  Flowering  Plants.  By  JOHN  LINDLBY,  Ph.  D. 
F.R.S.    Third  Edition,  with  numeroas  additions,  corrections,  and  improvements.  19mo.  lOc.  M. 

16. 

The  BRITISH  FLORA  :  Comprising  the  Phaenogamous  or  Flower- 

in|f  Plants,  and  the  Ferns.  Seventh  Edition,  with  Additions  and  Corrections;  and  nnmeitms 
Figures  illustrative  of  the  Umbelliferous  Plants,  the  Composite  Plants,  the  Grasses,  and  the 
Ferns.  By  Sir  W.  J.  HOOKER,  F.iLA.  and  L.S.  &c. ;  and  G.  A.  WALKBRrARNOlT,  LL.D. 
F.L.S.    lamo.  with  13  Plates,  price  lU. ;  with  the  plates  coloured.  21«. 

HOOKER  and  TAYLOR'S  BRITISH  MOSSES.— BRYOLOGIA 

BRITANNIC  A.  Containing  the  Mosses  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  systematically  arranged 
and  described  accord  ingr  to  the  method  of  Bruek  and  Sekimper;  with  61  illustrative  Plates, 
iucludin;  35  new  ones  enrraved  for  the  present  work.  Beings  a  New  Edition,  with  many  Additions 
and  Alterations,  of  the  Mutcologia  Britannica  of  Messrs.  Hooker  and  Taylor.  By  WILLIAM 
WILSON,  President  of  the  Warrington  Natural  History  Society.  8vo.  price  43#. ;  or,  with  the 
Plates  coloured,  £4.  4«. 

INTRODUCTION  to  BOTANY.    By  JOHN  LINDLEY,  Ph.  D. 

F.R.S.  Fourth  Edition,  greatly  enlarged;  with  Six  Plates,  and  numerous  Wood  Bngraviaga. 
9  vols.  8vo.  94«. 

19.  

THEORY  and  PRACTICE  of  HORTICULTURE;  or,  an  Attempt 

to  explain  the  Chief  Operations  of  Gardening  upon  Physiological  Grounds:  Being  the  Second 
F^ition  of  the  TAeory  of  HortiaUturt,  much  enlaiged.  By  JOHN  UNDLEY,  Ph.  D.  F.R.S. 
8vo.  with  96  Woodcuts,  price  au. 

LOUDON'S  ENCYCLOPEDIA  of  PLANTS :   Comprising  the 

Specific  Character,  Description,  Culture,  History,  Application  in  the  Arts,  and  every  other 
desirable  particular  respecting  all  the  plants  indigenous  to.  cultivated  in,  or  introduced  into 
Britain.  New  Edition,  corrected  to  the  present  time  by  Mrs.  LOUDON ;  assisted  by  GEORGE 
DON,  F.L.S.  and  DAVID  WOOSTER,  late  Curator  of  the  Ipswich  Museum.  With  upwards 
of  1^000  Woodcuts  (more  than  9000  new).   Svo.  price  £3.  lU.  64. 

SECOND  ADDITIONAL  SUPPLEMENT  to  LOUDON'S  EN- 

CYCLOPifiDIA  ot  PLANTS:  Comprising^ all  Plants  originated  in  or  introduced  into  Britain 
between  March  1840  and  March  1855 :  with  a  new  General  Index  to  the  whole  Work.  Pre« 
pared  by  G.  DON,  F.L.S.  under  the  direcUon  of  Mrs.  LOUDON,  assisted  by  D.  WOOSTBR. 
With  above  9000  WoodcuU.    8vo.  price  91«. 

A  GUIDE  to  GEOLOGY.     By  JOHN  PHILLIPS,  M.A  F.RS. 

F.O.S.  Deputy  Reader  in  Geology  in  the  University  of  OxfDrd;  Honorary  Member  of  the 
Imperial  Academy  of  Sciences  of  Moscow,  Sec  Fourth  Edition,  corrected  to  the  Present  Time ; 
with  4  Plates.    Fcp.8vo.5«. 

A  TREATISE  on  GEOLOGY^    By  JOHN  PHILLIPS,  F.R.a 

F.G.S.  New  Edition  (1852)  carefiilly  revised  throughout ;  and  comprising  all  the  recent  Geolo- 
gical Discoveries  and  Improvements  in  Distribution  effected  by  the  labours  of  Agassis,  Darwin, 
Delabeche,  E.  and  J.  Forbes,  Hopkins,  Mantell,  Murcbison,  Ramsay,  Sedgwick,  Sharp,  and  other 
eminent  Geologists :  With  2  Vignettes  and  many  Woodcuts.    9  vols.  fcp.  Svo.  price  7«. 

London:  LONGMAN,  BROWN,  GREEN,  LONGMANS  and  ROBERTS. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


LIST  of  WORKS  in  GENERAL  LITERATURE 

rUBLlSHBD  BT 

Messrs.  LONGMAN,  BBOWN,  GEEEN,  LONGMANS,  and  EOBEETS, 

89  PATBBNOSTEB  BOW,  LONDOV* 


CLASSIFIED      INDEX. 


Acrtenltnrt   and   Rural 
Affairs. 

BayldOB  on  Valuing  RenU,  fte.  -  4 

Ceeir*  Stud  Farm         -        *  "  • 

H(Mkyn«'>  Talpa    -        -       "  "  IJ* 

Loudon'*  Agrleultur*     -       -  -  ;i 

Low'aElemenUorAcrienlturt  -  W 

jjlortoa  on  Landed  Propcrtf  -  18 

Art*.  Mannfaetureflj  and 
AreUlteetnra. 

4 
4 


Bourne  on  tbe  Screw  Propeller     - 
Brande's  Dictionary  of  Sci«uc<,ao. 

««  Oriranic  ChemUtry - 
OiCTreul  on  Colour  -  -  - 
Creey'eCiTUBngincerinx  - 
Fairbaim'a  Inforxna.  for  Engineen 
OwUt'e  Encyclo.  of  Architecture  - 
Harford**  Plate*  from  U.  Aogelo  - 
Uumphrey*'*  Parabt«$  IllumUiated 
Jaae*oB'*Saercd  A  Legendary  Art 

"        Commonplace- Book     - 
K5ni|r'*  Pictorial  Life  of  Luther  - 
Loudon'*  Rural  Architecture 
MacI>ouffall'a  Campaigns  of  Han- 

"  Theory  of  War 

Moeeley** Engineering  •       -       - 
Piesee's  ArtofPerftimery     - 
Richardson**  Artof  Horeemanship 
Scoffiem  on  Projectiles,  Ac.  - 
Serivenor  on  the  Iron  Trade  • 
Stark's  Printing    .... 
Steam-Bngine,by  the  Artisan  Clnb 
Ure's  Dictionary  of  Arts,  Ae. 

Btography. 

^•s^'-tK^KaWMe-: 

Bodenstedt  and  Wagner's  Sehamyl 
Briahnont'e  Wellington 
Bunscn's  Hippobtus  .  -  - 
C*pgra«'s  Henrie*  .  -  - 
Cockayne's  Marshal  Turenne  - 
Crosae^s  (Andrew)  Memories  . 
Forstn's  De  Foe  and  ChurchiU  . 
Green's  Princesses  of  En«land  - 
Harford's  Life  of  Michael  Angelo  - 
Hayward's  (  hesterileld  and  Selwyn 
Holcroft's  Memoir*  -  - 
Latdner's  Cabinet  Cyclopedia  - 
Maunder's  Blowaphlcaltreasury- 
Memoir  of  the  Duke  of  Wellington 

MounUln's  (Col.)  ¥«»<>•«  "  " 
Parry's  (Admiral!  Memoirs  -  - 
Rogers's  Life  and  Oeniua  of  Fullar 
RnsseH's  Memoirs  of  Moore  - 
•«  (Dr.)  MenofantJ  - 
SchlmmelPennlnck's  rMrs.)  Life  - 
8outhey*sLlfcofWedey      -       - 

**         Life  and  Correepondencc 
Stephen's  Ecclesiastical  Biojjraphy 
Strickland's  Queens  of  England   - 
Sydney  Smith's  Memoirs       - 
S7mond*s  (Admiral)  Memoirs 
l^ylor's  Loyola      .       -       -       - 

"  Wesler  -  .  -  - 
TJwins's  Memoirs  -  '  '„  ' 
WaieTton*s  Autobiography  AEssays 


Booka  of  Oenerai  UtUitr. 


Acton's  Bread-Book 

"  Cookery  -  ".  "  " 
Black's  Treatise  on  Bre  ving  -  - 
Cabinet  Oaiettecr  -  .  .  . 
••  Lawyer  -  .  .  - 
Gust's  Invalid's  Own  Book  - 
G  llbart's  Logic  for  the  MUUon  - 
Hints  on  Etiquette  _  ,  -  -  - 
How  to  Nuree  Rick  Children  -  - 
Hudson's  Executor's  Guide   - 

"     on  Making  Wills       -       - 
Kesteren's  Domeetic  Medicine     - 
Lardner**  Cabinet  Cyclopwiia      - 
Loudon's  Lady's  Country  Compa- 
nion    ----•• 
Maunder's  TreasuTT  of  Knowledge 
**        Biographical  Treasury 
*        Geographtcsl  Treasury 


MMundeT's  Scientilc  Treasury      -  11 

"         Treasury  of  Hbtory     -  U 

*<         Natural  History  -       .  14 

jMh,!.,;  p  Arr.of  Perliunery     -       -  17 

I\.rL.i  <  11,1  ide  Stud      ...  8 

P^,Ti.4r^  KnfTlish  Reading    -       -  18 

Fin^rrp  M,,]ical  Guide  -       -       -  18 

Ti  I  >.  to  Latin  Dictionary  18 


Ui.Jj  >. .  ....... 

}Li,  El  ir^SiJM  i  Artof  Horssmanshlp 

II !'i,j I <■'»  [..;iti  a  Dictionaries    • 
RnpfL'*  Eriiilish  Thcsauius  -  ^    - 

Ft.>«  iutz-j-  Utbater  .       .       -       - 

S;i,4.^r{,  NVhj^l     .         .         -         .         - 
Tli''na,uui*  I  »terest  Tables   - 
W  i- 1 .  *  \j-j  ■*■  I  ^.omestic  Economy 
u' .-it  > <.\,  r h ^ I dren's  Diseaaes  - 
V.M ;  I .  I  k  ■  ■^  r.i  |»ular  Tables 
xfiL,Tj:.fB  lU,kckstone    .       -       - 

Botany  and  Oardonln«. 

Haasall's  British  Freshwater  Alga  9 

Hooker's  BriUsh  Flora   -        -       -  • 

«       Guide  to  Kew  Gardens  -  9 

«<       <«       **     Kew  Museum  -  9 

Lindley*8  Introduction  to  Botany  p 

"        Theory  of  Horticulture  -  13 

Loudon's  Hortus  Britannicus        -  13 

**         Amateur  Gardener        -  IS 

"        Trees  and  Shrubs  -       -  12 

**         Gardening     -       .       -  12 

**        PUnU    -       -       -       -  IS 

Pereira's  MaterU  Uedica       -       -  17 

Rivers's  Rose-Amateur's  Guide    -  19 

Wilson's  British  Mosses        -       -  24 

Ohronolory- 

Blair's  Chronological  Tables        -  4 

Brewer's  Historical  Atlas      .       .  4 

Bunsen's  Ancient  E«ypt       -       -  5 

Calendars  of  English  State  Paper*  5 

Haydn's  Bnt^oiTs  Index       -        -  » 

Jaquemefs  Chronology         -       -  11 

"          Abridged  Chronology  -  H 

Nieolas's  Chronology  of  History  -  U 

Oommereo  and  MoreantUe 
Affairs. 

Gllbarfs  TreatUe  on  Banking       -  B 

Loriraer's  Toung  Master  Mariner  12 

Macleod's  Bsnklng        -_    -       -  1* 
M'Culloch'sCommerce&Natlgation  14 

Murray  on  French  Finance  -       -  16 

Scrivenor  on  Iron  Trade        -       -  1» 

Thomson's  I  nterestTablrt    -       -  23 

Tooke's  History  of  Prices     -       -  28 

Oritlelam,    Hiaionr,    and 
Memolra. 

Blair's  Chron.  and  Hlstor.Tablei  -  « 

Brewer's  Historical  Atlas     -    -    -  4 

Bunsen's  Ancient  Egypt       "       "  * 


Hippolytus 
Calendars  of  Englbh  State  Papers 
Chapman's  GustaTusAdolphus  - 
Chronicles  A  Memorials  of  England 
Conybcire  and  Howson's  St.  Paul 
Connnllj's  Sappers  and  Miners  - 
Croire's  History  of  France  - 
Gleig's  Css^iys        .       -       -       - 

"      Leipsic  Campaign     - 
Gnmey's  Historical  Sketches 
Hay  ward's  Essays  -        -       -        - 
Herschels  Essays  and  Addre»»#s  - 
Jeffrey's  (Lord)  Contributions      - 
Kemble'e  Ang lo-Saaons 
Lardner's  Cabinet  Cyclopiidia     - 
MaeauUy's  Crit.  and  Hist.  Essays 

««         History  of  England     - 

"        Speeches      - 
Mackintosh's  MisceUaneous  Works 
««  Jlistory  of  England - 

M'CulIoch'sGeographlcalDlctionary 
Maunder's  Treasury  of  HUtory  - 
Memoir  of  the  Duke  of  Wellington 
Merirale's  History  of  Rome  - 

*'         Roman  Republic  • 
Mflner's  Church  History       -       - 
Moore's  (Thomas)  Memoirs,  Ac.    - 
Mure's  Greek  Literature 


Normanby'a  Tear  of  Rerolution   •  17 

Perry's  Franks       ...         -  17 

Raikes's  Journal    -       -       -       .18 

Ranke's  Ferdinand  A  Maximilian  23 

Riddle's  Latin  Lexicon  -19 

Rogers's  Bss.%ys  from  Edinb.  Reriewl9 

Roget's  Enclish  Thesaurus  >       -19 

Schmita's  History  of  Greece         *  19 

Southey's  Doctor  -       .        .       >  SI 

Stephen's  Eecleeiastical  Biography  21 

"    Lectures  on  French  History  21 

Sydney  Smith's  Works  ...  20 

«             Select  Works        -  22 

«            Lecture*       -       -  21 

**            Memoirs        -       -  20 

Taylor's  Loyola     ....  21 

Wesley    ....  21 

Thlrlwall'sHistoryof  Greece        -  28 

Thomas's  Historical  Notes    .       •  6 

Townsend's  State  Trials        >       -  28 

Turkey  and  Christendom      >     ■  -  22 

Turner's  Anglo-Saxons         -       •  28 

**       Middle  Ages    ...  28 

**       Sacred  Hist,  of  the  World  23 

Uwins's  Memoirs   .        -       -       .  23 

V'ehse's  Austrian  Court-        -        -  28 

Wade's  England's  Greatness        •  21 

Toaiig's  Christ  of  History    -       .  24 

Oeoirraphy  and  Atlasea. 

Brewer's  Historical  Atlas     -       .  4 

Butler's  Geography  and  Atlases  -  5 

Cabinet  Gasetteer  ....  5 

Cornwall:  Ite  Mines, Ac.      .       -  22 

Darrieu's  Morocco         -       -       .  22 

Hughes's  Australian  Colonies      .  22 

Johnston's  General  Gasetteer        .  II 
M'Cnlloch's  Geographical  Dictionary  14 

**         Rnssta  and  Turkey     .  22 

Maunder's  Treasury  of  Geography  1$ 

Ma)  ne's  Arctic  Discorerics   -       -  22 

Murray's  Encrclo.  of  Geography  •  16 

Sharp's  British  Gasetteer      -       -  20 

JuTonllo  Booka. 


Amy  Herbert  - 
ClereHall       -       - 
Earl's  Daughter  (The) 
cc  of  Life 


-  20 

-  20 

Experiencc^of  Life      '  -       -       -  20 

Gertrude         .....  20 

Hon-itt's  Boy's  Country  Book        .  10 

"       (Mary)  Children's  Year    -  10 

Ivor*       ......  20 

Katharine  Ashton  ...  20 

Laneton  Parsonage        -       -       .  20 

Margaret Perciral  -       ...  20 

Pycroll's  Collegian's  Guide   <•       -  18 

Ursula    ......  20 

MedielnOj  Snrirenr,  Ac. 

Brodle's  Psychological  Inquiries  .  4 

Bull's  Hinte  to  Mothsn-      -       .  5 

"     Management  of  Children    -  5 

Copland's  Dictionary  of  Medicine  •  6  | 

Cust's  luTslid's  Own  Book    -       -  7  I 

Holland's  Mental  Physiolosy        .  »  : 
**       Medical  Notes sndReflect.   9  I 

How  to  Nurse  Sick  Children  •       .  10 

Kesteven's  Domestic  Medicine      .  11 
Pereira's  Materia  Medica       -       -17 

Reece's  Medical  Guide  -       -       -  18 

Richardson's  Cold- Water  Cure     -  18 

Spencer's  Psycholo«T    -        -        -  21 

West  on  Diseases  of  Infancy  -       •  24 

MiaeeUanoous  and  General 
Iiiteratare. 

DACon's  (Lord)  Works  ...  8 
Carli^'s  Lectures  and  Addrcssos  22 
Defence  of  Srf<MWO/Fai«A  -  -  7 
Eclipse  of  Faith  -  .  -  .7* 
Fischer's  Bacon  and  Realistic  Phi- 
losophy .....  7 
Greathed's  Letters  from  Delhi  -  8 
Greyson's  Select  Correspondence  -  8 
Gumej's  Erening  Recreations  -  8 
HsssaQ's  Adulterations  Detected  Ac*  9 
Haydn's  Book  of  Dignities  -  .  9 
Holland's  Mental  Physioh)gy  -  9 
Hooker's  Kew  GuUes    ...  9 


Digitized  by 


Google 


chAasavna>  ihdex. 


TMutou 

1^  V-»  :. 

M*f  « -B.^ ' '»  «-pp«i»rt      - 
Mm  *-z :  t»  L 't  K 1^- ri 
ll«vic.2^  tf  »  Ifullrr  £ 

Fnrt_t£     It*  <*rt£aL  4.r 
I.,  t  •  C  •«:: 

M*  9'.tm  *  li 
Sea*  K'-c  t  ?i 
Bhr  K««n  Dr  r««*rtrr 

ft*«u<*7  t  DmcU^T,  Ax 

*  (  iiiiTiwrf* 

•n  I  I  ■>  Till  jtfTiiiiitfci 

I.Atia  Gracss 


«at«rml 

Cat«««  «  P»;mUr  Ccwcbatorr 
ETA-^Mn  *  B«^  ''tlM-  9«j^ 
Gt.-Fn  •  Ma'-vrW 
Q*-*»  »  TCati'^  hutorr  ef  J; 
l<«r"«  J'«t»r»l  H  lif  ij  of  {. 

L«e  »  E-'S'^TUef  !fatv«i  H; 
MAbB'^rt  X«tvm]  Rwterr 
Om.t  -'vx**'  >'»t«r»'  «<'» 

TMTlaa '•  <nr  1  <A  «4t^ 

TcaTM?»ri  •  S&jrtcDra  IB  IW 
^atorU  &*»  E*«a'r»«a 
Twaut  Tb«  Hoc  - 
*'       TLrH«n« 


-  u 

-  22 


t: 


XAirl . 

Pa:t2MK-<  E*rti»  mm*  Vwd 
P— €M»Cfcnnwiij  wdbOTt  J\ 


-  i: 

-  23 

-  » 


taflilr 


Slalile  Talk  and  Tabic  T^  -     " 

.vvtlKGirTiMM^  S 

4^^v^V«MBr%GBMie     -       -   SI 


1« 

21 

14 
24 


CopU»l-tDvrtaour7«r]lai«ciM  -      C 

G»tlt'»  ArrLitRtarr        -        -        _      g 

J«<u>»l4«-|  Gr«|rTaphic«l  D-clMUn  11 

Lowloa  •  Acnc«ltan  .is 

"         Rnrml  Arrh<toct«t«         -     l» 

"         0*rt!rBuig        -        -         -     Ij 

••        PlaaU     -        -        -        -    13 

"       Tier*  ui4  9kni%a   -       ->    13 

M«Cmllocfa-» Gwgraf bKralDif  Hmmj  U 

*  Dic'tour}ofCaaawrc«  14 
Hamy-iiEacTcio  of  G«qp^ApkT  "  »« 
ftharp'fl  Britimh  GucUmt  -  -  SO 
Ur»*«  Dictiottary  of  Arta,  Ac  -  -  a 
Wehstrr't  DoaMKtic  CcoMMj       .    34 

X«llclow  *  Mom  Works. 

Aaiy  Rrrbrrt  -        -       •    30 

Bloorafi^ldmGrwkTcataawBt        .      4 

ClerrHall ,5 

Conybearr  aad  Howmb'*  g|.  Paal       « 

Cotton's  lB»tnictioa«iaChiMt<a«itT  6 
Dal*'*  DoaapsUc  Litvny  .  .7 
^^^^^"^  BtUptt  ^  Kuk  -        -      7 

,  Ertipaeorfaitll      •        -        .  7 

yiniiahmM'a  Otack  Camtci^Mmea     7 

*  HcbAChald.Caseetd.  7 
Eap«n«i«(Thc)ofLifc  ^^    36 

10 
10 
10 

10 
11 
II 
11 


s 
7 
n 

B 

a 


LateR-teKotMoraTrav^Dcr-       .    SS 
MaclMd-fe  PoBtteal  Bc«MM7       -     H 

2         DietiMuryvfCaHMm  14 

"  iaa4o«      -       •       -    23 

WDlick'aPapBlarTftbln  -34 


ia   r«a«ntl 


HtKUV^lVMcIa  ia  «»  Alp. 
Boaritfa '  1  ffliiim  *■  m— ^ 

HJIofffiffiSr:    : 


-  S 

-  e 

•    22 


Horac'a  iBUoSvctka  U»  S^wtwva 
«  ".  ^^^^Kmtnt  or  ditto        - 
11nc*s  rhmUanity  ia  Chiaa  • 
Hamphrt  jas  PartMmt  niaokiaatcd 
Iiora  ;  or.  the  Two  Ceunu 


Lr««Bd*  of  the  Madoaaa 
"       Lectwca  oa  Fcaale  Eb- 


rw^Hw^k     -        _        .        . 
J«rraiyTayiOT>tWoriM.       - 

Xatkarine  Ashtoa 

Lctteta  to  aav  1 
M  iTai 


BParBonace 
to  aav  Unkao 


LvraGcrmaaiea  . 
Ifofair^  lUaaa  . 
Marpam  Pndval  - 
Martlaaaaii  Cliflattui  Li*  . 


-  11 

•  11 

-  6 

-  U 

•  » 

•  14 

-  14 


R«Kbea%lt 


Beyd^MatmlCaM^llaaJ^'^    J 
Braade^^DieuaaaryarSckBea.Ac.     4 


HaUaad't  Mcatal  Pbyiojaci        -  9 

BaaiboUf»li|MtBkllS«     .  10 

-           Ciilii     -       .       -  10 

Haat  om  Light      •       •       -       .  lo 

LariacfaCaMMaiCfdoHiriia     .  13 

Mai«^<a(lim.)C«.^«S!oa.      -  14 

Mea^tey^raglaiuiaafcAwrtirtSiiaw  i« 

OtrUTicaMaatarBSS^Ptai    -  17 

Oar  UDalFialdaaadow  Coal  Pita  S3 

jSs^i^:!r*''^f35^'^-  17 

Pnehd^ElaacBtaarAyaica      .  17 

Fhiiy|«^F«aiU.arC«mll,*e.  17 

' ' —  17 

17 

p«W^~'kt^^7%';rt£     T""/  18 

-  4 


P«rtloek'BG«alonof 
Uai^W^ 


WttMm^%!rtti?Tilici^h* 


^•fKal 


£S5SiS/'r^  :    -  i 
SKIS&Ltataai :    :  g ; 

0»b«a«.Qa«fad»  rT^   .        :  n  ■ 

Pfci^'^Yyyf  taaadlhaWarfJ  25  1 

RfhHHi'B  Caafaal  Aacr.ca  -       -  19 

8ea«anl-aN«n«it««      -       .        -  l» 

▼•a  TtmpAft  MUioa  >  S4  ■ 

3'??**'2?«*  *n  !*»<»  of  Ham         -  94 

VehfaTacatkmtfalnlaBd-        -  m 

"       CaitadSUteaaadCaaada.  34 

WUbcfteee*»BniUft8fa»«.Tkade   22 


Of 

CraiUiaak'aFalatair  .  .  .      « 

Hdn  of  Cb««Wah  -  .  .9 

BawttttTaOui^  -  -  .    1*  I 

Maove-a  Efjcanka  -  .  .    is  I 

firlUtCTDaCMarln  -  -  .    So 

IVollflpiniBaxckMtetTMrm  .    33 
'  33 


Digitized  by 


Google 


ALPHABETICAL  CATALOGUE 

of 

NEW    WORKS    and    NEW    EDITIONS 

PUBLISHED  BY 

Messrs.  LONGMAN,  BEOWN,  GEEEN,  LONGMANS,  and  EOBEETS, 

PATERNOSTER  ROW,  LONDON. 


Miss  Acton's  Modem  Cookery  for  Private 

Families,  reduced  to  a  System  of  Easy  Prac- 
tice in  a  Scries  of  carefully-tested  B^ceipts, 
in  which  the  Principles  of  Baron  Liebig  and 
other  eminent  Writers  haye  been  as  much  as 
possible  applied  and  explained.  Newly-re- 
Tised  and  enlai^  Edition ;  with  8  Plates, 
comprising  27  Figures,  and  l&O  Woodcuts. 
Fcp.  8to.  78. 6d. 

(^  In  this  Cookery  Book  the  quantity  of 
every  article  necessary  for  the  preparation 
of  each  receipt,  and  the  tiicb  requirt  d  for 
its  preparation,  are  minutely  stated. 

Aoton'a  Engliah  Bread-Book  for  Domeatio  Vie, 
adapted  to  Families  of  every  grade.  Fcp. 
8to.  price  4s.  6d.  cloth. 

AiUn.— Select  Works  of  the  British 

Poets,  from  Ben  Jonson  to  Beattie.  With 
Biographical  and  Critical  Prefaces  by  Dr. 
Amy.  New  Edition,  with  Supplement  by 
LuoyAikin;  consisting  of  additional  Selec- 
tions from  more  recent  Poets.    8vo.  18s. 

AragoCF.)— BiographiesofDistmgnished 

Scientific  Men.  Translated  by  Admiral 
W.  H.  Smyth,  D.C.L.,  F.B.S.,  &c. ;  the  Key. 
Babev  Powell,  M.A.  ;  andBoBBBT  Obakt, 
M.A.,  F.R.A.S.    Svo.  ISs. 

Arago'i  Meteorologieal  Eifayi.  With  an 
Introduction  by  Baron  Humboldt.  Trans- 
lated under  the  superintendence  of  Major- 
General  E.  Sabinb,  BJu,  Treasurer  and 
V.P.R.S.    8to.  18s. 

Arago'a  Popular  Aftronomy.  TnmiUted  and 
edited  by  Admiral  W.  H.  Smtth,  D.C.L., 
F.B.S. ;  and  Bobbbt  Gbakt,MA.,F.R.A.S. 
In  Two  Vohimes.  Vol.  I.  8vo.  with  Plates 
and  Woodcuts,  2l8. 

Arnold.— Poems.    By  Matthew  Arnold. 

First  Sebibb,  Third  Edition.     Fcp.  8to. 
price  68.  6d.    Sbcovb  Sbbibs,  price  Ss. 
Arnold. -lUrope,  a  Tragedy.     By  Matthew 
Abipold.  With  a  Preface  and  an  Historical 
Introduction.    Fop.  8to.  6s. 


Lord  Bacon's  Works.   A  New  Edition, 

revised  and  elucidated;  and  enlarged  by  the 
addition  of  many  pieces  not  printed  before. 
Collected  and  edited  by  Bobbbt  Lbslib 
Ellls,  M.A.,  Fellow  of  Trinity  College, 
Cambridge;  Jambs  Spedding,  M.A.  of 
Trinity  College,  Cambridge  i  and  Douglas 
Dbitok  Hbath,  Esq.,  Bari*ister-at-Law,  and 
late  FeUow  of  Trinity  College,  Cambridge.— 
Vols-  I.  to  III.  8vo.  18s.  each ;  Vol.  IV. 
14s. ;  and  Vol.  V.  18s.,  comprising  the 
Division  of  Fhilosophical  Iforks ;  with  a  co- 
pious Index. 

♦«♦  Vols.  VI.  and  VII.,  comprising 
Bacon's  Literary  and  Frofetsional  Iforke^  are 
just  ready. 

Joanna  Baillie's  Dramatie  and  Poetical 

Works :  Comprising  the  Plays  of  the  Pas- 
sions, Miscellaneous  Dramas,  Metrical  Le- 
gends, Fugitive  Pieces,  and  Ahalya  Baee; 
with  the  Life  of  Joanna  Baillie,  Portrait, 
and  Vignette.  Square  orown  8vo.  21s. 
cloth ;  or  42s.  bound  in  morocco  by  Hayday. 

Baker.  —  The  Rifle  and  the  Hound  in 

Ceylon.  By  S.  W.  Bases,  Esq.  New 
Edition,  with  18  Illustrations  engraved  on 
Wood.    Fcp.  8vo.  4s.  6d. 

Baker.  —  Sight  Tears'  Wanderings  in  Ceylon. 
Bv  S.  W.  Baxee,  Esq.  With  6  coloured 
Plates.     8vo.  price  16s. 

Barth.  —  Travels  and   Discoveries   m 

North  and  Central  Africa  :  Being  the  Jour- 
nal of  an  Expedition  undertaken  under 
the  auspices  of  Her  Britannic  Majesty's  Go- 
vernment in  the  Years  18*9 — 1855.  By 
Hbnet  Babth,  Ph.D.,  D.C.L.,  Fellow  of  the 
Boyal  Geographical  and  Asiatic  Societies, 
&c.  With  numerous  Maps,  Wood  Engrav- 
ings, and  Illustrations  in  tinted  Lithography. 
6  vols.  8vo.  £6.  6s.  cloth. 

leave  the  reader  notbinr 
to  dMlre.  The  author'B  qwUii- 
flcationii  place  him  in  the 
lint  rank  of  acientifte  ex- 
plorers."     AxHSK^rif. 

B  2 


"  Few  books  oftravel 
haye  we  doied  with  ao  keen 
an  Intereat  or  so  complete  a 
confidence  in  the  narrator  aa 
tfaeaeofDr.Bartfa.  Short  of 
actnal  personal  snrvey.they 


Digitized  by 


Google 


NEW  WORKS  AKD  NEW  EDITIONS 


Bayldon's  Art  of  Valuing  Bents  and 

Tillngea,  and  Claims  of  Tenants  upon 
Quitting  Farms,  at  both  Michaelmas  and 
Xoidj-DtLj ;  as  revised  by  Mr.  Dohaldsok. 
Sfvenih  Edition,  enlarged  and  adapted  to  the 
Present  Time :  With  the  Principles  and . 
Mode  of  Valuing  Land  and  other  Property 
for  Parochial  Assessment  and  Enfranchise- 
ment of  Copyholds,  under  the  recent  Acts  of 
Parliament.  By  Sobxbt  Baeeb,  Land- 
Agent  and  Valuer.    8ro.  10b.  Gd. 

Black's  Practical  TreaUse  on  Brewing, 

based  on  Chemical  and  Economical  Princi- 
ples :  With  Formulie  for  Public  Brewers,  and 
Instructions  for  Priyate  Families.  New 
Edition,  with  Additions.    8to.  lOs.  6d. 

Blaine's  Encyclopsedia  of  Rural  Sports ; 

or,  a  complete  Account,  Historical,  Prac- 
tical, and  DescriptiTe,  of  Hunting,  Shooting, 
Fishing,  Bacing,  &c.  New  JBd*tion,  revised 
and  corrected  ;  with  above  600  Woodcut 
Illustrations  from  Drawings  by  J.  Leech, 
Aiken,  T.  and  O.  Landseer,  R.  B.  Bavis, 
and  other  Artists.  In  1  vol.  Svo.  price  42s. 
half- bound. 

Blair's    Chronological    and  Historical 

Tables,  from  the  Creation  to  the  Present 
Time :  With  Additions  and  Corrections  from 
the  most  authentic  Writers ;  including  the 
Computation  of  St.  Paul,  as  connecting  the 
Period  from  the  Exode  to  the  Temple. 
Under  the  revision  of  Sm  Hevst  Ellis, 
K.H.    Imperial  8vo.  Sis.  6d.  lialf-morooco. 

Bloomfleld.  —  The    Greek    Testament, 

with  copious  English  l^otes.  Critical,  Plii- 
lological,  and  Explanatory.  Especially 
adapted  to  thr  use  of  Theological  Students 
and  Ministers.  By  the  Rev.  S.  T.  Bloou- 
FiKLD,  D.D.,  F.S.A.  Ninth  Edition,  revised. 
2  voh.  8to.  with  Map,  prioe  £2.  83. 

Dr.  Bloomfleld*8  CoUege  and  School  Edition  of 

•  the   Greek  Testament :    With  brief  English 

jS'otes,  chiefly  Philological  and  Explanatory. 

Seventh  Edition ;    with   Map  and  Index. 

Fcp.  8vo.  78.  6d. 

Dr.  Bloomflald^s  Collage  and  School  LtziooiL 
to  the  Greek  Testament.  New  Edition, 
carefidly  revised,    Fcp.  8vo.  price  10s.  6d. 

Bourne's  Catechism  of  the  Steam-Engine 

in  its  various  Applications  to  Minea,  Mills, 
Steam-NaTigation,  Railways,  and  Agricul- 
ture: With  Practical  Instructions  for  the 
Manufacture  and  Management  of  Engines 
of  every  'class.  Fourth  Edition,  enlarged  ; 
with  89  Woodcuts.    Fcp.  8vo.  6s. 


Bonme.  — A  Treatise  on  the  Steam- 
Engine,  in  its  Application  to  Mines,  ICiQi, 
Steam-Navigation,  and  Bailways.  By  the 
Artisan  Club.  Edited  by  JohxBottbke,  CX 
Kew  Edition ;  with  83  Steel  Elates  and  349 
Wood  Engravings.    4to.  price  278. 

Bofnnu.— A  TraatilM  on  tlie  Setev  Pivpellar: 
With  variouB  Suggestions  of  Improvement. 
By  John  Boubne,  C.B.  New  Edition,  tho- 
roughly revised  and  corrected.  With  20 
large  Plates  and  nnmeioui  Woodcuts.  4to. 
price  38s. 

Boyd.— A  Mannal  for  Naval  Cadets. 

Published  with  the  sanction  and  approval 
of  the  Lords  Commissioners  of  the  Admi- 
ralty. By  JoHK  M'Neill  Boyd,  Captain, 
E.N.  With  Compass-Signals  in  Colours, 
and  236  Woodcuts.    Fcp.  8vo.  10s.  6d. 

Brande.— A  Dictionaiy  of  Science,  lite- 
rature, and  Art :  Comprising  the  HistorTt 
Description,  and  Scientific  Princi^  of 
every  Branch  of  Human  Knowledge ;  wiih 
the  Derivation  and  Definition  of  ^  the 
Terms  in  general  use.  Edited  by  W.  T. 
Baiims,  F.B.S.L.  and  £. ;  assisted  by  Db. 
J.  CAmir.  Third  Edition,  revised  and  cor- 
rected i  with  numerous  Woodcuts,  8vo.  6O3. 

Professor  Brando's  Lectures  on  Organic 

Chemistry,  as  applied  to  Manu&eiures ; 
including  Dyeing,  Bleaching,  Oalioo-Print- 
ing,  Siigar-Manu&cture,  the  Preaearvatioa 
of  Wood,  Tanning,  Ac. ;  delivered  before  the 
Members  of  the  Boyal  Institution.  Edited 
by  J.  ScoTFEBK,  M.B.  Fcp.  Svo.  with 
Woodcuts,  prioe  7b,  6d, 

Brewer.  —  An  Atlas  of  Histoxy  and  Geo- 
graphy, from  the  Commencement  of  the 
Christian  Erato  the  Present  Time:  Com- 
prising a  Series  of  Sixteen  coloured  Maps, 
arranged  in  Chronological  Order,  with  Illus- 
trative Memoira.  By  the  Kev.  J.  S.  Bbewek, 
M.A.,  Professor  of  English  History  and 
Literature  in  King's  College,  London. 
Second  Edition,  revised  and  corrected. 
Koyai  Svo.  12s.  6d.  half-bound. 

Brialmoni--The  Life  of  the  Duke  of 

Wellington.  From  the  French  of  Alexis 
Bui&LHONT,  Captain  on  the  StaflT  of  the 
Belgian  Armv:  With  Emendations  and 
Additions.  By  the  Bev.  G.  R.  (iLBia,  M.  A., 
Chaplain- General  to  the  Forces  and  Pre- 
bendary of  St.  Paul's.  With  Map9,  Plans 
of  Battles,  and  Portraits.  Vols.  I.  and  II. 
8ro.  30s. 

Brodie.— Psychological  Inqoiries,  in  a 

Series  of  Essays  intended  to  illustrate  the 
Influence  of  the  Physical  Orgmisatxon  on 
the  Mental  Faculties.  By  Sir Bekjamix  C. 
BBOniXjBart.  Third  Edition.   Fcp.8vo.59. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


PITBLIBHED  BY  LONGMAN,  BEOWN,  Axn>  CO. 


Bull.— The  Maternal  Management  of 

Children  in  Health  and  DiBease.  Bj 
T.  Bttli^  K J>.,  Member  of  the  Boyal 
College  of  Fhysioians ;  formerly  Physician- 
Accoucheur  to  the  Finsbury  Midwifery 
Institution*    New  Edition.    Fcp.  8yo.  6a. 

Dr.  T.  BvU's  Hinti  to  Mothen  on  tho  Xanago- 
ment  of  their  Health  during  the  Period  of 
Pre^ianoy  and  in  the  Lying-in  Room :  With 
an  Exposure  of  Popular  Errors  in  connexion 
with  Uiose  subjects,  &c.;  and  Hints  upon 
Nursing.    New  Edition.    Fcp.  8to.  5s. 

Bnnsen.  —  Christiamtj  and  Mankind, 

their  Beginnings  and  Prospects.  By 
Baron  C.C.J.  BuirBSF,  D.D.,  D.C.L.,  D.Ph. 
Being  a  New  Edition,  corrected,  remodelled, 
and  extended,  of  Hippolyttu  and  hU  Age, 
7  yols.  8yo.  £5.  Cm. 

%*  TUi  ISdition  la  composed  of  three  distinct  works, 
which  may  be  had  separately,  as  followa  :— 

1.  Hlppolytos  and  his  Age;  or*  the  Beglnnin&t  and 
ProepecU  of  ChriBtianity.   2  vols.  8vo.  price  £1 .  10^. 

2.  Oatiine  of  the  Philoaophy  of  Universal  Histoiy  rp- 
piled  to  Language  and  Religion :  Contaiiiinj;  an  /  c- 
count  of  the  Alphabetical  Conferences.  2  vuIp.  8vo. 
price  £1.  18b. 

S.  Anslecta  Ante-Nlcma.  S  toIs.  8vo.  price  i2.  S>. 

Bnnsen. —Lyra  Germanica.    Translated 

from  the  Gkrman  by  CATFEBras  Wink- 
•  woETn.  Fifth  Edition  of  the  FiKST  Series, 
•  Hymns  for  the  Sundays  and  chief  Festivals 

of  the  Christian  Year.   Seconp  Series,  the 

Christian  Life.    Fcp.  8vo.  price  Ss.  each 

Series. 

%*  These  selections  of  German  Hymm  Itave  been  made 
flrom  collections  published  in  Uermanj  by  Baron  Uuirsiur; 
and  form  companion  volumcB  to 

Theologia  Germanioa:  Whioh  setteth  Ibrth 
many  fair  lineaments  of  DiTine  Ti  uth,  and 
saith  very  lofty  and  lovely  things  touching 
a  Perfoct  Lile.  Translated  by  Susanna 
WiNKWOBTH.  With  a  Preface  by  the  Rer. 
Charles  KiNCtSTiSr ;  and  a  Letter  by  Baron 
BuNSEN.   Third  Edition.    Fcp.Sro.Ss: 

Bnnsen.  —  Egypt's  Place  in  Universal 

History:  An  Historical  Investigation,  in 
Fiye  Books.  By  Baron  C.  C.  J.  Bunben, 
D.D.,  D.C.L.,  D.Ph.  Transited  from  the 
German  by  C.  H.  Cottbell,  Esq.,  M.A. 
With  many  Illustrations.  Yol.  I.  8to.  288. ; 
Vol.  II,  8ro.  30b. 

Bishop  Butler's  General  Atlas  of  Modem 

and  Ancient  G^graphy ;  comprising  Fifty- 
two  full-ooloured  Maps ;  with  complete  In- 
dices. New  Edition,  nearly  all  re-engrared, 
enlarged,  and  greatly  improred.  Edited  by 
the  Author's  Son.  Boyal  4to.  24s.  half-bound. 
(  The  Modem  Atlas  of  28  ftdl-eolonred  Heps. 


Separately 


,       Royal  8to.  price  12s. 

)  Tlie  Andeiit  Atlas  of  2i  ftill-eolonred  Haps. 

\        Koval  Hvo.  price  IS*. 


Bishop  Butler's  Sketch  of  Modem  and 

Ancient  Geography.  New  Edition,  tho- 
roughly reyisMl,  with  such  Alterations  mtro- 
duced  as  continually  progresBive  Discoveries 
and  the  latest  Information,  have  rendered 
necessary.    Post  8yo.  price  7s.  6d. 

Burton.— First  Footsteps  in  East  AMca ; 

or,  an  Exploration  of  Harar.  By  Bichard 
F.  Burton,  Captain,  Bombay  Army.  With 
Maps  and  coloured  Plates.    8to.  18s. 

Burton.  — Personal  Narrative  of  a  Pil- 
grimage to  El  Medinah  and  Meccah.  By 
BlOHABS  P.  BuBTON,  Captain,  Bombiy 
Army.  Second Kdition^  revised  j  with  coloui  ed 
Plates  and  Woodcuts.  2  vols,  crown  8vo. 
price  24b. 

The  Cabinet  Lawyer:  A  Popular  Digest 

of  the  Laws  of  England,  Civil  and  Criminal ; 
with  a  Dictionary  of  Law  Terms,  Maxims, 
Statutes,  and  Judicial  Antiquities ;  Correct 
Tables  of  Assessed  Taxes,  Stamp  Duties, 
Excise  Licenses,  and  Post-Horse  Duties; 
Post-Office  Begulations  ;  and  Prison  Disci- 
pline. 17th  Edition,  comprising  the  Public 
Acts  of  the  Session  1858.    Fcp.  8  vo.  lOs.  6d. 

The  CaUnet  Gazetteer:  A  Popular  Geogra- 
phical  Dictionary  of  All  the  Countries  of 
the  World.  By  the  Author  of  The  Cabinet 
Lawyer,     Fcp.  8vo.  IDs.  6d.  cloth. 

Calendars  of  State  Papers,   Domesiic 

Series,  published  under  the  Direction  of  the 
Master  of  the  KoUs,  and  with  the  Sanction 
of  H.M.  Secretary  of  State  for  the  Home 
Department : — 

The  Beign  of  JAMES  I.  1608-23,  edited  by 
Mrs.  Green.  Yols  .  I.  to  III.  imperial  8vo. 
15s.  each. 

The  Beign  of  CHARLES  1. 1625-26,  edited 
by  John  Bruob,  V.P.S.A.  Imperial  8to.  159. 

The  Reigns  of  EDWARD  VI.,  MARY, 
ELIZABETH,  1547-80,  edited  by  B.  Lemon, 
Esq.    Imperial  8vo.  15s. 

Historical  Notes  relative  to  the  History 
of  England,  from  the  Accession  of  HENBx 
VIII.  to  the  Death  of  ANNE  (1509-1714), 
compiled  by  F.  S.  Thomas,  Esq.  3  vols. 
imperial  8vo.  40s. 

State  Papers  relating  to  Scotland,  from  tho 
Beign  of  HENRY  VIII.  to  the  Accession  of 
JAMES  I.  (1509-1608),  and  of  the  Corre- 
spondence rektinff  to  MARY  QUEEN  of 
SCOTS,  during  her  Captivity  in  England, 
edited  by  M.  J.  Thobpe,  Esq.  2  voh.  imp. 
8vo.  SOs. 


Digitized  by 


b3 

Google 


KEW  WORKS  Ain>  NEW  EDITIOOT 


Calvert.  —  The   WMb    Manual ;   or, 

Praven,  Thoughts,  and  Songs  on  Seyeral 
Occasions  of  a  Matron's  Life.  By  the  Ber. 
W.  Cai^tsbt,  M.A.  Ornamented  from  De- 
signs hj  the  Author  in  the  stjle  of  Queem 
ElizabetfCt  Prager-Book,  Second  Edition. 
Crown  8to.  lOs.  6d. 

Gatlow.— Popnlar  Gonchology;  or,  the 

Shell  Cabinet  arranged  according  t-o  the 
Modern  STstem :  With  a  detailed  Account 
of  the  Anmials,  and  a  complete  De-criptiye 
List  of  the  Families  and  Qenera  of  Recent 
and  Fossil  Shells.  By  Aaxzs  CATix>ir. 
Second  Edition,  much  ixnproTed  ;  with  405 
Woodcut  lilustrationa.  Post  870.  price  14s. 

Cecil.— The  Stnd  Farm;  or,  Hints  on 

Breeding  Horses  for  the  Tur^  the  Chase,  and 
the  Road.  Addressed  to  Breeders  of  Race- 
Horsea  and  Hunters,  Landed  Proprietors, 
and  especially  to  Tenant  Farmers.  By 
Cecil.    Fcp.  8to.  with  Frontispiece,  60. 

Ceeil's  Stable  Praetioa ;  or,  Blnta  on  Training 
for  the  Turf,  the  Chase,  and  the  Road; 
with  Observations  on  Racing  and  Hunt- 
ing, Wastinff,  Race-Riding,  and  Handi- 
capping :  Addressed  to  Owners  of  Racers, 
Hunters,  and  other  Horses,  and  to  all  who 
are  concerned  in  Racing,  Steeple*Cha8ing, 
and  Fox- Hunting.  Fop.  8to.  with  Plate^ 
price  5s.  half-boimd. 

Chapman.  —  History  of  Onstavne  Adol- 

phus  and  of  the  Thirty  Yeara*  War  up  to  the 
King*s  Death :  With  some  Account  of  its 
Conclusion  by  the  Peace  of  Westphalia,  in 
1648.  By  B.  Chapkak,  M.A.,  Vicar  of 
Letherhead.    8to.  with  Plans,  12s.  6d. 

Chevrenl  On  the  Harmony  and  Contrast 

of  Colours,  and  their  Applications  to  the 
Arts :  Including  Painting,  Interior  Decora- 
tion, Tapestries,  Carets,  Mosaics,  Colomred 
Glazing,  Paper- Staming,  Calico-Printing, 
Letterpress-Printing,  MM>-Colouring,Dresa, 
Landscape  and  Flower-Gardening,  &o.  &o. 
Translated  by  Chjlblxs  Mabtel.  Second 
Edition;  with  4  Plates.  Crown  8to. 
price  lOsv  6d. 

Conybeare  and  Howson.— The  Life  and 

*  Epistles  of  Saint  Paul :  Comprising  a  com- 
plete Biography  of  the  Apostle,  and  a 
Translation  of  his  Bpistles  inserted  in 
Chronological  Order.  By  the  Rev.  W.  J. 
CoKTBBABE.  M.A. ;  aod  the  Rev.  J.  S. 
HoWBON,  M.A.  Sicond  Edition,  revised  and 
corrected ;  with  sereral  Maps  and  Wo<fd- 
cats,  and  4  Plates.  2  rols.  square  orown 
Svo.  81s.  6d.  doth. 

,  %*  The  OriglniJ  Editkn.  with  mor»  nmiMroas  mastra- 
tlona,  In  2  vols.  4to.  price  «Se.— iii«y  alto  be  lud. 


Chronicles  and  Memorials  of   Great 

Britain  and  Ireland  during  the  Middle  Ages, 
published  by  the  authority  of  H.M.  Trea- 
sury, under  the  direction  of  the  Master  of 
the  Rolls Royal  8ra 

Oapgrave's  Chronicle  of  England,  adtted  by 
the  Rev.  E.  C.  HIKOB8TOV,  M.A.   &.  6u. 

Chronioon  Monasterii  de  Abingdon,  edited 
by  Rev.  J.  Stbybkbon Vol..  L  aa.  6d. 

Lives  of  Edward  the  Confessor,  edited  b^ 
the  Rev.  H.  R,  Luabd,  M.A 8a.  6<L 

Monumenta  Franoiscana,  edited  by  the  Rev. 
J.  S.Bbbwkr,  M.A 84.  6d. 

FaacicTdi  Zisanionim  Magiatri  Johannis 
Wyclif  cum  Tritico.  Edited  by  the  Rev.  W. 
W.  Shiklby,  M.A.  8a.  6d. 

Stewart's  Buik  of  the  Croniclis  of  Scotland, 
edited  by  W.  B.  TuBKBni. Tol.  I.  8e.  6d. 

J.  Capgrave  Liber  de  mnstribus  Hairids, 
edited  by  Rev.  F.  C.  HnroBSTOir,  M.JL  8a.  6d. 

English  Translation  of  Capgrave'a  Book  qf 
the  ItiustrioM  ffenrUi,  by  the  Rev.  F.  C. 
HiKQESTOK,  M.A 10b.  6d. 

Hbtoria  de  Monasterii  S.  Aui^tim  Cantua- 
rensis,  edited  by  Rev.  C.  Hajrdwickx.  85.  6d. 

Connolly.— History  of  the  Royal  Sappers 

and  Miners :  Including  the  Serrioes  of  toe 
Corps  in  the  Crimea  and  at  the  Siege  c:' 
Sebastopol.  By  T.  W.  J.  Cokkoxxt»  Qu^- 
termaster  of  the  Royal  Engineers.  Seco^J 
Edition,  revised  and  enlarg^ ;  with  17  co- 
loured plates.    2  vob.  8vo.  price  30b. 

Dr.  Copland's  Dictionaiy  of  Practical 

Medicine :  Compriaing  Qenaial  Pathology, 
the  Nature  and  Treatment  of  DiMasea. 
Morbid  Structores,  and  the  DiaMden  es- 
pecially incidental  to  Climates,  to  Sex,  anJ 
to  the  different  Epodis  of  Idfe ;  with  nume- 
rous approved  Formula  of  the  Medieinee 
reoommended.  Now  complete  in  3  vols. 
8vo.  price  £6.  lis.  doth. 

Bishop  Cotton's  InstmctlonB   in   the 

Doctrine  and  Practice  of  Christianity.  In- 
tended ohiefly  as  an  IntroduHfion  to  Confir- 
mation.   Fourth  Editiou,    l&nb.  28.  6d. 


Gresy's  EQcyclopsBdla   of  CiTil  £n^- 

neeringi  Histori<»l,  llieoreiieal,  and  Prac- 
tical. Dlustrated  by  upwards  of  3^000 
Woodcuts.  Second  £dii*amt  levised  and 
brought  down  to  the  Present  Time  in  3 
SupplementjComprisinaMetropolitan  Water- 
supply,  Drainage  of  Towns,  Railvrays, 
QuDical  Proportion,  Brick  and  Iron  Con- 
struction, Iron  Screw  Piles,  Tubular  Bridges, 
kc.    8vo.  68s.  cloth. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


PVBIXBHXD  BT  LONGMAN,  BBOWK,  ahd    CO. 


Crosse. --Memorials,  Scientific  and  li- 
terary, of  Andrew  Chrosse,  the  Electrioiim. 
Edited  by  Mrs.  Cbosbe.    Post  8to.  98. 6d. 

Crowe.  — The  History  of  Prance.    By 

Etke  Etaits  Cbowe.  In  Fiye  Volumes. 
Vol.  I.  8vo.  price  14a. 

Croikshank. -*  The  Life  of  Sir  John 

Falstaff,  illoBtrated  in  a  Series  of  Twenty, 
four  original  Etoihinga  by  G^rge  Chruik- 
shank.  Aooompanied  by  an  imaginary 
Biography  of  the  Knight  by  Bdbebt  B. 
Bbough.    Boyal  8to.  price  12s.  6d.  cloth. 

Lady  Cnst's  Invalid's  Book.— The  In- 

yalid's  Own  Book :  A  Collection  of  Becipes 
from  variouB  Books  and  Tarioua  Countries. 
By  the  Honourable  Ladt  Cubt.  Second 
Edition,    Fcp.  Syo.  price  28.  6d. 

Dale.— The  Domestic  Litnrgy  and  Family 

Chaplain,  in  Two  Parts :  Past  I.  Church 
Serrices  adroted  for  Domestic  Use,  with 
Prayers  for  ^reryPay  of  the  Week,  selected 
from  the  Book  of  Common  Prayer ;  Past 
n.  an  appropriate  Sermon  for  Erery  Sunday 
in  the  Tear.  By  the  Bev.  Thomas  Dale, 
MA.,  Canon  Beiudentiary  of  St.  Paul's. 
Second  Edition.  Post  4to.  21s.  doth; 
Sis.  6d.  calf ;  or  £2.  IDs.  morocco. 
.  .  t  Ths  Famxit  Chapl^xk,  12s. 
separately  lTHaDoiasncLiiTOOY.10t.ed. 

Davies.— Algiers  in  1857:  Its  Accessi- 
bility, dinute,  and  Besources  described 
with  especial  reference  to  English  Inyalids ; 
with  details  of  Becreation  obtainable  in  its 
Neighbourliood  added  for  the  use  of  Tra- 
TcUera  in  general.  By  the  Bev.  E.  W.  L. 
Davies,  M.A.,  Oxon.  Post  8vo.  with  4 
lUustntiona,  60. 

Davy  (Dr.  JO  — The  Angler  and  his 

Friend ;  or.  Piscatory  Colloquies  and  Wish- 
ing Excursions.  By  JoHir  Dayy,  M.D., 
F Jt.S.,  iua,    Fop.  8vo.  price  68. 

'  The  Angler  in  the  Lake  Diitriot:  or,  Fiflcatory 
Colloquies  and  Fishinff  Excursions  in  West- 
moteland  and  Cnmoerland.  By  JOEV 
Datt,  M.D^  P.RS.    Fop.  8vo.  60.  6d. 

Delabeche.— Beport  on  the  Geology  of 

Cornwall,  Devon,  and  West  Somerset.  By 
Sir  H.  T.  Dei.absokb,F.B.S.  With  Maps, 
Plates,  and  Woodcuts.     8vo.  price  14s. 

De  la  Bive.— A  Treatise  on  Electricity 

in  Theory  and  Praciioe.  By  A.  Ds  £A  Brrx, 
Professor  in  the  Academy  of  Gheneva.  Trans- 
lated for  the  Author  by  C.  V.  Waxkxb, 
F.B.S.  With  numerous  Woodcut  Illustra- 
tions.   8  vols.  8vo.  prioe  £3. 13s.  doth. 


Abhe  Domenech's  Missionary  Adven- 
tures in  Texas  and  Mexico:  A  Personal 
Narrative  of  Six  Years'  Sojourn  in  those 
Begions.  Translated  from  the  French  under 
the  Author's  superintendence.  8vo.  with 
Map,  IDs.  6d. 

The  Eclipse  of  Faith ;  or,  a  Visit  to  a 

Bel igious  Sceptic.  QtAEdition.  Fcp.  Svo.Ss. 

DefsBoe  of  The  Eclipie  of  Faith,  by  its 
Author:  Being  a  Bejoinder  to  Professoi 
Newman's  Sep/y :  Including  a  full  Exami- 
nation of  that  Writer's  CMticism  on  the 
Character  of  Christ ;  and  a  Chapter  on  the 
Aspects  and  Pretensions  of  Modem  Deism, 
Second  Edition,  revised.     Ppst  8vo.  6s.  6d. 

The  Englishman's  Greek  Concordance  of 

the  New  Testament :  Being  an  Attempt  at  a 
Vorbal  Connexion  between  the  Gbeek  and 
the  English  Texts  $  including  a  Concordance 
to  the  Proper  Names,  with  Indexes,  Greek- 
Enelish  and  English-Greek.  New  Edition, 
with  a  new  Ind^.    Boyal  8vo.  price  42s. 

The  Engliihinaii't  Hebrew  and  Chaldee  Cen- 
cordance  of  the  Old  Testament :  Being  an 
Attempt  at  a  Verbal  Connexion  between 
the  Original  and  the  English  Translations ; 
with  Indexes,  a  Lbt  of  the  Proper  Names 
and  their  Occurrences,  &c.  2  vols,  royal 
8vo.  £3.  ISs.  6d.  j  large  paper,  £4. 14s.  6d. 

Ephemera's    Handbook    of    Angling  ; 

teaching  Fly-Fishing,  Trolling,  Bottom- 
Fishing,  Salmon-Fishmg :  With  the  Natural 
History  of  Biver-Fish,  and  the  best  Modes 
of  Catching  them.  Third  Edition,  corrected 
and  improved;  with  Woodcuts.  Fcp.8vo.5s. 

■phemmm's  The  Beok  of  the  SahneB:  Com- 
prising the  Tlieory,  Principles,  and  Prac- 
tice of  Fly-Fishing  for  Salmon;  Lists  of 
good  Salmon  Flies  for  every  eood  Biver  in 
the  Empire ;  the  Natural  History  of  the 
Salmon,  its  Habits  described,  and  the  best 
way  of  artificially  Breeding  it.  Fcp.  8vo. 
with  coloured  Plates,  price  14s. 

Fairbaim.— Usefiil  Information  for  En- 
gineers :  Being  a  Series  of  Lectures  delivered 
to  the  Working  Engineers  of  Yorkshire  and 
Lancashire.  With  Appendices,  containing 
the  Besults  of  Experunental  Inquiries  into 
the  Strength  of  Materials,  the  Causee'tf . 
Boiler  Explosions,  &c.  By  Willia|£ 
Faibbaibn,F.B.S.,  F.G.S.  Second  Edition ; 
with  numerous  Plates  and  Woodcuts.  Crown 
8vo.  price  IDs.  6d. 

Ilscher.— Francis  Bacon  of  Vemlam: 

Bealistic  Philosophy  and  its  Age.  By  Dr. 
K.  Fisohbb.  Translated  by  John  Ozbn- 
70Bi>.    Post  8vo.  98. 6d. 

b  4 


Digitized  by 


Google 


NEW  WORKS  AM  NEW  EDITIONS 


Forester.— Rambles  in  the  Islands  of 

Corsica  and  Sardinia:  With  Notices  of 
their  History,  Antiquities,  and  present 
Condition.  £7  Thoxas  Fosssteb,  Au- 
thor of  Norway  in  1848-1849.  With 
coloured  Map ;  and  numerous  Illustrations 
in  Colours  and  Tints  and  on  Wood,  from 
Drawings  made  during  the  Tour  by  Lieut.. 
Col.  M.  A.  BiDDiTLPH,  RA.  Imperial 
8to.  price  28s. 

Garratt-^lCarvels  and  Mysteries  of  In- 
stinct ;  or,  Curiosities  of  Animsl  Life.  Bj 
GsosaB  Oabratt.  Second  Edition^  revised 
and  improved ;  with  a  Frontispiece.  Fcp. 
8ro.  pnoe  4s.  6d. 

Gilbart— A  Practical  Treatise  on  Bank- 
ing. By  Jaxbs  Williah  Gilbabt,  F.R.S., 
General  Manacer  of  the  London  and  West- 
minster Bank.  jSu-M  Edition^  revised 
and  enlai^ged.    2  vols.  12mo.  Portrait,  16s. 

Gilbart  — Logic  for   the    Million:  A 

Familiar  Exposition  of  the  Art  of  Reasoning. 
By  J.  W.  OiiBAUT,  F.R.S.  5th  Edition  ; 
with  Portrait  of  the  Author.    12mo.  8s.  6d. 

Gleig.— Essays,  Biographical,  Historical, 

and  Miscellaneous,  contributed  chkfly  to  (he 
Mdinbitrgh  and  (luarierly  Reviews.  By  the 
Rev.  G.  R,  Glbig,  M.A.,  Chaplain-General 
to  the  Forces  and  Prebendary  of  St.  Paul's. 
2  vols.  8vo.  2l8. 

The  Poetical  Works  of  Oliver  Goldsmith. 

Edited  by  Boltok  Cobnet,  Esq.  Illustrated 
by  Wood  Engrarings,  fiom  Designs  by 
Members  of  the  Etching  Club.  Square 
crown  8to.  doth,  21s. ;  morocco,  £1.  IGs. 

Go8se.-*A    Natnralist's    Sojonm    in 

Jamaica.  By  P.  H.  GosaB,  Esq.  With 
Plates.    Post  8vo.  price  lis. 

Greathed.--IietterB  from  Delhi  daring 

the  Siege.  By  H.  H.  Gbbathbb,  Esq., 
Political  Agent.    Post  8vo. 

Green.— Lives  of  the  Princesses  of  Eng- 
land. By  Mrs.  Mabt  Aknb  Eybbbtt 
Gbxxn,  Editor  of  the  Letiers  of  Royal  and 
liiuttriotts  Ladiet.  With  numerous  Por- 
traits. Complete  in  6  vols,  post  8vo.  price 
IDs.  6d.  each. — Any  Yolume  may  be  had 
separately  to  complete  sets. 

Greyson.  —  Selections  from  the  Corre- 
spondence of  B.  E.  H.  Gbbtsov,  Esq. 
Edited  by  the  Author  of  TAe  Eclipse  of 
Faiih,    Second  Edition.    Crown  8vo.  7s.  6d. 

Grove.  — The  Correlation  of  Physical 

Forces.  By  W.  R.  Gbotb,  Q.C.,  MJL., 
F.R.S.,  Ac.     Third  Edition.    8vo.  price  7s. 


Gomey.— St.  Loms  and  Henri  DT. :  Being 

a  Second  Series  of  Historical  Sket-ehes. 
By  the  Rev.  Johk  H.  Gubust,  M.  A.,  Rector 
of  St.  Maiy's,  Marylebone.    Fcp.  8vo.  6a.. 

Evening  Beeraationi ;  or,  Snmplw  ftoa  tlie 
liCcture-Room.  Edited  by  the  Rev.  J.  H. 
GuBHXT,  M.A.    Crown  8vo.  5s. 

Gwflt's  Encyclopedia  of  Architecture, 

Historical,  Theoretical,  and  PraoticaL  By 
Joseph  Gwilt.  With  mora  than  1,000 
Wood  Engravings,  from  Designs  bj  J.  S. 
GwELT.    Third  Edition,    dvo.  42m. 

Hare  (Archdeacon).— The  Ufeof  Lather, 

in  Forty-eight  Historical  Engravix^s.  By 
GnsTiT  Ediraa.  With  Explanations  by 
Archdeacon  Habb  and  SusAinrA  Wnrx- 
WORTH.    Fcp.  4to.  price  288. 

Harford.— Life  of  BGchael  Angelo  Buon- 
arroti: With  Translations  of  many  of  his 
Poems  and  Letters ;  also  Memoirs  of  SaT3< 
narola,  Raphael,  and  Vittoria  Ck)lonna.  By 
Johk  S.  Habfobd,  Esq.,  D.CL^  F.RJS, 
Second  Edifion,  thoroughly  revised;  with 
20  copperplate  Engravings.  2  vob.  8vo.  2m. 

Blmtratioiii,  AreUtaetiiral  and  Piotocial,  of 

the  Genius  of  Michael  Angelo  BaonarrotL 
With  Descriptions  of  the  Platea,  by  the 
Commendatore  Canika  ;  C.  R.  Coceebbix, 
Esq.,  R.A. ;  and  J.-  S.  Habpobd,  Esq^ 
D.C.L.,  F.R,S.    FoUo,  73s.  6d.  haif-bound. 

Harrison.— The  Light  of  the  Forge;  or, 

Counsels  drawn  from  the  Sick-Bed  of  E.  M. 
By  the  Rer.  W.  KABBiBOir,  M.A.,  Bomestie 
Chaplain  to  H.R.H.  the  Duchess  of  Cam- 
bridge.    Fcp.  8vo.  price  6s. 

HanryHieoYer.--StahleTa]k  and  Tahle 

Talk ;  or,  Spectacles  for  Young  Sportsmen. 
By  Habby  Hibovbb.  New  Edition,  2  toIs. 
8vo.  with  Portrait,  price  24s. 

Harry  Hieofvir*— The  HvBtiBg-Iiald.  ^fSany 

Hdcotxb.  With  Two  Plates.  Fcp.  8to. 
6s.  half-bound. 

Harry  Hiaontr.  —  Fraotiaal  Honomaiialiip. 
By  Habbt  HiBOTiB.  Second  Edition ;  with 
2  Plates.    Fcp.  8vo.  6s.  half-bound. 

Harry  :m«OTer.— The  Pocket  and  the  Btad;  or, 
Practical  Hints  on  the  Management  of  the 
Stable.  By  Habbt  Hcboybb.  Second 
Edition ;  with  Portrait  of  the  Author.  Fcp. 
8vo.  price  6s.  half^bound. 

Harry  Hieofer.— The  Stud,  fSor  Fraetloel  Par- 
poses  and  Practical  Hen:  Being  a  Guide 
to  the  Choice  of  a  Horse  for  use  more  than 
for  show.  By  Habbt  Hibotbb.  With 
2  Plates.    Fop.  8vo.  price  6s.  half-bound« 


Digitized  by 


Google 


FTTBLIBHXD  BT  L017GMAK,  BBOWN,  AKD  CO. 


Hassall. -Adulterations  Detected;    or, 

Plain  InstructioDs  for  the  Discorery  of 
Fraudfl  in  Food  and  Medicine.  ByAsTHTiB 
Hill  Hassall,  M.D.  Lond.,  Analyst  of  The 
Lancet  Sanitary  Commission ;  and  Author  of 
the  Reports  of  that  Commission  published 
under  the  title  of  Food  and  its  AduUerationt 
(which  may  also  be  had,  in  8vo.  price  288.) 
With  226  Illustrations,  engraved  on  Wood. 
Crown  Svo.  17b.  6d, 

Hassall.— A  History  of  the  British  Fresh 

Water  Algee :  Including  Descriptions  of  the 
Desmideffi  and  Diatomacess.  With  upwards 
of  One  Hundred  Plates  of  Figures,  Illus- 
trating the  various  Species.  By  Abthxjs 
Hill  Hassall,  M.D.,  Author  of  Micro- 
teopie  Anatomy  of  the  Human  Body,  Ac.  2 
vob.  Svo.  with  103  PUtes,  priee  £1. 15s. 

CoL  Hawker's  Instmctions  to  Toong 

Sportsmen  in  all  that  relates  to  Guns  and 
Shooting.  lOth  Edition,  revised  by  the 
Author's  Son,  Major  P.  W.  L.  Hawxxb  ; 
with  a  Portrait  of  the  Author,  and  nu- 
merous Plates  and  Woodcuts.    Svo.  218. 

Haydn's  Book  of  Dignities :  Containing 

Soils  of  the  Official  Personages  of  the  British 
Empire,  Civil,  Ecolesiastioal,  Judicial,  Mili- 
tary, Naval,  and  Municipal,  from  the  Earliest 
Periods  to  the  Present  Time.  Together 
with  the  Sovereigns  of  Europe,  from  the 
Foundation  of  their  respective  States ;  the 
Peerage  and  Nobility  of  Great  Britain  $  &o. 
Being  a  New  Edition,  improved  and  conti- 
nued, of  Beatson's  Political  Index.  Svo. 
price  26s.  half-bound. 

Hayward.  —  Biographical  and  Critical 

Essays,  reprinted  from  Beviews,  with  Ad- 
ditions and  Corrections.  By  A.  Haywasd, 
Esq.,  Q.C.    2  vols.  Svo.  price  24s. 

The  Heirs  of  Cheveleigh:  A  Novel.  By 
Gebtaiss  Abbott.  3  vols,  post  Svo. 
price  81s.  6d. 

Sir  John  HerscheL-Ontlines  of  Astro- 
nomy. By  Sib  Johv  F.  W.  Hsbsohxl, 
Bart.,  K.H.,  M.A.  Fifth  Edition,  revised 
and  corrected  to  the  existing  state  of  Astro- 
nomical Knowledge ;  with  Plates  and  Wood- 
cuts.   Svo.  price  18s. 

Sir  John  Hertehel's  Essays  firom  the  Edin- 
bnrgh  and  Quarterly  Reviews,  with  Ad- 
dresses and  other  Pieces.    Svo.  price  18s. 

Hinchliff.— Summer  Months  among  the 

Alps :  With  the  Ascent  of  Monte  Bosa. 
By  Thomas  W.  Hinchmpp,  of  Lincoln's 
Inn,  Barrister-at-Law.  With  4  tinted 
Views  and  8  Maps.    Post  8vo.  price  10s.  6d. 


Hints  on  Etiquette  and  the  Usages  of 

Society:  With  a  Gknce  at  Bad  Habits. 
New  Edition,  revised  (with  Additions)  by  a 
Lady  of  Bank.  Ecp.Svo.  price  Half-a-Crown. 

Holland.  — Medical  Notes  and  Reflec- 
tions. By  Sib  Henbt  Holland.  Bart., 
M.D.,  F.R.S.,  Ac.,  Physician  in  Ordinaiy 
to  the  Queen  and  Prince- Consort.  Third 
Edition,  revised  throughout  and  corrected  ; 
with  some  Additions.    Svo.  18s. 


Hdllaiid.-Ohapters  on  Kental  Physiology.  By 
Sib  Hxkbt  Hollaitd,  Bart.,  E.B.S.,  &c. 
Founded  chiefly  on  Chapters  contained  in 
Medical  Notes  and  Reflections  by  the  same 
Author.    Second  Edition,    Post  Svo.  8s.  6d. 

Hooker.— Kew  Gardens ;  or,  a  Popular 

Guide  to  the  Boyal  Botanic  Gardens  of 
Kew.  By  Sib  William  Jacxbov  Hookbb, 
K.H.,  &c.,  Director.    16mo.  price  Sixpence. 

Hooker's  HueiiBi  of  Soonomio  Botany;  or,  a 

Popular  Guide  to  the  Useful  and  Bemark- 
able  Vegetable  Products  of  the  Museum 
in  the  Boyal  Gardens  of*Kew.    16mo.  Is. 

Hooker  and  Arnott— The  British  Flora ; 

comprising  the  Phienogamous  or  Flowering 
Plants,  and  the  Ferns.  Seventh  Edition, 
with  Additions  and  Corrections ;  and  nn« 
merous  Figures  illustrative  of  the  Umbelli- 
ferous Plimts,  the  Composite  Plants,  the 
Grasses,  and  tho  Ferns.  By  Sib  W.  J. 
Hookbb,  F.B.A.  and  L.S.,  &c. ;  and  G.  A. 
Walkbb-Abkott,  LL.D.,  F.L.S.  12mo. 
with  12  Plates,  price  14s. ;  with  the  Plates 
coloured,  price  21s. 

Home's  Introdnction  to  the   Critical 

Study  and  Eiiowledge  of  the  Holy  Scrip- 
tures. Tenth  JEditiojt,  revised,  corrected, 
and  brought  down  to  the  present  time. 
Edited  by  the  Bev.  T.  Habtwbll  Hobnb, 
B.D.  (the  Author) ;  the  Bev.  Samuel 
Dayidbof,  D.D.  of  the  University  of  Halle, 
and  LL.D. ;  and  S.  Pbidbattz  Tbbgbllbs, 
LL.D.  With  4  Maps  and  22  Vignettes  and 
Facsimiles.    4  vols.  Svo.  £3. 18a.  6d. 

%*  The  Foot  Yolames  may  also  be  had  uparaielp  lu 
f611ow8  :— 

Vol.  I.— a  Summary  of  the  Erldence  for  the  Qenuinenef  a. 
Authenticity,  Uncorrupted  Preservation,  and  Inspiration  of 
the  Holy  Scriptures.  By  the  Rer.  T.  H.  Homo,  B.D. .  Svo.  lAs. 

Vol.  it.— The  Text  ofthe  Old  TeUamerU  considered :  Wit h 
a  Treatise  on  Sacred  Interpretation :  and  a  brief  Introduc- 
tion to  the  Old  TeUanent  Books  and  the  Avoerypha.  By  S. 
Davidson,  D.D.  (UaUe)  and  LL.D Svo.  SSs. 

Vol.  III.— a  Summary  of  Biblical  Geography  and  Anli- 
<iuities.    By  the  Rev.  T.  H.  Home,  B.D Svo.  ISe. 

Vol.  IY .— An  Introduction  to  the  Textual  CrlticiBm  of  tlie 
Kmt  TettameHL  Br  the  Rev..  T.  H.  Home.  B.D.  Tl»e 
Critical  Part  re-written,  and  the  remainder  revised  and 

edited  by  ».  P.  Trcgelles,  LL.D Svo.  18« . 

B  5 


Digitized  by 


Google 


10 


NEW  WOBKS  m>  NSW  EDITIONS 


Home.  —  A  Compendious  Introduction 

to  the  Study  of  the  Bible.  By  the  Bey. 
T.  Habtwbll  Hobnx,  B.D.  New  Edition, 
with  Maps  and  niustrations.    12ino.  9s. 

Hoskyns.— Talpa;  or,  the  Chronicles  of 

a  Clay  TVirm  :  An  Agricultural  Fragment. 
By  Chandos  Wrkn  Hoskyns,  Esq.  Fourth 
Edition.  With  24  Woodcuts  from  the 
original  Designs  by  GEORGE  CRFiKSHiifK. 
16mo.  price  5s.  6d. 

How  to  Norse  Sick  Children :  Intended 

espeeiallT  as  a  Help  to  the  Nurses  in  the 
Hospital  for  Sick  Children  ;  but  containing 
Directions  of  serrioe  to  aU  who  have  the 
charge  of  the  Young.    Fop.  8to.  Is.  6d. 

Howitt  (A.  M.)— An  Art-Student  in 
Munich.  By  AxvA  ICabt  Howitt.  2 
vols,  poet  8to.  price  14s. 

Howitt— The  Children's  Tear.  By  Mai7 

Howitt.  With  Four  Illustrations,  from 
Designs  by  A.  H.  Howirx.  Sqoaxv  I61110.  &s . 

Howitt— Tallangetta,   the    Squatter's 

Home:  A  Story  of  Australian  life.  By 
AViLLiAM  Howitt,  Author  of  ISeo  Tears  in 
Victoria f  &c.     2  vols,  post  8vo.  price  18s. 

Howitt.— Land,    Labour,   and   Gold; 

or,  Two  Years  in  Victoria :  With  Visit  to 
Sydney  and  Van  Diemen's  Land.  By 
William  Howitt.  Second  Edition,  con- 
taining the  most  recent  Information  re- 
garding the  Colony.  2  toIs.  crown  8to. 
price  IDs. 

Howitt.--Vi8its  to  Remarkable  Places : 

Old  Halls,  Battle-Fields,  and  Scenes  illustra- 
tire  of  Striking  Passages  in  English  Histoid 
and  Poetnr.  By  William  Howitt.  With 
about  80  Wood  Engrarings.  New  Edition, 
2  Tols.  square  crown  8to.  price  25s. 

Wniiam  Howitt*!  Boy*!  OoimtxyBook:  Bdng 
the  Keal  Life  of  a  Countnr  Boy,  written 
by  hiniself ;  exhibiting  all  the  Axnusementa, 
Pleasures,  and  Pursuits  of  Children  in  the 
Country.  New  Edition ;  with  40  Wood- 
cuts.   Fcp.  8vo.  price  6s. 

Howitt.— The  Bvral  lift  of  Ttngland.  Bj 
William  Howitt.  New  Edition,  cor- 
rected and  revised;  with  Woodcuts  by 
Bewick  and  WilUama.    Medium  8to.  21s. 

Hnc- Christianity  in  China,  Tartary, 

and  Thibet.  By  M.  1' Abb^  Hue,  formerly 
Missionary  Apostolic  in  China  j  Author  of 
The  Chinese  Empire^  Ac.  Vols.  I.  and  II. 
8to.  21s.  ;  and  Vol.  HI.  price  lOs.  6d. 


Hac— The  Chinese  Empire:  A  Seqnd 

to  Hue  and  Gabet's  Journey  through  Tartary 
and  TlUhet.  By  the  Abb^  Hrc,  formerly 
Kissionary  Apostolic  in  China.  Second 
EdUioH  ;  with  Map.    2  toIs.  8to.  24s. 

Hndson's  Plain  Directions  for  Making 

Wills  in  oonformity  with  the  Law :  With  a 
clear  Exposition  of  the  Iaw  relating  to  the 
distribution  of  Personal  Estate  in  the  oa^e 
of  Intestacy,  two  Forms  of  Wills»  and  much 
useful  information.  New  and  enlaiged  Edi- 
tion ;  including  the  Proyisions  of  the  Wills 
Act  Amendment  Act.    Ecp.  8ro.  2s.  6d. 

Hudson's  Executor's  Guide.    New  and 

enlarged  Edition,  rerised  by  the  Author 
with  reference  to  the  latest  reported  Gases 
and  Acts  <f  parliament.    Fep.  8to.  Go. 

Hudson  and  Kennedy.— Where  Ikere  's 

a  Will  there's  a  Way :  An  Ascent  of  Mont 
Blanc  by  a  New  Boute  and  Without  Ghiides. 
By  the  Ber.  0.  HunBoa;  M. A.,  and  K.  S. 
EJonnEDT,  B  JL  Second  Edition,  with  Plate 
and  Map.    Post  8to.  Ss.  6d. 

Humboldt's  Cosmos.   Translated,  with 

the  AuthoT^B  authority,  by  Mb&  Sabitk. 
Vols.  I.  and  II.  16mo.  Half-a-Crown  each, 
sewed ;  8s.  6d.  each,  cloth :  or  in  post  Stj. 
12s.  each,  oloth.  Vol.  IIL  p!oat  8to. 
12s.  6d.  oloth :  or  in  16mo.  Past  L  2s.  6d. 
sewed,  Ss.  6d.  cloth ;  and  Past  II.  8a.  sewed, 
48.  doth.  Vol.  IV.  Past  I.  post  8n>.  15s. 
cloths  and  16mo.  price  7s.  6d.  oloth,  or 
7s.  sewed. 

Hnmboldt'i  Aapeota  of  Natnie.  Tranalated, 
with  the  Author^s  authority,  by  MsB.8ABiirx. 
16mo.  priee  6s. :  or  in  2  toIs.  Sa.  6d.  each, 
cloth  J  2s.  6d.  each,  sewed. 

Humphreys.  —  Parables  of  Our  Lord, 

illuminated  and  ornamented  in  the  style  of 
the  Missals  of  the  Benaissance  by  Hkxbt 
Noel  Hiticfhbeys.  Square  fcp.  8ro.  21s. 
in  massire  carred  ooTers ;  or  30s.  bound  in 
morocco  by  Hayday. 

Hunt  —  Researches  on   Light  in  its 

Chemical  Eolations ;  embracing  a  Con- 
sideration of  all  the  Photographic  Processes. 
B^  BoBKBT  HrKT,  F.R.S.  Second  Edition, 
with  Plate  and  Woodcuts.    Stoi  lOs.  6d. 

Hutchinson.— Impressions  of  Western 

Africa  :  With  a  Bemrt  on  the  Peculiarities 
of  Trade  up  the  Eivers  in  the  Bight  of 
Biafra.  By  T.  J.  HuTCHiifflON,  Esq., 
British  Consul  for  the  Bight  of  Biafra  and 
the  Island  of  Fernando  Po.  Post  8to. 
price  8s.  6d. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


piTBLiamu)  BT  LONaJkLW,  BBOWN,  akp  CO. 


11 


Idle.— Hints  on  Shooting,  Fishing,  Ac, 

both  on  Sea  and  Land,  and  in  tlie  Fresh- 
Water  Lochs  of  Scotland :  Being  the  Expe- 
riences of  0.  Idlb,  Esq.    Fop.  8to.  60. 

Mrs.  Jameson's  Legends  of  the  Saints 

and  Martyrs,  as  represented  in  Christian  Art : 
Forming  the  First  Sbbiss  of  Saered  and 
Legendary  Art,  Third  Edition,  rovised  and 
improyed;  with  17  Etchings  and  upwards 
of  180  Woodcuts,  many  of  which  are  new 
in  this  Edition.  2  vols,  square  crown  8ro. 
price  31s.  6d. 

Xrs.  JamMon'f  Legends  of  the  Mmuuitie 
Orders,  as  represented  in  Christian  Art. 
Forming  the  Sbcond  Sebtes  of  Saered  and 
Legendary  Art*  Second  Edition,  enlarged ; 
with  11  Etchings  by  the  Author,  and  88 
Woodcuts.    Square  crown  8to.  price  28b. 

Kri.  Jameson'i  Legends  of  tbe  Madonna, 
as  represented  in  Christian  Art :  Forming 
the  Thibd  Sebies  of  Sacred  and  Legendary 
Art,  Second  Edition,  corrected  and  en- 
larged ;  with  27  Etchings  and  165  Wood 
Engravings.    Square  crown  8yo.  price  28s. 

Mrs.  Jameson's  Commonplace-Book  of 

Thoughts,  Memories,  and  Fancies,  Original 
and  Selected.  Fabt  1.  Ethics  and  Character ; 
Pabt  II.  Literature  and  Art.  Second  Edit, 
revised  and  corrected;  with  Etchings  and 
Woodcuts.    Oown  8vo.  18s. 

Mrs.  Jameson's  Two  Lectures  on  the  Eaiploy- 

ment  of  Women :  — 

1.  S18TBB8  of  Chasity,  Catholic  and  Protestant, 
Abroad  and  at  Home.  Second  Editiont  with  new 
Prefitoe.    Fcp.  8vo.  4a. 

&.  TA«CoiannrioFqf  Labovb:  A  Second  Lecture  on 
the  Social  Employment  of  Women.    Fcp.  8to.  8a. 

Jaqnemet's  Gompendiom  of  Chronology: 

Containing  the  most  important  Bates  of 
Qeneral  History,  Political,  Ecclesiaatical, 
and  Literary,  from  the  (Creation  of  the 
World  to  the  end  of  the  Year  1864.  Edited 
by  the  Bey.  J.  AxcOBir,  M.A.  Second 
Edition,    Post  8to.  price  7s.  6d. 

Jaqnemet's    Chronology   for  Schools: 

Containing  the  most  important  Dates  of 
G-eneral  History,  Political,  Ecdesisastical, 
and  Literary,  from  the  Creation  of  the 
World  to  the  end  of  the  year  1857.  Edited 
by  the  "Rev.  Jonir  Alcobn,  M.A.  Fcp.  8ro. 
price  8s.  6d. 

Lord  Jeffrey's    Contributions  to  The 

Edinburgh  Beview.  A  New  Edition,  com- 
plete in  One  Volume,  with  a  Portrait  en- 
graTed  by  Henry  Bobinson,  and  a  Yignette. 
Square  crown  8^0. 21s.  cloth ;  or  80s.  calf. — 
Or  in  8  toIs.  Syo.  price  42b. 


Bishop  Jeremy  Taylor's  Entire  Works : 

With  Life  by  Bishop  Hxbes.  Bevised  and 
corrected  by  the  Bev.  ChaelesPigsEdsk, 
Fellow  of  Oriel  College,  Oxford.  Now 
complete  in  10  vols.  8to.  lOs.  6d.  each. 

Johnston.— A  Dictionary  of  Geography, 

Bescriptiye,  Physical,  Statistical,  and  Histori- 
cal: Forming  a  complete  General  Gazetteer 
of  the  Wor&.  By  A.  Keith  Johnston, 
F.B.S.B.,  F.B.G.S.,  F.G.S.,  (Geographer  at 
Edinburgh  in  Ordinary  to  Her  Majesty. 
Second  Edition,  thoroughly  revised.  In  1 
vol.  of  1,860  pages,  comprising  about  60,000 
Names  of  Places.  8to.  368.  cloth;  or  half- 
bound  in  russia^  41s. 

Eemble.— The  Saxons  in  England:  A 

History  of  the  English  Commonwealth  till 
the  Norman  Conquest.  By  Johk  M.  Kbm- 
BLB,  M.A.,  &o.    2  Tols.  8to.  28s. 

Eesteven.— A  Manual  of  the  Domestic 

Practice  of  Medicine.  By  W.  B .  Ksstetsk, 
Fellow  of  the  Boyal  College  of  Surgeons  of 
England,  &c.    Square  post  8yo.  7s.  6d. 

Ehhj  and  Spence's  Introduction  to 

Entomoloey ;  or,  Elements  of  the  Natural 
History  of  Insects :  Comprising  an  Aocoimt 
of  Noxious  and  Useful  Insects,  of  their  Meta- 
morphoses, Food,  Stratagems,  Habitations, 
Societies,  Motions,  Noises,  Hybernation, 
Instinct,  &c.  Seventh  Edition,  with  an  Ap- 
pendix relative  to  the  Origin  and  Progress 
of  the  work.    Crown  Sro,  ds. 

Mrs.  B.  Lee's  Elements  of  Natural  His- 
tory ;  or.  First  Principles  of  Zoology  :  Com- 
prising the  Principles  of  Classification,  inter- 
spersed with  amusing  and  instructive  Ac- 
counts of  the  most  remarkable  Animals. 
New  Edition  J  Woodcuts.    Fcp.  8to.  7s.  6d. 

The  Letters  of  a  Betrothed.    Fcp.  8vo. 

price  5s.  cloth. 

Letters  to  my  Unknown  Friends.   By 

a  Ladt,  Author  of  Leliere  on  Happine4S. 
Fourth  Edition.     Fcp.  8vo.  &9. 

Letters  on  Happiness,  addressed  to  a  Fridnd. 
By  a  Lady,  Author  of  Letters  to  my  Unknown 
Friends,    Fcp.  8vo.  6s. 

L.E.L.— The  Poetical  Works  of  Letitia 

Elizabeth  Landon ;  comprising  the  Impro* 
vieatrice,  the  Venetian  Bracelet,  the  Oolden 
Fiotet,  the  Dvukadour^  and  Poetical  Bemains. 
New  Edition ;  with  2  Yignettes  by  B.  Doyle. 
2  Tols.  16mo.  lOs.  cloth  ;  morocco,  2l8. 

b6 


Digitized  by 


Google 


*m  ^m  Till  I! 


rsMi  HI  SET   '  B^  ^ 

a.    K-»    •- .  1.   -ffr  -«^  ^  U_  i.'Xitm  il  *ain: 

■M-..r  :  -m.  k   U.  3L   Ti  ■!■■■  «  &«tt 


It  H  nnurur-xTB  i  ir.  si  JL.~i*5T'rc  m  cr.ijta. 
•:«  Ti-niTiTWi    '.^ly  I'm  ir  •a^rSKmur  irrn. 

rr.    izirz    ltidjef%  LrtrMarrafs  is  LovfioKS  BKyritfafiaaf  Apicaltare: 

Smay     5>»  i-LJiiai,  ^r-i  C^ewcriniff  szii  Ccm^raszof  tae  TbtfccT  sad  Facoer  0/  tri 

i-ru-TX*  Ai-rinimt     1  ▼■'•a  *^:l   wxi  Sa  TftoosuB^  T^ESHfav  J^T^*"^^^  Imprcx*- 

Kafis  nil  xsnmB*  "STivftnifiik  pnor  SAft.  »ggcgr.i  Miiiay r  rfLapeJedPHyiir, , 

ml  3^  sbr  CVEJcmDEs «ad  SeoBOKT  of  r£^ 


Digitized  by 


Google 


pmuBHSD  BT  LONGUAN,  BBOWK,  ajstd  CO. 


13 


London's  Encyclopedia  of  Gardening: 

Comprumgthe  Theory  and  Praotioe  of  Hor- 
ticulture^ floriculture,  Arboriculture,  and 
Landscape-  Gardening.  With  many  hundred 
Woodcuts.  New  Edition^  corrected  and 
improTcd  by  Mrs.  Lottdov.    8to.  60i. 

London's  Encyclopedia  of  Trees  and 

Shrubs,  or  Arboretum  el  Ihttieetum  BriitM" 
ntVwm  abridged:  Containing  the  Hardy  Trees 
and  Shrubs  of  Chreat  Britain,  Natiye  and 
Foreign,  Scientifically  and  Popularly  De- 
scribed.  With  about  2,000  Woodcuts, 
i     8yo.  price  60s. 

London's  Encyclopedia  of  Plants :  Com- 
prising the  Specific  Character,  Description, 
Culture,  History,  Application  in  the  Arts, 
and  every  other  desirable  Particular  respect- 
ing all  the  Plants  found  in  Great  Britain. 
Kew  Edition,  corrected  by  Mbs.  Loin>oir. 
With  upwards  of  12,000  WoodouU.  Sto. 
£3. 13s.  6d.— Second  Supplement,  21s. 

London's   Encyclopedia    of    Cottage, 

Farm,  and  Villa  Architecture  and  Furniture. 
New  Edition,  edited  by  Mbb.  Loubon  ;  with 
more  than  2,000  Woodcuts.    8to.  63s. 

London's  Hortns  Britannicns ;  or,  Cata- 
logue of  all  the  Plants  found  in  Great 
Britain.  New  Edition,  corrected  by  Mbb. 
Lousoir.    8to.  31s.  6d. 

Mrs.  London's  Lady's  Country  Compa- 
nion; or.  How  to  Enjoy  a  Country  Life 
Eationally.  Fourth  Edition,  with  Plates 
and  Woodcuts.    Pep.  8to.  5s. 

lirs.   London's    Amateur    Gardener's 

Calendar,  or  Monthly  Guide  to  what  should 
be  avoided  and  done  in  a  Garden.  New 
Edition .    Crown  8to.  with  Woodcuts,  7s.  6d. 

Low'sElements  of  Practical  Agriculture; 

comprehendinff  the  Cultiyation  of  Plants,  tiie 
Husbandry  of  the  Domestic  Animals,  and 
the  Economy  of  the  Farm.  New  Edition  i 
with  200  Woodcuts.    8to.  21s. 

Macanlay.— Speeches  of  the  Right  Hon. 

Lord  Macaulay.  Corrected  by  HiMsixv. 
8vo.  price  12s. — Lord  Maoaulay*s  Speeches 
on  Parliamentary  Beform,  16mo.  price  Is. 

Macaulay.  —  The  History  of  England 

from  the  Accession  of  James  II.  By 
the  Eight  Hon.  Lobd  Macaulay.  New 
Edition.  Yol8.  I.  and  II.  8to.  price  32s. ; 
Vols.  III.  and  IT.  price  36s. 


Lord  Macaulay's  History  of  England 

from  the  Accession  of  James  II.  New 
Edition  of  the  first  Four  Volumes  of  the 
8to.  Edition,  revised  and  corrected.  7  toLb. 
post  8yo.  price  6s.  each. 

Lord  Macaulay's  Critical  and  Historical 

Essays  oontributed  to  The  Edinburgh 
Beriew.    Four  Editions,  as  follows : — 

1.  A  LiBRjiBT  EsxTXOir  (the  Ninth\  In  3  vols.  8to  . 

price  868. 

2.  Complete  In  Om  YoLum,  with  Portrait  and  Vig- 

nette.   Square  crown  8to.  price  21e.  doth;  or 
SOi.ealf.  • 

S.  Another  Nsw  Edxtiov,  In  S  toIs.  fcp.  8to.  price 
«1».  cloth. 

4.  The  Pzonz's  EsxTXCir,  In  2  vols,  crown  8ro.  price 
8i.  doth. 

Macaulay.— Lays  of  Ancient  Rome,  with 

Iwy  and  the  Armada,  By  the  Bight 
Hon.  LoBD  Maoaulat.  New  Edition. 
16mo.  price  4a.  6d.  doth;  or  lOs.  Sd. 
bound  in  morocco. 

Lord  Macaulay's  Lays  of  Ancient  Rome. 

With  numerous  Illustrations,  Orinnal  and 
from  the  Antique,  drawn  on  Wood  by 
Geoi]ge  Scbarf,  jun.,  and  engraTcd  by  Samuel 
Williams.  Kew  Edition.  Fcp.  4to.  price 
21s.  boards  ;  or  428.  bound  in  morooco. 

Mac    Donald.  —  Poems.     By  Georg^e 

Kao  DoNAiiP,  Author  of  Within  and  With' 
out,    Fcp.  8vo.  7s. 

MacDonald.— Within  and  Without;  A 

Dramatic  Poem.  By  Gsobge  Mao  Dohald. 
Second  Edition^  revised.    Fcp.  8ro.  46.  6d. 

MacDougall.— The  Theoiy  of  War  illus- 
trated by  numerous  Examples  from  His- 
tory. By  Lieutenant  -  Colonel  M  aoDougalij, 
Commandant  of  the  Staff  College.  Second 
Edition,  revised.  Post  8to.  with  10  Plans 
of  Battles,  price  lOs.  6d. 

XseDongalL -The  Gampfldgnf  of  HaimibAl, 
arranged  and  critically  considered,  ex- 
pressly for  the  use  of  Students  of  Military 
History.  By  Lieut.-Col.  P.  I/.MacDouoali., 
Commandant  of  the  Staff  College.  Post 
Svo.  with  Map,  Ts.  6d. 

M'DougaU.— The  Eventfhl  Voyage  of 

H.M,  Discovery  Ship  Resolute  to  the  Arctic 
Reffione  in  Search  of  Sir  John  Franklin  and 
the  ^fitting  Crews  of  ff.3f.  Ifiscovery  Ships 
Erebus  and  Terror,  1852, 1858,  1854.  By 
George  F.  M*Douoall,  Master.  With  a 
coloured  Chart ;  8  Illustrations  in  tinted 
Lithography ;  and  22  Woodcuts.  Svo.  price 
21s.  cloth. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


14 


NSW  WOBX8  Aan>  VSW  SDITIQH8 


Sir  James  Mackintosh's  MisceUaneMUi 

Works :  Including  his  Contributions  to  The 
Edinbitfgh  Beview.  Complete  in  One 
Volume ;  with  Portnit  and  Yisnette. 
Square  crown  Svo.  21s.  cloth ;  or  SOs.  hound 
in  calf:  or  in  3  vols.  fcp.  8to.  21s. 

Sir  JaaM  Kaoldntoih'B  Kstory  of  Engliad 
from  the  Earliest  Times  to  the  final  Esta- 
blishment of  the  Beformation.  Library  Edi- 
tion, revised.    2  vols.  8to.  2l8. 

Hacleod.  — The  Elements  of  Political 

Economy.  By  Henbt  Dunotk g  Maclbod, 
Barrister-at-Law.    8to.  168. 

Xadeod.— The  Theory  and  Praetioo  of  Bank- 
ing: With  the  Elementary  Principles'  of 
Currency,  Prices,  Credit,  and  Xxdianges. 
By  HxvBY  Dumrnra  Haglbod,  Barriater- 
at-Law.    2  Tols.  royal  8to.  price  80s. 

M'Cnlloch's  Dictionaiy,  Practical,  Theo- 
retical, and  Historical,  of  Commerce  and 
Commercdal  Nsrigation.  niustrated  with 
Maps  and  Plans.  New  Edition,  thoroughly 
revised  and  corrected ;  with  a  Supplement. 
8vo.  price  60s.  cloth ;  half-ruseiak  65e. 

Mcculloch's  Dictionary,   Geographical, 

Statistical,  and  Historical,  of  the  varioua 
Countries,  Phices,  and  principal  Natural 
ObjVcts  in  the  World.  Illustrated  with  Six 
large  Maps.  New  Edition,  revised;  with  a 
Supplement.    2  vols.  Svo.  price  68s. 

Magaire.~Rome;  its  Btiler  and  its  In- 
stitutions. By  John  Fbancis  Magctibs, 
M.P.  With  a  Portrait  of  Pope  Pius  IX. 
Post  Sro.  price  10s.  6d. 

Mrs.  Marcet's  Conversations  on  Natural 

Philosophy,  in  which  the  Elements  of  that 
Science  are  £iuniliarly  explained.  Thirteenth 
Edition,  enlarged  and  corrected  j  with  84 
Plates.    Fcp.  Svo.  price  lOs.  6d. 

Kn.  Xaroet's  Ooniraiiatloiu  on  Ghomiitry, 
in  which  the  Elements  of  that  Boience 
are  femiharly  explained  and  illustrated  by 
Experiments.  New  Edition,  enlarged  and 
improved.    2  vols.  fcp.  Svo.  price  14e. 

MarUnean.  — Studies  of  Christianity: 

A  Series  of  Original  Papers,  now  first  col- 
lected or  new.  By  Jamss  Mabtiveau. 
Ci'own  Svo.  78.  6dL 

XartinoaB.  —  Endoavoun  after  the  Chxistian 
Life :  Discourses.  By  Jakss  Mabtxhbatt. 
2  vols,  post  Svo.  7s.  6d.each. 


Martiaeao.— Hymiui  for  the  Christian 

Church  and  Home.  Collected  and  edited  by 
Jambs MABTiKEAir.  Eleventh EdUiou,\lmo. 
3b.  64,  cloth,  or  5e.  calf;  Fifth  Edition^  32mo. 
Is.  4A.  doth,  or  Is.  Sd.  roan. 

Maztineau.— ICueeUaoies :  Oompiiaiig  Emyi 
on  Dr.  Priestley,  Arnold's  Life  and  Corre- 
nattdeuce.  Church  and  State,  Theodore 
Parker's  Diseoune  of  Beliffion^  "Phases  of 
Faith,"  the  Church  of  England,  and  the 
Battle  of  the  Churches.    By  Jaxss  Mab- 

TIHBATT.     Post  SVO.  9s. 

Maunder's  Scientiflc  and  Literary  Trea-  * 

BUiy :  A  new  and  popular  Encydopsedia  of 
Science  and  the  Belles-Ijettres  j  including 
all  branches  of  Sdenoe,  and  every  subject 
connected  with  Literature  and  Ait.  New 
Edition.  Ecp.  Sro.  price  lOs.  doth  j  bound 
in  roan,  12s.  i  calf,  12s.  6d. 

Maunder's  Biographical  Treasury;  con- 
sisting of  Memoirs,  Sketches,  and  brief 
Notices  of  above  12,000  Eminent  Persons  of 
AU  Ages  and  Katioiis,  from  the  Eviiest 
Period  of  History :  FonniDg  a  new  and  oam- 
plete  Dioiionaiy  of  Universal  Biography. 
Ninth  Edition,  revised  throug^ut.  Eop.6vo. 
lOs.  doth  J  boundinroan,  12s. ;  calf,  128. 6d. 

Maunder's  Treasury  of  Knowledge,  and 

Library  of  Beferenoe.  Comprisingan Eng- 
lish Dictionary  and  Grammar,  a  UniTerBal 
Gaxetteer,  a  Classical  Dictionary,  a  Chrono* 
logy,  a  Law  Dictionary,  a  Synopsis  of  the 
Peerage,  numerous  useful  Tables,  &c.  New 
Edition,  carefully  revised  and  corrected 
throughout:  With  Additions.  Fop.  Svo. 
10b.  cloth ;  bound  in  roan,  12s. ;  calf,  12s.  6d. 

Maunder's  Treasury  of  Natural  History; 

or,  a  Popular  Dictionaiy  of  Animated 
Nature :  In  which  the  Zoological  Character- 
istics ^at  distinguish  the  d^erent  Classes, 
Gmiera,  and  Species,  are  combined  with  a 
Tarietyjof  intereatisg  Infomation  iUuBtrative 
of  the  Habits,  Instincts,  and  General  Eco- 
nomy of  the  Animal  Klingdom.  With  900 
Woodcuts.  New  Edition.  Fcp.  Svo.  price 
10s.  cloth  I  roan,  12s. ;  calf;  12s.  6d. 


Maunder's  Historical  Treasury;  com- 

mrising  a  General  Introductory  Outline  of 
Universal  History,  Ancient  and  Modem, 
and  a  Series  of  separate  Histories  of  every 
principal  Nation  that  exists;  their  Kiee, 
Pirogress,  and  Present  Condition,  the  Moral 
and  Social  Character  of  their  respective  In- 
habitants, their  Beli^^ion,  Manners  and  Cus- 
toms, Ac.  New  Edition  ;  revised  through- 
out, with  a  new  Gehxbal  Ihdxz.  F^  8to. 
10s.  doth ;  roan,  12s. ;  calf,  12s.  6d. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


FUBLUHXD  BT  LONC^MAK,  BBOWN,  asb  CO. 


15 


Mannder'B    Geographical  TreaBuy.— 

The  Treasury  of  Geography,  Phyeioal,  Hia- 
torical,  Descriptiye,  and  Political ;  oontain- 
ing  a  succinct  Account  of  Eyeiy  Country  in 
the  World :  Preceded  by  an  Introductory 
Outline  of  the  History  of  GeograpW;  a 
Familiar  Inquiry  into  the  Varieties  of  Kace 
and  Language  exhibited  by  different  Nations; 
and  a  Tiew  of  the  BelationB  of  Geography 
»  to  Astronomy  and  Physical  Science.  Com- 
pleted by  WiLUAH  HiraHSB,  F.B.G.S.  New 
Edition  ;  with  7  Maps  and  16  Steel  Plates. 
Fcp.  8to.  lOs.  cloth  i  roan,  12s. ;  calf,  12e.6d. 

Merivale.  ~  A  History  of  the  Romans 

under  the  Empire.  By  the  Bev.  Chaxlxs 
Mbriyalk,  B.D.,  late  Fellow  of  St.  John's 
College,  Cambridge.    8to.  with  Maps. 

Vols.  I.  and  II.  comprising  the  History  to  tli«  Fall  of 
jHliui  Ccuar.    Second  Edition 28«. 

Vol.  III.  to  the  eatuhljahmimt  of  the  Monaroby  by  Jii- 
gvL»tM.    Second  Edition 14e. 

Vols.  IV.  and  V.  from  Ai»gyatiu  to  Claudku,  b.o.  27  to 
A.D.  54 SSa. 

Vol.  VI.  from  the  Reign  of  Nero,  a.b.  54,  to  the  FaU  of 
Jenualem^  ▲.n.  70 IBs. 

X6iiTal6.--TliA  Fall  of  tho  Bomaii  B«pnUio: 
A  Short  History  of  the  Last  Century  of 
the  Commonwealth.  By  the  Sev.  C.  MxBi- 
YALB,  B.D.,  late  Fellow  of  St.  John's  College, 
Cambridge.    New  Edition.    12mo.  7s.  6d. 

Merivale  (Miss).— Christian  Records:  A 

"Short  History  of  Apostolic  Age.  By  L.  A. 
Mesitale.    Fcp.  a? 0.  7s.  6d. 


"Tills interest Ini;  and  in- 
stractlTe  little  volume  is 
worthy  of  the  attention  of 
all  stadents.  It  eontaina  a 
concise  paraphrase  of  the 
Act*  of  the  ApoetUe,  ooca- 
sionallr  introducing  the 
words  of  the  narrative  itself, 
with  suggestions  for  more 
correct  translations  of  the 
original  in  certain  places, 
together  with  much  \*aluable 
inrormation  to  illustrate  the 

history We  heartily  re- 

co'mmend  tliis  work  to  those 
who  are  engaged  in  the 
ini*tniotion  of  the  young. 
Tlie  Bunday  School  Teacher 


may  

hints  from  it.  And  those 
who  are  preparing  for  any 
axominatlon  at  whldia 
knowledge  of  the  AU*  of  tke 
Apoetlee  is  required,  will 
find  it  a  valuable  summary  of 
imjDortant  matter  connected 
with  the  saaed  narrative. 
Even  the  well-instmcted 
clergyman  miy  find  bis 
memory  pleasantly  refreshed 
by  the  allusions  to  many 
facts,  and  derive  suggestions 
for  tendering  any  lectures 
upon  Uie  Aete  both  intereat* 
ing  and  useful  to  his  people." 

JOURHAL  or  BDUOAnOH. 


Miles.— The  Horse's  Foot,  and  How  to 

Keep  it  Sound.  Ei^hlh  Edition ;  irith  an 
Appendix  on  Shoeing  in  general,  and  Hunters 
in  particular,  12  Plates  and  12  Woodcuts. 
By  W.  Mn.BS,  Esq.    Imp«rial  870. 12e.  6d. 

%*  Two  Casts  or  Models  of  Off  Fore  Feet.  No.  1,  Skodjbr 
AU  PunoMee,  No.  2.  SMod  with  Leather,  on  Mr.  If  ite's  plan, 
may  be  had,  price  8s.  each. 

M2lM.— A  Plain  TreatiM  <m  Hori^-Shoeiiig. 

By  William  Miles,  Esq.  With  Phites  and 
Woodcuts.    New  Edition,    Post  8vo.  2s. 

Milner's  History  of  the  Church  of  Christ. 

With  Additions  by  the  late  Bey.  Isaac 
Milxixs,  D.D.,  F.B.S.  A  Kew  Edition, 
revised,  with  additional  Notes  by  the  Bev. 
T.  Gbantham,B.D.   4  Tols.  Bto.  price  62s. 


James  MontgomeiT'B  Poetical  Works: 

Collectire  Edition ;  with  the  Author's  Auto- 
biographical Prefaces,  complete  in  One 
Volume ;  with  Portrait  and  Yignette.  Square 
crown  Bto.  price  IDs.  6d.  doth;  morocco, 
&ls. — Or,  in  4  toIs.  fop.  Svo.  with  Portrait, 
and  7  other  Plates,  price  148. 

Moore.— The  Power  of  the  Sonl  over  the 

Body,  considered  in  relation  to  Health  and 
Morals.  By  GxDSGB  MoOEX,  M.D.  lyth 
Edition.     Fop.  8to.  6b. 

Xoore.— Xan  and  his  XotlTes.  Bj  Oeorge 
MooBX,  M.D.    TMrd  Edition.  Fop.  8ro.  6s. 

Xoore.— The  T78«  of  the  Body  in  relation  to  the 
Mind.  By  GsoBes  Moobb,  MJ).  Third 
Edition.     Fcp.  8to.  6s. 

Moore.— Memoirs,  Journal,  and  Corre- 
spondence of  Thomas  Moore.  Edited  ^ 
the  Bight  Hon.  Load  John  Bussell,  M.P. 
With  Portraits  and  Yignette  Illustrations. 
8  Tola,  post  870.  price  IDs.  6d.  each. 

Thomas  Moore's  Poetical  Works :  Com- 
prising the  Auttrar's  recent  Introdnetioiie 
and  Notes.  The  Trapella'i  Edition^  com* 
plete  in  One  Volume,  printed  in  Buby  Type ; 
with  a  Portrait.  Crown  Sto.  12e.  6d.  cloth ; 
morocco  by  Hayday,  21s. — ^Also  the  Library 
Edition  complete  in  1  vol.  medium  8to.  with 
Portrait  and  Yignette,  21s.  doth ;  morocco 
by  Hayday,  42s.— And  the  Rrat  collected 
Edition^  in  10  vols.  fcp.  8rO.  with  Portrait 
and  19  Plates,  price  dos. 

Moore.  —  Poetry    and   Hctnres  from 

Thomas  Moore:  Selections  of  the  most 
popular  and  admired  of  Moore's  Poems, 
copiously  illustrated  with  highly-finiahed 
Wood  Engrayings  from  originid  Designs  by 
eminent  Artists.  Fcp.  4to.  price  21s.  cloth, 
gilt  edges ;  or  42s.  morocco  elegant  or 
antique  by  Hayday. 

Moore's  Epicurean.   New  Edition,  with 

the  Notes  from  the  colleetiye  edition  of 
ifoore^t  Poetical  Works  j  and  a  Yignette  en- 
graved on  Wood  from  an  original  Design  by 
D.  Maolisb,  B.A.  IGmo.  6s.  cloth;  or 
128.  6d.  morocco  by  Hayday. 

Moore's  Songs,   Ballads,  and   Sacred 

Songs.  New  Edition,  printed  in  Buby 
Type;  with  the  Notes  from  the  collective 
edition  of  Moore'i  Poetical  Worhi^  and  a 
Yignette  from  a  Design  b^r  T.  Creswick,  B.A. 
32mo.  2s.  6d. — An  Edition  in  16mo.  with 
Yignette  by  B.  Doyle,  price  6s. ;  or  12s.  6d. 
morocco  by  Hayday. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


16 


NEW  WOBES  Aim  WW  SDITIOKS 


Moore's  Sacred  Songs,  the  Symphonies 

and  Accompaniments,  arranged  for  One  or 
more  Voices,  printed  with  the  Words.  Imp. 
8ro,  [Nearly  ready. 

Hoore's   Lalla    Bookh:    An  Oriental 

Romance.  With  18  highly-finished  Steel 
Plates  from  Original  Designs  bj  Corhould, 
Meadows,  and  Stephanoff,  engrayed  under 
the  superintendence  of  the  late  Chariea 
Heath.  New  Edition.  Square  crown  8to. 
price  16s.  doth  j  morocco,  28s. 

Moore's  laUa  Sookh.    V«w  Edition,  priatM 

in  Bubj  Type;  with  the  Preface  and 
Notes  from  the  collectire  edition  of  MooreU 
Poetical  Worki^  and  a  Frontispiece  from  a 
Design  \rj  Kennj  Meadows.  32mo.  2s.  6d. 
— ^An  Ecution  in  16mo.  with  Tignette,  5s. ; 
or  12s.  6d.  morocco  by  Hayday. 

Moore's  Lalla  Bookh.   A  New  Edition, 

with  numerous  Illustrations  from  original 
Designs  br  John  Tsnitikl,  engraved  on 
Wood  by  the  Brothers  Dalziil.    Pep.  4to. 
[In  preparation, 

Moore's  Irish  Melodies.  A  New  Edi- 
tion, illustrated  with  18  highly-finished 
Steel  Plates,  from  Original  Designs  by 
eminent  Artists.  Square  crown  8to.  price 
21s.  cloth  $  or  Sis.  6d.  handsomely  bound 
in  morocco. 

Xoor^a  Iriali  MtlodiM,  printed  in  Bubyiype; 

with  the  Prefiice  and  Ndtes  from  the  col- 
lectire  edition  of  Uoor^e  Poetical  Works,  the 
Advertisements  originally  prefixed,  and  a 
Portrait  of  the  Author.  82mo.  2s.  6d. — 
An  Edition  in  16mo.  with  Yignette,  6s. ; 
or  12b.  6d.  morocco  by  Hayday. 

Xoora'a  Iriih  XdodiM.  lUiutrated  by  B. 
Maclise,  B.A.  New  Edition;  with  161 
Designs,  and  the  whole  of  the  Letterpress 
engraved  on  Steel,  by  F.  P.  Becker.  Super- 
royal  8vo.  81s.  6d.  boards  ;  £2. 12s.  6d. 
morocco  by  Hayday. 

Moore's  Irish  Melodies,  the  Music  with 

the  Words;  the  Svmphonies  and  Accom- 
paniments by  Sir  John  Stevenson,  Mus.  Doc. 
Complete  in  One  Yolume,  small  music  size, 
convenient  and  legible  at  the  Pianoforte,  but 
more  portable  than  the  usual  form  of  mu- 
sical publications.  Imperial  8vo.  81s.  6d. 
cloth ;  or  42s.  half-bound  in  morocco. 

The  Harmonised  Airs   firom  Moore's 

Iiish  Melodies,  as  originally  arranged  for 
T^o,  Three,  or  Four  Voices,  print^  with 
the  W^rds.  Imperial  8vo.  ISs.  cloth  ;  or 
25s.  half-bound  in  morocco. 


Moore's  National  Melodies,  with  Mnsic. 

National  Airs  and  other  Songs,  now  first 
collected.  By  Thomas  Moore.  The  Music, 
for  Voice  and  Pianoforte,  printed  with  the 
Words.  Imperial  8to.  Sls.  6d.  doth;  or 
42s.  half-bound  in  morocco. 


Moren.—Elements  of  Psychology :  Part 

I.,  containing  the  Analysis  of  the  Intelleetaal 
Powers.  By  J.  D.  Mosxll,  M.A.,  One  of 
Her  Majesty's  Inspectors  of  Schools.  Post 
Svo.  7s.  6d. 

Morning  Clouds.   Second  and  cheaper 

Edition,  revised  t-hroughont-,  and  printed  in 
a  more  convenient  form.  Pep.  8vo.  price 
68.  cloth. 

Morton.— The  Besoorces  of  Estates :  A 

Treatise  on  the  Agricultural  Improvement 
and  Gkneral  Mansgement  of  Landed 
Property.  By  John  Ix>ckhabt  Mobtos, 
Civu  and  A^icultnral  Engineer;  Author 
of  Thirteen  Highland  and  Agricultural 
Sooietv  Prize  Essays.  With  25  Illustrations 
in  Lithography.    BoyaiSvo.  dls.  6d. 

Moseley.— The  Mechanical  Principles  of 

Engineering  and  Architecture.  By  H. 
MoesuBT,  M.A.,  F.B.S.,  Canon  of  Bristol, 
&o.  Second  Edition,  imlaiged;  with  nu- 
merous Corrections  and  Woodcuts.  Svo.  24s. 

Memoirs  and  Letters  of  the  late  Colonel 

Abhine  Mou27TAnr,  Aide-de-Canop  to  the 
Qneen,  and  Adjutant-Qeneral  of  Her  Ma- 
jesty's Forces  in  India.  Edited  bv  Mrs. 
MoVKTAnr.  Second  Edition,  revised  ;  with 
Portrait.    Fcp.  Svo.  price  6s. 

Mure.— A  Critical  History  of  the  Lan- 

Saage  and  Literature  of  Ancient  Greece. 
y  WiLLiAH  Musi,  M.P.  of  CaldweU. 
Second  Edition.  Tols.  I.  to  III.  Svo.  price 
S6s.  5  Vol.  IV.  price  16s.  $  Vol.  V.  price  ISs. 

Murray's  Encyclopedia  of  Geography ; 

comprising  a  complete  Description  of  the 
Earth :  Exhibiting  its  Relation  to  the 
Heavenly  Bodies,  its  Physical  Structure,  the 
Natural  History  of  each  Country,  and  the 
Industrv,  Commerce^  Political  Institutiona, 
and  Civil  and  Social  State  of  All  Nations. 
Second  Edition ;  with  82  Maps,  and  upwards 
of  1,000  other  Woodenta.    Svo.  price  eOe. 


Murray,  —  French  Finance  and  Fi- 
nanciers under  Louis  the  Fifteenth.  By 
James  Mubbat.    Svo.  lOs.  6d. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


P17BIISHID  BT  LONQMAN,  BBOWK,  Jon>  CO. 


17 


Neale.—  The  GloBing  Scene ;  or,  Chris- 

tianity  and  Inftdelitj  contrasted  in  tiie  Last 
Hours  of  Bemarkable  FersonB.  Bj  the 
Ber.  Ebskiitb  Nsale,  M.A.  New  Editions. 
2  Tols.  fop.  8to.  price  6s.  each. 

Normanby  (Lord).— A  Year  of  Revela- 
tion. From  a  Journal  kept  in  Paris  in  the 
Year  1848.  By  the  Marquis  of  Nobmanbt, 
X:.a.    2  Tols.  8to.  24s. 

Ogilvie.  — The  Master-Builder's  Plan; 

or,  the  Principles  of  Organic  Architecture 
as  indicated  in  the  Typical  Forms  of  Animals. 
By  Oeobge  Ogiltib,  M.D.,  Lecturer  on 
Institutes  of  Medicine,  &c.,  Marischal  Col- 
lege and  University,  Aberdeen.  Post  8vo. 
with  72  Woodcuts,  price  6s.  6d. 

Oldacre.— The  Last  of  the  Old  Squires. 

A  Sketch.  By  Cepbio  Oldaobb,  Esq.,  of 
Sax-Normanbury,  sometime  of  Christ 
Church,  Oxon.    (>rown  8to.  price  9s.  6d. 

Osbom.  — Qnedah;   or,   Stray  Leaves 

from  a  Journal  in  Malayan  Waters.  By 
Captain  8keu£rd  Osbobk,  B.N.,  C.6., 
Author  of  Sfray  Leaves  from  an  Aretie  Jour' 
valf  &o.  With  a  coloured  Chart  and  tinted 
Illustrations.    Post  8to.  price  lOs.  6d. 

Osbom.— The  Discovery  of  the  North- 
west Passage  by  H.M.S.  InvesHgaior^  Cap- 
tain R.  M'Clubb,  1860-1854.  Edited  by 
Captain  Shebabd  Osbobn,  C.6.,  from  the 
Logs  and  Journals  of  Captain  B.  M'Qure. 
Second  Edition,  revised ;  ^ith  Additions  to 
the  Chapter  on  the  Hybernation  of  Animals 
in  the  Arctic  Regions,  a  Geological  Paper 
bv  Sir  BoDBBiCK  I.  MrBCHisoK,  a  Portrait 
of  Captain  M'Clure,  a  coloured  Chart  and 
tinted  Illustrations.    8to.  price  15s. 

Owen.— Lectures  on  the  Comparative 

Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the  Invertebrate 
Animals,  delivered  at  the  Boyal  College  of 
Surgeons.  By  Biohabb  Owbk,  F.R.S., 
Hunterian  Professor  to  the  College.  Second 
Edition,  with  285  Woodcuts.    8vo.  21s. 

ProfiBMor  Owen*!  Leotnret  <m  tha  ComparttlTe 

Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the  Yertebrate 
Animals,  delivered  at  the  R^al  College  of 
Surgeons  in  1844  and  1846.  With  numerous 
Woodcuts.    Vol.  I.  8vo.  price  14s, 

Memoirs  of  Admiral  Parry,  the  Arctic 

Navigator.  By  his.  Son,  the  Rev.  E.  Pabbt, 
M.A.  of  Balliol  College,  Oxford ;  Domestic 
Chaplain  to  the  Lord  Bishop  of  London. 
Fifth  Edition ;  with  a  Portrait  and  coloured 
Chart  of  the  North- West  Passage.  Fcp. 
8to.  price  68. 


Pattison,— The  Earth  and  the  Word; 

or.  Geology  for  Bible  Students.  By  S.  R. 
Pattisok,  F.Q-.S.  Fcp.  Svo.  with  coloured 
Map,  8s.  6d. 

Dr.  Pereira!s    Elements    of    Materia 

Medica  and  Therapeutics.  Third  Edition^ 
enlarged  and  improved  from  the  Author's 
Materials,  by  A.  S.  Taylob,  M.D.,  and 
G.  O.  Rebs,  M.D.  !  With  numerous  Wood- 
outs.  Vol.  I.  Svo.  28s.  j  Vol.  II.  Pabt  I. 
21s. ;  Voc  II.  Pabt  II.  26s. 

Dr.  Pereirft*!  LeoturM  on  Polariiad  light, 
together  with  a  Lecture  on  the  Microscope. 
2d  Edition,  enlarged  from  Materials  left  oy 
the  Author,  by  the  Rev.  B.  Powbll,  M.A., 
&c.    Fcp.  8to.  with  Woodcuts,  7s. 

Perry.— The  Franks,  fh)m  their  Urst 

Appearance  in  Hbtory  to  the  Death  of  King 
Pepin.  By  Walteb  C.  Pebbt,  Barrister- 
at-Law,  Doctor  in  Philosophy  and  Master 
of  Arts  in  the  University  of  Qdttingen. 
Svo.  price  128.  6d. 

Peschel's  Elements  of  Physics.  Trans- 
lated from  the  German,  with  Notes,  by 
B.  Wbst.  With  Diagrams  and  Woodcuts. 
8  vols.  fcp.  Svo.  21s. 

Phillips's  Elementary  Introdnction  to 

Mineralogy.  A  New  Edition,  with  extensive 
Alterations  and  Additions,  by  H.  J.  Bbookb, 
F.R.S.,  F.G.S. ;  and  W.  H.  Millbb,  M.A., 
F.G.S.  With  numerous  Wood  Engravings. 
Post  Svo.  ISs. 

Phillips.— A  Guide  to  Geology.  By  John 
Phillips,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  F.G.S.,  &c.  Fourth 
Edition,  corrected  to  the  Present  Time; 
with  4  Plates.    Fcp.  Svo.  5s. 

PhiUipi.— FiguM  and  Desoriptioiif  of  the 
Palieozoie  Fossils  of  Cornwall,  Devon,  and 
West  Somerset ;  observed  in  the  course 
of  the  Ordnance  Geological  Survey  of  that 
District.  By  JoHK  Phillips,  F.R.S.,  F.G.S., 
&o.    Svo.  with  60  Plates,  price  9s. 

Piesse's  Art  of  Perftimery,  and  Methods 

of  Obtaining  the  Odours  of  Plants  :  With 
Instructions  for  the  Manufacture  of  Perfumes 
for  the  Handkerchief,  Scented  Powdera, 
Odorous  Vinegars,  Dentifrices,  Pomatums, 
Cosm^tiqnes,  Perfumed  Soap,  &c. ;  and  an 
Appendix  on  the  Colours  of  Flowers,  Ar^- 
ficial  Fruit  Essences,  Ao.  Second  Edition^ 
revised  and  improved  ;  with  46  Woodcuts. 
Crown  Svo.  8s.  6d. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


18 


HEW  WOBJC8  AMD  mew  SDITIOirB 


Ctaptain  Portlock's  Report  ontbe  Gedogy 

of  tfaa  Countj  of  Londonderry,  and  of  Parte 
of  Tyrone  and  Fermanagh,  examined  and 
described  under  the  Authorifj  of  the  Master^ 
Qeaeral  and  Board  of  Ordnimoe.  8to.  with 
48Plii*eB,price2^ 

Powell.— EssajB  on  the  Spirit  of  the 

Inductive  Philoeophy,  the  Unity  of  Worlds, 
and  the  Philosophy  of  Creation.  By  the 
BeT.  Baden  PowEiA,  MX,F.B.S.,P.B.A.S., 
F.G.S.,  Savilian  Professor  of  Gkometr^  in  the 
UniTersity  of  Oxford.  Second  Edition,  re- 
Tised.   Crown  Bro.  with  Woodcuts,  12s.  6d. 

Chriitiasity  withent  Judaism :  A  Seoond  Beriee 

of  Essays  on  the  Unity  of  Worlds  and  of 
Nature.  By  the  Rev.  Baden  Powell,  M.A., 
&c.     Crown  8to.  7s.  6d. 

Pycroft.  — The  Collegian^  Ovide;  or, 

BecoUections  of  College  Days ;  Setting  forth 
tho  Adyantagcs  and  Temptations  of  a  Uni- 
ven»ity  Education.  By  the  Rer.  J.  Ptoboft, 
B.  A.     Second  Edition.    Fop.  8to.  6s. 

Pjeroft*!  Conne  of  Xngliah  Beading,  adapted 
to  erery  taste  and  capacity ;  or.  How  and 
What  to  Bead :  With  Literaiy  Anecdotes. 
New  Edition.    Fcp.  8to.  price  Ss. 

Pycroft*!  Crickwt-Fiald;  or,  the  Sdenoe  and 
History  of  the  Qame  of  Cricket.  Second 
Edition,  greatly  improred ;  with  Plates  and 
Woodcuts.    Fcp.  8to.  price  6s. 

QnatreilB^es  (A.  De).  —  Bamblee  of  a 

Naturalist  on  the  Coasts  of  France,  Spain, 
and  Sicily.  By  A.  De  Qfatrbvages, 
Member  of  the  Institute.  Translated  by 
E.  C.  Otti^.    2  Tols.  post  8yo.  150. 

BaikeB  (€.)— Notes  on  the  Revolt  in  the 

North-Westem  ProTinoes  of  India.  By 
Chables  Batkbs,  Judge  of  the  Sadder 
Court,  and  late  Ciril  Commissioner  with 
Sir  Colin  Campbell.    8to.  7s.  6d. 

Baikes  (T.)— Portion  of  the  Jonmal  kept 

by  Thohas  Baikss,  Esq.,  frqpi  1831  to  1847: 
Comprising  Beminisoences  of  Social  and 
Political  Life  in  London  and  Paris  during 
that  period.  N^w  Edition^  oompkte  in 
2  vols,  crown  8to.  with  8  Portraita,  price 
128.  doth. 

Barey.— A  Complete  Treatise  on  the 

Science  of  Handling,  Educating,  and  Taming 
all  Horses ;  with  a  full  and  detailed  Narra- 
tiTo  of  his  Experienoe  and  Praetioe.  By 
JoBK  S.  Baabt,  of  Ohio^  U^  In  1  toL 
with  numerous  Illustrationi.  \Jm§t  nadjf* 


Bea^  — The  Poetical  Worica  of  John 

Bdmund  Beade.  New  Edition,  reriaed  and 
corrected ;  with  Additional  Poeuis.  4  Tob. 
fep.  8to.  price  20b. 

Dr.  Beece'8  Medical  Guide :  Comprising 

a  complete  KodcRi  JHspenaatory,  and  a 
Pfeaotieal  TreatiaeonthediatinpiMthing  Syntp- 
toms,  Canaea,  Pirerention,  Cure,  and  PaOa- 
tion  of  the  Diseaaee  incident  to  the  Human 
Frame.  Seventeenth  Edition,  cozreoted  and 
enlarged  hj  tha  Authof'a  Son,  Dr.  H.  HoGB, 
M.B.C.S.,&o.    8?o.l2a. 

Sees.— Personal  Narrative  of  the  Si^e 

of  Lucknow,  from  its  CommenoemeDt  to  it? 
BeUef  hj  Sir  Colin  Campbdl.  Bj  Ll  £. 
Bees,  one  of  the  Surriring  Defenders. 
Third  Edition,  with  Portrait  and  Plan.  Po&t 
Sra  9ls.6d. 

Bich's  Slnstrated  Companion  to  the 

Latin  Dietionaryand  Ginek  Leodcoii :  Form* 
in^  a  Glossary  of  all  the  Worda  repveeenting 
Yiaible  Objects  connected  with  the  Arts, 
ManufSsctureB,  and  Eyeiy-Daj  Life  of  the 
Ancients.  With  about  2,000  Woodcuts 
from  the  Antique.    Post  8to.  21s. 

BichardsoiL  —  Fourteen   Tears'  E]^- 

rienoe  of  Cold  Water :  Its  Uses  and  Abuses. 
By  Captain  M.  BioilA]a>80N,  late  of  the 
4th  Light  Dragoons.  Post  8to.  with 
Woodcuts,  price  Os. 

Horsemanship ;  or,  the  Art  of  Biding 

and  Managing  a  Horse,  adi^ted  to  the  Guid- 
ance of  Ladies  and  Gentlemen  on  the  Eosd 
and  in  the  Field  i  With  Inatructiona  for 
Breaking-in  Colts  and  Young  Horaea.  By 
Captain  M.  Eichabjmok,  late  of  the  4th 
light  Bragoona.  With  5  Platea.  Square 
crown  8to.  14s. 

Household  Prayers  for  Fonr  Weeks: 

With  additional  Prayers  for  Special  Occa- 
sions. To  which  is  added  a  Course  of 
Scripture  Beading  for  Ercar  Day  in  the 
Year.  By  the  Bev.  J.  E.  Bcddlb,  MJk^ 
Incumbent  of  St.  Philip's,  Leckhampton. 
down  8to.  price  Sa.  6d. 

Biddle's  Complete  Latin-EngHsh  and 

En^iah-Latin  Diotionaiy,  for  the  uae  of 
CoUeges  and  Schoola.  New  and  cheaper 
SdUion^  reriaed  and  oomoted.    Sro.  2l8. 


rUbt  WnrfliVrTjtln  Pidkoaiy,  Tt. 
ITha  LaSfrSngUah  DlctkniuT.  Us. 


Biddla^a  MaaMBd  Utln^Engliah  INetiaiaTy. 

A  Guide  to  the  Meaning,  Quality;  and 
right  Aooentnaition  of  Latin  daaaical  Words. 
Boyai  82mo.  pribe  4a« 


Digitized  by 


Google 


P17BIISHBD  BT  LOJS&UAN,  BBOWK,  ASD  CX). 


19 


Riddle's  Copious  aad  Critical  Latin- 

English  Lexicon,  founded  on  the  06nnan- 
Latin  Dictionaries  of  Dr.  William  Frennd. 
New  and  ohettpir  Edition.    Pott  ito.  dls.  6d. 

Rivera's  Rose- Amateur's  Guide ;  contain- 
ing ample  DeBcriptiona  of  all  the  fine  leading 
varieties  of  Roses,  regularly  classed  in  their 
respective  Families;  their  Histoiy  and 
Mode  of  Cultnre.  Sixth  Edition,  corrected 
and  improved.    Fop.  8vo.  Ss.  6d. 

Dr.  E.  Robinson's  Greek  and  English 

Lexicon  to  the  Greek  Testament.  A  New 
Edition,  revised  and  in  great  part  re-written. 
8to.  price  18s. 

Sir.  Henry  Rogen's  Essays  selected  from 

Contributions  to  the  Edinburgh  "Review, 
Second  and  cheaper'&diiAxm^  with  Additions. 
3  vols.  fcp.  8vo.  21s. 

Dr.  Roget's  Thesanms  of  English  Words 

and  Phrases  classified  and  arranged  so  as  to 
facilitate  the  Expression  of  Ideas  and  assist 
in  Literary  Composition.  Seventh  Edition, 
revised  and  improved.    Crown  8vo.  IDs.  6d. 

Bonalds's    Fly-Fisher's    Entomology: 

With  coloured  Representations  of  the 
Natural  and  Artificial  L[isect,  and  a  few  Ob- 
servations and  Instructions  on  Trout  and 
Grayling  Fishing.  F\fth  EdUioHt  thoroughlv 
revised  by  an  Experienced  Fly-Iisher ;  with 
20  new  coloured  Plates.    8vo.  14s. 

Rowton's  Debater:  A  Series  of  complete 

Debates,  Outlines  of  Debates,  and  Questions 
for  Discussion;  with  ample  References  to  the 
best  Sources  of  Information.  New  Edition. 
Fcp.  8vo.  6s. 

Russell  (Dr.)  —  The  Ufe  of  Cardinal 

Mezzofanti :  With  an  Introductory  Memoir 
of  eminent  Linguists,  Anoient  and  Modem. 
By  C.  W.  BuflSELL,  D.D.,  President  of  St. 
Patrick's  College,  Maynooth.  With  Portrait 
and  Facsimiles.    8vo.  12s. 

The  Saints  our  Example.  By  the  Author 

of  Lettert  to  my  Unknown  Friende^  kc,  Fcp. 
8vo.  price  Ts. 

Scherzer.—Travels  in  the  Free  States' of 

Central  America :  IS'icarania,  Honduras, 
and  San  Salvador.  By  Dr.  Cabl  Schxszss. 
With  a  coloured  Map.    2  vols,  post  8vo.  IBs. 


"  This  it  a  work  which 

will  satlsfV  all  who  love 
lively  detail  of  tropical  ef- 
fects and  marrela,  and  are 
not  averse  to  touches  of  hn- 
man  romance  and  scientific 


adventore. . . .  Dr.  Scher- 
ler's  ia  undoubtedly  the  best 
work  on  Central  America 
since  the  appoaranoe  of  Mr. 
Bquiers'  liTSiy  volumes." 
Kraxasvit. 


SchimmelFemiinek  (lfrs.}^Life  of  Mary 

Anne  SchimxnelPenninek,  Author  of  Select 
Memoirs  of  Port  MovmI,  and  other  Worics. 
Edited  by  her  Belation,  Chbibtiana  C. 
HAmmr.  2  vols,  post  8vo.  with  Portrait, 
price  15s. 

Dr.  L.  Schmitz's  School  History  of  Oreecei 

from  the  Earliest  Times  to  the  Taking  of 
Corinth  by  the  Bomans,  b.c.  146,  mainly 
based  on  Bishop  Thirlwall^s  History  of 
Greece.  li/ih  EHition^  with  Nine  new  Sup- 
*  plementary  Chapters  on  the,  Civilisation^ 
Religion,  Literature,  and  Arts  of  the  An- 
cient Greeks,  contributed  by  Obsibtopheb 
Knight  Watbon,  M.A.,  Trin.  Coll.  Camb. ; 
and  illustrated  with  a  Map  of  Athens  and  187 
Woodcuts,  designed  from  the  Antique  by 
G.  Scharf,  jun.,  F.S.A.     12mo.  Ts.  6d« 


Scoifem  (Dr J  —  Projectile  Weapons  of 

War  and  Explosive  Compounds.  By  J. 
ScorrBBBT,  M  B.  Lond.,  late  Professor  of 
Chemistry  in  the  Aldersgate  College  of 
Medicine.  Third  Edition^  corrected  to  the 
present  time.  Post  8vo.  with  Woodcuts, 
price  8s.  6d. 

Scrivenor's  Histoiy  of  the  Iron  Trade, 

from  the  Earliest  Becords  to  the  Present 
Period.  New  Edition,  corrected.  8vo. 
price  10s.  6d. 

Sir  Edward  Seaward's  Narrative  of  his 

Shipwreck,  and  consequent  Discovery  of 
certain  Islands  in  Uie  Caribbean  Sea. 
Third  Edition.  2  vols,  post  8vo.  21s.— An 
AsBinaMEKT,  in  16mo.  price  2e.  6d. 

The  Sermon  in  the  Monnt.   Printed  hy 

C.  Whittingham,  uniformly  with  the  Thumb 
Bible :  bound  and  clasped,    64mo.  Is.  6d« 

Bowdler's  Family  Shakspeare :  In  which 

nothing  is  added  to  the  Original  Text ;  but 
those  words  and  expressions  are  omitted 
which  cannot  with  propriety  be  read  aloud. 
Illustrated  with  Thirty-six  Vignettes  en- 
graved on  Wood  from  original  Designs  by 


O.  COOKS»  S.A. 

a.  OOOKB, 

B.  XOWAXD,  XJL. 

X.  tnrexsTOir, 
B.8]aaKB,Ba. 


T.  BTOrHASB,  B.A. 
B.  TBOVSOB,  UJL. 
S.  WX9TAZX,  B.A. 
B.  WOBBVOBBa,  l.i 


New  Edition,  printed  in  a  more  convenient 
form.  6  ^ols.  fcp.  Svo.  price  SOs.  cloth; 
separately,  5s.  each. 

*ii*  The  LzBRABT  SDxnosr,  with  the  same 
Illustrations,  in  One  Yolnine,  medium  Svo. 
price  21s.  cloth. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


20 


5EW  WOBE8  AWi>  NEW  EDITIONS 


SeweH  (10m).— New  and  cheaper  Col- 

kctcd  Ediiion  of  the  Tmkt  Md  Stcriei  of 
the  Author  of  Amy  HerherL  Complete  in 
9  Toli.  erown  8to.  price  £1. 10s.  eloth ;  or 
each  work,  oomprued  in  a  Mngle  rolnme, 
maj  be  had  leparately  as  foQowi : — 

AMY  HERBERT   2s.  6d. 

GERTRUDE   2s.  6d. 

The  EARL'S  DAUGHTER 2s.  6d. 

The  EXPERIENCE  of  LIFE 2s.  6d. 

CLEVE  HALL  3s.  6d. 

IVORS  I  or,  the  TWO  COUSINS  8s.  6d. 

KATHARINE  ASHTON Ss.  6d. 

MARGARET  PERCIVAL  6s.  Od. 

LANETON  PARSONAGE  4s.  6d. 

Mif-tralnlnir,  cveftiUy  colU- 
vatod  hablU  of  UiooAt  and 
obwrvaiioo,  and  baUtual 
Mlf-oontrol.  No  wrltsr  gives 
mora  the  ooovktion  of  writ- 
ing from  cxperienoe;  the 
readar.  jadgrag  from  the 
works  alone,  is  pemaded  of 
thin;  It  glTes   them  their 

IKiwar :  we  InatinatiTely 
enow  that  the  practical 
tearliing  in  them  naa  been 
workcil  oat,  and  f<Mind  to  be 
tme." 

CBBUTIUr  BsifXllBBAyCSB. 


**  High  and  pare  alma,  ear> 
nettnens  of  iiurpoee,  and 
Mibrlety  of  Judgment,  are 
tlie  qualities  whieh  gtve 
wefirht  and  raloe  to  ihla 
writer's  Intrllectoal  endow- 
ments, which  atone  for  eon- 
slderaide  deflclenrlee.  and 
which  oonstituto  her  a  pecu- 
liarly saA  and  trustworthy 

guide  for  young  minds 

The  ekarartfri9tU$  of  the 
mind  before  us  are  practical 
religious  self-discipline,  rigid 


J?y  the  irnne  Author^  New  Ediiiont^ 

Unala :  A  Tale  of  English  Conntry  Life. 

2  Tols.  fop.  8ro.  price  12s.  cloth. 

Readings  for  Eveiy  Day  in  Lent:  Com- 
piled from  the  Writings  of  Bishop  Jkbbict 
Tatlob.    Fcp.  Bto.  price  5s. 

Readings  for  a  Month  preparatory  to 

Confirmation :  Compiled  from  the  Works  of 
Writers  of  the  Early  and  of  the  English 
Church.    Fcp.  Sto.  price  4s. 


Sharp's  Mew  British  Gazetteer,  or  Topo- 
graphical Dictionary  of  the  British  Islands 
and  Narrow  Seas :  Comprising  concise  De- 
scriptions of  about  Sixty  Thousand  Places, 
Seats,  Natural  Features,  and  Objects  of  Note, 
founded  on  the  best  authorities.  2  toIs. 
Sto.  price  £2. 16s. 

Short  Whist ;  its  Rise,  Progress,  and 

Laws :  With  ObserTStions  to  make  any  one  a 
Whist-Flayer.  Containing  also  the  Laws  of 
Piquet,  Cassino,  Ecart^  Cribbage,  Back- 
gammon. By  Mijor  A.  New  Edition  ;  to 
which  are  added,  Precepts  for  Tyros,  by 
Mrs.  B.    Fcp.  Sto.  8s. 

Sinclair.  ~  The  Journey  of  Ufe.   By 

Catribihb  Sivolaib,  Author  of  The  Bnei- 
neeeqfLife*     New  Edition.    Fcp.  Sto.  6s. 


Sir  Roger  De  Coredey.  From  the  Spec- 

talor.  With  Notes  and  DfaistTatioiu,  by 
W.  Hxvnr  Wilis;  and  12  Wood  Ungnr- 
ings  from  Designs  fay  F.  Tatlzx.  Second 
tMd  ekemfer  Edition.  Crown  8to.  ICs.  6d. ; 
or  21s.  in  nunoeoo  by  Hwday. — ^An  Edition 
without  Woodcuts,  in  Iftno.  price  la. 

The  Sketches:  Three  Tale&    Bj  the 

Authors  of  Amy  Eerleri,  -Hie  Old  Jla  's 
Home,  and  Hawksione,  Third  EdUiom  ;  with 
6  ninstrations.     Fcp.  Sro.  price  4s.  6d. 

Smee's  Elements  of  Ekctro-MetaUnrgy. 

Third  Edition,  rerised,  corrected,  aod  con- 
siderably enlarged ;  with  Electrotypes  and 
numerous  Woc^uts.    Post  Sro.  10s.  6d. 

Smith  (G.)— History  of  Wesleyan  Me- 
thodism. By  QxoBGB  Smith,  F^.S., 
Member  of  the  Boyal  Asiatic  Society,  iic. 
Vol.  T.*  We'si^  and  his  Time*;  and' Vox, 
IX.  The  Middle  Aye  of  JiHkodiem,  from  the 
Death  of  Wesley  in  1791  to  the  Conftr- 
enoe  of  1816.  Crown  Sto.  price  lOs.  6d. 
each  Tolume. 

Smith  (0.  y.)  —The  Prophecies  relating 

to'NincTeh  and  the  Assyrians.  Translated 
from  the  Hebrew,  with  Historical  Intro- 
ductions and  Notes,  exhibiting  the  prindp&I 
Besnlts  of  the  recent  DLscoTCries.  By 
a.  Yakcx  Smith,  B.A.    Post  Sro.  lOe.  GJ. 


Smith  (J.)  —The  Voyage  and  Shipwreck 

of  St.  Paul :  With  Dissertations  on  the  Life 
and  Writings  of  St.  Luke,  and  the  Ships  and 
NaTigation  of  the  Ancients.  By  Jaxes 
Smith,  of  Jordanhill,  Esq.,  F.B.S.  Second 
Edition ;  with  Charts,  Views,  and  Wood- 
outs.    Crown  Sto.  8s.  Sd. 


A  Memoir  of  the  Rev.  Sydney  Smith 

By  his  Daughter,  Ladt  Hollakb.  With 
a  Selection  from  hb  Letters,  edited  by 
Mbs.  Avbtik.  New  Edition,  2  Tola.  8to.  28s. 

The  Re?.  Sydney  Smith's  Miscellaneoas 

Works  :  Including  his  Contributions  to  The 
Edinbtvgh  BcTiew.    Three  Editions : — 

1.  A  Libraby  Editiov  (the  Fourth)^  in  3 
Tola.  8to.  with  Portrait,  86s. 

2.  Complete  in  0»b  Volovb,  with  Portrait 
and  Vignette.  Square  crown  Svo.  price 
21s.  cloth ;  or  30s.  bound  in  calf. 

8.  Another  New  Kditiojt,  in  3  vols.  fcp. 
Sto.  price  21s. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


PUBLISHED  BY  LONGMAN,  BROWN,  akd  CO. 


21 


The  Rev.  Sydney  Smith's  Elementary 

Sketches  of  Moral  Philosophy,  delirered  at 
tlie  Royal  Institution  in  the  Yean  1804, 
1805,andl806.  Third  Edition.  Fcp.8T0.7s. 

Snow.— Two  Years'  Cmise  off  Tierra 

del  Fuego,  the  Falkland  Islands,  Patagonia, 
and  the  River  Plate :  A  Narrative  of  Life 
in  the  Southern  Seas.  B.y  W.  Pabkbb 
Snow,  late  Commander  of  the  Mission 
Yacht  Alien  Gardiner:  Author  of  "Voyage 
of  the  Frinee  Albni  in  Search  of  Sir  John 
Franklin."  With  3  coloured  Charts  and  6 
tinted  Illustrations.    2  vols,  post  8to.  248. 

Robert  Sonthey's   Complete    Poetical 

Works ;  containing  all  the  Author's  last  In* 
troductions  and  Notes'.  The  Library  Edi- 
tion, complete  in  One  Volume,  with  Por- 
trait and  Vignette.  Medium  8vo.  price  21s. 
cloth ;  428.  bound  in  morocco.  —  Also,  the 
Firtt  collected  Edition,  in  10  rols.  fcp."  8to. 
with  Portrait  and  19  Vignettes,  price  359. 

The  life  and  Correfpondonoe  of  the  lata  Robert 
Souther.  Edited  by  his  Son,  the  Rev. 
C.  C.  SOUTHBT,  M.A.,  Vicar  of  Ardleigh. 
With  Portraits  and  Landscape  Illustra- 
tions.   6  Tols.  post  8to.  price  63s. 

Sonthey's   Doctor,   complete    in    One 

Volume.  EditedbytheRcv.J.W.WjLBTBB, 
B.D.  With  Portrait,  Vignette,  Bust,  and 
coloured  Plate.    Square  crown  8vo.  21s. 

Sonthey's  Life  of  Wesley ;  and  Rise  and 

Progress  of  Methodism.  Fourth  and  cheaper 
Edition,  with  Notes  and  A.dditions.  Edited 
by  the  Author's  Son,  the  Rer.  0.  0. 
SoTXTHBT,  M.A.     2  vols,  crown  8vo.  128. 

Spencer.--Essays:  Scientific,  Political, 

and  Speculative.  By  Herbebt  Sfenceb, 
Author  of  Social  Sfaiies,  Reprinted  chiefly 
from  Quarterly  Reviews.  8vo.  price  12s.cloth. 

Spencer.— The  Prineiplea  of  Piychology.  By 
Hebbbbt  Spbkcbr,  Author  of  Social  Statics, 
8vo.  price  16s.  cloth. 

Stephen.— Lectnres  on  the  Histoiy  of 

France.  By  the  Right  Hon.  Sib  Jauxs 
STSFHXN,E.C.B.,LL.fi.,Proressorof  Modern 
History  in  the  University  of  Oambridge. 
Third  Edition.    2  vols.  8vo.  price  24s. 

.Stephen.—Essays  in  Ecclesiastical  Bio- 
graphy ;  from  the  Edinburgh  Review.  By 
theRightHon.SiB  Jaicbs  Stefhbit,  K.G.B., 
LL.D.,  Professor  of  Modem  History  in 
the  University  of  Cambridge.  Thuxl  Edi- 
tion.   2  vols.  8vo.  24s. 


Stonehenge.  —  The  Dog  in  Health  and 

Disease  t  Comprising  the  various  Modes  of 
Breaking  and  Using  him  for  Hunting, 
Coursing,  Shooting,  £c. ;  and  including  the 
Points  or  Characteristics  of  Toy  Dogs.  By 
Stonbhenge.  8vo.  with  numerous  Illus- 
trations, [/ji  thepreet. 

Stonehenge.— The  Greyhonnd :  Being  a 

Treatise  on  the  Art  of  Breeding,  Rearing, 
and  Training  Ghreyhounds  for  Public  Run- 
ning ;  their  Diseases  and  Treatment :  Con- 
t-aininp  also  Rules  for  the  Management  of 
Coursmg  Meetings,  and  for  the  Decision  of 
Courses.  By  Stonbhbvgb.  With  Frontis- 
piece and  Woodcuts.  Square  crown  8vo. 
price  21s.  half-bound. 


Stow.  — The  Training  System,  Moral 

Training  School,  and  Normal  Seminary  for 
preparing  Schoolmasters  and  Governesses. 
By  David  Stow,  Esq.,  Honorary  Secretary 
to  the  Glasgow  Normal  Free  Seminary. 
Tenth  Edition ;  with  Plates  and  Woodcuts. 
Post  8vo.  price  6s. 


Strickland.  —  Lives  of  the  Qneens  of 

England.  ByAoNBS  Stbioklakd.  Dedi- 
cated, by  express  permission,  to  Her  Ma- 
jesty. Embellished  with  Portraits  of  every 
Queen,  engraved  from  the  most  authentic 
sources.  Complete  in  8  vols,  post  8 vo. price 
7s.  6d.  each.  —  Any  Volume  may  be  had 
separately  to  complete  Sets. 

Memoirs  of  Rear-Admiral  Sir  William 

Symonds,  Knt.,  C.B.,  F.R.S..  Surveyor  of 
the  Navy,  from  1832  to  1847 :  With  Cor- 
respondence and  other  Papers  relative  to 
the  Ships  and  Vessels  constructed  upon  his 
Lines,  as  directed  to  be  published  under  his 
Will.  Edited  by  Jambs  A.  Bhabp.  With 
Sections  and  Woodcuts.    8vo.  price  21s. 

Taylor.— Loyola:  and  Jesnitism  in  its 
Rudiments.  By  Isaac  Taylob.  Post  8vo 
with  Medallion,  IDs.  6d. 

Taylor.— Wesley  and  Methodism.   By 

Isaac  Tatlob.    Post  8vo.  Portrait,  lOs.  6d. 

Thacker's  Courser's  Annual  Remem- 
brancer and  Stud-Book:  Being  an  Alpha- 
betical Return  of  the  Running  at  all  the 
Public  Coursing  Clubs  in  England,  Ireland, 
and  Scotland,  for  the  Season  1857-58 ;  with 
the  Pedigrees  (as  far  as  received)  of  the 
Dogs.  By  Robbbt  Abbam  Welsh,  Liver- 
pool.   8vo.  21s. 

•i»*  Published  annually  in  October, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


NBW  WOBXB  AKB  ZrXW  EDTnOHS 


COMPLETION 


THE  TRAYELLER*S    LIBRARY. 


SwrnMOfy  of  ike  Qmienit  of  iis  TEA.YELLBR'8  LIBBAHY,  now  eomjMe  in  102 
Part8»  price  One  Shilling  eachy  or  in  50  Volumes,  price  2*.  M.  each  in  eloih. — 
To  be  had  also,  in  complete  Sets  only,  ai  Five  Gfdneas  per  Set,  bound  in  cloth, 
letiered,  in  25  Volumes,  elanified  at  follows  .— 


VOYAGES  AND  TRAVELS. 


IN  EUROPE. 

A  OONTLNJBMTAL  TOUll btJ.BARBOW. 

ARCTIC  V0TA0B8  AMD  \  „  «  ICAYNE 

DI800VKR1168  J "™' 

BRITTANY  AND  THE  BIBLB bt  I.  HOPE. 

BRITTANY  AND  THE  CHABE  . . . . .  ^  L  HOPE. 
OOBSICA  BY  F.  GBEG0B0VIU8. 

ICBXjAND BY  p.  MILES. 

HOHWAY.  A  RBSIDBNCB  IN by  8.  LADTO. 

Norway;  rambles  in by  t.  forester. 

BD8bIA  .  BY  THB  MARQUIS  DE  CUSTINE. 

RUSSIA  AND  TURKEY  ..  BY  J.  R  irCUU/)OT. 

ST.  PETERSBURG by  M.  JSRRMANN. 

THE  RUSSIANS  OF  THE  SOUTH,  by  S.  BROOKS. 
SWISS  MEN  AND    SWISS  1    __  «   VBRmTBON 

MOUNTAINS   i   BY  K.  nSKQUSOW. 

MONT  BLANC.  ASCENT  OP BY  J.  AULD JO. 

^"tot  A]^     ^^**}"  '•  v^»  TBcaam, 

VISIT  TO  THE  VAUDOiSl  ^^  »    ikatotq 

OPPIKDMONT    J «T  E.  BAINES. 


IN  ASIA. 

CHINA  AND  THIBET BYTKXABBrHUC. 

SYRIA  AND  PALESTINE ••EOTHEN.-' 

THE  PHUJFPINE  ISLANDS.  BY  P.  GlBOKltRE. 

IN  AFRICA. 

AFRICAN  WANDERINGS byM.WSBNS. 

MOROCCO by  I.  DURRIET. 

NIGER  EXPLORATION . .  by  T.  J.  HUTCHINSON. 
THE  ZULUS  OF  NATAL by  Q.H.  MASON. 

IN  AMERICA. 

BRAZIL BYE.WILBERFDSCE. 

CANADA BY  A.  M.  JAMESON. 

CUBA BYW.H.HU1ULBUT. 

NORTH  AMERICAN  WILDS  ....  by  C.  LAHXAN. 

IN  AUSTRALIA. 

AUSTRALIAN  COLONIES by  W.  HUGHES. 

ROUND  THE  WORLD. 
A  LADY'S  VOYAGE BY  IDA  PFEIFFEB. 


HISTORY  AND  BfOQRAFHY. 


MEMOIR   OF  THE  DUKE   OF  WELLINGTON. 
TUB  UFE  OF  MARSHAL  1  BY  THB  REV.  T.  0. 

TURENNE J       COCKAYNE. 

SCHAMYL  ....  BY  B0DKN8TEDT  abb  WAGNER. 

^  LLANU^  ^  ^^  *^*™"  }    »^    »^^^™^- 
FRANCIS  ARAGO'S  AUTOBIOGRAPHY. 
THOMAS  HOLCROFT'S  MEMOIRS. 


CHESTERFIELD  ft  SELWYN,  by  A.  HATWARD. 
SWIFT  AND  RICHARDSON,  by  LORD  JBFFBSY. 
DEFOE  AND  CHURCHILL  ....  by  J.  FOBSTBR. 
ANECDOTES  OF  DR.  JOHNSON,  by  MRS.  PIOZZL 
TURKEY  AND  CHRISTENDOM'. 
LEIPSIC  CAMPAIGN,  bytbb  REV.  G.  R.  GLEIG. 
AN  ESSAY  ON  TlOSr  LIFE  ANDl  BV  HBNBY 
GENIUS  OF  THOMAS  FULLEBi     BOGEB8. 


ESSAYS  BY  LORD  MACAULAY. 


WARREN  HASTINGS. 

LORD  CLIVB. 

WILLIAM  PITT.     ..«,.^ 

THE  EARL  OF  CHATHAIL     ^ 

RANKE'S  HISTORY  OF  THB  POPES. 
GLADSTONE  ON  CHURCH  AND  STATE. 
ADDISON'S  LIFE  AND  WRITINGS. 
HORACE  WALPOLB, 
LORD  BACON. 


LORD  BYRON.  

COMIC  DRAMATISTS  OF  THE  RESTORATION*. 
FREDERIC  THE  GREAT. 
HALLAM'S  CONSTITUTIONAL  HISTORY. 
GROKBR'S  EDinGN  OF  BOS?nELL*S  LDRS  OF 
JOHNSON. 

LOSD  MACAULArS  SFEBCHSS  ON  PASLIA- 
MSNTARY  REFORM. 


WORKS  OF  FICTION, 


AN  ATTIC  PHILOSO-l*  *▼  R.  80T7Vis<rrni: 
PHERIN  PARIS..  / BY  JS.  bUUVESTBB. 

SIB  EDWARD  SEAWARD'S  NABBATIVB  OF 
HIS  SHIPWRECK. 


THE  LOVE  STORY.  BBOMSOUTHEVS  DOCTOR, 
SIR  ROGER  DE  COVERLEY. . . . }  g^'f.J^jt. 
MEMOIRS  OF  A  MAITRE-D'ARMES.  by  DUMAS. 
OOMTO^ONS^  A  J byB^BOUVESTRE. 

NATURAL  HISTORY,  Ac. 

NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  1  ,^  ^i,    *     nwi*      I  ELECTRIC  TELEGRAPH,  Ac  BY  DR.  G.WILSON. 

CRBATlbN^.  ?.*...:  .  /  "  ^*-  ^-  «*«••        OUR  COAL-FIELDS  AND^OUR  COAL-PITS. 
INDiStIONS  OF  INSTINCT.  BY  DR.  L.  KEMP.     |  CORNWALL,  ITS  MINBS,  MINKB8,  Ac 

MISCELLANEOUS  WORKS. 


LECTURES  AND  ADDR18SKs{"<gS,5|g|;  *»' 
SELECTIONS  FROM  STDNXY  SMITH'S 

WRirniGS.  .     aw»«tr 

PRINTING IT  A.  STARK, 


RAILWAY   MORALS  ANDl      „^  SPENCSS 

RAILWAY  POLICY /   *  "H-SrENCEK. 

M<mM0NI8M . .  BY  xn  REV.  W.  J.  OONYBEARE. 
LONDON    BXJ.B.M«CULL0GH. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


PITBUSHSD  BY  LOTXQMAIS,  BBOWK,  jjtd  CO. 


23 


Thirlwall.— The  HiBtoiy  of  Greece.   By 

the  Bight-  Rev.  the  Loss  Bishop  of  St. 
Datid's  (the  B«v.  Oonnop  Thirlwall).  An 
improTed  Library  Edition  ;  with  Maps.  8 
Tols.  8to.  price  £3. —An  Bdition  in  8  vols, 
fcp.  870.  vith  Vignette  Titles,  price  28a. 

Thomson's  Seasons.    Edited  by  Bolton 

CoBNBT,  Esq.  Illustrated  with  77  fine 
Wood  EngraFings  from  Diesigns  by  Mem- 
bers of  the  Etching  Club.  Square  erownSvo. 
2l8.  doth ;  or  86e.  bound  in  morocco. 

Thomson  (the  Bev.  Dr.) —An  Outline  of 

the  necessary  Laws  of  Thought :  A  Treatise 
on  Pure  and  Applied  Logic.  By  Whmam 
Thoicsov,  D.D.,  ProTOst  of  Queen's  College, 
Oxford.    Aih  Edition.    Pep.  8vo.  7s.  6d. 

Thomson's  Tables  of  Interest,  at  Three, 

Pour,  Pour-and-a-Half,  and  Pire  per  Cent., 
from  One  Poimd  to  Ten  Thousand,  and  from 
1  to  365  Days,  in  a  regular  progression  of 
single  Days ;  with  Interest  at  all  the  aboTC 
Bates,  from  One  to  Twelve  Months,  and 
from  One  to  Ten  Years.  Also,  numerous 
other  Tables  of  Exchanges,  Time,  and  Die- 
cocnts.    Kew  Edition.    12mo.  price  8s. 

The  Thumb  Bible ;  or,  Verbum  Sempi- 

temum.  By  J.  Tatlob.  Being  an  Bpi« 
tome  of  the  Old  and  New  Testaments  in 
English  Verse.  EOTrinted  from  the  Edition 
of  1698 ;  bound  and  clasped.    64mo.  Is.  6d. 

Tighe  and  Davis.— Annals  of  Windsor; 

Being  a  History  of  the  Castle  and  Town : 
With  some  Account  of  Eton  and  Places  ad- 
jacent. By  B.  R.  TiGfHB,  Esq. ;  and  J.  E. 
Davis,  Esq.,  Barrister-at-Law.  With  nu- 
merous lUustraitionfl.  2  vols,  royal  8vo. 
price  £4.  4s. 

Tooke.— History  of  Prices,  and  of  the 

State  of  the  Circulation,  during  the  Nine 
Years  from  1848  to  1866  inclusive.  Porm- 
ing  Vols.  V.  and  VI.  of  Tooke»s  mitory  of 
Fricesfrom  1792  to  the  Present  Time;  and 
comprising  a  copious  Index  to  the  whole  of 
the  Six  Volumes.  By  Thomas  Tookb, 
P.B.S.  and  William  Newmabch.  2  vols. 
8vo.  price  62b.  6d. 

Townsend.— Modem  State  Trials  revised 

and  illustrated  with  Essays  and  Notes.  By 
W.  C.  TowHBBin),  Esq.,  M.A.,  Q.C.  2  vols. 
8vo.  prioe  80s. 

Trollope.— BarchJster  Towers :  A  Novel. 

By  Ak THOHY  Tbollopb.    New  and  cheaper 
Edition,  complete  in  On©  Volume.     Crown 
8vo.  price  6s.  doth. 
TroUop6.-^nM  Warden.  By  Anthony  TroUope. 
Post  8vo.  lOs.  6d. 


fflutron  Turner's  Sacred  History  of  the 

World,  attempted  to  be  Philosophically 
considered,  in  a  Series  of  Letters  to  a  Son. 
Now  Edition,  edited  by  the  Bev.  B.  TmuvxB. 
3  vols,  post  8vo.  prioe  31s.  6d. 

Sharon  Turner's  History  4)f  England 

during  the  Middle  Ages:  Comprising  the 
Beigns  from  the  Norman  Conquest  to  the 
Accession  of  Henry  VTII.  Pifth  Edition, 
revised  by  the  Bev.  S.  Tubheb.  4  vols. 
8yo.  price  60s. 

Sharon  Turner's  History  of  the  Anglo- 
Saxons,  from  the  Earliest  Period  to  the 
N<»rman  Conquest.  Seventh  Edition,  revised 
by  the  Bev.  S.  TiTBiiXB.    8  vols.  8vo.  368. 

Dr.  Turton's  Manual  of  the  Land  and 

Presh- Water  Shells  of  Great  Britain :  With 
Figures  of  each  of  the  kinds.  New  Edition, 
with  Additions,  by  Dr.  J.  E.  Gbat,  P.R.S., 
&c.,  Keeper  of  the  Zoological  Collection  in 
the  British  Museum.  Qrowa  8vo.  with  12 
coloured  Plates,  price  168.  cloth. 

Dr.  Ure's  Dictionary  of  Arts,  Manufac- 
tures, and  Mines :  Containing  a  clear  Expo- 
sition of  their  Principles  and  Practice. 
Fourth  Edition,  much  enlarged ;  most  of 
the  Articles  being  entirely  re-written,  and 
many  new  Articles  added.  With  nearly 
1,600  Woodcuts.    2  vols.  8vo.  price  60s. 

Uwins.— Memoir  of  Thomas  Uwins,  &A. 

By  Mrs.  Uwnrs.  With  Letters  to  his 
Brothers  during  seven  years  spent  in  Italy ; 
and  Correspondence  with  the  late  Sir  Thomas 
Lawrence,  Sir  C.  L.  Eastlake,  Alfred  Chalon, 
B.  A.  and  other  distinguished  persons.  2  vols, 
post  8vo.  [Just  readff. 

Van  Der  Hoeven's  Handbook  of  Zoology. 

Translated  from  the  Second  Dutch  Edition 
by  the  Bev.  Wilmam  Clabx,  M.D.,  P.B.S., 
&o.,  late  Fellow  of  Trinity  College,  and  Pro- 
fessor of  Anatomy  in  the  University  of 
Cambridge ;  with  additional  Beferencee  fur- 
nished by  the  Author.  2  vols.  8vo.  with 
24  Plates  of  Figures,  price  608.  doth  ,•  or 
separately,  Vol.  I.  Invertedraia,  80s.  and 
Vol.  II.  Veriebraia,  SOs. 

" NaturftllBts wUI  beglad 
to  leum  that  ProfessorCflMrk 
luuB  oompteted  his  tnuula- 
tion  of  van  Der  HoeTen'a 
Handbook  of  Zoology  by  tbe 
publication  of  the  second 
volnnie,  oompriBlagthe  Ver- 
tebrate Animals.  The  ar- 
rangement is  the  same  as 
th^  which  we  describedin 
the  former  volnme.  The 
foor  classes  of  Fishes,  Rep- 
tiles, ]Urda,  and  Mamnals 
are  Introduoed  by  short  ge- 
neral preflujes,  which  are 
followed  by  a  brief  scientific 

Yehse.— Memoirs  of  the  Court,  Aristo- 

ci«cy,  and  Diplomacy  of  Austria.  By  Dr.  E. 
Vbhbe.  Translated  from  the  German  by 
Pbavz  DxicxLSB.    2  vols,  post  8vo.  2l8. 


description  of  tlie  flunilied 
and  genera,  and  the  princi- 
pal species.  A  series  of 
beantlrally  executed  plates 
at  the  end  carries  the  eye 
along  the  ascending  scale  of 
life  cty  the  delinwitlon  of 
some  of  its  chief  cnFanB. 
Profbssor  Clark  has  snrali^ 
a  great  want  by  thus  placing 
a  complete  and  careral  xoaf 
nual.  bearing  the  warrant  of 
the  hlghett  names  and  the 
latest  science,  within  the 
rcadi  of  the  private  stu- 
dent." GVABDLUr. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


24 


NEW  WOKKS  VUBUBBXD  bt  LONGMAN  and  CX>. 


Von  Tempsky.  — Mitla;  or,  Incidetits 

and  Personal  AdTentures  on  a  Joarney  in 
Mexico,  Guatemala,  and  SaWador,  in  the 
Tears  1853  to  1855 :  With  Obaerrations  on 
the  Modes  of  Life  in  those  Countries.  Bj 
G.  F.  VoK  Tehpskt.  With  coloured  Route 
Map,  Illustrations  in  Chromolithography, 
and  JSSngrayings  on  Wood.    8vo.  price  ISs. 

••  A  nmarlubb'-well  writ- 
ten find  amusing  account  of 
three  yean'  travel  In  Spa- 
nish America.  The  author 
is  a  capital  ■tory-teller.had 
a  copious  bud^t  to  draw 


Arom,  ixmrs  forth  his  anec- 
dotes in  profusion,  and  has 
aren  the  puUic  as  enter- 
ninff  a  narrative  as  we 
have  lately  seen." 

QASDBVBBS'  CKXOiriCLS. 


Wade.  — England's  Greatness:  ItsBise 

and  Progress  inGoremment,  Laws,  Beligion, 
and  Sooiid  Life;  Agriculture^  Commerce, 
and  Manufactures;  Science,  Litf rature, and 
the  Arts,  from  the  Sariiest  Period  to  the 
Peace  of  Paris.  By  Johk  Wabx,  Author  of 
the  Cabinei  Lawyer,  Ac.    Post  8to.  10s.  6d. 

Wanderings  in  the  Land  of  Ham.   By  a 

PAVOHTBa  of  Japhbt.    Post  8vo.  8s.  6d. 


*'  The  vigonr  and  Areahnees 
which  characterise  her  ver- 
sion of  the  oft-told  tale  arc 
such  as  might  be  expected 
fh>m  a  lady  who  has  doiu 
tk«  NU«  at  the  age  of  seven- 


an  unlimtted  supply  of  en- 
thusiasm, an  observant  eyt>, 
and  a  disposition  to  roiUce 
the  best  of  everything  that 
comes  under  its  notice." 
Clxsical  Jovutal. 


teen,  with  exuberant  spirits, 

Waterton.— Essays  on  Natural  Histoiy, 

chiefly  Ornithology.  By  0.  Watebtok.  Esq. 
With  an  Autobiography  of  the  Author,  and 
Views  of  Walton  Hall.  New  and  cheaper 
Edition.    2  Tola.  fop.  Sto.  price  10s. 

Waterton'iSstajsoaVatTiralHiatory.  Third 
Series ;  with  a  Continuation  of  the  Auto- 
biography, and  a  Portrait  of  the  Author. 
iUcond  Eilition^    Fop.  8to.  price  Gs. 

Webster  and  Parkes's  EncyclopsBdia  of 

Domestic  Economy ;  comprising  such  sub- 
jects as  are  most  immediately  connected  with 
Houaekeeping :  As,  The  Construction  of 
Domestic  Bdmoes,  with  the  Modes  of  Warm- 
ing, Ventilating,  and  Lighting  them— A  de- 
scription of  the  various  articles  of  Fumitore, 
with  the  nature  of  their  Materials— Duties  of 
Serrants— &0.  New  Edition ;  with  nearly 
1,000  Woodcuts.    8vo.  price  60s. 

Weld.  -  Vacations  in    Ireland.      By 

Charlss  Bichabd  WkU),  Barrister -at- 
Law.  Post  8vo.  with  a  tinteSi  Tiew  of 
Birr  Castle,  price  lOs.  6d. 

Wald.~A  Vaeatloa  Tour  in  tha  Unitad  Statea 
and  Canada.  By  C.  R.  Wxld,  Barrister-at- 
Law.    Post  8to.  with  Map,  lOs.  6d. 

West.  —  Lectures  on  the  Diseases  of 

Infancy  and  Childhood.  ByCharlbs  West, 
M.D., 'Physician  to  the  Hospital  for  Sick 
Children;  Physician- Accoucheur  to,  and 
Le^^urer  on  Midwifery  at,  St.  Bartholomew's 
Hospital.    Third  Edition.    8to.  14e. 


Willich's  Popular  Tables  for  ascertain- 
ing the  Value  of  Lifehold,  Leasehold,  and 
Church  Property,  Benewal  Fines,  &c.  With 
numerous  additional  Tables — Chemical,  As- 
tronomical, Trigonometrical,  Common  and 
Hyperbolic  Logarithms;  Constants,  Square?, 
Cubes,  Boots,  Beciprocab,  &c.  Fourth 
Edition,  enlaiged.    Post  8to.  price  IDs. 

Wihnot's  Abridgment  of   Blackstone's 

Commentaries  on  the  Laws  bf  England,  in- 
tended for  the  use  of  Young  Penons,  and 
comprised  in  a  series  of  Letters  from  a  Father 
to  his  Daughter.     12mo.  price  6s.  6d. 

Wilson's  Bryologia  Britannica:  Con- 
taining the  Mosses  of  Great  Britain  ind 
Ireland  systematic^y  airangedanddescribed 
according  to  the  Method  of  Bruek  aitd 
Sekimper;  with  61  illustratire  Plates.  Being 
a  New  Edition,  enlarged  and  altered,  of  the 
Miucoloyia  Briianuica  of  Messrs.  Hooker  snd 
Taylor.  8vo.  42s.;  or,  with  the  Platea 
coloured,  price  £4.  40.  cloth. 

Tonga.— A  New  English-Greek  Lexicon : 

Containing  all  the  Greek  Words  used  by 
Writers  of  good  authority.  By  C.  P. 
YovOB,  B.A.  Second  JBdUion,  reyised  snd 
corrected.    Post  4to.  price  21s. 

Yonge*!  New  Latin  Gradai :  Contaiiiiag 
Erery  Word  used  by  the  Poets  of  good 
authority.  For  the  use  of  Eton,  West- 
minster,  Winchester,  Harrow,  Charterhouse, 
and  Bugby  Schools;  King's  College,  Lon- 
don; and  Marlborough  College.  Fi/ih 
BditioH.  Post  8vo.  price  9s.;  or  with 
ArrsHnxx  of  EpUheU  daasified,  12s. 

Youatt-The  Horse.  ByTOlliam  Tooati 

With  a  Treatise  of  Draught.  New  Edition, 
with  namerons  Wood  Engrarings,  from 
Designs  by  William  Harrey.  (Messrs. 
LoNOXAK  and  Co.*s  Edition  should  be  or- 
dered.)   8to.  price  lOs. 

Y<matt-The  Dog.  By  WiUiam  Yoaatt  A 
New  Edition ;  with  numerous  EngrayingE, 
from  Designs  by  W.  Harvey.     8to.  6s. 

Yonng.  — The  Christ  of  History:  An 

Argument  grounded  in  the  Facts  of  His 
Life  on  Earth.  By  Johk  Youko,  LL.D. 
Second  Edition.    Post  8?o.  78. 6d. 

Yovng.-llio  Xyatory;  or,  Evil  and  God.  Sr 
Johk  Yoitko,  LL J).    Post  Sro.  Ts.  6d. 

Znmpt's  Grammar  of  the  Latin  Lan- 
guage. Tranalated  and  adapted  for  the 
use  of  English  Students  by  Da.  L.  Schkitz, 
F.B.S.E. :  With  numerous  Additions  and 
Corrections  by  tha.  Author  and  Translator. 
4th  Edition,  thoroughly  revised.  8to.  14d. 
iOctoberVm. 


PKIHTBD  BT  SPOTTISWOODB  AND  CO.,  KBW-STaaBT  SaUABB,  LORDOV. 


4d  by  Google 


Digitize!  by 


Digitized  by 


Google 


> 


LARDNER'S    CABINET   CYCLOPjCDIA: 


fWiplctein  132  vuTs,  fcp.  Bvi>.  with  Vignette  Title*,  prktirj  bovind  in  olotL  litlnt^tl, 

KIJSKXEEN  GUIJVEAlS  ;  buf  the  varioiia  Works  ma  J  »11  be  liad  ^^pftiaU^,  in 

Seta  or  Smea,  pnce^  Tuwdt  SniLLL>*Q3  mid  SjxrescE  each  Yolunio, 

THE   CABmET  CYCLOPAEDIA 

Of  Siitory,  liograplif,  Llteraturfl,  the  Arts  and  8ci«n««a,  Hatunl  HiBtory, 
and  Hanufftc  tores,    A  ScrisB  gf  Origixial  Worki  by 

Sin  Jfin?T  H)ruflrMT.i.»        UHir  IiAVin  UuKWtnin,  [Hm  Waltrk  Sv^jtt,    ITjik  Hit,  a  R.  i'ifto. 

J{^if4.i{T  SoLnmr,  [jona  Fcjusteb^  [  His  nor  Trim  uwAti,  |  Jotiji  PHiixita.JJi.H^iG.S^ 

Aiid  oilier  Kmlae^tt  Wrlli^nt. 

Edited  by  the  kte  Dr.  LAKDNEB. 


A  Usi  of  Ml?  Works 


r 


lit. 

S3. 


K  BS^Ll^'S  lOaTORY  OP  BUBaiA  ... 
'4h  BSLI/8  LIV^S  of  BBJTI^H  POl 
^  imSWSl'Eli'S  OPTTCfl  . . .-...., 

ft,  OSOW^*a  KTSTOHY  OF  FaAHCl 

(J.  Di;  IfomOAW  ON  fhobabixjtij 

7.  DB  SISMOXni'd  ItlSTOE-l  OF  T 

fi.  1>B  9iaiCONJ>l'B  FAlili  OP  THJl  i 

**  DONO  VAlf'S  CaEMiaTHY  , . . , .    - 
10.  DONOVATf^fl  DOMESTIC  BOOlfOl 
jL  DITNMAJI'a  SPAIN  AXD  FOJlTtr< 
I?.  DmrOAJf^  HtSTORT  OP  DIIKH 
1*.  UirNHAM'S  HiaTOET  OP  FOLAJ 

ji,  riuii^AK*a  oBaBfANic  iempiej 
lA  DimsAirg  bctbops  bubxno  t 

1*1.  X^tTNHAM'B  BBITE9U  DRAMATIC 
It.  XlUICHAlir9  IJVIGS  07  EARLY  W 

18.  PBHOUS*©  HIBTOBY  OF  THE  JT\ 

19,  POaBBOKE^  G-HBCIAN  AlfXl  BO 
.  P0H**TBB*8  LlVBfi  OF  THE  STJW 

.  (ii;mG'a  IiIves  of  bbitish  mi 

.  a^ATTAlTS  HXBTOSY  OF  I^XE  J 

aa.  HBW8IX>W^  BOTAirr .,.*.. m 

St.  KgBSC!gEI.'B  ABTBONOMT..,...,; 
Si  HEBSGHEI.^  X>l9COtreLBB  OK  IW 

M:  HlSTOBT  OF  ROMS  ,  ^-,^ 

IT.  HISTOEY  OF  SWITZEIlIiAsrD  ..* 
14.  SOIiAWB'B  MAmrVACTDHSS  H 
-».  JAKEB-a  I.TVES  OF  POBElOK  Bl 
SO.  KAT1.E  AND  LAJlUNEE-8  H»Ca 

31.  KZiGHTLHre  otrr  LINES  of  KJ 

»».  LAEDNKR'a  AarTHMS'TlO ,.i 

Sa.  LABUHEll'S  OBOKlBTBy  , .J 

84,  LAKXIKBB  ON  HEAT 

36.  tiARDlTKIt'B  HTUHOSTATICa 
Ha,  LABDN^R  ANU  WAI.KBB'a 
IT*  MACKINTOSH,      FOHSTEH.^ 

STATESMEN 

fti.  MACKINT08H,  WALIlACE.  ANU  1 
»».  MOWraOMERY    AND    SHELIiEYf 

FOBTHatTES  E  A  UTHOILg   . , , . .  J  

ln.lIOORa*8  HISTORY  OF  IRKLAld  ...  ,„.„»,.^-HMWllWi1TfiW—IIWl 

4L  NlOOLAS'S  CHRONOLOGY  OP  HI9T?OBY ..,,.,... ....„.„,»,*,..,.»,«-. 

41  FHrLLtP^  TREATISS  ON  GBOLOO^Y ,.,.....„,..., .„.**.*.. .,„.m. 

y.  fowEx,i*'a  insTORY  of  natural  philosophy... .«...— .......,-.,.-«,.. 

41.  PORTER'S  TREATISS  ON  THE  MANTJPACTUBB  OF  BtLlE ♦.*.♦.*.**«< 

IB,  PORTER^B  MANUFACTtTHEa  OP  PORCELAIN  ANH  QLASB,.,. ...... ....„«., 

*ft.  R08C?0E'S  ERITISM  L AWTBRS ,. ..,....,..*.;„* 

4T.    OdOTT*3  HISTORY  OF  8COTLANl> .*  .-,.... .,. ...,.,., 

*a.  SH^OlLEY-B  LIVEB  OF  EMINENT  FRENCH  AOTHOBa  *..,,..,..........,..*-,, 

IB.  SHTTCILAED  ANI3  SWAINHON'B  INSECTS. .. . *..,,.,.- 

trt  BOOTHEVB  LIVES  OF  BHITiaH  ADMlRAl.a  .»...  ,.*......*».,.. ,„..„.-,, 

6t.  STEBBINO'S  CHTIRCfl  HISTORY . .   *„,.*.,...,..,_».., w..*.**^,- 

«.  BTBBBINO-'S  HISTORY  OP  THE  REFORMATIOW  .-,,,,„.,,,,  ..*.,.*...*..*.*., 

WvffWAIWaON'B  DISCOITRBE  ON  NATURAL  HISTORY 

»►  BWjUN SON'S  NATURAL  HISTORY  ANI>  C   ASBIFICATION  OP  ANIMAI^ 

bA,  SWAtN&ON^S  HAHITS  AND  INSTINCTS  OF  ANIMALS  .,.. 

M.  SWAIN aON^a  BIRDS  ,.,...., -. ,„..,..,.,...,.„.. 

St.  SWAINaONU  FIBH.  RBPTILSia.  BTO,  <...«».*....>.♦...... ,.„*.,.r»„,.i***.**.... 

M.  BWAINBOirB  QUAURirPEDH    . ,,... „., 

OB.  flWAINflOtrg  SH33LLS  ANP  BHELL-FIBH  ...,..*........,...,,...,.,„.^.»,4 

110.  SWAINSONTB  ANIMAIiS  IN  MENAQERIUfl „„,... 

al.  fiWAlNSON'ff  TAXIDERMY  ANP  BIOORAPHY  OF  ZOOLOGISTS   * 

«S.  THJ:iLLWAl*L*S  HISTORY  OF  OBEBCB  . ...*.,.. 


%  raid.  ?■, 
If  Ql.  Si.  f,<t. 

l¥Dl.^.6d. 

1  vuL  la.  (kl, 
9WU.74. 

]  VOL  a*.  &J. 

fi  nUl.  17ii,  fid 
1  «nLJt«.6d. 
3  rolt.  Ti, 

1  ral.  21k.  01 . 
I  IroL  3*,  *kl. 


Londan ;  LOKGMAIff,  GBEEN,  and  CO*  Paternoster  Jioijr. 

.  It 


Digitized  by 


Google